Atoll 3.2.0 User Manual Radio

User Manual
Radio
v e r s i o n 3.2.0
AT320_UM_E0
AT320_UM_E0
expertsinradionetworkplanning
&optimisationsoftware
ForskUSAOffice
ForskHeadOffice
ForskChinaOffice
200SouthWackerDrive
7ruedesBriquetiers
Suite302,3/F,WestTower,
Suite3100
31700Blagnac
JiaduCommercialBuilding,
Chicago,IL60606
France
No.66JianzhongRoad,
USA
TianheHiTechIndustrialZone,
Guangzhou,510665,
PeoplesRepublicofChina
sales_us@forsk.com
sales@forsk.com
enquiries@forsk.com.cn
+13126744800
+33(0)562747210
+862085538938
+13126744847
+33(0)562747211
+862085538285
support_us@forsk.com
support@forsk.com
atollsupport@forsk.com.cn
+1888GoAtoll(+18884628655)
+33(0)562747225
+862085570016
8.00amto8.00pm(EST)
9.00amto6.00pm(CET)
9.00amto5.30pm(GMT+8)
MondayFriday
MondayFriday
MondayFriday
www.forsk.com
Atoll3.2.0UserManual
Forsk
Atoll3.2.0UserManualReleaseAT320_UM_E0
Copyright19972013byForsk
Thesoftwaredescribedinthisdocumentisprovidedunderalicenceagreement.Thesoftwaremayonlybeusedorcopiedunderthetermsand
conditionsofthelicenceagreement.Nopartofthisdocumentmaybecopied,reproducedordistributedinanyformwithoutpriorauthorisation
fromForsk.
Theproductorbrandnamesmentionedinthisdocumentaretrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectiveregisteringparties.
TheAtolluserdocumentationisaguideandreferenceforusersworkingwithAtoll.Atolliseasytouseandoffersaclear,selfexplanatoryuser
interface.TheuserdocumentationhelpstheusermakeeffectiveandefficientuseofallthefeaturesthatAtolloffers.Theuserdocumentation
aimstofamiliarisetheuserwiththeworkingenvironmentofAtollandenablehimtouseallofAtollsfeaturesandfunctions.
TheAtolluserdocumentationistechnologyspecific.ForeachAtollradiotechnology,theAtollusermanualcontainsinstructionsandinformation
specifictothattechnologyaswellaschaptersdescribingtheAtollworkingenvironmentandthetoolsavailable.
TableofContents
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
TableofContents ................................................................................ 5
1
TheWorkingEnvironment .................................................................... 31
1.1
1.1.1
1.1.1.1
1.1.1.2
1.1.1.3
1.1.2
1.1.2.1
1.1.2.2
1.1.2.3
1.1.2.4
TheAtollWorkArea .................................................................................... 31
SelectingaWindow................................................................................... 32
SelectingaWindowTab .............................................................................. 32
SelectingaWindowfromtheWindowsMenu............................................................ 33
UsingtheWindowsDialogue .......................................................................... 33
OrganisingtheAtollWorkspace......................................................................... 34
CreatingaNewMapWindow ......................................................................... 34
ArrangingToolandExplorerWindowsUsingtheMouse................................................... 34
UsingTabGroups ................................................................................... 35
ResettingtheWorkspaceLayouttotheDefaultView...................................................... 35
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
1.2.5
TheExplorerWindow................................................................................... 35
WorkingwiththeExplorerWindow ...................................................................... 36
WorkingwiththeSiteConfigurationWindow.............................................................. 37
AutomaticallyHidingExplorerWindows.................................................................. 37
DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows......................................... 38
WorkingwithLayersUsingtheExplorerWindows .......................................................... 39
1.3
1.3.1
1.3.1.1
1.3.1.2
1.3.1.3
1.3.2
1.3.2.1
1.3.2.2
1.3.2.3
1.3.2.4
1.3.2.5
1.3.3
1.3.3.1
1.3.3.2
WorkingwithObjects................................................................................... 39
UsingtheObjectContextMenu......................................................................... 39
RenaminganObject................................................................................. 40
DeletinganObject .................................................................................. 40
DisplayingthePropertiesofanObject.................................................................. 40
ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap ...................................................... 41
SelectingOneofSeveralTransmitters .................................................................. 41
MovingaSiteUsingtheMouse ........................................................................ 41
MovingaSitetoaHigherLocation..................................................................... 42
ChangingtheAzimuthoftheAntennaUsingtheMouse ................................................... 42
ChangingtheAntennaPositionRelativetotheSiteUsingtheMouse......................................... 42
DisplayPropertiesofObjects ........................................................................... 43
DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects ............................................................... 43
ExamplesofUsingtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects ...................................................... 48
1.4
1.4.1
1.4.1.1
1.4.1.2
1.4.1.3
1.4.1.4
1.4.2
1.4.3
1.4.4
1.4.5
1.4.6
1.4.7
1.4.8
1.4.9
1.4.10
1.4.11
1.4.12
1.4.12.1
1.4.12.2
1.4.12.3
1.4.12.4
1.4.12.5
WorkingwithMaps ..................................................................................... 49
ChangingtheMapScale ............................................................................... 49
ZoomingInandOut ................................................................................. 49
ZoomingInonaSpecificArea......................................................................... 50
ChoosingaScale.................................................................................... 50
ChangingBetweenPreviousZoomLevels ............................................................... 50
UsingFullScreenMode ................................................................................ 50
MovingtheMapintheDocumentWindow ............................................................... 51
UsingthePanoramicWindow........................................................................... 51
CentringtheMapWindowonanObject .................................................................. 51
CentringtheMapWindowonaTableRecord.............................................................. 52
AdjustingtheMapWindowtoaSelection................................................................. 52
MeasuringDistancesontheMap ........................................................................ 52
DisplayingRulersAroundtheMap ....................................................................... 53
DisplayingtheMapScale............................................................................... 53
DisplayingtheMapLegend ............................................................................. 53
UsingZonesintheMapWindow ........................................................................ 54
FilteringZones...................................................................................... 54
TheComputationZone............................................................................... 55
TheFocusZoneandHotSpots......................................................................... 56
UsingPolygonZoneEditingTools...................................................................... 57
UsingaPrintingZone................................................................................ 59
TableofContents
1.4.12.6
1.4.13
1.4.13.1
1.4.13.2
1.4.13.3
1.4.13.4
1.4.13.5
1.4.13.6
1.4.14
1.4.15
Forsk2013
UsingaGeographicExportZone .......................................................................59
EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints .......................................................................61
AddingaVectorLayer ................................................................................61
CreatingPolygons,Lines,andPoints ....................................................................61
EditingtheShapeofPolygonsandLines .................................................................62
CombiningorCroppingPolygonsUsingtheToolbar .......................................................62
EditingaPoint......................................................................................64
EditingContours,Lines,andPointsUsingtheContextMenu ................................................64
CopyingtheContentofaZoneintoAnotherApplication .....................................................65
MapWindowPointers.................................................................................65
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.1.1
1.5.1.2
1.5.2
1.5.2.1
1.5.2.2
1.5.2.3
WorkingwithCoveragePredictions ........................................................................66
OrganisingtheContentsofthePredictionsFolder..........................................................66
CreatingFoldersinthePredictionsfolder................................................................66
MovingaCoveragePredictionintoaFolder ..............................................................67
ExportingCoveragePredictionResults ....................................................................67
ExportinganIndividualCoveragePredictioninVectorFormat...............................................68
ExportinganIndividualCoveragePredictioninRasterFormat ...............................................68
ExportingMultipleCoveragePredictions ................................................................69
1.6
1.6.1
1.6.2
1.6.2.1
1.6.2.2
1.6.2.3
1.6.3
1.6.4
1.6.5
1.6.5.1
1.6.5.2
1.6.5.3
1.6.6
1.6.7
1.6.8
1.6.9
1.6.10
WorkingwithDataTables ................................................................................69
OpeningaDataTable ..................................................................................70
Adding,Deleting,andEditingDataTableFields.............................................................70
AccessinganObjectTypesTableFields .................................................................70
AddingaFieldtoanObjectTypesDataTable............................................................71
DeletingaFieldfromanObjectTypesDataTable.........................................................72
OpeninganObjectsRecordPropertiesDialoguefromaTable................................................72
DefiningtheTableFormat ..............................................................................73
EditingtheContentsofaTable..........................................................................76
EditingTableEntriesDirectlyintheTable................................................................76
CopyingandPastinginTables .........................................................................77
SearchingforandReplacingTextEntriesinTables ........................................................79
ViewingaStatisticalAnalysisofTableContents ............................................................79
ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets ............................................................80
ImportingTablesfromTextFiles .........................................................................81
ExportingTablestoXMLFiles ...........................................................................82
ImportingTablesfromXMLFiles.........................................................................83
1.7
1.7.1
1.7.2
1.7.2.1
1.7.2.2
1.7.2.3
1.7.3
1.7.4
1.7.5
PrintinginAtoll.........................................................................................83
PrintingDataTablesandReports ........................................................................83
PrintingaMap........................................................................................83
PrintingRecommendations ...........................................................................84
DefiningthePrintingZone ............................................................................84
DefiningthePrintLayout .............................................................................86
PreviewingYourPrinting...............................................................................87
PrintingaDockingWindow.............................................................................87
PrintingAntennaPatterns..............................................................................88
1.8
1.8.1
1.8.1.1
1.8.1.2
1.8.1.3
1.8.1.4
1.8.2
1.8.2.1
1.8.2.2
1.8.3
1.8.3.1
1.8.3.2
1.8.3.3
1.8.3.4
1.8.4
1.8.4.1
1.8.4.2
1.8.5
1.8.5.1
1.8.5.2
Grouping,Sorting,andFilteringData.......................................................................88
GroupingDataObjects .................................................................................88
GroupingDataObjectsbyaSelectedProperty............................................................88
ConfiguringtheGroupBySubmenu ....................................................................89
AdvancedGrouping..................................................................................90
ExamplesofGrouping ................................................................................90
SortingData..........................................................................................91
SortingDatainTables ................................................................................91
AdvancedSorting....................................................................................92
FilteringData.........................................................................................93
FilteringinDataTablesbySelection ....................................................................93
AdvancedDataFiltering..............................................................................94
RestoringAllRecords ................................................................................95
AdvancedFiltering:Examples..........................................................................96
UserConfigurations ...................................................................................98
SavingaUserConfiguration...........................................................................98
LoadingaUserConfiguration ..........................................................................99
SiteandTransmitterLists...............................................................................99
CreatingaSiteorTransmitterList......................................................................99
AddingaSiteorTransmittertoaListintheNetworkExplorer............................................. 100
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
1.8.5.3
1.8.5.4
1.8.5.5
1.8.5.6
1.8.5.7
1.8.5.8
1.8.6
1.8.6.1
1.8.6.2
1.8.6.3
1.8.6.4
1.8.6.5
1.8.6.6
1.8.7
1.8.8
AddingaSiteorTransmittertoaListfromtheMapWindow .............................................. 100

AddingSitesorTransmitterstoaListUsingaZone....................................................... 101
EditingaSiteorTransmitterList...................................................................... 101
ImportingaSiteorTransmitterList.................................................................... 101
ExportingaSiteorTransmitterList .................................................................... 102
FilteringonaSiteorTransmitterList .................................................................. 102
FolderConfigurations ................................................................................ 102
CreatingaFolderConfiguration....................................................................... 103
ApplyingaSavedFolderConfiguration ................................................................. 103
ReapplyingtheCurrentFolderConfiguration ........................................................... 103
SavingaFolderConfigurationinanExternalFile......................................................... 103
LoadingaFolderConfigurationfromanExternalFile ..................................................... 104
DeletingaFolderConfiguration....................................................................... 104
CreatingandComparingViews ......................................................................... 104
FilteringDataUsingaFilteringZone..................................................................... 105
1.9
1.9.1
1.9.2
1.9.3
1.9.3.1
1.9.3.2
1.9.3.3
1.9.4
1.9.5
1.9.6
1.9.7
TipsandTricks........................................................................................ 105
UndoingandRedoing................................................................................. 105
RefreshingMapsandFolders.......................................................................... 106
SearchingforObjectsontheMap ...................................................................... 106
SearchingforaMapObjectbyItsName ............................................................... 106
SearchingforaMapObjectusingAnyTextProperty ..................................................... 106
SearchingforaPointontheMap..................................................................... 107
UsingtheStatusBartoGetInformation ................................................................. 107
SavingInformationDisplayedintheEventViewer ......................................................... 108
UsingIconsfromtheToolbar .......................................................................... 108
UsingShortcutsinAtoll............................................................................... 111
StartinganAtollProject ....................................................................... 115
2.1
BeforeStartingaRadioPlanningProject .................................................................. 115
2.2
2.2.1
2.2.1.1
2.2.1.2
2.2.1.3
2.2.2
2.2.2.1
2.2.2.2
2.2.2.3
2.2.2.4
2.2.2.5
CreatinganAtollDocument ............................................................................. 115

CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaTemplate ......................................................... 115
TemplatesAvailable................................................................................ 116
CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaTemplate ........................................................ 116
DefiningaNewAtollDocument ...................................................................... 118
WorkinginaMultiUserEnvironment................................................................... 120
TheAtollMultiUserEnvironment .................................................................... 120
CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaDatabase ........................................................ 121
WorkingWithaDocumentonaDatabase .............................................................. 122
RefreshinganAtollDocumentfromtheDatabase ....................................................... 124
ArchivingtheModificationsofanAtollDocumentintheDatabase ......................................... 124
2.3
2.3.1
2.3.2
MakingaBackupofYourDocument...................................................................... 127
ConfiguringAutomaticBackup......................................................................... 128
RecoveringaBackup ................................................................................. 128
2.4
MakingandSharingPortableAtollProjects................................................................ 129
GeographicData................................................................................ 133
3.1
GeographicDataTypes ................................................................................. 133
3.2
SupportedGeographicDataFormats ..................................................................... 135
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.3.1
3.3.3.2
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
3.3.7
ImportingGeoDataFiles ............................................................................... 135

ImportingaRasterformatGeoDataFile................................................................. 136
ImportingaVectorformatGeoDataFile ................................................................ 137
ImportingMSIPlanetData ........................................................................... 138
ImportingOneMSIPlanetDataType................................................................. 139
ImportingaMSIPlanetDatabase.................................................................... 139
ImportingaWMSRasterformatGeoDataFile............................................................ 140
GroupingGeoDataFilesinFolders ..................................................................... 141
EmbeddingGeographicData........................................................................... 142
RepairingaBrokenLinktoaGeoDataFile ............................................................... 142
3.4
DigitalTerrainModels.................................................................................. 142
TableofContents
3.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.5.5
ClutterClasses ....................................................................................... 143

AssigningNamestoClutterClasses..................................................................... 143
DefiningClutterClassProperties....................................................................... 143
AddingaClutterClass................................................................................ 145
RefreshingtheListofClutterClasses ................................................................... 146
DisplayingTotalSurfaceAreaperClutterClass ........................................................... 146
3.6
ClutterHeights....................................................................................... 146
3.7
3.7.1
3.7.2
3.7.3
Contours,Lines,andPoints ............................................................................. 147

ManagingtheDisplayofaVectorLayer ................................................................. 147
ManagingthePropertiesoftheVectorLayer ............................................................ 147
MovingaVectorLayertotheNetworkExplorer.......................................................... 148
3.8
3.8.1
3.8.2
ScannedImages...................................................................................... 148
ImportingSeveralScannedImages ..................................................................... 148
DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofScannedImages ....................................................... 149
3.9
3.9.1
3.9.2
PopulationMaps ..................................................................................... 150

ManagingtheDisplayofPopulationData ............................................................... 150
DisplayingPopulationStatistics........................................................................ 150
3.10
3.10.1
3.10.2
3.10.3
3.10.4
3.10.5
CustomGeoDataMaps................................................................................ 150
CreatingaCustomGeoDataMap ...................................................................... 151
AddingaFiletoaCustomGeoDataMap ................................................................ 152
ManagingthePropertiesofaCustomGeoDataMap...................................................... 152
DisplayingStatisticsonCustomGeoData ............................................................... 153
IntegrableVersusNonIntegrableData.................................................................. 153
3.11
DisplayingOnlineMaps ................................................................................ 153
3.12
3.12.1
3.12.2
3.12.2.1
3.12.2.2
3.12.2.3
SettingthePriorityofGeoData......................................................................... 154
SettingtheDisplayPriorityofGeoData ................................................................. 154
SettingthePriorityofGeoDatainCalculations........................................................... 155
Example1:TwoDTMMapsRepresentingDifferentAreas................................................ 156
Example2:ClutterClassesandDTMMapsRepresentingtheSameArea.................................... 156
Example3:TwoClutterClassMapsRepresentingaCommonArea ......................................... 157
3.13
DisplayingInformationAboutGeoData .................................................................. 157
3.14
3.14.1
3.14.2
GeographicDataSets.................................................................................. 158
ExportingaGeoDataSet ............................................................................. 158
LoadingaGeoDataSet .............................................................................. 159
3.15
3.15.1
3.15.1.1
3.15.1.2
3.15.1.3
3.15.1.4
3.15.2
EditingGeographicData ............................................................................... 159

EditingClutterClassMaps............................................................................ 159
CreatingaClutterPolygon .......................................................................... 159
EditingClutterPolygons............................................................................ 160
DisplayingtheCoordinatesofClutterPolygons......................................................... 160
DeletingClutterPolygons ........................................................................... 161
EditingPopulationorCustomDataMaps................................................................ 161
3.16
3.16.1
3.16.1.1
3.16.1.2
3.16.2
3.16.3
3.16.4
3.16.5
SavingGeographicData................................................................................ 162
SavingModificationstoanExternalFile ................................................................. 162
ExportinganEditedClutterClassMapinaRasterFormatFile ............................................. 162
ExportinganEditedVectorLayerinVectorFormatFile .................................................. 163
UpdatingtheSourceFile ............................................................................. 164
CombiningSeveralRasterFilesintoOneFile ............................................................. 164
ExportinganEmbeddedFile .......................................................................... 164
CreatingaNewFilefromaLargerFile .................................................................. 166
4
4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
Forsk2013
AntennasandEquipment .................................................................... 169

WorkingWithAntennas ............................................................................... 169
CreatinganAntenna................................................................................. 169
ImportingPlanetFormatAntennas .................................................................... 171
Importing3DAntennaPatterns ....................................................................... 171
DisplayingAntennaPatternsWithaFixedScale.......................................................... 173
SmoothinganAntennaPattern ........................................................................ 173
PrintinganAntennaPattern .......................................................................... 173
AT320_UM_E0
4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
TableofContents
WorkingWithEquipment ............................................................................... 174

DefiningTMAEquipment ............................................................................. 174
DefiningFeederCables ............................................................................... 174
DefiningTransmitterEquipment ....................................................................... 174
UpdatingtheValuesforTotalLossesandtheTransmitterEquipmentNoiseFigure.............................. 175
WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll ......................................................... 181
5.1
5.1.1
5.1.2
5.1.2.1
5.1.2.2
5.1.2.3
5.1.2.4
5.1.2.5
5.1.2.6
5.1.3
5.1.3.1
5.1.3.2
5.1.3.3
5.1.4
5.1.4.1
5.1.4.2
5.1.4.3
5.1.5
5.1.5.1
5.1.5.2
5.1.5.3
5.1.6
5.1.7
5.1.7.1
5.1.7.2
5.1.7.3
5.1.8
5.1.9
5.1.10
5.1.11
5.1.12
5.1.13
5.1.14
WorkingwithPropagationModels ....................................................................... 181

PropagationModelCharacteristics:Overview ............................................................ 181
TheStandardPropagationModel....................................................................... 182
RecommendationsforWorkingwiththeStandardPropagationModel...................................... 183
CalculatingDiffractionWiththeSPM.................................................................. 184
SampleValuesforSPMFormulas ..................................................................... 184
Calculatingf(clutter)withtheStandardPropagationModel ............................................... 185
ModellingFixedReceivers........................................................................... 186
DefiningtheParametersoftheStandardPropagationModel .............................................. 186
TheOkumuraHataPropagationModel .................................................................. 189
DefiningGeneralSettings(OkumuraHata) ............................................................. 189
SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(OkumuraHata)...................................................... 189
CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(OkumuraHata) ............................................ 190
TheCostHataPropagationModel ...................................................................... 190
DefiningGeneralSettings(CostHata) ................................................................. 191
SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(CostHata) .......................................................... 191
CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(CostHata)................................................. 191
TheITU5293PropagationModel...................................................................... 192
DefiningGeneralSettings(ITU5293).................................................................. 192
SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(ITU5293) .......................................................... 192
CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(ITU5293) ................................................. 193
TheErcegGreensteinPropagationModel................................................................ 193
DefiningGeneralSettings(ErcegGreenstein(SUI))....................................................... 194
SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(ErcegGreenstein(SUI)) ............................................... 194
CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(ErcegGreenstein(SUI)) ...................................... 194
TheWLLPropagationModel........................................................................... 195
TheLongleyRicePropagationModel.................................................................... 196
TheITU1546PropagationModel ....................................................................... 196
TheSakagamiExtendedPropagationModel .............................................................. 197
CrossWaveModel ................................................................................... 197
ManagingPropagationModels......................................................................... 198
5.2
5.2.1
5.2.2
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.2.5
DefiningCalculationParameters......................................................................... 199
DefiningCalculationParametersforOneTransmitter...................................................... 199
DefiningtheSameCalculationParametersforaGroupofTransmitters ....................................... 200
DefiningtheSameCalculationParametersforAllTransmitters.............................................. 200
DefiningaDefaultPropagationModel................................................................... 201
DefiningaDefaultResolution .......................................................................... 201
5.3
5.3.1
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
5.3.6
5.3.6.1
5.3.6.2
5.3.6.3
5.3.6.4
5.3.6.5
5.3.7
ManagingPathLossMatrices............................................................................ 201
CalculatingPathLossMatrices......................................................................... 202
StoppingPathLossMatrixCalculation ................................................................... 202
SettingtheStorageLocationofPathLossMatrices ........................................................ 202
CheckingtheValidityofPathLossMatrices .............................................................. 203
OptimisingPathLossMatrixStorage.................................................................... 204
TuningPathLossMatricesUsingMeasurementData ...................................................... 205
DefiningtheAreatobeTuned........................................................................ 205
DefiningMaximumCorrectionsandThresholdsonPathLossTuning ........................................ 206
TuningPathLossMatricesUsingCWMeasurements..................................................... 207
TuningPathLossMatricesUsingDriveTestData ........................................................ 208
ManagingthePathLossTuningPoints ................................................................. 209
ExportingPathLossMatrices .......................................................................... 211
5.4
5.4.1
5.4.1.1
5.4.1.2
5.4.1.3
PredictionsAvailableinAtoll ............................................................................ 212

MakingPointPredictions.............................................................................. 212
StartingaPointAnalysis ............................................................................. 212
TheViewsofthePointAnalysisTool................................................................... 212
MovingtheReceiverontheMap ..................................................................... 214
TableofContents
5.4.1.4
5.4.1.5
5.4.2
5.4.2.1
5.4.2.2
5.4.2.3
5.4.2.4
5.4.2.5
5.4.2.6
5.4.2.7
Forsk2013
TakingIndoorLossesintoAccount.................................................................... 214
TakingShadowingintoAccountinPointAnalyses ....................................................... 214
MakingCoveragePredictions ......................................................................... 215
CreatingCoveragePredictions ....................................................................... 215
DefiningtheStorageLocationofCoveragePredictionResults ............................................. 216
CalculatingCoveragePredictions..................................................................... 217
ExportingtheValuesperPixelofaCoveragePrediction .................................................. 219
SavingDefinedCoveragePredictions ................................................................. 219
CalculatingIndoorCoverage......................................................................... 221
TakingShadowingintoAccount ...................................................................... 221
AutomaticCellPlanning ...................................................................... 225
6.1
6.1.1
6.1.2
6.1.2.1
6.1.2.2
6.1.2.3
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.1.5.1
6.1.5.2
6.1.6
TheACPModuleandAtoll.............................................................................. 225
UsingQualityandCostObjectivesintheACP ............................................................ 226
UsingZoneswithACP ................................................................................ 226
UsingtheComputationZoneandtheFocusZone....................................................... 226
UsingCustomZones ............................................................................... 226
UsingtheFilteringZone ............................................................................ 227
UsingTrafficMapswithACP .......................................................................... 227
ShadowingMarginandIndoorCoverage................................................................ 227
ACPandAntennaMasking............................................................................ 227
NativePropagationModels ......................................................................... 228
NonNativePropagationModels..................................................................... 228
EMFExposure...................................................................................... 229
6.2
6.2.1
6.2.2
6.2.3
ConfiguringtheACPModule............................................................................ 230
DefiningtheStorageLocationofACPSettings............................................................ 230
DefiningtheAntennaMaskingMethod................................................................. 230
ConfiguringDefaultSettings .......................................................................... 231
6.3
6.3.1
6.3.1.1
6.3.1.2
6.3.1.3
6.3.2
6.3.2.1
6.3.2.2
6.3.2.3
6.3.2.4
6.3.2.5
6.3.2.6
OptimisingCellPlanningwiththeACP .................................................................... 233

CreatinganOptimisationSetup........................................................................ 233
CreatingaNewOptimisationSetup................................................................... 234
RunninganExistingOptimisationSetup............................................................... 234
DuplicatinganExistingOptimisationSetup ............................................................ 234
DefiningOptimisationParameters ..................................................................... 234
SettingOptimisationParameters..................................................................... 235
SettingObjectiveParameters........................................................................ 243
SettingNetworkReconfigurationParameters .......................................................... 250
DefiningSiteSelectionParameters................................................................... 259
DefiningAntennaGroups........................................................................... 267
AddingCommentstotheOptimisationSetup .......................................................... 271
6.4
RunninganOptimisationSetup ......................................................................... 271
6.5
WorkingwithOptimisationsintheExplorerWindow ....................................................... 273
6.6
6.6.1
6.6.1.1
6.6.1.2
6.6.1.3
6.6.1.4
6.6.1.5
6.6.1.6
6.6.1.7
6.6.2
6.6.3
6.6.3.1
6.6.3.2
6.6.3.3
6.6.3.4
6.6.3.5
6.6.3.6
6.6.4
ViewingOptimisationResults ........................................................................... 275

ViewingOptimisationResultsinthePropertiesDialogue................................................... 275
TheStatisticsTab.................................................................................. 275
TheSectorsTab................................................................................... 277
TheGraphTab.................................................................................... 278
TheQualityTab................................................................................... 278
TheCapacityTab.................................................................................. 279
TheChangeDetailsTab............................................................................. 280
TheCommitTab .................................................................................. 281
ComparingOptimisations............................................................................. 282
ViewingOptimisationResultsintheMapWindow ........................................................ 283
TheObjectiveAnalysisPredictions ................................................................... 284
TheTechnologyLayerPredictions.................................................................... 284
TheEMFExposurePredictions ....................................................................... 286
ComparingPredictions ............................................................................. 286
ChangingtheDisplayPropertiesofACPPredictions ..................................................... 287
ExportingACPCoveragePredictions.................................................................. 288
ViewingOptimisationResultsUsingtheHistogram ....................................................... 289
7
10
3GPPMultiRATNetworks ................................................................... 293
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
7.1
Designinga3GPPMultiRATNetwork ..................................................................... 293
7.2
7.2.1
7.2.2
7.2.3
7.2.4
7.2.5
7.2.6
7.2.7
7.2.8
7.2.9
7.2.10
7.2.10.1
7.2.10.2
7.2.11
7.2.11.1
7.2.11.2
7.2.11.3
7.2.11.4
7.2.11.5
7.2.11.6
7.2.11.7
7.2.12
7.2.12.1
7.2.12.2
7.2.12.3
PlanningandOptimisingBaseStations.................................................................... 295
CreatingaBaseStation ............................................................................... 296
CreatingaGroupofBaseStations ...................................................................... 296
ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap ..................................................... 296
DisplayTipsforBaseStations.......................................................................... 297
CreatingaRepeater .................................................................................. 297
CreatingaRemoteAntenna ........................................................................... 297
SettingtheWorkingAreaofanAtollDocument ........................................................... 298
StudyingaSingleBaseStation ......................................................................... 298
StudyingBaseStations................................................................................ 298
3GPPMultiRATPredictions ........................................................................... 299
Makinga3GPPMultiRATEffectiveServiceAreaPrediction ............................................... 300
Makinga3GPPMultiRATThroughputPrediction........................................................ 301
PlanningNeighbours ................................................................................. 303
ImportingNeighbours .............................................................................. 303
PlanningIntratechnologyNeighbours ................................................................. 304
PlanningIntertechnologyNeighbours ................................................................. 313
DisplayingNeighboursontheMap .................................................................... 320
AllocatingandRemovingNeighboursontheMap ....................................................... 325
DisplayingExceptionalPairsontheMap ............................................................... 325
AddingandRemovingExceptionalPairsontheMap ..................................................... 326
AllocatingResourcesina3GPPMultiRATProject......................................................... 327
AllocatingResourcesinGSM......................................................................... 327
AllocatingResourcesinUMTS ........................................................................ 328
AllocatingResourcesinLTE.......................................................................... 328
7.3
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
7.3.3.1
7.3.3.2
7.3.3.3
7.3.4
7.3.4.1
7.3.4.2
7.3.4.3
7.3.4.4
7.3.4.5
7.3.5
7.3.6
7.3.7
7.3.8
7.3.8.1
7.3.8.2
7.3.8.3
7.3.8.4
7.3.8.5
7.3.8.6
7.3.8.7
7.3.9
StudyingNetworkCapacity.............................................................................. 328
ImportingOMCTrafficDatainGSM ..................................................................... 329
DefiningMultiserviceTrafficData ...................................................................... 329
ServiceandUserModelling............................................................................ 329
Modelling3GPPMultiRATServices................................................................... 329
Modelling3GPPMultiRATMobilityTypes.............................................................. 330
Modelling3GPPMultiRATTerminals .................................................................. 331
CreatingaTrafficMap ................................................................................ 331
CreatingaSectorTrafficMap ........................................................................ 332
CreatingaUserProfileTrafficMap .................................................................... 333
CreatingUserDensityTrafficMaps(No.Users/km2) ..................................................... 338
Converting2GNetworkTraffic ....................................................................... 340
ExportingCumulatedTraffic ......................................................................... 340
ExportingaTrafficMap............................................................................... 341
CalculatingandDisplayingaGSMTrafficCapture.......................................................... 342
DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork............................................................... 342
CalculatingandDisplayingTrafficSimulations ............................................................ 342
SearchandSelectionofServingTechnologies ........................................................... 343
CreatingSimulations................................................................................ 343
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap .......................................................... 345
DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation ............................................................ 347
DisplayingtheAverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations................................................. 347
UpdatingCellValuesWithSimulationResults ........................................................... 348
EstimatingaTrafficIncrease ......................................................................... 349
AnalysingtheResultsofaSimulation.................................................................... 349
7.4
7.4.1
7.4.2
7.4.3
OptimisingNetworkParametersUsingtheACP ............................................................. 349

OptimisationObjectives .............................................................................. 350
QualityParameters .................................................................................. 350
TheQualityAnalysisMaps............................................................................. 350
7.5
VerifyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................. 350
7.6
DisplayingElementsofOneAtollDocumentina3GPPMultiRATDocument .................................... 351
7.7
AdvancedConfiguration ................................................................................ 351
8
8.1
GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks.................................................................. 355
DesigningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork.................................................................... 355
11
TableofContents
Forsk2013
8.2
8.2.1
8.2.1.1
8.2.1.2
8.2.1.3
8.2.1.4
8.2.1.5
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.2.4
8.2.5
8.2.6
8.2.6.1
8.2.6.2
8.2.6.3
8.2.6.4
8.2.6.5
8.2.6.6
8.2.7
8.2.7.1
8.2.7.2
8.2.7.3
8.2.7.4
8.2.7.5
8.2.8
8.2.9
8.2.9.1
8.2.9.2
8.2.10
8.2.10.1
8.2.10.2
8.2.10.3
8.2.10.4
8.2.10.5
8.2.10.6
8.2.10.7
8.2.10.8
8.2.11
8.2.11.1
8.2.11.2
8.2.11.3
8.2.11.4
8.2.11.5
8.2.11.6
8.2.11.7
8.2.11.8
8.2.11.9
PlanningandOptimisingGSM/GPRS/EDGEBaseStations .................................................... 356

CreatingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEBaseStation............................................................... 357
DefinitionofaBaseStation ......................................................................... 357
CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement .......................................................... 367
PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate ........................................................ 369
ManagingStationTemplates........................................................................ 370
DuplicatinganExistingBaseStation .................................................................. 375
CreatingaGroupofBaseStations...................................................................... 376
ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap..................................................... 377
DisplayTipsforBaseStations ......................................................................... 377
ModellingPacketswitchedTransmitters ................................................................ 378
CreatingaRepeater ................................................................................. 378
OpeningtheRepeatersTable ........................................................................ 378
CreatingandModifyingRepeaterEquipment .......................................................... 378
PlacingaRepeaterontheMapUsingtheMouse........................................................ 379
CreatingSeveralRepeaters.......................................................................... 379
DefiningthePropertiesofaRepeater ................................................................. 380
TipsforUpdatingRepeaterParameters ............................................................... 382
CreatingaRemoteAntenna........................................................................... 382
OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable................................................................. 382
PlacingaRemoteAntennaontheMapUsingtheMouse ................................................. 383
CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas ................................................................... 383
DefiningthePropertiesofaRemoteAntenna.......................................................... 383
TipsforUpdatingRemoteAntennaParameters......................................................... 385
SettingtheWorkingAreaofanAtollDocument.......................................................... 385
MakingaPointAnalysistoStudytheProfile............................................................ 386
StudyingDLSignalLevelCoverage.................................................................... 387
StudyingBaseStations ............................................................................... 389
PathLossMatrices................................................................................. 390
AssigningaPropagationModel...................................................................... 391
TheCalculationProcess ............................................................................ 393
CreatingaComputationZone ....................................................................... 394
SettingTransmittersasActive....................................................................... 394
SignalLevelCoveragePredictions.................................................................... 395
AnalysingaCoveragePrediction ..................................................................... 407
PrintingandExportingCoveragePredictionResults ..................................................... 416
PlanningNeighbours................................................................................. 416
DefiningExceptionalPairs .......................................................................... 417
ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours ........................................................ 417
AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically.................................................................. 418
CheckingAutomaticAllocationResults ................................................................ 421
AllocatingandDeletingNeighboursperTransmitter..................................................... 424
CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingNeighbours...................................................... 427
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheNeighbourPlan ........................................................ 428
ExportingNeighbours.............................................................................. 429
8.3
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.3.1
8.3.3.2
8.3.3.3
8.3.3.4
8.3.3.5
8.3.4
8.3.5
8.3.5.1
8.3.5.2
8.3.5.3
8.3.5.4
8.3.5.5
8.3.6
8.3.6.1
8.3.6.2
StudyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................. 429

ImportingOMCTrafficDataintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData............................................ 430
DefiningMultiserviceTrafficData..................................................................... 431
CreatingaTrafficMap ............................................................................... 431
CreatingaUserProfileTrafficMap................................................................... 433
CreatingUserDensityTrafficMaps(No.Users/km2)..................................................... 438
Converting2GNetworkTraffic....................................................................... 440
ExportingCumulatedTraffic......................................................................... 440
ExportingaTrafficMap .............................................................................. 441
CalculatingandDisplayingaTrafficCapture ............................................................. 441
PrerequisitesforaTrafficCapture .................................................................... 442
CreatingaTrafficCapture........................................................................... 442
GSM/GPRS/EDGETrafficCaptureResults .............................................................. 443
EstimatingaTrafficIncrease......................................................................... 444
ModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGETrafficCapture .......................................................... 444
DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork .............................................................. 445
DefiningaGSM/GPRS/EDGEDimensioningModel ...................................................... 445
DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork............................................................ 447
12
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
8.3.7
8.3.7.1
8.3.7.2
8.3.7.3
8.3.7.4
8.3.7.5
8.3.7.6
8.3.7.7

RadioResourceManagementinGSM.................................................................. 450
CreatingSimulations................................................................................ 452
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap .......................................................... 453
DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation ............................................................ 455
DisplayingtheAverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations................................................. 456
UpdatingCellValuesWithSimulationResults ........................................................... 457
EstimatingaTrafficIncrease ......................................................................... 458
8.4
8.4.1
8.4.1.1
8.4.1.2
8.4.1.3
8.4.2
8.4.2.1
8.4.2.2
8.4.2.3
8.4.2.4
8.4.3
8.4.3.1
8.4.3.2
8.4.3.3
8.4.3.4
8.4.3.5
8.4.4
8.4.4.1
8.4.4.2
8.4.4.3
8.4.4.4
8.4.4.5
8.4.4.6
8.4.4.7
8.4.4.8
AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs ...................................................... 458

DefiningResourceRanges ............................................................................. 459
DefiningFrequencyBands,Domains,andGroups ........................................................ 459
DefiningBSICDomainsandGroups.................................................................... 461
DefiningHSNDomainsandGroups.................................................................... 463
AllocatingFrequenciesandBSICsManually............................................................... 464
AssigningBSICDomainstoTransmitters ............................................................... 464
AssigningBSICstoTransmittersManually .............................................................. 464
DefiningFrequencyDomainsforTransmitters........................................................... 465
AssigningFrequenciestoSubcells ..................................................................... 465
AFPPrerequisites(IM,Separations,Traffic,etc.) .......................................................... 469
InterferenceMatrices............................................................................... 470
ChannelSeparations ................................................................................ 481
ModellingTraffic ................................................................................... 486
AFPRelatedParametersintheSubcellsTable........................................................... 489
ModellingLayersandSubcells........................................................................ 491
AutomaticResourceAllocationUsinganAFPModule...................................................... 492
TheScopeoftheAFPandtheScopeoftheInterferenceMatrix............................................ 493
TheNetworkValidationProcess...................................................................... 493
TheAFP'sTargetComputationTime ................................................................... 494
RunninganAutomaticFrequencyAllocation ............................................................ 495
TheAFPProgressDialogue........................................................................... 499
TheResultsoftheAutomaticFrequencyAllocation ...................................................... 500
CommittingandExportingtheFrequencyPlan.......................................................... 505
AllocatingFrequenciesInteractively ................................................................... 506
8.5
8.5.1
8.5.2
8.5.2.1
8.5.2.2
8.5.2.3
8.5.2.4
8.5.2.5
8.5.3
8.5.3.1
8.5.3.2
8.5.3.3
8.5.3.4
8.5.3.5
TheAtollAFPModule.................................................................................. 509
UsingtheAtollAFPataBasicLevel ..................................................................... 510
UsingtheAtollAFP................................................................................... 511
AnOverviewoftheAFPCostFunction ................................................................. 512
SettingtheParametersoftheAtollAFPModule ......................................................... 518
FrequencyHoppingOverview........................................................................ 529
AzimuthOrientedAssignments(PatternAllocation,1/11/31/x) ......................................... 531
BSICAllocation .................................................................................... 531
AdvancedAFPusage ................................................................................. 532
OptimisingtheNumberofRequiredTRXs .............................................................. 532
CombiningInterferenceMatricesAccordingtoMaximumLikelihoodEstimation.............................. 538
TheStorageofafrequencyplaninAtoll................................................................ 543
VariousTipsandTricks .............................................................................. 545
TheRoleoftheAFPAdministrator .................................................................... 547
8.6
8.6.1
8.6.2
8.6.2.1
8.6.2.2
8.6.2.3
8.6.2.4
8.6.2.5
8.6.3
8.6.3.1
8.6.3.2
8.6.3.3
8.6.4
8.6.5
8.6.6
8.6.7
8.6.8
8.6.9
AnalysingNetworkQuality .............................................................................. 548

EvaluatingtheQualityofaFrequencyPlan ............................................................... 548
InterferenceCoveragePredictions ...................................................................... 550
MakingDLQualityPredic onsBasedonCIorC(I+N) .................................................... 551
MakingULQualityPredic onsBasedonC(I+N) ......................................................... 554
StudyingInterferenceAreas ......................................................................... 556
AnalysingInterferenceAreasUsingaPointAnalysis ...................................................... 559
ExampleofAnalysingInterferenceUsingaPointAnalysis................................................. 560
PacketSpecificCoveragePredictions.................................................................... 562
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyGPRS/EDGECodingSchemes ............................................ 562
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyPacketThroughput..................................................... 564
MakingaBLERCoveragePrediction................................................................... 568
MakingaCircuitQualityIndicator(BER,FER,orMOS)CoveragePrediction.................................... 570
MakingaServiceAreaAnalysisCoveragePrediction....................................................... 573
StudyingInterferenceBetweenTransmitters............................................................. 576
AuditingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEFrequencyPlan ............................................................. 577
CheckingConsistencyinSubcells ....................................................................... 579
DisplayingtheFrequencyAllocation .................................................................... 580
13
TableofContents
8.6.9.1
8.6.9.2
8.6.9.3
8.6.9.4
8.6.10
Forsk2013
UsingFindonMaptoDisplayChannelReuse........................................................... 580
DisplayingtheFrequencyAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings..................................... 581
GroupingTransmittersbyFrequencies ................................................................ 582
DisplayingtheChannelAllocationHistogram ........................................................... 582
CalculatingKeyPerformanceIndicatorsofaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork...................................... 583
8.7
8.7.1
8.7.2
8.7.3
OptimisingNetworkParametersUsingtheACP............................................................ 586
GSMOptimisationObjectives......................................................................... 586
GSMQualityParameters............................................................................. 587
TheGSMQualityAnalysisPredictions .................................................................. 587
8.8
8.8.1
8.8.2
8.8.3
8.8.4
8.8.4.1
8.8.4.2
8.8.4.3
8.8.4.4
8.8.4.5
8.8.4.6
8.8.5
8.8.6
8.8.7
8.8.8
VerifyingNetworkCapacity............................................................................. 588
ImportingaDriveTestDataPath ...................................................................... 588
DisplayingDriveTestData ............................................................................ 591
DefiningtheDisplayofaDriveTestDataPath............................................................ 591
NetworkVerification ................................................................................ 592
FilteringIncompatiblePointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths................................................ 592
PredictingtheSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints .................................................... 594
CreatingCoveragePredictionsonDriveTestDataPaths.................................................. 595
DisplayingStatisticsOveraDriveTestDataPath ........................................................ 596
ExtractingaFieldFromaDriveTestDataPathforaTransmitter ........................................... 597
AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath .............................................................. 597
ExportingaDriveTestDataPath....................................................................... 599
ExtractingCWMeasurementsfromDriveTestData ....................................................... 599
GeneratingInterferenceMatricesfromaDriveTestDataPath .............................................. 600
PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataWindow ....................................................... 600
8.9
8.9.1
8.9.2
8.9.3
8.9.3.1
8.9.3.2
8.9.3.3
8.9.4
8.9.4.1
8.9.5
8.9.5.1
8.9.5.2
8.9.5.3
8.9.5.4
8.9.5.5
8.9.6
8.9.6.1
8.9.6.2
8.9.6.3
8.9.6.4
8.9.6.5
8.9.7
8.9.7.1
8.9.8
8.9.8.1
8.9.8.2
8.9.9
8.9.9.1
8.9.9.2
8.9.9.3
8.9.10
8.9.11
8.9.12
8.9.12.1
8.9.13
8.9.14
8.9.14.1
AdvancedConfiguration ............................................................................... 600

SettingHCSLayers .................................................................................. 601
ComparingServiceAreasinCalculations ................................................................ 601
CellTypes.......................................................................................... 605
TRXTypes ........................................................................................ 606
CreatingaCellType................................................................................ 606
ExamplesofCellTypes ............................................................................. 607
TRXConfiguration ................................................................................... 609
CreatingorImportingTRXConfiguration .............................................................. 609
CodecConfiguration ................................................................................. 610
OpeningtheCodecModeTable...................................................................... 610
CreatingorModifyingCodecConfiguration............................................................ 611
SettingCodecModeAdaptationThresholds............................................................ 611
SettingCodecModeQualityThresholds ............................................................... 612
UsingCodecConfigurationsinTransmittersandTerminals ............................................... 613
CodingSchemeConfiguration ......................................................................... 613
OpeningtheCodingSchemesTable .................................................................. 613
CreatingorModifyingaCodingSchemeConfiguration ................................................... 614
UsingCodingSchemeConfigurationinTransmittersandTerminals ........................................ 615
AdaptingCodingSchemeThresholdsforaMaximumBLER ............................................... 615
DisplayingCodingSchemeThroughputGraphs ......................................................... 616
TimeslotConfigurations .............................................................................. 616
CreatingorModifyingaTimeslotConfiguration......................................................... 617
AdvancedTransmitterConfigurationOptions............................................................ 617
DefiningExtendedCells ............................................................................ 617
AdvancedModellingofMultiBandTransmitters........................................................ 618
GSM/GPRS/EDGEMultiServiceTrafficData ............................................................. 622
ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGEServices ................................................................. 622
ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGEMobilityTypes............................................................ 623
ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminals ................................................................ 624
DefiningtheInterfererReceptionThreshold ............................................................. 625
AdvancedModellingofHoppingGaininCoveragePredictions.............................................. 626
ModellingShadowing ................................................................................ 627
DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsperClutterClass ..................................................... 628
ModellingtheCoexistenceofNetworks................................................................ 628
ModellingIntertechnologyInterference ................................................................ 628
DefiningIntertechnologyIRFs ....................................................................... 629
9
9.1
14
UMTSHSPANetworks ........................................................................ 633

DesigningaUMTSNetwork............................................................................. 633
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
9.2
9.2.1
9.2.1.1
9.2.1.2
9.2.1.3
9.2.1.4
9.2.1.5
9.2.2
9.2.3
9.2.4
9.2.5
9.2.6
9.2.6.1
9.2.6.2
9.2.6.3
9.2.6.4
9.2.6.5
9.2.6.6
9.2.7
9.2.7.1
9.2.7.2
9.2.7.3
9.2.7.4
9.2.7.5
9.2.8
9.2.9
9.2.9.1
9.2.9.2
9.2.10
9.2.10.1
9.2.10.2
9.2.10.3
9.2.10.4
9.2.10.5
9.2.10.6
9.2.10.7
9.2.10.8
9.2.10.9
9.2.10.10
9.2.10.11
9.2.10.12
9.2.11
9.2.11.1
9.2.11.2
9.2.11.3
9.2.11.4
9.2.11.5
9.2.11.6
9.2.11.7
9.2.11.8
9.2.11.9
9.2.12
9.2.12.1
9.2.12.2
9.2.12.3
9.2.12.4
9.2.12.5
9.2.12.6
PlanningandOptimisingUMTSBaseStations .............................................................. 634

CreatingaUMTSBaseStation.......................................................................... 635
DefinitionofaBaseStation.......................................................................... 635
CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement........................................................... 642
PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate......................................................... 644
ManagingStationTemplates ......................................................................... 645
DuplicatinganExistingBaseStation................................................................... 651
CreatingDualBandandTriBandUMTSNetworks ......................................................... 653
CreatingandModifyingRepeaterEquipment ........................................................... 654
PlacingaRepeaterontheMapUsingtheMouse ........................................................ 654
CreatingSeveralRepeaters .......................................................................... 655
TipsforUpdatingRepeaterParameters ................................................................ 657
OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable .................................................................. 658
PlacingaRemoteAntennaontheMapUsingtheMouse.................................................. 658
CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas.................................................................... 659
DefiningthePropertiesofaRemoteAntenna ........................................................... 659
TipsforUpdatingRemoteAntennaParameters ......................................................... 660
MakingaPointAnalysistoStudytheProfile ............................................................ 661
StudyingSignalLevelCoverage....................................................................... 663
PathLossMatrices ................................................................................. 666
AssigningaPropagationModel ....................................................................... 666
TheCalculationProcess............................................................................. 669
CreatingaComputationZone ........................................................................ 669
SettingTransmittersorCellsasActive................................................................. 670
SignalLevelCoveragePredictions ..................................................................... 671
AnalysingaCoveragePrediction ...................................................................... 675
UMTSSpecificPredictions ........................................................................... 685
HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis ............................................................... 701
HSUPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis............................................................... 704
PrintingandExportingCoveragePredictionResults...................................................... 706
MakingaMultipointAnalysis ........................................................................ 706
DefiningExceptionalPairs........................................................................... 710
ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours......................................................... 711
AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically .................................................................. 712
CheckingAutomaticAllocationResults................................................................. 715
AllocatingandDeletingNeighboursperCell ............................................................ 719
CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingNeighbours ....................................................... 721
ExportingNeighbours ............................................................................... 724
PlanningScramblingCodes ............................................................................ 724
DefiningtheScramblingCodeFormat ................................................................. 725
CreatingScramblingCodeDomainsandGroups......................................................... 726
DefiningExceptionalPairsforScramblingCodeAllocation................................................. 726
AllocatingScramblingCodes ......................................................................... 726
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheScramblingCodePlan ................................................... 729
DisplayingtheAllocationofScramblingCodes .......................................................... 730
9.3
9.3.1
9.3.2
9.3.2.1
9.3.2.2
9.3.2.3
9.3.2.4
9.3.2.5
StudyingNetworkCapacity.............................................................................. 733
DefiningMultiserviceTrafficData ...................................................................... 734
CreatingaTrafficMap ................................................................................ 734
CreatingaUserProfileTrafficMap .................................................................... 736
CreatingUserDensityTrafficMaps(No.Users/km2) ..................................................... 740
Converting2GNetworkTraffic ....................................................................... 742
ExportingCumulatedTraffic ......................................................................... 743
15
TableofContents
9.3.3
9.3.4
9.3.4.1
9.3.4.2
9.3.4.3
9.3.4.4
9.3.4.5
9.3.4.6
9.3.4.7
9.3.4.8
9.3.4.9
9.3.5
9.3.5.1
9.3.5.2
Forsk2013

ThePowerControlSimulationAlgorithm.............................................................. 744
CreatingSimulations ............................................................................... 749
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap.......................................................... 751
DisplayingtheUserActiveSetontheMap ............................................................. 753
DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation........................................................... 753
DisplayingtheAverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations ................................................ 759
UpdatingCellValuesWithSimulationResults .......................................................... 762
AddingNewSimulationstoanAtollDocument......................................................... 763
AnalysingtheResultsofaSimulation ................................................................... 765
MakinganASAnalysisofSimulationResults ........................................................... 765
MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults .................................................. 766
9.4
9.4.1
9.4.2
9.4.3
UMTSOptimisationObjectives........................................................................ 767
UMTSQualityParameters............................................................................ 767
TheUMTSQualityAnalysisPredictions ................................................................. 768
9.5
9.5.1
9.5.2
9.5.3
9.5.4
9.5.4.1
9.5.4.2
9.5.4.3
9.5.4.4
9.5.4.5
9.5.4.6
9.5.5
9.5.6
9.5.7
FilteringIncompatiblePointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths................................................ 773
PredictingSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints........................................................ 775
AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath .............................................................. 778
PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataWindow ....................................................... 780
9.6
9.6.1
9.6.2
9.6.2.1
9.6.2.2
9.6.3
9.6.3.1
9.6.3.2
9.6.3.3
9.6.3.4
9.6.3.5
9.6.3.6
9.6.3.7
9.6.3.8
9.6.3.9
9.6.4
9.6.5
9.6.5.1
9.6.5.2
9.6.6
CoplanningUMTSNetworkswithOtherNetworks ......................................................... 781

SwitchingtoCoplanningMode ....................................................................... 781
WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinaCoPlanningProject................................................ 783
UpdatingCoveragePredictions ...................................................................... 783
AnalysingCoveragePredictions ...................................................................... 784
PerformingIntertechnologyNeighbourAllocation ....................................................... 787
SettingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairs ............................................................. 787
DisplayingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap ................................................ 788
AddingandRemovingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap...................................... 788
ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforIntertechnologyNeighbours .......................................... 789
AllocatingIntertechnologyNeighboursAutomatically ................................................... 789
DisplayingIntertechnologyNeighboursontheMap .................................................... 791
AllocatingandDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursperCell ............................................. 792
CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingIntertechnologyNeighbours ....................................... 795
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheIntertechnologyNeighbourPlan......................................... 797
CreatingaUMTSSectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork............................................... 798
UsingACPinaCoplanningProject ..................................................................... 799
CreatingaNewCoplanningOptimisationSetup ........................................................ 799
ImportingtheOtherNetworkintotheSetup ........................................................... 799
EndingCoplanningMode............................................................................ 800
9.7
9.7.1
9.7.2
9.7.3
9.7.3.1
9.7.3.2
9.7.4
9.7.4.1
9.7.4.2
9.7.4.3
9.7.5
9.7.5.1
AdvancedConfiguration ............................................................................... 800

ModellingInterCarrierInterference ................................................................... 800
DefiningFrequencyBands............................................................................ 801
TheGlobalNetworkSettings .......................................................................... 801
TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue ................................................ 802
ModifyingGlobalNetworkSettings ................................................................... 803
DefiningRadioBearers ............................................................................... 803
DefiningR99RadioBearers ......................................................................... 803
DefiningHSDPARadioBearers ....................................................................... 804
DefiningHSUPARadioBearers....................................................................... 804
DefiningSiteEquipment.............................................................................. 805
CreatingSiteEquipment ............................................................................ 805
16
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
9.7.5.2
9.7.5.3
9.7.6
9.7.6.1
9.7.6.2
9.7.6.3
9.7.7
9.7.8
9.7.9
9.7.10
9.7.10.1
9.7.11
9.7.11.1
DefiningResourceConsumptionperUMTSSiteEquipmentandR99RadioBearer............................. 806
DefiningResourceConsumptionperUMTSSiteEquipmentandHSUPARadioBearer.......................... 806
DefiningReceiverEquipment.......................................................................... 807
CreatingorModifyingReceptionEquipment ............................................................ 807
HSDPAUECategories............................................................................... 808
HSUPAUECategories ............................................................................... 809
DefiningHSDPASchedulers............................................................................ 809
MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems................................................................. 810
ConditionsforEnteringtheActiveSet ................................................................... 811
DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsandMacrodiversityGainperClutterClass................................ 812
ModellingIntertechnologyInterference................................................................. 813
10
LTENetworks.................................................................................... 819
10.1
DesigninganLTENetwork .............................................................................. 819
10.2
10.2.1
10.2.1.1
10.2.1.2
10.2.1.3
10.2.1.4
10.2.1.5
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.5
10.2.6
10.2.6.1
10.2.6.2
10.2.6.3
10.2.6.4
10.2.6.5
10.2.6.6
10.2.7
10.2.7.1
10.2.7.2
10.2.7.3
10.2.7.4
10.2.7.5
10.2.8
10.2.9
10.2.9.1
10.2.9.2
10.2.10
10.2.10.1
10.2.10.2
10.2.10.3
10.2.10.4
10.2.10.5
10.2.10.6
10.2.10.7
10.2.10.8
10.2.10.9
10.2.11
10.2.11.1
10.2.11.2
10.2.11.3
10.2.11.4
10.2.11.5
10.2.11.6
10.2.11.7
10.2.11.8
10.2.11.9
PlanningandOptimisingLTEBaseStations................................................................. 820
CreatinganLTEBaseStation........................................................................... 821
DefinitionofaBaseStation.......................................................................... 821
CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement........................................................... 828
PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate..................................................... 830
ManagingStationTemplates ......................................................................... 831
DuplicatinganExistingBaseStation................................................................... 835
CreatingaMultibandLTENetwork..................................................................... 838
CreatingandModifyingRepeaterEquipment ........................................................... 839
PlacingaRepeaterontheMapUsingtheMouse ........................................................ 839
CreatingSeveralRepeaters .......................................................................... 840
TipsforUpdatingRepeaterParameters ................................................................ 842
OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable .................................................................. 843
PlacingaRemoteAntennaontheMapUsingtheMouse.................................................. 843
CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas.................................................................... 843
DefiningthePropertiesofaRemoteAntenna ........................................................... 843
TipsforUpdatingRemoteAntennaParameters ......................................................... 845
MakingaPointAnalysistoStudytheProfile ............................................................ 846
StudyingSignalLevelCoverage....................................................................... 847
PathLossMatrices ................................................................................. 850
AssigningaPropagationModel ....................................................................... 850
TheCalculationProcess............................................................................. 852
CreatingaComputationZone ........................................................................ 853
SettingTransmittersorCellsasActive................................................................. 853
SignalLevelCoveragePredictions ..................................................................... 854
AnalysingaCoveragePrediction ...................................................................... 860
LTECoveragePredictions ............................................................................ 869
PrintingandExportingCoveragePredictionResults...................................................... 887
DefiningExceptionalPairs........................................................................... 888
ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours......................................................... 888
AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically .................................................................. 888
CheckingAutomaticAllocationResults................................................................. 891
AllocatingandDeletingNeighboursperCell ............................................................ 894
CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingNeighbours ....................................................... 897
ExportingNeighbours ............................................................................... 899
17
TableofContents
Forsk2013
10.3
10.3.1
10.3.1.1
10.3.1.2
10.3.1.3
10.3.1.4
10.3.2
10.3.3
10.3.4
10.3.4.1
10.3.4.2
10.3.4.3
10.3.4.4
10.3.4.5
10.3.4.6
ConfiguringNetworkParametersUsingtheAFP............................................................ 899
AFPPrerequisites ................................................................................... 899
InterferenceMatrices .............................................................................. 900
NeighbourImportance............................................................................. 901
ResourcesAvailableforAllocation.................................................................... 901
ConstraintWeights................................................................................ 902
PlanningFrequencies................................................................................ 903
PlanningPhysicalCellIDs ............................................................................. 904
DisplayingandAnalysingtheAFPResults................................................................ 905
UsingtheFindonMapTooltoDisplayAFPResults ...................................................... 906
DisplayingAFPResultsUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings ................................................ 907
GroupingTransmittersbyChannelsorPhysicalCellIDs .................................................. 907
AnalysingtheFrequencyAllocationUsingCoveragePredictions........................................... 908
CheckingtheConsistencyofthePhysicalCellIDPlan.................................................... 908
DisplayingthePhysicalCellIDAllocationHistogram..................................................... 908
10.4
10.4.1
10.4.2
10.4.2.1
10.4.2.2
10.4.2.3
10.4.2.4
10.4.2.5
10.4.3
10.4.4
10.4.4.1
10.4.4.2
10.4.5
10.4.5.1
10.4.5.2
10.4.5.3
10.4.5.4
10.4.5.5
10.4.5.6
10.4.5.7
10.4.6
StudyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................. 908

DefiningMultiserviceTrafficData..................................................................... 909
CreatingaTrafficMap ............................................................................... 909
CreatingaUserProfileTrafficMap................................................................... 911
CreatingUserDensityTrafficMaps(No.Users/km2)..................................................... 916
Converting2GNetworkTraffic....................................................................... 918
ExportingCumulatedTraffic......................................................................... 918
WorkingwithaSubscriberDatabase ................................................................... 919
CreatingaSubscriberList........................................................................... 919
PerformingCalculationsonSubscriberlists ............................................................ 923
LTETrafficSimulationAlgorithm ..................................................................... 924
CreatingSimulations ............................................................................... 926
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap.......................................................... 927
DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation........................................................... 930
DisplayingtheAverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations ................................................ 935
UpdatingCellLoadValuesWithSimulationResults...................................................... 937
MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults.................................................... 938
10.5
10.5.1
10.5.2
10.5.3
LTEOptimisationObjectives .......................................................................... 939
LTEQualityParameters .............................................................................. 941
TheLTEQualityAnalysisPredictions.................................................................... 942
10.6
10.6.1
10.6.2
10.6.3
10.6.4
10.6.4.1
10.6.4.2
10.6.4.3
10.6.4.4
10.6.4.5
10.6.4.6
10.6.5
10.6.6
10.6.7
FilteringMeasurementPointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths ............................................... 947
PredictingtheSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints .................................................... 948
AnalysingMeasurementVariationsAlongthePath ...................................................... 950
PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataAnalysisTool ................................................... 953
10.7
10.7.1
10.7.2
10.7.2.1
10.7.2.2
10.7.3
10.7.3.1
10.7.3.2
10.7.3.3
10.7.3.4
CoplanningLTENetworkswithOtherNetworks........................................................... 953
SwitchingtoCoplanningMode ....................................................................... 953
WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinanCoPlanningProject .............................................. 955
UpdatingCoveragePredictions ...................................................................... 955
AnalysingCoveragePredictions ...................................................................... 956
PerformingIntertechnologyNeighbourAllocation ....................................................... 958
SettingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairs ............................................................. 958
ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforIntertechnologyNeighbours .......................................... 960
AllocatingIntertechnologyNeighboursAutomatically ................................................... 961
DisplayingIntertechnologyNeighboursontheMap .................................................... 963
18
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
10.7.3.5
10.7.3.6
10.7.3.7
10.7.4
10.7.5
10.7.5.1
10.7.5.2
10.7.6
AllocatingandDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursperCell.............................................. 964
CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingIntertechnologyNeighbours........................................ 967
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheIntertechnologyNeighbourPlan .......................................... 969
CreatinganLTESectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork ................................................. 970
UsingACPinaCoplanningProject ..................................................................... 970
CreatingaNewCoplanningOptimisationSetup......................................................... 971
ImportingtheOtherNetworkintotheSetup............................................................ 971
EndingCoplanningMode ............................................................................. 971
10.8
10.8.1
10.8.2
10.8.2.1
10.8.2.2
10.8.2.3
10.8.3
10.8.4
10.8.5
10.8.6
10.8.7
10.8.8
10.8.9
10.8.10
10.8.10.1
10.8.11
10.8.12
10.8.13
10.8.13.1
10.8.14
10.8.14.1
AdvancedConfiguration ................................................................................ 972

DefiningFrequencyBands............................................................................. 972
TheGlobalNetworkSettings........................................................................... 973
TheOptionsontheGlobalParametersTab............................................................. 973
TheOptionsontheCalculationParametersTab......................................................... 975
ModifyingGlobalNetworkSettings ................................................................... 975
DefiningNetworkDeploymentLayers................................................................... 976
DefiningFrameConfigurations ......................................................................... 977
DefiningLTERadioBearers............................................................................ 978
DefiningLTEQualityIndicators ......................................................................... 978
DefiningLTEReceptionEquipment ..................................................................... 978
DefiningLTESchedulers............................................................................... 982
DefiningLTEUECategories............................................................................ 983
SmartAntennaSystems............................................................................... 984
DefiningSmartAntennaEquipment................................................................... 984
MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems................................................................. 986
IntercellInterferenceCoordination..................................................................... 987
DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsperClutterClass...................................................... 989
ModellingIntertechnologyInterference................................................................. 989
10.9
TipsandTricks........................................................................................ 991
10.10
GlossaryofLTETerms .................................................................................. 995
11
11.1
11.1.1
11.1.1.1
11.1.1.2
11.1.1.3
11.1.1.4
11.1.1.5
11.1.2
11.1.3
11.1.4
11.1.5
11.1.6
11.1.6.1
11.1.6.2
11.1.6.3
11.1.6.4
11.1.6.5
11.1.6.6
11.1.7
11.1.7.1
11.1.7.2
11.1.7.3
11.1.7.4
11.1.7.5
11.1.8
11.1.9
11.1.9.1
11.1.9.2
11.1.10
11.1.10.1
11.1.10.2
CDMA2000Networks .........................................................................1001
PlanningandOptimisingCDMABaseStations.............................................................1001
CreatingaCDMABaseStation ........................................................................1002
DefinitionofaBaseStation.........................................................................1002
CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement..........................................................1008
PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate........................................................1010
ManagingStationTemplates ........................................................................1011
DuplicatingofanExistingBaseStation ................................................................1016
CreatingaGroupofBaseStations .....................................................................1018
ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap ....................................................1018
DisplayTipsforBaseStations.........................................................................1019
CreatingaDualBandandTriBandCDMANetwork .......................................................1019
CreatingaRepeater .................................................................................1019
OpeningtheRepeatersTable .......................................................................1020
CreatingandModifyingRepeaterEquipment ..........................................................1020
PlacingaRepeaterontheMapUsingtheMouse .......................................................1020
CreatingSeveralRepeaters .........................................................................1021
DefiningthePropertiesofaRepeater ................................................................1021
TipsforUpdatingRepeaterParameters ...............................................................1023
CreatingaRemoteAntenna ..........................................................................1023
OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable .................................................................1024
PlacingaRemoteAntennaontheMapUsingtheMouse.................................................1024
CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas...................................................................1024
DefiningthePropertiesofaRemoteAntenna ..........................................................1025
TipsforUpdatingRemoteAntennaParameters ........................................................1026
SettingtheWorkingAreaofanAtollDocument ..........................................................1026
StudyingaSingleBaseStation ........................................................................1027
MakingaPointAnalysistoStudytheProfile ...........................................................1027
StudyingSignalLevelCoverage......................................................................1028
StudyingBaseStations...............................................................................1031
PathLossMatrices ................................................................................1032
AssigningaPropagationModel ......................................................................1032
19
TableofContents
11.1.10.3
11.1.10.4
11.1.10.5
11.1.10.6
11.1.10.7
11.1.10.8
11.1.10.9
11.1.11
11.1.11.1
11.1.11.2
11.1.11.3
11.1.11.4
11.1.11.5
11.1.11.6
11.1.11.7
11.1.11.8
11.1.11.9
11.1.12
11.1.12.1
11.1.12.2
11.1.12.3
11.1.12.4
Forsk2013
TheCalculationProcess ........................................................................... 1034

CreatingaComputationZone ...................................................................... 1034
SettingTransmittersorCellsasActive ............................................................... 1035
SignalLevelCoveragePredictions................................................................... 1036
AnalysingaCoveragePrediction .................................................................... 1040
CDMASpecificCoveragePredictions................................................................. 1050
PrintingandExportingCoveragePredictionResults .................................................... 1070
PlanningNeighbours................................................................................ 1070
ImportingNeighbours ............................................................................. 1071
DefiningExceptionalPairs ......................................................................... 1071
ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours ....................................................... 1071
AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically................................................................. 1072
CheckingAutomaticAllocationResults ............................................................... 1076
AllocatingandDeletingNeighboursperCell........................................................... 1079
CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingNeighbours..................................................... 1082
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheNeighbourPlan ....................................................... 1083
ExportingNeighbours............................................................................. 1084
PlanningPNOffsets ................................................................................ 1085
DefiningExceptionalPairsforPNOffsetAllocation ..................................................... 1085
AllocatingPNOffsets.............................................................................. 1085
CheckingtheConsistencyofthePNOffsetPlan........................................................ 1088
DisplayingtheAllocationofPNOffsets ............................................................... 1089
11.2
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.2.2.1
11.2.2.2
11.2.2.3
11.2.2.4
11.2.2.5
11.2.3
11.2.4
11.2.4.1
11.2.4.2
11.2.4.3
11.2.4.4
11.2.4.5
11.2.4.6
11.2.4.7
11.2.4.8
11.2.4.9
11.2.5
11.2.5.1
11.2.5.2
StudyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................ 1092

DefiningMultiserviceTrafficData.................................................................... 1093
CreatingaTrafficMap .............................................................................. 1093
CreatingaSectorTrafficMap ....................................................................... 1093
CreatingaUserProfileTrafficMap.................................................................. 1095
CreatingUserDensityTrafficMaps(No.Users/km2).................................................... 1099
Converting2GNetworkTraffic...................................................................... 1101
ExportingCumulatedTraffic........................................................................ 1102
ExportingaTrafficMap ............................................................................. 1102
CalculatingandDisplayingTrafficSimulations ........................................................... 1103
ThePowerControlSimulationAlgorithm............................................................. 1103
CreatingSimulations .............................................................................. 1106
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap......................................................... 1107
DisplayingtheUserActiveSetontheMap ............................................................ 1109
DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation.......................................................... 1110
DisplayingtheAverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations ............................................... 1115
UpdatingCellValuesWithSimulationResults ......................................................... 1117
AddingNewSimulationstoanAtollDocument........................................................ 1118
EstimatingaTrafficIncrease........................................................................ 1120
AnalysingtheResultsofaSimulation .................................................................. 1120
MakinganASAnalysisofSimulationResults .......................................................... 1120
MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults ................................................. 1121
11.3
11.3.1
11.3.2
11.3.3
OptimisingNetworkParametersUsingtheACP........................................................... 1122
CDMAOptimisationObjectives ....................................................................... 1122
CDMAQualityParameters ........................................................................... 1122
TheCDMAQualityAnalysisPredictions................................................................ 1123
11.4
11.4.1
11.4.2
11.4.3
11.4.4
11.4.4.1
11.4.4.2
11.4.4.3
11.4.4.4
11.4.4.5
11.4.4.6
11.4.4.7
11.4.5
11.4.6
11.4.7
VerifyingNetworkQuality ............................................................................. 1124

ImportingaDriveTestDataPath ..................................................................... 1124
DisplayingDriveTestData ........................................................................... 1127
DefiningtheDisplayofaDriveTestDataPath........................................................... 1127
NetworkVerification ............................................................................... 1128
FilteringIncompatiblePointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths............................................... 1128
PredictingSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints....................................................... 1130
CreatingCoveragePredictionsonDriveTestDataPaths................................................. 1131
DisplayingStatisticsOveraDriveTestDataPath ....................................................... 1132
ExtractingaFieldFromaDriveTestDataPathforaTransmitter .......................................... 1132
ExtractingaFieldFromaDriveTestDataPathforaTransmitter .......................................... 1133
AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath ............................................................. 1133
ExportingaDriveTestDataPath...................................................................... 1135
ExtractingCWMeasurementsfromDriveTestData ...................................................... 1135
PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataWindow ...................................................... 1136
11.5
CoplanningCDMANetworkswithOtherNetworks........................................................ 1136
20
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
11.5.1
11.5.2
11.5.2.1
11.5.2.2
11.5.3
11.5.3.1
11.5.3.2
11.5.3.3
11.5.3.4
11.5.3.5
11.5.3.6
11.5.3.7
11.5.4
11.5.5
11.5.5.1
11.5.5.2
11.5.6
SwitchingtoCoplanningMode.......................................................................1137
WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinaCoPlanningProject ...............................................1138
UpdatingCoveragePredictions ......................................................................1138
AnalysingCoveragePredictions......................................................................1139
PerformingIntertechnologyNeighbourAllocation.......................................................1141
SettingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairs.............................................................1142
ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforIntertechnologyNeighbours .........................................1144
AllocatingIntertechnologyNeighboursAutomatically...................................................1144
DisplayingIntertechnologyNeighboursontheMap ....................................................1146
AllocatingandDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursperCell.............................................1147
CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingIntertechnologyNeighbours....................................... 1150
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheIntertechnologyNeighbourPlan .........................................1151
CreatingaCDMASectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork ..............................................1152
UsingACPinaCoplanningProject ....................................................................1153
CreatingaNewCoplanningOptimisationSetup........................................................1153
ImportingtheOtherNetworkintotheSetup...........................................................1153
EndingCoplanningMode ............................................................................1154
11.6
11.6.1
11.6.2
11.6.3
11.6.4
11.6.4.1
11.6.4.2
11.6.5
11.6.6
11.6.6.1
11.6.6.2
11.6.7
11.6.7.1
11.6.7.2
11.6.8
11.6.8.1
11.6.8.2
11.6.9
11.6.10
11.6.10.1
11.6.11
11.6.12
11.6.12.1
12
AdvancedConfiguration ...............................................................................1154
DefiningIntercarrierInterference .....................................................................1155
DefiningFrequencyBands............................................................................1155
DefiningCarrierTypes...............................................................................1156
TheGlobalNetworkSettings..........................................................................1156
TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue ................................................1156
ModifyingGlobalNetworkSettings ..................................................................1157
ThroughputsAvailableforServicesinCDMA ............................................................1157
The1xEVDORadioBearers ..........................................................................1158
DefiningtheForwardLink1xEVDORadioBearers......................................................1158
DefiningtheReverseLink1xEVDORadioBearers ......................................................1159
SiteEquipment .....................................................................................1159
CreatingSiteEquipment............................................................................1159
DefiningChannelElementConsumptionperCDMASiteEquipmentandRadioConfiguration...................1160
ReceiverEquipment .................................................................................1160
SettingReceiverHeight ............................................................................1160
CreatingorModifyingReceptionEquipment ...........................................................1161
ConditionsforEnteringtheActiveSet ..................................................................1161
ModellingShadowing ...............................................................................1162
DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsandMacrodiversityGainperClutterClass...............................1163
CreatingPNOffsetDomainsandGroupsforPNOffsetAllocation ...........................................1164
ModellingIntertechnologyInterference................................................................1164
DefiningIntertechnologyIRFs ......................................................................1165
TDSCDMANetworks .........................................................................1169
12.1
DesigningaTDSCDMANetwork........................................................................1169
12.2
12.2.1
12.2.1.1
12.2.1.2
12.2.1.3
12.2.1.4
12.2.1.5
12.2.2
12.2.3
12.2.4
12.2.5
12.2.6
12.2.6.1
12.2.6.2
12.2.6.3
12.2.6.4
12.2.6.5
12.2.6.6
12.2.7
12.2.7.1
12.2.7.2
PlanningandOptimisingTDSCDMABaseStations .........................................................1170
CreatingaTDSCDMABaseStation ....................................................................1170
PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate.................................................... 1179
DuplicatinganExistingBaseStation..................................................................1185
CreatingaGroupofBaseStations .....................................................................1187
ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap ....................................................1187
DisplayTipsforBaseStations.........................................................................1187
CreatingaDualBandTDSCDMANetwork ..............................................................1188
CreatingaRepeater .................................................................................1188
OpeningtheRepeatersTable .......................................................................1189
CreatingandModifyingRepeaterEquipment ..........................................................1189
PlacingaRepeaterontheMapUsingtheMouse .......................................................1189
CreatingSeveralRepeaters .........................................................................1190
DefiningthePropertiesofaRepeater ................................................................1190
TipsforUpdatingRepeaterParameters ...............................................................1192
CreatingaRemoteAntenna ..........................................................................1192
OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable .................................................................1193
PlacingaRemoteAntennaontheMapUsingtheMouse.................................................1193
21
TableofContents
12.2.7.3
12.2.7.4
12.2.7.5
12.2.8
12.2.9
12.2.9.1
12.2.9.2
12.2.10
12.2.10.1
12.2.10.2
12.2.10.3
12.2.10.4
12.2.10.5
12.2.10.6
12.2.10.7
12.2.10.8
12.2.10.9
12.2.10.10
12.2.11
12.2.11.1
12.2.11.2
12.2.11.3
12.2.11.4
12.2.11.5
12.2.12
12.2.12.1
12.2.12.2
12.2.12.3
12.2.12.4
12.2.12.5
12.2.12.6
12.2.12.7
12.2.12.8
12.2.12.9
12.2.13
12.2.13.1
12.2.13.2
12.2.13.3
12.2.13.4
12.2.13.5
12.2.13.6
12.2.13.7
12.3
12.3.1
12.3.1.1
12.3.1.2
12.3.1.3
12.3.2
12.3.3
12.3.3.1
12.3.3.2
12.3.3.3
12.3.3.4
12.3.3.5
12.3.4
12.3.5
12.3.5.1
12.3.5.2
12.3.5.3
12.3.5.4
12.3.5.5
12.3.5.6
12.3.5.7
12.3.5.8
12.3.5.9
12.3.6
22
Forsk2013
CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas .................................................................. 1193

DefiningthePropertiesofaRemoteAntenna......................................................... 1194
TipsforUpdatingRemoteAntennaParameters........................................................ 1195
SettingtheWorkingAreaofanAtollDocument......................................................... 1195
StudyingaSingleBaseStation ........................................................................ 1196
MakingaPointAnalysistoStudytheProfile........................................................... 1196
StudyingSignalLevelCoverage ..................................................................... 1197
StudyingBaseStations .............................................................................. 1199
PathLossMatrices................................................................................ 1200
AssigningaPropagationModel..................................................................... 1200
SignalQualityCoveragePredictions ................................................................. 1221
HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis.............................................................. 1242
PlanningFrequencies............................................................................... 1244
SettingupNFrequencyMode ...................................................................... 1244
AllocatingFrequenciesAutomatically................................................................ 1245
CheckingAutomaticFrequencyAllocationResults...................................................... 1246
AllocatingCarrierTypesperTransmitter.............................................................. 1246
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheFrequencyAllocationPlan .............................................. 1246
PlanningScramblingCodes .......................................................................... 1259
DefiningtheScramblingCodeFormat................................................................ 1259
CreatingScramblingCodeDomainsandGroups ....................................................... 1260
DefiningExceptionalPairsforScramblingCodeAllocation ............................................... 1260
DefiningScramblingCodeRelativityClusters.......................................................... 1261
AllocatingScramblingCodes........................................................................ 1261
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheScramblingCodePlan.................................................. 1264
DisplayingtheAllocationofScramblingCodes ......................................................... 1264
CalculatingTDSCDMANetworkCapacity .............................................................. 1268
CalculatingAvailableNetworkCapacity .............................................................. 1269
CalculatingRequiredNetworkCapacity .............................................................. 1269
DisplayingtheNetworkCapacityontheMap.......................................................... 1269
TheMonteCarloSimulationAlgorithm............................................................... 1280
DisplayingtheUserBestServerontheMap........................................................... 1286
UpdatingCellandTimeslotValueswithSimulationResults.............................................. 1293
AddingNewSimulationstoanAtollDocument........................................................ 1294
MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults................................................... 1296
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
12.4
12.4.1
12.4.2
12.4.3
12.4.4
12.4.4.1
12.4.4.2
12.4.4.3
12.4.4.4
12.4.4.5
12.4.5
12.4.6
12.4.7
VerifyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................1297
ImportingaDriveTestDataPath......................................................................1297
DisplayingDriveTestData............................................................................1299
DefiningtheDisplayofaDriveTestDataPath ...........................................................1300
NetworkVerification................................................................................1300
FilteringIncompatiblePointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths ................................................1301
PredictingtheSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints....................................................1301
DisplayingStatisticsOveraDriveTestDataPath........................................................1302
ExtractingaFieldFromaDriveTestDataPathforaTransmitter...........................................1303
AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath .............................................................1303
ExportingaDriveTestDataPath ......................................................................1305
ExtractingCWMeasurementsfromDriveTestData ......................................................1305
PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataAnalysisTool...................................................1306
12.5
12.5.1
12.5.2
12.5.2.1
12.5.2.2
12.5.3
12.5.3.1
12.5.3.2
12.5.3.3
12.5.3.4
12.5.3.5
12.5.3.6
12.5.3.7
12.5.4
12.5.5
CoplanningTDSCDMANetworkswithOtherNetworks ....................................................1306
WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinaCoPlanningProject ...............................................1308
CreatingaTDSCDMASectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork...........................................1322
12.6
12.6.1
12.6.2
12.6.3
12.6.3.1
12.6.3.2
12.6.3.3
12.6.4
12.6.4.1
12.6.4.2
12.6.4.3
12.6.4.4
12.6.4.5
12.6.4.6
12.6.4.7
12.6.5
12.6.5.1
12.6.5.2
12.6.5.3
12.6.6
12.6.7
12.6.7.1
12.6.7.2
12.6.7.3
12.6.8
12.6.8.1
ModellingIntercarrierInterference ...................................................................1323
NetworkSettings...................................................................................1324
TheOptionsontheGlobalParametersTab............................................................1324
TheOptionsontheCalculationParametersTab........................................................1326
SmartAntennaSystems..............................................................................1326
GridofBeams(GOB)...............................................................................1327
AdaptiveBeamModel .............................................................................1329
ConventionalBeamformer..........................................................................1329
OptimumBeamformer .............................................................................1329
StatisticalModel ..................................................................................1329
ThirdPartySmartAntennaModels...................................................................1330
SmartAntennaEquipment..........................................................................1330
RadioBearers......................................................................................1331
DefiningR99RadioBearers.........................................................................1331
DefiningHSDPARadioBearers ......................................................................1332
DefiningHSUPARadioBearers ......................................................................1332
CreatingSiteEquipment .............................................................................1333
ReceiverEquipment .................................................................................1333
CreatingorModifyingReceptionEquipment ...........................................................1333
HSDPAUECategories..............................................................................1334
HSUPAUECategories ..............................................................................1334
DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsperClutterClass.....................................................1335
13
WiMAXBWANetworks ......................................................................1339
13.1
DesigningaWiMAXNetwork ...........................................................................1339
13.2
13.2.1
13.2.1.1
13.2.1.2
13.2.1.3
13.2.1.4
13.2.1.5
PlanningandOptimisingWiMAXBaseStations............................................................1340
CreatingaWiMAXBaseStation .......................................................................1341
PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate.................................................... 1349
DuplicatinganExistingBaseStation..................................................................1354
23
TableofContents
13.2.2
13.2.3
13.2.4
13.2.5
13.2.6
13.2.6.1
13.2.6.2
13.2.6.3
13.2.6.4
13.2.6.5
13.2.6.6
13.2.7
13.2.7.1
13.2.7.2
13.2.7.3
13.2.7.4
13.2.7.5
13.2.8
13.2.9
13.2.9.1
13.2.9.2
13.2.10
13.2.10.1
13.2.10.2
13.2.10.3
13.2.10.4
13.2.10.5
13.2.10.6
13.2.10.7
13.2.10.8
13.2.10.9
13.2.11
13.2.11.1
13.2.11.2
13.2.11.3
13.2.11.4
13.2.11.5
13.2.11.6
13.2.11.7
13.2.11.8
13.2.11.9
Forsk2013
CreatingaGroupofBaseStations..................................................................... 1355
ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap.................................................... 1356
DisplayTipsforBaseStations ........................................................................ 1356
CreatingaMultibandWiMAXNetwork ................................................................ 1357
CreatingaRepeater ................................................................................ 1357
OpeningtheRepeatersTable ....................................................................... 1357
CreatingandModifyingRepeaterEquipment ......................................................... 1358
PlacingaRepeaterontheMapUsingtheMouse....................................................... 1358
CreatingSeveralRepeaters......................................................................... 1358
DefiningthePropertiesofaRepeater ................................................................ 1359
TipsforUpdatingRepeaterParameters .............................................................. 1361
CreatingaRemoteAntenna.......................................................................... 1361
OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable................................................................ 1361
PlacingaRemoteAntennaontheMapUsingtheMouse ................................................ 1362
CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas .................................................................. 1362
DefiningthePropertiesofaRemoteAntenna......................................................... 1362
TipsforUpdatingRemoteAntennaParameters........................................................ 1364
StudyingaSingleBaseStation ........................................................................ 1364
StudyingBaseStations .............................................................................. 1368
WiMAXCoveragePredictions....................................................................... 1388
13.3
13.3.1
13.3.1.1
13.3.1.2
13.3.1.3
13.3.1.4
13.3.2
13.3.3
13.3.4
13.3.5
13.3.5.1
13.3.5.2
13.3.5.3
13.3.5.4
13.3.5.5
13.3.5.6
ConfiguringNetworkParametersUsingtheAFP........................................................... 1418
AFPPrerequisites .................................................................................. 1418
InterferenceMatrices ............................................................................. 1419
NeighbourImportance............................................................................ 1420
ResourcesAvailableforAllocation................................................................... 1420
ConstraintWeights............................................................................... 1421
PlanningFrequencies............................................................................... 1422
PlanningPreambleIndexes.......................................................................... 1423
PlanningPermutationZonePermBases................................................................ 1424
DisplayingandAnalysingtheAFPResults............................................................... 1425
UsingFindonMaptoDisplayAFPResults ............................................................ 1426
DisplayingAFPResultsUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings ............................................... 1427
GroupingTransmittersbyChannels,PreambleIndexes,ZonePermBases .................................. 1427
AnalysingtheFrequencyAllocationUsingCoveragePredictions.......................................... 1428
CheckingtheConsistencyofthePreambleIndexPlan .................................................. 1428
DisplayingthePreambleIndexAllocationHistogram ................................................... 1429
13.4
13.4.1
13.4.2
13.4.2.1
13.4.2.2
13.4.2.3
13.4.2.4
13.4.2.5

24
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
13.4.3
13.4.4
13.4.4.1
13.4.4.2
13.4.5
13.4.5.1
13.4.5.2
13.4.5.3
13.4.5.4
13.4.5.5
13.4.5.6
13.4.5.7
13.4.6
ExportingaTrafficMap..............................................................................1439
WorkingwithaSubscriberDatabase...................................................................1440
CreatingaSubscriberList ...........................................................................1440
PerformingCalculationsonSubscriberLists............................................................1443
CalculatingandDisplayingTrafficSimulations ...........................................................1444
WiMAXTrafficSimulationAlgorithm .................................................................1444
CreatingSimulations...............................................................................1446
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap .........................................................1447
DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation ...........................................................1451
DisplayingtheAverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations................................................1455
UpdatingCellLoadValuesWithSimulationResults .....................................................1458
EstimatingaTrafficIncrease ........................................................................1458
MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults .................................................... 1459
13.5
13.5.1
13.5.2
13.5.3
OptimisingNetworkParametersUsingtheACP ............................................................1459
WiMAXOptimisationObjectives.......................................................................1460
WiMAXQualityParameters ..........................................................................1460
TheWiMAXQualityAnalysisPredictions ................................................................1461
13.6
13.6.1
13.6.2
13.6.3
13.6.4
13.6.4.1
13.6.4.2
13.6.4.3
13.6.4.4
13.6.4.5
13.6.4.6
13.6.5
13.6.6
13.6.7
VerifyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................1462
ImportingaDriveTestDataPath......................................................................1462
DisplayingDriveTestData............................................................................1465
DefiningtheDisplayofaDriveTestDataPath ...........................................................1465
NetworkVerification................................................................................1466
FilteringMeasurementPointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths ............................................... 1466
PredictingtheSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints....................................................1467
CreatingCoveragePredictionsonDriveTestDataPaths ................................................. 1468
AnalysingMeasurementVariationsAlongthePath .....................................................1469
PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataWindow ......................................................1472
13.7
13.7.1
13.7.2
13.7.2.1
13.7.2.2
13.7.3
13.7.3.1
13.7.3.2
13.7.3.3
13.7.3.4
13.7.3.5
13.7.3.6
13.7.3.7
13.7.4
13.7.5
13.7.5.1
13.7.5.2
13.7.6
CoplanningWiMAXNetworkswithOtherNetworks .......................................................1472
WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinaCoplanningProject ...............................................1474
CreatingaWiMAXSectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork .............................................1487
UsingACPinaCoplanningProject ....................................................................1488
CreatingaNewCoplanningOptimisationSetup........................................................1488
ImportingtheOtherNetworkintotheSetup...........................................................1489
13.8
13.8.1
13.8.2
13.8.2.1
13.8.2.2
13.8.2.3
13.8.3
13.8.4
13.8.5
13.8.6
13.8.7
13.8.8
13.8.9
13.8.9.1
13.8.9.2
TheOptionsontheGlobalParametersTab............................................................1490
DefiningNetworkDeploymentLayers..................................................................1494
DefiningFrameConfigurations ........................................................................1494
DefiningWiMAXRadioBearers........................................................................1495
DefiningWiMAXQualityIndicators ....................................................................1496
DefiningWiMAXReceptionEquipment .................................................................1496
DefiningWiMAXSchedulers..........................................................................1500
SmartAntennaSystems..............................................................................1502
OptimumBeamformer .............................................................................1503
ConventionalBeamformer..........................................................................1503
25
TableofContents
13.8.9.3
13.8.10
13.8.11
13.8.11.1
13.8.12
13.8.12.1
Forsk2013
DefiningSmartAntennaEquipment ................................................................. 1504

MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems ............................................................... 1505
ModellingShadowing ............................................................................... 1507
DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsperClutterClass .................................................... 1507
ModellingIntertechnologyInterference ............................................................... 1507
DefiningIntertechnologyIRFs ...................................................................... 1508
13.9
TipsandTricks ...................................................................................... 1509
13.10
GlossaryofWiMAXTerms............................................................................. 1518
14
WiFiNetworks................................................................................ 1523
14.1
DesigningaWiFiNetwork ............................................................................ 1523
14.2
14.2.1
14.2.1.1
14.2.1.2
14.2.1.3
14.2.1.4
14.2.1.5
14.2.2
14.2.3
14.2.4
14.2.5
14.2.6
14.2.7
14.2.7.1
14.2.7.2
14.2.8
14.2.8.1
14.2.8.2
14.2.8.3
14.2.8.4
14.2.8.5
14.2.8.6
14.2.8.7
14.2.8.8
14.2.8.9
PlanningandOptimisingWiFiAccessPoints ............................................................. 1524

CreatingaWiFiAccessPoint......................................................................... 1524
DefinitionofanAccessPoint ....................................................................... 1524
CreatingorModifyinganAccessPoint ............................................................... 1528
PlacingaNewAccessPointUsingaStationTemplate ................................................... 1529
ManagingStationTemplates....................................................................... 1530
DuplicatinganExistingAccessPoint ................................................................. 1534
CreatingaGroupofAccessPoints..................................................................... 1535
ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap.................................................... 1535
DisplayTipsforAccessPoints ........................................................................ 1536
CreatingaMultibandWiFiNetwork .................................................................. 1536
StudyingaSingleAccessPoint........................................................................ 1537
StudyingAccessPoints .............................................................................. 1540
WiFiCoveragePredictions......................................................................... 1558
14.3
14.3.1
14.3.2
14.3.2.1
14.3.2.2
14.3.2.3
14.3.2.4
14.3.3
14.3.4
14.3.4.1
14.3.4.2
14.3.5
14.3.5.1
14.3.5.2
14.3.5.3
14.3.5.4
14.3.5.5
14.3.5.6
14.3.5.7
14.3.6

WorkingwithaSubscriberDatabase .................................................................. 1581
CreatingaSubscriberList.......................................................................... 1582
PerformingCalculationsonSubscriberLists ........................................................... 1585
WiFiTrafficSimulationAlgorithm................................................................... 1586
UpdatingCellLoadValuesWithSimulationResults..................................................... 1597
MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults................................................... 1597
14.4
14.4.1
14.4.2
14.4.3
14.4.4
14.4.4.1
VerifyingNetworkCapacity............................................................................ 1598
ImportingaDriveTestDataPath ..................................................................... 1598
DisplayingDriveTestData ........................................................................... 1600
DefiningtheDisplayofaDriveTestDataPath........................................................... 1600
NetworkVerification ............................................................................... 1601
FilteringMeasurementPointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths .............................................. 1601
26
AT320_UM_E0
TableofContents
14.4.4.2
14.4.4.3
14.4.4.4
14.4.4.5
14.4.4.6
14.4.5
14.4.6
14.4.7
PredictingSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints .......................................................1602
CreatingCoveragePredictionsonDriveTestDataPaths ................................................. 1603
AnalysingMeasurementVariationsAlongthePath .....................................................1604
PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataWindow ......................................................1606
14.5
14.5.1
14.5.2
14.5.3
CoplanningWiFiNetworkswithOtherNetworks .........................................................1606
PerformingaTrafficOffloadAnalysis ...................................................................1608
14.6
14.6.1
14.6.2
14.6.2.1
14.6.2.2
14.6.3
14.6.4
14.6.5
14.6.6
14.6.7
14.6.8
14.6.8.1
14.6.9
14.6.9.1
WiFiFrameConfigurations...........................................................................1611
DefiningWiFiRadioBearers..........................................................................1611
DefiningWiFiQualityIndicators ......................................................................1612
DefiningWiFiReceptionEquipment ...................................................................1612
MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems................................................................1614
DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsperClutterClass.....................................................1615
ModellingIntertechnologyInterference................................................................1615
DefiningIntertechnologyIRFs ......................................................................1616
14.7
TipsandTricks.......................................................................................1617
Index ............................................................................................. 1619
27
TableofContents
28
Forsk2013
Chapter1
TheWorking
Environment
ThischapterpresentstheAtollworkingenvironmentand
explainsthetoolsandshortcutsavailable.
Inthischapter,thefollowingareexplained:
"TheAtollWorkArea"onpage31
"TheExplorerWindow"onpage35
"WorkingwithObjects"onpage39
"WorkingwithMaps"onpage49
"WorkingwithCoveragePredictions"onpage66
"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69
"PrintinginAtoll"onpage83
"Grouping,Sorting,andFilteringData"onpage88
"TipsandTricks"onpage105
Chapter1:WiMAXBWANetworks
30
Forsk2013
Chapter1:TheWorkingEnvironment
AT320_UM_E0
1 TheWorkingEnvironment
TheAtollworkingenvironmentisbothpowerfulandflexible.Itprovidesacomprehensiveandintegratedsetoftoolsand
featuresthatallowyoutocreateanddefineyourradioplanningprojectinasingleapplication.Atollincludesadvancedmulti
technologynetworkplanningfeatures(e.g.,CDMA/LTE),andacombinedsingleRAN,multiRATGSM/UMTS/LTEMonteCarlo
simulatorandtrafficmodel.Youcansavetheentireprojectasasinglefile,oryoucanlinkyourprojecttoexternalfiles.
TheAtollworkingenvironmentusesfamiliarWindowsinterfaceelements,withtheabilitytohaveseveraldocumentwindows
openatthesametime,supportfordraganddrop,contextmenus,andsupportforstandardWindowsshortcuts,forexample,
forcuttingandpasting.Atollnotonlyenablesyoutocreateandworkonyourplanningproject,butalsooffersyouawide
rangeofoptionsforcreatingandexportingresultsbasedonyourproject.Theworkingenvironmentprovidesawideselection
oftoolstofacilitateradioplanning,suchasasearchtooltolocateeitherasite,apointonthemap,oravector.
TheNetworkexplorer,theGeoexplorer,andtheParametersexplorerplayacentralroleinAtoll.Theexplorerscontainmost
oftheobjectsinadocumentarrangedinfolders.
Usingtheexplorerwindows,youcanmanageallobjectsintheAtolldocument:sites,transmitters,calculations,etc.,aswell
asgeographicdatasuchastheDigitalTerrainModel(DTM),trafficmaps,andclutterclasses.Youcan,forexample,definevari
ouscoveragepredictionsorconfiguretheparametersordisplayofdataobjects.
Thecontentofthefoldersintheexplorerwindowscanbedisplayedintables,allowingyoutomanagelargeamountsofdata.
Youcansortandfilterthedatainatable,orchangehowthedataisdisplayed.Youcanalsoenterlargeamountsofinformation
intoatablebyimportingdataorbycuttingandpastingtheinformationfromanyWindowsspreadsheetintothetable.
ThemapistheworkingareaforyourdocumentandAtollprovidesmanytoolsforworkingwiththemap.Youcanchangethe
viewbymovingorzoominginoroutandyoucanchoosewhichobjectsaredisplayedandhowtheyaredisplayed.Youcan
alsoexportthecurrentdisplaydefinition,orconfiguration,touseitinotherdocuments.
ThischapterprovidesanoverviewoftheAtollworkingenvironment.
Thischapterexplainsthefollowingtopics:
"TheAtollWorkArea"onpage31
"TheExplorerWindow"onpage35
"WorkingwithObjects"onpage39
"WorkingwithMaps"onpage49
"WorkingwithCoveragePredictions"onpage66
"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69
"PrintinginAtoll"onpage83
"Grouping,Sorting,andFilteringData"onpage88
"TipsandTricks"onpage105.
1.1 TheAtollWorkArea
TheAtollworkarea,showninFigure1.1onpage32,consistsofthemainwindowwherethemapwindowanddatatablesand
reportsaredisplayedandtheexplorerwindows.Theexplorerwindowscontainthedata,objects,andparametersofadocu
ment,arrangedinfolders.Itispresentedindetailin"TheExplorerWindow"onpage35.
31
Forsk2013
Toolbar
Documentwindow
(map)
Workspace
Geoexplorer
(docked)
Panoramicwindow
(floating)
FindonMapwindow
(docked)
Figure1.1:Atolluserinterface
Atolloffersavarietyoftoolstohelpyouplananetworkandenablesyoutokeepallthetoolsyouneedopenatthesametime
tosimplifyyourwork.Additionally,youcanhaveseveralAtolldocumentsopenatthesametimeorseveraldifferentviewsof
thesamedocumentopenatthesametime.
AtollenablesyoutomanagetheplacementandappearanceofthesetoolsandwindowsinordertomakeusingAtollaseffi
cientaspossible.
Inthissection,thefollowingareexplained:
"SelectingaWindow"onpage32
"OrganisingtheAtollWorkspace"onpage34.
1.1.1 SelectingaWindow
Whenworkingonaproject,youusuallyhavemorethanonewindowopen.YoumighthaveseveralAtolldocumentsopen,or
youmighthaveseveralwindowsopeninonedocument,includingdatatablesandmorethanonemapwindow.
Windowtabsofdifferentdocumentsaredisplayedusingadifferentcolour.Thetabtitleofthecurrentlyselectedwindowis
displayed in bold characters. In order to avoid very long window tabs, window tab titles longer than approximately
40charactersaretruncated.However,thecompletetitleisvisibleintiptextdisplayedwhenthemouseisplacedoverthe
windowtab.ThetiptextalsodisplaysthepathtotheATLfiletowhichthewindowbelongs.
InAtollyoucanmovefromonedocumentwindowtoanotherinseveraldifferentways:
"SelectingaWindowTab"onpage32
"SelectingaWindowfromtheWindowsMenu"onpage33
"UsingtheWindowsDialogue"onpage33.
1.1.1.1 SelectingaWindowTab
InAtoll,allopenwindowsordatatablesareidentifiedbyatabatthetopofthemapwindowortabgroup(seeFigure1.2).
Toselectawindowtab:
32
Clickthetabofthewindowyouwanttoselect.
AT320_UM_E0
Figure1.2:Windowtabs
Iftherearemorewindowsopenthancanbedisplayedatthetopofthemapwindow,youcanselectthewindowyouwant,
youcanselectthewindowyouwantfromtheWindowsmenu(formoreinformation,see"SelectingaWindowfromthe
WindowsMenu"onpage33)orusingtheWindowsdialogue(formoreinformation,see"UsingtheWindowsDialogue"on
page33).
Youcanalsorearrangethewindowsbyclickinganddraggingatabhorizontallytoanew
position.
1.1.1.2 SelectingaWindowfromtheWindowsMenu
Whenyouhaveseveraldocumentwindows,datatables,ormapwindowsopen,youcanselectawindowusingtheWindows
menu.
ToselectawindowusingtheWindowsmenu:
1. ClickWindows.TheWindowsmenuappears.
2. SelectthewindowyouwanttoworkwithfromthelistintheWindowsmenu.
YoucanalsoselectawindowbyclickingtheActiveFilesbutton(
)totherightofthe
tabsinthemapwindowandselectingthewindowfromthelistthatappears.
1.1.1.3 UsingtheWindowsDialogue
AtolloffersaWindowsdialoguetosimplifyworkingwithmultiplewindows.YoucanusetheWindowsdialoguetoselecta
documentwindowordatatablethatisalreadyopen,tocloseadocumentwindow,ortosavetheAtolldocumentassociated
withthatwindow.
TousetheWindowsdialogue:
1. SelectWindows>Windows.TheWindowsdialogueappears.
Selectingawindow:
a. SelectthewindowfromtheSelectlist.
b. ClickActivate.TheWindowsdialogueclosesandtheselectedwindowismadetheactiveone.
Savingoneormoredocuments:
a. SelectthewindoworwindowsassociatedwiththedocumentsyouwanttosavefromtheSelectlist.
Youcanselectcontiguouswindowsbyclickingthefirstwindowanddraggingtothelastwindowoftheselection,
orbyclickingthefirstcell,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastwindow.Youcanselectnoncontiguouswindowsby
pressingCTRLandclickingeachwindowinthelistseparately.
b. ClickSave.Atollsavesthedocumentsassociatedwiththeselecteddocumentwindows.
Closingoneormorewindows:
a. SelectthewindoworwindowsyouwanttoclosefromtheSelectlist.
Youcanselectcontiguouswindowsbyclickingthefirstwindowanddraggingtothelastwindowoftheselection,
orbyclickingthefirstcell,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastwindow.Youcanselectnoncontiguouswindowsby
pressingCTRLandclickingeachwindowinthelistseparately.
b. ClickCloseWindow(s).Atollclosestheselecteddocumentwindows.Ifoneofthewindowsisthelastdocument
windowopenofadocumentandthereareunsavedchanges,Atollasksyouwhetheryouwanttosavethechanges
beforeclosing.
2. ClickOKtoclosetheWindowsdialogue.
33
Forsk2013
1.1.2 OrganisingtheAtollWorkspace
Atollenablesyoutoorganisetheworkspacetobestsuityourneeds.Youcancreateseveralmapwindowsofthesameproject,
therebysimultaneouslyviewingseveralareasofthesameproject.Youcanalsorearrangethewindowsoftheworkspaceto
suityourneeds.Youcanmovethemtodifferentareasoftheworkspaceorgroupthem.
"CreatingaNewMapWindow"onpage34
"ArrangingToolandExplorerWindowsUsingtheMouse"onpage34
"UsingTabGroups"onpage35
"ResettingtheWorkspaceLayouttotheDefaultView"onpage35.
1.1.2.1 CreatingaNewMapWindow
WhenworkingonanAtollproject,especiallywhenyouareworkingonalarger,complexradioplanningproject,youmight
wanttobeabletoviewadifferentpartoftheprojectwithoutlosingthefocusontheoriginalarea.Atollenablesyoutoopen
severalmapwindowsofthesameproject.Thispermitsyoutoverifydataortovisuallycomparetwoseparateareasofthe
project.
Toopenanewmapwindow:
SelectWindow>NewMapWindow.AtollcreatesanewmapwindowofthecurrentAtollproject.Youcanworkwith
thenewmapwindowasyouwouldwithanyAtollmapwindow.
1.1.2.2 ArrangingToolandExplorerWindowsUsingtheMouse
Whileworkingonaradioplanningproject,youwillnormallyhaveseveraltoolorexplorerwindowsopenatthesametime.
Atollenablesyoutousethemousetopositiontoolandexplorerwindowstooptimiseyourworkspace.Youcanclickthetitle
ofthetoolorexplorerthatyouwanttorepositionanddragittoanewpositionorfloatitovertheworkspace.
Toarrangetoolandexplorerwindowsusingthemouse:
1. Clickthetitleofthetoolorexplorer.
2. Dragthewindowicontowardsthenewposition.
ApositioningiconappearsovertheAtollworkspace.
3. Placethewindowiconoverthepartofthepositioningiconcorresponding
tothenewpositionofwindow.
AnoutlineappearsovertheAtollworkspacetoindicatethenewposition
ofthewindow.
Ifyoureleasethewindowiconwithoutplacingitoverpositioningicon,youcanfloatthe
toolorexplorerwindowovertheworkspace.
34
AT320_UM_E0
4. Releasethemouse.Thewindowtakesitsnewposition.
1.1.2.3 UsingTabGroups
When working with large numbers of documents or document windows, you can facilitate your work by arranging the
windowsingroupsoftabbedwindows.Onlymapwindowsdatatablescanbegroupedintabgroups;tabgroupsdonotapply
totoolsandexplorerwindows.
Tomoveadocumentwindowtoatabgroup:
1. Clickthetitleofthedocumentwindow.
2. Dragthewindowicontowardsthecentreofthemapwindow.
3. Releasethemouse.Acontextmenuappears.
4. Selectoneofthefollowingfromthecontextmenu:
New Horizontal Tab Group: Atoll creates a new horizontal tab group and adds the selected document
windowtoit.
NewVerticalTabGroup:Atollcreatesanewverticaltabgroupandaddstheselecteddocumentwindowtoit.
YoucanalsoaddadocumentwindowtoanewtabgroupbyclickingitstitleandthenselectingNewHorizontalTab
GrouporNewVerticalTabGroupfromtheWindowsmenu.
Ifyoudragthewindowicontotheloweredgeorrightedgeofanexistingtabgroup
evenifthereisonlyonetabgroupanoutlineappearstoindicatethetabgroupthe
windowwillautomaticallybeaddedtowhenyoureleasethemouse.
1.1.2.4 ResettingtheWorkspaceLayouttotheDefaultView
Atolloffersauserinterfacethatcanbeeasilyandquicklycustomisedtosuityourneedsandyourcurrenttask.However,you
mightwanttoquicklyreturnthelayoutoftheworkspacetoitsdefaultsettings.
Toreturnthelayoutoftheworkspacetothedefaultsettings:
SelectWindow>ResetWindowLayout.Atollresetsthedisplayofallwindowsandtoolbarstotheirdefaultpositions
andsizes.
1.2 TheExplorerWindow
TheexplorerwindowplaysacentralroleinAtoll.Thetabsoftheexplorerwindowcontainthedataandobjectsofadocument,
arrangedinfolders.EachobjectandfolderintheNetwork,Geo,andParametersexplorershasacontextspecificmenuthat
youcanaccessbyrightclicking.Youcanmodifyitemsatthefolderlevel,withchangesaffectingallitemsinthefolder,oryou
35
Forsk2013
canaccessandedititemsindividually.Aswell,mostfoldercontentscanalsobeaccessedinatable,allowingyoutomanage
largeamountsofinformation.Forinformationonworkingwithtables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
Inthissection,thefollowingaredescribed:
"WorkingwiththeExplorerWindow"onpage36
"WorkingwiththeSiteConfigurationWindow"onpage37
"AutomaticallyHidingExplorerWindows"onpage37
"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38
"WorkingwithLayersUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage39.
1.2.1 WorkingwiththeExplorerWindow
Therearethreeprincipalexplorers:theNetworkexplorer,theGeoexplorer,andtheParametersexplorer;eachexplorerhas
objectsandfolderscontainingobjects.
Tomovefromonetabtoanother:
SelecttheexplorerattheleftoftheAtollworkingenvironment.
Youcanopenafolderinanexplorertoviewitscontents.EachfoldercontainingatleastoneobjecthasanExpand( )or
Contractbutton( )totheleftofitsname.
Toexpandafoldertodisplayitscontents:
ClicktheExpandbutton(
)totheleftofitsname.
Thethreeexplorersare:
TheNetworkExplorer:TheNetworkexplorerenablesyoutomanageradiodataandcalculations.Dependingon
themodulesinstalledwithAtoll,theNetworkexplorerhasthefollowingfolders:
TheGeoexplorer:TheGeoexplorerenablesyoutomanagegeographicdata.Thenumberoffoldersdependson
thenumberandtypesofgeographicaldatatypes(vectordata,scannedimages,etc.)youimportorcreate:
Clutterclasses
Clutterheights
Digitalterrainmodel
Populationdata
Anyothergeodatamap
Trafficmaps(GSM/GPRS/EDGE/TDMA,UMTSHSPA,CDMA2000,LTE,WiMAX,andWiFi)
TheParametersexplorer:TheParametersexplorerenablesyoutomanagethepropagationmodelsandaddi
tionalmodules.Itcontains:
36
Sites
Transmitters
Predictions
UMTSSimulations,CDMA2000Simulations,WiMAXSimulations,WiFiSimulations,orLTESimulations
Trafficanalysis(GSM/GPRS/EDGEprojectsonly)
Interferencematrices(GSM/GPRS/EDGE,LTE,andWiMAXprojectsonly)
Subscriberlists(LTE,WiMAX,andWiFiprojectsonly)
Multipointanalyses
Automaticcellplanningresults(GSM/GPRS/EDGE,UMTS,LTE,andWiMAXonly)
Hexagonaldesign
Microwavelinks
CWMeasurementsanddrivetestdata
PropagationModels:TheParametersexplorerhasaPropagationModelsfolderwiththefollowingpropagation
models:
CostHata
ErcegGreenstein(SUI)
ITU1546
ITU3707(Vienna93)
ITU5265
ITU529
LongleyRice
MicrowaveITURP.452Model
MicrowavePropagationModel
OkumuraHata
StandardPropagationModel
WLL
AT320_UM_E0
RadioNetworkEquipment:TheRadioNetworkEquipmentfoldercontainsantennamodels,transmittermodels,
repeaterandsmartantennaequipment,andwaveguides,cables,andfeeders.
TrafficParameters:TheTrafficParametersfoldercontainsservices,mobilitytypes,terminals,userprofiles,and
environments.
Network Settings: The Network Settingsfolder containsstation templates, frequencies and frequency bands,
bearers,receptionequipment,qualityindicators,etc.
Microwavelinknetworksettingsandequipment
TheAFPmodelsavailableinyourAtollinstallation.
AnyadditionalmodulecreatedusingtheAPI.
1.2.2 WorkingwiththeSiteConfigurationWindow
UsingtheSiteConfigurationwindow,youcanviewthetransmittersthatareonanysiteandthenviewthepropertiesofany
transmitter.Thetransmittersoftheselectedsitearedisplayedinahierarchicalseriesoffolders(seeFigure1.3).
TodisplaytheSiteConfigurationwindow:
SelectView>SiteConfigurationWindow.TheSiteConfigurationwindowappears.
Figure1.3:TheSiteConfigurationwindow
TheSiteConfigurationwindowappearswhereitwaslastplaced.Ifyouresetthewindowlayout,itappearsasatabalongwith
theNetwork,Geo,andParametersexplorers.
Todisplaythetransmittersonasite:
1. SelectthesiteinthemapwindoworintheSitesfolderintheNetworkexplorer.
2. SelecttheSiteConfigurationwindow.ThesiteisdisplayedintheSiteConfigurationwindow.Thetransmitterslocated
onthatsitearedisplayedinfoldersidentifyingtheirradioplanningtechnology.
3. ClicktheExpandbutton(
)totheleftofafoldertoexpandthefolderandviewthecontents.
YoucanviewthepropertiesofatransmitterdisplayedintheSiteConfigurationwindow
bydoubleclickingit.
1.2.3 AutomaticallyHidingExplorerWindows
Byhavingtheexplorersvisible,youhaveimmediateaccesstotheirdataandobjects.Sometimes,however,thatyoumight
wantmoreofthemapwindowtobedisplayed.Atollenablesyoutoautohidetheexplorers,therebyenablingyoutoseemore
ofthemapwindow.Whenautohideisactivatedonanexplorerwindow,allthreeexplorerwindowsarereducedtovertical
tabsattheedgeoftheworkarea(seeFigure1.4).Thehiddenexplorersreappearswhenyoumovethepointeroverit.
37
Forsk2013
Figure1.4:AutohideactivatedfortheexplorerwindowsandforFindonMap
Toautohidetheexplorerwindows:
Intherighthandcorneroftheexplorerwindowtitlebar,besidetheCloseicon( ),clicktheAutohideicon(
Theexplorerwindowsarereducedtoverticaltabsattheedgeoftheworkarea(seeFigure1.4).
).
Youcandisplaytheexplorerwindowbyrestingthepointeroverthenameoftheexplorerwindow.
Todeactivateautohide:
In the righthand corner of the explorer title bar, beside the Close icon (
explorerwindowsarerestoredtotheirformerpositions.
), click the Autohide icon (
). The
Youcandisplaytheexplorerbyrestingthepointeroverthenameoftheexplorer.
Youcanalsoautohidemosttoolwindows,forexample,theFindonMapwindow,the
Legendwindow,theDriveTestDatawindow,etc.
1.2.4 DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorer
Windows
Youcanusetheexplorerwindowstodisplayorhideobjectsonthemap.Byhidingonetypeofobject,anothertypeofobject
ismoreplainlyvisible.Forexample,youcouldhideallpredictionsbutone,sothattheresultsofthatpredictionaremore
clearlydisplayed.
Hiding an object affects only its visibility in the map window; it will still be taken into
considerationduringcalculations.
Tohideanobjectonthemap:
1. Selecttheexplorer(theNetworkexplorerortheGeoexplorer)thatcontainsthatobject.
2. Clearthecheckbox( )immediatelytotheleftoftheobjectname.Thecheckboxappearscleared(
isnolongervisibleonthemap.
38
)andtheobject
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanhidethecontentsofanentirefolderbyclearingthecheckboxtotheleftofthe
foldername.Whenthecheckboxofafolderappearsgreyed( ),itindicatesthatthe
foldercontainsbothvisibleandhiddenobjects.
1.2.5 WorkingwithLayersUsingtheExplorerWindows
InAtoll,themapismadeofobjectsarrangedinlayers.Thelayersonthetop(asarrangedontheNetworkandGeotabs)are
themostvisibleonthescreenandinprint.Thevisibilityofthelowerlayersdependsonwhichlayersareaboveandvisible(see
"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38)andonthetransparencyoftheselayers
(see"DefiningtheTransparencyofObjectsandObjectTypes"onpage45).
Tomovealayerupordown:
1. Selecttheexplorer(theNetworkexplorerortheGeoexplorer)thatcontainsthatobject.
2. Clickanddragtheobjecttoitsnewposition.Asyoudragtheobject,ahorizontalblacklineindicateswheretheobject
willremainwhenyoureleasethemousebutton(seeFigure1.5).
Figure1.5:Movingalayer
Beforeyouprintamap,youshouldpayattentiontothearrangementofthelayers.For
moreinformation,see"PrintingRecommendations"onpage84.
1.3 WorkingwithObjects
InAtoll,theitemsfoundintheexplorer(theNetworkexplorerortheGeoexplorer)anddisplayedonthemaparereferredto
asobjects.MostobjectsinAtollbelongtoanobjecttype.Forexample,atransmitterisanobjectofthetypetransmitter.
Atollenablesyoutocarryoutmanyoperationsonobjectsbyclickingtheobjectdirectlyorbyrightclickingtheobjectand
selectingtheoperationfromthecontextmenu.
"UsingtheObjectContextMenu"onpage39
"ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap"onpage41
"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
1.3.1 UsingtheObjectContextMenu
InAtoll,anobjectscontextmenugivesyouaccesstocommandsspecifictothatobjectaswellastocommandsthatare
commontomostobjects.Inthissection,thefollowingcontextmenucommandscommontoallobjectstypesareexplained:
Rename:"RenaminganObject"onpage40.
Delete:"DeletinganObject"onpage40.
Properties:"DisplayingthePropertiesofanObject"onpage40.
39
Forsk2013
1.3.1.1 RenaminganObject
YoucanchangethenameofanobjectinAtoll.
Torenameanobject:
1. Rightclicktheobjecteitheronthemaporintheexplorer(theNetworkexplorerortheGeoexplorer).Thecontext
menuappears.
2. SelectRenamefromthecontextmenu.
3. EnterthenewnameandpressENTERtochangethename.
InAtoll,objectssuchassitesortransmittersarenamedwithdefaultprefixes.Individual
objects are distinguished from each other by the number added automatically to the
defaultprefix.Youcanchangethedefaultprefixforsites,transmitters,andcellsbyediting
theatoll.inifile.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
1.3.1.2 DeletinganObject
Youcandeleteobjectsfromeitherthemaporfromtheexplorer(theNetworkexplorerortheGeoexplorer).
Todeleteanobject:
menuappears.
2. SelectDeletefromthecontextmenu.Theselectedobjectisdeleted.
1.3.1.3 DisplayingthePropertiesofanObject
YoucanmodifythepropertiesofanobjectinthePropertiesdialogue.
ToopenthePropertiesdialogueofadataobject:
menuappears.
Whenyouareselectingdataobjectsonthemap,itcanbedifficulttoensurethatthe
correctobjecthasbeenselected.Whenasiteisselected,thesite(anditsname)is
surroundedbyablackframe(
).Whenatransmitterisselected,bothendsofits
iconhaveagreenpoint(
).Whenthereismorethanonetransmitterwithwiththe
sameazimuth,clickingthetransmittersinthemapwindowopensacontextmenu
allowingyoutoselectthetransmitteryouwant(see"SelectingOneofSeveral
Transmitters"onpage41).
2. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThePropertiesdialogueappears.
SwitchingBetweenPropertyDialogues
YoucanswitchbetweenthePropertiesdialoguesofitems(transmitters,antennas,sites,services,userprofiles,etc.)inthe
same folder or defined view in the explorer (the Network explorer or the Geo explorer) by using the browse buttons
(
)inthelowerleftcornerofeachPropertiesdialogue:
:jumptothefirstiteminthelist
:jumptothepreviousiteminthelist
:jumptothenextiteminthelist
:jumptothelastiteminthelist
Ifyouhavemadeanychangestothepropertiesofanitem,Atollpromptsyoutoconfirmthesechangesbeforeswitchingto
thenextPropertiesdialogue.
Youcanusethis,forexample,toaccessthepropertiesofcositetransmitterswithoutclosingandreopeningtheProperties
dialogue.Switchingisperformedwithinthefolderor,ifyouhavecreatedaview,withintheview.Forexample:
40
Iftransmittersaregroupedbysite,youcanswitchonlywithinonesite(cositetransmitters).
Iftransmittersaregroupedbyaflag,youcanswitchonlywithinthisgroup.
Iftransmittersaregroupedbyactivityandbyaflag,youcanswitchonlywithintransmittershavingthesameactivity
andthesameflag.
AT320_UM_E0
Thebrowsebuttonsarenotavailable:
Whencreatinganewitem.
WhenopeninganitemsPropertiesdialoguebydoubleclickingitsrecordinatable.
Forrepeaterproperties.
Forpropagationmodelproperties.
TheDisplaytabofthePropertiesdialogueisexplainedin"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
1.3.2 ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap
Inacomplexradioplanningproject,itcanbedifficulttofindthedataobjectintheNetworkexplorer,althoughitmightbe
visibleinthemapwindow.AtollletsyouaccessthePropertiesdialogueofsitesandtransmittersdirectlyfromthemap.You
canalsochangethepositionofasitebydraggingit,orbylettingAtollfindahigherlocationforit.
"SelectingOneofSeveralTransmitters"onpage41
"MovingaSiteUsingtheMouse"onpage41
"MovingaSitetoaHigherLocation"onpage42
"ChangingtheAzimuthoftheAntennaUsingtheMouse"onpage42
"ChangingtheAntennaPositionRelativetotheSiteUsingtheMouse"onpage42.
1.3.2.1 SelectingOneofSeveralTransmitters
Ifthereismorethanonetransmitterwiththesameazimuth,Atollenablesyoutoselectaspecifictransmitter.
Toselectoneofseveraltransmitterwiththesameazimuth:
1. In the map window, click the transmitters. A context menu appears with a list of the transmitterswith the same
azimuth(seeFigure1.6).
Figure1.6:Selectingonetransmitter
2. Selectthetransmitterfromthecontextmenu.
Whenyouselectatransmitter,itappearswithagreenpointatbothendsoftheicon(
).
1.3.2.2 MovingaSiteUsingtheMouse
YoucanmoveasitebyeditingthecoordinatesontheGeneraltaboftheSitePropertiesdialogue,orbyusingthemouse.
Tomoveasiteusingthemouse:
1. Clickanddragthesitetothedesiredposition.Asyoudragthesite,theexactcoordinatesofthepointerscurrentloca
tionarevisibleintheStatusbar.
2. Releasethesitewhereyouwouldliketoplaceit.Bydefault,Atolllocksthepositionofasite.Whenthepositionofa
siteislocked,Atollasksyoutoconfirmthatyouwanttomovethesite.
3. ClickYestoconfirm.
Whilethismethodallowsyoutoplaceasitequickly,youcanadjustthelocationmore
preciselybyeditingthecoordinatesontheGeneraltaboftheSitePropertiesdialogue.
41
Forsk2013
1.3.2.3 MovingaSitetoaHigherLocation
Ifyouwanttoimprovethelocationofasite,intermsofreceptionandtransmission,Atollcanfindahigherlocationwithina
specifiedradiusfromthecurrentlocationofthesite.
TohaveAtollmoveasitetoahigherlocation:
1. Rightclickthesiteinthemapwindow.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. SelectMovetoaHigherLocation.
3. IntheMovetoaHigherLocationdialogue,entertheradiusoftheareainwhichAtollshouldsearchandclickOK.Atoll
movesthesitetothehighestpointwithinthespecifiedradius.
1.3.2.4 ChangingtheAzimuthoftheAntennaUsingtheMouse
InAtoll,youcansettheazimuthofatransmittersantennabymodifyingitontheTransmittertaboftheTransmitterProp
ertiesdialogue,oryoucanmodifyitonthemap,usingthemouse.Theazimuthisdefinedindegrees,with0indicatingnorth.
Theprecisionofthechangetotheazimuthdependsonthedistanceofthepointerfromthetransmittersymbol.Movingthe
pointerchangestheazimuthby:
1degreewhenthepointeriswithinadistanceof10timesthesizeofthetransmittersymbol.
0.1degreewhenthepointerismovedoutsidethisarea.
Tomodifytheazimuthoftheantennausingthemouse:
1. Onthemap,clicktheantennawhoseazimuthyouwanttomodify.
2. Movethepointertotheendoftheantennawithagreencircle( ).Anarcwithanarrow
appearsunderthepointer.
3. Clickthegreencircleanddragittochangetheantennasazimuth.
Thecurrentazimuthoftheantennaisdisplayedinthefarleftofthestatusbar.
4. Releasethemousewhenyouhavesettheazimuthtothedesiredangle.
The antennas azimuth is modified on the Transmitter tab of the Transmitter Properties
dialogue.
Youcanalsomodifytheazimuthonthemapforalltheantennasonabasestationusingthemouse.
Tomodifytheazimuthofalltheantennasonabasestationusingthemouse:
1. Onthemap,clickoneoftheantennaswhoseazimuthyouwanttomodify.
2. Movethepointertotheendoftheantennawithagreencircle( ).Anarcwithanarrow
appearsunderthepointer.
3. HoldCTRLand,onthemap,clickthegreencircleanddragittochangetheantennasazimuth.
Thecurrentazimuthoftheantennaisdisplayedinthefarleftofthestatusbar.
4. Releasethemousewhenyouhavesettheazimuthoftheselectedantennatothedesired
angle.
TheazimuthoftheselectedantennaismodifiedontheTransmittertaboftheTransmitter
Propertiesdialogue.Theazimuthoftheotherantennasonthebasestationisoffsetbythe
sameamountastheazimuthoftheselectedantenna.
Ifyoumakeamistakewhenchangingtheazimuth,youcanundoyourchangesbyusing
Undo(byselectingEdit>Undo,bypressingCTRL+Z,orbyclicking
undothechangesmade.
inthetoolbar)to
1.3.2.5 ChangingtheAntennaPositionRelativetotheSiteUsingtheMouse
Bydefault,antennasareplacedonthesite.However,antennasareoccasionallynotlocateddirectlyonthesite,butashort
distanceaway.InAtoll,youcanchangethepositionoftheantennarelativetothesiteeitherbyadjustingtheDxandDy
parametersorbyenteringthecoordinatesoftheantennapositionontheGeneraltaboftheTransmitterPropertydialogue.
DxandDyarethedistanceinmetresoftheantennafromthesiteposition.Youcanalsomodifythepositionoftheantenna
onthemap,usingthemouse.
Tomoveatransmitterusingthemouse:
42
AT320_UM_E0
1. Onthemap,clickthetransmitteryouwanttomove.
2. Movethepointertotheendoftheantennawithagreenrectangle( ).Acrossappearsunder
thepointer.
3. Clickthegreenrectangleanddragittochangetheantennaspositionrelativetothesite.
Thecurrentcoordinates(xandy)oftheantennaaredisplayedinthefarrightofthestatus
bar.
4. Releasethemousewhenyouhavemovedtheselectedtransmittertothedesiredposition.
ThepositionoftheselectedtransmitterismodifiedontheGeneraltaboftheTransmitter
Propertiesdialogue.
Ifyoumakeamistakewhenchangingthepositionofthetransmitter,youcanundoyour
changesbyusingUndo(byselectingEdit>Undo,bypressingCTRL+Z,orbyclicking
inthetoolbar)toundothechangesmade.
1.3.3 DisplayPropertiesofObjects
InAtoll,mostobjects,suchassitesortransmitters,belongtoanobjecttype.Howanindividualobjectappearsonthemap
dependsonthesettingsontheDisplaytaboftheobjecttypesPropertiesdialogue.TheDisplaytabissimilarforallobject
typeswhoseappearancecanbeconfigured.Optionsthatareinapplicableforaparticularobjecttypeareunavailableonthe
DisplaytabofitsPropertiesdialogue(seeFigure1.7).
Inthissection,thedisplayoptionsareexplained,followedbyafewexamplesofhowyoucanusethemwhileworkingonyour
Atolldocument(see"ExamplesofUsingtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage48).
"DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43
"ExamplesofUsingtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage48.
1.3.3.1 DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects
WhenyouaccessthePropertiesdialogueofagroupofobjects,forexample,whenyouaccessthePropertiesdialogueofthe
Sitesfolder,theDisplaytabwillshowoptionsapplicabletoallobjectsinthatgroup(seeFigure1.7).
Figure1.7:TheDisplaytabforSites
WhenyouaccessthePropertiesdialogueofanindividualobject,theDisplaytabwillonlyshowtheoptionsapplicabletoan
individualobject(seeFigure1.8).
43
Forsk2013
Figure1.8:TheDisplaytabforanindividualsite
Todefinethedisplaypropertiesofanobjecttype:
1. Rightclicktheobjecttypefoldereitheronthemaporintheexplorer(theNetworkexplorerortheGeoexplorer).The
contextmenuappears
3. SelecttheDisplaytab.Dependingontheobjecttype,thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44
"DefiningtheTransparencyofObjectsandObjectTypes"onpage45
"DefiningtheVisibilityScale"onpage46
"DefiningtheObjectTypeLabel"onpage46
"DefiningtheObjectTypeTipText"onpage46
"AddinganObjectTypetotheLegend"onpage47
4. Setthedisplayparameters.
5. ClickOK.
DefiningtheDisplayType
Dependingontheobjectselected,youcanchoosefromthefollowingdisplaytypes:unique,discretevalues,valueintervals,
orautomatic.
Tochangethedisplaytype:
1. AccesstheDisplaytabofthePropertiesdialogueasexplainedin"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
2. SelectthedisplaytypefromtheDisplayTypelist:
Unique: defines the same symbol for all objects of this type. By defining a unique symbol for an object type,
objectsofdifferenttypes,forexample,sitesortransmitters,areimmediatelyidentifiable.
i.
Tomodifytheappearanceofthesymbol,clickthesymbolinthetablebelow.TheSymbolStyledialogueap
pears.
ii. Modifythesymbolasdesired.
iii. ClickOKtoclosetheSymbolStyledialogue.
Discretevalues:definesthedisplayofeachobjectaccordingtothevalueofaselectedfield.Thisdisplaytypecan
beusedtodistinguishobjectsofthesametypebyonecharacteristic.Forexample,youcouldusethisdisplaytype
todistinguishtransmitterbyantennatype,ortodistinguishinactivefromactivesites.
i.
SelectthenameoftheFieldbywhichyouwanttodisplaytheobjects.
ii. YoucanclicktheActionsbuttontoaccesstheActionsmenu.Forinformationonthecommandsavailable,see
"UsingtheActionsButton"onpage45.
iii. Tomodifytheappearanceofasymbol,clickthesymbolinthetablebelow.TheDisplayParametersdialogue
appears.
iv. Modifythesymbolasdesired.
v. ClickOKtoclosetheDisplayParametersdialogue.
44
Valueintervals:definesthedisplayofeachobjectaccordingtosetrangesofthevalueofaselectedfield.Thisdis
playtypecanbeused,forexample,todistinguishpopulationdensity,signalstrength,andthealtitudeofsites.
AT320_UM_E0
i.
SelectthenameoftheFieldbywhichyouwanttodisplaytheobjects.
ii. Definetherangesdirectlyinthetablebelow.Foranexample,seeFigure1.10onpage47.
iii. YoucanclicktheActionsbuttontoaccesstheActionsmenu.Forinformationonthecommandsavailable,see
"UsingtheActionsButton"onpage45.
iv. Tomodifytheappearanceofasymbol,clickthesymbolinthetable.TheDisplayParametersdialogueappears.
v. Modifythesymbolasdesired.
vi. ClickOKtoclosetheDisplayParametersdialogue.
Automatic:onlyavailablefortransmitters;Atollautomaticallyassignsacolourtoeachtransmitter,ensuringthat
eachtransmitterhasadifferentcolourthanthetransmitterssurroundingit.
i.
Clickthesymbolinthetablebelow.TheDisplayParametersdialogueappears.
ii. Modifythesymbolasdesired.
iii. ClickOKtoclosetheDisplayParametersdialogue.
Whenyoucreateanewmapobject,forexample,anewsiteoranewtransmitter,
youmustclicktheRefreshbutton(
)forAtolltoassignacolourtonewlycre
atedobjectaccordingtothesetdisplaytype.
Youcandefinethedefaultsymbolusedforsitesandhowitisdisplayedbyediting
anoptionintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
UsingtheActionsButton
TheActionsbuttonontheDisplaytabofthePropertiesdialogueallowsyoutomodifythedisplaytypeasdefinedin"Defining
theDisplayType"onpage44.
ToaccesstheActionsmenu:
2. ClicktheActionsbutton.TheActionsmenugivesyouaccesstothefollowingcommands:
Properties:AtolldisplaystheDisplayParametersdialogue,enablingyoutodefinetheappearanceoftheselected
symbolinthetable.
Selectall:Atollselectsallthevaluesinthetable.
Delete:Atollremovestheselectedvaluefromthetable.
Insertbefore:Whentheselecteddisplaytypeisvalueintervals,Atollinsertsanewthresholdinthetablebefore
thethresholdselectedinthetable.
Insertafter:Whentheselecteddisplaytypeisvalueintervals,Atollinsertsanewthresholdinthetableafterthe
thresholdselectedinthetable.
Shading:AtollopenstheShadingdialogue.When"ValueIntervals"istheselecteddisplaytype,youselectShading
todefinethenumberofvalueintervalsandconfiguretheircolour.Entertheupperandlowerlimitsofthevalue
in the First Break and Last Break boxes respectively, and enter a value in the Interval box. Define the colour
shadingbychoosingaStartColourandanEndColour.Thevalueintervalswillbedeterminedbythesetvalues
andcolouredbyashadegoingfromthesetstartcolourtothesetendcolour.
When"DiscreteValues"istheselecteddisplaytype,youselectShadingtochooseaStartColourandanEndCol
our.
DisplayConfiguration:SelectLoadifyouwanttoimportanexistingdisplayconfiguration.SelectSaveifyouwant
tosavethedisplaysettingsofthecurrentobjectinadisplayconfigurationfile,sothatyoucansharethemwith
otherusersorusetheminotherdocuments.
DefiningtheTransparencyofObjectsandObjectTypes
Youcanchangethetransparencyofsomeobjects,suchaspredictions,andsomeobjecttypes,suchasclutterclasses,toallow
objectsonlowerlayerstobevisibleonthemap.
Tochangethetransparency:
2. MovetheTransparencyslidertotherighttomaketheobjectorobjecttypemoretransparentortothelefttomake
itlesstransparent.
45
Forsk2013
DefiningtheVisibilityScale
Youcandefineavisibilityrangeforobjecttypes.Anobjectisvisibleonlyifthescale,asdisplayedontheMaptoolbar,iswithin
thisrange.Thiscanbeusedto,forexample,preventthemapfrombeingclutteredwithsymbolswhenyouareatacertain
scale.
Visibilityrangesaretakenintoaccountforscreendisplay,andforprintingandpreviewingprinting.Theydonotaffectwhich
objectsareconsideredduringcalculations.
Todefineanobjectvisibilityrange:
2. EnteraVisibilityScaleminimuminthebetween1:textbox.
3. EnteraVisibilityScalemaximumintheand1:textbox.
DefiningtheObjectTypeLabel
Formostobjecttypes,suchassitesandtransmitters,youcandisplayinformationabouteachobjectintheformofalabelthat
isdisplayedwiththeobject.Youcandisplayinformationfromeveryfieldinthatobjecttypesdatatable,includingfromfields
thatyouadd.
Todefinealabelforanobjecttype:
2. ClicktheBrowsebutton(
)besidetheLabelbox.TheFieldSelectiondialogueappears(seeFigure1.9).
Figure1.9:Definingalabel
3. Selectthefieldswhichyouwanttodisplayinthelabel:
a. Toselectafieldtobedisplayedinthelabelfortheobjecttype,selectthefieldintheAvailableFieldslistandclick
tomoveittotheSelectedFieldslist.
b. ToremoveafieldfromtheSelectedFieldslist,selectthefieldintheSelectedFieldslistandclick
it.
toremove
c. Tochangetheorderofthefields,selectafieldandclick or tomoveitupordowninthelist.Theobjectswill
begroupedintheorderofthefieldsintheSelectedFieldslist,fromtoptobottom.
4. ClickOKtoclosetheFieldSelectiondialogueandclickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogue.
Formostobjecttypes,youcanalsodisplayobjectinformationintheformoftiptextthat
isonlyvisiblewhenyoumovethepointerovertheobject.Thisoptionhastheadvantage
ofnotfillingthemapwindowwithtext.Formoreinformationontiptext,see"Definingthe
ObjectTypeTipText"onpage46.
DefiningtheObjectTypeTipText
Formostobjecttypes,suchassitesandtransmitters,youcandisplayinformationabouteachobjectintheformoftiptext
thatisonlyvisiblewhenyoumovethepointerovertheobject.Youcandisplayinformationfromeveryfieldinthatobject
typesdatatable,includingfromfieldsthatyouadd.
46
AT320_UM_E0
Intheexplorer(theNetworkexplorerortheGeoexplorer),thetiptextdisplaysthetotalnumbersofelementspresentinthe
SitesandTransmittersfolders,andtheview.
Todefinetiptextforanobjecttype:
)besidetheTipTextbox.TheFieldSelectiondialogueappears(seeFigure1.9).
3. Selectthefieldswhichyouwanttodisplayinthetiptext:
a. Toselectafieldtobedisplayedinthetiptextfortheobjecttype,selectthefieldintheAvailableFieldslistand
click
tomoveittotheSelectedFieldslist.
b. ToremoveafieldfromtheSelectedFieldslist,selectthefieldintheSelectedFieldslistandclick
it.
toremove
Formostobjecttypes,youcanalsodisplayobjectinformationintheformofalabelthatis
displayedwiththeobject.Thisoptionhastheadvantageofkeepobjectrelatedinforma
tionpermanentlyvisible.Formoreinformationontiptext,see"DefiningtheObjectType
Label"onpage46.
Onceyouhavedefinedthetiptext,youmustactivatethetiptextfunctionbeforeitappears.
Todisplaytiptext:
ClicktheDisplayTipsbutton(
)onthetoolbar.Tiptextwillnowappearwhenthepointerisovertheobject.
Ifyouhavemorethanonecoveragepredictiondisplayedonthemap,thetiptextdisplaysthetiptextforallthecoverage
predictionsavailableonapixeluptoamaximumof30lines.Youcanchangethisdefaultmaximumusinganoptioninthe
atoll.inifile.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
AddinganObjectTypetotheLegend
Youcandisplaytheinformationdefinedbythedisplaytype(see"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44)inyourAtolldocu
ments legend. Only visible objects appear in the Legend window. For information on displaying or hiding objects, see
"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38.
InFigure1.10,ontheDisplaytabofasignallevelprediction,theintervalsdefinedare:
Signallevel>=65
red
65>Signallevel>=105 shadingfromredtoblue(9intervals)
Signallevel<105
notshowninthecoverage.
TheentriesintheLegendcolumnwillappearintheLegendwindow.
Figure1.10:DefinedthresholdsastheywillappearintheLegend
Withvalueintervals,youcanenterinformationintheLegendcolumntobedisplayedonthelegend.Ifthereisnoinformation
enteredinthiscolumn,themaximumandminimumvaluesaredisplayedinstead.
2. SelecttheAddtolegendcheckbox.Thedefineddisplaywillappearonthelegend.
TodisplaytheLegendwindow:
SelectView>LegendWindow.TheLegendwindowappears.
YoucanalsodisplaythecommentsdefinedinthepropertiesofacoveragepredictionintheLegendwindowbysettingan
optionintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformationaboutsettingoptionsintheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
47
Forsk2013
1.3.3.2 ExamplesofUsingtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects
Inthissectionarethefollowingexamplesofhowdisplaypropertiesofobjectscanbeused:
"AutomaticDisplayTypeServerCoveragePredictions"onpage48
"ShadingSignalLevelCoveragePrediction"onpage48.
AutomaticDisplayTypeServerCoveragePredictions
Whenmakingabestserverprediction,Atollcalculates,foreachpixelonthemap,whichserverisreceivedthebest.Ifthe
selecteddisplaytypefortransmittersis"Automatic,"Atollcolourseachpixelonthemapaccordingtothecolourofthetrans
mitterthatisbestreceivedonthatpixel.Thisway,youcanidentifyimmediatelywhichtransmitterisbestreceivedoneach
pixel.Thefollowingtwofiguresshowtheresultsofthesamebestserverareaandhandovermargincoverageprediction.
InFigure1.11,thetransmitterdisplaytypeis"DiscreteValues,"withthesitenameasthechosenvalue.Thedifferencein
colourisinsufficienttomakeclearwhichtransmitterisbestreceivedoneachpixel.InFigure1.12,thetransmitterdisplaytype
is"Automatic."BecauseAtollensuresthateachtransmitterhasadifferentcolourthanthetransmitterssurroundingit,the
predictionresultsarealsoimmediatelyvisible.
Figure1.11:Valueintervaldisplaytype
Figure1.12:Automaticdisplaytype
Todisplaytheresultsofaservercoveragepredictionwiththetransmitterssettotheautomaticdisplaytype:
1. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelecttheDisplaytab.
4. Select"Automatic"astheDisplayType.
5. ClickOK.
6. ClicktheRefreshbutton(
)toupdatethedisplayofthepredictionresults.
ShadingSignalLevelCoveragePrediction
Atolldisplaystheresultsofasignallevelpredictionasvalueintervals.Onthemap,thesevalueintervalsappearasdifferences
ofshading.YoucanusetheShadingcommandtodefinetheappearanceofthesevalueintervalstomaketheresultseasierto
readormorerelevanttoyourneeds.Forexample,youcanchangetherangeofdatadisplayed,theintervalbetweeneach
break,oryoucanchangethecolourstomaketheintervalsmorevisible.
Inthisexample,Figure1.13showstheresultsofthebestsignallevelplotfrom60dBmto105dBm.However,ifyouaremore
interestedinreceptionfrom80dBmto105dBm,youcanchangetheshadingtodisplayonlythosevalues.Theresultisvisi
bleinFigure1.14.
48
AT320_UM_E0
Figure1.13:Shadingfrom60dBmto105dBm
Figure1.14:Shadingfrom80dBmto105dBm
Tochangehowtheresultsofasignallevelcoveragepredictionaredisplayed:
1. ExpandthePredictionsfolderintheNetworkexplorerandrightclickthesignallevelprediction.Thecontextmenu
appears.
4. ClickActionstodisplaythemenuandselectShading.TheShadingdialogueappears.
5. ChangethevalueoftheFirstBreakto"80".LeavethevalueoftheLastBreakat"105."
6. ClickOKtoclosetheShadingdialogue.
7. ClickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogueandapplyyourchanges.
1.4 WorkingwithMaps
Atollhasthefollowingfunctionstohelpyouworkwithmaps:
"ChangingtheMapScale"onpage49
"UsingFullScreenMode"onpage50
"MovingtheMapintheDocumentWindow"onpage51
"UsingthePanoramicWindow"onpage51
"CentringtheMapWindowonanObject"onpage51
"CentringtheMapWindowonaTableRecord"onpage52
"AdjustingtheMapWindowtoaSelection"onpage52
"MeasuringDistancesontheMap"onpage52
"DisplayingRulersAroundtheMap"onpage53
"DisplayingtheMapScale"onpage53
"DisplayingtheMapLegend"onpage53
"UsingZonesintheMapWindow"onpage54
"EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61
"CopyingtheContentofaZoneintoAnotherApplication"onpage65.
"MapWindowPointers"onpage65.
1.4.1 ChangingtheMapScale
Youcanchangethescaleofthemapbyzoominginorout,byzoominginonaspecificareaofthemap,orbychoosingascale.
Atollalsoallowsyoutodefineazoomrangeoutsideofwhichcertainobjectsarenotdisplayed(see"DefiningtheVisibility
Scale"onpage46).
1.4.1.1 ZoomingInandOut
Atolloffersseveraltoolsforzoominginandoutonthemap.Whenyouzoominoroutonthemap,youdosobasedonthe
positionofthecursoronthemap.
49
Forsk2013
Tozoominonthemap:
1. ClicktheZoomicon(
)ontheMaptoolbar(orpressCTRL+Q).
2. Clickthemapwhereyouwanttozoomin.
You can also zoom in by pressing CTRL++, by selecting Zoom> ZoomIn from theView
menu,orbyholdingdowntheCTRLkeyandrotatingthemousewheelbuttonforward.
Tozoomoutonthemap:
1. ClicktheZoomicon(
)ontheMaptoolbar(orpressCTRL+Q).
2. Rightclickthemapwhereyouwanttozoomout.
YoucanalsozoomoutbypressingCTRL+,byselectingZoom>ZoomOutfromtheView
menu,orholdingdowntheCTRLkeyandrotatingthemousewheelbuttonbackward.
1.4.1.2 ZoomingInonaSpecificArea
Tozoominonaspecificareaofthemap:
1. ClicktheZoomAreaicon(
)ontheMaptoolbar(orpressCTRL+W).
2. Clickinthemapononeofthefourcornersoftheareayouwanttoselect.
3. Dragtotheoppositecorner.Whenyoureleasethemousebutton,Atollzoomsinontheselectedarea.
1.4.1.3 ChoosingaScale
Tochooseascale:
1. Clickthearrownexttothescalebox(
)ontheMaptoolbar.
2. Selectthescalefromthelist.
Ifthescalevalueyouwantisnotinthelist:
1. Clickinthescalebox(
)ontheMaptoolbar.
2. Enterthedesiredscale.
3. PressENTER.Atollzoomsthemaptotheenteredscale.
1.4.1.4 ChangingBetweenPreviousZoomLevels
Atollsavesthelastfivezoomlevels,allowingyoutomovequicklybetweenpreviouszoomlevelsandzoomedareas.
Tomovebetweenzoomlevels:
)toreturntoazoomlevelyouhavealreadyused(orpressALT+).
ClickthePreviousZoombutton(
Onceyouhavereturnedtoapreviouszoomlevel,clicktheNextZoombutton(
)toreturntothelatestzoomlevel
(orpressALT+).
1.4.2 UsingFullScreenMode
Atollenablesyoutoexpandthemapwindowtofilltheentirecomputerscreen,temporarilyhidingtheexplorerwindowsand
thetoolbars.ThemenusremainvisibleandaCloseFullScreenbuttonappears,enablingyoutoquicklyreturntothenormal
view.
Toenablefullscreenmode:
SelectView>FullScreen.Themapwindowexpandstofillthecomputerscreen.
YoucanmovetheCloseFullScreenbuttonbyclickinganddraggingtheFullScreentitle
baraboveit.IfyouinadvertantlymovetheCloseFullScreenbuttonoffscreen,youcan
stillreturntothenormalviewbyselectingView>FullScreenagainorbypressingESC.
50
AT320_UM_E0
Withthetoolbarsandscrollbarshidden,youcanstillnavigatearoundthemapwindowusingthekeyboardshortcuts:
CTRL++:Zoominonthemap
CTRL+:Zoomoutonthemap
CTRL+Q:SelectZoomIn/Outtool(leftclicktozoominandrightclicktozoomout)
CTRL+D:Movethemapinthemapwindow
ALT+:Previouszoomandlocationonthemap
ALT+:Nextzoomandlocationonthemap.
1.4.3 MovingtheMapintheDocumentWindow
Youcanmovethemapinthedocumentwindowusingthemouse.
Tomovethemapinthedocumentwindow:
1. ClicktheMoveMapWindowbutton(
)ontheMaptoolbar(orpressCTRL+D).
2. Movethepointeroverthemapanddragthemapinthedesireddirection.
Youcanalsomovethemapinthedocumentwindowbyplacingthepointeroverthemap,
pressingthemousewheel,anddraggingthemapinthedesireddirection.
1.4.4 UsingthePanoramicWindow
ThePanoramicwindowdisplaystheentiremapwithalloftheimportedgeographicdata.Adarkrectangleindicateswhatpart
ofthegeographicdataispresentlydisplayedinadocumentwindow,helpingyousituatethedisplayedareainrelationtothe
entiremap.
YoucanusethePanoramicwindowto:
Zoominonaspecificareaofthemap
Resizethedisplayedmaparea
Movearoundthemap.
Tozoominonaspecificareaofthemap:
1. ClickinthePanoramicwindowononeofthefourcornersoftheareayouwanttozoominon.
2. Dragtotheoppositecorner.Whenyoureleasethemousebutton,Atollzoomsinontheselectedarea.
Toresizethedisplayedmaparea:
1. ClickinthePanoramicwindowonacornerorborderofthezoomarea(i.e.,thedarkrectangle).
2. Dragthebordertoitsnewposition.
Tomovearoundthemap:
1. Clickinthezoomarea(i.e.,thedarkrectangle)inthePanoramicwindow.
2. Dragtherectangletoitsnewposition.
1.4.5 CentringtheMapWindowonanObject
Youcancentrethemaponanyselectedobject,forexample,atransmitter,asite,oneorallpredictions,oronanyzoneinthe
ZonesfolderintheGeoexplorer.Whencentringthemapwindowonanobjectthecurrentscaleiskept.
Youcanselecttheobjectinthemapwindoworintheexplorer.
Tocentrethemapwindowonaselectedobject:
1. Rightclicktheobjectinthemapwindoworintheexplorer.
2. SelectCentreinMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
Ifyouwanttoquicklyfindanobject,suchasasite,onthemap,youcanselectitinthe
explorerandthenselecttheCentreinMapWindowcommand.
51
Forsk2013
1.4.6 CentringtheMapWindowonaTableRecord
Youcancentrethemaponanyrecordinthefollowingtables:
Sitestable
Transmitterstable
Anyvectortable.
Whencentringthemapwindowonanobjectthecurrentscaleiskept.
Tocentrethemapwindowonatablerecord:
1. Openthetable.
2. Rightclicktherecord.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectCentreinMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
1.4.7 AdjustingtheMapWindowtoaSelection
YoucanadjustthemapwindowtodisplaythecontentsoftheSitesfolder(orofaview),orasetofmeasurementdatapoints,
oroneorallpredictions,oranyobjectorzoneintheGeoexplorer.Whenyouadjustthemapwindowtodisplayaselection,
Atolloptimisesthedisplaybychangingthescaleandpositionsothattheselection(forexample,thesites)iscompletely
displayedinthemapwindow.
Toadjustthemapwindowtoafolderorobjectintheexplorer:
1. Rightclickthefolderorobjectintheexplorer.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. SelectAdjustMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
Youcanalsoadjustthemapwindowtoarecord(polygonorline)inavectortable.Themap
windowisthenadjustedsothatthepolygon(orline)entirelyoccupiesthedisplayedmap.
1.4.8 MeasuringDistancesontheMap
YoucanmeasuredistancesonthemapbyusingtheDistanceMeasurementtool.TheDistanceMeasurementtoolalsogives
youtheazimuthofalinesegment.YoucanalsousetheDistanceMeasurementtooltomeasuredistancebetweenseveral
pointsalongapolyline.Asyoumeasure,Atolldisplaysthefollowinginformation:
Path:Thetotaldistancebetweenthefirstpointandthelastpointofalinesegmentorapolyline.
Line:Thedistancebetweenthefirstpointandthepointersposition(foralinesegment),ordistancebetweenthelast
pointandthepointersposition(forapolyline).
Total:Thetotaldistancebetweenthefirstpointandthepointerslocation.
Azimuth:Theazimuthofthepointerspositionwithrespecttothefirstpointofalinesegment,orwithrespecttothe
lastpointofapolyline.
WhentheDistanceMeasurementtoolisactive,theinformationinthestatusbarchanges
from"Ready"tothefollowingwhenyouclickthefirstpoint:
"Path=0m,Line=0m;Total=0m;Azimuth=0"
Tomeasureadistanceonthemapbetweentwopoints:
1. ClicktheDistanceMeasurementbutton(
)onthetoolbar.
2. Clickthestartingpointonthemap.Asyoumovethepointerawayfromthefirstpoint,Atollmarkstheinitialposition
andconnectsittothepointerwithaline.Thestatusbardisplaysthedistancecoveredbythepointerthusfar("Path
=0m"and"Line=Total"),andtheazimuthofthepointerslocationwithrespecttothefirstpoint.Asyoumovethe
pointerawayfromthefirstpoint,themeasurement"Line"increasesfrom0mtothedistancecoveredbythepointer
thusfar.
3. Clickthemapwhereyouwanttoendmeasurement.
Thestatusbardisplaysthesameinformationasinstep2.(exceptthat"Path=Total"and"Line=0m").
4. Doubleclickanywhereonthemaptoexitdistancemeasurementandclearthelinesegmentfromthemap.
52
AT320_UM_E0
Tomeasureadistanceonthemapbetweenseveralpoints:
1. ClicktheDistanceMeasurementbutton(
)onthetoolbar.
2. Clickthefirstpointonthemap.Asyoumovethepointerawayfromthefirstpoint,Atollmarkstheinitialpositionand
connectsittothepointerwithaline.Thestatusbardisplaysthedistancemeasuredthusfar("Path=0m"and"Line
=Total"),andtheazimuthofthepointerslocationwithrespecttothefirstpoint.Asyoumovethepointerawayfrom
thefirstpoint,themeasurement"Line"increasesfrom0mtothedistancecoveredbythepointerthusfar.
3. Clickthenextpointonthemap.Thestatusbardisplaysthesameinformationasinstep2.(exceptthat"Path=Total"
and"Line=0m").
4. Continueclickingpointsuntilyouhaveclickedthelastpoint.IntheexampleinFigure1.15,"Site052"isthefirstpoint,
"Site055"isthelastpoint,thepointerslocationis422mawayfromthelastpointanditsazimuthis166withrespect
tothelastpoint.
5. Doubleclickanywhereonthemaptoexitdistancemeasurementandclearthepolylinefromthemap.
Figure1.15:Measurementdatainthestatusbar
1.4.9 DisplayingRulersAroundtheMap
Youcandisplayrulersaroundthemapinthedocumentwindow.
Todisplayrulers:
1. SelectDocument>Preferences.ThePreferencesdialogueappears.
2. InthePreferencesdialogue,clicktheCoordinatestab.
3. UnderDisplayrulersandscale,selectwhereyouwanttherulerstobedisplayedinthemapwindow.
4. ClickOK.
1.4.10 DisplayingtheMapScale
Youcandisplaythemapscaleinthemapwindow.
Todisplaythemapscale:
1. SelectDocument>Preferences.ThePreferencesdialogueappears.
2. InthePreferencesdialogue,clicktheCoordinatestab.
3. UnderDisplayrulersandscale,selecttheScaleonmapcheckbox.
4. ClickOK.
1.4.11 DisplayingtheMapLegend
Youcandisplayamaplegend.Thelegendwillcontaintheinformationontheobjecttypesthatyouhaveaddedtoit.Forinfor
mationonaddingobjecttypestothelegend,see"AddinganObjectTypetotheLegend"onpage47.
Todisplaythelegend:
SelectView>LegendWindow.
53
Forsk2013
1.4.12 UsingZonesintheMapWindow
IntheGeoexplorer,Atollprovidesyouwithasetoftoolscalledzones.Thezonesareatypeofpolygon,whichcanbecreated
andmodifiedinthesamewayascontours,lines,orpoints.Zonescanbeusedtodefineareasofthemapforthefollowing
purposes:
FilteringZone:Thefilteringzoneisagraphicalfilterthatrestrictstheobjectsdisplayedonthemapandinthe
Networkexplorertotheobjectsinsidethefilteringzone.Italsorestrictswhichobjectsareusedincalculationssuch
ascoveragepredictions,etc.
Formoreinformationonthefilteringzone,see"FilteringZones"onpage54.
ComputationZone:Inradioplanningprojects,thecomputationzoneisusedtodefinewhichbasestationsare
tobetakenintoconsiderationincalculationsandtheareawhereAtollcalculatespathlossmatrices,coveragepredic
tions,etc.
Formoreinformationonthecomputationzone,see"TheComputationZone"onpage55.
FocusZoneandHotSpots:Withthefocuszoneandhotspots,youcanselecttheareasofcoveragepredictions
orothercalculationsonwhichyouwanttogeneratereportsandresults.
Formoreinformationonthefocuszoneandhotspots,see"TheFocusZoneandHotSpots"onpage56.
PrintingZone:Theprintingzoneallowsyoutodefinetheareatobeprinted.
Formoreinformationonprintingusingtheprintingzone,see"UsingaPrintingZone"onpage59.
GeographicExportZone:Thegeographicexportzoneisusedtodefinepartofthemaptobeexportedasabitmap.
Formoreinformationonthegeographicexportzone,see"UsingaGeographicExportZone"onpage59.
Zonesaretakenintoaccountwhetherornottheyarevisible.Inotherwords,ifyouhave
drawnazone,itwillbetakenintoaccountwhetherornotitsvisibilitycheckboxinthe
ZonesfolderoftheGeoexplorerisselected.Forexample,ifyouhavefilteredthesites
usingafilteringzone,thesitesoutsidethefilteringzonewillnotbetakeninto
considerationincoveragepredictions,evenifyouhaveclearedthefilteringzones
visibilitycheckbox.Youwillhavetodeletethezoneifyounolongerwanttoselectsites
usingafilteringzone.
"FilteringZones"onpage54
"TheComputationZone"onpage55
"TheFocusZoneandHotSpots"onpage56
"UsingPolygonZoneEditingTools"onpage57
"UsingaPrintingZone"onpage59
"UsingaGeographicExportZone"onpage59.
1.4.12.1 FilteringZones
ThefilteringzoneisagraphicalfilterthatrestrictstheobjectsdisplayedonthemapandintheNetworkexplorertotheobjects
insidethefilteringzone.Italsorestrictswhichobjectsareusedincalculationssuchascoveragepredictions,etc.Bylimiting
thenumberofsites,youcanreducethetimeandcostofcalculationsandmakevisualisationofdataobjectsonthemap
clearer.
Thefilteringzoneistakenintoaccountwhetherornotitisvisible.Inotherwords,ifyouhavedrawnazone,itwillbetaken
intoaccountwhetherornotitsvisibilitycheckboxintheZonesfolderoftheGeoexplorerisselected.Youwillhavetodelete
thezoneifyounolongerwanttoselectsitesusingafilteringzone.
Tocreateafilteringzone:
1. SelecttheGeoexplorer.
)totheleftofZonesfoldertoexpandthefolder.
3. RightclicktheFilteringZonefolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. Fromthecontextmenu,selectoneofthefollowing:
DrawPolygon
i.
Clickonceonthemaptostartdrawingthezone.
ii. Clickonceonthemaptodefineeachpointonthemapwheretheborderofthezonechangesdirection.
54
AT320_UM_E0
iii. Clicktwicetofinishdrawingandclosethezone.
DrawRectangle
i.
Clickthepointonthemapthatwillbeonecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinethefilteringzone.
ii. Dragtotheoppositecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinethefilteringzone.Whenyoureleasethemouse,
thefilteringzonewillbecreatedfromtherectangledefinedbythetwocorners.
Thefilteringzoneisdelimitedbyablueline.Thedataobjectsoutsideoftheselectedzonearefilteredout.Inthe
Networkexplorer,anyfolderwhosecontentisaffectedbythefilteringzoneappearswithaspecialicon(
catethatthefoldercontentshavebeenfiltered.
),toindi
Youcanalsocreateafilteringzoneasfollows:
VectorEditortoolbar:YoucanusetheNewPolygon(
)andNewRectangle(
)buttonsavailableintheVector
Editortoolbartodrawthefilteringzone.
Existingpolygon:YoucanuseanyexistingpolygonasafilteringzonebyrightclickingitonthemaporintheGeo
explorerandUseAs>FilteringZonefromthecontextmenu.Youcanalsocombineanexistingfilteringzonewithany
existingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheGeoexplorerandselectingAddTo>FilteringZonefromthe
contextmenu.
Importingapolygon:Ifyouhaveafilewithanexistingpolygon,forexample,apolygondescribinganadministrative
area,youcanimportitanduseitasafilteringzone.YoucanimportitbyrightclickingtheFilteringZonefolderinthe
GeoexplorerandselectingImportfromthecontextmenu.
FitZonetoMapWindow:YoucancreateafilteringzonethesizeofthemapwindowbyrightclickingtheFiltering
ZonefolderintheGeoexplorerandselectingFitZonetoMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
Onceyouhavecreatedafilteringzone,youcanuseAtollspolygoneditingtoolstoeditit.Formoreinformationonthepoly
goneditingtools,see"UsingPolygonZoneEditingTools"onpage57.
Youcansavethefilteringzone,sothatyoucanuseitinadifferentAtolldocument,inthe
followingways:
Savingthefilteringzoneintheuserconfiguration:Forinformationonsavingthe
fiiltering zone in a user configuration, see "Saving a User Configuration" on
page98.
Exportingthefilteringzone:Youcanexportthefilteringzonebyrightclickingthe
FilteringZoneintheGeoexplorerandselectingExportfromthecontextmenu.
1.4.12.2 TheComputationZone
ThecomputationzoneisusedtodefinetheareawhereAtollcarriesoutcalculations.Whenyoucreateacomputationzone,
Atollcarriesoutthecalculationforallbasestationsthatareactive,filtered(i.e.,thatareselectedbythecurrentfilterparam
eters),andwhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputationzone.Therefore,ittakesintoconsid
erationbasestationsinsideandbasestationsoutsidethecomputationzoneiftheyhaveaninfluenceonthecomputation
zone.Inaddition,thecomputationzonedefinestheareawithinwhichthecoveragepredictionresultswillbedisplayed.
Whenworkingwithalargenetwork,thecomputationzoneallowsyoutorestrictyourcoveragepredictionstothepartofthe
networkyouarecurrentlyworkingon.Byallowingyoutoreducethenumberofbasestationsstudied,Atollreducesboththe
timeandcomputerresourcesnecessaryforcalculations.Aswell,bytakingintoconsiderationbasestationswithinthecompu
tationzoneandbasestationsoutsidethecomputationzonebutwhichhaveaninfluenceonthecomputationzone,Atollgives
yourealisticresultsforbasestationsthatareclosetotheborderofthecomputationzone.
Ifthereisnocomputationzonedefined,Atollmakesitscalculationsonallbasestationsthatareactiveandfilteredandfor
theentireextentofthegeographicaldataavailable.
Thecomputationzoneistakenintoaccountwhetherornotitisvisible.Inotherwords,ifyouhavedrawnacomputationzone,
itwillbetakenintoaccountwhetherornotitsvisibilitycheckboxintheZonesfolderoftheGeoexplorerisselected.Youwill
havetodeletethecomputationzoneifyounolongerwanttodefineanareaforcalculations.
Tocreateacomputationzone:
)toexpandtheZonesfolder.
3. RightclicktheComputationZone.Thecontextmenuappears.
DrawPolygon
i.
55
Forsk2013
DrawRectangle
i.
Clickthepointonthemapthatwillbeonecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinethecomputationzone.
ii. Dragtotheoppositecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinethecomputationzone.Whenyoureleasethe
mouse,thecomputationzonewillbecreatedfromtherectangledefinedbythetwocorners.
Thecomputationzoneisdelimitedbyaredline.
Youcanalsocreateacomputationzoneasfollows:
)andNewRectangle(
Editortoolbartodrawthecomputationzone.
Existingpolygon:YoucanuseanyexistingpolygonasacomputationzonebyrightclickingitonthemaporintheGeo
explorerandselectingUseAs>ComputationZonefromthecontextmenu.Youcanalsocombineanexistingcompu
tationzonewithanyexistingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheGeoexplorerandselectingAddTo>
ComputationZonefromthecontextmenu.
area,youcanimportitanduseitasacomputationzone.YoucanimportitbyrightclickingtheComputationZonein
theGeoexplorerandselectingImportfromthecontextmenu.
FitZonetoMapWindow:YoucancreateacomputationzonethesizeofthemapwindowbyrightclickingtheCom
putationZoneintheGeoexplorerandselectingFitZonetoMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
Onceyouhavecreatedacomputationzone,youcanuseAtollspolygoneditingtoolstoeditit.Formoreinformationonthe
polygoneditingtools,see"UsingPolygonZoneEditingTools"onpage57.
Youcansavethecomputationzone,sothatyoucanuseitinadifferentAtolldocument,
inthefollowingways:
Savingthecomputationzoneintheuserconfiguration:Forinformationonsaving
thecomputationzoneinauserconfiguration,see"SavingaUserConfiguration"on
page98.
Exportingthecomputationzone:Youcanexportthecomputationzonebyright
clickingtheComputationZoneintheGeoexplorerandselectingExportfromthe
contextmenu.
1.4.12.3 TheFocusZoneandHotSpots
Usingthefocuszoneandhotspots,youcandefineanareaonwhichstatisticscanbedrawnandonwhichreportsaremade.
Whileyoucanonlyhaveonefocuszone,youcandefineseveralhotspotsinadditiontothefocuszone.
Itisimportantnottoconfusethecomputationzoneandthefocuszoneandhotspots.Thecomputationzonedefinesthearea
whereAtollcalculatespathlossmatrices,coveragepredictions,etc.,whilethefocusandhotspotsaretheareastakeninto
considerationwhengeneratingreportsandresults.
Atollbasesthestatisticsontheareacoveredbythefocuszone;ifnofocuszoneisdefined,Atollwillusethecomputation
zone.However,byusingafocuszoneforthereport,youcandisplaythestatisticsforaspecificnumberofsites,insteadof
displayingstatisticsforeverysitethathasbeencalculated.
Atolltakesthefocuszoneandhotspotsintoaccountwhetherornottheyarevisible.Inotherwords,ifyouhavedrawnafocus
zoneorhotspot,itwillbetakenintoaccountwhetherornotitsvisibilitycheckboxintheZonesfolderintheGeoexploreris
selected.Youwillhavetodeletethezoneifyounolongerwanttodefineanareaforreports.
Afocuszonecanconsistofmorethanonepolygon.Thepolygonsofafocuszonemustnot
intersectoroverlapeachother.
Todefineafocuszoneorahotspot:
3. RightclicktheFocusZoneorHotSpotsfolder,dependingonwhetheryouwanttocreateafocuszoneorahotspot.
Thecontextmenuappears.
56
DrawPolygon
AT320_UM_E0
i.
Clickonceonthemaptostartdrawingthefocuszoneorhotspot.
ii. Clickonceonthemaptodefineeachpointonthemapwheretheborderofthefocuszoneorhotspotchanges
direction.
iii. Clicktwicetofinishdrawingandclosethefocuszoneorhotspot.
DrawRectangle
i.
Clickthepointonthemapthatwillbeonecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinethefocuszoneorhotspot.
ii. Dragtotheoppositecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinethefocuszoneorhotspot.Whenyoureleasethe
mouse,thefocuszoneorhotspotwillbecreatedfromtherectangledefinedbythetwocorners.
Afocuszoneisdelimitedbyagreenline;ahotspotisdelimitedbyaheavyblackline.Ifyouclearthezonesvisibility
checkboxintheZonesfolderintheGeoexplorer,itwillnolongerbedisplayedbutwillstillbetakenintoaccount.
Youcanalsocreateafocuszoneorhotspotinoneofthefollowingways:
)andNewRectangle(
Editortoolbartodrawthefocuszoneorhotspot.
Existingpolygon:Youcanuseanyexistingpolygonasafocuszoneorhotspotbyrightclickingitonthemaporinthe
GeoexplorerandselectingUseAs>FocusZoneorUseAs>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.Youcanalsocombine
anexistingfocuszoneorhotspotwithanyexistingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheGeoexplorerand
selectingAddTo>FocusZoneorAddTo>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.
area,youcanimportitanduseitasafocuszoneorhotspot.YoucanimportitbyrightclickingtheFocusZoneorHot
SpotsfolderintheGeoexplorerandselectingImportfromthecontextmenu.Whenyouimporthotspots,youcan
importthename(intextformat)giventoeachzoneaswell.Additionally,becauseyoucanhaveseveralhotspots,you
canimportmorethanonepolygonintotheHotSpotfolder,witheachasaseparatehotspot.
FitZonetoMapWindow:Youcancreateafocuszoneorhotspotthesizeofthemapwindowbyrightclickingthe
FocusZoneorHotSpotsfolderintheGeoexplorerandselectingFitZonetoMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
Youcansavethefocuszoneorhotspot,sothatyoucanuseitinadifferentAtolldocu
ment,inthefollowingways:
Saving the focus zone in the user configuration: For information on saving the
focuszoneinauserconfiguration,see"SavingaUserConfiguration"onpage98.
Exportingthefocuszoneorhotspots:Youcanexportthefocuszoneorhotspots
byrightclickingtheFocusZoneortheHotSpotsfolderintheGeoexplorerand
selectingExportfromthecontextmenu.
1.4.12.4 UsingPolygonZoneEditingTools
Atollprovidesyouwithseveraldifferentwaysofeditingthecomputationzone,focuszone,hotspots,andfilteringzones.You
caneditthesezonesbyeditingthepointsthatdefinethem,bycombiningseveralpolygons,orbydeletingpartsofthepoly
gonsthatmakeupthesezones.Whenyounolongerneedthezone,youcandeleteitfromthemap.
Thecomputation,focusandhotspotpolygonscancontainholes.Theholeswithinpolygonalareasaredifferentiatedfrom
overlayingpolygonsbytheorderofthecoordinatesoftheirvertices.Thecoordinatesoftheverticesofpolygonalareasarein
clockwiseorder,whereasthecoordinatesoftheverticesofholeswithinpolygonalareasareincounterclockwiseorder.
1.4.12.4.1
"EditingPolygonZones"onpage57
"RemovingaPolygonZone"onpage59.
EditingPolygonZones
Atollenablesyoutoeditapolygonzoneinseveraldifferentways.Thefirststepistoselectit,eitherby:
SelectingthepolygonzoneintheZonesfolderintheGeoexplorer
Selectingthepolygonzonebyclickingitonthemap,or
SelectingthepolygonzonefromthelistintheVectorEditortoolbar.
Thesecondstepistoputthezoneineditingmode:
RightclickthezoneyouwanttoeditinthemapwindowandselectEditZonefromthecontextmenu,or
RightclickthezoneintheZonesfolderintheGeoexplorerandselectEditZonefromthecontextmenu.
IfthezonehasbeenselectedfromthelistintheVectorEditortoolbar,itisautomatically
putineditingmode.
57
Forsk2013
Onceyouhavethepolygonzoneineditingmode,youcanedititasexplainedinthefollowingsections:
"EditingthePointsofaPolygonZone"onpage58
"EditingPolygonZonesUsingtheToolbar"onpage58
"EditingPolygonZonesUsingtheContextMenu"onpage59.
EditingthePointsofaPolygonZone
Toeditapointofapolygonzone:
1. Putthepolygonzoneineditingmodeasexplainedin"EditingPolygonZones"onpage57.
2. Selectthepolygonzone.Youcannowedititby:
Movingapoint:
i.
Positionthepointeroverthepointyouwanttomove.Thepointerchanges(
).
ii. Dragthepointtoitsnewposition.
Addingapointtothepolygonzone:
i.
Positionthepointeroverthepolygonzoneborderwhereyouwanttoaddapoint.Thepointerchanges(
).
ii. RightclickandselectInsertPointfromthecontextmenu.Apointisaddedtothepolygonzoneborderatthe
positionofthepointer.
Deletingapointfromapolygonzone:
i.
Positionthepointeroverthepointyouwanttodelete.Thepointerchanges(
).
ii. RightclickandselectDeletePointfromthecontextmenu.Thepointisdeleted.
EditingPolygonZonesUsingtheToolbar
InAtoll,youcancreatecomplexpolygonzonesbyusingthetoolsontheVectorEditortoolbar.Thefiltering,computation,
andfocuszonepolygonscancontainholes.Theholeswithinpolygonalareasaredifferentiatedfromoverlayingpolygonsby
the order of the coordinates of their vertices. The coordinates of the vertices of polygonal areas are in clockwise order,
whereasthecoordinatesoftheverticesofholeswithinpolygonalareasareincounterclockwiseorder.
ToeditapolygonzoneusingtheiconsontheVectorEditortoolbar:
1. Putthepolygonzoneineditingmodeasexplainedin"EditingPolygonZones"onpage57.
2. Clickthecontourtoedit.TheVectorEditortoolbarhasthefollowingbuttons:
:Tocombineseveralpolygonzones:
i.
IntheVectorEditortoolbar,clicktheCombinebutton(
).
ii. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegindrawingthenewpolygonzone.
iii. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideofthepolygonzone.
iv. Doubleclicktoclosethepolygonzone.
v. Drawmorepolygonzonesifdesired.Atollcreatesagroupofpolygonsoftheselectedandnewcontours.If
polygonzonesoverlap,Atollmergesthem.
:Todeletepartoftheselectedpolygonzone:
i.
IntheVectorEditortoolbar,clicktheDeletebutton(
).
ii. Drawtheareayouwanttodeletefromtheselectedpolygonzonebyclickingonceonthemapwhereyouwant
tobegindrawingtheareatodelete.
iii. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideofthearea.
iv. Doubleclicktoclosethearea.Atolldeletestheareafromtheselectedcontour.
:Tocreateapolygonoutoftheoverlappingareaoftwopolygons:
i.
IntheVectorEditortoolbar,clicktheIntersectionbutton(
).
ii. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegindrawingthepolygonthatwilloverlaptheselectedone.
iii. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideofthepolygon.
iv. Doubleclicktoclosethepolygon.Atollcreatesanewpolygonoftheoverlappingareaofthetwopolygons
anddeletesthepartsofthepolygonsthatdonotoverlap.
58
AT320_UM_E0
:Tosplittheselectedpolygonintoseveralpolygons:
i.
IntheVectorEditortoolbar,clicktheSplitbutton(
).
ii. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegindrawingthepolygonthatwillsplittheselectedone.
iii. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideofthepolygon.
iv. Doubleclicktoclosethepolygon.Atollseparatestheareacoveredbythepolygonfromtheselectedpolygon
andcreatesanewpolygon.
EditingPolygonZonesUsingtheContextMenu
Whenyouareeditingpolygonzones,youcanaccesscertaincommandsusingthecontextmenu.
Toeditapolygonzoneusingthecontextmenu:
1. Clickthepolygonzoneyouwanttoedit.
2. Rightclickthepolygonzonetodisplaythecontextmenuandselectoneofthefollowing:
Properties:SelectPropertiestoopenthePropertiesdialogueoftheselectedpolygonzone.ThePropertiesdia
loguegivesthecoordinatesofeachpointthatdefinesthepositionandshapeofthepolygonzone.
InsertPoint:SelectInsertPointtoaddapointtotheborderofthecontouratthepositionofthepointer.
Move:
i.
SelectMovefromthecontextmenutomovethecontour,line,orpointonthemap.
ii. Movethecontour,line,orpoint.
iii. Clicktoplacethecontour,line,orpoint.
1.4.12.4.2
Quitedition:SelectQuitEditiontoexiteditingmode.
Delete:SelectDeletetoremovetheselectedcontour,line,orpointfromthemap.
RemovingaPolygonZone
Whenyounolongerneedapolygonzone,youcanremovethezoneandredisplayalldataobjects.
Toremoveapolygonzone:
)totheleftofZonesfoldertoexpandthefolder.
3. Rightclickthefoldercontainingthezoneyouwanttoremove.
4. Fromthecontextmenu,selectDeleteZone.Thepolygonzoneisremovedandalldocumentdataarenowdisplayed.
YoucanalsodeleteitbyrightclickingitsborderonthemapandselectingDeletefrom
thecontextmenu.
1.4.12.5 UsingaPrintingZone
Theprintingzoneallowsyoutodefinetheareatobeprinted.Forinformationonusingtheprintingzone,see"Definingthe
PrintingZone"onpage84.
1.4.12.6 UsingaGeographicExportZone
If you want to export part of the map as a bitmap, you can define a geographic export zone. After you have defined a
geographicexportzone,Atolloffersyoutheoptionofexportingonlytheareacoveredbythezoneifyouexportthemapas
arasterimage.
Todefineageographicexportzoneandexportthemap:
3. RightclicktheGeographicExportZonefolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
DrawPolygon
i.
59
Forsk2013
DrawRectangle
i.
Clickthepointonthemapthatwillbeonecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinethezone.
ii. Dragtotheoppositecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinethezone.Whenyoureleasethemouse,thezone
willbecreatedfromtherectangledefinedbythetwocorners.
FitZonetoMapWindow
Atollcreatesageographicexportzonethatfitsthemapwindow.
Thegeographicexportzoneisdelimitedbyalightpurpleline.Ifyouclearthegeographicexportzonesvisibilitycheck
boxintheZonesfolderintheGeoexplorer,itwillnolongerbedisplayedbutwillstillbetakenintoaccount.
Youcanalsocreateageographicexportzoneasfollows:
)andNewRectangle(
)buttonsavailableinthe
VectorEditortoolbartodrawthegeogaphicexportzone.
Existingpolygon:Youcanuseanyexistingpolygonasageographicexportzonebyrightclickingitonthemapor
intheGeoexplorerandselectingUseAs>GeographicExportZonefromthecontextmenu.Youcanalsocombine
anexistinggeographicexportzonewithanyexistingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheGeoexplorer
andselectingAddTo>GeographicExportZonefromthecontextmenu.The"effective"geographicexportzone
willbetherectangleencompassingtheseveralpolygonscomposingthegeographicexportzone.
Importingapolygon:Ifyouhaveafilewithanexistingpolygon,youcanimportitanduseitasageographicexport
zone.YoucanimportitbyrightclickingtheGeographicExportZonefolderintheGeoexplorerandselecting
Importfromthecontextmenu.
FitZonetoMapWindow:Youcancreateageographicexportzonethesizeofthemapwindowbyrightclicking
itonthemaporintheGeoexplorerandselectingFitZonetoMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
Onceyouhavecreatedageographicexportzone,youcanuseAtollspolygoneditingtoolstoeditit.Formoreinfor
mationonthepolygoneditingtools,see"UsingPolygonZoneEditingTools"onpage57.
Youcansavethegeographicexportzone,sothatyoucanuseitinadifferentAtolldocu
Savingthegeographicexportzoneintheuserconfiguration:Forinformationon
savingthegeographicexportzoneinauserconfiguration,see"SavingaUserCon
figuration"onpage98.
Exportingthegeographicexportzone:Youcanexportthegeographicexportzone
by rightclicking the Geographic Export Zone in the Geo explorer and selecting
Exportfromthecontextmenu.
Thegeographicexportzonecanonlyexportinrasterformat.Youcannotexportinraster
formatifthecoveragepredictionwasmadepertransmitter(forexample,coverage
predictionswiththedisplaytypesetbytransmitter,byatransmitterattribute,bysignal
level,bypathloss,orbytotallosses).Onlythecoverageareaofasingletransmittercan
beexportedinrasterformat.
5. SelectFile>SaveImageAs.TheMapExportdialogueappears,withtheoptionGeographicexportzoneselected.
6. ClickExport.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
7. IntheSaveasdialogue,selectadestinationfolder,enteraFilename,andselectafiletypefromtheSaveastypelist.
Thefollowingfileformatsaresupported:BMP,PNG,ArcViewGrid(TXT),TIFF,BIL,JPEG2000,andJPG.Ifyouwantto
usethesavedfileasadigitalterrainmodel,youshouldselecttheTIF,BIL,orTXTformat.WhensavinginBILformat,
Atollallowsyoutosavefileslargerthan2Gb.
8. ClickSave.TheExportedImageSizedialogueappears.
9. Youcandefinethesizeoftheexportedimageinoneoftwoways:
60
Scale:Ifyouwanttodefinethesizebyscale,selectScale,enterascaleinthetextboxandaresolution.Ifyouwant
toexporttheimagewithrulers,selectIncludeRulers.
Pixelsize:Ifyouwanttodefinethesizebypixelsize,selectPixelsize,andenterapixelsizeinthetextbox.
AT320_UM_E0
Ifyouwanttousetheexportedfileasadigitalterrainmodel,youmustdefinethesizeof
theexportedimagebypixelsize.Atollthencreatesageoreferencefilefortheexported
image.
10. ClickOK.
1.4.13 EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints
Atollusesdifferenttypesofpolygons,lines,andpointsinthemapwindow.Forexample,thezonessuchasthecomputation,
focuszoneandhotspot,describedin"UsingZonesintheMapWindow"onpage54,arespecifictypesofpolygons.Another
typeofpolygon,calledcontours,canalongwithlinesandpoints,beusedtoaddadditionalinformationtogeographicdata.
Atollprovidesyouwithseveraldifferentwaysofeditingthepolygons,lines,andpoints.Youcanmoveordeletethepoints
thatdefinepolygons,lines,andpoints.Youcaneditpolygonsbyeditingthepointsthatdefinethem,bycombiningseveral
polygons,orbydeletingpartsofthepolygons.
Polygons,includingthecomputation,focuszoneandhotspotpolygonscancontainholes.Theholeswithinpolygonalareas
aredifferentiatedfromoverlayingpolygonsbytheorderofthecoordinatesoftheirvertices.Thecoordinatesofthevertices
ofpolygonalareasareinclockwiseorder,whereasthecoordinatesoftheverticesofholeswithinpolygonalareasareincoun
terclockwiseorder.
Whenyounolongerneedthepolygon,line,orpoint,youcandeleteitfromthemap.
Inthissection,thedifferentwaysofeditingpolygons,lines,andpointsareexplained:
"AddingaVectorLayer"onpage61
"CreatingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61
"EditingtheShapeofPolygonsandLines"onpage62
"CombiningorCroppingPolygonsUsingtheToolbar"onpage62
"EditingaPoint"onpage64
"EditingContours,Lines,andPointsUsingtheContextMenu"onpage64.
1.4.13.1 AddingaVectorLayer
Youcanaddvectorobjectssuchaspolygons,linesorpointstogeographicalmapinformationinaprojectbyfirstcreatinga
vectorlayer.Youcanalsomodifycertaingeographicdatamaps,forexample,populationmaps,andcustomdata,byaddinga
vectorlayertothemandafterwardsaddingpolygons,linesandpoints.Forinformationonmodifyingcertaingeographicdata
mapsbyaddingavectorlayer,see"EditingPopulationorCustomDataMaps"onpage161.
ToaddavectorlayertotheGeoexplorer:
ClicktheNewVectorLayerbutton(
)ontheVectorEditortoolbar.
Atollcreatesafoldercalled"Vectors"intheGeoexplorer.
Forinformationonaddingvectorobjectssuchascontours,lines,andpointstothevectorlayer,see"CreatingPolygons,Lines,
andPoints"onpage61.
1.4.13.2 CreatingPolygons,Lines,andPoints
Onceyouhavecreatedavectorlayer,asexplainedin"AddingaVectorLayer"onpage61,youcanaddpolygons,lines,and
pointstoit.
Toaddapolygon,line,orpointtoavectorlayer:
1. RightclickthevectorlayerintheGeoexplorer.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. SelectEditfromthecontextmenu.ThetoolsontheVectorEditortoolbarareavailable.
Youcanalsomakethevectortoolsavailablebyselectingthevectorlayertoeditfrom
theVectorEditortoolbarlist.BecauseAtollnamesallnewvectorlayers"Vectors"by
default,itmightbedifficulttoknowwhichVectorsfolderyouareselecting.Byrenaming
eachvectorsfolder,youcanensurethatyouselectthecorrectfolder.Forinformationon
renamingobjects,see"RenaminganObject"onpage40.
IftheVectorEditortoolbarisnotvisible,selectView>Toolbars>VectorEditor.
3. ClickoneofthefollowingbuttonsontheVectorEditortoolbar:
61
Forsk2013
NewPolygon:
a. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegindrawingthecontour.
b. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideofthecontour.
c. Doubleclicktoclosethecontour.
NewRectangle:
a. Clickthepointonthemapthatwillbeonecorneroftherectangle.
b. Dragtotheoppositecorneroftherectangle.
c. Releasethemousetocreatetherectangledefinedbythetwocorners.
Ifthepolygonorrectangleisonthevectorlayerofapopulationmap,orcustomdata,you
mustdefinethevaluethepolygonorrectanglerepresentsandmapthevectorlayer.For
moreinformation,see"EditingPopulationorCustomDataMaps"onpage161.
NewLine:
a. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegintheline.
b. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheline.
c. Doubleclicktoendtheline.
NewPoint:Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttoplacethepoint.
4. PressESCtodeselectthecurrentlyselectedbuttonontheVectorEditortoolbar.
1.4.13.3 EditingtheShapeofPolygonsandLines
Youcanedittheshapeofpolygonsandlinesonthevectorlayer.
Toedittheshapeofpolygonsandlines:
1. Intheexplorer(theNetworkexplorerortheGeoexplorer)containingthevectorlayer,rightclickthevectorlayer
folder.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. SelectDrawfromthecontextmenu.ThevectortoolsontheVectorEditortoolbarareactivated.
Youcanalsoactivatethevectortoolsbyselectingthevectorlayertoeditfromthe
VectorEditortoolbarlist.
3. Selectthecontourorline.Youcannoweditby:
Movingapoint:
i.
).
ii. Dragthepointtoitsnewposition.Ifyouareeditingarectangle,theadjacentpointsontherectanglechange
positionaswell,inorderfortherectangletoretainitsshape.
Addingapointtoacontouroraline:
i.
Positionthepointeroverthecontourborderorlinewhereyouwanttoaddapoint.Thepointerchanges(
).
ii. RightclickandselectInsertPointfromthecontextmenu.Apointisaddedtothecontourborderorlineatthe
positionofthepointer.
Deletingapointfromacontouroraline:
i.
1.4.13.4 CombiningorCroppingPolygonsUsingtheToolbar
InAtoll,youcancreatecomplexcontoursbyusingthetoolsontheVectorEditortoolbar.
62
).
AT320_UM_E0
ToeditavectorobjectusingtheiconsontheVectorEditortoolbar:
3. Clickthecontourtoedit.TheVectorEditortoolbarenablesyoutoperformthefollowingfunctions:
:Tocombineanexistingcontourwithanewone:
i.
OntheVectorEditortoolbar,clicktheCombinebutton(
).
ii. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegindrawingthenewcontour.
iii. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideofthecontour.
iv. Doubleclicktoclosethecontour.
v. Drawmorecontoursifdesired.Atollcreatesagroupofpolygonsoftheselectedandnewcontours.Ifcontours
overlap,Atollmergesthem.
:Tocombinetwoexistingcontours:
i.
IntheVectorEditortoolbar,clicktheCombinebutton(
).
ii. Clickthecontourthatyouwanttocombinewiththeselectedone.Atollcombinesthetwoselectedcontours
intoasingleobject,mergingthemiftheyoverlap.
:Todrawaholeintheselectedcontour:
i.
).
ii. Drawtheareayouwanttodeletefromtheselectedcontourbyclickingonceinthecontourwhereyouwant
tobegindrawingtheareatodelete.
iii. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideofthearea.
iv. Doubleclicktoclosethearea.Atolldeletestheareafromtheselectedcontour.
:Todeleteanareaoftheselectedcontourthatisoverlappedbyanothercontour:
i.
).
ii. Clickthecontour(whichoverlapstheselectedcontour)todeletetheoverlappingareafromthefirstselected
contour.Atolldeletestheareacoveredbythesecondcontourfromthefirstcontour.
:Tocreateacontouroutoftheoverlappingareaofanexistingcontourandanewone:
i.
).
ii. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegindrawingthecontourthatwilloverlaptheselectedone.
iv. Doubleclicktoclosethecontour.Atollcreatesanewcontouroftheoverlappingareaofthetwocontoursand
deletesthepartsofthecontoursthatdonotoverlap.
:Tocreateacontouroutoftheoverlappingareaoftwoexistingcontours:
i.
).
ii. Clickthecontour(whichoverlapstheselectedcontour)thatyouwanttointersectwiththefirstselectedcon
tour.Atollcreatesanewcontourfromtheareaofthetwocontoursthatoverlapsanddeletesthepartsofthe
contoursthatdonotoverlap.
:Tosplittheselectedcontourintotwocontours:
i.
).
ii. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegindrawingthecontourthatwillsplittheselectedcontour.
63
Forsk2013
iv. Doubleclicktoclosethecontour.Atolldeletestheareadefinedbythenewlydrawncontourfromtheselected
contour,therebycreatingtwonewcontours.
:Tosplitoverlappingcontoursintothreecontours:
i.
).
ii. Clickthecontour(whichoverlapstheselectedcontour)thatyouwanttousetocropthefirstselectedcontour.
Atollseparatestheoverlappingareafromthefirstselectedcontour,therebycreatingthreecontours:thefirst
contourminustheareaoverlappedbythesecond,thesecondcontour(whichremainsunchanged,andathird
contourcreatedfromtheareadeletedfromthefirstselectedcontour.
1.4.13.5 EditingaPoint
Toeditapoint:
3. Selectthepoint.Youcannoweditby:
Moving:
i.
Clickthepointyouwanttomove.Thepointerchanges(
).
Deletingapoint:
i.
Clickthepointyouwanttodelete.Thepointerchanges(
).
ii. RightclickandselectDeletefromthecontextmenu.Thepointisdeleted.
1.4.13.6 EditingContours,Lines,andPointsUsingtheContextMenu
Whenyouareeditingcontours,lines,andpoints,youcanaccesscertaincommandsusingthecontextmenu.
Toeditavectorobjectusingthecontextmenu:
1. Clickthevectorobjectyouwanttoedit.
2. Rightclickthevectorobjecttodisplaythecontextmenuandselectoneofthefollowing:
Delete:SelectDeletetoremovetheselectedcontour,line,orpointfromthemap.
ConverttoLine:SelectConverttoLinetoconverttheselectedcontourtoaline.
ConverttoPolygon:SelectConverttoPolygontoconverttheselectedlinetoacontour.
OpenLine:SelectOpenLinetoremovethesegmentbetweenthelastandthefirstpoint.
CloseLine:SelectCloseLinetoaddasegmentbetweenthelastandthefirstpointoftheline.
InsertPoint:SelectInsertPointtoaddapointtotheborderofthecontouratthepositionofthepointer.
Move:
i.
SelectMovefromthecontextmenutomovethecontour,line,orpointonthemap.
ii. Movethecontour,line,orpoint.
iii. Clicktoplacethecontour,line,orpoint.
Quitedition:SelectQuitEditiontoexiteditingmode.
Properties:SelectPropertiestoopenthePropertiesdialogueoftheselectedcontour,line,orpoint.TheProper
tiesdialoguehastwotabs:
64
General:TheGeneraltabgivesthenameofthevectorLayer,theSurfaceoftheobject,andanyPropertiesof
thecontour,line,orpoint.
Geometry:Thistabgivesthecoordinatesofeachpointthatdefinesthepositionandshapeofthecontour,
line,orpoint.
AT320_UM_E0
Onlythecommandsrelevanttotheselectedcontour,line,orpointaredisplayedinthe
contextmenu.
1.4.14 CopyingtheContentofaZoneintoAnotherApplication
Youcancopythecontentofoneofthefollowingzonesofthemapwindowintoadocumentcreatedusinganotherapplication:
Filteringzone
Focuszone
Computationzone
Hotspot
Printingzone
Geographicalexportzone
Tocopythecontentofazoneintoadocumentcreatedusinganotherapplication:
1. Selectthezoneinthemapwindow,orexpandtheZonesfolderintheGeoexplorerandselectthezone.
Youcancopythecontentsofthezoneinthefollowingways:
SelectEdit>Copy(orpressCtrl+C)tocopyabitmapimageoftheselectedzone,or
a. SelectEdit>AdvancedCopy.TheAdvancedCopydialogueappears.
b. Selectoneofthefollowing:
Bitmapimage:SelectBitmapImagetocopythecontentsofthezoneasabitmapandthenselecteitherScreen
resolutionorCustomresolutionandenterthecustomresolutioninthetextbox.Thedefaultcustomresolu
tionis50m.
MetafileImage:SelectMetafileImagetocopythecontentsofthezoneasaWindowsmetafile.
GeoreferenceCoordinates:SelectGeoreferenceCoordinatestocopythegeoreferencecoordinatestothe
clipboard.Theywillbepastedasthecoordinates.
2. OpentheapplicationintowhichyouwanttopastetheimageandselectEdit>Paste(orpressCtrl+V).Thezoneofthe
mapispastedasanimage(orasgeoreferencecoordinates)intothenewdocument.
1.4.15 MapWindowPointers
InAtoll,thepointerappearsindifferentformsaccordingtoitsfunction.Eachpointerisdescribedbelow:
Appearance
Description
Meaning
Selectionarrow
Thezoneselectionpointerindicatesthat,onthemap,youcandefineazonetoprint
orcopyand,inthePanoramicwindow,youcandefinethezonetobedisplayedon
themap.Todefineazone,clickanddragdiagonally.
Thepolygondrawingpointerindicatesyoucandrawazonetofiltereithersitesor
transmitters,drawcomputation/focus/hotspot/filtering/printing/geographic
Polygondrawing
exportzones,ordrawvectororrasterpolygonsonthemap.Todrawapolygon,click
pointer
oncetostart,andeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideof
thepolygon.Closethepolygonbyclickingtwice.
Therectangledrawingpointerindicatesyoucandrawcomputation/focus/hotspot/
Rectangledrawing
filtering/printing/geographicexportzones,ordrawvectororrasterrectangleson
pointer
themap.Todefineazone,clickanddragdiagonally.
Hand
Thehandpointerindicatesyoucanmovethevisiblepartofthedisplayedmap.
Zoomtool
Thezoompointerindicatesyoucanclicktozoominandrightclicktozoomoutat
thelocationofthemousepointer
Zoomarea
Thezoomareapointerindicatesyoucanzoominonanareaofthebyclickingand
draggingtodefinethearea.
Newtransmitter
Pointanalysis
Thetransmitterpointerindicatesyoucanplaceatransmitteronthemapwhereyou
click.YoucanplacemorethanonestationbypressingCTRLasyouclickonthemap.
ThepointanalysispointerindicatesthatyouhaveselectedthePointAnalysistool
andhavenotyetchosenthefirstpoint.
65
Appearance
Forsk2013
Description
Pointplaced
(Receiver)
Meaning
Thepointplacedpointerindicatesthepositionofthereceiveronthemapthatis
usedforthepointtopointanalysis.TheresultsaredisplayedintheCW
MeasurementsorPointAnalysiswindow.
Pencil
Thepencilpointerindicatesyoucancreateapolygonalclutterzone,byclickingonce
tostartthepolygon,oncetocreateeachcorner,andbydoubleclickingtoclosethe
polygon.
Deletion
Thedeletionpointerindicatesthatyoucandeleteanewlycreatedpolygonalclutter
zonebyclickingitsborder.
Positionindicator
Thepositionindicatorpointerindicatesyoucanselecttheborderofapolygon.
Rightclickingthepolygonborderopensacontextmenuallowingyoutoaddapoint,
deletethepolygon,orcentrethemaponthepolygon.
Select/create
points
Theselect/createpointspointerindicatesyoucanmodifythepolygoninthemap
window.Youcanaddanewpointandmodifythepolygoncontourbyclickingonone
oftheedgesanddragging.Youcanmoveanexistingpointbyclickinganddragging
anexistingpoint.Youcanrightclicktoopenacontextmenutodeleteapoint,
deletethepolygon,orcentrethemaponthepolygon.
PlacingaCW
measurement
point
ThefirstCWmeasurementpointpointerindicatesyoucanclickapointonthemap
tocreatethefirstpointofaCWmeasurementpath.
Placingpointsina ThenextCWmeasurementpointpointerindicatesthefirstCWmeasurementpoint
CWmeasurement hasbeensetandyoucannowclickotherpointsonthemap.Doubleclicktoendthe
path
CWmeasurementpath.
Themeasurementpointerindicatesyoucanclickonthemaptosetthestartpointof
Measurementson
yourmeasurement.Asyoumovethepointer,thedistancebetweenthefirstpoint
themap
andthepointerisdisplayedinthestatusbar.
Terrainsection
Theterrainsectionpointerindicatesthatyoucancreateaterrainsectionbyclicking
onceonthemaptocreatethefirstpointandoncemoretocreatethesecondpoint.
TheterrainprofilebetweenthetwopointsisdisplayedinthePointAnalysiswindow
andstoredunderTerrainSectionsintheGeoexplorer.
1.5 WorkingwithCoveragePredictions
Whenworkingwithcoveragepredictions,Atollhasthefollowingfunctionstohelpyouorganisethemandtoexportthemto
otherformats:
"OrganisingtheContentsofthePredictionsFolder"onpage66
"ExportingCoveragePredictionResults"onpage67.
1.5.1 OrganisingtheContentsofthePredictionsFolder
WhenyoucreateacoveragepredictioninAtoll,itislistedunderPredictionsintheNetworkexplorer.Atollenablesyouto
organisethecreatedpredictionsinaseriesoffoldersthatyoucangivedescriptivenamesto.
"CreatingFoldersinthePredictionsfolder"onpage66
"MovingaCoveragePredictionintoaFolder"onpage67.
1.5.1.1 CreatingFoldersinthePredictionsfolder
AtollenablesyoutocreatefoldersunderPredictionsintheNetworkexplorer.Atollonlypermitsoneleveloffolders.Once
youhavecreatedafolderunderPredictions,youcanmovecoveragepredictionsintoit.Formoreinformation,see"Moving
aCoveragePredictionintoaFolder"onpage67
TocreateafolderunderPredictions:
1. ClicktheNetworkexplorer.
2. RightclickthePredictionsfolderintheNetworkexplorer.Thecontextmenuappears.
66
AT320_UM_E0
3. SelectNewFolderfromthecontextmenu.Atollcreatesanewfolder,"Folder<X>",underPredictionswhere"<X>"is
anumberassignedbyAtollsequentially,accordingtothenumberoffolderswithdefaultnamesunderPredictions.
Youcanchangethenameofthefoldertogiveitamoredescriptivename.
1.5.1.2 MovingaCoveragePredictionintoaFolder
OnceyouhavecreatedfoldersunderPredictionsasexplainedin"CreatingFoldersinthePredictionsfolder"onpage66,you
canorganisethecoveragepredictionsbymovingthemintothesefolders.Atollalsopermitsyoutomovethemfromone
foldertoanotherorfromafoldertothemainPredictionsfolder.
TomoveacoveragepredictionfromthemainPredictionsfoldertooneofitsfolders:
1. ClicktheNetworkexplorer.
)totheleftPredictionstoexpandthefolder.
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttomovetoafolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectMoveTofromthecontextmenu.TheMovetoFolderdialogueappears.
5. SelectthenameofthefolderintheMovetoFolderdialogueandclickOK.Thecoveragepredictionismovedtothe
selectedfolder.
The same procedure can be used to move a coverage prediction from one folder to
anotherorfromafoldertothemainPredictionsfolder.
YoucanalsousedraganddroptomoveanycoveragepredictiontothemainPredictionsfolderortoanyofitsfoldersby
draggingthecoveragepredictionoverthePredictionsfolderoroverthenameofthedestinationfolderanddroppingit.You
canonlydropacoveragepredictioninadestinationfolderwhenthisfolderishighlighted,asshowninFigure1.16.
Figure1.16:UsingdraganddroptomoveacoveragepredictiontoafolderunderPredictions
1.5.2 ExportingCoveragePredictionResults
InAtoll,youcanexportthecoverageareasofacoveragepredictioninrasterorvectorformats.Inrasterformats,youcan
exportinBMP,TIF,JPEG2000,ArcViewgrid,orVerticalMapper(GRDandGRC)formats.WhenexportinginGRDorGRC
formats,Atollallowsyoutoexportfileslargerthan2GB.Invectorformats,youcanexportinArcView,MapInfo,orAGD
formats.ThefileexportedcanthenbeimportedasavectororrasterobjectinAtollorinanotherapplication.
Whenyouexportacoveragepredictioninvectorformat,theexportedzoneisdelimitedbytherectangleencompassingthe
coverage.Whenyouexportacoveragepredictioninvectorformat,youcanexporttheentirecoverageprediction,oryoucan
exportadefinedareaofthecoverageprediction.
Allcoveragetypescanbeexported,however,youcannotexportacoveragepredictioninrasterformatifthecoveragepredic
tionwasmadepertransmitter(forexample,coveragepredictionswiththedisplaytypesetbytransmitter,byatransmitter
attribute,bysignallevel,bypathloss,orbytotallosses).Inthiscase,onlythecoverageareaofasingletransmittercanbe
exportedinrasterformat.
Youcanexportcoveragepredictionsseparatelyoryoucanexportseveralcoveragepredictionsatthesametime.Whenyou
exportmorethanonecoverageprediction,Atollsuggeststheformatsthatcanbeusedforallthecoveragepredictionstobe
exported.
"ExportinganIndividualCoveragePredictioninVectorFormat"onpage68
67
Forsk2013
"ExportinganIndividualCoveragePredictioninRasterFormat"onpage68
"ExportingMultipleCoveragePredictions"onpage69.
1.5.2.1 ExportinganIndividualCoveragePredictioninVectorFormat
Toexportacoveragepredictioninvectorformat:
1. SelecttheNetworkexplorer.
)toexpandthePredictionsfolder.
Thecoveragepredictionmustbedisplayedinthemapwindowbeforeitcanbeexported.
Forinformationondisplayingobjectsinthemapwindow,see"DisplayingorHidingObjects
ontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38.
3. SelectExporttheCoverage fromthecontextmenu.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
4. IntheSaveAsdialogue,selectadestinationfolder,enteraFilename,andselectthevectorformatfromtheSaveas
typelist.
5. ClickSavetoexportthecoveragepredictionresults.
IfyouhavechosentoexportthepredictioncoverageinavectorformatotherthanAGD,theVectorExportdialogue
isdisplayedinwhichyoucanmodifythefollowingexportsettings:
a. CoordinateSystems:Youcanchangethereferencecoordinatesystemforthefilebeingexported.
b. Resolution:YoucanchangetheResolutionoftheexportedcoverage.Thedefaultresolutionistheresolutionof
thecoveragepredictionresults(assetinthecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogue).
c. Filtering:Youcanapplyafiltertothecoveragepredictionexporttofillemptypixelswithavalueaveragedfrom
surroundingpixels.DefinetheleveloffilteringbymovingtheFilteringslider,orenteringthepercentageinthe
textbox.
d. Smoothing:YoucansmooththevectorsexportedbyasetpercentagebymovingtheSmoothingslider,orentering
thepercentageinthetextbox.
WhenexportingapredictioncoverageinMIFformat,thetiptextwillbeexportedwithit
andwillbevisibleastiptextwhenyoureimporttheMIFfileinanotherAtollproject.For
informationondefiningtiptext,see"DefiningtheObjectTypeTipText"onpage46.
1.5.2.2 ExportinganIndividualCoveragePredictioninRasterFormat
Toexportacoveragepredictioninrasterformat:
Thecoveragepredictionmustbedisplayedinthemapwindowbeforeitcanbeexported.
Forinformationondisplayingobjectsinthemapwindow,see"DisplayingorHidingObjects
ontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38.
3. Exporttheentirecoverageprediction,thegeographicexportzone,orpartofthecoverageprediction:
Toexporttheentirecoverageprediction:
Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttoexport.
Toexportthegeographicexportzone:
a. Definethegeographicexportzoneasexplainedin"UsingaGeographicExportZone"onpage59.
b. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttoexport.
Toexportpartofthecoverageprediction:
a. ClicktheExpandbutton(
)toexpandthecoverageprediction.
b. Rightclickthepartofthecoveragepredictionyouwanttoexport.
4. SelectExporttheCoverage fromthecontextmenu.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
5. IntheSaveAsdialogue,selectadestinationfolder,enteraFilenameandselecttherasterformatfromtheSaveas
typelist.
68
AT320_UM_E0
6. ClickSavetoexportthecoveragepredictionresults.TheRasterExportdialogueappears.
a. UnderRegion,selecttheareatoexport:
Entirecoveredarea:toexportarectanglecontainingonlytheareacoveredbythestudy,
Computationzone:toexportarectanglecontainingtheentirecomputationzone,or
Geographicexportzone:toexporttherectangledefinedbythegeographicexportzone.
b. DefinetheleveloffilteringbymovingtheFilteringslider,orenteringthepercentageinthetextbox,ifyouwant
toapplyafiltertothecoveragepredictionexporttofillemptypixelswithavalueaveragedfromsurroundingpix
els.
c. ClickOKtofinishexportingthecoveragepredictionresults.
Youcannotexportinrasterformatifthecoveragepredictionwasmadepertransmitter
(forexample,coveragepredictionswiththedisplaytypesetbytransmitter,byatransmit
terattribute,bysignallevel,bypathloss,orbytotallosses).Onlythecoverageareaofa
singletransmittercanbeexportedinrasterformat.
1.5.2.3 ExportingMultipleCoveragePredictions
Ifyouhaveseveralcoveragepredictionsthatyouwanttoexport,youcanexportthematthesametime.
Toexportseveralcoveragepredictionsatthesametime:
2. RightclickthePredictionsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectExportCoveragesfromthecontextmenu.TheCoverageExportdialogueappears.
4. In the Coverage Export dialogue, select the check boxes corresponding to the coverage predictions you want to
export.Bydefault,Atollselectsthecheckboxesofallcoveragepredictionswhosevisibilitycheckboxisselectedinthe
Networkexplorer.
5. UnderOptions,youcandefinethefollowingparameters:
Folder:EnterthefolderyouwanttostoretheexportedcoveragepredictionsinorclicktheBrowsebutton(
)
tonavigatetoit.
Format:SelectthevectorfileformatyouwantAtolltoexportthecoveragepredictionsin.
Timestamp:IfyouselecttheTimestampcheckbox,Atollwilladdthedateandtimetothefilenameofeach
exportedcoverageprediction.
Resolutioninmetres:Youcandefinearesolutionfortheexportedcoveragepredictions.
6. ClickExporttoexporttheselectedcoveragepredictions.Theselectedcoveragepredictionsaresavedintheselected
folder.
Whenyouexportseveralcoveragepredictionsatthesametime,Atolldoesnottakethe
geographicexportzoneintoconsideration.Thegeographicexportzoneisonlytakeninto
considerationforrasterfileformats.
1.6 WorkingwithDataTables
Atollstoresobjectdata(sites,transmitters,cells,repeaters,antennas,etc.)intheformoftables,containingalltheirparam
etersandcharacteristics.Thedatacontainedinpredictionreportsarealsostoredintheformoftables.
Youcanaddcolumnstothedatatableandyoucandeletecertaincolumns.Whenyoucreateanewcolumn,youcancreatea
defaultvalueforafieldyoucreate.Youcanalsocreatealistofchoices(fortextfields)fromwhichtheusercanchoosewhen
fillinginthefield.
Youcanfilter,sort,andgroupthedatacontainedinthesetables,andviewastatisticalanalysisofthedata.Youcanalsoexport
thedataorimportdataintotheAtolldatatables.Theoptionsforworkingwithdatatablesareavailablefromthecontext
menuorfromtheTabletoolbardisplayedabovethetable.
Atollallowsyoutonavigatethroughthedataintablesbyeitherusingtheverticalorhorizontalscrollbars,themousewheel,
orbymovingthroughthetablecellbycellusingthecursorkeysorthetabkey.
"OpeningaDataTable"onpage70
"Adding,Deleting,andEditingDataTableFields"onpage70
"EditingtheContentsofaTable"onpage76
69
Forsk2013
"OpeninganObjectsRecordPropertiesDialoguefromaTable"onpage72
"DefiningtheTableFormat"onpage73
"CopyingandPastinginTables"onpage77
"ViewingaStatisticalAnalysisofTableContents"onpage79
"ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets"onpage80
"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81
"ExportingTablestoXMLFiles"onpage82
"ImportingTablesfromXMLFiles"onpage83.
1.6.1 OpeningaDataTable
Toopenadatatable:
1. SelecttheNetworkorParametersexplorer.
2. Rightclickthedatafolderofwhichyouwanttodisplaythedatatable.
3. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.
1.6.2 Adding,Deleting,andEditingDataTableFields
Thedataforeachobjecttypeisstoredintheformofadatatable.EverydatatableinAtolliscreatedwithadefaultsetof
columns,eachcorrespondingtoafield.Inthissection,thefollowingfunctionsareexplained:
"AccessinganObjectTypesTableFields"onpage70
"AddingaFieldtoanObjectTypesDataTable"onpage71
"DeletingaFieldfromanObjectTypesDataTable"onpage72
1.6.2.1 AccessinganObjectTypesTableFields
Thefieldscontainedinanobjecttypestablearedefinedinadialogue.
Toaccessanobjecttypestablefields:
1. IntheNetworkorParametersexplorer,openthedatatableasdescribedin"OpeningaDataTable"onpage70.
2. Rightclickthetableinthemapwindow.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectTableFieldsfromthecontextmenu.Adialogueappearswhereyoucanviewtheexistingfieldsandaddor
deletenewones.
Thedialoguedisplaysthefollowinginformationforeachtypeofdata(seeFigure1.17):
Name:Thenameofthefieldinthedatabase.
Legend:Thenameofthefieldasitappearsintheuserinterface.
Legendsofsomefieldsmaybefollowedby:
70
"(NOTUSED)"indicatingthatthefieldisnotusedinthecurrentAtollrelease.The
correspondingcolumnishiddeninthedatatable.
"(OBSOLETE)"indicatingthatthefieldisobsoleteandwillberemovedinafuture
Atollrelease.Thecorrespondingcolumnisnotavailableinthedatatable.
Type:Thetypeofthefield.
Size:Themaximumsizeofthefield.
Default:Thedefaultvalueofthefield.
Group:Thegrouptowhichthefieldbelongs.WhenopeninganAtolldocumentfromadatabase,youcanselecta
groupofcustomfieldstobeloadedfromthedatabase,insteadofloadingallcustomfields.
AT320_UM_E0
Figure1.17:TheTabletab
ItisalsopossibletosetdefaultvaluesandchoicelistsforstandardAtolldatabasefields.
Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
1.6.2.2 AddingaFieldtoanObjectTypesDataTable
Youcanaddacustomfieldtoanyobjecttypesdatatable.
Toaddacustomfieldtoanobjecttypesdatatable:
1. Accesstheobjecttypestablefieldsasexplainedin"AccessinganObjectTypesTableFields"onpage70.
2. ClickAdd.TheFieldDefinitiondialogueappears(seeFigure1.18).
3. TheFieldDefinitiondialoguehasthefollowingtextboxes:
Name:EntertheNameforthefieldthatwillappearinthedatabase
Type:Selectatypeforthefield(text,shortinteger,longinteger,single,double,true/false,date/time,orcurrency)
Size:TheSizefieldisonlyavailableifyouhaveselected"text"astheType.Enterasizeincharacters.
Group:Ifdesired,youcandefineaGroupthatthiscustomfieldwillbelongto.WhenyouopenanAtolldocument
fromadatabase,youcanthenselectaspecificgroupofcustomfieldstobeloadedfromthedatabase,insteadof
loadingallcustomfields.
Legend:EnterthenameforthefieldthatwillappearintheAtolluserinterface.
Readonly:SelecttheReadonlycheckboxifyouwantthecustomfieldtobenonmodifiableintheuserinterface.
Defaultvalue:Ifyouwant,enteradefaultvaluethatwillappeareachtimeyoucreateanewrecordofthisobject
type.
Choicelist:TheChoicelistfieldisonlyavailableifyouhaveselected"text"astheType.Youcancreateachoice
listbyenteringthelistitemsintheChoicelisttextboxandpressingENTERaftereachlistitem,keepingeachchoice
onaseparateline.
SelecttheRestrictedcheckboxifyouwantthecustomfieldtoonlyacceptvalueslistedintheChoicelisttextbox.
CleartheRestrictedcheckboxifyouwanttoallowuserstoentervaluesotherthanthoseinthechoicelist.
4. ClickOKtoreturntotheobjecttypetable.
Userorcustomfieldsareforinformationonlyandarenottakenintoaccountinanycalcu
lation.YoucanfindthesefieldsontheOtherPropertiestabofanobjecttypesProperties
dialogue.
71
Forsk2013
Figure1.18:TheFieldDefinitiondialogue
1.6.2.3 DeletingaFieldfromanObjectTypesDataTable
Youcandeletecustomfieldsfromanobjecttypesdatatable.Customfieldsarethefieldsthattheuseraddstoanobject
typesdatatable,asexplainedin"AddingaFieldtoanObjectTypesDataTable"onpage71.
Todeleteacustomfieldfromanobjecttypesdatatable:
Alldatastoredinthefieldwillbelostwhenyoudeletethefielditself.Makesurethatyou
arenotdeletingimportantinformation.
1. Accesstheobjecttypestablefieldsasexplainedin"AccessinganObjectTypesTableFields"onpage70.
2. Selectthecustomfieldthatyouwanttodelete.
Somefieldscannotbedeleted.IfyouselectafieldandtheDeletebuttonremains
unavailable,theselectedfieldisnotacustomfieldandcannotbedeleted.
3. ClickDelete.Thefieldisdeletedfromtheobjecttypesdatatable.
1.6.3 OpeninganObjectsRecordPropertiesDialoguefromaTable
YoucanopentheRecordPropertiesdialogueofanobject,forexample,asite,antenna,transmitter,orcell,fromitsdatatable.
ToopentheRecordPropertiesdialogueofanobject:
1. Openthedatatableasexplainedin"OpeningaDataTable"onpage70.
2. Rightclicktherecordwhosepropertiesyouwanttosee.
3. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
YoucanalsoopentheRecordPropertiesdialoguebydoubleclickingtherecord.Toavoid
editingtherecordwhenyoudoubleclick,doubleclicktheleftmarginoftherecordinstead
oftherecorditself.YoucanalsoselecttherecordandclicktheRecordPropertiesbutton
(
72
)intheTabletoolbar.
AT320_UM_E0
1.6.4 DefiningtheTableFormat
Atollletsyouformatthedatatablessothatthedatapresentedismorelegibleorbetterpresented.Youcanchangetheformat
ofthedatatableby:
"FormattingtheColumnHeaders"onpage73
"FormattingTableCells"onpage73
"ChangingColumnWidthorRowHeight"onpage73
"DisplayingorHidingaColumn"onpage74
"FreezingorUnfreezingaColumn"onpage75
"MovingColumns"onpage75
FormattingtheColumnHeaders
Todefinetheformatofthecolumnheaders:
2. Rightclickthetable.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectFormat>HeaderFormatfromthecontextmenu.TheFormatdialogueappears.
4. TheFormatdialoguehasthefollowingtabs:
Font:YoucanselecttheFont,Outline(thefontstyle),fontSize,Effects,andTextcolour.
Colour:YoucanselectthecolourofthecolumnheadersbyselectingaForegroundcolour,aBackgroundcolour,
andapatternfromthelistbox.Youcanalsoselecta3DEffectfortheheader.
Borders:YoucanselecttheBorder,theType,andtheColourforeachcolumnheader.
Alignment:YoucanselectboththeHorizontalandVerticalalignmentofthecolumnheadertext.TheAlignment
tabhasadditionaloptionsaswell,allowingyoutoenableWraptext,Autosize,andAllowenter.
5. ClickOK.
FormattingTableCells
Todefinetheformatofthetablecells:
3. SelectFormat>CellFormatfromthecontextmenu.TheFormatdialogueappears.
4. TheFormatdialoguehasthefollowingtabs:
Font:YoucanselecttheFont,Outline(thefontstyle),fontSize,Effects,andTextColour.
Colour:Youcanselectthebackgroundcolour(Interior)ofthecolumnheaders,byselectingaForegroundcolour,
aBackgroundcolour,andapatternfromthelistbox.Youcanalsoselecta3DEffectfortheheader.
Borders:YoucanselecttheBorder,theType,andtheColourforeachcolumnheader.
Alignment:YoucanselectboththeHorizontalandVerticalalignmentofthecolumnheadertext.TheAlignment
tabhasadditionaloptionsaswell,allowingyoutoenableWraptext,Autosize,andAllowenter.
5. ClickOK.
ChangingColumnWidthorRowHeight
Youcanchangethecolumnwidthandrowheightinadatatable.Whenyouchangethecolumnwidth,youchangethewidth
onlyfortheselectedcolumn.Whenyouchangetherowheight,however,youchangetherowheightforeveryrowinthe
table.
Tochangethecolumnwidth:
2. Clicktheborderseparatingtwocolumnheadersanddragtochangethecolumnwidth(seeFigure1.19).
Tochangetherowheight:
2. Clicktheborderseparatingtworowsanddragtochangetherowheight(seeFigure1.20).
Thewidthorheightofthecolumnsorrowschangeonceyoureleasethemouse.
73
Forsk2013
Figure1.19:Changingcolumnwidth
Figure1.20:Changingrowheight
DisplayingorHidingaColumn
Youcanchoosewhichcolumnsindatatablestodisplayorhide.
Todisplayorhideacolumn:
3. SelectDisplayColumnsfromthecontextmenuorclicktheDisplayColumnsbutton(
ColumnstoBeDisplayeddialogueappears(seeFigure1.21).
)intheTabletoolbar.The
4. Todisplayacolumn,selectitscheckbox.
5. Tohideacolumn,clearitscheckbox.
YoucanalsohideacolumnbyrightclickingonitsheaderandselectingHideColumns
fromthecontextmenuorbyclickingtheHideColumnsbutton(
)intheTable
toolbar.YoucanhidemorethanonecolumnbypressingCTRLwhileselectingthe
columnsandthenclickingtheHideColumnsbutton(
6. ClickClose.
74
).
AT320_UM_E0
Figure1.21:TheColumnstoBeDisplayeddialogue
FreezingorUnfreezingaColumn
InAtoll,youcanfreezeoneormorecolumnsofadatatablesothattheyalwaysremainvisibleasyouscrollhorizontally
throughthetable.Forexample,whilescrollingthroughtheSitestable,youmightwanttohavetheNamecolumnalwaysvisi
ble.Youcankeepthiscolumn,oranyothercolumnvisible,byfreezingit.
Tofreezeacolumn:
2. Selecttheheaderofthecolumnyouwanttofreeze.Clickanddragoverseveralheaderstoselectmorethanone
columntofreeze.
Youcanonlyfreezeadjacentcolumns.
3. RightclicktheselectedheaderorheadersandselectFreezeColumnsfromthecontextmenuorclicktheFreezeCol
umnsbutton(
)intheTabletoolbar.Frozencolumnsaregroupedtotheleftofthetableandseparatedfromother
columnswithaverticalredline.
Youcannotfreezeacolumninareporttable.
Tounfreezecolumns:
RightclickthetableandselectUnfreezeAllColumnsfromthecontextmenuorclicktheUnfreezeAllColumnsbutton
(
)intheTabletoolbar.
MovingColumns
InAtoll,youcanchangethecolumnordersothatyoucangroupsimilarcolumnsorpresentdatainadeterminedorder.
Tomoveacolumn:
2. Selecttheheaderofthecolumnyouwanttomove.Clickanddragoverseveralheaderstoselectmorethanone
columntomove.
Youcanonlymoveseveralcolumnsatthesametimewhentheyareadjacent.
3. Clickagainontheselectedcolumnanddragtothedesiredarea.Asyoudragthecolumn,thepositionthecolumnwill
occupyisindicatedbyaredline(seeFigure1.22).
75
Forsk2013
Figure1.22:Movingcolumns
4. Releasethemousecolumntoplacethecolumn.
ItmightbenecessarytoclickRefresh
intheMaptoolbarforyourchangestoappear.
1.6.5 EditingtheContentsofaTable
YoucaneditthecontentofatableinAtollinseveraldifferentways:
"EditingTableEntriesDirectlyintheTable"onpage76
"CopyingandPastinginTables"onpage77
"SearchingforandReplacingTextEntriesinTables"onpage79.
1.6.5.1 EditingTableEntriesDirectlyintheTable
Toedittableentriesdirectlyinthetable:
1. ClicktheNetworkorParametersexplorer.
2. Rightclickthedatafolderofwhichyouwanttodisplaythedatatable.
4. Editthecontentofthetablebyenteringthevaluedirectlyinthefield(seeFigure1.23).
5. Clickelsewhereinthetablewhenyouhavefinishedupdatingthetable.Yourchangesareautomaticallysaved.
Ifalistofoptionshasbeendefinedforafield,youcanselectavaluefromthelist(see
Figure1.24)orenteranewvalue.
Figure1.23:Editingdatainthetransmittersdatatables
76
AT320_UM_E0
Figure1.24:Choosingdatainthetransmittersdatatables
1.6.5.2 CopyingandPastinginTables
InAtoll,youcancopyandpastedataintablesusingtheCopy(CTRL+C),Cut(CTRL+X),andPaste(CTRL+V)commandsonthe
Editmenu.Youcancopyandpastedatatocreatenewelementsoryoucancopyandpastethesamedataintoseveralcells.
Inthissection,thefollowingisexplained:
1.6.5.2.1
"CopyingandPastingaTableElement"onpage77
"PastingtheSameDataintoSeveralCells"onpage77.
CopyingandPastingaTableElement
Youcancreateanewelementintablesbycopyinganexistingelement,pastingitintoanewrowandeditingthedetailsthat
aredifferent.
EachelementinatablemusthaveauniqueName.
Tocreateanewelementbycopyingandpasting:
2. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowcontainingtheelementtoselecttheentirerow.
3. SelectEdit>Copytocopythetablerow.
4. ClickintheleftmarginofthetablerowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
)toselecttheentirerow.
5. SelectEdit>Pastetopastethecopieddataintothenewrow.Atoll,createsanewelementfromthecopieddata.The
nameofthenewelementisthesameasthatofthecopiedelement,precededby"Copyof."Youcaneditthisname.
1.6.5.2.2
PastingtheSameDataintoSeveralCells
Youcanpastethesamedataintoseveralcells,usingFillUporFillDown.
Topastethesamedataintoseveralcells:
2. Clickonthecellwiththedatayouwanttocopyanddragtoselectthecellsintowhichyouwanttocopythedata(see
Figure1.25).
77
Forsk2013
Figure1.25:Selectingthecells
3. Copyintotheselectedcells:
Tocopythecontentsofthetopcelloftheselectionintotheothercells,rightclicktheselectionandselectEdit>
FillDownfromthecontextmenuorclicktheFillDownbutton(
)intheTabletoolbar(seeFigure1.26).
Figure1.26:Copyingthecontentsofthetopcell
Tocopythecontentsofthebottomcelloftheselectionintotheothercells,rightclicktheselectionandselect
Edit>FillUpfromthecontextmenuorclicktheFillUpbutton(
)intheTabletoolbar(seeFigure1.27).
Figure1.27:Copyingthecontentsofthebottomcell
78
AT320_UM_E0
1.6.5.3 SearchingforandReplacingTextEntriesinTables
InAtoll,youcansearchforandreplacetextstringsinthetableentries:
1.6.5.3.1
"SearchingforTextEntriesinTables"onpage79
"ReplacingTextEntriesinTables"onpage79
SearchingforTextEntriesinTables
InAtoll,youcansearchfortextstringsinthetableentries.
Tosearchfortextstringsinatable:
1. PressCTRL+SHIFT+F.TheFinddialogueappears.
YoucanalsoclicktheFindbutton(
)inthetabletoolbar.
2. IntheFindbutton,definewhatyouwanttofind:
a. EnterthetextyouwanttofindintheFindwhatbox.
b. SelectwhetheryouwanttosearchUporDownfromyourcurrentpositioninthetable.
c. Ifdesired,selecttheMatchcasecheckbox.
3. ClickFindNext.
1.6.5.3.2
ReplacingTextEntriesinTables
InAtoll,youcansearchforandreplacetextstringsinthetableentries.
Tosearchforandreplacetextstringsinatable:
1. PressCTRL+SHIFT+R.TheReplacedialogueappears.
YoucanalsoclicktheReplacebutton(
)inthetabletoolbar.
2. IntheReplacebutton,definethetextyouwanttofindandreplace:
a. EnterthetextyouwanttofindintheFindwhatbox.
b. EnterthetextyouwanttoreplacethetextintheFindwhatboxintheReplacewithbox.
c. Ifdesired,selecttheMatchcasecheckbox.
3. ClickFindNext.AtollproceedstothenextentryofthetextenteredintheFindwhatbox.
Youcanreplacethetextfound:
Replace:AtollreplacestheselectedtextwiththeentryintheReplacewithbox.
ReplaceAll:AtollreplacesalloccurrencesofthetextintheFindwhatboxwiththeentryintheReplacewithbox.
1.6.6 ViewingaStatisticalAnalysisofTableContents
Youcanviewastatisticalanalysisofthecontentsofanentirecolumninatableorofthecontentsofaselectionofcells.
Toviewastatisticalanalysisoftablecontents:
2. Selectthecolumndatayouwanttoanalyse:
Toviewastatisticalanalysisofanentirecolumn:
Clickthecolumntitle.Theentirecolumnisselected.
Toviewastatisticalanalysisofaselectionofcellsinonecolumn:
Selectthecellsyouwanttoanalyse.Youcanselectcontiguouscellsbyclickingthefirstcellanddraggingtothe
lastcelloftheselectionyouwanttoanalyse,orbyclickingthefirstcell,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastcell.
YoucanselectnoncontiguouscellsbypressingCTRLandclickingeachcellinthecolumnseparately.
InAtollyoucanorganisedatainseveraldifferentways,allowingyoutoselectonly
certaindata.Formoreinformation,see"Grouping,Sorting,andFilteringData"on
page88.
3. Rightclicktheselectionofcells.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectStatisticsfromthecontextmenu.TheStatisticsdialogueappears(seeFigure1.28).
79
Forsk2013
Figure1.28:TheStatisticsdialogue
Thestatisticsdisplayeddependonthetypeofnumericaldataselected.IfyouleavetheStatisticsdialogueopen,you
canviewthestatisticalanalysisofothercellsbyselectingtheminthetable.ThecontentsoftheStatisticsdialogueare
updatedautomatically.
1.6.7 ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets
YoucanexportentireAtolldatatables,orselectedcolumns,toASCIItextfiles(intextandcommaseparatedvalueformats),
MSExcelfiles(XLS),andXMLSpreadsheet2003files(XML).YoucanopenXMLSpreadsheet2003filesinMSExcel2003and
later.UnlikeXLSfiles,XMLSpreadsheetfilesarenotlimitedto65,536rowsand256columns.
Toexportatable:
3. SelectExportfromthecontextmenu.TheExportdialogueappears.Youcanseehowtheexportedtablewillappear
inthePreviewpane(seeFigure1.29).
Figure1.29:Exportingadatatable
4. SelecttheHeadercheckboxifyouwanttoexportthenamesofthecolumnswiththedata.
5. SelectaDecimalSymbolfromthelist.
6. SelectaFieldSeparatorfromthelist.
7. Selectthefields(displayedascolumnsinthetable)youwanttoexport.Youcandisplayallthefieldsbelongingtoa
tablebyclickingtheExpandbutton( )totheleftofthetablename.Youcanselectcontiguousfieldsbyclickingthe
80
AT320_UM_E0
firstfield,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastfield.YoucanselectnoncontiguousfieldsbypressingCTRLandclicking
eachfieldseparately.
a. Toselectafieldtobeexported,selectthefieldintheAvailableFieldsboxandclick
portedFieldslist.AllfieldsintheExportedFieldslistwillbeexported.
tomoveittotheEx
b. ToremoveafieldfromthelistofExportedFields,selectthefieldintheExportedFieldslistandclick
moveit.
tore
c. Tochangetheorderofthefields,selectafieldandclick or tomoveitupordowninthelist.Thefieldsatthe
topoftheExportedFieldsappearattheleftoftheexportedtable.
YoucansavethechoicesyouhavemadeintheExportdialogueasaconfigurationfileby
clickingtheSavebuttonatthetopofthedialogueandenteringanameforthefileinthe
SaveAsdialoguethatappears.Thenexttimeyouexportadatatable,youcanclickLoad
intheExportdialoguetoopenyourconfigurationfilewiththesamesettingsyouusedthis
time.
8. ClickExport.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
9. IntheSaveAsdialogue,entertheFilenameandselecttheformatfromtheSaveastypelist.
10. ClickSavetoexportthetable.
YoucanexporttheSitesandTransmitterstablestotextfilesbyselectingthefolderorviewintheNetworkexplorerandpress
ingCTRL+E.
Forinformationonimportingdataintoadatatable,see"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81.
1.6.8 ImportingTablesfromTextFiles
YoucanimportdataintheformofASCIItextfiles(inTXTandCSVformats)intoAtolldatatables.
Toimportatable:
3. SelectImportfromthecontextmenu.TheOpendialogueappears.
4. SelecttheASCIItextfileyouwanttoopenandclickOpen.TheImportdialogueappears(seeFigure1.30).
Figure1.30:Importinginformationintoadatatable
81
Forsk2013
5. IfthefilewascreatedusingadifferentCoordinatesystem,clicktheBrowsebutton(
)toselectthecoordinate
system the file was created with. Atoll will convert the coordinates in the imported file to match the coordinate
systemusedintheAtolldocument.
6. Enterthenumberofthefirstlineofdatainthe1stDataLinebox.
7. SelectaDecimalSymbolfromthelist.
8. SelectaFieldSeparatorfromthelist.
9. SelecttheUpdateRecordscheckboxifyouwanttoreplacethedataofrecordsalreadyexistinginthetable.
Atollcomparesthevaluesintheleftmostcolumnofthedatatobeimportedwiththe
valuesinthesamecolumnofthedatatabletoseeifrecordsalreadyexist.Thevaluesof
theserecordsarereplacedwhentheUpdateRecordscheckboxisselected.IftheUpdate
Recordscheckboxisnotselected,theserecordsarenotimported.
10. UnderFieldMapping,therearetwoheaderrows:
Source:Thecolumnheadersfromthetextfileyouareimporting.
Destination:ThecolumnheadersfromtheAtolldatatable.
AlignthecontentofthesourcefilewiththecontentofthedestinationfilebyclickingthecolumnheaderintheDesti
nationrowand selectingthecorrespondingcolumnfromtheAtolldatafile (seeFigure1.30).Select <Ignore> for
sourcefilecolumnsthatyoudonotwanttoimport.
Youcanchangethewidthofthecolumnstomakethecontentseasiertoworkwith.See
"ChangingColumnWidthorRowHeight"onpage73.
YoucansavethechoicesyouhavemadeintheImportdialogueasaconfigurationfileby
clickingtheSavebuttonatthetopofthedialogueandenteringanameforthefileinthe
SaveAsdialoguethatappears.Thenexttimeyouexportadatatable,youcanclickLoad
intheImportdialoguetoopenyourconfigurationfilewiththesamesettingsyouusedthis
time.
11. ClickImport.ThecontentsareimportedinthecurrentAtolldatatable.
YoucanimportdatafromtextfilesintotheSitesandTransmitterstablesbyselectingthefolderorviewintheNetwork
explorerandpressingCTRL+I.
Forinformationonexportingtheinformationinadatatableintoatextfile,see"ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpread
sheets"onpage80.
1.6.9 ExportingTablestoXMLFiles
YoucanexportthedatatablesinyourAtolldocumenttoXMLfiles.YoucanuseXMLtoexchangeinformationbetweenAtoll
andtheOMC.
AtollcreatesoneXMLfileforeachexporteddatatable,andanindex.xmlfilethatcontainsthemappingbetweenthetables
thatwereexportedandtheXMLfilescorrespondingtoeachdatatable.Theindex.xmlfilealsostorestheinformationonthe
system(GSM,UMTS,etc.),thetechnology(TDMA,CDMA,TDSCDMA,etc.),andtheversionofAtollwithwhichtheXMLfiles
werecreated.FormoreinformationabouttheformatsoftheXMLfiles,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
ToexportallthedatatablesinyourdocumenttoXMLfiles:
1. SelectDocument>DataExchange>XMLExport.TheBrowseforFolderdialogueappears.
2. SelectthefolderwheretheXMLfilesaretobestored.ClicktheMakeNewFolderbuttonifyouwanttocreateanew
foldertostoretheXMLfiles.
3. ClickOK.AllthedatatablesinthedocumentareexportedtoXMLfiles.
ForinformationonimportingthedatatablesfromXMLfilesintoyourdocument,see"ImportingTablesfromXMLFiles"on
page83.
82
AT320_UM_E0
1.6.10 ImportingTablesfromXMLFiles
YoucanimportdatatablesintoyourAtolldocumentfromXMLfiles.YoucanuseXMLtoexchangeinformationbetweenAtoll
andtheOMC.
InorderforAtolltobeabletocorrectlyimportthedatatablesfromXMLfiles,theXMLfilesandthecurrentAtolldocument
mustusethesamesystem(GSM,UMTS,etc.),thetechnology(TDMA,CDMA,TDSCDMA,etc.),andtheAtollversionusedto
createtheXMLfilesmustbethesameastheversionusedtoimportthedata.Formoreinformationabouttheformatsofthe
XMLfiles,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
ToimportdatatablesintoyourdocumentfromXMLfiles:
1. SelectDocument>DataExchange>XMLImport.TheBrowseforFolderdialogueappears.
2. Selectthefolderwheretheindex.xmlfileislocated.
3. ClickOK.ThedatatablesfromtheXMLfileslistedintheindex.xmlfileareimportedinthedocument.
Tablesareimportedinthesameordertheyappearintheindex.xmlfile.Donotmodifythe
orderoftablesintheindex.xmlfilebecausetheorderinwhichthedataisimportedisvery
important;somedatamustbeimportedbeforeotherdata.Forexample,antennasusedby
transmittersmustbeimportedbeforethetransmittersthemselves.
Whenthedatatablesareimported:
DatathatexistbothinthetablesandintheXMLfilesareoverwrittenbythedatafromtheXMLfiles.
DatathatexistonlyinthetablesandnotintheXMLfilesarenotdeletedfromthetables.
DatathatonlyexistintheXMLfilesandnotinthetablesareimportedfromtheXMLfilesasnewrecordsinthetables.
Oncetheimportiscomplete,Atollperformsadatabaseintegritycheckandaduplicaterecordschecktoensurethatthe
importdidnotcreatedatabaseproblems.
ForinformationonexportingthedatatablesinyourdocumenttoXMLfiles,see"ExportingTablestoXMLFiles"onpage82.
1.7 PrintinginAtoll
InAtoll,youcanprintanypartofyourdocument,includingmaps,datatables,documentreports,andantennapatterns.When
printingamap,Atollenablesyoutodefinetheareatobeprinted.Additionally,youcandefinethelayout,forexample,you
canaddalogoorgraphicelement,oralegend.
"PrintingDataTablesandReports"onpage83
"PrintingaMap"onpage83
"PrintingaDockingWindow"onpage87
"PrintingAntennaPatterns"onpage88.
1.7.1 PrintingDataTablesandReports
DatatablesandreportsarebothpresentedintabularformatinAtollandcan,therefore,beprintedinthesameway.
Ifyouwanttoseehowthetablewillappearonceprinted,see"PreviewingYourPrinting"onpage87.
Toprintatable:
2. Ifyouwanttoprintanareaofthetable,selectitbyclickinginonecorneroftheareaanddraggingdiagonallytothe
oppositecorner.
3. SelectFile>Print.
4. Ifyouwanttoprintonlyaselectedarea,chooseSelectedinthePrintdialogue.
5. ClickOKtoprint.
1.7.2 PrintingaMap
YoucanprintamapinAtollandcreateapapercopyofcoveragepredictions,etc.Atolloffersseveraloptionsallowingyouto
customiseandoptimisetheprintedmap.Atollsupportsprintingtoavarietyofpapersizes,includingA4andA0.
Beforeyouprintamap,youhavethefollowingoptions:
83
Youcandefineanareaofthemaptobeprintedinoneofthefollowingways:
Forsk2013
Byselectingtheprintarea(see"DefiningthePrintingZone"onpage84).
Bycreatingafocuszone(see"TheFocusZoneandHotSpots"onpage56)andthenoptingtoprintonlythecon
tentsofthefocuszone(see"DefiningthePrintLayout"onpage86).
Youcanacceptthedefaultlayoutoryoucanmodifytheprintlayout(see"DefiningthePrintLayout"onpage86).
Youcanseehowthemapwillappearonceprinted(see"PreviewingYourPrinting"onpage87).
Printinggraphicsisamemoryintensiveoperationandcanmakeheavydemandsonyour
printer.Beforeprintingforthefirsttime,youshouldreviewthe"Printing
Recommendations"onpage84toavoidanymemoryrelatedproblems.
Toprintamap:
1. Selectthedocumentwindowcontainingthemap.
2. Younowhavethefollowingoptionsbeforeprintingthemap:
Youcandefineanareaofthemaptoprintwithaprintingzone(see"DefiningthePrintingZone"onpage84)or
withafocuszone(see"TheFocusZoneandHotSpots"onpage56).
Youcanmodifytheprintlayout("DefiningthePrintLayout"onpage86).
Youcanseehowthemapwillappearonceprinted(see"PreviewingYourPrinting"onpage87).
3. SelectFile>Print.
4. ClickOK.
1.7.2.1 PrintingRecommendations
Theappearanceofthemapisdeterminedbythearrangementandpropertiesoftheobjectsthemapcontains.ObjectsinAtoll
arearrangedinlayers.Thelayersonthetop(asarrangedontheNetworkandGeotabs)arethemostvisibleonthescreen
andinprint.Thevisibilityofthelowerlayersdependsonwhichlayersareaboveitandonthetransparencyoftheselayers
(forinformationontransparency,see"DefiningtheTransparencyofObjectsandObjectTypes"onpage45).
Beforeprintingamap,itisrecommendedtoorganisethelayersfromtoptobottomasfollows,whenadocumentcontains
surfacelayers(rastermapsorpolygonalvectormaps),lines(vectorssuchasroads,orairport),andpoints(measurements,
etc.):
Points(vectors)
RoadsandLines(vectors)
Surfacepolygons(vectors)
Multiformatmapspopulation,trafficmaps(vectororraster),andothers
Clutterclassmaps(transparentrastermaps)
Images,DTM,orclutterheightmaps(nontransparentmaps).
Sitesandtransmittersmustbeabovealltheotherlayers.Forthisreason,visibleobjectsintheNetworkexplorer,forexample,
sites,transmitters,andpredictions,aredisplayedaboveobjectsintheGeoexplorer.Forperformancereasons,however,itis
stronglyrecommendedtoputvectorlayers,suchasroads,overpredictions.Thiswillensurethatthesevectorlayersarevisible
whenyouprintthemap.
ToputvectorlayersintheGeoexploreroverpredictions:
2. RightclickthevectorlayeryouwanttomovetotheNetworkexplorer.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectMovetoNetworkfromthecontextmenu.
5. DragthevectorlayertoapositionabovePredictionsbutbelowSites,Antennas,andTransmitters.
1.7.2.2 DefiningthePrintingZone
Youcandefinetheareaofthemaptobeprintedbycreatingaprintingzone.
Tocreateaprintingzone:
3. RightclickthePrintingZonefolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
84
DrawPolygon
AT320_UM_E0
i.
DrawRectangle
i.
Clickthepointonthemapthatwillbeonecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinetheprintingzone.
ii. Dragtotheoppositecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinetheprintingzone.Whenyoureleasethemouse,
theprintingzonewillbecreatedfromtherectangledefinedbythetwocorners.
Theprintingzoneisdelimitedbyalightgreenline(seeFigure1.31).Ifyoucleartheprintingzonesvisibilitycheckbox
intheZonesfolderintheGeoexplorer,itwillnolongerbedisplayedbutwillstillbetakenintoaccount.
Figure1.31:Printingzone
Youcanalsocreateaprintingzoneasfollows:
)andNewRectangle(
Editortoolbartodrawtheprintingzone.
Existingpolygon:YoucanuseanyexistingpolygonasaprintingzonebyrightclickingitonthemaporintheGeo
explorerandselectingUseAs>PrintingZonefromthecontextmenu.Youcanalsocombineanexistingprintingzone
withanyexistingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheGeoexplorerandselectingAddTo>PrintingZone
fromthecontextmenu.The"effective"resultingprintingzonewillbetherectangleencompassingtheseveralpoly
gonscomposingtheprintingzone.
Importingapolygon:Ifyouhaveafilewithanexistingpolygon,youcanimportitanduseitasaprintingzone.You
canimportitbyrightclickingthePrintingZonefolderintheGeoexplorerandselectingImportfromthecontext
menu.
FitZonetoMapWindow:YoucancreateaprintingzonethesizeofthemapwindowbyrightclickingthePrinting
ZonefolderandselectingFitZonetoMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
Onceyouhavecreatedaprintingzone,youcanchangeitssizebydraggingtheedgesofthezonedisplayedontherulersof
themapwindow.YoucanalsouseAtollspolygoneditingtoolstoedittheprintingzone.Formoreinformationonthepolygon
editingtools,see"UsingPolygonZoneEditingTools"onpage57.
Youcansavetheprintingzone,sothatyoucanuseitinadifferentAtolldocument,inthe
followingways:
Savingtheprintingzoneintheuserconfiguration:Forinformationonsavingthe
printingzoneinauserconfiguration,see"SavingaUserConfiguration"onpage98.
Exportingtheprintingzone:Youcanexportthegeographicexportzonebyright
clickingthePrintingZoneintheGeoexplorerandselectingExportfromthecon
textmenu.
85
Forsk2013
1.7.2.3 DefiningthePrintLayout
YoucanusethePrintSetupdialoguetodefinehowyourmapwillappearwhenyouprintit.OnthePrintSetupdialogue,you
can:
Setthescaleofthemap.
Choosetoprinttherulerswiththemap.
Choosetoprinttheareaoutsidethefocuszone.
Choosetoprintthelegend.
Addatitle,comment,logo,header,orfooter.
Selectpapersizeandsource,aswellasthepageorientationandthemargins.
Thesesettingscanbesavedasaconfiguration,allowingyoutodefineastandardappearancewhichyoucanthenloadand
usethenexttimeyouprintasimilardocument.
Todefinetheappearanceofthemapwhenitisprinted:
1. SelectFile>PrintSetup.ThePrintSetupdialogueappears.YoudefinetheprintsetuponthePagetab,theCompo
nentstab,andtheHeader/Footertab.Youcanseeanychangesyoumakeintheschematicpreviewontherightside
ofthePrintSetupdialogue.
Ifyouhavepreviouslydefinedaconfigurationfilecontainingallthenecessarysettings,you
canclicktheLoadbuttonunderConfigurationfiletoimportthosesettings.
2. ClickthePagetab.OnthePagetab,youcandefinethepagesize,margins,andorientationandthescaleoftheprinted
map:
a. UnderOrientation,selectwhetherthepageshouldbeprintedinPortraitorLandscape.
b. UnderPaper,selecttheSizeofthepaperand,optionally,theSourceofthepaper.
c. UnderScaling,definethescaleoftheprintedimageeitherbyselectingFittopage,orbyselectingScaleandde
finingthescale.
d. UnderMargins,setthemarginsofthepageinmillimetres.
3. ClicktheComponentstab.
a. UnderMap,youcandefinetheappearanceoftheprintedmap:
SelecttheRulerscheckboxifyouwanttoprintthemapwithascalearoundit.
SelecttheAreainsidefocuszoneonlycheckboxifyouonlywanttoprintthepartofthemapinsidethefocus
zone.
b. UnderLegend,youcandefinetheplacementofthelegend.
SelecttheLegendcheckboxifyouwanttoprintalegendwiththemap.
Click a button to set the Position of the legend. The buttons

insidethesquarewillplacethelegendontopofthemap.The
buttonsoutsideofthesquarewillplacethelegendoutsideofthe
map.
ClicktheFontbuttontoopentheFontdialoguetodefinethefontofthelegend.
c. SelecttheCommentscheckboxifyouwanttoprintacommentwiththemapandsetitsPosition.Clickingthe
Propertiesbuttonopensadialoguewhereyoucanentertextandsetvariablessuchasthecurrenttimeanddate.
Ifyouwantthecommenttoappearonthemap(andnotoutsideofit),selecttheOnthemapcheckbox.
4. ClicktheHeader/Footertab.OntheHeader/Footertab,youcansetthepositionofgraphicelements.
a. SelecttheMaptitlecheckboxifyouwanttodefineatitleforthemapandsetitsPosition.ClickingtheProperties
buttonopensadialoguewhereyoucanentertextandsetvariablessuchasthecurrenttimeanddate.Ifyouwant
thetitletoappearonthemap(andnotoutsideofit),selecttheOnthemapcheckbox.
b. UnderLogo1andLogo2,youcandefinegraphicsthatappearforthemap.Thegraphicscanbeacompanylogo
orotherinformation,suchascopyrightinformation,intheformofaBMPgraphic.
i.
86
Fortheselectedlogocheckbox,clickthePropertiesbutton.TheLogodialogueappears.
AT320_UM_E0
Bydefault,AtollsearchesforthelogofilesintheAtollsinstallationfolder.Ifafilenamedlogo.bmpispresent
inthisfolder,itisconsideredasthedefaultheaderlogo.However,youcanselectadifferentfile.
ii. IntheLogodialogue,clickFile.TheOpendialogueappears.
iii. SelecttheyourgraphicinBMPformatandclickOpen.
OnlyBMPgraphicscanbeusedaslogos.Ifyourlogoisinadifferentformat,youmustfirst
convertitusingagraphicsprogrammetotheBMPformat.
iv. SelectthecorrectWidthandHeight(inpixels).
v. ClickOK.
c. SelecttheHeader/FooterNotecheckboxifyouwanttodefineaheaderorfooterforthemapandsetitsPosition.
ClickingthePropertiesbuttonopensadialoguewhereyoucanentertextandsetvariablessuchasthecurrent
timeanddate.Ifyouwanttheheaderorfootertoappearonthemap(andnotoutsideofit),selecttheOnthe
mapcheckbox.
5. Onceyouhavemadeyoursettings,clickOKtoclosethePrintSetupdialogue,orclickPrinttoprintthedocument.
YoucansavethecurrentsettingsasaconfigurationfilebyclickingtheSavebuttonunder
Configurationfile.Thisenablesyoutoreusethesamesettingsthenexttimebyloading
them.
1.7.3 PreviewingYourPrinting
Whenyouwanttoprintmaps,datatables,orreports,youcanpreviewyourprinting.
Topreviewyourprinting:
1. Selectthemaportableyouwanttoprint.
2. SelectFile>PrintPreview.ThePrintPreviewwindowappears.
AtthetopofthePrintPreviewwindow,youcanclickoneofthefollowingbuttons:
ClickthePrintbutton(
)toopenthePrintdialogue.
ClicktheNextPagebutton( )todisplaythefollowingpage
ClickthePreviousPagebutton( )todisplaythepreviouspage.
ClicktheZoomInbutton(
ClicktheZoomOutbutton(
ClicktheToggleOne/TwoPagesDisplaybutton(
ClickClosetoclosetheprintpreview.
)tozoominontheprintpreview.
)tozoomoutontheprintpreview.
)toswitchdisplayfromonetotwopagessidebyside
1.7.4 PrintingaDockingWindow
Youcanprintthecontentofmanydockingwindowsusingthecontextmenu;selectingFile>Printonlyprintsthecontentsof
adocumentwindow,asexplainedin"PrintingaMap"onpage83.Thedockingwindowswhosecontentsyoucanprintare:
LegendWindow(formoreinformationonthistool,see"AddinganObjectTypetotheLegend"onpage47)
PointAnalysisTool
CWMeasurementAnalysisTool(formoreinformationonthistool,seetheMeasurementsandModelCalibration
Guide.
DriveTestDataAnalysisTool
Toprintthecontentofadockingwindow:
1. Openthedockingwindowyouwanttoprint.
IfyouwanttoprintaPointAnalysiswindow,clickthetabyouwanttoprint.
2. Rightclickthewindowyouwanttoprint.
3. SelectPrintfromthecontextmenu.ThePrintdialogueappears.
4. ClickOKtoprint.
87
Forsk2013
1.7.5 PrintingAntennaPatterns
Youcanprintthehorizontalorverticalpatternofanantenna.
Toprintanantennapattern:
1. ClicktheParametersexplorer.
2. OpentheAntennastable:
ToopentheRFAntennastable:
)totheleftoftheRadioNetworkEquipmentfolder.
b. RightclicktheAntennasfolder.
c. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.
3. Rightclicktheantennawhosepatternyouwanttoprint.
4. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThePropertiesdialogueappears.
5. SelecttheHorizontalPatterntabortheVerticalPatterntab.
6. RightclicktheantennapatternandselectLinearorLogarithmicfromthecontextmenu.
7. RightclicktheantennapatternandselectPrintfromthecontextmenu.
1.8 Grouping,Sorting,andFilteringData
InAtollyoucanorganisedatainseveraldifferentways,allowingyoutoselectonlycertaindataandthen,forexample,modify
onlyselecteddataorruncalculationsontheselecteddata.Atollallowsyoutogroup,sort,orfilterdataquicklybyonecrite
rion,orbyseveral.
Afteryouhavedefinedhowyouwillgroup,sort,orfilterdata,youcansavethisinformationasafolderconfiguration.
Inthissectionthefollowingwillbeexplained:
"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88
"SortingData"onpage91
"FilteringData"onpage93
"FolderConfigurations"onpage102
"CreatingandComparingViews"onpage104
1.8.1 GroupingDataObjects
YoucangroupobjectsaccordingtoaselectedpropertyintheNetworkexplorer.Theobjectstobegroupedcanbeinadata
folderorinaview(see"CreatingandComparingViews"onpage104).Youcanalsodefinethepropertiesbywhichyoucan
groupobjects.GroupingobjectsintheNetworkexplorerissimilartosortingdatainthedatatablebecauseitputsallrecords
withtheselectedpropertytogether.
Onceyouhavegroupeddataobjects,youcanaccesstheirPropertiesdialoguefromthecontextmenutoeditpropertieson
allgroupedobjects.Youcansavethegroupingparametersasafolderconfiguration.Forinformation,see"FolderConfigura
tions"onpage102.
Thissectionexplains:
"GroupingDataObjectsbyaSelectedProperty"onpage88
"ConfiguringtheGroupBySubmenu"onpage89
"AdvancedGrouping"onpage90.
Forexamplesofgroupingdataobjects,see"ExamplesofGrouping"onpage90.
1.8.1.1 GroupingDataObjectsbyaSelectedProperty
YoucangroupdataobjectsbyaselectedpropertyusingtheGroupBycommandonthecontextmenu.
Togroupdataobjectsbyaselectedproperty:
2. Rightclickthefolderorviewwhoseobjectsyouwanttogroup.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. FromtheGroupBysubmenu,selectthepropertybywhichyouwanttogrouptheobjects.Theobjectsinthefolder
aregroupedbythatproperty.
88
AT320_UM_E0
If the range of properties available in the Group By submenu has been configured as
explainedin"ConfiguringtheGroupBySubmenu"onpage89,youcanselectadditional
propertiesbyselectingMoreFieldsfromtheGroupBysubmenu.Forinformationonusing
thedialoguethatappears,see"ConfiguringtheGroupBySubmenu"onpage89.
Toundothegrouping:
2. Rightclickthefolderorviewwhoseobjectsyouhavegrouped.
3. Fromthecontextmenu,selectfromtheGroupBy>None.
See"ExamplesofGrouping"onpage90.
1.8.1.2 ConfiguringtheGroupBySubmenu
Some data objects, such as transmitters, have a large number of properties that will appear by default in the Group By
submenu.YoucanmakeiteasiertogroupdataobjectsbyconfiguringtheGroupBysubmenutodisplayonlytheproperties
thatarerelevantforgrouping.
ToconfiguretheGroupBysubmenu:
2. RightclickthefolderwhoseGroupBysubmenuyouwanttoconfigure.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
4. SelecttheGeneraltabofthePropertiesdialogue.
5. ClicktheConfigureMenubuttonnexttotheGroupByfieldthatshowshowthedataobjectsarepresentlygrouped.
TheMenuConfigurationdialogueappears(seeFigure1.32).
Figure1.32:TheMenuConfigurationdialogue
6. SelectthefieldsyouwanttoappearintheGroupBysubmenu.Youcandisplayallthefieldsbelongingtoatableby
clickingtheExpandbutton( )totheleftofthetablename.Youcanselectcontiguousfieldsbyclickingthefirstfield,
pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastfield.YoucanselectnoncontiguousfieldsbypressingCTRLandclickingeachfield
separately.
ToselectafieldtoappearintheGroupBysubmenu,selectthefieldintheAvailablefieldslistandclick
moveittotheGroupingFieldslist.
to
ToremoveafieldfromthelistofGroupingFields,selectthefieldintheGroupingfieldslistandclick
removeit.
to
Tochangetheorderofthefields,selectafieldandclick or tomoveitupordowninthelist.Theobjectswill
begroupedintheorderofthefieldsintheGroupingfieldslist,fromtoptobottom.
7. ClickOKtoclosetheMenuConfigurationdialogueandclickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogue.TheGroupBysub
menuwillnowcontainonlythefieldsyouselected.
89
Forsk2013
1.8.1.3 AdvancedGrouping
Youcangroupdataobjectsbyoneormoreproperties,usingtheGroupBybuttononthePropertiesdialogue.
Togroupdataobjectsbyoneormoreproperties:
4. SelecttheGeneraltabofthePropertiesdialogue.
5. ClicktheGroupBybutton.TheGroupdialogueappears(seeFigure1.33).
Figure1.33:TheGroupdialogue
6. Selectthefieldsbywhichyouwanttogrouptheobjects.Youcanselectcontiguousfieldsbyclickingthefirstfield,
pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastfield.YoucanselectnoncontiguousfieldsbypressingCTRLandclickingeachfield
separately.
Toselectafieldtobeusedtogrouptheobjects,selectthefieldintheAvailableFieldslistandclick
ittotheGroupingFieldslist.
tomove
ToremoveafieldfromthelistofGroupingFields,selectthefieldintheGroupingFieldslistandclick
removeit.
Tochangetheorderofthefields,selectafieldandclick or tomoveitupordowninthelist.Theobjectswill
begroupedintheorderofthefieldsintheGroupingFieldslist,fromtoptobottom.
to
7. ClickOKtoclosetheGroupdialogueandclickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogueandgrouptheobjects.
Toundothegrouping:
3. Fromthecontextmenu,selectfromtheGroupBy>None.
1.8.1.4 ExamplesofGrouping
Inthisexample,thereisanAtolldocumentwithalargenumberofsitesand,therefore,transmitters.Whileitiseasytosee
onthemapwhichtransmittersarepartofwhichsite,intheNetworkexplorer,youcanonlyseeaverylonglistoftransmitters
undertheTransmitterfolder.
ByrightclickingtheTransmitterfolderandselectingGroupBy>Site,youcangroupthetransmittersbythesitetheyare
locatedon.TheresultofgroupingcanbeseeninFigure1.34.
90
AT320_UM_E0
Figure1.34:Transmittersgroupedbysite
Youcanalsogroupobjectsbythecomputationorfocuszone.Younormallycreateacomputationorfocuszonewhenyou
wanttoconcentrateonagivensubsetoftransmitters,forexample,whenyouareworkingonacertainareaofthenetwork.
Bygroupingthembycomputationorfocuszone,thetransmittersyouareworkingonareimmediatelyvisibleundertheTrans
mitterfolder.
ByrightclickingtheTransmitterfolderandselectingGroupBy>Polygon>FocusZone,youcangroupthetransmittersinthe
focuszonetogether.TheresultofgroupingcanbeseeninFigure1.34.Thetransmittersarenowintwogroups:thoseinside
thefocuszoneandthoseoutsidethefocuszone.
Figure1.35:Transmittersgroupedbysite
1.8.2 SortingData
InAtoll,youcansortthedocumentdataeitherinthedatatablesorusingtheSortfunctionofPropertiesdialogue.Youcan
sortthedatainascending(AtoZ,1to10)ordescending(ZtoA,10to1)order.
Youcansortthedatabyeitheroneorbyseveralcolumns.Whenyousortdatabyseveralcolumns,Atollsortstherecordsby
thefirstcolumnandthen,withineachgroupofidenticalvaluesinthefirstcolumn,Atollthensortstherecordsbythesecond
column,andsoon.
Onceyouhavesorteddataobjects,youcansavethesettingsasafolderconfiguration.Forinformation,see"FolderConfigu
rations"onpage102.
Thissectionexplainsthefollowing:
"SortingDatainTables"onpage91
"AdvancedSorting"onpage92
1.8.2.1 SortingDatainTables
Whensortingdataintables,youcansortbyonecolumnorbyseveralcolumns:
"SortingbyOneColumn"onpage91
"SortingbySeveralColumns"onpage92.
SortingbyOneColumn
Tosortdatainatablebyonecolumn:
2. Selecttheheaderofthecolumnthatyouwanttosorton.Theentirecolumnisselected.
3. Rightclickthecolumnheader.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. Fromthecontextmenu,selecthowyouwanttosort:
SortAscending:sortthedatatablerecordsfromthelowestvalueinthereferencecolumntothehighestvalue.
SortDescending:sortthedatatablerecordsfromthehighestvalueinthereferencecolumntothelowestvalue.
91
Forsk2013
Youcanalsosortdatainatablebyselectingthecolumnasdescribedandthenclicking
eithertheSortAscending(
)orSortDescending(
)buttonsintheTabletoolbar.
SortingbySeveralColumns
Youcanonlysortinatablebyadjacentcolumns.Ifyouwanttosortbycolumnsthatarenotadjacent,youcanmovethe
columnsfirstasexplainedin"MovingColumns"onpage75.
Ifyouwanttosortdatabyseveralcolumnswithoutmovingthecolumns,youcanusethe
SortfunctiononthePropertiesdialogue.Forinformation,see"AdvancedSorting"on
page92.
Tosortdatainatablebyseveralcolumns:
2. Clicktheheaderofthefirstcolumnanddragovertheadjacentcolumnsthatwillbeyoursortreferences.Theentire
columnisselected.
3. Rightclickthecolumnheaders.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. Fromthecontextmenu,selecthowyouwanttosort:
SortAscending:sortthedatatablerecordsfromthelowestvalueinthefirstreferencecolumntothehighest
value.
SortDescending:sortthedatatablerecordsfromthehighestvalueinthefirstreferencecolumntothelowest
value.
Youcanalsosortdatainatablebyselectingthecolumnasdescribedandthenclicking
eithertheSortAscending(
)orSortDescending(
)buttonsintheTabletoolbar.
1.8.2.2 AdvancedSorting
YoucansortdatabyseveralcriteriausingtheSortfunctionofthePropertiesdialogue.
TosortdatausingtheSortfunctionofthePropertiesdialogue:
2. Rightclickthefolderwhosedatayouwanttosort.Thecontextmenuappears
4. SelecttheGeneraltabinthePropertiesdialogue.
5. ClicktheSortbutton.TheSortdialogueappears(seeFigure1.36).
6. Forthefirstcolumnyouwanttosorton:
a. SelectthecolumnnamefromtheSortbylist.
b. Choosewhetheryouwanttosortinascendingordescendingorder.
7. Foreachothercolumnyouwanttosorton:
a. SelectthecolumnnamefromtheAndbylist.
b. Choosewhetheryouwanttosortinascendingordescendingorder.
8. ClickOK.
92
AT320_UM_E0
Figure1.36:TheSortdialogue
1.8.3 FilteringData
InAtoll,youcanfilterdataaccordingtooneorseveralcriteria.Youcanfilterdatatobeabletoworkwithasubsetofdata,or
tofacilitateworkingwithlargedocumentsbyreducingtheamountofrecordsdisplayed.
Thefiltereddataobjectsarethedataobjectsthatremainafteryouhaveappliedyourfiltercriteria.
Youcansavethefilteringparametersasafolderconfiguration.Forinformation,see"FolderConfigurations"onpage102.
"FilteringinDataTablesbySelection"onpage93
"AdvancedDataFiltering"onpage94
"RestoringAllRecords"onpage95
"AdvancedFiltering:Examples"onpage96.
1.8.3.1 FilteringinDataTablesbySelection
Youcanfilteradatatablebyselectingoneormorevalues.Onceyouhaveselectedoneormorevalues,youcanchooseto
viewonlyrecordsthathavethesamevalueoronlyrecordsthatdonothavethatvalue.
Tofilteradatatableononeormorefields:
2. Selectthevaluetofilteron.YoucanselectmultiplevaluesbypressingCTRLasyouclicktheothervalues.
3. Rightclicktheselectedvalueorvaluesandselectoneofthefollowingfromthetablescontextmenu:
FilterbySelection:Allrecordswiththeselectedvalueorvaluesaredisplayed.Youcannowmodifytheserecords
ormakecalculationsonthemasyouwouldnormallydowiththeentiredatatable(seeFigure1.37onpage94).
FilterExcludingSelection:Allrecordswithouttheselectedvalueorvaluesaredisplayed.Youcannowmodify
theserecordsormakecalculationsonthemasyouwouldnormallydowiththeentiredatatable(seeFigure1.38
onpage94).
Whenthedatainatablearefiltered,afiltericon( )appearsatthetopoftheleftmost
columnandinthecorrespondingcolumnheader(s),asshowninFigure1.37and
Figure1.38.Theiconintheleftmostcolumncanproveusefulwhenthecolumn
containingthefiltereddataisnotdisplayedduetoalargetablewidth.
93
Forsk2013
Figure1.37:Filteringbyselection
Figure1.38:Filteringexcludingselection
Youcanalsofilterdatainatablebyselectingthevaluesasdescribedandthenclicking
eithertheFilterbySelection(
toolbar.
)orFilterExcludingSelection(
)buttonsintheTable
1.8.3.2 AdvancedDataFiltering
Youcanuseadvanceddatafilteringtocombineseveralcriteriaindifferentfieldstocreatecomplexfilters.
Tocreateanadvancedfilter:
2. ClicktheAdvancedFilterbutton(
)intheTabletoolbar.TheFilterdialogueappears.
YoucanalsoaccesstheFilterdialoguebyclickingtheFilterbuttonofthetables
Propertiesdialogue.
94
AT320_UM_E0
3. ClicktheFiltertab:
a. SelectaFieldfromthelist.
b. UnderValuestoInclude,youwillfindallthevaluesrepresentedintheselectedfield.Selectthecheckboxesnext
tothevaluesyouwanttoincludeinthefilter.ClickClearAlltoclearallcheckboxes.
MakingselectionsontheFiltertaboftheFilterdialogueistheequivalentoffilteringby
selectionasexplainedin"FilteringinDataTablesbySelection"onpage93.
4. ClicktheAdvancedtab:
a. IntheColumnrow,selectthenameofthecolumntobefilteredonfromthelist.Selectasmanycolumnsasyou
want(seeFigure1.39).
Figure1.39:TheFilterdialogueAdvancedtab
b. Underneatheachcolumnname,enterthecriteriaonwhichthecolumnwillbefilteredasexplainedinthefollow
ingtable:
Formula
Dataarekeptinthetableonlyif
=X
valueequaltoX(Xcanbeanumberorcharacters)
<>X
valuenotequaltoX(Xcanbeanumberorcharacters)
<X
numericalvalueislessthanX
>X
numericalvalueisgreaterthanX
<=X
numericalvalueislessthanorequaltoX
>=X
numericalvalueisgreaterthanorequaltoX
*X*
textobjectswhichcontainX
X*
textobjectswhichstartwithX
5. ClickOKtofilterthedataaccordingtothecriteriayouhavedefined.
Filtersarecombinedfirsthorizontally,thenvertically.
See"AdvancedFiltering:Examples"onpage96.
1.8.3.3 RestoringAllRecords
Afteryouhaveappliedfiltercriteriatorecords,youmaywanttocancelthefiltercriteriaanddisplayalltherecordsagain.
Torestoreallrecords:
ClicktheRemoveFilterbutton(
)intheTabletoolbar.
95
Forsk2013
1.8.3.4 AdvancedFiltering:Examples
Inthissection,youwillfindafewexamplesofadvancedfiltering:
1.8.3.4.1
"AdvancedFiltering:Example1"onpage96
"AdvancedFiltering:Example2"onpage96
"AdvancedFiltering:Example3"onpage97.
AdvancedFiltering:Example1
Inthisexample,thereisanAtolldocumentwithantennasfromtwomanufacturersandwithdifferentcharacteristics.
Figure1.40:Initialtable
TheobjectiveofthisexampleistousefiltercriteriatofindantennasmanufacturedbyKathreinwithabeamwidthbetween
50and100.Todothis,thefollowingfiltersyntaxisenteredontheAdvancedtaboftheFilterdialogue(forinformationon
theAdvancedtab,see"AdvancedDataFiltering"onpage94):
Thefirstcriterion,asshowninFigure1.41,isallantennasmadebyamanufacturerwithanamebeginningwitha"K"
("=K*").Whileyoucouldwriteintheentirename("=Kathrein"),itisnotnecessarybecausethereisonlyonemanu
facturerwitha"K."
Thesecondcriterionisallantennaswithabeamwidthunder100.
Thethirdcriterionisallantennaswithabeamwidthover50.
Thecombinationofthesecriteriaisallantennasfrommanufacturerswithanamebeginningwith"K"andwithabeamwidth
under100butover50.
TheresultofthisadvancedfiltercanbeseeninthesecondpaneofFigure1.41.
Figure1.41:Advancedfiltering
1.8.3.4.2
Inthisexample,thedocumentisthesameasin"AdvancedFiltering:Example1"onpage96.Theobjectiveofthisexampleis
thesameaswell:tousefiltercriteriatofindantennasmanufacturedbyKathreinwithabeamwidthbetween50and100.The
96
AT320_UM_E0
filtersyntaxisenteredontheAdvancedtaboftheFilterdialogue(forinformationontheAdvancedtab,see"AdvancedData
Filtering"onpage94),inthiscase,however,theenteredfiltersyntaxcontainserrors:
AsshowninFigure1.42,thefirstcriterionisallantennasmadebyamanufacturerwithanamebeginningwitha"K"
("=K*").
Thesecondcriterionisallantennaswithabeamwidthunder100andover50.
Figure1.42:Errorsinfiltering
Aspreviouslystated,theobjectiveofthisexamplewastousefiltercriteriatofindantennasmanufacturedbyKathreinwitha
beamwidthbetween50and100.However,becausethesecondcriterion(beamwidthunder100andover50)ismalformed,
with">50"placedunder"<100",itfunctionedasanORconditionandnotasanANDcondition.Theresultingfiltersearched
forallantennasmanufacturedbyKathreinwithabeamwidthunder100,orallantennasover50;allantennasaredisplayed.
1.8.3.4.3
Inthisexample,thedocumentisthesameasin"AdvancedFiltering:Example1"onpage96.Theobjectiveofthisexampleis
thesameaswell:tousefiltercriteriatofindantennasmanufacturedbyKathreinwithabeamwidthbetween50and100.The
filtersyntaxisenteredontheAdvancedtaboftheFilterdialogue(forinformationontheAdvancedtab,see"AdvancedData
Filtering"onpage94),inthiscase,however,theenteredfiltersyntaxcontainserrors:
AsshowninFigure1.43,thefirstcriterionisallantennasmadebyamanufacturerwithanamebeginningwitha"K"
("=K*").
Thesecondcriterionisallantennaswithabeamwidthunder100andover50.
Figure1.43:Errorsinfiltering
Aspreviouslystated,theobjectiveofthisexamplewastousefiltercriteriatofindantennasmanufacturedbyKathreinwitha
beamwidthbetween50and100.However,becausethesecondcriterionismalformed,thefilteronlygeneratesanerror
messageandnoantennasarefilteredout.
97
Forsk2013
1.8.4 UserConfigurations
InAtoll,youcansavemanyparametersandsettingsinuserconfigurationsandthenloadtheminotherdocuments.User
configurationsareusedtostoreparametersandsettingsthatarenotstoredindatabases.Userconfigurationfilesenableyou
toensurethatallusersinamultiuserenvironmentusethesamesettings.
ThefileextensionofuserconfigurationfilesisCFG.ThefileextensionGEOis,however,usedifonlythegeographicdataset
orzonesarebeingsavedinauserconfigurationfile.UserconfigurationfilesareXMLfilesandcanbeopenedintextandXML
editors.
Youcansavethefollowinginformationinuserconfigurationfiles:
Geographicdataset:Fullpathsofimportedgeographicmaps,mapdisplaysettings(suchas,thevisibilityscale,trans
parency,tiptext,etc.),clutterdescription(code,name,height,standarddeviations,etc.),andrasteroruserprofile
trafficmapdescription.
Whenyousavethegeographicdatasetinauserconfigurationfile,thecoordinate
systemofallvectorgeographicdatamustbethesameasthatoftherastergeographic
data.
Mapcentreandzoomlevel:XandYcoordinatesofthecentreofthemapwindowandthezoomlevel.
Zones:Filtering,focus,computation,printing,andgeographicexportzonesinthecurrentdocument.
Folderconfigurations:Sort,group,andfiltersettings(thecurrentfolderconfiguration,evenifnotsaved,andother
definedconfigurationsforthefolders),thefilteringzone,thedisplaysettingsofnetworkdatafolders(includingmeas
urementdisplaysettings),andLTEandWiMAXAFPparameters(includingconstraintweightsforfrequencyplanning,
physicalcellIDplanning,andpreambleindexplanning).
AutomaticNeighbourAllocationParameters:Theinputparametersoftheautomaticneighbourallocation.
AutomaticScramblingCodeAllocationParameters:Theparametersoftheautomaticscramblingcodeallocation.
AutomaticPNOffsetAllocationParameters:TheparametersoftheautomaticPNoffsetallocation.
PredictionList:ThelistofpredictionsinthePredictionsfolderandtheirsettings(general,coverageconditions,and
display).
GSMAutomaticFrequencyPlanningParameters:CalculationoptionsselectedwhenstartingaGSMAFPsessionas
wellascalculationparametersusedforinterferencehistograms.
Macros:Fullpathsofanymacros.MacrosareloadedforentireAtollsessionsandnotforaspecificAtolldocument.
YoucanexportthemacrostoauserconfigurationevenifyoudonothaveanAtolldocumentopen.
Foradetaileddescriptionoftheuserconfigurationfile,seetheAdministratorManual.
"SavingaUserConfiguration"onpage98
"LoadingaUserConfiguration"onpage99.
1.8.4.1 SavingaUserConfiguration
Youcreateauserconfigurationbysavingtheselectedsettingstoanexternalfile.
Tosaveauserconfiguration:
1. SelectTools>UserConfiguration>Save.TheUserConfigurationdialogueappears(seeFigure1.44).
Figure1.44:Savingauserconfiguration
2. Selectthecheckboxesoftheinformationyouwanttoexportaspartoftheuserconfiguration.
98
AT320_UM_E0
3. ClickOK.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
4. EnteraFilenamefortheuserconfigurationfileandclickSave.Thefolderconfigurationhasbeensaved.
1.8.4.2 LoadingaUserConfiguration
Youcanloadauserconfigurationthatyouoranotheruserhascreated,asexplainedin"SavingaUserConfiguration"on
page98, into your current Atoll document. If the user configuration you load contains macro information, it will only be
loadedifnodocumentiscurrentlyopen.WhenthereisnoAtolldocumentopen,onlymacroinformationisloadedfromthe
userconfiguration.
Toloadauserconfiguration:
1. SelectTools>UserConfiguration>Load.TheOpendialogueappears.
2. Selecttheuserconfigurationfilewiththedatayouwanttouseinyourcurrentdocument.
3. ClickOpen.TheUserConfigurationdialogueappears(seeFigure1.45).
Figure1.45:Loadingauserconfiguration
4. Selectthecheckboxesoftheinformationyouwanttoload.
5. ClickOK.Theuserconfigurationisloadedintoyourcurrentdocument.
1.8.5 SiteandTransmitterLists
InAtoll,youcancreatelistsofsitesandtransmitters.Onceyouhavecreatedasiteortransmitterlist,youcanmodifythelist
anduseittofilterdatatobeabletoworkwithasubsetofdata,ortofacilitateworkingwithlargedocumentsbyreducingthe
numberofrecordsdisplayed.
Inamultiuserenvironment,sitelistscanbestoredinthedatabase.Whenyouopenadocumentfromadatabase,youcan
selectthesitestoloadaccordingtoanydefinedsitelists.Inalargeradioplanningproject,thisallowsyoutomoreeffectively
manageyourresourcesbyreducingtheunnecessarydatayouretrievefromthedatabase.
"CreatingaSiteorTransmitterList"onpage99
"AddingaSiteorTransmittertoaListintheNetworkExplorer"onpage100
"AddingaSiteorTransmittertoaListfromtheMapWindow"onpage100
"AddingSitesorTransmitterstoaListUsingaZone"onpage101
"EditingaSiteorTransmitterList"onpage101
"ImportingaSiteorTransmitterList"onpage101
"ExportingaSiteorTransmitterList"onpage102
"FilteringonaSiteorTransmitterList"onpage102.
1.8.5.1 CreatingaSiteorTransmitterList
Youcancreatelistsofsitesortransmittersthatyoucanthenusetofilterthedatadisplayed.
Tocreateasiteortransmitterlist:
2. Rightclickthefolderwhereyouwanttocreatethelist:
99
Forsk2013
Sitelist:ifyouwanttocreateasitelist:
a. RightclicktheSitesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
b. SelectSiteLists>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheSiteListstableappears.
Transmitterlist:ifyouwanttocreateatransmitterlist:
a. RightclicktheTransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
b. SelectTransmitterLists>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheTransmitterListstableappears.
3. EnterthenameofthenewlistintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
Youcancreateaseriesofblanksiteortransmitterlistsbyimportingatextfilewiththe
namesofthenewlists.YoucanimportthetextfilebyclickingtheActionsbuttononthe
SiteListsorTransmitterListsdialogueandthenselectingImportfromthemenuthat
appears.Youcanalsoexportthenamesofallexistingsiteortransmitterlistsby
selectingExportfromthesamemenu.
1.8.5.2 AddingaSiteorTransmittertoaListintheNetworkExplorer
YoucanaddasiteortransmittertoalistbyselectingitfromtheNetworkexplorer.
Toaddasiteortransmittertoalist:
)totheleftofSitesorTransmittersfoldertoexpandthefolder.
3. Rightclickthesiteortransmitteryouwanttoaddtothelist.Thecontextmenuappears.
Sitelist:ifyouwanttoaddasitetoalist:
SelectAddSitetoaListfromthecontextmenu.Adialogueappears.
Transmitterlist:ifyouwanttoaddatransmittertoalist.
SelectAddTransmittertoaListfromthecontextmenu.Adialogueappears.
4. Selectthenameofthelistfromthedialogue.
Youcancreateanewlistbyenteringanameinthelistinsteadofselectingthename
fromthelist.Theselectedsiteortransmitterwillbeaddedtothenewlist.
5. ClickOK.Thesiteortransmitterisaddedtotheselectedlist.
YoucanquicklycreateacompletelistbyfirstfilteringthecontentsoftheSitesor
Transmittersfolderasexplainedin"FilteringData"onpage93.Then,byrightclicking
theSitesorTransmittersfolderandselectingSiteLists>AddSitestoaListor
TransmitterLists>AddTransmitterstoaListfromthecontextmenu,youcanaddthe
filteredcontentsoffoldertothelistyouselect.
1.8.5.3 AddingaSiteorTransmittertoaListfromtheMapWindow
Youcanaddasiteortransmittertoalistbyselectingitfromthemapwindow.
Toaddasiteortransmittertoalist:
1. Inthemapwindow,rightclickthesiteortransmitteryouwanttoaddtoalist.
Sitelist:ifyouwanttoaddasitetoalist:
SelectAddSitetoaListfromthecontextmenu.Adialogueappears.
Transmitterlist:ifyouwanttoaddatransmittertoalist.
SelectAddTransmittertoaListfromthecontextmenu.Adialogueappears.
100
AT320_UM_E0
3. ClickOK.Thesiteortransmitterisaddedtotheselectedlist.
1.8.5.4 AddingSitesorTransmitterstoaListUsingaZone
Youcanaddthesitesortransmitterscontainedinazonetoasiteortransmitterlist.
Toaddthesitesortransmitterscontainedinazonetoalist:
1. Createazoneasexplainedin"UsingZonesintheMapWindow"onpage54thatcontainsthesitesortransmittersyou
wanttoaddtoalist.Youcanuseafiltering,computation,focus,hotspot,printing,orgeographicexportzone.
2. IntheGeoexplorer,rightclickthezoneandselectoneofthefollowingfromthecontextmenu:
AddSitestoaList:SelectAddSitestoaListtoaddthesitesinthezonetoasitelist.Adialogueappears.
AddTransmitterstoaList:SelectAddTransmitterstoaListtoaddthesitesinthezonetoasitelist.Adialogue
appears.
4. ClickOK.Thesitesortransmitterscontainedinthezoneareaddedtotheselectedlist.
1.8.5.5 EditingaSiteorTransmitterList
YoucaneditasiteortransmitterlistusingtheSiteListorTransmitterListtable.
Toeditasiteortransmitterlist:
2. Rightclickthefolderwhereyouwanttoeditthelist:
Sitelist:ifyouwanttoeditasitelist:
Transmitterlist:ifyouwanttoeditatransmitterlist:
3. SelectthenameofthelistyouwanttoeditandclickProperties.ThePropertiesdialogueappears.
4. Youcannoweditthelist:
Toaddasiteortransmittertothelist:
SelectthenameofthesiteortransmitterintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
Todeleteasiteortransmitterfromthelist:
a. Clickintheleftmarginoftherowcontainingthesiteortransmittertoselectit.
b. PressDELtodeletethesiteortransmitterfromthelist.
5. ClickOKwhenyouhavefinishededitingthesiteortransmitterlist.
1.8.5.6 ImportingaSiteorTransmitterList
YoucanimportasiteortransmitterlistfromatextfileusingtheSiteListorTransmitterListtable.
Toimportasiteortransmitterlist:
2. Rightclickthefolderwhereyouwanttoimportthelist:
101
Forsk2013
Sitelist:ifyouwanttoimportasitelist:
Transmitterlist:ifyouwanttoimportatransmitterlist:
3. Select the name of the list into which you want to import entries and click Properties. The Properties dialogue
appears.
4. InthePropertiesdialogue,clicktheImportbutton.TheOpendialogueappears.
5. SelectthetextfilewiththesiteortransmitternamesyouwanttoimportandclickOpen.Thecontentsofthetextfile
areaddedtothelist.
6. ClickOKinthePropertiesdialoguewhenyouhavefinishedimportingthefile.
1.8.5.7 ExportingaSiteorTransmitterList
YoucanexportasiteortransmitterlisttoatextfileusingtheSiteListorTransmitterListtable.
Toexportasiteortransmitterlist:
2. Rightclickthefolderwhereyouwanttoexportthelist:
Sitelist:ifyouwanttoexportasitelist:
Transmitterlist:ifyouwanttoexportatransmitterlist:
3. SelectthenameofthelistyouwanttoexportandclickProperties.ThePropertiesdialogueappears.
4. InthePropertiesdialogue,clicktheExportbutton.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
5. EnterafilenameandclickSave.Thesiteortransmitterlistissavedasatextfile.
1.8.5.8 FilteringonaSiteorTransmitterList
YoucanusesiteortransmitterliststofilterthecontentsoftheSitesandTransmittersfolders.
Tofilterfoldercontentsusingasiteortransmitterlist:
2. Rightclickthefolderwhosecontentsyouwanttofilter.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. OntheGeneraltabofthePropertiesdialogue,clicktheFilterbutton.TheFilterdialogueappears.
5. Ifyouhavecreatedalist,therewillbeanadditionaltab:
Sites:ClicktheSiteListstab.
Transmitters:ClicktheTransmitterListstab.
6. Selectthecheckboxofthelistorliststhatyouwanttodisplay.
7. ClickOKtoclosetheFilterdialogue.
8. ClickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogue.Onlysitesortransmittersthatbelongtotheselectedlistarenowdisplayed
intheNetworkexplorerandinthemapwindow.
1.8.6 FolderConfigurations
InAtoll,theparametersdefininghowdatacontainedinafolderaregrouped,sorted,orfilteredarereferredtoasafolder
configuration.Youcandefinefolderconfigurationsandsavethem,allowingyoutoconsistentlyapplythesamegrouping,
filtering,orsortingcriteria.
102
AT320_UM_E0
"CreatingaFolderConfiguration"onpage103
"ApplyingaSavedFolderConfiguration"onpage103
"ReapplyingtheCurrentFolderConfiguration"onpage103
"SavingaFolderConfigurationinanExternalFile"onpage103
"LoadingaFolderConfigurationfromanExternalFile"onpage104
"DeletingaFolderConfiguration"onpage104.
Fortransmitters,thereisadefaultfolderconfigurationcalledSameasSitesFolder.You
canapplythisconfigurationtoarrangethetransmittersintheTransmittersfolderwiththe
sameparametersasthosedefinedforsites.
1.8.6.1 CreatingaFolderConfiguration
InAtoll,youcansavetheparametersdefininghowdatacontainedinafolderaregrouped,filtered,orsortedasafolderconfig
uration.
Tocreateaconfiguration:
2. Rightclickthefolderwhosesettingsyouwanttosave.
5. Ifyouhavenotyetdoneso,setthefollowingparametersasdesired:
GroupBy(see"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88)
Sort(see"SortingData"onpage91)
Filter(see"FilteringData"onpage93).
6. UnderFolderconfiguration,clickSave.
7. EnterthenameoftheconfigurationintheSaveConfigurationdialogue.
8. ClickOKtosavetheconfigurationandclickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogue.
Thesavedfolderconfigurationisonlyavailableforthecurrentfolderandcanbereappliedtothefolderbyselectingitfrom
theFolderConfigurationsubmenuonthefolderscontextmenu.
1.8.6.2 ApplyingaSavedFolderConfiguration
Youcanapplyafolderconfigurationthathasbeencreatedandsavedforthepresentfolder.
Toapplyasavedfolderconfiguration:
2. Rightclickthefoldertowhichyouwanttoapplyafolderconfiguration.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. OntheFolderConfigurationsubmenu,selectthenameofthefolderconfigurationyouwanttoapply.Thefoldercon
figurationisappliedtothecurrentfolder.
1.8.6.3 ReapplyingtheCurrentFolderConfiguration
Ifyouhavegrouped,filtered,orsortedadatafolder,youhavecreatedandappliedafolderconfiguration.Ifyouthenaddor
modifydata,thepropertiesofthesemaynotmatchthefolderconfigurationyoupreviouslymadeonthedatafolder.Inthis
case,youcanreapplythesamefilterorsortsettingstothenewormodifieddata.
Toreapplythefolderconfiguration:
2. Rightclickthefolderwhosefolderconfigurationyouwanttoreapply.
3. SelectUpdateFolderConfigurationfromthecontextmenu.Thepreviouslyconfiguredfolderconfigurationisreap
pliedtothedata.
1.8.6.4 SavingaFolderConfigurationinanExternalFile
Whenyoucreateafolderconfiguration,yousaveitinthecurrentATLdocument.However,youcansaveitaspartofauser
configurationinanexternalfile,sothatitcanbeusedinotherdocuments.
103
Forsk2013
Tosaveafolderconfigurationinanexternalfile:
1. SelectTools>UserConfiguration>Save.TheUserConfigurationdialogueappears(seeFigure1.44onpage98).
2. SelecttheFolderConfigurationcheckbox.
Ifyouwanttoexportotherconfigurationsatthesametime,selectthosecheckboxesaswell.
4. EnteraFilenamefortheCFGfileandclickSave.Thefolderconfigurationhasbeensaved.
1.8.6.5 LoadingaFolderConfigurationfromanExternalFile
Onceyouhavesavedafolderconfigurationasexplainedin"SavingaFolderConfigurationinanExternalFile"onpage103,
youcanloaditintoyourcurrentdocument.
Toloadafolderconfiguration:
2. SelecttheCFGfilewiththefolderconfigurationyouwanttoimport.
3. ClickOpen.TheUserConfigurationdialogueappears(seeFigure1.45onpage99).
4. SelecttheFolderConfigurationcheckbox.
Ifyouwanttoimportotherconfigurationsatthesametime,selectthosecheckboxesaswell.
5. ClickOK.Thefolderconfigurationisimported.
1.8.6.6 DeletingaFolderConfiguration
YoucandeleteafolderconfigurationfromtheAtolldocumentwhenyounolongerneedit.
Todeleteafolderconfiguration:
2. Rightclickthefolderwiththefolderconfigurationyouwanttodelete.
5. UnderFolderconfiguration,selectthenameoftheconfigurationfromthelist.
6. ClickDelete.Thefolderconfigurationisdeleted.
Whenyoudeleteafolderconfiguration,Atollwillnotaskforconfirmation;itisdeleted
immediately.
1.8.7 CreatingandComparingViews
You can compare the effects of different grouping, sorting, or filtering settings by creating views of object folders in the
Networkexplorerandapplyingdifferentsettingstoeachview.Eachviewcontainsacopyofthedataintheobjectfolderin
whichitwascreated.
Tocreateaviewofafolder:
1. IntheNetworkexplorer,rightclickthefolderyouwanttocreateaviewof.
2. SelectCreateViewfromthecontextmenu.Aviewiscreatedcontainingacopyoftheoriginalfoldercontent.
Youcannowperformthefollowingactionsontheview:
Grouping(see"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88)
Sorting(see"SortingData"onpage91)
Filtering(see"FilteringData"onpage93).
Ifyouhavecreatedseveralviews,youcanrenameeachonetogiveitamoredescriptive
name.Forinformationonrenaminganobject,see"RenaminganObject"onpage40.
104
AT320_UM_E0
Onceyouhaveperformedtheactionsoneachview,youcancomparethedifferences,bydisplayinginturneachview,with
itsgrouping,sorting,orfilteringsettings,onthemap.Formoreinformationondisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesof
Objects"onpage43.
Tocompareviews:
1. IntheNetworkexplorer,clearthecheckboxestotheleftofeachview.Thedataobjectsarenotdisplayedonthemap.
2. Selectthecheckboxofoneoftheviews,leavingthecheckboxesoftheotherviewscleared.Thedataobjectsofthe
selectedview,withitsassociatedgrouping,sorting,orfilteringsettings,aredisplayedonthemap.
3. Clear this check box and select the check box of a different view. How the objects are displayed on the map will
change,dependingonthedifferentgrouping,sorting,orfilteringsettingsoftheselectedview.
Youcanremoveviewsbydeletingthem.Whenyoudeleteaview,thedatacontainedarenotdeleted.Whenyoudeletethe
lastview,thedatareappearundertheinitialfolder.
Todeleteaview:
SelecttheviewtobedeletedandpressDEL.
If,afterdeletingthelastview,thedatadonotreappearundertheinitialfolder,youcan
refreshthedisplaybyrightclickingthefolderandselectingGroupBy>Nonefromthe
contextmenu.
1.8.8 FilteringDataUsingaFilteringZone
InAtoll,youcansimplifyyourcalculationsbyusingapolygononthemaptolimittheamountofdataconsideredincalcula
tions.Bylimitingthenumberofsites,youcanreducethetimeandcostofcalculationsandmakethedisplayofdataobjects
onthemapclearer.Youcanselectapreexistingcomputationorfocuszoneasafilterzoneoryoucandrawanewfiltering
zone.
Thedataobjectsfilteredbythepolygonarereflectedonthemapandinthedatatables.IntheNetworkexplorer,anyfolder
whosecontentisaffectedbythefilteringzoneappearswithaspecialicon(
beenfiltered.
),toindicatethatthefoldercontentshave
Whenyouhaveappliedapolygonfilter,youcanperformthefollowingactionsonthefiltereddata:
Grouping(see"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88)
Sorting(see"SortingData"onpage91)
Filtering(see"FilteringData"onpage93).
Formoreinformationoncreatingandeditingafilteringzone,see"FilteringZones"onpage54.
1.9 TipsandTricks
Inthissection,youwilllearnafewshortcutsandtrickstohelpyouworkmoreefficientlywithAtoll:
"UndoingandRedoing"onpage105
"RefreshingMapsandFolders"onpage106
"SearchingforObjectsontheMap"onpage106
"UsingtheStatusBartoGetInformation"onpage107
"SavingInformationDisplayedintheEventViewer"onpage108
"UsingIconsfromtheToolbar"onpage108
"UsingShortcutsinAtoll"onpage111.
1.9.1 UndoingandRedoing
YoucanundoorredomostactionsinAtoll,uptoamaximumof10actions.Ifyouperformanactionthatcannotbeundone,
forexample,asimulation,theUndoandRedohistoriesareerased.
Forexample,youcanundoorredo:
Mostmodificationsintheworkspace:suchascreating,deleting,andmovingasite,astationoragroupofstations,
modifyingtheantennaazimuth,movingatransmitter,ordeletingatransmitter,
TasksperformedintheExplorer:suchascreatinganddeletingobjects(sites,transmitters,antennas,repeatersor
remoteantennas,links,groupsofhexagons,measurementpaths,coveragepredictions,maps,propagationmodels,
etc.).
Tasksperformedintables:suchasaddingordeletingrecords,pastingintables.
105
Forsk2013
Toundoanaction:
SelectEdit>Undo.
Toredoanactionthatyouhaveundone:
SelectEdit>Redo.
1.9.2 RefreshingMapsandFolders
Undercertaincircumstances,forexample,whenyouadddatathatisinconsistentwithanappliedfilter,thedatadisplayedon
themaporintheNetworkexplorermaynotbeactual.YoucanrefreshthedisplaytogetAtolltoreloadthedataandreapply
thecurrentfolderconfigurations.
TorefreshthedisplayoftheNetworkexplorerandthemap:
ClicktheRefreshbutton(
)onthetoolbarorpressF5.
1.9.3 SearchingforObjectsontheMap
AtollprovidestheFindonMaptoolforfindingdataobjectsonthemap.Youcansearchforsomeobjects(sites,vectors,trans
mitters,repeaters)bytheirnameorbyanytextfield,usingFindonMap.YoucanalsouseFindonMaptosearchforapoint
onthemapbyitsXandYcoordinates,orbyitspostaladdress.Additionally,FindonMapenablesyoutofindtechnology
specificattributessuchasaBSICBCCHpairinGSM.UsingFindonMaptofindtechnologyspecificattributesiscoveredinthe
chapterforthattechnology.
Thissectionexplains:
"SearchingforaMapObjectbyItsName"onpage106
"SearchingforaMapObjectusingAnyTextProperty"onpage106
"SearchingforaPointontheMap"onpage107.
1.9.3.1 SearchingforaMapObjectbyItsName
YoucanuseFindonMaptosearchforthefollowingmapobjectsbyname:
sites
transmitters
repeaters
remoteantennas
vectors
TosearchforamapobjectbynameusingtheFindonMaptool:
1. SelectTools>FindonMap.TheFindonMapwindowappears.
2. FromtheFindlist,choosethemapobjectyouaresearchingfor:
Vector
Site
Transmitter
Repeater/Rem.Antenna
ThemapobjectyouselectappearsintheFieldbox.
3. Enterthenameoftheobjectinthetextboxmarkedwithanequalsign("=").Youcanuseanasterisk("*")asawild
cardbyenteringitasthefirstcharacter.Forexample,entering"*X*"willfindallnameswhichcontain"X".
AtollautomaticallybeginssearchinganddisplaystheresultsintheFindonMapwindow.
4. Selecttheobjectfromthelist.Atollcentresitinthemapwindow.
1.9.3.2 SearchingforaMapObjectusingAnyTextProperty
YoucanuseFindonMaptosearchforthefollowingmapobjectusinganytext(i.e.,nonnumeric)property:
106
Sites
Transmitters
Repeaters
Remoteantennas
Vectors
AT320_UM_E0
TosearchforamapobjectbyatextpropertyusingtheFindonMaptool:
2. FromtheFindlist,choosethemapobjectyouaresearchingfor:
Site
Transmitter
Repeater/Rem.antenna
Vector
3. FromtheFieldlist,selectthetextpropertyonwhichyouwanttosearch,forexample"SupportType"whenyouare
lookingfora"Site".
4. Enterthenameoftheobjectinthetextboxmarkedwithanequalsign("=").Youcanuseanasterisk("*")asawild
cardbyenteringitasthefirstcharacter.Forexample,entering"*X*"willfindallnameswhichcontain"X".
AtollautomaticallybeginssearchinganddisplaystheresultsintheFindonMapwindow.
5. Selecttheobjectfromthelist.Atollcentresitinthemapwindow.
1.9.3.3 SearchingforaPointontheMap
YoucanuseFindonMaptosearchforapointbyitsXandYcoordinatesorbyitspostaladdress.
Make sure that the coordinate system used in your document is the same projection
systemsupportedbythetileserver.Failingtodosowillleadtoinappropriatebehaviour
whenanonlinemapisspecified(disproportionateandbadlyrenderedmaptiles)asyou
dragthemapawayfromtheareatargetedbythespecifiedprojectioncoordinatesystem.
1.9.3.3.1
SearchingforaPointontheMapbyitsXandYCoordinates
TosearchforapointonthemapbyitsXandYcoordinates:
2. FromtheFindlist,choosePosition.
3. EntertheXandYcoordinatesofthepoint,usingthesameunitsasdefinedunderDisplayontheCoordinatestabof
thePreferencesdialogue(see"ProjectionandDisplayCoordinateSystems"onpage118).
4. ClickSearch.Atollcentresthepointinthemapwindow.
1.9.3.3.2
SearchingforaPointontheMapbyitsPostalAddress
Tosearchforapointonthemapbyitspostaladdress:
2. FromtheFindlist,chooseOnline.
3. EnterapostalAddress.Youcanspecifyafullorpartialaddress,e.g.streetname,precinct,city,county,country,etc.
4. ClickSearch.AtollautomaticallybeginssearchinganddisplaystheresultsintheFindonMapwindow.
5. Selectaresultfromthelist.Atollcentresitinthemapwindow.
1.9.4 UsingtheStatusBartoGetInformation
Atolldisplaysthefollowinginformation,ifavailable,aboutthecurrentpositionofthemousepointerinrightsideofthestatus
bar(seeFigure1.46):
thecurrentXYcoordinates(accordingtothedefineddisplaycoordinatesystem)
thealtitude(asdefinedintheDTM)
theclutterclass(asdefinedintheclutterclassesproperties)
theclutterheight(asdefinedintheclutterheightfile,orintheclutterclasses).
107
Forsk2013
XYcoordinates
Altitude
Clutterclass
Figure1.46:Informationdisplayedinthestatusbar
1.9.5 SavingInformationDisplayedintheEventViewer
AtolldisplaysinformationaboutthecurrentdocumentintheEventViewer.TheEventViewerdisplaysinformation( ),
warning( ),anderror( )messages,aswellastheprogressofcalculations.Youcansavetheinformationdisplayedinthe
EventViewerinalogfile.
TosaveeventsintheEventViewerinalogfile:
1. IftheEventViewerisnotdisplayed,selectView>EventViewertodisplayit.
2. ClicktheeventintheEventViewertoselectit.Clickanddragtoselectseveralevents.
3. Rightclicktheselectevent(s).Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectSaveAs.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
5. IntheSaveAsdialogue,selectadestinationfolder,enteraFilename,andselectafiletypefromtheSaveastypelist.
6. ClickOK.Theselectedeventsaresavedinthetextfile.
YoucanalsoautomaticallygeneratelogfilesforeachAtollsessionandselectthelevelofinformationdisplayedintheEvent
viewer.Formoreinformationaboutthesesettings,seetheAdministratorManual.
1.9.6 UsingIconsfromtheToolbar
YoucanaccessmanycommandsinAtollbyclickingitsicononthetoolbar.Someofthemarealsolinkedtoshortcutkeys(see
"UsingShortcutsinAtoll"onpage111).
Thedifferenticonslocatedinthetoolbararelistedbelow:
IntheStandardtoolbar
OpentheProjectTemplatesdialogue(CTRL+N)
OpentheOpendialogue(CTRL+O)
Savethecurrentdocument(CTRL+S)
Newfromanexistingdatabase
Refreshfromdatabase
Savependingchangesindatabase
Importafile
Loadauserconfiguration
Saveauserconfiguration
Cuttheselecteddata(CTRL+X)
Copytheselecteddata(CTRL+C)
Pastethecontentoftheclipboard(CTRL+V)
Undothelastmodification(CTRL+Z)
108
AT320_UM_E0
Redothepreviousundonemodification(CTRL+Y)
Printthecurrentwindow(tableormap)(CTRL+P)
Previewthecurrentwindowbeforeprinting(tableormap)
OpentheAtollHelp
IntheRadioPlanningtoolbar
Stationtemplatecurrentlyselected
Createanewtransmitterorstationbasedonthecurrentlyselectedmodel
Createanewgroupofhexagonsbasedonthecurrentlyselectedstationtemplate
AnewhexagongroupiscreatedintheHexagonalDesignfolderifthecheckboxtotheleft
ofthisfolderisselectedwhenyoucreateanewstationoragroupofstations.Ifthecheck
boxisnotselected,youcancreateanewstationwithoutcreatingacorrespondinghexa
gongroup.
Createanewrepeaterorremoteantennaforthecurrentlyselectedtransmitter
Graphicallymanageneighboursfortheselectedtransmitter
OpenthePointAnalysiswindow
Calculateonlyinvalidmatrices,unlockedcoverages,andpendingsimulations(F7)
Forcethecalculationofallmatrices,unlockedcoverages,andpendingsimulations(CTRL+F7)
Stopthecalculationofallmatrices,unlockedcoverages,andpendingsimulations(ESC)
IntheMaptoolbar
Refreshdisplayofmapandfolders(F5)
Selectanobjectanddisablezoomingandpanningtools.
Movethemap(CTRL+D)
Mapscalecurrentlyused
Previousview(zoomandlocation)(Alt+leftarrow)
Nextview(zoomandlocation)(Alt+rightarrow)
Zoominoroutonthemapandcentreonthecursorlocation(CTRL+Q)
Defineazoomareaonthemap(CTRL+W)
Displayaterrainsection
Measuredistancesonthemap
Turnontiptext
Findonthemap
IntheVectorEditortoolbar
Createanewvectorlayer(ineithertheGeoortheNetworkexplorer)
Selectthevectorlayertoedit
Drawanewpolygon
109
Drawanewrectangle
Drawanewline
Drawpoints
Combineseveralvectorpolygons
Cutoutareasinpolygons
Createnewpolygonfromoverlappingareas
Splitonepolygonalongthedrawnlines.
IntheWindowstoolbar
DisplaytheNetworkexplorer
DisplaytheGeoexplorer
DisplaytheParametersexplorer
DisplaytheEventViewer
DisplaytheLegendWindow
DisplaythePanoramicWindow
IntheTabletoolbar
Importdatafromafileintothetable
Exportdatafromthetabletoafile
Displaythepropertiesofthecurrentrecord
Centrethecurrentrecordonthemap
Definewhichcolumnsshouldbedisplayed
Hidetheselectedcolumns
Freezetheselectedcolumns
Unfreezeallfrozencolumns
Filterbytheselectedfields
Filterexcludingallrecordswiththeselectedvalues
Defineanadvancedfilter
Removethefilter
Sorttheselectedcolumnsinascendingorder
Sorttheselectedcolumnsindescendingorder
Displaystatistics
Copythecontentsofthetopselectedrowintotherowsbelow
Copythecontentsofthebottomselectedrowintotherowsabove
Selecttheentiretable
Alignthecontentsoftheselectedcolumnstotheleft
110
Forsk2013
AT320_UM_E0
Centrethecontentsoftheselectedcolumns
Alignthecontentsoftheselectedcolumnstotheright
Displaytheselectedcolumnsinbold
Displaytheselectedcolumnsinitalics
Findspecifiedtextinthetable
Replacespecifiedtextinthetable
Whenyouplacethecursoroveranicon,tiptextappears,givingashortdescription.
1.9.7 UsingShortcutsinAtoll
Atollprovidesmanyshortcutsthatenableyoutoaccesscommonlyusedtoolsandcommandsmorequickly.
Theshortcutsavailablearelistedbelow(someofthesamecommandscanbeaccessedusingatoolbaricon;see"UsingIcons
fromtheToolbar"onpage108):
UsingtheCTRLkey:
CTRL++:Zoominonthemap(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+:Zoomoutonthemap(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+A:Selectallrecordsinatable
CTRL+C:Copytheselecteddata(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+D:
andclickthemap)
andrightclickthemap)
Intables:Copythefirstcellofaselectiondownintoallselectedcells
Inthemapwindow:Movethemapinthemapwindow(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+E:ExportthetableoftheselectedSitesorTransmittersfolderorviewtoatextfile.Formoreinformation,
see"ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets"onpage80.
CTRL+F:
OpentheFindonMapwindowwhenthemapisactive(inthetoolbar,click
OpentheFinddialoguewhenatableisactive(inthetoolbar,click
)
)
CTRL+H:OpentheReplacedialoguewhenatableisactive(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+I:ImportthetableoftheselectedSitesorTransmittersfolderorviewfromatextfile.Formoreinformation,
see"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81.
CTRL+N:OpentheProjectTemplatesdialogue(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+SHIFT+N:Createanewdocumentfromanexistingdatabase
CTRL+O:OpentheOpendialogue(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+P:Printthecurrentwindow(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+Q:SelectZoomIn/Outtool(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+S:Savethecurrentactivedocument(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+U:Copythelastcellofaselectionupintoallselectedcells
)
)
CTRL+V:Pastethecontentoftheclipboard(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+W:Defineazoomareaonthemap(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+X:Cuttheselecteddata(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+Y:Redothepreviousundonemodification(inthetoolbar,click
)
)
111
Forsk2013
CTRL+Z:Undothelastmodification(inthetoolbar,click
UsingtheALTkey:
ALT+:Previouszoomandlocationonthemap(inthetoolbar,click
ALT+:Nextzoomandlocationonthemap(inthetoolbar,click
ALT+F8:OpentheAddinsandMacrosdialogue
UsingtheFunctionKeys
F5:Refreshdisplayofmapandfolders(toolbar:select
F7:Calculateonlyinvalidmatrices,unlockedcoverages,andpendingsimulations(inthetoolbar,click
CTRL+F7:Forcethecalculationofallmatrices,unlockedcoverages,andpendingsimulations(inthetoolbar,click
)
YoucanalsoaccessmenusandcommandsbypressingtheALTkeyandtypingthe
underlinedletterinthemenuorcommandname.
112
Chapter2
StartingaProject
ThischapterexplainshowtostartanewAtollproject.
"BeforeStartingaRadioPlanningProject"onpage115
"CreatinganAtollDocument"onpage115
"MakingaBackupofYourDocument"onpage127
"MakingandSharingPortableAtollProjects"on
page129
114
Forsk2013
Chapter2:StartinganAtollProject
AT320_UM_E0
2 StartinganAtollProject
Whenyouwanttostartanewproject,youbaseitonatemplatethathasthedataandfolderstructurenecessaryforthetech
nologyyouareusing.OnceyouhavestartedyournewAtollproject,youcanmodifythenetworkparameterstomeetyour
particularneeds.SeveraltemplatesaresuppliedwithAtoll:GSMGPRSEDGE,CDMA2001xRTT1xEVDO,microwaveradio
links,UMTSHSPA,WiMAX,WiFi,andLTE.TheactualtemplatessupplieddependonthemodulesincludedwithyourAtoll
installation.Youcanalsocreateyourowntemplatesbyopeninganexistingtemplate,makingthechangesnecessarytomeet
yourownneedsandthensavingitasanewtemplate.
Whenyouopenanexistingproject,youcanselectitfromtheFilemenuifitisoneofthelastprojectsyouhaveworkedon,
oryoucanopenitfromtheOpendialogue.BecauseAtollcanworkwithlinkedgeographicdatafiles,itmayhappenthatone
ofthelinkedfileswasmovedorrenamedsincethelasttimeyouworkedonthatproject.Atollenablesyoutofindthefileand
repairthelink.
"BeforeStartingaRadioPlanningProject"onpage115
"CreatinganAtollDocument"onpage115.
2.1 BeforeStartingaRadioPlanningProject
Foreveryradioplanningprojectyoumustassembletheinformationnecessary:
Radio equipment: sites, transmitters, antennas, repeaters, and other equipment. For more information on radio
equipment,seethetechnologyspecificchapters.
Radiodata:frequencybands,technologyspecificparameters,coordinatesystems,etc.Formoreinformationonradio
data,seethetechnologyspecificchapters.
Geographicdata:clutterclasses,clutterheights,DTM,populationmaps,etc.Formoreinformationongeographic
data,seeChapter3:GeographicData.
Oncethenecessarydatahavebeenassembled,youcancreatetheAtolldocument.
2.2 CreatinganAtollDocument
Whatevertheradiotechnologyyouwillbemodelling,youcreateanAtolldocumentinoneoftwoways:
Fromadocumenttemplate:YoucancreateanewAtolldocument,includingamultiRATdocument,fromatemplate.
Atollisdeliveredwithatemplateforeachtechnologyyouwillbeplanningfor.Forinformationoncreatingadocument
fromatemplate,see"CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaTemplate"onpage115.
Youcanalsocreateyourowntemplatebybasingitonanexistingdocumentthatyouhavealreadycustomisedwith,
forexample,certaingeodataorantennas.
Fromanexistingdatabase:WhenyoucreateanewAtolldocumentfromadatabase,thedatabaseyouconnectto
has been created with the technology or technologies, in the case of a multiRAT document, and data you need.
Workingwithadatabaseallowsseveraluserstosharethesamedatawhileatthesametimemanagingdataconsist
ency.TheexactprocedureforcreatinganewAtolldocumentfromadatabasediffers,dependingonthedatabasecon
taining the data. Atoll canwork with several common databases. For information on starting a document from a
database,see"CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaDatabase"onpage121.
2.2.1 CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaTemplate
YoucancreateanewAtolldocumentfromatemplate.Atollhasatemplateforeachtechnologyyouwillbeplanningfor.Each
templateprovidesdataandadatastructuresuitableforthetechnology.Forexample,thetablesandfieldsfortransmitters
aswellastheradioparametersavailabledifferaccordingtotheproject.Aswell,theobjectsthatareavailableareappropriate
forthetechnology.Forexample,UMTScellsareonlyavailableinUMTSdocumentsandTRXareonlyavailableinGSMTDMA
documents.
IfyoucreateamultiRATdocument,Atollenablesyoutoselectthemultipleradiotechnologiesyouwillbeplanningfor.Ina
multiRATdocument,thedataanddatastructuresforeachradiotechnologyplannedforaremadeavailableinthenewAtoll
document.
Onceyouhaveselectedtheappropriatetemplateforyourradioplanningproject,youconfigurethebasicparametersofthe
Atolldocument(see"DefiningaNewAtollDocument"onpage118).
"TemplatesAvailable"onpage116
"CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaTemplate"onpage116
115
Forsk2013
"DefiningaNewAtollDocument"onpage118
2.2.1.1 TemplatesAvailable
DependingonyourconfigurationofAtoll,thefollowingtemplatesareavailable:
GSM GPRS EDGE: This template can be used to model second generation (2G) mobile telecommunications using
TDMA(TimeDivisionMultipleAccess)technology.Thistemplatecanbeusedtomodelthefollowingtechnologies:
GSM(GlobalSystemforMobileCommunication):GSMisa2GtechnologybasedonTDMA.
GPRS(GeneralPacketRadioService):GPRSisapacketswitchedtechnologythatenablesdataapplicationson
GSMnetworks.Itisconsidereda2.5Gtechnology.
EDGE (Enhanced Data for Global Evolution): EDGE is an advancement for GSM/GPRS networks that triples
throughputs.BecauseitisbasedonexistingGSMtechnology,itallowsforasmoothupgradeforGSMoperators,
givingthemcapabilitiesapproachingthoseofa3Gnetwork,whileremainingwiththeexisting2Gsystem.Two
typesofEDGEareconsidered:standardEDGE(alsocalledEGPRS)andEDGEEvolution(EGPRS2).
CDMA20001xRTT1xEVDO:Thistemplatecanbeusedtomodelthirdgeneration(3G)mobiletelecommunications
basedonCDMA2000technology.CDMA2000isanevolutionofCDMA,orcodedivisionmultipleaccess.Thistemplate
canbeusedtomodelthefollowingtechnologies:
1xRTT(1xRadioTransmissionTechnology):1xRTTissometimesconsiderednotas3Gbutas2.5Gintermsof
mobiletelecommunications.Itoffersincreasedvoicecapacityascomparedto2Gtechnologies,butnotasmuch
aspure3Gsolutions.
1xEVDO(1xEvolutionDataOnly):1xEVDOisanevolutionofCDMA2000thatprovidesdatatransferratesof
over10timesthoseof1xRTT.Itisconsidereda3Gsolutionandaddresses,asitsnamesuggests,dataonly.
UMTSHSPA:UMTS(UniversalMobileTelecommunicationsSystem)andHSDPA(HighSpeedDownlinkPacketAccess)
andHSUPA(HighSpeedUplinkPacketAccess),collectivelyreferredtoasHSPA,arethirdgeneration(3G)mobiletel
ecommunicationsystemsbasedonWCDMA(WidebandCodeDivisionMultipleAccess)technology.AlthoughWCDMA
issimilarinimplementationtoCDMA,thetwotechnologiesareincompatible.UMTSandHSPAareusuallyimple
mentedinplaceandoverGSMnetworks.
TDSCDMA:TDSCDMA(TimeDivisionSynchronousCDMA)isa3GmobiletelecommunicationsystembasedonTime
DivisionDuplex(TDD)mode.TDSCDMAtransmitsuplinkanddownlinktrafficinthesameframeindifferenttime
slots.
WiMAX: Atoll WiMAX is a stateoftheart WiMAX and Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) network planning tool
developedincooperationwithworldleadingWiMAXequipmentsuppliers.AtollWiMAXsupportsIEEE802.16e.
WiFi:AtollWiFienablesmodellingofIEEE802.11wirelesslocalareanetworks(WLAN)andtostudymobiletraffic
offloadingtoWiFinetworks.
LTE:Thistemplatecanbeusedtomodelthenewfourthgeneration(4G)networksbasedontheUTRANLTE(UMTS
TerrestrialRadioAccessNetworksLongTermEvolution)specificationsproposedbythe3GPP.AtollLTEstrictlyfol
lowsthelatest3GPPLTEspecifications,andhasbeendevelopedincollaborationwiththemarketleadingequipment
manufacturers.AtollLTEisthefirstandmostcomprehensiveLTEnetworkplanningtoolavailableonthemarket.
3GPPMultiRAT:Thistemplatecanbeusedtomodelthemostcommonmultitechnologyprojects.Whenstartinga
new3GPPmultiRATproject,Atollallowsyoutoselectwhichradiotechnologieswillbemodelledinthesameproject:
GSM,UMTS,andLTE.
ThemultiRATtemplatecanalsobeusedtocreateaGSM,UMTS,orLTEsingleRAT
document.ByusingthemultiRATtemplatetocreateasingleRATdocument,youwill
havetheflexibilityofbeingabletoaddadditionaltechnologiestothedocumentinthe
future.
2.2.1.2 CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaTemplate
Tocreateanewdocumentfromatemplate:
1. SelectFile>New>FromaDocumentTemplate.TheProjectTemplatesdialogueappears.
2. SelectthetemplateonwhichyouwanttobaseyourdocumentandclickOK.Atollcreatesanewdocumentbasedon
thetemplateselected.
Ifthetemplateyouselectedwas"MultiRAT,"Atolldisplaysadialogueenablingyoutoselecttheradiotechnolo
giesyouwanttomodelinthenewdocument:GSM,UMTS,orLTE.
Figure2.1showsanewAtolldocumentbasedontheUMTSHSPAtemplate.TheNetworkexplorernowhasafolderstructure
suitableforaUMTSHSPAradioplanningproject,with,amongotherUMTSspecificelements,UMTSHSPAHSPAsimulations.
Figure2.2showsthecontentsoftheGeoexplorerofthenewdocument.Figure2.3showsthecontentsoftheParameters
116
AT320_UM_E0
explorer, with other UMTS HSPA parameters. The Antennas folder is expanded to show the UMTScompatible antennas
suggestedbyAtoll.Thesecanbemodifiedorreplaced.
Figure2.1:NewAtolldocumentbasedonatemplate
Figure2.2:NewAtolldocumentGeoexplorer
Figure2.3:NewAtolldocumentParametersexplorer
WhenyoucreateanAtolldocumentfromatemplate,thedocumentisnotconnectedtoadatabase.
Toverifywhetherthedocumentisconnectedtoadatabase:
SelectDocument>Database>ConnectionProperties.ThedialogueinFigure2.4appears.
Figure2.4:AnAtolldocumentbasedonatemplateisnotconnectedtoadatabase
117
Forsk2013
2.2.1.3 DefiningaNewAtollDocument
OnceyouhavecreatedanewAtolldocumentasexplainedin"CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaTemplate"onpage116,
youconfigurethebasicparametersoftheAtolldocument.Youcanacceptthedefaultvaluesforsomeparameters,suchas
basicmeasurementunits,butyoumustsetprojectionanddisplaycoordinatesystems.
2.2.1.3.1
"ProjectionandDisplayCoordinateSystems"onpage118
"SettingaCoordinateSystem"onpage119
"SelectingtheDegreeDisplayFormat"onpage119
"SettingMeasurementUnits"onpage120
ProjectionandDisplayCoordinateSystems
InAtoll,youdefinethetwocoordinatesystemsforeachAtolldocument:theprojectioncoordinatesystemandthedisplay
coordinatesystem.Bydefault,thesamecoordinatesystemisusedforboth.
Aprojectionisamethodforproducingallorpartofaroundbodyonaflatsheet.Thisprojectioncannotbedonewithout
distortion, thus the cartographer must choose the characteristic (distance, direction, scale, area or shape) which is to be
shown appropriatelyat the expenseof the other characteristics, or he mustcompromiseon severalcharacteristics1. The
projectedzonesarereferencedusingcartographiccoordinates(meter,yard,etc.).
Twoprojectionsystemsarewidelyused:
TheLambertConformalConicprojection:aportionoftheearthismathematicallyprojectedonaconeconceptually
secantatoneortwostandardparallels.Thisprojectiontypeisusefulforrepresentingcountriesorregionsthatlay
primarilyeasttowest.
TheUniversalTransverseMercatorprojection(UTM):aportionoftheearthismathematicallyprojectedonacylinder
tangenttoameridian(whichistransverseorcrosswisetotheequator).Thisprojectiontypeisusefulformappinglarge
areasthatareorientednorthsouth.
Ageographicsystemisnotaprojection,butarepresentationofalocationontheearth'ssurfacefromgeographiccoordinates
(degreeminutesecondorgrade)givingthelatitudeandlongitudeinrelationtotheoriginmeridian(ParisfortheNTFsystem
andGreenwichfortheED50system).Thelocationsinthegeographicsystemcanbeconvertedintootherprojections.
Atollhasdatabasesincludingmorethan980internationalcoordinatesystemreferences,adatabasebasedontheEuropean
PetroleumSurveyGroupandanotheroneregroupingonlyFrance'scoordinatesystems.Atollusesthecartographiccoordi
natesystemsforprojectionandeithercartographicorgeographiccoordinatesystemsfordisplay.
Themapsdisplayedintheworkspacearereferencedwiththesameprojectionsystemastheimportedgeographicdatafiles;
thus,theprojectionsystemdependsontheimportedgeographicfile.Bychoosingaspecificdisplaysystem,youcansee(using
therulersorstatusbars)thelocationofsitesonthemapinacoordinatesystemdifferentfromtheprojectioncoordinate
system.Youcanalsopositiononthemapsitesreferencedinthedisplaysystem:thecoordinatesareautomaticallyconverted
fromtheprojectionsystemtothedisplaysystemandthesiteisdisplayedonthemap.
InFigure2.5,theBrusselsgeographicdatafilehasbeenimported.ThemapshowsBrusselsprojectedusingthecartographic
UTMsystem(coordinatesinmetres).Ontheotherhand,sitecoordinatesarestatedinthegeographicWGS84system(coor
dinatesindegreesminutesseconds).
1.
Snyder,John.P.,MapProjectionsUsedbytheUSGeologicalSurvey,2ndEdition,UnitedStatesGovernmentPrinting
Office,Washington,D.C.,313pages,1982.
118
AT320_UM_E0
Figure2.5:UTMsystemusedwithWGS84system
Allimportedrastergeographicfilesmustbeusethesamecartographicsystem.Ifnot,you
mustconvertthemtoasinglecartographicsystem.
2.2.1.3.2
SettingaCoordinateSystem
Becauseyouareworkingwithmaps,youmustsetacoordinatesystemforyourAtolldocument.Bydefault,projectionand
displaycoordinatesystemsarethesame,butyoucanchooseadifferentdisplaycoordinatesystemifyouwant.
Todefinethecoordinatesystem:
1. SelectDocument>Properties.ThePropertiesdialogueappears.
2. OntheCoordinatestab,clicktheBrowsebutton(
dialogueappears.
)totherightoftheProjectionfield.TheCoordinateSystems
3. IntheCoordinateSystemsdialogue,selectacataloguefromtheFindinlist.Fortheprojectionsystem,onlycarto
graphicsystems(
)areavailable.
4. Selectacoordinatesystemfromthelist.
Ifyoufrequentlyuseaparticularcoordinatesystemyoucanaddittoacatalogueof
favouritesbyclickingAddtoFavourites.
5. ClickOK.TheselectedcoordinatesystemappearsintheProjectionfieldand,bydefault,intheDisplayfieldaswell.
6. Ifyouwishtosetadifferentcoordinatesystemforthedisplay,clicktheBrowsebutton(
)totherightofthe
Displayfieldandrepeatstep3.tostep5.Forthedisplaysystem,bothcartographicsystems(identifiedbythe
symbol)andgeographicsystems(
2.2.1.3.3
)areavailable.
SelectingtheDegreeDisplayFormat
Atollcandisplaylongitudeandlatitudeinfourdifferentformats.Forexample:
265629.9N
26d56m29.9sN
26.93914N
+26.93914
Tochangethedegreedisplayformat:
2. OntheCoordinatestab,selecttheformatfromtheDegreeFormatlist.
3. ClickOK.
119
Forsk2013
Thedegreeformatoptionsapplyonlytothegeographiccoordinatesystems.
2.2.1.3.4
SettingMeasurementUnits
WhenyoucreateanewAtolldocument,Atollsetscertainmeasurementunitsforreception,transmission,antennagain,
distance,heightandoffsettointernaldefaults.Youcanacceptthesedefaultmeasurementunits,oryoucanchangethem
usingthePropertiesdialogue.
Tosetthemeasurementunits:
2. OntheUnitstab,selectthedesiredunitforthefollowingmeasurements:
Radio:
Geo:
Radiatedpower:Selecteither"EIRP"(EffectiveIsotropicallyRadiatedPower)or"ERP"()
Antennagain:Selecteither"dBi"(decibel(isotropic))or"dBd"(decibel(dipole))
Transmission:Selecteither"dBm"(decibel(milliWatt)),"W"(Watt),or"kW"(kiloWatt)
Reception:Selecteither"dBm"(decibel(milliWatt)),"dBV"(decibel(microvolt)),"dBV/M"(decibel(micro
voltpermetre)),or"V/M"(voltspermetre)
Distance:Selecteither"m"(metres),"Km"(kilometres),or"mi"(miles)
Heightandoffset:Selecteither"m"(metres)or"ft"(feet)
Climate:
Temperature:Selecteither"C"(Celsius)or"F"(Fahrenheit)
3. ClickOK.
2.2.2 WorkinginaMultiUserEnvironment
Amultiuserenvironmentisonewhereanumberofusers,orgroupsofusers,worksimultaneouslyongivenpartsofasingle,
large(perhapsnationwide)network.Differentusergroupsmightbeworkingonregionalorsmallersectionsofthenetwork.
Thissectiondescribesthedifferentcomponentsofmultiuserenvironmentsandoutlinestheirpurpose.
WhenyoucreateanewAtolldocumentfromadatabase,Atollloadsthedatatowhichyouhaverightsfromdatabaseinto
yournewdocumentandthendisconnectsitfromthedatabase.Theconnectiontothereferencedatabaseisreactivatedonly
whennecessary,thusensuringaccesstothedatabasebyotherusers.
Whenyouworkonadocumentcreatedfromadatabase,youareworkingondatathatyouaresharingwithotherusers.
Consequently,thereareissuesrelatedtosharingdatathatdonotarisewhenyouareworkingonastandalonedocument.
Forexample,whenyouarchiveyourchangestothedatabase,thechangesyouhavemademayoccasionallyinterferewith
changesotherusershavemadeandyouwillneedtoresolvethisconflict.
"TheAtollMultiUserEnvironment"onpage120
"CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaDatabase"onpage121
"WorkingWithaDocumentonaDatabase"onpage122
"RefreshinganAtollDocumentfromtheDatabase"onpage124
"ArchivingtheModificationsofanAtollDocumentintheDatabase"onpage124.
2.2.2.1 TheAtollMultiUserEnvironment
AnAtollmultiuserenvironmentconsistsofthefollowingelements,connectedoveranetwork:
AcentralAtollproject:ThecentralAtollprojectcanonlybeaccessed,modified,andupdatedbytheAtolladminis
trator.ThroughthiscentralAtollproject,theAtolladministratorcanmanageallthedatasharedbyalltheindividual
Atollusersorgroupsofusers.
Shareddata:ShareddataareinitiallysetupbytheadministratorusingthecentralAtollprojectandarethenaccessed,
modified,workedon,andupdatedbytheAtollusersandtheadministrator.Theshareddataaremainlyofthefol
lowingthreetypes:
120
Thecentraldatabase:ThecentraldatabasestoresalltheradiodataofalltheAtolluserdocuments.Itisinitiated
throughthecentralAtollprojectbytheadministrator,andisthensubdividedintosectionsonwhichusersor
groupsofuserscanworksimultaneously.Oncethedatabaseisinplace,userscanmodifytheirprojects,refresh
theirprojectsfromthedatastoredinthedatabase,andarchivetheirmodificationsinthedatabase.Theuseofa
databasemeansthatpotentialdataconflictsduetomodificationsfromotherusers,modifiedordeletedrecords,
forexample,canbedetectedandresolved.
AT320_UM_E0
Sharedgeographicdata:Sharedgeographicdatafilesareusuallystoredonacommonfileserverwithafastaccess
connection.Sincegeographicdatafilesareusuallylarge,theyareusuallylinkedtoanAtollfile,i.e.,theyarestored
externally,soastominimisethesizeoftheAtollfile.Userswhomodifygeographicdatalocally,forexample,
editingeditclutterortrafficintheirrespectiveprojects,usuallystorethesemodificationslocally,sincethesemod
ificationsrarelyhaveanimpactonotherusers.
Pathlossmatrices:ThepathlossmatricesarecalculatedthroughthecentralAtollprojectbytheadministrator
andcanbeupdatedonlybytheadministrator.Eachusercanreadthesepathlossdatabutcannotmodifythem.
IfusersmodifytheirAtolldocumentsinsuchawaythatthepathlossdatabecomesinvalidfortheirdocument,
anypathlossmatricescalculatedbytheseusersarestoredlocally,eitherembeddedintheATLfileorlinkedtoan
externalfile.Thesharedpathlossdataarenotmodified.
Sharedpathlossmatricesareupdatedwhenthecalculationadministratorperformsanupdate,takingintoac
countthemodificationsmadebyotheruserswhichhavebeenstoredandupdatedinthecentraldatabase.Shared
pathlossmatricesenableanumberofuserstoworkwithacentralisedpathlossmatricesfolder,containingpath
lossmatricescorrespondingtothecentralAtollproject.
UserDocuments:Individualuserdocumentsareinitialisedbytheadministratorbutarelaterworkeduponandman
agedbyeachuser.UserdocumentsareAtollfileswhichareconnectedtothecentraldatabase,loadonlytherequired
partofthegeographicdata(asdefinedbytheCFGfile,forexample),andhaveaccesstothesharedpathlossmatrices
folder.
Figure2.6:ComponentsofMultiuserEnvironments
Forinformationoncreatingandmaintainingthedatabase,seetheAdministratorManual.
2.2.2.2 CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaDatabase
Whenyoucreateanewdocumentfromadatabase,youmustconnecttothedatabase.Onceconnected,Atollloadsthedata
baseintoanewAtolldocument.Thentheconnectedisinterrupted.Anewconnectionwiththedatabasewillbecreatedonly
whennecessary,inordertoallowotherusersaccesstothedatabase.
Theexactprocedureofconnectingwiththedatabasediffersfromonedatabasetoanother.Atollcanworkwiththefollowing
databases:
MicrosoftAccess
MicrosoftSQLServer
Oracle
121
Forsk2013
Sybase
MicrosoftDataLinkfiles
Thefollowingsectionsgiveexamplesofconnectingtotwodifferentdatabasesandloadingdata:
"ConnectingtoaDatabase"onpage122.
"SelectingtheDatatoLoadFromtheDatabase"onpage122.
AnexampleofanewAtolldocumentcreatedfromadatabaseisshownin:
2.2.2.2.1
"WorkingWithaDocumentonaDatabase"onpage122
ConnectingtoaDatabase
Tocreateanewdocumentfromadatabase:
1. SelectFile>New>FromanExistingDatabase.TheOpenfromaDatabasedialogueappears.
2. IntheFilesoftypelist,selecttheoptioncorrespondingtothetypeofyourdatabase.Dependingonthetypeofthe
database,adialoguemayappearwhereyoucanenteryourUserName,Password,andServer.
By setting an option in the atoll.ini file, you can instruct Atoll to always use a
defineddatabasetype(MSAccess,SQLServer,orOracle).TheOpenfromaData
base dialogue will not appear. Instead the databasespecific authentication dia
logue will appear immediately. For more information, see the Administrator
Manual.
Additionaldialoguesmightopenaskingyoutochoosewhichprojectinthedata
basetoloadorwhichsitelisttoload.
3. ClickOK.TheDatatoLoaddialogueappears,allowingyoutoselectthedatatoloadintoAtollasanewdocument(see
"SelectingtheDatatoLoadFromtheDatabase"onpage122).
2.2.2.2.2
SelectingtheDatatoLoadFromtheDatabase
Whenyoucreateanewdocumentfromadatabase,youcanselectthedatatobeloadedfromthedatabasetocreatethe
documentintheDatatoloaddialogue.YoucanselectwhichProject,SiteList,CustomFieldsGroups,andNeighbourstoload.
Ifyouloadtheintratechnologyortheintertechnologyneighbourlist,Atollwillalsoloadtheassociatedexceptionalpairs
table.
Figure2.7:Selectingthedatatoload
2.2.2.3 WorkingWithaDocumentonaDatabase
Figure2.8showsanewAtolldocumentbasedcreatedfromadatabase.TheNetworkexplorernowhasafolderstructuresuit
ableforaUMTSradioplanningproject.TheSitesfolderisexpandedtoshowthatadocumentcreatedfromadatabasecan
haveadditionaldata,suchassites,unlikeadocumentcreatedfromatemplate.Thesecanbemodifiedorreplaced.Figure2.9
andFigure2.10showthecontentsoftheGeoandParameterstabsofthenewdocument,respectively.
122
AT320_UM_E0
Figure2.8:NewAtolldocumentopenedfromadatabase
Thenewdocumentmightopenwithnositedisplayedinthemapwindow.Thisisbecause
thenorthwestpointoftheprojectisbydefaulttheaxisorigin.Youcanrecentrethedocu
mentonthedatadisplayedintheNetworkexplorerbyexpandingtheSitesfolder,right
clickinganysite,andselectingCentreinMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
Figure2.9:NewAtolldocumentGeoexplorer
Figure2.10:NewAtolldocumentParametersexplorer
WhenyoucreateanAtolldocumentfromadatabase,youcanviewthecharacteristicsofthedatabaseconnection.
Toviewthecharacteristicsofthedatabaseconnection:
1. SelectDocument>Database>ConnectionProperties.TheDatabaseConnectiondialogueappears(seeFigure2.11).
2. Youcannow:
Disconnectyourdocumentfromthedatabase.
Ifyoudisconnectyourdocumentfromthedatabase,itwillbebecomeastandalone
documentandyouwillnotbeabletoreconnectittothedatabase.
Modifyyourconnectiontothedatabase.
123
Forsk2013
Figure2.11:TheDatabaseConnectiondialogue
2.2.2.4 RefreshinganAtollDocumentfromtheDatabase
Asyouareworkingonyourdocument,otheruserswhohaveaccesstothedatabasemayhavemodifiedsomeofthedata.You
canensurethatyouhavethemostrecentdatainyourdocumentbyrefreshingtheinformationfromthedatabase.How
frequently you refresh the document depends on how frequently the database is updated. If the database is updated
frequently,youshouldrefreshyourdocumentfrequentlyaswell,inordertocontinueworkingwiththemostuptodatedata.
TorefreshanAtolldocumentfromthedatabase:
1. SelectDocument>Database>RefreshFromtheDatabase.TheRefreshdialogueappears.
2. Inthedialogue,youcandooneofthefollowingifyouhavemodifiedyourdocumentbuthavenotyetsavedthose
changesinthedatabase:
Archiveyourchangesinthedatabase:Thisoptionallowsyoutoarchiveyourchangestotheserverinsteadof
refreshingyourdocumentfromtheserver.
Refreshunmodifieddataonly:Thisoptionallowsyoutorefreshfromthedatabaseonlythoseitemsthatyouhave
notmodifiedinyourdocument.
Cancelyourchangesandreloaddatabase:Thisoptionallowsyoutocancelanychangesyouhavemadeandstart
overfromthepointofthelastarchivetothedatabase.
If you chose Refresh unmodified data only or Cancel your changes and reload
database,Atollproceedswithoutaskingforconfirmation.
IfyouchoseArchiveyourchangesinthedatabase,theArchivedialogueappears.
ForinformationonusingtheArchivedialogue,see"ArchivingtheModificationsof
anAtollDocumentintheDatabase"onpage124.
3. Under Take into account, you can select the neighbour lists, Intratechnology Neighbours and Intertechnology
Neighbours,torefresh.
4. UnderModificationsSincetheLastRefresh,youcanselecttheGenerateReportcheckboxtocreateareportforthe
refreshprocess.
5. ClickOK.Thedocumentisrefreshedaccordingtotheselectedoptions.
Ifyouselectedtogenerateareport,AtollcreatesatextfileinCSV(CommaSeparatedValues)formatinthetemporaryfiles
systemfolder,andopensit.Youcanthenrenamethefileandsaveitwhereyouwant.Thereportlistsallthemodifications
(deletions,additions,andupdates)thatwerestoredinthedatabasesincethelasttimeyourefreshedoropenedyourdocu
ment.
2.2.2.5 ArchivingtheModificationsofanAtollDocumentintheDatabase
WhenyouareworkingonanAtolldocumentthatisattachedtoadatabase,youshouldfromtimetotimearchivethemodi
ficationsyouhavemadetothedataonthedatabase.Howfrequentlyyoushouldarchiveyourdocumentdependsonseveral
factors:theamountandsizeofchangesyoumake,thenumberofotherusersusingthedatabasewhomightbenefitfromyour
modifications,etc.Whatyoucanarchivedependsontheuserrightsthedatabaseadministratorhasgiventoyou.Forexample,
you can have read access to the antennas table, allowing you to create a new Atoll document with the given antennas.
However, because only the administrator canmodifythe properties of theantennas,you will not be able to archiveany
changesyoumaketotheantennaswithoutwriteaccesstothetable.
TheAtollarchivingprocessisflexible.Youcanarchiveallyourmodificationsoronlythesiterelatedmodifications.Aswell,
whenyouarearchiving,Atollshowsyouallmodificationsthatwillbearchivedand,ifyouwant,youcanarchiveonlysomeof
themorevenundomodificationsyouhavemadelocally.Occasionally,otherusersmighthavemodifiedsomeofthesame
dataand,whenyouarchiveyourchanges,Atollwillinformyouofthepossibleconflictsandhelpyouresolvethem.
124
"ArchivingAllModificationsintheDatabase"onpage125
"ArchivingOnlySiteRelatedDataintheDatabase"onpage125
"ResolvingDataConflicts"onpage125.
AT320_UM_E0
2.2.2.5.1
ArchivingAllModificationsintheDatabase
Toarchiveallyourmodificationsinthedatabase:
1. SelectDocument>Database>Archive.TheArchivedialogueappears(seeFigure2.12).
2. IntheArchivedialogue,youcandothefollowing:
ClickRunAlltoarchiveallyourchangestothedatabase.
SelectoneitemunderPendingchangesandclickRuntoarchivetheselectedmodificationtothedatabase
SelectoneitemunderPendingchangesandclickDifferencestoviewthedifferencesbetweenthelocalitemand
theitemonthedatabase.
SelectoneitemunderPendingchangesandclickUndotorefreshthemodificationwiththeoriginaldatafromthe
database.
Figure2.12:TheArchivedialogue
3. Ifsomeofthedatahasbeenmodifiedonthedatabasesinceyoulastrefreshed,Atollstopsthearchivingprocessand
asksyoutoresolvetheconflict.Forinformationonmanagingconflicts,see"ResolvingDataConflicts"onpage125.
4. Whenyouarefinishedarchiving,clickClose.
2.2.2.5.2
ArchivingOnlySiteRelatedDataintheDatabase
Atollallowsyoutoarchiveonlysiterelateddataifyouwant.Whichdataisarchiveddependsontheradiotechnologyyouare
workingwith.Forexample,inaUMTSHSPAradioplanningproject,thesiterelateddataare:sites,transmitters,cells,and
neighbours.
Toarchiveonlythesiterelateddatainthedatabase:
2. RightclicktheSitesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectArchive.TheArchivedialogueappearswithonlysiterelateddatadisplayed.
4. IntheArchivedialogue,youcandothefollowing:
ClickRunAlltoarchiveallyourchangestothedatabase.
SelectoneitemunderPendingChangesandclickRuntoarchivetheselectedmodificationtothedatabase
SelectoneitemunderPendingChangesandclickDifferencestoviewthedifferencesbetweenthelocalitemand
theitemonthedatabase.
SelectoneitemunderPendingChangesandclickUndotorefreshthemodificationwiththeoriginaldatafromthe
database.
5. Ifsomeofthedatahasbeenmodifiedonthedatabasesinceyoulastrefreshed,Atollstopsthearchivingprocessand
asksyoutoresolvetheconflict.Forinformationonmanagingconflicts,see"ResolvingDataConflicts"onpage125.
6. Whenyouarefinishedarchiving,clickClose.
2.2.2.5.3
ResolvingDataConflicts
Atollenablesseveraluserstousethesamedatabasebyallowingusertoloadthedataandthenfreeingthedatabaseforother
users.However,thisalsocreatesthepossibilityoftwousersmodifyingthesamedata.Whentheseconduserattemptsto
archivehischanges,Atollwarnshimthatthedatahavebeenchangedsincehelastrefreshedthedataandthatthereisa
conflict.
Atollallowsyoutoresolvedataconflicts.WhenAtollfindsaconflict,itdisplaysthewarningshowninFigure2.13.
125
Forsk2013
Figure2.13:Conflictwarning
Youhavethreeoptions:
Ignore:IfyouclickIgnore,Atollignoresitemscausingconflictsinthetablebeingarchived,archivesallothermodifi
cationsinthetable,andcontinueswiththenexttable.Youcanresolvetheconflictsafterthearchivingprocesshas
ended.However,ifconflictsarefoundinothertables,AtollwillwarnyouwiththeDatabaseTransferErrordialogue
again.
IgnoreAll:IfyouclickIgnoreAll,Atollignoresallitemscausingconflictsinalltablesbeingarchived,andarchivesall
othermodifications.Youcanresolvetheconflictsafterthearchivingprocesshasended.
Abort: If you click Abort, the archiving process stops. You can attempt to resolve conflicts before restarting the
archivingprocess.
Whetheryouabortthearchiveprocesstoresolvetheconflictimmediately,orwaituntiltheendofthearchiveprocess,the
proceduretoresolvetheconflictisthesame.
Toresolvedataconflictsonebyone:
1. InthePendingChangespaneoftheArchivedialogue,selecttheconflictyouwanttoresolveandclickResolve.There
aretwodifferenttypesofdataconflicts:
Onamodifiedrecord:Youareintheprocessofarchivingyourmodificationsonthedatabaseandanotheruser
hasmodifiedthesamedatasinceyoulastarchivedorrefreshedyourdata.Aconflictiscausedonlybydifferences
inthesamefieldofthesamerecordbetweenthedatabaseandthecurrentAtolldocument.
TheConflictinChangesdialogueappears,withthefieldsinconflicthighlighted(seeFigure2.14).IntheConflict
inChangesdialogue,youcanseethevalueofthefieldinthedatabaseintheDatabasevaluescolumn,aswellas
thevalueofthesamefieldinyourdocumentintheCurrentvaluescolumn.
Figure2.14:TheConflictinChangesdialogue
Ifyouwanttooverwritethedatabasevaluewiththevalueofthesamefieldinyourdocument,selectthecheck
boxnexttothehighlightedchangeandclickOkay.Yourmodificationwillbewrittentothedatabase,overwrit
ingthevaluethere.
Ifyouwanttoacceptthevalueofthefieldinthedatabase,clearthecheckboxnexttothehighlightedchange
andclickOkay.Yourmodificationwillbelostandthevalueinthedatabasewillremainunchanged.
Onadeletedrecord:Youareintheprocessofarchivingyourmodificationsonthedatabaseandanotheruserhas
deletedarecordsinceyoulastarchivedorrefreshedyourdata.Forinformation,see"ResolvingDataConflicts"on
page125.
Atolldisplaysamessageexplainingthattherecordyouaretryingtoupdatehasbeendeletedfromthedatabase
(seeFigure2.15).Selectoneofthefollowing:
126
AT320_UM_E0
Figure2.15:Conflictonadeletedrecord
Yes:SelectYestostoreyourmodificationsinthedatabase,therebyrecreatingthedeletedrecord.
No:SelectNotoabandonyourmodificationstothisrecordanddeletethisrecordfromyourdocument.
Cancel:SelectCanceltocancel.
2. ClickClosetoclosetheArchivedialogue.
Toresolveallthedataconflicts:
1. InthePendingChangespaneoftheArchivedialogue,selectanyconflictandclickResolveAll.Atolldisplaysamessage
explaininghowResolveAllworks(seeFigure2.16).Selectoneofthefollowing:
Figure2.16:Resolvingallthedataconflictssimultaneously
Yes:SelectYestoacceptallthemodificationsmadebyotherusersinthedatabaseandupdateyourdocument
withvaluesfromthedatabase.
No:SelectNotooverwritethemodificationsmadebyotherusersinthedatabasewiththevaluesfromyourdoc
ument.
Cancel:SelectCanceltocancel.
2. ClickClosetoclosetheArchivedialogue.
Youshouldonlyresolveallthedataconflictswhenyouarecertainaboutthe
modifications.
2.3 MakingaBackupofYourDocument
Atollcancreateandautomaticallyupdatebackupsofdocumentsyouareworkingon.Onceyouhavesavedthedocument,
Atollcreatesabackupoftheoriginaldocumentandupdatesitatadefinedinterval.Forexample,foradocumentnamed"file
name.atl,"Atollwillcreateabackupfilecalled"filename.atl.bak"inthesamefolderastheoriginaldocument.Youcandefine
theupdateintervaleachtimeyoustartAtoll.
YoucanalsoconfigureAtolltocreateautomaticbackupsofexternalpathlossmatrices(LOSfiles)bysettinganoptioninthe
Whenyouhaveactivatedautomaticbackup,Atollautomaticallycreatesabackupforeverydocumentopen.Consequently,if
youhavealotofdocumentsopen,thisoperationcantakealongtime.However,youcanoptimisetheprocessbyopening
largedocumentsinseparateAtollsessions,insteadofinthesameAtollsession.Thisalsoimprovesmemorymanagement
because each instance of Atoll has its own 2GB (under 32bit operating systems; 4GB under 64bit operating systems)
memoryallocation.IfyouopentwolargedocumentsinthesameAtollsession,thesedocumentswillusethesame2GB
memorypool.IfyouopenthemintwodifferentAtollsessions,eachdocumentwillhaveitsown2GBallocatedmemory.
"ConfiguringAutomaticBackup"onpage128
"RecoveringaBackup"onpage128.
127
Forsk2013
2.3.1 ConfiguringAutomaticBackup
YoucansetupautomaticbackupforeachAtollsession.
Toconfigureautomaticbackup:
1. SelectTools>ConfigureAutoBackup.TheAutoBackupConfigurationdialogueappears(seeFigure2.17).
Figure2.17:AutoBackupConfigurationdialogue
2. SelecttheActivateAutoBackupcheckbox.
3. SelectthePromptbeforestartingAutoBackupcheckboxifyouwantAtolltoaskyoubeforesavingthebackupof
yourfileeverytime(seeFigure2.18).
4. Enteratimeinterval,inminutes,betweenconsecutivebackupsintheAutomaticallysavebackupseverytextbox.
Itcantakealongtime toback uplargedocuments. Therefore,youshould setacorre
spondinglylongerintervalbetweenbackupswhenworkingwithlargedocumentsinorder
tooptimisetheprocess.
5. ClickOK.
IfyouselectedthePromptbeforestartingautomaticbackupcheckbox,Atollpromptsyoueachtimebeforebackingupthe
document.IfyouclickOK,Atollproceedstobackupallopendocuments.IfyouclickCancel,Atollskipsthebackuponce.
Figure2.18:Automaticbackupprompt
Theautomaticbackuptimerisstoppedwhilethepromptisdisplayed.AtolldisplaysamessageintheEventViewereverytime
abackupfileisupdated.Ifyouareperformingcalculations,i.e.,coveragepredictionsorsimulations,theautomaticbackupis
delayeduntilthecalculationshaveended.Thetimerstartsagainoncethecalculationsareover.Ifyousavetheoriginaldocu
mentmanually,thetimerisresetto0.
2.3.2 RecoveringaBackup
YoucaneasilyrecoveryourbackupdocumentandopenitinAtolljustlikeanyotherAtolldocument.
Torecoveryourbackupdocument:
1. UsingWindowsExplorer,navigatetothefoldercontainingyouroriginalAtolldocumentanditsbackup.
2. Iftheoriginaldocumentwasnamed"filename.atl,"thebackupdocumentwillbeinthesamefolderandwillbecalled
"filename.atl.bak".RenamethedocumentandremovetheBAKextension.Forexample,youcouldchangethename
to"filenamebackup.atl."
IfyoujustremovetheBAKextension,yourbackupfilewillhavethesamefilenameas
theoriginalfileandWindowswillnotallowyoutorenamethefile.Therefore,itissafer
togiveanewnametothebackupfileandkeeptheoriginalfileuntilyouaresurewhich
versionismostrecent.
128
AT320_UM_E0
3. OpentherenamedbackupdocumentinAtoll.Youwillbeabletorecoveralltheworkuptothelasttimethebackup
wassaved.
2.4 MakingandSharingPortableAtollProjects
YoucancreateportableAtolldocumentsintwoways:
byembeddingallthegeographicdataintheATLfile,or
bycreatingacompressedarchive(ZIPfile)containingtheATLfileandallgeographicdatalinkedtotheAtolldocument.
Inmostworkingenvironments,geographicdatafilesarestoredonacommonfileserverandarelinkedtotheATLdocuments
ofdifferentusersoveranetwork.Oftenthesegeographicdatafilesarequitelarge,anditisnotfeasibletoembedthesefiles
inanATLfileforreasonsrelatedtofilesize,memoryconsumption,andperformance.Itis,therefore,moreusefultomakea
projectportablebycreatinganarchivethatcontainstheATLandallgeographicdatafiles.
AtollletsyoumakeanarchivecontainingtheATLfileandallgeographicdatadirectlyfromtheFilemenu.
TomakeanarchivecontainingtheATLfileandalllinkedgeographicdatafiles:
1. SelectFile>SavetoZip.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
2. Selectthefolderwherethecreatedarchiveistobestored,enteraFilenameforthearchivetobecreated,andselect
"ZipFiles(*.zip)"fromtheSaveastypelist.
AtollcreatesaZIPfilecontaining:
AcopyoftheATLfilewiththesamenameasthenameofthearchive(ZIPfile).
TheATLfileaddedtothearchivecontainsallthedatathatmightbeembeddedinit(pathlossmatrices,geographic
data,coveragepredictions,simulationresults,measurementdata,etc.).
A".losses"foldercontainingapathloss.dbffileandaLowRessubfolderwhichcontainsthepathloss.dbffilecorre
spondingtotheextendedpathlossmatrices.
Externallystoredpathlossmatricesarenotaddedtothearchivebecausetheyarenotnecessaryformakinga
portabledocument;theycanberecalculatedbasedonthenetworkandgeographicdataintheATLfile.Thepath
loss.dbffilesarestoredinthearchivebecausetheyareneededwhenreopeningthearchiveinAtoll.
A"Geo"folderwithallthelinkedgeographicdataavailableintheGeoexplorerfortheAtolldocument.
ThisfoldercontainssubfolderswiththesamenamesasthefoldersintheGeoexplorer.Geographicdatathatare
foundoutsidefoldersintheGeoexplorerarestoredinfilesundertheGeofolder,anddatapresentwithinfolders
intheGeoexplorerarestoredinsidetheirrespectivefolders.Ifthegeographicdatafileslinkedtothedocument
arelocatedonaremotecomputer,suchasafileserveroveranetwork,theyarefirstcopiedtothelocalcomputer
intheWindowstemporaryfilesfolderandthenaddedtothearchive.
Oncetheportablearchiveiscreated,youcanopenitdirectlyfromAtollwithoutfirsthavingtoextractitusinganothertool.
ToopenanarchivecontaininganATLfileandalllinkedgeographicdatafiles:
1. SelectFile>OpenfromZip.TheOpendialogueappears.
2. SelecttheZIPfilethatcontainstheATLfileandlinkedgeographicdatafiles.
3. ClickOpen.TheBrowseForFolderdialogueappears.
4. SelectthefolderwhereyouwanttoextractthecontentsoftheZIPfile.
5. Click OK. Atoll extracts all the files from the archive to the selected folder. If necessary, it createsthe subfolders
requiredforextractingthecontentsoftheGeofolder.OnceAtollhasfinishedextractingfilesfromthearchive,it
openstheextractedATLfile.GeographicdataextractedfromthearchivearelinkedtotheATLfile.
Youdonotneedtohaveacompressionutility,suchasWinZiporWinRAR,installed
onthecomputerwhenworkingwitharchivedATLfiles.
Thehighestcompressionlevelisusedwhencreatingthearchive.
129
130
Forsk2013
Chapter3
GeographicData
Thischapterprovidesinformationonworkingwith
geographicdatainanAtollproject.
"GeographicDataTypes"onpage133
"SupportedGeographicDataFormats"onpage135
"ImportingGeoDataFiles"onpage135
"DigitalTerrainModels"onpage142
"ClutterClasses"onpage143
"ClutterHeights"onpage146
"Contours,Lines,andPoints"onpage147
"ScannedImages"onpage148
"PopulationMaps"onpage150
"CustomGeoDataMaps"onpage150
"SettingthePriorityofGeoData"onpage154
"DisplayingInformationAboutGeoData"onpage157
"GeographicDataSets"onpage158
"EditingGeographicData"onpage159
"SavingGeographicData"onpage162
132
Forsk2013
Chapter3:GeographicData
AT320_UM_E0
3 GeographicData
SeveraldifferentgeographicdatatypesareusedinanAtolldocument.Forexample:thedigitalterrainmodel(DTM),clutter
classes,clutterheights,scannedimages,onlinemaps,populationmaps,andtrafficdatamapsaretypesofthegeographicdata
thatyoucanimportorcreate.Somedatatypes,suchasclutterclasses,canbeusedtogivemorerealisticcalculations.Other
typessuchasscannedimages,areusedtocreateamorerealisticdisplayoftheregionunderstudy.
Youcanimportawidevarietyofbothvectorandrasterformatgeodatafiles.WhenyouimportageodatafileintoAtoll,you
candecideinwhichfolderitgoes.TheGeoexploreroftheAtollExplorerwindowhasfoldersforthecommonlyuseddata
types.Therefore,choosingafolderischoosingwhatthefilewillbeusedfor.Youcanalsocreateyourowndatatypebyimport
ingafileanddefiningwhatdataistobeused.
OnceyouhaveimportedafileintotheAtolldocument,youcaneditthedata,definehowthegeodatawillbedisplayed.Atoll
alsoallowsyoutomanagemultiplefilesforasingledatatype,decidingthepriorityofdatafileswithdifferentinformationor
differentresolutions.YoucanalsodisplaygeodataoveritemsintheNetworkexplorer,eitherbytransferringthemtothe
Networkexplorer,orbyimportingthemdirectlytotheNetworkexplorer.
Youcanalsocreateandeditgeographicdata.Youcanaddavectorlayertocertaindatatypestowhichyoucanaddcontours,
lines,orpoints,createnewgeographicdata,ormodifyexistingdata.Youcanalsocreaterasterbasedgeographicdatasuch
astrafficmapsorclutterclasses.
Youcanexportmostgeodataobjects(forexample,DTM,clutterclasses,clutterheights,rasterpolygons,orvectorlayers)for
useinotherAtolldocumentsorinotherapplications.Atollalsoallowsyoutosavechangesyoumaketogeodataobjectsback
totheoriginalfiles.Thisenablesyoutoupdatetheoriginalfilesand,throughtheprocessofsavingthem,recompactthefile.
Thischapterexplainsthefollowingtopics:
"GeographicDataTypes"onpage133
"SupportedGeographicDataFormats"onpage135
"ImportingGeoDataFiles"onpage135
"DigitalTerrainModels"onpage142
"CustomGeoDataMaps"onpage150
"SettingthePriorityofGeoData"onpage154
"EditingGeographicData"onpage159
"SavingGeographicData"onpage162.
3.1 GeographicDataTypes
An Atoll document can contain several different geographic data types. Atoll supports a wide range of file formats for
geographicdatafiles.ThedifferentgeographicdatatypesplaydifferentrolesintheAtolldocument:
Geographicdatausedinpropagationcalculation:
Geographicdatausedindimensioning:
Trafficmaps
Geographicdatausedinstatistics:
Digitalterrainmodel
Clutterclasses
Clutterheights
Populationmaps
Custommaps
Geographicdatausedfordisplaypurposes:
Scannedmaps
Onlinemaps
Imagesfromwebmapservices(WMS)
Contours,lines,andpointsrepresenting,forexample,roads,railways,orregions.
Inthissection,thefollowingdatatypesaredescribed:
"DigitalTerrainModel"onpage134
133
Forsk2013
"TrafficDataMaps"onpage134
"CustomDataMaps"onpage134
DigitalTerrainModel
TheDTMdescribestheelevationofthegroundoversealevel.YoucandisplaytheDTMindifferentways:bysinglevalue,
discretevalues,orbyvalueintervals(see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43).
TheDTMisautomaticallytakenintoaccountbythepropagationmodelduringcomputations.
ClutterClasses
Theclutterclassgeodatafiledescribeslandcoverorlanduse.Clutterclassesaretakenintoaccountbythepropagationmodel
duringcomputations.
Eachpixelinaclutterclassfilecontainsacode(fromamaximumof256possibleclasses)whichcorrespondstoaclutterclass,
orinotherwordstoacertaintypeofgrounduseorcover.Theheightperclasscanbedefinedaspartoftheclutterclass,
however,theheightwillbedefinedasanaverageheightforeachclutterclass.Forinformationondefiningtheheightperclut
terclass,see"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143.Clutterheightscanalsobedefinedbyaseparateclutterheights
file(see"ClutterHeights"onpage134).Aclutterheightmapcanrepresentheightmuchmoreaccuratelybecauseitallowsa
differentheighttobeassignedforeachpixelofthemap.
ClutterHeights
ClutterheightmapsdescribethealtitudeofclutterovertheDTMwithonealtitudedefinedperpixel.Clutterheightmapscan
offermorepreciseinformationthandefininganaltitudeperclutterclassbecause,inaclutterheightfile,itispossibletohave
differentheightswithinasingleclutterclass.
Whenclutteraltitudeisdefinedbothinclutterclassesandinaclutterheightmap,clutteraltitudeistakenfromtheclutter
heightmap.
Youcandisplaytheclutterheightmapindifferentways:bysinglevalue,discretevalues,orbyvalueintervals(see"Display
PropertiesofObjects"onpage43).
Theonlypropagationmodelsthatcantakeclutterheightsintoaccountincalculationsare
theStandardPropagationModelandWLLmodel.
Contours,Lines,andPoints
Atollsupportscontours,lines,andpointstorepresentpolygonssuchasregions,orlinessuchasroadsorcoastlines,orpoints.
Theyareusedfordisplayonlyandhavenoeffectoncomputations.Contourscanalsobeusedtocreatefilteringpolygonsor
computationorfocuszones.
ScannedImages
Scannedimagesaregeographicdatafileswhichrepresenttheactualphysicalsurroundings,forexample,roadmapsorsatel
liteimages.Theyareusedtoprovideaprecisebackgroundforotherobjectsorforlessprecisemapsandareusedonlyfor
display;theyhavenoeffectoncalculations.
PopulationMaps
Populationmapscontaininformationonpopulationdensityoronthetotalnumberofinhabitants.Populationmapscanbe
usedinpredictionreportsinordertodisplay,forexample,theabsoluteandrelativenumbersofthepopulationcovered.
Populationmapshavenoeffectonpredictionandsimulationresults.
TrafficDataMaps
Trafficdatamapscontaininformationoncapacityandserviceusepergeographicarea.Trafficdatamapsareusedfornetwork
capacityanalyses.
CustomDataMaps
Youcanimportmanydifferenttypesoffilesfor,forexample,revenue,rainfall,orsociodemographicdata.Youcouldusethe
importeddatainpredictionreports.Forexample,youcoulddisplaythepredictedrevenuefordefinedcoverage.
Theseimporteddatahavenoeffectonpredictionandsimulationresults.
134
AT320_UM_E0
OnlineMaps
Youcandisplayvarioustypesofonlinemapsinthemapwindow.FromtheGeoexplorer,youcanaccessthesemapsdirectly
orbyspecifyingtheirserverURLs.
3.2 SupportedGeographicDataFormats
Atollsupportsthefollowinggeographicdataformats:
DTMfilesinthefollowingformats:TIF(8or16bitinteger),BIL(8,16or32bitinteger,32bitfloat),Planet(16bit
integer),BMP(8bitinteger),GRDVerticalMapper(16bitinteger),andErdasImagine(8,16or32bitinteger,32bit
float)
Clutterheightfilesinthefollowingformats:TIF(8or16bitinteger),BIL(8,16or32bitinteger,32bitfloat),Planet
(16bitinteger),BMP(8bitinteger),GRDVerticalMapper(16bitinteger),andErdasImagine(8,16or32bitinteger,
32bitfloat)
Clutterclassandtrafficfilesinthefollowingformats:TIF(8bit),BIL(8bit),IST(8bit),BMP(8bit),Planet,GRCVertical
Mapper(8bit),andErdasImagine(8bit)
Vectordatafilesinthefollowingformats:AGD,DXF,Planet,SHP,MIF,andTAB.
Vectortrafficfilesinthefollowingformats:AGD,DXF,Planet,SHP,MIF,andTAB.
Scannedimagefilesinthefollowingformats:TIF(1to24bit),JPEG(1to24bit),JPEG2000(1to24bit),BIL(1to
24bit),IST(1to24bit),BMP(1to24bit),Planet,ErdasImagine(1to24bit),GRCVerticalMapper(1to24bit),and
ECW(8or24bit)
Populationfilesinthefollowingformats:TIF(16bit),BIL(16bit),IST(16bit),Planet,BMP(16bit),ErdasImagine
(16bit),GRD/GRCVerticalMapper(16bit),AGD,DXF,SHP,MIF,andTAB.
Otherdatainthefollowingformats:TIF(16bit),BIL(16bit),IST(16bit),Planet,BMP(16bit),ErdasImagine(16bit),
GRD/GRCVerticalMapper(16bit),AGD,DXF,SHP,MIF,andTAB.
Allimportedrastermapsmusthavethesameprojectioncoordinatesystem.
3.3 ImportingGeoDataFiles
YoucanimportthegeographicdatayouneedintothecurrentAtolldocument.Asexplainedin"SupportedGeographicData
Formats"onpage135,Atollsupportsavarietyofbothrasterandvectorfileformats.Whenyouimportanewgeodatafile,
AtollrecognisesthefileformatandsuggeststheappropriatefolderintheGeoexplorer.Youcanembedgeodatafilesinthe
Atolldocumentwhileyouareimportingthemorafterwards(see"EmbeddingGeographicData"onpage142).
YoucansharethepathsofimportedmapsanddisplaysettingswithotherusersbyusingAtollsuserconfigurationfiles.For
informationonexportingthepathsofyourdocumentsfilesortoimportthepathfromanotherdocumentusinguserconfig
urationfiles,see"GeographicDataSets"onpage158.
Theinstructionsinthissectiondonotapplytocustomgeodatamaps.Forinformationon
importingorcreatingacustomgeodatamap,see"CustomGeoDataMaps"onpage150.
"ImportingaRasterformatGeoDataFile"onpage136
"ImportingaVectorformatGeoDataFile"onpage137
"ImportingMSIPlanetData"onpage138
"ImportingaWMSRasterformatGeoDataFile"onpage140
"GroupingGeoDataFilesinFolders"onpage141
"EmbeddingGeographicData"onpage142.
Youcanusedraganddroptoimportgeodatafilesintoadocument.Theformatis
automaticallyrecognisedandAtollpresentsyouwiththeappropriatedialogue.
135
Forsk2013
3.3.1 ImportingaRasterformatGeoDataFile
AllrastergeodatafilesmustberepresentedinthesameprojectioncoordinatesystemastheAtolldocumentitself.
Toimportageographicdatafileinarasterformat:
1. SelectFile>Import.TheOpendialogueappears.
2. Selectthegeodatafileyouwanttoimport.
Youcanimportmorethanonegeodatafileatthesametime,providingthatthegeodatafilesareofthesametype.
Youcanselectcontiguousfilesbyclickingthefirstfile,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastfileyouwanttoimport.You
canselectnoncontiguousfilesbypressingCTRLandclickingeachfile.
3. ClickOpen.TheFileImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.1).
IftheVectorImportdialogueappears,goto"ImportingaVectorformatGeoDataFile"on
page137.
Dependingonthetypeofgeodatafileyouareimporting,chooseoneofthefollowingoptions:
DTM:SelectAltitudes(DTM)fromtheDataTypelist.
ClutterClasses:SelectClutterClassesfromtheDataTypelist.
ClutterHeights:SelectClutterHeightsfromtheDataTypelist.
ScannedImages:SelectImageorScanfromtheDataTypelist.
Population:
i.
SelectPopulationfromtheDataTypelist.TheUseaslistbecomesavailable.
ii. SelectfromtheUseaslistwhethertheimporteddataaretobeinterpretedasaDensity(numberofinhabit
antspersquarekilometre)orasaValue(numberofinhabitants).
CustomGeoData:See"CustomGeoDataMaps"onpage150.
TrafficDataMaps:SelectTrafficDensityfromtheDataTypelist.
4. Bydefault,theimportedfileislinkedtotheAtolldocument.ToembedthedatafileintheAtolldocument,selectthe
EmbedinDocumentcheckbox.Forinformationonembeddingfiles,see"EmbeddingGeographicData"onpage142.
5. ClickImport.ThegeodatafileisimportedandlistedintheGeoexplorer.
Whenyouimportatrafficdatamap,thetrafficmapsPropertiesdialogueappears:
a. UnderTerminals(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofterminalusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagesmust
equal100.
b. UnderMobilities(%),enterthepercentageofeachmobilitytypeusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagesmust
equal100.
c. UnderServices(%),enterthepercentageofeachservicetypeusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagesmustequal
100.
d. UnderClutterDistribution,enterforeachclutterclassthepercentageofindoorusers.
e. ForUMTSandCDMA,selectwhethertheusersareactiveintheUplink/Downlink,onlyintheDownlink,oronly
intheUplink.
f. ClickOK.
136
AT320_UM_E0
Figure3.1:Importingaclutterclassfile
3.3.2 ImportingaVectorformatGeoDataFile
Whenyouimportgeodatafilesinvectorformat,theirgeographicsystemcanbeconvertedtothesystemusedbytheAtoll
document.Whenyouimportextremelylargevectorgeodatafiles,forexample,vectorfilesthatcoveranentirecountry,you
mustensurethatatleastthecentreoftheboundingboxdefiningthevectorfileiswithintheprojectioncoordinatesystem
definedfortheAtolldocument.
Toimportavectorformatgeographicdatafile:
2. Selectthegeodatafileyouwanttoimport.
Youcanimportmorethanonegeodatafileatthesametime,providingthatthegeodatafilesareofthesametype.
Youcanselectcontiguousfilesbyclickingthefirstfile,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastfileyouwanttoimport.You
canselectnoncontiguousfilesbypressingCTRLandclickingeachfile.
3. ClickOpen.TheVectorImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.4).
IftheFileImportdialogueappears,goto"ImportingaRasterformatGeoDataFile"on
page136.
Dependingonthetypeofgeodatafileyouareimporting,chooseoneofthefollowingoptions:
VectorData:
SelectGeofromtheImporttolist.
Whenyou importvector data, youcansimultaneouslyimport thecorrespondingdisplayconfiguration file
(CFG)bysettinganoptionintheatoll.inifile.Thedisplayconfigurationfilewillonlybeimportedifithasthe
samefilenameandifitislocatedinthesamedirectoryastheimportedvectorformatfile.Formoreinforma
tionaboutsettingoptionsintheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
Population:
i.
SelectPopulationfromtheImporttolist.
ii. UnderFieldstobeimported,thefirstlistcontainstheattributesofthepopulationvectordatafilethatyou
areimporting,andthesecondlistletsyouselectwhethertheattributecorrespondstopopulationdensityor
toanumberofinhabitants.
iii. Selectfromthefirstlistwhichfieldistobeimportedandfromthesecondlistwhethertheimportedfieldisa
Density(numberofinhabitantspersquarekilometreforpolygons,numberofinhabitantsperkilometrefor
lines,ornumberofinhabitantsforpoints)oraValue(numberofinhabitants)(seeFigure3.2andFigure3.3).
137
Forsk2013
Figure3.2:Populationdensity(numberofinhabitants/km)
Figure3.3:Populationvalues(numberofinhabitantsperitempolygon/road/point)
CustomGeoData:
See"CustomGeoDataMaps"onpage150.
TrafficDataMaps:SelectTrafficMapsfromtheImporttolist.
4. Bydefault,theimportedfileislinkedtotheAtolldocument.ToembedthedatafileintheAtolldocument,selectthe
EmbedinDocumentcheckbox.Forinformationonembeddingfiles,see"EmbeddingGeographicData"onpage142.
5. ClickImport.ThegeodatafileisimportedandlistedintheGeoexplorer.
Figure3.4:VectorImportdialogue
YoucanimportellipsesandarcsfromMapInfofiles(MIFandTAB).Rectanglesare
interpretedaspolygons.
YoucandefinemappingsbetweenthecoordinatesystemusedfortheMapInfo/
ESRIvectorfiles,definedinthecorrespondingMIF/PRJfiles,andAtoll.Thisway,
whenyouimportavectorfile,Atollcandetectthecorrectcoordinatesystemauto
matically.Formoreinformationaboutdefiningthemappingbetweencoordinate
systems,pleaserefertotheAdministratorManual.
3.3.3 ImportingMSIPlanetData
MSIPlanetdataarecontainedinaseriesoffilesdescribedinindexfiles.TheindexfileisinASCIItextformatandcontains
theinformationnecessarytoidentifyandproperlyinterpreteachdatafile.WhenyouimportMSIPlanetdata,youcanimport
eachtypeofdataseparately,byimportingthecorrespondingindexfile,oryoucanimportseveralMSIPlanetdatafilesat
thesametime,byimportingseveralindexfiles.
138
"ImportingOneMSIPlanetDataType"onpage139
"ImportingaMSIPlanetDatabase"onpage139.
AT320_UM_E0
3.3.3.1 ImportingOneMSIPlanetDataType
WhenyouwanttoimportacertaintypeofMSIPlanetdata,suchasaDTMorclutterheights,youimporttheindexfile
containingtheinformationnecessarytoimportthesetoffilescontainingthedata.
ToimportonetypeofMSIPlanetdata:
2. SelecttheindexfileyouwanttoimportandclickOpen.TheDataTypedialogueappears(seeFigure3.5).
Figure3.5:ImportinganMSIPlanetindexfile
3. SelectthetypeofdatayouareimportingandselecttheEmbedcheckboxifyouwanttoembedthedatainthecurrent
Atolldocument.
4. ClickOKtoimportthedataintothecurrentAtolldocument.
3.3.3.2 ImportingaMSIPlanetDatabase
YoucanimportallavailableMSIPlanetdataatthesametimebyimportingallindexfiles.
ToimporttheMSIPlanetdatabase:
2. Select"Planetdatabase"fromtheFilesofTypelist.ThePlanetDataImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.6).
Figure3.6:ImportinganMSIPlanetdatabase
3. Foreachtypeofdatathatyouwanttoimport:
a. Selectthecorrespondingcheckbox.
b. Ifyouwanttoembedthedata,selecttheEmbedcheckbox.
139
Forsk2013
c. TolocatetheMSIPlanetindexfile,click
.TheOpendialogueappears.
d. SelecttheMSIPlanetindexfileandclickOpen.Thepathandnameofthefileappearsinthecorrespondingfield
ofthePlanetDatatoBeImporteddialogue.
4. Ifyouarealsoimportingnetworkdata,selectthenetworkTechnology.
5. Whenyouhaveselectedallthetypesofdatayouwanttoimport,clickOK.ThedataisimportedintothecurrentAtoll
document.
3.3.4 ImportingaWMSRasterformatGeoDataFile
YoucanimportrasterimagesfromaWebMapService(WMS)serverintoyourAtolldocument.TheimagescanbeinTIF,BMP,
PNG,orJPEGformats.Allimagesimportedatthesametimeareimportedasasingleimage.Beforeyouimportthem,youcan
arrangethembyplacingontoptheimagethatisthemostimportant,suchasroads.Or,youcanplacetheleasttransparent
imagetowardsthebottomsothattheotherimagesimportedatthesametimeremainvisible.
Theimagewillbereferencedinthedocument;itcannotbeembedded.OnlyWMSdatamappedwithaprojectionsystem(for
example,theLambertConformalConicortheUniversalTransverseMercatorprojection)canbeimported.Beforeimporting
animagefromaWMSserver,youmustensurethatthecoordinatesystemusedinyourdocumentisthesameprojection
systemsupportedbytheserver.Allrastergeodatafilesmustberepresentedinthesameprojectioncoordinatesystemas
thatusedbytheAtolldocumentitself.
Toimportageographicdatafilefromawebmapservice:
2. FromtheFilesofTypelist,selectConnectiontoaWebMapServicesserver.TheWebMapServicesDataImportdia
logueappears.
3. SelecttheURLoftheWMSserverfromtheServerURLlistorenteritdirectly.
ThelistofWMSserversthatappearsintheServerURLlistaredefinedbyentriesinthe
atoll.inifile.Forinformationondefiningtheseentries,seetheAdministratorManual.
4. ClicktheConnectbutton.AtollconnectstotheURLoftheWMSserveranddisplaystheinformationavailablealong
withadescriptionoftheservice(Figure3.7onpage140).
Figure3.7:WebMapServicesDataImportdialogue
5. IntheleftpaneoftheWebMapServicesDataImportdialogue,navigatetotheitemthatyouwanttoshortlistinthe
rightpane,byclickingtheExpandbutton( )toopeneachlevel.
6. Selectthecheckboxprecedingtheimageortheimagegroup,i.e.agroupprecededbyanExpandbutton(
selectedimagesareautomaticallyaddedtothelistintherightpane.
7. Intherightpane,clickonanimagetoselectit.Youcanalsoselectseveralimagesasfollows:
140
).The
AT320_UM_E0
Toselectcontiguousimages:clickthefirstimage,pressSHIFT,andclickthelastimage.
Toselectnoncontiguousimages:pressCTRLandclickeachimageseparately.
8. Additionally,youcanmoveanimageinthelistbyclickingtheimagethen
9. Ifyouwant,youcanalsoreversetheorderofthelistbyclicking
or tomoveitupwardordownward.
10. ClickImportintheWebMapServicesDataImportdialogue.TheWMSMapImportdialogueappears.
Figure3.8:WMSMapImportdialogue
ThefollowinginformationisgivenabouttheimportedWMSdata:
DataTypes:"ImageorScan"isselected.
GeographicCoordinates:ThegeographiccoordinatesaretheWMSdataaregiven.
11. TheNamesuggestedisthenameofthelowestlayertobeimported.Ifdesired,youcanmodifythisname.
12. ClickImportintheWMSMapImportdialogue.TheimageisimportedbyreferenceintotheAtolldocument.Youcan
notembedaWMSimageinyourdocument.
Ifyouhadselectedmorethanoneimageoranimagegroup,Atollimportsthegroupasasingleobject.Youcannot
modifythisobject.Ifyouwanttoremoveoneoftheimagesoraddanotheroneyouwillhavetogothroughtheimport
processagain.
13. ClickCloseintheWebMapServicesDataImportdialoguethenCancelintheOpendialoguetoreturntoexit.
3.3.5 GroupingGeoDataFilesinFolders
Bydefault,whenyouimportscannedimagesandcontours,lines,andpoints,theyappeardirectlyintheGeoexplorer.Other
datafiles,suchasclutterclasses,arelistedtogetherinasingleClutterClassesfolder.Youcan,however,groupscannedimages
andcontours,lines,andpointsintofoldersaswell.
Oncegrouped,thesegeodatafilescanbedisplayedorhiddenandmovedmoreeasily.Theyretain,however,theirownindi
vidualdisplaysettings;thedisplaysettingscannotbemanagedatthefolderlevel.
Youcreatethefolderwhenyouimportthefirstgeodatafilethatwillbeimportedintoit.Whenyouimportthenextgeodata
file,eitherrasterorvector,youcanimportitdirectlyintothenewfolder.
Tocreateanewgeodatafolderwhenimporting:
2. SelectthegeodatafileandclickOpen.Ifthefiletobeimportedisarasterfile,theFileImportdialogueappears(see
Figure3.1).Ifthefiletobeimportedisavectorfile,theVectorImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.4).
3. FromtheDataTypelist(ontheFileImportdialogue)ortheImportTolist(ontheVectorImportdialogue),selectNew
folderinGeo.TheNewFolderdialogueappears.
If you want to import your file to the Network explorer, you can select New folder in
Network.
4. EnteranameforthefolderinFolderNameboxandclickOK.
5. ClickImport.Yourfileisimportedintothenewlycreatedfolder.
YoucannowimportothergeodatafilesintothisfolderbyselectingitfromtheDataTypelist(ontheFileImportdialogue)or
theImportTolist(ontheVectorImportdialogue)whenyouimport.
141
Forsk2013
YoucantransfergeodatathathasbeenimportedfromtheGeoexplorertotheNetwork
explorer,orviceversa.RightclickthedataintheExplorerwindowandselectMoveto
NetworkorMovetoGeo.
3.3.6 EmbeddingGeographicData
Bydefault,whenyouimportageodatafile,Atollcreatesalinktothefile.Youcan,however,choosetoembedthegeodata
fileinyourAtolldocument,eitherwhenyouimportitorlater.WhenAtollislinkedtoageodatafile,thegeodatafileremains
separateandmodifyingorsavingtheAtolldocumenthasnoeffectonthegeodatafile.Whenthegeodatafileisembedded
intheAtolldocument,itissavedaspartofthedocument.
Bothlinkingandembeddingpresentadvantagesanddisadvantages.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
Ifyouareusingdistributedcalculations,youmustlinkyourgeodatafiles.Distributed
calculationswillnotworkwithembeddedgeodatafiles.Forinformation,seethe
AdministratorManual.
ToembedageodatafileinthecurrentAtolldocumentwhileyouareimporting:
SelecttheEmbedinDocumentcheckboxontheFileImportorVectorImportdialoguebox.
ToembedageodatafilethatisalreadylinkedtothecurrentAtolldocument:
2. Rightclickthefileyouwanttoembedinthecurrentdocument.
4. ClicktheGeneraltabofthePropertiesdialogue.
5. ClickEmbed.
6. ClickOK.ThegeodatafileisnowembeddedinthecurrentAtolldocument.
3.3.7 RepairingaBrokenLinktoaGeoDataFile
Bydefault,whenyouimportageodatafile,Atollcreatesalinktothefile;thegeodatafileremainsseparateandmodifying
orsavingtheAtolldocumenthasnoeffectonthegeodatafile.If,however,thegeodatafileismoved,thelinkwillbebroken.
TorepairabrokenlinkfromwithintheAtolldocument:
Ifthegeodatafileisinafolder,suchastheClutterClasses,TrafficMaps,orDTMfolder,click toexpandthe
folder.
2. Rightclickonthegeodatafilewhoselinkyouwanttorepair.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. OntheGeneraltabofthePropertiesdialogue,clicktheFindbutton.
5. Browsetothegeodatafile,selectitandclickOK.
3.4 DigitalTerrainModels
TheDigitalTerrainModel(DTM)isageographicdatafilerepresentingtheelevationofthegroundoversealevel.
TomanagethepropertiesoftheDTM:
2. RightclicktheDigitalTerrainModelfolder.
4. ClicktheDisplaytabtodefinethedisplaypropertiesfortheDTM.
ForinformationonDisplaytabsettings,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
5. MovetheReliefslidertowardsFlat,ifyouwanttodisplayveryfewlittlereliefortowardsx6ifyouwanttoemphasise
thedifferencesinaltitude.
6. ClickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogue.
142
AT320_UM_E0
3.5 ClutterClasses
Theclutterclassgeodatafiledescribeslandcoverorlanduse.
Eachpixelofaclutterclassfilecontainsacode(fromamaximumof256possibleclasses)whichcorrespondstoaclutterclass,
orinotherwordstoacertaintypeofgrounduseorcover.Theheightperclasscanbedefinedaspartoftheclutterclass,
howeverthisheightisonlyanaverageperclass.Aclutterheightmapcanrepresentheightmuchmoreaccuratelybecauseit
allowsadifferentheighttobeassignedforeachbinofthemap.Forinformationonclutterheightmaps,see"ClutterHeights"
onpage146.
"AssigningNamestoClutterClasses"onpage143
"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143
"AddingaClutterClass"onpage145
"RefreshingtheListofClutterClasses"onpage146
"DisplayingTotalSurfaceAreaperClutterClass"onpage146.
3.5.1 AssigningNamestoClutterClasses
Theclutterclassfileidentifieseachclutterclasswithacode.Tomakeiteasiertoworkwithclutterclasses,youcanassigna
descriptivenametoeachclutterclassname.Whenaclutterclasshasadescriptivename,itisthenamethatappearsintip
textandreports.
WhenyouimportaclutterclassfileinBIL,TIF,JPEG2000,orIMPformat,Atollcanautomaticallyassignnamestoclutter
classesiftheclutterclassfilehasacorrespondingMNUfile.TheMNUfilecontainsalistwiththeclutterclasscodesandtheir
correspondingnames.FormoreinformationontheMNUfileformatandoncreatinganMNUfile,seetheTechnicalReference
Guide.
Toassignnamestoclutterclasses:
2. RightclicktheClutterClassesfolder.
4. ClicktheDescriptiontabofthePropertiesdialogue.
5. IntheNamecolumn,enterdescriptivetextforeachclassidentifiedintheCodecolumn.
3.5.2 DefiningClutterClassProperties
Theparametersareappliedinrelationtothelocationofthereceiverbeingstudiedandtheclutterclassofthereceiverloca
tion.TheseparameterscanbesetonthePropertiesdialogue:
Todefineclutterclassproperties:
4. ClicktheDescriptiontabofthePropertiesdialogue.
5. EnteraNameandaverageHeight(m)foreachcode.
IfHeightisleftblank,thepropagationmodelsthatusethisinformationinterpretit
as"0."
Ifyoumodifyclutterclassheights,pathlossmatricesmustberecalculatedusing
theForceCalculationbutton(
dictionsandsimulations.
)inordertotakethischangeintoaccountinpre
6. Enter defaultvalues in the first row of thetable on theDescriptiontab. or information about each field, see the
descriptionsinthefollowingstep.
Thedefaultvaluesareusedifnocluttermapisavailable.Evenifthereisaclutterclassesmap,youcanselecttheUse
defaultvaluesonlycheckboxontheatthebottomoftheDescriptiontabtomakeAtollusethevaluesspecifiedin
thisrowinsteadofthevaluesdefinedperclutterclass.
7. Ifdesired,youcanenteravalueforeachofthefollowingfieldsapplicabletothecurrentdocument:
143
Forsk2013
ForallAtolldocuments:
ForGSMGPRSEDGEdocuments:
C/IStandardDeviation(DL)(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheC/(I+N)values,asrelatedtoauserde
finedcelledgecoverageprobability.
SUMIMOGainFactor:toapplytothespatialmultiplexinggainreadfromtheMaxSUMIMOGaingraphsin
theMIMOtabofreceptionequipment.
AdditionalSTTD/MRCGain(DL)(dB):toaddtotheusersdownlinkC/(I+N),iftheuseranditsreferencecell
supportsSTTD/MRC.
AdditionalSTTD/MRCGain(UL)(dB):toaddtotheusersuplinkC/(I+N),iftheuseranditsreferencecell
supportsSTTD/MRC.
ForLTEdocuments:
144
PCCPCHEb/NtorC/IStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesonthePCCPCHEb/NtorC/I
values,asrelatedtoauserdefinedcelledgecoverageprobability.
DLEb/NtorC/IStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheEb/NtorC/Ivalues,asrelated
toauserdefinedcelledgecoverageprobability.
ULEb/NtorC/IStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheEb/NtorC/Ivalues,asrelated
toauserdefinedcelledgecoverageprobability.
DL Orthogonality Factor: to be used to evaluate DL Eb/Nt or C/I. This parameter indicates the remaining
orthogonalityatthereceiver;itcanbemodelledbyavaluefrom0,indicatingnoremainingorthogonality
becauseofmultipath,to1,indicatingperfectorthogonality.
UL Orthogonality Factor: to be used to evaluate UL Eb/Nt or C/I. This parameter indicates the remaining
orthogonalityatthereceiver;itcanbemodelledbyavaluefrom0,indicatingnoremainingorthogonality
becauseofmultipath,to1,indicatingperfectorthogonality.
SpreadingAngle():tobeusedindeterminingthecumulativedistributionofC/Igainsforstatisticalsmart
antennamodelling.
ForWiMAXandWiFidocuments:
Ec/IoStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheEc/Iovalues,asrelatedtoauserdefined
celledgecoverageprobability.
DLEb/NtStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheEb/Ntvalues,asrelatedtoauser
definedcelledgecoverageprobability.
ULEb/NtStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheEb/Ntvalues,asrelatedtoauser
definedcelledgecoverageprobability.
%PilotFinger:tobeusedintheEc/Iocalculations.Thisfactorrepresentsthepercentageofenergyreceived
bythemobilepilotfinger.Mobileuserequipmenthasonesearcherfingerforpilot.Thesearcherfingerselects
onepathandonlyenergyfromthispathisconsideredassignal;energyfromothermultipathsisconsidered
as interference. For example, if 70% of the total energy is in one path and 30% of the energy is in other
multipaths,thenthesignalenergyisreducedto70%oftotalenergy).
OrthogonalityFactor:tobeusedtoevaluateDLEb/Nt.Thisparameterindicatestheremainingorthogonality
atthereceiver;itcanbemodelledbyavaluefrom0,indicatingnoremainingorthogonalitybecauseofmulti
path,to1,indicatingperfectorthogonality.
SpatialMultiplexingGainFactor:toapplytothespatialmultiplexinggainreadfromtheMaxSpatialMulti
plexingGaingraphsintheMIMOtabofreceptionequipment.
AdditionalDiversityGain(DL)(dB):toaddtotheusersdownlinkHSPDSCHEc/Nt,iftheuseranditsreference
cellsupportstransmitdiversity.
ForTDSCDMAdocuments:
C/IStandardDeviation(DL)(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheC/Ivalues,asrelatedtoauserdefined
AdditionalTransmitDiversityGain(DL)(dB):toaddtothe3dBgainifTxdiversityisactiveatthesubcelllevel.
AntennaHoppingGain(DL)(dB):toapplyonacalculatedC/Iifantennahoppingisactiveatthesubcelllevel.
ForUMTSHSPA,andCDMA20001xRTT1xEVDOdocuments:
ModelStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesonthepathloss,asrelatedtoauserdefined
IndoorLoss(dB):tobeappliedtothepathlossandusedincoveragepredictions,pointanalysis,andMonte
Carlosimulations.Here,youcandefineavalueofindoorlossperfrequency.Ifanetworkelementoperateson
afrequencyforwhichtheindoorlossisnotdefinedintheindoorlossgraph,anindoorlossvalueisinterpo
latedfromthevaluesavailableinthegraph.
C/IStandardDeviation(DL)(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheC/(I+N)values,asrelatedtoauserde
finedcelledgecoverageprobability.
SUMIMOGainFactor:toapplytothespatialmultiplexinggainreadfromtheMaxSUMIMOGaingraphsin
theMIMOtabofreceptionequipment.
AdditionalDiversityGain(DL)(dB):toaddtotheusersdownlinkC/(I+N),iftheuseranditsreferencecell
supportstransmitdiversity.
AT320_UM_E0
Additional Diversity Gain (UL) (dB): to add to the users uplink C/(I+N), if the user and its reference cell
supportsreceivediversity.
FormultiRATdocuments:
GSMModelStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesonthepathloss(fromGSMtransmitters
only),inrelationtoauserdefinedcelledgecoverageprobability.
GSMC/IStandardDeviation(DL)(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheC/Ivalues(fromGSMtransmitters
GSMAdditionalDiversityGain(DL)(dB):toaddtothe3dBgainifdiversityissetatthesubcelllevel(GSM
transmittersonly).
UMTSModelStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesonthepathloss(fromUMTScellsonly),
inrelationtoauserdefinedcelledgecoverageprobability.
UMTS Ec/IoStandardDeviation(dB):to calculateshadowinglosses on the Ec/Io values(from UMTS cells
UMTSDLEb/NtStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheEb/Ntvalues(fromUMTScells
UMTSULEb/NtStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheEb/Ntvalues(fromUMTScells
UMTS%PilotFinger:tobeusedintheEc/Iocalculations(fromUMTScellsonly).Thisfactorrepresentsthe
percentageofenergyreceivedbythemobilepilotfinger.(Mobileuserequipmenthasonesearcherfingerfor
thepilot.Thesearcherfingerselectsonepathandonlyenergyfromthispathisconsideredassignal;energy
fromothermultipathsisconsideredasinterference.Forexample,if70%ofthetotalenergyisinonepathand
30%oftheenergyisinothermultipaths,thenthesignalenergyisreducedto70%oftotalenergy).
UMTSOrthogonalityFactor:tobeusedtoevaluateDLEb/Nt(fromUMTScellsonly).Thisparameterindicates
theremainingorthogonalityatthereceiver;itcanbemodelledbyavaluefrom0,indicatingnoremaining
orthogonalitybecauseofmultipath,to1,indicatingperfectorthogonality.
UMTSSpatialMultiplexingGainFactor:toapplytothespatialmultiplexinggainreadfromtheMaxSpatial
MultiplexingGaingraphsontheMIMOtabofUMTSreceptionequipment.
UMTSAdditionalDiversityGain(DL)(dB):toaddtotheusersdownlinkHSPDSCHEc/Nt,iftheusersmobile
andhisreferenceUMTScellsupporttransmitdiversity.
LTEModelStandardDeviation(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesonthepathloss(fromLTEcellsonly),in
relationtoauserdefinedcelledgecoverageprobability.
LTEC/IStandardDeviation(DL)(dB):tocalculateshadowinglossesontheC/(I+N)values(fromLTEcellsonly),
inrelationtoauserdefinedcelledgecoverageprobability.
LTESUMIMOGainFactor:toapplytothespatialmultiplexinggainreadfromtheMaxSUMIMOGaingraphs
intheMIMOtabofLTEreceptionequipment.
LTEAdditionalDiversityGain(DL)(dB):toaddtotheusersdownlinkC/(I+N),iftheusersmobileandhis
referenceLTEcellsupporttransmitdiversity.
LTEAdditionalDiversityGain(UL)(dB):toaddtotheusersuplinkC/(I+N),iftheusersmobileandhisrefer
enceLTEcellsupportreceivediversity.
8. Ifyouwanttousedefaultvaluesforallclutterclasses,selecttheUseonlydefaultvaluescheckboxatthebottomof
theDescriptiontab.
9. ClicktheDisplaytabtodefinethedisplaypropertiesforclutterclasses.InadditiontotheDisplaytaboptionsdescribed
in"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43,eachclutterclassdisplaytypehasavisibilitycheckbox.Byselectingor
clearingthevisibilitycheckbox,youcandisplayorhideclutterclassdisplaytypesindividually.
Selectingwhiteasthecolourforaclutterclassvalueorvalueintervalwillcausethatclutter
classvalueorvalueintervaltobedisplayedastransparent.
10. ClickOK.
YoucancopythedescriptiontableintoanewAtolldocumentafterimportingtheclutter
classesfile.Tocopythedescriptiontable,selecttheentiretablebyclickingthecellinthe
upperleftcornerofthetableandpressCTRL+C.OntheDescriptiontaboftheclutter
classesPropertiesdialogueinthenewAtolldocument,pressCTRL+Vtopastethevalues
inthetable.
3.5.3 AddingaClutterClass
Youcanaddanewclutterclasstoyourdocument.
145
Forsk2013
Toaddanewclutterclasstotheyourdocument:
4. SelecttheDescriptiontabfromthePropertiesdialogue.
5. Intheblankrowmarkedwith
column.
atthebottomofthetable,enteranunusednumberfrom1to255intheCode
6. Fillintheremainderofthefieldsasdescribedinstep5.andstep7.of"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143.
7. ClickOK.
Youcannowusethenewclutterclasswhenmodifyingtheclutterclassmap.Forinformationonmodifyingtheclutterclass
map,see"CreatingaClutterPolygon"onpage159.
3.5.4 RefreshingtheListofClutterClasses
Undercertaincircumstances,itcanhappenthatthelistofclutterclassesontheDescriptiontaboftheclutterclassesProper
tiesdialoguecontainsunusedclutterclasses.Forexample,ifyouhaveimportedtwoclutterclassfilesandthendeletedone
ofthem,thelistofclutterclasseswillstillcontaintheclutterclassesofthedeletedfile,eveniftheyarenotusedintheremain
ingfile.Wheneveryouwanttoensurethatthelistofclutterclassesisaccurateandcurrent,youcanrefreshthelist.
Torefreshthelistoftheclutterclasses:
4. SelecttheDescriptiontabfromthePropertiesdialogue.
5. ClickRefresh.Atollremovestheunusedclutterclassesfromthelist.
6. ClickOK.
3.5.5 DisplayingTotalSurfaceAreaperClutterClass
Youcandisplaythetotalsurfaceareacoveredbyeachclutterclassinthedocument.Atolldisplaysthesurfaceareacovered
byeachclutterclassinthefocuszoneifthereisone,inthecomputationzoneifthereisnofocuszoneand,ifthereisnofocus
orcomputationzone,Atolldisplaysthetotalsurfaceareacoveredbyeachclutterclassintheentiredocument.Thisinforma
tionisalsoavailableinpredictionreports.
Todisplaythesurfaceareacoveredbyeachclutterclass:
3. SelectStatisticsfromthecontextmenu.
TheStatisticsdialogueappears,displayingthesurfacearea(Siinkm)ofeachclutterclass(i)anditspercentage(%of
i)inthecomputationzoneorfocuszone,ifoneexists.
Si
% of I = -------------- 100
Sk
3.6 ClutterHeights
ClutterheightmapsdescribethealtitudeofclutterovertheDTM.Clutterheightfilesallowforahigherdegreeofaccuracy
becausetheyallowmorethanoneheightperclutterclass.Inaclutterheightfile,aheightisgivenforeachpointonthemap.
Ifyoudefineclutterheightasapropertyofclutterclasses,theheightisgivenasanaverageperclutterclass.
When a clutter height file is available, Atoll uses its clutter height information for calculations using certain propagation
models(theStandardPropagationModelandWLLmodel),fordisplay(intiptextandinthestatusline),andforCWmeasure
mentsandtestmobiledatapaths.Ifnoclutterheightfileexists,Atollusestheaverageclutterheightperclutterclassas
definedintheclutterclassesproperties(see"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143).
146
AT320_UM_E0
Tomanagethepropertiesofclutterheights:
2. RightclicktheClutterHeightsfolder.
4. ClicktheDisplaytabtodefinethedisplaypropertiesforclutterheights.
ForinformationonDisplaytabsettings,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
5. ClickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogue.
Theclutterheightofthecurrentpointerpositionasgivenintheclutterheightfileorintheclutterclassesisdisplayedinthe
statusbar.
3.7 Contours,Lines,andPoints
InAtoll,youcanimportorcreatevectorobjectssuchascontours,lines,andpoints.Theimportedorcreatedvectorsareused
primarilyfordisplaypurposes,butpolygonscanbeusedasfilters,orcomputationorfocuszones.Vectorfilescanalsobeused
fortrafficmapsorforpopulationmaps.Theycanalsobeusedaspartofancustomgeodatamap(see"CustomGeoData
Maps"onpage150).
InanAtolldocument,vectorobjectssuchascontours,lines,andpointsarearrangedinvectorlayers.Whenyouimporta
vectorfile,with,forexample,roads,Atolladdsthefileasanewvectorlayercontainingallthevectorobjectsinthefile.The
vectorobjectdatacanbemanagedinthevectorlayertable.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"Workingwith
DataTables"onpage69.
"ManagingtheDisplayofaVectorLayer"onpage147
"ManagingthePropertiesoftheVectorLayer"onpage147
"MovingaVectorLayertotheNetworkExplorer"onpage148.
3.7.1 ManagingtheDisplayofaVectorLayer
Importedgeographicvectorfilescanhavedifferentattributesdependingontheirfileformats.Atollcanuseadditionalinfor
mationrelatedtovectorsasdisplayparameters.Inaddition,Atollcanreadthreedimensionalvectordata.
Tomanagethedisplayofavectorlayer:
1. ClicktheNetworkorGeoexploreronwhichthevectorlayerislocated.
2. Rightclickthevectorlayer.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelecttheDisplaytabofthePropertiesdialogue.Forinformationonusingthedisplaytab,see"DisplayPropertiesof
Objects"onpage43.
You can manage the display of an individual vector object by rightclicking the vector
objectinthevectorlayerfolderandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
3.7.2 ManagingthePropertiesoftheVectorLayer
Thepropertiesoftheobjectsonthevectorlayercanbemanagedintwoways:eitherfromatablecontainingallvectorsand
theirattributesorfromthePropertiesdialogue.
VectorLayerTable
Allthevectorobjectsofavectorlayerandtheirattributesarelistedinthevectortable.
Toopenthevectorlayertable:
1. OntheExplorerwindowtabcontainingthevectorlayer,rightclickthevectorlayerfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.Thevectortableappears.
YoucaneditthecontentsofthistableusingthecommandsfromthecontextmenuorfromtheEdit,Format,andRecords
menus.FormoreinformationoneditingtablesinAtoll,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
147
Forsk2013
VectorLayerPropertiesDialogue
ThevectorlayerPropertiesdialoguehasthreetabs:aGeneraltab,aTabletab,andaDisplaytab.
ToopenthePropertiesdialogueofavectorlayer:
3. ClicktheGeneraltab.Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
Name:Thenameofthevectorlayer.Youcanrenamethevectorlayerusingthisfield.
SourceFile:ThecompletepathofthevectorlayerfileifthefileislinkedtotheAtolldocument;otherwisethefile
isdescribedasembedded.
Find:ClicktheFindbuttontoredefinethepathwhenthefileslocationhaschanged.
Embed:ClicktheEmbedbuttontoembedalinkedvectorlayerfileintheAtolldocument.
CoordinateSystem:Whenavectorlayerislinked,thecoordinatesystemusedisthefiles,asspecifiedwhenthe
filewasimported.Whentheavectorlayerisembedded,thecoordinatesystemusedisdocuments,asspecified
whenthefilewasembedded.
Change:ClicktheChangebuttontochangethecoordinatesystemofthevectorlayer.
Sort:ClicktheSortbuttontosortthedatacontainedinthevectorlayer.Forinformationonsorting,see"Advanced
Sorting"onpage92.
Filter: Click the Filter button to filter the data contained in the vector layer. For information on filtering, see
"AdvancedDataFiltering"onpage94.
4. ClicktheTabletab.YoucanusetheTabletabtomanagethevectorlayertablecontent.ForinformationontheTable
tab,see"Adding,Deleting,andEditingDataTableFields"onpage70.
5. ClicktheDisplaytab.YoucanusetheDisplaytabtomanagethevectorlayerdisplay.ForinformationontheTabletab,
see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
3.7.3 MovingaVectorLayertotheNetworkExplorer
InAtoll,allobjectsintheNetworkexplorer,suchastransmitters,antennas,andpredictions,aredisplayedoverallobjectsin
theGeoexplorer.Youmaywish,however,toensurethatcertaingeodata,forexample,majorgeographicalfeatures,roads,
etc.,remainvisibleinthemapwindow.YoucandothisbytransferringthegeodatafromtheGeoexplorertotheNetwork
explorerandplacingitabovedatasuchaspredictions.
TotransferavectorlayertotheNetworkexplorer:
2. Rightclickthevectorlayeryouwanttotransfer.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectMovetoNetworkfromthecontextmenu.ThevectorlayeristransferredtotheNetworkexplorer.
YoucantransferthevectorlayerbacktotheGeoexplorerbyrightclickingitintheNetworkexplorerandselectingMoveto
Geofromthecontextmenu.FormoreinformationaboutdisplaypriorityinAtoll,see"SettingthePriorityofGeoData"on
page154.
3.8 ScannedImages
Scannedimagesaregeographicdatafileswhichrepresenttheactualphysicalsurroundings,forexample,roadmapsorsatel
liteimages.Theyareusedtoprovideaprecisebackgroundforotherobjectsorforlessprecisemaps.Theyhavenoeffecton
calculations.
"ImportingSeveralScannedImages"onpage148
"DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofScannedImages"onpage149.
3.8.1 ImportingSeveralScannedImages
YoucanimportscannedimagesintothecurrentAtolldocumentoneatatime,asexplainedin"ImportingGeoDataFiles"on
page135,oryoucanimportagroupofimagesbyimportinganindexfilelistingtheindividualimagefiles.Theindexfileisa
textfilewiththeinformationforeachimagefileonaseparateline.
Eachlinecontainsthefollowinginformation,withtheinformationseparatedbyaspace:
148
Filename:Thenameofthefile,withitspathrelativetothecurrentlocationoftheindexfile.
AT320_UM_E0
XMIN:ThebeginningXcoordinateofthefile.
XMAX:TheendXcoordinate,calculatedasXMIN+(numberofhorizontalbinsxbinwidth).
YMIN:ThebeginningYcoordinateofthefile.
YMAX:TheendYcoordinate,calculatedasYMIN+(numberofhorizontalbinsxbinwidth).
0:Thezerocharacterendsthesequence.
nice1.tif 984660 995380 1860900 1872280 0

nice2.tif 996240 1004900 1860980 1870700 0
Filename
XMIN
XMAX
YMIN
YMAX
Toimportanindex
1. SelectFile>Import.
2. SelecttheindexfileandclickOpen.TheFileImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.1).
3. SelectImageorScanfromtheDataTypelist.
4. ClickImport.TheimagefilesimportedandlistedintheGeoexplorer.
3.8.2 DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofScannedImages
Becauseimportedimagescannotbemodified,theyhavefewerdisplayparametersthanotherobjecttypes.
Todefinethedisplaypropertiesofascannedimage:
2. Rightclickthescannedimage.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThePropertiesdialogueappears(seeFigure3.9).
4. SelecttheDisplaytabandsetthefollowingoptions:
Colour:SelecteitherAutomatic,Shadesofgray,orWatermarkfromthelist.
TransparentColour:SelectWhitefromthelistifyouwishpartsofthescannedimagethatarecolouredwhiteto
betransparent,allowingobjectsinlowerlayerstobevisible.
Lightness:Movetheslidertolightenordarkenthescannedimage.
Contrast:Movetheslidertoadjustthecontrast.
VisibilityScale:Enteravisibilityscaleminimuminthebetween1:textboxandmaximumintheand1:textbox.
Whenthedisplayedorprintedscaleisoutsidethisrange,thescannedimageisnotdisplayed.
5. ClickOK.
Figure3.9:ScannedimagePropertiesdialogue
149
Forsk2013
3.9 PopulationMaps
Populationmapscontaininformationonpopulationdensityoronthetotalnumberofinhabitants.
Populationmapscanbeusedinpredictionreportsinordertodisplay,forexample,theabsoluteandrelativenumbersofthe
populationcovered.
"ManagingtheDisplayofPopulationData"onpage150
"DisplayingPopulationStatistics"onpage150.
3.9.1 ManagingtheDisplayofPopulationData
Youcanmanagethedisplayofpopulationdata.
Tomanagethedisplayofpopulationdata:
2. RightclickthePopulationfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelecttheDisplaytabofthePropertiesdialogue.Forinformationonusingthedisplaytab,see"DisplayPropertiesof
Objects"onpage43.
Vectorpointsaddedtoavectorpopulationmaparenotdisplayedifthemapisdisplayed
bypopulationdensity.
3.9.2 DisplayingPopulationStatistics
Youcandisplaytherelativeandabsolutedistributionofpopulation,accordingtothedefinedvalueintervalsinthedisplay
properties(forinformationondefiningvalueintervals,see"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44),aswellasthetotalpopu
lation.Atolldisplaysthestatisticsforthefocuszoneifthereisone,forthecomputationzoneifthereisnofocuszoneand,if
thereisnofocusorcomputationzone,Atolldisplaysthestatisticsfortheentiredocument.
Todisplaythepopulationdistributionstatistics:
2. RightclickthePopulationfolder.
3. SelectStatisticsfromthecontextmenu.TheStatisticswindowappearswiththedistributionsofeachvalueinterval
definedinthedisplayproperties.
Statisticsaredisplayedonlyforvisibledata.See"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMap
UsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38.
3.10 CustomGeoDataMaps
YoucanimportmapsotherthanthedefaultmapsthatAtolluses.Forexample,youcanimportfilesfortherevenue,rainfall,
orsociodemographicdata.Dependingonthetypeofinformationdisplayed,youcoulduseitinpredictionreports.Forexam
ple,youcoulddisplaythepredictedrevenuefordefinedcoverage.
Thesemapscanberasterfilesof8,16,or32bitsperpixelorvectorformatfilesthatyouhaveeitherimportedorcreated
usingtheVectorEditortoolbar"EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61.
Youcreateancustomdatamapby:
1. Importingancustomgeodatafileandcreatingthecustomdatamapfolder.
2. Importingothercustomgeodatafilesintothenewlycreatedcustomdatamapfolder,ifmorethanonefilewillbe
usedforthiscustomgeodatamap.
150
"CreatingaCustomGeoDataMap"onpage151
"AddingaFiletoaCustomGeoDataMap"onpage152
AT320_UM_E0
"ManagingthePropertiesofaCustomGeoDataMap"onpage152
"DisplayingStatisticsonCustomGeoData"onpage153
"IntegrableVersusNonIntegrableData"onpage153.
3.10.1 CreatingaCustomGeoDataMap
Thefirststepincreatingacustomgeodatamapisimportingthefirstfileandcreatingthecustomdatamapfolder.
Tocreateancustomgeodatamap:
2. SelectthefirstgeodatafilethatwillbeapartofthecustomdatamapandclickOpen.
Iftheselectedfileisarasterfile,theFileImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.1).
Iftheselectedfileisavectorfile,theVectorImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.4).
3. ClicktheAdvancedbutton.TheNewTypedialogueappears(seeFigure3.4).
4. EnteraNameforthecustomgeodatamap.AtollcreatesafolderwiththisnameintheGeoexplorerandallother
filesofthenewcustomgeodatamapwillgoinhere.
5. UnderSupportedInputFormats,selectthecheckboxescorrespondingtotheformatsofboththepresentfileandall
otherfilesthatwillconstitutethenewcustomgeodatamap:
8bitRaster
16bitRaster
32bitRaster
Vector.
Ifyoudonotselectalltheformatsyouneednow,youwillnotbeabletoaddaformat
later.
6. UnderSupportedInputFormats,selectthecheckboxcorrespondingtothetypeofvalueofthepresentfileandall
otherfilesthatwillconstitutethenewcustomgeodatamap:
Classes(8bits):tocreateamapofvalueclasses(suchasclutterclasses)withclassesfrom0to255.
ShortInteger(16bits):tocreateamapwithwholevalues.
LongInteger(32bits):tocreateamapwithwholevalues.
Float(32bits):tocreateamapwithdecimalvalues.
Double(64bits):tocreateamapwithdecimalvalues.
7. SelecttheIntegrablecheckboxifyouwanttobeabletouseimporteddataasasurfacedensityvalueandshowcumu
lativecustomgeodatainpredictionreports.
Touseimporteddataasasurfacedensityvalue,youmustselecttheIntegrable
checkbox.
Youcannotchangetheintegrablesettingonceyouhavecreatedyourcustomgeo
datamap.
8. ClickOK.
9. Iftheimportedfileisarasterfile,theFileImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.1onpage137);iftheimportedfile
isavectorfile,theVectorImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.4onpage138):
FileImportdialogue:FromtheUseaslist,selectwhetherthenewdataistobeusedaDensityorasaValue.
VectorImportdialogue:UnderFieldstobeimported,selectfromthefirstlistwhichfieldistobeimportedand
fromthesecondlistwhethertheimportedfieldisaDensityoraValue(seeFigure3.2onpage138andFigure3.3
onpage138).
Ifthefileyoufirstimportwhenyoucreateyourcustomgeodatamapisan8bitraster
map,theUseasandFieldstobeimportedboxeswillnotbeavailableforanyfilethatis
importedintoyournewcustomgeodatamap.Thevaluesin8bitmapsarecodesand
notvaluessuchasdensities.
10. .ClickImport.AnewfolderiscreatedintheGeoexplorercontainingthegeodatafileyouimported.
151
Forsk2013
Figure3.10:TheNewTypedialogue
3.10.2 AddingaFiletoaCustomGeoDataMap
Onceyouhavecreatedthecustomgeodatamapbyimportingthefirstfile,youcanaddmorefilesthatwillbepartofthe
custommap.
Toaddafiletoancustomgeodatamap:
2. SelectthegeodatafilethatyouwanttoaddtothecustomdatamapandclickOpen.
Iftheselectedfileisarasterfile,theFileImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.1).
i.
FromtheFileTypelist,selectthenameofthecustomgeodatamap.
ii. FromtheUseaslist,selectwhetherthenewdataistobeusedaDensityorasaValue.
Iftheselectedfileisavectorfile,theVectorImportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.4).
i.
FromtheImportTolist,selectthenameofthecustomgeodatamap.
ii. UnderFieldstobeimported,selectfromthefirstlistwhichfieldistobeimportedandfromthesecondlist
whethertheimportedfieldisaDensityoraValue(seeFigure3.2onpage138andFigure3.3onpage138).
Ifthefileyoufirstimportedwhenyoucreatedyourcustomgeodatamapwasan
8bitrastermap,theUseasandFieldstobeimportedboxeswillnotbeavailable
foranyfilethatisimportedintoyournewcustomgeodatamap.
Touseimporteddataasasurfacedensityvalue,youmustselecttheIntegrable
checkbox.
3. Click Import. The file is added to the custom geo data file in the Geo explorer containing the geo data file you
imported.
3.10.3 ManagingthePropertiesofaCustomGeoDataMap
Tomanagethepropertiesofancustomgeodatamap:
1. RightclickthecustomgeodatamapintheGeoexplorer.
2. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu:
3. Dependingontheimportedfiletypes,thefollowingtabsareavailable:
152
Description:Thistabliststheclassesofall8bitrasterfilescontainedinthecustomgeodatamap.Youmustenter
adifferentvalueforeachclass.
Table:ThistabenablesyoutomanagethecontentsoftheclasstablepresentedontheDescriptiontab.Forinfor
mationonworkingwiththeTabletab,see"Adding,Deleting,andEditingDataTableFields"onpage70.
DataMapping:Thistabenablesyoutoselectwhichvaluefromeachimportedvectorfileispartofthecustomgeo
datamap.TheimportedvectorfilesarelistedintheNamecolumn,withtherelevantdataselectedintheField
column.YoucanchangethisvaluebyselectinganothervaluefromtheFieldlist.Ifthecustomgeodatamapis
markedasintegrable(see"IntegrableVersusNonIntegrableData"onpage153),thereisalsoaDensitycheckbox.
IfthevalueintheFieldcolumnistobeconsideredasadensity,selecttheDensitycheckbox.
AT320_UM_E0
Display:Thistabenablesyoutodefinehowthecustomgeodatamapappearsinthemapwindow.Discretevalue
andvalueintervalaretheavailabledisplaytypes.
IntheFieldlist,displaybyvalueisnotpermittedifthecustomgeodatamaphas:
differentrastermapswithdifferentresolutions
bothlineandpolygonvectors
bothrasterandvectormaps.
IntheFieldlist,displaybydensityisnotpermittedifthecustomgeodatamapconsistsofvectorpointsorlines.
Forinformationonusingthedisplaytab,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
3.10.4 DisplayingStatisticsonCustomGeoData
Youcandisplaytherelativeandabsolutedistributionofeachvalueinterval(forinformationondefiningvalueintervals,see
"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44)ofancustomgeodatamap.Atolldisplaysthestatisticsforthefocuszoneifthereis
one,forthecomputationzoneifthereisnofocuszoneand,ifthereisnofocusorcomputationzone,Atolldisplaysthestatis
ticsfortheentiredocument.
Todisplaythestatisticsofancustomgeodatamap:
2. Rightclickthecustomgeodatamap.
3. SelectStatisticsfromthecontextmenu.TheStatisticswindowappearswiththedistributionsofeachvalueinterval.
Statisticsaredisplayedonlyforvisibledata.See"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMap
3.10.5 IntegrableVersusNonIntegrableData
Integrabledatacanbesummedoverthecoverageareadefinedbytheiteminapredictionreport(forexample,bytransmitter
orthreshold).Thedatacanbevaluedata(revenue,numberofcustomers,etc.)ordensitydata(revenue/km,numberof
customer/km,etc.).Forexample,iftheintegrabledatacomesfromarevenuemap,apredictionreportwouldindicate:
Thepercentageofcoverageforeachrevenueclassfortheentirefocuszone,andforeachsinglecoveragearea(trans
mitter,threshold,etc.),
Therevenueofthefocuszoneandofeachsinglecoveragearea,
Thepercentageoftherevenuemapcoveredfortheentirefocuszoneandforeachsinglecoveragearea.
Dataisconsideredasnonintegrableifthedatagivenisperpixelorpolygonandcannotbesummedoverareas,forexample,
sociodemographicclasses,etc.
Intheexampleofasociodemographicclassesmap,apredictionreportwouldindicate:
Thecoverageofeachsociodemographicclassfortheentirefocuszoneandforeachsinglecoveragearea(transmitter,
threshold,etc.)
3.11 DisplayingOnlineMaps
Severaltypesofonlinemapscanbedisplayedinthemapwindow.Theseonlinemapshavenoeffectonpredictionandsimu
lationresults.
Aprojectioncoordinatesystemmustbespecifiedbeforeanyonlinemapcanbedisplayed.
Youmustalsoensurethatthecoordinatesystemyouspecifyinyourdocumentisthesame
projectionsystemsupportedbythetileserver.Failingtodosowillleadtoinappropriate
behaviour(disproportionateandbadlyrenderedmaptiles)whenyoudragthemapaway
fromtheareatargetedbythespecifiedprojectioncoordinatesystem.
ThemaptilesthatyouloadintoAtollarestoredinaspecificcachedirectorynamedafter
thecorrespondingtileserver.Bydefault,thelocationofthiscacheis"%TEMP%\Forsk".
You can change this location by editing the atoll.ini file. For more information, see the
153
Forsk2013
Todisplayanonlinemap:
1. Specifyaprojectioncoordinatesystem(see"SettingaCoordinateSystem"onpage119).
3. RightclicktheOnlineMapsfolder(
).Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheAddaTileServerdialogueappears.
Figure3.11:AddaTileServerdialogue
5. IntheAddaTileServerdialogue,setthefollowingoptions:
Name:Enteranameofyourchoicetoidentifythethirdpartytileserveryouarespecifying.
ServerURL:EntertheURLofthethirdpartytileserver.
Youcanalsospecifyanonlinemapfromalistofpredefinedtileservers(seeFigure3.12).Clickinganyiteminthelist
fillstheNameandServerURLfieldsautomatically.
Figure3.12:PredefinedTileServersforOnlineMaps
AserverURLincludesatilesetwhere:
"%z"representsthedetaillevel,and"%x"and"%y"thetilecoordinates,or
"%q"representsaquadkeyidentifyingasingletileataparticulardetaillevel.
6. ClickOKtoclosetheAddaTileServerdialogue.Anewitem(
youspecifiedintheAddaTileServerdialogue.
)appearsintheOnlineMapsfolderwiththeName
7. IntheGeoexplorer,selectthecheckboxprecedingtheonlinemapyouspecified.Theselectedonlinemapappearsin
thebackgroundofthemapwindowinaccordancewiththescalecurrentlydefinedinthetoolbar.
3.12 SettingthePriorityofGeoData
AtollliststheimportedDTM,clutterclassortrafficobjectsintheirrespectivefoldersandcreatesaseparatefolderforeach
importedvectordatafileandscannedimage.Eachobjectisplacedonaseparatelayer.Thus,thereareasmanylayersas
importedobjects.ThelayersarearrangedfromtoptobottominthemapwindowastheyappearintheGeoexplorer.
ItisimportanttorememberthatallobjectsintheNetworkexplorer,suchastransmitters,antennas,andpredictions,are
displayedoverallobjectsintheGeoexplorer.
3.12.1 SettingtheDisplayPriorityofGeoData
Thereareseveralfactorsthatinfluencethevisibilityofgeodata:
154
Thedisplaycheckbox:ThecheckboximmediatelytotheleftoftheobjectnameintheGeoexplorercontrolswhether
ornottheobjectisdisplayedonthemap.Ifthecheckboxisselected( ),theobjectisdisplayed;ifthecheckboxis
cleared( ),theobjectisnotdisplayed.Ifthecheckbox,isselectedbutshaded( ),notallobjectsinthefolderare
displayed. For more information, see "Displaying or Hiding Objects on the Map Using the Explorer Windows" on
page38.
AT320_UM_E0
Theorderofthelayers:ThelayeratthetopoftheGeoexplorerisontopofallotherlayersinthemapwindow.Data
onlayersbelowisonlyvisiblewherethereisnodataonthetoplayerorifyouadjustthetransparencyoftheobjects
onthetoplayer.YoucanusedraganddroptochangetheorderoflayersbydraggingalayerintheGeoexplorer
towardsthetoporthebottomofthetab.
AllobjectsintheNetworkexplorer,suchastransmitters,antennas,andpredictions,are
displayedoverallobjectsintheGeoexplorer.Vectorgeodata,however,canbetrans
ferredtotheNetworkexplorer,wheretheycanbeplacedoverdatasuchaspredictions.
Inthisway,youcanensurethatcertainvectorgeodata,forexample,majorgeographical
features,roads,etc.,remainvisibleinthemapwindowFormoreinformation,see"Moving
aVectorLayertotheNetworkExplorer"onpage148.
Thetransparencyofobjects:Youcanchangethetransparencyofsomeobjects,suchaspredictions,andsomeobject
types,suchasclutterclasses,toallowobjectsonlowerlayerstobevisibleonthemap.Formoreinformation,see
"DefiningtheTransparencyofObjectsandObjectTypes"onpage45.
Thevisibilityrangeofobjects:Youcandefineavisibilityrangeforobjecttypes.Anobjectisvisibleonlyinthemap
windowifthescale,asdisplayedonthezoomtoolbar,iswithinthisrange.Formoreinformation,see"Definingthe
VisibilityScale"onpage46.
InFigure3.13,vectordata(includingthelinearvectorsHIGHWAYS,COASTLINE,RIVERLAKE,MAJORROADS,MAJORSTREETS,
RAILWAYSandAIRPORT),clutterclasses,DTMandscannedimagehavebeenimportedandaUMTSenvironmenttrafficmap
hasbeeneditedinsidethecomputationzone.Inthemapwindow,thelinearobjects(ROADS,RIVERLAKE,etc.)arevisibleboth
insideandoutsidethecomputationzone.Theclutterclasslayerisvisibleintheareawherethereisnotrafficdata(outside
thecomputationzone).Ontheotherhand,theDTMlayerwhichisbeneaththeclutterclasslayerandthescannedmapwhich
isbeneaththeDTMlayer,arenotvisible.
Figure3.13:DisplayingGeodatalayers
3.12.2 SettingthePriorityofGeoDatainCalculations
Thepriorityofgeodataincalculationsisdeterminedinmuchthesamewayasitisfordisplay.
WhenyoumakecalculationsinAtoll,thedatatakenintoaccountineachfolder(ClutterClasses,DTM,etc.)isthedatafrom
thetopdown.Inotherwords,Atolltakestheobjectontopandobjectsbelowonlywherethereisnodatainhigherlevels;
whatisusediswhatisseen.
Thevisibilityinthecontextofcalculationsmustnotbeconfusedwiththedisplaycheckbox
( ).Evenifthedisplaycheckboxofanobjectiscleared( ),sothattheobjectisnot
displayed on the map, it will still be taken into consideration for calculations. The only
caseswhereclearingthedisplaycheckboxmeansthatthedatawillnotbeusedarefor
populationdatainreports,andforcustomgeodatamaps.
155
Forsk2013
Objectfolders,forexample,theDTM,clutterclasses,clutterheights,andtrafficdensityfolders,cancontainmorethanone
dataobject.Theseobjectscanrepresentdifferentareasofthemaporthesamepartsofthemapwiththesameordifferent
resolutions.Thereforeforeachfolder,youshouldplacetheobjectswiththebestdataatthetop.Thesearenormallythe
objectswhichcovertheleastareabuthavethehighestresolution.Forexample,whencalculatingcoverageinanurbanarea,
youmighthavetwoclutterclassfiles:onewithahigherresolutionforthedowntowncore,wherethedensityofusersis
higher,andonewithalowerresolutionbutcoveringtheentirearea.Inthiscase,byplacingtheclutterclassfileforthedown
towncoreoverthefilewiththelowerresolution,Atollcanbaseitscalculationsforthedowntowncoreontheclutterclass
filewiththehigherresolution,usingthesecondfileforallothercalculations.
Populationmapsandcustomgeodatamaps,bothofwhichcanbeusedinpredictionreportsfollowthesamerulesofcalcu
lationpriority.
ThefollowingsectionsgiveseveralexamplestobetterillustratehowdataareusedinAtoll:
"Example1:TwoDTMMapsRepresentingDifferentAreas"onpage156
"Example2:ClutterClassesandDTMMapsRepresentingtheSameArea"onpage156
"Example3:TwoClutterClassMapsRepresentingaCommonArea"onpage157.
3.12.2.1 Example1:TwoDTMMapsRepresentingDifferentAreas
Inthisexample,therearetwoimportedDTMfiles:
"DTM1representsagivenareaandhasaresolutionof50m.
DTM2representsadifferentareaandhasaresolutionof20m.
Inthisexample,thefileorderoftheDTMfilesintheExplorerwindowdoesnotmatterbecausetheydonotoverlap;inboth
Case1andCase2,Atollwilltakeallthedatafromboth"DTM1and"DTM2intoaccount.
Explorerwindow
Workspace
Case1
DTM
DTM2(20m)
DTM1(50m)
Case2
DTM
DTM1(50m)
DTM2(20m)
Figure3.14:MultilayermanagementincalculationstwoDTMmapsrepresentingdifferentareas
3.12.2.2 Example2:ClutterClassesandDTMMapsRepresentingtheSameArea
Inthisexample,therearetwoimportedmaps:
AclutterclassmapcalledClutter.
ADTMmapcalledDTM.
IndependentlyoftheorderofthetwomapsintheExplorerwindow,AtollusesboththeclutterandDTMdataincalculations.
InCase1,theclutterclassmapisontopoftheDTMmap.InCase2,theDTMmapisontopoftheclutterclassmap.Inboth
Case1andCase2,AtollwilluseboththeclutterandDTMdataincalculations.
156
AT320_UM_E0
Explorerwindow
Workspace
Case1
Clutterclasses
Clutter
DTM
DTM
Case2
DTM
DTM
Clutterclasses
Clutter
Figure3.15:MultilayermanagementincalculationsClutterandDTMmapsrepresentingthesamearea
3.12.2.3 Example3:TwoClutterClassMapsRepresentingaCommonArea
Inthisexample,therearetwoimportedclutterclassesmaps:
"Clutter1"representsalargeareawitharesolutionof50m.
"Clutter2"representsasmallerareawitharesolutionof20m.Thisareaisalsocoveredby"Clutter1"
Inthecaseoftwoclutterclassmaps,AtollusestheorderofthemapsintheClutterClassesfolderintheGeoexplorerto
decidewhichdatatouse.InCase1,"Clutter2"isontopof"Clutter1".Atollwillthereforeusethedatain"Clutter2"where
it is available, and the data from "Clutter1" everywhere that is covered by "Clutter1" but not by "Clutter2." In Case2,
"Clutter1"isontopandcompletelycovers"Clutter2."Therefore,Atollwillonlyusethedatafrom"Clutter1."
Explorerwindow
Workspace
Case1
Clutterclasses
Clutter2(20m)
Clutter1(50m)
Case2
Clutterclasses
Clutter2(50m)
Clutter1(20m)
Figure3.16:Multilayermanagementincalculationstwocluttermapsrepresentingthesamearea
3.13 DisplayingInformationAboutGeoData
Youcandisplayinformationaboutageodatamapbyusingtiptext.Forinformationonhowtodisplayinformationintiptext,
see"DefiningtheObjectTypeTipText"onpage46.
Todisplayinformationaboutthegeodataintiptext:
Holdthepointeroverthegeodatauntilthetiptextappears.Thesurfaceareaisonlygivenforclosedpolygons.
TiptextonlyappearswhentheTipTextbutton(
)onthetoolbarhasbeenselected.
157
Forsk2013
3.14 GeographicDataSets
InAtoll,onceyouhaveimportedgeographicdataanddefinedtheirparameters,youcansavemuchofthisinformationina
user configuration file. Then, another user, working on a similar Atoll document, can import the user configuration file
containingthepathstotheimportedgeographicdataandmanyofthedefinedparameters.
Whenyousavethegeographicdatasetinauserconfiguration,yousave:
thepathsofimportedgeographicmaps
mapdisplaysettings(visibilityscale,transparency,tipstext,etc.)
clutterdescription(code,name,height,standarddeviations,etc.)
rasteroruserprofiletrafficmapdescription.
"ExportingaGeoDataSet"onpage158
"LoadingaGeoDataSet"onpage159.
Youcansaveandloadothertypesofinformationwithuserconfigurationfilesaswell.For
information,seetheAdministratorManual.
3.14.1 ExportingaGeoDataSet
Whenyousaveageodatasetinauserconfigurationfile,theinformationlistedin"GeographicDataSets"onpage158issaved
intoafile.
Vectorsmustbeinthesamecoordinatesystemastherastermaps.
Tosaveageodatasetinauserconfigurationfile:
1. SelectTools>UserConfiguration>Save.TheUserConfigurationdialogueappears(seeFigure3.17).
2. IntheUserConfigurationdialogue,selecttheGeographicDataSetcheckbox.
Figure3.17:TheUserConfigurationdialogue
3. ClickOK,TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
4. IntheSaveAsdialogue,browsetothefolderwhereyouwanttosavethefileandenteraFilename.
5. ClickOK.
158
AT320_UM_E0
3.14.2 LoadingaGeoDataSet
When you load a user configuration file containing a geo data set, the information listed in "Geographic Data Sets" on
page158isloadedintoyourcurrentAtolldocument.
ToloadauserconfigurationfilecontainingageodatasetintoyourcurrentAtolldocument:
2. Browsetotheuserconfigurationfile,selectitandclickOpen.
3. TheUserConfigurationdialogueappears.
Whenyouloadauserconfigurationfileincludingageographicdataset,Atollchecksiftherearealreadygeographic
datainthecurrentAtolldocument.Ifso,theoptionDeleteexistinggeodataappearswithotheroptionsintheUser
Configurationdialogue.
4. IntheUserConfigurationdialogue,selectthecheckboxesoftheitemsyouwanttoloadintoyourcurrentAtolldoc
ument.
5. IfyoualreadyhavegeographicdatainyourcurrentAtolldocumentandwouldliketoreplaceitwithanydatainthe
userconfigurationfileyouareloading,selecttheDeleteexistinggeodatacheckbox.
Ifyoudonotwanttoreplaceexistinggeodatawithimporteddata,cleartheDeleteexistinggeodatacheckbox.
6. ClickOK.
YoucanautomaticallystartAtollwithauserconfigurationfilebynamingthefile"atoll.cfg"
andplacingitinthesamefolderastheAtollexecutable.YoucanalsoedittheWindows
shortcuttoAtollandadd"cfg<.cfg_file>"where"<.cfg_file>"isthefullpathtotheuser
configurationfile.
3.15 EditingGeographicData
InAtoll,youcaneditgeodatathatyouhaveimportedoryoucancreategeodataby,forexample,addingavectorlayerto
thePopulationfolderandthenaddingpolygons.
Thefollowingtypesofgeographicdatacanbeedited:
Clutterclasses(formoreinformation,"EditingClutterClassMaps"onpage159)
Contours,lines,andpoints(formoreinformation,"EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61)
Populationmaps,iftheyareinvectorformat,i.e.ErdasImagine(16bit),AGD,DXF,SHP,MIF,orTABformat(formore
information,"EditingPopulationorCustomDataMaps"onpage161)
Trafficdatamaps
Customdatamaps(formoreinformation,"EditingPopulationorCustomDataMaps"onpage161).
3.15.1 EditingClutterClassMaps
Clutterclassmapsandcertaintrafficmapsarerastermaps.Youcaneditthesemapsbycreatingormodifyingpolygons.
"CreatingaClutterPolygon"onpage159
"EditingClutterPolygons"onpage160
"DisplayingtheCoordinatesofClutterPolygons"onpage160.
"DeletingClutterPolygons"onpage161
3.15.1.1 CreatingaClutterPolygon
InAtoll,youcanmodifyimportedclutterclassmapsorcreateyourownmapsbyaddingdataintheformofpolygons.Youcan
latereditandexportthepolygonsyouhavecreated.Allmodificationsyoumaketoclutterclassmapsaretakenintoaccount
bypropagationmodelcalculations.
Tocreateapolygon:
2. RightclicktheClutterClassesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectEditfromthecontextmenu.TheEditortoolbarappearswithaclutterortrafficlist,apolygondrawingtool
apolygondeletiontool
,andaClosebutton(seeFigure3.18).
159
Forsk2013
Figure3.18:Editortoolbar
4. Fromthelist,selecttheclutterclassforthepolygonyouwanttocreate.
Clutter classes are defined on the Descriptions tab of the clutter classes Properties
dialogue.
5. Clickthepolygondrawingbutton(
).Thepointerchangestoapencil(
).
6. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegindrawingthepolygon.
7. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideofthepolygon.
8. Doubleclicktoclosethepolygon.
Youcancopytheexactcoordinatesofaclosedpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemapand
selectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
3.15.1.2 EditingClutterPolygons
Youcaneditclutterpolygonsbymovingexistingpointsofthepolygonorbyaddingordeletingpoints.
Toeditclutterpolygons:
3. SelectEditfromthecontextmenu.TheEditortoolbarappears(seeFigure3.18).
4. Selectthepolygon.Youcannowedittheclutterpolygonby:
Movingapoint:
i.
).
Addingapoint:
i.
Positionthepointeroverthepolygonborderwhereyouwanttoaddapoint.Thepointerchanges(
).
ii. RightclickandselectInsertPointfromthecontextmenu.Apointisaddedtotheborderatthepositionofthe
pointer.
Deletingapoint:
i.
).
3.15.1.3 DisplayingtheCoordinatesofClutterPolygons
Todisplaythecoordinatesofthepointsdefiningthepolygonarea:
4. RightclickthepolygonandselectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThePropertiesdialogueappearswiththecoor
dinatesofthepointsdefiningthepolygonandthetotalarea.
160
AT320_UM_E0
You can select and copy the coordinates displayed in the Properties dialogue of the
polygon.
3.15.1.4 DeletingClutterPolygons
Youcandeleteclutterpolygons.
Todeleteaclutterpolygon:
4. Clickthepolygondeletiontool(
).Thepointerchanges(
).
5. Clickthepolygonyouwanttodelete.Thepolygonisdeleted.
3.15.2 EditingPopulationorCustomDataMaps
Somegeographicdatamaps,forexamplepopulationmaps,andcustomdata,aremadeupofindividualvectorobjects.You
canmodifyandcreatethesegeodatamapsbyaddingavectorlayerandthenaddingvectorobjects(contours,lines,and
points)tothislayer.
Tocreateavectorlayerandvectorobjectsonageodatamap:
2. Rightclickthegeodataobject,thePopulation,ortheCustomDatafolder,towhichyouwanttoaddavectorlayer.
3. SelectAddVectorLayerfromthecontextmenu.Anewdataobjectcalled"Vectors"iscreatedintheselectedgeodata
objectfolder.
4. Rightclickthenewvectorlayer.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectEditfromthecontextmenu.ThevectortoolsontheVectorEditortoolbarareactivated.
VectorEditortoolbarlist.BecauseAtollnamesallnewvectorlayers"Vectors"by
default,itmightbedifficulttoknowwhichVectorsfolderyouareselecting.Byrenaming
eachvectorsfolder,youcanensurethatyouselectthecorrectfolder.Forinformationon
renamingobjects,see"RenaminganObject"onpage40.
6. Todrawapolygon,clicktheNewPolygonbutton(
)ontheVectorEditortoolbar:
a. Clickonceonthemapwhereyouwanttobegindrawingthecontour.
b. Clickeachtimeyouchangeanglesontheborderdefiningtheoutsideofthecontour.
c. Doubleclicktoclosethecontour.
7. Todrawarectangle,clicktheNewRectanglebutton(
)ontheVectorEditortoolbar:
a. Clickthepointonthemapthatwillbeonecorneroftherectangle.
b. Dragtotheoppositecorneroftherectangle.
c. Releasethemousetocreatetherectangledefinedbythetwocorners.
8. RightclickthenewpolygonorrectangleandselectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
9. Enteravalue:
Population:EnteravalueinthePopulationfieldtoindicatethenumberofinhabitantsorthepopulationdensity.
CustomDataMap:Thevalueyouenterwilldependonthetypeofcustomdatamapyoucreated.
10. PressESCtodeselecttheNewPolygon(
)ortheNewRectangle(
)buttonontheVectorEditortoolbar.
11. ForAtolltoconsiderthenewvectorlayeraspartofthedatamap,youmustmapthevectorlayer.RightclickthePop
ulation,ortheCustomDatafolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
13. ClicktheDataMappingtab.Forthefollowinggeodata:
161
Forsk2013
PopulationMap:
i.
IntheFieldcolumn,"Population"isselectedbydefault.
ii. Ifthevectorlayercontainsapopulationdensity,selectthecheckboxintheDensitycolumn.Ifthevectorlayer
indicatesthenumberofinhabitants,andnotthepopulationdensity,clearthecheckboxintheDensitycol
umn.
CustomDataMap:Thedatayoumapwilldependonthetypeofcustomdatamapyoucreated.
Youcaneditthevectorobjectsasexplainedin"EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61.
3.16 SavingGeographicData
AtollallowsyoutosaveyourgeographicdatafilesseparatelyfromsavingtheAtolldocument.Atollsupportsavarietyofboth
raster and vector file formats (for more information, see "Supported Geographic Data Formats" on page135). Saving a
geographicfileseparatelyfromsavingtheAtolldocumentenablesyouto:
Savemodificationsyouhavemadetoanexternalfile:Ifyouhavemademodificationstogeodata,youcanexport
themtoanewexternalfile.
Updatethesourcefilewithmodificationsyouhavemade:IfyouhavemademodificationstoageodatatypeinAtoll,
youcansavethesechangestothesourcefile.
Combineseveralrasterfilesintoonefile:IfyouhaveseveralsmallrasterfilesinonefolderoftheGeoexplorer,you
cansavethemasonefile.
ExportanembeddedfiletobeusedinanotherAtolldocumentorinanotherapplication:Youcansaveafiletoan
externalfile,inthesameformatorinanotherone.
Createanewfilefrompartofalargerone:Youcanselectpartofcertaingeodatatypesandthensavetheselected
partasanewfile.
"SavingModificationstoanExternalFile"onpage162
"UpdatingtheSourceFile"onpage164
"CombiningSeveralRasterFilesintoOneFile"onpage164
"ExportinganEmbeddedFile"onpage164
"CreatingaNewFilefromaLargerFile"onpage166
3.16.1 SavingModificationstoanExternalFile
InAtoll,youcansaveyourmodificationstoanexternalfile.
"ExportinganEditedClutterClassMapinaRasterFormatFile"onpage162
"ExportinganEditedVectorLayerinVectorFormatFile"onpage163.
3.16.1.1 ExportinganEditedClutterClassMapinaRasterFormatFile
Youcanexportclutterclassmodificationsinarasterformatfile,eitherinthesameformatasusedinthecurrentAtolldocu
ment,orinadifferentrasterformat.Youcanalsochoosetoexporttheentireclutterclassgeodata,thepartcontainingthe
computationzone,orjustyourmodificationstothegeodata.
Whenyouhavemademodificationstoarasterformatgeodatafile,exportingeithertheentiregeodataorjustyourmodifi
cationsallowsyoutosavethosemodificationstoanexternalfile.
Toexportclutterclassmodificationsinarasterformatfile:
3. SelectSaveAsfromthecontextmenu.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
4. IntheSaveAsdialogue,browsetothefolderwhereyouwanttosavethefile,enteranameforthefile,andselectthe
fileformatfromtheSaveastypelist.Youcanselectfromoneofthefollowingfileformats:
162
BMPFiles(*.bmp):WhenyouselectBMPformat,AtollautomaticallycreatesthecorrespondingBPWfilecon
tainingthegeoreferenceinformation.
PNG Files (*.png):When you select PNG format, Atoll automatically creates the corresponding PGW file con
tainingthegeoreferenceinformation.
ArcViewGridFiles(*.txt,*.asc):TheArcViewtextformatisintendedonlyforexport;nocorrespondinggeoref
erencefileiscreated.
TIFFFiles(*.tif):Whenyouselecttaggedimagefileformat,AtollautomaticallycreatesthecorrespondingTFWfile
containingthegeoreferenceinformation.
AT320_UM_E0
BILFiles(*.bil):WhenyouselecttheBILformat,AtollautomaticallycreatesthecorrespondingHDRfilecontaining
thegeoreferenceinformation.WhenexportinginBILformat,Atollallowsyoutoexportfileslargerthan2Gb.
VerticalMapperFiles(*.grc,*.grd):FileswiththeextensionGRCorGRDareVerticalMapperfiles.Whenexporting
inGRDorGRCformats,Atollallowsyoutoexportfileslargerthan2Gb.
5. ClickSave.TheExportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.19).
Figure3.19:Exportdialogue
6. UnderRegion,selectoneofthefollowing:
TheEntireProjectArea:Thisoptionallowsyoutoexporttheentireclutterclassgeodatafile,includinganymod
ificationsyouhavemadetothegeodata.Theexportedgeodatafilewillreplacethegeodatafileinthecurrent
Atolldocument.
OnlyPendingChanges:Thisoptionallowsyoutoexportarectanglecontaininganymodificationsyouhavemade
totheclutterclasses.TheexportedgeodatafilewillbeaddedasanewobjecttotheClutterClassesgeodata
folder.
The Computation Zone: This option allows you to export the clutter class geo data contained by a rectangle
encompassingthecomputationzone,whetherornotthecomputationzoneisvisible.Theexportedgeodatafile
willbeaddedasanewobjecttotheselectedgeodatafolder.
7. DefineaResolutioninMetres.Theresolutionmustbeanintegerandtheminimumresolutionallowedis1.Thesug
gestedresolutionvalueisdefinedbythefollowingcriteria:
Ifoneobjecthasbeenmodified,thesuggestedresolutionistheresolutionofthemodifiedobject.
Ifseveralobjectshavebeenmodified,thesuggestedresolutionisthehighestresolutionofthemodifiedobjects.
Ifthereisnoinitialclutterclassobject,theresolutionwillequalthehighestresolutionoftheDTMmaps.
IftheAtolldocumentinwhichyoucreatedtheclutterclassfilehasnoDTM,nootherclutterclassgeodatafile,
ortrafficobjects,thesuggestedresolutionis100m.
8. ClickOK.Theselecteddataissavedinanexternalfile.
3.16.1.2 ExportinganEditedVectorLayerinVectorFormatFile
Youcanexportaneditedvectorlayerasavectorformatfile.Avectorlayercancontaincontours,lines,andpoints.Alongwith
vectorlayersyouhaveaddedtotheGeoexplorer,thefollowingmapscanbeexportedasvectorformatfiles:
Vectorformatpopulationmaps
Vectorformatcustommaps.
Onceyousaveavectorlayer,theexportedfilereplacesthevectorlayerasalinkedfile.Youcanembedthefileafterwards
(see"EmbeddingGeographicData"onpage142).
Youcansimultaneouslyexportthedisplayconfigurationfile(CFG)oftheeditedvector
layerbysettinganoptionintheatoll.inifile.Theexporteddisplayconfigurationfilewill
havethesamefilenameandwillbesavedinthesamedirectoryastheexportedvector
formatfile.Formoreinformationaboutsettingoptionsintheatoll.inifile,seethe
Toexportavectorlayer:
3. IntheSaveAsdialogue,browsetothefolderwhereyouwanttosavethefile,enteranameforthefile,andselectthe
fileformatfromtheSaveastypelist.Youcanselectfromoneofthefollowingfileformats:
163
Forsk2013
AGD:TheAtollGeographicDataformatisanAtollspecificformat.AsaformatcreatedforAtoll,Atollcanread
AGDfilesfasterthantheothersupportedvectorformats.
SHP:TheArcViewvectorformatcanbeusedforvectorlayerscontainingonlypolygons,onlylines,oronlypoints.
Ifavectorfilehasacombinationofpolygons,lines,andpoints,youshouldusetheAGD,MIF,orTABformats
instead.
MIFandTAB:MapInfoformats.
4. ClickSaveintheSaveAsdialogue.TheVectorExportdialogueappears,displayingthecurrentcoordinatesystemand
allowingyoutochangethecoordinatesystembyclickingChange.
5. ClickExport.Thevectorlayerissavedintheformatandwiththenameyouspecifiedandtheexportedfilereplaces
thevectorlayerinthecurrentdocumentasalinkedfile.
3.16.2 UpdatingtheSourceFile
WhileworkingonanAtolldocument,youmaymakechangestogeodata.IfthegeodatafileisembeddedintheAtolldocu
ment,Atollsavesthechangesautomaticallywhenyousavethedocument.Ifthegeodatafileislinked,Atollpromptsyouto
savethechangeswhenyouclosethedocument.
Toupdatethesourcefileofalinkedgeodatafile:
2. Rightclickthefoldercontaininggeodatafilewhosesourcefileyouwanttoupdate.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectSavefromthecontextmenu.Thelinkedfileisupdated.
Youwillnotbewarnedthatyouarereplacingthecurrentfile.Therefore,ensurethatyou
wanttoreplacethecurrentfilebeforeproceedingtothefollowingstep.Ifyoudonot
wanttoreplacethecurrentfile,youcansaveyourchangestoanexternalfile("Exporting
anEditedVectorLayerinVectorFormatFile"onpage163).
3.16.3 CombiningSeveralRasterFilesintoOneFile
Incertaincircumstances,forexample,afterimportinganMSIPlanetindexfile,youmayhaveseveralgeodatafilesofthe
sametype.Youcancombinetheseseparatefilestocreateonesinglefile.Thefileswillbecombinedaccordingtotheirorder
fromthetopdowninthefolderintheGeoexplorer.Ifthefilesoverlaponthemap,thecombinedfilewillshowthefileonthe
top.
Youcancreateaonefilefromasectionofthefollowinggeodatatypes:
Digitalterrainmodel
Clutterclasses
Clutterheights
Scannedmaps
Tocombineindividualfilesintoanewfile:
2. Rightclickthefolderofthegeodatafilesyouwanttocombineintoonefile.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. EnteraFilenameandselectafiletypefromtheSaveastypelist.
5. ClickOK.TheExportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.20).
6. UnderRegion,selectTheEntireProjectArea.Thisoptionallowsyoutosavetheentireareacoveredbythegeodata
files,includinganymodificationsyouhavemadetothegeodata.
7. DefineaResolutioninMetres.Theresolutionmustbeanintegerandtheminimumresolutionallowedis1.Thesug
gestedresolutionvalueisthehighestresolutionofallobjects.
8. ClickOK.Theselecteddataissavedasanewfile.
3.16.4 ExportinganEmbeddedFile
YoucanexportanembeddedgeodatafiletobeusedinadifferentAtolldocument,orinadifferentapplication.Whenyou
exportanembeddedfile,AtollreplacestheembeddedfileinthecurrentAtolldocumentwiththenewlyexportedfile.
164
AT320_UM_E0
Toexportanembeddedgeodatafile:
2. Rightclickthefolderoftheembeddedgeodatafileyouwanttoexport.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. ClickOK.
Ifthegeodatafileisavectorfile,theVectorExportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.20).
Figure3.20:TheVectorExportdialogue
a. TheVectorExportdialoguedisplaysthecoordinatesystemofthefile.Tochangethecoordinatesystemusedfor
theexportedfile,clickChange.TheCoordinateSystemsdialogueappears.ForinformationontheCoordinateSys
temsdialogue,see"SettingaCoordinateSystem"onpage119.
b. ClickExport.Thegeodatafileisexportedwiththeselectedcoordinatesystem.
Ifthegeodatafileisarasterfile,theExportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.21).
Figure3.21:Exportdialogue
a. UnderRegion,selectoneofthefollowing:
TheEntireProjectArea:Thisoptionallowsyoutoexporttheentirerasterformatgeodatafile,includingany
modificationsyouhavemadetothegeodata.TheexportedfilewillreplacetheembeddedfileintheGeoex
plorer.
OnlyPendingChanges:Thisoptionallowsyoutoexportarectanglecontaininganymodificationsyouhave
madetothegeodata.Theexportedfilewillbeaddedasanobjectinthegeodatafolder.
TheComputationZone:Thisoptionallowsyoutoexportthegeodatacontainedbyarectangleencompassing
thecomputationzone,whetherornotthecomputationzoneisvisible.Theexportedfilewillbeaddedasan
objectinthegeodatafolder.
b. DefineaResolutioninMetres.Theresolutionmustbeanintegerandtheminimumresolutionallowedis1.
c. ClickOK.Theselecteddataissavedinanexternalfile.
165
Forsk2013
3.16.5 CreatingaNewFilefromaLargerFile
Youcancreateanewfilefromasectionofalargerfile.YoucanusethisnewfileinthesameAtolldocument,orinanewAtoll
document.Tocreateanewfile,youmustfirstdefinetheareabycreatingacomputationzone.
Youcancreateanewfilefromasectionofthefollowinggeodatatypes:
Digitalterrainmodel
Clutterclasses
Clutterheights
Scannedmaps
Populationmaps
Tocreateanewfilefromasectionofalargerfile:
2. Rightclickthefolderoftheembeddedgeodatafileyouwanttoexport.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. ClickOK.TheExportdialogueappears(seeFigure3.20).
6. UnderRegion,selectTheComputationZone.Thisoptionallowsyoutoexportthegeodatacontainedbyarectangle
encompassingthecomputationzone,whetherornotthecomputationzoneisvisible.Theexportedgeodatafilewill
beaddedasanewobjecttotheselectedgeodatafolder.
7. DefineaResolutioninMetres.Theresolutionmustbeanintegerandtheminimumresolutionallowedis1.
8. ClickOK.Theselecteddataissavedasanewfile.
166
Chapter4
Antennasand
Equipment
Thischapterprovidestheinformationtoworkwith
antennasandequipmentinAtoll.
"WorkingWithAntennas"onpage169
"WorkingWithEquipment"onpage174
168
Forsk2013
Chapter4:AntennasandEquipment
AT320_UM_E0
4 AntennasandEquipment
InAtoll,theequipmentusedtocreateanetworkismodelled,alongwiththecharacteristicswhichhaveabearingonnetwork
performance.
Thischapterexplainsworkingwithantennasaswellasequipmentsuchastowermountedamplifiers,feedercables,base
transceiverstationequipment:
"WorkingWithAntennas"onpage169
"WorkingWithEquipment"onpage174
4.1 WorkingWithAntennas
Atollenablesyoutoworkwithantennasinmanyways.Tocreateanewantenna,youcanimportthedatanecessaryfrom
externalsources,suchasfromaspreadsheetorfromaPlanetformatfile.Onceyouhavecreatedanantenna,youcanimprove
signallevelpredictionbysmoothingthehighattenuationpointsoftheverticalpattern.
"CreatinganAntenna"onpage169
"ImportingPlanetFormatAntennas"onpage171
"Importing3DAntennaPatterns"onpage171
"DisplayingAntennaPatternsWithaFixedScale"onpage173.
"SmoothinganAntennaPattern"onpage173.
"PrintinganAntennaPattern"onpage173.
4.1.1 CreatinganAntenna
EachAtollprojecttemplatehasantennasspecifictothetechnologysupportedbythetemplate.Aswell,Atollallowsyouto
createantennasandsettheparameterssuchasmanufacturer,gain,horizontalpattern,andverticalpattern.
Whenyoucreateanewantenna,youcancopythehorizontalandverticalantenna
patternsfromaspreadsheetorwordprocessor.
Tocreateanantenna:
1. ClicktheParametersexplorer.
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheRadioNetworkEquipmentfolder.
3. RightclickontheAntennasfolder.Thecontextmenuopens.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheAntennasNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.Youcanenterinformationinthefollowingfields:
Name:Atollautomaticallyentersadefaultnameforeachnewantenna.YoucanmodifythenameAtollentersif
youwant.
Physicalantenna:Thenameofthephysicalantennatowhichtheantennamodelbelongs.Aphysicalantennamay
haveoneormoreantennamodels(patterns),correspondingtodifferentelectricaldowntilts.Ifyouwanttoflaga
physicalantennaasobsolete,addtheword"obsolete"(notcasesensitive)tothenameofthephysicalantenna.
PhysicalantennasflaggedasobsoletearenotlistedamongavailableantennasintheAntennaSelectionAssistant.
ItisstronglyrecommendedtoenteranameinthePhysicalantennafield.Atollusesthis
entrytogroupantennamodelsintophysicalantennas.
Manufacturer:Thenameoftheantennamanufacturer.
HalfpowerBeamwidth:Thehalfpowerbeamwidthoftheantennaistheapertureofitshorizontalpatterncor
respondingtothepatternattenuationof3dB.ThisfieldcanbeusedbytheAntennaSelectionAssistanttofilter
antennas,andthereforemustbecorrectlyfilled(i.e.,consistentwiththedefinedantennapattern)ifyouwantthe
antennatobeavailableintheAntennaSelectionAssistantforatransmitter.
Gain:Theantennasisotropicgain.
169
Forsk2013
UnderPattern,theantennaElectricalTiltandElectricalAzimuthcanbedefined.Atollautomaticallycalculates
thesevaluesifthefieldsareleftblankorhaveavalueof"0."ThesefieldscanbeusedbytheAntennaSelection
Assistanttofilterantennas,andthereforemustbecorrectlyfilled(i.e.,consistentwiththedefinedantennapat
tern)ifyouwanttheantennatobeavailableintheAntennaSelectionAssistantforatransmitter.
UnderFrequencies,theMinandMaxoperatingfrequenciesoftheantennacanbedefined.Thesefieldsareused
bytheAntennaSelectionAssistanttofilterantennasandproposeantennascompatiblewiththeoperatingfre
quencyofthetransmitter.
Comments:Anyadditionalinformationontheantenna.
6. ClicktheHorizontalPatterntab.TheHorizontalPatterntabhasatabledescribingthehorizontalantennapatternin
termsoftheattenuationindB(Att.)perAngleandagraphicalrepresentationofthepattern.Atollallowsyoutoenter
antennapatternattenuationsforasmanyas720angles.Therefore,attenuationvaluescanalsobedefinedforangles
otherthanintegervaluesfrom0to359.Ifyouhavethehorizontalpatterninaspreadsheetortextdocument,you
cancopythedatadirectlyintothetable:
a. Switchtothedocumentcontainingthehorizontalpattern.
b. Selectthecolumnscontainingtheanglesandattenuationvaluesofthehorizontalpattern.
c. Copytheselecteddata.
Figure4.1:Copyinghorizontalpatternvalues
d. SwitchtoAtoll.
e. ClicktheupperleftcelloftheCopolarSectiontabledescribingthehorizontalpattern.
f. PressCTRL+Vtopastethedatainthetable.
Iftherearesomeblankrowsinyourdatasheet,Atollwillinterpolatethevaluesinordertoobtainacomplete
andrealisticpattern.
Whenperformingacalculationalonganangleforwhichnodataisavailable,Atollcalculatesalinearinterpo
lationfromtheexistingpatternvalues.
WhenAtollperformslinearinterpolationsonantennapatternattenuation,interpolations
arecalculatedinWattsbydefault.YoucanchangethissettingtodBbyaddinganoption
intheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformationonchangingoptionsintheatoll.inifile,seethe
g. ClickApplytodisplaythepatternofthevaluesyouhavepastedin.
7. ClicktheVerticalPatterntab.TheVerticalPatterntabhasatabledescribingtheverticalantennapatternintermsof
theattenuationindB(Att.)perAngleandagraphicalrepresentationofthepattern.Atollallowsyoutoenterantenna
patternattenuationsforasmanyas720angles.Therefore,attenuationvaluescanalsobedefinedforanglesother
thanintegervaluesfrom0to359.Ifyouhavetheverticalpatterninaspreadsheetortextdocument,youcancopy
thedatadirectlyintothetableasdescribedinstep6.
8. ClickOK.
Atollcheckswhethertheverticalandhorizontalpatternsarecorrectlyalignedattheextremities.Theantennapatternsare
correctlyalignedwhen:
170
thehorizontalpatternattenuationat0isthesameastheverticalpatternattenuationattheelectricaltiltangle,and
thehorizontalpatternattenuationat180isthesameastheverticalpatternattenuationatthe"180minuselectrical
tilt"angle.
AT320_UM_E0
4.1.2 ImportingPlanetFormatAntennas
InAtoll,youcanimportPlanetformatantennasbyimportinganindexfilelistingtheindividualantennafilestobeimported.
StandardAtollfieldsaredirectlyimported.OtherfieldsareimportedforinformationonlyandareaccessibleontheOther
PropertiestaboftheAntennaPropertiesdialogue.
Ifyouareworkingwithadatabase,youwillhavetocreatetherequiredfieldsbeforeyouimportthePlanetformatantennas.
Formoredetails,seetherelevanttechnicalnote.
ToimportPlanetformatantennas:
1. SelecttheParametersexplorer.
3. RightclicktheAntennasfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. Select"Planet2DAntennaFiles(index)"fromtheFilesoftypelist.
6. SelecttheindexfileyouwanttoimportandclickOpen.Theantennasareimported.
Atollcheckswhethertheverticalandhorizontalpatternsarecorrectlyalignedattheextremities.Theantennapatternsare
correctlyalignedwhen:
thehorizontalpatternattenuationat0isthesameastheverticalpatternattenuationattheelectricaltiltangle,and
thehorizontalpatternattenuationat180isthesameastheverticalpatternattenuationatthe"180minuselectrical
tilt"angle.
4.1.3 Importing3DAntennaPatterns
Youcanimportthreedimensionalantennapatternsintheformoftextfiles.Thethreedimensionalantennapatternsyou
importaresavedintheAntennastable.
Duringcalculations,Atollinterpolatesthedataofantennasforwhichonlyhorizontalandverticalcrosssectionsareavailable
tocreateathreedimensionalpattern.Whenyouimportathreedimensionalantennapattern,eventhoughonlyhorizontal
andverticalsectionsoftheantennapatternaredisplayed,Atollconservesalltheinformationandcanuseitdirectly;Atoll
doesnotthereforeneedtointerpolatetorecreatethethreedimensionalantennapattern.
Thetextfilemusthavethefollowingformat:
Antennadescription:Threeseparatevaluesarenecessarytodescribethethreedimensionalantennapattern.The
columnscontainingthevaluescanbeinanyorder:
Azimuth:Therangeofvaluesallowableisfrom0to360,withthesmallestallowableincrementbeing1.
Tiltangle:Therangeofvaluesallowableisfrom90to90,orfrom0to180,withthesmallestallowableincre
mentbeing1.
Attenuation:Theattenuation(indB).
Thetextfiledescribingtheantennacanalsocontainaheaderwithadditionalinformation.Whenyouimporttheantenna
patternyouindicatewheretheheaderendsandwheretheantennapatternitselfbegins.
Toimportthreedimensionalantennapatternfiles:
5. Selectthefiletoimport.
6. ClickOpen.TheSetupdialogueappears(seeFigure4.2).
171
Forsk2013
Figure4.2:Importinga3Dantennapattern
7. Ifyoualreadyhaveanimportconfigurationdefiningthedatastructureoftheimportedfile,youcanselectitfromthe
Configurationlist.Ifyoudonothaveanimportconfiguration,continuewithstep8.
a. UnderConfiguration,selectanimportconfigurationfromtheConfigurationlist.
b. Continuewithstep11.
8. UnderName,youcandefineanamefortheimportedantennapattern.ThisnamewillappearintheAntennasfolder
intheNetworkexplorer.Ifnonameisdefined,Atollwillusethefilenameasthenameoftheantenna:
Ifthenameoftheantennaisinthefile,checktheValuereadinthefilecheckboxandenteraKeywordidentifying
thenamevalueinthefile.
Ifyouwanttoenteranamefortheantenna,cleartheValuereadinthefilecheckboxandenteraname.
9. UnderGain,youcandefinetheantennagain.Ifnogainisdefined,Atollwillassumethatthegainis"0."
Ifthegainoftheantennaisinthefile,checktheValuereadinthefilecheckboxandenteraKeywordidentifying
thegainvalueinthefile.
Ifyouwanttoenteragainfortheantenna,cleartheValuereadinthefilecheckboxandenteragainvalue.
10. UnderDiagram,youdefinethestructureoftheantennapatternfile.Asyoumodifytheparameters,theresultsare
displayedinthetable.
1stPattern:Selectthefirstrowofthefilecontainingdataontheantennapattern.
FileTiltRange:Selectthetiltrangeinthefile.Thetiltrangecanbemeasuredfromtoptobottomorfrombottom
totopandfrom0to180orfrom90to90.
FieldSeparator:Selectthecharacterthatisusedinthefiletoseparatefields("","<tab>",";")
DecimalSymbol:Selectthedecimalsymbol.
11. InthetableunderDiagram,clickthetitleineachcolumninthetableandselectthedatatype:Azimuth,Tilt,Attenu
ation,or<Ignore>.Asyoumodifytheparameters,theresultsaredisplayedinthetable.
YoucansavethechoicesyouhavemadeintheSetupdialogueasaconfigurationfileby
clickingtheSavebuttonatthetopofthedialogueandenteringanamefortheconfigura
tion.Thenexttimeyouimportathreedimensionalantennapatternfile,youcanselectthe
samesettingsfromtheConfigurationfilelist.
12. ClickImport.TheantennapatternsareimportedintothecurrentAtolldocument.
172
AT320_UM_E0
4.1.4 DisplayingAntennaPatternsWithaFixedScale
Atolldisplaystheverticalandhorizontalantennapatternsusingascalethatisautomaticallyadjustedtothehighestandthe
lowestattenuationvaluesoftheantennabeingdisplayed.Youcan,however,displayallantennasusingafixedscaleinorder
tovisuallycompareorprintantennapatterns.
Tosettheantennapatterndisplayscale:
4. SelectDisplayPatternsUsingaFixedScalefromthecontextmenu.
AtolldeterminesthelowestandthehighestantennaattenuationvaluesofalltheantennasintheAntennasfolder,
andusesthesevaluestosetthepatternscale.Antennapatternsofalltheantennasarenowdisplayedusingthisscale.
4.1.5 SmoothinganAntennaPattern
Empiricalpropagationmodels,suchastheStandardPropagationModel(SPM),requireantennapatternsmoothinginthe
verticalplanetobettersimulatetheeffectsofreflectionanddiffraction,which,therefore,improvessignallevelprediction.In
Atoll,youcansmoothantennasverticalaswellashorizontalpatterns.
Youshouldmakeacopyoftheantennabeforesmoothingitsverticalpattern.Youcan
makeacopyoftheantennabyopeningtheAntennastableandcopyingandpastingthe
antennadataintoanewrow.Forinformationondatatables,see"WorkingwithData
Tables"onpage69.
Tosmooththeverticalorhorizontalpatternofanantenna:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheAntennasfolder.
4. Rightclicktheantennawhosepatternyouwanttosmooth.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. SelecttheVerticalPatternortheHorizontalPatterntab.
7. Rightclickthegraphicalrepresentationofthepattern.Thecontextmenuappears.
8. SelectSmoothfromthecontextmenu.TheSmoothingParametersdialogueappears.
9. EnterthefollowingparametersandclickOKtosmooththeverticalpattern:
MaxAngle:Enterthemaximumangle.Smoothingwillbeappliedtothesectionoftheverticalpatternbetween0
andthemaximumangle(clockwise).
PeaktoPeakDeviation:Entertheattenuationvaluestowhichsmoothingwillbeapplied.Atollwillsmoothall
attenuationvaluesgreaterthanorequaltothepeaktopeakdeviationwiththedefinedcorrectionfactor.
Correction:Enterthecorrectionfactorbywhichtheattenuationvalueswillbesmoothed.
10. ClickOK.
4.1.6 PrintinganAntennaPattern
Youcanprintthehorizontalorverticalpatternofanantenna.
Toprintanantennapattern:
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheAntennastableappears.
5. IntheAntennastable,rightclicktheantennawhosepatternyouwanttoprint.
6. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThePropertiesdialogueappears.
7. SelecttheHorizontalPatterntabortheVerticalPatterntabtodisplaytheantennapatternyouwanttoprint.
173
Forsk2013
8. RightclicktheantennapatternandselectLinearorLogarithmicfromthecontextmenu.
9. RightclicktheantennapatternagainandselectPrintfromthecontextmenu.
4.2 WorkingWithEquipment
Atoll can model the components of base station. You can define these components and modify their properties in their
respectivetables.AtollusesthesepropertiestocalculatethedownlinkanduplinklossesandtransmitternoisefigureinUMTS,
CDMA2000,WiMAX,orLTE.InGSM,Atollcalculatesthedownlinklossesonly.Theseparameterscanbeautomaticallycalcu
latedbyAtollfromthepropertiesofthecomponentsortheycandefinedbytheuser.
Basestationsubsystemsconsistofthefollowingcomponents:
Towermountedamplifier:Towermountedamplifiers(TMAs,alsoreferredtoasmastheadamplifiers)areusedto
reducethecompositenoisefigureofthebasestation.TMAsareconnectedbetweentheantennaandthefeeder
cable.TodefineaTMA,see"DefiningTMAEquipment"onpage174.
Feedercables:FeedercablesconnecttheTMAtotheantenna.Todefinefeedercables,see"DefiningFeederCables"
onpage174.
Transmitterequipment:Todefinetransmitterequipment,see"DefiningTransmitterEquipment"onpage174.
4.2.1 DefiningTMAEquipment
Thetowermountedamplifier(TMA)isusedtoreducethecompositenoisefigureofthebasestation.Onceyouhavedefined
aTMA,youcanassignittoindividualtransmitters.
Tocreateatowermountedamplifier:
3. RightclicktheTMAfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheTMAtableappears.
5. In the table, create one TMA per row. For information on using data tables, see "Working with Data Tables" on
page69.ForeachTMA,enter:
Name:EnteranamefortheTMA.ThisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhenyouselectaTMA.
NoiseFigure(dB):EnteranoisefigurefortheTMA.
ReceptionGain(dB):Enterareception(uplink)gainfortheTMA.Thismustbeapositivevalue.
TransmissionLosses(dB):Entertransmission(downlink)lossesfortheTMA.Thismustbeapositivevalue.
4.2.2 DefiningFeederCables
FeedercablesconnecttheTMAtotheantenna.Onceyouhavedefinedfeedercables,youcanassignthemtoindividualtrans
mitters.
Tocreatefeedercables:
3. RightclicktheFeedersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheFeedertableappears.
5. Inthetable,createonefeederperrow.Forinformationondatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
Foreachfeeder,enter:
Name:Enteranameforthefeedercable.Thisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhenyouselectafeedercable.
LossperLength:Enterthelosspermeterofcable.Thismustbeapositivevalue.
ConnectorReceptionLoss:Entertheconnectorreceptionloss.Thismustbeapositivevalue.
ConnectorTransmissionLoss:Entertheconnectortransmissionloss.Thismustbeapositivevalue.
4.2.3 DefiningTransmitterEquipment
TransmitterequipmentismodelledforUMTS,CDMA2000,TDSCDMA,WiMAX,andLTE.InGSM,onlythedownlinklossesare
modelled.
Onceyouhavedefinedtransmitterequipment,itcanbeassignedtoindividualtransmitters.
174
AT320_UM_E0
Tocreatetransmitterequipment:
3. RightclicktheTransmitterEquipmentfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheTransmitterEquipmenttableappears.
5. Inthetable,createoneentryperrow.Forinformationondatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.For
eachtransmitterequipmententry,enter:
Name:Enteranameforthetransmitterequipment.Thisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhenyouselect
transmitterequipment.
NoiseFigure(dB):Enterthenoisefigureforthetransmitterequipment.ThisvalueisnotusedinGSMGPRSEDGE
documents.
DownlinkLossesDuetotheConfiguration(dB):Enterthelossesondownlinkduetothetransmitterequipment
configuration.
UplinkLossesDuetotheConfiguration(dB):Enterthelossesonuplinkduetothetransmitterequipmentconfig
uration.ThisvalueisnotusedinGSMGPRSEDGEdocuments.
CDMARhoFactor(%):EntertheCDMARhofactor,asapercentage.TheCDMARhofactorenablesAtolltotake
intoaccountselfinterferenceproducedbythetransmitterequipment.Becauseequipmentisnotperfect,aninput
signalwillexperiencesomedistortion,consequentlytheoutputsignalwillbenotbeidentical.Thisfactordefines
howmuchdistortionthesystemgenerates.Entering100%meansthesystemisperfect(thereisnodistortion)and
theoutputsignalwillbe100%identicaltotheinputsignal.Ontheotherhand,ifyouspecifyavaluedifferentfrom
100%,Atollwillconsiderthatthetransmittedsignalisnot100%signalandthatitcontainsasmallpercentageof
interferencegeneratedbytheequipment("selfinterference").Atollusesthisparametertoevaluatethesignal
tonoiseratiointhedownlink.
ThisvalueisonlyusedinCDMAbasedtechnologies(CDMA2000,UMTS,andTDSCDMA).ItisnotusedinGSM,
WiMAX,andLTEdocuments.
4.2.4 UpdatingtheValuesforTotalLossesandtheTransmitter
EquipmentNoiseFigure
Onceequipmentisdefinedandassignedtoatransmitter,Atollcanevaluatedownlinkanduplinktotallossesandthetotal
noisefigure.
Atollusestheentryofthetransmitterequipmentasthereferencepointwhenevaluatingtotallossesandthetotalnoise
figure.ThetransmitterequipmentnoisefigureusedbyAtollistheonespecifiedinthetransmitterequipmentproperties.
Transmitter reception losses include feeder reception losses, connector reception losses, miscellaneous reception losses,
antennadiversitygain,TMAbenefitgain(ascalculatedusingtheFriisequation),andanadditionallossmodellingthenoise
risegeneratedfromrepeaters(ifany).Transmittertransmissionlossesincludefeedertransmissionlosses,connectortrans
mission losses, miscellaneous transmission losses, and TMA transmission losses. For more information on the total noise
figureandontransmitterreceptionandtransmissionlosses,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
Youcanassignequipmenttoatransmitter:
UsingtheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue,availablebyclickingtheEquipmentbuttonontheTransmittertabof
thetransmittersPropertiesdialogue,or
UsingtheTransmitterstable,availablebyrightclickingtheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorerandselecting
OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.
WhenyouassignequipmenttoatransmitterusingtheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue,Atollupdatestherealvalueswhen
youclickOKandclosethedialogue.WhenyouassignequipmenttoatransmitterusingtheTransmitterstable,Atolldoesnot
updatetherealvaluesautomatically.
Toupdatetherealvalues(totallossesandtransmitterequipmentnoisefigure)withthecalculatedvaluesofalltransmitters:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectCalculations>UpdateLossesandNoiseFiguresfromthecontextmenu.
Toupdatetherealvalues(totallossesandtransmitterequipmentnoisefigure)withthecalculatedvaluesofagroupoftrans
mitters:
3. ClickGroupbyinthecontextmenuandselectthepropertybywhichyouwanttogroupthetransmittersfromthe
Groupbysubmenu.Theobjectsinthefolderaregroupedbythatproperty.
175
Forsk2013
4. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTransmittersfolder.
5. Rightclickthegroupoftransmitterswhoserealvaluesyouwanttoupdate.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheTransmitterstableappearswiththetransmittersfromtheselected
group.
7. IntheTransmitterstable,selectthevaluesyouwanttoupdateinthefollowingcolumnsandpressDEL:
TransmissionLoss(dB)
ReceptionLoss(dB)
NoiseFigure(dB)
Atollautomaticallyrecalculatesandupdatesthesevalues.
i.
ii.
8.
a.
b.
c.
Figure4.3:CompatibilityBetweenAntennasandFeedersdialogue
176
AT320_UM_E0
Figure4.4:CompatibilityBetweenAntennasandRadiosdialogue
177
178
Forsk2013
Chapter5
Workingwith
CalculationsinAtoll
Thischapterprovidestheinformationtoworkwith
calculationsinAtoll.
"WorkingwithPropagationModels"onpage181
"DefiningCalculationParameters"onpage199
"ManagingPathLossMatrices"onpage201
"PredictionsAvailableinAtoll"onpage212
180
Forsk2013
Chapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll
AT320_UM_E0
5 WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll
Onceyouhavecreatedanetwork,youcanmakepredictions.Therearetwotypesofpredictions:
PointpredictionsusingthePointAnalysistool:ThePointAnalysistoolallowsyoutopredict,atanypointonthemap,
theprofilebetweenareferencetransmitterandareceiver,thevalueofthesignallevelsofthesurroundingtransmit
ters,anactivesetanalysisforUMTS,CDMA2000,andTDSCDMAprojectsandaninterferenceanalysisforGSM/GPRS/
EDGEprojects.
Coveragepredictions:Youcancalculatestandardcoveragepredictions,coveragebytransmitter,coveragebysignal
levelandoverlappingzones,andspecificcoveragepredictionssuchasinterferencepredictionsforGSM/GPRS/EDGE
projectsorhandover,serviceavailability,etc.forUMTS,CDMA2000andTDSCDMAprojects.Manycustomisationfea
turesoncoveragepredictionsareavailableinordertomaketheiranalysiseasier.
Atoll facilitates the calculation of coverage predictions with support for multithreading and distributed calculating. The
progressofthecalculationscanbedisplayedintheEventViewerwindoworinalogfile.
Atollalsoallowsyoutousepolygonalzonestolimittheamountofresourcesandtimeusedforcalculations.Thepolygonal
zones,suchasthefilteringzoneandthecomputationzone,helpyoutorestrictcalculationstoadefinedsetoftransmitters,
andtolimitcalculationsandcoveragepredictions.
Dependingonthetypeofprojectyouareworkingon,youcanchoosebetweenthepropagationmodelsavailableinAtoll.
5.1 WorkingwithPropagationModels
Inthesection,thefollowingareexplained:
"PropagationModelCharacteristics:Overview"onpage181
"TheStandardPropagationModel"onpage182
"TheOkumuraHataPropagationModel"onpage189
"TheCostHataPropagationModel"onpage190
"TheITU5293PropagationModel"onpage192
"TheErcegGreensteinPropagationModel"onpage193
"TheWLLPropagationModel"onpage195
"TheLongleyRicePropagationModel"onpage196
"TheSakagamiExtendedPropagationModel"onpage197
"CrossWaveModel"onpage197
"ManagingPropagationModels"onpage198.
5.1.1 PropagationModelCharacteristics:Overview
EachpropagationmodelavailableinAtollissuitedforcertainconditions,frequenciesandradiotechnologies.Thefollowing
tablesummarisesthefrequencyband,necessarygeodata,recommendeduseofeachpropagationmodel.
Model
FrequencyRange
GeoDataTakenintoAccount
RecommendedUse
ITU3707Vienna93
100400MHz
Terrainprofile
d>10km
Lowfrequencies
Broadcast
ITU1546
303000MHz
Terrainprofile
1<d<1000km
Landandmaritimemobile,
broadcast
ITU5265(theoretical)
3010000MHz
Terrainprofile
Fixedreceivers
WLL
WLL
3010000MHz
Terrainprofile
Deterministicclutter
Fixedreceivers
WLL,Microwavelinks,WiMAX
1501000MHz
Terrainprofile
Statisticalclutter(atthereceiver)
1<d<20km
GSM900,CDMA2000,LTE
OkumuraHata
(Automaticcalibration
available)
181
Forsk2013
Model
FrequencyRange
GeoDataTakenintoAccount
RecommendedUse
15002000MHz
Terrainprofile
1<d<20km
GSM1800,UMTS,CDMA2000,
LTE
3001500MHz
Terrainprofile
1<d<100km
GSM900,CDMA2000,LTE
1503500MHz
Terrainprofile
Statisticalclutter
1<d<20km
GSM,UMTS,CDMA2000,
WiMAX,LTE
Terrainprofile
Urbanandsuburbanareas
100m<d<8km
FixedWiMAX
30008000MHz
Terrainprofile
Statisticalclutter
1<d<20km
WiMAX
2005000MHz
Terrainprofile
Statisticalordeterministicclutter
3Dbuildingandlinevectors
(optional)
Specificmorphology,facetsand
graphsdatafiles(optional)
Anyengineering(micro,mini,
smallandmacrocells)
GSM,UMTS,CDMA2000,
WiMAX,LTE
CostHata
available)
ITU5293
StandardPropagation
Model
available)
ErcegGreenstein(SUI) 19006000MHz
SakagamiExtended
available)
CrossWaveModel
5.1.2 TheStandardPropagationModel
TheStandardPropagationModelisapropagationmodelbasedontheHataformulasandissuitedforpredictionsinthe150
to3500MHzbandoverlongdistances(fromoneto20km).ItisbestsuitedtoGSM900/1800,UMTS,andCDMA2000radio
technologies.
TheStandardPropagationModelisbasedonthefollowingformula:
K 1 + K 2 Log d + K 3 Log H Txeff + K 4 DiffractionLoss + K 5 Log d Log H Txeff +
P R = P Tx
K 6 H Rxeff + K 7 Log H Rx eff + K clutter f clutter + K hill LOS
where:
PR
receivedpower(dBm)
PTx
transmittedpower(EIRP)(dBm)
K1
constantoffset(dB)
K2
multiplyingfactorforLog(d)
distancebetweenthereceiverandthetransmitter(m)
K3
multiplyingfactorforLog(HTxeff)
H Tx
K4
effectiveheightofthetransmitterantenna(m)
multiplyingfactorfordiffractioncalculation.K4mustbeapositivenumber
DiffractionLoss lossesduetodiffractionoveranobstructedpath(dB)
K5
multiplyingfactorforLog(HTxeff)xLog(d)
K6
multiplyingfactorforHRxeff
K7
multiplyingfactorforLog(HRxeff)
H Rx
Kclutter
multiplyingfactorforf(clutter)
f(clutter)
averageofweightedlossesduetoclutter
Khill,LOS
correctivefactorforhillyregions(=0incaseofNLOS)
182
eff
eff
mobileantennaheight(m)
AT320_UM_E0
These parameters can be defined on the tabs (Parameters, and Clutter) of the Standard Propagation Model Properties
dialogue.YoucanalsocalibratetheStandardPropagationModelusingawizard.ForinformationontheAutomaticCalibration
Wizard,seetheMeasurementsandModelCalibrationGuide.
"RecommendationsforWorkingwiththeStandardPropagationModel"onpage183
"CalculatingDiffractionWiththeSPM"onpage184
"SampleValuesforSPMFormulas"onpage184
"Calculatingf(clutter)withtheStandardPropagationModel"onpage185
"ModellingFixedReceivers"onpage186
"DefiningtheParametersoftheStandardPropagationModel"onpage186.
5.1.2.1 RecommendationsforWorkingwiththeStandardPropagationModel
Itisimportanttorememberthatclutterinformationcanbetakenintoconsiderationinbothdiffractionlossandf(clutter).To
avoidtakingclutterinformationintoaccounttwice,youshouldchooseoneofthefollowingapproaches:
Approach#1:Ifyouspecifylossesperclutterclass,donotconsiderclutteraltitudesindiffractionlossoverthetrans
mitterreceiverprofile.Thisapproachisrecommendediftheclutterheightinformationisstatistical(i.e.,wherethe
clutterisroughlydefinedandwithoutadefinedaltitude).
Because the Standard Propagation Model is a statistical propagation model, using this
approachisrecommended.
Approach#2:Ifyouconsiderclutteraltitudes,donotdefineanylossperclutterclass.Inthiscase,f(clutter)willbe
"0;"lossesduetoclutterwillonlybetakenintoaccountinthecalculateddiffraction.Thisapproachisrecommended
iftheclutteraltitudeinformationissemideterministic(i.e.,wheretheclutterisroughlydefinedwithanaveragealti
tudeperclutterclass)ordeterministic(i.e.,wheretheclutterissharplydefinedwithanaveragealtitudeperclutter
classorwherethereisaclutterheightfile).
Iftheclutterheightinformationisanaverageheightdefinedforeachclutterclass,youmustspecifyareceiverclear
anceperclutterclass.Bothgroundandclutteraltitudeareconsideredalongthewholetransmitterreceiverprofile
exceptoveraspecificdistancearoundthereceiver(clearance),inwhichAtollbasesitscalculationsonlyontheDTM.
Theclearanceinformationisusedtomodelstreetsbecauseitisassumedthatthereceiverisinthestreet.
Itisnotnecessarytodefinereceiverclearanceiftheheightinformationisfromaclutterheightfile.Inthiscase,the
clutterheightinformationisaccurateenoughtobeusedwithoutadditionalinformationsuchasclearance;Atollcalcu
latesthepathlossifthereceiverisinthestreet(ifthereceiverheightishigherthantheclutterheight).Ifthereceiver
heightislowerthantheclutterheight,thereceiverisassumedtobeinsideabuilding.Inthiscase,Atolldoesnot
consideranydiffractionforthebuilding(oranyclearance)buttakesintoaccounttheclutterclassindoorlossasan
additional penetration loss. Nevertheless, Atoll does consider diffraction caused by surrounding buildings. In
Figure5.1onpage184thisdiffractionisdisplayedwithagreenline.
Inordertoconsiderindoorlossesinsideabuildingwhenonlyusingadeterministic
cluttermap(i.e.,aclutterheightmap),youmustcleartheIndoorCoveragecheckbox
whencreatingapredictionorindoorlosseswillbeaddedtwice(oncefortheentire
receptionclutterclassandonceasindoorlosses).
183
Forsk2013
Figure5.1:Diffractioncausedbysurroundingbuildingswhenthereceiverisindoors
5.1.2.2 CalculatingDiffractionWiththeSPM
YoucansettheparametersusedtocalculatediffractionlossesontheParametersandCluttertabsoftheStandardPropaga
tionModelPropertiesdialogue.
IntheParametersexplorer,youcandefinethecalculationmethodusedfordiffractionandtheK4factor.Themethodsavail
ableare:
Deygout
EpsteinPeterson
Deygoutwithcorrection
Millington
For detailedinformationon eachmethod, seetheTechnicalReference Guide.Themethodsforcalculatingdiffractionare

basedonthegeneralmethodforoneormoreobstaclesdescribedintheITU5265recommendations.Thecalculationstake
thecurvatureoftheearthintoaccount.Alongthetransmitterreceiverprofile,youcanchoosetotakeeitherthegroundalti
tudeonlyorboththegroundaltitudeandtheclutterheightintoaccount.Ifyouchoosetotakeclutterheightintoaccount,
Atollusestheclutterheightinformationintheclutterheightsfile.Otherwise,itusesaverageclutterheightspecifiedforeach
clutterclassintheclutterclasses.Whentheclutterheightinformationisstatistical,Atollalsousesclearancevaluesperclutter
classtomodelstreets.
Totakeheightsintoaccountwhencalculatingdiffraction:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthePropagationModelsfolder.
3. RightclickStandardPropagationModel.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. ClicktheCluttertab.
6. UnderHeights,selectoneofthefollowingforCluttertakenintoaccountindiffraction:
1Yes:Select"1Yes"ifyouwantheightsfromtheclutterheightstobetakenintoaccountontopoftheDTM
whencalculatingdiffraction.
0No:Select"0No"ifyouwantdiffractiontobecalculatedusingonlytheDTM.
7. ClickOK.
5.1.2.3 SampleValuesforSPMFormulas
ThefollowingtablegivessomepossiblevaluesfortheconstantsusedintheStandardPropagationModelformulas.
K1
184
Minimum
Typical
Maximum
Variable
Variable
Variable
AT320_UM_E0
Minimum
Typical
Maximum
K2
20
44.9
70
K3
20
5.83
20
K4
0.5
0.8
K5
10
6.55
K6
K7
10
ItisrecommendedtosetK6to0,anduseK7insteadofK6.K6isamultiplicativecoefficienttoavalueindB,whichmeansthat
slightvariationsinK6haveconsiderableimpactonthepathloss.
K1isaconstant;itsvaluedependsontheradiofrequency.ThefollowingtablegivessomepossiblevaluesforK1.
Frequency(MHz)
K1
935
12.5
1805
22
1930
23
2110
23.8
1900
23
2300
24.7
2500
25.4
2700
26.1
3300
27.8
3500
28.3
Itsvalueisheavilyinfluencedbythevaluesgiventolossesperclutterclass.
5.1.2.4 Calculatingf(clutter)withtheStandardPropagationModel
Theaverageofweightedlossesduetoclutter,f(clutter),isdefinedasfollows:
n
f clutter =
Li wi
i=1
where
L:lossduetoclutter.
w:weight.
n:numberofpointstakenintoaccountovertheprofile.
Thelossesduetoclutterarecalculatedforthemaximumdistancefromthereceiver,definedasMaximumDistanceonthe
CluttertaboftheStandardPropagationModelPropertiesdialogue.WhentheMaximumDistanceisdefinedas"0",Atoll
onlyconsidersthelossesonthepixelwherethereceiverislocated.OntheCluttertab,eachclutterclassisassignedlosses
andaweightingfunction,enablingAtolltogiveaweighttoeachpoint.Formoreinformation,seetheTechnicalReference
Guide.
ThelossesperclutterclasscanbecalculatedusingtheAutomaticCalibrationWizard.For
informationontheAutomaticCalibrationWizard,seetheMeasurementsandModelCali
brationGuide.
185
Forsk2013
Thefollowingtablegivestypicalvaluesforlosses(indB)perclutterclass:
ClutterClass
Losses(dB)
Denseurban
from4to5
Woodland
from2to3
Urban
Suburban
from5to3
Industrial
from5to3
Openinurban
from6to4
Open
from12to10
Water
from14to12
TheStandardPropagationModelisbasedonHataformulas,whicharevalidforanurban
environment.Thevaluesaboveareconsistentwithanurbanenvironmentbecauselosses
of0dBareindicatedforanurbanclutterclass,withpositivevaluesformoredenseclutter
classesandnegativevaluesforlessdenseclutterclasses.
5.1.2.5 ModellingFixedReceivers
Thefollowingaresuggestionsfordefiningtheheightoffixedreceivers:
Youcanmodelthereceiverasalwaysbeingabovetheclutter,byselecting"1Yes"fortheReceiveronTopofClutter
optionontheCluttertaboftheStandardPropagationModelPropertiesdialogue.Thereceiverheightwillthenbe
sumoftheclutterheightandthereceiverheight.Thisoptioncanbeusedtomodelreceiversontopofbuildings,for
example.
You can define a specific receiver height for each clutter class in the Rx Height column on the Clutter tab of the
StandardPropagationModelPropertiesdialogue.Or,youcanselect"(default)"forthereceiverheight.Whencre
atingacoverageprediction,AtollwillthenreadthereceiverheightontheCalculationParameterstaboftheNetwork
SettingsPropertiesdialogueintheParametersexplorer.
5.1.2.6 DefiningtheParametersoftheStandardPropagationModel
You can define the parameters of the Standard Propagation Model using the Standard Propagation Model Properties
dialogue.
Default values have been assigned to the multiplying factors. The default values corre
spondtotherural(quasiopen)OkumuraHataformulavalidforafrequencyof935MHz.
The values for K values can be calculated using an automatic or assisted calibration
method.Formoreinformation,seetheMeasurementsandModelCalibrationGuide.
TodefinethecalculationsparametersoftheStandardPropagationModel:
3. RightclickStandardPropagationModel.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. ClicktheParameterstab(seeFigure5.2).
186
AT320_UM_E0
Figure5.2:StandardPropagationModelParameterstab
UnderNearTransmitter,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
MaximumDistance:Setthemaximumdistanceforareceivertobeconsiderednearthetransmitter.Ifthedis
tancebetweenthereceiverandthetransmitterisgreaterthanthesetdistance,thereceiverisconsideredfarfrom
thetransmitter.
K1losandK2los:EntertheK1andK2valuesthatwillbeusedforcalculationswhenthereceiverisinthetrans
mitterlineofsight.
K1nlosandK2nlos:EntertheK1andK2valuesthatwillbeusedforcalculationswhenthereceiverisnotinthe
transmitterlineofsight.
UnderFarfromTransmitter,thevaluesyousetwillbeusedforallreceiverswhosedistancefromthetransmitteris
greaterthanthedistancespecifiedinMaximumDistanceunderNearTransmitter.Youcansetthefollowingparam
eters:
K1losandK2los:EntertheK1andK2valuesthatwillbeusedforcalculationswhenthereceiverisinthetrans
mitterlineofsight.
K1nlosandK2nlos:EntertheK1andK2valuesthatwillbeusedforcalculationswhenthereceiverisnotinthe
transmitterlineofsight.
TheLOSisdefinedbynoobstructionalongthedirectraybetweenthetransmitterandthe
receiver.
UnderEffectiveAntennaHeight,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Method:SelectthemethodthatwillbeusedtocalculateHTxeff,theeffectiveantennaheight.
YoucanusetheAutomaticCalibrationWizardtoselectthebestmethodforcalculating
theeffectiveTxantennaheight.ForinformationontheAutomaticCalibrationWizard,see
theMeasurementsandModelCalibrationGuide.
Distance min. and Distance max.: The Distance min. and Distance max. are set to 3,000m and 15,000m
(accordingtoITUrecommendations)forfrequenciesunder500MHzandto0mand15,000m(accordingtoITU
recommendations)forhighfrequencymobilecommunications.Thesevaluesareonlyusedforthe"AbsSpotHt"
andthe"EnhancedSlopeatReceiver"methods.Formoreinformationonhowthesevaluesareused,seetheTech
nicalReferenceGuide.
187
Forsk2013
K3:EntertheK3value.
UnderDiffraction,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Method:Selectthemethodthatwillbeusedtocalculatediffraction.
K4:EntertheK4value.
UnderOtherParameters,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
K5:EntertheK5value.
K6:EntertheK6value.
ItisrecommendedtosetK6to0,anduseK7insteadofK6.K6isamultiplicativecoefficienttoavalueindB,which
meansthatslightvariationsinK6haveconsiderableimpactonthepathloss.
K7:EntertheK7value.
Kclutter:EntertheKcluttervalue.
HillyTerrainCorrectionFactor:Select"1Yes"totaketheHillyTerrainCorrectionFactorintoaccount.Other
wise,select"0No".TheHillyTerrainCorrectionFactorcorrectspathlossforhillyregionswhentransmitterand
receiverare inLOS.For more information onthe Hilly TerrainCorrection Factor, seethe Technical Reference
Guide.
LimitationtoFreeSpaceLoss:WhenusingaHatabasedpropagationmodel,itispossibletocalculateatheoretical
pathlossthatendsupbeinglowerthanthefreespaceloss.InAtoll,youcandefineanyHatabasedpropagation
modeltonevercalculateapathlossthatislowerthanthecalculatedfreespacelossperpixel.Select"1Yes"if
youwantthepropagationmodeltolimitthepathlosscalculatedperpixeltothecalculatedfreespaceloss.
Profiles:Selectthemethodtobeusedtoextracttheprofile.Ifyouselect"1Radial,"Atollestablishesaprofile
between each transmitter and each point located on its calculation perimeter (as defined by the calculation
radius)andthenusesthenearestprofiletomakeapredictiononapointinsidethecalculationperimeter.This
process is called radial optimisation. If you select "2Systematic," Atoll systematically determines a profile
betweeneachtransmitterandeachpointinitscalculationarea.Thismethodrequiresasignificantlylongercalcu
lationtime,therefore,youshouldchoose"1Radial"ifyouwantashortercalculationtime.
GridCalculation:Select"0Centred"ifyouwantAtolltoperformthecalculationsatthecentreofeachpixelor
select"1Bottomleft"ifyouwantAtolltoperformthecalculationsatthelowerleftofeachpixel.
6. ClicktheCluttertab(seeFigure5.3).
Figure5.3:StandardPropagationModelCluttertab
UnderClutterTakenintoAccount,youcansetthefollowingparametersunderHeights:
188
Cluttertakenintoaccountindiffraction:Select"1Yes"ifyouwanttheclutterheightstobetakenintoaccount
whencalculatingdiffraction.
Receiverontopofclutter:Select"1Yes"ifyouwantthereceivertobeconsideredtobelocatedontopofclutter.
Thisoptioncanbeusedwherefixedreceiversarelocatedontopofbuildings.
Indoorcalculationsonly:Select"1Yes"tocreatecoveragepredictionsbasedonindoorcalculationsonly.
AT320_UM_E0
UnderClutterTakenintoAccount,youcansetthefollowingparametersunderRange:
Max.distance:Setthemaximumdistancefromareceivertobeconsideredwhencalculatingf(clutter).
Weightingfunction:Selectaweightingfunctiontobeusedwhencalculatingf(clutter).Itenablesyoutoweight
lossesforeachpixelbetweenareceiverandamaximumdistance.Formoreinformationonweightingfunctions,
seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
UnderParametersperclutterclass,youcansetthefollowingparametersforeachclutterclass:
Losses:Enter,ifdesired,lossesforeachclutterclasstobeconsideredwhencalculatingf(clutter).
Clearance:Enter,ifdesired,aclearancearoundeachreceiverforeachclutterclass.Theclearanceinformationis
usedtomodelstreetsbecauseitisassumedthatthereceiverisinthestreet.Theclearanceisusedwhencalcu
latingdiffractionwhenstatisticalclutteristakenintoaccount.
RxHeight:Enter,ifdesired,aspecificreceiverheightforeachclutterclass.Or,youcanselect"(default)"forthe
receiverheight.Whencreatingacoverageprediction,AtollwillthenreadthereceiverheightontheCalculation
ParameterstaboftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogueintheParametersexplorer.
7. ClickOK.
5.1.3 TheOkumuraHataPropagationModel
TheOkumuraHatamodelissuitedforpredictionsinthe150to1000MHzbandoverlongdistances(fromoneto20km).Itis
bestsuitedtoGSM900andCDMA1xRTTradiotechnologies.
Hatamodelsingeneralarewelladaptedtotheurbanenvironment.Youcandefineseveralcorrectiveformulasandassociate
aformulawitheachclutterclasstoadapttheHatamodeltoawidevarietyofenvironments.Youcanalsodefineadefault
formulatobeusedwhennolandusedataisavailable.Additionally,youcanconsiderdiffractionlossesbasedontheDTM.
"DefiningGeneralSettings(OkumuraHata)"onpage189
"SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(OkumuraHata)"onpage189
"CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(OkumuraHata)"onpage190.
5.1.3.1 DefiningGeneralSettings(OkumuraHata)
TosetgeneralparametersontheOkumuraHatapropagationmodel:
3. RightclickOkumuraHata.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. ClicktheParameterstab.Youcanmodifythefollowingsettings:
Adddiffractionloss:TheOkumuraHatapropagationmodelcantakeintoaccountlossesduetodiffraction,using
a1knifeedgeDeygoutmethod,andusingthegroundaltitudegivenintheDTM.Fordetailedinformationonthe
Deygoutmethod,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.Thecalculationstakethecurvatureoftheearthintoaccount.
Select"1Yes"ifyouwantthepropagationmodeltoaddlossesduetodiffraction.Youcanweightthisdiffraction
for each Hata environment formula (see "Creating or Modifying Environment Formulas (OkumuraHata)" on
page190)
Limitationtofreespaceloss:WhenusingaHatabasedpropagationmodel,itispossibletocalculateatheoretical
6. ClickOK.
5.1.3.2 SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(OkumuraHata)
TheOkumuraHatapropagationmodelcanuseanenvironmentformulaappropriatetoeachclutterclasswhencalculating.
YoucanassignadefaultformulathatAtollcanuseforallclutterclassesforwhichyouhavenotassignedanenvironment
formulaorifyoudonothaveclutterclassesinyourAtolldocument.
Toselectenvironmentformulas:
189
Forsk2013
5. ClicktheConfigurationtab.
6. UnderFormulasassignedtoclutterclasses,selecttheDefaultformularow.Underthisgrid,choosetheappropriate
formulaintheformulascrollinglist.
Atollusesthedefaultenvironmentformulaforcalculationsonanyclutterclasstowhichyouhavenotassignedan
environmentformulaorifyoudonothaveclutterclassesinyourAtolldocument.
7. ForeachclutterclassunderFormulasassignedtoclutterclasses,selectaformulafromthelist.
8. ForeachclutterclassunderAdditionalLossesperClutterClass,enteranoptionalcorrection(indB).Thiscorrection
actsasanadditionallossonthelosscalculatedbythechosenformula.
Forinformationonmodifyingthe selectedformula,see"Creating orModifying EnvironmentFormulas(Okumura
Hata)"onpage190.
9. ClickOK.
CorrectiontermscanbeevaluatedusingtheAutomaticCalibrationWizard.Forinforma
tionontheAutomaticCalibrationWizard,seetheMeasurementsandModelCalibration
Guide.
5.1.3.3 CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(OkumuraHata)
SeveralenvironmentformulasareavailablewiththeOkumuraHatapropagationmodeltomodeldifferentenvironments.You
can modify existing environment formulas used by the OkumuraHata propagation model or create new environmental
formulas.
Tocreateormodifyanenvironmentformula:
6. ClicktheFormulasbutton.TheFormulasdialogueappears.Youcandothefollowing:
Add:Tocreateanewformula,clicktheAddbuttonandmodifytheparametersoftheformula.
Delete:Todeleteaformula,selecttheformulaandclicktheDeletebutton.
Modify:Tomodifyanexistingformula,selecttheformulaandmodifytheparameters.
7. ClickOKtosaveyourchangesandclosetheFormulasdialogue.
8. ClickOK.
You can weight the diffraction loss by setting the diffraction multiplying factor
withintherange[0;1].
ConstantvaluesanddiffractionmultiplyingfactorcanbeevaluatedusingtheAuto
maticCalibrationWizardforeachenvironmentformula.Forinformationonthe
Automatic Calibration Wizard, see the Measurements and Model Calibration
Guide.
5.1.4 TheCostHataPropagationModel
TheCostHatamodelissuitedforcoveragepredictionsinthe1500to2000MHzbandoverlongdistances(fromoneto20km).
ItisbestsuitedtoDCS1800andUMTSradiotechnologies.
formulatobeusedwhennolandusedataisavailable.
190
"DefiningGeneralSettings(CostHata)"onpage191
"SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(CostHata)"onpage191
"CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(CostHata)"onpage191.
AT320_UM_E0
5.1.4.1 DefiningGeneralSettings(CostHata)
TosetgeneralparametersontheCostHatapropagationmodel:
3. RightclickCostHata.Thecontextmenuappears.
Adddiffractionloss:TheCostHatapropagationmodelcantakeintoaccountlossesduetodiffraction,usinga1
knifeedgeDeygoutmethod,andusingthegroundaltitudegivenintheDTM.FordetailedinformationontheDey
goutmethod,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.Thecalculationstakethecurvatureoftheearthintoaccount.
Select"1Yes"ifyouwantthepropagationmodeltoaddlossesduetodiffraction.Youcanweightthisdiffraction
foreachHataenvironmentformula(See"CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(CostHata)"onpage191)
6. ClickOK.
5.1.4.2 SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(CostHata)
TheCostHatapropagationmodelcanuseanenvironmentformulaappropriatetoeachclutterclasswhencalculating.Youcan
assignadefaultformulathatAtollcanuseforallclutterclassesforwhichyouhavenotassignedanenvironmentformulaor
ifyoudonothaveclutterclassesinyourAtolldocument.
6. UnderFormulasassignedtoclutterclasses,selecttheDefaultformularow.Underthisgrid,choosetheappropriate
formulaintheformulascrollinglist.
8. ForeachclutterclassunderAdditionalLossesperClutterClass,enteranoptionalcorrection(indB).Thiscorrection
actsasanadditionallossonthelosscalculatedbythechosenformula.
9. ClickOK.
5.1.4.3 CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(CostHata)
SeveralenvironmentformulasareavailablewiththeCostHatapropagationmodeltomodeldifferentenvironments.Youcan
modifyexistingenvironmentformulasusedbytheCostHatapropagationmodelorcreatenewenvironmentalformulas.
191
Forsk2013
8. ClickOK.
You can weight the diffraction loss by setting the diffraction multiplying factor
withintherange[0;1].
ConstantvaluesanddiffractionmultiplyingfactorcanbeevaluatedusingtheAuto
maticCalibrationWizardforeachenvironmentformula.Forinformationonthe
Automatic Calibration Wizard, see the Measurements and Model Calibration
Guide.
5.1.5 TheITU5293PropagationModel
TheITU5293modelissuitedforpredictionsinthe300to1500MHzbandoverlongdistances(fromoneto100km).Itisbest
suitedtotheGSM900radiotechnology.
formulatobeusedwhennolandusedataisavailable.Inaddition,forlongdistances20km<d<100km),themodelusesauto
maticallyacorrectiveformulaasdefinedintherecommendation.
"DefiningGeneralSettings(ITU5293)"onpage192
"SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(ITU5293)"onpage192
"CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(ITU5293)"onpage193.
5.1.5.1 DefiningGeneralSettings(ITU5293)
TosetgeneralparametersontheITU5293propagationmodel:
3. RightclickITU529.Thecontextmenuappears.
Adddiffractionloss:TheITU5293propagationmodelcantakeintoaccountlossesduetodiffraction,usinga1
knifeedgeDeygoutmethod,andusingthegroundaltitudegivenintheDTM.FordetailedinformationontheDey
goutmethod,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.Thecalculationstakethecurvatureoftheearthintoaccount.
Select"1Yes"ifyouwantthepropagationmodeltoaddlossesduetodiffraction.
6. ClickOK.
5.1.5.2 SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(ITU5293)
TheITU5293propagationmodelcanuseanenvironmentformulaappropriatetoeachclutterclasswhencalculating.Youcan
assignadefaultformulathatAtollcanuseforallclutterclassesforwhichyouhavenotassignedanenvironmentformulaor
ifyoudonothaveclutterclassesinyourAtolldocument.
6. UnderFormulasassignedtoclutterclasses,selectaDefaultformula.
192
AT320_UM_E0
Forinformationonmodifyingtheselectedformula,see"CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(ITU5293)"on
page193.
8. ClickOK.
5.1.5.3 CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(ITU5293)
SeveralenvironmentformulasareavailablewiththeITU5293propagationmodeltomodeldifferentenvironments.Youcan
modifyexistingenvironmentformulasusedbytheITU5293propagationmodelorcreatenewenvironmentalformulas.
8. ClickOK.
TheITU3707modelisbasedontherecommendationsoftheVienna1993internationalconferenceontelecommunications
networkcoordination.Thismodelissuitedforpredictionsinthe100to400MHzbandoverlongdistances(over10km),such
asinbroadcastpredictions.Itusestheterrainprofiletocalculatepropagation.
TheonlyparameteryoucandefinewiththeITU3707(Vienna93)modelisthepercentageoftimeduringwhichtherealfield
ishigherthanthesignallevelcalculatedbythemodel(1%,10%,or50%ofthetime).Thevalue50%isusuallyusedforcover
agepredictions,whereas1%isusuallyusedforinterferencepredictions.
Tosetthepercentageoftimeduringwhichtherealfieldishigherthanthesignallevel:
5. ClicktheParameterstab.
6. UnderCalculateexceededsignalduring,selectoneofthefollowing:
50%ofthetime
10%ofthetime
1%ofthetime
7. ClickOK.
WhenusingtheITU3707model,donotdefinethecelledgecoverageprobabilityinthe
coveragepredictionpropertieswithavalueotherthan50%,orcelledgecoverageproba
bilitywillbeconsideredtwice.
5.1.7 TheErcegGreensteinPropagationModel
The ErcegGreenstein (SUI) propagation model is suited for predictions in the 1900 and 6000MHz range over distances
between100mand8km.TheErcegGreenstein(SUI)propagationmodelissuitedforWiMAX(IEEE802.16e).
TheErcegGreenstein(SUI)propagationmodeliswelladaptedforsuburbanenvironment.Youcandefineseveralcorrective
formulasandassociateaformulawitheachclutterclasstoadaptthemodeltoawiderangeofenvironments.Youcanalso
defineadefaultformulatobeusedwhennolandusedataisavailable.Youcanalsosetadefaultformulawhichisusedwhen
noclutterdataisavailable.
193
Forsk2013
"DefiningGeneralSettings(ErcegGreenstein(SUI))"onpage194
"SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(ErcegGreenstein(SUI))"onpage194
"CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(ErcegGreenstein(SUI))"onpage194.
5.1.7.1 DefiningGeneralSettings(ErcegGreenstein(SUI))
TosetgeneralparametersontheErcegGreenstein(SUI)propagationmodel:
3. RightclickErcegGreenstein(SUI).Thecontextmenuappears.
Adddiffractionloss:TheErcegGreenstein(SUI)propagationmodelcantakeintoaccountlossesduetodiffrac
tion,usinga1knifeedgeDeygoutmethod,andusingthegroundaltitudegivenintheDTM.Fordetailedinforma
tionontheDeygoutmethod,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.Thecalculationstakethecurvatureoftheearth
intoaccount.Select"1Yes"ifyouwantthepropagationmodeltoaddlossesduetodiffraction.
Limitationtofreespaceloss:WhenusingtheErcegGreenstein(SUI)propagationmodel,itispossibletocalculate
atheoreticalpathlossthatendsupbeinglowerthanthefreespaceloss.InAtoll,youcandefinetheErcegGreen
stein(SUI)propagationmodeltonevercalculateapathlossthatislowerthanthecalculatedfreespacelossper
pixel.Select"1Yes"ifyouwantthepropagationmodeltolimitthepathlosscalculatedperpixeltothecalculated
freespaceloss.
7. ClickOK.
5.1.7.2 SelectinganEnvironmentFormula(ErcegGreenstein(SUI))
TheErcegGreenstein(SUI)propagationmodelcanuseanenvironmentformulaappropriatetoeachclutterclasswhencalcu
lating.YoucanassignadefaultformulathatAtollcanuseforallclutterclassesforwhichyouhavenotassignedanenviron
mentformulaorifyoudonothaveclutterclassesinyourAtolldocument.
6. UnderFormulasassignedtoclutterclasses,selectaDefaultformula.
Forinformationonmodifyingtheselectedformula,see"CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(ErcegGreen
stein(SUI))"onpage194.
8. ClickOK.
5.1.7.3 CreatingorModifyingEnvironmentFormulas(ErcegGreenstein(SUI))
SeveralenvironmentformulasareavailablewiththeErcegGreenstein(SUI)propagationmodeltomodeldifferentenviron
ments.YoucanmodifyexistingenvironmentformulasusedbytheErcegGreenstein(SUI)propagationmodelorcreatenew
environmentalformulas.
194
AT320_UM_E0
8. ClickOK.
TheITU5265modelissuitableforpredictionsinthe30to10,000MHzbandwithfixedreceivers.
AccordingtotheITU5265recommendations:
Iftherearenoobstacles,propagationtakesplaceinfreespace
Ifthereisanobstacle,attenuationduetodiffractionwillbetakenintoaccount.Themodelusestheterrainprofileand
adiffractionmechanism(3knifeedgeDeygoutmethod),optionallywithcorrection,tocalculatepathloss.
TosettheparametersontheITU5265propagationmodel:
6. Ifdesired,selecttheApplytoempiricalcorrectioncheckboxandenteraformulathatwillbeusedasacorrectionwith
theDeygoutmethod.Otherwise,theDeygoutmethodwillbeusedwithoutcorrection.
7. ClickOK.
5.1.9 TheWLLPropagationModel
TheWLLpropagationmodelisdesignedforradiolocalloopapplicationsinthe3010,000MHzband.Themodelisderived
fromtheITU5265model.
AlongtheTxRxprofile,bothgroundaltitudeandclutterheightareconsideredtocalculatediffractionlosses.Atolltakesclut
terheightinformationinclutterheightsfileifavailableintheATLdocument.Otherwise,itconsidersaverageclutterheight
specifiedforeachclutterclassintheclutterclassesfiledescription.IftheATLdocumentdoesnotcontainanyclutterheight
fileandnoaverageheightperclutterclassisspecified,Atollwillconsidergroundaltitudeonly.
TosettheparametersontheWLLpropagationmodel:
3. RightclickWLL.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. ClicktheParameterstab.Youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Freespaceloss:Youcanmodifytheparametersoftheformulausedtocalculatepathlossinfreespace.
Lineofsightonly:IftheLineofsightonlyoptionisselected,Atollchecksforeachpixelifthereceiverisinthe
transmitterlineofsight.Thereceiverisconsideredtobeinthetransmitterlineofsightif100%oftheFresnelhalf
ellipsoidisclear,inotherwords,ifnoobstacleisonthetransmitterreceiverprofile.Ifthereceiverisnotinthe
transmitterlineofsight,noresultsatallwillbedisplayed.IftheLineofsightonlyoptionisnotselected,Atollcal
culatesthepathlossforeachpixel,usingtheformuladefinedinthedialogue.
IfyouselecttheLineofsightonlyoptionandthereceiverisnotinthetransmitterlineof
sight,noresultsatallwillbedisplayedbecauseAtollwillonlyshowresultsforthelineof
sight.
Transmitterclearance:Youcansettheclearancearoundthetransmitter.Thisclearancecanbeused,forexample,
tomodelstreetsinareaswheretheclutterclassfiledoesnotshowenoughdetail.Itwillbetakenintoconsidera
tionwhencalculatingdiffraction.Thedefaultvalueis20m.
Receiverdefaultclearance:Youcansetthedefaultclearancearoundthereceiver.Thisdefaultclearancewillbe
usedforeachclutterclasswherethereceiverclearanceisnotspecified.Thisclearancewillbetakenintoconsid
erationwhencalculatingdiffraction.Thedefaultvalueis20m.
195
Forsk2013
Diffractionmultiplyingfactor:Youcansetthemultiplyingfactorforthediffractionlosses.Thefinaldiffraction
lossesaredeterminedbymultiplyingthediffractionlossescalculatedusingthe3obstacleDeygoutmethodbythe
Diffractionmultiplyingfactor.
Receiverheightperclutterclass:Youcansetaheightforthereceiverforeachclutterclass.BecausetheWLLprop
agationmodelisdesignedfornetworkswithimmobilereceivers,thereceiversareoftenontopofbuildings.This
optionallowsyoutospecifyaheightwhichwillbeaddedtotheclutterclass.
Receiverclearanceperclutterclass:Youcansetaclearancearoundthereceiverforeachclutterclass.Thisclear
ancewillbetakenintoconsiderationwhencalculatingdiffraction.
6. ClickOK.
5.1.10 TheLongleyRicePropagationModel
LongleyRiceisatheoreticalmodel suitedforpredictionsinthe40MHzbandin flatareas.TheLongleyRicepropagation
modelusestheterrainprofiletocalculatepropagation.However,theparametersoftheLongleyRicepropagationmodelcan
besetusingdistanceandanadditionallossvalue.
TosettheparametersontheLongleyRicepropagationmodel:
3. RightclickLongleyRice.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. UnderAddtopropagationloss,entertheformulathatwillbeusedtocalculateadditionallosses(inflatterrain,a
valueof"0"meansasignaldecreasinginalinearfashionasafunctionofdistance)."dkm"intheformulaisthedistance
inkilometresfromthetransmitter.
7. ClickOK.
TheITU1546propagationmodelisbasedontheITURP15462recommendations.Thismodelissuitedforpredictionsinthe
30to3000MHzbandoverdistancesfrom1to1000km.Itisappropriateforpointtoareapredictionssuchasbroadcastand
landandmaritimemobileservices,andfixedservicesemployingpointtomultipointsystems.Itusestheterrainprofileto
calculatepropagation.
BecausethispropagationmodelisbasedongraphsgivingthefieldstrengthasafunctionofdistanceprovidedintheITU
recommendationsfordifferentoperatingfrequencies,theonlyparametersyouhavetodefineforthismodelare:
thepercentageoftimeduringwhichtherealfieldstrengthishigherthanthesignallevelcalculatedbythemodel(1%,
10%,or50%ofthetime),and
thetypeofpathoverwhichthesignallevelistobepredicted(landinurbanorsuburbanzones,landotherzones,or
sea).
Tosetthepropagationmodelparameters:
6. UnderCalculateSignalLevelExceededDuring,selectoneofthefollowing:
50%ofthetime
10%ofthetime
1%ofthetime
7. UnderTypeofPath,selectoneofthefollowing:
Land(UrbanorSuburbanZones)
Land(OtherZones)
Sea
8. SelectUseclutteraltitudeifyouwanttotaketheheightoftheclutterintoaccountindiffraction.Theheightofthe
clutterwillbetakenfromtheClutterHeightfolder,ifclutterheightsareavailable.Otherwisetheaverageheightof
eachclutterclasswillbeusedwhenevaluatingdiffraction.Ifthisboxisunselected,thediffractionisevaluatedusing
onlytheDTM.
196
AT320_UM_E0
9. ClickOK.
Formoreinformation,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuideandtheITURP.1546recommendation.
5.1.12 TheSakagamiExtendedPropagationModel
TheSakagamiextendedpropagationmodelisbasedonasimplifiedversionoftheextendedSakagamiKuboipropagation
model. The Sakagami extended propagation model is valid for frequencies above 3GHz. Therefore, it is only available in
WiMAX802.16edocumentsbydefault.
The SakagamiKuboi propagation model requires detailed information about the environment, such as the widths of the
streetswhere thereceiver islocated,the angles formedbythe street axes and the directions of the incident waves, the
heights of the buildings close to the receiver, etc. The SakagamiKuboi propagation model is valid for frequencies below
2.2GHz.StudieshaveshownthattheSakagamiKuboipropagationmodelcanbeextendedtofrequencieshigherthan3GHz,
whichalsoallowstheinputrequiredbythemodeltobesimplified.Thesamestudiesshowthatthepathlosspredictedbythe
extendedmodelisalmostindependentoftheinputparameterssuchasstreetwidthsandangles.
ThepathlosscalculationformulaoftheSakagamiextendedpropagationmodelissimilartotheformulaoftheStandardProp
agationModel.InAtoll,thismodelisinfactacopyoftheStandardPropagationModelwiththefollowingvaluesassignedto
theKcoefficients:
KCoefficient
ValueAssigned
K1
65.4(calculatedfor3.5GHz)
K2
40
K3
30
K4
K5
K6
K7
FormoreinformationonworkingwiththeStandardPropagationModel,see"TheStandardPropagationModel"onpage182.
5.1.13 CrossWaveModel
CrossWaveistheAtollversionoftheOrangeLabspropagationmodel.ThismodelisdevelopedbyOrangeLabsandisdistrib
utedandsupportedbyForskasanoptionforAtoll.Thishighperformanceuniversalpropagationmodelcanbeusedwithany
wirelesstechnology,inanytypeofpropagationsituationandenvironment.Inaddition,themodelsupportsautomatictuning
usingCWmeasurements.Althoughautomaticcalibrationcanberunonit,themodelasprovidedhasbeenstatisticallypre
calibratedusingmeasurementsfromdifferentcountriesandenvironmenttypeswheretheOrangeGroupispresent.Asa
consequence,CrossWavebenefitsfromOrangeLabsexperienceintermsofthepropagationmodellingofbasiccomponents
(antennaandprofilemodelling)andtheautomatictuningprocess(multilinearregression,neuronalnetworks,etc.).Even
withthislevelofcomplexity,theyearsofresearchfocusednotonlyonaccuracy,butalsoontherapidity,versatility,and
robustnessoftheCrossWavemodel.
CrossWavemodelsthethreepropagationphenomena:
Verticaldiffraction
Horizontalguidedpropagation
Reflectiononmountains
197
Forsk2013
Figure5.4:PropagationphenomenaandCrossWave
CrossWavesupportsanytechnology(GSM,UMTS,WiMAX,LTE,etc.)andanyfrequencyrange(from200MHzto5GHz).It
alsoappliestoanytypeofcell(micro,mini,andmacrocells).Itcanbeappliedinavarietyofdomainsbecauseitcanbeused
inanytypeofenvironment(denseurban,urban,suburban,rural,etc.)withoutanyrestriction.
CrosswavesupportsthesametypeofgeodatafilesastheotherpropagationmodelsavailableinAtoll(DTM,clutterclasses,
clutterheights),butanyadditionalrasterfilecanbeusedwithitandoptionally,itcanbeevenmoreaccuratewhenspecific
geodatamapsareusedwithit;geodatamapssuchas:
3Dbuildingvectors(TAB)
Linevectors(TAB)forrailwaytrackpredictions
FormoreinformationontheCrossWavepropagationmodel,seetheCrossWaveusermanual.
5.1.14 ManagingPropagationModels
The propagation models available for the current Atoll document can be found in the Propagation Models folder in the
Parametersexplorer.Youcanmanagethepropagationmodelswiththecommandsavailableonthecontextmenu.
TomanagethepropagationmodelsofthecurrentAtolldocument:
3. Rightclickthepropagationmodelyouwanttomanage.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. Selectoneofthefollowingcommandsfromthecontextmenu:
Properties:ThePropertiesdialogueappears.Youcanviewthegeneralinformationaboutthepropagationmodel
ontheGeneraltab:
Name:Thenameofthepropagationmodel,asdisplayedinthePropagationModelsfolder
Signature:ThesignatureisassignedtothepropagationmodelbyAtoll.Eachtimeyoumodifytheparameters
oftheselectedpropagationmodel,Atollchangesthesignature.Thesignatureofthepropagationmodelused
tocalculateasetofpathlossmatricesisstoredwiththematrices.ThisenablesAtolltoverifythevalidityof
thepathlossmatrices.
WhenpathlossmatricesarenotembeddedintheAtolldocumentbutarestoredexternally,thesignatureis
foundintheMODEL_SIGfieldofthePathloss.dbffile.Thenameofthepropagationmodelusedisfoundinthe
MODEL_NAMEfieldofthePathloss.dbffile.
Description:Youcanenteradescriptionorcommentsinthisfield.
Duplicate:Theselectedpropagationmodelisduplicated.ItappearsinthePropagationModelsfolderwiththe
samename,precededby"Copyof."
Copy:Theselectedpropagationmodeliscopied.Youcanpasteit,withitscurrentsettingsintoanewAtolldocu
mentbyopeningthedocument,clickingtheParametersexplorerandpressingCTRL+V.
IfthereisalreadyapropagationmodelintheAtolldocumentwiththesamenameasthe
oneyouaretryingtopaste,Atollwilldisplayawarningandwillnotallowyoutooverwrite
theexistingpropagationmodel.
198
Delete:Theselectedpropagationmodelisdeleted.
Rename:Youcanenteranewnamefortheselectedpropagationmodel.
AT320_UM_E0
5.2 DefiningCalculationParameters
Atoll uses the propagation model defined for each transmitter to calculate losses along the transmitterreceiver path.
Dependingonthetypeofpredictionyoumake,Atolleithercalculatesthepathlossatanypointofthemapinrealtime,orit
calculatesapathlossmatrixforeachtransmitterthatwillbeconsideredinpredictions.Thepathlossmatrixcontainsasetof
pathlossvaluescalculatedoneachpixeloveraspecificarea.Itiscalculatedbasedonasetofthreeparametersdefinedfor
thetransmitter:
Thepropagationmodel
Thecalculationradius
Theresolution.
Byusingacalculationradius,Atolllimitsthescopeofcalculationstoadefinedarea.
Atollenablesyoutocalculatetwopathlossmatrices:amainandanextendedone.Byusingtwosetsofcalculationparame
ters,Atollallowsyoutocalculatehighresolutionpathlossmatricesclosertothetransmitterwithonepropagationmodel,
whilereducingcalculationtimeandstoragesizebyusinganextendedmatrixwithalowerresolutionandanotherpropagation
model.Atollwillcalculatetheextendedmatrixonlyifyoudefineallthreeparameters:propagationmodel,calculationradius,
andresolution.
Ifyoudonotdefineacalculationradiusforthemainpropagationmodelandifyoudonotassignanextendedpropagation
model,Atollusesthepredictionminimumthresholdtodefinethecalculationradiusforeachtransmitter.However,thiscan
leadtolengthycalculationtimes.Underthesecircumstances,Atolldoesnotassignacalculationradiustotransmitters.This
ispossiblewhenyouletAtollcalculatetheoptimisedmainorextendedcalculationradiibasedonuserdefinedminimum
receivedsignallevels.Asanconsequence,thediskstoragededicatedtopathlossmatricescanbedrasticallyreduced.For
moreinformation,see"OptimisingPathLossMatrixStorage"onpage204.
Whencreatingcoveragepredictions,youcandefineacoverageresolutionthatisdifferent
fromtheresolutiondefinedforthepathlossmatrices.
"DefiningCalculationParametersforOneTransmitter"onpage199
"DefiningtheSameCalculationParametersforaGroupofTransmitters"onpage200
"DefiningtheSameCalculationParametersforAllTransmitters"onpage200
"DefiningaDefaultPropagationModel"onpage201
"DefiningaDefaultResolution"onpage201.
5.2.1 DefiningCalculationParametersforOneTransmitter
InAtoll,youcandefinecalculationparameters,inotherwords,thepropagationmodel,resolution,andcalculationradius,for
eachtransmitter.
Todefinemainandextendedcalculationparametersforonetransmitter:
3. Rightclickthetransmittertowhichyouwanttoassignmainandextendedcalculationparameters.Thecontextmenu
appears.
5. ClickthePropagationtab.
6. UnderMainMatrix:
SelectaPropagationModel
EnteraRadiusandResolution.
7. Ifdesired,underExtendedMatrix:
8. ClickOK.Theselectedcalculationparameterswillbeusedfortheselectedtransmitter.
199
Forsk2013
5.2.2 DefiningtheSameCalculationParametersforaGroupof
Transmitters
Transmittersthatsharethesameparametersandenvironmentwillusuallyusethesamepropagationmodelandsettings.In
Atoll,youcandefiningthesamecalculationparametersforseveraltransmittersbyfirstgroupingthembytheircommon
parametersandthendefiningthecalculationparameters.
Todefinemainandextendedcalculationparametersforadefinedgroupoftransmitters:
3. SelectfromtheGroupbysubmenuofthecontextmenuthepropertybywhichyouwanttogroupthetransmitters.
Theobjectsinthefolderaregroupedbythatproperty.
You cangrouptransmittersby severalpropertiesby using theGroup By button onthe
Propertiesdialogue.Formoreinformation,see"AdvancedGrouping"onpage90.
5. Rightclickthegroupoftransmittersforwhichyouwanttodefinemainandextendedcalculationparameters.Thecon
textmenuappears.
group.
Foreachtransmitter,youcansetthecalculationparametersinthefollowingcolumns:
MainPropagationModel
MainCalculationRadius
MainResolution
ExtendedPropagationModel
ExtendedCalculationRadius
ExtendedResolution
Toenterthesamevaluesinonecolumnforalltransmittersinthetable:
1. Enterthevalueinthefirstrowinthecolumn.
2. Selecttheentirecolumn.
3. RightclicktheselectionandselectEdit>FillDownfromthecontextmenuorclicktheFillDownbutton(
Tabletoolbartocopythecontentsofthetopcelloftheselectionintotheothercells.
Ifyouwanttocopythecontentsofthelastcellintheselectionintoallothercells,youcan
rightclicktheselectionandselectEdit>FillUpfromthecontextmenuorclicktheFillUp
button(
)intheTabletoolbar.FormoreinformationonworkingwithtablesinAtoll,
see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
5.2.3 DefiningtheSameCalculationParametersforAll
Transmitters
InAtoll,youcanchooseonesetofcalculationparametersandassignthemtoalltransmitters.
Todefinethesamecalculationparametersforalltransmitters:
5. UnderMainMatrix:
200
)inthe
AT320_UM_E0
7. ClickOK.Theselectedcalculationparameterswillbeusedforalltransmitters.
Settingadifferentmainorextendedmatrixtoanindividualtransmitterasexplainedin
"Defining Calculation Parameters for One Transmitter" on page199 will override this
entry.Youcanalsooptimisethepathlossmatrixradiiasexplainedin"OptimisingPathLoss
MatrixStorage"onpage204.
5.2.4 DefiningaDefaultPropagationModel
Whenyouassignapropagationmodeltoatransmitter,youcanchoose"(DefaultModel)"fromthelistofthepropagation
modelsavailable.Atollwillthencalculatepathlossusingthedefaultpropagationmodelsetfortheproject.
TodefinethedefaultpropagationmodelfortheAtolldocument:
4. ClickthePredictionstab.
5. SelectaDefaultPropagationModelfromthelist.
6. ClickOK.Theselectedpropagationmodelwillbeusedforpredictionsforalltransmitterswhosemainpropagation
modelis"(Defaultmodel)."
5.2.5 DefiningaDefaultResolution
Whentheresolutionofthepathlossmatrixisnotdefinedinthetransmitterproperties,Atollusesthedefaultresolutionset
fortheAtolldocument.Additionally,thisresolutionisusedasthedefaultcoverageresolutionwhenyoucreateanewcover
ageprediction.
TodefinethedefaultresolutionoftheAtolldocument:
5. EnteraDefaultResolution.
Bysettinganoptionintheatoll.inifile,youcansetAtolltousethecurrentlydefined
defaultresolutionifyouclearthevalueenteredintheResolutiontextboxwhenyou
createacoverageprediction.Thatway,ifyouhavemanycoveragepredictions,youcan
changetheirresolutionbychangingthedefaultresolutionandrecalculatingthe
coveragepredictions.Atollwillthencalculatethemusingtheupdatedresolution.For
informationonchangingentriesintheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
6. ClickOK.
5.3 ManagingPathLossMatrices
"CalculatingPathLossMatrices"onpage202
"StoppingPathLossMatrixCalculation"onpage202
"SettingtheStorageLocationofPathLossMatrices"onpage202
"CheckingtheValidityofPathLossMatrices"onpage203
"OptimisingPathLossMatrixStorage"onpage204
"TuningPathLossMatricesUsingMeasurementData"onpage205
"ExportingPathLossMatrices"onpage211.
201
Forsk2013
5.3.1 CalculatingPathLossMatrices
Whenyoucalculateacoverageprediction,Atollautomaticallycalculatesnonexistentandinvalidpathlossmatricesbefore
calculatingtheprediction.Thiscantakealotoftimeiftherearemanypathlossmatricesthatmustbecalculated.Conse
quently,youcancalculatepathlossmatricesseparately,whenyouhavemoretimeandcomputerresourcesavailable.In
multiuserenvironments,theadministratorisresponsibleforsharedpathlossmatricesandcancalculatethemseparately.
Userscanthenbasecalculationsontheupdatedsharedpathlossmatrices.
Whenyoucalculateacoverageprediction,Atollcalculatesonlythenonexistentandinvalidpathlossmatricesthatintersect
therectanglecontainingthecomputationzone,whetherornotthecomputationzoneisvisible.Whenyoumanuallycalculate
thepathlossmatricesasdescribedinthissection,Atolldoesnottakethecomputationzoneintoconsideration;itcalculates
allnonexistentandinvalidpathlossmatricesofactiveandfilteredtransmitters.
Tocalculatepathlossmatrices:
3. SelectCalculations>CalculatePathLossMatricesfromthecontextmenu.Atollcalculatesallnonexistentandinvalid
pathlossmatricesofactiveandfilteredtransmitters.
Youcancalculatethenonexistentandinvalidpathlossmatricesforalltransmitters,forasingletransmitter,orforadefined
groupoftransmitters,byexpandingtheTransmittersfolderrightclickingeitherthesingletransmitterorthedefinedgroup
oftransmittersandselectingCalculations>CalculatePathLossMatricesfromthecontextmenu.
Atollcalculatespathlossmatricesofcolocatedcositetransmittersinasinglestep,i.e.,persite,insteadofcalculatingeach
transmittersmatrixseparately.Thecalculationofpathlossescomprisestwomutuallyindependentcomponents:
1. Thepathlossduetoelectromagneticwavepropagationaroundthetransmitter.Thiscomponentiscalculatedbyprop
agationmodels.
2. Attenuationduetoantennapattern(masking).Thiscomponentisindependentofthepropagationcalculation.
Thefirstcomponent,whichisthemosttimeconsuming,isthesameforallcolocatedcositetransmitters.Therefore,by
calculatingpathloss matricesper site,Atoll isable toprovide short calculationtimes.Atollgeneratesseparate pathloss
matrixresultsforeachtransmitter,combiningbothcomponentsofpathlosscalculations.Colocatedcositetransmittersare
transmitterswiththesamesite,antennaheight,DX,DY,mainandextendedpropagationmodels,mainandextendedcalcu
lationradii,andmainandextendedcalculationresolutions.
Bydefault,thepersitepathlosscalculationisenabledinAtoll64bitanddisabledinAtoll32bit.Youcanenableanddisable
thisoptionasneededusingtheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
YoucanpreventAtollfromcalculatingoneormorepathlossmatricesbylockingthem.You
canlockpathlossmatricesusingthePropagationtaboftheTransmittersdialogue.You
canlockasinglepathlossmatrixbyselectingthecheckboxintheLockedcolumn,ormore
thanonebyselectingseveralpathlossmatricesandthenselectingLockfromthecontext
menu.
5.3.2 StoppingPathLossMatrixCalculation
Dependingonthesizeofthepathlossmatrices,itcantakealongtimeandalotofcomputerresourcestocalculatethem.If
necessary,youcanstopcalculationatanypoint.
Tostopcalculations:
ClicktheStopCalculationsbutton(
)inthetoolbar.Atollimmediatelystopsallongoingcalculations.Theresultsof
calculationsthathavealreadybeencompleted,however,willbesaved.
5.3.3 SettingtheStorageLocationofPathLossMatrices
Pathlossmatricescanbestoredinternally,intheAtolldocument,ortheycanbestoredexternally.Storingpathlossmatrices
intheAtolldocumentresultsinamoreportablebutsignificantlylargerdocument.Inthecaseoflargeradioplanningprojects,
embeddingthematricescanleadtolargedocumentswhichuseagreatdealofmemory.Therefore,inthecaseoflargeradio
planning projects, saving your path loss matrices externally will help reduce the size of the file and the use of computer
resources.
Usingcentralisedpathlossmatricesisrecommendedinamultiuserenvironmentwhenseveralusersareworkingonthesame
radioplanningdocument.Inthiscase,theradiodataisstoredinadatabase.Anadministratorresponsibleforcalculations
calculatesthepathlossmatricesoftheentireprojectandsavestheminanexternalfolderaccessibletoallusers.Thisfolder
isreadonlyandsharedbyallusers.Whenuserschangetheirradiodataandrecalculatepathlossmatrices,thechangestothe
202
AT320_UM_E0
pathlossmatricesarestoredlocally;thecentralisedpathlossmatricesarenotmodified.Inotherwords,theusercanread
theinformationfromthesharedpathlossmatricesbutanychangeshemakeswillbestoredlocally,eitherintheATLfileor
inaprivateexternalfolder.Centralisedpathlossmatriceswillberecalculatedbytheadministratorandwilltakeintoconsid
erationthechangesmadebyalluserstotheradiodata.Formoreinformationonworkinginamultiuserenvironment,see
theAdministratorManual.
Whenyousavethepathlossmatricestoanexternaldirectory,Atollcreates:
OnefilepertransmitterwiththeextensionLOSforitsmainpathlossmatrix
ADBFfilewithvalidityinformationforallthemainmatrices.
Afoldercalled"LowRes"withLOSfilesandaDBFfilefortheextendedpathlossmatrices.
Tosetthestoragelocationofthepathlossmatrices:
4. OnthePredictionstab,underPathLossMatrixStorage,youcansetthelocationforyourprivatepathlossmatrices:
PrivateDirectory:ThePrivateDirectoryiswhereyoustorepathlossmatricesyougenerateor,ifyouareloading
pathlossmatricesfromasharedlocation,whereyoustoreyourchangestosharedpathlossmatrices.
ClickthebuttonbesidePrivateDirectory(
)andselectEmbeddedtosavethepathlossmatricesintheAtoll
document,orBrowsetoselectadirectorywhereAtollcansavethepathlossmatricesexternally.
Whenyousavethepathlossfilesexternally,theexternalfilesareupdatedassoonas
calculationsareperformedandnotonlywhenyousavetheAtolldocument.Inorderto
keepconsistencybetweentheAtolldocumentandthestoredcalculations,youshould
savetheAtolldocumentbeforeclosingit,ifyouhaveupdatedthepathlossmatrices.
SharedDirectory:WhenyouareworkinginamultiuserAtollenvironment,theprojectdataisstoredinadata
baseandthecommonpathlossmatricesarestoredinadirectorythatisaccessibletoallusers.Anychangesyou
makewillnotbesavedtothisdirectory;theywillbesavedinthelocationindicatedinPrivateDirectory.Thepath
lossmatricesintheshareddirectoryareupdatedbyauserwithadministratorrightsbasedontheupdatedinfor
mationinthedatabase.Formoreinformationonshareddirectories,seeTheAdministratorManual.
Thesharedpathlossmatricesmustbeunlockedinorderforuserstobeabletowork
withthem.Theadministratorcancheckwhethersharedpathlossmatricesareunlocked
ornotinthePropagationtaboftheTransmittersfoldersPropertiesdialogue.
5. ClickOK.
5.3.4 CheckingtheValidityofPathLossMatrices
Atollautomaticallychecksthevalidityofthepathlossmatriceswhencalculatinganycoverageprediction.Ifyouwant,you
cancheckwhetherthepathlossmatricesarevalidbeforecalculatingacoverageprediction.
Tocheckwhetherthepathlossmatricesarevalid:
4. ClickthePropagationtab.ThepathlossmatrixinformationislistedintheAvailableResultstable.
5. Selectoneofthefollowingdisplayoptions:
Displayallthematrices:Allpathlossmatricesaredisplayed.
Displayonlyinvalidmatrices:Onlyinvalidpathlossmatricesaredisplayed.
TheAvailableResultstableliststhefollowinginformationforeachdisplayedpathlossmatrix:
Transmitter:Thenameofthetransmitter.
Locked:IftheLockedcheckboxisselected,thepathlossmatrixwillnotbeupdatedevenifthepathlossmatrices
arerecalculated.
Valid:Thisisabooleanfieldindicatingwhetherornotthepathlossmatrixisvalid.
ReasonforInvalidity:Ifthepathlossmatrixisindicatedasbeinginvalid,thereasonisgivenhere.
Size:Thesizeofthepathlossmatrixforthetransmitter.
203
Forsk2013
File:Ifthepathlossmatrixisnotembedded,thelocationofthefileislisted.
Tuned:IftheTunedcheckboxhasbeenselected,theinitialpathlossmatrixobtainedbythepropagationmodel
hasbeentunedbytheuseofrealmeasurementpoints.See"TuningPathLossMatricesUsingMeasurementData"
onpage205formoreinformation.
6. Click the Statistics button to display the number of path loss matrices to be recalculated. The Statistics dialogue
appears(seeFigure5.5)withthetotalnumberofinvalidpathlossmatricesandthereasonsforinvalidity,aswellasa
summaryofthereasonsforinvalidity.
Figure5.5:Pathlossmatrixstatistics
5.3.5 OptimisingPathLossMatrixStorage
Asexplainedin"DefiningCalculationParameters"onpage199,youcanassigncalculationradiiformainandextendedmatri
ces,eitherforeachtransmitter,foragroupoftransmittersorforallthetransmittersinaproject.Thepathlossmatricesare
thencalculatedfromthetransmittertothedistancedefinedbythecalculationradii.Insomecases,consideringtheminimum
signalrequiredfromthepointofviewofthereceiver,calculatinglargepathlossesservesnopurposeandhasnegativeconse
quencesintermsofcalculationtimeandthestorageofpathlossmatrices.
InAtoll,youcan reevaluate the calculationradiiof existingpathlossmatrices by truncatingvalueswhichwould lead to
unnecessaryreceivedsignallevels.
Tooptimisethecalculationradiusofthemainorextendedpathlossmatrices:
3. SelectCalculations>OptimisePathLossMatricesfromthecontextmenu.
4. Selectthematrices(mainorextended)forwhichyouwanttoreevaluatethecalculationradius.
5. Foreachselectedmatrix,entertheminimumsignallevelwhicharetobeusedduringmatrixreduction.Aftercalcula
tion,Atollwillfilteroutthepathlossesleadingtosignallevelslowerthanthesethresholds.Ifyouenterahigher
thresholdforextendedmatricesthanthatforthemainmatrices,thelowerone(thatforthemainmatrices)willbe
usedforextendedmatricesaswell.
6. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginsevaluatingthecalculationradii.Atollfirstcheckstoseewhetherthepathlossmatrices
arevalidbeforeoptimisingtheirradius.Ifthepathlossmatricesarenotvalid,Atolldoesnotoptimisetheirradius.
InformationaboutthecalculationofthepathlossmatrixradiiarelistedintheAvailableResultstable.
Displayallresults:Allpathlossmatrices,includingthosewhichdonotneedoptimisation,aredisplayed.
Displaymodifiedradiionly:Onlypathlossmatricesforwhichtheradiushavetobeoptimisedaredisplayed.
TheAvailableResultstableliststhefollowinginformationforeachdisplayedtransmitter:
MainRadius:Theradiusofthemainpathlossmatrixbeforeoptimisation.
OptimisedMainRadius:Theradiusofthemainpathlossmatrixafteroptimisation.
ExtendedRadius:Theradiusoftheextendedpathlossmatrixbeforeoptimisation.
OptimisedExtendedRadius:Theradiusoftheextendedpathlossmatrixafteroptimisation.
8. SelecttheCommitcheckboxforeachtransmitterforwhichyouwanttocommittheoptimisedradius(orradii).You
canselectone,several,oralltheresultsandrightclickinordertoselect,ignoreorcommittheresults.
204
AT320_UM_E0
9. ClickCommit.Thecalculationradius(orradii)foralltransmitterswhoseCommitcheckboxisselectedisupdated.
ClearingtheMainmatricesorExtendedmatricescheckboxatthetopofthedialoguewillnotpreventthemainor
extendedmatricesfrombeingupdatedifthegivencheckboxwasselectedbeforeyouclickedtheCalculatebutton.If
thecalculationradiiofextendedmatricesarechanged,theextendedmatricesaredeletedandwillneedtoberecal
culatedwiththenewradiusvalues.
Invalidmatricescannotbeoptimisedandhavetobecalculatedpriortotheopti
misationprocess(see"CalculatingPathLossMatrices"onpage202formoreinfor
mation). Invalid (or nonexistent) matrices are displayed in red in the available
resultslist.
Eveniftheradiuscanbeevaluated(andcommittedtothetransmitterproperties),
pathlossesarenotoptimisedforlockedmatricesormatricesinashareddirectory
(see"SettingtheStorageLocationofPathLossMatrices"onpage202formore
information).Thesematricesaredisplayedingreyintheavailableresultslist.
Youcanalsooptimisepathlossmatricesusingthecontextmenuofatransmitter
orgroupoftransmitters.Onlythematricesoftheselectedtransmitterortransmit
terswillbeoptimised.
5.3.6 TuningPathLossMatricesUsingMeasurementData
InAtoll,thepathlossmatricesarecalculatedusingthepropagationmodelandparametersdefinedasexplainedin"Defining
CalculationParameters"onpage199.However,theresultscalculatedbyapropagationmodelcanvaryfromactualmeasure
ments.AtollallowsyoutouseavailabledrivetestdatapathsandCWmeasurementstoincreasetheaccuracyofcalculated
pathlossmatrices.WhenAtollappliesmeasurementdatatopathlossmatrices,itfirststripstheeffectoftheantennapattern
fromthedata.Therefore,iftheantennaparameterschange,thesamemeasurementdatacanbeusedtotunethepathloss
matricesbecausetheeffectoftheantennapatternisnotpresentinthedata.
Atollusestheselectedmeasurementdatatotuneauserdefinedellipticalareaaroundeachmeasurementpoint.Themain
axisoftheellipseisorientedinthedirectionofthetransmitterorrepeater.
Atollsmoothsthedifferencesbetweentunedpathlossmatrixpointsanduncorrectedpathlossmatrixpointsusinganaverage
errorcalculatedbetweeneachmeasuredvalueandthecorrespondingvalueinthepathlossmatrices.
Whenyouusemeasurementdatatotunepathlossmatrices,theresultsarestored
locally.Ifyouareusingsharedpathlossmatrices,theseresultswillbeautomatically
deletedwhenyoumakeacalculationiftheFullResyncPrivSharedoptionissetinthe
atoll.inifile.Ifyouareusingsharedpathlossmatrices,youshoulddisablethisoption
beforetuningpathlossmatricesusingmeasurementdata.Formoreinformation,seethe
Whenusingmeasurementdatatotunepathlossmatrices,youneedtohavevalidpathlossmatrices(formoreinformation
onpathlossmatrixvalidity,see"ManagingPathLossMatrices"onpage201):
1. Definetheellipticalareaaroundthemeasurementpointasexplainedin"DefiningtheAreatobeTuned"onpage205.
2. Selectthemeasurementdatatobeusedtotunethepathlossmatrices:
CWMeasurements:YouselecttheCWmeasurementsfromtheCWMeasurementsfolderasexplainedin"Tuning
PathLossMatricesUsingCWMeasurements"onpage207.TheselectedCWmeasurementswillbeusedtotune
thepathlossmatricescalculatedforthesiteonwhichtheCWmeasurementsweremade.
DriveTestData:YouselectthedrivetestdatapathfromtheDriveTestDatafolderasexplainedin"TuningPath
LossMatricesUsingDriveTestData"onpage208.Theselectedmeasurementsfromdrivetestdatapathwillbe
usedtotunethepathlossmatricescalculatedfortheselectedtransmitter.
Atollreplacesexistingpathlossmatriceswiththetunedmatriceswhichremainvalidaslongastheradioconfigurationofthe
networkdoesnotchange.Atollcreatesanexternalfoldercontainingthecatalogueofallthetuningpathsasexplainedin
"ManagingthePathLossTuningPoints"onpage209.Byactivatingordeactivatingthetuningpaths,youcanselectthetuning
pathtobeappliedtotheexistingpathlossmatrices.Therefore,evenifthepathlossisrecalculated,thepathlossisautomat
icallyretunedusingtheactivetuningpaths.
5.3.6.1 DefiningtheAreatobeTuned
Atolltunesthepath lossmatrices over an elliptical area around each measurementpoint.The main axis ofthe ellipseis
orientedinthedirectionofthetransmitter.
205
Forsk2013
Todefinetheellipticalareaaroundeachmeasurementpoint:
2. Rightclickthemeasurementtypethatyouwillusetotunethepathlossmatrices:
CWMeasurements:IfyouaregoingtouseCWmeasurementstotunethepathlossmatrices,rightclicktheCW
Measurementsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
DriveTestData:Ifyouaregoingtousedrivetestdatatotunethepathlossmatrices,rightclicktheDriveTest
Datafolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectthePathLossTuningParameterstab(seeFigure5.6).
Figure5.6:Definingtheellipsefortuningpathlossmatrices
5. UnderTuningEllipse,setthefollowingparameters:
RadiusoftheAxisParalleltoProfile:Entertheradiusoftheellipseaxisorientedinthesamedirectionasthetrans
mitter(orrepeater).
RadiusoftheAxisPerpendiculartoProfile:Entertheradiusoftheellipseaxisperpendiculartothetransmitter
(orrepeater).
6. ClickOK.
5.3.6.2 DefiningMaximumCorrectionsandThresholdsonPathLossTuning
Pathlosstuningisdoneintwosteps,asdescribedintheTechnicalReferenceGuide:
1. Correctionoftheentirepathlossmatrix:
Ameanerroriscalculatedbetweeneachmeasuredvalueandthecorrespondingpixelinthepathlossmatrix.Mean
erroriscalculatedforeachpathlossmatrix(mainandextended)ofeachtransmitter.Thismeanerroristhenapplied
toallthepixelsinthematrix.Thistuningisdonetosmoothlocalcorrections(step2)ofmeasuredvaluesandnotthe
tunedpixelsthemselves.
2. Localcorrectionforeachmeasuredvalue.
InAtoll,youcansetatuningrangeinordertolimitthetuninginthecasethedifferencebetweenthemeasurementsandthe
predictedmeasurementsistoogreat.Inaddition,youcandefinealevelunderwhichthemeasuredsignalstrengthisnotused
forpathlosstuning.
Todefinethetuningrangeandthemeasurementthresholdforpathlosstuning:
2. Rightclickthemeasurementtypethatyouwillusetotunethepathlossmatrices:
CWMeasurements:IfyouaregoingtouseCWmeasurementstotunethepathlossmatrices,rightclicktheCW
Measurementsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
DriveTestData:Ifyouaregoingtousedrivetestdatatotunethepathlossmatrices,rightclicktheDriveTest
Datafolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectthePathLossTuningParameterstab(seeFigure5.6).
5. UnderTuningRange,setthefollowingparameters:
206
AT320_UM_E0
Maximumtotalcorrection(dB):Enterthemaximumadmissiblemeanerrorinstep1ofthepathlosstuningpro
cess.
Maximumlocalcorrection(dB):Enterthemaximumadmissiblelocalerrorinstep2ofthepathlosstuningpro
cess.
Minimummeasurementthreshold(dBm):Enterthemeasuredsignallevelunderwhichmeasurementsarenot
takenintoaccountforthepathlosstuning.
6. ClickOK.
5.3.6.3 TuningPathLossMatricesUsingCWMeasurements
AtollallowsyoutouseavailableCWmeasurementstoincreasetheaccuracyofcalculatedpathlossmatrices.
TouseCWmeasurementstotunepathlossmatrices:
2. Selecthowyouwanttotunethepathlossmatrices:
Totunethepathlossmatrixforasingletransmitter:
a. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheCWMeasurementfolder.
b. IntheCWMeasurementfolder,clicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthesitefoldercontainingtheCWmeas
urementpathyouwanttousetotunethepathlossmatrices.
c. RightclicktheCWmeasurementpathinthesitefolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
d. SelectTunePathLossMatricesfromthecontextmenu.Atollimmediatelybeginsoptimisingthepathlossmatri
cesforthetransmitteronwhichtheCWmeasurementwasmade.TheprogressisdisplayedintheEventViewer
window.
Totunethepathlossmatricesforalltransmitters:
a. RightclicktheCWMeasurementfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
b. SelectTunePathLossMatricesfromthecontextmenu.TheMeasurementPathSelectiondialogueappears(see
Figure5.7).
Figure5.7:SelectingallCWmeasurementpaths
c. UnderMeasurementPaths,selectAll.
d. ClickOK.AtollbeginsoptimisingthepathlossmatricesforalltransmittersonwhichCWmeasurementsareavail
able.TheprogressisdisplayedintheEventViewerwindow.
TotunethepathlossmatricesforselectedtransmittersusingselectedCWmeasurementpaths:
a. RightclicktheCWMeasurementfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
Figure5.7).
c. UnderMeasurementPaths,selecttheoptionbesidethelistofCWmeasurements.
d. Selectthecheckboxcorrespondingtoeachtransmitterforwhichyouwanttotunethepathlossmatrices.
Forsometransmitters,morethanoneCWmeasurementmayexist.Inthiscase,selectingthecheckboxforthe
transmitterwillselectalltheCWmeasurements.IfyoudonotwanttouseallCWmeasurements,clicktheExpand
button( )toexpandthetransmitterlistandthenselectthesingleCWmeasurementsyouwanttouse.
207
Forsk2013
e. ClickOK.AtollbeginsoptimisingthepathlossmatricesforalltransmittersonwhichCWmeasurementsareavail
able.TheprogressisdisplayedintheEventViewerwindow.
Forrepeaters,Atollalsotunesthepathlossmatrixofboththedonortransmitterandthe
repeater.Thecontributionoftherepeateranddonortothemeasuredvalueiscalculated
basedontheratioofcalculatedvaluesbetweentherepeatersignalandthedonorsignal.
Each evaluated contribution is then used as input to tune the path loss matrix of each
element.Formoreinformation,pleaserefertotheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
5.3.6.4 TuningPathLossMatricesUsingDriveTestData
Atollallowsyoutouseavailabledrivetestdatapathstoincreasetheaccuracyofcalculatedpathlossmatrices.
Tousedrivetestdatatotunepathlossmatrices:
2. Selecthowyouwanttotunethepathlossmatrices:
Totunethepathlossmatrixusingasingledrivetestdatapath:
a. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheDriveTestDatafolder.
b. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathyouwanttousetotunethepathlossmatrices.Thecontextmenuappears.
c. SelectTunePathLossMatricesfromthecontextmenu.ThePathLossTuningdialogueappears(seeFigure5.8).
Figure5.8:PathLossTuningdialogue
d. ClicktheForthefollowingtransmitterslist.Thelistopens.
e. Selectthecheckboxforeachtransmitterwhosepathlossmatrixyouwanttotune.
f. ClicktheSelectthemeasuredsignallevelslist.Thelistopens.
g. ForeachtransmitterselectedfromtheForthefollowingtransmitterslist,selectthecheckboxforeachmeasured
signalstrengththatwillbeusedtotunethepathlossmatrices.
h. ClickOK.AtollbeginsoptimisingthepathlossmatricesforthetransmitteronwhichtheCWmeasurementwas
made.TheprogressisdisplayedintheEventViewerwindow.
Totunethepathlossmatricesusingalldrivetestdatapaths:
a. RightclicktheDriveTestDatafolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
Figure5.9).
208
AT320_UM_E0
Figure5.9:SelectingallCWmeasurementpaths
c. UnderMeasurementPaths,selectAll.
d. ClicktheForthefollowingtransmitterslist.Thelistopens.
e. Selectthecheckboxforeachtransmitterwhosepathlossmatrixyouwanttotune.
f. ClicktheSelectthemeasuredsignallevelslist.Thelistopens.
g. ForeachtransmitterselectedfromtheForthefollowingtransmitterslist,selectthecheckboxforeachmeasured
h. ClickOK.AtollbeginsoptimisingthepathlossmatricesforthetransmitteronwhichtheCWmeasurementwas
Totunethepathlossmatricesforselectedtransmittersusingselecteddrivetestdatapaths:
a. RightclicktheDriveTestDatafolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
Figure5.9).
c. UnderMeasurementPaths,selecttheoptionbesidethelistofdrivetestdatapaths.
d. Selectthecheckboxcorrespondingtothedrivetestdatayouwanttousetotunethepathlossmatrices.
e. ClicktheForthefollowingtransmitterslist.Thelistopens.
f. Selectthecheckboxforeachtransmitterwhosepathlossmatrixyouwanttotune.
g. ClicktheSelectthemeasuredsignallevelslist.Thelistopens.
h. ForeachtransmitterselectedfromtheForthefollowingtransmitterslist,selectthecheckboxforeachmeasured
i.
ClickOK.AtollbeginsoptimisingthepathlossmatricesforthetransmitteronwhichtheCWmeasurementwas
Forrepeaters,Atollalsotunesthepathlossmatrixofboththedonortransmitterandthe
repeater.Thecontributionoftherepeateranddonortothemeasuredvalueiscalculated
basedontheratioofcalculatedvaluesbetweentherepeatersignalandthedonorsignal.
Each evaluated contribution is then used as input to tune the path loss matrix of each
element.Formoreinformation,pleaserefertotheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
5.3.6.5 ManagingthePathLossTuningPoints
Aftertuningthepathlossmatricesiscomplete,Atollcreatesatuningmeasurementfileforeachtransmitterandstoresitin
afolderwiththeextension".tuning".The.ptstuningfilecontainsaheaderandalistofpointsdefiningthemeasurementdata
pathexcludingtheantennalosseswhichmeansthatthemeasurementdataremainsvalideveniftheantennaparameters
change.Atuningfilecancontainseveralmeasurementpaths,sothatseveralcalibrationscanbeappliedsuccessivelyonapath
209
Forsk2013
lossmatrixandstoredinasingletuningfile.Allthetuningfilesarestoredasacatalogueinthecurrentproject.Eachsingle
tuningpathcanbeactivatedordeactivatedinordertobeautomaticallyappliedtopathlossmatrices,evenafterrecalculation.
Tuningfilesarestoredinthesamewayaspathlossmatrices,asexplainedin"SettingtheStorageLocationofPathLossMatri
ces"onpage202.Theycanbesavedonanetworkandsharedbetweenusers.
Tomanagethecatalogueofthetuningpathlossdata:
Displayallthematrices:Allpathlossmatricesaredisplayed.
Displayonlyinvalidmatrices:Onlyinvalidpathlossmatricesaredisplayed.
TheAvailableResultstableliststhefollowinginformationforeachdisplayedpathlossmatrix:
Transmitter:Thenameofthetransmitterorrepeater.
Locked:Ifthecheckboxisselected,thepathlossmatrixwillnotbeupdatedevenifthepathlossmatricesare
recalculated.
Valid:Thisisabooleanfieldindicatingwhetherornotthepathlossmatrixisvalid.
ReasonforInvalidity:Ifthepathlossmatrixisindicatedasbeinginvalid,thereasonisgivenhere.
Size:Thesizeofthepathlossmatrixforthetransmitter.
File:Ifthepathlossmatrixisnotembedded,thelocationofthefileislisted.
Tuned:Ifthecheckboxisselected,theinitialpathlossmatrixobtainedbythepropagationmodelhasbeentuned
bytheuseofrealmeasurementdata.
6. SelectthetuningpathlossmatricesyouwanttomanageusingtheavailablecataloguebyholdingCTRLandclickthe
correspondinglineintheAvailableResultstableandthenrightclicking.Thecontextmenuappears.
7. SelectPathLossTuningPointsfromthecontextmenu.ThePathLossTuningPointsdialogueappears.
Figure5.10:PathLossTuningCatalogue
All:Allthetuningpathsaredisplayed.
ActiveOnly:Onlytheactivetuningpathsaredisplayed.
TheAvailableResultstableliststhefollowinginformationforeachdisplayedtuningpath,assumingeachtransmitter
(orrepeater)canhaveseveralonescomingfromeitherthesameordifferentmeasurementpaths:
210
Transmitter:Thenameofthetransmitterorrepeater.
File:Thelocationofthetuningfile.
Name:Thenameofthetuningentry.EachentryisautomaticallynamedbyAtollbasedonthesourceofthetuning
data.YoucaneditthenamebyrightclickingthelineandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
Active:Youcanseteachtuningpathasactivebyselectingthecheckbox.Onlyactiveentriesareusedtotunethe
pathlossmatrices.Whenseveralentriesareactiveandthereforeappliedtothesametransmitter(orrepeater),
theapplicabletuningsonthepathlossmatrixarerealisedinturnfromthetoptothebottomofthecatalogue.
No.points:Displaysthenumberofmeasurementpointsonthetuningpath.
XRadius(m):Displaystheradiusoftheellipseaxisorientedinthesamedirectionasthetransmitter(orrepeater)
duringthetuningsession.
YRadius(m):Displaystheradiusoftheellipseaxisperpendiculartothetransmitter(orrepeater)duringthetuning
session.
Gain(dB):Displaysthegainofthemeasurementreceiver.
Max.totalcorrection(dB):Displaystheuserdefinedmaximumadmissibletotalcorrection.
Max.localcorrection(dB):Displaystheuserdefinedmaximumadmissiblelocalcorrection.
Min. Threshold (dBm): Displays the userdefined level under which measurement values are not taken into
accountforpathlosstuning.
AT320_UM_E0
Totalcorrection(dB):Displaysthemeanerrorbetweeneachmeasuredvalueanditscorrespondingpixelinthe
pathlossmatrix.Thisisthecorrectionwhichisappliedgloballytoallthematricesduringthefirststepofpathloss
tuning(Formoreinformation,pleaserefertotheTechnicalReferenceGuide).
Valid:Thisisabooleanfieldindicatingwhetherornotthemeasurementpathdata(excludingtheantennainfor
mation)arevalid.
ReasonforInvalidity:Ifthemeasurementpathdataisindicatedasbeinginvalid,thereasonisgivenhere.
Comments:Additionalcommentsreferringtothemeasuremententryaregiveninthisfield.Youcaneditthecom
mentbyrightclickingthelineandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
Whenpathlosstuningentriesarechanged(e.g.,activatedordeleted)Atollsuggestsdelet
ingthecorrespondingpathlossmatrices.
Youcanimporttuningfilestoreplaceanexistingtuningortobenefitfromapathlosstuningdonebyanotheruser.ThePTS
filesareimportedusingaDBFfilecontainingalltheinformationrelativetomatricesandtheirtuning.
Toimportapathlosstuningcatalogue:
5. SelectthetuningpathlossmatricesforwhichyouwanttoimporttuningfilesbyholdingCTRLandclickthecorre
spondinglineintheAvailableResultstableandthenrightclicking.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. SelectImportPathLossTuningCataloguefromthecontextmenu.TheOpendialogueappears.
7. SelecttheDBFpathlosstuningcataloguefileyouwanttoimport.
8. ClickOpen.TheexistingPTSfilesarereplacedbytheonesreferencedinthecataloguefile.Anyadditionalfilesinthe
DBFcataloguefileareadded.YoucanworkwiththeimportedPTSfileswiththesameoptionsasfilesfromatuning
carriedoutinthecurrentproject.
5.3.7 ExportingPathLossMatrices
Youcanexportpathlossmatricesifyouwanttousethedatainanotherapplication.
ToexportanAtolldocumentspathlossmatrices:
5. RightclicktheAvailableResultstableandselectSelectAllfromthecontextmenu.
6. RightclicktheAvailableResultstableandselectExportfromthecontextmenu.TheCalculationResultsExportdia
logueappears(seeFigure5.11).
7. Setthefollowingexportparameters:
Directory:EnterthedirectoryyouwanttostoretheexportedpathlossmatricesinorclicktheBrowsebutton
(
)tonavigatetoit.Thedirectorymustalreadyexist.
ExportedValues:Selectthevaluesthataretobeexported:PathLoss(dB),SignalLevel(dBm),SignalLevel(dBV),
orSignalLevel(dBV/m).
Format:Select theformatoftheexporteddata:BILFiles (*.bil),TXTFiles(*.txt)(Separator:tab), orCSVFiles
(*.csv)(Separator:";").
211
Forsk2013
Figure5.11:Exportingpathlossmatrices
8. ClickOKtoexportthepathlossmatrices.
5.4 PredictionsAvailableinAtoll
TherearetwotypesofpredictionsavailableinAtoll:
PointpredictionsusingthePointAnalysistool:Itallowsyoutopredict,atanypointonthemap,theprofilebetween
areferencetransmitterandareceiver,thevalueofthesignallevelsofthesurroundingtransmitters,qualityandinter
ferenceanalysisforanytechnology,scramblingcode(orPNOffset)collisionanalysisinUMTS/HSPA(orCDMA2000)
projects.
Coveragepredictions:Youcancalculatestandardcoveragepredictions,coveragebytransmitter,coveragebysignal
levelandoverlappingzones,andspecificcoveragepredictionssuchasinterferencepredictionsforGSM/GPRS/EDGE
projectsorhandover,serviceavailability,etc.forUMTS,CDMA2000andTDSCDMAprojects.Manycustomisationfea
turesoncoveragepredictionsareavailableinordertomaketheiranalysiseasier.
"MakingPointPredictions"onpage212
"MakingCoveragePredictions"onpage215.
5.4.1 MakingPointPredictions
"StartingaPointAnalysis"onpage212
"TheViewsofthePointAnalysisTool"onpage212
"MovingtheReceiverontheMap"onpage214
"TakingIndoorLossesintoAccount"onpage214
"TakingShadowingintoAccountinPointAnalyses"onpage214.
5.4.1.1 StartingaPointAnalysis
Tomakeapointanalysis:
1. SelectTools>PointAnalysis.ThePointAnalysiswindowappearsandthepointerchanges(
receiver.Thisreceiverisplacedatthecentreoftheactivemap.
)torepresentthe
Ifatransmitterwasalreadyselectedonthemap,alineappearsconnectingtheselectedtransmitterandthereceiver.
2. SelecttheviewofthePointAnalysiswindowcorrespondingtothetypeofpointpredictionyouwanttomake.For
information on the views available in the Point Analysis window, see "The Views of the Point Analysis Tool" on
page212.
5.4.1.2 TheViewsofthePointAnalysisTool
YoucanaccessseveralviewsfromthePointAnalysistool.Theseviewsenableyoutomakeseveraldifferentpointpredictions.
Theviewsavailabledependontheradiotechnologyofthecurrentdocument.WhenopeningthePointAnalysis,youcan
selecttheappropriateviewfromthelistlocatedatthetopleftpartofthewindow:
TheProfileView:
TheProfileview(
)isavailableinthePointAnalysistoolforGSM/GPRS/EDGE,CDMA,UMTS,TDSCDMA,WiMAX,
WiFi,andLTEprojects.
TheProfileviewofthePointAnalysistooldisplaystheprofilebetweenareferencetransmitterandthereceiver.As
well,Atolldisplaysthesignallevelofthereceivedsignalfromtheselectedtransmitter.Youcanalsodisplaythepath
lossortotallossesoftheselectedtransmitter.Inthisview,theresultsarecalculatedinrealtime.
212
AT320_UM_E0
TheReceptionView:
The Reception view (
) is available in the Point Analysis tool for GSM/GPRS/EDGE, CDMA, UMTS, TDSCDMA,
WiMAX,WiFi,andLTEprojects.InmultiRATprojects,thereareasmanyReceptionviewsastherearetechnologies.
TheReceptionviewofthePointAnalysistooldisplaysthepredictedsignallevelfromdifferenttransmittersinthe
formofabarchart,fromthehighestpredictedsignallevelonthetoptothelowestoneonthebottom.Thecalcula
tionsarebasedonthepathlossmatrices.Eachbarisdisplayedinthecolourofthetransmitteritrepresents.
Inthemapwindow,arrowsfromthepointertoeachtransmitteraredisplayedinthecolourofthetransmittersthey
represent.Thebestserverforthepointeristhetransmitterfromwhichthepointerreceivesthehighestsignallevel.
Ifyouletthepointerrestonanarrow,thesignallevelreceivedfromthecorrespondingtransmitteratthepointerloca
tionisdisplayedinthetiptext.
TheASAnalysisView:
TheASAnalysisview(
)isavailableinthePointAnalysistoolforCDMAandUMTSprojects.
TheASAnalysisviewdisplaysinformationonthepilotquality(EcI0),whichisthemainparameterusedtodefinethe
mobileactiveset,theconnectionstatus,andtheactivesetoftheprobemobile.
TheInterferenceView:
TheInterferenceview(
)isavailableinthePointAnalysiswindowforGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojects,WiMAX,andLTE
projects.InamultiRATprojectswhereGSMandLTEarepresent,thereisonereceptionwindowforeachofthese
technologies.
TheInterferenceviewdisplays,intheformofabargraph,thesignalleveloftheselectedtransmitter,ablackbarindi
catingthetotalinterferenceexperiencedbythereceiver,andbarsrepresentingtheinterferencereceivedfromeach
interferer.
Inthemapwindow,arrowsfromthereceivertowardseachtransmitteraredisplayedinthecolourofthetransmitters
theyrepresent.Ifyouletthepointerrestonanarrow,theinterferencelevelreceivedfromthecorrespondingtrans
mitteratthereceiverlocationwillbedisplayedintiptextalongwithinformationonthechannelbeinginterferedand
thetypeofinterference,i.e.,cooradjacentchannel.
ThePNOffsetCollisionView:
ThePNOffsetCollisionview(
)isavailableinthePointAnalysistoolforCDMAprojects.
ThePNOffsetCollisionviewofthePointAnalysistoolgivesyouinformationonthereceptionforanypointonthe
mapwherethereisPNOffsetcollision.
TheSCCollisionView:
TheSCCollisionview(
)isavailableinthePointAnalysistoolforUMTSprojects.
TheSCCollisionviewofthePointAnalysistoolgivesyouinformationonreceptionforanypointonthemapwhere
thereisscramblingcodecollision.
TheDetailsView:
TheDetailsview(
)isavailableinthePointAnalysistoolforGSM/GPRS/EDGE,CDMA,UMTS,TDSCDMA,WIMAX,
andLTEprojects.InMultiRATprojects,thereareasmanyResultsviewsastherearetechnologies.
TheDetailsviewdisplaysthecurrentpositionandheightofthereceiver,theclutterclassitislocatedon.Inaddition,
italsodisplays:
inGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojects,youcanselecttodisplaytheresultsonaspecificHCSlayer(orall).Youcanalsoeval
uateeitherC/IorC/I+Nvalueswheretheinterferencesareduetoanycombinationbetweenadjacentchannels,
cochannelsorexternalsources.AtolldisplaysforeachtransmitteritsBCCHsignallevel,theBCCHC/I,themost
interfered mobile station allocation (TRX, MAL or MALMAIO depending on the hopping mode) and its corre
spondingC/I.
inCDMAprojects,youcanselecttodisplaytheresultsforaspecificterminal,service,mobility,carrier,DLrate,
andULrate.Atolldisplaysforeachtransmitteritssignallevel(orRSCP),itspathloss,Ec/Io,C/I,DLandULEb/Nt
values,PNoffsets.
inUMTS/HSPAprojects,youcanselecttodisplaytheresultsforaspecificterminal,service,mobility,carrier.Atoll
displaysforeachtransmitteritssignallevel,Ec/Io,DLandULEb/Ntvalues,scramblingcodes.
inTDSCDMAprojects,Atolldisplaysforeachtransmitteritssignallevel.
inWiMAXprojects,youcanselecttodisplaytheresultsforaspecificterminal,service,mobility.Atolldisplaysfor
eachtransmitteritspreambleindex,itspreamblesignalC,C/NandI.
213
Forsk2013
inLTEprojects,youcanselecttodisplaytheresultsforaspecificterminal,service,mobility.Atolldisplaysforeach
transmitteritsphysicalcellID,itsreferencesignalLevel,itsRSRPanditsRSI.
5.4.1.3 MovingtheReceiverontheMap
Whenyoumakeapointanalysis,thepointer(
ofthereceiverinseveralways:
)representsthereceiverinthemapwindow.Youcanchangetheposition
Youcanmovethereceivermanually
Youcanenterthecoordinatesofthenewposition
Youcanplacethereceiveronaselectedsite.
Tochangethepositionofthereceivermanually:
Clickanddragthereceivertochangetheposition.Releasethemousebuttontoplacethereceiver.
Youcanmovethereceiveragainbyclickinganddraggingitasecondtime.
Toenterthecoordinatesofaposition:
1. Rightclickthereceiver(
)inthemapwindow.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. SelectCoordinatesfromthecontextmenu.TheReceiverPositiondialogueappears.
3. EntertheXandYcoordinatesofthepositionandclickOK.Thereceivermovestothespecifiedposition.
Toplacethereceiveronaselectedsite:
1. Rightclickthereceiver(
)inthemapwindow.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. SelectTargetSitefromthecontextmenu.TheTargetSitedialogueappears.
3. SelectthesiteonwhichyouwanttoplacethereceiverfromtheNamelistandclickOK.Thereceivermovestothe
specifiedposition.
5.4.1.4 TakingIndoorLossesintoAccount
InAtollyoucancalculateindoorpredictionsbytakingindoorlossesintoconsideration.Youcandefinedefaultindoorlosses
forallclutterclasses,oryoucandefinedifferentindoorlossesforeachclutterclasssothatthecharacteristicsofeachclutter
classaretakenintoconsiderationduringcalculations.
Totakeindoorlossesintoaccountwhenmakingapointanalysis:
1. ClicktheOptionsbutton(
)atthetopofthePointAnalysisview.TheCalculationOptionsdialogueappears.
2. SelecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlossestothetotalpathloss.
5.4.1.5 TakingShadowingintoAccountinPointAnalyses
Shadowing,orslowfading,issignallossalongapathcausedbyobstructionsnottakenintoconsiderationbythepropagation
model.Evenwhenareceiverremainsinthesamelocationorinthesameclutterclass,therearevariationsinreceptiondue
tothesurroundingenvironment.
Normally,thesignalreceivedatanygivenpointisspreadonagaussiancurvearoundanaveragevalueandaspecificstandard
deviation.Ifthepropagationmodeliscorrectlycalibrated,theaverageoftheresultsitgivesshouldbecorrect.Inotherwords,
in50%ofthemeasuredcases,theresultwillbegreaterandin50%ofthemeasuredcases,theresultwillbeworse.
Atollusesamodelstandarddeviationwiththedefinedcelledgecoverageprobabilitytomodeltheeffectofshadowingand
therebyprovidepredictionsthatarereliablemorethanfiftypercentofthetime.Theadditionallossesorgainscausedbyshad
owingareknownastheshadowingmargin.Theshadowingmarginisaddedtothepathlossescalculatedbythepropagation
model.
Forexample,aproperlycalibratedpropagationmodelcalculatesalossleadingtoasignallevelof70dBm.Youhavesetacell
edgecoverageprobabilityof85%.Ifthecalculatedshadowingmarginis7dBforaspecificpoint,thetargetsignalwillbeequal
toorgreaterthan77dBm85%ofthetime.
ForinformationonsettingthemodelstandarddeviationandtheCIstandarddeviationsforeachclutterclassorforallclutter
classes,see"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143.
Youcantakeshadowingintoaccountwhenyouaremakingapointanalysis.
Totakeshadowingintoaccountwhenmakingapointanalysis:
)atthetopofthePointAnalysisview.TheCalculationOptionsdialogueappears.
2. SelecttheShadowingTakenintoAccountcheckboxandenteraCellEdgeCoverageProbability.Atollcalculatesthe
shadowingusingtheappropriatestandarddeviationdefinedperclutterclass.
214
AT320_UM_E0
5.4.2 MakingCoveragePredictions
Acoveragepredictiondisplaystheresultsofdefinedcoverageconditions.Itiscalculatedusingthepathlossmatricesandis
basedoncoverageconditionsandcoverageresolutions.Aftercalculation,Atolldisplaystheresultsasagraphicalrepresenta
tionofthepixelsforwhichthedefinedcoverageconditionsaresatisfied.
Atolloffersthefollowinggeneralcoveragepredictions,availableforalltechnologies:
Coveragebytransmitter(DL)
Coveragebysignallevel(DL)
Coveragebyoverlappingzones(DL).
Atollalsoofferstechnologyspecificcoveragepredictions,describedinthetechnologyspecificchapters,forexample:
InterferencepredictionsinGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojects
CodingschemeandthroughputpredictionsforGPRS/EDGE
UMTSorCDMA2000coveragepredictions.
Atollgivesyoualargeflexibilityoverhowtheresultsofyourcoveragepredictionaredisplayed.Youcanselectwhichattrib
utesshouldbedisplayedonthemapandhowtheyaredisplayed.Aswell,youcandefineinformationtobedisplayedinthe
legend,inthelabel,orintiptext.Furthermore,Atollalsoallowsyoutofilter,sort,orgroupresultsbeforedisplayingthem.
Atolloffersseveraloptionsandwaysenablingyoutocreateandworkwithcoveragepredictions.Inthissection,thefollowing
areexplained:
"CreatingCoveragePredictions"onpage215
"DefiningtheStorageLocationofCoveragePredictionResults"onpage216
"CalculatingCoveragePredictions"onpage217
"ExportingtheValuesperPixelofaCoveragePrediction"onpage219
"SavingDefinedCoveragePredictions"onpage219.
5.4.2.1 CreatingCoveragePredictions
InAtoll,youcancreateacoveragepredictionusingseveraldifferentmethods.Eachmethodhasitsownadvantages.For
example,youcancreateanewcoveragepredictionandsetalloftheparameters.Oryoucanbaseanewcoverageprediction
onanexistingone.
Inthissection,thefollowingwaysofcreatingacoveragepredictionareexplained:
5.4.2.1.1
"CreatingaNewCoveragePrediction"onpage215
"DuplicatingaCoveragePrediction"onpage216
"CloningaCoveragePrediction"onpage216.
CreatingaNewCoveragePrediction
Whenyoucreateanewcoverageprediction,youcanselectthetypeofcoveragepredictionandsetalltheparametersthat
defineit.Thenewlycreatedcoveragepredictionisnotautomaticallycalculated.
Tocreateacoverageprediction:
3. SelectNewPredictionfromthecontextmenu.ThePredictionTypesdialogueappears.
4. SelectacoveragepredictionfromthePredictionTypesdialogueandclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdia
logueappears.
ThePropertiesdialogueforacoveragepredictioncommontoalltechnologieshasthreetabs:
Generaltab:Youcanrenamethecoverageprediction,definethecoverageresolution,addcomments,anddefine
wherethecoveragepredictionresultsarestored.Forinformationondefiningthestoragelocationofthecoverage
predictionresults,see"DefiningtheStorageLocationofCoveragePredictionResults"onpage216.
Youcanalsodefinegroup,sort,andfiltercriteria;thesecriteriawillapplytothecoveragedisplay,nottheresults.
Conditiontab:Youcandefinetheparametersofthecoverageprediction.
Displaytab:Youcandefinehowcoveragepredictionresultswillbedisplayed.
5. Onceyouhavecreatedthecoverageprediction,youcancalculateitimmediatelyoryoucansaveitandcalculateit
later:
Calculate:ClickCalculatetosavethedefinedcoveragepredictionandcalculateitimmediately
OK:ClickOKtosavethedefinedcoveragepredictionwithoutcalculatingit.Youcancalculateitlaterclickingthe
Calculatebutton(
)ontheRadioPlanningtoolbar.
Formoreinformationoncalculatingcoveragepredictions,see"CalculatingCoveragePredictions"onpage217.
215
5.4.2.1.2
Forsk2013
DuplicatingaCoveragePrediction
Youcancreateanewcoveragepredictionbyduplicatinganexistingcoverageprediction.Whenyouduplicateanexisting
coverageprediction,thecoveragepredictionyoucreatewillhavethesamecoverageanddisplaysettingsastheoriginalone.
Duplicatingacoveragepredictionisawaytoquicklycreateanewcoveragepredictionwiththesamesettingsasanoriginal
one.Thenewlycreatedcoveragepredictionisnotautomaticallycalculated.
Toduplicateanexistingcoverageprediction:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthePredictionsfolder.
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttoduplicate.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectDuplicatefromthecontextmenu.AnewcoveragepredictionappearsinthePredictionsfolderwiththesame
nameastheoriginalcoverageprediction,precededby"Copyof."Theduplicatedcoveragepredictionhasthesame
coverageanddisplaysettingsastheoriginalone.
Forinformationoncalculatingcoveragepredictions,see"CalculatingCoveragePredictions"onpage217.
5.4.2.1.3
CloningaCoveragePrediction
Youcancreateanewcoveragepredictionbycloninganexistingcoverageprediction.Whenyoucloneanexistingcoverage
prediction,Atollcreatesacopyofthecoveragepredictionwiththecalculatedcoverage.Youcanthenchangethedisplay,
providingthattheselectedparameterdoesnotinvalidatethecalculatedcoverageprediction.Cloningisusefuliftheexisting
coveragepredictionhasadisplaybydiscretevalues(e.g.,coveragebytransmitterwithadisplaybytransmitter)andifyou
wantanewcoveragepredictionwithanotherdisplaybydiscretevalues(e.g.,displaybyRNCorBSC).Inthiscase,Atollmaps
theresultstotheselectedfieldandyoudonotneedtorecalculatethecoverageprediction.Ontheotherhand,cloningisnot
relevantifyouchangethedisplayfromadiscretefieldtovalueintervals,inwhichcase,youmustrecalculatethecoverage
prediction.
Tocloneanexistingcoverageprediction:
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttoclone.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectClonefromthecontextmenu.AnewcoveragepredictionappearsinthePredictionsfolderwiththesamename
astheoriginalcoverageprediction,precededby"Cloneof."Theclonedcoveragepredictionnotonlyhasthesame
coverageanddisplaysettingsastheoriginalone,butkeepsthesameresultsaswell.
5. Rightclicktheclonedcoverageprediction.Thecontextmenuappears.
8. OntheDisplaytab,keeptheDisplayType"DiscreteValues"selected.
9. SelectanothervaluefromtheFieldlisttochangethevaluedisplayed.
10. ClickOKtoapplythenewdisplayparameter.
5.4.2.2 DefiningtheStorageLocationofCoveragePredictionResults
Whenyoudefineandcalculateacoverageprediction,AtollstorestheresultsintheAtolldocumentbydefault.Youcan,
however,choosetosavethecoveragepredictionresultsexternally.Whenyouareworkingonextremelylargeprojects,saving
resultsexternallycanhelpreducethesizeoftheAtolldocumentandtheuseofcomputerresources.Theseresultscanalso
havebeencalculatedonaserver.Youcanalsoincludeinyourdocumenttheresultsofcoveragepredictionsthatwerecalcu
latedonaserver.Whentheoriginalcoveragepredictionisupdated,theresultsdisplayedinthecurrentdocumentwillalso
beupdated.
Youcandefinethestoragelocationoftheresultseitherbeforeyoucalculatethecoveragepredictionorafterwards.
You can not store externally the results of coverage predictions that are calculated by
transmitterinsteadofbylevel.
Todefinethestoragelocationofcoveragepredictionresults:
216
AT320_UM_E0
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionforwhichyouwanttodefinethestoragelocationoftheresults.Thecontextmenu
appears.
4. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThecoveragepredictionsPropertiesdialogueappears.
5. OntheGeneraltab,clickthebuttonbesideFolder(
)andselectthestoragelocationoftheresults:
SavingintheAtolldocument:Tostoretheresultsinthedocument,selectEmbedded.
Savingexternally:Tostoretheresultsexternally,selecttheexternalstoragelocation.Atollcreatesafolderforthe
resultsinthesamefolderwiththeAtolldocumentandgivesitthenameofthedocument,withtheextension
"studies."
Sharingtheresultsofanothercoverageprediction:Todisplaytheresultsofacoveragepredictionthatwascal
culatedinadifferentdocument,selectConnecttoResultstonavigatetotheXMLfiledescribingthecoveragepre
dictionresults.
Externallystoredcoveragepredictionresultscanbeimportedascustomisedcoveragepredictions.Formoreinformationon
importingcustomisedcoveragepredictions,see"SavingDefinedCoveragePredictions"onpage219.Foradetaileddescrip
tionoftheXMLfile,seeStudies.XMLintheAdministratorManual.
5.4.2.3 CalculatingCoveragePredictions
Afteryouhavedefinedacoverageprediction,youcancalculateit.Atollallowsyoutodefineandcalculatecoveragepredic
tionsintwoseparatesteps.Thisenablesyoutocreateoneorseveralcoveragepredictionsatonetime,andthencalculate
themlater,whenyoudonotneedthecomputerresources.
Beforecalculatingoneormorecoveragepredictions,youcancreateacomputationzone.Thecomputationzoneisusedto
definetheareawhereAtollcarriesoutcalculations.Whenyoucreateacomputationzone,Atollcarriesoutthecalculation
forallbasestationsthatareactive,filtered(i.e.,thatareselectedbythecurrentfilterparameters),andwhosepropagation
zoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputationzone.Therefore,ittakesintoconsiderationbasestationsinsideand
basestationsoutsidethecomputationzoneiftheyhaveaninfluenceonthecomputationzone.Inaddition,thecomputation
zonedefinestheareawithinwhichthecoveragepredictionresultswillbedisplayed.
Thecomputationzoneistakenintoaccountwhetherornotitisvisible.Inotherwords,ifyouhavedrawnacomputationzone,
itwillbetakenintoaccountwhetherornotitsvisibilitycheckboxintheZonesfolderoftheGeoexplorerisselected.Youwill
havetodeletethecomputationzoneifyounolongerwanttodefineanareaforcalculations.
Whenworkingwithalargenetwork,thecomputationzoneallowsyoutorestrictyourcoveragepredictionstothepartofthe
networkyouarecurrentlyworkingon.Byallowingyoutoreducethenumberofbasestationsstudied,Atollreducesboththe
timeandcomputerresourcesnecessaryforcalculations.Aswell,bytakingintoconsiderationbasestationswithinthecompu
tationzoneandbasestationsoutsidethecomputationzonebutwhichhaveaninfluenceonthecomputationzone,Atollgives
yourealisticresultsforbasestationsthatareclosetotheborderofthecomputationzone.
Ifthereisnocomputationzonedefined,Atollmakesitscalculationsonallbasestationsthatareactiveandfilteredandfor
theentireextentofthegeographicaldataavailable.
Forinformationoncreatingacomputationzone,see"TheComputationZone"onpage55.
5.4.2.3.1
"CalculatingSeveralCoveragePredictions"onpage217
"CalculatingaSingleCoveragePrediction"onpage218
"ForcingCalculations"onpage218
"StoppingCalculations"onpage218
"LockingCoveragePredictions"onpage218.
CalculatingSeveralCoveragePredictions
Whenyouhaveseveraldefinedcoveragepredictions,youcanstartcalculationwhenyouwantandAtollwillcalculatethem
oneaftertheother.
Whenyoucalculatecoveragepredictions,onlyunlockedcoveragepredictionsarecalculated.Unlockedcoveragepredictions
are displayed in the Predictions folder with the unlocked icon (
predictions,see"LockingCoveragePredictions"onpage218.
). For information on locking and unlocking coverage
Tocalculatecreatedcoveragepredictions:
ClicktheCalculatebutton(
)inthetoolbar.WhenyouclicktheCalculatebutton,Atollfirstcalculatesnonexistent
andinvalidpathlossmatricesandthen,unlockedcoveragepredictionsinthePredictionsfolder.
TheprogressofthecalculationsisdisplayedintheEventViewerwindow.
Aftercalculation,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow,ifthecoveragepredictionsvisibilitycheckboxhas
beenselected.
217
5.4.2.3.2
Forsk2013
CalculatingaSingleCoveragePrediction
Tocalculateasinglecoverageprediction:
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttocalculate.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectCalculatefromthecontextmenu.
Atollfirstcalculatesnonexistentandinvalidpathlossmatricesandthen,thecoveragepredictionevenifthisonehas
beenpreviouslylocked.
beenselected.
5.4.2.3.3
ForcingCalculations
Whenyouhaveseveraldefinedcoveragepredictions,youcanstartcalculationwhenyouwantandAtollwillcalculatethem
oneaftertheother.Normally,Atollonlyrecalculatesnonexistentandinvalidpathlossmatricesbeforecalculatingcoverage
predictions.Ifyouwant,youcanmakeAtollrecalculateallpathlossmatrices,includingvalidones.
Whenyoucalculatecoveragepredictions,onlyunlockedcoveragepredictionsarecalculated.Unlockedcoveragepredictions
are displayed in the Predictions folder with the unlocked icon (
predictions,see"LockingCoveragePredictions"onpage218.
). For information on locking and unlocking coverage
ToforceAtolltorecalculateallpathlossmatricesbeforecalculatingcoveragepredictions:
ClicktheForceCalculatebutton(
)inthetoolbar.WhenyouclicktheForceCalculatebutton,Atollfirstremoves
existingpathlossmatrices,recalculatesthemandthencalculatesunlockedcoveragespredictions.
beenselected.
5.4.2.3.4
StoppingCalculations
WhenAtollhasbeguntocalculatecoveragepredictions,youcanstopthecalculationatanygivenpoint.Thiscanbeusefulif,
forexample,youwanttochangeoneofthecoveragepredictionsorifyoudontwanttocalculatethecoveragepredictions
atthattime.
Tostopcalculations:
5.4.2.3.5
ClicktheStopCalculationsbutton(
)inthetoolbar.Atollimmediatelystopsallongoingcalculations.Theresults
ofcalculationsthathavealreadybeencompleted,however,willbesaved.
LockingCoveragePredictions
Coveragepredictionsarelockedbydefaultassoonastheyhavebeencalculated.Then,whenyoucalculatenewcoverage
predictions,onlyunlockedcoveragepredictionsarecalculated.Lockingacoveragepredictionretainstheinformationascalcu
latedundergivenconditions(e.g.,beforeanewbasestationiscreatedorbeforeoptimisingthenetwork).Italsosavestime
bylimitingunnecessaryrecalculation.
TopreventAtollfromautomaticallylockingcoveragepredictionsaftercalculatingthem,
youcansetanoptionintheatoll.inifile.Forinformationonsettingoptionsintheatoll.ini
file,seetheAdministratorManual.
Tolockacoverageprediction:
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttolock.Thecontextmenuappears.
UnlockedcoveragepredictionsaredisplayedinthePredictionsfolderwiththeunlockedicon(
4. SelectPredictionLockedfromthecontextmenu.
)andthePredictionLockediteminthecontextmenunowappearschecked.
Theiconchangestothelockedicon(
ThecoveragepredictionisnowlockedandwillnotbecalculatedwhentheCalculatebuttoninthetoolbarisclicked.
However,ifyouselectCalculatefromthecoveragepredictionscontextmenu,Atollwillfirstunlockthecoverage
predictionandthencalculateit.
YoucanlockallunlockedcoveragepredictionsusingthePredictionsfolderscontextmenu.
218
AT320_UM_E0
5.4.2.3.6
UnlockingCoveragePredictions
Coveragepredictionsarelockedbydefaultassoonastheyhavebeencalculated.Youcanunlockasinglecoverageprediction.
Tounlockacoverageprediction:
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttounlock.Thecontextmenuappears.
LockedcoveragepredictionsaredisplayedinthePredictionsfolderwiththelockedicon(
).
4. SelectPredictionLockedfromthecontextmenu.
Theiconchangestotheunlockedicon(
)andthePredictionLockediteminthecontextmenuisnolongerselected.
YoucanunlockalllockedcoveragepredictionsusingthePredictionsfolderscontextmenu.
5.4.2.4 ExportingtheValuesperPixelofaCoveragePrediction
Whenyouarecreatingacoverageprediction,youcanatthesametimeexportthevaluesperpixel,providingthattheDisplay
typeis"Valueintervals"andtheFieldusedinthepredictionisafieldcalculatedbythecoveragepredictionandnotavalue
takenfromthedatabase.Forexample,youcanexportthevaluesperpixelofa"CoveragebyTransmitter(DL)"iftheDisplay
typeis"Valueintervals"andtheFieldis"SignalLevel."However,youcannotexportthevaluesperpixeliftheDisplaytypeis
"Valueintervals"andtheFieldis"AntennaGain,"becausealthoughitcanbedisplayed,antennagainisnotavaluecalculated
bythecoveragepredictionbutreadfromthedatabase.
Toexportthevaluesperpixelofacoverageprediction:
1. RightclickthePredictionsfolderandselectNewPredictionfromthecontextmenutocreateanewcoveragepredic
tionoropenthePropertiesdialogueofanexistingone.
2. ClicktheDisplaytabandselect"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytype.
3. FortheField,selectafieldcalculatedbythatcoverageprediction.
IftheFieldselectedisnotonecalculatedbythecoveragepredictionbutinsteadoneread
fromthedatabase,Atollwillnotexportthevalues.
4. ClicktheResultExporttab.
IftheResultExporttabisnotavailable,theresultsofthatcoveragepredictioncannotbe
exported.
5. SelecttheExportcalculatedvaluescheckbox.
)besidetheFilebox.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
7. Enterafilenameforthetextfileinwhichtheresultswillbesaved.
8. ClickSave.TheSaveAsdialoguecloses.
9. In Decimal places on the Result Export tab, enter the number of digits after the decimal point for the exported
numericvalues.
10. SelectaSeparator.Youcanchoosefromtab,comma,semicolon,andspace.
11. ClickCalculate.Thecoveragepredictioniscalculatedandtheresultsexportedtotheselectedtextfile.
The exported results are actual calculated values of the studied parameters not the display levels defined in the
Displaytabofthecoveragepredictionpropertiesdialogue.
5.4.2.5 SavingDefinedCoveragePredictions
Onceyouhavedefinedacoverageprediction,youcanuseitagaininotherAtolldocuments,eitherbyusingthecoverage
predictiontocreateacustomisedcoveragepredictionorbysavingitscoverageanddisplayparametersinauserconfigura
tion.
219
Forsk2013
5.4.2.5.1
"SavingaCoveragePredictionasaCustomisedCoveragePrediction"onpage220
"SavingaDefinedListofPredictionsinaUserConfigurationFile"onpage220.
SavingaCoveragePredictionasaCustomisedCoveragePrediction
Onceyouhavedefinedacoverageprediction,youcanuseitasacustomisedcoverageprediction.Thiscoverageprediction
willbeavailabletoyouinthePredictionTypesdialoguethenexttimeyouwanttocreateanewcoverageprediction.The
initialparametersofthecoveragepredictionwillbethesameasthecoveragepredictionitisbasedonbut,whenyouselect
itinthePredictionTypesdialogue,Atollallowsyoutomodifythem.
Tosaveacoveragepredictionasacustomisedcoverageprediction:
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttosaveasacustomisedcoverageprediction.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectSaveasCustomisedPredictionfromthecontextmenu.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
IntheSaveAsdialogue,AtollproposesanameandlocationfortheXMLfilethatwillcontainthecustomisedcoverage
prediction.YoucanacceptthedefaultvaluesoryoucanchangethenameandsavetheXMLfileinanyfolderyouhave
writeaccessto.
5. ClickSave.AtollsavesthecoveragepredictionintheselectedXMLfile.
Thenexttimeyoucreateanewcoverageprediction,thecustomisedcoveragepredictionwillbeavailableatthebottomof
thelist,underthefullpathandfilenameoftheXMLfile(seeFigure5.12).IfyouhaveotherXMLtemplatefiles,youcanclick
theCustomisedPredictionsbuttonandselectitintheOpendialogue.
Figure5.12:PredictionTypesdialogue
Coveragepredictions stored in the XMLtemplatefiles are also directlyavailable inthe Calculations menuof the context
menusoftheTransmittersfolder,ofagroupoftransmitters,andofasingletransmitter.
Inamultiuserenvironment,theadministratorcanmakecustomisedpredictionsavailableforalltheusersbysavingtheXML
fileintheAtollinstallationdirectory.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
5.4.2.5.2
SavingaDefinedListofPredictionsinaUserConfigurationFile
YoucansavethedefinedcoveragepredictionsinthePredictionsfolderinauserconfigurationfile.Youcanthenimportthis
userconfigurationfileintoanotherAtolldocument.Allthecoveragepredictionsintheuserconfigurationwillthenbeavail
ableinthePredictionsfolderofthenewAtolldocumentandcanbecalculated.
ToexportauserconfigurationwiththecoveragepredictionsinthePredictionsfolder:
1. SelectTools>UserConfiguration>Save.TheUserConfigurationdialogueappears.
2. SelectthePredictionListcheckbox,aswellasthecheckboxofanyotherinformationyouwanttosaveaspartofthe
userconfiguration.
4. EnteraFilenamefortheuserconfigurationfileandclickSave.Thefolderconfigurationissaved.
For information on loading the user configuration into another Atoll document, see "Loading a User Configuration" on
page99.
220
AT320_UM_E0
5.4.2.6 CalculatingIndoorCoverage
InAtollyoucancalculateindoorcoveragebytakingtheindoorlossesintoconsideration.Indoorlossesaredefinedperclutter
class.Youcandefineadefaultindoorlossesvalueforallclutterclasses.Or,youcandefineadifferentindoorlossesvaluefor
eachclutterclasses,totakethecharacteristicsofeachclutterclassintoconsideration.
Tocalculateindoorcoveragewhenmakingacoverageprediction:
Whencreatingthecoverageprediction,selecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxontheConditiontabofthecoverage
predictionsPropertiesdialogue.Theindoorlossesdefinedfortheclutterclasseswillbeaddedtothetotalpathloss
foreachpixel.
5.4.2.7 TakingShadowingintoAccount
Shadowing,orslowfading,issignallossalongapaththatiscausedbyobstructionsnottakenintoconsiderationbytheprop
agationmodel.Evenwhenareceiverremainsinthesamelocationorinthesameclutterclass,therearevariationsinrecep
tionduetothesurroundingenvironment.
therebycreatecoveragepredictionsthatarereliablemorethanfiftypercentofthetime.Theadditionallossesorgainscaused
byshadowingareknownastheshadowingmargin.Theshadowingmarginisaddedtothepathlossescalculatedbytheprop
agationmodel.
ForinformationonsettingthemodelstandarddeviationandtheCIstandarddeviationsforeachclutterclassorforallclutter
classes,see"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143.
Whencreatingthecoverageprediction,selecttheShadowingTakenintoAccountcheckbox.Then,youcandefine
theCellEdgeCoverageProbability.
,Atoll
onpage222Atoll
"LinkClasses"
221
222
Forsk2013
Chapter6
AutomaticCell
Planning
Thischapterprovidestheinformationtouse
theACPtooptimiseradionetworks.
"TheACPModuleandAtoll"onpage225
"ConfiguringtheACPModule"onpage230
"OptimisingCellPlanningwiththeACP"onpage233
"RunninganOptimisationSetup"onpage271
"WorkingwithOptimisationsintheExplorerWindow"
onpage273
"ViewingOptimisationResults"onpage275
Chapter6:StartingaProject
224
Forsk2013
Chapter6:AutomaticCellPlanning
AT320_UM_E0
6 AutomaticCellPlanning
AtollAutomaticCellPlanning(ACP)enablesradioengineersdesigningradionetworkstoautomaticallycalculatetheoptimal
networksettingsintermsofnetworkcoverageandquality.ACPcanremoveunnecessarysitesorsectorsorselectfromcandi
datesiteswhichcanbeaddedtooptimisethenetwork.AtollACPcanalsobeusedinmultiRATandcoplanningprojects
wherenetworksusingdifferentradioaccesstechnologiesmust betaken intoconsiderationwhencalculatingtheoptimal
networksettings.
AtollACPisprimarilyintendedtoimproveexistingnetworkdeploymentbyreconfiguringthemainparametersthatcanbe
remotelycontrolledbyoperators:antennaelectricaltiltandtransmissionorcellpilotpower.ACPcanalsobeusedduringthe
initialplanningstageofanetworkbyenablingtheselectionoftheantenna,anditsazimuth,height,andmechanicaltilt.ACP
notonlytakestransmittersintoaccountinoptimisationsbutalsoanyrepeatersandremoteantennas.
AtollACPcanalsobeusedtomeasureandoptimisetheEMFexposurecreatedbythenetwork.Thispermitstheoptimisation
ofpowerandantennasettingstoreduceexcessiveEMFexposureinexistingnetworksandoptimalsiteselectionfornew
transmitters.
ACPusesuserdefinedobjectivestoevaluatetheoptimisation,aswellastocalculateitsimplementationcost.Onceyouhave
definedtheobjectivesandthenetworkparameterstobeoptimised,AtollACPusesanefficientglobalsearchalgorithmtotest
manynetworkconfigurationsandproposethereconfigurationsthatbestmeettheobjectives.TheACPpresentsthechanges
orderedfromthemosttotheleastbeneficial,allowingphasedimplementationorimplementationofjustasubsetofthe
suggestedchanges.
"TheACPModuleandAtoll"onpage225
"ConfiguringtheACPModule"onpage230
"OptimisingCellPlanningwiththeACP"onpage233
"RunninganOptimisationSetup"onpage271
"WorkingwithOptimisationsintheExplorerWindow"onpage273
"ViewingOptimisationResults"onpage275.
6.1 TheACPModuleandAtoll
AtollACPcanbeusedeitherwithexistingnetworksorwithnetworksintheinitialplanningphases.Withexistingnetworks,it
ismostefficienttofocusontuningtheparametersthatcanbeeasilychangedremotely,forexample:
Antennaelectricaltilt:ACPadjuststheelectricaltiltbyselectingthebestantennafromtheantennagroupassigned
tothistransmitter.
Power:Thepower(transmissionpowerforGSM,pilotpowerforUMTS,totalpowerforLTE,preamblepowerfor
WiMAX)issetwithinadefinedminimumandmaximumvalueforeachcellorsubcell.
Whenoptimisinganetworkthatisstillintheplanningphase,AtollACPcancalculatehowthenetworkcanbeimprovedby:
Selectingtheantennatypeforeachtransmitter:ACPselectsthebestantennafromtheantennagroupassignedto
thistransmitter.
Changingtheantennaazimuth:ACPsetstheantennaazimuthusingadefinedrangeoneithersideofthecurrently
definedazimuth.
Changingthemechanicaltiltoftheantenna:ACPsetsthemechanicaltiltusingadefinedrangeoneithersideofthe
currentlydefinedmechanicaltilt.
Changingtheheightoftheantenna:ACPsetstheoptimalantennaheightusingadefinedrangeoneithersideofthe
currentlydefinedantennaheight.
Selectingsites:ACPaddsorremovessitesthatyouhaveindicatedascandidatesforadditionorremovalinorderto
improve existing or new networks. ACP also uses as candidates, transmitters in the Atoll project that have been
plannedbutarenotactive.ACPcanalsoautomaticallycreatealistofcandidatesites,followinguserdefinedparam
eters.
ACPoptimisesthenetworkusingobjectivestoevaluatetheoptimisation,aswellastocalculateitsimplementationcost.Each
objectiveisdefinedbyasetofrulesandatarget.Aruleisasinglequalityindicatoronasinglelayerfulfillingadefinedthresh
old.Thetargetdefinestherequiredpercentageofpixelsinthetargetzonewhichmustfulfilthesetofrulesinorderforthe
objectivetobemet.
"UsingQualityandCostObjectivesintheACP"onpage226
"UsingZoneswithACP"onpage226
"UsingTrafficMapswithACP"onpage227
"ShadowingMarginandIndoorCoverage"onpage227
"ACPandAntennaMasking"onpage227
"EMFExposure"onpage229.
225
Forsk2013
6.1.1 UsingQualityandCostObjectivesintheACP
ACPoptimisesthenetworkusinguserdefinedobjectivestoevaluatethequalityofthenetworkreconfiguration,aswellasto
calculateitsimplementationcost.Eachobjectiveiscreatedfromoneormorerules.Eachruleisanevaluationofaspecific
qualityindicatorsforasinglelayerandforadefinedzone.Eachqualityindicatoristechnologydependent.Bycombiningrules,
youcancreateanobjectivethatevaluatesqualityindicatorsondifferentlayerswithinthesametechnologyor,forprojects
thatcombineseveralradioaccesstechnologies,thatevaluatesqualityindicatorsfromdifferenttechnologies.
Therulescanbecombinedlogically,usingbooleanoperators(OR,orAND),tocreatemorecomplexrules.Forexample,ina
projectcombiningbothUMTSandLTE,youcouldcreatethefollowingrule:
(UMTS2100RSCP>85dBmORLTE2010C/N20dB)
Youcanweightanobjectiveusingtrafficmapsoryoucandefinedifferentweightsfordifferentzones.Ifbothweightsareused,
thezoneweightistakenasasupplementaryfactortothetrafficweight.
Eachobjectivehasatarget.Thetargetdefinestherequiredpercentageofpixelsinthetargetzone(afterapplyinganytraffic
andzoneweight)whichmustfulfilthesetofrules.Forexample,ifthetargetis90%,theobjectiveisfulfilledif90%ofthepixels
arecoveredbytheobjectiverule.
Additionally, each objective can be weighted. The weight enables you to give more importance to some objectives over
others.
6.1.2 UsingZoneswithACP
ACPusesdifferentzonesduringtheoptimisationprocessfordifferentpurposes.
ACPusesthecomputationzonetodefinetheareawherethequalityindicatorsareevaluated.Italsousesthecomputation
andfocuszonestoquicklyselectthesiteswhichareoptimised,althoughyoucanalsooptimisetransmittersandsitesthatare
outsidethecomputationorfocuszone.Allsitesandtransmittersinthenetwork,includingthoseoutsidethecomputationand
focuszonesaretakenintoconsiderationwhencalculatingsignal,interference,andbestserverstatus.
ACPcanusezonesdefinedbyhotspotsorbyagroupofclutters.
ACPalsoallowsyoutoimportArcViewSHPfilesaspolygonzones,vectorsrepre
sentingroads,railwaysorlistsoffixedlocations.
ACPenablesyoutodefinedifferenttargetsanddifferentweightsforeachzone:forthecomputationzone,forthefocuszone,
forthehotspots,foreachzonebasedonclutterclasses,andforeachimportedzone.Moreover,ACPenablesyoutodefine
qualityobjectivesseparatelyforeachzoneortouseeachzoneseparatelywhencreatingcandidatesites.
"UsingtheComputationZoneandtheFocusZone"onpage226
"UsingCustomZones"onpage226
"UsingtheFilteringZone"onpage227.
6.1.2.1 UsingtheComputationZoneandtheFocusZone
AtollACPevaluatesthequalityindicatorswithinthecomputationzone.Ifthereisnocomputationzone,theACPevaluates
thequalityobjectivesusingarectanglethatincludesallcellsorsubcellsinthenetwork.Youcanalsousethecomputationor
focuszonetoquicklyselectwhichcellsorsubcellsaretobeoptimised,althoughyoucanalsooptimisecellsorsubcellsoutside
ofthezonesorasubsetwithinazone.
AtollACPallowsyoutodefinedifferenttargetsforthecomputationzoneandthefocuszone,aswellasforanycustomzones.
Youcanalsodefinedifferentweightsforeachzone.
Itisrecommendedtodefineacomputationzone.ACPusesthecomputationzoneasthe
areainwhichthequalityindicatorsarecalculatedandimprovedduringoptimisation.
6.1.2.2 UsingCustomZones
AtollACPallowsyoutousecustomzones,enablingyoutodefineobjectivesforspecificzones,tospecifydifferentquality
targetsforeachcustomzone,andtodisplayfinalresultsperzone.
Youcancreatecustomzonesoutofselectedclutterclasses.Ifyouhavemorethanonelayerofclutterclasses,withdifferent
resolutions,youcansetanoptionintheacp.inifilesothattheACPonlyusesclutterclassesofoneresolution(usuallythe
lowerresolution).YoucanalsosetanoptionsothattheotherclutterclassesarenotdisplayedintheZoneDefinitiondialogue
(seeFigure6.6onpage237).Formoreinformationontheacp.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
226
AT320_UM_E0
YoucancreatecustomzonesfromthehotspotsdefinedintheAtolldocument,orimportArcViewSHPfiles.Thesefilescan
bepolygons,tocreatehotspots,ortheycanbevectorsrepresentingroads,railwaysorstringsofpoints.Youcanalsoimport
ArcViewSHPfilesthatarepointsdescribingalistoffixedlocations.Youcanalsodefinedifferentweightsforeachzone.
6.1.2.3 UsingtheFilteringZone
Ifthereisafilteringzonedefined,AtollACPwillignoreallcellsoutsideofthefilteringzone.
ACPautomaticallyconsidersallthecellsorsubcellsthathaveaneffectonthecomputation
andignorestherest(forexample,thosethataretoofarawaytohaveanimpactonthe
computation zone). It is nonetheless recommended to use a filtering zone to speed up
initialdataextractionfromtheAtolldocument.
6.1.3 UsingTrafficMapswithACP
AtollACPcanusetrafficmapstodeterminethetrafficdensityoneachpixel.Thetrafficdensityisusedtoweighteachofthe
qualityfiguresaccordingtotrafficandtoputmoreemphasisonhightrafficareas.Youcansettrafficweightingseparatelyfor
eachobjective.
Figure6.1:ACPtrafficparameters
Whenyouuseselectedtrafficmaps,ACPallowsyoutodefinearesolutiontoextractthedatafromtrafficmaps.Theresolution
shouldusuallybethesameastheresolutionofthetrafficmaps.
Toincreasetheaccuracyofthedataextractionprocess,youcanincreasetheresolutiondefinedintheResolution(m)text
box.
6.1.4 ShadowingMarginandIndoorCoverage
AtollACPenablesyoutotakeindoorcoverageandashadowingmarginintoconsideration.Whenindoorcoverageistaken
intoconsideration,allpixelsmarkedasindoorshaveanadditionalindoorlossaddedtototallosses.Theindoorlossisdefined
perclutterclass.
Whentheshadowingmarginistakenintoconsideration,thedefinedshadowingmarginistakenintoconsiderationinthe
calculationofthereceivedusefulsignalpowerandinterferingsignalpower.
Formoreinformationonhowshadowingandmacrodiversitygains(inUMTS)arecalculated,seetheTechnicalReference
Guide.
YoucansetACPtonottakemacrodiversitygainsinUMTSintoconsiderationbysetting
the appropriate option in the acp.ini file. You will need to update the corresponding
parametersintheatoll.inifileaswell.Forinformationonmodifyingtheatoll.inifile,see
6.1.5 ACPandAntennaMasking
WhenACPperformsanytypeofantennareconfiguration,itmustdeterminehowattenuationtothepathlosschangeswhen
theantennaismodified.ACPdetermineschangestopathlossattenuationusingantennamasking.UsingtheACPAutomatic
CellPlanningdialogue,youcandefinetheACPantennamaskingmethodindividuallyforeachpropagationmodel.
227
Forsk2013
Atolldistinguishesbetweentwocategoriesofpropagationmodels:
Nativemodels:ACPprovidesthesamepredictionresultsastheoriginalpropagationmodel,byusingtheOptimised
method.
Formoreinformation,see"NativePropagationModels"onpage228.
Nonnativemodels:IfthepropagationmodelisnotnativetoAtoll,ACPoffersthreedifferentmethodsofantenna
masking.
Formoreinformation,see"NonNativePropagationModels"onpage228.
Poweroptimisation,siteselection(withoutreconfiguration),andantennaheightoptimi
sation are made independently of the method used to determine changes to path loss
attenuation.
6.1.5.1 NativePropagationModels
NativepropagationmodelsareAtollmodelssuchasSPM,CostHata,OkumuraHata,ITUpropagationmodels,CrossWave,
etc.
Duringantennaoptimisation,ACPmustcalculatehowtheattenuationtothepathlosschangeswhentheantennaismodified,
i.e.,whentheantennatype,tilt,orazimuthismodified.
UsingtheOptimisedmethod,ACPprovidesthesameresultsasthoseofferedbythenativepropagationmodel.
ACPcalculatesthechangeinattenuationbyunmaskingthecurrentantennapatternandthenremaskingitwiththenew
antennapattern.Thiscalculationdependsstronglyonthehorizontalandverticalemissionanglesbetweenatransmitterand
thereceivingpixel.
TheOptimisedantennamaskingmethodprovidesaccuratepredictionoftheemissionangles,usingoneoftwointernalmeth
ods:
Directcalculation:ACPcalculatesincidenceanglesbydirectcalculationusingtherasterdata.
Delegatingtothemodel:ACPcalculatesincidenceanglesbydelegatingthecalculationtothepropagationmodel,pro
vidingthatthepropagationmodelimplementstheappropriatemethodsofAtoll'sAPI
ACPautomaticallyselectswhichinternalmethodtouseforeachnativepropagationmodel:
Crosswave:usedelegationtomodel
Allothersnativemodels:usedirectcalculation
Youcandefinetheinternalmethodusedbysettingtheappropriateoptionintheacp.ini
file.Forinformationonmodifyingtheacp.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
6.1.5.2 NonNativePropagationModels
ACPoffersthreedifferentantennamaskingmodesforpropagationmodelsthatarenotnative:
Basic:TheBasicmodeisACPsinternalantennamaskingmethod.BecausetheACPBasicmaskingmethodisnotthe
sameastheoneusedtocalculatetheoriginalpathlossmatrices,accuracycannotbeguaranteed.ACPsBasicmasking
methodshoulddeliveracceptableresultsforanypropagationmodelsimilartoAtollsStandardPropagationModel.
YoucanadjustthefollowingparameterswhenusingtheBasicmode:
Antennapatterninterpolation:Theantennagaincalculationmethodforderivingtheantennagainfromasetof
anglesofincidence.Youcanselecteither:
Native3DInterpolationmethod:ThemethodusedbyAtoll.FormoreinformationonAtollsmethodfor3D
interpolation,seetheTechnicalGuide.
LinearInterpolationmethod:Asimplelinearmethodwithoptionalsmoothing.
Directview:Whenselected,theangleofincidencewillbethedirectTxRxangle.
Useclutterheight:Specifywhetherclutterheightsshouldbeappliedalongtheprofilesbetweentransmitterand
receiver.Clutterheightsareeitherextractedfromtheclutterheightfile,orfromdefaultclutterheightsbasedon
theclutterclassfile.
Receiverontopofclutter:Specifywhetherthereceivershouldbeconsideredtobeontopoftheclutterornot.
Improved:TheImprovedmodeperformsantennamaskingbydelegatingthecalculationoftheanglesofincidenceto
thepropagationmodel.IfthepropagationmodeldoesnotimplementtheappropriatemethodsofAtollsAPI,the
Improvedmodeisnotavailable.
YoucanadjustthefollowingparameterwhenusingtheImprovedmode:
228
AT320_UM_E0
Antennapatterninterpolation:Theantennagaincalculationmethodforderivingtheantennagainfromasetof
anglesofincidence.Youcanselecteither:
Native3DInterpolationmethod:ThemethodusedbyAtoll.FormoreinformationonAtollsmethodfor3D
interpolation,seetheTechnicalGuide.
LinearInterpolationmethod:Asimplelinearmethodwithoptionalsmoothing.
FullPathloss:Withthismethod,ACPprecalculatesallpathlossmatricesforallcombinationsoftheparameterswhich
aretobetested.Thisisafallbackmethodforcomplexpropagationmodelsnotsupportedbyanyothermethod.
ACPdoesnotcalculateallpathlossmatricesforallpossiblecombinations,forexample,fivepossiblechangesinelec
tricaltiltandfivepossiblechangesinazimuth,i.e.,25pathlossmatricestobecalculated.ACPonlycalculatesthepath
lossmatricesforthechangeswhichneedtobeevaluatedbytheoptimisationalgorithm.Byprecalculatingonlythe
changestobeevaluated,ACPreducesthenumberofpathlosschangestobecalculatedandreducesthecalculation
time.
Whiletheoptimisationisrunning,ACPusestheprecalculatedpathlossmatrices.Ifachangeismadetoatransmitter
thatwasnottakenintotheconsiderationwhenthepathlossmatriceswerecalculated,ACPrecalculatesthepathloss
matrixforthatchangeonly.
Theendresultisconsiderablesavingsinbothtimeandcomputerresources.
Although ACP minimises the number of calculations necessary when using precalculated path loss matrices, it is
recommendedto:
Useprecalculatedpathlossmatricesonlywhennecessary.Whenapropagationmodelisnativelysupported,you
shoulduseit.Evenifapropagationmodelisnotofficiallynativelysupported,usingthedefaultantennamasking
methodisoftensufficient.
Trytolimitthenumberofparameterscovered,whenusingprecalculatedpathlossmatrices.Forexample,only
usea2or3azimuthspan.Carefullydesigningtheantennagroupswillalsoreducethenumberofunnecessary
calculations.
Useatemporarypathlossstoragedirectorydedicatedtoyourdocumentregionwhenusingprecalculatedpath
lossmatrices.Thisensuresthatfutureoptimisationsonthisregionwillbeabletousethesepathlossesthathave
alreadybeencalculated.
6.1.6 EMFExposure
EMFexposureisdefined asthetotalelectromagneticfieldmeasuredatagivenlocation.Althoughtheexactlimiton the
acceptablelevelofEMFexposurevariesbyjurisdiction,itistypicallyafewVm.Usinganinternalpropagationmodelspecific
toEMFexposure,ACPcalculatestheEMFexposureintwodimensions(foropenareassuchasparksorroads)orinthree
dimensions(forbuildings).Additionally,withbuildings,youcanchoosetomeasuretheexposureonlyatthefrontfaade,
wheretheEMFexposurewillbethegreatest.
TheinternalpropagationmodelcalculatesEMFexposureusingpropagationclasseswhichareretrievedfrominputfiles.Each
propagationclassiseitheropaque,meaningthatthesignalexperiencesdiffractionlossesattheedgeoftheobjectbutdoes
notgocompletelythrough,ortransparent,meaningthatthesignalpassesthroughit(withperhapssomelosses)anddoesnot
experiencediffractionloss.Thepropagationclasseshavethefollowingparameters:
Penetrationloss(dB):Thelossoccurringwhenthesignalenterstheobject.
Linearloss(dB/m):Alinearlossappliedforeachmetrewithinanobject.Thelossisappliedonlyafteragivennumber
ofmetres,specifiedbythe"Linearlossstartdistance(m)"parameter.
Distributionofmeasurementpoints:Fieldstrengthmeasurementsaremadeonasetofpointswithinanobject.The
measurementpointscanbedistributedineithera3Dpatternorina2Dpattern.Foratwodimensionaldistribution,
thepointscanbeplacedeitheratthebottom(forexample,inapark)oratthetop(forexample,forabridge)tobetter
reflectwherepeoplewillbe.
Thefollowingdefaultpropagationclassesareprovided:
Open:TheOpenpropagationclassisforareaswithoutobstacles,suchasanopenareaorwater.Anopenareacan
alsobeanelevatedareasuchasabridge.Suchareasaretransparent,withnodiffractionloss.
Vegetation:TheVegetationpropagationclassisusedforareascoveredwithvegetation,suchasparks.Theycanbe
consideredastransparentbutwithacertaindegreeofdiffractionloss.
Building:TheBuildingpropagationclassisusedforopaqueobjectssuchasbuildings.Thesignalexperiencessomeloss
whengoingthroughandalsosufferfromdiffractionloss.
229
Forsk2013
6.2 ConfiguringtheACPModule
TheACPisconfiguredbydefiningvariousoptions.YoucanchangesomeoftheseoptionsusingtheACPmodule.Theseoptions
canbestoredeitherinthecurrentAtollprojectorintheuserdefinedacp.inifile.Otheroptionscanonlybechangedbyediting
theglobalacp.inifile.
TheACPreadsthedefinedoptionsinthefollowingorderofpriority:
ThecurrentAtollproject:YoucandefinecertainoptionsusingtheACPmoduleandchoosetoembedtheminthecur
rentproject.Embeddingtheoptionsinthecurrentprojectensuresthatthedocumentisportable;ifyouopentheAtoll
documentonadifferentcomputer,youwillhavethesamedefaultACPsettings.
Theuserdefinedacp.ini:WhenyoudefineoptionsusingtheACPmodule,youcanchoosetosavetheminauser
definedacp.ini.DefiningtheACPoptionsusingtheacp.inifileenablesyoutousethesamesettingsindifferentAtoll
documents.Additionally,youcanmanuallydefinesettingsdirectlyintheacp.inifile,especiallysettingswhichcannot
bedefinedusingtheACPmodule.
Theglobalacp.ini:Theglobalacp.inifile(normallytheacp.inifilefoundintheAtollinstallationdirectory)containsall
theoptionsthatcanbesetfortheACP.Unlessthesameoptionshavebeensetineitherthecurrentprojectorthe
userdefinedacp.ini,theACPwillusetheoptionssetintheglobalacp.initoinitialiseanewACPsetup.Settingoptions
intheglobalacp.iniensuresthatallusersofAtollusingthatmachinewillbeusingthesamebasesetofparameters.
DefiningtheACPoptionsbyeditingtheglobalacp.inifilealsooffersadvantages,namely,consistentsettingsacross
AtolldocumentsandtheabilitytodefinesettingswhichcannotbesetusingtheACPmodule.
Forinformationontheoptionsavailableintheacp.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
"DefiningtheStorageLocationofACPSettings"onpage230
"DefiningtheAntennaMaskingMethod"onpage230
"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"onpage231.
6.2.1 DefiningtheStorageLocationofACPSettings
YoucandefinewhereAtollstoresthedefaultsettingsoftheACPmodule.
ToconfigurethedefaultsettingsoftheACPmodule:
2. RightclicktheACPAutomaticCellPlanningfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheACPAutomaticCellPlanningPropertiesdialogueappears.
4. ClicktheSetupTemplatetab.ThelocationofthesettingsareeitherembeddedintheAtolldocumentorstoredinan
acp.inifile.
5. ClickthearrowtotherightofthecurrentlocationoftheACPsettings(
).Themenuappears:
6. SelectwhereyouwanttheACPtostorethetemplateoptions:
Embedded:AtollwillstoretheACPsettingsinthecurrentAtolldocument.Embeddingtheoptionsinthecurrent
projectensuresthatthedocumentisportable;ifyouopentheAtolldocumentonadifferentcomputer,youwill
havethesamedefaultACPsettings.
DefaultUserLocation:AtollwillstoretheACPsettingsinthedefaultlocationfortheuserdefinedacp.inifile.
DefiningtheACPoptionsusingtheacp.inifileenablesyoutousethesamesettingsindifferentAtolldocuments.
Browse:ClickingBrowseenablesyoutoselectalocationtostoretheacp.inifileortoselectanexistingacp.inifile.
6.2.2 DefiningtheAntennaMaskingMethod
YoucandefinehowAtollACPcalculatespathlosschangesandsetanantennamaskingmethodforeachpropagationmodel.
Theseparameterswillbeappliedtoallnewandduplicatedsetups.
TodefinehowACPcalculatespathlossmatrices:
4. ClicktheSetupTemplatetab.
5. ClickAntennaMaskingMethodinthelefthandpane.UnderAntennaMaskingMethod,youcandefinehowACPcal
culatespathlossmatrices(seeFigure6.2).
230
AT320_UM_E0
Figure6.2:TheAntennaMaskingModeltab
6. UnderPropagationModels,selectthecheckboxesineachcolumntodefinehowACPwillmodeleachpropagation
model.
Bydefault,allavailablepropagationmodelsaredisplayed.ByselectingtheShowonly
usedpropagationmodelscheckbox,ACPwillonlydisplaythepropagationmodelsthat
areactuallyusedinthatdocument.
Antennamaskingmethod:Theantennamaskingmethodcolumnindicateswhichmethodisused,"Optimised"for
nativepropagationmodelsand"Basic,""Improved,"or"FullPathloss"fornonnativepropagationmodels.
AdditionalParameters:IntheAdditionalParameterscolumn,aBrowsebutton(
)appearsforeachpropaga
tionmodelnotsupportednativelybytheACP.ClickingtheBrowsebutton(
)openstheDefaultPropagation
Model Parameters dialogue. In the Default Propagation Model Parameters dialogue, you can define the fol
lowing parameters for each propagation model for which ACP uses the "Basic" or "Improved" method as its
defaultmethod:
Antennapatterninterpolation:Antennapatterninterpolationisthemethodusedtoderivetheantennagain
fromasetofanglesofincidence.Youcanselecteitherthe"Native3DInterpolation"methodorthe"Linear
Interpolation"method.Whenyouselectthelinearinterpolationmethod,youcanalsodefinethedegreeof
smoothingapplied.
Directview:SelecttheDirectViewcheckboxifyouwantACPtotraceadirectlinebetweenthetransmitter
andthereceiverwhencalculatingtheverticalincidenceangle,withouttakinganyobstacleintoaccount.
Useclutterheight:SelecttheUseclutterheightcheckboxifyouwantclutterheightstobeappliedalongthe
profilebetweentransmitterandreceiver.
Receiverontopofclutter:SelecttheReceiverontopofcluttercheckboxifthereceivershouldbeconsidered
tobeontopoftheclutter.
7. ClickOK.
6.2.3 ConfiguringDefaultSettings
YoucanconfiguredefaultsettingsforAtollACPthatareusedforeachACPsetup.EachtimeyoucreateanewACPsetup,these
settingswillbethedefaultparametersthatappearintheSetupdialogue.
ToconfigurethedefaultsettingsoftheACPmodule:
231
Forsk2013
4. SelecttheSetupTemplatetab.OntheSetupTemplatetab,youcansetoptionsthatarenormallysetintheacp.inifile
forthefollowingcategories:
AntennaMaskingMethod
Optimisation
Objective
Reconfiguration
Multistorey
EMFExposure.
Forinformationonthevariousoptionsandtheirpossiblevalues,seetheAdministratorManual.
5. ClickthePreferencestab(seeFigure6.3).
Figure6.3:SettingACPpreferences
UnderSetupPreferences:Youcandefinethefollowingsetting:
Calculationsetting:AdjusttheslidertodefinewhetheryouwantACPtoprovideitsresultsmorequickly,atthe
expenseofprecision,orwhetheryouwantACPtoprovidemoreaccurateresults,attheexpenseofspeed.By
selectingahigherspeed,youwillcauseACPtoreducethenumberofcellsmonitoredforeachpixel,someofwhich
mightonlycreateabitofinterferenceatfirst,butwhichcouldpossiblycreatesignificantlymoreinterferenceafter
antennaparametersarechangedduringtheoptimisationprocess.Selectingahigherprecisionavoidsthisproblem
attheexpenseofmoretimeandcomputerresources.
UnderResultPreferences:Youcandefinethefollowingsettingforreportpredictions:
Defaultpredictiontransparency:Definethedefaultpredictiontransparencywiththeslider.
UnderExtensions:Youcanselectthecheckboxcorrespondingtothefollowingextensionstoactivatethem:
MultiStorey:SelecttheMultiStoreycheckboxifyouwanttheACPtodisplaytheoptionsrelatedtomultistorey
optimisation.WhenyouhaveselectedtheMultiStoreycheckbox,youwillstillhavetoselecttheoptiononthe
OptimisationtaboftheSetupdialogueanddefinethemultistoreyoptionsifyouwanttooptimisereceptionon
allfloorsofmultiplestoreybuildings.
EMFExposure:SelecttheEMFExposurecheckboxifyouwanttheACPtodisplaytheoptionsrelatedtoEMFexpo
sure.WhenyouhaveselectedtheEMFExposurecheckbox,youwillstillhavetoselecttheoptionontheOptimi
sationtaboftheSetupdialogueanddefinetheEMFexposureoptionsifyouwanttooptimisetheEMFexposure.
6. ClicktheStorageDirectorytab.OntheStorageDirectorytab(seeFigure6.4),youcandefinethedirectorytobeused
bytheACPtostoreprecalculatedpathlossmatricesaswellasthepathlossmatricesforantennaheightoptimisation
andfornewsitecandidates.Thisdirectoryisalsousedtostorethematricesoftheanglesofincidenceandothertem
porarydata.
232
AT320_UM_E0
Figure6.4:Definingthedirectoryforpathlossmatrices
7. UnderPrivateDirectory,enterthenameofthedirectoryorclickthearrowtotherightofthecurrentdirectory(
tonavigatetothenewdirectory.
8. UnderSharedDirectory,enterthenameofthedirectorysharedbyseveralusersorclicktheBrowsebutton(
besidethecurrentdirectorytonavigatetothenewdirectory.
WhentheACPreadsaspecificpathlossorincidencematrix,itfirstattemptstoreaditfromtheSharedDirectory.If
theentrydoesnotexistintheSharedDirectory,theACPthentriestoreadtheinformationfromthePrivateDirectory.
IftheACPcannotfindtheinformationinthePrivateDirectory,itthencalculatesthematrixandstorestheresultsin
thePrivateDirectory.
TheACPneverwritesdirectlytotheSharedDirectory.Thereshouldonlybeoneuser
withadministratorrightswhopopulatesthisSharedDirectorywiththeresultsofhis
PrivateDirectory.NootherusershouldsettheSharedDirectoryashisPrivateDirectory
inordertoavoidconcurrentaccess.
9. ClickOKtosaveyourchanges.
Formoreinformation,see"DefiningtheAntennaMaskingMethod"onpage230.
6.3 OptimisingCellPlanningwiththeACP
Optimising cellplanning withtheAtoll ACPconsistsofdefining the parametersthat will beusedduringtheoptimisation
processandthenrunningtheprocess.Eachoptimisation,withitsparametersandresults,isstoredinaSetupfolderinthe
ACPAutomaticCellPlanningfolderintheNetworkexplorer.
"CreatinganOptimisationSetup"onpage233
"DefiningOptimisationParameters"onpage234.
6.3.1 CreatinganOptimisationSetup
InACP,youcancreateanoptimisationsetupeitherbycreatingandrunninganewone,orbyduplicatingoropeninganexisting
optimisation,editingtheparameters,andthenrunningit.
"CreatingaNewOptimisationSetup"onpage234
"RunninganExistingOptimisationSetup"onpage234
"DuplicatinganExistingOptimisationSetup"onpage234.
233
Forsk2013
6.3.1.1 CreatingaNewOptimisationSetup
Tocreateanewoptimisationsetup:
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.Adialogueappearsinwhichyoucansettheparametersfortheoptimisation
setup.
Forinformationontheparametersavailable,see"DefiningOptimisationParameters"onpage234.
4. Afterdefiningtheoptimisationsetup:
Click the Run button to run the optimisation immediately. For information on the optimisation results, see
"ViewingOptimisationResults"onpage275.
ClicktheCreateSetupbuttontosavethedefinedoptimisation.Forinformationonrunningtheoptimisation,see
"RunninganExistingOptimisationSetup"onpage234.
6.3.1.2 RunninganExistingOptimisationSetup
Torunanexistingoptimisationsetup:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheACPAutomaticCellPlanningfolder.
3. Rightclicktheoptimisationyouwanttorun.Thecontextmenuappears.
Select Run from the context menu to run the optimisation immediately. For information on the optimisation
results,see"ViewingOptimisationResults"onpage275.
SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenutoviewormodifytheparametersoftheoptimisationsetup.Forinfor
mationontheparametersavailable,see"DefiningOptimisationParameters"onpage234.
6.3.1.3 DuplicatinganExistingOptimisationSetup
Toduplicateanexistingoptimisationsetup:
3. Rightclickthesetupyouwanttoduplicate.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectDuplicatefromthecontextmenu.TheACPDuplicateOptionsdialogueappears.
5. UnderDataSynchronisationOption,selectoneofthefollowing:
Partialupdate:TheduplicatedACPsetupwillhaveonlythedatathatwaschangedbytheACPduringoptimisation.
DuplicatingtheACPgenerateddatapermitsyoutocreateanewsetupwithuptodatedataeventhoughthedata
oftheoriginalsetupisnolongervalid.
Fullupdate:TheduplicatedACPsetupwillhaveallthedataresynchronisedfromthedatabase.
6. Runtheexistingoptimisationsetupasdescribedin"RunninganExistingOptimisationSetup"onpage234.
6.3.2 DefiningOptimisationParameters
InAtollACP,whenyoucreateanewoptimisationsetup,youmustfirstdefinealltheparameters.Youcanalsomodifythe
parametersofanexistingoptimisationsetupbeforerunningit.Creatinganewoptimisationsetupisexplainedin"Creatinga
NewOptimisationSetup"onpage234.Runninganexistingoptimisationisexplainedin"RunninganExistingOptimisation
Setup"onpage234.
Theoptimisationparametersaregroupedontospecifictabsofthedialogue.Theparametersarethesamewhetheryoucreate
anewoptimisationsetuporwhetheryoumodifytheparametersofanexistingone.
Inthissection,thefollowingparametersareexplained:
234
"SettingOptimisationParameters"onpage235
"SettingObjectiveParameters"onpage243
"SettingCapacityPlanningObjectives"onpage249
"DefiningSiteSelectionParameters"onpage259
"DefiningAntennaGroups"onpage267
"AddingCommentstotheOptimisationSetup"onpage271.
AT320_UM_E0
6.3.2.1 SettingOptimisationParameters
TheOptimisationtaballowsyoutodefinethevariousparametersrelatedtotheoptimisationalgorithm.
Tosettheoptimisationparameters:
1. Openthedialogueusedtodefinetheoptimisationasexplainedin"CreatinganOptimisationSetup"onpage233.
2. ClicktheOptimisationtab(seeFigure6.5).
Figure6.5:TheOptimisationtab
3. Definethefollowing:
NumberofIterations:Setthenumberofiterationsfortheoptimisationalgorithm.ACPcalculatesasuggested
numberofiterationsbymultiplyingthetotalnumberofparameterstooptimise(i.e.,cellpower,antennas,azi
muth,mechanicaltilt,antennaheight,sitessubjecttoselection)bytwo.Youcanacceptthenumberofiterations,
orsetyourownvalue.OftenonehalforonequarterofthesuggestednumberissufficientforACPtofindthe
optimalconfiguration.
DefaultResolution(m):Specifythedefaultresolutionfortheoptimisation.Eachcriterionwillbeevaluatedon
eachofthesepixels.Thetotalnumberofpixelsandtheaveragenumberpersiteisindicated.Thisparameterhas
alargeinfluenceontheaccuracyandspeedoftheoptimisationprocess.Youshouldeithersetaresolutionthatis
consistentwiththepathlossandrasterdataintheAtolldocument,oryoushouldsetaresolutionthatwillresult
inbetween300and3000positionspersite.Iftheresolutionoftheoptimisationisdifferentfromtheresolution
ofthepathlossmatrices,ACPperformsabilinearinterpolation;itusesthefourclosestpathlossvaluesandinter
polatesamongthem.ThebestmatchbetweenACPpredictionsandAtollpredictionsisobtainedwhentheACP
resolutionmatchesthepathlossresolution.
4. UnderSetup,youcansetthefollowingoptimisationrelatedparameters:
6.3.2.1.1
"DefiningLayerrelatedParameters"onpage235
"DefiningZonerelatedParameters"onpage236
"DefiningCostControlrelatedParameters"onpage238
"DefiningSiteClassesforCostControl"onpage238
"DefiningMultistoreyrelatedParameters"onpage239
"DefiningMultistoreyrelatedParameters"onpage239
"DefiningEMFExposurerelatedParameters"onpage240.
DefiningLayerrelatedParameters
OntheOptimisationtaboftheACPSetupdialogue,youcandefineobjectivesandparametersrelatedtoradiolayersofthe
currentproject.
Todefinelayerrelatedobjectivesandparameters:
2. ClicktheOptimisationtab(seeFigure6.5onpage235).
235
Forsk2013
3. Inthepaneonthelefthandside,clickLayers.
UnderLayers(seeFigure6.5onpage235),youcandefinethefollowingforeachlayertobeoptimised:
Name:Youcanchangethenameofthelayerbyclickingitandenteringanewname.
Use:Youcanselectwhichlayersaretobeconsideredintheoptimisationprocessbyselectingtheircheckboxin
theUsecolumn.Thesignalsandinterferenceofthetransmittersandsitesintheselectedlayerswillbetakeninto
considerationduringtheoptimisationprocess.Ifthetransmittersandsitesintheselectedlayersarewithinthe
areatobeoptimised(thecomputationzoneorthefocuszone,asselectedunderZonesontheOptimisationtab),
thesetransmittersandcellswillbeoptimised.
SelectingthelayershereensuresthatACPwilltakethemintoconsideration.Transmittersandsitesinlayerswhich
arenotselectedaretreatedbyACPasiftheydonotexist:theywillnotbeoptimisedandtheirsignalandinterfer
encewillnotbetakingintoconsiderationduringtheoptimisationoftheselectedtransmittersandsites.
Ifatransmitterononeselectedlayerthatisoptimisedislinked(bytheSharedAntenna
fieldintheAtollTransmittertable)withatransmitteronanotherlayerthatisnotusedin
theoptimisation,thesecondtransmitterwillnotappearontheReconfigurationtabbut
anychangestothefirsttransmitterwillbeappliedtothelinkedtransmitteraswell.
Reconfiguration:Ifyouwantthelayertobetakenintoconsiderationforreconfiguration,youcanselectthecheck
boxintheReconfigurationcolumn.
Ifatransmitterononeselectedlayerthatisoptimisedislinked(bytheSharedAntenna
fieldintheAtollTransmittertable)withatransmitteronanotherlayerthatisnotrecon
figured, the second transmitter will appear on the Reconfiguration tab but none of its
sectorswillbereconfigured(exceptfortheelectricaltilt,ifyouareoptimisingit).Itisstill
possibleforyoutomanuallyselectthesetransmittersforreconfigurationontheReconfig
urationtab.
SiteSelection:Ifyouwantthelayertobetakenintoconsiderationforsiteselection,youcanselectthecheckbox
intheSiteSelectioncolumn.Ifthischeckboxiscleared,allsitesbelongingtothislayerwillbeconsideredas
existingsitesandyouwillnotbeabletodeselectthemontheReconfigurationtab.
Thefollowingcolumnsgiveinformationaboutthelayer;theycannotbeedited:
6.3.2.1.2
Technology:Thetechnologyusedbythelayer.
Freq.Band/Carrier:Thefrequencybandandcarrier(ifapplicable)usedbythelayer.
NbTx/Cell:Thenumberofsectorsinthelayer.
DefiningZonerelatedParameters
OntheOptimisationtaboftheACPSetupdialogue,youcandefineparametersrelatedtothecomputationandfocuszones
aswellasthehotspotsofthecurrentproject.
Todefinezonerelatedobjectivesandparameters:
3. Inthepaneonthelefthandside,clickZones.
UnderZones(seeFigure6.7),youcandefinehowthezoneswillbeusedduringoptimisation.Thezonesareusedto
define geographical objectives and weighting. The zones are taken into consideration in the following order: the
customzonesintheirdefinedorder,thefocuszone,andfinallythecomputationzone.Forallzones,theareaofthe
zoneisgiven(forpolygons),orthelengthofthezone(forvectors),orthenumberofpoints(forzonescomposedof
points).
4. ReconfigurationZones:SelecttheComputationZonecheckboxtopreselectonlythesectorsinthecomputationzone
andtheFocusZonecheckboxtopreselectonlythesectorsinthefocuszoneforreconfiguration.Ifthereisnofocus
zoneintheprojecttobeoptimised,thecomputationzoneisautomaticallyselected.Youcanalwaysmanuallyrecon
figuresectorsoutsidetheselectedzoneontheReconfigurationtab.
5. ForeachzoneunderReconfigurationZones,definetheResolution.Youcanselectthe"Default"resolution,oryou
candefineacustomresolutionbyenteringanumericvalue.Ifyouselect"Ignore,"theACPwillnotcreateevaluation
pointsinthatzone.
6. CustomZones:EachhotspotdefinedintheAtolldocumentisautomaticallyincludedasacustomzoneunderCustom
ZonesDefinition.Foreachnewcustomzone,enteraNameintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
)andclick
theBrowsebutton(
236
)toopentheZoneDefinitiondialogue.YoucanimportanArcViewSHPfilebyselectingFrom
AT320_UM_E0
fileandclickingtheBrowsebutton(
).Or,youcanuseanexistinghotspotzoneintheAtolldocumentbyselecting
Fromhotspotandselectingthehotspotzonefromthelist.Or,youcancreateahotspotzonecomposedofallareas
in the reconfiguration zones that are included in one or more clutter class by selecting From clutter classes and
selectingthecheckboxcorrespondingtotheclutterclassorclassesyouwanttostudy.
Ifyouhavesetanoptionintheacp.inifilesothattheACPonlyusesclutterclassesofoneresolution(usuallythelower
resolution), you can also set an option so that the other clutter classes are not displayed in the Zone Definition
dialogue.Formoreinformationontheacp.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
Figure6.6:TheZoneDefinitiondialogue
7. ForeachzoneunderCustomZoneDefinition,definetheResolution.Youcanselectthe"Default"resolution,oryou
candefineacustomresolutionbyenteringanumericvalue.Ifyouselect"Ignore,"theACPwillnotcreateevaluation
pointsinthatzone.Ifthecustomzoneisbasedonclutterclasses,youcannotnotchangetheresolution;youcan
eitherselect"Use,"andtheACPdistributeevaluationpointsinthatzonebasedonthedefaultresolutionor"Ignore,"
andtheACPwillnotcreateevaulationpointsinthatzone.
Youcanchangetheorderinwhichthecustomzoneswillbetakenintoconsideration,byclickingthelayersnumber
)ortheDownbutton(
).Theorderhasaneffectonly
intheOrdercolumnandthenclickingtheUpbutton(
whenassigningweightingtospecificzonesandthresholdstopixelswhichbelongtotwoormoreintersectingzones.
Whenazoneisfullyincludedinanotherone,italwayshasprecedenceoverthezoneinwhichitislocated.
Figure6.7:ConfiguringzonesontheOptimisationtab
237
6.3.2.1.3
Forsk2013
DefiningCostControlrelatedParameters
OntheOptimisationtaboftheACPSetupdialogue,youcandefineobjectivesandparametersrelatedtocostcontrol(where
costcaneitherbethefinancialcostortherequiredeffort).Youcandefineanoptionintheacp.inifiletodisplayadvancedcost
optionswhichenabletheusertodefinethemaximumnumberofchangestobemade(eitherasavalueoraratio)andto
changetherankingoftheorderofcostinthefinalimplementationplan:changeswiththelowestcostareperformedfirstand
changeswiththehighestcostareperformedlast.Formoreinformationonsettingoptionsintheacp.inifile,seetheAdmin
istratorManual.
Todefinecostcontrolrelatedobjectivesandparameters:
3. Inthepaneonthelefthandside,clickCostControl.
UnderCostControl(seeFigure6.8),youcandefinehowthecostswillbecalculatedforeachoptimisationoption.ACP
willusethedefinedcoststocalculatetheoptimisationsthatarethemostcosteffective.Youcanselectthreetypesof
costcontrol:
Nocostcontrol:IfyouselectNocostcontrol,ACPwillnottakecostintoconsiderationwhenoptimisingthenet
work.
Maximumcost:IfyouselectMaximumcost,youcanenteramaximumcostnottobeexceededanddefinethe
costsunderCostSetting.
Quality/Costtradeoff:IfyouselectQuality/Costtradeoff,ACPwillfindacompromisebetweencostandquality.
YoucanusetheslidertodefinewhetherACPshouldputmoreemphasisonquality(BetterQuality)orcost(Lower
Cost).
Figure6.8:ConfiguringcostsontheOptimisationtab
In the Reconfiguration Cost section, under Cost Setting, define the individual costs for each reconfiguration
option.Ifreconfiguringanoptioncanonlybedoneatthephysicallocationofthetransmitter,selectthecheckbox
intheSiteVisitcolumn.ThecostwillbeincreasedbythedefinedSiteVisitvalue.Thesitevisitcostisincurredonly
oncepersite,independentlyofthenumberofreconfigurationsthatmightbemadetothesamesite,including
sitessupportingmorethanonetechnology.
Bydefault,thecostisonlyaratio:definingacostas"0"meansthatthereisnocostassociatedwithachange;de
finingacostas"2"meansthatthischangecoststwiceasmuchasanotherchangewithadefinedcostof"1".You
can,however,definethecostasamonetaryvalue.Youcandefinethemonetaryvaluetobeused,forexample,
yenordollars,byeditingthe"Cost:Unit"optionunderOptimisationontheSetupTemplatetaboftheACPAu
tomaticCellPlanningPropertiesdialogue.FormoreinformationabouttheACPAutomaticCellPlanningProp
ertiesdialogue,see"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"onpage231.
6.3.2.1.4
IntheSiteSelectionCostsection,underCostSetting,definetheindividualcostsforeachsiteselectionoption.
DefiningSiteClassesforCostControl
OntheOptimisationtaboftheACPSetupdialogue,youcancreateanddefinesiteclasses.Bysettingdifferentcostsforeach
siteclassandassigningeachsitetoaclass,ACPcancalculatecoststhatreflectmorerealisticallytheactualcostsofeachsite.
238
AT320_UM_E0
Tocreateanddefinesiteclasses:
3. Inthepaneonthelefthandside,clickCostControl.
UnderCostControl(seeFigure6.8),youcancreatesiteclassesanddefinehowthecostswillbecalculatedforeach
optimisationoptionandeachclass.ACPwillusethedefinedcoststocalculatetheoptimisationsthatarethemost
costeffective.
Todefinethecostsforasiteclass:
1. ClickthearrowbesidetheSiteClasseslistandselectasiteclass.
2. Definetheindividualcostsforeachreconfigurationoptionasexplainedin"DefiningCostControlrelatedParameters"
onpage238.
Tocreateasiteclass:
1. ClicktheNewSiteClassbutton(
).TheNewSiteClassdialogueappears.
2. EnterthenameforthesiteclassandclickOK.Thenewsiteclassnowappearsinthelistofsiteclasses.
3. Definetheindividualcostsforeachreconfigurationoptionofthenewsiteclassasexplainedin"DefiningCostControl
relatedParameters"onpage238.
Todeleteasiteclass:
1. ClickthearrowbesidetheSiteClasseslistandselectthesiteclassyouwanttodelete.
2. ClicktheDeleteSiteClassbutton(
siteclass.
).Theselectedsiteclassisimmediatelydeleted.Youcannotdeletethe"Default"
ACPwillnotaskyoutoconfirmyourdecision,soensurethatyouhaveselectedthe
correctsiteclassbeforeclickingtheDeleteSiteClassbutton.
6.3.2.1.5
DefiningMultistoreyrelatedParameters
OntheOptimisationtaboftheACPSetupdialogue,youcansettheparametersnecessarytooptimisereceptioninmulti
storeybuildings.TheACPusesclutterheightmapstodistributepointsinathreedimensionalpattern.Youcanoptimisecalcu
lationsbydefiningthecalculationstep,thezoneonwhichmeasurementpointsaredistributedandbyignoringbuildings
underacertainheight,wherereceptiononthehigherstoreyswouldnotbeappreciablydifferentthanthatcalculatedbythe
ACPforthegroundfloor.Onceyouhavedefinedthemultistoreyparametersandruntheoptimisation,youcanviewthe
resultsbycreatingeitheranobjectiveanalysisoraqualityanalysispredictionintheACP.Formoreinformation,see"The
ObjectiveAnalysisPredictions"onpage284or"TheQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage285.
TheMultistoreysectionof theOptimisationtabisonlyavailableifyouhave selectedtheMultistoreycheck boxunder
ExtensionsonthePreferencestaboftheACPPropertiesdialogue.FormoreinformationonsettingthepropertiesoftheACP
module,see"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"onpage231.
Todefinemultistoreyparameters:
3. Inthepaneonthelefthandside,clickMultistorey.
UnderMultistorey,youcandefinetheparametersusedtooptimisereceptioninmultistoreybuildings.
239
Forsk2013
Figure6.9:Settingmultistoreyoptimisationparameters
4. UnderMultistorey,selecttheEnableMultistoreycheckboxifyouwanttheACPtooptimisereceptioninmulti
storeybuildings.
5. UnderVerticalPointsDistribution,definehowtheACPwilldistributethemeasurementpointsitwillusetooptimise
thereceptioninmultistoreybuildingsrepresentedintheclutterheightmaps:
Distributionzone:Selectthezoneonwhichmultistorymeasurementpointsaretobedistributed.TheACPonly
distributepointsinathreedimensionalpatternwherethereareclutterheightmaps,but,byselectingadistribu
tionzone,youcanlimitcalculationstoareaswheremultistoreyreceptionoptimisationismostimportant,for
example,downtown.
Storeyheight(m):Definetheheightofeachstoreyinmetres.TheACPwillusethisheighttocalculatethereceiver
heightforthedefinednumberofstoreys.
Calculationsteps(storeys):Define,asanumberofstoreys,thesizeofverticalstepsbetweenstoreysonwhichthe
ACP distributes measurement points. The resulting receiver heights are calculated using the defined step and
storeyheightanddisplayedbesidetheStoreyheight.
Ignorebuildingssmallerthan(storeys):Definetheminimumheight(instoreysasdefinedbytheStoreyheight)
ofbuildingsfortheACPtodistributemeasurementpointsinthreedimensions.
6. UnderVerticalPointsDistribution,selecttheVerticalweightsharingcheckboxifyouwanttheACPtodividethe
weightofeachmeasurementpointevenlybetweenall3Dpixelsatagiven(x,y)location.Forexample,ifapixelat
groundlevelhasaweightof1andthereareatotalof5points(1pointatgroundleveland1pointevery3metres)at
thatlocation,each3Dpixelwillhaveaweightof0.2.
IftheVerticalweightsharingcheckboxiscleared,eachmeasurementpointwillhavethesameweight.Forexample,
ifapixelatgroundlevelhasaweightof1andthereareatotalof5points(1pointatgroundleveland1pointevery
3metres)atthatlocation,thetotalweightofallmeasurementpointswillbefive,asopposedtoaweightofone
outdoors.
6.3.2.1.6
DefiningEMFExposurerelatedParameters
OntheOptimisationtaboftheACPSetupdialogue,youcansettheparametersnecessarytomeasureandoptimisetheEMF
exposurecausedbythenetwork.
TheEMFExposuresectionoftheOptimisationtabisonlyavailableifyouhaveselectedtheEMFExposurecheckboxunder
ExtensionsonthePreferencestaboftheACPPropertiesdialogue.FormoreinformationonsettingthepropertiesoftheACP
module,see"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"onpage231.
TodefineEMFexposureparameters:
3. Inthepaneonthelefthandside,clickEMFExposure.
UnderEMFExposure,youcandefinetheparametersusedtooptimiseEMFexposure.
240
AT320_UM_E0
Figure6.10:SettingEMFexposureparameters
4. UnderEMFExposure,selecttheEnableEMFexposurecalculationcheckboxifyouwanttheACPtooptimiseEMF
exposure.
5. UsetheEMFexposureimportanceslidertodefinetheimportanceofEMFexposureincomparisonwiththeother
optimisationobjectives:
Low:EMFexposureisimprovedwhendoingsodoesnothaveastrongadverseeffectoncoveragequality.
Medium:ThereisatradeoffbetweencoveragequalityandEMFexposure.
Critical:EMFexposureisimprovedatallcosts,evenifdoingsohasastrongadverseeffectoncoveragequality.
6. UnderDistributionofEvaluationPoints,definehowtheevaluationpointswillbedistributed:
ResolutionXY(m):Defineinmetresthehorizontalresolutionoftheevaluationpoints.
ResolutionZ(m):Defineinmetrestheverticalresolutionoftheevaluationpoints(onlyforthreedimensionalEMF
exposureanalysis).
Buildingfrontonly:SelecttheBuildingfrontonlycheckboxifyouonlywantevaluationpointstobedistributed
onthebuildingfaade.
Indoor distance analysis (m): If you want evaluation points to be distributed within the building (i.e., if the
Buildingfrontonlycheckboxisnotselected),definethemaximumdistanceuptowhichevaluationpointsaredis
tributedinsidethebuilding.
Evaluationonzone:Selectthezone(computation,focus,orindividualhotspotzone)onwhichevaluationpoints
willbedistributedandonwhichtheEMFexposurewillbeoptimised.
7. UnderRasterandVectorInputs,setthedatathatwillbeusedtodefinetheprofileoftheterrain:
Bydefault,thefirstentryunderRasterandVectorInputsis"Nativeclutterclassesandclutterheights,"theterrain
profileobtainedfromthegeodatainAtoll(theclutterclassesandDTM).
a. MaptheclutterclassestotheACPpropagationclassesbyclickingtheBrowsebutton(
)intheDefinitioncol
umn.IntheClutterDefinitiondialoguethatopens(seeFigure6.11),youcanmapeachclutterclasstoacorre
spondingpropagationclassandselectthecheckboxofeachclutterclassthatistobeusedforEMFevaluation.
Ifyouhavevectorfilesthatfullymodeltheterrain,youcanremovetheAtollgeodatabyselectingtheIgnoreclut
tercheckboxatthebottomofthedialogue.
Figure6.11:TheClutterDefinitiondialogue
241
Forsk2013
b. AddafiledescribingtheterrainbyclickingtheBrowsebutton(
)intheFilecolumn.ThefilemustbeanArcView
vectorfile(SHP).Onceyouhaveselectedafile,theVectorFileDefinitiondialogueappears.IntheVectorFileDef
initiondialogue,youcandefinetheparametersofthevectorfile,i.e.,thefielddefiningheight,thecorrespond
encebetweenvectorclassandpropagationclass,andselectwhichvectorclassshouldbeusedforEMFevaluation.
Figure6.12:TheVectorFileDefinitiondialogue
i.
Definition:UnderDefinition,clicktheBrowsebutton(
thefilesdatatoACPpropagationclasses.
)correspondingtothefileintheFilecolumntomap
ii. UsedinEvaluation:SelecttheUsedinEvaluationcheckboxforeachentryintheFilecolumnthatyouwant
touseforEMFexposureoptimisation.ThecheckboxintheUsedinEvaluationcolumnisselectedforeach
entryintheFilecolumnthatisusedtodefinetheareawhereEMFevaluationtakesplace.
iii. ClickOKtoclosetheVectorFileDefinitiondialogue.
OnceyouhavedefinedtheEMFexposureparameters,youcanbackuptheconfiguration
byclickingtheBackUpConfigurationbutton.InfutureACPsessions,thesameparameters
willbeappliedautomatically
8. Inthepaneonthelefthandside,clickPropagationunderEMFExposure.
UnderPropagation,youcandefinethepropagationclassesusedtooptimisetheEMFexposure,aswellasadditional
EMFexposureparameters.
Figure6.13:Definingpropagationclasses
9. UnderPropagationClassDefinition,setthefollowingparametersforeachpropagationclass.Ifyouwanttocreatea
newpropagationclass,entertheparametersintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
242
Name:Thenameofthepropagationclass.
DistributionofEvaluationPoints:Thepatterninwhichevaluationpointswillbedistributedinthatpropagation
class.Theevaluationpointscanbedistributedineithera3Dpattern(forabuilding,inwhichEMFcalculationmust
bemadeverticallyaswell)orina2Dpattern.Foratwodimensionaldistribution,thepointscanbeplacedeither
atthebottom(forexample,inapark)oratthetop(forexample,forabridge)tobetterreflectwherepeoplewill
be.
PenetrationLoss(dB):Definethelossoccurringwhenthesignalenterstheobject.
AT320_UM_E0
LinearLoss(dBm):Definealinearlossappliedforeachmetrewithinanobject.Thelossisappliedonlyaftera
givennumberofmetres,specifiedbytheLinearLossStartDistance(m)parameter.
LinearLossStartDistance(m):DefinethedistanceafterwhichtheLinearLoss(dBm)isapplied.
10. UnderParameters,definethefollowing:
Usediffraction:Thisoptioniscurrentlydisabled;evaluationpointsthatarenotinthelineofsightexperienceinfi
nitediffractionloss.Inotherwords,pointsthatarenotinthelineofsightdonotexperienceanyEMFexposure.
Freespacemodel(worstcase):SelecttheFreespacemodel(worstcase)checkboxifyouwanttheACPtocalcu
latetheworstpossibleEMFexposurelevelsunderthecurrentconditions.WhenyouselecttheFreespacemodel
(worstcase)checkbox,theACPtreatsallobjects(i.e.,buildings,etc.)asfullytransparentandnoindoorlossis
applied.Inotherwords,evenpointswhicharenotinlineofsightarecalculatedasiftheywereinlineofsight.
Calculationradius(m):DefinethemaximumdistancefromatransmitterforwhichitsEMFexposurecontribution
iscalculated.
6.3.2.2 SettingObjectiveParameters
TheObjectivestaballowsyoutodefinethevariousparametersrelatedtotheobjectivesoftheoptimisation.ACPallowsyou
tosetdifferentobjectivesforeachlayerselectedintheUsecolumnunderLayersontheOptimisationtab.Youcanalso
combinetheobjectiveruleswithbooleanoperators(ANDorOR)enablingyoutobuildcomplexobjectivescombiningseveral
rules.
Thedefaultobjectivesaretechnologydependent.Ineachtechnology,acertainnumberofobjectivesareproposedthatyou
canthenmodify.Youcancreatenewobjectivesandaddthemtotheoptimisationsetup.Forinformationoncreatinganew
objective,see"CreatingaNewObjective"onpage247.
Forinformationontheindividualtechnologydependentobjectives,seethetechnologyspecificchapter:
ForGSM/GPRS/EDGE:see"GSMOptimisationObjectives"onpage586inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks
ForUMTSHSPA:see"UMTSOptimisationObjectives"onpage767inChapter9:UMTSHSPANetworks
ForLTE:see"LTEOptimisationObjectives"onpage939inChapter10:LTENetworks.
ForWiMAX:see"WiMAXOptimisationObjectives"onpage1460inChapter13:WiMAXBWANetworks.
ForCDMA:see"CDMAOptimisationObjectives"onpage1122inChapter11:CDMA2000Networks.
Tosettheobjectiveparameters:
2. ClicktheObjectivestab(seeFigure6.14onpage243).
WhenyouclickObjectivesinthelefthandpaneoftheObjectivestab,therighthandpanedisplaysatablewithall
definedobjectives,withthelayersandtypeofqualityindicatormanagedbyeachobjective.Youcanalsousethetable
tocreatenewobjectives.Forinformationoncreatingnewobjectives,see"CreatingaNewObjective"onpage247.
Figure6.14:TheObjectivestabinUMTS(allobjectives)
243
Forsk2013
3. Inthelefthandpane,underObjectives,clickanobjectivetodefinethecoverageparametersofthatobjective.For
example,inUMTSyouwouldselecteitherUMTSRSCPCoverageorUMTSEcIo.Intherighthandpane,youcannow
definethefollowingcoverageparameters:
Weight:Youcansettheimportanceoftheobjectiveinrelationtootherobjectivesbydefiningaweight.Giving
theobjectiveaweightof"0"meansthatACPwillnotconsidercoverageofthisobjectiveindeterminingthesuc
cessoftheoptimisation.
TrafficWeighting:Ifyouwantdefinenonuniformtrafficweighting,clicktheBrowsebutton(
)toopenthe
TrafficDefinitiondialogue.IntheTrafficDefinitiondialogue,youcanselecteitherTrafficgeneratedfrommaps
andselectthetrafficmapsoryoucanselectTrafficgeneratedfromfileandthenclicktheBrowsebutton(
toselectatrafficmap.
ZoneWeighting:Ifyouwanttoapplyzoneweightingonaspecificobjective,selectthecorrespondingcheckbox
inthiscolumn.TrafficwillbegloballyscaledaccordingtothezoneweightingdefinedintheParameterssection.
Figure6.15:TheObjectivestabinUMTS(specificobjective)
UnderPixelRules,definetheruleorrulesthatwillbeusedtoevaluatetheobjective.Eachrowinthetablecon
tainsonerule.Eachruleisanevaluationofaspecificqualityindicatorforasinglelayerandforadefinedzone.
Eachqualityindicatoristechnologydependent.Bycombiningrules,youcancreateanobjectivethatevaluates
qualityindicatorsondifferentlayerswithinthesametechnologyor,forprojectsthatcombineseveralradioaccess
technologies,thatevaluatesqualityindicatorsfromdifferenttechnologies.
Intherowwiththeruleyouwanttoedit,orintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
anewrule,setthefollowingparameters:
)ifyouwanttocreate
Inthefirstcolumn,selectthebooleanoperator(ANDorOR)thatwillbeusedtocombinetherules.
Layer:IntheLayercolumn,selectthelayerthattherulewillbeevaluatedon.
Quality:IntheQualitycolumn,selectthequalityindicator.
Inthenextcolumn,selecttheoperator(greaterthan">"orlessthan"<")thatwillbeusedtoevaluatetherule
inrelationtotheThreshold.
Threshold:IntheThresholdcolumn,enterthethresholdtobeusedtoevaluatetherule.ClickingtheBrowse
button(
)opensadialoguewhereyoucandefineathresholdforeachzone.
Eachpixelcanbelongtomorethanonezone,howeverforeachpixelthequalityisonly
evaluatedaccordingtothethresholdofthezonewiththehighestpriority(i.e.,firstthehot
spot,thenthefocuszone,andfinallythecomputationzone).
Onceyouhavedefinedmorethanonerule,youcancombinethemorchangetheorderinwhichACPtakesthem
intoconsideration.
244
YoucancombinerulesbyselectingthemandclickingtheGroupbutton.Youcanthenselectabooleanoper
ator(ANDorOR)thatwillbeusedtocombinetheruleswithotherdefinedrules.
AT320_UM_E0
YoucanchangetheorderinwhichACPtakesthemintoconsiderationbyselectingtheruleandthenclicking
theUpbutton(
)ortheDownbutton(
).
UnderTarget, define therequired percentage of pixels in the target zone (after applying any defined weight)
whichmustfulfiltherule.
TargetZone:Selectthetargetzoneonwhichtheobjectiveistobeevaluated.Formoreinformationonusing
zoneswiththeACP,see"UsingZoneswithACP"onpage226.
ImproveCurrentCoverage(+%):Ifyouwanttouseanimprovementofcurrentcoverageastheoptimisation
target,enterthepercentagebywhichthecurrentcoverageshouldbeimproved.
TargetCoverage(%):Ifyouwanttouseatargetcoverage(definedasapercentageofthetargetzone),enter
thepercentageinTargetCoverage(%).
Ifyouwanttofilterthepointsonwhichtheobjectivewillbeevaluated,clickFilteratthebottomofthedialogue.
Figure6.16:TheObjectivestabinUMTS(specificobjectivewithfiltering)
ClicktherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
Layer:IntheLayercolumn,selectthelayerthatthemeasurementpointswillbeevaluatedon.
Quality:IntheQualitycolumn,selectthequalityindicator.
Inthenextcolumn,selecttheoperator(greaterthan">"orlessthan"<")thatwillbeusedtoevaluatethe
qualityindicatorinrelationtotheThreshold.
Threshold:IntheThresholdcolumn,enterthethresholdtobeusedtoevaluatethequalityindicator.Clicking
theBrowsebutton(
),andsetthefollowingparameters:
)opensadialoguewhereyoucandefinewhichthresholdtouseforeachzone.
Inthefirstcolumn,selectthebooleanoperator(ANDorOR)thatwillbeusedtocombinethefilterconditions.
Onceyouhavedefinedmorethanonefiltercondition,youcancombinethemorchangetheorderinwhichACP
takesthemintoconsideration.
You cancombine filter conditions by selecting them and clicking the Group button. You can then select a
booleanoperator(ANDorOR)thatwillbeusedtocombinethefilterconditionswithotherdefinedconditions.
YoucanchangetheorderinwhichACPtakesthemintoconsiderationbyselectingthefilterconditionand
clickingfilterconditionsbyselectingthemandthenclickingtheUpbutton(
)ortheDownbutton(
).
4. Repeatstep3.foreachobjectiveinthelefthandpane.
5. IfyouareoptimisingEMFexposure,clickEMFExposureinthelefthandpanetosettheimportanceoftheobjectives.
245
Forsk2013
Figure6.17:SettingEMFexposureparameters
SelectthecheckboxintheUsecolumnforeachzoneintheprojectforwhichyouwanttoredefinethedefault
thresholdortheweighttakenintoconsiderationintheEMFexposureoptimisation.
EnteraMaximumThreshold(Vm)foreachzoneselectedintheUsecolumn.
DefineaWeightforeachzone.Evaluationpointswillbeweightedaccordingtotheweightassignedtothezone
theyarein.Forexample,ifazonehasaweightof"2,"thenimprovingtheEMFexposurebyoneevaluationpoint
withinthiszoneisofthesameimportanceasimprovingtheEMFexposurebytwoevaluationpointsinazonewith
aweightingof"1."
Itisimportanttorememberthat,ifeveryzoneisassignedthesameweight,the
optimisationismadeasifnoweightisassignedtoanyzone.Definingaweightof"0"for
azonemeansthatthatzonewillnotbetakenintoconsiderationwhentryingtoreach
thesetobjectives.
6. Inthelefthandpane,clickZoneWeightingunderParameterstosettheweightaccordedtoeachdefinedzone:the
computationzone,thefocuszone,andanyhotspot(seeFigure6.18).
Figure6.18:Settingweightingoptions
Withzoneweighting,ACPaddsanextraweighttoallthepixelsofazone.Becauseonepixelcanbelongtoseveral
zones(forexample,apixelcanbeinsideboththefocuszoneandthecomputationzoneandinahotspot,ifthereis
one),theweightappliedtothatpixelistheweightofthezonewiththehighestpriority:thehotspotzone,ifitexists,
thenthefocuszone,finallythecomputationzone.
Itisimportanttorememberthat,ifeveryzoneisassignedthesameweight,the
optimisationismadeasifnoweightisassignedtoanyzone.Definingaweightof"0"for
azonemeansthatthatzonewillnotbetakenintoconsiderationwhentryingtoreach
thesetobjectives.
Zoneweightingisusedtofocusoptimisationontheappropriateareas.Theassignedweightsareusedtoweightthe
trafficparameters,unlesstheoptimisationisbasedonuniformtraffic.However,ifnotrafficmapsareavailableorif
theoptimisationisbasedonuniformtraffic,zoneweightingcanbeusedtoensurethatACPprioritisestheoptimisa
tionofareasofhightraffic.
7. InthelefthandpaneunderParameters,clickthetechnology(forexample,UMTS).
Intherighthandpane,selecttheEnableindoorcoveragecheckboxifyouwantallpixelstobeconsideredas
indoors.Theindoorlossperclutterclasswillbeappliedor,ifnoclutterclassesareavailable,adefaultvaluewill
beapplied.
8. Inthelefthandpaneunderthetechnology(forexample,UMTS)underParameters,youcandefinethequalityparam
etersforthattechnology.Thequalityparametersaretechnologydependent.Forinformationonthequalityparame
tersforeachtechnology,seethetechnologyspecificchapters:
246
ForGSM/GPRS/EDGE:see"GSMQualityParameters"onpage587inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks
ForUMTSHSPA:see"UMTSQualityParameters"onpage767inChapter9:UMTSHSPANetworks
AT320_UM_E0
ForLTE:see"LTEQualityParameters"onpage941inChapter10:LTENetworks.
ForWiMAX:see"WiMAXQualityParameters"onpage1460inChapter13:WiMAXBWANetworks.
ForCDMA:see"CDMAQualityParameters"onpage1122inChapter11:CDMA2000Networks.
CreatingaNewObjective
TheACPenablesyoutocreateanddefinenewobjectivesandaddthemtoyouroptimisationsetup.
Tocreateanewobjective:
2. ClicktheObjectivestab(seeFigure6.19onpage247).
3. Inthelefthandpane,clickObjectives.Atableappearsintherighthandpane,withtheobjectivesthathavealready
beendefined(seeFigure6.19).
Figure6.19:TheObjectivestableinUMTS
4. Inthelefthandpane,rightclickObjectives.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. Selectanewobjectivefromthecontextmenu.
Ifyouwant,youcancreateacustomobjectivebyselectingNewCustomCoverageObjective.
Theobjectivesinthecontextmenuareadefaultlistthatyoucanmodifybychanging
optionsintheacp.ini.Forinformationonmodifyingtheacp.ini,seetheAdministrator
Manual.
6. Intherighthandpane,youcandefinethefollowingparametersinthenewlycreatedrowunderObjectives,:
Name:TheACPsuggestsanameforthenewobjectivewhenyoucreateit,butyoucanmodifyit.Thisisthename
thatwillappearinthelefthandpaneunderObjectives.
Weight:Youcansettheimportanceoftheobjectivebydefiningaweight.Givingtheobjectiveaweightof"0"
meansthatACPwillnotconsidercoverageofthisobjectiveindeterminingthesuccessoftheoptimisation.
TargetZone:Selectthezoneonwhichtheobjectiveistobeevaluated.
TrafficWeighting:Ifyouwantdefinenonuniformtraffic,clicktheBrowsebutton(
)toopentheTrafficDefi
nitiondialogue.IntheTrafficDefinitiondialogue,youcanselecteitherTrafficgeneratedfrommapsandselect
thetrafficmapsoryoucanselectTrafficgeneratedfromfileandthenclicktheBrowsebutton(
)toselecta
trafficmap.
ZoneWeighting:Ifyouwanttoenablezoneweightingonthenewobjective,selectthecorrespondingcheckbox
toincreasethetrafficloadonspecificzonesforthenewobjective,i.e.thetrafficwillbegloballyscaledaccording
tothezoneweightingdefinedforthisobjectiveunderObjectives.
247
Forsk2013
Type:ThevalueintheTypecolumnindicatesthequalitythatwillbeusedtoevaluatethesuccessorfailureofthis
objective.Youcannotmodifyithere,butyoucanchangeitwhendefiningtheruleorrulesforthisobjective.If
youcreateacustomobjective,theACPsetstheTypeas"Undefined".
Layers:TheLayerscolumnindicatesthelayersonwhichtheobjectivewillbeevaluated.Youcanchangethelayers
whendefiningtherules.Ifyoucreateacustomobjective,theACPsetstheLayersas"Undefined."
7. Once you have created the new objective, you can define the rules and target as explained in "Setting Objective
Parameters"onpage243.
6.3.2.2.1
DefiningTrafficCapacityParameters
OntheObjectivestaboftheACPSetupdialogue,youcandefinethetrafficparameterswhichwillbeusedforcapacityrelated
objectives.Theseparametersincludeatrafficmapandanumberofservice.
Todefinetrafficcapacityparameters:
2. ClicktheObjectivestab(seeFigure6.14).
Figure6.20:TheOptimisationtab(uniformtraffic)
3. Inthelefthandpane,clickCapacity.
UnderCapacity(seeFigure6.20onpage248),defineinwhatformtheTrafficMapwillbeused.
TrafficMap:Ifyouwantspecifynonuniformtraffic,clicktheBrowsebutton(
)toopentheTrafficDefinition
dialogue.IntheTrafficDefinition dialogue, youcan select eitherTrafficgenerated frommaps andselectthe
trafficmapsoryoucanselectTrafficgeneratedfromfileandthenclicktheBrowsebutton(
map.
248
)toselectatraffic
AT320_UM_E0
Figure6.21:TheTrafficDefinitiondialogue
Ifyouspecifynonuniformtraffic,theDensity(users/km2)columnintheServicesDefinitiontableisreplacedby
theScaleFactorcolumn(seeFigure6.22onpage249).
Figure6.22:TheOptimisationtab(nonuniformtraffic)
ApplyZoneWeighting:selectthischeckboxtoincreasethetrafficloadonspecificzones.Whenyouselectthis
checkbox,thetrafficwillbegloballyscaledaccordingtothezoneweightingdefinedunderParameters.
Eachserviceisassociatedwithalistoftrafficcaptureconditionswhichdefinestheminimumqualityforacelltocapturethe
giventraffic.Whenseveraltechnologies(UMTS,GSM,LTE)arepresent,oneconditionisprovidedpertechnology.TheACPis
designedtoperformloadbalancingacrossmultiplelayersandtechnologies.Thismeansthattherequestedtrafficwillbe
sharedacrosstheavailablelayerswithintheallowedtechnologiesforthisservice.
6.3.2.2.2
SettingCapacityPlanningObjectives
TheACPenablesyoutocreateandmanagecapacityplanningobjectivesandaddthemtoyouroptimisationsetup:
LoadBalancing:allowsyoutopreventloadimbalancebetweensectorsinordertoavoidsituationswhere:
Somesectorsareuptilted,thusincreasingtheamountoftrafficserved.
Somesectorsaredowntilted,thusdecreasingtheamountoftrafficserved.
Forinstance,whentheamountoftrafficcapturedbyaUMTScellincreases,thecellloadincreasesbothintermsof
transmitteddownlinkpoweranduplinknoiserise,whichcanleadto:
Callblockingwhendownlinkpowerexceedsthemaximumoutputcellpower.
InterferenceincreaseleadingtoadegradationoftheEc/Io.
249
Forsk2013
Loadbalancingisbasedontrafficcapacityparameters.Formoreinformation,see
"DefiningTrafficCapacityParameters"onpage248.
Todefinetheloadbalancingcapacityobjective:
2. ClicktheObjectivestab.
3. Inthelefthandpane,underCapacity,clickLoadBalancing.Twotablesappearintherighthandpane,withtheload
balancingobjectives(seeFigure6.23).
Figure6.23:CapacityPlanningobjectives(LoadBalancing)
4. SelecttheEnableloadbalancingcheckbox.
5. Definetheloadbalancingsettings:
TargetZone:Loadbalancingwillequalizethecapacityloadofthecellslocatedinthiszone.
BalanceTarget(%):Loadbalancingwilltrytoimprovetheloadbalancefigure(in%)toreachthistarget.
Weight:Overallimportanceoftheloadbalancingobjectivecomparedtootherobjectives(coverageorquality).
LayersSelection:Selectthelayersforwhichloadbalancingwillbeperformed.
6.3.2.3 SettingNetworkReconfigurationParameters
TheReconfigurationtaballowsyoutoselectthecellsforwhichthepowerwillbereconfiguredandthetransmitters,second
aryantennas,remoteantennas,andrepeatersforwhichtheantenna,azimuth,height,ortiltwillbereconfigured.TheRecon
figurationtabalsoallowsyoutoselectwhichsitesorsectorscanbeaddedorremovedtoimproveexistingornewnetworks.
YoucanalsousetheReconfigurationtabtoquicklyselectsitesforreconfiguration.Forinformationonsiteselection,see
"DefiningSiteSelectionParameters"onpage259.
AtollACPenablesyoutosimplifytheworkofsettingnetworkreconfigurationparameters.Atollallowsyoutoexportthe
reconfigurationparameters,modifytheminanexternalapplicationandthenreimportthemintotheReconfigurationtab.
YoucanalsodefinecustomfieldsintheTransmitters,Repeaters,andSitestablesandidentifythesecustomfieldsinthe
acp.inifile.WhenyoucreateanewACPoptimisationsetup,ACPwillusethevaluesenteredinthecustomfieldsasdefault
reconfigurationvalues.YoucanmodifythesevaluesintheACPsetup,butACPwillnotupdatetheAtolltableswiththenew
values.Formoreinformationonsettingoptionsintheacp.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
250
"SettingCellReconfigurationParameters"onpage251
"SettingStationTemplateReconfigurationParameters"onpage254
"LinkingTransmittersinMultilayerNetworksforSharedAntennas"onpage256
"ImportingNetworkReconfigurationParameters"onpage257
"SettingReconfigurationParametersforSecondaryAntennas,RemoteAntennas,andRepeaters"onpage258.
AT320_UM_E0
6.3.2.3.1
SettingCellReconfigurationParameters
Tosetthecellreconfigurationparameters:
2. Click the Reconfiguration tab and, on the lefthand side of the Reconfiguration tab, click the Cells tab (see
Figure6.26).
Figure6.24:UMTScellreconfigurationoptions
YoucanlimitthecellsdisplayedontheReconfigurationtabbyselectingthezonetheyare
locatedinfromtheDisplayonlist.TheDisplayonlistonlyaffectsthecellsdisplayedand
notthecellsoptimised.TheDisplayonlistisavailableatthetopoftheSites,Transmitters,
andCellstabs.AnyselectionyoumakefromtheDisplayonlistononetabaffectswhatwill
bedisplayedonallothertabs.
3. Selectwhetheryouwantthepowerofeachselectedcelltobesetwithinadefinedminimumandmaximumvalueand
inthedefinednumberofsteps:
IfyouselectthePowermax/minasoffsetcheckbox,youwillsettheMin.Offset
andMax.OffsetforeachsubcellorBCCHTRX(inGSM).
InLTE,theRSEPREandmaximumpowerarerelated:oneiscalculatedfromthe
other.IntheACP,If,intheAtollLTEproject,youhaveselectedtheRSEPREtobe
"userdefined"(see"Modifying GlobalNetwork Settings"onpage975),theACP
willoptimisetheRSEPREaccordingtotheMaxPowersettingsyouhavedefined.
Youcanmakethesamechangestoseveralcellsbymakingthechangeforoneitem,selectingtheothersstartingfrom
thechangeditemandusingtheFillUp(CTRL+U)orFillDown(CTRL+D)commands.FormoreinformationontheFill
UporFillDowncommands,see"PastingtheSameDataintoSeveralCells"onpage77.
YoucansortthecontentsofanycolumnbyrightclickingthecolumnandselectingSortAscendingorSortDescending
fromthecontextmenu.
Cellsthathavebeenfilteredout,eitherbyzoneorbyclearingtheircheckboxinthe
table,willnotbeoptimisedbutarestillpresentinthenetworkand,therefore,continue
togenerateinterference.
251
Forsk2013
ForGSM:
a. SelectthePowercheckboxforthetransmissionpowerofeachtransmittertobesetwithinadefinedminimum
andmaximumvalueandinthedefinednumberofsteps.Ifdesired,youcanselectthePowermax/minasoffset
checkboxanddefinethevaluesforminimumandmaximumpowerasoffsetsofthecurrentpower.
b. DefinethepowersettingsforeachBCCHTRX.
Use:SelecttheUsecheckboxcorrespondingtotheBCCHTRXtoincludeitintheoptimisationofthetransmis
sionpower.
Current:ThecurrenttransmissionpowerfortheBCCHTRX.
Min.andMax.:Setaminimumandmaximumpowertoberespectedduringtheoptimisationprocess.
ForUMTS:
a. SelectthePilotpowercheckboxforthepilotpowerofeachselectedcelltobesetwithinadefinedminimumand
maximumvalueandinthedefinednumberofsteps.
b. IfyouareoptimisingEMFexposure,selecttheMaxPowercheckboxtoensureamaximumpowerlevelisrespect
ed.
TheoptionofoptimisingmaximumpowerisonlyavailablewhenyouareoptimisingEMF
exposure.
c. SelecttheSynchronisecellpoweroncosectorcellscheckboxtoensurethatallcellsonthesamesectorareas
signedthesamecellpower.IfyouareoptimisingEMFexposure,thecellpowerofcosectorcellsisautomatically
synchronised.Inotherwords,if,inordertomeettheEMFexposureobjectives,thecellpowerofonecellmustbe
settoagivenlevel,thenthecellpowerofallcosectorcellswillbesetaccordingly.
Ifoneofthecellsofasectorisnotbeingoptimised(ifthecheckboxintheUsecolumnis
cleared),whencellpowerissynchronised,itsassignedcellpowerisforcedtothatofthe
optimisedcells.
d. Definethepilotpowersettingsforeachcell.
Use:SelecttheUsecheckboxcorrespondingtothecelltoincludeitintheoptimisationofthepilotpower.
Current:Thecurrentpilotpowerforthecell.
Min.andMax.:Setaminimumandmaximumpilotpowertoberespectedduringtheoptimisationprocess.
Step(dB):SetaStepindBthatACPshouldusewithattemptingtofindtheoptimalpilotpower.
Forpilotpoweroptimisation,thepilotrangeisdefinedwithminimum,maximum,andstep
values.IndependentlyofthemaximumdefinedontheUMTSCellstab,thereisanabsolute
maximumpossiblepilotpowerwhichdependsontheotherpowersusedinthecell(for
control,traffic,andmaximumcellpower).
ForCDMA:
InCDMA,youcanoptimiseboth1xEVDOand1xRTT cells(althoughtheymustbeondifferentfrequencybands).
1xEVDOand1xRTTcellsareoptimisedon1xEVDOCellsand1xRTTCellstabs,respectively.
a. Ifyouareoptimising1xRTTcells,selectthePilotpowercheckboxforthepilotpowerofeachselectedcelltobe
setwithinadefinedminimumandmaximumvalueandinthedefinednumberofsteps.
b. IfyouareoptimisingEMFexposurefor1xRTTcellsorifyouareoptimising1xEVDOcells,selecttheMaxPower
checkboxtoensureamaximumpowerlevelisrespected.
Whereasyoualwayshavetheoptionofoptimisingthemaximumpowerof1xEVDOcells,
theoptionofoptimisingthemaximumpowerfor1xRTTcellsisonlyavailablewhenyouare
optimisingEMFexposure.
252
AT320_UM_E0
cleared),whencellpowerissynchronised,itsassignedcellpowerforcedtothatofthe
optimisedcells.
d. Definethepowersettingsforeachcell.
Use:SelecttheUsecheckboxcorrespondingtothecelltoincludeitintheoptimisationofthepilotpower.
Current:Thecurrentpilotpowerforthecell.
Min.andMax.:Setaminimumandmaximumpilotpowertoberespectedduringtheoptimisationprocess.
Step(dB):SetaStepindBthatACPshouldusewithattemptingtofindtheoptimalpilotpower.
Forpilotpoweroptimisation,thepilotrangeisdefinedwithminimum,maximum,andstep
values.Independentlyofthemaximumdefinedonthe1xRTTCellstab,thereisanabsolute
maximumpossiblepilotpowerwhichdependsontheotherpowersusedinthecell(for
control,traffic,andmaximumcellpower).
ForWiMAX:
a. SelectthePreamblepowercheckboxforthepreamblepowerofeachselectedcelltobesetwithinadefinedmin
imumandmaximumvalueandinthedefinednumberofsteps.Ifdesired,youcanselectthePowermax/minas
offsetcheckboxanddefinethevaluesforminimumandmaximumpreamblepowerasoffsetsofthecurrent
power.
b. SelecttheSynchronisecellpoweroncosectorcellscheckboxtoensurethatallcellsonthesamesectorareas
optimisedcells.
c. Definethepreamblepowersettingsforeachcell.
Use: Select the Use check box corresponding to the cell to include it in the optimisation of the preamble
power.
Current:Thecurrentpreamblepowerforthecell.
Min. and Max.: Set a minimum and maximum preamble power to be respected during the optimisation
process.
Step(dB):SetaStepindBthatACPshouldusewithattemptingtofindtheoptimalpreamblepower.
ForLTE:
a. SelectthePilotpowercheckboxforthepilotpowerofeachselectedcelltobesetwithinadefinedminimumand
maximumvalueandinthedefinednumberofsteps.
b. IfyouareoptimisingEMFexposure,selecttheMaxPowercheckboxtoensureamaximumpowerlevelisrespect
ed.
optimisedcells.
d. Definethepowersettingsforeachcell.
Use:SelecttheUsecheckboxcorrespondingtothecelltoincludeitintheoptimisationofthemaximumpow
er.
Current:Thecurrentmaximumpowerforthecell.
Min.andMax.:Setaminimumandmaximumpowertoberespectedduringtheoptimisationprocess.
Step(dB):SetaStepindBthatACPshouldusewithattemptingtofindtheoptimalmaximumpower.
253
Forsk2013
Atollenablesyoutoexportthecurrentnetworkreconfigurationoptions,edittheminadifferentapplicationandthenreim
port them into the Reconfiguration tab. For information on importing network reconfiguration options, see "Importing
NetworkReconfigurationParameters"onpage257.
6.3.2.3.2
SettingStationTemplateReconfigurationParameters
Tosetthestationtemplatereconfigurationparameters:
2. ClicktheReconfigurationtaband,onthelefthandsideoftheReconfigurationtab,clicktheSitestab.
3. OntheSitestab,selecttheNewCandidateSelectioncheckboxandclicktheSetupbutton.TheNewCandidateSetup
dialogueappears.
4. IntheNewCandidateSetupdialogue,clickTemplateReconfiguration.TheStationTemplateReconfigurationdia
logueappears.
Figure6.25:UMTSStationTemplatereconfigurationoptions
5. Definethesettingstobeoptimisedforeachstationtemplate.
6.3.2.3.3
SettingTransmittersReconfigurationParameters
Tosetthetransmittersreconfigurationparameters:
2. ClicktheReconfigurationtaband,onthelefthandsideoftheReconfigurationtab,clicktheTransmitterstab(see
Figure6.26).
Figure6.26:UMTSTransmitterreconfigurationoptions
254
AT320_UM_E0
3. Selecttheparametersthatwillbeoptimised:
Antennatype:SelecttheAntennatypecheckboxforACPtoadjusttheantennatypebyselectingthebestantenna
fromtheantennagroupassignedtoeachselectedtransmitter.
Electricaltilt:SelecttheElectricaltiltcheckboxforACPtoselectthebestelectricaltiltfromtheantennagroup
assignedtoeachselectedtransmitterwithinthedefinedrange.
WhenACPselectsthebestantennatype,itwillalsochoosethebestelectricaltilt
fromtheantennagrouponlyifyouarealsooptimisingtheelectricaltilt.Iftheelec
tricaltiltisnotbeingoptimised,ACPwilltrytokeepthecurrentelectricaltiltonthe
newantenna.
InacoplanningormultiRATproject,theMinandMaxvaluesaredisplayedonce
per physical antenna. You can set an option in the acp.ini file to display these
valuesseparatelyforeachlinkedtransmitter,whilekeepinginmindthattheMin/
Maxrangeisuniqueforalllinkedtransmitters.
Azimuth:SelecttheAzimuthcheckboxforACPtosettheantennaazimuthusingadefinedrangeoneitherside
ofthecurrentlydefinedazimuth.
By default, ACP optimises the antenna azimuth of each sector of a site individually.
However,youmightwanttoretainthesameintersectorangleseparation.Ifthisisthe
case,youcanselecttheInterSectorLock>Azimuthcheckboxcorrespondingtothatsite
ontheSitestaboftheReconfigurationtab.
Mechanicaltilt:SelecttheMechanicaltiltcheckboxforACPtosetthemechanicaltiltwithinthedefinedrange
andinthedefinednumberofsteps.
AntennaHeight:SelecttheAntennaHeightcheckboxforACPtosettheantennaheightwithinthedefinedrange
andinthedefinednumberofsteps(whentheAntennaHeightcheckboxisselected,theLockHeightcolumn
shouldappearontheSitestabontheReconfigurationtab).
Bydefault,ACPoptimisestheantennaheightofeachsectorofasiteindividually
anditautomaticallydetectswhetherasitesantennasarecolocated(i.e.,havethe
same coordinates). However, you might want to optimise the antenna height
jointlyforallantennasofthesamesite.Ifthisisthecase,youcanselecttheInter
SectorLock>HeightcheckboxcorrespondingtothatsiteontheSitestabofthe
Reconfigurationtab.
IfyouareoptimisingforEMFexposure,youcannotoptimiseantennaheightand,
therefore,theAntennaHeightcheckboxontheTransmitterstabandtheInter
SectorLock>HeightcolumnontheSitestabarenotunavailable.
Thetabledisplays,foreachparameterselected,boththecurrentsettingsforeachcellintheselectedzoneandthe
currentlydefinedoptimisationparameters.
IfyouwantACPtodisplaymoreinformationoneachtransmitter,youcanselecttheShow
AdvancedGridcheckbox.ACPwillthendisplay,foreachtransmitter,theantennamasking
method,thepropagationmodelused,thename,andstatusofthesitethetransmitteris
locatedon.Theantennamaskingmethoddisplayedisderivedfromthedefaultmethod
usedforthepropagationmodel.Itcanbechangedpertransmitterhere.(formoreinfor
mation,see"ACPandAntennaMasking"onpage227).
4. Definethesettingstobeoptimisedforeachcell.
Ifyouareoptimisingtheantennaazimuth,youcanenterasinglevalueintheVariationcolumn,todefinearangeon
eithersideofthecurrentazimuth,oryoucanenteraminimumandmaximumvalueseparatedbyasemicoloninthe
format"min;max",(forexample,"20;40")intheVariationcolumnforanasymmetricantenna.
thechangeditemandusingtheFillUp(CTRL+U)orFillDown(CTRL+D)commands.
For more information on the Fill Up or Fill Down commands, see "Pasting the Same Data into Several Cells" on
page77.
255
6.3.2.3.4
Forsk2013
LinkingTransmittersinMultilayerNetworksforSharedAntennas
Whenyouareoptimisingtransmittersinmultilayerenvironments,ACPautomaticallylinkstransmittersinthesamelocation
butindifferentlayerstoensurethatitappliesthesamereconfigurationtoeachsharedantennas.ACPprimarilyusesthe
SharedAntennafieldofthetransmitterspropertiestorecognisesharedantennas:twotransmittersshareanantennaifthey
havethesamesitelocationandthesamevalueintheSharedAntennafield.
IfyoudonotusetheSharedAntennafieldintheTransmitterstable,ACPautomaticallylinkstransmittersnotonlybylocation,
butalsobyazimuth,mechanicaltilt,physicalantenna,andantennaheight.
IfACPdoesnotautomaticallylinktwotransmitterswhichshouldbelinked,itisnormallybecausetheSharedAntennafieldis
notdefined,orthereistoolargeadifferenceinoneoftheparametersofthetwotransmitters,forexample,afewdegreesin
azimuth,onedegreeinmechanicaltilt,adifferentphysicalantenna,oronemetredifferenceinantennaheight.
Iftwotransmittersshouldbelinkedbutwerenot,youcanmanuallylinkthemfromwithintheACPSetupdialogue.Itis,
however,stronglyrecommendedtocorrectlydefinetheSharedAntennafieldinAtollsTransmitterstable.
If the site of one of the linked transmitters has either its antenna heights or azimuths
locked,i.e.,ifchangesmadetoonesectorofthesitearemadetoallsectorsonthatsite,
thencorrespondingchangeswillbemadetotheotherlinkedtransmitter.Formoreinfor
mationonlockingantennaheightsorazimuths,see"SettingStationTemplateReconfigu
rationParameters"onpage254.
Tomanuallylinktransmitters:
2. ClicktheReconfigurationtaband,onthelefthandsideoftheReconfigurationtab,clicktheTransmitterstab.
3. ClickAdvancedatthebottomoftheReconfigurationtab.TheAdvancedoptionsappear.
4. UnderAdvanced,clicktheMultilayerManagementtab.OntheMultilayerManagementtab,youcanlinktransmit
ters(seeFigure6.27).
Figure6.27:Multilayermanagement
Tolinktransmittersinthesamelocationbutondifferentlayers:
a. HoldCTRLandclickthefirsttransmitterinthetableaboveandthenthesecondtransmitter.TheLinkbuttonon
theMultilayerManagementtabisnowavailable.
b. ClicktheLinkbutton.ThetwotransmittersarenowlinkedandACPwillapplythesamereconfigurationtothem
both.
Tounlinklinkedtransmitters:
a. SelectthetransmittersinthetableTheUnlinkbuttonontheMultilayerManagementtabisnowavailable.
b. ClicktheUnlinkbutton.Thetransmittersarenolongerlinked.
256
AT320_UM_E0
Tounlinkalllinkedtransmitters:
ClicktheUnlinkAllbutton.ACPresetsalllinkedtransmitters.
Toautomaticallyalltransmittersinthesamelocationbutondifferentlayers:
6.3.2.3.5
ClicktheAutoLinkbutton.ACPlinksalltransmittersthathavethesameposition,azimuthandmechanicaltilt.
ImportingNetworkReconfigurationParameters
Atollenablesyoutoexportthecurrentnetworkreconfigurationoptions,edittheminadifferentapplicationandthenreim
portthemintotheReconfigurationtab.
Toimportreconfigurationparameters:
2. ClicktheReconfigurationtab.OnthelefthandsideoftheReconfigurationtab,selectthedesiredtab.
3. RightclickthetableandselectExportasTextfromthecontextmenu.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
4. EnteranameintheFilenameboxandclickSave.Thefilewillbesavedasatabdelimitedtextfile.
5. Open the text file in another application, for example, in a spreadsheet application, and make the modifications
desired.
6. SavethefileasatextfileandreturntoAtoll.
7. ClickAdvancedatthebottomoftheReconfigurationtab.TheAdvancedoptionsappear.
8. UnderAdvanced,clicktheImportingSettingstab.
9. ClicktheImportfromFilebutton.TheOpendialogueappears.
10. BrowsetothefileandclickOpen.TheImportDatadialogueappears(seeFigure6.28).
Figure6.28:ImportingsitedataintotheReconfigurationtab
11. UnderFormatParameters,enterthenumberofthefirstrowwithdataintheFirstImportedRowbox,selectthedata
Separator,andselecttheDecimalSymbolusedinthefile.
12. IfyouwantonlythetransmittersintheimportedlisttobeusedontheReconfigurationtab,selecttheUseOnlyTx(s)
inListcheckbox.TheUsecheckboxwillbeclearedforalltransmittersthatarenotintheimportedfileandtheywill
notbeaffectedbyreconfigurationoptions.
13. Inthetable,ensurethatthecolumnnamesfromtheimportedfile(theSourcefile)matchthecolumnnamesonthe
Reconfigurationtab(Destination).YoucanchangetheDestinationcolumnbyclickingthecolumnnameandselecting
thenamefromthelist.
14. ClicktheImportbuttontoimportthefileandreplacethesettingsintheReconfigurationtab.
257
6.3.2.3.6
Forsk2013
SettingReconfigurationParametersforSecondaryAntennas,RemoteAntennas,and
Repeaters
TheACPcanreconfiguresecondaryantennas,remoteantennas,andrepeaters.Theheightofasecondaryantennaislinked
totheheightofthedonortransmitter;itcannotbeoptimisedseparately.Additionally,forasecondaryantenna,theremust
beapercentageofpowerreservedforitonthepropertiesofthedonortransmitterfortheACPtotakeitintoconsideration.
Inotherwords,ifthepercentageofpowerreservedforasecondaryantennais0%,itwillnotappearinthelist.
Tosetthereconfigurationparametersforsecondaryantennas,remoteantennasandrepeaters:
2. Click the Reconfiguration tab and, on the lefthand side of the Reconfiguration tab, click the Remotes tab (see
Figure6.26).
3. ClicktheReconfigurationtab(seeFigure6.26).
Figure6.29:UMTSrepeaterandremoteantennareconfigurationoptions
OntheRemotestab,theNameandRemoteTypeofeachsecondaryantenna,remoteantenna,orrepeaterisgiven,
aswellasthenameoftheDonortransmitterandtheSiteonwhichthedonortransmitterislocated.Ifanyentryon
the Remotes tab itself has a secondary antenna, remote antenna, or repeater, the number of is given in the No.
Remotescolumn.
YoucanusetheNo.Remotescolumntoidentifyallcascadingrepeaters,inordertoonly
optimisethefinalrepeater.RightclickontheNo.Remotescolumnheaderandselect
SortAscendingorSortDescendingfromthecontextmenu;allentriesontheRemotes
tabwillendupatthetoporbottomofthetable(dependingonthesortyouchose).You
canthencleartheUsecheckboxforanyoptimisationyoudonotwanttoapplytoan
entrythathasitselfarepeater.
4. Selecttheparametersthatwillbeoptimised:
Antennatype:SelecttheAntennatypecheckboxforACPtoadjusttheantennatypebyselectingthebestantenna
fromtheantennagroupassignedtoeachselectedremoteantennaorrepeater.
Electricaltilt:SelecttheElectricaltiltcheckboxforACPtoselectthebestelectricaltiltfromtheantennagroup
assignedtoeachselectedantennaorrepeaterwithinthedefinedrange.
WhenACPselectsthebestantennatype,itwillalsochoosethebestelectricaltiltfromthe
antennagrouponlyifyouarealsooptimisingtheelectricaltilt.Iftheelectricaltiltisnot
beingoptimised,ACPwilltrytokeepthecurrentelectricaltiltonthenewantenna.
258
AT320_UM_E0
Azimuth:SelecttheAzimuthcheckboxforACPtosettheantennaazimuthusingadefinedrangeoneitherside
of the currently defined azimuth. ACP accepts decimal values for the azimuth however the step must be an
integer.
By default, ACP optimises the antenna azimuth of each sector of a site individually.
However,youmightwanttoretainthesameintersectorangleseparation.Ifthisisthe
case,youcanselecttheAzimuthcheckboxcorrespondingtothatsiteunderLockSiteon
theSitestaboftheReconfigurationtab.
Mechanicaltilt:SelecttheMechanicaltiltcheckboxforACPtosetthemechanicaltiltwithinthedefinedrange
andinthedefinednumberofsteps.ACPacceptsdecimalvaluesforthemechanicaltilthoweverthestepmustbe
aninteger.
AntennaHeight:SelecttheAntennaHeightcheckboxforACPtosettheantennaheightwithinthedefinedrange
andinthedefinednumberofsteps.IfyouareoptimisingEMFexposure,youcannotoptimisetheantennaheight.
Theheightofsecondaryantennascannotbeoptimised;itislinkedtotheheightofthedonortransmitter.
Repeater Amplifier Gain: Select the Repeater Amplifier Gain check box if you want the ACP to optimise the
repeateramplifiergainwithinthedefinedrangeandinthedefinednumberofsteps.
Thetabledisplays,foreachparameterselected,boththecurrentsettingsforeachcellintheselectedzoneandthe
currentlydefinedoptimisationparameters.
IfyouwantACPtodisplaymoreinformationoneachremoteantennaorrepeater,youcan
selecttheShowAdvancedGridcheckbox.ACPwillthendisplay,foreachremoteantenna
or repeater, the antenna masking method, the propagation model used, the type of
remote(remoteantennaorrepeater),thename,andstatusofthesitetheremoteantenna
or repeater is located on. The antenna masking method displayed is derived from the
defaultmethodusedforthepropagationmodel.Itcanbechangedpertransmitterhere.
(formoreinformation,see"ACPandAntennaMasking"onpage227).
5. Definethesettingstobeoptimisedforeachsecondaryantenna,remoteantenna,orrepeater.
Ifareoptimisingtheantennaazimuth,youcanenterasinglevalueintheVariationcolumn,todefinearangeoneither
sideofthecurrentazimuth,oryoucanenteraminimumandmaximumvalueseparatedbyasemicolonintheformat
"min;max",(forexample,"20;40")intheVariationcolumnforanasymmetricantenna.
thechangeditemandusingtheFillUp(CTRL+U)orFillDown(CTRL+D)commands.
For more information on the Fill Up or Fill Down commands, see "Pasting the Same Data into Several Cells" on
page77.
6.3.2.4 DefiningSiteSelectionParameters
TheReconfigurationtaballowsyoutoselectwhichsitescanbeaddedorremovedtoimproveexistingornewnetworks.You
canalsousetheReconfigurationtabtoquicklyselectsitesforreconfiguration.
AtollACPenablesyoutosimplifytheworkofsettingsitereconfigurationparameters.YoucandefinecustomfieldsintheSites
tableandidentifythesecustomfieldsintheacp.inifile.WhenyoucreateanewACPoptimisationsetup,ACPwillusethe
valuesenteredinthecustomfieldsasdefaultreconfigurationvalues.YoucanmodifythesevaluesintheACPsetup,butACP
willnotupdatetheAtolltableswiththenewvalues.Formoreinformationonsettingoptionsintheacp.inifile,seetheAdmin
istratorManual.
6.3.2.4.1
"SelectingSitesforAdditionorRemoval"onpage259
"CreatingNewCandidateSites"onpage261
"AutomaticallyCreatingCandidateSites"onpage263
"SelectingSitesforReconfiguration"onpage266.
SelectingSitesforAdditionorRemoval
YoucanusetheReconfigurationtabtoselectthesitesthatwillbeaddedorremovedtoimproveexistingornewnetworks.
Tosetsiteselectionparameters:
2. ClicktheReconfigurationtab.OnthelefthandsideoftheReconfigurationtab,selecttheSitestab(seeFigure6.30).
259
Forsk2013
Figure6.30:SiteselectioninUMTS
3. SelecttheCurrentSiteSelectioncheckboxtoenablesiteselection.Youcanthendefinehowsiteswillbeaddedor
removed.
4. SelecttheCurrentCandidateSelectioncheckboxifyouwantACPtousedeactivatedsitesintheprojectascandidates.
Deactivatedsitesintheprojectwillthenappearinthetablewiththestatus"Candidate."
5. Inthetable,definehoweachsitewillbetreatedduringsiteselection:
IfyouareworkingonacoplanningormultiRATproject,aTechnologycolumnwill
appearaftertheSiteNamecolumnindicatingwhichtechnologyortechnologiesare
usedonthissite.
a. UnderReconfiguration,definethefollowingsettings:
i.
SelecttheDisablecheckboxforanysiteonwhichyouwanttopreventtheACPfrommakinganychanges(ei
thertotheantennaortothecell,asdefinedintheTransmittersand[Technology]Cellstabs).
ii. SelecttheInterSectorLock>AzimuthorInterSectorLock>Heightcheckboxforanysiteonwhichsectors
arelockedforazimuthorheight,knowingthat:
Sectorslockedforazimuth:allsectorsrotatetogetherpreservingangularseparationsbetweenantennas.
Sectorslockedforheight:thesectorskeepthesameheightdifferencewhentheyaremodified.
b. Under[Technology]SiteSelection,selecttheUsecheckboxforeachsitethatistobeusedinthesiteselection
process.ThestatusofthesiteswhicharenotinUsewillnotchange,e.g.existingsitesarenotdeactivatedbyACP.
Ifyouhavemanysitesthatyoudonotwanttobeaffectedbysiteselection,youcan
selectanddisablethemusingtheAdvancedsection.Formoreinformationonthe
optionsintheAdvancedsection,see"SelectingSitesforReconfiguration"onpage266.
c. ThestatusforeachsitethatisinUseisgivenunderStatus:
260
Existing:Allsitesthatareactiveintheinitialnetworkaremarkedautomaticallyas"Existing."ACPwillremove
anexistingsiteiftheSiteRemovablecheckboxhasbeencheckedandifremovingthesitewillimprovenet
workquality.IftheSectorsRemovablecheckboxhasbeenchecked,oneormoresectorsmightberemoved
ifremovingthemwillimprovenetworkquality.
Candidate:IfyouselectedtheCurrentCandidateSelectioncheckboxinstep4.,siteswithinactivetransmit
tersappearinthelistofsitesandaremarkedautomaticallyas"Candidate."ACPwilladdacandidatesite
during the optimisation process if adding the site will improve network quality. If the Sectors Removable
checkboxischecked,onlyoneormoresectorsofthecandidatesitemightbeadded.Youcanselect"Candi
date"foranysiteyouwantACPtoconsiderthesiteasa"Candidate."
AT320_UM_E0
YoucanalsodefinecandidatesitesbyselectingtheNewCandidateSelectioncheckboxandclickingtheSetup
button.Formoreinformationondefiningcandidatesites,see"CreatingNewCandidateSites"onpage261.
d. SelecttheSectorsRemovablecheckboxforeachsitethatcanhavesectorsremovedtoimprovenetworkquality.
e. SelecttheSiteRemovablecheckboxforeachsitethatcanberemovedtoimprovenetworkquality.TheSiteRe
movablecheckboxisunavailableforsitesthataremarkedas"Candidate".
f. Ifdesired,assignsitesmarkedas"Candidate"intheStatuscolumntoaGroupbyselectingitfromthelist.Ifacan
didatesitedoesnotbelongtoagroup,nofurtherconstraintsareimposedonACPduringoptimisation.Ifacandi
datesitebelongstoagroup,ACPmustrespecttheconstraintsofthegroup.
Ifasitegrouphasnositesbelongingtoit,itisautomaticallydeleted.
i.
Under Group, click the field and select New from the list. The New Site Group dialogue appears (see
Figure6.31).
ii. EnteraGroupNameanddefinetheminimumandmaximumnumberofsitesfromthisgroup(from0to1000)
thatmustberespectedbyACPduringoptimisation(MinimumSiteOccurrenceandMaximumSiteOccur
rence,respectively).IfthereisnominimumormaximumthatACPmustrespect,leavethefieldblank.
iii. ClickOKtocreatethegroupandreturntotheSiteSelectiontab.
Figure6.31:Creatinganewsitegroup
6.3.2.4.2
CreatingNewCandidateSites
TheACPenablesyoutocreatealistofnewcandidatesitesthatcanbeaddedtothenetworktoimprovequality.Newcandi
datesitesdonotneedtobedefinedintheAtolldatabase.Foreachnewcandidate,youcanspecifyboththelocationandthe
stationtemplatethecandidatesitewouldbebasedoniftheACPaddsittothenetwork.Aswell,theACPcanoptimisecandi
datesiteswhentheyareaddedtothenetwork.
Duringoptimisation,theACPwillchooseeitherfromthesitesdefinedascandidatesontheSitestaborfromthelistofnew
candidatesites.
Tocreateoreditcandidatesites:
2. ClicktheReconfigurationtab.OnthelefthandsideoftheReconfigurationtab,selecttheSitestab.
dialogueappears(seeFigure6.32onpage262).
261
Forsk2013
Figure6.32:NewCandidateSetupdialogue
4. UnderZoneConfiguration,define,ifdesired,howcandidatesiteswillbetreatedforeachzone:
Zone:Selectthezone(computation,focus,orhotspotzonedefinedontheOptimisationtab)fromthelist.
DefaultStationTemplate:SelectthestationtemplatethatanycandidatesitetheACPaddsintheselectedzone
willbebasedon.
TheACPcanoptimiseeachcandidatesitebasedonatemplate.Youcansettheoptimisa
tionparametersforeachtemplatebyclickingtheTemplateReconfigurationbutton.For
informationontheoptions,see"SettingStationTemplateReconfigurationParameters"on
page254.
DefaultGroup:Selectthegroupthatthecandidatesitewillbelongtobydefault.
RadioLayer:Theradiolayerofthestationtemplateisindicated.
5. UnderNewCandidateList,definetheindividualcandidatesites.Foreachcandidatesitesetthefollowing:
Name:Enteranameforthecandidatesite.
Location:ClicktheBrowsebutton( )todefinethelocationofthecandidatesite.Youcandefinethelocation
eitherasasetofcoordinatesoryoucanselectanexistingsitefromalist.
StationTemplate:Selectthestationtemplatethecandidatesitewillbebasedon.Thisselectionoverridesthe
selectionmadeunderZoneConfiguration.
Group:Selectthegroupthecandidatesitewillbelongto.ThisselectionoverridestheselectionmadeunderZone
Configuration.
AntennaHeight:Theantennaheightofthecandidatesiteisupdatedautomaticallyfromthedefineddefaultsite
templateorreadfromthedatawhenyouimportaCSVfilewithalistofdefinedcandidatesites.
YouforcetheantennaheightofallcandidatesitestoadefinedvalueforeachclutterclassbyclickingtheAction
buttonandselectingUpdatecandidateheightfromclutterheightfromthemenu.
SiteClass:Selectthesiteclassthiscandidatesitewillbelongto.Thesiteclasswillbeusedtodeterminethecost
ofimplementingthissite.
The Site Class column does not appear if you have not defined a site class under Cost
ControlontheOptimisationtab.Allcandidatesiteswillbelongtothe"Default"classsite.
RadioLayer:Theradiolayerofthestationtemplateisindicated.
6. Ifdesired,selecttheTrytousemultibandantennawhenpossiblecheckbox.TheACPwillattempttouselinked
transmittersoncandidatesitesifpossible,i.e.,itwillforcethecandidatetosharephysicalantennaswithanexisting
siteatthesamelocation.
7. ClicktheActionbuttontoautomaticallyupdatethelistofnewcandidatesandcreatecandidatesusingoneofthefol
lowingoptions:
262
ClearList:SelectClearListtodeleteallcurrententriesintheNewCandidateList.
ImportfromFile:SelectImportfromFiletoimportalistofcandidatesites,definedasXYcoordinates.
AT320_UM_E0
ImportfromCurrentSitesDefinedasLocationOnly:SelectImportfromCurrentSitesDefinedasLocationOnly
toimportascandidatesitesinthecurrentdocumentthathavenotransmitters.Thesitesimportedarethosein
thereconfigurationzone(s)selectedontheOptimisationtab.
UpdateCandidateHeightfromClutterHeight:SelectUpdateCandidateHeightfromClutterHeighttodefinethe
heightofallcandidatesitesforeachclutterclass.
AutomaticCandidatePositioning:SelectAutomaticCandidatePositioningtohavetheACPcreatealistofcandi
datesitesaccordingtouserdefinedrules.Formoreinformation,see"AutomaticallyCreatingCandidateSites"on
page263.
IfyouareusingtheACPonacoplanningormultiRATproject,youhaveanadditionaloption.Thisoptionenablesyou
to,forexample,upgradeanexistingnetworkfromonetechnologytoanother.
6.3.2.4.3
ImportfromExisting[Technology]Sites:SelectImportfromExisting[Technology]Sitestoimportallthesites
fromonetechnologyascandidatesitesfortheothertechnology.
AutomaticallyCreatingCandidateSites
Whendesigninganewnetworkorwhenextendinganexistingnetworkintoanewareaandwhennocandidatesitelistisavail
able,theAtollACPcanautomaticallycreatealistofcandidatesitesfollowinguserdefinedrules.Bydefiningtheconditions
underwhichtheACPcancreatecandidatesites,forexample,bysettinganintersitedistanceandbyselectingthezonein
whichtheACPistocreatesites,theACPcangeneratealistofcandidatesites.Oncethecandidatesitelisthasbeengenerated,
theACPcalculatesthepathlossmatricesandselectsthebestcandidatestouseaccordingtothedefinedqualityandcost
objectives.
TheACPwillnotcreateanautomaticcandidatesiteifitwillbetooclosetoanexistingsiteortoapredefinedcandidatesite.
Thedefaultdistanceis25%oftheintercandidatedistancedefinedintheAutomaticCandidatePositioningdialogue.Youcan
changethisdefaultdistancebysettinganoptionintheacp.inifile.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
Tocreatethelistofcandidatesites,theACPfillstheselectedzonewithahexagonalpatternbasedonthedefinedintercandi
datedistance.Onlynodeswithinthezonewillbeusedforcandidatesites.Ifthestationtemplateonwhichthecandidatesare
basedistrisector,thecandidatesiteswillbeplacedattheintersectionofthehexagons(seeFigure6.33).Theintercandidate
distanceisthen1.5timesthecellrange.
Figure6.33:Automaticcandidatepositioningtriplesector
Ifthestationtemplateonwhichthecandidatesarebasedhasonlyonesector,thecandidatesiteswillbeplacedinthecentre
ofthehexagons(seeFigure6.34).Theintercandidatedistanceisthen1.73timesthecellrange.
263
Forsk2013
Figure6.34:Automaticcandidatepositioningsinglesector
Ifthezoneusedtodefinecandidatesitesisavectortypezone(representingroadsorrailways,forexample),thenthecandi
datesiteswillbeplacedinalinearfashionalongtheroadsrepresentedbythevector(seeFigure6.35).Ifyouuseatwosector
stationtemplate,theinitialazimuthofthesectorsareorientedinthesamedirectionastheroad.
Figure6.35:Automaticcandidatepositioningalongroads
RecommendationsonAutomaticCandidatePositioning
Whenyouuseautomaticcandidatepositioning,youshouldconsiderthefollowingrecommendations:
Ifthezoneinwhichthecandidatesitesaretobecreatedistoosmall,thenodeofeachhexagonusedbytheACPto
placecandidatesitesmightfalloutsideofthezoneitself.Therefore,nocandidatesitewillbecreated.Consequently,
automaticcandidatepositioningisnotwellsuitedtosmallpolygons.
ItcanbeusefultouseasmallerintercandidatedistancethanthatusedinthenetworkandlettheACPonlyselect
thosesiteswhichcontributethemosttothecoverageandquality.However,iftheintercandidatedistanceistoo
small,toomanycandidatesiteswillbecreated,whichwillslowdowntheACPduetothehighnumberofpathloss
matricesthatneedtobecalculated.ItcanalsocauseinconsistencywithAtollcoveragepredictionsbecausetheACP
islimitedinthenumberofsectorsmonitoredbyeachpixel.Therefore,whenusingasmallerintercandidatedistance
inordertocreatemorecandidatesites,itisrecommendedto:
Set the Calculation setting to High precision to increase the number of monitored sectors, thereby reducing
potentialinconsistencywithAtollcoveragepredictions(formoreinformation,see"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"
onpage231).
ConsiderperformingasecondACPoptimisationontheresultsofthefirstone,inordertofinetuneitandsuppress
mismatches.
Todefinetheparameterstoautomaticallycreatecandidates:
dialogueappears(seeFigure6.32onpage262).
264
AT320_UM_E0
4. ClicktheActionbuttonandselectAutomaticCandidatePositioningfromthemenu.TheAutomaticCandidatePosi
tioningdialogueappears(seeFigure6.36),displayingtheparametersthatwillbeusedtoautomaticallycreatecandi
datesites.TheZoneandTemplateparametersarethosedefinedunderZoneConfigurationintheNewCandidate
Setupdialogueandcannotbechangedhere.
Onlyzonesdefinedbypolygonsorvectorsrepresentingroadsorrailways(i.e.,thecompu
tationorfocuszone,hotspots,orimportedSHPfiles)canbeusedtoautomaticallycreate
candidatesites.Zonescreatedfromgroupsofclutterclassescannotbeused.
Figure6.36:AutomaticCandidatePositioning
5. Foreachzone,selecttheUsecheckboxifyouwanttheACPtoautomaticallycreatecandidatesitesinthatzone.
6. DefineanInterCandidateDistanceinmetres.
7. IfyouwanttochangethedefaultsettingstheACPwillusetoplacecandidatesites,clickthebuttoncorrespondingto
eachzoneunderDesignRule.TheAutomaticCandidatePositioning:DesignRulesdialogueappears(seeFigure6.37).
TheACPcanautomaticallyplacecandidatesiteseitheraccordingtoforbiddenorpreferredclutterclassesoraccording
tohigherpositionswithinadefinedradius.
Figure6.37:Definingthedesignrulesforautomaticcandidatepositioning
UnderClutterclasses,definetheforbiddenandpreferredclutterclasses.Aclutterclasscannotbeselectedin
boththeForbiddenandPreferredcolumns.
Forbidden:IfyoudonotwanttheACPtoplaceacandidatesiteonagivenclutterclass,selectthecheckbox
correspondingtotheclutterclassunderForbidden.Ifthehexagonalpatternwouldplacethecandidatesite
onaforbiddenclutterclass,theACPwillsearchwithinthedefinedSearchradiustoplacethecandidatesite
onaclutterclassthatisnotforbidden.IfnosuchclutterclasscanbefoundwithinthedefinedSearchradius,
nocandidatesitewillbeplaced.
Preferred:IfyouwanttheACPtotrytoplaceacandidatesitepreferentiallyoncertainclutterclasses,select
the check box corresponding to the clutter class under Preferred. Starting from the point defined by the
hexagonalpattern,theACPwillsearchwithinthedefinedSearchradiustofindapreferredclutterclasson
265
Forsk2013
whichtoplacethecandidatesite.IfnosuchclutterclasscanbefoundwithinthedefinedSearchradius,the
candidatesitewillbeplacedonthepointdefinedbythehexagonalpattern.
YoucannotdefinepreferredclutterclassesifyouhaveselectedtheoptionSelecthigh
pointstoplacecandidatesitesonapointwithinthedefinedSearchradiusthatishigher
thanthedefinedamount.
Searchhighpoints:IfyouselectSearchhighpoints,theACPwillplacethesitesastricthexagonalpattern,unless
thereisapointwithinthedefinedSearchradiusthatwillincreasethealtitudemorethanthesetamount.
8. UnderDesignrules,defineaSearchradiusasapercentageoftheintercandidatedistance.TheACPnormallyplaces
candidatesitesinastricthexagonalpattern.However,theACPcansearchforamoreappropriatesitewithinthe
Searchradiusaccordingtothedefinedrules.ThemaximumSearchradiusis40%oftheintercandidatedistance,in
ordertopreventtheACPfromattemptingtoplacetwocandidatesitesatthesamelocation.
9. ClickApplytosavethedesignrulesandclosetheAutomaticCandidatePositioning:DesignRulesdialogue.
10. ClickApplytoclosetheAutomaticCandidatePositioningdialogue.
AtollcreatesthecandidatesitesaccordingtothedefinedrulesanddisplaysthemunderNewCandidateListintheNewCandi
dateSetupdialogue.
6.3.2.4.4
SelectingSitesforReconfiguration
YoucanusetheAdvancedareaoftheReconfigurationtabtoapplychangestoasetofsites.Formoreinformationonthe
Reconfigurationtab,see"SettingCapacityPlanningObjectives"onpage249.
Toselectsites:
3. SelecttheCurrentSiteSelectioncheckbox.
4. ClickAdvancedtodisplaytheAdvancedarea(seeFigure6.38).
Figure6.38:TheAdvancedsection
5. SelecttheGlobalChangetab.
6. Selectthesites:
266
Forentiretable:SelectForentiretableifyouwanttoselectallsitesinthetable.
Forselectedrows:Ifyouwanttoselectaseriesofrowsinthetable,selecttheentriesintheSiteNamecolumn
andthenselectForselectedrowsunderAdvanced.Youcanselectcontiguousrowsbyclickingthefirstentry,
AT320_UM_E0
pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastentry.YoucanselectnoncontiguousrowsbypressingCTRLandclickingeach
entryseparately.
Withtechnology:IfyouhaveacoplanningormultiRATprojectwithmorethanonetechnology,selecttheWith
technologycheckboxandthenselectthetechnologyfromthelistifyouwanttoselectallsitesusingthattech
nology.
Withstatus:SelecttheWithstatuscheckboxandthenselectthestatusfromthelistifyouwanttoselectallsites
withthatstatus.
Withsiteclass:Ifyouhavedefinedsiteclasses,selecttheWithsiteclasscheckboxandthenselectthesiteclass
fromthelistifyouwanttoselectallsitesfromthatsiteclass.
7. SelecttheSet"UseSiteSelection"checkboxandclickApplyifyouwanttousetheselectedsites.Theunusedsites
willnotbeaffectedbythesiteadditionorremovaloptions.
6.3.2.5 DefiningAntennaGroups
Inordertoproperlyoptimisetheantennasettingssuchastheantennatype,theantennaheight,theelectricalormechanical
tilt,ortheazimuth,theantennasmustbecorrectlymodelled.TheconceptsonwhichACPantennamodellingarebasedare
thefollowing:
AntennaElement:Anantennaelementgroupsallinstancesofanantenna,belongingtothesamefrequencyband,
withdifferentelectricaltilts.
Physical Antenna: A physical antenna is a multiband antenna, grouping all antenna elements from different fre
quencybandswhicharephysicallythesameantenna.
AntennaGroups(optional):Anantennagroupisauserdefinedsubsetofthephysicalantennaenablingyoutoselect
antennamodelreconfigurationtobedonewithinthissubset.
YoucanusetheAntennatabtodefineantennagroupsaccordingtotheirphysicalcharacteristics,aswellasgroupingpatterns
accordingtotheirantennapatternanddefiningmultibandantennas.
TheantennagroupsarenecessarytoapplytheantennatypeorelectricaltiltreconfigurationoptionsdefinedontheRecon
figurationtab.FormoreinformationontheReconfigurationtab,see"SettingCapacityPlanningObjectives"onpage249.
Bygroupingsimilarantennasinthesamegroup,ACPcanselectthebestantennaforatransmitterfromthegrouptowhich
thetransmitterwasassignedontheReconfigurationtab.Aswell,electricaltiltismodelledinAtollusingthesameantenna,
eachwithadifferentelectricaltilt.Bygroupingallinstancesofthesameantennawithdifferentelectricaltilts,ACPcanrecon
figuretheelectricaltiltofatransmitterbyselectingtheantennawiththeoptimalelectricaltiltfromthegrouptowhichthe
transmitterwasassigned.
6.3.2.5.1
"CreatingAntennaElements,PhysicalAntennas,andAntennaGroupsAutomatically"onpage267
"CreatingandGroupingAntennasbyPattern"onpage268
"GroupingAntennasAutomatically"onpage269
"DefiningMultibandAntennas"onpage270
"CreatingAntennaGroups"onpage270.
CreatingAntennaElements,PhysicalAntennas,andAntennaGroupsAutomatically
ACPcanautomaticallycreaterepresentationsofantennaelementsandphysicalantennaswhenthePhysicalAntennafieldis
correctlysetupintheAntennastableoftheAtolldocumentdatabase.InsteadofusingthePhysicalAntennafield,youcan
alsouseacustomcolumnbyfirstdefiningitwiththe"antenna.model"optionintheacp.inifile.YoucanalsoenabletheACP
to automatically create antenna groups by creating a custom column in the Antennas table and defining it using the
"antenna.group.model"optionintheacp.inifile.Forinformationondefiningoptionsintheacp.inifile,seetheAdministrator
Manual.
ToenabletheACPtoautomaticallycreateantennaelements,physicalantennas,andantennagroups:
1. ForeachantennaidentifiedintheAntennastable,enterthenameofthephysicalantennatowhichtheantenna
patternbelongsinthecustomcolumn.
Makesuretoassignthesamenametoallpatternsbelongingtothesamephysical
antennaevenwhentheyareondifferentfrequencybands.
ToensurethatACPcorrectlydefinesmultibandantennas,itisrecommendedto
correctlysettheminimumandmaximumfrequencyoftheantennapatterninthe
Antennastable.IfyoudonotdoitintheAntennastable,youcanstillconfigurethis
intheACPSetupdialogue.
2. ForeachantennaidentifiedintheAntennastable,enterthesamenameforallantennapatternscorrespondingto
physicalantennathatbelongtothesamegroup.TheACPwillautomaticallygroupallphysicalantennaintoanew
groupwiththenamegivenenteredinthecolumn.
267
Forsk2013
ACPwillnowautomaticallycreateantennaelements,physicalantennas,andantennagroupsbasedontheentriesin
thecustomfieldsoftheAntennastableoftheAtolldocumentdatabase.
YoucancreateanothercustomcolumnintheAntennastabletoautomaticallylinkantennaelementsofamultiband
physicalantennawhichhavethesameelectricaltilt.Youmustidentifythiscolumnusingthe"antenna.etiltShare"
optionintheacp.inifile.IntheACPSetupdialogue,thisisaccomplishedbyselectingthecheckboxintheSameElec.
TiltcolumnonthePhysicalAntennatab.
6.3.2.5.2
CreatingandGroupingAntennasbyPattern
Atollenablesyoutocreatephysicalantennasbygroupingseveralinstancesofantennasbytheirpattern.
Bysettingcertainoptionsintheacp.inifile,youcanmakeadditionaloptionsavailableintheACP.Forexample,youcanopti
misetheadditionalelectricaltilt(AEDT)ofantennas.Whenyouhavesetthisoption,youcanselecttheantennasforwhich
youwilloptimisetheAEDTandtherangeofvaluesthatAtollcanchosefromduringtheoptimisationprocess.Youcanalso
defineminimumandmaximumvaluesfortheelectricalandmechanicaltilt.Anytransmitterusinganantennapatternfor
whichminimumandmaximumvalueshavebeendefined,isonlyallowedtochangeelectricalormechanicaltilt(orboth)
withinthedefineranged.
IfyouhavedefinedcustomcolumnsintheAntennastabletoenabletheACPtoautomaticallygroupantennas,youdonot
needtogroupantennasandtheBackUpConfigurationbuttonisnotdisplayed.Forinformationoncreatingcustomcolumns,
see"CreatingAntennaElements,PhysicalAntennas,andAntennaGroupsAutomatically"onpage267.
Formoreinformationontheseoptionsintheacp.inifileandothers,seetheAdministratorManual.
Togroupantennasbytheirpattern:
2. ClicktheAntennatab.OnthelefthandsideoftheAntennatab,selectthePatternstab(seeFigure6.39).TheAntenna
tabdisplaysallantennasintheAntennaPatternTableandthegroupsunderAntennaElement.
Figure6.39:Antennatab
3. ClicktheNewbuttontocreateanewgroupunderAntennaElement.Youcanchangethenameofthenewgroupor
ofanygroupbyrightclickingthegroupnametwiceunderAntennaElement,selectingRenamefromthecontext
menu,andenteringthenewname.
YoucandeleteonegroupbyselectingitunderAntennaElementandclickingtheDeletebutton.Youcandeleteall
groupsbyclickingtheDeleteAllbutton.
4. Assignantennastoagrouptocreatephysicalantennaelementsortoassociateantennapatternstodefinearadiation
diagramofagroupofantennaswithseveralvariationsofelectricaltilt:
a. SelectthegroupunderAntennaElement.
b. SelecttheantennaunderAntennaPatternTableandclicktherightarrowbetweenthecolumns(
)toassign
ittotheselectedgroup.AntennasunderAntennaPatternTablethathavebeenassignedtoagroupareindicated
withanicon(
).
268
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanassignthesameantennatomorethanonegroup.
YoucanremoveanantennafromagroupbyselectingitinthegroupunderAntennaElementandclickingtheleft
arrowbetweenthecolumns(
).
Whenyouhavegroupedtheantennas,youcanbackuptheconfigurationbyclickingthe
BackUpConfigurationbutton.InfutureACPsessions,theantennaswillthenbegrouped
automaticallyaccordingtothisdefinition.
5. Ifyouarealsooptimisingadditionalelectricaldowntilt,selectthecheckboxintheUseAEDTcolumncorresponding
toeachantennaforwhichyouwanttooptimisetheadditionalelectricaldowntiltanddefinethelimitsAtollmust
respectbyenteringvaluesintheMin.AEDTandMax.AEDTforeachantennatobeoptimised.
Figure6.40:TheAntennaPatternTablewithAEDTenabled
BydefiningcustomcolumnsintheAntennastableandsettingadditionaloptionsinthe
acp.inifile,youcandefineAEDToptimisationparametersthattheACPwilluseasdefault
valuesfortheAEDToptimisationparametersintheAntennaPatternTable.Formore
6.3.2.5.3
GroupingAntennasAutomatically
Youcangroupantennasautomaticallyusingaregularexpression,or"regex."TheregularexpressionisretainedfromoneAtoll
sessiontothenext.Therefore,onceyouhavesettheregularexpressionforthegivenantennanamingconvention,youwill
nothavetosetagainforthenextAtollsession.Thedefaultregexpatternisoverwrittenwhenyouchangeit.Youcanreturn
tothedefaultregularexpressionbyclearingthetextboxandclickingOK.Youcanchangethedefaultregularexpressionby
editingtheappropriateentryintheacp.inifile.Formoreinformationontheoptionsavailableintheacp.inifile,seetheAdmin
istratorManual.
Itisrecommendedtoidentifyboththeantennatypeandtheelectricaltiltinthe
antennanameinAtollandtoseparatetheantennatypeandelectricaltiltwithaspecial
character,forexample,"_".Thiswillmakeiteasiertogroupantennagroups
automaticallyusingaregularexpression.
Togroupantennasautomatically:
2. ClicktheAntennatab.OnthelefthandsideoftheAntennatab,selectthePatternstab(seeFigure6.39onpage268).
3. UnderAutomaticCreation,enteraregularexpression,or"regex,"inthetextbox.
Clickingthetiptextbutton(
expressions.
)displaystiptextwithanexplanationofcommonregular
4. ClicktheBuildfromExpressionbuttontocreateantennagroupsaccordingtothedefinedregularexpression.
Whenyouhavecreatedtheantennagroups,youcanbackuptheconfigurationbyclicking
theBackUpConfigurationbutton.InfutureACPsessions,theantennagroupsarethen
automaticallycreatedaccordingtothisdefinition.
269
6.3.2.5.4
Forsk2013
DefiningMultibandAntennas
Whenyouhavegroupedantennasaccordingtotheirphysicalcharacteristicsasexplainedin"CreatingandGroupingAntennas
byPattern"onpage268and"GroupingAntennasAutomatically"onpage269,theyaredisplayedonthePhysicalAntenna
taboftheAntennatab,groupedaccordingtotheirfrequencyband.
Youcanmergethesegroupstocreategroupsofantennasthataremultibandantennas.
Todefinemultibandantennas:
2. ClicktheAntennatab.OnthelefthandsideoftheAntennatab,selectthePhysicalAntennatab(seeFigure6.39on
page268).
Figure6.41:Creatingmultibandantennas
3. Createmultibandantennasbymergingtwoormoreantennagroups:
a. Selecttwo ormoreantennagroupsby holdingCTRLand clickingtheantennagroupsinthePhysicalAntenna
Table.
b. ClicktheMergebutton.TheantennagroupsarenowmergedandwillappearontheAntennaGroupstab.
You can break the merged antenna groups up by selecting them in the Physical Antenna Table and clicking the
Unmergebutton,orbyclickingUnmergeAll.IfyouclickUnmergeAll,allmergedantennagroupswillbebrokenup.
4. UnderAutomaticCreation,enteraregularexpression,or"regex,"inthetextbox.
6.3.2.5.5
CreatingAntennaGroups
Youcancreateantennagroupsbycreatingasubsetofthephysicalantenna.Thisenablesyoutospecifythatthereconfigura
tiononlyassignsanewantennamodelfromadefinedgroup.Theantennagroupsareused,forexample,tochoosebetween
adirectiveantenna(of35degrees)andalessdirectiveone(of65degrees).
Togroupantennas:
2. ClicktheAntennatab.OnthelefthandsideoftheAntennatab,selecttheAntennaGroupstab(seeFigure6.42on
page271).
OntheAntennaGroupstab,thereisalreadyonegroupcalled"Default"intheAntennaGroupspaneofthetab.The
"Default"groupiscreatedautomaticallybyACPandcontainsallthephysicalantennas.
270
AT320_UM_E0
Figure6.42:Creatingantennagroups
3. ClicktheNewbuttontocreateanewgroupunderAntennaGroups.Youcanchangethenameofthenewgrouporof
anygroupbyrightclickingthegroupnameunderAntennaGroups,selectingRenamefromthecontextmenu,and
enteringthenewname.
YoucandeleteonegroupbyselectingitunderAntennaGroupsandclickingtheDeletebutton.Youcandeleteall
groupsbyclickingtheDeleteAllbutton.
4. Assignantennastogroupsaccordingtotheirphysicalcharacteristics:
a. SelectthegroupunderAntennaGroups.
)toassign
b. SelecttheantennaunderPhysicalAntennaTableandclicktherightarrowbetweenthecolumns(
ittotheselectedgroup.AntennasunderPhysicalAntennaTablethathavebeenassignedtoagroupareindicated
withanicon(
).
Youcanassignthesameantennatomorethanonegroup.
YoucanremoveanantennafromagroupbyselectingitinthegroupunderAntennaGroupsandclickingtheleft
arrowbetweenthecolumns(
).
Whenyouhavecreatedtheantennagroups,youcanbackuptheconfigurationbyclicking
theBackUpConfigurationbutton.InfutureACPsessions,theantennagroupsarethen
automaticallycreatedaccordingtothisdefinition.
6.3.2.6 AddingCommentstotheOptimisationSetup
YoucanentercommentsaboutthecurrentoptimisationsetupontheCommentstab.
Toaddcomments:
2. ClicktheCommentstabandaddyourcomments.
6.4 RunninganOptimisationSetup
When you have finished defining the optimisation parameters as described in "Defining Optimisation Parameters" on
page234,youcanruntheoptimisationsetup,eitherimmediatelybyclickingtheRunbutton.
YoucanalsosavethedefinedoptimisationsetupbyclickingtheCreateSetupbuttonandthenrunningtheoptimisationata
laterpoint.
271
Forsk2013
Torunasavedoptimisationsetup:
3. Rightclick the setup folder that you want to run in the ACP Automatic Cell Planning folder. The context menu
appears.
4. SelectRunfromthecontextmenu.Theoptimisationsetupruns.
Astheoptimisationsetupruns,ACPdisplaysthecurrentstatusoftheprocess(seeFigure6.43)aswellastheelapsedtime
allowingyoutoobservetheprogress.Youcanpausetheoptimisationifyoudesireorstoptheoptimisationearly.
TheOptimisationdialoguehasthefollowingtabs:
General:TheGeneraltaballowsyoutochangethenameoftheoptimisationresults.
Graphs:TheGraphstabdisplaysagraphwiththeiterationsontheXaxisandthetechnologyspecificoptimisation
objectivesontheYaxis(seeFigure6.43),aswellasthetotalcost,ifyouhavechosentocalculateit.Thevaluesdis
playedareindicatedwithalegend.
Changes:TheChangestabdisplaysinagraphindicatingthequantityofchangesmadeforeachreconfigurationparam
eterselectedduringsetup.Thevaluesdisplayedareindicatedwithalegend.
Quality:TheQualitytabdisplayscoveragequalitypredictionsoftheimprovementoftheoptimisationqualityindi
cator.Ifmorethanonelayerisbeingoptimised,youcanselectthelayerdisplayedatthetopofthetab.Thepredic
tions display the computation zone with the network improvement performed to that point. If you based this
optimisation on a coverage prediction (see "Setting Objective Parameters" on page243), the ranges and colours
definedintheselectedcoveragepredictionwillbeusedforthequalitypredictions,unlessyouhavealreadydefined
displaydefaultsforACP,eitherbysavinganACPpredictionssettingsasthedefault(see"ChangingtheDisplayProp
ertiesofACPPredictions"onpage287).
Objectives:TheObjectivestabdisplaystheprogressinmeetingthedefinedobjectives,withthesuccessorfailureof
meetingtheobjectivesindicated.Youcanselecttheobjectivedisplayedatthetopofthetab.
EMFExposure:TheEMFExposuretabdisplayspredictionsindicatingEMFexposureimprovementperformedtothat
point.
Figure6.43:ThenetworkcoverageimprovementgraphsandpredictionsforUMTS
272
AT320_UM_E0
Figure6.43:ThenetworkcoverageimprovementgraphsandpredictionsforUMTS
Whentheoptimisationhasfinished,theresultsarestoredintheoptimisationfolderintheNetworkexplorer.Bydefault,Atoll
callstheoptimisationfoldera"Setup"folder.Eachsetupfoldercontainsoneormoreoptimisationprocesses.Eachoptimisa
tionprocessfoldercontainstheresultsofthatoptimisation.Forinformationonviewingoptimisationresults,see"Viewing
OptimisationResults"onpage275.
Figure6.44:Anoptimisationrunintheexplorerwindow
You can perform an optimisation on a network that has already been optimised. After
runningthefirstoptimisationandcommittingtheresults,youcancreateandrunasecond
optimisation,withdifferentparametersontheoptimisednetwork.Thesetuponwhichthe
optimisationisbasedislockedafteryoucommitthechanges.Ifyouwanttousethesame
setup,youwillhavetoduplicateitandselectPartialUpdatefromtheSetupDuplication
Optionsdialogue.
6.5 WorkingwithOptimisationsintheExplorerWindow
AtolloffersyouseveraloptionsforworkingwiththeoptimisationthatyoucanaccessusingthecontextmenuintheNetwork
explorer.
Toworkwiththeoptimisation:
4. Rightclickthesetupfolderoftheoptimisationyouwanttoworkwith.Thecontextmenuappears(seeFigure6.45).
273
Forsk2013
Figure6.45:Optionsavailableinthecontextmenu
Properties:SelectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenuopenstheoptimisationsPropertiesdialogue.Youcan
modifyalloftheoptimisationparameters(forinformationontheoptimisationparameters,see"DefiningOptimi
sationParameters"onpage234).
Run:SelectingRunrunstheoptimisationsetup.Theresultswillbecontainedinanewoptimisationfolderinthe
setupfolder.
IfyouhavechangedsomedatainAtoll,forexample,ifyouaddedtransmittersor
changesomeofthetransmittersettings,thedatathatoptimisationresultsarebasedon
maydifferfromthecurrentAtolldata.Ifyourunaoptimisationbasedonsettingsmade
beforethechanges,itwillnottakethechangeddataintoconsideration.
ACPnormallydetectschangesintheAtolldocumentdataandcanlockagroupifitis
impossibletorunanoptimisationthatiscoherentwithexistingdata.ACPcanlocka
groupif,forexample,whenyoucommitoptimisationresultsafterthepathlosseshave
beenrecalculatedandarenolongerconsistentwiththedatausedtorunthe
optimisation.
Whenthishappensyouwilleitherhaveto:
Createanewoptimisationasexplainedin"CreatingaNewOptimisationSetup"
onpage234.
Duplicateanexistingoptimisationwhichwillcreateanewoptimisationwiththe
sameconfigurationbutwithupdatedparameters.
Rollbackthepreviouslycommittedparametersasexplainedin"TheCommitTab"
onpage281.
Delete:SelectingDeletedeletesthedefinedoptimisationsetupandanyresults.
StoringoptimisationresultsandthegroupconfigurationincreasethesizeoftheAtollfile.Deletingunusedsetups
intheACPAutomaticCellPlanningfolderwilldecreasethesizeoftheAtollfile.
LoadConfiguration:SelectingLoadConfigurationdisplaystheOpendialogue.YoucanthenselectaPRJfilebased
onthesettingsofadifferentoptimisation.WhenyouloadaconfigurationbasedonadifferentAtolldocument,
onlythesettingsthatarenotspecifictothatdocumentareloaded.
SaveConfiguration:SelectingSaveConfigurationdisplaystheSaveConfigurationdialogue.Youcanthenselect
thecheckboxescorrespondingtotheoptimisationinformationyouwanttosave.ClickingOKdisplaystheSaveAs
dialoguewhereyoucannamethePRJfiletheoptimisationsettingswillbesavedin.YoucanthenusethisPRJfile
toquicklyconfigureanoptimisation.
Savingaconfigurationisaquickwaytosavethesettingsyouhavemadeinanexternal
file.Youcantheneasilycreatenewconfigurationsusingthesesamesettingsasabasis
withouthavingtorecreatethem.
274
Duplicate:SelectingDuplicatedisplaystheACPDuplicateOptionsdialogue.
YoucanthenperformapartialduplicatewhichonlyresynchronisesthedatamodifiedbyACP,orafullduplicate
whichresynchronisesallthedataofthesetup.Duplicatingasetuppermitsyoutocreateanewsetupwithupto
datedatawhenthedataoftheoriginalsetupisnolongervalid.
AT320_UM_E0
6.6 ViewingOptimisationResults
Onceyouhaverunthecalibratedoptimisationasexplainedin"RunninganOptimisationSetup"onpage271,theresultsare
storedintheoptimisationfolderintheNetworkexplorer.YoucanviewtheresultsintheoptimisationsPropertiesdialogue
orinthemapwindow.
"ViewingOptimisationResultsinthePropertiesDialogue"onpage275
"ComparingOptimisations"onpage282
"ViewingOptimisationResultsintheMapWindow"onpage283
"ViewingOptimisationResultsUsingtheHistogram"onpage289.
6.6.1 ViewingOptimisationResultsinthePropertiesDialogue
YoucanviewtheresultsoftheoptimisationruninitsPropertiesdialogueintheACPAutomaticCellPlanningfolder.
ToviewtheresultsoftheoptimisationinitsPropertiesdialogue:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthefolderofthesetupcontainingtheoptimisationresultsyouwanttoview.
4. Rightclicktheoptimisation.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheoptimisationsPropertiesdialogueappears.
TheoptimisationresultsareonindividualtabsofthePropertiesdialogue(withanextratab,theGeneraltab,that
allowsyoutochangethenameoftheoptimisationresults):
General:OntheGeneraltab,youcanchangethedefaultNamefortheoptimisation.
Statistics:TheStatisticstabdisplaysasynthesisedviewoftheoptimisationresultsoftheobjectivesandofthe
EMFexposureoptimisation,ifonewasmade.FormoreinformationontheStatisticstab,see"TheStatisticsTab"
onpage275.
Sectors:TheSectorstabdisplaysatablewiththereconfiguredcellsingreen,sitesandsectorswhichhavebeen
addedorremoved,andtheobjectivecoveragequalitypercellbeforeandafteroptimisation.Formoreinforma
tionontheStatisticstab,see"TheSectorsTab"onpage277.
Graph:TheGraphtabdisplaysagraphwiththeiterationsontheXaxisandtheoptimisationobjectives(tech
nologyspecificobjectives,andtotalcost,ifyouhaveselectedtotakecostintoconsideration,andtheEMFexpo
sureoptimisation,ifonewasmade)ontheYaxis.Thevaluesdisplayedareindicatedwithalegend.Formore
informationontheGraphtab,see"TheGraphTab"onpage278.
Quality:TheQualitytabdisplaysthecomputationzonewithcoveragequalitypredictionsbeforeandafteropti
misation,andfortheEMFexposureoptimisation,ifonewasmade.FormoreinformationontheQualitytab,see
"TheQualityTab"onpage278.
Capacity:TheCapacitytabdisplaysalistofallcellcapacityloadsfortheinitialandoptimisednetwork.Youcan
choosetodisplaythecellsperlayerandperzone(fromtheForLayerandForZonelists).
Thegraphshowsforeachloadvaluetheratioofcellswithasmallercapacityload,i.e.aCumulativeDistribu
tionFunction(CDF)ofthecellload.Itisbesttohavethefinalcurveontop.
TheCapacityLoadStatisticsshowtypicalstatisticsintermsofaverage,standarddeviation,minimum,and
maximumvaluesfortheselectedlayerandzone.
FormoreinformationontheCapacitytab,see"TheCapacityTab"onpage279.
ChangeDetails:TheChangeDetailstabprovidesyouwithanorderedlistofchangesrecommendedbyACPand
enablesyoutoanalysetheimprovementcausedbyeachreconfigurationoption.Formoreinformationonthe
ChangeDetailstab,see"TheCapacityTab"onpage279.
Commit: The Commit tab enables you to commit the set of selected changes. For more information on the
Committab,see"TheCommitTab"onpage281.
6.6.1.1 TheStatisticsTab
TheStatisticstabdisplaysasynthesizedviewoftheoptimisationresultsoftheobjectivesandoftheEMFexposureoptimisa
tionormultistoreyoptimisation,ifeitherwasmade.
275
Forsk2013
Figure6.46:TheStatisticstab
Theinitialandfinalfiguresaregivenfortheobjectives,aswellastheabsoluteimprovement.Thesefiguresaregivenforthe
targetzoneselectedfortheobjective.IfyoudefinedweightsforeachzoneontheObjectivestabofthedialogueusedtode
finetheoptimisation(see"SettingObjectiveParameters"onpage243),ACPindicatesthattheresultsareweighted.
Youcanseemoredetailedinformationbyclickingthelinks(seeFigure6.47):
ShowChangeStatistics:Thechangestatisticsshowingthereconfigurationandsiteselectionstatistics,including,for
multiRAToptimisations,thenumberofsiteswherearadioaccesstechnologyhasbeenaddedorremoved.
ShowDetailedZoneResults:Thedetailedqualityfiguresoneachzone(hotspotandzonebasedonselectedclutter
classes).Detailedstatisticsaregivenonlyforzonesincludedintheobjectivetargetzone.
ShowDetailedMultiStoreyResults:Thechangestatisticsshowingtheimprovementincoverageforzonesonwhich
multistoreyoptimisationwasperformed,ifyouselectedtoperformmultistoryoptimisation.
ShowInput:Theinputsettingsofthisoptimisation.
Figure6.47:TheStatisticstabdetailedinformation
YoucanexporttheresultsbyclickingtheExportbutton.TheSaveAsdialoguethatappearsallowsyoutoselecttheformatin
whichyouwanttosavetheresults:XLS,TXT,HTML,orXML.
276
AT320_UM_E0
6.6.1.2 TheSectorsTab
TheSectorstabdisplaysatablewithallthecellsinthenetworkwiththefollowinginformation:
Cellsortransmitterswhichhavebeenreconfiguredaredisplayedingreen(i.e.,iftheyhavehadtheirantennatype,
azimuth,mechanicaltilt,orpilotpowerreconfigured).
Sitesandsectorswhichhavebeenaddedorremoved.
Theobjectivecoveragequalitypercellbeforeandafteroptimisation.Thequalityfiguresaremeasuredonthebest
serverareaofeachcell.
Antennatype,height,azimuth,mechanicaltilt,andpilotpowerinitialandfinalvaluesforeachcell.
Figure6.48:TheSectorstab
The results are displayed in a table. You can access options such as sorting, exporting data using the context menu (see
Figure6.49)sort,columnhiding,export,etc.
Figure6.49:OptionsavailablefordataintheSectorstab
IfyouareoptimisingEMFexposure,onthelefthandsideoftheSectorstab,asecondtab,theEMFExposuretab,appears.
TheEMFExposuretabdisplaystheinitialandfinalV/mexposurelevelforeachtransmitterintheoptimisation,theexposure
levelbeingdefinedasthetotalenergyemittedbythattransmitterwhenitisabovethedefinedpermittedmaximum.
277
Forsk2013
6.6.1.3 TheGraphTab
TheGraphtabdisplaysagraphwiththeiterationsontheXaxisandtheoptimisationobjectives(technologyspecificobjec
tivesandtotalcost,ifyouhaveselectedtotakecostintoconsideration,andtheEMFexposureoptimisation,ifonewasmade)
ontheYaxis(seeFigure6.50).Thevaluesdisplayedareindicatedwithalegend.
Figure6.50:TheGraphtab
Thetoolbarallowsyouto:
Zoomandspanthegraph
ExporttoaBMPimagefileorsimpletextfile
Printthegraph
Showthevaluesalongthecurves.
Figure6.51:TheGraphtabwiththevaluesdisplayedontheselectedpoint
6.6.1.4 TheQualityTab
The Quality tab displays the computation zone with coverage quality predictions for each quality indicator on each level
beforeandafteroptimisation,theobjectivepredictions,andtheEMFexposureoptimisation,ifonewasmade.Youcandefine
theareadisplayedinthecoveragequalitypredictionsbyselectingthezone(computation,focus,orhotspot)fromthelist
278
AT320_UM_E0
abovethepredictions.Thequalitypredictionsindicatethevalueofeachqualityindicator(forexamplesignallevel,overlap,
etc.),whiletheobjectivepredictionsindicatethecoveragestatusforeachobjectiveoneachpixel.
Figure6.52:CoveragepredictionsontheQualitytab
Thepredictionsaredisplayedwitharangeofvaluesdisplayedontheright.Ifyoubasedthisoptimisationonacoveragepredic
tion(see"SettingObjectiveParameters"onpage243),therangesandcoloursdefinedintheselectedcoveragepredictionwill
beusedforthequalitypredictions,unlessyouhavealreadydefineddisplaydefaultsforACP,eitherbysavinganACPpredic
tionssettingsasthedefault(see"ChangingtheDisplayPropertiesofACPPredictions"onpage287)orbyusingaconfigura
tionfile(see"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"onpage231).
ThisrangecanbemodifiedusingthePredictionPropertiesdialogue(seeFigure6.53)accessedthroughthetoolbutton(
).
Figure6.53:Definingthedisplaypropertiesofthecoveragepredictions
Inadditiontotheprediction,ahistogramisprovidedforquickevaluationoftheimprovementseenacrosstheentirerangeof
values.Thishistogramdisplaysthestatisticswithinthedefinedzoneifselected.Itshouldbealsonotedthatthestatisticsare
given using traffic weighting when traffic maps are used. They can therefore be different from similar statistics obtained
throughtheGenerateReporttoolinAtollwhichonlyusesuniformweighting.
Thedefaultcolourrangeusedfordisplaycanbechangedbysettingoptionsintheacp.ini
file.Forinformationontheacp.inifileoptions,seetheAdministratorManual.
6.6.1.5 TheCapacityTab
TheCapacitytabdisplaysagraphindicatingforeachloadvaluetheratioofcellswithasmallercapacityload,i.e.aCumulative
DistributionFunction(CDF)ofthecellload.Itisbesttohavethefinalcurveontop.
TheCapacityLoadStatisticsshowtypicalstatisticsintermsofaverage,standarddeviation,minimum,andmaximumvalues
fortheselectedlayerandzone.
279
Forsk2013
Figure6.54:TheCapacitytab
6.6.1.6 TheChangeDetailsTab
TheChangeDetailstabshowsalistofchangesthatcanbeappliedtotheinitialnetworkinordertooptimisethestateofthe
network.ThelistofchangeshasbeensortedbytheACPduringthefinalisationstatetoensurethatthefirstchangesproposed
havethemostbenefittothenetworkandthatthelastchangesaretheoneswiththelowestoverallbenefit.Thelistofchanges
canbeusedtodefineanimplementationplanortodecreasethenumberofchangestobemadebychoosingonlythechanges
withthegreatestbenefit.
The graph on the Change Details tab and the graph on the Graph tab appear similar,
howeverthegraphontheChangeDetailstabshowsthechangeslistedbybenefittothe
networkwhereasthegraphontheGraphtabdisplaysnetworkimprovementasafunction
oftheiterationofthesearchalgorithm.
Figure6.55:TheChangeDetailstab
Youcanselectasubsetofallchangesusingthesliderandviewthecorrespondingperformanceimprovementonthegraph.
Thiscanenableyoutoachievetwogoals:
Toselectasubsetofchangestobeimplemented.Forexample,youmightfindthatimplementingonlyonethirdof
therecommendedchangeswillprovide80%ofthebenefit.Youcouldthenchoosetocommitonlythosechangesto
theAtolldocument.
Tofindtheoptimal orderin which to applythese changesin the field, while atthesametime avoiding lessthan
optimalperformance,orevendegradingtheperformance,duringtheimplementationphase.
Beforeselectingasubsetofrecommendedchanges,itisimportanttounderstandthatACPcalculatesthesetofrecommen
dationsgloballyandthatthesechangesareinterdependent.Duringthefinalisationstep,ACPcalculatestheorderedlistof
280
AT320_UM_E0
changesdisplayedontheChangeDetailstabbystartingfromtheinitialnetworkconfigurationanditerativelyselectingthe
changethatwillhavethemosteffectonthenetwork.Ifyouarbitrarilyselectasubsetoftherecommendedchanges,itishighly
likelythattheimprovementofthenetworkqualitywillnotbeasgreatasprojected.Itisthereforehighlyrecommendedto
followtheorderedlistofchangesasproposed.
Thedatadisplayedontheothertabstakesalltheproposedchangesintoconsideration.
IfyouselectonlyasubsetoftheproposedchangesontheChangeDetailstab,the
statisticsdisplayedonothertabsdonotchange.
Whenyoucommittheoptimisationchanges,ACPwillonlycommittheproposedchangesselectedontheChangeDetailstab.
Forinformationoncommittingtheoptimisationchanges,see"TheCommitTab"onpage281.
6.6.1.7 TheCommitTab
Thisdialogueenablesyoutocommitthesetofselectedchanges(antenna,azimuth,tilt,sectorselection,orpilotpower)to
theAtolldocumentortorollthenetworkbacktoitsinitialstate.
TheCommittabautomaticallytakesintoaccountthechangesselectedontheChangeDetailstab;theUsecheckboxiscleared
foranychangethatwasdeselectedontheChangeDetailstab.
Figure6.56:TheCommittab
Youcanselectoneofthefollowing:
Commit:ClickingtheCommitbuttonwillupdatetheAtolldocumentwiththechangesdisplayedontheCommittab.
Onceyouhavecommittedthechanges,youcanrecalculatethepathlossesanduseanyofthefunctionsavailablein
Atoll,includingcoveragepredictionsandsimulations.Afteryouperformanysuchcalculations,remembertoclickthe
RollBacktoInitialStatebuttontoreturntotheoriginalnetworksettings.
RollBacktoInitialState:ClickingtheRollBacktoInitialStatebuttonwillreverttheAtollnetworktoitsstatebefore
theoptimisationwasrun.
WhenyouclickeithertheCommitbuttonortheRollBacktoInitialStatebutton,informationaboutthecommitorrollback
processisdisplayedintheAtollEventViewer.
TheEffectsofCommittingorRollingBackChangesonExistingSetups
Whenyoucommittheoptimisationresults,allexistingconfigurationsetupsarelockedbecausethenetworkstateonwhich
theconfigurationsetupwasbasedisnotcoherentwiththecurrentpathlosses.ACPautomaticallydetectsanyincoherence
andpreventsyoufromrunninganoptimisationonincoherentdata.ACPwillunlocktheoptimisationsetupswhenitbecomes
possible,forexample,whenyourollbackthedatatorestoretheAtollstatetobecoherentwiththenetworkstateonwhich
theconfigurationsetupwasbased.
Itisimportanttorememberthatyoucancommitorrollbackotheroptimisationresultsevenwhenthesetupislocked.
281
Forsk2013
6.6.2 ComparingOptimisations
Youcancomparetheresultsofoneoptimisationwiththeresultsofanotheroptimisationfromthesamesetuporfromadiffer
entsetup.
Tocompareanoptimisationwithanotheroptimisation:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthefolderofthesetupcontainingtheoptimisationresultsyouwanttocom
pare.
5. SelectCompareWithandthenproceedwithoneofthefollowing:
Tocomparethecurrentoptimisationwithoneoftheoptimisationsinthesamesetup:Selectoneoftheoptimi
sationsinthecontextmenu.
Tocomparethecurrentoptimisationwithanoptimisationfromadifferentsetup:
i.
SelectOthersfromthecontextmenu.TheACPCompareOptimisationdialogueappears(seeFigure6.57).
Figure6.57:TheACPCompareOptimisationdialogue
ii. SelecttheoptimisationwithwhichyouwanttocomparethefirstoneandclickOK.
6. AcomparisonofthetwooptimisationsiscreatedandcanbefoundtheSetupfolderofthefirstoptimisation.
7. RightclickthecomparisonofthetwooptimisationsandselectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.Thecomparison
Propertiesdialogueappears.
ThecomparisonPropertiesdialoguehastwotabs:theGeneraltabwhichallowsyoutochangethenameoftheoptimisation
results,andtheStatisticstabwhichdisplaysasynthesisedviewofthecomparisonofthetwooptimisation.Theinitialandfinal
figuresaregivenfortheobjectives,aswellastheabsoluteimprovement.Thesefiguresaregivenforthetargetzoneselected
fortheobjective.Additionally,thevariationbetweenthetwooptimisationsisalsogiven.
Youcanseemoredetailedinformationofeachoptimisation,alongwiththevariationbetweenthetwobyclickingthelinksat
thebottomoftheStatisticstab:
282
ShowChangeStatistics:Thechangestatisticsshowingthereconfigurationandsiteselectionstatistics.
ShowDetailedZoneResults:Thedetailedqualityfiguresoneachzone(hotspotandzonebasedonselectedclutter
classes).Detailedstatisticsaregivenonlyforzonesincludedintheobjectivetargetzone.
ShowDetailedMultiStoreyResults:Thechangestatisticsshowingtheimprovementincoverageforzonesonwhich
multistoreyoptimisationwasperformed,ifyouselectedtoperformmultistoreyoptimisation.
ShowInput:Theinputsettingsofthisoptimisation.
AT320_UM_E0
Figure6.58:TheStatisticstabofanoptimisationcomparison
YoucanexporttheresultsbyclickingtheExportbutton.TheSaveAsdialoguethatappearsallowsyoutoselecttheformatin
whichyouwanttosavetheresults:XLS,TXT,HTML,orXML.
6.6.3 ViewingOptimisationResultsintheMapWindow
ACPcandisplayoptimisationresultsintheformofpredictionsinthemapwindow.Thisallowsyoutoviewtheresultsand
facilitatesanalysis.Ifyoubasedthisoptimisationonacoverageprediction,therangesandcoloursdefinedintheselected
coveragepredictionwillbeusedfortheACPqualitypredictions,unlessyouhavealreadydefineddisplaydefaultsforACP,
eitherbysavinganACPpredictionssettingsasthedefaultorbyusingaconfigurationfile.
Toviewtheresultsoftheoptimisationinthemapwindow:
5. SelectNewPredictionfromthecontextmenu.TheACPPredictionTypesdialogueappears(seeFigure6.60).
Figure6.59:DisplayinganewpredictionbasedonACPresults
ThepredictionsavailableintheACPPredictionTypesdialogueareorganisedbycategory.
6. SelectthecategoryofpredictionsorclicktheExpandbutton(
egoryorprediction.
)toexpandthecategoryandthenselectthesubcat
7. ClickOKtocreatethepredictions.Thesearecreatedandinsertedinthefolderofthesetupcontainingtheoptimisa
tionresults(seeFigure6.60).
283
Forsk2013
Figure6.60:Thepredictiontypescorrespondtotheavailableresults
Youcandisplayapredictionbyselectingitscheckboxinthefolderofthesetupcontainingtheoptimisationresults.Thedisplay
propertiescanbechangedforasinglepredictionorforallpredictions.
ForinformationonthedisplaypropertiesforACPpredictions,see"ChangingtheDisplayPropertiesofACPPredictions"on
page287.
Additionalpredictionscanbemadeavailablebysettingoptionsintheacp.inifile.Forinfor
mationontheacp.inifileoptions,seetheAdministratorManual.
Thefollowingsectionsprovidemoreinformationonthepredictions:
"TheObjectiveAnalysisPredictions"onpage284
"TheTechnologyLayerPredictions"onpage284
"TheEMFExposurePredictions"onpage286
"ComparingPredictions"onpage286
"ChangingtheDisplayPropertiesofACPPredictions"onpage287
"ExportingACPCoveragePredictions"onpage288.
6.6.3.1 TheObjectiveAnalysisPredictions
Theobjectiveanalysispredictionsenableyoutodisplaythewhetherornotthedefinedobjectivesweremetintheinitial
coverageorinthefinalcoverage.Anadditionalobjectiveanalysispredictiondisplaysthevariationbetweentheinitialcover
ageandthefinalcoverage,i.e.,whethertheobjectivewasmetintheinitialcoverage,inthefinalcoverage,inboth,orin
neither.
Youcanviewwhetherornottheobjectivewasmetonanypixelbylettingthepointerrestoverthepixel.Whetherornotthe
objectivewasmetisthendisplayedintiptext.Whenthevariationbetweentheinitialandfinalcoverageisdisplayed,thetip
textalsoindicateswhethertheobjectivewasmetonthatpixelintheinitialcoverage,finalcoverage,both,orneither.
Ifyouhaveelectedtodoamultistoreyoptimisation,anadditionaltab,theHeighttab,isavailableonthePropertiesdialogue
oftheobjectiveanalysispredictions.Youcanselecthowtheresultsonmultistoreyevaluationpointsaredisplayed:
Displayatgroundlevel(definedreceiverheight):Onlythepredictionvaluesseenatthegroundpixelsareshown.
Displaymin.valuesseenatagivenposition:Whenseveralpointsarepresentforapixel(1groundlevelpoint+one
orseveralmultistoreypointsatdifferentheights),theminimumvalueofthosepointsisshown.
Displayvaluesatgivenstorey:Onlythepointsattheselectedstoreyaredisplayed.
6.6.3.2 TheTechnologyLayerPredictions
Thetechnologylayerpredictionsprovideaseriesofpredictionstoanalysetheresultsoftheoptimisation:
284
"TheQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage285
"TheChangeAnalysisPredictions"onpage285
AT320_UM_E0
6.6.3.2.1
"BestServerAnalysis"onpage285
"ObjectiveSectorAnalysis"onpage285.
TheQualityAnalysisPredictions
ThequalityanalysispredictionsenableyoutodisplaythequalitypredictionsintheAtollmapwindow.Thesepredictionsare
thesameasthosedisplayedontheQualitytaboftheoptimisationsPropertiesdialogue.
Ifyouhaveelectedtodoamultistoreyoptimisation,anadditionaltab,theHeighttab,isavailableonthePropertiesdialogue
ofthequalityanalysispredictions.Youcanselecthowtheresultsonmultistoreyevaluationpointsaredisplayed:
Displayatgroundlevel(definedreceiverheight):Onlythepredictionvaluesseenatthegroundpixelsareshown.
Displaymin.valuesseenatagivenposition:Whenseveralpointsarepresentforapixel(1groundlevelpoint+one
orseveralmultistoreypointsatdifferentheights),theminimumvalueofthosepointsisshown.
Displayvaluesatgivenstorey:Onlythepointsattheselectedstoreyaredisplayed.
Forinformationonthequalitypredictionsforeachtechnology,seethetechnologyspecificchapters:
6.6.3.2.2
ForGSM/GPRS/EDGE:see"TheGSMQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage587inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENet
works
ForUMTSHSPA:see"TheUMTSQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage768inChapter9:UMTSHSPANetworks
ForLTE:see"TheLTEQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage942inChapter10:LTENetworks.
ForWiMAX:see"TheWiMAXQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage1461inChapter13:WiMAXBWANetworks.
ForCDMA:see"TheCDMAQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage1123inChapter11:CDMA2000Networks.
TheChangeAnalysisPredictions
The change analysis predictions allow you to analyse the changes recommended by the ACP. The change attributes are
displayedonthepredictionusingabestserverprediction,becausethetypesofchangesthatACPrecommendsareallrelated
toindividualcells.Thebestserverpredictionusedisusuallytheinitialbestserverpredictionbutyoucanusethefinalbest
serverpredictionfornewsites(i.e.,sitesthathavebeenaddedduringoptimisation).
Thefollowingpredictionsareavailable:
ReconfigurationTypes:IntheReconfigurationTypesfolder,thereisaseparatepredictionforeachreconfiguration
optiondisplayingthechangestothenetwork:azimuth,mechanicaltilt,antenna,andpilotpower.Thechangesare
displayedforthebestserverzone.Thepredictionscanbedisplayedindividuallytodisplayeachreconfigurationoption
separatelyortogethertodisplayallreconfigurationoptions.
SectorSelectionTypes:IntheSectorSelectionTypesfolder,therearepredictionstodisplaywhichsectorsorsites
havebeenaddedorremoved.Thesepredictionsareonlyavailableifthesiteselectionwasactivatedduringoptimisa
tion.
ChangeOrder:TheChangeOrderpredictiondisplaystheorderofchanges(asdisplayedontheChangeDetailstabof
theoptimisationsPropertiesdialogue).Youcandefinethecoloursusedtodisplaytheorderofchangesbyright
clickingtheChangeOrderpredictionintheChangeAnalysisfolder,selectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenuand
thenchangingthecoloursontheDisplaytab.BydisplayingtheChangeOrderprediction,youcanseewherethemost
importantchangestobemadetothenetworkarelocated.
ChangeofElectricalTilt,MechanicalTilt,Azimuth,Height,PilotPower,andChangeCost:Thesepredictionsshowthe
variation of the given parameter. They can be used to see where in the network this reconfiguration option was
changed.
Theelectricaltiltvaluesarecalculatedusingtheverticalantennapattern.TheChangeof
ElectricalTiltpredictionismadeavailableevenwhenthechangewastotheantennatype.
6.6.3.2.3
BestServerAnalysis
Thebestserveranalysispredictionscontainpredictionsenablingyoutoanalysecellrelatedparametersasrelatedtothebest
server.Thefollowingpredictionsareavailable:
InitialandFinalElectricalandMechanicalTiltValues:Thesepredictionsshowthetiltvaluesontheinitialandfinal
network.Theycanbeused,forexample,toidentifyareaswithstrongtiltvalues.
InitialandFinalAntennaHeight:Thesepredictionsshowtheinitialandfinalantennaheights.
Bysettingoptionsintheacp.inifile,youcanalsocreatepredictionsthatdisplaytheinitial
andfinalcoveragebytransmitterorbyeachantenna.Forinformationontheacp.inifile
options,seetheAdministratorManual.
6.6.3.2.4
ObjectiveSectorAnalysis
Theobjectivesectoranalysispredictionsenableyoutodisplaytheinitialandfinalcoverageoftheobjectivesrelativetothe
definedthresholds.Youcanviewtheobjectivevaluesrelativetothedefinedthresholdsonanypixelbylettingthepointerrest
285
Forsk2013
overthepixel.Thevalueisthendisplayedintiptext.Thetiptextalsoprovidesthebestserver,whosesignalisusedtocalculate
thecoverageobjectives.
6.6.3.3 TheEMFExposurePredictions
TheEMFexposurepredictionscontainpredictionsenablingyoutoanalyseEMFexposure.Thefollowingpredictionsareavail
able:
QualityAnalysis:ThesepredictionsshowtheEMFExposureValuesontheinitialandfinalnetwork,theEMFExposure
Gain,andtheEMFExposureCoverageImprovement.
SectorAnalysis:ThesepredictionsshowV/mContributionoftheoptimisationareaontheinitialandfinalnetwork,
6.6.3.4 ComparingPredictions
Youcancomparetheresultsdisplayedononepredictionwiththeresultsofanotherpredictionfromthesameoptimisation
orfromadifferentoptimisation.
Tocompareapredictionwithapredictionfromthesameoptimisation:
1. Aftercreatingandinsertingthecoverageanalysispredictionsintothefolderofthesetupcontainingtheoptimisation
resultsasexplainedin"ViewingOptimisationResultsintheMapWindow"onpage283,rightclickthepredictionyou
wanttocompare.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. Fromthecontextmenu,selectCompareWithandthenselectoneofthepredictionsinthesubmenu.Anewprediction
iscreatedintheoptimisationfolderandtheresultsofthecomparisonaredisplayedinthemapwindow.
3. ACPcreatesanewpredictionintheoptimisationfolderanddisplaysitinthemapwindowwiththepixelsthataredis
playedonbothpredictionsoronlyonasingleprediction.
Figure6.61:Comparingtwooptimisationpredictions
Tocompareapredictionwithapredictionfromadifferentpredictiontypeorwithapredictionfromadifferentoptimisation:
resultsasexplainedin"ViewingOptimisationResultsintheMapWindow"onpage283,rightclickthepredictionyou
wanttocompare.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. From the context menu, select Compare With> Others. The ACP Compare Prediction dialogue appears (see
Figure6.62).Bydefault,theACPComparePredictiondialoguedisplaysonlypredictionsfromthesameoptimisation
asthepredictionyouwanttocompare.
286
AT320_UM_E0
Figure6.62:TheACPComparePredictiondialogue
3. Definethepredictionsyouchoosefrom:
ShowpredictionsfromPredictionsfolder:SelecttheShowpredictionsfromPredictionsfoldercheckboxifyou
wanttobeabletocomparewithapredictionwithacoveragepredictionyouhavealreadycreatedandcalculated.
ShowallACPsetups:SelecttheShowallACPsetupscheckboxifyouwanttobeabletocomparewithaprediction
fromadifferentoptimisation.
Showonlypredictionsofsametype:SelecttheShowonlypredictionsofsametypecheckboxifyouwantto
restrictthepredictionsdisplayedtopredictionsdisplayingcomparableinformation.
4. SelectthepredictionwithwhichyouwanttocomparethefirstoneandclickOK.ACPcreatesanewpredictioninthe
optimisationfolderanddisplaysitinthepredictionwindowwiththepixelsthataredisplayedonbothpredictionsor
onlyonasingleprediction.
Byfirstdefiningadisplayintervalof"1"inbothpredictionsandthencomparingthem,
theresultingcomparisonpredictionwillhavemoremeaningfulresults.Forinformation
ondefiningdisplayproperties,see"ChangingtheDisplayPropertiesofACPPredictions"
onpage287.
6.6.3.5 ChangingtheDisplayPropertiesofACPPredictions
YoucandefinehowACPpredictionsaredisplayedintheAtollpredictionwindow.Youcandefinethecoloursusedaswellas
therangesofvaluesontheDisplaytabofeachpredictionsPropertiesdialogue.Aswell,ACPallowsyoutodisplaythevalue
oneachpixelintheformoftiptext.
TodefinethedisplayofanACPprediction:
results asexplained in "Viewing Optimisation Results in the Map Window" on page283, rightclickthe prediction
whosedisplayyouwanttodefine.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThePropertiesdialogueappears(seeFigure6.63).
287
Forsk2013
Figure6.63:Settingthedisplaypropertiesforaprediction
4. OntheDisplaytab,youcandefinethefollowingsettings:
Colours:Foreachrangeofvalues,youcanclickthecolourbuttonandselectthecolourthatwillbeusedtorepre
sentthatrange.
Min.andMax.:Youcandefinetheminimumandmaximumvaluesthatwilldefinethatrange.
Transparency:Youcandefinethetransparencyofthepredictionusingtheslider.
Addtolegend:YoucandisplaytherangeofvaluesoftheoptimisationpredictionbyselectingtheAddtolegend.
checkbox.
Actions:YoucanmodifytherangesofvaluesbyclickingtheActionsbuttonandselectingoneofthefollowing:
SelectAll:SelectAlltoselectalltherangesontheDisplaytab.AnythingyouselectafterthatfromtheActions
menu(forexample,Delete)willbeappliedtotheselectedranges.
Delete:SelectDeletetodeletetheselectedrangeorranges.
InsertBefore:SelectInsertBeforetoinsertanewrangebeforetheselectedrange.
InsertAfter:SelectInsertAftertoinsertanewrangeaftertheselectedrange
Shading:SelectShadingtoopentheShadingdialoguewhereyoucandefinealltherangesbysettingthefirst
value,thelastvalue,andthestepbetweenvalues,aswellasthecolourusedforthefirstvalueandthecolour
usedforthelastvalue.ACPwillshadetherangesinbetweenthefirstandlastvaluewitharangeofcolours
goingfromthefirstcolourtothelast.
SaveasDefault:SelectSaveasDefaulttosetthecurrentsettingsontheDisplaytabtothedefaultsettings.
Thesesettingscanthenbeusedforallpredictionsofthesamekind.
LoadfromDefault:SelectLoadfromDefaulttochangethecurrentsettingstothosesetasthedefaultusing
SaveasDefault.
ResettoDefault:SelectResettoDefaulttochangethecurrentsettingsbacktotheACPdefaults.Youcanalso
useResettoDefaulttoreturntotheACPdefaultswhenyouhavecreateduserdefineddefaultsusingSaveas
Default.
Youcandisplaythevalueonapixelbyrestingthepointeronthepixelinthepredictionwindow.Thevalueonthatpixelwill
bedisplayedintiptext.
6.6.3.6 ExportingACPCoveragePredictions
ACPenablesyoutoexporttheoptimisationcoveragepredictionsinseveralformats,suchasBMPorJPG.Beforeyoucan
exportanoptimisationcoverageprediction,youmustfirstselectthepredictionanddefineitsappearanceasexplainedin
"ViewingOptimisationResultsintheMapWindow"onpage283.
Toexportanoptimisationcoverageprediction:
288
AT320_UM_E0
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthefolderofthesetupcontainingtheoptimisationpredictionyouwantto
export.
4. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheoptimisation.
5. Rightclicktheprediction.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. SelectExporttheCoveragefromthecontextmenu.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
7. EnteraFilenamefortheexportedcoveragepredictionandselecttheformatfromtheSaveastypelist.
8. ClickSave.Theexportedcoveragepredictionissavedintheselectedformat.Dependingonthefileformatselected
fromtheSaveastypelist,Atollcreatesanadditionalfileinthesamelocationcontaininggeoreferencinginformation:
BMPfile:AtollcreatesaBPWfile.
PNGfile:AtollcreatesaPGWfile.
ArcViewgrid(TXT)file:noadditionalfileiscreated.
TIFFfile:AtollcreatesaTFWfile.
JPEG2000file:noadditionalfileiscreated.
VerticalMapperfile(GRDorGRC):AtollcreatesaTABfile.
JPEGfile:noadditionalfileiscreated.
ESRIShapefile:AtollcreatesanSHXandaDBFfile.
MapInfo(TAB)file:AtollcreatesaDAT,anID,andaMAPfile.
MapInfo(MIF)file:AtollcreatesaMIDfile.
6.6.4 ViewingOptimisationResultsUsingtheHistogram
ACPcandisplayoptimisationresultsintheformofahistogram.Thehistogramisprovidedforquickevaluationofimprove
mentseenacrosstheentirerangeofvalues.Thishistogramdisplaysthestatisticswithintheselectedzone.Ifyoubasedthis
optimisationonacoverageprediction,therangesandcoloursdefinedintheselectedcoveragepredictionwillbeusedforthe
histogram, unless you have already defined display defaults for ACP, either by saving an ACP predictions settings as the
defaultorbyusingaconfigurationfile.
Toviewtheresultsoftheoptimisationusingahistogram:
4. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthefolderoftheoptimisation.
Dependingonthetypeofoptimisationresultsyouwanttoview,youmightneedtoexpand
additionalfolders.
5. Rightclicktheoptimisationresults.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. SelectHistogramfromthecontextmenu.Thehistogramappearsinaseparatewindowwithalegendontherightside.
289
290
Forsk2013
Chapter7
MultiRATNetworks
ThischapterprovidestheinformationtouseAtollto
design,analyse,andoptimiseamultiRATnetwork.
"Designinga3GPPMultiRATNetwork"onpage293
"PlanningandOptimisingBaseStations"onpage295
"StudyingNetworkCapacity"onpage328
"OptimisingNetworkParametersUsingtheACP"on
page349
"VerifyingNetworkCapacity"onpage350
"AdvancedConfiguration"onpage351.
292
Forsk2013
Chapter7:3GPPMultiRATNetworks
AT320_UM_E0
7 3GPPMultiRATNetworks
Ifyouareworkingonaradioplanningprojectusingmorethanone3GPPradioaccesstechnology,Atollenablesyoutocreate
a3GPPmultiRATprojectincorporatingGSM/GPRS/EDGE,UMTS/HSPA,andLTE.Onceyouhavecreatedthe3GPPmultiRAT
project,Atolloffersmanytoolstoletyouverifythenetwork.Basedontheresultsofyourtests,youcanmodifyanyofthe
parametersdefiningthenetwork.
Theprocessofplanningandcreatinga3GPPmultiRATnetworkisoutlinedin"Designinga3GPPMultiRATNetwork"on
page293.Creatingthenetworkofbasestationsisexplainedin"PlanningandOptimisingBaseStations"onpage295.Allocat
ingneighbours,frequencies(forGSMandLTE),scramblingcodes(forUMTS)andphysicalcellIds(forLTE)isalsoexplained.
Inthissection,youwillalsofindinformationonhowyoucandisplayinformationonbasestationsonthemapandhowyou
canusethetoolsinAtolltostudybasestations.
In"StudyingNetworkCapacity"onpage328,usingtrafficmapstostudynetworkcapacityisexplained.Creatingsimulations
usingthetrafficmapinformationandanalysingtheresultsofsimulationsisalsoexplained.
Usingdrivetestdatapathstoverifythenetworkisexplainedin"VerifyingNetworkCapacity"onpage350.Filteringimported
drivetestdatapaths,andusingthedataincoveragepredictionsisalsoexplained.Filteringimporteddrivetestdatapaths,and
usingthedataincoveragepredictionsisalsoexplained.
7.1 Designinga3GPPMultiRATNetwork
Figure7.1depictstheprocessofplanningandcreatinga3GPPmultiRATnetwork.
1
2
5b
5a
5c
6
7
8
10
11
Figure7.1:Planninga3GPPMultiRATnetworkworkflow
Thestepsinvolvedinplanninga3GPPmultiRATnetworkaredescribedbelow.ThenumbersrefertoFigure7.1.
1. Openanexisting3GPPmultiRATplanningdocumentorcreateanewone(
).
YoucanopenanexistingAtoll3GPPmultiRATdocumentbyselectingFile>Open.
293
Forsk2013
CreatinganewAtoll3GPPmultiRATdocumentisexplainedin"CreatingaNewAtollDocumentfromaTemplate"
onpage115.
2. Configurethenetworkbyaddingnetworkelementsandchangingparameters(
).
Youcanaddandmodifythefollowingelementsofbasestations:
Youcanalsoaddbasestationsusingabasestationtemplate(see"CreatingaBaseStation"onpage296).
3. Carryoutbasiccoveragepredictions(
)fromtheanalysisofbasestations:"StudyingBaseStations"onpage298
4. Allocateneighbours,automaticallyorindividually(
).
"PlanningNeighbours"onpage303.
5. FortheGSMpartofthenetwork,estimatetherequirednumberofTRXs(
)inoneofthefollowingways:
Youcanimportorcreatetrafficmaps( 5a )andusethemasabasisfordimensioning 5b )(see"StudyingNetwork

Capacity"onpage429inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks).
YoucandefinethemmanuallyeitherontheTRXstabofeachtransmittersPropertiesdialogueorintheSubcells
table(see"ModifyingaSubcell"onpage368)(
5c
).
6. OnceyouhavetherequirednumberofTRXsintheGSMpartofthenetwork,manuallyorautomaticallycreateafre
quencyplan(
).
"AllocatingResourcesinGSM"onpage327.
7. FortheUMTSpartofthenetwork,allocatescramblingcodes(
).
"AllocatingResourcesinUMTS"onpage328.
8. FortheLTEpartofthenetwork,allocatefrequenciesandphysicalcellIDs( 8 ).
"AllocatingResourcesinLTE"onpage328.
9. Beforemakingmoreadvancedcoveragepredictions,youneedtodefinecellloadconditions( 9 ).
Youcandefinecellloadconditionsinthefollowingways:
Youcangeneraterealisticcellloadconditionsbycreatingasimulationbasedonatrafficmap( 9a and 9b )(see

"StudyingNetworkCapacity"onpage328).
You can define them manually in GSM ("Importing OMC Traffic Data into the Subcells Table: Traffic Data" on
page430),UMTS("SettingtheULLoadFactorandtheDLTotalPower"onpage685)andLTE("SettingtheTraffic
LoadsandtheULNoiseRise"onpage874)( 9c ).
10. Maketechnologyspecificcoveragepredictions( 10 ).
FortheGSMGPRSEDGEpartofthe3GPPmultiRATnetwork:
"AnalysingNetworkQuality"onpage548.
FortheUMTSHSPApartofthe3GPPmultiRATnetwork:
"UMTSSpecificPredictions"onpage685
"HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage701
"HSUPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage704.
FortheLTEpartofthe3GPPmultiRATnetwork:
"LTECoveragePredictions"onpage869.
Foracombinationofseveraltechnologiesinthe3GPPmultiRATnetwork:
"3GPPMultiRATPredictions"onpage299.
11. Analysethequalityoftheresourceallocations( 11 ).
FortheGSMGPRSEDGEpartofthe3GPPmultiRATnetwork:
"AuditingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEFrequencyPlan"onpage577.
"DisplayingtheFrequencyAllocation"onpage580.
"CalculatingKeyPerformanceIndicatorsofaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage583.
FortheUMTSHSPApartofthe3GPPmultiRATnetwork:
294
"CheckingtheConsistencyoftheScramblingCodePlan"onpage729
"DisplayingtheAllocationofScramblingCodes"onpage730.
AT320_UM_E0
FortheLTEpartofthe3GPPmultiRATnetwork:
"DisplayingandAnalysingtheAFPResults"onpage905.
"CheckingtheConsistencyofthePhysicalCellIDPlan"onpage908
"DisplayingthePhysicalCellIDAllocationHistogram"onpage908
7.2 PlanningandOptimisingBaseStations
AsdescribedinChapter2:StartinganAtollProject,youcanstartanAtolldocumentfromatemplate,withnosites,orfroma
databasewithasetofsites.AsyouworkonyourAtolldocument,youwillstillneedtocreatesitesandmodifyexistingones.
InAtoll,asiteisdefinedasageographicalpointwhereoneormoretransmittersarelocated.Onceyouhavecreatedasite,
youcanaddtransmitters.InAtoll,atransmitterisdefinedastheantennaandanyotheradditionalequipment,suchasthe
TMA,feedercables,etc.WhenmodellingGSM/GPRS/EDGEina3GPPmultiRATproject,youmustalsoaddsubcellstoeach
transmitter.AsubcellreferstothecharacteristicsofagroupofTRXsonatransmitter.WhenmodellingUMTSHSPAorLTEin
a3GPPmultiRATproject,youmustalsoaddcellstoeachtransmitter.InUMTS,acellreferstothecharacteristicsofacarrier
onatransmitter;inLTE,acellmodelsthecharacteristicsofanRFchannel.
A n te n n a
- A z im u t h
- M e c h a n i c a l t i lt
TMA
A n te n n a
- H e ig h t
F e e d e r C a b le
T r a n s m it t e r
- N o i s e f ig u r e
- Power
S it e
- X , Y c o o r d in a te s
Figure7.2:Atransmitter
Atollletsyoucreateonesite,transmitter,orcellorsubcellatatime,orcreateseveralatoncebyusingastationtemplate.
Usingastationtemplate,youcancreateoneormorebasestationsatthesametime.InAtoll,abasestationreferstoasite
withitstransmitters,antennas,equipment,andcellsorsubcells.
Atollallowsyoutomakeavarietyofcoveragepredictions,suchassignallevelortransmittercoveragepredictions.Theresults
ofcalculatedcoveragepredictionscanbedisplayedonthemap,compared,orstudied.
Atollenablesyoutomodelnetworktrafficbyallowingyoutocreateservices,users,userprofiles,environments,andtermi
nals.Thisdatacanbethenusedtomakequalitypredictions,suchaseffectiveservicearea,noise,orhandoverstatuspredic
tions,onthenetwork.
"CreatingaBaseStation"onpage296
"CreatingaGroupofBaseStations"onpage296
"DisplayTipsforBaseStations"onpage297
"CreatingaRepeater"onpage297
"CreatingaRemoteAntenna"onpage297
"SettingtheWorkingAreaofanAtollDocument"onpage298
"StudyingaSingleBaseStation"onpage298
"StudyingBaseStations"onpage298
"3GPPMultiRATPredictions"onpage299
"PlanningNeighbours"onpage303
"AllocatingResourcesina3GPPMultiRATProject"onpage327
295
Forsk2013
7.2.1 CreatingaBaseStation
Ina3GPPmultiRATproject,sitescanbesharedbytransmittersofdifferenttechnologies.Thewaysitesandtransmittersare
managedina3GPPmultiRATprojectisthesameasineachtechnology.Becausea3GPPmultiRATprojectwillcontaintrans
mitterandstationtemplatefoldersforeachtechnologymodelled,thefoldersareidentifiedbythetechnologytheybelongto.
TocreateaGSMGPRSEDGEbasestation,see"CreatingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEBaseStation"onpage357
TocreateaUMTSHSPAbasestation,see"CreatingaUMTSBaseStation"onpage635
TocreateaLTEbasestation,see"CreatinganLTEBaseStation"onpage821.
Ifyouwanttoaddatransmittertoanexistingsiteonthemap,youcanaddthe
transmitterbyrightclickingthesiteandselectingNewTransmitterfromthecontext
menu.Becausea3GPPmultiRATdocumentmodelsseveraltechnologies,thenew
transmitterwillbecreatedusingthetechnology(GSM,UMTSorLTE)ofthestation
templatecurrentlyselectedinthetoolbar.
7.2.2 CreatingaGroupofBaseStations
Youcancreatebasestationsindividuallyasexplainedin"CreatingaBaseStation"onpage296,oryoucancreateoneor
severalbasestationsbyusingstationtemplatesasexplainedin"PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate"onpage369.
However,ifyouhavealargedataplanningprojectandyoualreadyhaveexistingdata,youcanimportthisdataintoyour
currentAtolldocumentandcreateagroupofbasestations.
WhenyouimportdataintoyourcurrentAtolldocument,thecoordinatesystemofthe
importeddatamustbethesameasthedisplaycoordinatesystemusedinthedocument.
If you cannot change the coordinate system of your source data, you can temporarily
changethedisplaycoordinatesystemoftheAtolldocumenttomatchthesourcedata.For
information on changing the coordinate system, see "Setting a Coordinate System" on
page119.
Youcanimportbasestationdatainthefollowingways:
Copyingandpastingdata:Ifyouhavedataintableform,eitherinanotherAtolldocumentorinaspreadsheet,you
cancopythisdata andpasteitinto thetables inyourcurrentAtoll document. Whenyou createagroupofbase
stationsbycopyingandpastingdata,youmustcopyandpastesitedataintheSitestable,transmitterdatainthe
Transmitterstable,andcellorsubcelldataintheCellsorSubcellstable,inthatorder.
Thetableyoucopydatafrommusthavethesamecolumnlayoutasthetableyouare
pastingdatainto.
Forinformationoncopyingandpastingdata,see"CopyingandPastingaTableElement"onpage77.
Importingdata:Ifyouhavedataintextorcommaseparatedvalue(CSV)format,youcanimportitintothetablesin
thecurrentdocument.IfthedataisinanotherAtolldocument,youcanfirstexportitintextorCSVformatandthen
importitintothetablesofyourcurrentAtolldocument.Whenyouareimporting,Atollallowsyoutoselectwhat
valuesyouimportintowhichcolumnsofthetable.
Whenyoucreateagroupofbasestationsbyimportingdata,youmustimportsitedataintheSitestable,transmitter
dataintheTransmitterstable,andcellorsubcelldataintheCellsorSubcellstable,inthatorder.
Forinformationonexportingtabledata,see"ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets"onpage80.Forinfor
mationonimportingtabledata,see"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81.
YoucanquicklycreateaseriesofbasestationsforstudypurposesusingtheHexagonal
DesigntoolontheRadioPlanningtoolbar.Forinformation,see"PlacingaNewStation
UsingaStationTemplate"onpage369.
InAtoll,youcanaccessthePropertiesdialogueofasiteortransmitterusingthecontextmenuintheNetworkexplorer.
However,inacomplexradioplanningproject,itcanbedifficulttofindthedataobjectintheNetworkexplorer,althoughit
mightbevisibleinthemapwindow.AtollletsyouaccessthePropertiesdialogueofsitesandtransmittersdirectlyfromthe
296
AT320_UM_E0
map.YoucanalsoselectasitetodisplayallofthetransmitterslocatedonitintheSiteConfigurationwindow.Whenselecting
atransmitter,ifthereismorethanonetransmitterwiththesameazimuth,clickingthetransmittersinthemapwindowopens
acontextmenuallowingyoutoselectthetransmitter.Youcanalsochangethepositionofthestationbydraggingit,orby
lettingAtollfindahigherlocationforit.
ModifyingsitesandtransmittersdirectlyonthemapisexplainedindetailinChapter1:TheWorkingEnvironment:
7.2.4 DisplayTipsforBaseStations
Atollallowstoyoutodisplayinformationaboutbasestationsinanumberofdifferentways.Thisenablesyounotonlyto
displayselectedinformation,butalsotodistinguishbasestationsataglance.
Thefollowingtoolscanbeusedtodisplayinformationaboutbasestations:
Label:Youcandisplayinformationabouteachobject,suchaseachsiteortransmitter,intheformofalabelthatis
displayedwiththeobject.Youcandisplayinformationfromeveryfieldinthatobjecttypesdatatable,includingfrom
fieldsthatyouadd.Thelabelisalwaysdisplayed,soyoushouldchooseinformationthatyouwouldwanttoalwaysbe
visible;toomuchinformationwillleadtoacluttereddisplay.Forinformationondefiningthelabel,see"Definingthe
ObjectTypeLabel"onpage46.
Tiptext:Youcandisplayinformationabouteachobject,suchaseachsiteortransmitter,intheformoftiptextthatis
onlyvisiblewhenyoumovethepointerovertheobject.Youcanchoosetodisplaymoreinformationthaninthelabel,
becausetheinformationisonlydisplayedwhenyoumovethepointerovertheobject.Youcandisplayinformation
fromanyfieldinthatobjecttypesdatatable,includingfromfieldsthatyouadd.Forinformationondefiningthetip
text,see"DefiningtheObjectTypeTipText"onpage46.
Transmittercolour:Youcansetthetransmittercolourtodisplayinformationaboutthetransmitter.Forexample,you
canselect"DiscreteValues"todistinguishtransmittersbyantennatype,ortodistinguishinactivefromactivesites.
Youcanalsodefinethedisplaytypefortransmittersas"Automatic."Atollthenautomaticallyassignsacolourtoeach
transmitter,ensuringthateachtransmitterhasadifferentcolourthanthetransmitterssurroundingit.Forinforma
tionondefiningthetransmittercolour,see"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44.
Transmittersymbol:Youcanselectoneofseveralsymbolstorepresenttransmitters.Forexample,youcanselecta
symbolthatgraphicallyrepresentstheantennahalfpowerbeamwidth(
).Ifyouhavetwotransmittersonthe
samesitewiththesameazimuth,youcandifferentiatethembyselectingdifferentsymbolsforeach(
Forinformationondefiningthetransmittersymbol,see"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44.
and
).
7.2.5 CreatingaRepeater
Arepeaterreceives,amplifies,andretransmitstheradiatedorconductedRFcarrierbothindownlinkanduplink.Ithasa
donorsideandaserverside.Thedonorsidereceivesthesignalfromadonortransmitter,repeater,orremoteantenna.This
signalcan becarriedby differenttypesoflinks suchasaradio link oramicrowave link. Theserversideretransmits the
receivedsignal.
Ina3GPPmultiRATproject,youcandefinerepeatersforGSM,UMTSandLTEsites.Repeatersaremanagedina3GPPmulti
RATprojectthesamewaytheyareineachtechnology.IntheNetworkexplorer,repeatersarefoundinthetransmitterfolder
ofthetechnologytheybelongto.
TocreateaGSMGPRSEDGErepeater,see"CreatingaRepeater"onpage378
TocreateaUMTSHSPArepeater,see"CreatingaRepeater"onpage653
TocreateaLTErepeater,see"CreatingaRepeater"onpage838
7.2.6 CreatingaRemoteAntenna
Atollallowsyoutocreateremoteantennastopositionantennasatlocationsthatwouldnormallyrequirelongrunsoffeeder
cable.Aremoteantennaisconnectedtothebasestationwithanopticfibre.Remoteantennasallowyoutoensureradio
coverageinanareawithoutanewbasestation.
InAtoll,theremoteantennashouldbeconnectedtoabasestationthatdoesnothaveanyantennas.Itisassumedthata
remoteantenna,asopposedtoarepeater,doesnothaveanyequipmentandgeneratesnoamplificationgainnornoise.In
certaincases,youmaywanttomodelaremoteantennawithequipmentoraremoteantennaconnectedtoabasestation
297
Forsk2013
that has antennas. This can be done by modelling a repeater. For information on creating a repeater, see "Creating a
Repeater"onpage297.
Ina3GPPmultiRATproject,youcandefinerepeatersforGSM,UMTSandLTEsites.Remoteantennasaremanagedina3GPP
multiRATprojectthesamewaytheyareineachtechnology.IntheNetworkexplorer,remoteantennasarefoundinthe
transmitterfolderofthetechnologytheybelongto.
TocreateaGSMGPRSEDGEremoteantenna,see"CreatingaRemoteAntenna"onpage382
TocreateaUMTSHSPAremoteantenna,see"CreatingaRemoteAntenna"onpage658
TocreateaLTEremoteantenna,see"CreatingaRemoteAntenna"onpage842
7.2.7 SettingtheWorkingAreaofanAtollDocument
Whenyouloadprojectdatafromadatabase,youwillprobablyonlymodifythedataintheregionforwhichyouarerespon
sible.Forexample,acomplexradioplanningprojectmaycoveranentireregionorevenanentirecountry.You,however,
mightberesponsiblefortheradioplanningforonlyonecity.Insuchasituation,doingacoveragepredictionthatcalculates
theentirenetworkwouldnotonlytakealotoftime,itisnotnecessary.Consequently,youcanrestrictacoverageprediction
tothesitesthatyouareinterestedinandgenerateonlytheresultsyouneed.
InAtoll,therearetwowaysofrestrictingthenumberofsitescoveredbyacoverageprediction,eachwithitsownadvantages:
Filteringthedesiredsites
Youcansimplifytheselectionofsitestobestudiedbyusingafilter.Youcanfiltersitesaccordingtooneormorefields,
oryoucancreateanadvancedfilterbycombiningseveralcriteriainseveralfields.Youcancreateagraphicfilterby
eitherusinganexistingvectorpolygonorcreatinganewvectorpolygon.Forinformationongraphicfilters,see"Filter
ingDataUsingaFilteringZone"onpage105.Thisenablesyoutokeeponlythebasestationswiththecharacteristics
youwanttostudy.Thefilteringzoneistakenintoaccountwhetherornotitisvisible.
Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93.
Settingacomputationzone
Drawingacomputationzonetoencompassthesitestobestudiedlimitsthenumberofsitestobecalculated,which
inturnreducesthetimenecessaryforcalculations.Inasmallerproject,thetimesavingsmaynotbesignificant.Ina
largerproject,especiallywhenyouaremakingrepeatedpredictionsinordertoseetheeffectsofsmallchangesinsite
configuration,thesavingsintimeisconsiderable.Limitingthenumberofsitesbydrawingacomputationzonealso
limitstheresultingcalculatedcoverage.Thecomputationzoneistakenintoaccountwhetherornotitisvisible.
Itisimportantnottoconfusethecomputationzoneandthefocuszoneorhotspot.Thecomputationzonedefines
theareawhereAtollcalculatespathlossmatrices,coveragepredictions,MonteCarlo,powercontrolsimulations,etc.,
whilethefocuszoneorhotspotistheareatakenintoconsiderationwhengeneratingreportsandresults.
Forinformationonthecomputationzone,see"TheComputationZone"onpage55.
Youcancombineacomputationzoneandafilter,inordertocreateaverypreciseselectionofthebasestationstobestudied.
7.2.8 StudyingaSingleBaseStation
Asyoucreateasite,youcanstudyittotesttheeffectivenessofthesetparameters.Coveragepredictionsongroupsofsites
cantakealargeamountoftimeandconsumealotofcomputerresources.Restrictingyourcoveragepredictiontothesite
youarecurrentlyworkingonallowsyougettheresultsquickly.Youcanexpandyourcoveragepredictiontoanumberofsites
onceyouhaveoptimisedthesettingsforeachindividualsite.
Ina3GPPmultiRATproject,sitescanbesharedbytransmittersofdifferenttechnologies.Thewaysitesandtransmittersare
managedina3GPPmultiRATprojectisthesameasineachtechnology.Becausea3GPPmultiRATprojectwillcontaintrans
mitterandstationtemplatefoldersforeachtechnologymodelled,thefoldersareidentifiedbythetechnologytheybelongto.
Ina3GPPmultiRATproject,studyingasinglebasestationissimilartostudyingasinglebasestationinasingleRATproject.
Theonlydifferenceisthatthefoldersandtools(suchasthePointAnalysis)areidentifiedbythetechnologytheybelongto.
TostudyasingleGSMGPRSEDGEbasestation,see"StudyingaSingleBaseStation"onpage386
TostudyasingleUMTSHSPAbasestation,see"StudyingaSingleBaseStation"onpage661
TostudyasingleLTEbasestation,see"StudyingaSingleBaseStation"onpage846.
7.2.9 StudyingBaseStations
Whenyoumakeacoverageprediction,Atollcalculatesallbasestationsthatareactive,filtered(i.e.,thatareselectedbythe
currentfilterparameters),andwhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputationzone.
Figure7.3givesanexampleofacomputationzone.InFigure7.3,thecomputationzoneisdisplayedinred,asitisintheAtoll
mapwindow.Thepropagationzoneofeachactivesiteisindicatedbyabluesquare.Eachpropagationzonethatintersects
therectangle(indicatedbythegreendashedline)containingthecomputationzonewillbetakenintoconsiderationwhen
298
AT320_UM_E0
Atollcalculatesthecoverageprediction.Sites78and95,forexample,arenotinthecomputationzone.However,theirprop
agationzonesintersecttherectanglecontainingthecomputationzoneand,therefore,theywillbetakenintoconsideration
inthecoverageprediction.Ontheotherhand,thecoveragezonesofthreeothersitesdonotintersectthegreenrectangle.
Therefore,theywillnotbetakenintoaccountinthecoverageprediction.
Figure7.3:Anexampleofacomputationzone
Beforecalculatingacoverageprediction,Atollmusthavevalidpathlossmatrices.Atollcalculatesthepathlossmatricesusing
theassignedpropagationmodel.Atollcanusetwodifferentpropagationmodelsforeachtransmitter:amainpropagation
modelwithashorterradius(displayedwithabluesquareinFigure7.3)andahigherresolutionandanextendedpropagation
modelwithalongerradiusandalowerresolution.Atollwillusethemainpropagationmodeltocalculatehigherresolution
pathlossmatricesclosetothetransmitterandtheextendedpropagationmodeltocalculatelowerresolutionpathlossmatri
cesoutsidetheareacoveredbythemainpropagationmodel.
Ina3GPPmultiRATproject,studyingbasestationsissimilartostudyingbasestationsinasingleRATproject.Theonlydiffer
enceisthatthefoldersandtools(suchasthePointAnalysis)areidentifiedbythetechnologytheybelongto.
TostudyGSMGPRSEDGEbasestations,see"StudyingBaseStations"onpage389
TostudyUMTSHSPAbasestations,see"StudyingBaseStations"onpage665
TostudyLTEbasestations,see"StudyingBaseStations"onpage849.
Certaintechnologyspecificcoveragepredictions(basedonqualityorload)useterminals,mobilitiesandservices.Ifthese
multiserviceparametersarespecifictoasingletechnology,theyaremanagedthesameasinthesectionsmentionedabove.
Iftheseparametershavetobesetforseveraltechnologies,see"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage329.
7.2.10 3GPPMultiRATPredictions
In3GPPmultiRATpredictions,thequalityofthesignalandthesizeoftheareathatcanbecoveredareinfluencedbythe
networkload.Asthenetworkloadincreases,theareaacellcancovereffectivelydecreases.Forthisreason,thenetworkload
mustbedefinedinordertocalculatespecific3GPPMultiRATpredictions.
Inthissection,thecoveragepredictionsspecificto3GPPMultiRATwillbecalculatedusingDLandULloadconditionswhich
are:
InGSM:theallocatedfrequencyplanandthesubcellDLtrafficload
InUMTS:theDLtotalpowerandULloadfactor(definedattheUMTScelllevel)
InLTE:theallocatedfrequencyplan,theDLtrafficloadandULnoiserise(definedattheLTEcelllevel).
Forthepurposeofthesepredictions,eachpixelisconsideredanoninterferinguserwithadefinedservice,mobilitytype,and
terminalwhere3GPPMultiRATpropertiesaredefinedasexplainedin"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage329.
299
Forsk2013
Thefollowingspecific3GPPMultiRATcoveragepredictionisexplainedinthissection:
"Makinga3GPPMultiRATEffectiveServiceAreaPrediction"onpage300.
"Makinga3GPPMultiRATThroughputPrediction"onpage301.
7.2.10.1 Makinga3GPPMultiRATEffectiveServiceAreaPrediction
The3GPPMultiRATeffectiveserviceareaisthecombinationofseveralsingleRATeffectiveserviceareas:
TheGSMpartisbasedontheGSMServiceAreaAnalysis(DL),asexplainedin"MakingaServiceAreaAnalysisCov
eragePrediction"onpage573
TheUMTSpartisbasedontheUMTSEffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(DL+UL)analysis,asexplainedin"Stud
yingtheEffectiveServiceArea"onpage694.InthecaseofHSPAservices,thecoverageisbasedonacombinationof
HSDPAetHSUPAserviceareasasexplainedin"HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage701and"HSUPA
QualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage704.
TheLTEpartisbasedontheLTEEffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis(DL+UL),asexplainedin"StudyingtheEffectiveSer
viceArea"onpage879.
Theeffectiveserviceareasaredefinedasfollows:
In GSM, a circuitswitched service will be served in DL if at least one codec mode can be selected, and a packet
switchedservicewillbeservedinDLifatleastonecodingschemecanbeselected.
TheradioconditionsareevaluatedovertheHCSserverareawithamarginof4dB,onalltheinterferedsubcells.The
trafficloadcomesfromthesubcellstable.Codecmodesandcodingschemesareobtainedfromradioconditionsbased
onC/I+Nwithoutideallinkadaptation.Itmeansthatafrequencyplanhastobedefinedfortheinvolvedtransmitters
inordertogetGSM/GPRS/EDGEcoverage.
InUMTS,aservicewillbeservediftheconditionsonEc/Io(definedinthemobility)andEb/Nt(definedfortheR99
bearernecessarytoaccesstheservice)arefulfilledbothinDLandUL.Inaddition,iftheserviceisHSPA,itwillbe
servedinHSPAconditionstoaccesstheappropriateHSPAbearersarereached.
InLTE,aservicewillbeservedif,overitsarea(definedbytheReferenceSignalcoverage),thePDSCHandPUSCHCINR
conditionsarebetterthantheCINRtoaccessthelowestbearernecessarytoaccesstheservice.
Tomakea3GPPMultiRATeffectiveserviceareaprediction:
4. FromtheStandardPredictions3GPPMultiRATsection,selectEffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis(DL+UL)andclickOK.
The3GPPMultiRATEffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis(DL+UL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.
OntheGeneraltab,youcanchangethedefaultName,Resolution,andthestorageFolderforthecoverageprediction,
andaddsomeComments.Formoreinformationonthestorageofcoveragepredictions,see"DefiningtheStorage
LocationofCoveragePredictionResults"onpage216.UnderDisplayconfiguration,youcancreateaFiltertoselect
whichsiteswillbedisplayedintheresults.Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93.TheGroupBy
andSortbuttonsarenotavailablewhenmakinga"global"coverageprediction(e.g.,signallevelcoverageprediction).
6. ClicktheConditionstab.
YoumustselectaTerminal,Service,andMobility,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage329.
Ifyouwanttheeffectiveserviceareapredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakeninto
accountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
YoucanalsoselecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyper
clutterclass.
7. ClicktheDisplaytab.
DisplayType:Fora3GPPmultiRATeffectiveserviceareaprediction,"DiscreteValues"isselectedasthedisplaytype
sothateachserviceareaisdisplayedwiththecolourcorrespondingtothetechnologyusedtoaccesstheserviceusing
theprobemobile.
Field:Select"Technologies"or"AvailableTechnologies".
300
Select"Technologies"whenyouonlywanttotakeintoaccounttheserviceareascorrespondingtosingleRAT
technologies (GSM, UMTS, or LTE), as shown in Figure7.1 on page301. The service areas overlap in the map
windowwiththeserviceareaofthehighestprioritytechnology(LTE)ontop.
Select"AvailableTechnologies"whenyoualsowanttotakeintoaccounttheserviceareascorrespondingtotwo
technologycombinationsandtotheoveralltechnologycombination(LTE+UMTS+GSM),asshowninFigure7.2on
AT320_UM_E0
page301.Theserviceareasoverlapinthemapwindowwiththeserviceareaofthehighestprioritytechnology
(LTE+UMTS+GSM)ontop.
Figure7.1:3GPPMultiRATEffectiveServiceAreaSettingforSingleRATTechnologiesOnly
Figure7.2:3GPPMultiRATEffectiveServiceAreaSettingforSingleRATTechnologiesandCombinations
Onceyouhavecreatedthecoverageprediction,youcancalculateitimmediatelyorsaveitandcalculateitlater:
Calculate:ClickCalculatetosavethedefinedcoveragepredictionandcalculateitimmediately.
OK:ClickOKtosavethedefinedcoveragepredictionwithoutcalculatingit.Youcancalculateitlaterbyclicking
theCalculatebutton(
Theprogressofthecalculation,aswellasanyerrormessages,aredisplayedintheEventViewer.
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingthecoverageprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow.
UnderthePredictionsfolder,whenyoudeselectaspecifichighprioritytechnologyinthe
predictionitem,thecorrespondingserviceareaishiddenandreplacedimmediately(i.e.,
withoutrecalculation)bytheserviceareaofanothertechnology,ifanothertechnologyis
availableonthesamepixel.
7.2.10.2 Makinga3GPPMultiRATThroughputPrediction
The3GPPMultiRATthroughputpredictionisthecombinationofseveralsingleRATthroughputpredictions:
TheGSMpartisbasedontheGSMPacketThroughputAnalysis(DL),asexplainedin"MakingaCoveragePrediction
byPacketThroughput"onpage564
TheUMTSpartisbasedontheR99ServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(DL)prediction,asexplainedin"StudyingService
Area(EbNt)DownlinkorUplink"onpage692andontheHSDPAThroughputAnalysis(DL),asexplainedin"HSDPA
QualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage701.
TheLTEpartisbasedontheLTECoveragebyThroughput(DL),asexplainedin"MakingaCoveragePredictionby
Throughput"onpage880.
Fourtypesofthroughputcanbecalculatedoneachpixel:
TheEffectiveRLCThroughput:thethroughputontheradiolayerthatatransmittercanprovidetoaselectedterminal
perpixeltakingintoaccountpossibleretransmissions(modelledbytheBLER)forthehighestprioritytechnology.
TheMaxEffectiveRLCThroughput:themaximumthroughputontheradiolayerthatatransmittercanprovidetoa
selectedterminalperpixeltakingintoaccountpossibleretransmissions(modelledbytheBLER),consideringallthe
possibletechnologies.
TheApplicationThroughput:thethroughputontheapplicationlayerthatatransmittercanprovidetoaselectedter
minal per pixel taking into account possible retransmissions (modelled by the BLER) for the highest priority tech
nology.
TheMaxApplicationThroughput:themaximumthroughputontheapplicationlayerthatatransmittercanprovide
toaselectedterminalperpixeltakingintoaccountpossibleretransmissions(modelledbytheBLER),consideringall
thepossibletechnologies.
301
Forsk2013
Thethroughputvaluesareevaluatedasfollows:
InGSM,basedonthecodingschemedeterminedoneachpixel(see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyGPRS/EDGE
CodingSchemes"onpage562)andthecalculatedquality,AtollextractstheRLCthroughputpertimeslotasdefinedin
the coding scheme configuration assigned to transmitters. Then, Atoll can evaluate a maximum throughput for a
selected terminal, assuming that the terminal uses several timeslots to transmit the packetswitched data. The
numberoftimeslotsusedbytheterminalisgivenbytheproductofthenumberofDLtimeslotspercarrierandthe
numberofsimultaneouscarriers(forEDGEevolutionterminals)asdefinedintheterminalproperties(see"Creating
orModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminal"onpage624).Forexample,foranEDGEevolutionterminalusing4DL
timeslotsonacarrierand2simultaneouscarriers,themaximumthroughputwillbe8timesthecorrespondingRLC
throughputpertimeslot.Inaddition,thenumberoftimeslotspercarrierdefinedintheterminalcanbelimitedbythe
maximumnumberoftimeslotspermittedfortheconsideredservice(see"CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGE
Service"onpage622).Finally,usingtheRLCthroughputandtheapplicationthroughputparameters(scalingfactor
andoffset)definedfortheselectedservice,Atollevaluatesthethroughputontheapplicationlayer.
InUMTS,twocasesmustbeconsidered,dependingonthetypeofconnection:eitherR99orHSDPA.
InthecaseofapureR99connection,Atollevaluatesthetrafficchannelquality(asdefinedbyEbNt)regardingto
the requirements of the necessary bearer to serve the selected service. If this quality is sufficient, the corre
spondingR99bearerisserved,anditsDLpeakthroughputistransmittedtotheselectedterminal.TheEffective
PeakRLCThroughputisthenobtainedbyconsideringthepossibleretransmissionsmodelledviatheBLER(See
"CreatingaQualityCoveragePredictionUsingQualityIndicators"onpage694formoreinformation).Finally,using
theEffectivePeakRLCThroughputandtheapplicationthroughputparameters(scalingfactorandoffset)defined
fortheselectedservice,Atollevaluatesthethroughputontheapplicationlayer.
InthecaseofanHSDPAconnection,determinedbythedefinitionofthe(transmitter,terminal,service)combina
tion,anEffectivePeakRLCThroughputcanbetransmittedineachpixeldependingontheselectedHSDPAbearer
asexplainedin"HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage701.ThenecessarypeakRLCandapplication
HSDPAthroughputsarethenobtainedfromrespectivelytheHSDPABLERandtheapplicationthroughputparam
eters(scalingfactorandoffset)definedfortheselectedservice.
InLTE,thenecessaryeffectiveRLCandapplicationchannelthroughputsareevaluatedasexplainedin"MakingaCov
eragePredictionbyThroughput"onpage880.
Tomakea3GPPMultiRATthroughputprediction:
4. FromtheStandardPredictions3GPPMultiRATsection,selectCoveragebyThroughput(DL)andclickOK.The3GPP
MultiRATCoveragebyThroughput(DL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
whichsiteswillbedisplayedintheresults.Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93.TheGroupBy
andSortbuttonsarenotavailablewhenmakinga"global"coverageprediction(e.g.,signallevelcoverageprediction).
clutterclass.
7. ClicktheDisplaytab.Fora3GPPmultiRATthroughputprediction,"Valueintervals"isselectedasthedisplaytypein
ordertodisplayeithertheeffectiveRLC,themaxeffectiveRLC,theapplication,orthebestapplicationthroughputs.
Forinformationonadjustingthedisplay,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
Asexplainedin"Makinga3GPPMultiRATEffectiveServiceAreaPrediction"onpage300,ifseveraltechnologiescan
beservedonthesamepixel,thedisplayedthroughputistheonedeliveredbythehighestprioritytechnology.
Onceyouhavecreatedthecoverageprediction,youcancalculateitimmediatelyorsaveitandcalculateitlater:
OK:ClickOKtosavethedefinedcoveragepredictionwithoutcalculatingit.Youcancalculateitlaterbyclicking
theCalculatebutton(
Theprogressofthecalculation,aswellasanyerrormessages,aredisplayedintheEventViewer.
302
AT320_UM_E0
UnderthePredictionsfolder,whenyoudeselectaspecifichighprioritytechnologyinthe
predictionitem,thecorrespondingthroughputishiddenandreplacedimmediately(i.e.,
withoutrecalculation)bythethroughputdeliveredbyanothertechnology,ifanothertech
nologyisavailableonthesamepixel.
7.2.11 PlanningNeighbours
Youcansetneighboursforeachcellmanually,oryoucanletAtollautomaticallyallocateneighbours,basedontheparameters
thatyoudefine.Whenallocatingneighbours,thecellortransmittertowhichyouareallocatingneighboursisreferredtoas
thereferencecellorreferencetransmitter.Thecellsortransmittersthatfulfiltherequirementstobeneighboursarereferred
toaspotentialneighbours.Whenallocatingneighbourstoallactiveandfilteredtransmitters,Atollallocatesneighboursonly
tothecellsortransmitterswithinthefocuszoneandconsidersaspotentialneighboursalltheactiveandfilteredcellswhose
propagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputationzone.Ifthereisnofocuszone,Atollallocatesneighbours
onlytothecellsortransmitterswithinthecomputationzone.
Thefocusandcomputationzonesaretakenintoaccountwhetherornottheyarevisible.Inotherwords,thefocusandcompu
tationzoneswillbetakenintoaccountwhetherornottheirvisibilitycheckboxintheZonesfolderoftheGeoexploreris
selected.
Usually,youwillallocateneighboursgloballyduringthebeginningofaradioplanningproject.Afterwards,youwillallocate
neighbourstobasestationsortransmittersasyouaddthem.Youcanuseautomaticallocationonallcellsortransmittersin
thedocument,oryoucandefineagroupofcellseitherbyusingafocuszoneorbygroupingtransmittersintheexplorer
window.Forinformationoncreatingafocuszone,see"CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport"
onpage408.Forinformationongroupingtransmittersintheexplorerwindow,see"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88.
Atollsupportsthefollowingneighbourtypesina3GPPmultiRATnetwork:
IntratechnologyNeighbours:Intratechnologyneighboursaretransmittersorcellsdefinedasneighboursthatuse
thesameradioaccesstechnology.InUMTS,intratechnologyneighbourscanbedividedinto:
IntracarrierNeighbours:Cellsdefinedasneighbourswhichperformhandoverusingthesamecarrier.
IntercarrierNeighbours:Cellsdefinedasneighbourswhichperformhandoverusingadifferentcarrier.
IntertechnologyNeighbours:Intertechnologyneighboursaretransmittersorcellsdefinedasneighboursthatusea
differentradioaccesstechnology.
"ImportingNeighbours"onpage303
"PlanningIntratechnologyNeighbours"onpage304
"PlanningIntertechnologyNeighbours"onpage313
"DisplayingNeighboursontheMap"onpage320
"AllocatingandRemovingNeighboursontheMap"onpage325
"DisplayingExceptionalPairsontheMap"onpage325
"AddingandRemovingExceptionalPairsontheMap"onpage326.
7.2.11.1 ImportingNeighbours
YoucanimportneighbourdataintheformofASCIItextfiles(TXTorCSVformats)intothecurrentAtolldocumentusingthe
Neighbourstable.
ToimportneighboursusingtheNeighbourstable:
1. OpentheNeighbourstable:
a. SelecttheNetworkexplorer.
b. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttoimportneighbours.The
contextmenuappears.
c. SelectNeighboursfromthecontextmenu.
d. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthetechnologyforwhichyouwanttoimportneighbours(i.e.,GSM,UMTS,
orLTE)andthenselectOpenTable.Aneighbourstableappears,thenameofwhichidentifiesthetechnology(for
intratechnologyneighbours)ortechnologypair(forintertechnologyneighbours).
e. SelectNeighbours>Intratechnology>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourstableappears.
2. ImporttheASCIItextfileasexplainedin"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81.
303
Forsk2013
7.2.11.2 PlanningIntratechnologyNeighbours
Whenyouplanintratechnologyneighboursina3GPPmultiRATAtolldocument,youplanneighboursusingthesameradio
technology.
7.2.11.2.1
"DefiningIntratechnologyExceptionalPairs"onpage304
"ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforIntratechnologyNeighbours"onpage304
"AllocatingIntraTechnologyNeighboursAutomatically"onpage305
"AllocatingandDeletingIntratechnologyNeighboursperCell"onpage308
"CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingIntratechnologyNeighbours"onpage310
"CheckingtheConsistencyoftheIntratechnologyNeighbourPlan"onpage311.
DefiningIntratechnologyExceptionalPairs
YoucansetintratechnologyneighbourconstraintsbydefiningexceptionalpairsinAtoll.Theseconstraintscanbetakeninto
accountwhenintratechnologyneighboursareautomaticallyormanuallyallocated.InGSM,neighboursandexceptionalpairs
areallocatedbytransmitter(i.e.,bysector).InUMTSandLTE,neighboursandexceptionalpairsareallocatedbycell.
Todefineintratechnologyexceptionalpairs:
2. Rightclick the Transmitters folder of the radio access technology for which you want to define intratechnology
exceptionalpairs.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectNeighboursfromthecontextmenu.
4. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthesametechnologythatyouselectedinstep2.(i.e.,GSM,UMTS,orLTE)and
thenselectExceptionalPairs.Anexceptionalpairstableappears,thenameofwhichidentifiesthetechnology.
Ifyouareallocatingintratechnologyexceptionalpairs,besuretoselectthesameradio
accesstechnology(GSM,UMTS,orLTE)oryouwillbecreatingintertechnology
exceptionalpairs.
5. Enteroneexceptionalpairperrowofthetable.Atransmitter(forGSM)orcell(forUMTSorLTE)canhavemorethan
oneexceptionalpair.
6. Foreachexceptionalpair,select:
a. Transmitter(forGSM)orCell(forUMTSorLTE):Thenameofthetransmitterorcellasthefirstpartoftheexcep
tionalpair.
b. Neighbour:Thenameoftheneighbourasthesecondpartoftheexceptionalpair.
c. Status:Thestatusindicateswhethertheneighbourshouldalways(forced)ornever(forbidden)beconsideredas
aneighbourofthecell.
d. AtollfillstheNumberandDistance(m)fieldsautomatically.
YoucanalsocreateexceptionalpairsusingthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmitter.
7.2.11.2.2
ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforIntratechnologyNeighbours
YoucandefinetherelativeimportanceofthefactorsthatAtollusestoevaluatepossibleintratechnologyneighbours(for
informationonhowAtollcalculatesimportance,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide).
Toconfiguretheimportancefactorsforintratechnologyneighbours:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttoconfiguretheimportancefac
torsforintratechnologyneighbours.Thecontextmenuappears.
thenselectConfigureImportance.TheNeighbourImportanceWeightingdialogueappears.
304
AT320_UM_E0
Ifyouareconfiguringtheimportancefactorsforintratechnologyneighbours,besureto
selectthesameradioaccesstechnology(GSM,UMTS,orLTE)oryouwillbeconfiguring
theimportancefactorsforintertechnologyneighbours.
InGSMandLTE,theNeighbourImportanceWeightingdialoguehasonetab:IntratechnologyNeighbours.
BecauseUMTSalsousescarriers,theNeighbourImportanceWeightinghastwotabs:IntracarrierNeighboursand
IntercarrierNeighbours.
5. SelecttheintratechnologyNeighbourstab(inGSMandLTE)ortheIntracarrierNeighbourstab(inUMTS).Youcan
setthefollowingimportancefactors:
DistanceFactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceforaneighbourtobeadmittedbecauseitislocated
withinaspecifiedmaximumdistancefromthereferencecellortransmitter.
CoverageFactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceforaneighbourtobeadmittedforcoveragerea
sons.
AdjacencyFactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceforaneighbourtobeadmittedbecauseitisadja
centtothereferencecellortransmitter.TheAdjacencyFactorwillbeusedinautomaticintratechnologyneigh
bourallocationwhenyouselectthefollowingcheckbox(es)intheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogue:
GSM:ForceIntraHCSAdjacentsasNeighboursand/orForceInterHCSAdjacentsasNeighbours
UMTSandLTE:ForceAdjacentCellsasNeighbours
CositeFactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofapossibleneighbourtransmitterbeinglocatedon
thesamesiteasreferencetransmitter.TheCositeFactorwillbeusedinautomaticintratechnologyneighbour
allocationifyouselectthefollowingcheckbox(es)intheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogue:
GSM:ForceCositeTransmittersasNeighbours
UMTSandLTE:ForceCositeCellsasNeighbours
Forinformationonautomaticintratechnologyneighbourallocation,see"AllocatingIntraTechnologyNeighbours
Automatically"onpage305.
6. IfyouareconfiguringtheimportancefactorsforUMTS,selecttheIntercarrierNeighbourstabandsettheimportance
factorsasyoudidinthepreviousstepforintercarrierUMTSneighbours.
7. ClickOK.
7.2.11.2.3
AllocatingIntraTechnologyNeighboursAutomatically
Atollcanautomaticallyallocateintratechnologyneighbours.Atollallocatesneighboursbasedontheparametersyousetin
theAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogue.
InaUMTSnetworkAtollcanautomaticallyallocatebothintraandintercarrierneighbours.YoucanpreventAtollfromallo
catingintercarrierneighbourstocellslocatedonsiteswhoseequipmentdoesnotsupportthecompressedmodebysetting
anoptionintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
Toautomaticallyallocateintratechnologyneighbours:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttoautomaticallyallocateintra
technologyneighbours.Thecontextmenuappears.
thenselectAutomaticAllocation.TheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogueappears.InUMTS,theAutomatic
Neighbour Allocation dialogue has two tabs: Intracarrier Neighbours and Intercarrier Neighbours. The tab you
choosedetermineswhethertheallocatedUMTSintratechnologyneighboursareintraorintercarrier.
Ifyouareautomaticallyallocatingintratechnologyneighbours,besuretoselectthe
sameradioaccesstechnology(GSM,UMTS,orLTE)oryouwillbeallocatinginter
technologyneighbours.
5. DefinethemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencecellortransmitterandapossibleneighbourintheMaxInter
siteDistancebox.
6. DefinethemaximumnumberofintratechnologyneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoacellortransmitterintheMax
no.ofNeighboursbox.Thisvaluecaneitherbesethereforallcellsortransmitters,orspecifiedforeachcellinthe
Cellstable(UMTSandLTE)oreachtransmitterintheTransmitterstable(GSM).
305
Forsk2013
7. UnderUseCoverageConditions:
a. CleartheUseCoverageConditionscheckboxtobasetheimportanceevaluationonadistancecriterion,or
b. SelecttheUseCoverageConditionscheckboxtosetthecoverageconditionsbetweenneighboursandtheirref
erencecellortransmitter.
ClickDefinetoopentheCoverageConditionsdialogueandchangethecoverageconditionsinwhichyouwantto
automaticallyallocateintratechnologyneighbours:
Resolution:Youcanentertheresolutionusedtocalculatethecoverageareasofcellsortransmittersforthe
automaticneighbourallocation.
Shadowingtakenintoaccount:Ifdesired,selecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenteraCell
edgecoverageprobability.
IndoorCoverage:Ifdesired,selecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesare
definedperfrequencyperclutterclass.
GSMonly:Additionally,ifyouareallocatingintratechnologyneighboursforaGSMnetwork,youcanchangethe
followingparameters:
Min.BCCHsignallevel:Entertheminimumsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbythereferencetransmitter
andtheneighbour.
Handoverstart:Enterthesignallevelwhichindicatesthebeginningofthehandovermargin.Thehandover
startmustbeoutsideofthebestserverareaofthereferencetransmitter.
Handoverend:Enterthesignallevelwhichindicatestheendofthehandovermargin.Thehandoverendmust
exceedthevalueenteredfortheHandoverstart.ThehigherthevalueenteredfortheHandoverend,the
longerthelistofpotentialneighbours.TheareabetweentheHandoverstartandtheHandoverendconsti
tutestheareainwhichAtollwillsearchforneighbours.
UMTSonly:Additionally,ifyouareallocatingintratechnologyneighboursforaUMTSnetwork,youcanchange
thefollowingparameters:
Min.pilotsignallevel:Entertheminimumpilotsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbythereferencecell.
Min.Ec/Io:EntertheminimumEc/Iowhichmustbeprovidedbythereferencecell.
Ec/Iomargin:EntertheEc/IomarginrelativetotheEc/Ioofthebestserver.Thereferencecelliseitherthe
bestserverintermsofpilotqualityoracelloftheactiveset.
Max.Ec/Io:SelecttheMax.Ec/IooptionandenterthemaximumEc/Iowhichmustnotbeexceededbythe
referencecell.
DLloadcontributingtoIo:YoucanselectwhetherAtollshoulduseaGlobalvalue(%Pmax)ofthedownlink
loadforallthecells,orthedownlinkloadsDefinedpercell.
LTEonly:Additionally,ifyouareallocatingintratechnologyneighboursforanLTEnetwork,youcanchangethe
followingparameter:
MinRSRP:SelecttheMinRSRPcheckboxifyouwanttosetaglobalvaluefortheMinRSRP.Ifyousetaglobal
MinRSRPvaluehere,AtollwilleitherusethisvalueorthepercellMinRSRPvalue,whicheverishigher.
RSRPMargin:Enterthemargin,withrespecttothebestservercoverageareaofthereferencecell(cellA),at
whichthehandoverprocessends.
8. ClickOKtosaveyourmodificationsandclosetheCoverageConditionsdialogue.
9. GSMonly:YoucanselectwhetherAtolldefinestheimportanceofneighboursbythesizeofthehandoverzoneshared
withthereferencetransmitterorbytheamountofcircuittraffic.Selectoneofthefollowingoptions:
CoveredArea:IfyouselectCoveredArea,Atolldefinesimportanceaccordingtothesizeofthehandoverzone
sharedwiththereferencetransmitter
CoveredTraffic:IfyouselectCoveredTraffic,Atolldefinesimportanceaccordingtotheamountofcircuittraffic
(inErlangs).
10. Inthe%Min.CoveredAreabox,entertheminimumpercentageofthecellsortransmitterscoverageareathatthe
neighbourscoverageareashouldalsocovertobeconsideredasaneighbour.
11. Thefollowingadditionalconstraintscanbeselectedintheframeontheright:
306
Forcecositecellsasneighbours(UMTSandLTE)orForcecositetransmittersasneighbours(GSM):Selectthis
checkboxtoincludecositecellsortransmittersintheresultingneighbourslist.Thecheckboxisautomatically
selectedwhenneighbourallocationisbasedondistance.
Forceadjacentcellsasneighbours(UMTSandLTE),orForceIntraHCSAdjacentsasNeighboursandForceInter
HCSAdjacentsasNeighbours(GSM):Selectthischeckbox(orbothinGSM)ifyouwantcellsortransmittersthat
areadjacenttothereferencecellortransmittertobeautomaticallyconsideredasneighbours.Acellortrans
mitterisconsideredadjacentifthereisatleastonepixelinthereferencecellsortransmitterscoveragearea
wherethepossibleneighbourisbestserverorsecondbestserverinthereferencecellortransmittersactiveset
(respectingthehandovermargin).
AT320_UM_E0
ThisoptiondoesnotapplytointercarrierneighbourallocationsinUMTS.
Forcesymmetry:SelecttheForcesymmetrycheckboxifyouwantneighbourrelationstobereciprocal.Inother
words,areferencecellortransmitterwillbeapossibleneighbourtoallofthecellsortransmitterthatareits
neighbours.Iftheneighbourlistofanycellortransmitterisfull,thereferencecellortransmitterwillnotbeadded
asaneighbourandthatcellortransmitterwillberemovedfromthelistofneighboursofthereferencecellor
transmitter.
Forceexceptionalpairs:SelectingtheForceexceptionalpairscheckboxwillapplytheexceptionalpaircriteriato
theneighbourslist.
Deleteexistingneighbours:SelectingtheDeleteexistingneighbourscheckboxwilldeleteallexistingneighbours
intheneighbourslistandperformacleanneighbourallocation.IftheDeleteexistingneighbourscheckboxisnot
selected,Atollkeepstheexistingneighboursinthelist.
UMTSonly:CDMACarriers:Selectthecarriersonwhichyouwanttoruntheallocation.Youcanchooseoneor
morecarriers;Atollwillallocateneighbourstocellsusingtheselectedcarriers.
12. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofallocatingintratechnologyneighbours.Atollfirstcheckstoseewhether
thepathlossmatricesarevalidbeforeallocatingneighbours.Ifthepathlossmatricesarenotvalid,Atollrecalculates
them.
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingneighbours,thenewneighboursarevisibleunderResults.Atollonlydisplaysnew
neighbours.IfnonewneighbourshavebeenfoundandiftheDeleteexistingneighbourscheckboxiscleared,the
Resultstablewillbeempty.
TheResultstablecontainsthefollowinginformation.
Cell(UMTSandLTE)orTransmitter(GSM):Thenameofthereferencecellortransmitter.
Number:Thetotalnumberofneighboursallocatedtothereferencecellortransmitter.
MaximumNumber:Themaximumnumberofneighboursthatthereferencecellortransmittercanhave.
Neighbour:Thecellortransmitterthatwillbeallocatedasaneighbourtothereferencecellortransmitter.
Importance (%): The importance. For information on defining neighbour importance, see "Configuring Impor
tanceFactorsforIntratechnologyNeighbours"onpage304.
Cause: The reason Atoll has allocated the possible neighbour cell or transmitter (identified in the Neighbour
column)tothereferencecellortransmitter(identifiedintheCellorTransmittercolumn):
CoSite
Adjacent(inGSM,referstointraHCSadjacency)
AdjacentLayer(GSMonly,referstointerHCSadjacency)
Symmetric
Coverage
Existing
Coverage:Theamountofreferencecellortransmitterscoverageareathattheneighbouroverlaps,inpercentage
andinsquarekilometres.
Adjacency:Theareaofthereferencecellortransmitter,inpercentageandsquarekilometres,wheretheneigh
bourcellortransmitterisbestserverorsecondbestserver.
13. SelectthecheckboxintheCommitcolumnoftheResultssectiontochoosetheintratechnologyneighboursyouwant
toassigntocells.
AtthisstageyoucancomparetheautomaticallocationresultsproposedbyAtollwiththecurrentneighbourlist(exist
ingneighbours)inyourdocumentbyclickingtheComparebutton:
Thelistofautomaticallyallocatedneighbours,whoseCommitcheckboxisselected,iscomparedwiththeexistinglist
ofneighbours.AreportofthecomparisonisdisplayedinatextfilecalledNeighboursDeltaReport.txtwhichappears
attheendofthecomparison.Thisfilelists:
Thedocumentnameandtheneighbourallocationtype
Thenumberofcreatedneighbourrelations(newneighbourrelationsproposedintheautomaticallocationresults
comparedtotheexistingneighbourrelations)andthelistoftheserelations
Thenumberofdeletedneighbourrelations(neighbourrelationsnotproposedintheautomaticallocationresults
comparedtotheexistingneighbourrelations)andthelistoftheserelations
Thenumberofexistingneighbourrelations(existingneighbourrelationsthatarealsoproposedintheautomatic
allocationresults)andthelistoftheserelations.
14. ClicktheCommitbutton.Theallocatedintratechnologyneighboursaresaved.
15. ClickClose.
307
7.2.11.2.4
Forsk2013
AllocatingandDeletingIntratechnologyNeighboursperCell
AlthoughyoucanletAtollallocateintratechnologyneighboursautomatically,youcanadjusttheoverallallocationofintra
technologyneighboursbyallocatingordeletingintratechnologyneighbourspercellortransmitter.Youcanallocateordelete
intertechnologyneighboursusingtheCellstaboftheTransmitterPropertiesdialogueinUMTSandLTE,theintratechnology
NeighbourstabinGSM,orusingtheIntratechnologyNeighbourstable.
"AllocatingorDeletingIntratechnologyNeighboursUsingtheCellsTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue"on
page308.
"AllocatingorDeletingIntratechnologyNeighboursUsingtheIntratechnologyNeighboursTable"onpage309.
AllocatingorDeletingIntratechnologyNeighboursUsingtheCellsTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue
YoucanallocateordeleteintratechnologyneighboursusingtheCellstaboftheTransmitterPropertiesdialogueinUMTS
andLTE.InGSM,theIntratechnologyNeighbourstabeachpairoftechnologiesisavailableineachtransmittersProperties
dialogue.
ToallocateordeleteintratechnologyneighboursbetweentransmittersorcellsusingtheCellstabofthetransmittersProp
ertiesdialogueinUMTSandLTE:
1. Onthemaindocumentsmapwindow,rightclickthetransmitterwhoseneighboursyouwanttochange.Thecontext
menuappears.
2. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThetransmittersPropertiesdialogueappears.
3. ClicktheCellstab.
4. OntheCellstab,thereisacolumnforeachcell.ClicktheBrowsebutton( )besideNeighboursinthecellforwhich
youwanttoallocateordeleteneighbours.ThecellsPropertiesdialogueappears.InthecellsPropertiesdialogue,
thereisatabforeachpairoftechnologies(forexample,LTEGSMneighboursorLTEUMTSneighbours).
5. ClicktheNeighbourstabfortechnologypairforwhichyouwanttoallocateordeleteintratechnologyneighbours.
6. Ifdesired,youcanentertheMaximumnumberofneighbours.
Toallocateanewneighbour:
1. ClicktheEditbuttononthebottomrightofthedialogue.Theneighbourlistbecomeseditable.
2. UnderList,selectthecellortransmitterfromthelistintheNeighbourcolumnintherowmarkedwiththeNewRow
icon(
).
3. Clickelsewhereinthetabletocompletecreatingthenewneighbour.
4. Whenthenewneighbouriscreated,Atollautomaticallycalculatesthedistancebetweenthereferencecellandthe
neighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumn,andsetstheTypeto"manual."
Tocreateasymmetricneighbourrelation:
2. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowcontainingtheneighbourtoselecttheentirerow.
3. RightclicktheneighbourintheNeighbourcolumn.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectMakeSymmetricalfromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellandthe
cellortransmitterintheNeighbourcolumn.
Todeleteasymmetricneighbourrelation:
4. SelectDeleteLinkandSymmetricRelationfromthecontextmenu.Thesymmetricneighbourrelationbetweenthe
cellandthecellortransmitterintheNeighbourcolumnisdeleted.
Todeleteaneighbour:
3. PressDELtodeletetheneighbour.
308
AT320_UM_E0
AllocatingorDeletingIntratechnologyNeighboursUsingtheIntratechnologyNeighboursTable
ToallocateordeleteintratechnologyneighboursbetweentransmittersorcellsusingtheIntratechnologyNeighbourstable:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttoallocateordeleteintratech
nologyneighbours.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthesametechnologythatyouselectedinstep2.(i.e.,GSM,UMTS,orLTE)then
selectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.Theintertechnologyneighbourtableappears.
Ifyouareautomaticallyallocatingintratechnologyneighbours,besuretoselectthe
sameradioaccesstechnology(GSM,UMTS,orLTE)oryouwillbemodifyinginter
technologyneighbours.
5. Enteroneintratechnologyneighbourperrowofthetable.Eachcellortransmittercanhavemorethanoneintratech
nologyneighbour.
Toallocateanintratechnologyneighbour:
1. IntherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
),selectareferencecellintheCellcolumninLTEorUMTS.InGSM,
selectareferencetransmitterfromtheTransmittercolumn.
2. SelecttheneighbourintheNeighbourcolumn.
3. Clickelsewhereinthetabletocreatethenewneighbourandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
4. Whenthenewneighbouriscreated,Atollautomaticallycalculatesthedistancebetweenthereferencecellortrans
mitterandtheneighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumnandsetstheTypeto"manual."
2. SelectMakeSymmetrical fromthe contextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationis created betweenthecell or
transmitterintheNeighbourcolumnandthecellintheCellcolumn(inUMTSandLTE)orthetransmitterintheTrans
mittercolumn(inGSM).
Tomakeseveralneighbourrelationssymmetric:
1. Clickintheleftmarginsofthetablerowscontainingtheneighbourstoselecttheentirerows.Youcanselectcontigu
ousrowsbyclickingthefirstrow,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastrow.Youcanselectnoncontiguousrowsby
pressingCTRLandclickingeachrowsseparately.
2. RightclicktheNeighbourstable.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectMakeSymmetricalfromthecontextmenu.
Totakeallexceptionalpairsintoconsiderationinallocatingordeletingneighbours:
2. SelectForceExceptionalPairsfromthecontextmenu.AllforcedneighbourswillbeaddedtotheNeighbourstable
andallforbiddenneighbourswillberemoved.
YoucanaddordeleteeitherforcedneighboursorforbiddenneighboursusingtheExcep
tionalPairstable.Youcanopenthistable,selecttheexceptionalpairstobetakeninto
considerationintheneighbourlist,rightclickthetableandselectForceExceptionalPairs
inthecontextmenu.
cellintheNeighbourcolumnandthecellintheCellcolumnorthetransmitterintheTransmittercolumnisdeleted.
309
Forsk2013
Todeleteseveralsymmetricneighbourrelations:
1. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowscontainingtheneighbourstoselectentirerows.Youcanselectcontiguous
rowsbyclickingthefirstrow,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastrow.Youcanselectnoncontiguousrowsbypressing
CTRLandclickingeachrowsseparately.
3. SelectDeleteLinkandSymmetricRelationfromthecontextmenu.
Todeleteaneighbour:
7.2.11.2.5
CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingIntratechnologyNeighbours
AfteryouhaveimportedintratechnologyneighboursintothecurrentAtolldocumentormanuallydefinedintratechnology
neighbours,Atollcancalculatetheimportanceofeachintratechnologyneighbour,i.e.,theweightofeachneighbour.
Atollcalculatestheimportanceforintratechnologyneighboursofactiveandfilteredtransmitterswithinthefocuszone.
Tocalculatetheimportanceofexistingintratechnologyneighbours:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttocalculatetheimportanceof
intratechnologyneighbours.Thecontextmenuappears.
selectCalculateImportancefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourImportanceEvaluationdialogueappears,with
onetab,theIntratechnologyNeighbourstab.
Makesureyouselectthesameradioaccesstechnology(GSM,UMTS,orLTE)oryouwill
becalculatingtheimportanceofintertechnologyneighbours.
5. UnderImportance,setthefollowingparameters:
MaxIntersiteDistance:Sitesoutsidethedefineddistancewillnotbeconsideredaspotentialneighbours.
TakeIntoAccounttheCositeFactor:Selectthischeckboxtoverifythatneighboursarelocatedonthesamesite
astheirreferencecellortransmitterwhenevaluatingneighbourimportance.
TakeIntoAccounttheAdjacencyFactor:(UMTSandLTE)Selectthischeckboxtoverifythatneighboursareadja
centtotheirreferencecellwhenevaluatingneighbourimportance.
TakeIntoAccountIntraHCSAdjacency:(GSMonly)SelectthischeckboxtoverifythatintraHCSneighboursare
adjacenttotheirreferencetransmitterwhenevaluatingneighbourimportance.
TakeIntoAccountInterHCSAdjacency:(GSMonly)SelectthischeckboxtoverifythatinterHCSneighboursare
adjacenttotheirreferencetransmitterwhenevaluatingneighbourimportance.
6. WhentheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxisselected,clicktheDefinebuttontosetcoverageconditionsofintra
technologyneighboursforwhichyouwanttocalculatetheimportance.TheCoverageConditionsdialogueappears.
IntheCoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
Resolution:Youcanentertheresolutionusedtocalculatethecoverageareasofcellsortransmittersfortheauto
maticneighbourallocation.
Shadowingtakenintoaccount:Ifdesired,selectthischeckboxandenteraCelledgecoverageprobability.
IndoorCoverage:Ifdesired,selectthischeckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequency
perclutterclass.
Additionally,ifyouarecalculatingtheimportanceofintratechnologyneighboursinaGSMnetwork,youcanchange
MinBCCHsignallevel:EntertheminimumsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellAandpossible
neighbourcellB.
Handoverstart(HOmargin):Enterthesignallevelwhichindicatesthebeginningofthehandovermargin.The
handoverstartmustbeoutsideofthebestserverareaofthereferencetransmitter.
Handoverend:Enterthesignallevelwhichindicatestheendofthehandovermargin.Thehandoverendmust
exceedthevalueenteredfortheHandoverstart.ThehigherthevalueenteredfortheHandoverend,thelonger
thelistofpotentialneighbours.TheareabetweentheHandoverstartandtheHandoverendconstitutesthearea
inwhichAtollwillsearchforneighbours.
Additionally,ifyouarecalculatingtheimportanceofintratechnologyneighboursinaUMTSnetwork,youcanchange
310
AT320_UM_E0
Minpilotsignallevel:Entertheminimumpilotsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbythereferencecell.
MinEc/Io:EntertheminimumEc/Iowhichmustbeprovidedbythereferencecell.
Ec/Iomargin:EntertheEc/IomarginrelativetotheEc/Ioofthebestserver.Thereferencecelliseitherthebest
serverintermsofpilotqualityoracelloftheactiveset.
DLloadcontributingtoIo:YoucanselectwhetherAtollshoulduseaGlobalvalue(%Pmax)ofthedownlinkload
forallthecells,orthedownlinkloadsDefinedpercell.
Additionally,ifyouarecalculatingtheimportanceofintratechnologyneighboursinaLTEnetwork,youcanchange
thefollowingparameter:
GlobalminRSRP:SelectthischeckboxifyouwanttosetaglobalvaluefortheMinRSRP.Ifyousetaglobalvalue
here,AtollwilleitherusethisvalueorthepercellMinRSRPvalue,whicheverishigher.
RSRPmargin:Enterthemargin,withrespecttothebestservercoverageareaofthereferencecell(cellA),at
whichthehandoverprocessends.
Atollindicatesthenumberofneighbourstobecalculatedanddisplaystheneighbourswiththeirinitialattributes
(importanceandreason)inatable.
YoucanusemanyofAtollstableshortcuts,suchasfilteringandsorting.Forinformation
onworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.Inaddition,by
clickingtheFilterbutton,youcandefineadvancedfilteringconditionstorestricttheneigh
bourstobecalculated.
8. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofcalculatingtheimportanceoftheneighboursdisplayedinthetable,ifany.
Atollfirstcheckstoseewhetherthepathlossmatricesarevalidbeforecalculatingtheimportance.Ifthepathloss
matricesarenotvalid,Atollrecalculatesthem.TheEventViewerdialogueappears.
9. IntheEventViewerdialogue,clickClosewhenAtollhasfinishedcalculatingtheimportance.Theresultsaredisplayed
intheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogueinthetableunderResults.
TheResultstablecontainsthefollowinginformation:
Cell(orTransmitterforGSMnetworks):Thenameofthereferencecellortransmitter.
Neighbour:Theneighbourofthereferencetransmitter.
Importance(%):Theimportanceascalculatedwiththeoptionsselectedinstep5.
Cause:ThereasonAtollhascalculatedthevalueintheImportancecolumn.
CoSite
Adjacent(inGSM,referstointraHCSadjacency)
AdjacentLayer(GSMonly,referstointerHCSadjacency)
Symmetric
Coverage
Relationtype:(UMTSandLTEonly).Thetypeoftheneighbourrelation:intracarrierorintercarrier.Cellswhose
channelshavethesamecentrefrequencyareintracarrierneighbours.Othercellsareintercarrierneighbours.
Coverage:Ifyoucalculatedneighbourimportanceusingcoverageoverlapping,Atollgivestheamountofrefer
encetransmitterscoverageareathattheneighbouroverlaps,inpercentageandsquarekilometres.
Adjacency:Theareaofthereferencetransmitterorcell,inpercentageandinsquarekilometres,wheretheneigh
bourtransmitterorcellisbestserverorsecondbestserver.
Distance:Ifyoucalculatedneighbourimportanceusingintersitedistance,Atollgivesthedistanceinkilometres
betweenthereferencecellortransmitterandtheneighbour.
10. ClickCommittocommittheimportancevaluesandthereasonsforallocationtotheNeighbourstable.
11. ClickClosetoexittheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogue.
7.2.11.2.6
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheIntratechnologyNeighbourPlan
Youcanperformanauditofthecurrentintratechnologyneighbourallocationplan.Whenyouperformsuchanaudit,Atoll
liststheresultsinatextfile.YoucandefinewhatinformationAtollprovidesintheaudit.
Toperformanauditoftheintratechnologyneighbourplan:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttoperformanauditofthecur
rentintratechnologyneighbourallocationplan.Thecontextmenuappears.
selectthenselectAuditfromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourAuditdialogueappears.
311
Forsk2013
Ifyouareauditingthecurrentintratechnologyneighbourallocationplan,besureto
selectthesameradioaccesstechnology(GSM,UMTS,orLTE)oryouwillbeauditingthe
intertechnologyneighbourallocationplan.
5. Definetheparametersoftheaudit:
If you are auditing the intratechnology neighbour allocation plan for a UMTS network,
selecttheNeighbourtype:"Intracarrier"or"Intercarrier".
Averageno.ofneighbours:SelecttheAverageno.ofneighbourscheckboxifyouwanttoverifytheaverage
numberofneighbourspercellortransmitter.
Emptylists:SelecttheEmptylistscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershavenoneighbours
(inotherwords,whichcellsortransmittershaveanemptyneighbourlist).
Fulllists(=maxnumber):SelecttheFulllistscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershavethe
maximumnumberofneighboursallowed(inotherwords,whichcellsortransmittershaveafullneighbourlist).
Themaximumnumberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitter
intheCellstable(inGSM,youcanspecifythemaximumnumberofneighboursforeachtransmitterusingthe
Transmitterstable).
Lists>maxnumber:SelecttheLists>maxnumbercheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershave
morethanthemaximumnumberofneighboursallowed.Themaximumnumberofneighbourscanbeeitherset
hereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable(inGSM,youcanspecifythemaximum
numbero9fneighboursforeachtransmitterusingtheTransmitterstable).
Missingcosites:SelecttheMissingcositescheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershavenoco
siteneighbours.
Missingsymmetrics:SelecttheMissingsymmetricscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmitters
havenonsymmetricneighbourrelations.
Exceptionalpairs:SelecttheExceptionalpairscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershave
forcedneighboursorforbiddenneighbours.
Distance between neighbours: Select the Distance between neighbours check box and enter the distance
betweenneighboursthatshouldnotbeexceeded.
6. ClickOKtoperformtheaudit.Atolldisplaystheresultsoftheauditinanewtextfile:
AverageNumberofNeighbours:X;whereXistheaveragenumberofneighbours(integer)percellortransmitter
fortheauditedneighbourallocationplan.
EmptyLists:x/X;wherexisthenumberofcellsortransmittersoutofatotalofXhavingnoneighbours(orempty
neighbourslist)
Syntax:
FullLists(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;wherexisthenumberofcellsortransmittersoutofatotalofXhaving
Yneighbourslistedintheirrespectiveneighbourslists.
Syntax:
|CELL|
|CELL||NUMBER||MAXNUMBER|
Lists>MaxNumber(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;wherexisthenumberofcellsortransmittersoutofatotal
ofXhavingmorethanYneighbourslistedintheirrespectiveneighbourslists.
Syntax:
IfthefieldMaximumnumberofintratechnologyneighboursintheCellstableisempty,
theFulllistscheckandtheLists>maxnumbercheckusetheDefaultmaxnumbervalue
definedintheauditdialogue.
MissingCoSites:X;totalnumberofmissingcositeneighboursintheauditedneighbourplan.
Syntax:
NonSymmetricLinks:X;totalnumberofnonsymmetricneighbourlinksintheauditedneighbourplan.
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
ExistingForbidden:X;totalnumberofforbiddenneighboursexistingintheauditedneighbourplan.
Syntax:
312
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR||TYPE||REASON|
MissingForced:X;totalnumberofforcedneighboursmissingintheauditedneighbourplan.
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
AT320_UM_E0
DistanceBetweenNeighbours>Y:X;totalnumberofneighboursintheauditedneighbourplanthatarelocated
atadistancegreaterthanY.
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR||DISTANCE|
7.2.11.3 PlanningIntertechnologyNeighbours
Atoll enables you to carry out intertechnology neighbour planning in 3GPP multiRAT documents. For example, you can
enablehandoversbetweenaUMTSorLTEnetworkandaGSMnetworkinAtollbyallocatingneighbourGSMsectorstoUMTS
orLTEcells.
7.2.11.3.1
"DefiningIntertechnologyExceptionalPairs"onpage313
"ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforIntertechnologyNeighbours"onpage313
"AllocatingIntertechnologyNeighboursAutomatically"onpage314
"AllocatingandDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursperCell"onpage316
"CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingIntertechnologyNeighbours"onpage318
"CheckingtheConsistencyoftheIntertechnologyNeighbourPlan"onpage319.
DefiningIntertechnologyExceptionalPairs
YoucandefineintertechnologyneighbourconstraintsbydefiningexceptionalpairsinAtoll.Additionally,Atollenablesyou
to set different constraints for each radio access technology you are modelling in the 3GPP multiRAT document. These
constraintscanbetakenintoaccountwhenintertechnologyneighboursareautomaticallyormanuallyallocated.InGSM,
neighboursandexceptionalpairsareallocatedbytransmitter(i.e.,bysector).InUMTSandLTE,neighboursandexceptional
pairsareallocatedbycell.
Todefineintertechnologyexceptionalpairs:
2. Rightclick the Transmitters folder of the radio access technology for which you want to define intertechnology
exceptionalpairs.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthetechnologywithwhichyouwanttodefinetheexceptionalpairs(i.e.,GSM,
UMTS,orLTE)andthenselectExceptionalPairs.Anexceptionalpairstableappears,thenameofwhichidentifiesthe
technologies(forexample,"GSMLTE").
5. Enteroneexceptionalpairperrowofthetable.Acellcanhavemorethanoneexceptionalpair.
a. Transmitter(forGSM)orCell(forUMTSorLTE):Thenameofthetransmitterorcellasthefirstpartoftheexcep
tionalpair.
b. Neighbour:Thenameoftheneighbourasthesecondpartoftheexceptionalpair.
7.2.11.3.2
ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforIntertechnologyNeighbours
YoucandefinetherelativeimportanceofthefactorsthatAtollusestoevaluatepossibleintertechnologyneighbours(for
Toconfiguretheimportancefactorsforintertechnologyneighbours:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttoconfiguretheimportancefac
torsforintertechnologyneighbours.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthetechnologyfromwhichintertechnologyneighbourswillbeassigned(i.e.,
GSM,UMTS,orLTE)thenselectConfigureImportancefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourImportanceWeighting
dialogueappears.
When you define intertechnology neighbour importance factors for one radio access
technology,Atollusesthesameimportancefactorsforintertechnologyneighboursfrom
allotherradioaccesstechnologies.
313
Forsk2013
5. IntheNeighbourImportanceWeightingdialogue,setthefollowingimportancefactorsforintertechnologyneigh
bours.
DistanceFactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofapossibleneighbourcellortransmitterbeing
locatedwithinthemaximumdistancefromthereferencetransmitter.
CoverageFactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofaneighbourbeingadmittedforcoveragerea
sons.
Cosite Factor: Set the minimum and maximum importance of a possible neighbour cell or transmitter being
locatedonthesamesiteasthereferencecellortransmitter.TheCositeFactorwillbeusedinautomaticinter
technologyneighbourallocationifyouselecttheForceCositeasNeighbourscheckboxintheAutomaticNeigh
bourAllocationdialogue.Forinformationonautomaticintertechnologyneighbourallocation,see"Allocating
IntertechnologyNeighboursAutomatically"onpage314.
6. ClickOK.
7.2.11.3.3
AllocatingIntertechnologyNeighboursAutomatically
Atollcanautomaticallydeterminehandoverrelationsbetweennetworksofdifferenttechnologies.Intertechnologyhando
versfrommightoccurwhenthecoverageofagivenradioaccesstechnologyisnotcontinuous.Thenetworksoverallcoverage
isextendedbyanintertechnologyhandover.Intertechnologyneighboursarestoredinthedatabase.
Bysettinganoptionintheatoll.inifile,youcanpreventAtollfromallocatingintertechnol
ogy neighbours to UMTS cells located on sites whose equipment does not support the
compressedmode.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
Toautomaticallyallocateintertechnologyneighbours:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttoautomaticallyallocateinter
technologyneighbours.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthetechnologywithwhichyouwanttoautomaticallyallocateintertechnology
neighbours(i.e.,GSM,UMTS,orLTE)andthenselectAutomaticAllocation.TheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdia
logueappearswithonetab,theIntertechnologyNeighbourstab.
5. BesideMaxintersitedistance,definethemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencecellortransmitterandapossible
neighbour.
6. BesideMaxno.ofneighbours,definethemaximumnumberofintertechnologyneighboursthatcanbeallocatedto
acellortransmitter.Thisvaluecaneitherbesethereforallthecellsortransmitters,orspecifiedforeachcellortrans
mitterintheCellstable.
7. CleartheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxtobaseneighbourallocationondistance,andjumptothefollowingstep.
OrselecttheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxtobaseneighbourallocationoncoverageconditions.
TherearetwoDefinebuttonsbelowtheUseCoverageConditionscheckbox:
The first button allows you to define coverage conditions for the technology in
whichyouwanttoautomaticallyallocateintertechnologyneighbours.
Thesecondoneallowsyoutodefinecoverageconditionsfortheothertechnology.
a. ClickthefirstDefinebutton.TheCoverageConditionsdialogueappears.
ShadowingTakenIntoAccount:Ifdesired,selectthischeckboxandenteraCellEdgeCoverageProbability.
IndoorCoverage:Ifdesired,selectthischeckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Thesearedefinedperfrequencyper
clutterclass.
GSMonly:Additionally,ifyouareallocatingintertechnologyneighboursforaGSMnetwork,youcanchangethe
314
MinBCCHSignalLevel:EntertheminimumsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellAandpossi
bleneighbourcellB.
Margin:Enterthemarginrelativetothereferencesignallevelofthebestserver.Thereferencesignallevelof
theneighbourtransmitteriseitherthehighestoneorwithinamarginofthehighestone.
AT320_UM_E0
UMTSonly:Additionally,ifyouareallocatingintertechnologyneighboursforaUMTSnetwork,youcanchange
MinPilotSignalLevel:Entertheminimumpilotsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbythereferencecell.
Ec/IoMargin:EntertheEc/IomarginrelativetotheEc/Ioofthebestserver.Thereferencecelliseitherthe
DLloadcontributingtoIo:YoucanselectwhetherAtollshoulduseaGlobalValue(%Pmax)ofthedownlink
loadforallthecells,orthedownlinkloadsDefinedperCell.
LTEonly:Additionally,ifyouareallocatingintertechnologyneighboursforanLTEnetwork,youcanchangethe
followingparameter:
b. ClickthesecondDefinebuttonandchangecoverageconditionsfortheothertechnology.
c. Inthe%Min.CoveredAreabox,entertheminimumpercentageofthetransmittersorcellscoverageareathat
theneighbourscoverageareashouldalsocovertobeconsideredasaneighbour.
8. Ifnecessary,youcanselectadditionalconstraintsintheframeontheright:
CDMACarriers:Selectthecarriersonwhichyouwanttoruntheallocation.Youcanchooseoneormorecarriers;
Atollwillallocateneighbourstocellsusingtheselectedcarrier(s).
This option is not available when allocating intertechnology neighbours between GSM
andLTE.
ForceCositeasNeighbours:Selectingthischeckboxwillincludethecositetransmitters/cellsintheneighbour
listoftheUMTScell.Thecheckboxisautomaticallyselectedwhentheneighbourallocationisbasedondistance.
ForceExceptionalPairs:Selectingthischeckboxwillapplytheintertechnologyexceptionalpaircriteriaonthe
neighbourslistoftheUMTScell.
DeleteExistingNeighbours:Selectingthischeckboxwilldeleteallexistingneighboursintheneighbourslistand
performacleanneighbourallocation.Ifitisnotselected,Atollkeepstheexistingneighboursinthelist.
9. ClicktheCalculatebuttontostartcalculations.
10. Oncethecalculationsfinish,AtolldisplaysthelistofneighboursintheResultssection.Theresultsincludethenames
oftheneighbours,thenumberofneighboursofeachcellortransmitter,andthereasontheyareincludedintheneigh
bourslistundertheCausecolumn.Thereasonsinclude:
Reason
Description
When
ExceptionalPair
Neighbourrelationisdefinedasanexceptionalpair.
Forceexceptionalpairs
isselected
Cosite
Theneighbourislocatedatthesamesiteasthereference
cellortransmitter.
Forcecositeasneighbours
isselected
Distance
Theneighbouriswithinthemaximumdistancefromthe
referencecellortransmitter.
Usecoverageconditions
isnotselected
Coverage
Neighbourrelationthatfulfilscoverageconditions.
Usecoverageconditions
isselected
Existing
Theneighbourrelationexistedbeforerunningtheautomatic
allocation.
Resetisnotselected
11. SelectthecheckboxintheCommitcolumnoftheResultssectiontochoosetheintertechnologyneighboursyouwant
toassigntocells.
ingneighbours)inyourdocument:
ClickCompare.Thelistofautomaticallyallocatedneighbours,whoseCommitcheckboxisselected,iscompared
withtheexistinglistofneighbours.AreportofthecomparisonisdisplayedinatextfilecalledNeighboursDeltaRe
port.txtwhichappearsattheendofthecomparison.Thisfilelists:
Thenumberofcreatedneighbourrelations(newneighbourrelationsproposedintheautomaticallocation
resultscomparedtotheexistingneighbourrelations)andthelistoftheserelations
315
Forsk2013
The numberofdeleted neighbour relations(neighbour relationsnot proposedintheautomatic allocation

Thenumberofexistingneighbourrelations(existingneighbourrelationsthatarealsoproposedintheauto
maticallocationresults)andthelistoftheserelations.
12. ClicktheCommitbutton.Theallocatedintertechnologyneighboursaresaved.
13. ClickClose.
7.2.11.3.4
AllocatingandDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursperCell
AlthoughyoucanletAtollallocateintertechnologyneighboursautomatically,youcanadjusttheoverallallocationofinter
technologyneighboursbyallocatingordeletingintertechnologyneighbourspercell.Youcanallocateordeleteintertech
nologyneighboursdirectlyonthemap,orusingtheCellstaboftheTransmitterPropertiesdialogueinUMTSandLTE,the
intertechnologyNeighbourstabinGSM,orusingtheIntertechnologyNeighbourstable.
"AllocatingorDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursUsingtheCellsTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue"on
page316.
"AllocatingorDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursUsingtheIntertechnologyNeighboursTable"onpage317
"AllocatingandRemovingNeighboursontheMap"onpage325.
AllocatingorDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursUsingtheCellsTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue
YoucanallocateordeleteintertechnologyneighboursusingtheCellstaboftheTransmitterPropertiesdialogueinUMTS
andLTE.InGSM,theIntertechnologyNeighbourstabeachpairoftechnologiesisavailableineachtransmittersProperties
dialogue.
ToallocateordeleteintertechnologyneighboursbetweentransmittersorcellsusingtheCellstabofthetransmittersProp
ertiesdialogueinUMTSandLTE:
menuappears.
youwanttoallocateordeleteneighbours.ThecellsPropertiesdialogueappears.InthecellsPropertiesdialogue,
thereisatabforeachpairoftechnologies(forexample,LTEGSMneighboursorLTEUMTSneighbours).
5. ClicktheNeighbourstabfortechnologypairforwhichyouwanttoallocateordeleteintertechnologyneighbours.
2. UnderList,selectthecellortransmitterfromthelistintheNeighbourcolumnintherowmarkedwiththeNewRow
icon(
).
neighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumn,andsetstheTypeto"manual."
4. SelectMakeSymmetricalfromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellandthe
cellortransmitterintheNeighbourcolumn.
cellandthecellortransmitterintheNeighbourcolumnisdeleted.
316
AT320_UM_E0
Todeleteaneighbour:
AllocatingorDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursUsingtheIntertechnologyNeighboursTable
ToallocateordeleteintertechnologyneighboursbetweentransmittersorcellsusingtheIntertechnologyNeighbourstable:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttoallocateordeleteintertech
nologyneighbours.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthetechnologywithwhichyouwanttoallocateordeleteintertechnologyneigh
bours(i.e.,GSM,UMTS,orLTE)andthenselectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.Theintertechnologyneighbour
tableappears.
5. Enteroneintertechnologyneighbourperrowofthetable.Eachcellortransmittercanhavemorethanoneintertech
nologyneighbour.
Toallocateanintertechnologyneighbour:
),selectareferencecellintheCellcolumninLTEorUMTS.InGSM,
selectareferencetransmitterfromtheTransmittercolumn.
neighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumnandsetstheTypeto"manual."
2. SelectMakeSymmetrical fromthe contextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationis created betweenthecell or
transmitterintheNeighbourcolumnandthecellintheCellcolumn.
Totakeallexceptionalpairsintoconsiderationinallocatingordeletingneighbours:
2. SelectForceExceptionalPairsfromthecontextmenu.AllforcedneighbourswillbeaddedtotheNeighbourstable
andallforbiddenneighbourswillberemoved.
tionalPairstable.Youcanopenthistable,selecttheexceptionalpairstobetakeninto
considerationintheneighbourlist,rightclickthetableandselectForceExceptionalPairs
inthecontextmenu.
cellintheNeighbourcolumnandthecellintheCellcolumnorthetransmitterintheTransmitterisdeleted.
317
Forsk2013
Todeleteaneighbour:
7.2.11.3.5
CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingIntertechnologyNeighbours
AfteryouhaveimportedintertechnologyneighboursintothecurrentAtolldocumentormanuallydefinedintertechnology
neighbours,Atollcancalculatetheimportanceofeachintertechnologyneighbour,i.e.,theweightofeachneighbour.
Atollcalculatestheimportanceforintertechnologyneighboursofactiveandfilteredtransmitterswithinthefocuszone.
Tocalculatetheimportanceofexistingintertechnologyneighbours:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttocalculatetheimportanceof
intertechnologyneighbours.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthetechnologyfromoftheintertechnologyneighbours(i.e.,GSM,UMTS,orLTE)
and then select Calculate Importance from the context menu. The Neighbour Importance Evaluation dialogue
appears,withonetab,theIntertechnologyNeighbourstab.
5. UnderImportance,setthefollowingparameters:
Maxintersitedistance:Enterthemaximumdistancebetweenanytwosites.Sitesoutsidethedefinedmaximum
intersitedistancewillnotbeconsideredaspotentialneighbours.
Takeintoaccountthecositefactor:Selectthischeckboxtoverifythatneighboursarelocatedonthesamesite
astheirreferencecellortransmitterwhencalculatingimportance.
6. CleartheUseCoverageConditionscheckboxtobaseneighbourimportancecalculationondistance,andjumptothe
followingstep.
OrselecttheUseCoverageConditionscheckboxtobaseneighbourimportancecalculationoncoverageconditions.
TherearetwoDefinebuttonsbelowtheUseCoverageConditionscheckbox:
The first button allows you to define coverage conditions for the technology in
whichyouwanttocalculateintertechnologyneighbourimportance.
Thesecondoneallowsyoutodefinecoverageconditionsfortheothertechnology.
a. ClickthefirstDefinebutton.TheCoverageConditionsdialogueappears.
GSMonly:Additionally,iftheintertechnologyneighboursarefromaGSMnetwork,youcanchangethefollowing
parameters:
Min.BCCHsignallevel:EntertheminimumsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellAandpossi
bleneighbourcellB.
UMTSonly:Additionally,iftheintertechnologyneighboursarefromaUMTSnetwork,youcanchangethefollow
ingparameters:
318
AT320_UM_E0
referencecell.
LTEonly:Additionally,iftheintertechnologyneighboursarefromanLTEnetwork,youcanchangethefollowing
parameter:
b. ClickthesecondDefinebuttonandchangecoverageconditionsfortheothertechnology.
clickingtheFilterbutton,youcandefineadvancedfilteringconditionstorestricttheneigh
bourstobecalculated.
7. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofcalculatingtheimportanceoftheneighboursdisplayedinthetable.Atoll
firstcheckstoseewhetherthepathlossmatricesarevalidbeforecalculatingtheimportance.Ifthepathlossmatrices
arenotvalid,Atollrecalculatesthem.
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingimportance,theresultsaredisplayedinthetable.
Thetablecontainsthefollowinginformation.
Cell(orTransmitterforGSMnetworks):Thenameofthereferencecellortransmitter.
Cosite
Symmetry
Coverage
betweenthereferencecellortransmitterandtheneighbour.
encetransmitterscoverageareathattheneighbouroverlaps,inpercentageandinsquarekilometres.
7.2.11.3.6
CheckingtheConsistencyoftheIntertechnologyNeighbourPlan
Youcanperformanauditofthecurrentintertechnologyneighbourallocationplan.Whenyouperformanauditofthecurrent
intertechnologyneighbourallocationplan,Atollliststheresultsinatextfile.YoucandefinewhatinformationAtollprovides
intheaudit.
Toperformanauditoftheintertechnologyneighbourplan:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttoperformanauditofthecur
rentintertechnologyneighbourallocationplan.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthetechnologyfromoftheintertechnologyneighbours(i.e.,GSM,UMTS,orLTE)
andthenselectAuditfromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourAuditdialogueappearswithonetab,theIntertech
nologyNeighbourstab.
numberofneighbourspercellortransmitter.
Emptylists:SelecttheEmptylistscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershavenoneighbours
(inotherwords,whichcellsortransmittershaveanemptyneighbourlist).
Fulllists:SelecttheFulllistscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershavethemaximumnumber
of neighbours allowed (in other words, which cells or transmitters have a full neighbour list). The maximum
numberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable
(inGSM,youcanspecifythemaximumnumbero9fneighboursforeachtransmitterusingtheTransmitterstable).
319
Forsk2013
Lists>maxnumber:SelecttheLists>maxnumbercheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershave
morethanthemaximumnumberofneighboursallowed.Themaximumnumberofneighbourscanbeeitherset
hereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable(inGSM,youcanspecifythemaximum
numbero9fneighboursforeachtransmitterusingtheTransmitterstable).
Missingcosites:SelecttheMissingcositescheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershavenoco
siteneighbours.
Missingsymmetrics:SelecttheMissingsymmetricscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmitters
havenonsymmetricneighbourrelations.
Exceptionalpairs:SelecttheExceptionalpairscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellsortransmittershave
forcedneighboursorforbiddenneighbours.
AverageNumberofNeighbours:X;where,Xistheaveragenumberofneighbours(integer)percellortransmitter
fortheplanaudited.
EmptyLists:x/X;xnumberofcellsortransmittersoutofatotalofXhavingnoneighbours(oremptyneighbours
list):
Syntax:
FullLists(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberofcellsortransmittersoutofatotalofXhavingYnumberof
neighbourslistedintheirrespectiveneighbourslists.
Syntax:
|CELL|
Lists>MaxNumber(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberofcellsortransmittersoutofatotalofXhaving
morethanYnumberofneighbourslistedintheirrespectiveneighbourslists.
Syntax:
IfthefieldMaximumnumberofintertechnologyneighboursintheCellstableisempty,
theFulllistscheckandtheLists>maxnumbercheckusetheDefaultmaxnumbervalue
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
7.2.11.4 DisplayingNeighboursontheMap
7.2.11.4.1
DisplayingNeighbourLinks
Youcandisplayintraandintertechnologyneighbourlinksonthemapinordertostudyhandoverpossibilities.
Todisplayintraandintertechnologyneighboursonthemap:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderoftheradioaccesstechnologyforwhichyouwanttodefinetheintraandinter
technologyneighbourdisplayoptions.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. IntheNeighbourssubmenu,selectthetechnologyforwhichyouwanttodefinethedisplayoptions(GSM,UMTS,or
LTE),andthenselectDisplayOptions.TheNeighbourDisplaydialogueappears.
320
AT320_UM_E0
Figure7.3:NeighbourDisplaydialogue
5. UnderNeighbours,selecttheDisplaylinkscheckbox.
6. ClicktheSubmenubuttonbesidetheDisplaylinkscheckbox.Thecontextmenuappears
a. Fromthecontextmenu,selectthetechnologyforwhichyouwanttodisplaytheneighbourlinks(i.e.,GSM,UMTS,
orLTE).TheNeighbourDisplaySettings([Technology])dialogueappears.
Figure7.4:NeighbourDisplaySettingsdialogue(forneighbourlinks)
b. IntheNeighbourDisplaySettings([Technology])dialogue,clickontherelevantintraorintertechnologyneigh
bourstab.
c. FromtheDisplayTypelist,chooseoneofthefollowing:
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplayTypeifyouwantAtolltocolourallneighbourlinksofacellortrans
mitterwithauniquecolour.
DiscreteValues:Select"DiscreteValues"astheDisplayType,andthenavaluefromtheFieldlist,ifyouwant
AtolltocolourthecellsortransmittersneighbourlinksaccordingtoavaluefromtheIntratechnologyNeigh
bourstable,oraccordingtotheneighbourcarrier.
ValueIntervals: Select "Value Intervals"tocolour the cellsor transmitters neighbour links according the
valueintervalofthevalueselectedfromtheFieldlist.
Youcandisplaythenumberofhandoffattemptsforeachcellneighbourpairbyfirst
creatinganewfieldoftheType"Integer"intheIntraTechnologyNeighbourstablefor
thenumberofhandoffattempts.Onceyouhaveimportedorenteredthevaluesinthe
newcolumn,youcanselectthisfieldfromtheFieldlistalongwith"ValueIntervals"as
theDisplayType.Forinformationonaddinganewfieldtoatable,see"AddingaFieldto
anObjectTypesDataTable"onpage71.
Eachneighbourlinkdisplaytypehasavisibilitycheckbox.Byselectingorclearingthevisibilitycheckbox,youcan
displayorhideneighbourlinkdisplaytypesindividually.
Forinformationonchangingdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
d. SelecttheAddtolegendcheckboxtoaddthedisplayedneighbourlinkstothelegend.
321
Forsk2013
e. ClicktheBrowsebutton(
)nexttoTiptextandselecttheneighbourcharacteristicstobedisplayedinthetip
text.Thisinformationwillbedisplayedoneachneighbourlink.
f. ClickOKtosaveyoursettings.
7. UnderAdvanced,selecttheneighbourlinkstodisplay:
Outwardsnonsymmetrical:Selectthisoptiontodisplayalinkforeachcellortransmitterthathasaneighbour
allocated.Theselinksarerepresentedwithstraightdashedlinesofthesamecolourasthetransmitter.
Inwardsnonsymmetrical:Selectthisoptiontodisplayalinkforeachcellortransmitterthatistheneighbourof
anothercellortransmitter.Theselinksareshownasstraightdashedlinesofthesamecolourastheneighbour.
Symmetriclinks:Selectthisoptiontodisplayalinkforeachcellortransmitterthatistheneighbourofacellor
transmitterthatisitsneighbouraswell.Theselinksareshownasstraightblacklines.
Intertechnologyonly:Selectthisoptiontohideintratechnologyneighbourlinks.
8. Clickthearrow( )nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
appears.
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbar.Themenu
9. SelectNeighboursasthetypeofneighbourlinkstodisplay.
10. ClicktheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbar.
11. Selectatransmittertoshowitsneighbourlinks:
In the Transmitters folder of the Network explorer: Select the transmitter in the Transmitters folder. The
selectedtransmitteriscentredinthemapandallitsneighboursareindicated.Atolldisplaystheselectedtrans
mitterintheNeighbourstableifitisopen.
Onthemap:Selectthetransmitteronthemap.Theneighboursoftheselectedtransmitteraredisplayedonthe
map.Whenthereismorethanonecellonthetransmitter,clickingthetransmitterinthemapwindowopensa
contextmenuallowingyoutoselectthecellyouwant(see"SelectingOneofSeveralTransmitters"onpage41).
AtolldisplaystheselectedtransmitterintheNeighbourstableifitisopen.
In the Neighbours table: Select the transmitterneighbour relation you want to display by clicking in the left
marginofthetablerowtoselecttheentirerow.Theselectedtransmitteriscentredinthemapwiththeselected
transmitterneighbour relation (see Figure7.5). The selected transmitter is also displayed in the Transmitters
folderoftheNetworkexplorer.
Figure7.5:DisplayingNeighbourLinksfromtheNeighbourstable
12. Inordertorestorecoloursandcanceltheneighbourdisplay,clicktheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
RadioPlanningtoolbar.
322
)inthe
AT320_UM_E0
7.2.11.4.2
DisplayingNeighbourCoverageAreas
Bycombiningthedisplaycharacteristicsofacoveragepredictionwithneighbourdisplayoptions,Atollcandisplaythecover
ageareasofatransmittersneighboursandcolourthemaccordingtoanyneighbourcharacteristicavailableintheNeighbours
table.
Todisplaythecoverageofeachneighbourofatransmitter:
1. Create, calculate, and display a "Coverage by transmitter (DL)" prediction, with the Display Type set to "Discrete
Values" and the Field set to "Transmitter" (for information on creating a coverage by transmitter prediction, see
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage400).
appears.
3. SelectDisplayOptions fromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourDisplaydialogueappears.
4. UnderNeighbours,selecttheDisplayCoverageAreascheckbox.
5. ClicktheSubmenubuttonbesidetheDisplayCoverageAreascheckbox.Thecontextmenuappears
a. Fromthecontextmenu,selectthetechnologyforwhichyouwanttodisplaytheneighbourcoverageareas(GSM,
UMTS,orLTE).TheNeighbourDisplaySettings([Technology])dialogueappears.
Figure7.6:NeighbourDisplaySettingsdialogue(forneighbourcoverageareas)
b. IntheNeighbourDisplaySettings([Technology])dialogue,clickontherelevantintraorintertechnologyneigh
bourstab.
c. FromtheDisplayTypelist,chooseoneofthefollowing:
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplayTypeifyouwantAtolltocolourallneighbourcoverageareasofacell
ortransmitterwithauniquecolour.
DiscreteValues:Select"DiscreteValues"astheDisplayType,andthenavaluefromtheFieldlist,ifyouwant
AtolltocolourthecellsortransmittersneighbourcoverageareasaccordingtoavaluefromtheNeighbours
table,oraccordingtotheneighbourcarrier.
ValueIntervals:Select"ValueIntervals"tocolourthecellsortransmittersneighbourcoverageareasaccord
ingthevalueintervalofthevalueselectedfromtheFieldlist.
creatinganewfieldoftheType"Integer"intheIntraTechnologyNeighbourtablefor
d. ClicktheBrowsebutton(
)nexttoTiptextandselecttheneighbourcharacteristicstobedisplayedinthetip
text.Thisinformationwillbedisplayedoneachneighbourcoveragearea.
e. ClickOKtosaveyoursettings.
323
Forsk2013
)besidetheDisplayCoverageAreascheckbox.
7. TheIntratechnologyNeighbourDisplaydialogueappears.
8. FromtheDisplayTypelist,chooseoneofthefollowing:
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplayTypeifyouwantAtolltocolourthecoverageareasofatransmitters
neighbourswithauniquecolour.
DiscreteValues:Select"DiscreteValues"astheDisplayType,andthenavaluefromtheFieldlist,ifyouwantAtoll
tocolourthecoverageareasofatransmittersneighboursaccordingtoavaluefromtheIntratechnologyNeigh
bourstable.
ValueIntervals:Select"ValueIntervals"tocolourthecoverageareasofatransmittersneighboursaccordingthe
valueintervalofthevalueselectedfromtheFieldlist.Forexample,youcanchoosetodisplayatransmitters
neighboursaccordingtotheirrank,intermsofautomaticallocation,oraccordingtotheimportance,asdeter
minedbytheweightingfactors.
)nexttoTipTextandselecttheneighbourcharacteristicstobedisplayedinthetiptext.
Thisinformationwillbedisplayedoneachcoveragearea.
appears.
11. SelectNeighboursasthetypeofneighbourcoverageareastodisplay.
13. Selectatransmittertoshowitsneighbourcoverageareas:
transmitterneighbour relation (see Figure7.5). The selected transmitter is also displayed in the Transmitters
Figure7.7:DisplayingNeighbourCoverageAreasfromtheNeighbourstable
324
)inthe
AT320_UM_E0
7.2.11.5 AllocatingandRemovingNeighboursontheMap
You can allocate intratechnology and intertechnology neighbours directly on the map using the mouse. Atoll adds or
removesneighbourstotransmittersifthedisplayoptionissettoNeighbours.
Beforeyoucanaddorremoveneighboursusingthemouse,youmustactivatethedisplayonthemapofthetypeofneighbour
(eitherintratechnologyorintertechnology,dependingonthedisplaychosen)youwanttoaddorremoveasexplainedin
"DisplayingNeighboursontheMap"onpage320.
Toaddasymmetricneighbourrelation:
1. Clickthereferencetransmitteronthemap.Atolldisplaysitsneighbourrelations.
2. PressSHIFTandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetaneighbourrelation.Atolladdsbothtransmittersto
the list ofneighbours (eitherintratechnology orintertechnology,dependingonthedisplaychosen)of theother
transmitter.
Toremoveasymmetricneighbourrelation:
2. PressSHIFTandclickthetransmitteryouwanttoremovefromthelistofneighbours.Atollremovesbothtransmitter
fromthelistofneighbours(eitherintratechnologyorintertechnology,dependingonthedisplaychosen)oftheother
transmitter.
Toaddanoutwardsneighbourrelation:
2. PressCTRLandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetaneighbourrelation.Atolladdsthereferencetrans
mittertothelistofneighbour(eitherintratechnologyorintertechnology,dependingonthedisplaychosen)ofthe
othertransmitter.
Toremoveanoutwardsneighbourrelation:
2. PressCTRLandclickthetransmitteryouwanttoremovefromthelistofneighbours.Atollremovesthereference
transmitterfromthelistofneighbours(eitherintratechnologyorintertechnology,dependingonthedisplaychosen)
oftheothertransmitter.
Toaddaninwardsneighbourrelation:
2. Therecanbetwocases:
Ifthetwotransmittersalreadyhaveasymmetricneighbourrelation,pressCTRLandclicktheothertransmitter.
Atollconvertsthesymmetricrelationtoaninwardsnonsymmetricneighbour(eitherintratechnologyorinter
technology,dependingonthedisplaychosen)relation.
Ifthereisnoexistingneighbourrelationbetweenthetwotransmitters,firstcreateasymmetricneighbourrelation
bypressingSHIFTandclickingthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttocreateasymmetricrelation.Thenpress
CTRLandclicktheothertransmitter.Atollconvertsthesymmetricrelationtoaninwardsnonsymmetricneigh
bour(eitherintratechnologyorintertechnology,dependingonthedisplaychosen)relation.
Toremoveaninwardsneighbourrelation:
2. PressSHIFTandclickthetransmitteryouwanttoremovefromthelistofneighbours.Atollremovesthetransmitter
fromtheneighbourslist(eitherintratechnologyorintertechnology,dependingonthedisplaychosen)oftheother
transmitter.
WhenthereismorethanonecellonaUMTSorLTEtransmitter,clickingthetransmitterin
the map window opens a context menu allowing you to select the cell you want (see
"SelectingOneofSeveralTransmitters"onpage41).
7.2.11.6 DisplayingExceptionalPairsontheMap
Youcandisplayexceptionalpairsonthemapinordertostudytheforcedandforbiddenneighbourrelationsdefinedinthe
intraorintertechnologyExceptionalPairstable.
325
7.2.11.6.1
Forsk2013
DisplayingForcedNeighbours
Todisplayforcedneighboursonthemap:
appears.
2. SelectForcedNeighboursfromthemenu.
3. Ifdesired,changethedisplaysettingsoftheforcedneighbours:
a. Clickthearrow( )nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
appears.
b. SelectDisplayOptions fromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourDisplaydialogueappears.
c. Proceedasshownintheprevioussections:
Tochangethedisplaysettingsofforcedneighbourslinks,see"DisplayingNeighbourLinks"onpage320.
To change the display settings of forced neighbours coverage areas, see "Displaying Neighbour Coverage
Areas"onpage323.
5. Selectatransmitterorcelltoshowitsforcedneighbourslinksand/orcoverageareas.
7.2.11.6.2
DisplayingForbiddenNeighbours
Todisplayforbiddenneighboursonthemap:
appears.
2. SelectForbiddenNeighboursfromthemenu.
3. Ifdesired,changethedisplaysettingsoftheforbiddenneighbours:
a. Clickthearrow( )nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
appears.
b. SelectDisplayOptions fromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourDisplaydialogueappears.
c. Proceedasshownintheprevioussections:
Tochangethedisplaysettingsofforbiddenneighbourslinks,see"DisplayingNeighbourLinks"onpage320.
Tochangethedisplaysettingsofforbiddenneighbourscoverageareas,see"DisplayingNeighbourCoverage
Areas"onpage323.
5. Selectatransmitterorcelltoshowitsforbiddenneighbourslinksand/orcoverageareas.
7.2.11.7 AddingandRemovingExceptionalPairsontheMap
Youcandefinebothintraandintertechnologyexceptionalpairsusingthemouse.Atolladdsorremovesforcedorforbidden
exceptionalpairsdependingonthedisplayoptionset,i.e.,ForcedNeighboursorForbiddenNeighbours.Thenewexceptional
pairwillbeaddedtotheintratechnologyexceptionalpairsifbothtransmittersusethesameradioaccesstechnology.Ifthey
usedifferentradioaccesstechnologies,thenewexceptionalpairwillbeaddedtotheintertechnologyexceptionalpairs.
326
AT320_UM_E0
Beforeyoucanaddorremoveexceptionalpairsusingthemouse,youmustactivatethedisplayofexceptionalpairsonthe
mapasexplainedin"DisplayingExceptionalPairsontheMap"onpage325.
Toaddasymmetricforcedorforbiddenexceptionalpair:
2. PressSHIFTandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetanexceptionalpair.Atolladdsbothtransmittersto
thelistofexceptionalpairsoftheothertransmitter.
Toremoveasymmetricforcedorforbiddenexceptionalpair:
2. PressSHIFTandclickthetransmitterthatyouwanttoremovefromthelistofexceptionalpairs.Atollremovesboth
transmittersfromthelistofexceptionalpairsoftheothertransmitter.
Toaddanoutwardsforcedorforbiddenexceptionalpair:
2. PressCTRLandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetanexceptionalpair.Atolladdsthereferencetrans
mittertothelistofexceptionalpairsoftheothertransmitter.
Toremoveanoutwardsforcedorforbiddenexceptionalpair:
2. PressCTRLandclickthetransmitterthatyouwanttoremovefromthelistofexceptionalpairs.Atollremovestheref
erencetransmitterfromthelistofexceptionalpairsoftheothertransmitter.
Toaddaninwardsforcedorforbiddenexceptionalpair:
Clickthereferencetransmitteronthemap.Atolldisplaysitsneighbourrelations.
Ifthetwotransmittersalreadyhaveasymmetricexceptionalpairrelation,pressCTRLandclicktheothertrans
mitter.Atollconvertsthesymmetricrelationtoaninwardsnonsymmetricexceptionalpairrelation.
Ifthereisnoexistingexceptionalpairrelationbetweenthetwotransmitters,firstcreateasymmetricexceptional
pairrelationbetweenthetwotransmitters,andthenpressCTRLandclicktheothertransmitter.Atollconverts
thesymmetricrelationtoaninwardsnonsymmetricexceptionalpairrelation.
Toremoveaninwardsforcedorforbiddenexceptionalpair:
2. PressSHIFTandclickthetransmitterthatyouwanttoremovefromthelistofexceptionalpairs.Atollremovesthe
transmitterfromtheexceptionalpairslistoftheothertransmitter.
Whenthereismorethanonecellonthetransmitter,clickingthetransmitterinthemap
windowopensacontextmenuallowingyoutoselectthecellyouwant(see"SelectingOne
ofSeveralTransmitters"onpage41).
7.2.12 AllocatingResourcesina3GPPMultiRATProject
InanAtoll3GPPmultiRATproject,allocatingresourcessuchasGSMfrequencies,UMTSscramblingcodes,andLTEphysical
cellIDsisanimportantpartofaradioplanningproject.Theresourcesandproceduresaredifferentdependingontheradio
accesstechnology.Thewayresourcesareallocatedina3GPPmultiRATprojectisthesamethanthewaytheyareallocated
inasingleRATproject.
Ina3GPPmultiRATproject,theautomaticallocationsofBSICBCCH(usingtheGSMAFP),scramblingcodes(inUMTS),and
physicalcellIDs(usingtheLTEAFP)takeintertechnologyneighbourconstraintsintoaccount.Forexample,differentphysical
cellIDsareassignedtotwoLTEcellsthatareneighboursofthesameGSMtransmitterorUMTScell.
7.2.12.1 AllocatingResourcesinGSM
Allocating GSMspecific resources is explained in Chapter 8: GSM/GPRS/EDGE Networks. Before allocating resources, you
havetoestimatetherequirednumberofTRXsinoneofthefollowingways:
Youcanimportorcreatetrafficmapsandusethemasabasisfordimensioning(see"StudyingNetworkCapacity"on
page429intheGSMGPRSEDGEsection).
YoucandefinethemmanuallyeitherontheTRXstabofeachtransmittersPropertiesdialogueorintheSubcellstable
(see"ModifyingaSubcell"onpage368).
327
Forsk2013
OnceyouhavetherequirednumberofTRXs,manuallyorautomaticallycreateafrequencyplan.
Allocating frequencies, BSICs, HSNs, and MAIOs is explained in "Allocating Frequencies, BSICs, HSNs, MALs, and
MAIOs"onpage458
UsingtheoptionalAtollmoduleisexplainedin"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
7.2.12.2 AllocatingResourcesinUMTS
AllocatingUMTSspecificresourcesisexplainedinChapter9:UMTSHSPANetworks:
Allocatingandplanningscramblingcodesisexplainedin"PlanningScramblingCodes"onpage724.
7.2.12.3 AllocatingResourcesinLTE
AllocatingLTEspecificresourcesisexplainedinChapter10:LTENetworks:
Allocatingandplanningfrequenciesisexplainedin"PlanningFrequencies"onpage903
AllocatingandplanningphysicalcellIDsisexplainedin"PlanningPhysicalCellIDs"onpage904.
7.3 StudyingNetworkCapacity
Interferenceisthemajorlimitingfactorintheperformanceofanetwork.Ithasbeenrecognisedasthemajorbottleneckin
network capacity and is often responsible for poor performance. In UMTS, because all users in acell are using the same
frequencyband,intracellinterferencemustbecarefullymanaged.InGSMandLTE,frequencyreusemeansthatinagiven
coverageareathereareseveralcellsthatuseagivensetofresources.Unlikethermalnoisewhichcanbeovercomebyincreas
ingthesignaltonoiseratio(SNR),cochannelinterferencecannotbecounteredbysimplyincreasingthecarrierpowerofa
transmitter.Thisisbecauseanincreaseincarriertransmissionpowerwillincreasetheinterferenceaswell.Toreduceco
channelinterference,cellsortransmittersusingthesamefrequencymustbeseparatedsufficientlybyadistance,calledthe
reusedistance.Foranetworkwithalimitednumberoffrequencies,alargereusedistancecanguaranteeahighQoSforthe
system,butthecapacitywillbedecreased.
AnothertypeofinterferenceinGSMandLTEnetworksisadjacentchannelinterference.Adjacentchannelinterferenceresults
fromimperfectreceiverfilterswhichallownearbyfrequenciestointerferewiththeusedfrequencychannel.Adjacentchannel
interferencecanbeminimisedthroughcarefulfilteringandchannelassignment.
Atoll can simulate the flow of traffic in a network as well the mechanisms the network uses to regulate traffic, thereby
enablingyoutostudythecapacityofa3GPPmultiRATnetworksubjecttointerference.
InAtoll,asimulationisbasedonarealisticdistributionofusersatagivenpointintime.Thedistributionofusersatagiven
momentisreferredtoasasnapshot.Basedonthissnapshot,Atollcalculatesvariousnetworkparameterssuchas:
FortheGSMGPRSEDGEpartofthetraffic:
FortheUMTSHSPApartofthetraffic:theactivesetforeachmobile,therequiredpowerofthemobile,thetotalDL
powerandDLthroughputpercell,andtheULloadpercell.
FortheLTEpartofthetraffic:thedownlinkanduplinktrafficloads,theuplinknoiserise,theuserthroughputs,etc.
Whatevertheradioaccesstechnologyis,simulationsarecalculatedinaniterativefashion.
Whenseveralsimulationsareperformedatthesametimeusingthesametrafficinformation,thedistributionofuserswillbe
different,accordingtoaPoissondistribution.Consequentlyyoucanhavevariationsinuserdistributionfromonesnapshotto
another.
Tocreatesnapshots,servicesandusersmustbemodelled.Aswell,certaintrafficinformationintheformoftrafficmapsmust
beprovided.Onceservicesandusershavebeenmodelledandtrafficmapshavebeencreated,youcanmakesimulationsof
thenetworktraffic.
328
"ImportingOMCTrafficDatainGSM"onpage329
"DefiningMultiserviceTrafficData"onpage329
"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage329
"CreatingaTrafficMap"onpage331
"ExportingaTrafficMap"onpage341
"CalculatingandDisplayingaGSMTrafficCapture"onpage342
"DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage342
"CalculatingandDisplayingTrafficSimulations"onpage342
"AnalysingtheResultsofaSimulation"onpage349.
AT320_UM_E0
7.3.1 ImportingOMCTrafficDatainGSM
WhenmodellingGSM,OMCtrafficdatacanbeusedasasourceofaccuratetrafficdata.YoucanimportitintotheSubcells
Table:TrafficData.ThedataintheSubcellsTable:TrafficDatacanbeusedforavarietyofdifferentpurposesinAtoll:
Fordimensioningpurposes
Tocalculatequalityindicators
FortheAFP
Toevaluateandallocateneighbours
Ininterferencepredictions.
ForinformationonimportingOMCtrafficdatainGSM,see"ImportingOMCTrafficDataintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData"
onpage430inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks.
7.3.2 DefiningMultiserviceTrafficData
Thefirststepinmakingasimulationisdefininghowthenetworkisused.InAtoll,thisisaccomplishedbycreatingallofthe
parametersofnetworkuse,intermsofservices,users,andequipmentused.
ThefollowingservicesandusersaremodelledinAtollinordertocreatesimulations:
R99radiobearers:BearerservicesareusedbythenetworkforcarryinginformationintheUMTSpartofthenetwork.
TheR99RadioBearertablelistsalltheavailableradiobearers.YoucancreatenewR99radiobearersandmodify
existingonesbyusingtheR99RadioBearertable.ForinformationondefiningR99radiobearers,see"DefiningR99
RadioBearers"onpage803.
LTEradiobearers:Radiobearersareusedbythenetworkforcarryinginformation.TheLTERadioBearertablelistsall
theavailableradiobearers.YoucancreatenewradiobearersandmodifyexistingonesbyusingtheLTERadioBearer
table.Forinformationondefiningradiobearers,see"DefiningLTERadioBearers"onpage978.
Services:Servicesarethevariousservices,suchasvoice,mobileinternetaccess,etc.,availabletosubscribers.These
servicescanbeeithercircuitswitchedorpacketswitcheddependingontheradioaccesstechnologyandthetypeof
application.Forinformationonmodellingenduserservices,see"Modelling3GPPMultiRATServices"onpage329.
Mobilitytype:GSM/GPRS/EDGE,informationaboutreceivermobilityisimportanttoefficientlymanageconnections:
amobileusedbyadrivermovingquicklyorapedestrianwillnotnecessarilybeconnectedtothesameHCSlayer.In
UMTS,informationaboutreceivermobilityisimportanttoefficientlymanagetheactiveset:amobileusedbyadriver
movingquicklyorapedestrianwillnotnecessarilybeconnectedtothesametransmitters.EcI0requirementsand
EbNttargetsperradiobearerandperlink(uplinkordownlink)arelargelydependentonmobilespeed.InLTE,infor
mationaboutreceivermobilityisimportanttodeterminetheusersradioconditionsandthroughputs.Forinforma
tiononcreatingamobilitytype,see"Modelling3GPPMultiRATMobilityTypes"onpage330.
Terminals:Aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,oracars
onboardnavigationdevice.Forinformationoncreatingaterminal,see"Modelling3GPPMultiRATTerminals"on
page331.
7.3.3 ServiceandUserModelling
Ina3GPPmultiRATproject,thetrafficparametersaresharedbyalltechnologies.
"Modelling3GPPMultiRATServices"onpage329.
"Modelling3GPPMultiRATMobilityTypes"onpage330.
"Modelling3GPPMultiRATTerminals"onpage331.
7.3.3.1 Modelling3GPPMultiRATServices
Servicesarethevariousservicesavailabletousers.Thissectionexplainshowtocreateaservice.
Beforeyoucanmodelservices,youmustdefinebearersinUMTSandLTE:
FormoreinformationondefiningUMTSR99bearers,see"DefiningR99RadioBearers"onpage803.
FormoreinformationondefiningLTEradiobearers,see"DefiningLTERadioBearers"onpage978.
Tocreateormodifyaservice:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTrafficParametersfolder.
3. RightclicktheServicesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheServicesNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
329
Forsk2013
You can modify the properties of an existing service by rightclicking the service in the
ServicesfolderandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
5. YoucaneditthefieldsontheGeneraltabtodefinethenewservice.Youcanchangethefollowingparameters.
Name:Atollproposesanameforthenewservice,butyoucansetamoredescriptivename.
Activityfactor:Theuplinkanddownlinkactivityfactorsareusedtodeterminetheprobabilityofactivityforusers
accessingtheserviceduringMonteCarlosimulations.Forpacketswitchedservices,thisparameterisusedwhen
workingwithsectortraffic mapsand userdensitytrafficmaps.Forcircuitswitchedservices,theparameteris
takenintoconsiderationwithanytrafficmap.
AverageRequestedThroughput:Youcanentertheaveragerequestedthroughputforuplinkanddownlink.This
throughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Howtheaveragerequestedthroughput
isusedinAtolldependsonthetypeofservice:
Circuit(GSM):Thisthroughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Itisusedinsimu
lationsduringuserdistributiongenerationtocalculatethenumberofusersattemptingaconnectionandto
determinetheiractivitystatus.
Packet(GSM):Thisthroughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Itisusedinsimu
Circuit(R99):Thisthroughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Itisusedinsimu
Packet(R99):Thisthroughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Itisusedinsimu
Packet(HSPA):Thisthroughputistherequestedaveragethroughputwhichguaranteesaminimumaverage
throughputduringanHSUPAcall.Itisusedtwiceinasimulation:onceduringuserdistributiongenerationin
ordertocalculatethenumberofHSUPAusersattemptingaconnectionandthenduringpowercontrolasa
qualitytargettobecomparedtotherealobtainedaveragethroughput.
LTE:Thisthroughputistherequestedaveragethroughputforuplinkanddownlink.Theaveragerequested
throughputisusedinasimulationduringuserdistributiongenerationinordertocalculatethenumberof
usersattemptingaconnection.
Technologypriorities:ClicktheBrowsebutton( )besideTechnologyprioritiestoopenadialogueenablingyou
todefinethetechnologiesthatcanusethisserviceandtheirpriority.
Toselectatechnologythatcanusethisservice,selectthetechnologyintheAvailabletechnologieslistand
click
tomoveittotheSelectedtechnologieslist.
ToremoveatechnologyfromthelistofSelectedtechnologies,selectthetechnologyintheSelectedtechnol
ogieslistandclick
tomoveittotheAvailabletechnologieslist.
Tochangethepriorityofthetechnologies,selectatechnologyandclick or tomoveitupordowninthe
list.Thetechnologyatthetopofthelisthasthehighestpriority.
ClickOKtoclosethedialogueandreturntotheServicesNewElementPropertiesdialogue.
6. Clickthetabofthetechnologyforwhichyouwanttodefineparametersforthisservice.Thewaytheserviceisdefined
foreachtechnologyisidenticalthanthewayaserviceisdefinedinasingleRATproject.
GSM:ForinformationondefiningaGSMservice,see"CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEService"onpage622.
UMTS:ForinformationondefiningaUMTSservice,see"ModellingUMTSHSPAServices"onpage686.
LTE:ForinformationondefiningaLTEservice,see"ModellingServices"onpage869.
7. ClickOK.
7.3.3.2 Modelling3GPPMultiRATMobilityTypes
Informationaboutreceivermobilityisimportanttoefficientlymanagetraffic.InamultilayerGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork,a
mobileusertravellingatahighspeedisusuallyallocatedachannelonthemacrolayer.InUMTS,EcI0requirementsandEbNt
targetsperradiobearerandperlink(upanddown)arelargelydependentonmobilespeed.InLTE,informationaboutthe
receivermobilityisrequiredfordeterminingwhichbearerselectionthresholdandqualitygraphtousefromtheLTEequip
mentreferredtointheterminalorcell.
Tocreateormodifyamobilitytype:
330
AT320_UM_E0
3. RightclicktheMobilityTypesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheMobilityTypesNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
Youcanmodifythepropertiesofanexistingmobilitytypebyrightclickingthemobility
typeintheMobilityTypesfolderandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
5. YoucanenterormodifythefollowingparametersintheMobilityTypesNewElementPropertiesdialogue:
Name:Enteradescriptivenameforthemobilitytype.
AverageSpeed:Enteranaveragespeedforthemobilitytype.Thisfieldisforinformationonly;theaveragespeed
isnotusedbyanycalculation.
6. IfyouaremodellingUMTSinyour3GPPmultiRATproject,clicktheUMTStabandsetthefollowingparameters.
EcI0Threshold:UnderActivesetmanagement,enterormodifytheminimumEcI0requiredfromatransmitter
toentertheactiveset.Thisvaluemustbeverifiedforthebestserver.
HSSCCHEcNtthreshold:UnderHSDPA,enterormodifytheminimumqualityrequiredinorderfortheHSDPA
linktobeavailable.ThisparameterisusedbyAtolltodeterminetheHSSCCHpowerwhentheuserhasselected
dynamic allocation in the cell properties. For static allocation, Atoll calculates the HSSCCH EcNt from the
HSSCCHpowersetinthecellpropertiesandcomparesittothisthreshold.ThisfieldisonlyusedwithHSDPA.
7. ClickOK.
7.3.3.3 Modelling3GPPMultiRATTerminals
InAtoll,aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,oracarsonboard
navigationdevice.
Tocreateormodifyaterminal:
3. RightclicktheTerminalsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheTerminalsNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
Youcanmodifythepropertiesofanexistingterminalbyrightclickingtheterminalinthe
TerminalsfolderandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
5. YoucaneditthefieldsontheGeneraltabtodefinethenewterminal.Youcanchangethefollowingparameters.
Supportedtechnologies:ClickthearrownexttoSupportedtechnologiesandselectthecheckboxofeachtech
nologysupportedbythisterminal.
6. Clickthetabofthetechnologyforwhichyouwanttodefineparametersforthisterminal.Thewaytheterminalis
definedforeachtechnologyisidenticalthanthewayaterminalisdefinedinasingleRATproject.
GSM: For information on defining a GSM service, see "Creating or Modifying a GSM/GPRS/EDGE Terminal" on
page624.
UMTS:ForinformationondefiningaUMTSservice,see"ModellingUMTSHSPATerminals"onpage689.
LTE:ForinformationondefiningaLTEservice,see"ModellingTerminals"onpage871.
7. ClickOK.
7.3.4 CreatingaTrafficMap
ThefollowingsectionsdescribethedifferenttypesoftrafficmapsavailableinAtollandhowtocreate,import,andusethem.
AtollprovidesthreetypesoftrafficmapsforUMTSprojects.
Sectortrafficmap
Userprofiletrafficmap
Userdensitytrafficmap(numberofusersperkm2)
Thesemapscanbecreatedusingdifferenttypesoftrafficdatasourcesasfollows:
SectortrafficmapscanbeusedifyouhavelivetrafficdatafromtheOMC(OperationandMaintenanceCentre).
331
Forsk2013
TheOMC(OperationsandMaintenanceCentre)collectsdatafromallcellsinanetwork.Thisincludes,forexample,
thenumberofusersorthethroughputineachcellandthetrafficcharacteristicsrelatedtodifferentservices.Traffic
is spread over the best server coverage area of each transmitter and each coverage area is assigned either the
throughputsintheuplinkandinthedownlinkorthenumberofusersperactivitystatusorthetotalnumberofusers
(includingallactivitystatuses).Formoreinformation,see"CreatingaSectorTrafficMap"onpage332.
Userprofiletrafficmapscanbeusedifyouhavemarketingbasedtrafficdata.
Userprofiletrafficmaps,whereeachvector(polygon,line,orpoint)describessubscriberdensities(ornumbersof
subscribersforpoints)withuserprofilesandmobilitytypes,anduserprofileenvironmentbasedtrafficmaps,where
eachpixelhasanassignedenvironmentclass.Formoreinformation,see"ImportingaUserProfileTrafficMap"on
page335,"ImportingaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap"onpage337,and"CreatingaUserProfileEnvi
ronmentBasedTrafficMap"onpage337.
Userdensitytrafficmaps(numberofusersperkm2)canbeusedifyouhavepopulationbasedtrafficdata,or2Gnet
workstatistics.
Eachpixelhasauserdensityassigned.Thevalueeitherincludesallactivitystatuses,oritcorrespondstoaparticular
activity status. For more information, see "Importing a User Density Traffic Map" on page338, "Creating a User
DensityTrafficMap"onpage339,"Converting2GNetworkTraffic"onpage340and"ExportingCumulatedTraffic"on
page340.
7.3.4.1 CreatingaSectorTrafficMap
ThissectionexplainshowtocreateasectortrafficmapinAtolltomodeltraffic.
ForGSMtraffic,youcaninputeitherthethroughputdemandorErlangs.ForUMTSandLTEtraffic,youcaninputeitherthe
throughputdemandsintheuplinkandinthedownlink,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,orthetotalnumberofusers
includingallactivitystatuses.Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterisrequiredtocreatethistrafficmap.Ifyoudonotalready
haveacoveragepredictionbytransmitterinyourdocument,youmustcreateandcalculateit.Youcanalsocreateacoverage
bytransmitterforeachtechnologyofthedocumentandassignthecorrespondingtechnologytraffic.Youcancreateasmany
mapsasyouwantandtheycanbecombinedinsimulationsifselected.
Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage400.
Tocreateasectortrafficmap:
2. RightclicktheTrafficMapsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectNewMapfromthecontextmenu.TheNewTrafficMapdialogueappears.
4. SelectSectorTrafficMap.
5. Selectthetypeoftrafficinformationyouwanttoinput.YoucanchoosebetweenDownlinkthroughputs/Erlangsfor
GSMtrafficanalysis,UplinkandDownlinkThroughputs,TotalNumberofUsers(AllActivityStatuses)orNumberof
UsersperActivityStatus.
6. ClicktheCreatebutton.TheSectorTrafficMapdialogueappears.
YoucanalsoimportatrafficmapfromafilebyclickingtheImportbutton.Youcanimport
AGD(AtollGeographicData)formatfilesthatyouhaveexportedfromanotherAtolldocu
ment.
7. Selectacoveragepredictionbytransmitterfromthelistofavailablecoveragepredictionsbytransmitter.
8. EnterthedatarequiredintheSectorTrafficMapdialogue:
IfyouhaveselectedDownlinkThroughputs/ErlangsforGSMtrafficanalysis,entertheamountoftraffic(model
lingGSMtraffic)in:
332
Erlangsforcircuitservices(e.g.voice)andconstantbitratepacketservices(suchasVoIP).Forthislastcase,
ErlangsareinternallytransformedintoKbpsbymultiplyingthevaluebytheserviceguaranteedbitrateper
user.
InKbpsforpacketservices(maximumbitrate)
IfyouhaveselectedUplinkandDownlinkThroughputs,enterthethroughputdemandsintheuplinkanddownlink
foreachsectorandforeachlistedservice.
IfyouhaveselectedTotalNumberofUsers(AllActivityStatuses),enterthenumberofconnectedusersforeach
sectorandforeachlistedservice.
IfyouhaveselectedNumberofUsersperActivityStatus,enterthenumberofinactiveusers,thenumberofusers
activeintheuplink,inthedownlinkandintheuplinkanddownlink,foreachsectorandforeachservice.
AT320_UM_E0
YoucanalsoimportatextfilecontainingthedatabyclickingtheActionsbuttonandselect
ing Import Table from the menu. For more information on importing table data, see
"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81.
9. ClickOK.TheSectorTrafficMapPropertiesdialogueappears.
10. SelecttheTraffictab.
11. UnderTerminals(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofterminalusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagesmustequal
100.
12. UnderMobilities(%),enterthepercentageofeachmobilitytypeusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagesmustequal
100.
13. UnderClutterDistribution,foreachclutterclass,enter:
Aweighttospreadthetrafficoverthevector.
Thepercentageofindoorusers.
14. ClickOK.AtollcreatesthetrafficmapintheTrafficMapsfolder.
Youcanmodifythesectortrafficmapafterithasbeencreated.
Tomodifythesectortrafficmap:
)toexpandtheTrafficMapsfolder.
3. Rightclickthetrafficmapbasedonlivedatathatyouwanttoupdate.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheSectorTrafficMapdialogueappears.
100.
100.
8. UnderClutterDistribution,foreachclutterclass,enteraweighttospreadthetrafficovertheclutterclassesandthe
percentageofindoorusers.
9. ClickOK.Atollsavesthetrafficmapwithitsmodifiedvalues.
Youcanupdatetheinformation,throughputdemandsandthenumberofusers,onthemapafterwards.Youcanupdate
sectortrafficmapsifyouaddorremoveabasestation.Youmustfirstrecalculatethecoveragepredictionbytransmitter.For
moreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage400.Onceyouhaverecalculatedthecoverage
prediction,youcanupdatethetrafficmap.
Toupdatethetrafficmap:
3. Rightclickthesectortrafficmapthatyouwanttoupdate.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectUpdatefromthecontextmenu.TheSectorTrafficMapdialogueappears.
5. Selecttheupdatedcoveragepredictionbytransmitteranddefinetrafficvaluesforthenewtransmitter(s)listedatthe
bottomofthetable.Deletedordeactivatedtransmittersareautomaticallyremovedfromthetable.
IfdesiredyoucanupdatethevaluesunderTerminals(%),Mobilities(%),andClutterDistribution.
7. ClickOK.Thetrafficmapisupdatedonthebasisoftheselectedcoveragepredictionbytransmitter.
Ifyouwanttoextractanddisplaytheexactnumberofusersperunitofsurface,i.e.,thedensityofusers,takingintoaccount
anyclutterweightingdefinedforthesectortrafficmap,youcancreateuserdensitytrafficmapsfromsectortrafficmaps.For
moreinformation,see"CreatingUserDensityTrafficMapsfromSectorTrafficMaps"onpage340.
7.3.4.2 CreatingaUserProfileTrafficMap
Themarketingdepartmentcanprovideinformationwhichcanbeusedtocreatetrafficmaps.Thisinformationdescribesthe
behaviourofdifferenttypesofusers.Inotherwords,itdescribeswhichtypeofuseraccesseswhichservicesandforhowlong.
Theremightalsobeinformationaboutthetypeofterminaldevicestheyusetoaccessdifferentservices.
InAtoll,thistypeofdatacanbeusedtocreateuserprofiletrafficmaps.
333
Forsk2013
Auserprofilemodelsthebehaviourofdifferentsubscribercategories.Eachuserprofileisdefinedbyalistofserviceswhich
areinturndefinedbytheterminalused,thecallsperhour,andduration(forcircuitswitchedservices)oruplinkanddownlink
volume(forpacketswitchedservices).
Environmentclassesareusedtodescribethedistributionofsubscribersonamap.Anenvironmentclassdescribesitsenvi
ronmentusingalistofuserprofiles,eachwithanassociatedmobilitytypeandagivendensity(i.e.,thenumberofsubscribers
withthesameprofileperkm).
Thesections"ImportingaUserProfileTrafficMap"onpage335,"ImportingaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap"
onpage337and"CreatingaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap"onpage337describehowtousetrafficdatafrom
themarketingdepartmentinAtolltomodeltraffic.
"ModellingUserProfiles"onpage334
"ModellingEnvironments"onpage334.
ModellingUserProfiles
Youcanmodelvariationsinuserbehaviourbycreatingdifferentprofilesfordifferenttimesofthedayorfordifferentcircum
stances.Forexample,ausermightbeconsideredabusinessuserduringtheday,withvideoconferencingandvoice,butno
webbrowsing.Intheeveningthesameusermightnotusevideoconferencing,butmightusemultimediaservicesandweb
browsing.
Tocreateormodifyauserprofile:
3. RightclicktheUserProfilesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheUserProfilesNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
Youcanmodifythepropertiesofanexistinguserprofilebyrightclickingtheuserprofile
intheUserProfilesfolderandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
5. Youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
Service:Selectaservicefromthelist.Forinformationonservices,see"Modelling3GPPMultiRATServices"on
page329.
Terminal:Selectaterminalfromthelist.Forinformationonterminals,see"Modelling3GPPMultiRATTerminals"
onpage331.
Calls/Hour:Forcircuitswitchedservices,entertheaveragenumberofcallsperhourfortheservice.Thenumber
ofcallsperhourisusedtocalculatetheactivityprobability.Forcircuitswitchedservices,onecalllasting1000sec
ondspresentsthesameactivityprobabilityastwocallslasting500secondseach.
Forpacketswitchedservices,theCalls/Hourvalueisdefinedasthenumberofsessionsperhour.Asessionislike
acallinthatitisdefinedastheperiodoftimebetweenwhenauserstartsusingaserviceandwhenhestopsusing
aservice.Inpacketswitchedservices,however,hemaynotusetheservicecontinually.Forexample,withaweb
browsing service, a session starts when the user opens his browsing application and ends when he quits the
browsingapplication.Betweenthesetwoevents,theusermightbedownloadingwebpagesandothertimeshe
maynotbeusingtheapplication,orhemightbebrowsinglocalfiles,butthesessionisstillconsideredasopen.A
session,therefore,isdefinedbythevolumetransferredintheuplinkanddownlinkandnotbythetime.
Inorderforalltheservicesdefinedforauserprofiletobetakenintoaccountduringtraffic
scenarioelaboration,thesumofactivityprobabilitiesmustbelowerthan1.
Duration:Forcircuitswitchedservices,entertheaveragedurationofacallinseconds.Forpacketswitchedser
vices,thisfieldisleftblank.
ULVolume:Forpacketswitchedservices,entertheaverageuplinkvolumepersessioninkilobytes.
DLVolume:Forpacketswitchedservices,entertheaveragedownlinkvolumepersessioninkilobytes.
ModellingEnvironments
Anenvironmentclassdescribesitsenvironmentusingalistofuserprofiles,eachwithanassociatedmobilitytypeandagiven
density(i.e.,thenumberofsubscriberswiththesameprofileperkm).Togetanappropriateuserdistribution,youcanassign
aweighttoeachclutterclassforeachenvironmentclass.Youcanalsospecifythepercentageofindoorsubscribersforeach
clutterclass.DuringMonteCarlosimulations,indoorlossesdefinedperfrequencyperclutterclasswillbeaddedtothepath
lossesofindoormobiles.
334
AT320_UM_E0
Tocreateormodifyanenvironment:
3. RightclicktheEnvironmentsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheEnvironmentsNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
Youcanmodifythepropertiesofanexistingenvironmentbyrightclickingtheenviron
mentintheEnvironmentsfolderandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
6. EnteraNameforthenewenvironment.
nationthatthisenvironmentwilldescribe:
),setthefollowingparametersforeachuserprofile/mobilitycombi
User:Selectauserprofile.
Mobility:Selectamobilitytype.
Density(Subscribers/km2):Enteradensityintermsofsubscriberspersquarekilometreforthecombinationof
userprofileandmobilitytype.
8. ClicktheClutterWeightingtab.
9. Foreachclutterclass,enteraweightthatwillbeusedtocalculateauserdistribution.
Theuserdistributioniscalculatedusingthefollowingequation:
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
where:
Nk
N Area =
Numberofusersintheclutterk
NumberofusersinthezoneArea
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
Surfaceareaofclutterk(insquarekm)
Forexample:Anareaof10kmwithasubscriberdensityof100/km.Therefore,inthisarea,thereare1000subscrib
ers.Theareaiscoveredbytwoclutterclasses:OpenandBuilding.TheclutterweightingforOpenis"1"andforBuild
ingis"4."Giventherespectiveweightsofeachclutterclass,200subscribersareintheOpenclutterclassand800in
theBuildingclutterclass.
10. Ifyouwantyoucanspecifyapercentageofindoorsubscribersforeachclutterclass.DuringMonteCarlosimulations,
indoorlossesdefinedperfrequencyperclutterclasswillbeaddedtothepathlossesofindoormobiles.
7.3.4.2.1
ImportingaUserProfileTrafficMap
Userprofiletrafficmapsarecomposedofvectors(eitherpointswithanumberofsubscribers,lineswithanumberofsubscrib
erskm,orpolygonswithanumberofsubscriberskm)withauserprofile,mobilitytype,andtrafficdensityassignedtoeach
vector.
Toimportauserprofiletrafficmap:
4. SelectUserprofiletrafficmap.
5. SelectUserprofiledensitiesfromthelist.
6. ClicktheImportbutton.TheOpendialogueappears.
YoucanalsocreateatrafficmapmanuallyinAtollbyclickingtheCreatebuttonintheNew
Traffic Map dialogue. For information, see "Creating a User Density Traffic Map" on
page339.
335
Forsk2013
8. ClickOpen.TheFileImportdialogueappears.
9. SelectTrafficfromtheDataTypelist.
10. ClickImport.Atollimportsthetrafficmap.Thetrafficmapspropertiesdialogueappears.
11. SelecttheTraffictab(seeFigure7.8).UnderTrafficfields,youcanspecifytheuserprofilestobeconsidered,their
mobilitytype(kmh),andtheirdensity.Ifthefileyouareimportinghasthisdata,youcandefinethetrafficcharacter
isticsbyidentifyingthecorrespondingfieldsinthefile.Ifthefileyouareimportingdoesnothavedatadescribingthe
userprofile,mobility,ordensity,youcanassignvalues.Whenyouassignvalues,theyapplytotheentiremap.
Figure7.8:TrafficmappropertiesdialogueTraffictab
Defineeachofthefollowing:
Userprofile:Ifyouwanttoimportuserprofileinformationfromthefile,underDefined,select"Byfield"and
selectthesourcefieldfromtheChoicecolumn.IfyouwanttoassignauserprofilefromtheTrafficParameters
folder in the Parameters explorer, under Defined, select "By value" and select the user profile in the Choice
column.
Mobility:Ifyouwanttoimportmobilityinformationfromthefile,underDefined,select"Byfield"andselectthe
sourcefieldfromtheChoicecolumn.IfyouwanttoassignamobilitytypefromtheTrafficParametersfolderin
theParametersexplorer,underDefined,select"Byvalue"andselectthemobilitytypeintheChoicecolumn.
Density:Ifyouwanttoimportdensityinformationfromthefile,underDefined,select"Byfield"andselectthe
sourcefieldfromtheChoicecolumn.Ifyouwanttoassignadensity,underDefined,select"Byvalue"andentera
densityintheChoicecolumnforthecombinationofuserprofileandmobilitytype.Inthiscontext,theterm"den
sity"dependsonthetypeofvectortrafficmap.Itreferstothenumberofsubscriberspersquarekilometrefor
polygons,thenumberofsubscribersperkilometreincaseoflinesandthenumberofsubscriberswhenthemap
consistsofpoints.
Whenyouimportuserprofileormobilityinformationfromthefile,thevaluesinthefile
mustbeexactlythesameasthecorrespondingnamesintheTrafficParametersfolderin
theParametersexplorer.Iftheimporteduserprofileormobilitydoesnotmatch,Atoll
willdisplayawarning.
12. UnderClutterdistribution,enteraweightforeachclassthatwillbeusedtocalculateauserdistribution.
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
336
AT320_UM_E0
where:
Nk
N Area =
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
indoorlossesdefinedperfrequencyperclutterclasswillbeaddedtoindooruserpathlosses.
14. ClickOKtofinishimportingthetrafficmap.
7.3.4.2.2
ImportingaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap
Environmentclassesdescribethedistributionofuserprofiles.
Tocreateauserprofileenvironmentbasedtrafficmap:
5. SelectUserprofileenvironmentsfromthelist.
Traffic Map dialogue. For information, see "Creating a User Profile Environment Based
TrafficMap"onpage337.
7. Selectthefiletoimport.Thefilemustbeinoneofthefollowingsupportedrasterformats(8bit):TIF,JPEG2000,BIL,
IST,BMP,PlaNET,GRCVerticalMapper,andErdasImagine.
11. SelecttheDescriptiontab.
Intheimportedmap,eachtypeofregionisdefinedbyanumber.AtollreadsthesenumbersandliststhemintheCode
column.
12. ForeachCode,selecttheenvironmentitcorrespondstofromtheNamecolumn.
TheenvironmentsavailablearethoseavailableintheEnvironmentsfolder,underTrafficParametersintheParame
tersexplorer.Formoreinformation,see"ModellingEnvironments"onpage334.
13. SelecttheDisplaytab.Forinformationonchangingthedisplayparameters,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"on
page43.
7.3.4.2.3
CreatingaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap
Atollenablesyoutocreateauserprofileenvironmenttrafficmapbasedonbydrawingitinthemapwindow.
Todrawatrafficmap:
6. ClickCreate.TheEnvironmentMapEditortoolbarappears(seeFigure7.9).
337
Forsk2013
Draw Map
Delete
Figure7.9:EnvironmentMapEditortoolbar
7. Selecttheenvironmentclassfromthelistofavailableenvironmentclasses.
8. ClicktheDrawPolygonbutton(
9. ClicktheDeletePolygonbutton(
)todrawthepolygononthemapfortheselectedenvironmentclass.
)andclickthepolygontodeletetheenvironmentclasspolygononthemap.
10. ClicktheClosebuttontoclosetheEnvironmentMapEditortoolbarandendediting.
7.3.4.2.4
DisplayingStatisticsonaUserProfileEnvironmentTrafficMap
Youcandisplaythestatisticsofauserprofileenvironmenttrafficmap.Atollprovidesabsolute(surface)andrelative(percent
ageofthesurface)statisticsonthefocuszoneforeachenvironmentclass.Ifyoudonothaveafocuszonedefined,statistics
aredeterminedforthecomputationzone.
Todisplaytrafficstatisticsofauserprofileenvironmenttrafficmap:
3. Rightclicktheuserprofileenvironmenttrafficmapwhosestatisticsyouwanttodisplay.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectStatisticsfromthecontextmenu.TheStatisticswindowappears.
TheStatisticswindowliststhesurface(Siinkm)andthepercentageofsurface(%ofi)foreachenvironmentclass"i"
S
i
- 100
withinthefocuszone.Thepercentageofsurfaceisgivenby: % of i = -------------
Sk
k
YoucanprintthestatisticsbyclickingthePrintbutton.
5. ClickClose.
Ifaclutterclassesmapisavailableinthedocument,trafficstatisticsprovidedforeachenvironmentclassarelistedperclutter
class.
7.3.4.3 CreatingUserDensityTrafficMaps(No.Users/km2)
Userdensitytrafficmapscanbebasedonpopulationstatistics(userdensitiescanbecalculatedfromthedensityofinhabit
ants)oron2Gtrafficstatistics.Userdensitytrafficmapsprovidethenumberofconnectedusersperunitofsurface,i.e.,the
densityofusers,asinput.Thiscanbeeitherthedensityofusersperactivitystatusorthedensityofusersincludingallactivity
statuses.
Inthissection,thefollowingwaysofcreatingauserdensitytrafficmapareexplained:
"ImportingaUserDensityTrafficMap"onpage338
"CreatingaUserDensityTrafficMap"onpage339.
Userdensitytrafficmapscanbecreatedfromsectortrafficmapsinordertoextractanddisplaytheexactnumberofusers
perunitofsurface,i.e.,thedensityofusers,takingintoaccountanyclutterweightingdefinedforthesectortrafficmaps.for
7.3.4.3.1
ImportingaUserDensityTrafficMap
Theuserdensitytrafficmapdefinesthedensityofusersperpixel.ForatrafficdensityofXusersperkm,Atollwilldistribute
xusersperpixelduringthesimulations,wherexdependsonthesizeofthepixels.Thesexuserswillhaveaterminal,amobility
type,aservice,andpercentageofindoorusersasdefinedontheTraffictabofthetrafficmapspropertiesdialogue.
Youcancreateanumberofuserdensitytrafficmapsfordifferentcombinationsofterminals,mobilitytypes,andservices.You
canaddvectorlayerstothemapanddrawregionswithdifferenttrafficdensities.
Tocreateauserdensitytrafficmap:
4. SelectUserdensitytrafficmap(no.users/km2).
338
AT320_UM_E0
5. Selectthetypeoftrafficinformationyouinput:
Downlinkuserdensity:SelectDownlinkuserdensityifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofusers
activeinthedownlinkonly(modellingGSMtraffic)
Allactivitystatuses:SelectAllactivitystatusesifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofuserswithany
activitystatus.
Activeinuplink:SelectActiveinuplinkifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofusersactiveintheuplink
only.
Activeindownlink:SelectActiveindownlinkifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofusersactivein
thedownlinkonly.
Activeinuplinkanddownlink:SelectActiveinuplinkanddownlinkifthemapyouareimportingprovidesaden
sityofuserswithbothuplinkanddownlinkactivity.
Inactive:SelectInactiveifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofinactiveusers.
page339.
7. Selectthefiletoimport.Thefilemustbeinoneofthefollowingsupportedrasterformats(16or32bit):BIL,BMP,
PlaNET,TIF,JPEG2000,ISTAR,andErdasImagine.
100.
100.
14. UnderServices(%),enterthepercentageofeachservicetypeusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagesmustequal100.
15. UnderClutterdistribution,enterthepercentageofindoorusersforeachclutterclass.
7.3.4.3.2
CreatingaUserDensityTrafficMap
Atollenablesyoutocreateauserdensitytrafficmapbydrawingitinthemapwindow.
Todrawauserdensitytrafficmap:
4. SelectUserDensityTrafficMap(Numberofusersperkm2).
DownlinkuserdensityforGSMtrafficanalysis:SelectDownlinkuserdensityforGSMtrafficanalysisifthemap
youareimportingprovidesadensityofusersactiveinthedownlinkonly(modellingGSMtraffic)
AllActivityStatuses:SelectAllActivityStatusesifthemapyouaredrawingprovidesadensityofuserswithany
activitystatus.
ActiveinUplink:SelectActiveinUplinkifthemapyouaredrawingprovidesadensityofusersactiveintheuplink
only.
ActiveinDownlink:SelectActiveinDownlinkifthemapyouaredrawingprovidesadensityofusersactiveinthe
downlinkonly.
ActiveinUplinkandDownlink:SelectActiveinUplinkandDownlinkifthemapyouaredrawingprovidesaden
Inactive:SelectInactiveifthemapyouaredrawingprovidesadensityofinactiveusers.
6. ClicktheCreatebutton.Thetrafficmapspropertiesdialogueappears.
100.
339
Forsk2013
100.
13. Rightclickthetrafficmap.Thecontextmenuappears.
14. SelectEditfromthecontextmenu.
15. UsethetoolsavailableintheVectorEditortoolbartodrawcontours.Formoreinformationoneditingcontours,see
"EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61.
AtollcreatesanitemcalledDensityvaluesintheUserDensityMapfolder.
16. RightclicktheDensityvaluesitemintheUserDensityMapfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
18. Inthetable,enteratrafficdensityvalue(i.e.,thenumberofusersperkm2)foreachcontouryouhavedrawn.
19. Rightclicktheitem.Thecontextmenuappears.
20. SelectEditfromthecontextmenutoendediting.
7.3.4.3.3
CreatingUserDensityTrafficMapsfromSectorTrafficMaps
Youcancreateuserdensitytrafficmapsfromsectortrafficmaps.Userdensitytrafficmapscreatedfromsectortrafficmaps
displaytheexactnumberofusersperunitofsurface,i.e.,thedensityofusers,takingintoaccountanyclutterweighting
definedforthesectortrafficmaps.
Tocreateuserdensitytrafficmapsfromasectortrafficmap:
3. Rightclickthesectortrafficmapfromwhichyouwanttocreateuserdensitytrafficmaps.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectCreateDensityMapsfromthecontextmenu.
Atollcreatesasmanyuserdensitytrafficmapsasthenumberofservicespresentinthesectortrafficmap.Theuser
densitymapfilesusetheresolutionofthecoveragepredictionusedforthesectortrafficmapandareembeddedin
thedocument.
7.3.4.4 Converting2GNetworkTraffic
Atollcancumulatethetrafficofthetrafficmapsthatyouselectandexportittoafile.Theinformationexportedisthenumber
ofusersperkmforaparticularserviceofaparticulartype,i.e.,dataorvoice.Thisallowsyoutoexportyour2Gnetwork
packetandcircuitservicetraffic,andthenimportthesemapsasuserdensitytrafficmapsforUMTSorLTE.Thesemapscan
thenbeusedintrafficsimulationslikeanyothertypeofmap.
Formoreinformationonhowtoexportcumulatedtraffic,see"ExportingCumulatedTraffic"onpage340,andforinformation
onimportinguserdensitytrafficmaps,see"ImportingaUserDensityTrafficMap"onpage338.
Toimporta2GtrafficmapforUMTSorLTE:
1. Createasectortrafficmapinyour2Gdocumentforeachtypeofservice,i.e.,onemapforpacketswitchedandone
forcircuitswitchedservices.Formoreinformationoncreatingsectortrafficmaps,see"CreatingaSectorTrafficMap"
onpage431.
2. Export the cumulated traffic of the maps created in step1. For information on exporting cumulated traffic, see
"ExportingCumulatedTraffic"onpage340.
3. Importthetrafficexportedinstep2forUMTSorLTEasauserdensitytrafficmap.Formoreinformationonimporting
userdensitytrafficmaps,see"ImportingaUserDensityTrafficMap"onpage338.
7.3.4.5 ExportingCumulatedTraffic
Atollallowsyoutoexportthecumulatedtrafficofselectedtrafficmapsintheformofuserdensitytrafficmaps.Duringexport,
Atollconvertsanytrafficmaptouserdensities.Thecumulatedtrafficisexportedin32bitBIL,ArcViewGrid,orVertical
340
AT320_UM_E0
Mapperformat.WhenexportinginBILformat,Atollallowsyoutoexportfileslargerthan2GB.Theexportedtrafficmapcan
thenbeimportedasauserdensitytrafficmap.
Toexportthecumulatedtraffic:
3. SelectExportCumulatedTrafficfromthecontextmenu.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
4. Enterafilenameandselectthefileformat.
5. ClickSave.TheExportdialogueappears.
6. UnderRegion,selecttheareatoexport:
TheEntireProjectArea:Thisoptionallowsyoutoexportthecumulatedtrafficovertheentireproject.
TheComputationZone:Thisoptionallowsyoutoexportthecumulatedtrafficcontainedbyarectangleencom
passingthecomputationzone,whetherornotthecomputationzoneisvisible.
Youmustenteraresolutionbeforeexporting.Ifyoudonotenteraresolution,itremains
at"0"andnodatawillbeexported.
8. UnderTraffic,definethedatatobeexportedinthecumulatedtraffic.Atollusesthisinformationtofilterthetraffic
datatobeexported.
Terminal:Selectthetypeofterminalthatwillbeexportedorselect"All"toexporttrafficusinganyterminal.
Service:Selecttheservicethatwillbeexported,select"Allcircuitswitchedorvoiceservices"toexporttraffic
usinganycircuitorvoiceservice,"Allpacketswitchedordataservices"toexporttrafficusinganypacketordata
service,orselectthespecifictypeofservice.
Mobility:Selectthemobilitytypethatwillbeexportedorselect"All"toexportallmobilitytypes.
Activity:Selectoneofthefollowing:
AllActivityStatuses:SelectAllActivityStatusestoexportalluserswithoutanyfilterbyactivitystatus.
Uplink:SelectUplinktoexportmobilesactiveintheuplinkonly.
Downlink:SelectDownlinktoexportmobilesactiveinthedownlinkonly.
Uplink/Downlink:SelectUplink/Downlinktoexportonlymobileswithbothuplinkanddownlinkactivity.
Inactive:SelectInactivetoexportonlyinactivemobiles.
9. IntheSelectTrafficMapstoBeUsedlist,selectthecheckboxofeachtrafficmapyouwanttoincludeinthecumulated
traffic.
10. ClickOK.Thedefineddataisextractedfromtheselectedtrafficmapsandcumulatedintheexportedfile.
7.3.5 ExportingaTrafficMap
Toexportatrafficmap:
3. Rightclickthetrafficmapyouwanttoexport.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. Enterafilenameandselectafileformatforthetrafficmap.
6. ClickSave.
Ifyouareexportingarastertrafficmap,youhavetodefine:
TheExportRegion:
EntireProjectArea:Savestheentiretrafficmap.
OnlyPendingChanges:Savesonlythemodificationsmadetothemap.
ComputationZone:Savesonlythepartofthetrafficmapinsidethecomputationzone.
AnexportResolution.
341
Forsk2013
7.3.6 CalculatingandDisplayingaGSMTrafficCapture
WhenmodellingGSM,youcancreateatrafficcapturefromanexistingtrafficmaptoanalysetrafficatthetransmitterlevel.
Whenyoucalculateatrafficcapture,thetrafficfromtheselectedmapsisdistributedtoalltransmittersaccordingtothecrite
riadefinedforeachtransmitter,aswellasthetrafficparameters:services,mobilitytypes,terminals,anduserprofiles.
Forexample,anGPRS/EDGEenabledtransmitterwillbeallocatedthedatausertrafficwhereasatransmitternotcapableof
GPRS/EDGEwillonlycarryGSMvoicetraffic.
Similarly,auserusingaGSM900bandmobilephonewillnotbeallocatedtoatransmitterthatonlyfunctionsontheDCS1800
band.
Bycreatingdifferenttrafficcapturesusingdifferentcriteriatorepresentdifferentconditions,youcananalysenetworktraffic
underthevarioussituations.
Youcandefineoneofthetrafficcapturesasthedefaulttrafficcapture.Itcanbeusedto:
dimensionaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork
calculateKPI
calculateinterferencematrices
allocateneighboursaccordingtooverlappingtraffic.
ForinformationoncalculatinganddisplayingatrafficcaptureinGSM,see"CalculatingandDisplayingaTrafficCapture"on
page441inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks.
7.3.7 DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork
ThedimensioningprocessallowsyoutocalculatethenumberofTRXsrequiredtomeetthetrafficneedsofaGSM/GPRS/EDGE
network.
ForinformationondimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkfromatrafficcapture,see"DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGE
Network"onpage445inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks.
7.3.8 CalculatingandDisplayingTrafficSimulations
Onceyouhavemodelledthenetworkservicesandusersandhavecreatedtrafficmaps,youcancreatesimulations.Thesimu
lationprocessconsistsoffivesteps:
1. Obtainingarealisticuserdistribution:AtollgeneratesauserdistributionusingaMonteCarloalgorithm;thisuser
distributionisbasedonthetrafficdatabaseandtrafficmapsandisweightedbyaPoissondistributionbetweensimu
lationsofthesamegroup.
Eachuserisassignedaservice,amobilitytype,andanactivitystatusbyrandomtrial,accordingtoaprobabilitylaw
thatusesthetrafficdatabase.
Theuseractivitystatusisanimportantoutputoftherandomtrialandhasdirectconsequencesonthenextstepof
thesimulationandonnetworkinterference.Ausermightbeeitheractiveorinactive.Bothactiveandinactiveusers
consumeradioresourcesandcreateinterference.
AtollFinally,anotherrandomtrialdeterminesuserpositionsintheirrespectivetrafficzone(possiblyaccordingtothe
clutterweightingandtheindoorratioperclutterclass).
2. Technologyselection:Foreachmobilegeneratedatthebeginningofthesimulation,Atollsearchesforitsservingcell
ineachpossibletechnology.Formultitechnologymobiles,asortofactivesetoftransmitters(possiblyhavingdif
ferenttechnologies)isthencreated.Finally,retainedtransmittersaresortedaccordingtotheprioritiesoftechnolo
giesintheservicesasdescribedin"SearchandSelectionofServingTechnologies"onpage343.
Whenthetechnologytowhicheachmobilehasbeenselected,the3GPPmultiRATsimulationconsistsofonemono
technology"sub"simulationforeachtechnology,runsequentially.
3. GSMnetworkregulationmechanisms:FortheGSMpartofthetraffic,AtollmanagestheGSMresourcesasdescribed
in"RadioResourceManagementinGSM"onpage450
4. UMTSnetworkregulationmechanisms:FortheUMTSpartofthetraffic,AtollusesapowercontrolalgorithmforR99
users,andanalgorithmmixingADPCHpowercontrolandfastlinkadaptationforHSDPAusersandanadditionalloop
modellingnoiseriseschedulingforHSUPAusers.Thepowercontrolsimulationalgorithmisdescribedin"ThePower
ControlSimulationAlgorithm"onpage744.
5. LTEnetworkregulationmechanisms:FortheLTEpartofthetraffic,AtollmanagestheLTEresourcesasdescribedin
"LTETrafficSimulationAlgorithm"onpage924.
342
AT320_UM_E0
7.3.8.1 SearchandSelectionofServingTechnologies
Theveryfirstpartofthesimulationconsists,foreachdistributedmobile,inanalysingwhetherthismobilecanbeservedor
notbycellsofdifferenttechnologies.Eachmobiledroppedatthebeginningoftheallocationhasaspecificmobilitytypeand
supportsoneormoretechnologiesasexplainedin"Modelling3GPPMultiRATTerminals"onpage331.
Foreachsupportedtechnology,themobileverifieswhetheritcanbeservedbyatleastonetransmitterorcell.
IfthemobilesupportsGSM,AtollmakesanHCSserverpredictionwherethemobilecanonlybeservedbyaGSM
transmitterifitsmobilitydoesnotexceedthemaximumspeedsupportedonitsHCSlayerandthereceivedsignallevel
isstrongerthanitsHCSlayerthreshold(see"SettingHCSLayers"onpage601formoreinformation).Themobilecan
thenbeservedbyaGSMtransmitteriftheseconditionsareobservedonatleastoneofitscoveringtransmitters(on
itsHCSlayerbestserverarea).Ifnotransmitterrespectstheseconditions,themobilewillnotbeservedbyGSM.
IfthemobilesupportsUMTS,AtollevaluatesEc/IovaluesofnearbyUMTScellsassumingIoisobtainedfromthe
commonchannelpowerscurrentlydefinedincells(withoutconsideringdedicatedtrafficchannelpowers).Themobile
canthenbeservedbyaUMTScellifitsEc/IoisthebestEc/IoonitslocationanditexceedstheminimumEc/Iodefined
foritsmobility(see"Modelling3GPPMultiRATMobilityTypes"onpage330formoreinformation).Ifnocellrespect
theseconditions,themobilewillnotbeservedbyUMTS.
IfthemobilesupportsLTE,AtollextractsthebestReferenceSignallevelofcoveringLTEcells,assumingitsRSCPis
betterthantheminimumRSCPdefinedinitsproperties(see"CellDescription"onpage825formoreinformation).
ThebestLTEcellrespectingthisconditionisthenaservingcandidateforthismobile.IfnoLTEcellhasasufficientRSCP
tocoverit,themobilewillnotbeservedbyLTE.
Once the various potential serving technologies have been identified, Atoll selects the highest priority as defined on the
Generaltaboftheservicewhichthemobileistryingtouse(see"Modelling3GPPMultiRATServices"onpage329).Thetech
nologybywhichthemobileisgoingtopotentiallybeservedisdecidedatthisstepanddoesnotchangeanymoreforthisuser
distribution.Onesimulationisthenrunbytechnology:
FortheGSMpartofthetraffic:AtollmanagestheGSMresourcesasdescribedin"RadioResourceManagementin
GSM"onpage450
FortheUMTSpartofthetraffic:AtollusesapowercontrolalgorithmforR99users,andanalgorithmmixingADPCH
powercontrolandfastlinkadaptationforHSDPAusersandanadditionalloopmodellingnoiseriseschedulingfor
HSUPAusers.Thepowercontrolsimulationalgorithmisdescribedin"ThePowerControlSimulationAlgorithm"on
page744.
FortheLTEpartofthetraffic:AtollmanagestheLTEresourcesasdescribedin"LTETrafficSimulationAlgorithm"on
page924.
7.3.8.2 CreatingSimulations
InAtoll,simulationsenableyoutomodelnetworkregulationmechanismsinordertominimiseinterferenceandmaximise
capacity.
Youcancreateonesimulationoragroupofsimulationsthatwillbeperformedinsequence.
Tocreateasimulationoragroupofsimulations:
2. RightclicktheSimulationsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.Thepropertiesdialogueforanewsimulationorgroupofsimulationsappears.
4. OntheGeneraltabofthedialogue,enteraNameandCommentsforthissimulationorgroupofsimulations.
5. UnderExecutionontheGeneraltab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Numberofsimulations:Enterthenumberofsimulationstobecarriedout.Allsimulationscreatedatthesame
timearegroupedtogetherinafolderintheNetworkexplorer.
6. OntheTraffictab,enterthefollowing:
Globalscalingfactor:Ifdesired,enterascalingfactortoincreaseuserdensity.
Theglobalscalingfactorenablesyoutoincreaseuserdensitywithoutchangingtrafficparametersortrafficmaps.
Forexample,settingtheglobalscalingfactorto2isthesameasdoublingtheinitialnumberofsubscribers(for
environmentanduserprofiletrafficmaps),throughputs/usersornumberofusers(forsectortrafficmaps)orden
sityofusers(fortrafficdensitymaps).
Selecttrafficmapstobeused:Selectthetrafficmapsyouwanttouseforthesimulation.
Youcanselecttrafficmapsofanytype.However,ifyouhaveseveraldifferenttypesoftrafficmapsandwantto
makeasimulationonaspecifictypeoftrafficmap,youmustensurethatyouselectonlytrafficmapsofthesame
type.Forinformationonthetypesoftrafficmaps,see"CreatingaTrafficMap"onpage331.
7. UnderConvergenceontheGSMtab,enterthefollowingparameters:
Maxnumberofiterations:EnterthemaximumnumberofiterationsthatAtollshouldruntomakeconvergence.
343
Forsk2013
DLtrafficload:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofdownlinktrafficloadthatmustbereachedbetweentwo
iterations.
ULtrafficload:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofuplinktrafficloadthatmustbereachedbetweentwoiter
ations.
DLpowercontrolgain:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofdownlinkpowercontrolgainthatmustbereached
betweentwoiterations.
ULnoiserise:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofuplinknoiserisethatmustbereachedbetweentwoitera
tions.
8. OntheUMTStab,underLoadconstraints,youcansettheconstraintsthatAtollmustrespectduringthesimulation
fortheUMTSpartofthetraffic:
NumberofCEs:SelecttheNumberofCEscheckboxifyouwantAtolltorespectthenumberofchannelelements
definedforeachsite.
Iubthroughputs:SelecttheIubthroughputscheckboxifyouwantAtolltorespectthemaximumIubbackhaul
throughputsdefinedforeachsite.
Numberofcodes:SelecttheNumberofcodescheckboxifyouwantAtolltorespectthenumberofOVSFcodes
availableeachcell.
ULloadfactor:IfyouwanttheULloadfactortobeconsideredinthesimulation,selecttheULloadfactorcheck
box.
MaxULloadfactor:Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumuplinkcellloadfactor,clickthebutton
(
)besidetheboxandselectGlobalvalue.Then,enteramaximumuplinkcellloadfactor.Ifyouwanttousethe
maximumuplinkcellloadfactorasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthebutton( )besidetheboxand
selectDefinedpercell.
DLload(%Pmax):IfyouwanttheDLloadtobeconsideredinthesimulation,selecttheDLload(%Pmax)check
boxandenteramaximumdownlinkcellloadintheMaxDLloadbox.
MaxDLload(%Pmax):Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumdownlinkcellload,asapercentage
ofthemaximumpower,clickthebutton( )besidetheboxandselectGlobalvalue.Then,enteramaximum
downlinkcellload,asapercentageofthemaximumpower.Ifyouwanttousethemaximumdownlinkcellload
factorasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthebutton(
)besidetheboxandselectDefinedpercell.
9. UnderBearernegotiationontheUMTStab,checktheBearerdowngradingcheckboxifyouwanttopermitbearer
downgradingduringthesimulation.Whenaconstraintisnotrespected,userradiobearerswithservicessupporting
bearerdowngradingaredowngraded.Iftheconstraintisstillnotsatisfiedafterdowngrading,usersarerejected.If
downgradingisnotselected,userswillberejectedimmediately,startingwithuserswiththelowestservicepriority,if
aconstraintcannotberespected.
10. UnderConvergenceontheUMTStab,enterthefollowingparameters:
UL convergence threshold: Enter the relative difference in terms of interference and connected users on the
uplinkthatmustbereachedbetweentwoiterations.
DL convergence threshold: Enter the relative difference in terms of interference and connected users on the
downlinkthatmustbereachedbetweentwoiterations.
11. OntheLTEtab,underLoadConstraints,youcansettheconstraintsthatAtollmustrespectduringthesimulationfor
theLTEpartofthetraffic:
MaxDLTrafficLoad:Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumdownlinktrafficload,clickthebutton
(
)besidetheboxandselectGlobalThreshold.Then,enteramaximumdownlinktrafficload.Ifyouwanttouse
themaximumdownlinktrafficloadasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthebutton(
andselectDefinedperCell.
)besidethebox
MaxULTrafficLoad:Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumuplinktrafficload,clickthebutton( )
besidetheboxandselectGlobalThreshold.Then,enteramaximumuplinktrafficload.Ifyouwanttousethemax
imumuplinktrafficloadasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthebutton(
DefinedperCell.
)besidetheboxandselect
12. UnderPowercontrolontheLTEtab,selecttheULnoiserisecontrolcheckboxifyouwanttoactivatetheuplinknoise
risecontrolinthesimulations.Formoreinformationontheuplinknoiserisecontrol,seetheTechnicalReference
Guide.
13. UnderConvergenceThresholdsontheLTEtab,enterthefollowingparameters:
344
DLTrafficLoad:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofdownlinktrafficloadthatmustbereachedbetweentwo
iterations.
ULTrafficLoad:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofuplinktrafficloadthatmustbereachedbetweentwoiter
ations.
ULNoiseRise:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofuplinknoiserisethatmustbereachedbetweentwoiter
ations.
AT320_UM_E0
14. OntheAdvancedtab,underGeneratorinitialisation,enteranintegerasthegeneratorinitialisationvalue.Ifyouenter
"0",thedefault,theuserandshadowingerrordistributionwillberandom.Ifyouenteranyotherinteger,thesame
userandshadowingerrordistributionwillbeusedforanysimulationusingthesamegeneratorinitialisationvalue.
15. UnderConvergenceontheAdvancedtab,enterthefollowingparameter:
Usingthesamegenerateduserandshadowingerrordistributionforseveralsimulations
canbeusefulwhenyouwanttocomparetheresultsofseveralsimulationswhereonly
oneparameterchanges.
16. Onceyouhavedefinedthesimulation,youcancalculateitimmediatelyoryoucansaveittocalculateitlater:
Calculate:ClickCalculatetosavethedefinedsimulationandcalculateitimmediately.
OK:ClickOKtosavethedefinedsimulationwithoutcalculatingit.YoucancalculateitlaterclickingtheCalculate
button(
AllsimulationscreatedatthesametimearegroupedtogetherinafolderintheNetworkexplorer.
You can now use the completed simulations for specific GSM predictions (see "Interference Coverage Predictions" on
page550),specificUMTSpredictions(see"MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults"onpage766)andspecific
LTEpredictions(see"MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults"onpage938).
7.3.8.3 DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap
Atollenablesyoutodisplayonthemapthedistributionofthetrafficgeneratedbyallsimulationsaccordingtodifferent
parameters.Youcan,forexample,displaythetrafficaccordingtoservice,activitystatusoranyoutputofthesimulation,even
ifitdependsontheradioaccesstechnology.Mobilesofdifferenttechnologiesarenotmixedandyoucanapplyaseparate
displayschemeforeachtypeoftechnology.
Youcansetthedisplayofthetrafficdistributionaccordingtodiscretevaluesandtheselectthevaluetobedisplayed.Or,you
canselectthedisplayofthetrafficdistributionaccordingtovalueintervals,andthenselecttheparameterandthevalueinter
valsthataretobedisplayed.Youcanalsodefinethecoloursoftheiconandtheiconitself.
Forinformationonchangingdisplaycharacteristics,see"DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
Inthissectionarethefollowingexamplesoftrafficdistribution:
"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyConnectionStatus"onpage345
"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyService"onpage346.
Youcanmakethetrafficdistributioneasiertoseebyhidinggeodataandpredictions.
Formoreinformation,see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorer
Windows"onpage38.
Formoreinformationonoutputthatarespecifictoagiventechnology,see"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap"
onpage751inChapter9:UMTSHSPANetworksand"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap"onpage927inChapter
10:LTENetworks.
7.3.8.3.1
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyConnectionStatus
Inthisexample,thetrafficdistributionisdisplayedbytheconnectionstatus.
Todisplaythetrafficdistributionbytheconnectionstatus:
1. SelecttheNetworkexplorer.CoverageConditions
3. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheSimulationsPropertiesdialogueappears.
4. OntheGSMtabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"ConnectionStatus"astheField.
5. OntheUMTStabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"ConnectionStatus"astheField.
6. OntheLTEtabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"ConnectionStatus"astheField.
7. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbyconnectionstatus(seeFigure7.10).Bydefault,fromonetech
nologytoanother,coloursaresimilarforsimilarstatuseswhereasmobilesymbolsaredifferent.
345
Forsk2013
Figure7.10:Displayingthetrafficdistributionbyconnectionstatus
7.3.8.3.2
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyService
Inthisexample,thetrafficdistributionisdisplayedbyservice.
Todisplaythetrafficdistributionbyservice:
4. OntheGSMtabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"Service"astheField.
5. OntheUMTStabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"Service"astheField.
6. OntheLTEtabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"Service"astheField.
7. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbyservice(seeFigure7.11).Bydefault,fromonetechnologyto
another,coloursaresimilarforsimilarserviceswhereasmobilesymbolsaredifferent
346
AT320_UM_E0
Figure7.11:Displayingthetrafficdistributionbyservice
7.3.8.4 DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation
Afteryouhavecreatedasimulation,asexplainedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage343,youcandisplaytheresults.
Toaccesstheresultsofasinglesimulation:
)toexpandtheSimulationsfolder.
wanttoaccess.
)toexpandthefolderofthesimulationgroupcontainingthesimulationwhoseresultsyou
4. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthefolderofthesimulationcontainingasmanyitemsthanradioaccesstech
nologieshavebeenusedinthesimulation.
5. RightclicktheGSMfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheGSMsimulation
propertiesdialogueappears.
Onetabgivesstatisticsoftheresultsofthesimulation.Othertabsinthesimulationpropertiesdialoguecontainsimu
lationresultsasidentifiedbythetabtitle.Afinaltabliststheinitialconditionsofthesimulation.Thecontentsofthe
Statistics,Sites,Subcells,TRXs,MobilesandInitialConditionstabsisdescribedin"DisplayingtheResultsofaSingle
Simulation"onpage455.
Formoreinformationonthedifferentoptions,seestep5.of"CreatingSimulations"onpage343.
6. RightclicktheUMTSfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheUMTSsimula
tionpropertiesdialogueappears.
Statistics,Sites,Cells,MobilesandInitialConditionstabsisdescribedin"DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation"
onpage753.
7. RightclicktheLTEfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheLTEsimulation
Statistics,Sites,Cells,MobilesandInitialConditionstabsisdescribedin"DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation"
onpage930.
7.3.8.5 DisplayingtheAverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations
Afteryouhavecreatedagroupofsimulations,asexplainedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage343,youcandisplaytheaverage
resultsofthegroup.Ifyouwanttodisplaytheresultsofasinglesimulationofagroup,see"DisplayingtheResultsofaSingle
347
Forsk2013
Toaccesstheaveragedresultsofagroupofsimulations:
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationsonwhichyouwanttoaveragetheresults.
4. SelectAverageSimulationandthetechnology(GSM,UMTSorLTE)fromthecontextmenu.Apropertiesdialogue
appears.Itscompositiondependsfromtheselectedtechnology.
If you chose GSM, one tabgives statistics of the results ofthe groupof simulations.Other tabs inthe properties
dialoguecontainsimulationresultsforallsimulations,bothaveraged,asidentifiedbythetabtitle.Afinaltabliststhe
initialconditionsofthegroupofsimulations.ThecontentsoftheStatistics,Sites(Average),Subcells(Average),TRXs
(Average)andInitialConditionstabsisdescribedin"DisplayingtheAverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations"on
page456.
IfyouchoseUMTS,onetabgivesstatisticsoftheresultsofthegroupofsimulations.Othertabsintheproperties
dialoguecontainsimulationresultsforallsimulations,bothaveragedandasastandarddeviation,asidentifiedbythe
tabtitle.Afinaltabliststheinitialconditionsofthegroupofsimulations.ThecontentsoftheStatistics,Sites(Average
andStandardDeviation),Cells(AverageandStandardDeviation),InitialConditionstabsisdescribedin"Displayingthe
AverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations"onpage759.
IfyouchoseLTE,onetabgivesstatisticsoftheresultsofthegroupofsimulations.Othertabsinthepropertiesdialogue
containsimulationresultsforallsimulations,bothaveraged,asidentifiedbythetabtitle.Afinaltabliststheinitial
conditionsofthegroupofsimulations.ThecontentsoftheStatistics,Sites(Average),Cells(Average)andInitialCondi
tionstabsisdescribedin"DisplayingtheAverageResultsofaGroupofSimulations"onpage935.
7.3.8.6 UpdatingCellValuesWithSimulationResults
Afteryouhavecreatedasimulationoragroupofsimulations,asexplainedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage343,youcan
updatevaluesforeachcellwiththeresultscalculatedduringthesimulation.Thefollowingvaluesareupdated:
InGSMGPRSEDGE
InUMTSHSPA:
SubcellULandDLtrafficloads
SubcellDLPowercontrolgains
SubcellDTXgains
SubcellHalfratetrafficratios
TRXIntratechnologyULnoiserises
TotalTransmittedPower
ULLoadFactor
ULReuseFactor
AvailableHSDPAPower
NumberofHSDPAUsers
ULLoadFactorduetoHSUPA
NumberofHSUPAUsers.
InLTE
TrafficLoad(DL)
TrafficLoad(UL)
ULNoiseRise
MUMIMOCapacityGain(UL)
No.ofUsers(DL)
No.ofUsers(UL)
ICICULNoiseRise
ICICRatio(DL)
Toupdatecellvalueswithsimulationresults:
wanttoaccess.
)toexpandthefolderofthesimulationcontainingtheresultsyouwanttoaccess.
5. RightclicktheGSMfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheGSMsimulation
6. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.Thesimulationpropertiesdialogueappears.
7. ClicktheSubcellsorTRXstab.
348
AT320_UM_E0
8. OntheSubcellsorTRXstab,clickCommitResults.fieldsmentionedaboveareupdatedforeachsubcellandTRX.
9. RightclicktheUMTSorLTEfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheUMTS
orLTEsimulationpropertiesdialogueappears.
11. OntheCellstab,clickCommitResults.fieldsmentionedaboveareupdatedforeachUMTSorLTEcell.
7.3.8.7 EstimatingaTrafficIncrease
Whenyoucreateasimulationoragroupofsimulations,youarebasingitonasetoftrafficconditionsthatrepresentthesitu
ationyouarecreatingthenetworkfor.However,trafficcan,andinfactmostlikelywill,increase.Youcantesttheperformance
ofthenetworkagainstanincreasedtrafficloadwithoutchangingtrafficparametersormapsbyusingtheglobalscalingfactor.
Forexample,settingtheglobalscalingfactorto"2"isthesameasdoublingtheinitialnumberofsubscribers(forenvironment
anduserprofiletrafficmaps)orthethroughputs/users(forsectortrafficmaps).
Tochangetheglobalscalingfactor:
1. Create a simulation or group of simulations by creating a new simulation or group of simulations as described in
"CreatingSimulations"onpage343.
2. ClicktheSourceTraffictabofthepropertiesdialogue.
3. EnteraGlobalScalingFactor.Forexample,settingtheglobalscalingfactorto"2"isthesameasdoublingtheinitial
numberofsubscribers(forenvironmentanduserprofiletrafficmaps)orthethroughputs/users(forsectortraffic
maps).
7.3.9 AnalysingtheResultsofaSimulation
Ina3GPPmultiRATproject,evenifthetrafficismixedbetweenseveraltechnologies,resultsaregivenforeachsingleone.
Asaconsequence,theanalysisofsimulationresultsaredoneinthesamewaythaninsingleRATprojects.
ToanalysetheresultsofasimulationonUMTStraffic,see"AnalysingtheResultsofaSimulation"onpage765fromChapter
9:UMTSHSPANetworks.
ToanalysetheresultsofasimulationonLTEtraffic,see"MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults"onpage938
fromChapter10:LTENetworks.
7.4 OptimisingNetworkParametersUsingtheACP
AtollAutomaticCellPlanning(ACP)enablesradioengineersdesigning3GPPmultiRATnetworkstoautomaticallycalculate
theoptimalnetworksettingsintermsofnetworkcoverageandquality.TheACPcanalsobeusedtoaddsitesfromalistof
candidatesitesortoremoveunnecessarysitesorsectors.AtollACPcanbeusedincoplanningprojectsaswellasin3GPP
multiRATnetworkswherenetworksusingdifferentradioaccesstechnologiesmustbetakenintoconsiderationwhencalcu
latingtheoptimalnetworksettings.
BeforeyoulaunchAtollACPinamultiRATproject,makesureyouhaveanACPlicense
tokenforeachtechnologyusedinthedocument.
remotelycontrolledbyoperators:antennaelectricaltiltandcellpilotpower.ACPcanalsobeusedduringtheinitialplanning
stageofa3GPPmultiRATnetworkbyenablingtheselectionoftheantenna,anditsazimuth,height,andmechanicaltilt.ACP
notonlytakestransmittersintoaccountinoptimisationsbutalsoanyrepeatersandremoteantennas.
transmitters.
suggestedchanges.
TheACPistechnologyindependentandcanbeusedtooptimisenetworksusingdifferentradioaccesstechnologies.Chapter
6:AutomaticCellPlanningexplainshowyouconfiguretheACPmodule,howyoucreateandrunanoptimisationsetup,and
349
Forsk2013
howyoucanviewtheresultsofanoptimisation.Inthissection,onlytheconceptsspecificto3GPPmultiRATnetworksare
explained:
"OptimisationObjectives"onpage350
"QualityParameters"onpage350
"TheQualityAnalysisMaps"onpage350
7.4.1 OptimisationObjectives
ACPoptimisesthenetworkusinguserdefinedobjectivestoevaluatethequalityofthenetworkreconfiguration.Theobjec
tivesaredependentonthetechnologyusedbytheprojectandareconsistentwiththecorrespondingcoveragepredictionsin
Atoll.Forinformationontheindividualobjectives,seethetechnologyspecificchapter:
ForGSM/GPRS/EDGE:see"GSMOptimisationObjectives"onpage586inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks
ForUMTSHSPA:see"UMTSOptimisationObjectives"onpage767inChapter9:UMTSHSPANetworks
ForLTE:see"LTEOptimisationObjectives"onpage939inChapter10:LTENetworks.
Forinformationonsettingobjectiveparameters,see"SettingObjectiveParameters"onpage243ofChapter6:AutomaticCell
Planning.
7.4.2 QualityParameters
Whenyoucreateanoptimisationsetup,youdefinehowtheACPevaluatestheobjectives.Thequalityparametersaretech
nologydependent.Youcanbasetheevaluationoftheobjectivesonacalculatedcoveragepredictionoronmanualconfigu
ration.Ifyoubasethecoveragepredictionsettingsonacalculatedcoverageprediction,ACPwillusetherangesandcolours
definedintheselectedcoveragepredictionasthedefaultforitsownmaps.However,ifyouhavesavedthedisplayoptions
ofanACPmapasdefault,orifyouareusingaconfigurationfileforACP,thesedefinedrangesandcolourswillbeusedasthe
default,overridingthesettingsintheselectedcoverageprediction.Forinformationontheindividualqualityparameters,see
thetechnologyspecificchapter:
ForGSM/GPRS/EDGE:see"GSMQualityParameters"onpage587inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks
ForUMTSHSPA:see"UMTSQualityParameters"onpage767inChapter9:UMTSHSPANetworks
ForLTE:see"LTEQualityParameters"onpage941inChapter10:LTENetworks.
"QualityParameters"onpage350
7.4.3 TheQualityAnalysisMaps
ThequalityanalysismapsenableyoutodisplaythequalitymapsintheAtollmapwindow.Thesemapsarethesameasthose
displayedontheQualitytaboftheoptimisationsPropertiesdialogue.Thequalityanalysismapsaretheequivalentofmaps
createdbydifferentAtollcoveragepredictions:
Thequalityanalysismapsdependontheradioaccesstechnologybeingmodelled.Forinformationontheindividualquality
analysis,seethetechnologyspecificchapter:
ForGSM/GPRS/EDGE:see"TheGSMQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage587inChapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENet
works
ForUMTSHSPA:see"TheUMTSQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage768inChapter9:UMTSHSPANetworks
ForLTE:see"TheLTEQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage942inChapter10:LTENetworks.
7.5 VerifyingNetworkCapacity
Animportantstepintheprocessofcreatinganetworkisverifyingthecapacityofthenetwork.Thisisdoneusingmeasure
mentsofthestrengthofthepilotsignalindifferentlocationswithintheareacoveredbythenetwork.Thiscollectionofmeas
urementsiscalledadrivetestdatapath.
Thedatacontainedinadrivetestdatapathisusedtoverifytheaccuracyofcurrentnetworkparametersandtooptimisethe
network.
Atollenablesyoutoimportthedrivetestdataintoanytechnologyina3GPPmultiRATproject.
350
GSM:IfyouaremodellingGSM,see"VerifyingNetworkCapacity"onpage588in"GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks"on
page355.
UMTS: If you are modelling UMTS, see "Verifying Network Capacity" on page769 in "UMTS HSPA Networks" on
page633
LTE:IfyouaremodellingLTE,see"VerifyingNetworkCapacity"onpage943in"LTENetworks"onpage819.
AT320_UM_E0
7.6 DisplayingElementsofOneAtollDocumentina
3GPPMultiRATDocument
InanAtoll3GPPmultiRATdocumentyoucanworkwithacombinationofdifferentradioaccesstechnologies(GSM/GPRS/
EDGE,UMTS/HSPA,andLTE).ByplanningseveralradioaccesstechnologiesinoneAtolldocument,youcanmodelhoweach
networkaffectstheothersintermsofinterference,coverage,handoff,etc.
However, under some circumstances, you might want to simply display elements (for example, the sites and sectors,
geographicdata,andcoveragepredictions,etc.)ofoneprojectwithina3GPPmultiRATdocument,withoutcalculatinghow
theprojectaffectsthenetworksmodelledintheAtoll3GPPmultiRATdocument.Thedocumentwhoseelementsyouare
displayinginthe3GPPmultiRATdocumentcanbeofanyofthefollowingtechnologies:UMTS/HSPA,CDMA,TDSCDMA,
WiMAX,LTE,orWiFi.Youcanevendisplayelementsofone3GPPmultiRATdocumentinasecond3GPPmultiRATdocument.
Ifyouwanttostudythemutualimpactoftwonetworks,youcanuseAtollscoplanning
instead.Forinformationoncoplanning,seethechapterspecifictothetechnology
concerned.
Todisplaythesitesofalinkeddocumentinanotherdocument:
1. OpenyourmainAtolldocumentandtheAtolldocumentyouwanttolinkitto:
SelectFile>OpenorFile>New>FromanExistingDatabase.
Themainandlinkeddocumentsmusthavethesamegeographiccoordinatesystems.
2. SelecttheNetworkexplorerinthelinkeddocument.
4. SelectMakeAccessibleInfromthecontextmenu,andselectthenameofthemaindocumentfromthesubmenuthat
opens.
TheSitesfolderofthelinkeddocumentisnowavailableinthemaindocument.Theexplorerwindowofthemaindocument
nowcontainsafoldernamedSitesin[linkeddocument],where[linkeddocument]isthenameofthelinkeddocument.
IfyouwanttheSitesfolderofthelinkeddocumenttoappearinthemaindocument
automatically,youcansetanoptionintheatoll.inifile.Forinformationonsetting
optionsintheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
Thesameprocesscanbeusedtodisplayinthemaindocumentanyfolderorfolderitemofthelinkeddocumentthathasa
MakeAccessibleInoptionavailableinitscontextmenu.
Oncefoldersarelinked,youcanaccesstheirpropertiesandthepropertiesoftheitemstheycontainfromeitherdocuments.
Anychangesyoumakeinalinkedfolderaretakenintoaccountinbothdocuments.
Ifyouclosethelinkeddocument,Atolldisplaysawarningicon( )inthemaindocumentsexplorerwindow,andthelinked
itemsarenolongeraccessiblefromthemaindocument.YoucanreopenthelinkeddocumentinAtollbyrightclickingthe
linkeditemintheexplorerwindowofthemaindocument,andselectingOpenLinkedDocument.
7.7 AdvancedConfiguration
Atollprovidesadvancedoptionsforeachradioaccesstechnologytoenableyoutomoreaccuratelymodelanetwork.These
optionsarespecifictotheradioaccesstechnologybeingstudied.
GSM:IfyouaremodellingGSM,see"AdvancedConfiguration"onpage600.
UMTS:IfyouaremodellingUMTS,see"AdvancedConfiguration"onpage800
LTE:IfyouaremodellingLTE,see"AdvancedConfiguration"onpage972,"TipsandTricks"onpage991,and"Glossary
ofLTETerms"onpage995.
351
352
Forsk2013
Chapter8
GSM/GPRS/EDGE
Networks
design,analyse,andoptimiseaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork.
"DesigningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage355
"PlanningandOptimisingGSM/GPRS/EDGEBase
Stations"onpage356
"AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,and
MAIOs"onpage458
"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509
"AnalysingNetworkQuality"onpage548
page586
"AdvancedConfiguration"onpage600
354
Forsk2013
Chapter8:GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks
AT320_UM_E0
8 GSM/GPRS/EDGENetworks
AtollenablesyoutocreateandmodifyallaspectsofaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork.Onceyouhavecreatedthenetwork,Atoll
offersmanytoolstoletyouverifythenetwork.Basedontheresultsofyourtests,youcanmodifyanyoftheparametersdefin
ingthenetwork.
TheprocessofplanningandcreatingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkisoutlinedin"DesigningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"on
page355.Creatingthenetworkofbasestationsisexplainedin"PlanningandOptimisingGSM/GPRS/EDGEBaseStations"on
page356.Allocatingneighboursisalsoexplained.Inthissection,youwillalsofindinformationonhowyoucandisplayinfor
mationonbasestationsonthemapandhowyoucanusethetoolsinAtolltostudybasestations.
In "Studying Network Capacity" on page429, using traffic maps to study network capacity is explained. Creating traffic
captures and simulations using the traffic map information and dimensioning the network using these results is also
explained.
drivetestdatapaths,andusingthedataincoveragepredictionsisalsoexplained.
8.1 DesigningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork
Figure8.1depictstheprocessofplanningandcreatingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork.
Figure8.1:PlanningaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkworkflow
ThestepsinvolvedinplanningaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkaredescribedbelow.ThenumbersrefertoFigure8.1.
1. Openanexistingradioplanningdocumentorcreateanewone(
).
YoucanopenanexistingAtolldocumentbyselectingFile>Open.
CreatinganewAtolldocumentisexplainedinChapter2:StartinganAtollProject.
).
"CreatingorModifyingaSite"onpage367
"CreatingorModifyingaTransmitter"onpage367
"ApplyingaNewCellType"onpage368.
355
Forsk2013
Youcanalsoaddbasestationsusingabasestationtemplate(see"PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate"on
page369).
"MakingaPointAnalysistoStudytheProfile"onpage386
"StudyingDLSignalLevelCoverage"onpage387and"SignalLevelCoveragePredictions"onpage395
4. EstimatetherequirednumberofTRXs(
)inoneofthefollowingways:
Youcanimportorcreatetrafficmaps(
)andusethemasabasisfordimensioning(
))(see"StudyingNet
workCapacity"onpage429).
YoucandefinethemmanuallyeitherontheTRXstabofeachtransmittersPropertiesdialogueorintheSubcells
table(see"ModifyingaSubcell"onpage368)(
5. Allocateneighbours,automaticallyormanually(
).
).
6. SinceyouknowtherequirednumberofTRXs,manuallyorautomaticallycreateafrequencyplan(
"AllocatingFrequenciesandBSICsManually"onpage464(
"AutomaticResourceAllocationUsinganAFPModule"onpage492(
).
)
).
7. Beforemakingmoreadvancedcoveragepredictions,youneedtodefinecellloadconditions(
).
Youcangeneraterealisticcellloadconditionsbycreatingasimulationbasedonatrafficmap(
and
)(see
Youcandefinethemmanually("ImportingOMCTrafficDataintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData"onpage430)
(
).
8. Withthefrequencyplan,analysethefrequencyplan(
"AuditingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEFrequencyPlan"onpage577
"CheckingConsistencyinSubcells"onpage579
"DisplayingtheFrequencyAllocation"onpage580.
9. MakeGSM/GPRS/EDGEspecificcoveragepredictions(
).
)andthecorrespondingpredictionreports(
).
"AnalysingNetworkQuality"onpage548.
8.2 PlanningandOptimisingGSM/GPRS/EDGEBase
Stations
TMA,feedercables,etc.InaGSM/GPRS/EDGEproject,youmustalsoaddsubcellstoeachtransmitter.Asubcellreferstothe
characteristicsofagroupofTRXsonatransmitter.
Atollletsyoucreateonesiteortransmitteratatime,orcreateseveralatoncebyusingastationtemplate.Usingastation
template,youcancreateoneormorebasestationsatthesametime.InAtoll,abasestationreferstoasitewithitstransmit
ters,antennas,equipment,subcells,andTRXs.
nals.Thisdatacanbethenusedtomakequalitypredictions,suchasinterferencepredictions,orcircuitorpacketdedicated
predictions.
356
"CreatingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEBaseStation"onpage357
AT320_UM_E0
8.2.1 CreatingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEBaseStation
WhenyoucreateaGSM/GPRS/EDGEsite,youcreateonlythegeographicalpoint;youmustaddthetransmittersafterwards.
Thesite,withthetransmitters,antennas,equipment,andcelltype,iscalledabasestation.
Inthissection,eachelementofabasestationisdescribed.Ifyouwanttoaddanewbasestation,see"PlacingaNewStation
UsingaStationTemplate"onpage369.Ifyouwanttocreateormodifyoneoftheelementsofabasestation,see"Creating
orModifyingaBaseStationElement"onpage367.Ifyouneedtocreatealargenumberofbasestations,Atollallowsyouto
import them from another Atoll document or from an external source. For information, see "Creating a Group of Base
Stations"onpage376.
Thissectionexplainsthevariouspartsofthebasestationprocess:
"DefinitionofaBaseStation"onpage357
"CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement"onpage367
"PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate"onpage369
"ManagingStationTemplates"onpage370
"DuplicatinganExistingBaseStation"onpage375.
8.2.1.1 DefinitionofaBaseStation
Abasestationconsistsofthesite,oneormoretransmitters,variouspiecesofequipment,andradiosettingssuchas,forexam
ple,subcells.Youwillusuallycreateanewbasestationusingastationtemplate,asdescribedin"PlacingaNewStationUsing
aStationTemplate"onpage369.Thissectiondescribesthefollowingelementsofabasestationandtheirparameters:
8.2.1.1.1
"SiteDescription"onpage357
"TransmitterDescription"onpage358
"SubcellDefinition"onpage361
"TRXDefinition"onpage366.
SiteDescription
TheparametersofasitecanbefoundinthesitesPropertiesdialogue.ThePropertiesdialoguehasonetab:
TheGeneraltab(seeFigure8.2):
Figure8.2:NewSitedialogue
Name:Atollautomaticallyentersadefaultnameforeachnewsite.Youcanmodifythedefaultnamehere.Ifyou
wanttochangethedefaultnamethatAtollgivestonewsites,seetheAdministratorManual.
Position:Bydefault,Atollplacesthenewsiteatthecentreofthemapwindow.Youcanmodifythelocationof
thesitehere.
357
Forsk2013
Whilethismethodallowsyoutoplaceasitewithprecision,youcanalsoplacesitesusing
themouseandthenpositionthempreciselywiththisdialogueafterwards.For
informationonplacingsitesusingthemouse,see"MovingaSiteUsingtheMouse"on
page41.
8.2.1.1.2
Altitude:Thealtitude,asdefinedbytheDTMforthelocationspecifiedunderPosition,isgivenhere.Youcan
specifytheactualaltitudeunderReal,ifyouwant.Ifanaltitudeisspecifiedhere,Atollwillusethisvalueforcal
culations.
Comments:Youcanentercommentsinthisfieldifyouwant.
TransmitterDescription
TheparametersofatransmittercanbefoundinthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue.Whenyoucreateatransmitter,the
Propertiesdialoguehasfourtabs:theGeneraltab,theTransmittertab,theTRXstab,theAFPtab(see"AllocatingFrequen
cies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs"onpage458),andtheConfigurationstab.Onceyouhavecreatedatransmitter,itsProp
ertiesdialoguehasfouradditionaltabs:theIntraTechnologyNeighbourstab(see"AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsing
theIntraTechnologyNeighboursTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue"onpage424),theIntertechnologyNeighbours
tab),thePropagationtab(seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll),andtheDisplaytab(see"DisplayPropertiesof
Objects"onpage43).
TheGeneraltab:
Name:Bydefault,Atollnamesthetransmitterafterthesiteitison,addinganunderscoreandanumber.Youcan
enteranameforthetransmitter,butforthesakeofconsistency,itisbettertoletAtollassignaname.Ifyouwant
tochangethewayAtollnamestransmitters,seetheAdministratorsManual.
ID:YoucanenteranIDforthetransmitter.Thisisauserdefinablenetworklevelparameterforcellidentification.
Site:YoucanselecttheSiteonwhichthetransmitterwillbelocated.Onceyouhaveselectedthesite,youcan
clicktheBrowsebutton(
)toaccessthepropertiesofthesiteonwhichthetransmitterwillbelocated.For
informationonthesitePropertiesdialogue,see"SiteDescription"onpage357.YoucanclicktheNewbuttonto
createanewsiteonwhichthetransmitterwillbelocated.
Sharedantenna:Thisfieldisusedtoidentifythetransmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennaslocatedatthe
samesiteoronsiteswiththesamepositionandthatsharethesameantenna.Theentryinthefieldmustbethe
sameforalltransmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennassharingthesameantenna.Whenchangesaremadeto
thepositionoffset(Dx,Dy),azimuth,antennaheight,ormechanicaltiltofoneantenna,Atollautomaticallysyn
chronisesthesamechangestoallothertransmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennasdefinedashavingashared
antenna.Thisfieldisalsousedfordualbandtransmitterstosynchroniseantennaparametersfordifferentfre
quencybands.Formoreinformation,see"AdvancedModellingofMultiBandTransmitters"onpage618.
UnderHCSLayer:
YoucanselecttheHCSLayer(HierarchicalCellStructurelayer)forthetransmitter.
OnceyouhaveselectedtheHCSlayer,youcanclicktheBrowsebutton(
)toopenthepropertiesofthe
HCSlayer.
YoucanenteraspecificHCSlayerthresholdforthistransmitter.ThethresholddefinedintheHCSLayerprop
ertiesisconsideredonlyifnovalueisenteredinthisfield.
ForinformationontheHCSlayerPropertiesdialogue,see"SettingHCSLayers"onpage601.
UnderAntennaPosition,youcanmodifythepositionoftheantennas(mainandsecondary):
358
RelativetoSite:Selectthisoptionifyouwanttoentertheantennapositionsasoffsetswithrespecttothesite
location,andthenenterthexaxisandyaxisoffsets,DxandDy,respectively.
Coordinates:Selectthisoptionifyouwanttoenterthecoordinatesoftheantenna,andthenenterthexaxis
andyaxiscoordinatesoftheantenna,XandY,respectively.
AT320_UM_E0
TheTransmittertab(seeFigure8.3):
Figure8.3:TransmitterdialogueTransmittertab
Active:Ifthistransmitteristobeactive,youmustselecttheActivecheckbox.Activetransmittersaredisplayed
inredintheTransmittersfolderoftheNetworkexplorer.
Onlyactivetransmittersaretakenintoconsiderationduringcalculations.
TransmitterType:IfyouwantAtolltoconsiderthetransmitterasapotentialserveraswellasaninterferer,set
thetransmittertypetoIntraNetwork(ServerandInterferer).IfyouwantAtolltoconsiderthetransmitteronly
asaninterferer,setthetypetoInterNetwork(InterfererOnly).NocoverageforanInterfererOnlytransmitter
willbecalculatedforcoveragepredictions.
Thisenablesyoutomodelthecoexistenceofdifferentnetworksinthesamegeographicarea.Formoreinforma
tiononhowtostudyinterferencebetweencoexistingnetworks,see"ModellingtheCoexistenceofNetworks"
onpage628.
Transmission/Reception:UnderTransmission/Reception,youcanseethetotallossesandthenoisefigureofthe
transmitter.Atollcalculateslossesandnoiseaccordingtothecharacteristicsoftheequipmentassignedtothe
transmitter.EquipmentcanbeassignedbyusingtheEquipmentSpecificationsdialoguewhichappearswhenyou
clicktheEquipmentbutton.
OntheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue(seeFigure8.4),theequipmentyouselectandthegainsandlossesyou
defineareusedtoinitialisetotaltransmitterULandDLlosses:
TMA:Youcanselectatowermountedamplifier(TMA)fromthelist.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton(
)to
access the properties of the TMA. For information on creating a TMA, see "Defining TMA Equipment" on
page174.
Feeder:Youcanselectafeedercablefromthelist.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton(
)toaccesstheprop
ertiesofthefeeder.Forinformationoncreatingafeedercable,see"DefiningFeederCables"onpage174.
Transmitter:YoucanselecttransmitterequipmentfromtheTransmitterlist.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton
(
)toaccessthepropertiesofthetransmitterequipment.Forinformationoncreatingtransmitterequip
ment,see"DefiningTransmitterEquipment"onpage174.
FeederLength:Youcanenterthefeederlengthattransmissionandreception.
MiscellaneousLosses:Youcanentermiscellaneouslossesattransmissionandreception.Thevalueyouenter
mustbepositive.
359
Forsk2013
Figure8.4:TheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue
Anylossrelatedtothenoiseduetoatransmittersrepeaterisincludedinthecalculated
losses.AtollalwaystakesthevaluesintheRealboxesintoconsiderationinpredictioneven
iftheyaredifferentfromthevaluesintheComputedboxes.Theinformationinthereal
NoiseFigurereceptionboxiscalculatedfromtheinformationyouenteredintheEquip
mentSpecificationsdialogue.YoucanmodifytherealTotalLossesattransmissionand
receptionandtherealNoiseFigureatreceptionifyouwant.Anyvalueyouentermustbe
positive.
Power:UnderPower,youcanselecttoentereitherPowerorEIRP(EffectiveSubtropicalRadiatedPower).Ifyou
selectEIRP,youcanenterthevalueyourself,withoutdefiningpowerandlossesforthetransmitter.
IfyouselectPower,Atollcalculateslossesandnoiseaccordingtothecharacteristicsoftheequipmentassigned
tothetransmitter.EquipmentcanbeassignedusingtheEquipmentSpecificationsdialoguewhichappearswhen
youclicktheEquipmentbutton.AtollwillcalculatetheEIRPwiththefollowingformula:
EIRP=Power+GainDLLosses
Antennas:
Height/Ground:TheHeight/Groundboxgivestheheightoftheantennaabovetheground.Thisisaddedto
thealtitudeofthesiteasgivenbytheDTM.Iftheremoteantennaissituatedonabuilding,theheightentered
mustincludetheheightofbuilding.
MainAntenna:UnderMainAntenna,thetypeofantennaisvisibleintheModellist.YoucanclicktheBrowse
button(
)toaccessthepropertiesoftheantenna.
ClickingtheSelectbuttonopenstheAntennaSelectionAssistant.Thisassistantlistsallantennasmatchingthe
currentlyselectedphysicalantennaandwhoseminimumandmaximumoperatingfrequenciesincludetheop
eratingfrequencyofthetransmitter.Fromthelistofavailableantennas,selectasuitableantennabasedon
anycombinationofthefollowingparameters:Halfpowerbeamwidth,Electricaltilt,andElectricalazimuth.
Mechanical Azimuth, Mechanical downtilt, and Additional electrical downtilt display additional antenna
parameters.
360
TheAdditionalElectricalDowntiltcanbemadeaccessiblethroughanoptioninthe
For more information on the effect of additional electrical downtilt on antenna
patterns,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
UnderSecondaryAntennas,youcanselectoneormoresecondaryantennasintheAntennacolumnandenter
theirAzimuth,MechanicalDowntilt,AdditionalElectricalDowntilt,and%Power,whichisthepercentageof
powerreservedforthisparticularantenna.Forexample,foratransmitterwithonesecondaryantenna,ifyou
reserve40%ofthetotalpowerforthesecondaryantenna,60%isavailableforthemainantenna.
AT320_UM_E0
Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"on
page69.
TheConfigurationstab(seeFigure8.5):
Figure8.5:TransmitterdialogueConfigurationstab
UnderGPRS/EDGEProperties,youmustselecttheGPRS/EDGETransmittercheckboxifthetransmitterisgoing
tobeapacketswitchedcapabletransmitter.YoucanselectaCodingSchemeConfigurationfromthelist.Youcan
)toaccessthepropertiesoftheconfiguration.Forinformationoncreatingacoding
schemeconfiguration,see"CodingSchemeConfiguration"onpage613.
WhenyoumodelEDGEEvolutiononthetransmittersideAtollhastoconsider:
The support of high order modulations and the use of turbo codes in specific
codingschemeswhichcanbefoundintheselectedGPRS/EDGEConfiguration.
Inaddition,EDGEEvolutioncanbemodelledontheterminalsidethrough:
The support of dual antenna terminals (Mobile Station Receive Diversity) and
enhanced single antenna terminals (Single Antenna Interference Cancellation).
AtolloffersastatisticalmodellingofthesethroughtheuseofanEDGEevolution
configuration, with the effect of SAIC or diversity already included both in the
coding scheme admission thresholds and on the throughput versus C (or CI)
graphs.
Thesupportofmulticarrierswhichcanbesetupontheterminalside.
For more information, see "Creating or Modifying a GSM/GPRS/EDGE Terminal" on

page624.
8.2.1.1.3
UnderGSMProperties,youcanselectCodecConfigurationfromthelist.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton(
)
toaccessthepropertiesofthecodecconfigurationassignedtotheGSMtransmitter.Forinformationoncreating
acodingschemeconfiguration,see"CodecConfiguration"onpage610.
SubcellDefinition
InAtoll,asubcellreferstothecharacteristicsofagroupofTRXsonatransmittersharingthesameradiocharacteristics,the
samequality(C/I)requirements,andothersettings.
Theinitialsettingsofasubcellofatransmitterdependonthecelltypeselectedforthetransmitter.Assigningadifferentcell
type to a transmitter changes the characteristics of the subcells (for information on the cell type, see "Cell Types" on
page605).Oncethecelltypehasbeenselected,theinitialvaluesofthesubcell,takenfromthecelltype,canbemodified,
withtheexceptionoftheTRXtype.Ifyoumodifythecelltypeafterwards,foralltransmittersbasedonthatcelltype,Atoll
offersyouthechoiceofkeepingcurrentparametersorresettingthemtothenewcelltypeparameters.
The properties related to subcells are found on the TRXs tab of the Properties dialogue of the transmitter to which it is
assigned.
361
Forsk2013
Priortodefiningasubcell,youmaywanttodefinetheminimumandmaximumrangeofextendedsubcells.Youcandothat
throughtheGeneraltabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue:
UnderExtendedCells,youcanentertheminimumandmaximumrangeofanextendedsubcell.Normally,coverage
ofaGSMcellislimitedtoa35kmradius.ExtendedGSMcellsenabletheoperatortoovercomethislimitbytakingthis
delayintoconsiderationwhendefiningthetimingadvanceforusersintheextendedcells.Extendedcellsmaycover
distancesfrom70to140kmfromthebasestation.Formoreinformationonextendedcells,see"DefiningExtended
Cells"onpage617.
Min.Range:Youcanenterthedistancefromthetransmitteratwhichcoveragebegins.
Max.Range:Youcanenterthemaximumrangefromthetransmitterofitscoverage.
Althoughcoveragecanberestrictedwithinthesetminimumrangeandmaximumrange,
interferencefromthetransmitterisnotlimitedwithintheseranges.
TheTRXstabhasthefollowingsubcellrelatedoptions:
UnderCellType:
Name:YoucanselectthenameoftheCellTypeonwhichthetransmitterssubcellswillbebasedfromthelist.You
canclicktheBrowsebutton(
)toaccessthepropertiesofthecelltype.
RelevantFrequencyBand:TheRelevantFrequencyBanddisplaysthefrequencybandthatwillbeusedtocalcu
latethepathlossmatrixforthetransmitter.ThefrequencybandisthebandusedbytheBCCHTRXtypeunder
Subcell(TRXgroups)Settingsonthesametab.
CellReselectOffset:TheoffsetwhichisappliedtothereceptionthresholdtodeterminetheReselectCriterion
(C2)inidlemode.TheC2valueisusedtoselectaserverandasadisplayparameterincoveragepredictions.
Max.No.ofTRXs:ThemaximumnumberofTRXsthatthetransmittercanhave.Thevalueenteredherewillbe
takeninsteadoftheglobalvaluedefinedduringdimensioning.
UnderIdentification:
BSICDomain:YoucanselecttheBSIC(BaseStationIdentityCode)domainfromthelist.YoucanclicktheBrowse
button(
)toaccessthepropertiesoftheselectedBSICdomain.ForinformationonBSICdomains,see"Defining
BSICDomainsandGroups"onpage462.
BSIC:TheBSIC(BaseStationIdentityCode)colourcodeisassociatedwithadefinedBCCHsothatamobilecan
identifythebasestationtowhichbothaparticularBCCHandBSICareassigned.TheBSICisderivedfromtheNCC
(NetworkColourCode)andtheBCC(BTSColourCode).
ToassignaBSICnumbertothecurrenttransmitter,youcanassignanumberfromtheBSICDomainbyselecting
itfromthelist.YoucanalsoentertheBSICnumberintheformatNCCBCC.WhenyouclickApply,Atollconverts
theenteredNCCBCCnumberintothesinglenumberBSICformat.ForinformationontheBSIC,see"Definingthe
BSICFormat"onpage461.
BCCH:TheBCCHtextboxdisplaysthefrequencyoftheBCCH(TS0oftheBCCHTRX)ofthecurrenttransmitter.If
theBCCHsubcell,underSubcell(TRXGroups)SettingsontheTRXstab,isinsynthesisedfrequencyhopping(SFH)
mode,youcanentertheMALchannelwhichwillbeTS0.
NCCBCC:TheNCC(NetworkColourCode),identifyingtheoperator,andtheBCC(BTSColourCode),identifying
thebasestationaredisplayedintheNCCBCCtextbox.TheNCCandBCCareintegersfrom0to7.
UnderSubcells,theinformationdisplayeddependsonthetypeofsubcellinformationselectedfromtheDisplaylist,
StandardData,TrafficData,AFPIndicators:
Standard:Theinformationdisplayedisthestandardinformationdefiningthesubcell.Theinitialsettingsarefrom
theselectedcelltypeandcanbemodifiedwiththeexceptionoftheTRXType:
TRXType:TheTRXTypecanbeoneofthedefaultTRXtypesavailableintheGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojecttem
plate:
BCCH:Thebroadcastcontrolchannel(BCCH)carrier
TCH:Thedefaulttraffic(TCH)carrier
TCH_EGPRS:TheEDGEtraffic(TCH_EGPRS)carrier.
TCH_INNER:Theinnertraffic(TCH_INNER)carrier.
362
FrequencyDomain:ThefrequencydomainassignedtotheTRXgroup.Onlychannelsbelongingtothisfre
quencydomainwillbeallocatedtoTRXsofthisgroupduringmanualorautomaticfrequencyplanning.
AT320_UM_E0
ThefrequencydomainsassignedtotheBCCHsubcellandtotheTCHsubcellmustrefer
encethesamefrequencyband,unlessyouaremodellingdualbandtransmitters.Forinfor
mationondualbandtransmitters,see"AdvancedModellingofMultiBandTransmitters"
onpage618.
ExcludedChannels:Thedefinedfrequencydomaincanhave,aspartofitsdefinition,alistofexcludedchan
nels.AdditionexcludedchannelsforthissubcellcanbeaddedintheExcludedChannelscolumn.
RequiredTRXs:ThenumberofTRXsrequiredforthesubcell.ForsubcellswiththeBCCHTRXType,thenumber
ofrequestedTRXsmustbe"1,"thedefaultvalue.ForsubcellswiththeTCH,TCH_EGPRSorTCH_INNERTRX
Type,thevalueintheRequiredTRXscolumnisaresultofnetworkdimensioning,whichdependsonthetraffic
demandandtherequiredquality.
DLTrafficLoad:TheDLusagerateofTRXswithinasamesubcellpool;itsvaluemustbefrom0to1.Thevalue
intheDLTrafficLoadcolumncanbeeitheruserdefined,obtainedfromMonteCarlosimulations,ortheresult
ofnetworkdimensioning,inwhichcaseitwillbethesamevalueforallsubcellscoveringthesamearea(e.g.
BCCHandTCH).ThetrafficloadisusedtocalculateDLinterferenceandinautomaticfrequencyplanning.
ULTrafficLoad:TheULusagerateofTRXs;itsvaluemustbefrom0to1.ThevalueintheULTrafficLoad
columncanbeeitheruserdefinedorobtainedfromMonteCarlosimulations.Thetrafficloadisusedtocalcu
lateULinterference.
DLPowerReduction(dB):Thereductionofpowerrelativetothetransmitterpower.TheDLPowerReduction
isusedtomodelthepowerreductionofTCHTRXs,TCH_EGPRSandTCH_INNERTRXs.TCH_INNERTRXsare
concentricsubcells,inotherwords,subcellsthattransmitapowerlowerthanthatusedbytheBCCHTRXand
byTCHTRXs.
DLpowerreductioncanalsobeusedtomodelinasimplewaythecoveragereductionof
a1800subcellcomparedtotheBCCH900subcell,assumingthatallsubcellsaretransmit
tingatthesamepower.Atollalsoenablesadvancedmultibandtransmittermodelling.For
moreinformation,see"AdvancedModellingofMultiBandTransmitters"onpage618and
ReceptionThreshold(dBm):Thereceptionthresholddefinestheminimumreceptionlevelforthesubcell.I
canbeusedastheminimumsubcellreceptionsensitivityifthelinkbudgetiscorrectlydefined.
C/IThreshold(dB):TheminimumsignalqualityfortheTRXType.TheC/IThresholdcanbeusedininterfer
encepredictionsandintheAFP.
MeanPowerControlGain(dB):Theaveragereductionininterferenceduetopowercontrolindownlink.This
gainisusedwhencalculatinginterferencegeneratedbythesubcell.Interferencegeneratedbythesubcellis
reducedbythisvalueduringC/Icalculations.ThisvaluecanbeuserdefinedortheresultofMonteCarlosimu
lations.
Timeslot Configuration: The timeslot configuration defines the distribution of circuit, packet and shared
timeslots for the subcell. For information on timeslot configurations, see "Timeslot Configurations" on
page616.
DTXSupported:TheDTXSupportedcheckboxisselectedifthesubcellsupportsDTX(DiscontinuousTrans
mission)technology.SubcellssupportingDTXcanreducetheinterferencetheyproducebythedefinedvoice
activityfactor.
HoppingMode:ThefrequencyhoppingmodesupportedbytheselectedTRXtype.Thehoppingmodecanbe
either"BaseBandHopping"mode(BBH)or"SynthesisedHopping"mode(SFH).Iffrequencyhoppingisnot
supported,select"NonHopping."
AllocationStrategy:Theallocationstrategyusedduringmanualorautomaticfrequencyplanning.Thereare
twoavailableallocationstrategies:
Free:AnyofthechannelsbelongingtothefrequencydomaincanbeassignedtoTRXs.
GroupConstrained:Onlychannelsbelongingtoasamefrequencygroupinthefrequencydomaincanbeas
signed.YoucanusethePreferredFrequencyGrouptodefinethepreferredgroupoffrequencieswhenusing
theAFP.
DefaultTRXConfiguration:ThedefaultTRXconfigurationselectedinthiscolumnisappliedtoallTRXsbelong
ingtothesubcell.ByselectingthedefaultTRXconfiguration,themaximumnumberofcodingschemesinGPRS
andinEDGEissetattheTRXtypelevel.YoucanalsodefinetheTRXconfigurationforeachTRX.
EDGE Power Backoff (dB): The average power reduction for EDGE transmitters due to 8PSK, 16QAM and
32QAMmodulationsinEDGE.ThishasanimpactontheEDGEservicezonewhichcanbeseenintrafficanalysis
andEDGEpredictions.
DiversityMode:Thetypeofdiversitysupportedbythesubcell("None,""TxDiversity,"or"AntennaHopping").
If you select "Tx Diversity," the signal is transmitted as many times that there are antennas. If you select
"AntennaHopping,"thesignalistransmittedsuccessivelyoneachantenna.In"TxDiversity"mode,transmit
tingonmorethanoneantenna,thesignalexperiencesagainof3dB.Foralldiversitymodes,anadditional
transmissiondiversitygaincanbedefinedperclutterclassinordertocorrectlymodelgainduetotheenvi
363
Forsk2013
ronment(formoreinformation,see"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143).Theresultinggainwill
increasetheC/Ivalueattheterminalservedbytheconsideredsubcell.
MaxMALLength:Themaximumlengthofthemobileallocationlist(MAL),inotherwords,themaximum
numberofchannelsallocatedtotheTRXsofthesubcellduringautomaticfrequencyplanningiftheHopping
ModeiseitherSFH(SynthesisedFrequencyHopping)orBBH(BaseBandHopping)andiftheAllocationStrat
egyisFree.
Synchronisation: The value entered in the Synchronisation column is used during frequency hopping;
frequencyhoppingissynthesisedamongallTRXsofsubcellswiththesamestringofcharactersintheSynchro
nisationcolumn.Bydefault,thenameofthesiteisusedasthevalueintheSynchronisationcolumn,synchro
nisingfrequencyhoppingforallTRXsonthesamesite.However,youcan,forexample,enterdifferentvalues
foreachsubcelltodefinesynchronisationatthesubcelllevel,ordifferentvaluesforeachgroupofsitesto
definesynchronisationbysitesgroup.
HSNDomain:Onlyhoppingsequencenumbers(HSN)belongingtotheselectedHSNdomainwillbeallocated
tosubcellsduringmanualorautomaticfrequencyplanning.TheHSNsareallocatediftheHoppingModeis
eitherSFH(SynthesisedFrequencyHopping)orBBH(BaseBandHopping).
HSN:Thehoppingsequencenumber(HSN)ofthesubcell.AllTRXsofthesubcellhavethesameHSN.TheHSN
canbeenteredmanuallyorallocatedautomatically.ThisparameterisusediftheHoppingModeiseitherSFH
(SynthesisedFrequencyHopping)orBBH(BaseBandHopping).
LockHSN:WhentheLockHSNcheckboxisselected,thesubcellscurrentlyassignedHSNiskeptwhenanew
AFPsessionisstarted.
AcceptedInterferencePercentage:Themaximumlevelofinterferenceallowableduringautomaticfrequency
planning.Theinterferenceisdefinedasapercentageofareaortraffic,asdefinedduringthecalculationofthe
interferencematrices.
Preferred Frequency Group: When the Group Constrained allocation strategy is selected, in any hopping
mode(includingnonhopping),theAFPtriestoassignfrequenciesfromthepreferredgroupduringautomatic
allocation.ThepreferredfrequencygroupisasoftconstraintusedbytheAFPtoassignfrequenciestoTRXs.
When the AFP is unable to assign a frequency from the preferred group, and allocates a frequency from
outsidethegroup,acorrespondingcostistakenintoaccount.Thepreferredgroupcanalsobetheresultof
allocationiftheAFPmodelisabletoallocatepatternsbasedontheazimuth.
AFPWeight:EnteranAFPweight.TheAFPweightisusedtoincreaseordecreasetheimportanceofasubcell
duringautomaticfrequencyplanning.Thevaluemustbearealnumber.ThehighertheAFPweightis,the
highertheconstraintontheTRXtype.TheAFPweightartificiallymultipliesthecostwhichhastobeminimised
bytheAFP.
Lock Required TRXs: This option can be used by an AFP model which has the capability to optimise (i.e.,
increaseordecrease)thenumberofrequiredTRXswheretheonlygoalismaximisingtheamountofcorrectly
servedtraffic.Inotherwords,youmighthavefewerTRXsthanrequirediftheyarenotsubjecttoanyinterfer
enceandtheamountofcorrectlyservedtrafficwillbelarger.Whenyouselectthisoption,thenumberof
requiredTRXsisblockedforthatsubcell.
Ifsomesubcellfieldsareempty(e.g.,HSNdomain,frequencydomain,C/IThreshold),Atoll
usesthedefaultvaluesoftheselectedCelltype.Formoreinformation,see"CreatingaCell
Type"onpage606.
TrafficData:Theinformationdisplayeddescribesthetrafficofthecell.Becausesubcellssharethetrafficofthe
transmitter,inmostcases,thetrafficdataforallTRXsisdisplayedtogether.Allfieldscanbemodifiedwiththe
exceptionoftheTRXType,EffectiveRateofTrafficOverflow,andTrafficLoad.
TRXType:TheTRXTypecanbeoneofthedefaultTRXtypesavailableintheGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojecttem
plate:
CircuitDemand(Erlangs):ThecircuitdemandindicatestheamountofErlangsnecessarytoabsorbthecircuit
switcheddemand.Thisvaluecanbeeitheruserdefinedortheresultofatrafficcapture,inwhichcaseitwill
bethesamevalueforallsubcellscoveringthesamearea(e.g.,BCCHandTCH).
PacketAverageDemand(TS):Thepacketdemandindicatestheamountoftimeslotsnecessarytoabsorbthe
packetswitcheddemand.Thisvaluecanbeeitheruserdefinedortheresultofatrafficcapture,inwhichcase
itwillbethesamevalueforallsubcellscoveringthesamearea(e.g.,BCCHandTCH).
Circuitandpacketdemandscanbeimportedintothistablefromarealnetwork.Thesevaluewillthenbetaken
intoaccountfordimensioningorKPIcalculationifthesecalculationsarenotbasedonthedefaulttrafficcap
ture.
364
AT320_UM_E0
HalfRateTrafficRatio(%):Thepercentageofhalfratevoicetrafficinthesubcell.Thisvalueisusedtocalcu
latethenumberoftimeslotsrequiredtorespondtothevoicetrafficdemand.Thisvaluecanbeuserdefined
ortheresultofMonteCarlosimulations.
TargetRateofTrafficOverflow(%):Thetargetrateoftrafficoverflowisusedduringtrafficanalysistodistrib
utethetrafficbetweensubcellsandlayers.Thetrafficlocatedintheinnerzoneorintheservicezoneofahigh
prioritycell(seethefiguresbelow)contributestothetrafficdemandoftheinnersubcellorthehighpriority
cellrespectively.Ifthetargetrateoftrafficoverflowisgreaterthan0,apartofthistrafficisreinjected,so
thatitalsocontributestothedemandofouterzone(ortothelowprioritycellrespectively).Thekeyperfor
manceindicatorscalculation(anddimensioningprocess)transformsthetrafficdemandintoaserveddemand
ononehandandaneffectiveoverflowontheotherhand.Ifeffectiveoverflowratesarehigherthantarget
overflowrates,itmeansthereisacapacityreserve.Ifitistheotherwayaround,itmeansthatmoreTRXsare
needed.Ifratesareequal,thenetworkiscorrectlyoptimised.
Figure8.6:Overflowbetweenconcentriccells
Figure8.7:OverflowbetweenHCSlayers
Thetargetrateoftrafficoverflowandthehalfratetrafficratiomustbethesamefor
BCCHandTCHsubcells.IfthevaluesaredifferentforBCCHandTCHsubcells,Atollwill
usethevaluesforthetargetrateoftrafficoverflowandthehalfratetrafficratiofrom
theBCCHsubcell.
EffectiveRateofTrafficOverflow(%):Thepercentageoftrafficoverflowingfromasubcell.Theeffectiverate
oftrafficoverviewisaresultofthecalculationofkeyperformanceindicators.
DLTrafficLoad:TheDLusagerateofTRXswithinasamesubcellpool;itsvaluemustbefrom0to1.Thevalue
intheDLTrafficLoadcolumncanbeeitheruserdefined,obtainedfromMonteCarlosimulations,ortheresult
ofnetworkdimensioning,inwhichcaseitwillbethesamevalueforallsubcellscoveringthesamearea(e.g.
BCCHandTCH).ThetrafficloadisusedtocalculateDLinterferenceandinautomaticfrequencyplanning.
ULTrafficLoad:TheULusagerateofTRXs;itsvaluemustbefrom0to1.ThevalueintheULTrafficLoad
columncanbeeitheruserdefinedorobtainedfromMonteCarlosimulations.Thetrafficloadisusedtocalcu
lateULinterference.
FinalBlockingProbability(%):Keyperformanceindicator(KPI)calculatedusingatrafficcaptureandtheAFP
module.ThisKPIisalsopartofasimplifiedtrafficmodelusedbytheAFPmodule.
AFPIndicators:TheinformationdisplayedcomesfromtheresultsofanAFPmodel;itisdisplayedforinforma
tionalpurposesonlyandcannotbeedited.
TRXType:TheTRXTypeisoneofthedefaultTRXtypesavailableintheGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojecttemplate:
BCCH:Thebroadcastcontrolchannel
TCH:Thedefaulttrafficchannel
TCH_EGPRS:TheEDGEtrafficchannel
TCH_INNER:Theinnertrafficchannel.
TotalCost:ThetotalcostisthecombinationoftheAFPSeparationCost,theAdditionalCost,andtheAFPCon
gestioncost.
AFPSeparationCost:Theseparationcostisthecosttothesystemwhenseparationrulesarenotrespected
betweensubcellpools.Ifseparationconstraintsareviolated,thishasadirecteffectontheinterferencelevel.
AdditionalCost(Interference,Modification,Group):Theadditionalcostiscombinationofothercostssuchas
interference,thecostofcarryingmodifications,andnotrespectingthepreferredTRXgroup.
AFPBlockingCost:TheAFPblockingcostisthepartofthecostwheretrafficisconsideredasblockeddueto
alackofresources.
365
Forsk2013
AFPCongestion:TheAFPcongestionisthesoftblockingcost,anestimationofthelevelofcongestionfora
poolofsubcells(e.g.,BCCHandTCHareconsideredasapoolofsubcellssincetheyaremanagedtogether).In
otherwords,ahighlycongestedpoolofsubcellswillbeasourceofahighlevelofinterference.
8.2.1.1.4
ThesubcellsoftheentireGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocumentarefoundintheSubcells
Table:StandardData.YoucanopentheSubcellsTable:StandardDatabyright
clicking the Transmitters folder in the Network explorer and then selecting
Subcells>SubcellsTable:StandardDatafromthecontextmenu.Inaddition,you
canaccessspecificviewsofthesubcelltable.Thetablecontainingtheinformation
regardingtrafficdata,ortheAFPindicators,canbeaccessedbyrightclickingthe
TransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorerandthenselectingSubcells>Subcells
Table:Trafficdata(orAFPIndicators)fromthecontextmenu.
YoucanrunasubcellaudittoverifytheconsistencyofdatabetweentheSubcell
and Transmitter tables. As well, this audit can correct unrealistic subcell values
(see"CheckingConsistencyinSubcells"onpage579formoreinformation).
TRXDefinition
InAtoll,theTRXreferstothetransmission/receptioncard.InGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojects,frequenciesandchannelsaredefined
usingTRXs.Innonhoppingorbasebandhoppingmode,asinglefrequencyorchannelcanbeassignedtoeachTRX.Insynthe
sisedfrequencyhoppingmode,morethanonefrequencycanbeassignedtoeachTRX.
ThenumberoftimeslotssupportedbyaTRXdefinesthemultiplexingfactorofthefrequencyusingthatTRX.
InAtoll,TRXsaremodelledusingdefinedTRXtypes.ThreeTRXtypesareavailableintheGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojecttemplate:
TheTRXsandtheirpropertiesarefoundonTRXstabofthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmittertowhichtheyareassigned.
TheTRXsoftheentireGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocumentarefoundintheTRXsTable.Youcan
accesstheTRXsTablebyrightclickingtheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer
andthenselectingSubcells>TRXsTablefromthecontextmenu.
TheTRXstabhasthefollowingTRXrelatedoptions:
UnderTRXs,thetablelistseachTRXallocatedtothetransmitter.Theinitialsettingsarefromtheselectedcelltype
andcanbemodified.Youcansortthecontentofeachcolumnasdescribedin"SortingDatainTables"onpage91,on
eachcolumnofthetable.
Index:ThisistheidentificationnumberoftheTRX.Thenumbermustbeanintegerandcanbeuserdefinedor
assignedautomaticallybyAtollwhenyouclosethedialogue.
TRXType:TheTRXTypecanbeoneofthedefaultTRXtypesavailableintheGSMGPRSEDGEprojecttemplate:
366
Channels:ThechannelsallocatedtotheTRX.Youmustspecify1channelperTRXifthehoppingmodefortheTRX
typeis"NonHopping"or"BaseBandHopping,"andmorethanonechannelperTRXifthehoppingmodeforthe
TRXtypeis"SynthesisedHopping."Youcanenterchannelsdirectly(separatingthemwithacomma,asemicolon,
oraspace)oryoucanenterarangeofchannelsseparatingthefirstandlastchannelwithahyphen(forexample,
entering"15"correspondsto"12345").Youcanalsoselectachannelfromthelistwhichoffersyouchannels
fromthefrequencydomainassignedtotheTRXtypethatthisTRXisbasedon.
MAIO:TheMAIO(MobileAllocationIndexOffset)isusedinfrequencyhopping(BBHorSFH)toavoidintrasite
collisionscausedbytwositesusingthesameoradjacentchannels.Thisvalueisanintegerrangingfrom0andN1
(where"N"isthenumberofchannelsusedinthehoppingsequence).YoucanentertheMAIOoritcanbeallo
catedautomaticallyusingtheAFP.
LockChannelsandMAIO:WhentheLockChannelsandMAIOcheckboxisselected,theTRXscurrentlyassigned
channelsandMAIOarekeptwhenanewAFPsessionisstarted.
TRXConfiguration:TheselectedTRXConfigurationdefinesthehighestpossiblecodingschemeindexnumberin
GPRSandinEDGE.FortheTRXconfigurationtobeusedfully,theterminalmustbecapableofusingacodingindex
numberthatisashighasthatoftheTRXconfiguration.Otherwise,capacitywillbelimitedbythehighestindex
numbersupportedbytheterminal.
AT320_UM_E0
EDGEPowerBackoff(dB):TheaveragepowerreductionforEDGEtransmittersdueto8PSK,16QAMand32QAM
modulationsinEDGE.ThishasanimpactontheEDGEservicezonewhichcanbeseenintrafficanalysesandEDGE
predictions.
TRXRank:TheTRXRankisdeterminedbytheAFP.ItindicatesthequalityofthatTRX.ThehighertheTRXrank,
thehigherthecost,intermsoftheriskofinterference.Inotherwords,whenyouaretryingtoimprovethesolu
tionproposedbytheAFPtool,youmustconcentrateontheTRXswiththehighestTRXrankfirst.
Intertechnology DL Noise Rise (dB): Thisnoiserise represents the interference created by the mobiles of an
externalnetworkonthemobilesservedbythisTRXonthedownlink.Thisnoiserisewillbetakenintoaccountin
allinterferencebasedcalculationsinvolvingthisTRX.Formoreinformationonintertechnologyinterference,see
"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage628.
IntratechnologyULNoiseRise(dB):Thisnoiseriserepresentstheinterferencecreatedbythemobilesofthecur
rentnetworkoverthisTRXontheuplink.ThevaluecanbeeitheruserdefinedorobtainedfromMonteCarlosim
ulations.ThisnoiseriseisusedtocalculateULinterference.
8.2.1.2 CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement
ple,cellsandTRXs.Thissectiondescribeshowtocreateormodifythefollowingelementsofabasestation:
8.2.1.2.1
"ApplyingaNewCellType"onpage368
"ModifyingaSubcell"onpage368
"CreatingorModifyingaTRX"onpage369.
CreatingorModifyingaSite
Youcanmodifyanexistingsiteoryoucancreateanewsite.Youcanaccessthepropertiesofasite,describedin"SiteDescrip
tion"onpage357,throughthesitesPropertiesdialogue.HowyouaccessthePropertiesdialoguedependsonwhetheryou
arecreatinganewsiteormodifyinganexistingsite.
Tocreateanewsite:
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheSitesNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears(seeFigure8.2onpage357).
4. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"SiteDescription"onpage357.
5. ClickOK.
Tomodifythepropertiesofanexistingsite:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheSitesfolder.
3. Rightclickthesiteyouwanttomodify.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThesitesPropertiesdialogueappears.
6. ClickOK.
Ifyouarecreatingseveralsitesatthesametime,ormodifyingseveralexistingsites,you
candoitquicklybyeditingorpastingthedatadirectlyintheSitestable.Youcanopen
theSitestablebyrightclickingtheSitesfolderintheNetworkexplorerandselecting
OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.Forinformationoncopyingandpastingdata,see
"CopyingandPastinginTables"onpage77.
8.2.1.2.2
CreatingorModifyingaTransmitter
Youcanmodifyanexistingtransmitteroryoucancreateanewtransmitter.Whenyoucreateanewtransmitter,itsinitial
settingsarebasedonthedefaultstationtemplatedisplayedintheRadioPlanningtoolbar.Youcanaccessthepropertiesof
atransmitter,describedin"TransmitterDescription"onpage358,throughthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue.Howyou
accessthePropertiesdialoguedependsonwhetheryouarecreatinganewtransmitterormodifyinganexistingtransmitter.
Tocreateanewtransmitter:
367
Forsk2013
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheTransmittersNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears(seeFigure8.3).
4. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"TransmitterDescription"onpage358.
5. ClickOK.Whenyoucreateanewtransmitter,Atollautomaticallyassignsacelltypebasedonthedefaultstationtem
plate. For information on modifying the properties inherited from a cell type, see "Applying a New Cell Type" on
page368.
Tomodifythepropertiesofanexistingtransmitter:
3. Rightclickthetransmitteryouwanttomodify.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. ClickOK.
8.2.1.2.3
If you are creating several transmitters at the same time, or modifying several
existing transmitters, you can do it more quickly by editing or pasting the data
directlyintheTransmitterstable.YoucanopentheTransmitterstablebyright
clickingtheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorerandselectingOpenTable
fromthecontextmenu.Forinformationoncopyingandpastingdata,see"Copying
andPastinginTables"onpage77.
transmitterbyrightclickingthesiteandselectingNewTransmitterfromthecon
textmenu.
ApplyingaNewCellType
InGSM/GPRS/EDGE,thesubcellsaredefinedbythecelltype.Byselectingadifferentcelltype,youcanchangetheexisting
subcellstothesubcellsdefinedbythenewcelltype.Atollwillthencreatethesubcellsthatexistinthenewcelltypeand
removethesubcellsthatdonotexistinthenewcelltype.Ifthesamesubcellsexistinthenewcelltype,Atolloffersyouthe
choiceofkeepingcurrentparametersorresettingthemtothosefoundinthenewcelltype.
Toapplyanewcelltype:
3. Rightclickthetransmittertowhichyouwanttoapplyanewcelltype.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelecttheTRXstab.
6. UnderCellType,selecttheNameofthecelltypeonwhichthetransmitterssubcellswillbebasedfromthelist.You
)toaccessthepropertiesofthecelltype.
7. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"SubcellDefinition"onpage361ofthecelltypeanditssubcells.
8. ClickOK.
Ifyouareapplyinganewcelltypetoseveraltransmittersatthesametime,ormodifying
severalexistingtransmitters,youcandoitmorequicklybyeditingorpastingthedata
directlyintheTransmitterstable.YoucanopentheTransmitterstablebyrightclicking
theTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorerandselectingOpenTablefromthe
contextmenu.Forinformationoncopyingandpastingdata,see"CopyingandPastingin
Tables"onpage77.
8.2.1.2.4
ModifyingaSubcell
Youcanmodifytheparametersofanexistingsubcell.Youcanaccessthepropertiesofasubcell,describedin"SubcellDefini
tion"onpage361,throughthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmitterwherethesubcellislocated.
Tocreateormodifyasubcell:
368
AT320_UM_E0
3. Rightclickthetransmitteronwhichyouwanttocreateasubcellorwhosesubcellyouwanttomodify.Thecontext
menuappears.
6. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"SubcellDefinition"onpage361.
7. ClickOK.
Ifyouarecreatingseveralsubcellsatthesametime,ormodifyingseveralexisting
subcells,youcandoitmorequicklybyeditingorpastingthedatadirectlyintheSubcells
table.YoucanopentheSubcellstablebyrightclickingtheTransmittersfolderinthe
NetworkexplorerandselectingSubcells>SubcellsTable:StandardDatafromthe
contextmenu.Forinformationoncopyingandpastingdata,see"CopyingandPastingin
Tables"onpage77.
8.2.1.2.5
CreatingorModifyingaTRX
WhenaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkisfirstcreated,TRXsareassignedaspartofthedimensioningprocess.Oncethenetwork
exists,youcanaddTRXsmanuallytoeitherexistingornewtransmitters.YoucanalsomodifyexistingTRXs.Youcanaccess
thepropertiesofaTRX,describedin"TRXDefinition"onpage366,throughthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmittertheTRX
isassignedto.
TocreateormodifyaTRX:
3. RightclickthetransmitteronwhichyouwanttocreateaTRXorwhoseTRXyouwanttomodify.Thecontextmenu
appears.
6. UnderTRXs:
IfyouarecreatinganewTRX,entertheparametersdescribedin"TRXDefinition"onpage366intherowmarked
withtheNewRowicon(
).
IfyouaremodifyinganexistingTRX,modifytheparametersdescribedin"TRXDefinition"onpage366.
7. ClickOK.
IfyouarecreatingseveralTRXsatthesametime,ormodifyingseveralexistingTRXs,you
candoitmorequicklybyeditingorpastingthedatadirectlyintheTRXstable.Youcan
opentheTRXstablebyrightclickingtheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer
andselectingSubcells>TRXsTablefromthecontextmenu.Forinformationoncopying
andpastingdata,see"CopyingandPastinginTables"onpage77.
8.2.1.3 PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate
InAtoll,astationisdefinedasasitewithoneormoretransmitterssharingthesameproperties.WithAtoll,youcancreatea
networkbyplacingstationsbasedonstationtemplates.Thisallowsyoutobuildyournetworkquicklywithconsistentparam
eters,insteadofbuildingthenetworkbyfirstcreatingthesite,thenthetransmitters,andfinallybyaddingsubcellsandTRXs.
Toplaceanewstationusingastationtemplate:
1. IntheRadioPlanningtoolbar,selectatemplatefromthelist.
369
Forsk2013
2. ClicktheNewTransmitterorStationbutton(
3. Inthemapwindow,movethepointeroverthemaptowhereyouwouldliketo
placethenewstation.Theexactcoordinatesofthepointerscurrentlocationare
visibleintheStatusbar.
4. Clicktoplacethestation.
Toplacethestationmoreaccurately,youcanzoominonthemapbeforeyouclick
theNewStationbutton.Forinformationonusingthezoomingtools,see"Changing
theMapScale"onpage49.
Ifyouletthepointerrestoverthestationyouhaveplaced,Atolldisplaysitstiptext
withitsexactcoordinates,allowingyoutoverifythatthelocationiscorrect.
YoucanalsoplaceaseriesofstationsusingaAtolltemplate.Youdothisbydefininganareaonthemapwhereyouwantto
placethestations.Atollcalculatestheplacementofeachstationaccordingtothedefinedhexagonalsubcellradiusinthe
stationtemplate.Forinformationondefiningthesubcellradius,see"ModifyingaStationTemplate"onpage371.
Toplaceaseriesofstationswithinadefinedarea:
2. ClicktheHexagonalDesignbutton(
),totheleftofthetemplatelist.Ahexagonaldesignisagroupofstationscre
atedfromthesamestationtemplate.
3. Drawazonedelimitingtheareawhereyouwanttoplacetheseriesofstations:
a. Clickonceonthemaptostartdrawingthezone.
b. Clickonceonthemaptodefineeachpointwheretheborderofthezonechangesdirection.
c. Clicktwicetofinishdrawingandclosethezone.
Atollfillsthedelimitedzonewithnewstationsandtheirhexagonalshapes.Stationobjectssuchassitesandtransmit
tersarealsocreatedandplacedintotheirrespectivefolders.
Youcan work with the sites andtransmittersin thesestations as you work with any station object,adding,for example,
anotherantennatoatransmitter.
PlacingaStationonanExistingSite
Whenyouplaceanewstationusingastationtemplateasexplainedin"PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate"on
page369,thesiteiscreatedatthesametimeasthestation.However,youcanalsoplaceanewstationonanexistingsite.
Toplaceastationonanexistingsite:
1. IntheNetworkexplorer,clearthedisplaycheckboxbesidetheHexagonalDesignfolder.
3. ClicktheNewStationbutton(
4. Movethepointertothesiteonthemap.Whentheframeappearsaroundthesite,indicatingitisselected,clickto
placethestation.
8.2.1.4 ManagingStationTemplates
AtollcomeswithGSM/GPRS/EDGEstationtemplates,butyoucanalsocreateandmodifystationtemplates.Thetoolsfor
workingwithstationtemplatescanbefoundontheRadioPlanningtoolbar(seeFigure8.8).
Figure8.8:TheRadioPlanningtoolbar
370
"CreatingaStationTemplate"onpage371
AT320_UM_E0
8.2.1.4.1
"ModifyingaStationTemplate"onpage371
"CopyingPropertiesfromOneStationTemplatetoAnother"onpage374
"ModifyingaFieldinaStationTemplate"onpage374
"DeletingaStationTemplate"onpage375.
CreatingaStationTemplate
Whenyoucreateastationtemplate,youcancreateitbybasingitonthestationtemplatethatmostcloselyresemblesthe
templateyouwanttocreate.Therefore,youcancreateanewtemplatebyonlymodifyingtheparametersthatdiffer.
Tocreateastationtemplate:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheGSMNetworkSettingsfolder.
3. RightclicktheStationTemplatesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheStationTemplatestableappears.
5. IntheStationTemplatestable,rightclickthestationtemplatethatmostcloselyresemblesthestationtemplateyou
wanttocreate.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. SelectCopyfromthecontextmenu.
7. RightclicktherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
8. SelectPastefromthecontextmenu.Thestationtemplateyoucopiedinstep5.ispastedinthenewrow,withthe
Nameofthenewstationtemplategivenasthesameasthetemplatecopiedbutprecededby"Copyof".
9. Edittheparametersofthenewstationtemplateinthetableorasexplainedin"ModifyingaStationTemplate"on
page371.
8.2.1.4.2
ModifyingaStationTemplate
YoucanmodifyastationtemplatedirectlyintheStationTemplatestable,oryoucanopenthePropertiesdialogueforthat
stationtemplateandmodifytheparametersinthedialogue.
Tomodifyastationtemplate:
5. Rightclickthestationtemplateyouwanttomodify.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThestationtemplatesPropertiesdialogueappears.
7. ClicktheGeneraltabofthePropertiesdialogue.Onthistab(seeFigure8.9),youcanmodifythefollowing:theName
ofthestationtemplate,thenumberofSectors,eachwithatransmitter,theHexagonRadius,i.e.,thetheoretical
radiusofthehexagonalareacoveredbyeachsector,theHCSLayer,theCellType,theMax.TRXs/Sector,theMin.
Range,theMax.Range,andtheBSICDomain.
371
Forsk2013
Figure8.9:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueGeneraltab
UnderMainAntenna,youcanmodifythefollowing:theHeight/Groundoftheantennasfromtheground(i.e.,the
heightovertheDTM;ifthetransmitterissituatedonabuilding,theheightenteredmustincludetheheightof
building),themainantennaModel,1stSectorAzimuth,fromwhichtheazimuthoftheothersectorsareoffsetto
offercompletecoverageofthearea,theMechanicalDowntilt,andtheAdditionalElectricalDowntiltforthe
antenna.
UnderPropagation,youcanmodifythefollowing:thePropagationModel,Radius,andResolutionforboththe
MainMatrixandtheExtendedMatrix.Forinformationonpropagationmodels,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCal
culationsinAtoll.
UnderComments,youcanaddadditionalinformation.Theinformationyouenterwillbethedefaultinformation
intheCommentsfieldofanytransmittercreatedusingthisstationtemplate.
8. ClicktheTransmittertab.Onthistab(seeFigure8.10),youcanmodifythefollowing:
TransmitterType:IfyouwantAtolltoconsidertransmitterscreatedusingthistemplateaspotentialserversas
wellasinterferer(s),setthetransmittertypetoIntraNetwork(ServerandInterferer).IfyouwantAtolltocon
sidertransmitterscreatedusingthistemplateonlyasinterferers,setthetypetoIntraNetwork(InterfererOnly).
NocoverageforanInterfererOnlytransmitterwillbecalculatedforcoveragepredictions.
tiononstudyinginterferencebetweencoexistingnetworks,see"ModellingtheCoexistenceofNetworks"on
page628.
UnderTransmission/Reception,youcanseethetotallossesandthenoisefigureofthetransmitter.Atollcalcu
lateslossesandnoiseaccordingtothecharacteristicsoftheequipmentassignedtothetransmitter.Equipment
canbeassignedbyusingtheEquipmentSpecificationsdialoguewhichappearswhenyouclicktheEquipment
button.
ForinformationontheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue,see"TransmitterDescription"onpage358.
372
Power:UnderPower,youcanselecttoentereitherPowerorEIRP(EffectiveSubtropicalRadiatedPower).Ifyou
selectEIRP,youcanenterthevalueyourself,withoutdefiningpowerandlossesforthetransmitter.
AT320_UM_E0
IfyouselectPower,Atollcalculateslossesandnoiseaccordingtothecharacteristicsoftheequipmentassigned
tothetransmitter.EquipmentcanbeassignedusingtheEquipmentSpecificationsdialoguewhichappearswhen
youclicktheEquipmentbutton.AtollwillcalculatetheEIRPwiththefollowingformula:
EIRP=Power+GainDLLosses
Figure8.10:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueTransmittertab
Ifyouwanttransmitterscreatedwiththisstationtemplatetobeactivebydefault,selecttheActivecheckbox.
9. ClicktheConfigurationstab.Onthistab(seeFigure8.11),youselecttheconfigurationusedforGSMandGPRS/EDGE
stations.
Under GPRS/EDGE Properties, you must select the GPRS/EDGE Transmitter check box if the transmitters are
goingtobepacketswitchedcapabletransmitters,selectaCodingSchemeConfigurationfromthelist.Forinfor
mationoncreatingacodingschemeconfiguration,see"CodingSchemeConfiguration"onpage613.
WhenyoumodelEDGEEvolutiononthetransmittersideAtollhastoconsider:
The support of high order modulations and the use of turbo codes in specific
codingschemeswhichcanbefoundintheselectedGPRS/EDGEConfiguration.
Inaddition,EDGEEvolutioncanbemodelledontheterminalsidethrough:
The support of dual antenna terminals (Mobile Station Receive Diversity) and
enhanced single antenna terminals (Single Antenna Interference Cancellation).
graphs.
For more information, see "Creating or Modifying a GSM/GPRS/EDGE Terminal" on

page624.
For all transmitters, you can select a codec configuration from the list. For information on creating a coding
schemeconfiguration,see"CodecConfiguration"onpage610.
Figure8.11:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueConfigurationstab
373
Forsk2013
10. ClicktheNeighbourstab.Onthistab(seeFigure8.12),youcanmodifytheMaxNumberofIntraTechnologyNeigh
boursandtheMaxNumberofIntertechnologyNeighbours.Forinformationondefiningneighbours,see"Planning
Neighbours"onpage416.
Figure8.12:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueNeighbourstab
11. ClicktheOtherPropertiestab.TheOtherPropertiestabwillonlyappearifyouhavedefinedadditionalfieldsinthe
Sitestable,orifyouhavedefinedanadditionalfieldintheStationTemplatePropertiesdialogue.
12. Whenyouhavefinishedsettingtheparametersforthestationtemplate,clickOKtoclosethedialogueandsaveyour
changes.
8.2.1.4.3
CopyingPropertiesfromOneStationTemplatetoAnother
YoucancopypropertiesfromonetemplatetoanothertemplatebyusingtheStationTemplatestable.
Tocopypropertiesfromonetemplatetoanothertemplate:
5. IntheStationsTemplatestable,copythesettingsintherowcorrespondingtothestationtemplateyouwanttocopy
fromandpastethemintotherowcorrespondingtothestationtemplateyouwanttomodify.
8.2.1.4.4
ModifyingaFieldinaStationTemplate
Tomodifyafieldinastationtemplate:
4. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheStationTemplatePropertiesdialogueappears.
5. SelecttheTabletab.
6. OntheTabletab,youhavethefollowingoptions:
Add:Ifyouwanttoaddauserdefinedfieldtothestationtemplates,youmusthavealreadyaddedittotheSites
table(forinformationonaddingauserdefinedfieldtoatable,see"AddingaFieldtoanObjectTypesDataTable"
onpage71)forittoappearasanoptioninthestationtemplateproperties.Toaddanewfield:
i.
ClicktheAddbutton.TheFieldDefinitiondialogueappears.
ii. EnteraNameforthenewfield.Thisisthenamethatwillbeusedindatabase.
iii. Ifdesired,youcandefineaGroupthatthiscustomfieldwillbelongto.WhenyouopenanAtolldocument
fromadatabase,youcanthenselectaspecificgroupofcustomfieldstobeloadedfromthedatabase,instead
ofloadingallcustomfields.
iv. InLegend,enterthenameforthefieldthatwillappearintheAtolldocument.
v. ForType,youcanselectfromText,Shortinteger,Longinteger,Single,Double,True/False,Date/Time,and
Currency.Ifyouchoosetext,youcanalsosetthefieldSize(incharacters),andcreateaChoicelist,byentering
thepossibleselectionsdirectlyintheChoicelistwindowandpressingENTERaftereachone.
vi. Enter,ifdesired,aDefaultValueforthenewfield.
vii. ClickOKtoclosetheFieldDefinitiondialogueandsaveyourchanges.
Delete:Todeleteauserdefinedfield:
i.
374
Selecttheuserdefinedfieldyouwanttodelete.
AT320_UM_E0
ii. ClicktheDeletebutton.Theuserdefinedfieldappearsinstrikethrough.Itwillbedefinitivelydeletedwhen
youclosethedialogue.
Properties:Tomodifythepropertiesofauserdefinedfield:
i.
Selecttheuserdefinedfieldyouwanttomodify.
ii. ClickthePropertiesbutton.TheFieldDefinitiondialogueappears.
iii. Modifyanyofthepropertiesasdesired.
iv. ClickOKtoclosetheFieldDefinitiondialogueandsaveyourchanges.
7. ClickOK.
8.2.1.4.5
DeletingaStationTemplate
Todeleteastationtemplate:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheStationTemplatesfolder.
4. IntheStationTemplatesfolder,rightclickthestationtemplateyouwanttodelete.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectDeletefromthecontextmenu.Thetemplateisdeleted.
8.2.1.5 DuplicatinganExistingBaseStation
Youcancreatenewbasestationsbyduplicatinganexistingbasestation.Whenyouduplicateanexistingbasestation,thebase
stationyoucreatewillhavethesametransmitter,subcell,TRXparametervaluesastheoriginalbasestation.Ifnositeexists
whereyouplacetheduplicatedbasestation,Atollwillcreateanewsitewiththesameparametersasthesiteoftheoriginal
basestation.Duplicatingabasestationallowsyouto:
Quicklycreateanewbasestationwiththesamesettingsastheoriginalbasestationinordertostudytheeffectofa
newbasestationonthecoverageandcapacityofthenetwork,and
Quicklycreateahomogeneousnetworkwithstationsthathavethesamecharacteristics.
Toduplicateanexistingbasestation:
3. Rightclickthesiteyouwanttoduplicate.Thecontextmenuappears.
SelectDuplicate>WithoutNeighboursfromthecontextmenu,ifyouwanttoduplicatethebasestationwithout
theintraandintertechnologyneighboursofitstransmitters.
SelectDuplicate>WithNeighboursfromthecontextmenu,ifyouwanttoduplicatethebasestationalongwith
thelistsofintraandintertechnologyneighboursofitstransmitters.
5. Placethenewbasestationonthemapusingthemouse:
Creatingaduplicatebasestationandsite:Inthemapwindow,movethepointeroverthemaptowhereyou
wouldliketoplacetheduplicate.TheexactcoordinatesofthepointerscurrentlocationarevisibleintheStatus
bar(seeFigure8.13).
Figure8.13:Creatingaduplicatebasestationandsite
Placingtheduplicatebasestationonanexistingsite:Inthemapwindow,movethepointerovertheexistingsite
whereyouwouldliketoplacetheduplicate.Whenthepointerisoverthesite,thesiteisautomaticallyselected.
TheexactcoordinatesofthepointerscurrentlocationarevisibleintheStatusbar(seeFigure8.14).
375
Forsk2013
Figure8.14:Placingtheduplicatebasestationonanexistingsite
Toplacethebasestationmoreaccurately,youcanzoominonthemapbeforeyou
select Duplicate from the context menu. For information on using the zooming
tools,see"ChangingtheMapScale"onpage49.
Ifyouletthepointerrestoverthestationyouhaveplaced,Atolldisplaystiptext
6. Clicktoplacetheduplicatebasestation.
Anewbasestationisplacedonthemap.Iftheduplicatebasestationwasplacedonanewsite,thesite,transmitters,
subcells,andTRXsofthenewbasestationhavethesamenamesasthesite,transmitters,subcells,andTRXsofthe
originalbasestationwitheachnamemarkedas"Copyof."Thesite,transmitters,subcells,andTRXsoftheduplicate
basestationhavethesamesettingsasthoseoftheoriginalbasestation.Iftheduplicatebasestationwasplacedon
anexistingsite,thetransmitters,subcells,andTRXsofthenewbasestationhavethesamenamesasthetransmitters,
subcells,andTRXsoftheoriginalbasestationwitheachnameprecededbythenameofthesiteonwhichtheduplicate
wasplaced.
Alltheremoteantennasandrepeatersofanytransmitterontheoriginalsitearealsoduplicated.
Anyduplicatedremoteantennasandrepeaterswillretainthesamedonortransmitteras
theoriginal.Ifyouwanttheduplicatedremoteantennaorrepeatertouseatransmitter
ontheduplicatedbasestation,youmustchangethedonortransmittermanually.
YoucanalsoplaceaseriesofduplicatebasestationsbypressingandholdingCTRLinstep6.andclickingtoplaceeach
duplicatebasestation.
Formoreinformationonthesite,transmitter,subcell,andTRXproperties,see"DefinitionofaBaseStation"onpage357.
Youcancreatebasestationsindividuallyasexplainedin"CreatingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEBaseStation"onpage357,oryoucan
createoneorseveralbasestationsbyusingstationtemplatesasexplainedin"PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate"
onpage369.However,ifyouhavealargedataplanningprojectandyoualreadyhaveexistingdata,youcanimportthisdata
intoyourcurrentAtolldocumentandcreateagroupofbasestations.
page119.
Transmitterstable,andsubcelldataintheSubcellstable,inthatorder.
pastingdatainto.
376
AT320_UM_E0
Forinformationoncopyingandpastingdata,see"CopyingandPastinginTables"onpage77.
dataintheTransmitterstable,andsubcelldataintheSubcellstable,inthatorder.
Design tool (
) on the Radio Planning toolbar. For information, see "Placing a New
StationUsingaStationTemplate"onpage369.
and
).
377
Forsk2013
8.2.5 ModellingPacketswitchedTransmitters
Bydefault,transmittersarenotpacketcapableinAtollGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocuments.Therefore,whenmodellingaGPRS/
EDGEcapablenetwork,itisimportanttocorrectlyconfigureit:
1. Verifythedefinitionoftheexistingcodingschemes(see"OpeningtheCodingSchemesTable"onpage613).
2. Correctlydefinethecodingschemeconfiguration(see"CreatingorModifyingaCodingSchemeConfiguration"on
page614).
3. For each packetcapable transmitter, select the GPRS/EDGE Transmitter check box to identify the transmitter as
GPRS/EDGEcapable(see"TransmitterDescription"onpage358).
4. ChooseconfigurationfromtheCodingSchemeConfigurationlistthatisconsistentwiththetransmittersconfigura
tion, and that is also consistent with other parameters, such as, HCS layers, frequency bands, and cell types. For
example,ifthecelltypeassignedtothetransmitteris"ConcentricCell1800,"itwouldbeillogicaltochoose"GPRS
900"astheconfiguration(see"TransmitterDescription"onpage358).
signalmightbecarriedbydifferenttypesoflinkssuchasradiolinkormicrowavelink.Theserversideretransmitsthereceived
signal.
WhenAtollmodelsGSMrepeaters,themodellingfocusesontheadditionalcoveragethesesystemsprovidetotransmitters
inthedownlink.
"OpeningtheRepeatersTable"onpage378
"CreatingandModifyingRepeaterEquipment"onpage378
"PlacingaRepeaterontheMapUsingtheMouse"onpage379
"CreatingSeveralRepeaters"onpage379
"DefiningthePropertiesofaRepeater"onpage380
"TipsforUpdatingRepeaterParameters"onpage382.
Broadbandrepeatersarenotmodelled.Atollassumesthatallcarriersfromthe3Gdonor
transmitterareamplified.
8.2.6.1 OpeningtheRepeatersTable
RepeatersandtheirdefiningparametersarestoredintheRepeaterstable.
ToopentheRepeaterstable:
3. SelectRepeaters>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheRepeaterstableappears.
8.2.6.2 CreatingandModifyingRepeaterEquipment
Youcandefinerepeaterequipmenttobeassignedtoeachrepeaterinthenetwork.
Tocreaterepeaterequipment:
3. IntheRadioNetworkEquipmentfolder,rightclickRepeaterEquipment.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheRepeaterEquipmenttableappears.
5. EnterthefollowingintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
):
a. EnteraNameandManufacturerforthenewequipment.
b. EnteraNoiseFigure(dB).Therepeatercausesariseinnoiseatthedonortransmitter,sothenoisefigureisused
tocalculatetheULlosstobeaddedtothedonortransmitterULlosses.Thenoisefiguremustbeapositivevalue.
378
AT320_UM_E0
c. EnterminimumandmaximumrepeateramplificationgainsintheMin.GainandMaxGaincolumns.Theseparam
etersenableAtolltoensurethattheuserdefinedamplifiergainisconsistentwiththelimitsoftheequipmentif
thereareany.
d. EnteraGainIncrement.Atollusestheincrementvaluewhenyouincreaseordecreasetherepeateramplifiergain
usingthebuttonstotherightoftheAmplificationbox(
logue.
)ontheGeneraltaboftherepeaterPropertiesdia
e. EnteraMax.DownlinkPower.Thisparameterisusedtoensurethatthedownlinkpowerisnotexceededafter
amplificationbytherepeater.
f. Ifdesired,enteranInternalDelayandComments.Thesefieldsareforinformationonlyandarenotusedincalcu
lations.
Tomodifyrepeaterequipment:
)toexpandtheRadioNetworkEquipmentfolder.
5. Changetheparametersintherowcontainingtherepeaterequipmentyouwanttomodify.
8.2.6.3 PlacingaRepeaterontheMapUsingtheMouse
InAtoll,youcancreatearepeaterandplaceitusingthemouse.Whenyoucreatearepeater,youcanaddittoanexistingsite,
orhaveAtollautomaticallycreateanewsite.Atollsupportscascadingrepeaters,inotherwords,repeatersthatextendthe
coverageofanotherrepeaterorofaremoteantenna.
Tocreatearepeaterandplaceitusingthemouse:
1. Select the donor transmitter, repeater, or remote antenna. You can select it from the Transmitters folder in the
Networkexplorer,ordirectlyonthemap.
2. ClickthearrownexttoNewRepeaterorRemoteAntennabutton(
3. SelectRepeaterfromthemenu.
4. Clickthemaptoplacetherepeater.Therepeaterisplacedonthemap,representedbyasymbol(
)inthesame
colourasthedonortransmitter,repeater,orremoteantenna.Iftherepeaterisinactive,itisdisplayedbyanempty
icon.Bydefault,therepeaterhasthesameazimuthasthedonor.Itstiptextandlabeldisplaythesameinformation
asdisplayedforthedonor.Aswell,itstiptextidentifiestherepeaterandthedonor.Intheexplorerwindow,the
repeaterisfoundintheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorerunderitsdonortransmitter,repeater,orremote
antenna.
For information on defining the properties of the new repeater, see "Defining the Properties of a Repeater" on
page380.
Whenthedonorisatransmitter,youcanseetowhichbasestationtherepeateris
connectedbyclickingit;Atolldisplaysalinktothedonortransmitter.Youcanhide
thelinkbyclickingitagain.
Whenthedonorisarepeateroraremoteantenna,Atolldisplaysaspidertypelink
showingtheentirechaindowntothedonortransmitter.Thesamespidertypelink
isdisplayedwhenyouclickanyoftheitemsbelongingtothechainisclicked(i.e.,
donortransmitter,anyrepeater,oranyremoteantenna).
8.2.6.4 CreatingSeveralRepeaters
InAtoll,thecharacteristicsofeachrepeaterarestoredintheRepeaterstable.Ifyouhavedataintableform,eitherinanother
Atolldocumentorinaspreadsheet,youcancopythisdataandpasteitintotheRepeaterstableinyourcurrentAtolldocu
ment.
TopastetheinformationintotheRepeaterstable:
1. OpentheRepeaterstableasexplainedin"OpeningtheRepeatersTable"onpage378.
2. CopythedatafromthesourcedocumentandpasteitintotheRepeaterstable.
379
Forsk2013
pastingdatainto.
8.2.6.5 DefiningthePropertiesofaRepeater
Todefinethepropertiesofarepeater:
1. Rightclicktherepeatereitherdirectlyonthemap,orintheRepeaterstable(forinformationonopeningtheRepeat
erstable,see"OpeningtheRepeatersTable"onpage378).Thecontextmenuappears.
3. ClicktheGeneraltab.Youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
YoucanchangetheNameoftherepeater.Bydefault,repeatersarenamed"SiteX_Y_RepZ"where"X"isthedonor
sitenumber,"Y"thedonortransmitternumber,and"Z"anumberassignedtotherepeaterwhenitwascreated.
Ifthedonorisaremoteantennaoranotherrepeater,then"RepZ"isprecededby
"RemA_"or"RepB_"where"A"and"B"identifythedonorremoteantennaand
thedonorrepeater.
InMultiRATdocuments,arepeatersnameis"SiteX_T_Y_RepZ"where"T"stands
forthetechnology(eitherGSM,UMTS,orLTE).
YoucanchangetheDonorbyselectingitfromtheDonorlist.TheDonorcanbeatransmitter,aremoteantenna,
oranotherrepeater.ClickingtheBrowsebutton(
)opensthePropertiesdialogueoftheselecteddonor.
YoucanchangetheSiteonwhichtherepeaterislocated.ClickingtheBrowsebutton(
)openstheProperties
dialogueoftheselectedsite.
YoucanenteravalueintheSharedAntenna(coverageside)fieldfortherepeater.Thisfieldisusedtoidentifythe
transmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennasthatarelocatedonthesamesiteoronsiteswiththesameposition
andthatshareanantenna.Theentryinthefieldmustbethesameforallsuchtransmitters,repeaters,andremote
antennas.Whenchangesaremadetothepositionoffset(Dx,Dy),azimuth,antennaheight,ormechanicaltiltof
oneantenna,Atollautomaticallysynchronisesthesamechangestoallothertransmitters,repeaters,andremote
antennasdefinedashavingasharedantenna.
Thisfieldisalsousedfordualbandtransmitterstosynchroniseantennaparametersfor
differentfrequencybands.Formoreinformation,see"AdvancedModellingofMultiBand
Transmitters"onpage618.
UnderAntennaPosition,youcandefinethepositionoftherepeater,ifitisnotlocatedonthesiteitself:
RelativetoSite:SelectRelativetoSite,ifyouwanttodefinethepositionoftherepeaterrelativetothesite
itselfandthenentertheXYoffsets.
Coordinates:SelectCoordinates,ifyouwanttodefinethepositionoftherepeaterbyitsXYcoordinates.
YoucanselectequipmentfromtheEquipmentlist.ClickingtheBrowsebutton(
)opensthePropertiesdia
logueoftheequipment.
YoucanchangetheAmplificationGain.Theamplificationgainisusedinthelinkbudgettoevaluatetherepeater
totalgain.
4. ClicktheDonorSidetab.Youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
UnderDonorRepeaterLink,selectaLinkType.
IfyouselectMicrowaveLink,entertheLinkLossesandproceedtostep5.
IfyouselectAir,selectaPropagationModelandenterthePropagationLossesorclickCalculatetodetermine
theactualpropagationlossesbetweenthedonorandtherepeater.Ifyoudonotselectapropagationmodel,
thepropagationlossesbetweenthedonortransmitterandtherepeaterarecalculatedusingtheITU5265
propagationmodel.
Whenyoucreateanoffairrepeater,itisassumedthatthelinkbetweenthedonortransmitterandtherepeat
erhasthesamefrequencyasthenetwork.
Ifyouwanttocreatearemoteantenna,youmustselectOpticalFibreLink.
380
AT320_UM_E0
IfyouselectedAirunderDonorRepeaterLink,enterthefollowinginformationunderAntenna:
Model:ThetypeofantennaisvisibleintheModellist.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton(
propertiesoftheantenna.
)toaccessthe
thealtitudeofthesiteasgivenbytheDTM.Iftherepeaterissituatedonabuilding,theheightenteredmust
includetheheightofbuilding.
MechanicalAzimuthandMechanicalDowntiltdisplayadditionalantennaparameters.
You can click the Calculate button to update the mechanical azimuth and mechanical
downtilt values after changing the repeater donor side antenna height or the repeater
location.IfyouchooseanothersiteorchangesitecoordinatesintheGeneraltab,click
ApplybeforeclickingtheCalculatebutton.
IfyouselectedAirunderDonorRepeaterLink,enterthefollowinginformationunderFeeders:
i.
SelectaTypeoffeederfromthelist.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton(
feeder.
)toaccessthepropertiesofthe
ii. EntertheLengthofthefeedercableatTransmissionandatReception.
5. ClicktheCoverageSidetab.Youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
SelecttheActivecheckbox.Onlyactiverepeaters(displayedinredintheTransmittersfolderintheNetwork
explorer)arecalculated.
UnderTransmission,entertheavalueforEIRP(EffectiveIsotropicallyRadiatedPower)orclickCalculatetodeter
minetheactualgains.AtollcalculatestheEIRPwiththefollowingformula:
EIRP=Power+GainLosses
Even if the EIRP is a DL parameter, Atoll can extract the corresponding gain from the
knowledgeofthevarioustransmissiongainsandlosses.Thisgainisthenreusedtoevalu
ateULpowerusedinanyULcalculation.
UnderAntennas,youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
button(
Mechanical Azimuth, Mechanical Downtilt, and Additional Electrical Downtilt display additional antenna
parameters.
UnderSecondaryantennas,youcanselectoneormoresecondaryantennasintheAntennacolumnandenter
theirAzimuth,Mechanicaldowntilt,Additionalelectricaldowntilt,and%Power.
TheAdditionalelectricaldowntiltcanbemadeaccessiblethroughanoptioninthe
page69.
UnderFeeders,youcanmodifythefollowinginformation:
i.
feeder.
381
Forsk2013
UnderLosses,AtolldisplaystheLossRelatedtoRepeaterNoiseRise.
6. ClickthePropagationtab.Sincerepeatersaretakenintoaccountduringcalculations,youmustsetthepropagation
parameters.OnthePropagationtab,youcanmodifythefollowing:thePropagationModel,Radius,andResolution
forboththeMainMatrixandtheExtendedMatrix.Bydefault,thepropagationcharacteristicsoftherepeater(model,
calculationradius,andgridresolution)arethesameasthoseofthedonortransmitter.Forinformationonpropagation
models,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
8.2.6.6 TipsforUpdatingRepeaterParameters
Atollprovidesyouwithafewshortcutsthatyoucanusetochangecertainrepeaterparameters:
You can update the calculated azimuth and downtilt of the donorside antennas of all repeaters by selecting
Repeaters>CalculateDonorSideAzimuthsandTiltsfromtheTransmitterscontextmenu.
YoucanupdatetheEIRP(EffectiveIsotropicallyRadiatedPower)ofallrepeatersbyselectingRepeaters>Calculate
EIRPfromtheTransmitterscontextmenu.
YoucanpreventAtollfromupdatingtheEIRPofselectedrepeatersbycreatingacustom
Booleanfieldnamed"FreezeTotalGain"intheRepeaterstableandsettingthevalueofthe
fieldto"True."Afterwards,whenyouselectRepeaters>CalculateEIRPfromtheTrans
mitterscontextmenu,AtollwillonlyupdatetheEIRPforrepeaterswiththecustomfield
"FreezeTotalGain"setto"False."
YoucanupdatethepropagationlossesofalloffairrepeatersbyselectingRepeaters>CalculateDonorSidePropa
gationLossesfromtheTransmitterscontextmenu.
Youcanselectarepeateronthemapandchangeitsazimuth(see"ChangingtheAzimuthoftheAntennaUsingthe
Mouse"onpage42)oritspositionrelativetothesite(see"ChangingtheAntennaPositionRelativetotheSiteUsing
theMouse"onpage42).
cable.Aremoteantennaisconnectedtothebasestationwithanopticalfibre.Remoteantennasallowyoutoensureradio
certaincases,youmightwanttomodelaremoteantennawithequipmentoraremoteantennaconnectedtoabasestation
Repeater"onpage378.
"OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable"onpage382
"PlacingaRemoteAntennaontheMapUsingtheMouse"onpage383
"CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas"onpage383
"DefiningthePropertiesofaRemoteAntenna"onpage383
"TipsforUpdatingRemoteAntennaParameters"onpage385.
8.2.7.1 OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable
TheremoteantennasandtheirdefiningparametersarestoredintheRemoteAntennastable.
ToopentheRemoteAntennastable:
3. SelectRemoteAntennas>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheRemoteAntennastableappears.
382
AT320_UM_E0
8.2.7.2 PlacingaRemoteAntennaontheMapUsingtheMouse
InAtoll,youcancreatearemoteantennaandplaceitusingthemouse.Whenyoucreatearemoteantenna,youcanaddit
toanexistingbasestationwithoutantennas,orhaveAtollautomaticallycreateanewsite.
Tocreatearemoteantennaandplaceitusingthemouse:
1. Selectthedonortransmitter.YoucanselectitfromtheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer,ordirectlyon
themap.
Ensurethattheremoteantennasdonortransmitterdoesnothaveanyantennas.
3. SelectRemoteAntennafromthemenu.
)
4. Clickthemaptoplacetheremoteantenna.Theremoteantennaisplacedonthemap,representedbyasymbol(
inthesamecolourasthedonortransmitter.Iftheremoteantennaisinactive,itisdisplayedbyanemptyicon.By
default,theremoteantennahasthesameazimuthasthedonortransmitter.Itstiptextandlabeldisplaythesame
informationasdisplayedforthedonortransmitter.Aswell,itstiptextidentifiestheremoteantennaandthedonor
transmitter.
Forinformationondefiningthepropertiesofthenewremoteantenna,see"DefiningthePropertiesofaRemote
Antenna"onpage383.
8.2.7.3 CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas
InAtoll,thecharacteristicsofeachremoteantennaarestoredintheRemoteAntennastable.Youcancreateseveralremote
antennasatthesametimebypastingtheinformationintotheRemoteAntennastable.
Ifyouhavedataintableform,eitherinanotherAtolldocumentorinaspreadsheet,youcancopythisdataandpaste
itintotheRemoteAntennastableinyourcurrentAtolldocument.
pastingdatainto.
8.2.7.4 DefiningthePropertiesofaRemoteAntenna
Todefinethepropertiesofaremoteantenna:
1. Rightclicktheremoteantennaeitherdirectlyonthemap,orfromtheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer.
YoucanchangetheNameoftheremoteantenna.Bydefault,remoteantennasarenamed"SiteX_Y_RemZ"where
"X"isthedonorsitenumber,"Y"thedonortransmitternumber,and"Z"anumberassignedtotheremoteantenna
whenitwascreated.
383
Forsk2013
Ifthedonorisarepeateroranotherremoteantenna,then"RemZ"isprecededby
"RepA_"or"RemB_"where"A"and"B"identifythedonorrepeaterandthedonor
remoteantenna.
InMultiRAT documents, a remoteantennas name is"SiteX_T_Y_RemZ" where
"T"standsforthetechnology(eitherGSM,UMTS,orLTE).
YoucanchangetheDonorbyselectingitfromtheDonorlist.TheDonorcanbeatransmitter,anotherremote
antennaorarepeater.ClickingtheBrowsebutton(
YoucanchangetheSiteonwhichtheremoteantennaislocated.ClickingtheBrowsebutton(
)opensthe
Propertiesdialogueoftheselectedsite.
YoucanenteravalueintheSharedAntenna(coverageside)fieldfortheremoteantenna.Thisfieldisusedto
identifythetransmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennaslocatedonthesamesiteoronsiteswiththesameposi
tion.Theentryinthefieldmustbethesameforallsuchtransmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennas.Shared
antennasarelocatedonthesamesiteoronsiteswiththesameposition.Whenchangesaremadetotheposition
offset(Dx,Dy),azimuth,antennaheight,ormechanicaltiltofoneantenna,Atollautomaticallysynchronisesthe
samechangestoallothertransmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennasdefinedashavingasharedantenna.
UnderAntennaPosition,youcandefinethepositionoftheremoteantenna,ifitisnotlocatedonthesiteitself:
RelativetoSite:SelectRelativetoSite,ifyouwanttodefinethepositionoftheremoteantennarelativeto
thesiteitselfandthenentertheXYoffsets.
Coordinates:SelectCoordinates,ifyouwanttodefinethepositionoftheremoteantennabyitsXYcoordi
nates.
Aremoteantennadoesnothaveequipment.
UnderDonorRepeaterLink,selectOpticalFibreLinkandentertheFibreLosses.
SelecttheActivecheckbox.Onlyactiveremoteantennas(displayedinredintheTransmittersfolderintheNet
workexplorer)arecalculated.
UnderTransmission,entertheavalueforEIRP(EffectiveIsotropicallyRadiatedPower)orclickCalculatetodeter
minetheactualgains.AtollcalculatestheEIRPwiththefollowingformula:
EIRP=Power+GainLosses
Even if the EIRP is a DL parameter, Atoll can extract the corresponding gain from the
knowledgeofthevarioustransmissiongainsandlosses.Thisgainisthenreusedtoevalu
ateULpowerusedinanyULcalculation.
mustincludetheheightofbuilding.
button(
384
parameters.
theirAzimuth,MechanicalDowntilt,AdditionalElectricalDowntilt,and%Power.
AT320_UM_E0
page69.
i.
selectedfeeder.
6. ClickthePropagationtab.Sinceremoteantennasaretakenintoaccountduringcalculations,youmustsetpropaga
tionparameters,aswithtransmitters.OnthePropagationtab,youcanmodifythefollowing:thePropagationModel,
Radius,andResolutionforboththeMainMatrixandtheExtendedMatrix.Bydefault,thepropagationcharacteristics
oftheremoteantenna(model,calculationradius,andgridresolution)arethesameasthoseofthedonortransmitter.
Forinformationonpropagationmodels,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
8.2.7.5 TipsforUpdatingRemoteAntennaParameters
Atollprovidesyouwithafewshortcutsthatyoucanusetochangecertainremoteantennaparameters:
You can update the EIRP (Effective Isotropically Radiated Power) of all remote antennas by selecting Remote
Antennas>CalculateEIRPfromtheTransmitterscontextmenu.
YoucanpreventAtollfromupdatingtheEIRPofselectedremoteantennasbycreatinga
customBooleanfieldnamed"FreezeTotalGain"intheRemoteAntennastableandsetting
thevalueofthefieldto"True."Afterwards,whenyouselectRemoteAntennas>Calculate
EIRP from the Transmitters context menu, Atoll will only update the EIRP for remote
antennaswiththecustomfield"FreezeTotalGain"setto"False."
Youcanselectaremoteantennaonthemapandchangeitsazimuth(see"ChangingtheAzimuthoftheAntennaUsing
theMouse"onpage42)oritspositionrelativetothesite(see"ChangingtheAntennaPositionRelativetotheSite
UsingtheMouse"onpage42).
sible.Forexample,acomplexradioplanningprojectmightcoveranentireregionorevenanentirecountry.You,however,
inturnreducesthetimenecessaryforcalculations.Inasmallerproject,thetimesavingsmightnotbesignificant.Ina
theareawhereAtollcalculatespathlossmatrices,coveragepredictions,interferencematrices,etc.,whilethefocus
zoneorhotspotistheareatakenintoconsiderationwhengeneratingreportsandresults.
Forinformationonthecomputationzone,see"CreatingaComputationZone"onpage394.
385
Forsk2013
Beforestudyingasite,youmustassignapropagationmodel.Thepropagationmodeltakestheradioandgeographicdatainto
accountandcomputeslossesalongthetransmitterreceiverpath.Thisallowsyoutopredictthereceivedsignallevelatany
givenpoint.Atollenablesyoutoassignbothamainpropagationmodel,withashorterradiusandahigherresolution,andan
extendedpropagationmodel,withalongerradiusandalowerresolution.Byusingacalculationradius,Atolllimitsthescope
ofcalculationstoadefinedarea.Byusingtwomatrices,Atollallowsyoutocalculatehighresolutionpathlossmatricescloser
tothetransmitter,whilereducingcalculationtimebyusinganextendedmatrixwithalowerresolution.
Atollcancalculatetheoptimisedmainand/orextendedcalculationradii(ofexistingmatrices)basedonuserdefinedmini
mumreceivedsignallevels.Asanconsequence,thestorageofpathlossmatricescandrasticallybereduced.See"Optimising
PathLossMatrixStorage"onpage204formoreinformation.
Youcanassignapropagationmodeltoalltransmittersatonce,toagroupoftransmitters,ortoasingletransmitter.Assigning
apropagationmodelisexplainedin"AssigningaPropagationModel"onpage391.
"StudyingDLSignalLevelCoverage"onpage387.
8.2.9.1 MakingaPointAnalysistoStudytheProfile
InAtoll,youcanmakeapointanalysistostudyreceptionalongaprofilebetweenareferencetransmitterandaGSM/GPRS/
EDGE user. Before studying a site, you must assign a propagation model. The propagation model takes the radio and
geographicdataintoaccountandcomputeslossesalongthetransmitterreceiverpath.Theprofileiscalculatedinrealtime,
usingthepropagationmodel,allowingyoutostudytheprofileandgetapredictiononeachselectedpoint.
Forinformationonassigningapropagationmodel,see"AssigningaPropagationModel"onpage391.
1. Inthemapwindow,selectthetransmitterfromwhichyouwanttomakeapointanalysis.
2. ClickthePointAnalysisTool(
pointerchanges(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbar.ThePointAnalysisToolwindowappearsandthe
)torepresentthereceiver.
3. Alineappearsonthemapconnectingtheselectedtransmitterandthecurrentposition.Youcannowdothefollowing:
Movethereceivertochangethecurrentposition.
Clicktoplacethereceiveratthecurrentposition.Youcanmovethereceiveragainbyclickingitasecondtime.
Rightclickthereceivertochooseoneofthefollowingcommandsfromthecontextmenu:
Coordinates:SelectCoordinatestochangethereceiverpositionbyenteringnewXYcoordinates.
TargetSite:Selectasitefromthelisttoplacethereceiverdirectlyonasite.
4. SelectProfile(
)fromthelistatthetopofthePointAnalysiswindow.
5. TheprofileanalysisappearsintheProfileviewofthePointAnalysisToolwindow.Thealtitude(inmetres)isreported
ontheverticalaxisandthereceivertransmitterdistanceonthehorizontalaxis.AblueellipsoidindicatestheFresnel
zonebetweenthetransmitterandthereceiver,withagreenlineindicatingthelineofsight(LOS).Atolldisplaysthe
angleoftheLOSreadfromtheverticalantennapattern.Alongtheprofile,ifthesignalmeetsanobstacle,thiscauses
attenuationwithdiffractiondisplayedbyaredverticalline(ifthepropagationmodelusedtakesdiffractionmecha
nismsintoaccount).ThemainpeakistheonethatintersectsthemostwiththeFresnelellipsoid.Withsomepropaga
tionmodelsusinga3knifeedgeDeygoutdiffractionmethod,theresultsmightdisplaytwoadditionalattenuations
peaks.Thetotalattenuationisdisplayedabovethemainpeak.
TheresultsoftheanalysisaredisplayedatthetopoftheProfileview:
Thereceivedsignalstrengthoftheselectedtransmitter
Thepropagationmodelused
Theshadowingmarginandtheindoorloss(ifselected)
Thedistancebetweenthetransmitterandthereceiver.
YoucanchangethefollowingoptionsatthetopoftheProfileview:
386
Transmitter:Selectthetransmitterfromthelist.
AT320_UM_E0
Subcell:Selectthesubcelltobeanalysed.
6. AtthetopoftheProfileview,youcanclickoneofthefollowingbuttons:
:ClickthePropertiesbutton(
:ClicktheOptionsbutton(
)todisplaythePropertiesdialogueoftheselectedtransmitter.
)todisplaytheCalculationsOptionsdialogue.Youcanchangethefollowing:
ChangetheXandYcoordinatestochangethepresentpositionofthereceiver.
SelecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenteraCellEdgeCoverageProbability.
SelectSignalLevel,Pathloss,orTotallossesfromtheResultTypelist.
YoucanselecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequency
perclutterclass.
:ClicktheGeographicbutton(
)ifyouwanttoviewthegeographicprofilebetweenthetransmitterand
thereceiver.Atolldisplaystheprofilebetweenthetransmitterandthereceiverwithclutterheights.Anellipsoid
indicatingtheFresnelzoneisalsodisplayed.Atolldoesnotcalculateordisplaysignallevelsandlosses.
:ClicktheLinkBudgetbutton(
)todisplayadialoguewiththelinkbudget.
: Click the Detailed Report button (

) to display a text document with details on the displayed profile
analysis.Detailedreportsareonlyavailableforthestandardpropagationmodel.
:ClicktheCopybutton(
)tocopytheProfileview.YoucanthenpastethecontentsoftheProfileviewas
agraphicintoagraphiceditingorwordprocessingprogramme.
:ClickthePrintbutton(
)toprinttheProfileview.
Figure8.15:PointAnalysisToolProfileview
8.2.9.2 StudyingDLSignalLevelCoverage
Asyouarebuildingyourradioplanningproject,youmightwanttochecktheDLcoverageofanewbasestationwithouthaving
tocalculatetheentireproject.Youcandothisbyselectingthesitewithitstransmittersandthencreatinganewcoverage
prediction.
ThissectionexplainshowtocalculatetheDLsignallevelcoverageofasinglesite.ADLsignallevelcoveragepredictiondisplays
thesignalofthebestserverforeachpixeloftheareastudied.
YoucanusethesameproceduretostudytheDLsignallevelcoverageofseveralsitesby
groupingthetransmitters.Forinformationongroupingtransmitters,see"GroupingData
ObjectsbyaSelectedProperty"onpage88.
TostudytheDLsignallevelcoverageofasinglebasestation:
2. RightclickthetransmitterfolderandselectGroupBy>Sitesfromthecontextmenu.Thetransmittersarenowdis
playedintheTransmittersfolderbythesiteonwhichtheyaresituated.
387
Forsk2013
Ifyouwishtostudyonlysitesbytheirstatus,atthisstepyoucouldgroupthembystatus.
3. Selectthepropagationparameterstobeusedinthecoverageprediction:
a. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTransmittersfolder.
b. Rightclickthegroupoftransmittersyouwanttostudy.Thecontextmenuappears.
c. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.Atableappearswiththepropertiesoftheselectedgroupoftransmit
ters.
d. Inthetable,youcanconfiguretwopropagationmodels:oneforthemainmatrix,withashorterradiusandahigh
erresolution,andanotherfortheextendedmatrix,withalongerradiusandalowerresolution.Bycalculatingtwo
matricesyoucanreducethetimeofcalculationbyusingalowerresolutionfortheextendedmatrixandyoucan
obtainmoreaccurateresultsbyusingpropagationmodelsbestsuitedforeachdistanceforthemainandextended
matrices.
e. IntheMainMatrixcolumn:
f. Ifdesired,intheExtendedMatrixcolumn:
g. Closethetable.
4. Rightclicktheobjecteitherintheexplorerwindoworonthemap.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. IntheTransmittersfolder,rightclickthegroupoftransmittersyouwanttostudyandselectCalculations>Createa
NewPredictionfromthecontextmenu.ThePredictionTypesdialogueappears.
ThePredictionTypesdialogueliststhecoveragepredictionsavailable.TheyaredividedintoStandardPredictions,
suppliedwithAtoll,andCustomisedPredictions.Unlessyouhavealreadycreatedsomecustomisedpredictions,the
CustomisedPredictionslistwillbeempty.
6. SelectCoveragebySignalLevel(DL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
7. YoucanconfigurethefollowingparametersinthePropertiesdialogue:
Generaltab:YoucanchangetheassignedNameofthecoverageprediction,theResolution,andyoucanadda
Comment.Theresolutionyousetisthedisplayresolution,notthecalculationresolution.
Toimprovememoryconsumptionandoptimisethecalculationtimes,youshouldsetthedisplayresolutionsof
coveragepredictionsaccordingtotheprecisionrequired.Thefollowingtableliststhelevelsofprecisionthatare
usuallysufficient:
DisplayResolution
CityCentre
5m
City
20m
County
50m
State
100m
Country
Accordingtothesizeofthe
country
Conditionstab:ThecoveragepredictionparametersontheConditionstaballowyoutodefinetheDLsignalsthat
willbeconsideredforeachpixel(seeFigure8.16).
388
SizeoftheCoveragePrediction
AtthetopoftheConditionstab,youcansettherangeofsignalleveltobeconsidered.Youcanclickthedown
arrowbuttonandselectSubcellCThresholdtousethereceptionthresholdspecifiedforeachsubcell(includ
ingthedefinedpowerreduction)asthelowerendofthesignallevelrangeorGlobalCThresholdtoentera
thresholdtobeusedforallsubcellsasthelowerendofthesignallevelrange.
InFigure8.16,aGlobalCThresholdlessthanorequalto105dBmwillbeconsidered.
UnderServer,select"All"toconsiderallservers.
IfyouselecttheShadowingTakenintoAccountcheckbox,youcanchangetheCellEdgeCoverageProbabil
ity.
AT320_UM_E0
perclutterclass.
YoucanselectwhichTRXtypetoconsiderbyselectingitfromtheReceptionfromSubcellslist.
Figure8.16:Conditionsettingsforasignallevelcoverageprediction
Displaytab:Youcanmodifyhowtheresultsofthecoveragepredictionwillbedisplayed.
UnderDisplayType,select"ValueIntervals."
UnderField,select"Bestsignallevel."Selecting"All"or"Bestsignallevel"ontheConditionstabwillgiveyou
thesameresultsbecauseAtolldisplaystheresultsofthebestserverineithercase.Selecting"Bestsignallevel"
necessitates,however,thelongesttimeforcalculation.
Youcanchangethevalueintervalsandtheirdisplayedcolour.Forinformationonchangingdisplayproperties,
YoucancreatetiptextwithinformationaboutthecoveragepredictionbyclickingtheBrowsebutton(
nexttotheTipTextboxandselectingthefieldsyouwanttodisplayinthetiptext.
YoucanselecttheAddtoLegendcheckboxtoaddthedisplayedvalueintervalstothelegend.
Ifyouchangethedisplaypropertiesofacoveragepredictionafteryouhavecalculatedit,
youmaymakethecoveragepredictioninvalid.Youwillthenhavetorecalculatethecover
agepredictiontoobtainvalidresults.
ResultExporttab:Youcanexporttheresultsperpixelofthecoverageprediction.Forinformation,see"Exporting
theValuesperPixelofaCoveragePrediction"onpage219.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Theprogressofthecalculation,aswellasanyerrormessages,isdisplayedintheEventViewer.
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingthecoverageprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow.Thesignallevel
coveragepredictioncanbefoundinthePredictionsfolderintheNetworkexplorer.Atollautomaticallylockstheresultsofa
coveragepredictionassoonasitiscalculated,asindicatedbytheicon(
folder.WhenyouclicktheCalculatebutton(
)besidethecoveragepredictioninthePredictions
),Atollonlycalculatesunlockedcoveragepredictions(
).
Whenyoumakeacoveragepredictiononagroupofbasestations,Atollcalculatesallbasestationsthatareactive,filtered
(i.e.,thatareselectedbythecurrentfilterparameters),andwhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthe
computationzone.Thecomputationzoneistheareacoveredbytherectangledefinedbythecalculationradius.Whenyou
setthepropagationmodel,youcandefinethecalculationradius.Forinformationonsettingthepropagationmodelanddefin
ingthecalculationradius,see"AssigningaPropagationModel"onpage391.
389
Forsk2013
Figure8.17givesanexampleofacomputationzone.InFigure8.17,thecomputationzoneisdisplayedinred,asitisinthe
Atollmapwindow.Thepropagationzoneofeachactivesiteisindicatedbyabluesquare.Eachpropagationzonethatinter
sectstherectangle(indicatedbythegreendashedline)containingthecomputationzonewillbetakenintoconsideration
whenAtollcalculatesthecoverageprediction.Sites78and95,forexample,arenotinthecomputationzone.However,their
propagationzonesintersecttherectanglecontainingthecomputationzoneand,therefore,theywillbetakenintoconsider
ationinthecoverageprediction.Ontheotherhand,thecoveragezonesofthreeothersitesdonotintersectthegreenrectan
gle.Therefore,theywillnotbetakenintoaccountinthecoverageprediction.
"PathLossMatrices"onpage390
"AssigningaPropagationModel"onpage391
"TheCalculationProcess"onpage393
"CreatingaComputationZone"onpage394
"SettingTransmittersasActive"onpage394
"SignalLevelCoveragePredictions"onpage395
"AnalysingaCoveragePrediction"onpage407
"PrintingandExportingCoveragePredictionResults"onpage416.
8.2.10.1 PathLossMatrices
Pathlossiscausedbythedissipationofelectromagneticenergyduringwavepropagation.Inadditiontodistance,pathlossis
also caused by diffraction, scattering, and reflection in the transmitterreceiver path. Path losses are calculated using
propagation models. In Atoll, path loss matrices are needed for all base stations that are active, filtered, and whose
propagation zone intersects a rectangle containing the computation zone. Path loss matrices must be calculated before
othercalculationscanbemade.Formoreinformationonthestorageandvalidityofpathlossmatrices,see"ManagingPath
390
AT320_UM_E0
LossMatrices"onpage201.
8.2.10.2 AssigningaPropagationModel
InAtoll,youcanassignapropagationmodelgloballytoalltransmitters,toadefinedgroupoftransmitters,orasingletrans
mitter.Aswell,youcanassignadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions.Thispropagationmodelisusedasforall
transmitterswherethemainpropagationmodelselectedis"(Defaultmodel)."
Becauseyoucanassignapropagationmodelinseveraldifferentways,itisimportanttounderstandwhichpropagationmodel
Atollwilluse:
1. Ifyouhaveassignedapropagationmodeltoasingletransmitter,asexplainedin"AssigningaPropagationModelto
OneTransmitter"onpage392,ortoagroupoftransmitters,asexplainedin"AssigningaPropagationModeltoa
GroupofTransmitters"onpage392,thisisthepropagationmodelthatwillbeused.
Thepropagationmodelassignedtoanindividualtransmitterortoagroupoftransmitterswillalwayshaveprecedence
overanyotherassignedpropagationmodel.
2. Ifyouhaveassignedapropagationmodelgloballytoalltransmitters,asexplainedin"AssigningaPropagationModel
toAllTransmitters"onpage391,thisisthepropagationmodelthatwillbeusedforalltransmitters,exceptforthose
towhichyouwillassignapropagationmodeleitherindividuallyoraspartofagroup.
If,afterassigningapropagationmodeltoanindividualtransmitterortoagroupof
transmitters,youassignapropagationmodelglobally,youwilloverridethepropagation
modelsthatyouhadpreviouslyassignedtoindividualtransmittersortoagroupof
transmitters.
3. Ifyouhaveassignedadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions,asdescribedin"AssigningaDefaultProp
agationModelforCoveragePredictions"onpage393,thisisthepropagationmodelthatwillbeusedforalltransmit
terswhosemainpropagationmodelis"(Defaultmodel)."Ifatransmitterhasanyotherpropagationmodelchosenas
themainpropagationmodel,thatisthepropagationmodelthatwillbeused.
Inthissection,thefollowingmethodsofassigningapropagationmodelareexplained:
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoAllTransmitters"onpage391
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoaGroupofTransmitters"onpage392
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoOneTransmitter"onpage392
"AssigningaDefaultPropagationModelforCoveragePredictions"onpage393.
Ifyouaremodellingmultibandtransmitters,youcanassignadifferentpropagationmodel
toeachfrequencyband.Formoreinformation,see"AdvancedModellingofMultiBand
Transmitters"onpage618.
AssigningaPropagationModeltoAllTransmitters
InAtoll,youcanchooseapropagationmodelpertransmitterorglobally.
Todefineamainandextendedpropagationmodelforalltransmitters:
5. UnderMainMatrix:
7. ClickOK.Theselectedpropagationmodelswillbeusedforalltransmitters.
Ifyousetadifferentmainorextendedmatrixonanindividualtransmitterasexplainedin
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoOneTransmitter"onpage392afterhavingassigneda
propagationmodeltoalltransmitters,youwilloverridethisentry.
391
Forsk2013
AssigningaPropagationModeltoaGroupofTransmitters
Atoll,youcanassignthesamepropagationmodeltoseveraltransmittersbyfirstgroupingthembytheircommonparameters
andthenassigningthepropagationmodel.
Todefineamainandextendedpropagationmodelforadefinedgroupoftransmitters:
3. SelectfromtheGroupBysubmenuofthecontextmenuthepropertybywhichyouwanttogroupthetransmitters.
You cangrouptransmittersby severalpropertiesby using theGroup By button onthe
5. Rightclickthegroupoftransmitterstowhichyouwanttoassignamainandextendedpropagationmodel.Thecontext
menuappears.
group.
Foreachtransmitter,youcansetthepropagationmodelparametersinthefollowingcolumns:
MainCalculationRadius(m)
MainResolution(m)
ExtendedCalculationRadius(m)
ExtendedResolution(m)
)inthe
button( )intheTabletoolbar.FormoreinformationonworkingwithtablesinAtoll,see
"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
AssigningaPropagationModeltoOneTransmitter
Ifyouhaveaddedasingletransmitter,youcanassignitapropagationmodel.Youcanalsoassignapropagationmodeltoa
singletransmitterafteryouhaveassignedamainandextendedpropagationmodelgloballyortoagroupoftransmitters.
Whenyouassignamainandextendedpropagationmodeltoasingletransmitter,itoverridesanychangesyouhavepreviously
madeglobally.Thepropagationmodelsettingsapplytoallthesubcellsonthesametransmitter.Forexample,iftheBCCHis
a900MHzsubcell,thesamepropagationmodelisalsoassignedtoaTCH_INNER1800MHzsubcell.Bydefiningamultiband
transmitter,youcanassignpropagationmodelrelatedsettingsthatareoptimisedtothefrequencybandofeachsubcellwhen
morethanonefrequencybandisusedonatransmitter.Formoreinformationonmultibandtransmitters,see"Advanced
ModellingofMultiBandTransmitters"onpage618.
3. Rightclickthetransmittertowhichyouwanttoassignamainandextendedpropagationmodel.Thecontextmenu
appears.
392
AT320_UM_E0
6. UnderMainMatrix:
8. ClickOK.Theselectedpropagationmodelswillbeusedfortheselectedtransmitter.
AssigningaDefaultPropagationModelforCoveragePredictions
Youcanassignadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions.Thispropagationmodelisusedasforalltransmitters
whosemainpropagationmodelis"(Defaultmodel)."
Toassignadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions:
6. EnteraDefaultResolution.Whenyoucreateanewcoverageprediction,thedefaultresolutionisthevalueyouenter
here.
Bymakingthenecessaryentryintheatoll.inifile,ifyouclearthevalueenteredinthe
Resolutionboxwhenyoucreateacoverageprediction,Atollwillcalculatethecoverage
predictionusingthecurrentlydefineddefaultresolution.Thatway,ifyouhavemany
coveragepredictions,youcanchangetheirresolutionbychangingthedefaultresolution
andrecalculatingthecoveragepredictions.Atollwillthencalculatethemusingthe
updatedresolution.Forinformationonchangingentriesintheatoll.inifile,seethe
7. ClickOK.Theselectedpropagationmodelwillbeusedforcoveragepredictionsforalltransmitterswhosemainprop
agationmodelis"(Defaultmodel)."
8.2.10.3 TheCalculationProcess
Whenyoucreateacoveragepredictionandcalculateit,eitherbyclickingtheCalculatebuttononthecoverageprediction
propertiesdialogueorbyclickingtheCalculatebutton(
),Atollfollowsthefollowingprocess:
1. Atollfirstcheckstoseewhetherthepathlossmatricesexistand,ifso,whethertheyarevalid.Theremustbevalid
pathlossmatricesforeachactiveandfilteredtransmitterwhosepropagationradiusintersectstherectanglecontain
ingthecomputationzone.
Forinformationonwhatcanaffectthevalidityofcalculatedpathlossmatrices,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
2. Ifthepathlossmatricesdonotexistorarenotvalid,Atollcalculatesthem.Therehastobeatleastoneunlockedcov
eragepredictioninthePredictionsfolder.IfnotAtollwillnotcalculatethepathlossmatriceswhenyouclicktheCal
culatebutton(
).
3. AtollcalculatesallunlockedcoveragepredictionsinthePredictionsfolder.Atollautomaticallylockstheresultsofa
Predictionsfolder.
YoucanstopanycalculationsinprogressbyclickingtheStopCalculationsbutton
(
)besidethecoveragepredictioninthe
)inthetoolbar.
WhenyouclicktheForceCalculationbutton(
)insteadoftheCalculatebutton,
Atoll calculates all path loss matrices, unlocked coverages, and pending simula
tions.
393
Forsk2013
8.2.10.4 CreatingaComputationZone
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheZonesfolder.
DrawPolygon
i.
DrawRectangle
i.
5. SelectDrawfromthecontextmenu.
6. Drawthecomputationzone:
b. Clickonceonthemaptodefineeachpointonthemapwheretheborderofthezonechangesdirection.
Thecomputationzoneisdelimitedbyaredline.IfyouclearthecomputationzonesvisibilitycheckboxintheZones
folderoftheGeoexplorer,itwillnolongerbedisplayedbutwillstillbetakenintoaccount.
Youcanalsocreateacomputationzoneusingoneofthefollowingmethods:
)andNewRectangle(
Existingpolygon:Youcanuseanyexistingpolygononthemapasacomputationzonebyrightclickingitandselecting
UseAs>ComputationZonefromthecontextmenu.Youcanalsocombineanexistingcomputationzonewithany
existingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheexplorerwindowandselectingAddTo>ComputationZone
fromthecontextmenu.
FitZonetoMapWindow:YoucancreateacomputationzonethesizeofthemapwindowbyselectingFitZoneto
MapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
Onceyouhavecreatedacomputationzone,youcanuseAtollspolygoneditingtoolstoeditit.Formoreinformationonthe
inthefollowingways:
thecomputationzoneintheuserconfiguration,see"SavingaUserConfiguration"
onpage98.
contextmenu.
8.2.10.5 SettingTransmittersasActive
currentfilterparameters),andwhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputationzone.Beforeyou
defineacoverageprediction,youmustensurethatallthetransmittersonthesitesyouwanttostudyhavebeenactivated.In
theexplorerwindow,activetransmittersareindicatedwitharedicon(
)intheTransmittersfolderandwiththedefined
colouronthemapandinactivetransmittersareindicatedwithanemptyicon(
394
)intheTransmittersfolderandonthemap.
AT320_UM_E0
Youcansetanindividualtransmitterasactivefromitscontextmenuoryoucansetseveraltransmittersasactivebyactivating
themfromtheTransmitterscontextmenu,byactivatingthetransmittersfromtheTransmitterstable,orbyselectingthe
transmitterswithazoneandactivatingthemfromthezonescontextmenu.
Tosetanindividualtransmitterasactive:
3. Rightclickthetransmitteryouwanttoactivate.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectActiveTransmitterfromthecontextmenu.Thetransmitterisnowactive.
TosetmorethanonetransmitterasactiveusingtheTransmitterscontextmenu:
2. Selectthetransmittersyouwanttosetasactive:
Tosetalltransmittersasactive,rightclicktheTransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
Tosetagroupoftransmittersasactive,clicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTransmittersfolderandright
clickthegroupoftransmittersyouwanttosetasactive.Thecontextmenuappears.
Forinformationongroupingdataobjects,see"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88.
3. SelectActivateTransmittersfromthecontextmenu.Theselectedtransmittersaresetasactive.
TosetmorethanonetransmitterasactiveusingtheTransmitterstable:
3. SelectOpenTable.TheTransmitterstableappearswitheachtransmittersparametersinasecondrow.
4. Foreachtransmitterthatyouwanttosetasactive,selectthecheckboxintheActivecolumn.
Tosettransmittersasactiveusingazone:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )totheleftofZonesfoldertoexpandthefolder.
3. Rightclickthefolderofthezoneyouwillusetoselectthetransmitters.Thecontextmenuappears.
Ifyoudonotyethaveazonecontainingthetransmittersyouwanttosetasactive,youcan
drawazoneasexplainedin"UsingZonesintheMapWindow"onpage54.
Onceyouhaveensuredthatalltransmittersareactive,youcansetthepropagationmodelparameters.Forinformationon
choosingandconfiguringapropagationmodel,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
Calculatingpathlossmatricescanbeextremelytimeandresourceintensivewhenyouareworkingonlargerprojects.Conse
quently,Atolloffersyouthepossibilityofdistributingpathlosscalculationsonseveralcomputers.YoucaninstalltheAtoll
computingserverapplicationonotherworkstationsoronservers.Oncethecomputingserverapplicationisinstalledona
workstationorserver,thecomputerisavailablefordistributedpathlosscalculationtoothercomputersonthenetwork.For
informationondistributedcalculations,seetheAdministratorManual.
8.2.10.6 SignalLevelCoveragePredictions
Atolloffersaseriesofstandardcoveragepredictionsthatarecommontoallradiotechnologies.Coveragepredictionsspecific
toGSM/GPRS/EDGEarecoveredin"InterferenceCoveragePredictions"onpage550and"PacketSpecificCoveragePredic
tions"onpage562.
Onceyouhavecreatedandcalculatedacoverageprediction,youcanusethecoveragepredictionscontextmenutomake
thecoveragepredictionintoacustomisedpredictionwhichwillappearinthePredictionTypesdialogue.Youcanalsoselect
Duplicatefromthecoveragepredictionscontextmenutocreateacopy.Byduplicatinganexistingpredictionthathasthe
parameters you wanttostudy,you can create a newcoverage prediction more quickly than by creatinga new coverage
prediction.Ifyoucloneacoverageprediction,byselectingClonefromthecontextmenu,youcancreateacopyofthecover
agepredictionwiththecalculatedcoverage.Youcanthenchangethedisplay,providingthattheselectedparameterdoesnot
invalidatethecalculatedcoverageprediction.
395
Forsk2013
Youcanalsosavethelistofalldefinedcoveragepredictionsinauserconfiguration,allowingyouorotheruserstoloaditinto
anewAtolldocument.Whenyousavethelistinauserconfiguration,theparametersofallexistingcoveragepredictionsare
saved;notjusttheparametersofcalculatedordisplayedones.Forinformationonexportinguserconfigurations,see"Saving
aUserConfiguration"onpage98.
Thefollowingstandardcoveragepredictionsareexplainedinthissection:
8.2.10.6.1
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyDLSignalLevel"onpage396
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyULSignalLevel"onpage398
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage400
"MakingaCoveragePredictiononOverlappingZones"onpage405.
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyDLSignalLevel
AcoveragepredictionbyDLsignallevelallowsyoutopredictthebestDLsignalstrengthateachpixel.Youcanbasethecover
ageonthesignallevel,pathloss,ortotallosseswithinadefinedrange.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyDLsignallevel:
4. SelectCoveragebySignalLevel(DL)andclickOK.
whichsitestodisplayintheresults.Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93.TheGroupByand
Sortbuttonsarenotavailablewhenmakingasocalled"global"coverageprediction(e.g.,signallevelcoveragepredic
tion).
6. ClicktheConditionstab(seeFigure8.18).OntheConditionstab,youcandefinethesignalsthatwillbeconsidered
foreachpixel.
arrowbuttonandselectoneofthefollowingthresholds:
396
SubcellCThreshold:tousethereceptionthresholdspecifiedforeachsubcell(includingthedefinedpower
reduction)asthelowerendofthesignallevelrange.
GlobalCThreshold:toenterathresholdtobeusedforallsubcellsasthelowerendofthesignallevelrange.
IfyouselecttheShadowingTakenintoAccountcheckbox,youcanchangetheCellEdgeCoverageProbability.
YoucanselecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyper
clutterclass.
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.18:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyDLsignallevel
Ifyouchoosetodisplaytheresultsbybestsignallevel,thecoveragepredictionresultswillbeintheformofthresh
olds.Ifyouchoosetodisplaytheresultsbysignallevel,thecoveragepredictionresultswillbearrangedaccordingto
transmitter.Forinformationonadjustingthedisplay,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.Selecting"All"
or"Bestsignallevel"ontheConditionstabwillgiveyouthesameresultsbecauseAtolldisplaystheresultsofthebest
serverineithercase.Selecting"Bestsignallevel"necessitates,however,thelongesttimeforcalculation.
8. Click the Result Export tab. You can export the results per pixel of the coverage prediction. For information, see
"ExportingtheValuesperPixelofaCoveragePrediction"onpage219.
later:
Calculatebutton(
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingthecoverageprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow(seeFigure8.19).
Figure8.19:CoveragepredictionbyDLsignallevel
397
Forsk2013
Youcanalsodisplaythebestidlemodereselectioncriterion(C2)byselecting"BestC2"on
theDisplaytab.Thisallowsyoutocomparethecoverageinidlemodewiththecoverage
in dedicated mode. For more information on coverage predictions in idle mode, See
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterBasedontheBestIdleModeReselection
Criterion(C2)"onpage404.
8.2.10.6.2
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyULSignalLevel
AcoveragepredictionbyULsignallevelallowsyoutopredicttheULsignalstrengthatatransmitter,onauserdefinedservice
area,fromauserdefinedterminallocatedoneachpixel.Youcanbasethecoverageonthesignallevelortotallosseswithin
adefinedrange.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyULsignallevel:
4. SelectCoveragebySignalLevel(UL)andclickOK.
tion).
6. ClicktheConditionstab(seeFigure8.20).OntheConditionstab,youcandefinehowthetransmitterserviceareas
willbeevaluated.
7. UnderDLCoverageConditions,youcansettherangeofsignalleveltobeconsideredviathefollowingparameters:
Clickthedownarrowbuttonandselectoneofthefollowingthresholds:
UnderServer,select"All"toconsiderallservers.ThisoptiondefinestheserveratwhichtheULsignalleveliseval
uated.
clutterclass.
SelectwhichterminaltypewillbeconsideredoneachpixelbyselectingitfromtheTerminallist.TheULtrans
mittedpowerisbasedonthemaxpoweroftheselectedterminal,gainsandlosses.TheULsignallevelisthena
resultofthisouputpowerreducedbythepathlosswhichisidenticaltotheoneinDL.
For information on the Terminal Specifications dialogue, see "Modelling GSM/GPRS/EDGE Terminals" on
page624.
398
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.20:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyULsignallevel
transmitter.Forinformationonadjustingthedisplay,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.Selecting"All"
or"Bestsignallevel"ontheConditionstabwillgiveyouthesameresultsbecauseAtolldisplaystheresultsofthebest
serverineithercase.Selecting"Bestsignallevel"necessitates,however,thelongesttimeforcalculation.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure8.21:CoveragepredictionbyULsignallevel
399
Forsk2013
Youcanalsobasethetransmitterserviceareasonthebestidlemodereselectioncriterion
(C2)byselecting"BestC2"ontheDisplaytab.Thisallowsyoutocomparethecoveragein
idlemodewiththecoverageindedicatedmode.Formoreinformationoncoveragepredic
tionsinidlemode,See"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterBasedontheBest
IdleModeReselectionCriterion(C2)"onpage404.
8.2.10.6.3
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter
Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterallowsyoutopredictwhichserveristhebestateachpixel.Youcanbasethecoverage
onthesignallevel,pathloss,ortotallosseswithinadefinedrange.
Thetypeofserveryoubasethecoveragepredictionondeterminethetypeofcoveragepredictionbytransmitteryoumake.
Inthissection,thefollowingscenariosareexplained:
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterBasedontheBestSignalLevel"onpage400
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterBasedontheBestSignalLevelbyHCSLayer"onpage401
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitteronHCSservers"onpage402
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterforHighestPriorityHCSServer"onpage403
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterBasedontheBestIdleModeReselectionCriterion(C2)"onpage404.
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterBasedontheBestSignalLevel
Whenyoubaseacoveragepredictionbytransmitteronthebestsignallevel,Atollwillconsiderthebestsignalleveloneach
pixel.Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonthebestsignallevelismoresuitableforanetworkthatdoesnothave
HCSlayers.IfthenetworkhasHCSlayers,acoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonthebestsignallevelcangivemislead
ingresultsasthebestsignalonanypixelwillusuallybeonamacrolayer,althoughnotalluserswillnecessarilyconnecttoit.
Tomakeacoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonthebestsignallevel:
4. SelectCoveragebyTransmitter(DL)andclickOK.
LocationofCoveragePredictionResults"onpage216.UnderConfiguration,youcancreateaFiltertoselectwhich
sitestodisplayintheresults.YoucanalsodisplaytheresultsgroupedintheNetworkexplorerbyoneormorechar
acteristicsbyclickingtheGroupBybutton,oryoucandisplaytheresultssortedbyclickingtheSortbutton.Forinfor
mation on filtering, see "Filtering Data" on page93; for information on grouping, see "Advanced Grouping" on
page90;forinformationonsorting,see"AdvancedSorting"onpage92.
foreachpixel.
AtthetopoftheConditionstab,youcansettherangeofsignalleveltobeconsidered.Youcanclickthedowarrow
buttonandselectoneofthefollowingthresholds:
400
UnderServer,select"BestSignalLevel"totakethebestsignallevelfromallserversonalllayersintoconsideration
(formoreinformation,see"ComparingServiceAreasinCalculations"onpage601).
EnterahandovermarginintheWithaMargintextbox.Thedefaultvalueis"4dB."
clutterclass.
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.22:Conditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbytransmitter
For a coverage prediction by transmitter, the Display Type "Discrete Values" based on the Field "Transmitter" is
selectedbydefault.Eachcoveragezonewillthenbedisplayedwiththesamecolourasthatdefinedforeachtransmit
ter.Forinformationondefiningtransmittercolours,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
Whencreatingacoveragepredictionbydiscretevalues,youcannotexportthevaluesper
pixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Youcanalsopredictwhichserverissecondbestserveroneachpixelbyselecting"Second
Best Signal Level" on the Conditions tab and selecting "Discrete Values" as the Display
Typeand"Transmitter"astheFieldontheDisplaytab.
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterBasedontheBestSignalLevelbyHCSLayer
WhenyoubaseacoveragepredictionbytransmitteronthebestsignallevelbyHCSlayer,Atollwillconsiderthebestsignal
levelbyHCSlayeroneachpixel.GroupingtheresultsbyHCSlayerwillallowyoutoquicklyselectwhichHCSlayerisdisplayed.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonthebestsignallevelperHCSlayer:
401
Forsk2013
UnderDisplayconfigurationontheGeneraltab,clicktheGroupBybutton.TheGroupdialogueappears.
Select"HCSLayers"intheAvailableFieldslistandclick
ClickOKtoclosetheGroupdialogue.
tomoveittotheGroupthesefieldsinthisorderlist.
foreachpixel.
UnderServer,select"BestSignalLevelperHCSLayer"totakethebestsignallevelfromallserversoneachHCS
layerintoconsideration(formoreinformation,see"ComparingServiceAreasinCalculations"onpage601).
clutterclass.
pixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingthecoverageprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow.Youcanselectwhich
HCSlayertodisplaybyclickingtheExpandbutton( )toexpandthecoveragepredictioninthePredictionsfolderandthe
selectingonlythevisibilitycheckboxoftheHCSlayeryouwanttodisplay.
You can also predict which server is second best server per HCS layer on each pixel by
selecting"Second BestSignalLevel per HCS Layer" on theConditionstabandselecting
"DiscreteValues"astheDisplayTypeand"Transmitter"astheFieldontheDisplaytab.
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitteronHCSservers
WhenyoubaseacoveragepredictionbytransmitteronHCSservers,AtollwillconsiderthebestsignallevelbyHCSlayeron
eachpixel,assumingthecelledgeofeachlayerisdefinedbytheHCSthreshold.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbytransmitteronHCSservers:
402
AT320_UM_E0
foreachpixel.
UnderServer,select"HCSservers"totakethebestsignallevelbyHCSlayeroneachpixelintoconsideration,
assumingthissignalleveloneachlayerexceedstheminimumHCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevel
or specifically for each transmitter (for more information, see "Comparing Service Areas in Calculations" on
page601).
EnteraHOmarginintheWithaMargintextbox.Thedefaultvalueis"4dB."
clutterclass.
pixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterforHighestPriorityHCSServer
WhenyoubaseacoveragepredictionbytransmitterforhighestpriorityHCSservers,Atollwillconsiderthebestsignallevel
ofthehighestpriorityoneachpixel,assumingpriorityisacombinationofthepriorityfieldandtheminimumthresholdper
HCSlayer.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbytransmitterforhighestpriorityHCSservers:
403
Forsk2013
foreachpixel.
UnderServer,select"HighestpriorityHCSserver"totakethebestsignallevelofalltheseversonthehighestpri
orityHCSlayerintoconsideration,assumingthepriorityofthelayerisdefinedbyitspriorityfieldanditssignal
levelexceedstheminimumHCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevelorspecificallyforeachtransmitter
(formoreinformation,see"ComparingServiceAreasinCalculations"onpage601).
clutterclass.
pixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterBasedontheBestIdleModeReselectionCriterion(C2)
WhenyoubaseacoveragepredictionbytransmitteronthebestC2,Atollwillconsiderthebestsignallevelinidlemode.Such
typeofcoveragecanbeused:
tocompareidleanddedicatedmodebestserversforvoicetraffic
todisplaytheGPRS/EDGEbestserver(basedontheGSMidlemode)
ThepathlosscriterionC1usedforcellselectionandreselectionisdefinedby:
C1=BCCHReceptionlevelBCCHReceptionThreshold
Thepathlosscriterion(GSM03.22)issatisfiedifC1>0.ThereselectioncriterionC2isusedforcellreselectiononlyandis
definedby:
C2=C1+CellReselectOffset
Tomakeacoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonthebestsignallevel:
404
AT320_UM_E0
foreachpixel.
GlobalCThreshold:toenterathresholdtobeusedforallBCCHsubcellsasthelowerendofthesignallevel
range.
UnderServer,select"BestIdleModeReselectionCriterion(C2)"toconsiderthebestC2fromallservers.
clutterclass.
Figure8.23:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonBestC2
selectedbydefault.Eachcoveragezonewillbedisplayedwiththesamecolourasthatdefinedforeachtransmitter.
Forinformationondefiningtransmittercolours,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
pixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
8.2.10.6.4
MakingaCoveragePredictiononOverlappingZones
Overlappingzones(dl)arecomposedofpixelsthatare,foradefinedcondition,coveredbythesignalofatleasttwotransmit
ters.Youcanbaseacoveragepredictionofoverlappingzonesonthesignallevel,pathloss,ortotallosseswithinadefined
range.
405
Forsk2013
Tomakeacoveragepredictiononoverlappingzones:
4. SelectOverlappingzones(dl)andclickOK.
tion).
foreachpixel.
assumingthesignalleveloneachlayerexceedstheminimumHCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevel
page601).
EnteraHOmarginintheWithaMargintextbox.Thedefaultvalueis"4dB."
clutterclass.
Figure8.24:Conditionsettingsforacoveragepredictiononoverlappingzones
Foracoveragepredictiononoverlappingzones,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"basedontheField"Numberof
servers"isselectedbydefault.Eachoverlappingzonewillthenbedisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothenumber
ofserversreceivedperpixel.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"on
page43.
406
AT320_UM_E0
later:
Calculatebutton(
By changing the parameters selected on the Conditions tab and by selecting different
resultstobedisplayedontheDisplaytab,youcancalculateanddisplayinformationother
thanthatwhichhasbeenexplainedintheprecedingsections.
8.2.10.7 AnalysingaCoveragePrediction
Onceyouhavecompletedacoverageprediction,youcananalysetheresultswiththetoolsthatAtollprovides.
TheresultsaredisplayedgraphicallyinthemapwindowaccordingtothesettingsyoumadeontheDisplaytabwhenyou
createdthecoverageprediction(step7.of"StudyingDLSignalLevelCoverage"onpage387).Ifseveralcoveragepredictions
arevisibleonthemap,itmightbedifficulttoclearlyseetheresultsofthecoveragepredictionyouwishtoanalyse.Youcan
selectwhichpredictionstodisplayortohidebyselectingorclearingthedisplaycheckbox.Forinformationonmanagingthe
display,see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38.
Inthissection,thefollowingtoolsareexplained:
8.2.10.7.1
"DisplayingtheLegendWindow"onpage407
"DisplayingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingtheTipText"onpage407
"UsingthePointAnalysisReceptionView"onpage408
"CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage408
"DisplayingaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage409
"ViewingCoveragePredictionStatistics"onpage411
"ComparingCoveragePredictions:Examples"onpage412.
DisplayingtheLegendWindow
Whenyoucreateacoverageprediction,youcanaddthedisplayedvaluesofthecoveragepredictiontoalegendbyselecting
theAddtoLegendcheckboxontheDisplaytab.
8.2.10.7.2
SelectView>LegendWindow.TheLegendwindowisdisplayed,withthevaluesforeachdisplayedcoveragepredic
tionidentifiedbythenameofthecoverageprediction.
DisplayingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingtheTipText
Youcangetinformationbyplacingthepointeroveranareaofthecoveragepredictiontoreadtheinformationdisplayedin
thetiptext.TheinformationdisplayedisdefinedbythesettingsyoumadeontheDisplaytabwhenyoucreatedthecoverage
prediction(step7.of"StudyingDLSignalLevelCoverage"onpage387).
Togetcoveragepredictionresultsintheformoftiptext:
Inthemapwindow,placethepointerovertheareaofthecoveragepredictionthatyouwantmoreinformationon.
Afterabriefpause,thetiptextappearswiththeinformationdefinedintheDisplaytabofthecoverageprediction
properties(seeFigure8.25).
Figure8.25:Displayingcoveragepredictionresultsusingtiptext
407
8.2.10.7.3
Forsk2013
UsingthePointAnalysisReceptionView
Onceyouhavecalculatedthecoverageprediction,youcanusethePointAnalysistool.
pointerchanges(
2. SelectReception(
)fromthelistatthetopofthePointAnalysiswindow.(seeFigure8.26).
ThepredictedsignallevelfromdifferenttransmittersisreportedintheReceptionviewintheformofabarchart,from
thehighestpredictedsignallevelonthetoptothelowestoneonthebottom.Eachbarisdisplayedinthecolourof
thetransmitteritrepresents.Inthemapwindow,arrowsfromthepointertoeachtransmitteraredisplayedinthe
colourofthetransmitterstheyrepresent.Thebestserverofthepointeristhetransmitterfromwhichthepointer
receivesthehighestsignallevel.Ifyouletthepointerrest,thesignallevelreceivedfromthecorrespondingtransmit
teratthepointerlocationisdisplayedinthetiptext.
AtthetopoftheReceptionview,youcanselecttheSubcellandtheHCSLayertobeanalysed.Ifyouselectnothing
fromtheHCSLayerlist,thesignalsfromallHCSlayerswillbestudied.
Figure8.26:PointAnalysiswindowReceptionview
3. AtthetopoftheReceptionview,youcanclickoneofthefollowingbuttons:
perclutterclass.
)tocopytheReceptionview.YoucanthenpastethecontentsoftheReception
viewasagraphicintoagraphiceditingorwordprocessingprogramme.
)toprinttheReceptionview.
YoucanalsoselecttheResultswindow(
)togetmoreinformation.TheResultswindowdisplaysthecurrentpositionand
heightofthereceiver,theclutterclassitissituatedon,andforeachtransmitteritsBCCHsignallevel,theBCCHC/I,themost
interferedmobilestationallocation(TRX,MALorMALMAIOdependingonthehoppingmode)anditscorrespondingC/I.
8.2.10.7.4
CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport
Thefocusandhotspotsdefineanareaonwhichstatisticscanbedrawnandonwhichreportsaremade.Whileyoucanonly
haveonefocuszone,youcandefineseveralhotspotsinadditiontothefocuszone.Focusandhotspotsaretakenintoaccount
whetherornottheyarevisible.
Itisimportantnottoconfusethecomputationzoneandthefocusandhotspots.Thecomputationzonedefinesthearea
whereAtollcalculatespathlossmatrices,coveragepredictions,etc.,whilethefocusandhotspotsaretheareastakeninto
considerationwhengeneratingreportsandresults.Whenyoucreateacoveragepredictionreport,itgivestheresultsforthe
focuszoneandforeachofthedefinedhotspots.
Todefineafocuszoneorhotspot:
408
AT320_UM_E0
DrawPolygon
i.
direction.
DrawRectangle
i.
checkboxintheZonesfolderoftheGeoexplorer,itwillnolongerbedisplayedbutwillstillbetakenintoaccount.
Youcanalsocreateafocusorhotspotasfollows:
)andNewRectangle(
Existingpolygon:Youcanuseanyexistingpolygononthemapasafocusorhotspotbyrightclickingitandselecting
UseAs>FocusZoneorUseAs>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.Youcanalsocombineanexistingfocuszoneorhot
spotwithanyexistingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheexplorerwindowandselectingAddTo>Hot
SpotorAddTo>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.
area,youcanimportitanduseitasafocusorhotspot.YoucanimportitbyrightclickingtheFocusZoneorHotSpots
folderintheGeoexplorerandselectingImportfromthecontextmenu.Whenyouimporthotspots,youcanimport
thenamegiventoeachzoneaswell.
FitZonetoMapWindow:YoucancreateafocusorhotspotthesizeofthemapwindowbyselectingFitZonetoMap
Windowfromthecontextmenu.
Onceyouhavecreatedafocusorhotspot,youcanuseAtollspolygoneditingtoolstoeditit.Formoreinformationonthe
Youcansavethefocuszoneorhotspots,sothatyoucanuseitinadifferentAtolldocu
focuszoneintheuserconfiguration,see"SavingaUserConfiguration"onpage98.
Youcanincludepopulationstatisticsinthefocusorhotspotbyimportingapopulation
map.Forinformationonimportingmaps,see"ImportingaRasterformatGeoDataFile"
onpage136.
8.2.10.7.5
DisplayingaCoveragePredictionReport
Atollcangenerateareportforanycoveragepredictionwhosedisplaycheckboxisselected( ).Thereportdisplaysthe
coveredsurfaceandpercentageforeachthresholdvaluedefinedintheDisplaytabofthecoveragepredictionsProperties
dialogue.
Thecoveragepredictionreportisdisplayedinatable.Forinformationonworkingwithtables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"
onpage69.Bydefault,thereporttableonlydisplaysthenameandcoverageareacolumns.Youcaneditthetabletoselect
whichcolumnstodisplayortohide.Forinformationondisplayingandhidingcolumns,see"DisplayingorHidingaColumn"
onpage74.
Atollbasesthereportontheareacoveredbythefocuszoneandhotspots;ifnofocuszoneisdefined,Atollwillusethe
computationzone.However,byusingafocuszoneforthereport,youcancreateareportforaspecificnumberofsites,
insteadofcreatingareportforeverysitethathasbeencalculated.
Thefocuszoneorhotspotmustbedefinedbeforeyoudisplayareport;itisnotnecessarytodefineitbeforecalculatingcover
age.Thefocuszoneorhotspotdoesnot,however,needtobevisible;evenifitisnotdisplayed,Atollwilltakeitintoaccount
whengeneratingthereport.Forinformationondefiningafocuszoneorhotspot,see"CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotfor
aCoveragePredictionReport"onpage408.
Onceyouhavegeneratedareport,youcanexportittoatextfileortoanExcelspreadsheet.Formoreinformationonexport
ingacoveragepredictionreport,see"ExportingaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage411.
Atollcangenerateareportforasingleprediction,orforalldisplayedpredictions.
409
Forsk2013
Todisplayareportonasinglecoverageprediction:
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionforwhichyouwanttogenerateareport.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectGenerateReportfromthecontextmenu.TheColumnstoBeDisplayeddialogueappears.
5. Definetheformatandcontentofthereport:
Youcanselectthecolumnsthatwillbedisplayedinthereportanddefinetheordertheyarein:
a. Selectthecheckboxforeachcolumnyouwanttohavedisplayed.
b. Definetheorderofthecolumnsbyselectingeachcolumnyouwanttomoveandclicking
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
Youcanloadaconfigurationthatyouhavesavedpreviouslyandapplyittothecurrentreport:
a. UnderConfiguration,clicktheLoadbutton.TheOpendialogueappears.
b. SelecttheconfigurationyouwanttoloadandclickOpen.Theloadedreportconfigurationisapplied.
Youcansavethecurrentreportformatinaconfiguration:
a. UnderConfiguration,clicktheSavebutton.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
b. IntheSaveAsdialogue,browsetothefolderwhereyouwanttosavetheconfigurationandenteraFilename.
6. Whenyouhavefinisheddefiningtheformatandcontentofthereport,clickOKintheColumnstoBeDisplayeddia
logue.Thecoveragepredictionreporttableappears.Thereportisbasedonthehotspotsandonthefocuszoneif
availableoronthehotspotsandcomputationzoneifthereisnofocuszone.
Todisplayareportonallcoveragepredictions:
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
logue.Thecoveragepredictionreporttableappears.Thereportshowsalldisplayedcoveragepredictionsinthesame
orderasinthePredictionsfolder.Thereportisbasedonthefocuszoneifavailableoronthecalculationzoneifthere
isnofocuszone.
Youcanincludepopulationstatisticsinthefocuszoneorhotspotsbyimportingapopulationmap.Forinformationonimport
ingmaps,see"ImportingaRasterformatGeoDataFile"onpage136.Normally,Atolltakesallgeodataintoconsideration,
whetheritisdisplayedornot.However,forthepopulationstatisticstobeusedinareport,thepopulationmaphastobe
displayed.
Toincludepopulationstatisticsinthefocuszoneorhotspots:
1. Ensure that the population geo data is visible. For information on displaying geo data, see "Displaying or Hiding
ObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38.
2. Displaythereportasexplainedabove.
3. SelectFormat>DisplayColumns.TheColumnstoBeDisplayeddialogueappears.
410
AT320_UM_E0
4. Selectthefollowingcolumns,where"Population"isthenameofthefolderintheGeoexplorercontainingthepopu
lationmap:
"Population"(Population):Thenumberofinhabitantscovered.
"Population"(%Population):Thepercentageofinhabitantscovered.
"Population"(Population[total]:Thetotalnumberofinhabitantsinsidethezone.
Atollsavesthenamesofthecolumnsyouselectandwillautomaticallyselectthemthenexttimeyoucreateacover
agepredictionreport.
5. ClickOK.
Ifyouhavecreatedacustomdatamapwithintegrabledata,thedatacanbeusedinpredictionreports.Thedatawillbe
summedoverthecoverageareaforeachiteminthereport(forexample,bytransmitterorthreshold).Thedatacanbevalue
data(revenue,numberofcustomers,etc.)ordensitydata(revenue/km,numberofcustomer/km,etc.).Dataisconsidered
asnonintegrableifthedatagivenisperpixelorpolygonandcannotbesummedoverareas,forexample,sociodemographic
classes,rainzones,etc.Forinformationonintegrabledataincustomdatamaps,see"IntegrableVersusNonIntegrableData"
onpage153.
8.2.10.7.6
ExportingaCoveragePredictionReport
Onceyouhavegeneratedacoveragepredictionreportasexplainedin"DisplayingaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage409,
youcanexportittoatextfileortoaspreadsheet.
Toexportacoveragepredictionreport:
1. RightclickthereportandselectExportfromthecontextmenuorclicktheExportbutton(
TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
)intheTabletoolbar.
2. IntheSaveAsdialogue,entertheFilenameandselecttheformatfromtheSaveastypelist:
TXT:Tosavethereportasatextfile.
CSV:Tosavethereportasacommaseparatedvaluesfile.
XLS:TosavethereportasanExcelspreadsheet.
XMLSpreadsheet2003:TosavethereportasanXMLspreadsheet.
3. ClickSavetoexportthecoveragepredictionreport.
8.2.10.7.7
ViewingCoveragePredictionStatistics
Atollcandisplaystatisticsforanycoveragepredictionwhosedisplaycheckboxisselected( ).Bydefault,Atolldisplaysa
histogramusingthecoveragepredictioncolours,intervalsteps,andshadingasdefinedontheDisplaytabofthecoverage
predictionsPropertiesdialogue.Youcanalsodisplayacumulativedistributionfunction(CDF)oraninverseCDF(1CDF).For
aCDForaninverseCDF,theresultingvaluesarecombinedandshownalongacurve.Youcanalsodisplaythehistogramor
theCDFsaspercentagesofthecoveredarea.
displayingstatisticsforeverysitethathasbeencalculated.Hotspotsarenottakenintoconsiderationwhendisplayingstatis
tics.
Thefocuszonemustbedefinedbeforeyoudisplaystatistics;itisnotnecessarytodefineitbeforecalculatingcoverage.For
informationondefiningafocuszone,see"CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage408.
Todisplaythestatisticsonacoverageprediction:
3. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionwhosestatisticsyouwanttodisplay.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectHistogramfromthecontextmenu.TheStatisticsdialogueappearswithahistogramoftheareadefinedbythe
focuszone(seeFigure8.30).
UnderHistogrambasedoncoveredareas,youcanselecttoviewahistogram,CDF,orinverseCDFbasedonarea
orpercentage.
TheZoomonselectedvaluessectiondisplaysthecoveredareavalues,orthepercentageofthecoveredarea,
alongtheyaxisagainstthecoveragecriterionalongthexaxis.Youcanzoominonvaluesbyclickinganddragging
intheZoomonselectedvalueslist.Atollwillzoominontheselectedvalues.
YoucancopythegraphbyclickingtheCopybutton.
YoucanprintthegraphbyclickingthePrintbutton.
UnderStatisticsbasedonpredictionconditions,youcanviewthemeanandstandarddeviationofthecoverage
criterioncalculatedduringthecoveragecalculations,ifavailable.
411
Forsk2013
Figure8.27:Histogramofacoveragepredictionbysignallevel
8.2.10.7.8
ComparingCoveragePredictions:Examples
Atollallowsyoutocomparetwosimilarpredictionstoseethedifferencesbetweenthem.Thisenablesyoutoquicklyseehow
changesyoumakeaffectthenetwork.
Inthissection,therearetwoexamplestoexplainhowyoucancomparetwosimilarpredictions.Youcandisplaytheresults
ofthecomparisoninoneofthefollowingways:
Intersection:Thisdisplayshowstheareawherebothpredictioncoveragesoverlap(forexample,pixelscoveredby
bothpredictionsaredisplayedinred).
Union:Thisdisplayshowsallpixelscoveredbybothcoveragepredictionsinonecolourandpixelscoveredbyonlyone
coveragepredictioninadifferentcolour(forexample,pixelscoveredbybothpredictionsareredandpixelscovered
byonlyonepredictionareblue).
Difference:Thisdisplayshowsallpixelscoveredbybothcoveragepredictionsinonecolour,pixelscoveredbyonly
the first prediction with another colour and pixels covered only by the second prediction with a third colour (for
example,pixelscoveredbybothpredictionsarered,pixelscoveredonlybythefirstpredictionaregreen,andpixels
coveredonlybythesecondpredictionareblue).
Tocomparetwosimilarcoveragepredictions:
1. Createandcalculateacoveragepredictionoftheexistingnetwork.
2. Examinethecoveragepredictiontoseewherecoveragecanbeimproved.
3. Makethechangestothenetworktoimprovecoverage.
4. Duplicatetheoriginalcoverageprediction(inordertoleavethefirstcoveragepredictionunchanged).
5. Calculatetheduplicatedcoverageprediction.
6. Comparetheoriginalcoveragepredictionwiththenewcoverageprediction.Atolldisplaysdifferencesincoverage
betweenthem.
Inthissection,thefollowingexamplesareexplained:
"Example1:StudyingtheEffectofaNewBaseStation"onpage412
"Example2:StudyingtheEffectofaChangeinTransmitterTilt"onpage414.
Example1:StudyingtheEffectofaNewBaseStation
Ifyouhaveanareainanetworkthatispoorlycoveredbycurrenttransmitters,youhaveseveraloptionsforincreasingcover
age.Inthisexample,youcanverifyifanewlyaddedbasestationimprovescoverage.
412
AT320_UM_E0
Asignallevelcoveragepredictionofthecurrentnetworkismadeasdescribedin"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyDLSignal
Level"onpage396.TheresultsaredisplayedinFigure8.28.Anareawithpoorcoverageisvisibleontherightsideofthe
figure.
Figure8.28:Signallevelcoveragepredictionofexistingnetwork
Anewbasestationisadded,eitherbycreatingthesiteandaddingthetransmitters,asexplainedin"CreatingaGSM/GPRS/
EDGEBaseStation"onpage357,orbyplacingastationtemplate,asexplainedin"PlacingaNewStationUsingaStation
Template"onpage369.Oncethenewsitebasestationbeenadded,theoriginalcoveragepredictioncanberecalculated,but
thenitwillbeimpossibletocomparethetwopredictions.Instead,theoriginalsignallevelcoveragepredictioncanbecopied
byselectingDuplicatefromitscontextmenu.Thecopyisthencalculatedtoshowtheeffectofthenewsite(seeFigure8.29).
Figure8.29:Signallevelcoveragepredictionofnetworkwithnewbasestation
Nowyoucancomparethetwopredictions.
Tocomparetwopredictions:
1. Rightclickoneofthetwopredictions.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. Fromthecontextmenu,selectComparewithand,fromthemenuthatopens,selectthecoveragepredictionyouwant
tocomparewiththefirst.TheComparisonPropertiesdialogueappears.
3. ClicktheGeneraltab.YoucanchangetheNameofthecomparisonandaddComments.
TheGeneraltabcontainsinformationaboutthecoveragepredictionsbeingcompared,includingtheirnameandreso
lution.
413
Forsk2013
4. ClicktheDisplaytab.OntheDisplaytab,youcanchoosehowyouwanttheresultsofthecomparisontobedisplayed.
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
Inordertoseewhatchangesaddinganewbasestationmade,youshouldchooseDifference.
5. ClickOKtocreatethecomparison.ThecomparisoninFigure8.30,showsclearlytheareacoveredonlybythenew
basestation.
Figure8.30:Comparisonofbothsignallevelcoveragepredictions
Example2:StudyingtheEffectofaChangeinTransmitterTilt
age.Inthisexample,youcanseehowmodifyingtransmittertiltcanimprovecoverage.
Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterofthecurrentnetworkismadeasdescribedin"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTrans
mitter"onpage400.TheresultsaredisplayedinFigure8.31.Thecoveragepredictionshowsthatonetransmitteriscovering
itsareapoorly.TheareaisindicatedbyaredovalinFigure8.31.
Figure8.31:Coveragepredictionbytransmitterofexistingnetwork
Youcantrymodifyingthetiltonthetransmittertoimprovethecoverage.Thepropertiesofthetransmittercanbeaccessed
byrightclickingthetransmitterinthemapwindowandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.Themechanicalandelec
tricaltiltoftheantennaaredefinedontheTransmittertabofthePropertiesdialogue.
414
AT320_UM_E0
Oncethetiltoftheantennahasbeenmodified,theoriginalcoveragepredictioncanberecalculated,butthenitwillbeimpos
sibletocomparethetwopredictions.Instead,theoriginalcoveragepredictionbycanbecopiedbyselectingDuplicatefrom
itscontextmenu.Thecopyisthencalculatedtoshowhowmodifyingtheantennatilthasaffectedcoverage(seeFigure8.32).
Figure8.32:Coveragepredictionbytransmitterofnetworkaftermodifications
Asyoucansee,modifyingtheantennatiltincreasedthecoverageofthetransmitter.However,toseeexactlythechangein
propagation,youcancomparethetwopredictions.
lution.
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
In order to see what changes modifying the antenna tilt made, you can choose Union. This will display all pixels
covered by both predictions in one colour and all pixels covered by only one predictions in another colour. The
increaseincoverage,seeninonlythesecondcoverageprediction,willbeimmediatelyclear.
5. ClickOKtocreatethecomparison.ThecomparisoninFigure8.33,showsclearlytheincreaseincoverageduetothe
changeinantennatilt.
415
Forsk2013
Figure8.33:Comparisonofbothtransmittercoveragepredictions
8.2.10.8 PrintingandExportingCoveragePredictionResults
Onceyouhavemadeacoverageprediction,youcanprinttheresultsdisplayedonthemaporsavetheminanexternalformat.
Youcanalsoexportaselectedareaofthecoverageasabitmap.
Printingcoveragepredictionresults:Atolloffersseveraloptionsallowingyoutocustomiseandoptimisetheprinted
coveragepredictionresults.Atollsupportsprintingtoavarietyofpapersizes,includingA4andA0.Formoreinforma
tiononprintingcoveragepredictionresults,see"PrintingaMap"onpage83.
Definingageographicexportzone:Ifyouwanttoexportpartofthecoveragepredictionasabitmap,youcandefine
ageographicexportzone.Afteryouhavedefinedageographicexportzone,whenyouexportacoverageprediction
asarasterimage,Atolloffersyoutheoptionofexportingonlytheareacoveredbythezone.Formoreinformationon
definingageographicexportzone,see"UsingaGeographicExportZone"onpage59.
Exportingcoveragepredictionresults:InAtoll,youcanexportthecoverageareasofacoveragepredictioninraster
orvectorformats.Inrasterformats,youcanexportinBMP,TIF,JPEG2000,ArcViewgrid,orVerticalMapper(GRD
andGRC)formats.WhenexportinginGRDorGRCformats,Atollallowsyoutoexportfileslargerthan2GB.Invector
formats,youcanexportinArcView,MapInfo,orAGDformats.Formoreinformationonexportingcoveragepre
dictionresults,see"ExportingCoveragePredictionResults"onpage67.
Youcansetneighboursforeachtransmittermanually,oryoucanletAtollautomaticallyallocateneighbours,basedonthe
parametersthatyoudefine.Whenallocatingneighbours,thetransmittertowhichyouareallocatingneighboursisreferred
toasthereferencetransmitter.Thetransmittersthatfulfiltherequirementstobeneighboursarereferredtoaspotential
neighbours.Whenallocatingneighboursautomaticallytoallactiveandfilteredtransmitters,Atollallocatesneighboursonly
tothetransmitterswithinthefocuszoneandconsidersaspotentialneighboursalltheactiveandfilteredcellswhosepropa
gationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputationzone.Ifthereisnofocuszone,Atollallocatesneighboursonly
tothetransmitterswithinthecomputationzone.
selected.
neighbourstobasestationsortransmittersasyouaddthem.Youcanautomaticallyallocateneighbourstoallthetransmitters
inthedocument,oryoucandefineagroupoftransmitterseitherbyusingafocuszoneorbygroupingtransmittersinthe
explorerwindowandautomaticallyallocateneighbourstothedefinedgroup.Forinformationoncreatingafocuszone,see
"CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage408.Forinformationongroupingtransmitters
intheexplorerwindow,see"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88.
AtollsupportsthefollowingneighbourtypesinaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork:
Intratechnologyneighbours:IntratechnologyneighboursaretransmittersdefinedasneighboursthatalsouseGSM/
GPRS/EDGE.
Intertechnologyneighbours:Intertechnologyneighboursaretransmittersdefinedasneighboursthatuseatech
nologyotherthanGSM/GPRS/EDGE.
416
AT320_UM_E0
"DefiningExceptionalPairs"onpage417
"ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours"onpage417
"AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically"onpage418
"CheckingAutomaticAllocationResults"onpage421
"AllocatingandDeletingNeighboursperTransmitter"onpage424
"CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingNeighbours"onpage427
"CheckingtheConsistencyoftheNeighbourPlan"onpage428
"ExportingNeighbours"onpage429.
YoucanimportneighbourdataintheformofASCIItextfiles(inTXTandCSVformats)intothecurrentAtolldocumentusing
theNeighbourstable.
b. RightclicktheTransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
c. SelectNeighbours>Intratechnology>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourstableappears.
8.2.11.2 DefiningExceptionalPairs
InAtoll,youcandefineneighbourconstraintsthatcanbetakenintoconsiderationduringtheautomaticallocationofneigh
bours.Exceptionalpairscanbetakenintoconsiderationwhenyoumanuallyallocateneighbours.
Todefineexceptionalpairsofneighbours:
3. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheTransmitterstableappears.
4. Rightclickthetransmitterforwhichyouwanttodefineneighbourconstraints.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThetransmittersPropertiesdialogueappears.
6. ClicktheIntratechnologyNeighbourstab.
7. UnderExceptionalPairs,createanewexceptionalpairintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
):
a. ClicktheEditbuttononthebottomrightofthedialogue.Theexceptionpairslistcannowbeedited.
b. SelectthetransmitterfromthelistintheNeighbourscolumn.
c. IntheStatuscolumn,selectoneofthefollowing:
Forced:Theselectedcellwillalwaysbeaneighbourofthereferencecell.
Forbidden:Theselectedcellwillneverbeaneighbourofthereferencecell.
8. Clickelsewhereinthetablewhenyouhavefinishedcreatingthenewexceptionalpair.
9. ClickOK.
You can also create exceptional pairs using the Exceptional Pairs of IntraTechnology
Neighbourstable.Youcanopenthis tablebyrightclickingtheTransmittersfolderand
selectingNeighbours>IntraTechnology>ExceptionalPairs.
8.2.11.3 ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours
Toconfiguretheimportancefactorsforneighbours:
Iftheprojectisasingletechnologydocument:
b. SelectNeighbours>Intratechnology>ConfigureImportancefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourImpor
tanceWeightingdialogueappears.
417
Forsk2013
IftheprojectisamultiRATdocument:
a. RightclicktheGSMTransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
b. SelectNeighbours>GSM>ConfigureImportancefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourImportanceWeighting
dialogueappears.
2. OntheIntraTechnologyNeighbourstab,youcansetthefollowingimportancefactors:
DistanceFactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofapossibleneighbourtransmitterbeinglocated
withinthemaximumdistancefromthereferencetransmitter.
sons.
AdjacencyFactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofapossibleneighbourtransmitterbeingadjacent
tothereferencetransmitter.TheAdjacencyFactorwillbeusedinautomaticneighbourallocationifyouselectthe
ForceIntraHCSAdjacentsasNeighboursand/orForceInterHCSAdjacentsasNeighbourscheckboxesinthe
AutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogue.Forinformationonautomaticneighbourallocation,see"Allocating
NeighboursAutomatically"onpage418.
thesamesiteasreferencetransmitter.TheCositeFactorwillbeusedinautomaticneighbourallocationifyou
selecttheForceCositeTransmittersasNeighbourscheckboxintheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogue.
Forinformationonautomaticallyallocatingneighbours,see"AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically"onpage418.
3. ClickOK.
8.2.11.4 AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically
AtollcanautomaticallyallocateintratechnologyneighboursinaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork.Atollallocatesneighboursbased
ontheparametersyousetintheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogue.
ToautomaticallyallocateintracarrierGSM/GPRS/EDGEneighbours:
3. Select Neighbours> Intratechnology> Automatic Allocation from the context menu. The Automatic Neighbour
Allocationdialogueappears.
4. OntheIntratechnologyNeighbourstab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
MaxIntersiteDistance:Setthemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencetransmitterandapossibleneighbour.
Maxno.ofNeighbours:Setthemaximumnumberofintracarrierneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoatrans
mitter.Thisvaluecanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheTransmitters
table,inwhichcasethevalueintheTransmitterstableisused.
a. CleartheUseCoverageConditionscheckboxtobasetheimportanceevaluationonadistancecriterion,or
erencetransmitter.
ClickDefinetoopentheCoverageConditionsdialogueandchangethecoverageconditionsinwhichyouwantto
automaticallyallocateintratechnologyneighbours:
418
Resolution:Youcanentertheresolutionusedtocalculatethecoverageareasoftransmittersforautomatic
neighbourallocation.
MinBCCHSignalLevel:EntertheminimumsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellAandpossi
bleneighbourcellB.
HandoverStart:Enterthesignallevelwhichindicatesthebeginningofthehandovermargin.Thehandover
startmustbeoutsideofthebestserverareaofthereferencetransmitter(seeFigure8.34).
HandoverEnd:Enterthesignallevelwhichindicatestheendofthehandovermargin.Thehandoverendmust
exceedthevalueenteredfortheHandoverStart.ThehigherthevalueenteredfortheHandoverEnd,the
longerthelistofpotentialneighbours(seeFigure8.34).TheareabetweentheHandoverStartandtheHand
overEndconstitutestheareainwhichAtollwillsearchforneighbours.
ShadowingTakenintoAccount:Ifdesired,selectthischeckboxandenteraCellEdgeCoverageProbability.
IndoorCoverage:Selectthischeckboxifyouwanttouseindoorlossesinthecalculations.Indoorlossesare
AT320_UM_E0
Minimum signal level
Handover end
Handover start
candidateB
referenceA
Best server area of
referenceA
Best server area

of candidateB
SA SB
Figure8.34:Thehandoverareabetweenthereferencetransmitterandthepotentialcandidate
DefinewhetherAtollselectspotentialcandidatesbywhosehandoverzonesharedwiththereferencetransmitter
hasthegreatestsurfaceareaorthegreatestcircuittraffic.Todothat,selectwhichoptiontoTakeIntoAccount:
CoveredArea:Ifyouselectthisoption,Atollwillselectthepotentialcandidateswhosehandoverzoneshared
withthereferencetransmitterhasthegreatestsurfacearea.
Covered Traffic: If you select this option, Atoll will select the potential candidates whose handover zone
sharedwiththereferencetransmittercoversthemostcircuittraffic(Erlangs).Atollconsidersthetrafficmaps
usedforthedefaulttrafficanalysistocalculatethecoveredtraffic.
%MinCoveredArea:Enter,inpercentage,theamountofcoveredareaorcoveredtrafficofthereference
transmitterscoveragethatanothertransmittermustcovertobeconsideredasapotentialcandidate.The
%Min.CoveredAreaisthepercentageoftheareadescribedby S A S B inFigure8.34.
6. Selectthedesiredcalculationparameters:
ForceCositeTransmittersasNeighbours:Selectthischeckboxifyouwanttransmitterslocatedonthesamesite
asthereferencecelltobeautomaticallyconsideredasneighbours.
ForceIntraHCSAdjacentsasNeighbours:Selectthischeckboxtoautomaticallyconsiderasneighboursthetrans
mittersthathaveintraHCSadjacencywiththereferencetransmitter.Atransmitterisconsideredadjacentifthere
isatleastonepixelinthereferencetransmitterscoverageareawherethepossibleneighbourtransmitterisbest
serverorsecondbestserver(respectingthehandovermargin).
ForceInterHCSAdjacentsasNeighbours:Selectthischeckboxtoautomaticallyconsiderasneighboursthetrans
mittersthathaveinterHCSadjacencywiththereferencetransmitter.Atransmitterisconsideredadjacentifthere
isatleastonepixelinthereferencetransmitterscoverageareawherethepossibleneighbourtransmitterisbest
serverorsecondbestserver(respectingthehandovermargin).
ForceNeighbourSymmetry:Selectthischeckboxifyouwantneighbourrelationstobereciprocal.Inotherwords,
areferencetransmitterwillbeapossibleneighbourtoallofthetransmittersthatareitsneighbours.Iftheneigh
bourlistofanytransmitterisfull,thereferencetransmitterwillnotbeaddedasaneighbourandthattransmitter
willberemovedfromthelistofneighboursofthereferencetransmitter.
ForceExceptionalPairs:Selectthischeckboxifyouwanttobeabletoforceorforbidneighbourrelationsdefined
intheExceptionalPairstable.Forinformationonexceptionalpairs,see"DefiningExceptionalPairs"onpage417.
DeleteExistingNeighbours:SelectthischeckboxifyouwantAtolltodeleteallcurrentneighbourswhenallo
catingneighbours.Ifyoudonotselectthischeckbox,Atollwillnotdeleteanyexistingneighbourswhenautomat
icallyallocatingneighbours;itwillonlyaddnewneighbourstothelist.
7. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofallocatingintratechnologyneighbours.Atollfirstcheckstoseewhether
thepathlossmatricesarevalidbeforeallocatingneighbours.Ifthepathlossmatricesarenotvalid,Atollrecalculates
them.
Transmitter:Thenameofthereferencetransmitter.
Number:Thetotalnumberofneighboursallocatedtothereferencetransmitter.
MaximumNumber:Themaximumnumberofneighboursthatthereferencetransmittercanhave.
Neighbour:Thetransmitterthatwillbeallocatedasaneighbourtothereferencetransmitter.
Importance(%):Theimportanceascalculatedwiththeparametersdefinedinthepreviousstep.Neighboursare
rankedfromthemosttotheleastimportant.
419
Cause:ThereasonAtollhasallocatedthepossibleneighbourtransmitter(identifiedintheNeighbourcolumn)to
thereferencetransmitter(identifiedintheTransmittercolumn):
Forsk2013
CoSite
Adjacent(intraHCSadjacency)
AdjacentLayer(interHCSadjacency)
Symmetric
Coverage
Existing
Coverage:Theamountofreferencetransmitterscoverageareathattheneighbouroverlaps,inpercentageand
insquarekilometres.
Adjacency(intraHCSadjacency):Theareaofthereferencetransmitter,inpercentageandinsquarekilometres,
wheretheneighbourtransmitterisbestserverorsecondbestserver.
8. SelecttheCommitcheckboxforeachneighbouryouwanttoassigntoatransmitter.YoucanusemanyofAtollstable
shortcuts,suchasfilteringandsorting.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"
onpage69.
AtthispointyoucancomparetheautomaticallocationresultsproposedbyAtollwiththecurrentneighbourlist(exist
ingneighbours)inyourdocument.
Tocomparetheproposedandexistingneighbourlists:
port.txt,whichappearsattheendofthecomparison.Thisfilelists:
Thedocumentnameandtheneighbourallocationtype,
resultscomparedtotheexistingneighbourrelations)andthelistoftheserelations,
9. ClickCommit.AlltheneighbourswhoseCommitcheckboxisselectedareassignedtothereferencetransmitters.
NeighboursarelistedintheIntraTechnologyNeighbourstabofeachtransmittersPropertiesdialogue.
Aforbiddenneighbourwillnotbelistedasaneighbourunlesstheneighbourrela
tionalreadyexistsandtheDeleteexistingneighbourscheckboxisclearedwhen
you start the new allocation. In this case, Atoll displays a warning in the Event
Viewerindicatingthattheconstraintontheforbiddenneighbourwillbeignored
bythealgorithmbecausetheneighbouralreadyexists.
WhentheoptionsForceexceptionalpairsandForcesymmetryareselected,Atoll
considerstheconstraintsbetweenexceptionalpairsinbothdirectionsinorderto
respectsymmetry.Ontheotherhand,iftheneighbourrelationisforcedinone
directionandforbiddenintheotherone,symmetrycannotberespected.Inthis
case,AtolldisplaysawarningintheEventViewer.
Youcansaveautomaticneighbourallocationparametersinauserconfiguration.
For information on saving automatic neighbour allocation parameters in a user
configuration,see"SavingaUserConfiguration"onpage98.
Atollalsoenablesyoutoautomaticallyallocateneighbourstoasinglebasestationortransmitter:
8.2.11.4.1
"AllocatingNeighbourstoaNewBaseStation"onpage420
"AllocatingNeighbourstoaNewTransmitter"onpage421.
AllocatingNeighbourstoaNewBaseStation
Whenyoucreateanewbasestation,youcanletAtollallocateneighbourstoitautomatically.Atollconsidersthetransmitters
ofthenewbasestationandothertransmitterswhosecoverageareaintersectswiththecoverageareaofthetransmittersof
thenewbasestation.
Toallocateneighbourstoanewbasestation:
1. IntheNetworkexplorer,groupthetransmittersbysite,asexplainedin"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88.
2. IntheTransmittersfolder,rightclickthenewbasestation.Thecontextmenuappears.
420
AT320_UM_E0
4. Define the automatic neighbour allocation parameters as described in "Allocating Neighbours Automatically" on
page418.
8.2.11.4.2
AllocatingNeighbourstoaNewTransmitter
Whenyouaddanewtransmitter,youcanletAtollallocateneighbourstoitautomatically.Atollconsidersthetransmitterand
othertransmitterswhosecoverageareaintersectswiththecoverageareaofthenewtransmitter.
Toallocateneighbourstoanewtransmitter:
2. IntheTransmittersfolder,rightclickthenewtransmitter.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectAllocateNeighboursfromthecontextmenu.TheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogueappears.
page418.
8.2.11.5 CheckingAutomaticAllocationResults
Youcanverifytheresultsofautomaticneighbourallocationinthefollowingways:
8.2.11.5.1
"DisplayingNeighbourRelationsontheMap"onpage421
"DisplayingtheCoverageofEachNeighbourofaTransmitter"onpage423.
DisplayingNeighbourRelationsontheMap
Youcanviewneighbourrelationsdirectlyonthemap.Atollcandisplaythemandindicatethedirectionoftheneighbourrela
tion(inotherwords,Atollindicateswhichisthereferencetransmitterandwhichistheneighbour)andwhethertheneighbour
relationissymmetric.
Todisplaytheneighbourrelationsofatransmitteronthemap:
appears.
2. SelectDisplayOptions fromthecontextmenu.TheEditRelationsontheMap dialogueappears.

3. UnderIntratechnologyNeighbours,selecttheDisplayLinkscheckbox.
)besidetheDisplayLinkscheckbox.
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplayTypeifyouwantAtolltocolourallneighbourlinksofatransmitterwitha
uniquecolour.
tocolourthetransmittersneighbourlinksaccordingtoavaluefromtheIntratechnologyNeighbourstable,or
accordingtotheneighbourcelltype,theneighbourHCSlayer,ortheneighbourfrequencyband.
ValueIntervals:Select"ValueIntervals"tocolourthetransmittersneighbourlinksaccordingthevalueintervalof
thevalueselectedfromtheFieldlist.Forexample,youcanchoosetodisplayatransmittersneighboursaccording
totheirrank,intermsofautomaticallocation,oraccordingtotheimportance,asdeterminedbytheweighting
factors.
Youcandisplaythenumberofhandoffattemptsforeachtransmitterneighbourpairby
firstcreatinganewfieldofType"Integer"intheIntraTechnologyNeighbourtablefor
7. SelecttheAddtoLegendcheckboxtoaddthedisplayedneighbourlinkstothelegend.
Thisinformationwillbedisplayedoneachneighbourlink.
9. ClickOKtosaveyoursettings.
421
Forsk2013
10. UnderAdvanced,selectwhichneighbourlinkstodisplay:
OutwardsNonSymmetric:SelecttheOutwardsNonSymmetriccheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationswhere
theselectedtransmitteristhereferencetransmitterandwheretheneighbourrelationisnotsymmetric.
InwardsNonSymmetric:SelecttheInwardsNonSymmetriccheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationswherethe
selectedtransmitterisneighbourandwheretheneighbourrelationisnotsymmetric.
SymmetricLinks:SelecttheSymmetricLinkscheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationsthataresymmetricbetween
theselectedcellandtheneighbour.
appears.
13. SelectNeighboursfromthemenu.Theneighboursofacellwillbedisplayedwhenyouselectatransmitter.
transmitterneighbourrelation(seeFigure8.35).TheselectedtransmitterisalsodisplayedintheTransmitters
Figure8.35:SelectingatransmittersintheNeighbourstable
Atolldisplaysthefollowinginformation(seeFigure8.36)ontheselectedtransmitter:
Thesymmetricneighbourrelationsoftheselected(reference)transmitterareindicatedbyaline.
The outward neighbour relations are indicated by a line with an arrow pointing to the neighbour (e.g., see
Site1_2(0)inFigure8.36.).
Theinwardneighbourrelationsareindicatedbyalinewithanarrowpointingtotheselectedtransmitter(e.g.,
seeSite9_3(0)inFigure8.36.).
In Figure8.36, neighbour links are displayed according to the neighbour. Therefore, the symmetric and outward
neighbourlinkshavethesamecolourofthecorrespondingneighbourtransmittersandtheinwardneighbourlinkhas
thesamecolourasthereferencetransmitterbecauseitisaneighbourofSite9_3(0).
422
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.36:NeighboursofSite22
InFigure8.37,neighbourlinksaredisplayedaccordingtotheneighbourfrequencyband.Youcanview900900and
9001800neighbourlinks.Here,allneighbourrelationsaresymmetric.
Figure8.37:900900and9001800NeighboursofSite22_3(0)
Youcanusethesameproceduretodisplayeitherforcedneighboursorforbiddenneigh
boursbyclickingthearrow( )nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
)inthe
RadioPlanningtoolbarandselectingeitherForcedNeighboursorForbiddenNeighbours.
8.2.11.5.2
DisplayingtheCoverageofEachNeighbourofaTransmitter
ageareasofatransmittersneighboursandcolourthemaccordingtoanyneighbourcharacteristicavailableintheNeighbours
table.
Todisplaythecoverageofeachneighbourofatransmitter:
1. Create, calculate, and display a "Coverage by transmitter (DL)" prediction, with the Display Type set to "Discrete
Values" and the Field set to Transmitter (for information on creating a coverage by transmitter prediction, see
appears.

4. UnderIntratechnologyNeighbours,selecttheDisplayCoverageAreascheckbox.
423
Forsk2013
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplayTypeifyouwantAtolltocolourthecoverageareasofatransmitters
neighbourswithauniquecolour.
tocolourthecoverageareasofatransmittersneighboursaccordingtoavaluefromtheIntratechnologyNeigh
bourstable.
ValueIntervals:Select"ValueIntervals"tocolourthecoverageareasofatransmittersneighboursaccordingthe
valueintervalofthevalueselectedfromtheFieldlist.Forexample,youcanchoosetodisplayatransmitters
neighboursaccordingtotheirrank,intermsofautomaticallocation,oraccordingtotheimportance,asdeter
minedbytheweightingfactors.
appears.
10. SelectNeighboursfromthemenu.Theneighboursofatransmitterwillbedisplayedwhenyouselectatransmitter.
12. Clickatransmitteronthemaptodisplaythecoverageofeachneighbour.Whenthereismorethanonetransmitter
withthesameazimuthonthesite,clickingthetransmitterinthemapwindowopensacontextmenuallowingyouto
selectthetransmitteryouwant(see"SelectingOneofSeveralTransmitters"onpage41).
)inthe
8.2.11.6 AllocatingandDeletingNeighboursperTransmitter
AlthoughyoucanletAtollallocateneighboursautomatically,youcanadjusttheoverallallocationofneighboursbyallocating
ordeletingneighbours per cell. You can allocate ordelete neighboursdirectlyonthemap orusingtheIntraTechnology
NeighbourstaboftheTransmitterPropertiesdialogue.
"Allocating or Deleting Neighbours Using the IntraTechnology Neighbours Tab of the Transmitter Properties Dia
logue"onpage424
"AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheNeighboursTable"onpage425
"AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursontheMap"onpage426.
AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheIntraTechnologyNeighboursTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue
ToallocateordeleteGSM/GPRS/EDGEneighboursusingtheIntraTechnologyNeighbourstabofthetransmittersProperties
dialogue:
1. Onthemap,rightclickthetransmitterwhoseneighboursyouwanttochange.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. ClicktheIntraTechnologyNeighbourstab.
4. Ifdesired,youcanenterthemaximumnumberofneighboursintheMaxNumberofNeighbourstextbox.
5. Toallocateanewneighbour:
a. ClicktheEditbuttononthebottomrightofthedialogue.Theneighbourlistcannowbeedited.
b. UnderList,selectthetransmitterfromthelistintheNeighbourcolumnintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon
(
).
c. Clickelsewhereinthetabletocompletecreatingthenewneighbour.
Whenthenewneighbouriscreated,Atollautomaticallycalculatesthedistancebetweenthereferencecelland
theneighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumn,setstheSourceto"manual,"andsetstheImportanceto"1."
6. Tocreateasymmetricneighbourrelation:
b. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowcontainingtheneighbourtoselecttheentirerow.
c. RightclicktheneighbourintheNeighbourcolumn.Thecontextmenuappears.
d. SelectSymmetrisefromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthetransmitterin
theNeighbourcolumnandthetransmitterintheTransmittercolumn.
424
AT320_UM_E0
7. Todeleteasymmetricneighbourrelation:
d. SelectDeleteLinkandSymmetricRelationfromthecontextmenu.Thesymmetricneighbourrelationbetween
thetransmitterintheNeighbourcolumnandthetransmitterintheTransmittercolumnisdeleted.
8. Todeleteaneighbour:
c. PressDELtodeletetheneighbour.
9. ClickOK.
AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheNeighboursTable
ToallocateordeleteGSM/GPRS/EDGEneighboursusingtheNeighbourstable:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappear.
3. SelectNeighbours>Intratechnology>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourstableappears.
Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
4. Toallocateaneighbour:
a. IntherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
),selectareferencetransmitterintheTransmittercolumn.
b. SelecttheneighbourintheNeighbourcolumn.
c. Clickelsewhereinthetabletocreatethenewneighbourandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
a. RightclicktheneighbourintheNeighbourcolumn.Thecontextmenuappears.
b. SelectSymmetrisefromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthetransmitterin
theNeighbourcolumnandthetransmitterintheTransmittercolumn.
6. Tomakeseveralneighbourrelationssymmetric:
a. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowscontainingtheneighbourstoselecttheentirerows.Youcanselectcon
tiguousrowsbyclickingthefirstrow,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastrow.Youcanselectnoncontiguousrows
bypressingCTRLandclickingeachrowseparately.
b. RightclicktheNeighbourstable.Thecontextmenuappears.
c. SelectSymmetrisefromthecontextmenu.
7. Totakeallexceptionalpairsintoconsideration:
a. RightclicktheNeighbourstable.Thecontextmenuappears.
b. SelectForceExceptionalPairsfromthecontextmenu.
Youcanaddordeletesomeforcedneighboursorsomeforbiddenneighboursusingthe
ExceptionalPairsofIntraTechnologyNeighbourstable.Youcanopenthistable,select
the exceptional pairs, rightclick the table and select Force Exceptional Pairs from the
contextmenu.
8. Todeleteasymmetricneighbourrelation:
a. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowcontainingtheneighbourtoselecttheentirerow.
425
Forsk2013
c. SelectDeleteLinkandSymmetricRelationfromthecontextmenu.Thesymmetricneighbourrelationbetween
thetransmitterintheNeighbourcolumnandthetransmitterintheTransmittercolumnisdeleted.
9. Todeleteseveralsymmetricneighbourrelations:
a. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowscontainingtheneighbourstoselecttheentirerows.Youcanselectcon
bypressingCTRLandclickingeachrowsseparately.
c. SelectDeleteLinkandSymmetricRelationfromthecontextmenu.
10. Todeleteaneighbour:
b. PressDELtodeletetheneighbour.
AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursontheMap
Youcanallocateordeleteintratechnologyneighboursdirectlyonthemapusingthemouse.
Toaddorremoveintratechnologyneighboursusingthemouse,youmustactivatethedisplayofintratechnologyneighbours
onthemapasexplainedin"DisplayingNeighbourRelationsontheMap"onpage421.
theintratechnologyneighbourslist.
2. PressSHIFTandclickthetransmitteryouwanttoremovefromthelistofneighbours.Atollremovesbothtransmitters
fromtheintratechnologyneighbours.
Toaddanoutwardneighbourrelation:
mittertotheintratechnologyneighbourlistofthereferencetransmitter.
Toremoveanoutwardneighbourrelation:
transmitterfromtheintratechnologyneighbourslistofthereferencetransmitter.
Toaddaninwardneighbourrelation:
Atollconvertsthesymmetricrelationtoaninwardnonsymmetricintertechnologyneighbourrelation.
betweenthetwotransmitters,andthenpressCTRLandclicktheothertransmitter.Atollconvertsthesymmetric
relationtoaninwardsnonsymmetricintertechnologyneighbourrelation.
fromtheintratechnologyneighbourslistofthereferencetransmitter.
Whenthereismorethanonetransmitterwiththesameazimuthonasite,clicking
thetransmitterinthemapwindowopensacontextmenuallowingyoutoselect
thetransmitteryouwant(see"SelectingOneofSeveralTransmitters"onpage41).
Youcanaddordeleteeitherforcedneighboursorforbiddenneighboursbyclicking
thearrow( )nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
)intheRadio
Planning toolbar and selecting either Forced Neighbours or Forbidden Neigh
bours.
426
AT320_UM_E0
8.2.11.7 CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingNeighbours
AfteryouhaveimportedneighboursintothecurrentAtolldocumentormanuallydefinedneighbours,Atollcancalculatethe
importanceofeachneighbour,i.e.,theweightofeachneighbour.ThisweightisusedbytheAFP.Ifyouhaveonlypartial
importancevalues,youcanuseAtollinordertocompletethispartialinformation.
Atollcalculatestheimportanceforneighboursofactiveandfilteredtransmitterswithinthefocuszone.
Tocalculatetheimportanceofexistingneighbours:
3. SelectNeighbours>Intratechnology>CalculateImportancefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourImportance
Evaluationdialogueappears.
4. UnderImportance:
a. EntertheMaxintersitedistance.Sitesoutsidethedefinedmaximumintersitedistancewillnotbeconsideredas
potentialneighbours.
b. Selectthefactorstobetakenintoconsiderationwhencalculatingtheimportance(forinformationondefiningim
portancefactors,see"ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours"onpage417):
Takeintoaccountthecositefactor:Selectthischeckboxtoverifythatneighboursarelocatedonthesame
siteastheirreferencecellwhencalculatingimportance.
TakeIntoAccountIntraHCSAdjacency:SelectthischeckboxtoverifythatintraHCSneighboursareadjacent
totheirreferencetransmitterswhencalculatingimportance.
TakeIntoAccountInterHCSAdjacency:SelectthischeckboxtoverifythatinterHCSneighboursareadjacent
totheirreferencetransmitterswhencalculatingimportance.
a. CleartheUseCoverageConditionscheckboxtobasetheneighbourallocationonadistancecriterionandskipthe
followingstep,or
erencecells.
ClickDefinetoopentheCoverageConditionsdialogueandchangethefollowingparameters:
Resolution:Youcanentertheresolutionusedtocalculatethecoverageareasofcellsfortheautomaticneigh
bourallocation.
MinBCCHSignalLevel:Entertheminimumsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbythereferencetransmitter
andtheneighbour.
HandoverStart:Enterthesignallevelwhichindicatesthebeginningofthehandovermargin.Thehandover
startmustbeoutsideofthebestserverareaofthereferencetransmitter(seeFigure8.34).
HandoverEnd:Enterthesignallevelwhichindicatestheendofthehandovermargin.Thehandoverendmust
exceedthevalueenteredfortheHandoverStart(seeFigure8.34).ThehigherthevalueenteredfortheHand
overEnd,thelongerthelistofpotentialneighbours(seeFigure8.34).TheareabetweentheHandoverStart
andtheHandoverEndconstitutestheareainwhichAtollwillsearchforneighbours.
ShadowingTakenintoAccount:Ifdesired,selecttheShadowingTakenintoAccountcheckboxandentera
CellEdgeCoverageProbability.
Indoorcoverage:Ifdesired,selecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesare
SelectwhetherAtolldefinestheimportanceofneighboursbythesizeofthehandoverzonesharedwiththeref
erencetransmitterorbytheamountofcircuittraffic.Todothat,selectwhichoptiontoTakeIntoAccount:
CoveredArea:Ifselected,Atolldefinesimportanceaccordingtothesizeofthehandoverzonesharedwith
thereferencetransmitter
CoveredTraffic:Ifselected,Atolldefinesimportanceaccordingtotheamountofcircuittraffic(inErlangs).
clickingFilter,youcandefineadvancedfilteringconditionstorestricttheneighbourstobe
calculated.
427
Forsk2013
Transmitter:Thenameofthereferencetransmitter.
Cause:ThereasonAtollhasallocatedavalueintheImportancecolumn.
CoSite
Adjacent(intraHCSadjacency)
AdjacentLayer(interHCSadjacency)
Symmetric
Coverage
insquarekilometres.
Adjacency:Theareaofthereferencetransmitter,inpercentageandinsquarekilometres,wheretheneighbour
transmitterisbestserverorsecondbestserver.
Distance:Thedistanceinkilometresbetweenthereferencecellandtheneighbour.
7. ClickCommit.TheimportancevaluesandthereasonsforallocationarecommittedintheNeighbourstable.
8.2.11.8 CheckingtheConsistencyoftheNeighbourPlan
Youcanperformanauditofthecurrentneighbourallocationplan.Whenyouperformanauditofthecurrentneighbourallo
cationplan,Atollliststheresultsinatextfile.YoucandefinewhatinformationAtollprovidesintheaudit.
Toperformanauditoftheneighbourallocationplan:
3. SelectNeighbours>Intratechnology>Auditfromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourAuditdialogueappears.
4. ClicktheIntraTechnologyNeighbourstab.
AverageNo.ofNeighbours:SelecttheAverageNo.ofNeighbourscheckboxifyouwanttoverifytheaverage
numberofneighbourspercell.
EmptyLists:SelecttheEmptyListscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavenoneighbours(inotherwords,
whichcellshaveanemptyneighbourlist).
FullLists:Whichcellshavingthemaximumnumberofneighboursallowed(inotherwords,whichcellshaveafull
neighbourlist).Themaximumnumberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedfor
eachtransmitterintheTransmitterstable.
Lists>MaxNumber:Whichcellshavingmorethanthemaximumnumberofneighboursallowed.Themaximum
numberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheTransmit
terstable.
MissingCosites:SelecttheMissingCositescheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavenocositeneigh
bours.
MissingSymmetrics:SelecttheMissingSymmetricscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavenonsym
metricneighbourrelations.
ExceptionalPairs:SelecttheExceptionalPairscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshaveforcedneighbours
orforbiddenneighbours.
Distance Between Neighbours: Select the Distance Between Neighbours check box and enter the distance
AverageNumberofNeighbours:X;where,Xistheaveragenumberofneighbours(integer)pertransmitterfor
theplanaudited.
EmptyLists:x/X;xnumberoftransmittersoutofatotalofXhavingnoneighbours(oremptyneighbourslist)
Syntax:
FullLists(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberoftransmittersoutofatotalofXhavingYnumberofneigh
bourslistedintheirrespectiveneighbourslists.
Syntax:
|TRANSMITTER||NUMBER||MAXNUMBER|
Lists>MaxNumber(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberoftransmittersoutofatotalofXhavingmorethan
Ynumberofneighbourslistedintheirrespectiveneighbourslists.
Syntax:
428
|TRANSMITTER|
|TRANSMITTER||NUMBER||MAXNUMBER|
AT320_UM_E0
IfthefieldMaximumnumberofintratechnologyneighboursintheTransmitterstableis
empty, the Full Lists check and the Lists> Max Number check use the Default Max.
Numbervaluedefinedintheauditdialogue.
Syntax:
Syntax:
|TRANSMITTER||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
|TRANSMITTER||NEIGHBOUR||TYPE||REASON|
Syntax:
|TRANSMITTER||NEIGHBOUR|
|TRANSMITTER||NEIGHBOUR||TYPE||REASON|
DistanceBetweenNeighbours>Y:X;totalnumberofneighboursexistingintheauditedneighbourplanthatare
locatedatadistancegreaterthanY.
Syntax:
|TRANSMITTER||NEIGHBOUR||DISTANCE|
8.2.11.9 ExportingNeighbours
TheneighbourdataofanAtolldocumentisstoredinaseriesoftables.Youcanexporttheneighbourdatatouseitinanother
applicationorinanotherAtolldocument.
Toexportneighbourdata:
3. SelectNeighboursandthenselecttheneighbourtablecontainingthedatayouwanttoexportfromthecontextmenu:
Intratechnology>OpenTable:Thistablecontainsthedatafortheintratechnologyneighboursinthecurrent
Atolldocument.
Intertechnology>OpenTable:Thistablecontainsthedatafortheintertechnologyneighboursinthecurrent
Atolldocument.
Intratechnology> Exceptional Pairs: This table contains the data for the intratechnology exceptional pairs
(forcedandforbidden)inthecurrentAtolldocument.
Intertechnology> Exceptional Pairs: This table contains the data for the intertechnology exceptional pairs
4. Whentheselectedneighbourstableopens,youcanexportthecontentasdescribedin"ExportingTablestoTextFiles
andSpreadsheets"onpage80.
InAtoll,youcanstudythenetworkcapacityofaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkbystudyingthetrafficdemand,whichisaprereq
uisitefordimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork,thatthenetworkcanhandle.Thereareseveraldifferentwaystostudy
trafficdemand:
OMCtrafficdata:YoucanuseOMCtrafficdatatocalculatetrafficdemandandimportthetrafficdemandintothe
SubcellsTable:TrafficData.
Trafficcaptures:Youcanimporttrafficdemandinformationfromtrafficmapsandthenusethisinformationtocreate
atrafficcapture.
Simulations:Likeforthetrafficcaptures,youcanimporttrafficdemandfromtrafficmapsandthenusethisinforma
tiontocreateoneorseveralsimulations.
Atrafficcaptureisbasedonamacroscopicdescriptionoftrafficasdefinedbyoneormoretrafficmaps.Inatrafficcapture,
thetotaltrafficisbrokendownpertransmitter,respectingthecompatibilitybetweenthetrafficandthetransmitter.For
example,iftwotransmitterscoverthesametraffic:
thetrafficcanbetreatedastrafficdemandforeach,or
thetrafficcanbetreatedastrafficdemandforonlyoneofthetwo,takingintoconsiderationthemaximumspeed
definedperlayer(forexample,trafficwithahighspeedmobilitytypewillnotbeallocatedtoamicrolayer),frequency
bands,etc.
Theresultofthetrafficcaptureisthedemandpertransmitter,brokendownbysubcell,service,terminal,andmobility,in
termsofKbpsforpacketswitchedtraffic(maximumbitrateorconstantbitrate)andErlangsforcircuitswitchedtraffic.This
429
Forsk2013
breakdownismadeontheservicezonesdefinedforeachsubcell,asdefinedbytheparameterssetontheConditionstabof
thetrafficcapturesPropertiesdialogue.
Comparedtoatrafficcapture,asimulationisbasedonarealisticdistributionofvoiceorpacketusersatagivenpointintime.
Thedistributionofusersatagivenmomentisreferredtoasasnapshot.Basedonthissnapshot,Atollcalculatesvarious
networkparameterssuchastheULandDLC/(I+N)foreachmobile,therequiredpowerandtheobtainedcoding(codecor
codingscheme)ofthemobile,theDL/ULTrafficLoad,themeanpowercontrolgain,theDLDTXgainandtheHalfratetraffic
ratioofeachsubcell.Simulationsarecalculatedinaniterativefashion.
another.
thenetworktraffic.
"ImportingOMCTrafficDataintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData"onpage430
"CalculatingandDisplayingaTrafficCapture"onpage441
"DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage445.
8.3.1 ImportingOMCTrafficDataintotheSubcellsTable:Traffic
Data
Asexplainedin"SubcellDefinition"onpage361,subcelldataisdisplayedinthreesubcelltables:StandardData,TrafficData,
andAFPData.ThedataintheSubcellsTable:TrafficDatacanbeusedforavarietyofdifferentpurposesinAtoll:
Fordimensioningpurposes
Tocalculatequalityindicators
FortheAFP
Toevaluateandallocateneighbours
Ininterferencepredictions.
YoucanuseOMCtrafficdataasasourceofaccuratetrafficdataandimportitintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData.Thefirst
stepinusingOMCtrafficdataisensuringthatthedataisavailableinaformusablebyAtoll.Normally,OMCtrafficdatais
measuredinkbitsinsteadoftimeslots.
Themajordrawbackofthismethodisthefactthat,inmanycases,thepacketswitchedOMCtrafficdemandisavailablein
kbitsinsteadoftimeslotunits.InordertocorrectlytranslateKbitsintotimeslots,youmustcreatetrafficmapsasdescribedin
thesectionsbelow.Thetrafficcapturewillanalysetheradioconditionsateachpoint,definingthecodingschemes,modula
tion,andbitrates,inordertocalculatehowmanytimeslotsarerequiredforagivendemandsofkbits.
ItisverycommontousetrafficmapsbasedonOMCdatapertransmitterforthepurpose
ofretrievinginterferencematricesbasedontraffic.Thebestmethodofworkingwithan
AFPistousetheOMCdataofthesubcellstableandtogenerateinterferencematrices
basedonclutterweightingasexplainedin"CalculatinganInterferenceMatrixBasedon
ClutterWeighting"onpage474.
Oncethedatahasbeenconvertedintotimeslots,youcanimportitintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData.
ToimportOMCtrafficdataintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData:
3. SelectSubcells>SubcellsTable:TrafficDatafromthecontextmenu.TheSubcellsTable:TrafficDataopens.
AftermodifyingtheavailableOMCdatatochangeitfromservedtraffictotrafficdemand,youcanimportthefollowingdata
intotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData:
VoicedemandinErlangs
Packetswitcheddemandintimeslots
Halfratetrafficratio.
FormoreinformationonworkingwithdatatablesinAtoll,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
430
AT320_UM_E0
Thefirststepinstudyingnetworkcapacityisdefininghowthenetworkisused.InAtoll,thisisaccomplishedbycreatingallof
theparametersofnetworkuse,intermsofservices,users,andequipmentused.
CodecModes:Codecsareusedbythenetworktocompressvoiceand,asaconsequence,toincreasethevoicetraffic
inthenetwork.TheCodecModestablelistsalltheavailablecodecmodes.Codecmodescanbeselectedaccordingto
radioconditions.MappingsbetweenqualityandcodecmodesarelistedintheCodecconfigurationtable.Youcan
createnewcodecconfigurationsandmodifyexistingonesbyusingtheCodecConfigurationtable.Forinformationon
codecmodeconfigurations,see"CodecConfiguration"onpage610.
CodingSchemes:CodingSchemesareusedbythenetworkforcarryingpacketswitcheddata.TheCodingSchemes
tablelistsalltheavailablecodingschemes.CodingSchemescanbeselectedaccordingtoradioconditions.Mappings
betweenqualityandcodingschemesarelistedintheCodingSchemesconfigurationtable.Youcancreatenewcoding
schemeconfigurationsandmodifyexistingonesbyusingtheCodingSchemeConfigurationtable.Forinformationon
codingschemeconfigurations,see"CodingSchemeConfiguration"onpage613.
Services:Servicesarethevariousservices,suchasvoice,VoIP,mobileinternetaccess,etc.,availabletosubscribers.
Theseservicescanbeeithercircuitswitchedorpacketswitched.Therearetwotypesofpacketswitchedservices:
max.bitrateorconstantbitrate(e.g.,VoIP).Foreachservice,qualitytargets,suchasqualityofserviceinErlangsfor
circuitswitchedservices,aredefinedfornetworkdimensioning.Forinformationonmodellingenduserservices,see
"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGEServices"onpage622.
Mobilitytypes:InGSM/GPRS/EDGE,informationaboutreceivermobilityisimportanttoefficientlymanageconnec
tions:amobileusedbyadrivermovingquicklyorapedestrianwillnotnecessarilybeconnectedtothesameHCSlayer.
For information on creating a mobility type, see "Creating or Modifying a GSM/GPRS/EDGE Mobility Type" on
page623.
Terminals:InGSM/GPRS/EDGE,aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobile
phone,aPDA,oracarsonboardnavigationdevice.Itisdefinedtoensurecompliancybetweentransmitterequip
mentandsupportedfrequencybandsandGPRS/EDGEparameters.Forinformationoncreatingaterminal,see"Cre
atingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminal"onpage624.
AtollprovidesthreetypesoftrafficmapsforGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojects.
Sectortrafficmap
throughputandErlangsineachcellandthetrafficcharacteristicsrelatedtodifferentservices.Trafficisspreadover
the best server coverage area of each transmitter and each coverage area is assigned either Erlangs for circuit
switched services or constant bit rate packetswitched services and Kbps for maximum bit rate packetswitched
services.Formoreinformation,see"CreatingaSectorTrafficMap"onpage431.
workstatistics.
page440.
431
Forsk2013
YoucaninputeitherthethroughputdemandorErlangs.Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterisrequiredtocreatethistraffic
map.Ifyoudonotalreadyhaveacoveragepredictionbytransmitterinyourdocument,youmustcreateandcalculateit.For
moreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage400.
2. RightclicktheTrafficfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. Selectthetypeoftrafficinformationyouwanttoinput.Youcanchoosebetween:
a. UplinkandDownlinkThroughputs,TotalNumberofUsers(AllActivityStatuses)orNumberofUsersperActivity
Statustousetheminsimulations.
b. Downlinkthroughput/ErlangsforGSMtrafficanalysistouseitintrafficcaptures.Continuewiththefollowing
step.
ment.
IfyouhaveselectedDownlinkthroughput/ErlangsforGSMtrafficanalysis,enterforeachserviceintheappro
priatecolumn:
Forcircuitservices(voice),enteravalueinErlangs.
Forpacketservices(maximumbitrate),entertheminimumthroughputinKbps.
For packet services (constant bit rate, such as VoIP), enter a value in Erlangs. Erlangs are internally trans
formedintoKbpsbymultiplyingthevaluebytheserviceguaranteedbitrateperuser.
10. SelecttheTraffictab.Enterthefollowing:
a. UnderTerminals(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofterminalusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagesmust
equal100.
b. UnderMobilities(%),enterthepercentageofeachmobilitytypeusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagesmust
equal100.
c. UnderClutterDistribution,foreachclutterclass,enteraweighttospreadthetrafficovertheclutterclasses.
11. ClickOK.AtollcreatesthetrafficmapintheTrafficfolder.
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTrafficfolder.
432
AT320_UM_E0
100.
100.
8. UnderClutterDistribution,foreachclutterclass,enteraweighttospreadthetrafficovertheclutterclasses.
Youcanupdatetheinformation,throughputdemandsandErlangs,onthemapafterwards.Youcanupdatetrafficpersector
mapsifyouaddorremoveabasestationorifyoumodifytheclutterclassesortheirdistribution.Youmustfirstrecalculate
the coverage prediction by transmitter. For more information, see "Making a Coverage Prediction by Transmitter" on
page400.Onceyouhaverecalculatedthecoverageprediction,youcanupdatethetrafficmap.
Therecanalsobeinformationaboutthetypeofterminaldevicestheyusetoaccessdifferentservices.
InAtoll,thistypeofdatacanbeusedtocreatetrafficmapsbasedonuserprofilesandenvironments.
areinturndefinedbytheterminalused,thecallsperhour,andduration(forcircuitswitchedorconstantbitratepacket
switchedcalls)ordownlinkanduplinkvolume(formaxbitratepacketswitchedcalls).
browsing.
Tocreateauserprofile:
433
Forsk2013
Service:Selectaservicefromthelist.Forinformationonservices,see"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGEServices"on
page622.
Terminal:Selectaterminalfromthelist.Forinformationonterminals,see"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGETermi
nals"onpage624.
Calls/Hour: For circuitswitched services and constant bit rate packetswitched services, enter the average
numberofcallsperhourfortheservice.Thecallsperhourisusedtocalculatetheactivityprobability.Forthese
services,onecalllasting1000secondspresentsthesameactivityprobabilityastwocallslasting500secondseach.
Forpacketswitchedservices(max.bitrate),theCalls/Hourvalueisdefinedasthenumberofsessionsperhour.
Asessionislikeacallinthatitisdefinedastheperiodoftimebetweenwhenauserstartsusingaserviceandwhen
hestopsusingaservice.Inpacketswitchedservices,however,hemightnotusetheservicecontinually.Forex
ample,withawebbrowsingservice,asessionstartswhentheuseropenshisbrowsingapplicationandendswhen
hequitsthebrowsingapplication.Betweenthesetwoevents,theusermightbedownloadingwebpagesandoth
ertimeshemightnotbeusingtheapplication,orhemightbebrowsinglocalfiles,butthesessionisstillconsid
eredasopen.Asession,therefore,isdefinedbythevolumetransferredintheuplinkanddownlinkandnotbythe
time.
Duration:Forcircuitswitchedservicesandconstantbitratepacketswitchedservices,entertheaverageduration
ofacallinseconds.Forpacketswitchedservices,thisfieldisleftblank.
DLVolume:Formaxbitratepacketswitchedservices,entertheaveragedownlinkvolumepersessioninkilo
bytes.
ULVolume:Formaxbitratepacketswitchedservices,entertheaverageuplinkvolumepersessioninkilobytes.
aweighttoeachclutterclassforeachenvironmentclass.
TocreateormodifyaGSM/GPRS/EDGEenvironment:
6. EnteraNameforthenewGSM/GPRS/EDGEenvironment.
nationthatthisGSM/GPRS/EDGEenvironmentwilldescribe:
434
AT320_UM_E0
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
where:
Nk
N Area =
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
8.3.3.2.1
vector.
Tocreateauserprofiletrafficmap:
4. SelectUserProfileTrafficMap.
5. SelectUserProfileDensitiesfromthelist.
10. ClickImport.Atollimportsthetrafficmap.ThetrafficmapsPropertiesdialogueappears.
11. SelecttheTraffictab(seeFigure8.38).UnderTrafficFields,youcanspecifytheuserprofilestobeconsidered,their
435
Forsk2013
Figure8.38:TrafficmapPropertiesdialogueTraffictab
UserProfile:Ifyouwanttoimportuserprofileinformationfromthefile,underDefined,select"Byfield"and
column.
consistsofpoints.
12. UnderClutterDistribution,enteraweightforeachclassthatwillbeusedtocalculateauserdistribution.
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
where:
Nk
N Area =
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
436
AT320_UM_E0
8.3.3.2.2
5. SelectUserProfileEnvironmentsfromthelist.
IST,BMP,PlaNET,GRCVerticalMapper,orErdasImagine.
column.
page43.
8.3.3.2.3
Todrawatrafficmap:
Draw Map
Delete
437
8.3.3.2.4
Forsk2013
Youcandisplaythestatisticsofauserprofileenvironmenttrafficmap.Atollprovidesabsolute(surfacearea)andrelative
(percentageofthesurface)statisticsonthefocuszoneforeachenvironmentclass.Ifyoudonothaveafocuszonedefined,
statisticsaredeterminedforthecomputationzone.
S
i
- 100
withinthefocuszone.Thepercentageofsurfaceisgivenby:% of i = -------------
Sk
k
5. ClickClose.
class.
ants)orbasedon2Gtrafficstatistics.Userdensitytrafficmapsprovidethenumberofconnectedusersperunitofsurface,
i.e.,thedensityofusers,asinput.
Userdensitytrafficmapscanalsobecreatedfromsectortrafficmapsinordertoextractanddisplaytheexactnumberofusers
perunitofsurface,i.e.,thedensityofusers,takingintoaccountanyclutterweightingdefinedforthesectortrafficmaps.For
8.3.3.3.1
Theuserdensitytrafficmapdefinesthedensityofusersperpixel.ForatrafficdensityofXusersperkm,Atollwillconsider
xusersperpixelduringtrafficanalyses,wherexdependsonthesizeofthepixels.Thesexuserswillhaveaterminal,amobility
4. SelectUserDensityTrafficMap(No.Users/km2).
438
activitystatus.
only.
thedownlinkonly.
youareimportingprovidesadensityofusersactiveinthedownlinkonly,andwithaviewtouseitinatrafficcap
ture.
AT320_UM_E0
Thefirst5trafficmaptypesabovearededicatedtosimulationswhereasthelastonecan
beonlyusedfortrafficcaptures.
100.
100.
8.3.3.3.2
Todrawatrafficmapperuserdensity:
activitystatus.
only.
downlinkonly.
youaredrawingprovidesadensityofusersactiveinthedownlinkonly,andwithaviewtouseitinatrafficcap
ture.
Thefirst5trafficmaptypesabovearededicatedtosimulationswhereasthelastonecan
beonlyusedfortrafficcaptures.
100.
100.
439
Forsk2013
14. UsethetoolsavailableintheVectorEditortoolbarinordertodrawcontours.Formoreinformationonhowtoedit
contours,see"EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61.AtollcreatesanitemcalledDensityvaluesintheUser
DensityMapfolder.
15. RightclickthetrafficmapintheTrafficfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
18. RightclickthetrafficmapintheTrafficfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
8.3.3.3.3
extractanddisplaytheexactnumberofusersperunitofsurface,i.e.,thedensityofusers,takingintoaccountanyclutter
weightingdefinedforthesectortrafficmaps.
thedocument.
packetandcircuitservicetraffic,andthenimportthesemapsastrafficmapsperuserdensityintoyourGSM/GPRS/EDGE
document.Thesemapscanthenbeusedintrafficcaptureslikeanyothertypeofmap.
onimportingtrafficmapsperuserdensity,see"ImportingaUserDensityTrafficMap"onpage438.
Toimporta2GtrafficmapintoaGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument:
forcircuitswitchedservices.Formoreinformationoncreatinglivedatatrafficmaps,see"CreatingaSectorTraffic
Map"onpage431.
3. Importthetrafficexportedinstep2toyourGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocumentasauserdensitytrafficmap.Formoreinfor
mationonimportinguserdensitytrafficmaps,see"ImportingaUserDensityTrafficMap"onpage438.
Atollconvertsanytrafficmaptouserdensity.Thecumulatedtrafficisexportedin32bitBIL,ArcViewGrid,orVertical
thenbeimportedasauserdensitytrafficmapandusedfortrafficanalysis.Formoreinformationontrafficanalysis,see
"CalculatingandDisplayingaTrafficCapture"onpage441.
440
AT320_UM_E0
datatobeexported.
Service:Selecttheservicethatwillbeexported,select"Circuitservices"toexporttrafficusinganycircuitservice,
orselect"Packetservices"toexporttrafficusinganypacketservice.
traffic.
6. ClickSave.
TheExportRegion:
AnexportResolution.
8.3.5 CalculatingandDisplayingaTrafficCapture
InAtoll,youcancreateatrafficcapturefromanexistingtrafficmaptoanalysetrafficatthetransmitterlevel.Whenyoucalcu
lateatrafficcapture,thetrafficfromtheselectedmapsisdistributedtoalltransmittersaccordingtothecriteriadefinedfor
eachtransmitter,aswellastheTrafficParameters:services,mobilitytypes,terminals,anduserprofiles.
Forexample,anGPRS/EDGEenabledtransmitterwillbeallocatedthedatausertrafficwhereasatransmitternotcapableof
GPRS/EDGEwillonlycarryGSMvoicetraffic.
Similarly,auserusingaGSM900bandmobilephonewillnotbeallocatedtoatransmitterthatonlyfunctionsontheDCS1800
band.
Bycreatingdifferenttrafficcapturesusingdifferentcriteriatorepresentdifferentconditions,youcananalysenetworktraffic
underthevarioussituations.
Youcandefineoneofthetrafficcapturesasthedefaulttrafficcapture.Itcanbeusedto:
dimensionaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork
441
Forsk2013
calculateKPI
calculateinterferencematrices
allocateneighboursaccordingtooverlappingtraffic.
Insteadofusingadefaulttrafficcapture,youcanimporttheactualnetworktrafficdirectlyintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData
(see"DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage445formoreinformation).
"PrerequisitesforaTrafficCapture"onpage442
"CreatingaTrafficCapture"onpage442
"GSM/GPRS/EDGETrafficCaptureResults"onpage443
"EstimatingaTrafficIncrease"onpage444
"ModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGETrafficCapture"onpage444.
8.3.5.1 PrerequisitesforaTrafficCapture
Tosuccessfullycreateatrafficcapture,youmustensurethatyouhavethefollowinginformation:
Avalidtrafficmap(see"CreatingaTrafficMap"onpage431)
CorrectGPRSrelatedparameters(see"CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement"onpage367),including:
GPRS/EDGEcapacityselected
GPRS/EDGEcapableconfigurationselected
Correctpackettrafficrelatedparameters
Targetratefortrafficoverflowdefinedforsubcells(see"SubcellDefinition"onpage361)
Correctlydefinedservicezones(see"CreatingaTrafficCapture"onpage442)
CorrectlydefinedHCSlayers(see"SettingHCSLayers"onpage601).
8.3.5.2 CreatingaTrafficCapture
Tocreateatrafficcapture:
2. RightclicktheTrafficAnalysisfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.AtrafficcapturePropertiesdialogueappears.
4. ClicktheGeneraltab.Youcanchangethefollowing:
Name:Bydefault,Atollnamestrafficcapturessequentially.Youcanchangetheassignedname.
Filter:YoucanselectthetransmitterstobeconsideredinthetrafficcapturebyclickingtheFilterbutton.Forinfor
mationonusingtheFilterdialogue,see"AdvancedDataFiltering"onpage94.
5. ClicktheTraffictab.Youcanenterthefollowing:
GlobalScalingFactor:Ifdesired,enterascalingfactortoincreaseuserdensity.
environmentanduserprofiletrafficmaps)orthethroughputs/users(forsectortrafficmaps).Forinformationon
usingtheglobalscalingfactor,see"EstimatingaTrafficIncrease"onpage444.
SelectTrafficMapstoBeUsed:Eachavailabletrafficmapintheprojectcanbeusedforthecurrenttrafficcapture
byassigningitstraffictoallHCSlayers(defaultmode)orbyrestrictingitsspreadtoaspecificHCSlayer.Inorder
tomakethetrafficcapture,youmustselectatleastonetrafficmapandassignitstraffictoasingleHCSlayeror
toall.
AssigningtraffictoallHCSlayersmeansthatforagiventrafficmap,itstrafficwilloverflowfromlowesttohighest
prioritylayersasexplainedin"SubcellDefinition"onpage361andinFigure8.7onpage365.Ifthetrafficofamap
isassignedtoaspecificlayer,itstrafficisonlycapturedonthatlayerandthetrafficonlyoverflowswithinconcen
triccells.
makeatrafficcaptureonaspecifictypeoftrafficmap,youmustensurethatyouselectonlytrafficmapsofthe
sametype.Forinformationonthetypesoftrafficmaps,see"CreatingaTrafficMap"onpage431.
6. ClicktheConditionstab.TheparametersontheConditionstabdefinehowtheservicezoneforeachtransmitterand
thenumberoftimeslotsforcircuitandpacketserviceswillbecalculated.
7. UnderCoverageConditions,setthefollowingparameterstodefinehowtheserviceareaofeachtransmitterwillbe
calculated:
442
AT320_UM_E0
page601).
Shadowingmargins(dependingontheenteredcelledgecoverageprobabilityandthemodelstandarddeviation
perclutterclass)areappliedtothevaluesforC.
clutterclass.
Ifshadowingistakenintoaccount,theCIstandarddeviationperclutterclassisusedto
estimatetheshadowinglossesonthecalculatedCIvalues.
8. UnderGPRS/EDGE,youcansettheparameterstodefinehowthenumberoftimeslotsforcircuitandpacketservices
willbecalculated.Selectoneofthefollowingtodefinehowthecalculationsinthetrafficcapturearegoingtobe
made:
SelectCalculationsBasedonCifyouwanttobasethetrafficcaptureonCN.Continuetostep14.
SelectCalculationsBasedonCIandcontinuewiththefollowingstep.
9. SelecttheDTXtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenterthepercentageoftimeduringwhichauseristalkinginthe
VoiceActivityFactortextbox,ifyouwantdiscontinuoustransmissionmodeforTRXswhichsupportittakeninto
account.
10. FromtheInterferenceSourceslist,selectwhethertheinterferenceshouldbecalculatedfromadjacentchannels,co
channels,orfromboth.Theadjacentchanneleffectonthevictimchannel,i.e.,theinterference,isdecreasedbythe
adjacentchannelprotectionlevel.
Youcanevenselectinterferencecomingfromanexternalprojectusinganothertechnology.Formoreinformation,
see"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage813.
Intratechnologythirdorderintermodulationinterferencecanalsobeoptionallytakenintoaccountinthetotalinter
ference.Thisoptionrequiresactivationthroughchangesinthedatabase.Formoreinformation,contactsupport.
11. SelecttheTrafficLoadthatwillbeusedtocalculateinterference:
100%:Themaximumtrafficload(subcellsentirelyloaded).
Fromsubcelltable:Thesubcelltrafficloadasuserdefinedorascalculatedduringdimensioning.
12. SelecttheIdealLinkAdaptationcheckboxifyouwantthecodingschemethatoffersthehighestthroughputfora
givenCorCItobeselected.Otherwise,Atollwillchoosethecodingschemebyconsideringonlythecodingscheme
admissionthresholdintermsofCand/orCI.
13. SelecttheThermalNoiseTakenintoAccountcheckboxifyouwantAtolltoconsiderthermalnoise.
14. ClickCalculate.
Afterthetrafficcapturehasbeencompleted,twonewtabsappearonthetrafficcapturePropertiesdialoguewiththe
results.Foradetailedexplanationoftheresults,see"GSM/GPRS/EDGETrafficCaptureResults"onpage443.
8.3.5.3 GSM/GPRS/EDGETrafficCaptureResults
AfteryouhavecalculatedaGSM/GPRS/EDGEtrafficcapture,asdescribedin"CreatingaTrafficCapture"onpage442,two
newtabs,ResultsperTransmitterandResultsperSubcell,appearonthetrafficcapturePropertiesdialogue:
ResultsperTransmitter:TheresultsontheResultsperTransmittertabgivethetrafficallocatedtoeachtransmitter:
Circuitdemand(Erlangs):ThetotalcircuitswitchedtrafficdemandinErlangsforthattransmitter.Thisiscalcu
latedbysummingthecircuitswitchedtrafficinErlangsperpixelinthetransmittercoveragearea.
Circuitaveragedemand(Timeslots):Theaveragedemandoncircuittimeslotstakesintoconsiderationtheeffect
ofhalfratecircuitswitchedtrafficcarriedbythetransmitter,i.e.,ittakesintoconsiderationthefactthat2half
rateusersareequivalentto1fullrateuserintermsofErlangsoftraffic.
Packetdemand(Kbps):Thetotaltrafficdemandinkilobitspersecondgeneratedbythepacketswitchedusers
withinthecoverageareaofthetransmitter.
Packetaveragedemand(Timeslots):Thenumberoftimeslotsneededtomeetthepackettrafficdemanddepends
onthemaximumthroughputthatapackettimeslotcansupport.
AveragePacketTimeslotCapacity(Kbps):Theaveragepackettimeslotcapacityiscalculatedaccordingtothe
propagationconditionsoneachpixelofthetransmittercoveragearea.Whencalculatingthetrafficcapture,you
canchoosetobasethisoncarrierpoweroroninterference(CorCI).
ResultsperSubcell:TheresultsontheResultsperSubcelltabgivethetrafficpersubcell.Foreachsubcell(exceptfor
theBCCH,whichcapturesthesametrafficasthecorrespondingTCH),Atollindicatesthetypesoftrafficassignedby
service,mobility,andterminalanddisplays:
443
Forsk2013
PacketDemand(Kbps):Thetotaltrafficdemandinkilobitspersecondgeneratedbythepacketswitchedusers
withinthecoverageareaofthetransmitter.
CircuitDemand(Erlangs):ThetotalcircuitswitchedtrafficdemandinErlangs.Incaseofcircuitswitchedservices,
itdependswhetherthesubcellsupportshalfratetraffic.
Ifthepercentageofhalfratetrafficofthesubcellis0,theaveragedemandincircuittimeslotswillbethesameas
thetrafficdemandinErlangsandthenumberofusedtimeslotswillbethesameasthetrafficdemand.Ifthereis
acertainpercentageofhalfratetraffic,thenumberofusedtimeslotswilldependonthepercentageoftrafficus
inghalfrateconnections.
Averagedemand(Timeslots):Theaveragenumberoftimeslotsneededtomatchthedemandincircuitswitched
andpacketswitchedtraffic.
Thedemandinpackettimeslotsdependsonthemaximumthroughputthatatimeslotcansupport.Therefore,it
dependsontheaveragetimeslotcapacitywithinthetransmittercoveragearea,whichinturndependsonthe
propagationconditions.
Thetrafficcaptureresultsprovidetrafficpertransmitter.Youcanretrievetheamountof
traffic(Erlangsforcircuitservices,Kbpsformaxbitratepacketservices)definedinthe
inputtrafficmapinoutputasfollows:
1. CreateasectortrafficmapperHCSlayer(see"CreatingaSectorTrafficMap"on
page431) based on a best server coverage prediction (HCS server option with
0dBHOmargin).Asaresult,youwillhaveasmanysectortrafficmapsasthe
numberofHCSlayers.
2. Createatrafficcapture(HCSserveroptionwith0dBHOmargin)wherethetraffic
ofeachmapisassignedtoitsrespectivelayer(see"CreatingaTrafficCapture"on
page442).
Asaresult,eachtransmitterwillhavethesameamountoftraffic(Erlangsforcircuit
services,Kbpsformaxbitratepacketservices)asthetransmitterintheselectedtraffic
mapsusedforinput.Constantbitrateservicescannotbetreatedinthesamewaysince
theirinputtrafficisstatedinErlangswhereasthecorrespondingdemandisevaluatedin
Kbpsaswithanyotherpacketswitchedservice.
Formoreinformationonhowtheresultsarecalculatedandontheformulasused,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
Whenyoucreateatrafficcapture,youarebasingitonasetoftrafficconditionsthatrepresentthesituationyouarecreating
thenetworkfor.However,trafficcan,andinfactmostlikelywill,increase.Youcantesttheperformanceofthenetwork
againstanincreasedtrafficloadwithoutchangingtrafficparametersormapsbyusingtheglobalscalingfactor.Forexample,
settingtheglobalscalingfactorto2isthesameasdoublingtheinitialnumberofsubscribers(forenvironmentanduserprofile
trafficmaps)orthethroughputs/users(forsectortrafficmaps).
1. Createatrafficcaptureby:
Creatinganewtrafficcaptureasexplainedin"CreatingaTrafficCapture"onpage442.
ModifyanexistingtrafficcapturebyrightclickingatrafficcaptureintheTrafficAnalysisfolderoftheNetwork
explorerandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
2. ClicktheSourceTraffictabofthePropertiesdialogue.
3. EnteraGlobalScalingFactor.Forexample,settingtheglobalscalingfactorto2isthesameasdoublingtheinitial
maps).
8.3.5.5 ModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGETrafficCapture
Atolloffersseveraloptionstomodifyatrafficcaptureonceyouhavecreateditasexplainedin"CreatingaTrafficCapture"on
page442.Aswell,youcanuseatrafficcaptureforoneofseveralcalculations.Youcanaccesstheseoptionsusingthetraffic
capturescontextmenu:
Toaccesstheoptionsforatrafficcapture:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTrafficAnalysisfolder.
3. Rightclickthetrafficcapture.Thecontextmenuappears.
444
AT320_UM_E0
Properties:SelectPropertiestoopenthetrafficcapturesPropertiesdialogue.Youcanreviewtheresultsofthe
trafficcapture,orchangetheparametersandrecalculatethetrafficcapture.Foradescriptionoftheresults,see
"GSM/GPRS/EDGETrafficCaptureResults"onpage443.Forinformationontheparametersavailable,see"Cre
atingaTrafficCapture"onpage442.
Default:SelectDefaulttosetthecurrenttrafficcaptureasthedefaulttrafficcapture.Thedefaulttrafficcapture
( )istheoneusedto:
dimensionaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork(see"DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage445)
calculateKPIs(see"CalculatingKeyPerformanceIndicatorsofaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage583)
calculateinterferencematrices(see"InterferenceMatrices"onpage470)
allocateneighboursaccordingtooverlappingtraffic(see"AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically"onpage418)
Calculate:SelectCalculatetocalculateanewtrafficcapture(i.e.,onethatyoucreatedbutclosedwithoutcalcu
lating)ortorecalculateanexistingtrafficcapturetowhichyouhavemadechanges.
Delete:SelectDeletetodeletethecurrenttrafficcapture.
Thetrafficcaptureisdeletedimmediately;thereisnoopportunitytoconfirmorcancel
theaction.
Rename:SelectRenametorenamethecurrenttrafficcapture.
8.3.6 DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork
ThedimensioningprocessallowsyoutocalculatethenumberofTRXsrequiredtomeetthetrafficneedsofaGSM/GPRS/EDGE
network.Dimensioningiscarriedoutusingtheparametersdefinedintheselecteddimensioningmodelandoneither:
thedefaulttrafficcapturebasedononeormoretrafficmaps,or
thecurrenttrafficdatapresentinthesubcellstable,
Duringdimensioning,AtollevaluatesanumberofTRXssoastohaveenoughcircuittimeslots(sharedanddedicated)tomatch
thecircuittrafficdemandwiththequalityrequirementsdefinedincircuitswitchedservices(ErlangBorC).Then,Atollcalcu
lateshowmanyTRXsmustbeaddedtomeetpackettrafficdemand,usingthequalitychartsdefinedinthedimensioning
model.
"DefiningaGSM/GPRS/EDGEDimensioningModel"onpage445
"DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage447.
8.3.6.1 DefiningaGSM/GPRS/EDGEDimensioningModel
Thedimensioningmodelisthedefinitionoftheparametersthatwillbeusedduringthedimensioningprocess.Youcanmodify
anexistingdimensioningmodeloryoucancreateanewdimensioningmodel.
Tocreateormodifyadimensioningmodel:
1. Ifyouarecreatinganewdimensioningmodel:
a. SelecttheParametersexplorer.
b. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTrafficParametersfolder.
c. RightclicktheDimensioningModelsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
d. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheDimensioningModelsNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears(see
Figure8.2onpage357).
2. Ifyouaremodifyingthepropertiesofanexistingdimensioningmodel:
a. SelecttheParametersexplorer.
b. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTrafficParametersfolder.
c. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheDimensioningModelsfolder.
d. Rightclickthedimensioningmodelyouwanttomodify.Thecontextmenuappears.
e. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThePropertiesdialogueappears.
3. ClicktheGeneraltab.Youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Name:AtollassignsaNametothedimensioningmodel.Youcanchangethedefaultname,ifdesired.
445
Forsk2013
Max.NumberofTRXsperTransmitter:EnterthemaximumnumberofTRXsthatatransmittercanhave.During
dimensioning,thisvalueisusedfortransmittersforwhichthisvalueisnotdefinedontheTRXstaboftheProper
tiesdialogue(see"SubcellDefinition"onpage361).
UnderCircuit:
QueuingModel:EnterthequeuingmodelforGSMvoicecalls(ErlangBorErlangC).
UnderPacket:
Min.numberofpacketdedicatedtimeslotspertransmitter:Entertheminimumnumberofdedicatedpacket
switchedtimeslotsthatmustbereservedforeachtransmitter.
Max.numberofadditionalTRXsforpacketservices:EnterthemaximumnumberofTRXsthatcanbeaddedfor
thesubcelltosatisfythedemandforpacketswitchedservicesafterAtollhasdimensionedthecircuitswitched
services.
KPIstoTakeintoAccount:Selectthekeyperformanceindicatorsyouwanttakenintoaccountduringdimen
sioning.ThevaluesofthekeyperformanceindicatorsaredefinedbythequalitygraphsontheQualityGraphstab
ofthedimensioningmodelPropertiesdialogue.
Min.Throughput:SelecttheMin.Throughputcheckboxifyouwanttotakeminimumrequiredthroughput
(ortheguaranteedbitrateforconstantbitratepacketswitchedservices)intoaccountwhenperformingdi
mensioning.
FromthepointofviewofaGPRS/EDGEuser,throughputistheaveragemaximumthroughputexperiencedby
themobileterminalduringadatacall.Ifthereismorethanoneusermultiplexedonthesametimeslot,which
occurs when the system accommodates many users, each multiplexed user will experience a reduction in
throughput.Thisreductioninthroughputisdescribedbythereductionfactordefinedinthereductionfactor
graph.Areductionfactorof1,oralmost1,meansthateachuserhasthemaximumthroughputthatatimeslot
canofferinagivenenvironment(themaximumthroughputpertimeslot,inturn,dependsonthecarrierpow
erand/orCIratioatagivenlocation).Asthesystemloadincreases,thereductionfactorstartsdecreasing,
correspondingtothedecreaseinthroughputperuser.
Max.BlockingRate:SelecttheMax.BlockingRatecheckboxifyouwanttotakeblockingprobabilityinto
accountwhenperformingdimensioning.
TheblockingprobabilityandthedelayintheGPRS/EDGEsystemarecloselyrelated.Auserstartstoexperi
encemoredelayinservicewhenthesystemisnearsaturationandtheincomingpacketsareplacedinawait
ingqueueastherearenoresourcesavailableforimmediatetransfer.Thisbufferingofpacketsisrelatedto
the load of the system. The blocking probability is the probability that an incoming packet be placed in a
queue.Thedelayistheaveragedelaythepacketwillundergoduetoblockingasitwaitsitsturntobetrans
mittedwhenresourcesareavailable.
InGPRSandEDGE,theterm"systemload"referstotheratioofthenumberofusedpacket
timeslotstothenumberofpacketswitching(sharedanddedicated)timeslotsavailablein
thesystem.
Max.Delay:SelecttheMax.Delaycheckboxifyouwanttotakedelayintoaccountwhenperformingdimen
sioning.
Thedelayistheaveragedelaythepacketwillundergoduetoblockingasitwaitsitsturntobetransmitted
whenresourcesareavailable.
Thedelaycanberestrictedtoanallowedmaximuminthepropertiesoftheservice.
IfthedimensioningmodeltakesintoaccountallthreeKPIs,thefollowingconditionsare
satisfiedwhenthenumberofTRXstoaddforpacketserviceiscalculated:
Thethroughputmustbegreaterthantheminimumthroughput(ortheguaranteed
bitrateforconstantbitratepacketswitchedservices)evenifareductionfactoris
appliedtothethroughput.
Thedelayandtheblockingratemustbelowerthanthemaximumdelayandmax
imumblockingrate,respectively.
4. ClicktheQualityChartstab.TheQualityChartstabdisplaysthethroughputreductionfactor,delay,andblocking
probabilitygraphsusedfordimensioningpacketswitchedtraffic.Thegraphsarecalculatedasafunctionofthesystem
load,whichisdefinedastheratioofthenumberofusedpackettimeslotstothenumberofpacketswitching(shared
anddedicated)timeslotsavailableinthesystem.
Youcanmodifyorreplacethequalitygraphswithgraphsgeneratingusingathirdpartysimulator.
446
AT320_UM_E0
Ifthequalitygraphsaremodifiedincorrectly,thedimensioningandqualityanalysis
resultsthatarebasedonthequalitygraphswillalsobeincorrect.
Forthemoment,Atolldoesnotprovideadefaultdelaygraph;ifdesired,youcan
enteryourownvalues.
Theblockingrategraphisbasedonausermultiplexingfactorof8.Theusermulti
plexing factor corresponds to the number of timeslots on a GSM/GPRS/EDGE
frame.
5. ClickOK.
8.3.6.2 DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork
YoucandimensionaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkonceyouhavethenecessaryinformation:
Eitheradefaulttrafficcapture(forinformationoncreatingatrafficcapture,see"CalculatingandDisplayingaTraffic
Capture"onpage441)oralternativelyapopulatedtrafficdatapartofthesubcellstable(see"SubcellDefinition"on
page361).
Ifyouhavemodifiedthetrafficmap,trafficparameters,ortransmitterproperties(e.g.,
calculationarea,codingschemeconfiguration,etc.),sincecreatingthetrafficcapture,you
mustrecalculatethetrafficcapturebeforedimensioning.
Adimensioningmodel(forinformationoncreatingaormodifyingadimensioningmodel,see"DefiningaGSM/GPRS/
EDGEDimensioningModel"onpage445).
TodimensionaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork:
3. SelectTraffic>Dimensioningfromthecontextmenu.TheDimensioning/KPIsdialogueappears(seeFigure8.40).
Figure8.40:TheDimensioningdialogue
4. UnderDimensioningparameters,selectthedimensioningmodelfromtheModellist.
447
Forsk2013
5. UnderTraffic(circuitandpacketdemand),selectwhetherthedimensioningistobebasedonthetrafficdemandcom
putedinthedefaulttrafficcaptureoffromthecurrentvalues(circuitandpacketdemands)inthesubcellstable.
Ifyouselected"Fromsubcelltable,"youwilldefinethefollowingadditionalparameters:
Specifytheminimumthroughputreductionfactorthatcanbeacceptedinthenetwork.Whencalculatinga
trafficcapture,thisparameterisevaluated(butnotdisplayed)duringthecalculation.Theminimumthrough
putreductionfactormodelsthefactthatattheuserlevel,theuserthroughputcanbereducedduetohow
muchitwillbemultiplexedwithotherusers.Inotherwords,thisparameterwillbeaffectedbythetrafficload
whichisaconsequenceofthedimensioning.
UnderTerminals(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofterminalusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentages
mustequal100.
UnderCircuitServices(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofcircuitserviceusedinthemap.Thetotal
percentagesmustequal100.
UnderPacketServices(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofpacketserviceusedinthemap(assumingthe
packetservicesconsistofmaxbitrateandconstantbitratepacketservices).Thetotalpercentagesmustequal
100.
6. ClickCalculatetodimensionthenetwork.
TheoutputofthedimensioningappearsintheDimensioningdialogue,underResults.Somecolumnsarehiddenby
default.YoucanselectwhichcolumnstodisplaybyclickingtheDisplayedColumnsbuttonandselectingorclearing
thecheckboxofthecolumns.ThefollowingresultsaregivenforeachtransmitterintheTransmittercolumn:
TRXType:Foreachtransmitter,theresultsaregivenbyTRXtype(e.g.,BCCH,TCH,TCH_EGPRSandTCH_INNER).
Together,theTransmitterandTRXTypecolumnsidentifythesubcell.
InitialrequirednumberofTRXs:ThisistherequirednumberofTRXsbeforedimensioning.Forexample,thisvalue
mightcomefromtheactualnumberofTRXsoritmightbetheresultofanestimatethenumberofrequiredTRXs.
RequiredNumberofTRXs:ThenumberofTRXsrequiredtosatisfyboththesubcell'scircuitswitchedandpacket
switchedtraffic,whiletakingintoaccountthequalityofservicecriterionassignedforeach.
TherequirednumberofTRXsisthemostimportantresultofthedimensioningprocess.Ifthenumberofrequired
TRXsexceedsthemaximumnumberofTRXspertransmitter,Atolldisplaystheresultsforthesubcellinred.
RequiredTRXstoadd:TherequiredTRXstoaddisthedifferencebetweentheobtainedrequirednumberofTRXs
(beforethedimensioningprocess)andtheinitialrequirednumberofTRXs.Ifthevalueispositive,itmeansthat
thecurrentdimensioningprocesshasevaluatedthanmoreTRXsthantheinitialestimatedvalueareneededto
absorbthetraffic.
Load(%):Theaveragedemandintimeslots(packetandcircuit),dividedbythetotalnumberoftimeslotsavailable.
ItrepresentstheaverageoccupancyoftheTRXs.Thisparameterisoneoftheprincipalresultsofdimensioning
alongwiththenumberofTRXs.Itisassignedtosubcellpoolswhencommittingtheresultsofdimensioning.
MultiplexingFactor:TheuserorTemporaryBlockFlow(TBF)multiplexingfactor.Themultiplexingfactorisan
inputofthedimensioningprocess.Itcorrespondstothenumberofpacketswitchedserviceusersthatcanbemul
tiplexedontothesametimeslotinGPRSandEDGE.
MaximumNumberofTRXsperTransmitter:ThemaximumnumberofTRXsthatatransmittercansupportisan
inputofthedimensioningprocess.Thisparameterisprovidedbytheequipmentmanufacturer.Thevaluecanbe
setforeachtransmitterortakenfromthedimensioningmodelfortransmitterswherethisvalueisnotset.
TargetRateofTrafficOverflow(%):Thisinputparameterdefinesthepercentageoftrafficthatisallowedtoover
flowfromonesubcelltoanotherincasethetrafficassignedtothissubcellisgreaterthanthemaximumtraffic
thatitcanaccommodate.Itcanbeconsideredananticipationofthepercentageoftrafficthatwillberejected
fromhigherprioritysubcellsorlayerstolowerones.Thevalueisspecifiedforeachsubcell.
HalfrateTrafficRatio(%):Thisinputparameterisdefinedpersubcellandindicatesthepercentageofsubcell
trafficthatuseshalfrateaccess.
IfthevaluesaredifferentforBCCHandTCHsubcells,Atollwillusethevaluesforthetargetrateoftrafficoverflow
andthehalfratetrafficratiofromtheBCCHsubcell.
448
Packetdemand(Kbps):ThePacketTrafficDemandisthetotaltrafficdemandinkilobitspersecondgeneratedby
packetswitchedserviceuserswithinthecoverageareaofthetransmitter.Thisparametercomesfromthetraffic
captureorfromtheSubcellstable,dependingonthesourceyouchoseforthetrafficdemand.Itisassignedto
subcellpoolswhencommittingtheresultsofdimensioning.
Packet average demand (Timeslots): The number of timeslots needed to satisfy the packet traffic demand
dependsonthemaximumthroughputthatapackettimeslotcansupport.
CircuitDemand(Erlangs):TheCircuitTrafficDemandisthetotaltrafficdemandinErlangsgeneratedbycircuit
switchedserviceuserswithinthecoverageareaofthetransmitter.Thisparametercomesfromthetrafficcapture
orfromthesubcellstable,dependingontheuserselectionforthetrafficdemandsource.Itisassignedtosubcell
poolswhencommittingtheresultsofdimensioning.
AT320_UM_E0
Circuitaveragedemand(Timeslots):TheAverageDemandinCircuitTimeslotsiscalculatedtakingintoaccount
theeffectofhalfratecircuitswitchedtraffic:twohalfrateusersareequivalenttoonefullrateuser.
ServedCircuitTraffic(Erlangs):TheServedCircuitTrafficisthecircuitswitchedtrafficinErlangsthatthesubcell
canpotentiallyserve,ifthedimensioningresultsareapplied.Theservedcircuitswitchedtrafficiscircuittraffic
demandlesstheeffectiveoverflowedcircuittraffic.
ServedPacketTraffic(Kbps):TheServedPacketTrafficisthepacketswitchedtrafficinkilobitspersecondthat
thesubcellcanpotentiallyserve,ifthedimensioningresultsareapplied.Theservedpacketswitchedtrafficis
packettrafficdemandlesstheeffectiveoverflowedpackettraffic.
EffectiveRateofTrafficOverflow(%):TheEffectiveRateofTrafficOverflowistheactualrateoftrafficthatis
rejectedbythesubcellbecauseofalackofpackettimeslots.InaGSMnetwork,thevalueisthesameasthe
blockingprobability.Inamorecomplexnetwork,thisvalueincludesthetrafficoverflowfromallservices.
ForErlangB,theeffectiverateoftrafficoverflowcorrespondstotheeffectiveblockingrate.Thisvalueiscalculat
edfromtherequirednumberofcircuittimeslots(bothsharedandcircuittimeslots)andthecircuittrafficdemand
inErlangBtables.
ForErlangC,theeffectiverateoftrafficoverflowiszeroexceptifthemaximumnumberofTRXsisexceeded.The
effectiveblockingrateisinferredfromtherequirednumberofcircuittimeslots(bothsharedandcircuittimeslots)
andthecircuittrafficdemandinErlangCtables.
CircuitBlockingRate(/Delay)(%):TheCircuitBlockingRateisthegradeofservice(GoS)indicatorforcircuit
switchedtraffic.Itcanbeeithertherateatwhichcallsareblocked(ErlangB)ordelayed(ErlangC),dependingon
whichqueuingmodelthedimensioningmodeluses.
Minimum Throughput Reduction Factor (%): The Minimum Throughput Reduction Factor is the lowest
throughput reduction factor that can still guarantee service availability. The Minimum Throughput Reduction
Factorisoneofthecriteriaforpacketswitchedtrafficdimensioning.Itiscalculatedusingtheparametersdefined
fortheservices:theminimumservicethroughput(ortheguaranteedbitrateforconstantbitratepacketswitched
services);themaximumnumberoftimeslotsperconnection;therequiredavailability;andtheperpixeltimeslot
capacityofthesubcellcoveragearea.Thisparameteriscalculatedwhenmakingthetrafficcaptureorisuser
defined,dependingonthesourceoftrafficdemandonwhichthedimensioningisbased.
ThroughputReductionFactor(%):TheThroughputReductionFactoriscalculatedfromthequalitychartsusing
thepacketloadandavailableconnectionsforeachsubcell.Thisreductionfactormustbegreaterthanthemin
imumthroughputreductionfactorforpacketswitchedservicesfortheseservicestobesatisfactorilyavailablein
thesubcell.
MaximumDelay(s):TheMaximumDelayisthedefineddelayinsecondsthatmustnotbeexceededfortheser
vicequalitytobeconsideredsatisfactory.
Delay(s):TheDelayisakeyperformanceindicator(KPI)calculatedusingthequalitygraphs,theload,andthe
numberofconnectionsavailable.Thisdimensioningoutputmustnotexceedthemaximumdelaydefinedforthe
serviceforserviceavailabilitytobeconsideredsatisfactory.
MaximumPacketBlockingRate(/Delay)(%):TheMaximumPacketBlockingRateisdefinedforeachpacketser
viceandisthehighestprobabilitythattheservicewillbeblockedthatisacceptableintermsofserviceavailability.
PacketBlockingRate(Delay)(%):ThePacketBlockingRateisadimensioningoutputandmustnotexceedthe
MaximumPacketBlockingRatedefinedfortheserviceforserviceavailabilitytobeconsideredsatisfactory.
lationprocessconsistsoftwosteps:
thesimulationandonthenetworkinterferences.Ausercanbeeitheractiveorinactive.Bothactiveandinactiveusers
AtollFinally,anotherrandomtrialdeterminesuserpositionsintheirrespectivetrafficzone(possiblyaccordingtothe
clutterweightingandtheindoorratioperclutterclass).
2. Modellingnetworkregulationmechanisms:AtollmanagestheGSMresourcesasdescribedin"RadioResourceMan
agementinGSM"onpage450
449
Forsk2013
8.3.7.1 RadioResourceManagementinGSM
8.3.7.1.1
"MSADefinition"onpage450
"GSMSimulationProcess"onpage450.
MSADefinition
Inordertounderstandthedifferencebetweeneachfrequencyhoppingmodefromthepointofviewofamobile,youcan
considertheMobileStationAllocation.MSAischaracterisedbythepairchannellistandMAIO.Inthefollowing,thisconcept
ofMSAwillbeusedtocharacterisetheinterferenceandresourcessetofamobile.
Fornonhopping(NH)mode,thechannellistis1channel.Forbasebandhopping(BBH)orsynthesisedfrequencyhopping
(SFH),thechannellistcorrespondstothemobileallocationlist(MAL).
ForBBH,channelsofMALbelongtothesameTRXtype.
Examples:
ForNH,youhave:
TRXindex
Channellist
MAIO
MSA
53
(53,*)
54
(54,*)
ForBBH,ifyouassumeTRXsbelongtothesameTRXtype,youhave:
TRXindex
Channellist
MAIO
MSA
53
([53,54,55],0)
54
([53,54,55],1)
55
([53,54,55],2)
TRXindex
Channellist
MAIO
MSA
53545556
([53,54,55,56],2)
53545556
([53,54,55,56],3)
ForSFH,youhave:
Therefore,fromthepointofviewofamobilestation,BBHandSFHworkinthesameway.AnMSAwillbeattachedtoeach
mobileconsideredduringthesimulationandthelevelofinterferencewillbeevaluatedonthisMSA.
8.3.7.1.2
GSMSimulationProcess
Figure8.41showstheGSMsimulationalgorithm.ThespecificsimulationprocessinGSMconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
450
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.41:GSMsimulationalgorithm
Foreachsimulation,thesimulationprocessdoesthefollowing:
1. Itsetsinitialvaluesforthefollowingparameters:
a. Mobiletransmissionpowerissettothemaximummobilepower.
b. CelltrafficloadsforeachMSAandtransmitteraresettotheiraveragecurrentvalueintheTransmitterstable(one
trafficloadvaluepersubcell).
Foreachiterationk,thesimulationprocessdoesthefollowing:
2. Foreachcircuitswitchedmobile,thesimulation:
a. DeterminestheserverandtheMSAtowhichthecircuitswitchedmobileisattached(whichisthesameinuplink
anddownlink).
b. DeterminesthedownlinkanduplinkC/(I+N)foreachofthesemobiles.
c. DeterminesMSAcodecmodesindownlinkanduplinkandperformsthecorrespondingtargetpowercontrols.
3. Foreachpacketswitchedmobile,thesimulation:
a. DeterminestheserverandtheMSAtowhichthepacketswitchedmobileisattached(whichisthesameinuplink
anddownlink).
b. DeterminesthedownlinkanduplinkC/(I+N)foreachofthesemobiles.
c. DeterminesMSAcodingschemeindownlinkanduplink,evaluatesthenumbersofnecessarytimeslotstoreach
theminimumdownlinkanduplinkthroughputdemands(definedintherequestedservice)oftheusersrandomly
rankedandperformsthecorrespondingtargetpowercontrols.ThenumberoftimeslotsinDLandULareobviously
notlinked.
451
Forsk2013
4. Itequallysharestheremainingresourcestopacketswitcheduserswhodidnotreachtheirmaximumthroughput
demands.Resourcesandthroughputsarefinallyassignedtoeachpacketswitcheduser.
5. ItupdatestheDLtrafficloads,powercontrolgains,DTXgains,andhalfratetrafficratiosofallthesubcellsaccording
totheresourcesinuseandthetotalresources.
6. ItupdatestheULtrafficloadsofallthesubcellsandtheULnoiserisesofalltheTRXsaccordingtotheresourcesinuse
andthetotalresources.
7. Itperformsaconvergencetesttoseewhetherthedifferencesbetweenthecurrentandthenewloadsandnoiserises
arewithintheconvergencethresholds.
8. Repeatstheprevioussteps(fromstep2.tostep7.)fortheiterationk+1usingthenewcalculatedloadconditionsas
thecurrentloadsandnoiserises.
Attheendofthesimulations,anactiveusercanbeconnectedinthedirectioncorrespondingtohisactivitystatusif:
Hehasaservingcellassigned
Foracircuitswitched(orpacketswitched)service,hehasacodecmode(orcodingscheme)correspondingtohis
activitystatus
Heisnotrejectedduetoresourcesaturation.
Ifauserisrejectedduringserverdetermination,thecauseofrejectionis"NoCoverage".Ifauserisrejectedbecausequality
istoolowtoobtainanycodecmodeorcodingscheme,thecauseofrejectionis"NoService".Ifauserisrejectedbecausehe
cannotbeallocatedasufficientnumberofresourcestoobtainthecodecmodeorcodingscheme,thecauseofrejectionis
"ResourceSaturation,"i.e.,allofthecellsresourceswereusedupbyotherusers.
InAtoll,simulationsenableyoutomodelGSMnetworkregulationmechanismsinordertominimiseinterferenceandmaxim
isecapacity.
5. UnderExecutionontheGeneraltab,youcansetthefollowing:
environmentanduserprofiletrafficmaps),throughputs/usersornumberofusers(forsectortrafficmaps)orden
sityofusers(fortrafficdensitymaps).
7. OntheAdvancedtab,underGeneratorinitialisation,enteranintegerasthegeneratorinitialisationvalue.Ifyouenter
"0",thedefault,theuserandshadowingerrordistributionwillberandom.Ifyouenteranyotherinteger,thesame
userandshadowingerrordistributionwillbeusedforanysimulationusingthesamegeneratorinitialisationvalue.
Usingthesamegenerateduserdistributionforseveralsimulationscanbeusefulwhen
youwanttocomparetheresultsofseveralsimulationswhereonlyoneparameter
changes.
8. UnderConvergenceThresholdsontheAdvancedtab,enterthefollowingparameter:
452
DLtrafficload:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofdownlinktrafficloadthatmustbereachedbetweentwo
iterations.
AT320_UM_E0
ULtrafficload:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofuplinktrafficloadthatmustbereachedbetweentwoiter
ations.
DLpowercontrolgain:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofdownlinkpowercontrolgainthatmustbereached
betweentwoiterations.
ULnoiserise:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofuplinknoiserisethatmustbereachedbetweentwoitera
tions.
button(
AllsimulationscreatedatthesametimearegroupedtogetherinafolderintheNetworkexplorer.
parameters.Youcan,forexample,displaythetrafficaccordingtoservice,activitystatusoranyoutputofthesimulation.
Formoreinformation,see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorer
Windows"onpage38.
8.3.7.3.1
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"ConnectionStatus"astheField.
5. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbyconnectionstatus(seeFigure8.42).
453
Forsk2013
8.3.7.3.2
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"Service"astheField.
5. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbyservice(seeFigure8.43).
454
AT320_UM_E0
wanttoaccess.
4. Rightclickthesimulation.Thecontextmenuappears.
lationresultsasidentifiedbythetabtitle.Afinaltabliststheinitialconditionsofthesimulation.Theamountofdetail
availablewhenyoudisplaytheresultsdependsonthelevelofdetailyouselectedfromtheInformationtoretainlist
ontheGeneraltabofthepropertiesdialogueforthegroupofsimulations.Formoreinformationonthedifferent
options,seestep5.of"CreatingSimulations"onpage452.
TheStatisticstab:TheStatisticstabcontainsthefollowingtwosections:
Demand:UnderDemand,youwillfinddataontheconnectionrequests:
Atollcalculatesthetotalnumberofuserswhotrytoconnect.Thisnumberistheresultofthefirstrandom
trial;powercontrolhasnotyetfinished.Theresultdependsonthetrafficdescriptionandtrafficinput.
Duringthefirstrandomtrial,eachuserisassignedaserviceandanactivitystatus.Thenumberofusersper
activitystatusandtheULandDLthroughputsthatallactiveuserscouldtheoreticallygenerateareprovided.
Thebreakdownperservice(totalnumberofusers,numberofusersperactivitystatus)isgiven.
Results:UnderResults,youwillfinddataonconnectionresults:
Thenumberofiterationsthatwereruninordertoconverge.
Thenumberandthepercentageofrejectedusersisgivenalongwiththereasonforrejection.Thesefigures
includerejectedusersonly.Thesefiguresaredeterminedattheendofthesimulationanddependonthe
networkdesign.
TheSitestab:TheSitestabcontainsthefollowinginformationpersite:
DLandULThroughputforEachService:Thethroughputinkbitssforeachservice.Theresultisdetailedonthe
downlinkanduplinkonlywhenrelevant.
TheSubcellstab:TheCellstabcontainsthefollowinginformation,pertransmitterandTRXType:
FrequencyDomain:Thefrequencydomainassignedtothesubcell.
DLPowerReduction(dB):ThepowerreductionappliedtotheconsideredsubcellcomparedtotheBCCHpower.
DLTrafficLoad:TheobtainDLtrafficloadwhichrepresentstheaverageoccupancyofthesubcelltimeslotsinDL.
ULTrafficLoad:TheobtainULtrafficloadwhichrepresentstheaverageoccupancyofthesubcelltimeslotsinUL.
MeanPowerControlGain(dB):TheaveragegainduetotheDLpowercontrolinordertoreduceinterference.
DLDTXGain(dB):ThegainduetoDTXusersinactivity.
HalfRateTrafficRatio(%):Thepercentageofhalfratevoicetrafficinthesubcell.
DTXsupported:TheabilityofsubcelltosupportDTXmode.ForBCCHsubcells,thisboxshouldremaincleared.If
thisboxisselected,aDLDTXgaincanbeobtained.
TheTRXstab:TheTRXstabcontainsthefollowinginformation:
HoppingMode:ThehoppingmodeofthesubcelltowhichtheTRXbelongs
Channels:ThechannellisttowhichtheTRXispartof.Incaseofnonhopping,itcorrespondstoauniquechannel.
Incaseofanyhoppingmode,itcorrespondstoaMAL.
MAIO:TheMAIOdefinedatthisTRXincaseofSFHonly
TRXRank:TherankassignedtotheTRXduringanautomaticfrequencyallocation
IntratechnologyULNoiseRise(dB):theresultingnoiserisecausedbythesurroundingULtrafficattheTRX.This
resultistheoutputwhichcanbecommittedtotheTRXstable.
TheMobilestab:TheMobilestabcontainsthefollowinginformation:
XandY:Thecoordinatesofuserswhoattempttoconnect(thegeographicpositionisdeterminedbythesecond
randomtrial).
Service:Theserviceassignedduringthefirstrandomtrialduringthegenerationoftheuserdistribution.
Terminal:Theassignedterminal.Atollusestheassignedserviceandactivitystatustodeterminetheterminaland
theuserprofile.
UserProfile:Theassigneduserprofile.Atollusestheassignedserviceandactivitystatustodeterminetheter
minalandtheuserprofile.
455
Forsk2013
Mobility:Themobilitytypeassignedduringthefirstrandomtrialduringthegenerationoftheuserdistribution.
ActivityStatus:Theactivitystatusassignedduringthefirstrandomtrialduringthegenerationoftheuserdistri
bution.
ConnectionStatus:Theconnectionstatusindicateswhethertheuserisconnectedorrejectedattheendofthe
simulation.Ifconnected,theconnectionstatuscorrespondstotheactivitystatus.Ifrejected,therejectioncause
isgiven.
Server:ThetransmitterservingthemobileonitsMSA.
HCSLayer:TheHCSLayeroftheservingcell
BestServerSignalLevel(dBm):Thereceivedsignalstrengthoftheservingcell.
FrequencyBand:Thefrequencybandusedbythetransmittermobilelink.
TRXType:TheTRXtypeofthesubcelltowhichthemobileisattached.
DLRequestedThroughput:TheDLmaxthroughputdemanddefinedintheservice.
ULRequestedThroughput:notimplementedyet
DLObtainedThroughput:TheDLobtainedthroughputdependingontheresourcesallocatedtotheuser.This
valuemustbebetweentheminimumandthemaximumthroughputdemands.
ULObtainedThroughput:notimplementedyet
Timeslots(DL):thenumberofDLtimeslotsused.Itshouldbe0ifitisnotconnected.Thenforcircuitswitched
services,dependingontheservedcodecmode,itcanbe0,5or1,buthastobethesameasforUL.Forpacket
switchedservices,thisisthenumberoftimeslotscorrespondingtotheDLtotalobtainedthroughput.
Timeslots(UL):thenumberofULtimeslotsused.Itshouldbe0ifitisnotconnected.Thenforcircuitswitched
services,dependingontheservedcodecmode,itcanbe0,5or1,buthastobethesameasforDL.Forpacket
switchedservices,thisisthenumberoftimeslotscorrespondingtotheULtotalobtainedthroughput.
InitialC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):TheC/(I+N)oftheservedMSAattheuserlocationinthedownlinkbeforepowercontrol.
FinalC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):TheC/(I+N)oftheservedMSAattheuserlocationinthedownlinkafterpowercontrol.
TargetThreshold(DL)(dB):TheDLC/(I+N)togetthecoding(codingschemeofcodecmode)atthecurrentloca
tion.
InitialC/(I+N)(UL)(dB):TheC/(I+N)oftheservedMSAattheservingcellintheuplinkbeforepowercontrol.
FinalC/(I+N)(UL)(dB):TheC/(I+N)oftheservedMSAattheservingcellintheuplinkafterpowercontrol.
TargetThreshold(UL)(dB):TheULC/(I+N)togetthecoding(codingschemeofcodecmode)attheservingcell.
MobileTotalPower(dBm):Themobiletotalpowercorrespondstothetotalpowertransmittedbytheterminal.
Channels:Thechannelorlistofchannelsallocatedtothemobilestationduringthesimulation.Ithastobe1
channelincaseof"NonHopping"andalistofchannelincaseoffrequencyhopping.
MAIO:TheMobileAllocationIndexOffsetassignedincaseoffrequencyhopping(BBHorSFH)toavoidintrasite
collisionscausedbytwositesusingthesameoradjacentchannels.Thisvaluehastobeanintegerrangingfrom0
andN1(where"N"isthenumberofchannelsusedinthehoppingsequence)
CodecorCodingscheme(DL):Accordingtothecapabilityofboththebasestationandtheterminal,thisvalueis
eitherthecodecmode(foracircuitswitchedservice)orthecodingscheme(forapacketswitchedservice)served
attheterminal.
CodecorCodingscheme(UL):Accordingtothecapabilityofboththebasestationandtheterminal,thisvalueis
eitherthecodecmode(foracircuitswitchedservice)orthecodingscheme(forapacketswitchedservice)served
atthecell.
TheInitialConditionstab:TheInitialConditionstabcontainsthefollowinginformation:
Theinputparametersspecifiedwhencreatingthesimulation:
Thegeneratorinitialisationvalue
Theglobalscalingfactor
Themaximumnumberofiterations
TheDLtrafficloadconvergencethreshold
TheULtrafficloadconvergencethreshold
TheDLpowercontrolconvergencethreshold
TheULnoiseriseconvergencethreshold
Thenameofthetrafficmapsused.
Theparametersrelatedtotheclutterclasses,includingthedefaultvalues.
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationsonwhichyouwanttoaveragetheresults.
4. SelectAverageSimulationandfromthecontextmenu.Apropertiesdialogueappears.
456
AT320_UM_E0
Onetabgivesstatisticsoftheresultsofthegroupofsimulations.Othertabsinthepropertiesdialoguecontainsimu
lationresultsforallsimulations,bothaveraged.
networkdesign.
TheSites(Average)tab:TheSites(Average)tabcontainsthefollowingaverageinformationpersite:
TheSubcells(Average)tab:TheSubcells(Average)tabcontainsthefollowingaverageinformationpertransmitter
andTRXType:
FrequencyDomain:Thefrequencydomainassignedtothesubcell.
DLPowerReduction(dB):ThepowerreductionappliedtotheconsideredsubcellcomparedtotheBCCHpower.
DLTrafficLoad:TheobtainDLtrafficloadwhichrepresentstheaverageoccupancyofthesubcelltimeslotsinDL.
ULTrafficLoad:TheobtainULtrafficloadwhichrepresentstheaverageoccupancyofthesubcelltimeslotsinUL.
MeanPowerControlGain(dB):TheaveragegainduetotheDLpowercontrolinordertoreduceinterference.
DLDTXGain(dB):ThegainduetoDTXusersinactivity.
HalfRateTrafficRatio(%):Thepercentageofhalfratevoicetrafficinthesubcell.
DTXsupported:TheabilityofsubcelltosupportDTXmode.ForBCCHsubcells,thisboxshouldremaincleared.If
thisboxisselected,aDLDTXgaincanbeobtained.
TheTRXs(Average)tab:TheTRXstabcontainsthefollowinginformation:
HoppingMode:ThehoppingmodeofthesubcelltowhichtheTRXbelongs
Channels:ThechannellisttowhichtheTRXispartof.Incaseofnonhopping,itcorrespondstoauniquechannel.
Incaseofanyhoppingmode,itcorrespondstoaMAL.
MAIO:TheMAIOdefinedatthisTRXincaseofSFHonly
TRXRank:TherankassignedtotheTRXduringanautomaticfrequencyallocation
IntratechnologyULNoiseRise(dB):theresultingnoiserisecausedbythesurroundingULtrafficattheTRX.This
resultistheoutputwhichcanbecommittedtotheTRXstable.
TheDLtrafficloadconvergencethreshold
TheULtrafficloadconvergencethreshold
TheDLpowercontrolconvergencethreshold
TheULnoiseriseconvergencethreshold
updatevaluesforeachsubcellwiththeresultscalculatedduringthesimulation.Thefollowingvaluesareupdated:
Subcelltrafficloads(ULandDL)
DLPowercontrolgains
DTXgains
Halfratetrafficratios
Inaddition,youalsocanupdatetheintratechnologyULnoiserisecalculatedforeachTRXduringthesimulation.
457
Forsk2013
ToupdatesubcellandTRXsvalueswithsimulationresults:
1. Displaythesimulationresults:
Todisplaytheresultsforagroupofsimulations:
b. ClicktheExpandbutton(
)toexpandtheTrafficParametersfolder.
c. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationswhoseresultsyouwanttoaccess.
d. SelectAverageSimulationfromthecontextmenu.Apropertiesdialogueappears.
lationresultsforallsimulations,bothaveraged.
Todisplaytheresultsforasinglesimulation:
c. ClicktheExpandbutton(
youwanttoaccess.
)toexpandthefolderofthesimulationgroupcontainingthesimulationwhoseresults
d. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.Thesimulationpropertiesdialogueappears.
2. ClicktheSubcellsortheTRXstab.
3. OntheSubcellstab,clickCommitResults.
Thefollowingvaluesareupdatedforeachsubcell:
Subcelltrafficloads(DLandUL)
DLPowercontrolgains
DTXgains
Halfratetrafficratios.
ThefollowingvaluesareupdatedforeachTRX:
IntratechnologyULnoiserise.
1. Create a simulation or group of simulations by creating a new simulation or group of simulations as described in
2. ClicktheTraffictabofthepropertiesdialogue.
numberofsubscribers(forenvironmentanduserprofiletrafficmaps)ortheusers/throughputs(forsectortraffic
maps).
8.4 AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,and
MAIOs
TheallocationofresourcesisanimportantpartofplanningandoptimisingaGSMnetwork.Theresourcesfrequencies,
BSICs,HSNs,andMAIOscanbeallocatedmanually,automatically,orinteractively.Theseresourcesarelimited,conse
quentlyeachresourcewillhavetobeusedmorethanonce,althoughidenticalinstancesofthesameresourcecannotbeused
closetoeachother.
Theresourcesareallocatedondifferentlevels:
458
Thechannel,MAIO,andMALareallocatedattheTRXlevel:eachTRXrequiresonechannel(orMAL)andoneMAIO.
TheHSNisallocatedatthesubcelllevel:eachsubcellperformingfrequencyhoppingrequiresanHSN(howevercells
thatdonotperformfrequencyhoppingdonotneedtobeallocatedanHSN).TheallocationofHSNsismanagedusing
domainsandgroups.
AT320_UM_E0
TheBSICisallocatedatthecelllevelandtheBSICBCCHpairisusedtoidentifythetransmittersinthenetwork.The
allocationofBSICsismanagedusingdomainsandgroups.
Frequenciesaremanagedonthreedifferentlevels:frequencybands,andthendomains,andfinallygroups.
ThefrequencybandisthehighestlevelandisdefinedbythefrequenciesallocatedtoGSM/GPRS/EDGEintheareacovered
by the project. It can therefore be considered as a fixed item. The frequency bands usually follow the Absolute Radio
FrequencyChannelNumber(ARFCN)standards.Thefrequencybandsaremainlyusedforbasestationandterminalcompat
ibility.Afrequencydomainisasubsetofthefrequenciescontainedbythefrequencyband.Thefrequencydomaincancontain
oneormoregroups.Whilethefrequencybandisfixed,frequencygroupsanddomainscanbedefinedandmodified.
Thesecondlevelonwhichfrequenciesaremanaged,andthehighestlevelonwhichBSICsandHSNsaremanaged,isthe
domain.Themainroleofthedomainistolimittheresourcestothesubsetofthoseresourcesavailable.ForBSICsandHSNs,
thedomainisthehighestlevelonwhichtheycanbemanaged.Muchlikefrequencydomains,BSICandHSNdomainscan
containoneormoregroups.However,whiletheresourcesdefinedinafrequencydomainarelimitedbythefrequencyband
thedomainbelongsto,theresourcesinaBSICorHSNdomainaredefinedbytheGSMstandard.
Thelowestlevelatwhichfrequencies,BSICs,andHSNsaremanagedisatthegrouplevel.Agroupbelongstoadomain.All
frequenciesinagroupmustbelongtothefrequencybandthedomainbelongsto.InthecaseofBSICorHSNgroups,the
entriesmustbevalidBSICorHSNnumbers.
Thissectionbeginswithanexplanationofhowtomanuallyallocateresources.Bybeginningwithmanualallocation,youwill
haveabetterunderstandingofhowAtollmanagesthevariousresources.
Whentheprojectistoolargeorwhentherearetoomanyvariablestocoordinate,manuallyallocatingresourceswillbetoo
timeconsumingandcomplex.Atthatpoint,youwillprobablyneedtouseAutomaticFrequencyPlanning(AFP).Byallocating
resources efficiently within defined parameters, the AFP can enhance network performance. However, before you can
performanautomaticallocation,youmustbecertainthattheprerequisiteshavebeenfilled:youmusthavevalidinterfer
encematrices,youmustdeterminethenumberofrequiredTRXs,andyoumustdefineseparationrulesandqualitytargets.
Alongwithmanualandautomaticallocation,AtollalsoallowsyoutoallocateresourcesusingInteractiveFrequencyPlanning
(IFP). The IFP enables you to verify the frequency allocation of each transmitter and interactively improve an existing
frequencyplanbyselectingthemostappropriatechannelstoassigntoindividualTRXs.TheIFPusestheinstalledAFPmodule
tocalculatethecostsassociatedwiththecurrentandmodifiedfrequencyplans.
ByusingtheAFPtoallocatechannelsandfindthebestsolutionintermsofallocatedchannels,i.e.,thefrequencyallocation
thatprovidesthelowestoverallcost,theIFPletsyouuseyourknowledgeofthenetworktoimprovethefrequencyplan
proposedbytheAFP.
AutomaticandinteractiveallocationareimplementedusinganAFPmodule.ManyAFPmodulesworkwithAtoll.Because
eachmoduleisdifferent,inthissectiononlythegeneralallocationprocesswillbedescribed.
FormoreinformationontheoptionalAtollAFPmodule,see"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
"DefiningResourceRanges"onpage459
"AllocatingFrequenciesandBSICsManually"onpage464
"AFPPrerequisites(IM,Separations,Traffic,etc.)"onpage469
"AutomaticResourceAllocationUsinganAFPModule"onpage492.
8.4.1 DefiningResourceRanges
InAtoll,whenyouallocateresourcessuchasfrequenciesandBSICs,youdosousingdomainsandgroups.Thedomainsand
groupsdefinetherangeofresourcesthatcanbeusedbythetransmitter,subcell,orTRX.Usingdefinedrangesofresources
facilitatesbothallocationandmanagementofresources.
"DefiningFrequencyBands,Domains,andGroups"onpage459
"DefiningBSICDomainsandGroups"onpage461
"DefiningHSNDomainsandGroups"onpage463
8.4.1.1 DefiningFrequencyBands,Domains,andGroups
InGSM/GPRS/EDGE projects,youcanmanage frequenciesbydefiningfrequencydomainsand groups basedonstandard
frequencybands.Afrequencydomainconsistsofoneorseveralfrequencygroups.Thefrequencydomaininturnbelongsto
afrequencyband.Afrequencygroupisasetofchannels.Afrequencygroupcanbelongtooneorseveralfrequencydomains.
Frequencyplanning,bothmanualandautomatic,isbasedonthefrequencydomainsassignedtotheTRXtypesindefinedcell
types.
"DefiningFrequencyBands"onpage460
"DefiningFrequencyDomainsandGroups"onpage460.
459
8.4.1.1.1
Forsk2013
DefiningFrequencyBands
Frequencybandsrepresentthedefinedfrequencythatfrequencydomainsandgroupsreferto.InaGSM/GPRS/EDGEproject,
thefrequencybandsareusuallyfixeditems,whereasdomainsandgroupscanbedefinedandmodifiedtorespondtothe
needsoftheproject.
ThepropertiesoffrequencybandscanbeaccessedfromtheFrequencyBandstable.
Todefineafrequencyband:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheFrequenciesfolder.
4. IntheFrequenciesfolder,rightclickBands.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheFrequencyBandstableappears.
),enterthefollowingparameterstodefineafrequencyband(forinfor
mationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69):
Name:Enteranameforthefrequency,forexample,"GSM1900."Thisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhen
youselectafrequencyband.
Frequency(MHz):Entertheaveragefrequency.
ChannelWidth(kHz):Enterthewidth,inkHz,thateachchannelwillcover.
Firstchannel:Enterthenumberofthefirstchannelinthisfrequencyband.
Lastchannel:Enterthenumberofthelastchannelinthisfrequencyband.
Excludedchannels:Enterthechannelsthatwillnotbeincludedinthisfrequencyband,eventhoughtheyare
betweenthefirstandlastchannels.
Multiplexingfactor:Enterthemultiplexingfactorofthefrequencyband.Theusermultiplexingfactorcorresponds
tothenumberoftimeslotsinaGSM/GPRS/EDGEframe.
Maxchannelnumber:Enterthemaximumchannelnumberafterwhichthechannelnumbercountrestartsat0.
TheGSM900frequencybandinAtollincludesthePGSM(primitiveGSM),RGSM(GSMforrailways),andEGSM
(extendedGSM)bands,i.e.,channelsfrom1to124(PGSM),from955to974(RGSM),andfrom975to1023and
0(EGSM).Thechannelnumbers0and1023willbeconsideredadjacentifyouenteraMaxChannelNumberof
1024forthisfrequencyband.
YoucanalsomodifythepropertiesofafrequencybandusingitsPropertiesdialogue.You
canopenthefrequencybandPropertiesdialoguebydoubleclickingtheleftmarginofthe
rowwiththefrequencyband.ThefrequencybandPropertiesdialoguehasaGeneraltab
which allows you to modify the properties described above, a Frequency Domains tab
whichindicatesthefrequencydomainsthatbelongtothefrequencyband,and,ifuser
definedfieldshavebeenaddedtotheFrequencyBandstable,anOtherPropertiestab.
TheabsoluteradiofrequencychannelnumbersaredeterminedinAtollwiththefollowingequation:
ARFCNofX=FirstChannelNumber+(ChannelFrequencyofXFirstChannelFrequency)/200kHz
8.4.1.1.2
DefiningFrequencyDomainsandGroups
InaGSM/GPRS/EDGEproject,thefrequencybandsareusuallyfixeditems,whereasdomainsandgroupscanbedefinedand
modifiedtorespondtotheneedsoftheproject.FrequencydomainsarelinkedtoTRXtypes.Frequencygroupsareusedin
frequencyallocation.
Todefinefrequencydomainsandgroups:
4. IntheFrequenciesfolder,rightclickDomains.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheFrequencyDomainstableappears.
),enterthefollowingparameterstodefineafrequencydomain(for
informationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69):
460
Name:Enteranameforthefrequencydomain,forexample,"GSM1900domain."Thisnamewillappearinother
dialogueswhenyouselectafrequencydomain.
FrequencyBand:Selectthefrequencybandthedomainwillbelongtofromthelist.
AT320_UM_E0
7. SelecttherowcontainingthefrequencydomainandclickthePropertiesbutton(
quencydomainsPropertiesdialogueappears.
)intheTabletoolbar.Thefre
InthefrequencydomainsPropertiesdialogue,youcanmodifythepropertiesofthefrequencydomainandcreate
frequencygroups.
),enterthefollowingparameterstodefineafrequency
8. UnderGroups,intherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
group(forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69):
Name:Enteranameforthefrequencygroup,forexample,"GSM1900domainGroup1."Thisnamewillappearin
otherdialogueswhenyouselectafrequencygroup.
Min.:Enterthenumberofthefirstchannelinthisfrequencygroup.
Max.:Enterthenumberofthelastchannelinthisfrequencygroup.
Step:Enterthevalueintervalbetweenchannelsinthisfrequencygroup.
Excluded:Enterthechannelsthatyoudonotwanttouseinthisfrequencygroup.Youcanenterorpastealistof
channels;thevaluesmustbeseparatedwitheitheracomma,orasemicolon,oraspace.Youcanalsoentera
rangeofchannelstobeexcludedfromthisgroup,byenteringthefirstandlastchanneloftherangeseparatedby
ahyphen.Forexample,entering520525correspondstoentering520521522523524525.
Extra:Entertheadditionalchannels,outsidethefirstandlastchannelsofthegroup,thatyouwanttouseinthis
frequencygroup.Youcanenterorpastealistofchannels;thevaluesmustbeseparatedwitheitheracomma,or
asemicolon,oraspace.Youcanalsoenterarangeofchannelstobeexcludedfromthisgroup,byenteringthe
firstandlastchanneloftherangeseparatedbyahyphen.Forexample,entering520525correspondstoentering
520521522523524525.
9. ClickOKtoclosethefrequencydomainsPropertiesdialogue.
10. ClicktheClosebutton( )toclosetheFrequencyDomainstable.
YoucanassociatefrequencygroupstofrequencydomainsusingtheFrequencyGroups
table.YoucanopentheFrequencyGroupstablebyexpandingtheGSMNetworkSettings
folderintheParametersexplorer,expandingtheFrequenciesfolder,rightclickingGroups
andselectingOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.
Althougheachgroupnameinasinglefrequencydomainmustbeunique,youcanusethe
samegroupnameindifferentfrequencydomains.
8.4.1.2 DefiningBSICDomainsandGroups
InGSM/GPRS/EDGE,theBaseStationIdentityCode(BSIC)isassignedtoaBCCHtoidentifythetransmitteronwhichtheBCCH
islocated.BSICsaremadeavailableaccordingtocountryandarea.ThemobileusestheBSIC,whichcanbeineitherdecimal
oroctalformat,todistinguishoneBCCHfromBCCHsonnearbytransmitters.TheBSICiscomposedofaNetworkColourCode
(NCC)andaBTSColourCode(BCC).BSICsaremodelledusingdomainsandgroupswhichcanbedefinedandmodified:
Adomainconsistsofoneormoregroups.
AgroupisadefinedsetofBSICs.ABSICgroupcanbelongtooneormoreBSICdomains.
8.4.1.2.1
"DefiningtheBSICFormat"onpage461
"DefiningBSICDomainsandGroups"onpage462.
DefiningtheBSICFormat
TheBSICiscomposedofaNetworkColourCode(NCC)combinedwithaBTSColourCode(BCC).BoththeNCCandtheBCCare
integersfrom0to7,makingatotalof64possibleBSICs.Theyarebrokendowninto8groups(onegroupforeachpossible
NCC)of8BSICs.ForeachNCCBCCpair,theresultingBSICnumbercanbeineitherdecimaloroctalformat.
Decimalformat:Indecimalformat,allnumbersfrom0to9canbeusedtodefinetheBSIC.BecauseboththeNCCand
theBCCareinoctalformat(usingthenumbersfrom0to7),theircombinedvaluemustbeconvertedtodecimal
formatwiththefollowingequation:
NCCx8+BCC
TheresultingvalueistheBSICindecimalformat.Forexample,theNCCBCCpair32resultsinadecimalBSICvalueof
26.
Octalformat:BoththeNCCandtheBCCarealreadyinoctalformat(usingthenumbersfrom0to7),sotheycanbe
combineddirectlytoexpresstheresultingBSIC.Forexample,theNCCBCCpair32resultsinanoctalBSICvalueof32.
Theoctalformatismorecommonlyusedthanthedecimalformat.
InAtoll,youdefinetheformatgloballyfortheentireGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument.
461
Forsk2013
Whenyouimportdrivetestdata,youmustensurethatthedefinedBSICformatisthe
sameasthatofthedrivetestdatabeforeyouimportthedata.
TodefinetheBSICformatforaGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument:
3. RightclicktheBSICsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectFormatandselectoneofthefollowing:
8.4.1.2.2
Decimal
Octal
DefiningBSICDomainsandGroups
BSICsaremodelledusingdomainsandgroupswhichcanbedefinedandmodified.Adomainconsistsofoneormoregroups.
YoumustassignaBSICdomaintoeachtransmitter.AgroupisadefinedsetofBSICs.ABSICgroupcanbelongtooneormore
BSICdomains.GroupsareusedduringautomaticBSICallocation.
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheBSICsfolder.
4. IntheBSICsfolder,rightclickDomains.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheBSICsDomainstableappears.TheBSICDomainstablecontainsadefaultdomaincalled"ALL
BSICs;"itcontainsall64BSICsdividedinto8groups.
),enterthenameofthenewBSICdomain.
7. Select the row containing the BSIC domain and click the Properties button (
domainsPropertiesdialogueappears.
) in the Table toolbar. The BSIC
IntheBSICdomainsPropertiesdialogue,youcanmodifythepropertiesoftheBSICdomainandcreateBSICgroups.
),enterthefollowingparameterstodefineaBSICgroup
(forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69):
WhendefiningtheBSICgroup,ensurethattheenteredvaluesareconsistentwiththe
definedBSICformat(see"DefiningtheBSICFormat"onpage461).
Name:EnteranamefortheBSICgroup.ThisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhenyouselectaBSICgroup.
Min.:EnterthefirstBSICinthisBSICgroup.
Max.:EnterthelastBSICinthisBSICgroup.
Step:EnterthevalueintervalbetweenBSICsinthisBSICgroup.
Excluded:EntertheBSICsthatyoudonotwanttouseinthisBSICgroup.YoucanenterorpastealistofBSICs;the
valuesmustbeseparatedwitheitheracomma,orasemicolon,oraspace.YoucanalsoenterarangeofBSICsto
beexcludedfromthisgroup,byenteringthefirstandlastBSICoftherangeseparatedbyahyphen.Forexample,
entering05correspondstoentering012345.
Extra:EntertheadditionalBSICs,outsidethefirstandlastBSICsofthegroup,thatyouwanttouseinthisBSIC
group.YoucanenterorpastealistofBSICs;thevaluesmustbeseparatedwitheitheracomma,orasemicolon,
oraspace.YoucanalsoenterarangeofBSICstobeexcludedfromthisgroup,byenteringthefirstandlastBSIC
oftherangeseparatedbyahyphen.Forexample,entering05correspondstoentering012345.
9. ClickOKtoclosetheBSICdomainsPropertiesdialogue.
10. ClicktheClosebutton( )toclosetheBSICDomainstable.
462
AT320_UM_E0
YoucanassociateBSICgroupstoBSICdomainsusingtheBSICGroupstable.Youcanopen
theBSICGroupstablebyexpandingtheGSMNetworkSettingsfolderintheParameters
explorer,expandingtheBSICsfolder,rightclickingGroupsandselectingOpenTablefrom
thecontextmenu.
AlthougheachgroupnameinasingleBSICdomainmustbeunique,youcanusethesame
groupnameindifferentBSICdomains.
8.4.1.3 DefiningHSNDomainsandGroups
InAtoll,bothbasebandhopping(BBH)andsynthesisedfrequencyhopping(SFH)aresupportedinGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojects.
BBHandSFHaremodelledusingthehoppingsequencenumber(HSN)alongwithotherparameterssuchastheMALandthe
MAIOs.
The HSN describes the frequency hopping sequence. It can have one of 64 different values (from 0 to 63). Frequency
sequencesarepseudorandom,exceptforHSN"0,"wherefrequenciesareusedoneaftertheother(cyclichopping).InAtoll,
HSNsaremodelledintheformofHSNdomainsandgroups:
AdomainconsistsofoneormoreHSNgroups.
AgroupisadefinedsetofHSNs.AHSNgroupcanbelongtooneormoreHSNdomains.
ManualandautomaticHSNallocationisbasedontheHSNdomainsassignedtoTRXtypesincelltypes;whenyoudefineacell
type,youmustassignanHSNdomaintoeachTRXtype.TheassignedHSNdomainwillbeusedasaconstraintduringauto
maticHSNallocation.
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheHSNsfolder.
4. IntheHSNsfolder,rightclickDomains.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheHSNsDomainstableappears.TheHSNDomainstablecontainsadefaultdomaincalled"ALL
HSNs;"itcontainsall64HSNs.
),enterthenameofthenewHSNdomain.
7. Select the row containing the HSN domain and click the Properties button (
domainsPropertiesdialogueappears.
) in the Table toolbar. The HSN
IntheHSNdomainsPropertiesdialogue,youcanmodifythepropertiesoftheHSNdomainandcreateHSNgroups.
),enterthefollowingparameterstodefineaHSNgroup
(forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69):
Name:EnteranamefortheHSNgroup.ThisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhenyouselectaHSNgroup.
Min.:EnterthefirstHSNinthisHSNgroup.
Max.:EnterthelastHSNinthisHSNgroup.
Step:EnterthevalueintervalbetweenHSNsinthisHSNgroup.
Excluded:EntertheHSNsthatyoudonotwanttouseinthisHSNgroup.YoucanenterorpastealistofHSNs;the
valuesmustbeseparatedwitheitheracomma,orasemicolon,oraspace.YoucanalsoenterarangeofHSNsto
beexcludedfromthisgroup,byenteringthefirstandlastHSNoftherangeseparatedbyahyphen.Forexample,
entering05correspondstoentering012345.
Extra:EntertheadditionalHSNs,outsidethefirstandlastHSNsofthegroup,thatyouwanttouseinthisHSN
group.YoucanenterorpastealistofHSNs;thevaluesmustbeseparatedwitheitheracomma,orasemicolon,
oraspace.YoucanalsoenterarangeofHSNstobeexcludedfromthisgroup,byenteringthefirstandlastHSN
oftherangeseparatedbyahyphen.Forexample,entering05correspondstoentering012345.
9. ClickOKtoclosetheHSNdomainsPropertiesdialogue.
10. ClicktheClosebutton( )toclosetheHSNDomainstable.
YoucanassociateHSNgroupstoHSNdomainsusingtheHSNGroupstable.Youcanopen
theHSNGroupstablebyexpandingtheGSMNetworkSettingsfolderintheParameters
explorer,expandingtheHSNsfolder,rightclickingGroupsandselectingOpenTablefrom
thecontextmenu.
AlthougheachgroupnameinasingleHSNdomainmustbeunique,youcanusethesame
groupnameindifferentHSNdomains.
463
Forsk2013
8.4.2 AllocatingFrequenciesandBSICsManually
Normally,whenyouallocatefrequenciesandBSICsforanentireproject,youwillallocatethemautomatically.However,Atoll
enablesyoutoallocatefrequenciesandBSICsmanually,forexample,whenyouaddnewbasestationsorwhenyoumodify
frequenciesorBSICsthathavealreadybeenallocated.
WhenyouallocatefrequenciesorBSICs,youfirstdefinearangeoffrequenciesorBSICsforthetransmitter.Youwillthen
assign frequencies or BSICs that respect the defined range. In Atoll, ranges of frequencies and BSICs are modelled using
domainsandgroups.
ForinformationoncreatingormodifyingfrequencyorBSICdomainsandgroups,see"DefiningResourceRanges"onpage459.
Inthissection,settingarangeoffrequenciesorBSICsisexplained,aswellasmanuallyassigningfrequenciesorBSICsfromthe
definedrange:
"AssigningBSICDomainstoTransmitters"onpage464
"AssigningBSICstoTransmittersManually"onpage464
"DefiningFrequencyDomainsforTransmitters"onpage465
"AssigningFrequenciestoSubcells"onpage465.
8.4.2.1 AssigningBSICDomainstoTransmitters
Beforeyou assignaBSICtoatransmitter,youdefinetherangeofpossibleBSICsforthattransmitterbyassigningaBSIC
domain.ForinformationoncreatingormodifyingBSICdomainsandgroups,see"DefiningBSICDomainsandGroups"on
page462.
ToassignaBSICdomaintoatransmitter:
3. RightclickthetransmittertowhichyouwanttoassignaBSICdomain.Thecontextmenuappears.
YoucanalsoaccessatransmittersPropertiesdialoguebyrightclickingthetransmitterin
themapwindowandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
6. UnderIdentification,selecttheBSICDomainfromthelist.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton(
ertiesoftheselectedBSICdomain.
)toaccesstheprop
7. ClickOK.
8.4.2.2 AssigningBSICstoTransmittersManually
Normally,youwillallocateBaseStationIdentityCodes(BSICs)automaticallyforanentireproject.However,youcanallocate
BSICsmanually,forexample,whenyouaddnewbasestationsorwhenyoumodifyBSICsthathavealreadybeenallocated.
TheBSICiscomposedoftheNetworkColourCode(NCC)andtheBTSColourCode(BCC).BoththeNCCandBCCmustbewhole
numbersfrom0to7.
ThecombinationoftheBSICandBCCH(inotherwords,thefrequencyoftheBCCH)permittopreciselyidentifyatransmitter.
Overgreaterdistances,aBSICBCCHpaircanberepeated.
ToallocateaBSICtoatransmittermanually:
3. RightclickthetransmittertowhichyouwanttoassignaBSIC.Thecontextmenuappears.
464
AT320_UM_E0
6. UnderIdentification,selecttheBSICfromthelist.TheBSICsavailableinthelistwillbethoseavailableinthedefined
BSICdomain.
You can enter a value in the BSIC field, however, it must be a BSIC that is part of the
selectedBSICDomainandinthecorrectBSICformat(forinformationontheBSICformat,
see"DefiningtheBSICFormat"onpage461).Aswell,youcanenteraBSICintheformat
ofaNCCBCC.WhenyouclickOKorApply,AtollwillconvertitintothesingledigitBSIC
format.
OnceyouhaveselectedtheBSIC,theNCCBCCisdisplayed.
7. ClickOK.
8.4.2.3 DefiningFrequencyDomainsforTransmitters
Beforeyouassignafrequencytoatransmitter,youdefinetherangeofpossiblefrequenciesforthattransmitterbyassigning
afrequencydomaintothetransmitterssubcells.
InAtoll,youdefinetherangeoffrequenciesthatcanbeassignedtoatransmitterbyassigningfrequencydomainstothetrans
mitterssubcells.Bydefault,atransmitterssubcells,basedontheselectedcelltype(forinformation,see"ApplyingaNew
CellType"onpage368),alreadyhaveanassignedfrequencydomain.However,youcanchangeasubcellsfrequencydomain.
Ifyouselectadifferentcelltypeafterhavingmodifiedanyoftheparametersofasubcell,Atolloffersyouthechoiceofkeep
ingcurrentparametersorresettingthemtothosefoundinthecelltype.
Forinformationoncreatingormodifyingfrequencydomainsandgroups,see"DefiningFrequencyDomainsandGroups"on
page460.
Tochangethefrequencydomainassignedtoatransmitter:
3. Rightclickthetransmittertowhichyouwanttoassignafrequencydomain.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. UnderSubcells,select"Standard"fromtheDisplaylist.ThestandardtablelistseachTRXgroupdefinedinthecelltype
selectedunderCellTypeontheTRXstab.
7. SelectaFrequencyDomainfromthelist.OnlychannelsbelongingtothisfrequencydomainwillbeallocatedtoTRXs
ofthisgroupduringautomaticormanualfrequencyplanning.
ThefrequencydomainsassignedtotheBCCHsubcellandtotheTCHsubcellmustrefer
encethesamefrequencyband.IfthetransmitterhasmorethanonesubcellwiththeTRX
typeTCH,onlyonemustreferencethesamefrequencybandastheBCCHsubcell.
8. Ifdesired,addExcludedChannels.Thedefinedfrequencydomaincanhave,aspartofitsdefinition,alistofexcluded
channels.AdditionexcludedchannelsforthissubcellcanbeaddedintheExcludedChannelscolumn.
9. ClickOK.
If you are defining frequency domains for several transmitters, you can group them by
frequencyband(forinformationongroupingtransmitters,see"GroupingDataObjects"on
page88)andthenopentheTransmitterstablefortheselectedtransmittersandassignthe
frequencydomaintoalltransmittersatthesametime.Forinformationonworkingwith
datatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
8.4.2.4 AssigningFrequenciestoSubcells
InaGSM/GPRS/EDGEproject,frequenciesaremodelledusingchannels.ThechannelsareassignedtotheTRXsofeachsubcell.
IfyourAtolldocumentrepresentsanexistingnetwork,frequenciesmightalreadyhavebeenassignedtomanyofthetrans
465
Forsk2013
mitters.YoucanthenimporttheexistingfrequencylistintoyourcurrentAtolldocument.Youcanalsoexportthefrequency
listfromthecurrentAtolldocument.
8.4.2.4.1
"ImportingaFrequencyList"onpage466
"AddingNewTRXstoaDocument"onpage466
"DisplayingtheFrequencyPlan"onpage467
"ExportingtheFrequencyList"onpage467.
ImportingaFrequencyList
IfyourAtolldocumentrepresentsanexistingGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork,frequenciescanalreadyhavebeenassignedtomany
ofthetransmitters.YoucanimporttheexistingfrequencylistintoyourcurrentAtolldocument.Youcanthencompletethe
datafornewTRXseithermanuallyorusingtheAFP.
ThefrequencylistyouimportmustbeaTXTorCSVfileandthedatamustbearrangedinamannercompatiblewithAtoll.The
imported file must contain the transmitter name and the TRX type to identify the TRX to which the frequencies will be
assigned.Whenyouimportafrequencylistforanetworkwithnonhoppingorbasebandhoppingonly,youonlyneedto
importthechannelsandtheTRXtypes.Ifthenetworkhassynthesisedfrequencyhopping,evenifnotallsubcellsusesynthe
sisedfrequencyhopping,youwillalsohavetoimporttheMAIO,theHSN,andthesynchronisation.
WhenAtollimportsthedata,itwilladdTRXsthatdonotyetexistintheAtolldocumenttoexistingtransmitters.Ifsomesites
andtransmittersdonotyetexistintheAtolldocument,youmustcreatethembeforeyouimportthefrequencylist.Forinfor
mationoncreatingsitesandtransmitters,see"CreatingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEBaseStation"onpage357.
Toimportanexistingfrequencylist:
3. SelectSubcells>TRXsTablefromthecontextmenu.TheTRXstableappears.
4. Importthefileasexplainedin"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81.
Thefileimportedmustcontain,ataminimum,thetransmitternameandTRXtypetoidentifytheTRXtowhichthe
frequencieswillbeassigned,andthechannels,identifyingthefrequencies.InthecaseofSFH,thechannelswillconsti
tutetheMAL.Additionally,ifthehoppingmodeisSFH,thefileimportedmustalsocontaintheMAIO.
IfthehoppingmodeisBBHorSFH,continuewithstep5.
6. SelectSubcells>SubcellsTable:StandardDatafromthecontextmenu.TheSubcellstableappears.
Thefileimportedmustcontain,ataminimum,thetransmitternameandTRXtypetoidentifytheTRX.Whenthe
hoppingmodeisBBHorSFH,filemustalsocontainthesynchronisationandtheHSN.
IfyouwanttoimporttheBSICatthesametime,youcanalsoimportthefrequencylistinto
theTransmitterstable,whichyoucanopenbyrightclickingtheTransmittersfolderand
selectingOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.
Ifyouaremodifyingthefrequencylistofasingletransmitter,itiseasiertomodifythe
informationdirectlyontheTRXstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue.Formore
information,see"SubcellDefinition"onpage361.
8.4.2.4.2
AddingNewTRXstoaDocument
YoucanaddTRXstoexistingtransmitterseitherbyusingtheTRXstabofthetransmitterPropertiesdialogue,orbyusingthe
TRXstable.
IfyouareaddingTRXstoasingletransmitter,itiseasiertousethetransmitterPropertiesdialogue.
ToaddTRXsusingtheTRXstabofthetransmitterPropertiesdialogue:
1. Inthemapwindow,selectthetransmittertowhichyouwanttoaddaTRX.
YoucanalsoselectthetransmitterintheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer.
2. Rightclickthetransmitter.Thecontextmenuappears.
466
AT320_UM_E0
4. ClicktheTRXstab.
5. UnderTRXs,intherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
page366.
),entertheparametersdescribedin"TRXDefinition"on
6. ClickOK.
IfyouareaddingTRXstoseveraltransmitters,itiseasiertousetheTRXstable.
ToaddTRXsusingtheTRXstable:
4. ScrolldowntotherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
5. IntheTransmittercolumn,selectthetransmittertowhichtheTRXswillbeadded.
6. Entertheparametersdescribedin"TRXDefinition"onpage366.
8.4.2.4.3
DisplayingtheFrequencyPlan
Youcandisplayormodifythenetworkfrequencyplan,thatisthechannelsallocatedtoeachTRX,byopeningtheTRXstable.
ToopentheTRXstable:
If you want, you can export the frequency plan. For information on exporting the frequency plan, see "Exporting the
FrequencyList"onpage467.
8.4.2.4.4
ExportingtheFrequencyList
Youcanexportthenetworkfrequencylist,thatisthechannelsallocatedtoeachTRX,usingtheTRXstable.Theexportedfile
mustcontainthetransmitternameandtheTRXtypetoidentifytheTRXtowhichthefrequenciesareassigned.
Toexportthefrequencylist:
4. Exportthefileasexplainedin"ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets"onpage80.
IfthehoppingmodeisBBHorSFH,continuewithstep5.
6. SelectSubcells>SubcellsTable:StandardDatafromthecontextmenu.TheSubcellstableappears.
7. Exportthefileasexplainedin"ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets"onpage80.
Thefileexportedmustcontain,ataminimum,thetransmitternameandTRXtypetoidentifytheTRXtowhichthe
frequenciesareassigned,theHSN,andthesynchronisation.
8.4.2.4.5
AssigningFrequenciesManuallyUsingtheMap
UsingAtoll,youcanallocatefrequenciesmanuallyonthemap.Whenallocatingfrequenciesusingthismethod,youmust
ensurethatneighbourshavealreadybeenallocated.Forinformationonallocatingneighbours,see"PlanningNeighbours"on
page416.
Toallocatefrequenciesmanuallyusingthemap:
1. Createanddisplayacoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonthebestsignallevelandsetthedisplaytodiscrete
valuesbytransmitter.Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitterBasedontheBest
SignalLevel"onpage400.
appears.
3. SelectNeighbours fromthecontextmenu.
467
Forsk2013
Ifyoudisplaythecoverageareasoftheneighbours,youcanseenotonlytheneighbours
on the map but their coverage as well. This will enable you to see more clearly where
frequenciesusedbytheneighbourscouldcauseinterference.Youcandisplaythecoverage
areasofneighboursbyclickingthearrow( )nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton
(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbarandselectingDisplayOptionsfromthemenu.Inthe
Neighbour Display dialogue that appears, you can select the Display Coverage Areas
option.
5. FromtheFindlist,select"GSMChannel."
6. IntheChannellist,enterachannelthatyouwouldliketoallocate.
7. SelectthecheckboxestodefinewhereyouwantAtolltosearchfortheselectedchannel:
UsedasBCCH
UsedasTCH
8. SelecttheAdjacentchannelscheckboxifyouwantAtolltodisplayadjacentchannelsaswellastheselectedchannel.
9. ClicktheSearchbutton.Themapwindowdisplaysthecoverageareaswiththeselectedchannelalongwithcoverage
areasusingadjacentchannels,ifyouselectedtheAdjacentchannelscheckbox.
Byrepeatingthesearchwithotherchannelsyoucanfindafrequencywithfewadjacentchannelsclosebythatyou
canallocatetotheselectedtransmitter.
Inthefollowingexample,channel11wouldnotbeagoodchoicebecauseitisusedbyaneighbour.Channels10and12are
adjacentchannelsthatarealsousedbyneighboursoftheselectedtransmitter.
Figure8.44:Scanningforfrequencies
Ontheotherhand,channel14wouldbeagoodchoiceandcouldbeallocated.Neitherchannel14noreitheroftheadjacent
channels(13and15)areallocatedtoneighboursoftheselectedtransmitter.
468
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.45:Scanningforfrequencies
8.4.3 AFPPrerequisites(IM,Separations,Traffic,etc.)
InAtoll,youcanuseanAutomaticFrequencyPlanning(AFP)moduletoallocatefrequenciesandBSICs,aswellastheMAL,
MAIO,andHSN.
TheAutomaticFrequencyPlanning(AFP)moduleassignsfrequenciesaccordingtotrafficdemand(asindicatedbythenumber
ofrequiredTRXs)andrespectingqualityrequirementswiththeaimofreducinginterference.AtollcanuseanoptionalAtoll
AFPmoduleaswellthirdpartyAFPtools.
TheAFPattemptstoallocateresourcesinanoptimalfashion,i.e.,itattemptstoallocateresourcesinawaythatminimises
interferenceandcomplieswithasetofuserdefinedconstraints.Thetwomaintypesofconstraintsareseparationconstraints
and interference. The AFP assigns a cost to each constraint and then uses a costbased algorithm to evaluate possible
frequencyplansandfindthefrequencyplanwiththelowestcosts.AlthoughyoucanruntheAFPwithoutaninterference
matrix,allocationwillbecalculatedwithouttakinginterferenceintoconsideration,i.e.,withoutconsideringoneofthemost
importantconstraints.
Whenyouassignfrequenciesmanually,youdonotneedaninterferencematrix,traffic,orseparationrules;youwillbeusing
yourknowledgeofthenetwork.Ontheotherhand,whenyouassignfrequenciesautomatically(orinteractively)youneedto
supplytheadditionalinformationtotheAFP.
Figure8.46:InputdatafortheAFP
469
Forsk2013
Inthissection,theAFPinputelementsareexplained.Aswell,bothaquickandalonger,moreaccurateprocessoffindingthe
necessaryinformationforeachelementisexplained.ThequalityoftheresultsgivenbytheAFPdependsonthequalityofthe
input,thereforeitisveryimportantthatyouunderstandandpreparetheinputbeforerunningtheAFP.Thiswillenableyou
tochoosethelevelofcomplexitythatcorrespondstothedesiredaccuracyoftheresults.
ThefollowingAFPinputelementsareexplainedinthissection:
"InterferenceMatrices"onpage470
"ChannelSeparations"onpage481
"ModellingTraffic"onpage486
"AFPRelatedParametersintheSubcellsTable"onpage489
"ModellingLayersandSubcells"onpage491.
8.4.3.1 InterferenceMatrices
InAtoll,theprobabilityofinterferencebetweenpairsofsubcellsisstoredinaninterferencematrix.Aninterferencematrix
canbethoughtofastheprobabilitythatauserconnectedtoaninterferedsubcellwillreceiveagivenC/Ilevelwheretheonly
interference("I")istheinterferencecomingfromtheinterferersubcell.
The set of active interference matrices will be combined by the AFP to provide interference estimations for each pair of
subcells.YoucanusemorethanoneinterferencematrixinanAtolldocument.Theinterferencematricesthemselvescanbe
createdusingthedatafromdifferentsources(propagation,OMCdata,drivetests,orotherplanningtools)andcanbeacti
vatedordeactivated,asnecessary.
Atollallowsforagreatdealofflexibilityininterferencematrixuse,whichinturnenablesvaryinglevelsofcomplexitywiththe
AFP:
Level1:TheAFPcanbaseitscalculationsonneighbourrelationsandworkwithoutaninterferencematrix
Level2:Youcancalculateaninterferencematrixbasedonuniformtrafficspreading
Level3:Youcancalculateaninterferencematrixwithclutterweighting
Level4:YoucanuseOMCordrivetestbasedinterferencematrices
Level5:Youcanuseanycombinationoflevels2,3,and4.
8.4.3.1.1
"CalculatingaSimpleInterferenceMatrix"onpage470
"CalculatingInterferenceMatricesforLargeNetworks"onpage471
"CalculatinganInterferenceMatrixBasedonClutterWeighting"onpage474
"InterferenceMatricesBasedonOMCStatistics"onpage474
"ImportingandExportingInterferenceMatrices"onpage474
"DefiningTypeDependantQualityIndicatorsonInterferenceMatrices"onpage476
"AnalysingInterferenceMatrices"onpage478
"GeneratingReportsonInterferenceMatrices"onpage480
"SelectingInterferenceMatricesfortheFrequencyAllocationProcess"onpage480.
CalculatingaSimpleInterferenceMatrix
Youcanusesimpleinterferencematricesasaneffectivebackgroundconstraintsystem.Theycanbecalculatedonanation
widescale.
Tocalculateaninterferencematrix:
2. RightclicktheInterferenceMatricesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheInterferenceCalculationdialogueappears.
4. IntheInterferenceCalculationdialogue,setthefollowingoptionsunderServicearea:
Server:Select"HCSServers"inordertocorrectlyconsiderHCSprioritiesforservicezoneselection.Selecting"All"
isnotrecommendedbecausetheresultsarenotsignificantlybetterundermostcircumstancesandthecalculation
consumesagreatdealofresources.orwith"bestidlemodereselectioncriterion(C2)",(onlyforpacketswitched
IM).Formoreinformation,see"ComparingServiceAreasinCalculations"onpage601.
Withamargin:EnterahandovermarginintheWithamargintextbox.Thedefaultvalueis"4dB."
IfyouselecttheShadowingTakenintoAccountcheckbox,youcanchangetheCelledgecoverageprobability
(see"ReliabilityRecommendations"onpage471).Usingshadowingisrecommended.
5. UnderTrafficspreading,youcanselectwhetheryouwanttocalculateinterferenceonthepercentageofinterfered
trafficoronthepercentageofinterferedarea:
470
Basedonthemapsusedinthedefaulttrafficcapture:Ifyouchoosethisoption,Atollwillcalculateinterference
ontheinterferedtrafficforeachpairofsubcells(interferedinterferer).
Uniform(probabilityexpressedin%ofinterferedarea):Ifyouchoosethisoption,Atollwillcalculateinterference
ontheinterferedareasforeachpairofsubcells(interferedinterferer).Thismethodcannotaccuratelyconsider
localconcentrationoftraffic,butisfasterthancalculatinginterferencebasedonmaps.
AT320_UM_E0
6. ClickOKtostartthecalculation.
TheresultsofthecalculationcanbefoundinanewitemintheInterferencesMatricesfolderintheNetworkexplorer.
Bydefault,thenewinterferencematrixisactive.
Changingcertaintransmitterorsubcellproperties,suchaspowerreduction,reception
threshold,transmitterpower,orEIRP,willmakeinterferencematricesinvalid.Ifyou
changetransmitterorsubcellproperties,youwillhavetorecalculatetheinterference
matrices.
ReliabilityRecommendations
Occasionally,theconstraintsyouhavesetfortheAFParenotstrongenough.Iftheconstraintsarenotstrongenough:
TheunlockedpartoftheAFPcostwillbe0and,becauseofthis,theAFPwillstops.
Frequencieswillbereusedintoocloseproximitytoeachotherintheresultingfrequencyplan.
Thedistributionoffrequencyusewillnotbeevenandsomefrequencieswillseldombeused.
Tocorrectanunacceptabledistributionoffrequencies,youwillhavetocreateamorereliableinterferencematrix,thereby
puttingmoreconstraintsontheAFP.
Thebestwaytocreateamorereliableinterferencematrixistoincreasethecelledgecoverageprobabilityandrecalculate
theinterferencematrices.Whenthereliabilityrequirementisraised,thepartofthestandarddeviationisreducedfromthe
signal("C")whencalculatingtheC/IdistributionforeachIMentry.ThisgivesalowerC/Iforeachgiven"reuse"andtherefore
alowerprobabilityofmeetingtherequiredC/Itargetand,consequently,moreinterference.Raisingtheinterferenceinthe
interferencematrixincreasestheconstraintsplacedontheAFP.
Youshouldalsoverifythatthestandarddeviation'sdefaultvalueisproperlydefinedandthatitisproperlydefinedinallclutter
classes.ThisstepisparticularlyimportantforAtolldocumentsconvertedfromolderversionsorconnectedtoadatabase.
Figure8.47:Modelstandarddeviation:defaultvalue
8.4.3.1.2
Meanpowercontrolgainsarenottakenintoaccountwhencalculatinginterfer
encematrices.Theyareonlyappliedwhentheinterferencematricesareusedin
calculations(IFP,AFP,etc.).Thesameisthecasewiththepoweroffset.
Whenyoucalculateaninterferencematrix,youwouldexpecttohavefullinterfer
enceforalltransmittersoverwhichtheAFPwillperformacostcalculation.The
interferencematrixscopeisthereforedefinedbytheAFPscopewhichisdescribed
in"TheScopeoftheAFPandtheScopeoftheInterferenceMatrix"onpage493.
CalculatingInterferenceMatricesforLargeNetworks
Calculating interference matrices is very resource intensive. If you have a very large network, calculating an interference
matrixthatcoverstheentirenetworkcanrequiremorecomputerresourcesthanareavailable.Itismoreefficienttocreate
alowresolutioninterferencematrixonanationwidescale,possiblysplittingthenetworkintopartialinterferencematrices
ifnecessary.Onceyouhavealowresolutioninterferencematrixthatcoverstheentirenetwork,youcanaddhighresolution
interferencematricesthatcoverthecities.MergingIMsdoesnotaffecttheefficiencyofAtollsAFP.Ifnecessary,inorderto
properlyoptimisethefrequencyplan,youcanthenaddclutterweightedinterferencematricescalculatedoverthedifficult
471
Forsk2013
areassothattheyarecorrectlymodelled.Lastbutnotleast,youcanaddidlemodeIMstomodelthebehaviourofpacket
switcheddata.
AllactiveIMsaremergedbytheAFPandloadedintomemoryonlywhenneeded.
Toreduceresourceconsumption:
1. Modifythedefaultresolutionand/ortheminimuminterfererreceptionthreshold.Theseglobalparametershavea
stronginfluenceontheIMcalculationprocess.Whensettingthepathlossresolutionandsizeappropriateforthe
interferencematrices,forexample,usearesolutionthatisthedoubleofpathlossdata:
Tomodifythedefaultresolution:
i.
SelecttheNetworkexplorer.
ii. RightclickthePredictionsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
iii. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
iv. OnthePredictionstab,settheDefaultresolution.
ThedefaultresolutionisusedduringtheIMintegrationcalculationandissavedwiththeIM.
Tomodifytheminimuminterfererreceptionthreshold:
i.
SelecttheParametersexplorer.
ii. RightclicktheNetworkSettingsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
iii. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
iv. OntheCalculationParameterstab,settheMin.interfererreceptionthreshold.
Thisthresholddefinesthelevelfromwhichallinterferersareignored.Ifyouincreaseitto115dBor110dB,
youwillloseverylittleinterferenceinformation,butcalculationswillbemuchfaster.
2. Definealargehandovermargin,forexample,2to4dB:
SelecttheNetworkexplorer.
3. SaveIMsandcoveragepredictions,etc.,externally,ifpossible:
TosaveIMsexternally,see"StoringInterferenceMatricesExternally"onpage475.
Tosavecoveragepredictionsexternally,see"DefiningtheStorageLocationofCoveragePredictionResults"on
page216.
4. Deletecoveragepredictionsthatarenolongerneeded:
b. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthePredictionsfolder.
c. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionyouwanttodelete.Thecontextmenuappears.
d. SelectDeletefromthecontextmenu.
Ifyouhavemultibandtransmitters,keepinmindthatthemultibandpathlossoption(see
"AdvancedModellingofMultiBandTransmitters"onpage618)createsalotofoverhead
whentheinterferencematrixiscalculated.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministrator
Guide.Formoreinformationonreducingresourceconsumption,see"Performanceand
MemoryIssuesinBigProjects"intheAdministratorGuide.
472
AT320_UM_E0
Ifyouhavemorethan20,000transmittersinyournetwork,youmightneedtocalculateseveralsmallerinterferencematrices.
Undermostcircumstances,including1,000to2,000transmittersineachinterferencematrixisthemostefficient.
Tocalculateinterferencematricesforalargenetwork:
1. Createacomputationzonethatcoverspartofthenetwork.Forinformationoncreatingacomputationzone,see
"CreatingaComputationZone"onpage394.InFigure8.48,thecomputationzoneisindicatedbytheredoutline.
Figure8.48:Thefirstcomputationzone
2. Calculateaninterferencematrixfortheareacoveredbythecomputationzoneasexplainedin"CalculatingaSimple
InterferenceMatrix"onpage470.
3. Createanewcomputationzonethatpartlyoverlapstheareacoveredbythefirstcomputationzone.InFigure8.49,
theareacoveredbythefirstcomputationzoneisindicatedbytheblackoutline.
Figure8.49:Thesecondcomputationzone
4. Calculateaninterferencematrixfortheareacoveredbythecomputationzone.
5. Repeatstep1.tostep4.untilhavecreatedinterferencematricesfortheentirenetwork,asshowninthefollowing
figures.
473
Forsk2013
ThecomputationzonesdonotneedtooverlapbecausetheAFPscopeextendsbeyondthe
computationzone.Formoreinformation,see"TheScopeoftheAFPandtheScopeofthe
InterferenceMatrix"onpage493.
8.4.3.1.3
CalculatinganInterferenceMatrixBasedonClutterWeighting
Calculatinganinterferencematrixbasedonclutterweightingdeliversalargeincreaseinquality.However,youshouldbe
awarethatthisprocessisrelativelytimeconsumingandthereforenotsuitedfornationwidecalculations.Itisbettersuited
tolocalfrequencyallocationswherefrequencyallocationisdifficult.Bydefault,Atollgivesahigherprioritytothistypeof
interferencematrixwhencombininginterferencematrices,soaninterferencematrixbasedonclutterweightingcanbeused
withotherinterferencematricesthatarelessprecise.
Tocreateaninterferencematrixbasedonclutterweighting:
1. Createatrafficmodel.
a. Createauserprofileforanactiveuserwithvoiceservice,withcallslastingatotalof3,600secondsperhour(i.e.,
1Erlang).Forinformationoncreatingauserprofile,see"ModellingUserProfiles"onpage433.
b. Createanenvironmentusingthisuserprofilewithadensityof1andpedestrianmobilitytype.Forinformationon
creatinganenvironment,see"ModellingEnvironments"onpage434.
c. Assignappropriateclutterweightingtotheenvironment.
d. IntheGeoexplorer,createanewUserProfileTrafficMapbasedonUserProfileEnvironments.
i.
FromtheEnvironmentMapEditortoolbar,selecttheenvironmentcreatedinstep2.
ii. ClicktheDrawPolygonbutton(
)anddrawthepolygonencompassingthecomputationzone.Thisraster
mapnowappearsintheTrafficfolder.
iii. Namethemap"TemporaryIMmap."
Forinformationoncreatingauserprofiletrafficmap,see"CreatingaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap"on
page437.
2. Createatrafficcaptureusingthetemporarytrafficmap.
Setthistrafficcapturetobethedefaulttrafficcapture.
Forinformationoncreatingatrafficcapture,see"CalculatingandDisplayingaTrafficCapture"onpage441.
3. Calculatetheinterferencematrix.
8.4.3.1.4
When calculating the interference matrix, select the option Traffic spreading based on the maps used in the
defaulttrafficcaptureintheIMcalculationdialogue.
InterferenceMatricesBasedonOMCStatistics
An OMC interference matrix is an interference matrix created using a statistical analysis of the RXLEV measurements
performedbythemobilesinthenetwork.Atoll'sAFPcanfullyexploitthistypeofinterferencematrix.
ThemainadvantageofaninterferencematrixbasedonOMCstatisticsisthat,inmanycases,theOMCdatabaseistheonly
reliablesourceofnetworkinformation.However,anOMCbasedIMalsohasacertainnumberofinherentweaknesses.
OMCIMscanbebasedonreselectionmobilemeasurementsoruponHOmobilemeasurements.Inmostcases,theHOmobile
measurementsareusedtocreatetheinterferencematrix.ThemainweaknessofthisapproachisthatHOmobilemeasure
mentsarelimitedtothelistofneighbours,andthatthislistislimitedinsize.
Toovercomethisconsiderablelimitation,theOMCcantemporarilyapplyneighbours.However,whenthisisdone,thestatis
ticalanalysismusttakeintoaccountthepartialtimeoverwhicheachtemporaryneighbouristested.
AnotherlimitationwhichappliestoallOMCstatisticbasedinterferencematricesisthefactthattheBSICBCCHpairisthe
meansusedtoidentifyatransmitter.TheBSICBCCHpairsaresufficientforidentifyingaserverorapotentialstrongneighbour
forHOcandidate,buttheyarenotsufficienttoidentifyaninterferer.
ThefinallimitationisthesimplefactthattheBCCHplanhasaneffectontheIMwhentheIMiscalculated:iftwotransmitters
interferebuthavethesameBCCH,theirinterferencewillnotbepresentintheOMCinterferencematrix.
ThislimitationcanbeavoidedbyaddingtheBCCHplantotheIMscope.ThiswayAtoll'sAFPisawarethatcertaininterference
entries,(ormorepreciselynoneinterferenceentries)have0likelihood,andwillsupplementtheinformationwithpropagation
interferenceinformation.
8.4.3.1.5
ImportingandExportingInterferenceMatrices
Youcanimportinterferencematricesfromandexportthemtothefollowingformats:
474
IM0:Onematrixperline
IM1:OneCIthresholdandprobabilitypairperlineforeachinterfered/interferingsubcellpair.
AT320_UM_E0
IM2:Onlycochannelandadjacentchannelinterferencevalues.
CLC:Onevalueperline.Theaccompanyingdictionary(DCT)filegivesthecorrespondencebetweenthetransmitter
identifiersandthetransmitternames.
Other:ForskprovidesimportmacrosforotherIMformats.ForinformationontheseIMformats,orothers,pleasecon
tactSupport.
Formoreinformationontheinterferencematrixfileformats,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
"ImportingInterferenceMatrices"onpage475
"StoringInterferenceMatricesExternally"onpage475
"ExportingInterferenceMatrices"onpage476.
ImportingInterferenceMatrices
AtollsupportsIM0,IM1,IM2,andCLCinterferencematrixfiles.Atollalsosupportsasimplifiedformatthatgivestheinter
feredsubcell,theinterferingsubcell,thecochannelinterferenceprobability,andtheadjacentchannelprobability.Formore
informationonthesimplifiedformat,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
Whenyouimportseveralinterferencematricesthatdescribethesameinterferedinterfererpairs,Atollonlytakesthefirst
descriptionofthepair.Whendescriptionsofthesameinterferedinterfererpairarefoundinsubsequentfiles,thedescription
isignored.
Atolldoesnotperformavaliditycheckontheimportedinterferencefile;youmustthereforeensurethattheimportedinfor
mationisconsistentwiththecurrentconfiguration.Furthermore,Atollonlyimportsinterferencematricesforactivetrans
mitters.
Toimportinterferencematrices:
2. RightclicktheGSMInterferenceMatricesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectthefiletypefromtheFilesofTypelist.
IfyouareimportingaCLCfile,AtolllooksfortheassociatedDCTfileinthesamedirectory.Whenthisfileisunavaila
ble,AtollassumesthatthetransmitteridentifiersintheCLCfilearethesameasthetransmitternames.
6. ClickOpen.AmessageappearsaskingwhetherAtollshouldmergetheimportedinterferencematrixintotheGSM/
GPRS/EDGEdocument:
ClickYestosavetheimportedinterferencematrixintheGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument.
WhenyousaveanimportedinterferencematrixintheGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument,youcanstillchoosetosave
ittoanexternalfilelinkedtotheGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument.Forinformation,see"StoringInterferenceMatrices
Externally"onpage475.
ClickNotostoretheinterferencematrixexternally,butlinkedtotheGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument.
7. TheinterferencematricesareimportedintothecurrentAtolldocumentandappearasnewitemsintheGSMInter
ferenceMatricesfolder.
Youcanalsoextractinterferencematricesfromrealnetworkdata.Usingdrivetestdata
pathsinwhichthesignalstrengthsofseveraltransmittershavebeenmeasuredateach
point,AtollcangenerateinterferencematrixfilescontainingprobabilitiesofCIpertrans
mittersubcellpair(see"GeneratingInterferenceMatricesfromaDriveTestDataPath"on
page600).
StoringInterferenceMatricesExternally
YoucansaveinterferencematricestoexternalfilesthatarelinkedtotheGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument.Linkinginterference
matricestotheGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocumentcanreducefilesizewhentheAtolldocumentisextremelylarge.
BecausetheinterferencematricesarestoredexternallyinASCIformat,readingandwritingtofilecanbetimeconsuming.
WhenAtollreadsanexternallystoredIM,itremainsinmemory.Therefore,toimproveAFPperformance,itisrecommended
toembedinterferencematrices.Youshouldonlysaveinterferencematricesexternallywhentheprojectfileisgettinglarge
(forexample,whentheprojectfileexceeds2Gb).Tostoreaninterferencematrixexternally:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheGSMInterferenceMatricesfolder.
3. Rightclicktheinterferencematrixyouwanttostoreexternally.Thecontextmenuappears.
475
Forsk2013
5. On the General tab, under Interference Matrices Storage, click the Externalise button. A confirmation message
appears.
6. ClickYestoconfirm.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
7. SelectthefiletypefromtheSaveasTypelist.
8. EntertheFilenameandclickSave.TheinterferencematrixisstoredexternallybutremainslinkedtotheGSM/GPRS/
EDGEdocument.
ExportingInterferenceMatrices
AtollsupportsIM0,IM1,IM2,andCLCinterferencematrixfiles.
Toexportinterferencematrices:
3. Rightclicktheinterferencematrixyouwanttoexport.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectExportfromthecontextmenu.TheSaveAsdialogueappears.
5. SelectthefiletypefromtheSaveasTypelist.
6. EntertheFilenameandclickSave.Theinterferencematrixisexported.
8.4.3.1.6
DefiningTypeDependantQualityIndicatorsonInterferenceMatrices
As explained in "Interference Matrices" on page470, you can calculate several individual interference matrices for large
networkswiththeintentionofrecombiningthemasuniqueC/Iprobabilities.Inthesameway,youcancombineseveralinter
ferencematricesofdifferenttypesaccordingtotheirqualityindicatorsandthestrategydefinedbytheAFPmoduleused.For
moreinformationonhowtheoptionalAtollAFPmodulecombinesthedatafrommorethanoneinterferencematrix,see"The
AtollAFPModule"onpage509.
Youcancreateorimport9differenttypesofinterferencematrices:
1. Interferencematricesbasedonpathloss(propagationdata)matrices
Theirreliabilitydependsontheaccuracyandcorrectnessofnetworkandgeodata.
2. InterferencematricesbasedonreselectionstatisticsfromtheOMC
Theirreliabilityisusuallylowduetothedifferencebetweenthelocationswheremobilesareswitchedonandwhere
theyareactuallyusedtoaccessthenetwork.
3. InterferencematricesbasedonhandoverstatisticsfromtheOMC
Theirreliabilityisusuallylowduetothefactthatinterferenceismeasuredonlyamongexistingneighbours(which
mightnotbecorrectlyassigned).Thistypeofinterferencematrixishighlycorrelatedwiththeneighbourrelations.It
canbeusedtoremoveexcessiveneighbourconstraints.However,itcannotbeusedtocompleteanymissingneigh
bour information. Another reason for low reliability is that interference information is collected from handover
regionsonly,insteadoffromtheservicearea.
4. InterferencematricesbasedonRXLEVstatisticsfromtheOMC(neighboursaswellastemporaryneighbours)
Theycanbeaverygoodsourceofinterferenceinformationiftheyarestatisticallystablebecausetheyarenotsensi
tivetodataerrors.Ontheotherhand,theyhavemanydisadvantages,suchas:
TransmitterswiththesameBSICandBCCHcannotbedifferentiated.
TransmittershavingthesameBCCHwillneverhaveaninterferenceentry.
Informationislostwhenmorethan6interferersexistatanylocation.
IfmanyinterfererssharethesameBCCH,theyincreaseeachothersinterferencelevels.
HCSlayerscancauseproblemsbecausetherearemoreserversatanypoint,macrolayerserversarestronger,or
acorrectionmarginmightbeintroducedforsomeequipment,etc.
Thistypeofinterferencematrixcanbecreatedusinganextendedneighbourslist.
5. Interferencematricesbasedondrivetestdata
Reliability can be low because usually the drive test data sampling zone and the traffic model are not related.
Secondly,themeasurementsarecarriedoutforexistingneighbours.
6. InterferencematricesbasedonCWmeasurements
Theirreliabilitycanbelowbecausethemeasurementsusuallydonotreflectthetrafficmodel.However,thissource
ofinformationcanbeveryreliableforasubsetoftransmittersthatwereproperlyscanned.CarryingoutCWmeas
urementsisexpensivewhichmeansthatthecollectedinformationisoftenpartialoroutofdate.
476
AT320_UM_E0
7. Interferencematricesbasedonscandatadrivetests
Theyarehighlyreliableandanexcellentsourceofinformation,butarenotusefulinaradioplanningtoolbecauseno
informationisavailabletomaptransmitterstothereceivedsignalsatanypixel.
8. Upperboundinterferencematrix
Thesourceofthistypeofinterferencematrixisnotdefined.Itcanbebasedonuserexperience.Theinformation
containedinthisinterferencematrixisusedasanupperlimit,i.e.,ifthisinterferencematrixindicatesacertainlevel
ofinterference,itshouldnotbeexceededbecauseotherinterferencematricesshowhigherinterference.Ifanupper
boundinterferencematrixdoesnotcontaininformationaboutanentry,itisignored.
9. Lowerboundinterferencematrix
Thesourceofthistypeofinterferencematrixisnotdefined.Itcanbebasedonuserexperience.Theinformation
contained in this interference matrix is used as a lower limit. This type of interference matrix can be very useful
becauseyoucaneditentriesinthisinterferencematrix,andbecertainthattheinterferencewillbeatleastashighas
thevalueyouentered.Thisapproachcanbeusedwhenuserexperienceshowsacertainlevelofinterferencewhich
theradionetworkplanningtoolisunabletocalculate.
Todefinetheinterferencematrixtype:
3. Rightclicktheinterferencematrixforwhichyouwanttodefinethetype.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheInterferenceMatrixPropertiesdialogueappears.
5. OntheAdvancedtab,selecttheInterferenceMatrixTypefromthelist.
Dependingonthematrixtype,thequalityindicatorsavailableintheAdvancedtabinclude:
Formatricesbasedonpathloss(propagationdata)matrices:
Thestandarddeviation
Theresolution
Whethertheinterferenceinformation(probabilities)correspondtotrafficorsurfacearea.
Matricesbasedonpropagationcanstoreadditionalinformation,suchasserverselection
ortheHOmarginvalue,ifshadowinghasbeentakenintoaccountfortheircalculationand,
ifso,thecelledgecoverageprobability.ThisinformationcanthenbeusedbytheAFPfor
somecalculations.Formoreinformation,see"TheAtollAFPCostTab"onpage519and
"TheAtollAFPAdvancedTab"onpage528.
FormatricesbasedonreselectionstatisticsfromtheOMC:
FormatricesbasedonhandoverstatisticsfromtheOMC:
Thestandarddeviation,dependingontheequipmentqualityandmeasurementpostprocessing
Theaveragenumberofpointscollectedateachmatrixcalculationpoint.
FormatricesbasedonCWmeasurements:
Thestatisticduration
Formatricesbasedondrivetestdata:
Theaveragenumberofpointscollectedateachmatrixcalculationpoint
Thevolumeofinformation
FormatricesbasedonRXLEVstatisticsfromtheOMC:
Formatricesbasedonscandatadrivetests:
477
Forsk2013
Thecontextinwhichaninterferencematrixwascreatedisnotpartoftheinterferencematrixfiles.Youmustthereforesetup
thetypeandqualityindicatorsoftheinterferencematrixmanually.
8.4.3.1.7
AnalysingInterferenceMatrices
TheAtollAFPenablesyoutoanalyseinterferencematricesfordifferenttransmittersandtheirTRXs.Foranyselectedtrans
mitteranditsTRX,youcanusetheAFPmoduletodisplaylistsofinterferingandinterferedtransmitters,theirTRXs,andthe
correspondingcosts.TheAFPmodulealsodisplaystheinterferencerelationsbetweentransmittersinthemapwindow.Co
channelandadjacentchannelinterferencesaretreatedseparately.Youcandisplayallorstronglyinterferedandinterfering
transmitters,andinterferedandinterferingneighbourtransmitters.
Toanalyseinterferencematrices:
1. SelectTools>IFP.TheIFPwindowappears.
2. SelecttheInterferenceMatrixAnalysisfromthelistatthetopoftheIFPwindow.
3. SelectatransmitterfromtheTransmitterlist.
Youcanalsoselectatransmitterbyclickingitssymbolinthemapwindow.
4. SelecttheTRXtypefromtheSubcellslist.
5. SelectanAFPmodulefromtheAFPModulelist.
6. Ifyouwanttomodifyparametersthatwillinfluencefrequencyplanningbeforerunningthetool,selectoneofthefol
lowingfromtheParameterslist:
AFPModuleProperties:Forinformationontheoptions,see"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
AFPParameters:IntheAFPLaunchingParametersdialogue,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
i.
UnderTrafficloads,indicatewhethertheAFPshouldtaketrafficloadsFromthesubcellstableoruseloads
Basedonthedefaulttrafficcaptureresults.
ii. IfyouwanttheAFPtoconsiderdiscontinuoustransmissionmodeforTRXswhichsupportitincalculatingthe
interference,selecttheDTXcheckboxandentertheVoiceactivityfactor.
iii. SelecttheLoadallthesubcellsinvolvedinseparationconstraintscheckboxifyouwantallsubcellspotential
lyinvolvedtobeloaded.
iv. SelecttheLoadallthepotentialinterfererscheckboxifyouwantallpotentialinterfererstobeloaded.Ifthis
checkboxisnotselected,thecostfunctionwillconsistonlyoftheseparationviolationcost.
SeparationRules:Forinformationontheoptions,see"ChannelSeparations"onpage481.
ExceptionalPairs:Forinformationontheoptions,see"ChannelSeparations"onpage481.
IntraTechnologyNeighbours:Forinformationontheoptions,see"PlanningNeighbours"onpage416.
7. ClickCalculate.TheinterferenceprobabilityvaluesaredisplayedintherightmostcolumnoftheInterferenceMatrix
Analysistab.
ThetoolcalculatesanddisplaysinterferenceprobabilitiesusingtheactiveinterferencematricesavailableintheGSM
InterferenceMatricesfolderintheNetworkexplorer.IftheinterferencematricesintheGSMInterferenceMatrices
folderareinactiveorifinterferencematricesarenotavailable,theanalysistoolonlycalculatesanddisplaystheinter
ferencefromatransmitteranditsTRXsonitself.
Inthemapwindow,arrowsfromthestudiedtransmittertoeachinterferedorinterferingtransmitteraredisplayed.
Thecolourofthearrowisthesameasthecolourofthestudiedtransmitter.Theprobabilitiesofinterferenceare
displayedascaptionsforthearrows.Thethicknessofthearrowsareindicatetheinterferenceprobability.
8. Selecttheinterferenceinformationtodisplayintherightmostcolumn:
UndertheStatuscolumn,youcandisplaytheinterferencematrixinformationwiththestudiedtransmitterasthe
VictimortheInterferer.
UndertheFrequencyReusecolumn,youcandisplayCochannelorAdjacentChannelinterferenceinformation
forthestudiedtransmitter.
UndertheFilteringcolumn,youcandisplaytheStronglyInterfered,AllInterfered,ortheNeighbourViolations
ofthestudiedtransmitter.YoucanchoosemorethanoneoftheseoptionsbypressingandholdingCTRLand
clickingeachoption.
Thefollowingfiguresillustratethedisplayofinterferenceinformation.
478
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.50:Displayinginterferenceinformation
479
8.4.3.1.8
Forsk2013
GeneratingReportsonInterferenceMatrices
YoucangeneratereportsononeoralloftheinterferencematricesintheGSMInterferenceMatricesfolder.
"GeneratingaReportonaSingleInterferenceMatrix"onpage480
"GeneratingaReportonAllInterferenceMatrices"onpage480.
GeneratingaReportonaSingleInterferenceMatrix
Togenerateareportonasingleinterferencematrix:
3. Rightclicktheinterferencematrixonwhichyouwanttogenerateareport.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectGenerateReportfromthecontextmenu.TheInterferenceMatrixScopedialogueappearswiththereport
details:
Atablewiththenumberoftimesthelistedtransmitterhasbeeninterfered
Thetotalnumberofentriesintheselectedinterferencematrix
Thenumberoftransmitterscoveredbytheinterferencematrix
Theaveragenumberofinterferersperinterferedsubcellintheinterferencematrix.
GeneratingaReportonAllInterferenceMatrices
InordertogenerateareportonalltheinterferencematricesintheGSMInterferenceMatricesfolder:
2. RightclicktheGSMInterferenceMatricesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectGenerateReportfromthecontextmenu.TheInterferenceMatrixScopedialogueappearswiththereport
details:
8.4.3.1.9
Atablewiththenumberoftimesthelistedtransmitterhasbeeninterfered
Thetotalnumberofentriesintheselectedinterferencematrices
Thenumberoftransmitterscoveredbytheinterferencematrices
Theaveragenumberofinterferersperinterferedsubcellintheinterferencematrices.
SelectingInterferenceMatricesfortheFrequencyAllocationProcess
WhenyouallocatefrequenciesautomaticallyorinteractivelyusingtheAFPinGSM/GPRS/EDGE,theallocationprocessuses
interferencematrices.Youcanselectwhichinterferencematricestheautomaticorinteractivefrequencyallocationprocess
willbebasedon.Whenyouusemorethanoneinterferencematrix,theAFPcombinesthedata.Formoreinformationonhow
theoptionalAtollAFPmodulecombinesthedatafrommorethanoneinterferencematrix,see"TheAtollAFPModule"on
page509.
Toactivateaninterferencematrixtobeusedforanautomaticfrequencyallocation:
3. Rightclicktheinterferencematrixyouwanttouseinanautomaticfrequencyallocation.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectActivatefromthecontextmenu.Theselectedinterferencematrixisnowactiveandwillbeusedthenexttime
youuseanAFP.
YoucandeactivatetheinterferencematrixbyrightclickingitandselectingDeactivatefromthecontextmenu.
Whenyouhaveseveralactiveinterferencematricesinaproject,onlythoseintersecting
theAFPscopewillbeloadedinordertoavoidconsumingmorememorythannecessary
duringtheAFPprocess.The"RAMConsumption"fieldintheinterferencematrixproper
tiesdialogueindicateshowmuchmemorytheinterferencematrixwilltake.Forembedded
matrices,theAFPloadsthemonlyduringtheAFPprocess,sothe"RAMConsumption"field
willalwaysbezero.Forexternalmatrices,theAFPreadsthemtochecktheirscopeand
thendecideswhethertheyaretobeloadedintomemoryornot,so,the"RAMConsump
tion"fieldwillalwaysbeanonzerovalue(afterrunningtheAFP).Asaresult,itisrecom
mendedtoembedinterferencematricesaslongasthedocumentfilesizeisnotexcessively
large.
480
AT320_UM_E0
8.4.3.2 ChannelSeparations
ChannelseparationsdefinehowmanychannelsshouldseparatedifferentTRXsundersetcircumstances.Channelseparations
arenecessaryifyouareusingautomaticfrequencyplanning.Carefullydefiningchannelseparationswillhelpyouincreasethe
efficientuseofchannelsinyournetwork.
DefiningchannelseparationsisathreestepprocessinAtoll.
Instep1,yousetgeneralseparationrulesthatdefinethechannelseparationthatshouldexistbetweenTRXsonthesame
transmitter,samesite,orbetweenneighbours.
Instep2,youdefineseparationrulesfortheTRXsofspecificpairsoftransmitters.Duringautomaticfrequencyplanning,the
separation rules can be overridden by the specific entries in the Exceptional Separation Constraints table. You can edit
constraintsdirectlyfromtheAFPoutputdialogue.TheExceptionalSeparationConstraintstableisautomaticallyupdated
withanychangesyoumakeintheAFPoutputdialogue.
Instep3,youensurethatyourneighbourrelationconstraintsarecorrectlyweightedbytheneighbourimportance.
Inthissection,creatingseparationrulesandexceptionalseparationconstraintsisexplained.Aswell,displayingandmodifying
exceptionalseparationconstraintsonthemapisexplained:
8.4.3.2.1
"DefiningSeparationRules"onpage481
"ImportingSeparationRules"onpage481
"DefiningExceptionalFrequencySeparations"onpage481
"DisplayingExceptionalFrequencySeparationsontheMap"onpage482
"AddingorRemovingExceptionalFrequencySeparationsUsingtheMouse"onpage483.
DefiningSeparationRules
YoucandefineseparationrulesthatsetthechannelseparationthatshouldexistbetweenpairsofTRXsonthesametrans
mitter,samesite,orbetweenneighboursafterafrequencyallocation.
Todefineseparationrules:
3. SelectFrequencyPlan>SeparationRulesfromthecontextmenu.TheSeparationRulestableappears.
todefine:
8.4.3.2.2
),selectthefollowingparametersforeachseparationruleyouwant
TypeofRelation:Selectthetypeofrelation,cotransmitter,cosite,orneighbour,betweenthetwoTRXs.
TRXType:SelectthefirstTRXtype.
TRXType2:SelectthesecondTRXtype.
DefaultMin.Separation:EntertheminimumdifferenceinchannelsthatmustexistbetweenthetwoTRXtypes.
Entering"0"meansthattheycanusethesamechannel.
ImportingSeparationRules
Ifyouhaveanexistingsetofseparationrules,youcanimportthemintoyourGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument.
Toimportseparationrules:
3. SelectFrequencyPlan>SeparationRulesfromthecontextmenu.TheSeparationRulestableappears.
8.4.3.2.3
DefiningExceptionalFrequencySeparations
Theseparationrulesapplytotheentirenetwork.However,inafewcases,theseparationrulesmightnotapplytospecific
pairsofTRXs.Inthiscase,youcansetexceptionalfrequencyseparationstodefinechannelseparationsthatapplytospecific
pairsofTRXs.Duringautomaticfrequencyplanning,theseparationrulesarefirstconsidered,buttheycanbeoverriddenby
specificentriesintheExceptionalSeparationConstraintstable.
Todefineexceptionalfrequencyseparations:
3. Select Frequency Plan> Exceptional Pairs from the context menu. The Exceptional Separation Constraints table
appears.
481
Forsk2013
todefine:
),selectthefollowingparametersforeachseparationruleyouwant
Transmitter:SelectthetransmitteronwhichtheTRXinTRXTypeislocated.
TRXType:SelectthefirstTRXtype.
Transmitter2:SelectthetransmitteronwhichtheTRXinTRXType2islocated.
TRXType2:SelectthesecondTRXtype.
Separation:EntertheminimumdifferenceinchannelsthatmustexistbetweenthetwoTRXtypes.Entering"0"
meansthattheycanusethesamechannel.
YoucanalsodefineexceptionalpairsfromtheAFPresults.Subcellswhichdonotrespect
separation constraints can be defined as exceptional pairs in order to force the AFP to
modifyitsallocationpriorityandtoavoidthisviolation.See"TheResultsoftheAutomatic
FrequencyAllocation"onpage500formoreinformation.
8.4.3.2.4
DisplayingExceptionalFrequencySeparationsontheMap
YoucandisplaytheexceptionalfrequencyseparationsdefinedintheExceptionalSeparationConstraintstableonthemap.
Todisplaytheexceptionalfrequencyseparations:
3. Select Frequency Plan> Display Options from the context menu. The Separation Constraint Display dialogue
appears.
4. SelecttheTransmitter1TRXTypeandtheTransmitter2TRXTypetodisplay.
Whenyouselect"All"aseitherTransmitter1TRXTypeorTransmitter2TRXType,Atoll
doesnotdisplayallTRXtypes.Ratheritdisplaysonlyexceptionalfrequencyseparationsfor
whichtheTRXtypeconstraintisdefinedas"All."
appears.
6. SelectExceptionalPairs(AFP)fromthecontextmenu.
8. Click a transmitter on the map to display the exceptional frequency separations. If the selected transmitter has
definedexceptionalfrequencyseparationsthatfitthedisplayoptions,Atolldisplaysthefollowinginformation(see
Figure8.51):
The exceptional frequency separations of the selected transmitter are indicated by a heavy line in the same
colourastheothertransmitterinthedefinedpair.
Thedefinedminimumchannelseparationisindicatedbesidethelinelinkingthetwotransmitters.
Figure8.51:Displayingexceptionalfrequencyseparations
482
)again.
AT320_UM_E0
Youcandefineexceptionalpairsdirectlyonthemap.Forinformation,see"Addingor
RemovingExceptionalFrequencySeparationsUsingtheMouse"onpage483.
8.4.3.2.5
AddingorRemovingExceptionalFrequencySeparationsUsingtheMouse
Youcanaddandremovedefineexceptionalfrequencyseparationsdirectlyonthemap.
Todefineanexceptionalfrequencyseparationonthemap:
3. Select Frequency Plan> Display Options from the context menu. The Separation Constraint Display dialogue
appears.
4. InTransmitter1TRXTypelistandTransmitter2TRXTypelist,selecttheTRXtypeforwhichyouwanttodefinesep
arationconstraints.
appears.
6. SelectExceptionalPairs(AFP)fromthecontextmenu.
).
8. Clickthereferencetransmitteronthemap.Atolldisplaystheexistingexceptionalfrequencyseparationsforthistrans
mitter.
Youcandothefollowing:
Toaddanexceptionalfrequencyseparation:PressCTRLandclickonthesecondtransmitter.Adialogueappears
where you enter the minimum separation between the transmitters. When you click OK, the exceptional fre
quencyseparationiscreatedandindicatedbyaheavylineinthesamecolourasthesecondtransmitter.Themin
imumseparationisindicatednexttothelink.Theexceptionalseparationconstraintisautomaticallyaddedtothe
ExceptionalSeparationConstraintstable.
Toremoveanexceptionalfrequencyseparation:PressCTRLandclickonthesecondtransmitterofanexisting
exceptionalfrequencyseparation.Theexceptionalfrequencyseparationisremovedfromthemapandfromthe
ExceptionalSeparationConstraintstable.
)again.
Youcandisplaythecoverageareasofexceptionalpairsinmuchthesamewayasyou
woulddisplaythecoverageofatransmittersneighbours,withtheexceptionthatyou
selectExceptionalPairs(AFP)whenyouclickthearrow( )nexttotheEditRelationson
theMapbutton(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbar.Formoreinformation,see
"DisplayingtheCoverageofEachNeighbourofaTransmitter"onpage423.
8.4.3.2.6
AdjustingtheRelativeImportanceofNeighbours
Inmanycases,neighbourrelationsarethestrongestconstraintsontheAFP.TheneighbourimportancefieldoftheNeigh
bourstableenablestheAFPtopartiallyignoreweakordistantneighboursandconcentratemoreonthemoreimportant
neighbours.
Neighbourimportancecanbeeither:
calculatedbyAtoll
imported,basedonOMCstatistics,or
importedandcompletedbyacalculationperformedinAtoll
Thissectiongivesseveralexamplesofhowyoucanadjusttherelativeimportanceofneighbours.
ReviewtheneighbourallocationbeforerunningtheAFP.Oftenpoorlydefinedneighbour
relationsarethecauseofapoorlydefinedfrequencyplan.
483
Forsk2013
Example1:AutomaticNeighbourAllocation
Youcancalculateneighbourimportancebyautomaticallyallocatingneighboursasexplainedin"AllocatingNeighboursAuto
matically"onpage418.Atollsdefaultvalueswhenautomaticallyallocatingneighboursare:
CoverageFactor:1%to30%
AdjacencyFactor:30%to60%
CositeFactor:60%to100%
IfyouarerunninganautomaticneighbourallocationsothatAtollcanusethecalculatedneighbourcalculationintheAFP,you
shouldchangethevalues:
CoverageFactor:1%to81%
AdjacencyFactor:20%to90%
CositeFactor:70%to100%
Changing the defaultvalues changestheprioritydefinitions ofthe neighbourallocation
algorithm.Formoreinformation,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
Figure8.52:Automaticneighbourallocation
Afteryouhaveruntheautomaticneighbourallocation,andtheautomaticneighbourallocationhascalculatedtheneighbour
importance,youcancommittheresultsandruntheAFP.
Example2:ImportingNeighbourImportance
Thereareseveralpossibleexternalsourcesofneighbourimportance.Forexample:
OMCHOstatistics
Testmobiledatameasurements(providingthemeasurementsignoreinterferencebetweennonneighbours).
Aswithanysourceofinformation,itisuptotheusertoprepareandimportthisexternaldata.Neighbourimportanceismeas
uredintermsofprobabilities.
Example3:CompletingorUpdatingtheNeighbourImportanceInformation
Afteraddingnewsites,orinordertoresolvehandoverproblems,youmightneedtorunanewautomaticneighbouralloca
tion.However,whenyourunanautomaticneighbourallocation,Atollrecalculatesallexistingneighbourrelationsandover
writes existing neighbour importance values. If the changes to the network were only minimal, you can assume that the
existingneighbourrelationsandweightswereaccurate.Youcanalsoassumethatthenewlycalculatedneighbourrelations
andimportancevaluesarelessimportant,becausetheyareonlyminormodificationstoaworkingsystem.
484
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanpreservetheexistingneighbourrelationsandimportancevalueswhileatthesametimecreatingneighbourrelations
for the new sites by first exportingtheexistingneighbourrelations,running anautomatic neighbour allocationtocreate
neighbourrelationsalongwiththeirweights,andthenreimportingtheoriginalneighbourrelationsandweights.Atollwill
thenreplacethenewlycalculatedneighbourrelationsandweightswiththeoriginalvalueswheretheyexist.
Toextendanneighbourallocationwhilepreservingexistingneighbourrelations:
1. Export the current intratechnology neighbour relations once to a file called AllCurrentNei.txt using the Export
commandontheNeighbourstable'scontextmenu.Forinformationonexportingatable,see"ExportingTablesto
TextFilesandSpreadsheets"onpage80.
2. ExporttheintratechnologyneighbourrelationsasecondtimetoafilecalledAllCurrentNei_Importance.txt,thistime
selectingtheneighbourrelationswithareliableneighbourimportance.
3. Import the AllCurrentNei.txt file into the Exceptional Pairs of Intratechnology Neighbours table. This will set all
existingneighbourrelationstoforced,whichisaprerequisitetoextendinganexistingneighbourallocation.Forinfor
mationonimportingthecontentsofatextfileintoatable,see"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81.
4. SettheimportanceweightingintheNeighbourImportanceWeightingdialogueinordertokeepthevaluesassigned
forimportancebelowacertainvalue.Forexample,ifyouwantallimportancevaluestobeunder50%,youcansetthe
MaxImportancevaluesasindicatedinFigure8.53.Forinformationonsettingtheimportanceweighting,see"Config
uringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours"onpage417.
5. Runanautomaticneighbourallocationtoallocateneighbourstonewsitesandassignimportancetoneighbourrela
tionsthatdonotalreadyhaveanimportanceassigned.Forinformationondefiningandrunninganautomaticneigh
bourallocation,see"AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically"onpage418.
Figure8.53:Settingneighbourimportanceweighting
AsyoucanseeinFigure8.53,theimportanceassignedtoallnewneighbourrelationswillbeweak.
6. Committheallocation.
7. ImporttheAllCurrentNei.txtfileintotheNeighbourstable.WhenAtollpromptsyoutodeleteexistingneighbours,
clickNo.
InFigure8.54,youcanseethatneighbourrelationsnowincludeoldneighbourrelationswithahigherimportanceandnew
neighbourrelationswithalowerimportanceautomaticallycalculatedbyAtoll.
Figure8.54:Neighbourstable
485
Forsk2013
Example4:ImportingPartialSourcesofNeighbourImportance
Youcanimportpartialsourcesofneighbourimportance.Thedata,intheformofaprobabilityfrom0to1,areimportedinto
theImportancecolumnoftheNeighbours.
Ifyournetworkstatisticsdonotprovideyouwiththeimportanceofneighbours,youcancalculateneighbourimportance
usingotherstatistics.YoucanthenimportthiscalculatedimportanceintoAtollwhereitcanbeusedbytheAFP.
Forexample,ifyouhavestatisticsonthenumberofhandoversbetweentwosectors,youcancalculatetheimportanceofthe
differentneighboursofeachcellusingthesestatistics.Forexample,ifyouhavetwosectors,AandB,andyouuseXtorepre
sentthe"AverageActivityofaRelationship"inthenetwork,i.e.,thesumofallhandoversforallsectorsdividedbythenumber
ofneighbourrelationships.IfthenumberofhandoversfromsectorB(neighbourofsectorA)isY,theimportanceofsectorB
forsectorAcanbecalculatedusingthefollowingequation:
Impor tan ce =
1ifY X
Y
---- IfY X
X
Thisway,whenarelationshiphasanaboveaveragenumberofhandovers,itsimportancewillbethehighestpossibleinAtoll,
i.e.,100%.Otherwise,itsimportancewillbebelowaverage.
8.4.3.3 ModellingTraffic
Whenallocatingfrequencies,informationfromtheinterferencematrixisoftenusedalongwithAFPtraffic.InAtoll,thesetwo
elementsarenotcorrelated.FormoreinformationonwhyinterferencematricesandAFPtrafficarenotcorrelatedinAtoll,
see"VariousTipsandTricks"onpage545.
TheAFPusestraffictodifferentiatebetweenheavilyloadedTRXs(whichwouldgenerateahighcostiftheyareinterfered)
andTRXswithalowload(whichcanbeinterferedwithoutgeneratingahighcost).Inotherwords,theAFPtrafficmodelis
basicallyaweightingsystem.InmoreadvancedAFPuse,AFPtrafficcanbeused,forexample,tooptimisethenumberofTRXs
andestimateblocking.
AFPtrafficinputwillbedescribedinthissection.TrafficisoneofthemostimportantAFPinputsbecause:
TheAFPwilltrytoassigntherequirednumberofTRXs.ThenumberofrequiredTRXsisanimportantpartoftheAFP
trafficinformation.
Thecostofinterferenceisproportionaltothetrafficload.
Forfrequencyhopping,theinterferencecausedbyagiveninterfererusuallyincreaseswhenitstrafficloadincreases.
Atitsmostadvancedlevel,Atoll'sAFPcanoptimisethetradeoffsbetweeninterferedtrafficandblockedtraffic(i.e.,
whentheAFPispermittedtoadaptthenumberofTRXstothespectrumavailabilityconditions).
ThereismorethanonemethodofprovidingtrafficinformationtotheAFP.Inthissection,themethodsofprovidingtraffic
informationareexplainedfromthesimplesttothemostadvanced.
Method1:SettingAllTrafficLoadsto1
Whenalltrafficloadsaresetto"1,"theamountoftrafficisdeterminedexclusivelybythenumberofrequiredTRXs.Asa
result,allTRXsareconsideredequally.Thismethodhastobeusedwhenevertheonlyinformationyouhaveisthenumberof
requiredTRXs.
Method2:EnteringTrafficLoadsManually
InthismethodofprovidingtrafficinformationtotheAFP,theAFPtrafficisdeterminedbythemanuallyenteredtrafficload
values,andbythemanuallyenterednumberofrequiredTRXs.Thedisadvantageofthismethodisthatthisinformationmust
usuallybecalculatedandenteredmanually;itisnoteasytoobtainautomatically.Ifyouhaveaccesstothisinformation,you
canusethismethod.
Method3:ImportingTrafficLoadsfromOMCData
ThismethodisrecommendedforusewithAtoll'sAFP,however,itisnotsupportedbyallexternalAFPsuppliers.Usingthis
method,theAFPconsidersthenumberofrequiredTRXsasarecommendationonly.Theactualtrafficdemandistakenfrom
theSubcellstable,wherethedatahasbeenupdatedusingtrafficdemandssuppliedbytheOMC(see"ImportingOMCTraffic
DataintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficData"onpage430).
486
AT320_UM_E0
TousethetrafficinformationintheSubcellsTable:TrafficData:
1. OntheCosttaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogue,selecttheoptionBasedonthetrafficdemand(from
subcelltableordefaulttrafficcapture)(seeFigure8.55).FormoreinformationontheAtollAFPModuleProperties
dialogue,see"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
Figure8.55:SettingtheoptionontheCosttab
2. OntheGlobalParameterstaboftheAFPwizarddialogue,selecttheoptionFromsubcelltableunderTraffic(Subcell
load,demandandtargetrateoftrafficoverload).(seeFigure8.56).FormoreinformationontheAtollAFPModule
Propertiesdialogue,see"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
Figure8.56:SettingtheoptionontheGlobalParameterstaboftheAFPdialogue
487
Forsk2013
3. OntheAFPModelandAllocationstabofthefirstAFPdialogue,selecttheoptionOptimisationofthenumberofTRXs
underStrategies(seeFigure8.56).FormoreinformationontheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogue,see"TheAtoll
AFPModule"onpage509.
Figure8.57:SettingtheoptionfortheoptimisationofthenumbersofTRXs
Method4:ExtractingTrafficfromTrafficMaps
Inthismethod,youusetrafficmaps,butyourelyonexternaldimensioningtodeterminethenumberofrequiredTRXs.
ThismethodalsorequiresyoutocreateatrafficcapturebeforelaunchingtheAFP.Thetrafficcapturewillprovideananalysis
oftrafficatthetransmitterlevel,therebytransformingthetrafficmapsintotheloadestimatesthatarerequiredfortheAFP.
Thetrafficmodelisamapandgivesprobabilistictrafficestimatesperpixel.TheAFPneedseithertrafficdemandsorloads.In
bothcase,itneedsthisinformationatthesubcellorcelllevel.Thetrafficcaptureisresponsibleforthisconversion.
UsingatrafficmodelisanenhanceduseofAtoll.Youmustbesurethatyourtrafficmodellingiscorrectandcompatiblewith
theservicezonemodelling.Youmustalsobeawareofmobilitycompatibilities,servicecompatibilities,mobilecompatibilities,
andlayerdefinitions.
Theinherentcomplexitiesofworkingwithatrafficmodeldiscouragemanyusersfromworkingwithatrafficmodel,even
thoughtheoreticallythisisthebestwayofplanningaGSMnetwork.
Itisevenpossibletorestricttheuseofacertainmap(orsetofmaps)toacertainHCSlayer.Wehighlyrecommendtheusage
ofthisfeaturesinceitreducesthiscomplexity(see"CreatingaTrafficCapture"onpage442).
Inordertousethisoption,youmustdothefollowing:
488
OntheGlobalParameterstaboftheAFPdialogue,selectBasedondefaulttrafficcaptureresultsunderTraffic(see
Figure8.58).
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.58:Selectingthedefaulttrafficcaptureresultsasthesourceoftraffic
Method5:UsingaTrafficModelwithDimensioning
In this method you use a traffic model along with dimensioning (see "Dimensioning a GSM/GPRS/EDGE Network" on
page447).
UsuallythenumberofrequiredTRXsisaninput.ThenumberofrequiredTRXscanbestrictorlightlymodified.Ifyoudecide
touseAtoll'sdimensioningmodeltodeterminethenumberofrequiredTRXs:
Thoroughlytestyourtrafficmodelandnetwork.
Carryoutthedimensioning,verifytheresults,andcommitit.
BycommittingtherequirednumberofTRXsyouhavealreadycommittedtheloadandthedemandinformationtothecells
orsubcells.YouarenowreadytousetheAFP.
8.4.3.4 AFPRelatedParametersintheSubcellsTable
ManyoftheparametersusedbytheAFParereaddirectlyfromsubcellsettingsmadeintheGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork.You
canmodifytheseparametersgloballyorforindividualtransmittersbeforerunningtheAFP.Otherparametersarecalculated
whenyoudimensiontheGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork.
BeforeyoucanusetheAFPtool,youneedtoknowthenumberofrequiredTRXs.YoucandimensionthenetworktoletAtoll
automaticallycalculateandupdatetherequirednumberofTRXsneededpersubcellforeachtransmitterofthenetwork,or
youcanentertheinformationmanually.ForinformationonlettingAtollautomaticallycalculateandupdatetherequired
numberofTRXsneededpersubcell,see"DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage445.Forinformationonadding
TRXsmanually,see"CreatingorModifyingaTRX"onpage369.
Whenyoudimensionthenetwork,Atollalsocalculatestherequirednumberofshared,circuit,andpackettimeslotsrequired
forallTRXsofthesubcell.
TheotherAFPrelevantparametersinthenetworkconcernthesubcellsandrelatedTRXs.InAtoll,asubcellreferstothechar
acteristicsofagroupofTRXsonatransmittersharingthesameradiocharacteristics,thesamequality(C/I)requirements,and
othersettings.
Thefollowingsubcellsettingscanbemodifiedgloballybymodifyingthecelltypeorforaspecifictransmitterbymodifyingthe
parametersunderSubcellsontheTRXstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue.Theparametersaredisplayedinthree
differenttablesunderSubcells:StandardData,forthestandardinformationdefiningasubcell,TrafficData,forinformation
describingthetrafficinthecell,andAFPindicators,forinformationresultingfromrunninganAFPmodel.Forinformationon
modifyingcelltypes,see"CellTypes"onpage605.Forinformationonmodifyingtransmitterproperties,see"Creatingor
ModifyingaTransmitter"onpage367.
ThefollowingarethemostimportantAFPrelevantparametersunderSubcellsontheTRXstabofthetransmittersProperties
dialogue:
TrafficLoad:TheTrafficLoadindicatestheusagerateofTRXs;itsvaluemustbefrom0to1.ThevalueintheTraffic
Loadcolumncanbeeitheruserdefinedortheresultofnetworkdimensioning,inwhichcaseitwillbethesamevalue
489
Forsk2013
forallsubcellscoveringthesamearea(e.g.,BCCHandTCH).Thetrafficloadisusedtocalculateinterferenceandin
automaticfrequencyplanning.
TotalCircuitDemand:ThecircuitdemandindicatestheamountofErlangsnecessarytoabsorbthecircuitswitched
demand.Thisvaluecanbeeitheruserdefinedortheresultofatrafficcapture,inwhichcaseitwillbethesamevalue
forallsubcellscoveringthesamearea(e.g.,BCCHandTCH).ThisvaluecanbeusedbyanadvancedAFPmodeltoopti
misethenumberofTRXsandmaximisetheamountofcorrectlyservedtraffic.TheTotalCircuitDemandisfoundin
theTrafficDatatable.
TotalPacketDemand:Thepacketdemandindicatestheamountoftimeslotsnecessarytoabsorbthepacketswitched
demand.Thisvaluecanbeeitheruserdefinedortheresultofatrafficcapture,inwhichcaseitwillbethesamevalue
forallsubcellscoveringthesamearea(e.g.BCCHandTCH).ThisvaluecanbeusedbyanadvancedAFPmodeltoopti
misethenumberofTRXsandmaximisetheamountofcorrectlyservedtraffic.TheTotalPacketDemandisfoundin
theTrafficDatatable.
C/IThreshold(dB):TheminimumsignalqualityfortheTRXType,underwhichthesubcellinterfaceistakenintocon
sideration.TheC/IThresholdisfoundintheStandardtable.
ReceptionThreshold(dBm):TheminimumreceivedsignalfortheTRXType.TheReceptionThresholdisfoundinthe
Standardtable.
FrequencyDomain:(includingexcludedchannels),fromwhichtheAFPtoolcanchoosefrequencies.TheFrequency
DomainisfoundintheStandardtable.TheRelevantFrequencyBandusedbythemodelwhenassigningcelltypesto
transmittersisalsovisibleontheTRXstab,butisaparameterofthecelltypeandcannotbechangedhere.
TheotherAFPrelevantparametersunderSubcellsontheTRXstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogueare:
Allocation Strategy: The allocation strategy used during manual or automatic frequency planning. The Allocation
StrategyisfoundintheStandardtable.Therearetwoavailableallocationstrategies:
Group Constrained: Only channels belonging to the same frequency group in the frequency domain can be
assigned.YoucanusethePreferredFrequencyGrouptodefinethepreferredgroupoffrequencieswhenusing
theAFP.
Preferred Frequency Group: When the Group Constrained allocation strategy is selected, in any hopping mode
(includingnonhopping),theAFPtriestoassignfrequenciesfromthepreferredgroupduringautomaticallocation.The
preferredfrequencygroupisasoftconstraintusedbytheAFPtoassignfrequenciestoTRXs.WhentheAFPisunable
toassignafrequencyfromthepreferredgroupandallocatesafrequencyfromoutsidethegroup,acorresponding
costistakenintoaccount.ThepreferredgroupcanalsobetheresultofallocationiftheAFPmodelisabletoallocate
patternsbasedonazimuth.ThePreferredFrequencyGroupisfoundintheStandardtable.
Max.MALLength:Themaximumlengthofthemobileallocationlist(MAL),inotherwords,themaximumnumberof
channelsallocatedtotheTRXsofthesubcellduringautomaticfrequencyplanningiftheHoppingModeiseitherSFH
(SynthesisedFrequencyHopping)orBBH(BaseBandHopping)andiftheAllocationStrategyisFree.TheMax.MAL
LengthisfoundintheStandardtable.
HoppingMode:ThefrequencyhoppingmodesupportedbytheselectedTRXtype.Thehoppingmodecanbeeither
"BaseBandHoppingmode(BBH)"or"SynthesisedHoppingmode(SFH)."Iffrequencyhoppingisnotsupported,select
"NonHopping."TheHoppingModeisfoundintheStandardtable.
If SFH is the frequency hopping mode, the settings in the AFP module must match the
settingsinthesubcell.ForinformationonconfiguringtheoptionalAtollAFPmodule,see
"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
Synchronisation:TheSynchronisationisusedduringfrequencyhopping;frequencyhoppingissynchronisedamong
allTRXsofsubcellswiththesamestringofcharactersintheSynchronisationcolumn.Bydefault,thenameofthesite
isusedasthevalueintheSynchronisationcolumn,synchronisingfrequencyhoppingforallTRXsonthesamesite.
TheSynchronisationisfoundintheStandardtable.
DTXSupported:TheDTXSupportedcheckboxisselectedifthesubcellsupportsDTX(DiscontinuousTransmission)
mode.SubcellssupportingDTXcanreduceinterferencetheyproduceaccordingtothedefinedvoiceactivityfactor.
DTXdoesnotapplytotheBCCHsinceitisassumedthattheBCCHisalwaysonair.TheDTXSupportedcheckboxis
foundintheStandardtable.
LockrequiredTRXs:ThisoptioncanbeusedbyanAFPmodelwhichhasthecapabilitytooptimise(i.e.,increaseor
decrease)thenumberofrequiredTRXswheretheonlygoalismaximisingtheamountofcorrectlyservedtraffic.In
otherwords,youmighthavefewerTRXsthanrequirediftheyarenotsubjecttoanyinterferenceandtheamountof
correctlyservedtrafficwillbelarger.Whenyouselectthisoption,thenumberofrequiredTRXsisblockedforthat
subcell.TheLockrequiredTRXsoptionisfoundintheStandardtable.
Althoughyoucanmanuallysetthevaluesofthefollowingrequiredtimeslotnumbers,thesevaluesarecalculatedduringthe
dimensioningprocess.OntheAFPtabofatransmittersPropertiesdialogue,underParametersrelatedtoautomaticplan
ning,youcansettheweightandreusedistancetobeusedfortheselectedtransmitterduringtheAFP:
490
Weight:EntertheAFPweight.TheAFPweightisusedtoincreaseordecreasetheimportanceofasubcellduringauto
maticfrequencyplanning.Thevaluemustbearealnumber.ThehighertheAFPweightis,thehighertheconstraint
AT320_UM_E0
ontheTRXtype.TheAFPweightartificiallymultipliesthecostfunctionwhichhastobeminimisedbytheAFP.The
WeightisfoundintheStandardtable.
Reusedistance:Enterareusedistance.Thereusedistanceistakenintoconsiderationwhenassigningfrequenciesor
BSIC.Usingaminimumreusedistancecanhelpcompensateforinaccuraciesintheinterferencematricesorother
inputdata.
Ifcertainresourceshavealreadybeenallocated,ontheAFPtabofatransmittersPropertiesdialogueyoucanchoosetolock
the resources that have already been allocated to the selected transmitter. During automatic frequency planning, these
resources,whichcanbeallocatedaspartoftheprocess,willnotbechanged.
Lock Channels and MAIO: When the Lock Channels and MAIO check box is selected, the transmitters currently
assignedchannelsandMAIOarekeptwhenanewAFPsessionisstarted.OntheTRXstab,underTRXs,youcanlock
thechannelsandMAIOforindividualTRXsassignedtothetransmitter.
LockHSN:WhentheLockHSNcheckboxisselected,thetransmitterscurrentlyassignedHSNiskeptwhenanewAFP
sessionisstarted.OntheTRXstab,underSubcell(TRXGroups)Settings,youcanlocktheHSNforindividualsubcells
assignedtothetransmitter.
LockBSIC:WhentheLockBSICcheckboxisselected,thetransmitterscurrentlyassignedBSICiskeptwhenanewAFP
sessionisstarted.
UnderExceptionalseparationconstraintswithothertransmitters,ontheAFPtabofatransmittersPropertiesdialogue,you
canenterexceptionalseparationconstraintswithothertransmitters.Exceptionalseparationconstraintsyouenterherealso
appearintheExceptionalSeparationConstraintstable.Forinformationoncreatingexceptionalseparationconstraints,see
"DefiningExceptionalFrequencySeparations"onpage481.
Byaddingtwooptionsintheatoll.inifile,youcanforcetheAtollAFPmodeltorestrictchan
nelallocationtoalimitedspectrumforeachtransmitterinthesamewaythatitisimple
mentedonsomeequipment.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
8.4.3.5 ModellingLayersandSubcells
Thereareseveraldifferentmethodsthatyoucanusetocorrectlymodellayersandsubcells.Thesemethodsofferdifferent
levelsofaccuracyandcanhelpyoutoincreasethespectralefficiencyofyournetwork.
Method1:ThesimplestmethodofmodellinglayersandsubcellsistouseonlyoneHCSlayerandonlytwoTRXtypes(i.e.,
BCCHandTCH)foralltransmitters.
Method2:ThesecondmethodinvolvesmodellingHCSlayersinamorecompletefashion.
HCSlayersplayseveralrolesinAtoll.TheirmostimportantroleisrelatedtothewayAtollmanagestrafficmaps.Different
layershavedifferentprioritiesandmobilitylimitations.Aswell,youcanmanagetrafficoverflowbyallowingtraffictoflow
fromonelayertoanother.Theobjectiveofistomodelthebehaviourofarealnetwork,wheretwopotentialserversthatdo
notbelongtothesamelayerusuallydonotcompetetobethebestserver.
Whencalculatinganinterferencematrix,orwhenmakinganinterferencecoverageprediction,HCSlayersareusedtocreate
servicezonemapswhichareusedasthebasisofthesecalculations.Iftwotransmittersbelongtodifferentlayers,theycan
bothservethesamepixelevenifthereceivedsignalofoneismuchstrongerthanthereceivedsignaloftheother.Forequal
HOmargins,moreHSClayersmeanmoreoverlappinginthenetwork.Astheoverlappingincreases,theconstraintlevelinthe
interferencematrixandtheamountofinterferenceinaninterferencepredictionalsoincrease.
Whenusingthismethod,youmuststudytheprioritymechanisminyournetwork,bothinthereselectionprocessandinthe
handoverprocess.DefinethecorrespondingHCSlayersonceyouknowitsworking.Whenusingatrafficmap,youmustensure
thatthereareenoughmobilitytypestomodelhighspeedandlowspeedmobilities.
Method3:Withthismethod,youstudythesettingsoftheTCHTRXsandhowtheymanageradioresources.Theremightbe
differencesbetweentheTRXsonatleastoneofthefollowingitems:
Whethertransmissionpowerismaximumoraverage
Whetherreceptionismanagedbyreceptionlevelorbydistance
Schedulingpriority
Whetherthesubcellhandlespacketswitchedorcircuitswitchedtraffic
Qualityrequirementforhighbitratecodingschemes.
Spectralrestrictions(oftenpresentwiththeGSMextendedfrequencies)
Frequentuseofhighbitratemodulations
WhethertheBCCHismultibandorsingleBCCH.
AcustomiseddefinitionofmultisubcelltransmitterscanpermittheAFPtoexploitthesedifferences.Thisisoftencalledthe
underlayoverlaylayout,(orintelligentunderlayoverlay).Fordetailedinformationonthetechnicalaspectsofcelltypedefi
nition,see"CellTypes"onpage605.
Withthismethod,thereismorethanonewaytoimprovetheaccuracyofthenetworkmodel.Thecommonpointisthefact
thattheyallrequiremultisubcelltransmitters.Theoretically,thesecombinedmethodsshouldprovideover40%additional
spectrumefficiency(40%inthecaseofvoice,forpacketswitchedservicesitcanbemuchhigher).However,youcanassume
491
Forsk2013
thatthegainsarelowerwhentheHCSlayersareintelligentlydefined.Inotherwords,ifyouimprovetheefficientuseofspec
trumbyaccuratelydefiningtheHCSlayers,youcannotgetanequivalentamountthroughtheaccuratedefinitionofconcen
triccells.
ConcentriccellsarenecessarywheneversomeTRXshaveabiggerinterferenceareathanothers,orwhensomeTRXsserve
trafficwhichismorewidelyspreadthanothers,orwhensomeTRXsareusedformorerobustservicesthanothers,(i.e.,for
serviceswhichdonotneedashighaqualityasothers).
Eachoftheserefinements,aloneorcombined,canreducetheconstraintlevel,leadingtoamuchbetterfrequencyplan.
Method4:Withthismethod,youllhavetocheckthenetworkasdescribedinthissectionbeforestartingtheAFP:
1. Createatrafficmapbasedonenvironments,usinganappropriateclutterweighting.Forinformationoncreatingan
environmentbasedtrafficmap,see"CreatingaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap"onpage437.
2. ImportthecurrentfrequencyplanintoyourAtolldocument.Forinformationonimportingafrequencyplanintoan
Atolldocument,see"ImportingaFrequencyList"onpage466.
3. Createatrafficcaptureandcalculateit.Forinformationoncreatingatrafficcapture,see"CalculatingandDisplaying
aTrafficCapture"onpage441.
4. PerformaKPIcalculationandcommitit.ForinformationonKPIcalculation,see"CalculatingKeyPerformanceIndica
torsofaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage583.
5. Adjustthetrafficcoefficientinthetrafficcapturesothattheaverageleveloftrafficloadsiscorrect.
6. Studythecaseswheretrafficloadsareeithertoolowortoohigh.Thiscaneasilybemanagedbycolouringtransmitters
accordingtotheirtrafficload.Thereasonsforthiscanbethefollowing:
Ahighprioritycellistakingallthetrafficfromanothercell.ThismeansthattheHCSparametersinAtolldonot
reflectreality.
Thereexistacellthatisnolongerusedand,infact,hasbeenremovedfromtheOMCbutstillexistsintheAtoll.
Thiscellisabsorbingthetrafficandreducesto0theloadofanothercell.
Otherparametersarenotcorrect:Height,power,tilt,etc.
8.4.4 AutomaticResourceAllocationUsinganAFPModule
There are several different ways, of differing levels of complexity, to automatically allocate resources. In "The Atoll AFP
Module"onpage509,thesedifferentmethodsofautomaticallyallocatingresourcesareexplained.Inthissection,thebasic
informationnecessarytoautomaticresourceallocation,regardlessofthelevelofoptimisation,isexplained.
TheAutomaticFrequencyPlanning(AFP)toolisadesignedtoperformlargescaleandsmallscaleresourceallocation.Itcan
addorremoveTRXsandassignfrequenciesorMALlistsaswellasMAIOs.TheAFPcanalsoassigntheHSN,theBSIC,various
KPIs,andpreferredgroupnames.
WhentheAFPassignsresources,ittakestrafficdemand,separationconstraints,andinterferencelimitationsintoconsidera
tion.AtollallowstheuseofthirdpartyAFPtools,aswellastheuseofanoptionalAtollAFPmodule.
TheAFPattemptstocreateanoptimalresourceallocation,i.e.,anallocationthatminimisesinterferenceandcomplieswith
asetofuserdefinedconstraints.MostAFPsassignacosttothevariousconstraintsandthenusecostbasedalgorithmsto
evaluatepossiblefrequencyplansandtofindthefrequencyplanwiththelowestcosts.Thecostfunctioncanbedifferentfrom
oneAFPtoanother.ThecostfunctionofAtoll'sAFPmoduleisdescribedin"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
ThequalityofthefinalresourceallocationdependsonthelevelofpreparationyoumakefortheAFP.Thetypeofpreparation
requireddependsheavilyontheAFPmoduleusedandusinganyspecificAFPmoduleatanadvancedlevelrequiresanunder
standingofthecostfunction,thealgorithm,andtheparametersspecifictothatmodule.Therefore,inthissection,onlybasic
preparationisexplainedsinceitiscommontoallAFPmodulesthatworkwithAtoll.AdvanceduseoftheAtollAFPisexplained
in"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
BeforeusingtheAFPforautomaticresourceallocation,youshouldunderstandthefollowing:
492
ThescopeoftheAFP(i.e.,inotherwords,theareaandparametersthatwillbeaffectedbytheAFP).Formoreinfor
mation,see"TheScopeoftheAFPandtheScopeoftheInterferenceMatrix"onpage493.
ThenetworkvalidationprocessthattakesplacebeforetheAFPstarts.Formoreinformation,see"TheNetworkVali
dationProcess"onpage493.
Theconceptofthetargetcomputationtimebecausethisisthe"convergencecriterion"oftheAFP.Formoreinforma
tion,see"TheAFP'sTargetComputationTime"onpage494.
AnunderstandingoftheAFPdialogue.Formoreinformation,see"RunninganAutomaticFrequencyAllocation"on
page495
TheAFPresults.UnderstandingthedisplayedAFPresultsenablesyoutoassesstheproposedfrequencyplanbefore
committingthefrequencyplan.Formoreinformation,see"TheResultsoftheAutomaticFrequencyAllocation"on
page500.
AT320_UM_E0
8.4.4.1 TheScopeoftheAFPandtheScopeoftheInterferenceMatrix
8.4.4.1.1
"TheScopeoftheAFP"onpage493
"TheScopeoftheInterferenceMatrix"onpage493.
TheScopeoftheAFP
YoucanthinkofthescopeoftheAFPas,firstandforemost,thetransmittersthatareactiveandfilteredandwithinthefocus
zoneandthecomputationzone.ThisistheareathattheAFPwillbeaffecting.Thesecondpartofthescopeisthepartwhich
willbetakenintoconsiderationbytheAFPbutwillnotbeaffected.Thissecondpartincludestheneighboursofanytransmit
terswithinthefocusandcomputationzones,andanytransmitterwhosecalculationradiusintersectsthecalculationradius
ofanytransmitterthatisalreadywithintheAFPscope.
Forexample,inagivenproject,therearethreegroupsoftransmitters:
Active:TheActivegroupincludesallactivetransmittersthatarefilteredintheTransmittersfolderandintheSites
folder.
Selected:TheSelectedgroupisasubgroupoftheActivegroupandcontainsallthetransmittersinthefolderfrom
whichtheAFPwasstartedandthatarelocatedinsidethefocuszoneandthecomputationzone.
Ring:TransmittersthatarepartoftheActivegroup,butnotpartoftheSelectedgroupbelongtotheRinggroupif
theyaffecttransmittersintheActivegroup.Forexample,neighboursoftransmittersintheSelectedgroupwouldbe
in the Ring group, as would the second transmitter of an exceptional pair. Additionally, if some transmitters are
definedasinterferersonly(see"TransmitterDescription"onpage358),theyarepartoftheAFPscopebecausethey
mightaffectthetransmitterstowhichfrequencieswillbeallocatedbuttheirfrequencyplancannotbemodified.
Finally,ifBSICarebeingassigned,allsecondorderneighboursareintheRinggroupaswell.Finally,ifinterferenceis
takenintoaccountduringtheAFPprocess(byselectingtheLoadallinterfererspropagatinginthefocuszonecheck
box),anytransmitterwhosecalculationradiusintersectsthecalculationradiusofatransmitterintheSelectedgroup,
isincludedintheRinggroup.Ifasitehasalargecalculationradius(e.g.20km),apotentiallylargenumberoftrans
mitterscanbeloadedintotheRinggroup.
Inthisexample,theSelectedandRinggroupsarebothloadedintothenetworkandformtheAFPscope.However,thetrans
mittersintheRinggrouparelocked;theAFPrelatedparameters(BSIC,HSN,MAL,MAIO,andchannels)cannotbechanged.
AsforthetransmittersintheSelectedgroup,theAFPcanassignanyoftheresourcesspecifiedintheAFPdialogue,withthe
followingexceptions:
Youcanlockindividualtransmittersforchannel(andMAL),HSNorBSICassignment.
YoucanlockindividualTRXsforchannel(andMAL)assignment.
YoucanlockindividualsubcellsforHSNassignment.
InAtoll'sAFP,lockedTRXsarereportedaslockedduringcostcalculation,howevertheAFP
canstillmodifythecostoflockedTRXsunderthefollowingcircumstances:ifthelocked
TRXhasabadneighbourrelation(intermsofcost)withanotherTRXwhichisnotlocked,
Atoll'sAFPreportstotheuserwhichpartofthecostcanbemodifiedandwhichpartcan
not.
8.4.4.1.2
TheScopeoftheInterferenceMatrix
Thescopeofeachindividualinterferencematrixdependsonhowitwasdefinedandcreated.Ifyougenerateareportonthe
GSMInterferenceMatricesfolderintheNetworkexplorer,thereportwillshowacombinedscopeofallactiveinterference
matrices in the folder. For more informationon the definitionof the interferencematrix, see"InterferenceMatrices"on
page470.
IntermsoftheAFP,thescopeoftheinterferencematrixisthesameasthatoftheAFP,asdescribedin"TheScopeoftheAFP"
onpage493.Inotherwords,thescopeoftheinterferencematrixduringanautomaticresourceallocationincludesthetrans
mittersthatareactiveandfilteredandwithinthefocuszoneandthecomputationzone,aswellthetransmitterswhichwill
betakenintoconsiderationbytheAFPbutwillnotbeaffected.
Including the transmitters that are not affected by the AFP (but that affect other transmitters during the allocation of
resources)canbequitedemandingoncomputerresources.Bydrawingafilteringzonearoundallofthetransmitterstowhich
resourcesaretobeallocated(theSelectedgroupintheexamplegivenin"TheScopeoftheAFP"onpage493),youcancause
theAFPtoignoretransmittersoutsideofthegroupofaffectedtransmittersintheinterferencematrixzone.
8.4.4.2 TheNetworkValidationProcess
BeforetheAFPbeginstheautomaticresourceallocationprocess,itverifiesthenetworkandthedata.Bybeginningwitha
verification,theAFPcansavetimebyfindingpotentialproblemsbeforetheallocationprocessactuallystarts.IftheAFPfinds
aproblem,itdisplaysamessagewiththewarningorerrorintheEventViewer(seeFigure8.59).Itishighlyrecommendedto
correctanyproblemsindicatedinthesemessagesbeforeyoucontinuewiththeAFPprocess.
493
Forsk2013
Figure8.59:Warningsanderrorsduringnetworkvalidationphase
YoucanviewtheentiremessagebydoubleclickingitintheEventViewer,Atollthendisplaysthemessageinaseparate
dialogue(seeFigure8.60).
Figure8.60:MessagefromEventViewer
ThefollowingtablecontainsafewexamplesoftherangechecksperformedbytheAFP:
RangeCheck
Values
LowestandhighestpossibleHSN
063
Limitonthenumberofdifferentfrequency
domains
10,000
LowestandhighestBSIC
077
Maximumrequiredchannelsatasubcell
62
LowestandhighestvalueforAFPweight
0100
DefaultvalueforAFPweight
LowestandhighestvalueforminC/I
225
DefaultvalueforminC/I
12
Maximumpoweroffset
25
Highestreceptionthreshold
50
Lowestreceptionthreshold
116
Defaultvalueforreceptionthreshold
102
Limitonseparationrequirements
Mustbe<=7
LimitonthenumberofTRXsinatransmitter
50
Comments
Eachexclusionoffrequenciesatatransmitter
mightcreateanewdomain
UsediftheAFPweightisoutofdomain
Usediftheparameterisoutofrange
Usediftheparameterisoutofrange
8.4.4.3 TheAFP'sTargetComputationTime
InAtoll,thetargetcomputationtimeisoneofthelastparametersyousetbeforerunningtheAFP.Intheory,anexhaustive
explorationofallcostreductionpossibilitiesbytheAFPcouldlastindefinitely;therefore,whenyouruntheAFP,youmust
defineaconvergencecriterion.InAtoll,thisconvergencecriterionisthetargetcomputationtime(TCT).
Whenthetargetcomputationtime(TCT)hasexpired(orbeforeifyouaresatisfiedwiththecostreductionatthatpoint),you
canstoptheAFP.IfyouallowtheAFPtocontinuerunningaftertheTCThasexpired,itwillcontinuetosearchforafewaddi
tionalsolutions,howeverbecauseAtolltooktheTCTintoconsiderationwhenmakingtheAFPcalculations,therewillbevery
littleimprovementaftertheTCThasexpired.
494
AT320_UM_E0
ThequalityofthefinalresultsisdeterminedbytheTCTandthesizeofthenetwork.Forexample,ifyouareworkingwitha
mediumtolargesizednetworkofabout5,000transmitters,12,000TRXs,50frequencies,andaninterferencematrixwith
500,000entries,withAtoll'sAFP:
UseaTCTof1hourifyouwantabasicFrequencyPlanQuality(FPQ)
UseaTCTof12hours(overnight)ifyouwantamediumqualityFPQ
UseaTCTof48hours(weekend)ifyouwantthebestpossibleFPQ.
IfyouruntheAFPonatestnetworkof33,000transmitters(100,000TRXs,anIMwith6,000,000entries),itwillrequiresafew
hourstocompleteitsfirstsolution.Ontheotherhand,theAFPcancalculatesmallnetworksmuchmorequicklyandgenerate
severalsolutionseachminute.
IfyouruntheAFPanditcanprovideonlyoneortwosolutionsafter5%ofthetargetcomputationtime,youcanassumethat
thesettargetcomputationtimeistooshort.Whenthenetworkisverylarge,forexample20,000transmittersormore,and
youdonothavetheoptionofrunningtheAFPforlongerthanaweekend,youcanimprovetheefficiencyoftheAFPbyfirst
calibratingitusingarepresentativesample.
8.4.4.4 RunninganAutomaticFrequencyAllocation
AtollprovidesanAFPinterfacethatcanbeusedwiththeoptionalAtollAFPmoduleorwithathirdpartyAFPmodule;the
optionsyouselectintheAFPinterfacearevalidforeither.
Youcanperformautomaticfrequencyplanningonalltransmittersoronlyonadefinedgroupoftransmitters.Allthetrans
mitterstargetedbytheautomaticfrequencyplanning,includingpotentialinterferersandtransmittersthatarepartofsepa
rationconstraints,aretakenintoaccountbutresourcesareonlyallocatedtothenonlockeditems(i.e.,subcellsorTRXs)of
theselectedtransmitters.
TorunanAFPsession:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderorclicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTransmittersfolderandrightclicka
groupoftransmitters.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectFrequencyPlan>AutomaticAllocationfromthecontextmenu.TheAFPdialogueappearswiththeAFPSelec
tiontab(seeFigure8.61).
Figure8.61:TheAFPdialogue
4. UnderAFPModelandAllocations,select"AtollAFPModule"fromtheAFPModulelist.YoucanclicktheBrowse
button(
)toaccessthepropertiesoftheselectedAFPmodule.
495
Forsk2013
IfyouareusinganAFPmoduleotherthanAtoll'sAFPmodule,refertothatAFPmodule's
documentationforinformation.
WhentheAFPfirststarts,AtollfirstensuresthattheselectedAFPmoduleiscorrectlyinstalled,followingwhichAtoll
determines the capabilities of the AFP module. It is the capabilities of the AFP module which determine which
resourcesyoucanallocateusingtheAFP.
a. UnderResourcestoAllocate,selectthecheckboxesoftheresourcesyouwanttoallocate.Theselectionsyou
makewilldependonthehoppingmodeofyournetwork:
MAL:TheMALisusedbysubcellsthathaveeithertheBBHortheSFHhoppingmode.Youmustalsoallocate
MAIO,HSN,andchannels.
MAIO:TheMAIOisusedbysubcellsthathaveeithertheBBHortheSFHhoppingmode.Youmustalsoallocate
MAL,HSN,andchannels.
Channels:Allsubcellsmustbeallocatedchannels,independentlyoftheirhoppingmode.
HSN:TheHSNisusedbysubcellsthathaveeithertheBBHortheSFHhoppingmode.Youmustalsoallocate
MAL,MAIO,andchannels.
BSIC:TheBSICisusedbyalltransmitters,independentlyofthehoppingmode.
Atoll will not create TRXs without channels. Therefore, if you do not allocate MAL and
MAIO,alltheSFHsubcellsareconsideredlockedandnoTRXswillbecreatedforthem.By
thesametoken,ifyouallocateonlyMALandMAIO,allNHandBBHsubcellswillbeconsid
eredlockedandnoTRXswillbecreated.
5. UnderStrategies,selectthecheckboxescorrespondingtotheallocationstrategiesyouwanttheAFPtouse.
Azimuthorientedallocation(Pattern1/X):Theazimuthorientedallocationstrategyconsistsofallocatingfre
quencygroupstogroupconstrainedsubcellsaccordingtotheazimuthofthesubcell.Ifthefrequencygroupsare
correctlyconfigured(i.e.,ifXcomparablysizedfrequencygroupsforXazimuths),thenthepatternofallocation
willbe1/X.Ifthegeometryofthenetworkisincompatiblewithanazimuthorientedallocation,theAFPwillnot
attempttoallocatefrequencygroups.
OptimisationofthenumberofTRXs:Whensubcellshavelowtrafficloadsandarelocatedinazoneofheavyspec
tralcongestion,reducingthenumberofTRXstoassigncanpresentanadvantage.Conversely,forsubcellswith
hightrafficloads,theAFPmightincreasethenumberofTRXscomparedtowhatisrequiredinordertoreducethe
amountofblockedtraffic.
6. UnderIndicatorstoallocate,selectthecheckboxescorrespondingtotheindicatorsyouwanttheAtollAFPtoallo
cate.
TRXRank:TheAFPcancalculatetheTRXrankofeachTRX.ThehighertheTRXrank,thehigherthecost,in
termsoftheriskofinterference..
SubcellIndicators:AFPcost,congestion,blockingandseparationcostcanbeestimatedbytheAFPmodule
perpoolofsubcells(e.g.,aBCCHpooloraTCHpool).Theseindicatorsareawayofpreciselyestimatingthe
allocationqualityatthesubcelllevelandprovidesomedirectionstoimprovetheplan,ifnecessary.
7. UnderAFPModelandAllocations,selecttheLoadallinterfererspropagatinginthefocuszonecheckboxifyouwant
theAFPscopetobeextendedtoincludeallpotentialinterferers.FormoreinformationontheAFPscope,see"The
ScopeoftheAFPandtheScopeoftheInterferenceMatrix"onpage493.
8. ClickNext.ThenextpageoftheAFPdialogueappears(seeFigure8.63).Inthisdialogue,youcanmodifythenetwork's
defaultseparationrequirements,aswelltheexceptionalpairs.Formoreinformationontheseparationrequirements,
see"DefiningExceptionalFrequencySeparations"onpage481.Formoreinformationontheexceptionalpairs,see
"DefiningExceptionalPairs"onpage417.
496
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.62:ThesecondpageoftheAFPdialogue:separationconstraints
9. ClickNext.Thedialogueappears(seeFigure8.62).Inthisdialogue,youcandefinetheglobalparameters.
Figure8.63:ThethirdpageoftheAFPdialogue
10. UnderAllocationofsubcellsoftype,selectthecheckboxescorrespondingtothesubcellsforwhichresourceswillbe
allocatedtoTRXs.
MissingTRXswillnotbecreatedforanysubcellnotselectedunderAllocationofsubcells
oftype.
11. UnderLockingofexistingTRXsoftype,selectthecheckboxescorrespondingtothesubcellsforwhichyouwantthe
existingTRXstobelockedduringallocation.TheexistingTRXswillnotbeaffected.
497
Forsk2013
YoucanlocktheresourcesallocatedtoindividualTRXsineithertheTransmitterstable,the
StandardDataSubcellstable,theTRXstable,orthePropertiesdialogueofeachtransmit
ter.
12. UnderTraffic(Subcellload,demandandtargetrateoftrafficoverflow),selectthesourceofthetrafficinformation:
FromSubcellstable:ThetrafficinformationintheSubcellstablecancomefromoneofthreesources:
Theinformationcouldhavebeenenteredmanually
Theinformationcouldhavecomefromdimensioning
TheinformationcouldhavecomefromaKPIcalculation.
IfthetrafficinformationintheSubcellstableistheresultofaKPIcalculationyoumustbe
aware that, during a KPI calculation, Atoll divides the captured traffic by the timeslot
capacityoftheexistingnumberofTRXs,whereastheAFPrequiresthetraffictobedivided
bythetimeslotcapacityoftherequirednumberofTRXs.
Basedondefaulttrafficcaptureresults.
13. IfyouwanttheAFPtoconsiderdiscontinuoustransmissionmodeforTRXswhichsupportitincalculatingtheinterfer
ence,selecttheDTXcheckboxandentertheVoiceactivityfactor.
14. IfyouwanttheAFPtoconsiderreusedistanceasafactorininterference,selecttheReusedistancecheckboxand,if
desired,changetheDefaultvalue.
YoucanenterareusedistanceforeachtransmitterintheReuseDistancecolumnofthe
Transmitterstable.
15. ClickOkay.TheAFPverifiestheparametersyouhavedefined.TheAFPdialoguethatappears(seeFigure8.64)gives
asummaryoftheverificationprocessaswellasthemessagesdisplayedintheEventViewer.
Figure8.64:ThefinalAFPdialogue
16. Enteratargetcomputationtimeinminutes(see"TheAFP'sTargetComputationTime"onpage494and"TheAtollAFP
Finalisationtab"onpage524).
17. If desired, enter a Generator Initialisation. If you set the generator initialisation to "0," the calculations will be
random.Ifyousetthegeneratorinitialisationtoanyothervalue,theresultswillbedeterministic,i.e.,usingthesame
valueagainwillresultinthesameresultswiththesamedocument.
498
AT320_UM_E0
AllAFPcalculationsaredeterministicatthestart,evenifthegeneratorinitialisationisset
to"0."Theeffectoftherandomseedcanonlybeobservedafteracertaintime(5to15%
ofthetargetcomputationtime).Ifyouwanttotheautomaticallocationprocesstoshow
theeffectofrandomallocation,youmustlettheAFPcalculateuntilthetargetcomputa
tiontimehaselapsed.
18. ClickCalculate.TheAFPProgressdialogueappears(seeFigure8.65).
ReadthemessagesintheEventViewercarefullybeforeclickingCalculate.Theremight
beissuesthatyouneedtoaddressbeforeyoucansuccessfullyrunanAFP.
Figure8.65:TheAFPProgressdialogue
For information on the AFP Progress dialogue and on the process of allocating frequencies and resources, see "The AFP
ProgressDialogue"onpage499.
8.4.4.5 TheAFPProgressDialogue
WhenrunninganAFP,thefirststep,explainedin"RunninganAutomaticFrequencyAllocation"onpage495,isdefiningthe
parametersthattheAFPwilluse.WhenyouhavefinisheddefiningtheparametersandclickedCalculateonthefinaldialogue,
theAFPbeginsitscalculationsandtheAFPProgressdialogueappears(seeFigure8.65).
TheAFPProgressdialoguehasthreetabs:
General:OntheGeneraltab,youwillfindinformationonthecurrentstatusoftheAFP,withtheelapsedtimeincom
parison,thetargetcomputationtime,andthenumberofsolutionsevaluatedtothatpoint.
QualityIndicators:OntheQualityIndicatorstab,youwillfindasummaryofthecurrentModifiablecost,Totalcost,
andTotaltraffic,withdetailsforeachfrequencyplancurrentlyretainedbytheAFPgivenintheformofatable.You
canselectwhatinformationisdisplayedinthetablebyclickingtheDisplayOptionsbutton.Thefollowingoptionsare
availableforeachcomponentofthecost(total,separation,intermodulation,blocking,additional,taxes,spectrum
modification,etc.):
SummedCosts
ModifiableCosts
LockedCosts
Histogram:OntheHistogramtab,youcandisplayhistogramsofthefrequencycostandusagedistributionforboth
the initial plan and best plan. The histogram represents the channels as a function of the frequency of their use.
Movingthepointeroverthehistogramdisplaysthecostorfrequencyofuseofeachchannel.Theresultsarehigh
lightedsimultaneouslyintheZoomonselectedvalueslist.Youcanzoominonvaluesbyclickinganddragginginthe
Zoomonselectedvalueslist.Atollwillzoominontheselectedvalues.
YoucanpauseorstoptheAFPprocessatanytimebyclickingthePause/Stopbutton.WhenyouclickthePause/Stopbutton,
theDetailsdialogueappears.ForinformationontheDetailsdialogue,see"TheResultsoftheAutomaticFrequencyAlloca
tion"onpage500.
499
Forsk2013
YoucancontinuetheAFPprocess,ifyouwant,byclickingtheResumebuttonintheDetailsdialogue.
8.4.4.6 TheResultsoftheAutomaticFrequencyAllocation
When the AFP process has completed, or when you have stopped the process by clicking the Pause/Stop button, the
frequencyplanproposedbytheAFPisdisplayedintheDetailsdialogue(seeFigure8.66).BecausetheDetailsdialogueopens
inaseparatewindow,youcanreturntoyourAtolldocumentwhileitisdisplayed.Thisallowsyoutoverifyyournetworkdata
whileyouresolveseparationconstraintviolationsandbeforeyoucommittheautomaticfrequencyallocation.Transmitters
locatedwithinthefocuszonearelistedintheDetailsdialogue.Ifthefocuszoneisnotavailable,theresultsaredisplayedfor
allthetransmitterswithinthecomputationzone.
TheDetailsdialogueiscomposedofthefollowingtabs:
8.4.4.6.1
"TheSummaryTab"onpage500
"TheAllocationTab"onpage500
"TheSubcellsTab"onpage504
"TheHistogramTab"onpage505.
TheSummaryTab
TheSummarytab(seeFigure8.66)showstheprogressoftheAFPplanandtheimprovementsobtainedbycomparingthe
initialplan(i.e.,asitexistedbeforerunningtheAFP)andthebestplan.Inaddition,youcanverifyallthecostcomponentsfor
eachsolutionwhichhasimprovedtheplanintheProgressdialogue(seeFigure8.65).
Figure8.66:SummarytaboftheAFPDetailsdialogue
8.4.4.6.2
TheAllocationTab
TheAllocationtab(seeFigure8.67)showstheresultsoftheallocationandenablesyoutoeditthefrequencyplancreatedby
theAFP.
Theresultsaredisplayedbytransmitter,TRXtype,andTRXandarecolourcoded:
500
Lightblue:Theresourceislockedandhasnotbeenmodified.
Red:Theresourcehasbeenmodifiedbutthereisaseparationconstraintviolation.
Green:Theresourcehasbeenmodifiedrespectingseparationconstraints.
Black:Theresourcehasbeennotmodified.
Blue:Theresourcehasbeencreatedrespectingseparationconstraints.
Purple:Theresourcehasbeencreatedbutthereisaseparationconstraintviolation.
Brown:Theresourcehasnotbeenmodifiedbutthereisaseparationconstraintviolation.
AT320_UM_E0
Additionally,iftheAFPhasremovedresourcessuchasTRXsinordertoobtainthelowestblockingcost,theinitialresource
valueisdisplayedbutitscorrespondinglineishatched.Inthesecircumstances,theresources(e.g.,theTRXs)aredeletedfrom
theTRXstable.
Figure8.67:AllocationtaboftheAFPDetailsdialogue
Whenyoumovethepointeroveraresourceinthetable,tiptextdisplaysgivesthereasonforthestatusindicatedbythe
colour(seeFigure8.68).
Figure8.68:Detailsonthemodifiedresourcearegivenintiptext
Byaddingsomeoptionsintheatoll.inifile,youcandifferentlydisplaytheseAFPoutputs.
Firstly,youcandefineamaximumimportancevalueunderwhichtheviolationsbetween
neighbourscanbeconsideredasnegligibleandarenotdisplayed.Secondly,youcanacti
vateanoptionnottodisplayviolationsoccurringbetweennonsynchronisedSFH(MALs
MAIOs).Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
UnderDisplay,foreachtransmitter(intheTransmittercolumn),subcell(intheTRXTypecolumn),TRX(intheIndexcolumn)
combination,Atolldisplaysthefollowingcolumns,dependingontheresourcesyouselectedtoallocate(see"Runningan
AutomaticFrequencyAllocation"onpage495):
BSIC
HSN
Channels
TheTRXRankcolumnindicatesthequalityoftheTRXinthatsubcell.ThehighertheTRXrank,thehigherthecost,intermsof
theriskofinterference.Inotherwords,whenyouaretryingtoimprovethesolutionproposedbytheAFP,youmustconcen
trateontheTRXswiththehighestTRXrankfirst.YoucanhidetheTRXRankcolumnbyclickingtheDisplayOptionsbutton
anddeselectingDisplaytheAFPIndicators.
AnyseparationconstraintviolationsarelistedintheSeparations:Violationscolumn.Youcandisplaydetailsaboutseparation
constraintviolationsinthefollowingways:
Byclickingaseparationconstraintviolation,amessageboxappearsdisplayingdetailsabouttheseparationconstraint
violation(seeFigure8.69).Youcandefinethepaircurrentlyinviolationasanexceptionalpair.Becauseseparation
501
Forsk2013
constraintsbetweenexceptionalpairshavemoreweightthandefaultseparationconstraints,youwillbeabletore
runtheAFPandforceittotrytoavoidthisviolation.
Figure8.69:SeparationConstraintViolation
ThebottomoftheResultswindowdisplaysthemessagesrelatedtothelastsolution(whichmightnotbethebestsolution)
aswellaspotentialrelatedallocationproblems.
DefiningtheDisplayoftheAllocationTab
YoucansortthecontentsofthetableontheAllocationtabbyusingthecontextmenuorbyselectinganoptiondisplayedby
clickingtheDisplayOptionsbutton.
Bydefault,thecontentsofthetableunderDisplayaresortedbythecontentoftheTransmitterscolumn.Ifdesired,youcan
sortthecontentofthetablebyanyothercolumn,suchas,forexample,theBSICcolumn.
Tosortthecontentsofthetable:
1. Rightclickthenameofthecolumnbywhichyouwanttosortthecontentsofthetable.Thecontextmenuappears.
2. SelectSortAscendingorSortDescendingfromthecontextmenu.
Atollenablesyoutofilterthecontentsofthetabletodisplayonlyaselectionofdata.
Tofilterthecontentsofthetable:
1. Rightclickthecellinthetablecontainingthedataonwhichyouwanttofilterthecontentofthetable.Thecontext
menuappears.
FilterbySelection:WhenyouselectFilterbySelection,allrecordswiththeselectedvalueorvaluesaredisplayed.
FilterExcludingSelection:WhenyouselectFilterExcludingSelection,allrecordswithouttheselectedvalueor
valuesaredisplayed.
AdvancedFilter:WhenyouselectAdvancedFilter,theFilterdialogueappears.UsingtheFilterdialogue,youcan
useadvanceddatafilteringtocombineseveralcriteriaindifferentfieldstocreatecomplexfilters.Formoreinfor
mationonadvanceddatafiltering,see"AdvancedDataFiltering"onpage94.
Ifyouhavefilteredinformation,youcanremovethefilteranddisplayallthedataagainbyrightclickingacellinthetable
underDisplayandselectingRemoveFilterfromthecontextmenu.
YoucanalsodefinehowthecontentsontheAllocationtabaredisplayedbyclickingtheDisplayOptionsbuttonandselecting
oneoftheoptionsthatappears:
Youcanselectoneormoreofthefollowingcolumnstoappearinthetable:
YoucandisplaytheAFPIndicatorsifyoucalculatedthemduringtheAFPsession.
Youcanselectoneofthefollowingplanstoappearinthetable:
502
Cells
Subcells
TRXs
DisplaythePlantoBeCommitted:TheplantobecommittedrepresentstheresultsobtainedfromtheAFPand
yourpossiblemodifications(deletionofallocatedresources,rollbacktoinitialvalues,etc.).Onlythisplancanbe
committedtothenetwork.
DisplaytheFinalAFPPlan:TheAFPplanshowsthegrossresultsoftheAFPsession,inotherwords,thefinal
resultsofthebestplan.Whenthisplanisdisplayed,theCommitbuttonisnotavailable.Tomakeitavailable,
selecttheoptionDisplaythePlantoBeCommitted.
AT320_UM_E0
DisplaytheInitialPlan:TheinitialplanshowsthenetworkfrequencyplanbeforetheAFPsession.Thisplanisthe
onebeforeyoucommitanyAFPresults,inotherwords,thecurrentplan.
YoucanDisplayAllocatedTransmittersOnly.
YoucanDisplayViolationsOnly:WhenyouselectCoTransmitterViolations,Atollfiltersoutresourceswhichdonot
havecotransmitterseparationviolations.
Youcanselectoneofthefollowingplanstoappearinthetable:
CotransmitterViolations:WhenyouselectCoTransmitterViolations,Atollfiltersoutresourceswhichdonot
havecotransmitterseparationviolations.
CoSiteViolations:WhenyouselectCoSiteViolations,Atollfiltersoutresourceswhichdonothavecositesep
arationviolations.
NeighbourViolations:WhenyouselectNeighbourViolations,Atollfiltersoutresourceswhichdonothaveneigh
bourseparationviolations.
ExceptionalPairViolations:WhenyouselectExceptionalPairViolations,Atollfiltersoutresourceswhichdonot
haveexceptionalpairseparationviolations.
ResolvingSeparationConstraintViolationsManually
IntheDetailsdialogue,youcanresolvethedisplayedseparationconstraintviolationsusingtheChannelAssignmentcolumn
ontheAllocationtab.TheChannelAssignmentcolumnindicateswhetherthevalueassignedisanewvalueortheinitial
value.TheChannelAssignmentcolumnenablesyouresolveseparationconstraintviolationsbyreassigningthevaluesfrom
theoriginalfrequencyplan,returningtotheAFPassignedvalue,ordeletingtheTRX.
Toresolveseparationconstraintviolations:
OntheAllocationtab,clicktheentryintheChannelAssignmentcolumncorrespondingtotheTRXwherethesepara
tionconstraintviolationoccursandselectoneofthefollowing:
New Value: The value assigned by the AFP process. By default, only new values are displayed in the results
window.ThisoptionisnotavailableifthevaluewasnotchangedduringtheAFPprocess.
InitialValue:ThevaluebeforerunningtheAFPorafterchangingthevalueassignedbytheAFPprocess.
DeletetheTRX:TheTRXwillbedeletedwhenyouclicktheCommitbutton.
WhenyouselectoneofoptionsintheChannelAssignmentcolumn,AtollupdatesnotonlytheTRXaffected,butalsothesepa
rationconstraintviolationsofallotherTRXsaffectedbythechange.
Asyoumodifythecurrentfrequencyallocationplan,youcandisplaytheAFPplanasitappearedbeforemodificationsorthe
initialfrequencyplan,iftherewasone.
Tochangethedisplayedplan:
ClicktheDisplayOptionsbuttonandselectoneofthefollowing:
DisplaythePlantobeCommitted:Whenyouselectthisoption,Atolldisplaysthefrequencyplanasitnowstands,
inotherwords,AtolldisplaystheAFPplanwithyourmodifications.YoucanonlymodifytheentriesintheChannel
Assignmentcolumninthecurrentplan.
DisplaytheFinalAFPPlan:Whenyouselectthisoption,AtolldisplaystheAFPplanasitstoodbeforeyoubegan
makingmodifications.
DisplaytheInitialPlan:Whenyouselectthisoption,AtolldisplaysthefrequencyplanbeforetheAFPsession.
YoucancancelallthemodificationsyouhavemadetothecurrentAFPplan.
TocancelallthemodificationsyouhavetothecurrentAFPplan:
ClicktheActionsbuttonandselectResetChannelAllocation.
YoucanautomaticallyresolveseparationconstraintviolationsbyclickingtheActionsbuttonandselectingResolveConstraint
Violations.Formoreinformation,see"ResolvingSeparationConstraintViolationsAutomatically"onpage503.
ResolvingSeparationConstraintViolationsAutomatically
Youcanalsoresolvetheseparationconstraintviolationsautomatically.Whenyouresolveseparationconstraintviolations
automatically,AtolldeletestheTRXsthatrespondtosetcriteriaandthatareinvolvedintheviolations.
Toresolveseparationconstraintviolationsautomatically:
1. Click the Actions button and select Resolve Constraint Violations. The Constraint Violations Resolution dialogue
appears(seeFigure8.70).
2. UnderTRXstotakeintoaccount,selectoneofthefollowing:
AlltheTRXs:AtollwilldeleteallTRXsthatdonotrespecttheseparationconstraints.
OnlytheTRXsmodifiedbytheAFP:AtollwilldeleteonlyTRXsthatweremodifiedbytheAFPthatdonotrespect
theseparationconstraints.
503
Forsk2013
3. UnderViolationtypestoconsider,selectthecheckboxescorrespondingtotheseparationconstraintviolationsthat
youwantAtolltotakeintoconsideration:
Cotransmitter:TRXsonthesametransmitter.
Cosite:TRXsonthesamesite.
Neighbours:TRXsonneighbouringtransmitters.
Exceptionalpairs:TRXsontransmittersthatarepartofanexceptionalpair.
4. UnderCollisionProbabilities,selectthecollisionprobabilityyouwantAtolltotakeintoconsideration:
All:IfyouwantAtolltotakeintoconsiderationallcochannelandadjacentchannelcollisionprobabilities,select
All.
Ifthecochannelcollisionprobabilityis>=:IfyouwantAtolltotakeintoconsiderationcochannelcollisionprob
abilitiesgreaterthanorequaltoadefinedvalue,selectIfthecochannelcollisionprobabilityis>=andentera
value.
Ifthecooradjacentchannelcollisionprobabilityis>=:IfyouwantAtolltotakeintoconsiderationcochannel
andadjacentcollisionprobabilitiesgreaterthanorequaltoadefinedvalue,selectIfthecooradjacentchannel
collisionprobabilityis>=andenteravalue.
5. UnderTRXtypes,selectthecheckboxesoftheTRXtypesyouwantAtolltotakeintoconsideration:
ApplytocontrolchannelTRXs:IfyouselectApplytocontrolchannelTRXs,controlchannelTRXs(i.e.,BCCHTRXs)
willbedeleted.
Apply to other TRXs: If you select Apply to other TRXs, TRXs on noncontrol channel TRX types (i.e., TCH,
TCH_EGPRSorTCH_INNER)willbedeleted.
6. Click OK. Atoll deletes the TRXs that are involved in the separation constraint violations and that respond to the
definedcriteria.
Figure8.70:ConstraintViolationResolution
8.4.4.6.3
TheSubcellsTab
TheSubcellstab(seeFigure8.71)showsthesubcellindicators,thevariationofthenumberofrequiredTRXs(andcorrespond
ingtrafficloads),andtheallocatedpreferredfrequencygroupsestimatedbytheAFPmodel,ifyouselectedtheseoptions
whenstartingtheAFP.Foreachparameter,thetablegivestheinitialandfinalresults.Whencommittingthem,theyare
assignedtothecorrespondingsubcells.
IftheAFPhasbeenrunwiththeazimuthorientedallocationstrategy,theSubcellstabwillalsodisplaythepreferredgroups.
Ifthegeometryofthenetworkwasincompatiblewithanazimuthorientedallocation,theAFPwillnotattempttoallocate
frequencygroups.
504
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.71:SubcellstaboftheAFPDetailsdialogue
8.4.4.6.4
TheHistogramTab
OntheHistogramtab(seeFigure8.72),youcandisplayhistogramsofthefrequencycostandusagedistributionforboththe
initialplanandbestplan.Thehistogramrepresentsthechannelsasafunctionofthefrequencyoftheiruse.Movingthe
pointeroverthehistogramdisplaysthecostorfrequencyofuseofeachchannel.Theresultsarehighlightedsimultaneously
intheZoomonselectedvalueslist.YoucanzoominonvaluesbyclickinganddraggingintheZoomonselectedvalueslist.
Atollwillzoominontheselectedvalues.
Figure8.72:TheHistogramtaboftheDetailsdialogue
8.4.4.7 CommittingandExportingtheFrequencyPlan
OnceyouhavemadethenecessarymodificationstothefrequencyplancreatedbytheAFP,youcancommitthefrequency
plantothenetworkorexportthefrequencyplantoafile.
"CommittinganAutomaticFrequencyPlan"onpage506
"ExportinganAutomaticFrequencyPlan"onpage506.
505
8.4.4.7.1
Forsk2013
CommittinganAutomaticFrequencyPlan
Tocommitthecurrentlydisplayedfrequencyplan:
1. SelecttheAllocationtab.
2. EnsurethatthecurrentlydisplayedfrequencyplanistheoneyouwanttocommitbyclickingtheDisplayOptions
buttonandselectingthedesiredfrequencyplan:
DisplaytheInitialPlan:Whenyouselectthisoption,AtolldisplaysthefrequencyplanbeforetheAFPsession.
3. ClickCommit.
8.4.4.7.2
ExportinganAutomaticFrequencyPlan
Toexportthecurrentlydisplayedfrequencyplan:
1. SelecttheAllocationtab.
2. Ensurethat the currently displayedfrequencyplan istheoneyouwant to export by clickingtheDisplayOptions
buttonandselectingthedesiredfrequencyplan:
DisplaytheInitialPlan:Whenyouselectthisoption,AtolldisplaysthefrequencyplanasitwasaftertheAFP
stopped,inotherwords,AtolldisplaystheAFPplanwithoutyourmodifications.
3. ClicktheActionsbuttonandselectExportResults.TheExportdialogueappears.
4. Exportthefrequencyplanasexplainedin"ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets"onpage80.
Ifyouarenotsatisfiedwiththecurrentfrequencyplan,youcanclicktheResumebutton
torestarttheAFPprocessfromthelastproposedsolutioninordertotrytoimproveit.
8.4.4.8 AllocatingFrequenciesInteractively
AtollsInteractiveFrequencyPlanning(IFP)toolenablesyoutoverifythefrequencyallocationoftransmittersonebyone,
andimproveanexistingfrequencyplanbylettingyouselectthemostappropriatechannelstoassigntoTRXs.TheIFPtool
usesanAFPmoduletocalculatethecostsassociatedwiththecurrentandmodifiedfrequencyplans.Formoreinformation
ontheoptionalAtollAFPmodule,see"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
Whereasanautomaticfrequencyplanningmodule(AFP)providesacompletesolutionintermsofallocatedchannels,i.e.,the
bestfrequencyallocationthatprovidesthelowestoverallcost,theIFPletsyouuseyourknowledgeofthenetworktoimprove
thefrequencyplanproposedbytheAFP.
InFigure8.73,youcanseethattheTCHfrequency36isinterferedbyaTCHTRXbelongingtoBRU078_G3andBRU079_G1.
InFigure8.74,youcanseethatthecandidatereplacementchannel19isbetter,evenifitisalsointerferedbyBRU079_G2.
Thebestcandidateisthereforechannel21.
506
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.73:TCHchannel36interferedbyTCHsofBRU078_G3andBRU079_G1
Figure8.74:Candidatereplacementchannel35
ToallocatefrequenciesinteractivelyusingtheIFP:
1. SelectTools>IFP.TheIFPwindowappears.
2. SelecttheChannelAllocationandAnalysisviewfromthetopoftheIFPwindow.
3. SelectatransmitterfromtheTransmitterlistorbyclickingitssymbolinthemapwindow.
4. SelecttheTRXtypefromtheTRXslist.
5. SelectanAFPmodulefromtheAFPModulelist.
507
Forsk2013
6. Ifyouwanttomodifyparametersthatwillinfluencefrequencyplanningbeforerunningthetool,clickGeneralParam
etersbuttonandselectoneofthefollowingoptionsfromthemenu:
AFPModuleProperties:Forinformationontheoptions,see"TheAtollAFPModule"onpage509.
AFPParameters:
IntheAFPLaunchingParametersdialogue,
i.
UnderTrafficLoads,indicatewhethertheAFPshouldtaketrafficloadsFromtheSubcellsTableoruseloads
Basedonthedefaulttrafficcaptureresults.
ii. IfyouwanttheAFPtoconsiderdiscontinuoustransmissionmodeforTRXswhichsupportitincalculatingthe
interference,selecttheDTXcheckboxandentertheVoiceActivityFactor.
iii. SelectDisplaybestcandidatesonlyifyouwanttolimitthenumberofsolutionstobecalculatedanddisplayed.
Selectingthisoptionmightreducecalculationtimeforlargenetworks.
iv. SelecttheLoadallthesubcellsinvolvedinseparationconstraintscheckboxifyouwantallsubcellspotential
lyinvolvedtobeloaded.
v. SelecttheLoadallinterfererspropagatinginthefocuszonecheckboxifyouwantallpotentialinterferersto
beloaded.Ifthischeckboxisnotselected,thecostfunctionwillconsistonlyoftheseparationviolationcost.
SeparationRules:Forinformationontheoptions,see"ChannelSeparations"onpage481.
ExceptionalPairs:Forinformationontheoptions,see"ChannelSeparations"onpage481.
IntratechnologyNeighbours:Forinformationontheoptions,see"PlanningNeighbours"onpage416.
7. ClickCalculate.TheIFPcalculatesanddisplaysthecostofthecurrentchannelallocationfortheselectedtransmitter.
ThetoolcalculatesanddisplaysinterferenceprobabilitiesusingtheactiveinterferencematricesavailableintheGSM
InterferenceMatricesfolderintheNetworkexplorer.IftheinterferencematricesintheGSMInterferenceMatrices
folderarenotactiveorifinterferencematricesarenotavailable,theanalysistoolonlycalculatesanddisplaysthe
interferencefromatransmitteranditsTRXsonitself.
Inthemapwindow,arrowsaredisplayedfromtheselectedtransmittertoeachinterferedorinterferingtransmitter.
Thecolourofthearrowisthesameasthecolourofthestudiedtransmitter.Theprobabilitiesofinterferenceare
displayedascaptionsforthearrows.Thethicknessofthelinesindicatestheinterferenceprobability.
DifferentinformationandoptionsareavailabledependingonthehoppingmodeoftheselectedtransmittersTRXs:
Nonhoppingmode:
ThefirstcolumndisplaysthenumberofexistingandrequiredTRXsandliststheexistingTRXsoftheselectedtype
forthetransmitterbeingstudiedalongwiththefrequencyassignedtothemandthecostoftheallocation.
Thesecondcolumndisplaysthenumberofcandidatechannelsavailable,andliststhesechannelsalongwiththe
costsforthechannelsiftheywereallocatedtotheselectedtransmitter.
TheFilteringcolumnletsyouselecttheinterferenceinformationtobedisplayedinthefourthcolumn,theCost
ComponentsandIndicatorscolumn.YoucandisplaytheMajorSeparationViolations,SeparationViolations,In
terferenceViolations,ortheNeighbourViolationsoftheselectedtransmitter.Youcanchoosemorethanoneof
theseoptionsbypressingandholdingCTRLandclickingeachoption.
TheLastcolumndisplaysthevariousdetailsaboutthewaythecostisevaluated(trafficload,costcomponents).
Inaddition,itdisplaystheinterferenceprobabilitiesbetweentheTRXoftheselectedtransmitterandtheinterfer
ingTRXsusingtheselectedoptionsintheFilteringcolumn.
Basebandhoppingmode:
ThefirstcolumndisplaysthenumberofexistingandrequiredTRXs,andliststheexistingTRXsoftheselectedtype
forthetransmitterbeingstudiedalongwiththefrequencyandMALassignedtothem,andthecostofthealloca
tion.
Thesecondcolumndisplaysthenumberofcandidatechannelsavailable,andliststhesechannelsalongwiththe
MALsandcostsiftheywereallocatedtotheselectedtransmitter.
TheFiltercolumnletsyouselecttheinterferenceinformationtobedisplayedinthefourthcolumn,theProbabil
itycolumn.YoucandisplaytheHighSeparationViolations,SeparationViolations,InterferenceViolations,orthe
NeighbourViolationsoftheselectedtransmitter.Youcanchoosemorethanoneoftheseoptionsbypressingand
holdingCTRLandclickingeachoption.
Synthesisedhoppingmode:
ThefirstcolumnliststheexistingTRXsoftheselectedtransmitter,thefrequenciesusedbytheseTRXsinSFH
mode,theMAIOassignedtoeachTRX,andthecostoftheallocation.
508
AT320_UM_E0
TheFiltercolumnletsyouselecttheinterferenceinformationtobedisplayedinthefourthcolumn,theProbabil
itycolumn.YoucandisplaytheHighSeparationViolations,SeparationViolations,InterferenceViolations,orthe
NeighbourViolationsoftheselectedtransmitter.Youcanchoosemorethanoneoftheseoptionsbypressingand
holdingCTRLandclickingeachoption.
Youcanobtainmoreinformationonanyselecteditemofanycolumnbydoubleclickingonit.Asanexample,youcandouble
clickonacostvalueinordertodisplaydetailsasshownbelow:
Figure8.75:IFPDetailedInformationWindow
UsingtheIFP,youcancreateanewTRXandassignachanneltoit,deleteanexistingTRX,andreplacethecurrentchannel
assignedtoanexistingTRX.
TocreateanewTRXandassignachanneltoit:
1. SelectNewTRXfromthelistofTRXsinthefirstcolumn.
2. Selectachannelfromthelistofcandidatechannelsinthesecondcolumn.
3. ClickCreate.AnewTRXiscreatedintheselectedtransmitterwiththechannelyouselected.
TodeleteanexistingTRX:
1. SelecttheTRXthatyouwanttodeletefromthelistofTRXsinthefirstcolumn.
2. ClickDelete.TheselectedTRXisdeletedfromthetransmitter.
ToreplacethecurrentchannelassignedtoanexistingTRX:
1. SelecttheTRXtowhichyouwanttoassignadifferentchannelfromthelistofTRXsinthefirstcolumn.
2. Selectachannelfromthelistofcandidatechannelsinthesecondcolumn.
3. ClickReplace.ThecandidatechannelwillbeassignedtotheexistingTRX.
Thechangesthatyoumakearetakenintoaccountimmediatelyandupdatedresultsaredisplayed.
8.5 TheAtollAFPModule
ThemainroleoftheAtollAutomaticFrequencyPlanner(AFP)isassigningfrequencies(i.e.,channels)tothenetworkinsuch
awaythatoverallnetworkqualityisoptimised.AsGSMhasevolved,manyimprovementshavebeenintegratedintothetech
nology;improvementssuchastheimplementationofbasebandandsynthesisedfrequencyhopping,discontinuoustransmis
sion,andnetworksynchronisation.Theseimprovementshaveledtoamorecomplicatedfrequencyplanningprocessand,
therefore,totheneedforanAFPthatisadvancedenoughtohelpthefrequencyplannerthroughtheentirefrequencyplan
ningprocess.
TheAtollAFPisanadvancedAFPthatcantakealargenumberofconstraintsanddirectivesintoconsiderationwhenallocating
resources.SomeoftheconstraintsitcanworkwithareARFCNseparationrequirementsbetweentransmitters,interference
relations,HSNassignmentmethods,frequencydomainconstraints,agivenfractionalloadtomaintain,etc.TheAFPdepends
onavarietyofinputdata,suchastheinterferencematrix,neighbourrelations,trafficinformation,etc.
TheAtollAFPmoduleisimplementedusingsimulatedannealing,taboosearch,graphheuristics,andmachinelearning.It
managesitstimeresourcestomatchthetargetcomputationtimedefinedbytheuser.Ifthetargetcomputationtimeishigh,
509
Forsk2013
themodulewillusepartofthistimeto"learn"thenetwork.Duringthelearningphase,themoduleadjustsitsinternalparam
eters.Afterthelearningphase,theAFPwillswitchtoarandomisedcombinatorialsearchphase.
TheAtollAFPmoduleperformsnetworklearningbyexecutingmanyfastanddeterministicinstancesoftheAFP.Theinstance
thatresultsinthebestperformancecanbesavedbothinthedocumentandinthedatabase.Ifthisexperienceisconserved,
thenexttimethatanAFPisexecuted,itwillstartwherethelearningprocessended:itwillusetheparameterprofileofthe
bestsolutionstoredintheAFPmodel.
Themostimportantpartofnetworklearningaretheparameterscontrollingtradeoffsbetweenthevariouspartsofthealgo
rithm.Forexample,youcanbasecandidateselectiononinterferenceonlybychoosingfrequenciesthatdonotinterfereand
arenotinterfered.Oryoucanbasecandidateselectiononlyonavailabilityreductionbychoosingfrequenciesthatdonot
reducetheavailabilityofnoninterferedfrequenciesinthesurroundingTRXs.
InAtoll'sAFPthetwocriteriaarecombinedandtheirrelativeweightispartoftheAFPexperience.TheadvantageoftheAtoll
AFPisthatitsimplifiesthedecisionfortheuserbycombiningtheinputelementsandpresentingtheuserwithasimpleresult,
suchastrafficloadortotalcost,onwhichtobasehisdecisions.
Beforecontinuing,ensurethatyouarefamiliarwiththeprerequisiteinformationexplainedin"AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,
HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs"onpage458.
Intheprevioussections,thebasicelementsoftheAFPusagewerepresented.Inthissection,themoreadvancedaspects,as
wellaswhatisspecifictoAtoll'sAFPmodulearepresented.
Thecontentispresentedaccordingtolevelofcomplexity.
Thereforethissectionisorganisedaccordingtothelevelofcomplexity:
"UsingtheAtollAFPataBasicLevel"onpage510
"UsingtheAtollAFP"onpage511
"AdvancedAFPusage"onpage532.
8.5.1 UsingtheAtollAFPataBasicLevel
Inthissection,youwillfindtheinformationnecessarytoruntheAtollAFPtosolveasimpleproblem,ortoevaluateahypo
thetical"Whatif"scenario.
IfyouareunfamiliartheAFPcostfunctionorhowitsparametersareset,youcanusetheAtollAFPwithitsdefaultvalues.If
youarenewtotheAtollAFP,youshouldfollowtherecommendationsinthissection.AsanewuseroftheAtollAFP,theonly
parameteryoushouldalteristhecostofmodifyingaTRXandtheintermodulationtax.TheothersettingsoftheAFPmodel
shouldbeleftasis.
WhenyouusetheAFPatthemostbasiclevel,youshouldnotworrytoomuchaboutthecostfunction.Theonlythingthatis
importantisthattheactualcostisreduced.Iftheactualcostdoesnotgodown,orifyouwanttoreducethecostevenmore,
see"AnOverviewoftheAFPCostFunction"onpage512formoreinformationaboutthecostfunction.
Normally,thefirststepinusingtheAtollAFP,istoconfiguretheparametersoftheAtollAFPmodule.WhenyouusetheAFP
atthemostbasiclevel,youonlyneedtosetthebasic,mostimportantparameters.
TosetthebasicparametersoftheAtollAFPmodule:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheAFPModulesfolder.
4. RightclicktheAtollAFPModule.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueappears.
6. SelecttheCosttab(seeFigure8.76).
510
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.76:TheCosttaboftheAFPModulePropertiesdialogue
7. SelecttheModifiedTRXcheckboxtorestrictthenumberofmodificationstotheexistingplan.
8. SelecttheIntermodulationTaxcheckboxinordertotryavoidingtheseproducts.
9. ClickOKtosaveyourchangestotheAFPmoduleandclosetheAFPModulePropertiesdialogue.
AlltheotherAFPsettingsshouldbeleftwiththeirdefaultvalues.
TorunasimpleAFPprocess:
3. SelectFrequencyPlan>AutomaticAllocationfromthecontextmenu.TheAFPdialogueappearswiththeAFPModel
andAllocationstabdisplayed.
4. OntheAFPModelandAllocationstab,clickNextwithoutmodifyinganyoftheoptions.TheSeparationstabappears.
5. OntheSeparationstab,clickNextwithoutmodifyinganyoftheseparationrulesandwithoutdefininganyexceptional
pairs.TheGlobalParameterstabappears.
6. OntheGlobalParameterstab,selectFromsubcellstableunderTraffic(loadanddemand).Inthethirdpageofthe
AFPwizard,extractthetrafficdatafromthesubcellstable.
7. ClearallthecheckboxesunderLockingofexistingTRXsoftypeandcleartheDTXcheckbox.
8. ClickOK.ThefinalAFPdialogueappears.
9. SettheTargetCPUTimeforarelativelyshortperiod:
Ifyouhavefewerthan20transmitters,settheTCTforabout2minutes.
Ifyouhavemanytransmitters,forexamplearound3,000,settheTCTforabout200minutes.
For more information on running an automatic frequency allocation, see "Automatic Resource Allocation Using an AFP
Module"onpage492.
8.5.2 UsingtheAtollAFP
MostusersoftheAFPusetheAtollAFPatarelativelysophisticatedlevel,assigningfrequencies,optimisingTRXs,andtaking
intoaccountalloftheconstraintsonfrequencyuseinaGSMnetwork.Thissectionexplainsthebasicconceptsnecessaryto
successfullyworkingwiththeAFPandexplainstheparametersoftheAtollAFPmodule.
511
Forsk2013
"AnOverviewoftheAFPCostFunction"onpage512
"SettingtheParametersoftheAtollAFPModule"onpage518
"FrequencyHoppingOverview"onpage529
"AzimuthOrientedAssignments(PatternAllocation,1/11/31/x)"onpage531
"BSICAllocation"onpage531.
8.5.2.1 AnOverviewoftheAFPCostFunction
TheAtollAFPcostfunctionmapstwofrequencyplans(theinitialandthefinalfrequenciesplans)toasinglenumber:theAFP
cost.Atoll'sAFPcostfunctionhastheadvantageofbeingTRXbased.ItiscalculatedforeachTRXandthenaddedup.Itcorre
spondstotheservedtrafficofeachTRXs.
8.5.2.1.1
"TheCostFunctionasaCombinationofSeparationViolationandInterferenceProbabilities"onpage512
"CountingBadTRXs(Nodes)InsteadofBadRelations(Edges)"onpage512
"TheCostofEachTRX"onpage513
"CostofEachSubcell"onpage513
"AnExampleofSeparationViolationCostwithFrequencyHopping"onpage513
"InterferenceCost"onpage514
"ProbabilisticCostCombination"onpage515
"TheCostofMissingandCorruptedTRXs"onpage515
"CostofOutofdomainFrequencyAssignment"onpage516
"PreferredGroupCost"onpage516
"IntermodulationCost"onpage516
"QualityTarget"onpage517
"QualityTarget"onpage517
"AFPShadowing"onpage518.
TheCostFunctionasaCombinationofSeparationViolationandInterferenceProbabilities
ThecostfunctionoftheAtollAFPhastwomaincomponents:thecostforviolationsofseparationconstraintsandthecostof
creatinginterference.
TheAtollAFPgiveseachseparationviolationthecostequivalenttoacertainamountofinterference,makingitpossibleto
addbothcostsandminimisetheirtotal.Forexample,youcandecidethataseparationviolationof1coststhesameasx%of
interferedtraffic.Thisisweightedbythetypeofviolation(forexample,cotransmitterseparationviolationshaveahigher
impactthanneighbourseparationviolations).Bydefiningequivalencebetweenthesedissimilarmeasurements,youcanadd
separationviolationandinterferencecostsusingtheircommonunit,i.e.,thepercentageofinterferedtraffic.
Followingthisprinciple,allothercostelementsarecalculatedinthesameway:
8.5.2.1.2
Thecostcomponentduetoallocationchanges
ThecostcomponentofallocatingTRXsthatbelong(ornot)toapreferredfrequencygroup(ifsuchagroupisdefined)
ThecostcomponentofmissingorextraTRXscomparedtothenumberofrequiredTRXs
ThecostcomponentofcorruptedTRXs
Thecostcomponentofassignedfrequenciesthatarenotintheassigneddomain
Thecostcomponentofblockedtraffic(calculatedonlywhenyousettheAFPtooptimisethenumberofrequiredTRXs)
Thecostcomponentofintermodulation.
CountingBadTRXs(Nodes)InsteadofBadRelations(Edges)
In the following example, each separation violation represents an edge and each TRX a node. The two frequency plans
proposedinthisexampledonotrespectallseparationrequirementsforallTRXs,meaningthattheyallhavebadnodesand
badedges.Theydemonstratethedifferencebetweenminimizingthenumberofbadedgesorthenumberofbadnodes.
Thenetworkinthisexampleconsistsof6TRXs,allhavingaseparationconstraintof1witheachother(i.e.,6nodes,15edges):
512
Case1
Case2
F1isused4times;F2andF3areused
onetimeeach.
F1,F2,andF3areusedtwotimes
each.
Numberofseparationviolationsis6
(6badedges)
Numberofseparationviolationsis3
(3badedges)
TwoTRXshavegoodassignments
NoTRXhasagoodassignment
Thespectrumisnotequallyused
Thespectrumisequallyused
AT320_UM_E0
Thisexampleshowstheparticularityofthenodeorientedcostapproach.AtollAFPisnodeorientedbydefault.Youcanset
Atoll'sAFPtobeedgeoriented.Thethreemainadvantagesofthenodeorientedapproachare:
Thecostfunctionhasunitswhichareeasytounderstand:interferedtraffic.
IthasagreatercapacitytooptimisethenumberofTRXs.
IthastheabilitytorespectaTRXbasedqualitytarget,i.e.,todisregardinterferenceataTRXbelowacertainvalue.
ThenodeorientedapproachprovidesabettercorrespondencebetweentheAFPcostandthenetworkquality.
8.5.2.1.3
TheCostofEachTRX
TheAFPcostisaddedupforeachTRXaccordingtothefollowinglogic:
IfTRX iscorrupted,thecostofbeingcorruptedisaddedtothetotalcost,andmultipliedbyT( ),whereT( )isan

estimateofthetraffictimeslotsforTRX weightedbytheAFPweightforthisTRX.
IfTRX ismissing(i.e.,iftherequirednumberofTRXsandtheactualnumberofTRXsisdifferent),thecostofthe
missingTRXisaddedtothetotalcost,andmultipliedbyT( ).
IfTRX hasfrequenciesassignedtoitthatdonotbelongtoitsdomain,thecostisaddedtothetotalcost,andmul
tipliedbyT( ).
Otherwise,theseparationcost,theinterferencecost,thechangingload,andthepreferredgrouprespectratioofthis
TRXareaddedtogether(probabilistically)andaddedtothetotalcost,andmultipliedbyT( ).
Ifthisamountisverysmall,itisdiscarded(formoreinformation,see"QualityTarget"onpage517).
YoucancontroltheAFPcosttargetbydeterminingthevalueofthecostfunctionparameters.Someoftheseparametersare
partofthedatamodel,e.g.,"MaximumMALLength"and"MinimumC/I",whileothersbelongtotheAFP.
8.5.2.1.4
CostofEachSubcell
When you use the AFP to optimise the number of required TRXs, the cost function is adapted: the traffic load becomes
dependentonthenumberofTRXs.Moreover,ablockedcostcomponentisused.Forthepurposesofthissection,youcan
assumethatthecostofeachsubcellcorrespondstoallcaseswheretheallocationstrategydoesnotincludetheoptimisation
ofthenumberofTRXs.
TheAFPcostisthecostoftheentireloadednetwork,notonlythecostoftheselectedor
nonlocked TRXs. In many cases, the AFP is authorised to change only a part of the
network. Therefore, the part of the cost corresponding to the nonlocked part of the
networkandthepartofthecostcorrespondingtothelockedpartofthenetworkareindi
cated.
8.5.2.1.5
AnExampleofSeparationViolationCostwithFrequencyHopping
Inthisexample,theinterferencecostisignoredinordertomaketheseparationviolationcosteasiertounderstand.Theexam
pleusesaTRXwithonlyoneseparation.
Inthisexample,Sijrepresentstherequiredseparationbetweentwotransmitters.Iff1isassignedatiandf2atjsuchthat
,theseparationconstraintisnotsatisfied.Aseparationconstraintviolationcanbestrongorweak.Forexam
ple,thepairoffrequencies1and2violatesaseparationrequirementof3.Thepairoffrequencies1and3violatethisrequire
mentaswellbutisstillabettersolutionthan1and2and,therefore,shouldhavealowercost.
FrequenciesthatarepartofaMALwithalowfractionalloadandthatviolateaseparationconstraintshouldnotbeweighted
thesameasfornonhoppingseparationviolations.Infact,theseparationcomponentisweightedbytheburstcollisionprob
ability,whichisthemultiplicationofthevictim'sfractionalloadandtheinterferer'sfractionalload.
513
Forsk2013
Figure8.77:TheSeparationtaboftheAFPModulePropertiesdialogue
Inthisexample,thereisanetworkwithtwoTRXsonthesamecell.Thefirst,TRXi,hasaMALreferredtoasMALi.Itisinterfered
byTRXkwithMALk.TRXiandTRXkhaveaseparationrequirementof2.TheirMALlengthsare5and4,respectively.Unfortu
nately,oneoftheirfrequenciesisthesame(i.e.,theseparationis0),whileallotherfrequenciesarecorrect.Foracochannel
violationwhentherequiredseparationis2,thecostoftheseparationviolationis90%,asindicatedinFigure8.77onpage514.
BecauseonlyonechannelofeachTRXcausesinterference,andthelengthofMALiis5andthelengthofMALiis4,thecollision
probabilityis1/20.Therefore,thecosttoconsiderisdividedby20:90/20or4.5%foreachTRX.
Becausethisexampleusesfrequencyhopping,thereisanadditionalhoppinggainwhichprovidesaslightcostreduction.The
exactgainisobtainedfromtheFrequencydiversitygaintableontheAdvancedtabofthe AtollAFPModuleProperties
dialogue.ThegainvaluesaregivenindB,andbecausethetwoTRXshavedifferentMALlengths,theyhavedifferentdiversity
gains: againof1.4for aMALlength of5and againof1.2for aMALlength of4(assumingthedefault values were not
changed).
Thediversitygainof1.4dBisappliedtotheseparationcostusingthefollowingequation:
10
1.4
--------
10
1.38
.ForTRXi,thisresult
inggainis4.5%1.38,or3.25%.
= 3.41% .Thecostwillbealittlelargerbecausethegainissmaller.
ForTRXk,thecostwillbe ------ ----------------------- 1.2 10
1
90
20 10
Inordertocalculatetheexactcontributiontotheseparationcostcomponent,thesevaluesaremultipliedbythetrafficload
(Erlangs/timeslot)andbythenumberoftrafficcarriertimeslotsforeachTRX.Assumingthetrafficloadis1andthateachTRX
has8trafficcarriertimeslots,theresultis(8x3.25+8x3.41),orabout0.5ErlangsforthetwoTRXscombined.
Inthisexample,theAFPweightwasassumedtobe1,thetrafficloadswereassumedtobe
1,noDTXwasused,nootherinterferenceorseparationviolationwascombinedwiththe
given cost, the global separation cost was set to 1, and the cotransmitter separation
weightwassetto1aswell.
8.5.2.1.6
InterferenceCost
TrafficonaTRXisinterferedifandonlyifinterferingtransmittersusethesamechanneloranadjacentchannel.Eachcaseof
reusereducestheamountofgoodtrafficandincreasestheinterferencecost.Thereuseisweightedbytheglobalinterference
weightingfactor,andtakesintoaccounttheburstcollisionprobability.
514
AT320_UM_E0
Thisexampleexplainshowasingleinterferencecostelementiscalculated.Inthisexample,thenetworkcontainsonlytwo
TRXsbelongingto[TX1,BCCH]and[TX2,BCCH].Theinterferencematrixentrybetweenthesetwosubcellsisgivenintheform
ofaCDF,acumulativedensityfunction,displayedinFigure8.78.
Figure8.78:Theinterferencematrixentrybetween[TX1,BCCH]and[TX2,BCCH]
YoucanseethattheprobabilityofC/I(BCCHofTX2affectingtheBCCHofTX1)beinggreaterthan0is100%.Theprobability
ofhavingaC/Iatleastequalto31dBis31.1%.IntheSubcellstable,theMinC/IfieldoftheTX1'sBCCHsubcellofis12.There
fore,foraC/Ilevelof12dB,theprobabilityofinterferenceis6.5%(becausethisrequirementhasaprobabilityof93.5%of
beingfulfilled).
Inordertobeconvertedintocost,theprobabilityofinterference6.5%mustbemultipliedbythenumberoftimeslots,their
loads,andtheAFPweight.
8.5.2.1.7
ProbabilisticCostCombination
Inthisexample,TRX issubjecttoaseparationviolationcausingacostof30%ofT( )(whereT( )isanestimateofthe
traffictimeslotsforTRX weightedbytheAFPweightforthisTRX)andinaddition,aco/adjacentchannelreusecausingthis
TRXtobe40%interfered.Thesecostsarecombinedusingaprobabilisticapproach.
Inthisexample,theprobabilityofthesecostsoccurringarep(Violation)withavalueof0.3andp(Interference)withavalue
of0.4.Thecostofthetwotogetherisgivenby:
1 1 p violation 1 p Interference = 0.58 or 58%
P1,P2,.PnarethecostsoftheprobabilityofaviolationofaTRX(oneforeachof"n"violations).
Pn+1,Pn+2,.PmarethecostsoftheprobabilityofinterferenceofaTRX(oneforeachof"mn"interferences).
Pm+1isthechangingTRXcostdescribedbelow:
n
ThecostofseparationforthisTRXistherefore: 1 1 P i
TheadditionalcostofthisTRXis: 1
m+1
i=1
1 Pi 1 1 Pi
i=1
i=1
Theinterferencecostusesthe"minC/I"value,definedatthesubcelllevel,forwhichitmighthavepreciseinterferenceinfor
mation.ItcanapplyvariousgainstothisC/Iqualitytargetduetofrequencyhoppingand/orDTX.
8.5.2.1.8
TheCostofMissingandCorruptedTRXs
Itiseasytohavea0costsolutionifthecriterionoftherequirednumberofTRXsisnotfulfilled(forexample,byremovingall
TRXs).ThisisthemainpurposeofthemissingTRXcost.Bydefault,theexacttrafficthatamissingTRXwassupposedtocarry
willbecountedasacost.However,youcanincreasethiscost(by200%forexample)ifnecessary.
CorruptedTRXsareTRXswheretheassignmentisunusablebytheAFP.AfewexamplesofcorruptedTRXswouldbe:
TRXswithanemptychannellist
515
Forsk2013
ATRXwithaMALwithoutHSNorwithoutaMAIOforsynthesisedhopping.
ATRXassignedaninvalidfrequency.
AnonhoppingorbasebandhoppingTRXwithaMALthathasmorethanonefrequency.
Bydefault,100%ofthetrafficthatacorruptedTRXissupposedtocarryisconsideredimpaired.
Insomecases,correctingtheassignmentofresourcesforagroupofcorruptedTRXswillnotonlyresultintheseTRXsbeing
consideredcorruptedbutmanyotherTRXsthat,otherwise,wouldhavecorrectlyassignedresources,willalsobeconsidered
corrupted.
WhenyouenabletheoptimisationofthenumberofTRXs,thecostsformissingTRXsand
corruptedTRXschangetoafixedvalue.FormissingTRXs,thisvaluemultipliestheabsolute
differencebetweenthenumberofassignedTRXsandthenumberofrequiredTRXs.
IfyoudonotenabletheoptimisationofthenumberofTRXs,theweightsformissingand
corruptedTRXsaremultipliedbythetraffic(timeslots,load,andAFPweight).
8.5.2.1.9
CostofOutofdomainFrequencyAssignment
IfaTRXisassignedoutofdomainfrequencies(channels)buthascorrectARFCNs,itwillhaveadoubleinfluenceonthecost:
8.5.2.1.10
Theusualcostofinterference,separation,ormodification,and
Anadditionalcostofhavingoutofdomainchannels,multipliedbythenumberoffrequenciesoutofdomainand
dividedbytheMALlength.
PreferredGroupCost
Ifasubcell'sallocationstrategyisgroupconstrained,orifitshoppingmodeissynthesisedhopping,thecostcouldbeinflu
encedbyapreferredfrequencygroupinthefollowingways:
Whenapreferredfrequencygroupisassignedinthesubcelltable,allfrequenciesnotbelongingtothisgrouparecon
sideredasinterferedifassignedtoTRXsofthissubcell.
IfanazimuthorientedpatternisrequiredbytheAFP,thentheAFPitselfwillchoosethepreferredfrequencygroups.
TheAFPwillcorrelateitschoicewiththeazimuthdirection.
Thegroupconstraintweightismeanttobekeptverylow.Otherwiseitbecomesequivalenttoadomainconstraint.
Thegroupconstraintweightinconvertedintoacostasfollows:eachuseofanoutofgroupfrequencyisequivalenttoasmall
amountofinterference.Thisinterferenceisthencombinedwiththeothersourcesofinterferenceandmultipliedbythetraffic
(timeslots,load,andAFPweight).
8.5.2.1.11
IntermodulationCost
Thepurposeofthiscostcomponent istoavoidcaseswhereintermodulation can causeproblems.Itisthereforedefined
slightlymorestrictlythaninrealcaseswhereintermodulationeffectsoccur.
Theintermodulationviolationsaresummarisedasatax,sincetheyalwayshaverelativelylowinterferenceprobabilities.
Thistaxisappliedwhenthecombinationofallocatedfrequenciesgeneratesafrequencyalreadyallocatedwithinthesame
site.Theweightofthetaxdependsonthetypeofcombination(order,harmonics,orvariousamplificationspreadingviola
tion), on whether the combination of DL frequencies affects UL frequencies, or whether the intermodulation takes place
withinasamesite,transmitterorequipment.
EachARFCNcarriernumberreferstotwophysicalfrequencies:theuplinkfrequencyandthedownlinkfrequency.Thetrans
lationfunctionfromARFCNtofrequencyisgivenbytheARFCNstandard.
Eachphysicalfrequencyusedinasitecouldbesubjecttoasecond(orthird)orderoraVASP(VariousAmplificationSpreading
Violation)intermodulationseparationviolation.
Iftherearetwofrequencies,XandYwhereX<Y,thefollowingtabledescribestheseparationconstraint:
516
ConstraintOrder
Condition
ConstraintAppliedTo
Secondorder(Harmonics)
Y=2X
XandY
VASP
Y<X+600kHz
XandY
AT320_UM_E0
Iftherearethreefrequencies,f1,f2,f,thefollowingtabledescribestheseparationconstraint:
ConstraintOrder
Condition
ConstraintAppliedTo
Secondorder
f=f1+f2
f,f1andf2
Thirdorder
f=2f1f2
f=f12f2
f,f1andf2
Theprecedingtablessummarisefivetypesofviolations.Eachtypehasadefaultweight:
ConstraintType
Weight
SecondOrder
0.02
Harmonics
0.01
VASP
0.0002
Thirdorder
0.002
ThecostsdetaileduptothispointareaddedtogetherandweightedwiththeintermodulationweightW,theUL/DLcompo
nentweight,andtheequipmentsharingweight.
Ineachintermodulationviolationthereisaninterferingfrequency(orfrequencies)andaninterferedfrequency.Inallthe
preceding equations except the VASP, the generator frequency is on the right side of the equations while the interfered
frequencyisontheleftsite.TheVASPcasecorrespondstotwoviolations:inthefirst,thelowerfrequencyisthegenerator,
andthehigherfrequencyistheinterfered.
Itisassumedthatthegeneratorfrequenciesareeitherallontheuplinkorallonthedownlink,otherwise,noviolationis
considered.Theinterferedfrequencycanbeadownlinkoruplinkfrequencyaswell.Therefore,thereare4casesforwhich4
weightswillmultiplytheviolationcost.
Generator
Frequencies
Interfered
Frequencies
Weight
Description
DL
UL
HighpoweramplificationpollutioninterfereswiththeRX,causing
animportantnoiserise
UL
UL
Highpowerreceivedsignalsgenerateanintermodulation
productonaweaklyreceivedinterferedfrequency
DL
DL
Downlinkpowercontrolisactiveovertheinterferedfrequency
butisnotactiveoverthegenerators,whichgeneratehighnoise
ontheinterferedsignal
UL
DL
Thistypeofinteractioncanbeignored
Thefinalweightconcernstheequipmentsharing.Thisaspecthasacrucialeffectontheimportanceofintermodulation.In
Atoll,itisassumedthatsharingasiteimpliessharingatransmitterandthatsharingafeederandantennaimpliescocell
cohabitation.
Forcocellintermodulation(generatingfrequenciesaswellasIMbelongtothesamecell)theintermodulationcostismulti
pliedby5.
8.5.2.1.12
QualityTarget
Itisoftennecessarytodealwithsmallandlargeamountsofinterferencedifferently.Forexample,anoperatormightprefer
tohave10transmitterswith2%interferedtrafficoneach,ratherthantohave2transmitterswith10%interferedtrafficon
each.
OntheCosttaboftheAtollAFPPropertiesdialogue,youcanchoosetoignoretheinterferenceandseparationcoststhatdo
notadduptothevalueoftheAcceptedInterferencePercentagesetintheSubcellstableforeachsubcellbyclearingthe
Summed cost of all TRXs check box. TRXs that have a lower percentage of interference than the Accepted Interference
Percentageareconsideredtohavenointerferenceandareexcludedfromthetotalcost.Inotherwords,theAFPdismisses
anyTRXwhosequalityisbetterthanthequalitytarget,enablingittoconcentratetheoptimisationontheTRXsthatreally
needimprovement.
517
8.5.2.1.13
Forsk2013
MinimumReuseDistance
TheAtollAFPcantakeintoconsiderationaminimumreusedistancewhenassigningfrequenciesorBSIC.Usingaminimum
reusedistancecanhelpcompensateforinaccuraciesintheinterferencematricesorotherinputdata.Thereusedistanceis
consideredasasoftconstraint.Becausethereusedistanceisanestimationofpossibleinterference,itisaddedtotheinter
ferenceprobability.
Theminimumreusedistanceiscombinedasataxwiththeinterferenceprobabilityasfollows:
1 1 i 1 d
where i istheinterferenceprobabilityand d istheminimumreusedistance.

Inthefollowingexample,theinterferenceprobabilityis0.12andthereusedistance0.023:
1 1 0.12 1 0.023 = 0.14024
ThetaxonreusedistanceisdefinedontheProtectiontaboftheAtollAFPPropertiesdialogue.Thetaxappliedonreuse
distanceisassociatedwithanyadditionalprotectionagainstadjacentchannelreuse.Thegreatertheadditionalprotection
againstadjacentchannelreusedefinedontheProtectiontab,thegreaterthedistancetax.
Thenumberofrelationsbasedondistancetakenintoconsiderationforeachtransmitterislimitedforperformancereasons.
Youcandefinethemaximumnumberofrelationsbysettingthe"GlobalDistanceMatrixDegreeUB"optionintheatoll.inifile.
Forinformationonsettingoptionsintheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
8.5.2.1.14
AFPShadowing
ShadowingisimportantfortheAFP.WithinthecontextoftheAFP,shadowingisimplementedbysettingthedefinitionof
interferenceasFlexibleontheProtectiontaboftheAtollAFPPropertiesdialogue.Shadowingissoimportantthatinsome
casesitisenabledautomatically,forexample,iftheinterferencematricesthemselveswerenotcalculatedwithshadowing.
AFPshadowingisappliedinrelationtothequalitythreshold.Whenenabled,traffichavingC/Iconditionsslightlyworsethan
therequiredthresholdisnotconsidered100%interfered.Atthesametime,traffichavingC/Iconditionsthatareonlyslightly
betterthanthethresholdisnotconsideredas100%good.
ThisshadowingisperformedbyrepeatedlyaccessingtheCDFfunctionasexplainedin"InterferenceCost"onpage514.
8.5.2.2 SettingtheParametersoftheAtollAFPModule
YoucandefinetheAtollAFPspecificparametersusedwhencalculatingthecostandsetsomeguidelinesfortheAtollAFP
modulebyusingtheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogue.
ToopentheAtollAFPmodulePropertiesdialogue:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheAFPModulesfolder.
4. RightclicktheAtollAFPModulefolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueappears.
TheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueconsistsof10tabs:General,Cost,SeparationWeights,InterferenceMatrices,
HSN,MAL,Execution,Spacing,Protections,andAdvanced.TheCost,SeparationWeights,InterferenceMatrices,Protec
tions, andAdvanced tabsinclude parametersthat are taken intoaccount whenestimating thecost. TheFinalisationtab
providesoptionsonhowtheAFPruns.TheothertabsareusedtodefinetheallocationstrategiesforHSN,MAL,MAIO,and
BSICsassignedbytheAFP.
YoucanmakecopiesoftheAtollAFPmoduleandsetdifferentparametersforeachcopy.Allcopieswillbeavailableineach
AFPsession.Inotherwords,youwillbeabletochoosefromthelistofallAtollAFPmodules,eachwithitsowndefinedparam
eters.
ThesettingsofeachAtollAFPmodulearesavedintheAtolldocumentbuttheycanalsobearchivedinthedatabasesothat
allusersconnectedtothesamecentraliseddatabasecanusethem.FormoreinformationonarchivingAtollAFPmodule
settings,seetheAdministratorManual.
ForinformationonsettingtheparametersoneachofthetabsoftheAtollAFPmodule,seethefollowing:
518
"TheAtollAFPGeneralTab"onpage518
"TheAtollAFPCostTab"onpage519
"TheAtollAFPSeparationstab"onpage520
"TheAtollAFPInterferenceMatricesTab"onpage522
"TheAtollAFPHSNTab"onpage523
"TheAtollAFPMALTab"onpage523
"TheAtollAFPFinalisationtab"onpage524
"TheAtollAFPReusetab"onpage525
AT320_UM_E0
8.5.2.2.1
"TheAtollAFPProtectionTab"onpage526
"TheAtollAFPAdvancedTab"onpage528
TheAtollAFPGeneralTab
TheGeneraltaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueenablesyoutochangethenameoftheAtollAFPmodule.For
example,ifyouhavecreatedacopyoftheAtollAFPandmodifiedsomeparametersinordertocustomisethecopyfora
specificsituation,youcangivethecopyadescriptivename.
TodisplaytheGeneraltaboftheAtollAFPmodulePropertiesdialogue:
1. OpentheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueasexplainedin"SettingtheParametersoftheAtollAFPModule"on
page518.
3. ChangethenameoftheAtollAFPmodule.
8.5.2.2.2
TheAtollAFPCostTab
TheCosttaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueenablesyoutodefinethedifferentcomponentsthatmakeupthe
globalcost.AcomponentwillbetakenintoconsiderationbytheAFPifitisselected.Ifitscostorweightis"0,"itwillnotbe
takenintoconsideration.
Themostimportantparametersonthistabaretheinterferenceandseparationweights.Theseareusedasmultiplicative
factorsforeachincidenceofinterferenceorviolation.Inotherwords,theseparameterscanreducecost.Ifthesetwoparam
etershavelowvalues(forexample,0.1forinterferenceand0.035forseparation),theAFPwillbeforcedtoworkusingan
edgeorientedstrategy,whichisnotthebestapproach.Bydefault,interferencecostsarelessimportantthanseparationviola
tioncosts.
ThesecondmostimportantparameteristhecostofmodifyingaTRX.Thisparametershouldbesetifthenonlockedpartof
thenetworkistobechangedaslittleaspossible.Theexampleinthefollowingtableshowshowthisparametercanaffect
totalcosts.Inthisexample,thereisanetworkwithatotalof90transmitters.15ofthesetransmittersarelocked.Outofa
totalof257requiredTRXs,only193goodTRXshavealreadybeenallocated.Thisleaves64TRXsthatwillhavetobecreated
andallocatedaffectingtheother193aslittleaspossible:
Cost
Effect
ForacostofchangingaTRX=1
AFPchangedonly98TRXS
ForacostofchangingaTRX=0.3
ForacostofchangingaTRX=0.1
ForacostofchangingaTRX=0
AFPchanged162TRXS
SelectingtheSummedcostofallTRXscheckboxmakestheAFPtakethecostofallTRXsintoaccount,whetherornotthey
exceedthisqualitytarget.Ifyouclearthischeckbox,theAFPwillonlytakeintoaccountthecostsofTRXswhichdonotfulfil
thequalitythresholdsdefinedintheircorrespondingsubcells.Inotherwords,theAFPdismissesanyTRXwhosequalityis
betterthanthequalitytarget,enablingittoconcentratetheoptimisationontheTRXsthatreallyneedimprovement.
TodisplaytheCosttaboftheAtollAFPmodulePropertiesdialogue:
page518.
2. ClicktheCosttab(seeFigure8.79).
519
Forsk2013
Figure8.79:AFPModulePropertiesdialogueCosttab
3. UnderTaxperTRX,setthefollowingparameters:
ForeachmissingorextraTRX:Ifdesired,selectthecheckboxtomakeitactiveandsetthecostforeachmissing
orunnecessaryTRX.
ForeachcorruptedTRX:Ifdesired,selectthecheckboxtomakeitactiveandsetthecostforeachcorruptedTRX.
ForeachTRXwithfrequenciesoutsideitsdomain:Ifdesired,selectthecheckboxtomakeitactiveandsetthe
costforeachTRXthathasfrequenciesallocatedtoitthatdonotbelongtoitsdomain.
4. Ifdesired,selecttheIntermodulationCost(order2and3)checkboxtomakeitactiveandsetthecosteachapplied
tothetotalcosteachtimeintermodulationmightoccurbecauseoftheallocatedfrequencies.
5. UnderTRXComponent,setthefollowingparameters:
Interference:SetthecostforinterferenceforeachTRX.FormoreinformationontheAFPandinterference,see
"InterferenceCost"onpage514.
Separation:SetthecostforseparationviolationforeachTRX.FormoreinformationontheAFPandseparation
violation,see"AnExampleofSeparationViolationCostwithFrequencyHopping"onpage513.
ModifiedTRX:Ifdesired,selectthecheckboxtomakeitactiveandsetthecostofmodifyingaTRX.Formoreinfor
mationonthecostofmodifyingaTRX,see"TheCostofMissingandCorruptedTRXs"onpage515.
Outsidepreferredgroup:Ifdesired,selectthecheckboxtomakeitactiveandsetthecostofanallocatedfre
quencybeingoutsideofthepreferredgroup.Formoreinformationonthecostofusingafrequencyoutsideofthe
preferredgroup,see"PreferredGroupCost"onpage516.
6. Ifdesired,selecttheSummedcostofallTRXscheckboxtomakeitactive.TheAFPwilltakeintoaccountthesummed
costofallTRXs,includingthosethatfulfilthequalitythresholdsdefinedintheircorrespondingsubcells.
7. UnderTraffic,selectthetrafficsourcetheAFPwilluseduringoptimisation:
8.5.2.2.3
Basedonthetrafficdemand(fromtheSubcellstableordefaulttrafficcapture):Ifyouchoosetousethetraffic
demand,theAFPwilluseeitherthetrafficdemanddefinedintheSubcellstableorthedefaulttrafficcapture
(dependingonwhatyouselectwhenyouruntheAFPoptimisation).
Basedonthetrafficdemandcalculatedfromtrafficload,numberofrequiredTRXs,blockingprobability,and
ErlangBformula:Ifyouchoosetousethisoption,theAFPwillcalculatethetrafficdemandfromthetrafficload,
thenumberofrequiredTRXs,theblockingprobability,andtheErlangBformula.
TheAtollAFPSeparationstab
TheSeparationstaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueenablesyoutodefineaweightforeachtypeofseparation
constraintviolationorpartialviolation.
520
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanassignaweightbetween0and1forthefollowingtypesofseparationconstraintviolations:
Cocellseparationviolations
Cositeseparationviolations
Neighbourhoodseparationviolations
Exceptionalpairseparationviolations
ThePartialseparationconstraintviolationssectionenablesyoutodefinethecostoftheactualseparation("k")whenadiffer
entseparation("s")isrequired.YoucandefinethepercentageoftrafficofeachTRXtobeconsideredinforapartialseparation
constraintviolation.YoucanalsoaddandremovepartialseparationconstraintsusingtheAddSeparationandRemoveSepa
rationbuttonsatthebottomofthetab.
TodisplaytheSeparationstaboftheAtollAFPmodulePropertiesdialogue:
page518.
2. ClicktheSeparationstab(seeFigure8.80).
Figure8.80:AFPModulePropertiesdialogueSeparationstab
UnderPartialseparationconstraintviolations,youcanedittheconditionsdefiningapartialseparationconstraint.
Youcanhaveupto7separations.
Toedittheseparationconditions:
a. ClicktheExpandbutton( )totheleftoftheseparation.
b. ClicktheentryintheValuecolumnandenterapercentagecorrespondingtotheamountoftraffic.
Toremoveaseparation:
ClicktheRemoveseparationbutton.Atollremovesthelastseparation.
Toaddaseparation:
ClicktheAddseparationbutton.AtolladdsaseparationentrytotheendofthelistunderPropertiesandfillsin
defaultvaluesforeach"k"value.
3. Ifdesired,modifytheweightforeachofthefollowing:
Cotransmitterviolations
Cositeviolations
Violationsbetweenneighbours
Violationsbetweenexceptionalpairs
521
8.5.2.2.4
Forsk2013
TheAtollAFPInterferenceMatricesTab
TheInterferenceMatricestaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueenablesyoutodefineweightsthatareusedto
definehowinterferencematricesarecombined.
TheAtollAFPcombinesinterferencematricesbyfirstloadingthepartofactiveinterferencematricesthatintersectsthescope
of the AFP. The AFP then combines the information by performing a weighted average of all entries for each pixel. The
weightedaverageiscalculatedbymultiplyingthefollowingthreecomponentspresentontheInterferenceMatricestab:
WhethertheinterferencematrixiswithinthescopeoftheAFP
Thetypeofinterferencematrix
Theinterferencematrixqualityindicators
FormoreinformationonhowAtollcombinesinterferencematrices,seetheAdministratorManual.
TodisplaytheInterferenceMatricestaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogue:
page518.
2. ClicktheInterferenceMatricestab(seeFigure8.81).
Figure8.81:AFPModulePropertiesdialogueInterferenceMatricestab
Thefirstcomponentincombininginterferencematricesiswhetheragiveninterferencematrixentryiswithinthe
scopeoftheAFP.
3. UnderThetypeofinterferencematrix,definetheparametersforeachsection:
Overlappingareabasedonpathlossmatrices
OMCstatistics
Signallevelmeasurements(RXLEV),neighboursonly
Signallevelmeasurements(RXLEV),neighboursandextendedneighbours
Basedonreselection
Measurementanalysis
522
Ratioofoverlappingsurface
Ratioofoverlappingtraffic
Basedondrivetestdata
BasedonCWmeasurements
AT320_UM_E0
8.5.2.2.5
Basedonscanmeasurements
UnderComponentdependingontheinterferencematrixqualityindicators,theActivecheckboxisselectedand
cannotbecleared.TheAtollAFPalwaysincludesthequalitymatrixspecifictoeachtypeofinterferencematrixwhen
combininginterferencematrices.
TheAtollAFPHSNTab
TheHSNtaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueenablesyoutodefinehowtheHSNwillbeallocatedwhensynchro
nisedfrequencyorbasebandhoppingisused.
TodisplaytheHSNtaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogue:
page518.
2. ClicktheHSNtab(seeFigure8.82).
Figure8.82:AFPModulePropertiesdialogueHSNtab
3. UnderAllocation,selecthowtheHSNwillbeallocated:
8.5.2.2.6
BySubcell
ByTransmitter
BySite
Free.
TheAtollAFPMALTab
TheMALtaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueenablesyoutodefineMobileAllocationListpatternsandlength
prioritieswhensynchronisedfrequencyorbasebandhoppingisused.
TodisplaytheHSNtaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogue:
page518.
2. ClicktheMALtab(seeFigure8.83).
523
Forsk2013
Figure8.83:AFPModulePropertiesdialogueMALtab
3. UnderMALallocationtype,selecthowtheMALwillbeallocatedforgroupsofsynchronisedsubcells.
SameMALforallthesubcellsofasynchronisedset,or
DifferentMALswithinasynchronisedset.
4. UnderMALlength,settheconstraintsthattheAtollAFPwillfollowtodefinetheMALlength:
a. Thefirstconstraintconcernsgroupconstrainedsubcells:thechoiceofMALlengthforgroupconstrainedsubcells
islimited.Onlythegrouplengthsofeachsubcellfrequencydomaincanbechosen.
b. SelecteitherMaxMALlengthorAdjustMALlengths.IfyouselectMaxMALlength,youdonotneedtosetany
otherconstraints.
IfyouselectMaxMALLength,itisnotnecessarytosetanyotherconstraints.
c. IfyouselectedAdjustMALlengths,setthefollowingparameterstodefinehowtheAtollAFPwillsetMALlengths:
i.
DefinethevaluethatMALlength/Domainsizemustnotbeequaltoorgreaterthan.
ii. IfyouselectedDifferentMALswithinasynchronisedsetastheMALallocationtypeinstep3.,youcanselect
aLongorShortMALStrategy(withtheoptionofkeepingMALlongenoughtoallowacertainpattern).
iii. DefineaTargetfractionalloadandselecttheAutomaticadjustmentcheckboxifyouwanttogivetheAFP
thepossibilityofmodifyingthisvalueautomatically.ThefractionalloadistheratioofthenumberofTRXswith
agivenMALoverthenumberoffrequenciesinthesameMAL.
ItisrecommendedthatyoulettheAFPautomaticallyadjustthetargetfractionalload.
8.5.2.2.7
TheAtollAFPFinalisationtab
TheFinalisationtaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueenablesyoutodefinethebehaviouroftheAtollAFPmodule
whenitreachestheendofthecalculationtime.
524
AT320_UM_E0
TodisplaytheFinalisationtaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogue:
page518.
2. ClicktheFinalisationtab(seeFigure8.84).
Figure8.84AFPModulePropertiesdialogueFinalisationtab
3. UnderTargetCPUtime,selecthowtheAFPusestheuserdefinedtargetcomputationtime:
Fixedduration:IfyouselectFixedDuration,theAFPstopswhenthistimehaselapsed.Ifastablesolutionhas
beenfoundpriortothislimit,theallocationstops.Fixeddurationcorrespondstotheminimumamountoftime
youreservefortheAFPtofindthebestsolution.
Directiveduration:ThisistheAtollAFP'sdefault.IfyouselectDirectiveduration,theTCTisusedbytheAFPto
estimatethemethodswhichwillbeusedtofindthebestsolution.IftheTCTislongenough,theAFPwillattempt
tomodifyitsinternalcalibrationtobettermatchthenetworkonwhichfrequenciesandresourcesarebeingallo
cated.IftheTCTisshorter,theAFPwillselectasmallernumberofmethodsandwillnotcalibrateitsinternal
parameters.IftheAFPfindsastablesolutionbeforetheendoftheTCT,theAFPwillstop.Ontheotherhand,if
convergencehasnotbeenreachedbytheendoftheTCT,theAFPwillcontinue.
4. UnderResultAssignment,selecthowtheAFPassignstheresultsoncetheautomaticallocationhasstopped:
8.5.2.2.8
ManualAssignment:Youcananalysethebestplanbeforecommittingittothedocument.
AutomaticAssignment:TheAFPautomaticallyassignsthebestplantothedocument.Thisapproachisrecom
mendedifAutoBackupisenabled.
TheAtollAFPReusetab
TheReusetaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueenablesyoutodefineanallocationstrategyiftheselectedallo
cationstrategyis"free."
TodisplaytheReusetaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogue:
page518.
2. ClicktheReusetab(seeFigure8.85).
525
Forsk2013
Figure8.85:AFPModulePropertiesdialogueReusetab
3. UnderPattern,definethepatterntobeusedtoassignfrequencygroupstosectors.Theassignedpatternisdefined
by"1/n,"where"n"isthenumberoflargerfrequencygroupsinthedomain.Ifthefrequencydomainhasfewerthan
"n"groups,thepatternisignored.
4. UnderBSIC,definethediversityofBSICuseforfrequencyhopping:
Min.:TheAFPchoosesthemostcompactschemepermittedbytheconstraints.
Max.:TheAFPattemptstodistributetheBSICshomogeneously.
5. UnderChannels,definethespacingbetweenchannelstobeusedbetweenchannelsduringallocation:
Automatic:TheAFPoptimiseschannelspacingtominimisethecost.
Max.:TheAFPusestheentirespectrum.Thisoptionisrecommendedwiththemodellingisnotaccurate.
Min.:Thisoptionisrecommendedwhenapartofthespectrumistobesavedforfutureuse.
6. UnderMAIO,definetheMAIOallocationstrategyforfrequencyhopping:
8.5.2.2.9
Staggered:TheMAIOsassignedtoTRXsofasubcellareevenlyspaced.
Free:TheAFPmodulefreelyassignsMAIOs.
TheAtollAFPProtectionTab
TheProtectiontaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogueenablesyoutodefineadditionalstrategiestoevaluateinter
ference.
TodisplaytheProtectiontaboftheAtollAFPModulePropertiesdialogue:
page518.
2. ClicktheProtectiontab(seeFigure8.85).
526
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.86:AFPModulePropertiesdialogueProtectionstab
3. UnderAdditionalprotectionagainstadjacentchannelreuse,selectthelevelofadditionalprotectionyouwantthe
AFPtouseagainstadjacentchannelreuse:
None:noadditionalprotectionisadded.
Weak:1.5dBisappliedtotheinitialprotection.
Strong:2.5dBisappliedtotheinitialprotection.
Formoreinformationaboutprotectionagainstadjacentchannelreuse,see"AdjacencySuppression"onpage527.
4. UnderInterferencedefinitionwithrespecttotherequiredqualitythreshold,setaC/Iweightingmarginaroundthe
requiredqualitythresholdinorderfortheAFPtoconsiderthetraffichavingclosetothresholdC/Iconditionsasnei
ther100%satisfactorynor100%corrupted.Formoreinformation,"InterferenceCost"onpage514.
Rigid:IfyouselectRigid,theAFPwillevaluateinterferenceonlyatthedefinedqualitythreshold.
Intermediate:IfyouselectIntermediate,theAFPwillevaluateinterferenceat3referencepoints:thedefined
qualitythreshold,andat+/2dBofthequalitythreshold.
Flexible: If you select Flexible, the AFP will evaluate interference at 5 reference points: the defined quality
threshold,at+/2dBofthequalitythreshold,andat+/4dBofthequalitythreshold.SelectingFlexiblehasthe
sameeffectasshadowing.
Forinterferencematricesbasedonpropagation,Atollcandeterminewhethertheyhave
beencalculatedwithshadowing.Ifshadowinghasnotbeentakenintoaccount,theAFP
canadaptitssettingstomorerealisticallymodelthenetwork.Inotherwords,ifyoudonot
take shadowing into consideration when calculating the interference matrix, Atoll can
automaticallychangeitsdefinitionofinterferencefromrigidtointermediate,orevento
flexible.
AdjacencySuppression
AdjacencysuppressionisdefinedasthedifferencebetweentherequiredC/IandtherequiredC/A(C/Abeingthe"Carrierto
AdjacentIntensityratio").Bydefaultthisissetto18dBfollowingtheGSMspecification.YoucanchangethisvalueintheProp
ertiesdialogueoftheNetworkSettingsfolder.
WhenthevalueofthisparameterisusedintheAFP(toextracttheinterferencecausedbyanadjacentchannel)youcanapply
asmallsafetymargin,temporarilyreducingthe18dBto16.5,orevento15.5.ThissafetymarginisappliedonlyintheAFP;
Atoll'spredictionscontinuetoapplythefulladjacencysuppression.
527
Forsk2013
Forinterferencematricesbasedonpropagation,Atollcandeterminewhethertheyhave
beencalculatedwithahandovermargin.Ifthemarginhasnotbeenused,theAFPcan
adaptitssettingstomorerealisticallymodelthenetwork.Inotherwords,ifyoudonot
take the handover margin into consideration when calculating the interference matrix,
Atollcanautomaticallychangetheadjacentchanneladditionalprotectionfromnoneto
weakortostrong.
8.5.2.2.10
TheAtollAFPAdvancedTab
Inthenextsection,wesawhowthefractionalloadistakenintoaccount:IfonlyonefrequencyinaMALisinterferedorhas
aseparationviolationandtheMALlengthis5,thentheTRXcosteffectwillbe1/5(i.e.,20%)interfered.Thismeansthecost
willbe5timessmallerthaniftheentireMALwascomposedoffrequencieswhichareinterferedorhaveaseparationviolation.
IntheAFP,thefractionalloaddirectlyaffectsthecost.Forexample,iftheMALlengthisn,andoneofthefrequencieshasa
costofX,thenfortheentireMALthecostwillbeX/n.IfthissameMALisrepeatedinmTRXsofthetransmitter,thenthecost
willbeX*m/n.
AlthoughyoucouldcreateverylongMALinordertoreducethesizeofm/n,thisisaninappropriatesolution.
Becauseofthefactthatthemorenisbig,themorewehavecosteffects:
Wehavemorefrequenciesoverwhichthecosteffectsarecounted.
Itishardertofindcleanfrequenciessinceallfrequenciesareusedallover.
ThemoretheMALsarelong,thelesswehavethebeneficeofFDMprinciplewhichisthemainsourceoftheGSMspectral
efficiency.
Itisthereforeeasytoproveandtodemonstratethatthefractionalloadcostallalonewillprivilegenonhoppingandbaseband
hoppingplans,wherethefractionalloadis1.(m=n)
Thiscorrespondstothecasewhereallgainsare0intheadvancedpropertypagebelow:
Figure8.87:AFPModulePropertiesdialogueAdvancedtab
ThetablesinthispageenableyoutodefinetheInterferenceandFrequencydiversitygainsinthecaseoffrequencyhopping,
whicharesupplementarygains.
ThesegainsmodelthenonlineareffectsoftheC/Idiversityonthequality(FER,BLER).Duetofastfading,andchannelburst
interleaving.
528
AT320_UM_E0
Whensettingnon0gainsinthesetables(asbydefault),boththeInterferencediversitygainandthefrequencydiversitygain
arecombinedinordertoreducetheinterferenceprobability.Ontheotherhand,whenitcomestoseparationcalculation,
onlytheInterferencediversitygainsareconsidered.
Theotheroptionsinthispageweregroupedintoitbecausetheyshareonlyonecharacteristic:Theyarealladministrator
parameters.Ifyouwishtochangesomethinginthispage,pleasereadthemanualuntiltheendofthischapter.
8.5.2.3 FrequencyHoppingOverview
AtollAFPiscapableofperformingbothfreeMALassignment(sometimescalledadhoc),aswellaspredefinedMALassign
ment.Theinstructionindicatingtheassignmentmodetobeusedisatsubcelllevel:i.e.differentsubcellcaneachindicatea
differentassignmentmode.Infreeassignmentmode,theAFPisfreetoassignanyMAL(assumingofcoursethatitbelongsto
thedomain,andnottoolong).ThelengthofMAL,theHSNsandtheMAIOsareassignedincompliancewiththeuser'sdirec
tives.Iftheassignmentmodeisgroupconstrained,theAFPcanonlyassignoneofthepredefinedgroupsinthedomain.
8.5.2.3.1
TheCaseofSynthesisedHopping+GroupConstrained
Ifyouareworkingonagroupconstrainedassignmentmode,thesuccessofyourassignmentwillstronglydependsonthedefi
nitionofthegroupsinthedomain.Werecommendyouworkasfollowing:
Step1:decidewhatwillbetheMALlength(s)thatyourdomainwillpermit.
ChoosingasingleMALlengthisacurrentoption.ChoosingmultipleMALlengthsisoftencalledMPR:MultiplepatternReuse.
ThemoreMALlengthsyouhavethemoreoptimisedwillbeyourallocation.WerecommendMPR.
Step2:Foreachlengthyouhavechosen,createasmanygroupsaspossiblehavingthespecificlengthandifpossible,covering
theentiredomain.
Example,Foradomainof60frequencies,create:
3groupsof20frequencieseach(mainlyreservedforthepreferredgroupallocationofanazimuthorientedallocation)
10groupswith12frequencieseach+12groupsof10frequencieseach(willbeusedinheavytrafficcasesorin"HSNbysite"
cases).Wearegivinganexamplewheretherearesomanygroupsthatsomeofthemmustoverlap.Inadditionwecould
define20groupswith6frequencieseach,24groupsof4frequencieseach,andeven30groupswith4frequencieseach.
Bythuseachfrequencywillbelongtoanaverageof11groups.Donothesitatetocreategroups,theAFPlikesgroups.When
manygroupsaredefined,thequalityisalmostasgoodaswithfreeassignment.
8.5.2.3.2
Currently,theAFPalwaysassignsthesameMALtoallTRXswithinasubcell.
The"groupconstrained"assignmentmodeisapplicableforSFHonly.InNHand
BBH,thegroupconstrainedmodewillonlyconcerntherespectofthepreferred
group.Whichisadifferentissue.
Thereisnocontradictionbetweenprofferedgrouprespectandthepredefined
MALassignmentinSFH.Whenbotharerelevant,eachofthepredefinedMALscan
bemoreorlessincludedinthepreferredgroupandthereforemoreorless"pre
ferred".
Whenazimuthorientedpatternallocationisperformedatthesametimeaspre
definedMALallocation,onlythebiggestgroupsinthedomainwillbeusedforthe
pattern,whilethesmalloneswillbeusedforMALassignment.
AnAtom=APerfectlySynchronisedSetofEquiHSNSFHSubcells
AnatomisasetofsynchronisedsubcellsthatsharethesameHSN,thesamefrequencydomainandhavethesamelength
MAL.TheMAIOassignmentofanatommanagesthefrequencycollisionsbetweentheMALsoftheatom.Ifanatomcontains
morethanonesubcell,theAFPmayassigntoitpartiallydifferentMALs(dependingonauserdefinableoption)butitwill
alwaysconsiderthefactthatthesubcellsaresynchronised.AtomscanbedeterminedbytheuserorbytheAFPviatheHSN
allocation.Somerestrictionsonthisdefinitionexistduetosomeextremecases:
Iftwosubcellshavedifferentdomains,theycannotbelongtothesameatom.
Iftwosubcellshavedifferentlimitationson"MaxMALLength",theycannotbelongtothesameatom.
AwarningisgeneratedwhenHSNassignmentdirectivescontradictwiththeserestrictions.
YoucanforcetheAFPtoalwaysassignthesameMALamongthesubcellsoftheAtom.
WhencalculatingthecostofaTRXinanAtom:
ItispossiblethatnoneofthecoAtomTRXsinterferewiththegivenTRX.Thisisthemostcommoncase,anditisduetothe
factthatthe"onair"frequenciesareneverthesame.However,itispossiblethatintraAtominterferenceexists.Inthatcase,
theburstcollisionwhichiscalculatedconformtotheMAIOdefinitions,multipliestheinterferenceprobability.
529
8.5.2.3.3
Forsk2013
SynchronousNetworks
Throughworkingatatomlevel,andconsultingauserdefinedsynchronisationreferencegiveninthesubcelltable,theAFP
canfullyexploitthebenefitsofsynchronisationinaGSMnetwork.ItiscapableofextendingAtomsbeyondthelimitofasite
and,bydoingso,usingtheMAIOassignmenttofurtherresolveviolationsorinterference.(Forthisyoumustchoosethefree
HSNassignmentoption,andenabletheHSNassignment).
8.5.2.3.4
OptimisingHoppingGains
IftheAFPwasgivenadegreeoffreedomwhenchoosingMALlengths,itmayoptforlongerMALlengths.Inthisway,itcan
profitmorefromthehoppinggains.Ontheotherhand,itmightbeincreasinglyhardtofindfrequenciesfortheseMALsThe
advancedpage,theMALpage,andtheHSNpageintheAFPpropertypagesprovidesthecapacitytocontrolthisconvergence.
Formoredetails,seetheadvancedpagedescription.
Ininterference limited network, the defaulthoppinggainvaluesare not sufficientlystrong tocause the AFPto converge
towardlongMALs.
8.5.2.3.5
FractionalLoad
TheAtollAFPusestheuserdefinedfractionalloadasaguidewhenassigningtheHSNanddeterminingtheMALlength.A
fractionalloadofXisobtainedifthenumberofTRXsusingacertainMALisonlyXtimesthelengthoftheMAL.InAtoll,frac
tionalloaddoesnottakethetrafficloadintoconsideration.
Becausethefractionalloadcannotalwaysbemet,thisparameterisconsideredaguideratherthanaconstraint.Whenitcan
bemet,theAFPchooseseitheraMALlength1/XtimeslongerthanthenumberofTRXsinthebiggestsubcelloftheatomor
aMALlength1/XtimeslongerthanthesumofallTRXsintheatom.Thesearecalled"theshortMALstrategy"and"thelong
MALstrategy"respectively.YoucanchoosebetweenthetwointheMALtabofthepropertiesdialogue.Thevalueofthefrac
tionalloadparametercanalsobeeditedand,furthermore,itcanevenbeautomaticallycalibratedbytheAFP.
8.5.2.3.6
Fractionalloadis1forBasebandhopping.
TheMALlengthhasanupperlimitdefinedinthe"MaxMALlength"parameterof
thesubcelltable.TheusercaninstructtheAFPtostrictlyusethisvalue(seethe
MALpageintheAFPpropertypages).
DomainUseRatio
BothHSNassignmentandMALlengthdeterminationprocessesaretunedtoavoidexceedingauserdefinedDomainUse
Ratio.DomainUseRatioistheMALlengthdividedbythetotalnumberoffrequenciesinthedomain.Forexample,a1/1reuse
patternhasafrequencyreuseratioof1.A4/12reusepatterncanhaveareuseratiobetween1/4and1/12,dependingon
whetherallTRXsinasitehavethesameMAL(andHSN)ornot.
8.5.2.3.7
HSNAllocation
TheAFPassignsHSNsatsubcelllevel.ItchoosesdifferentHSNsforinterferingandnonsynchronoussubcells.Forsynchronous
subcells(usuallywithinasite),theAFPcanopttoassignthesameHSNanddifferentMAIOswithinthesetofsameHSN
subcells.
AccordingtotheadaptedconventiononHSNsforBBHTRXs,theAFPallocatesdifferentHSNstotheBCCHTRXandTCHTRXs.
The1stHSNcorrespondstotimeslots1through7oftheBCCHandTCHTRXs,andthesecondHSNcorrespondstothetimeslot
0oftheTCHTRXsonly.ThesecondHSNisusedinpredictions.
TheusercancontroltheHSNallocationsothatitperformsoneofthefollowing:
8.5.2.3.8
AssignsthesameHSNtoallsubcellsofasite
AssignsthesameHSNtoallsubcellsofatransmitter
AssignspairwisedifferentHSNsifapairofsubcellshavemutualinterference.
OptimiseHSNassignmentsothatthefrequencyassignmentisbetter(freeHSN).
MAIOAllocation
TheAFPassignsMAIOstoTRXssothatthesameMALcanbereusedwithinasubcell,withinatransmitterorevenwithina
site.Theseparationrequirementsmustbesatisfiedforfrequenciesthatareonair,atallframenumbers.Thecostfunction
530
AT320_UM_E0
averagesthecostuponallframenumbersinthesynchronisedcaseanduponallcollisionprobabilitiesinthenonsynchronised
case.
8.5.2.4 AzimuthOrientedAssignments(PatternAllocation,1/11/31/x)
InordertounderstandwhatapatternallocationinAtoll'sAFPis,youmustfirstreadthepreviouschapters,sincethepattern
allocationinAtollisperformedasfollowing:
1. TheAFPfirstassignspreferredgroupstoalldemandingsubcells
2. TheAFPassignswhateverneedstobeassigned,tryingtorespectthesepreferredgroups,asexplainedinthecost
description.
TheconditionsforgettingapreferredgroupfromtheAFParethefollowing:
Thesubcellsmustbeorinsynthesisedhoppingmode,ormusthaveagroupconstrainedallocationdirective.Thiscon
ditionisalsotheconditionthatdeterminesweatherauserdefinedpreferredgroupcanimpactthecost.
ThepatterndirectiveintheAFPpropertypagesdefinesifwearedoing1/1,1/3or1/5patternallocation.Bydefault
itissetto1/3.WewillnowrefertoitsvalueasX.
TheAFPgroupweightmustnotbe0.
OnlytheXbiggestgroupsinthedomainwillbeconsideredascandidatesfortheprofferedgroupallocation.
OnlytransmittersintheAFPscopewillgetapreferredgroup.
TheAFPassignedpreferredgroupwilloverwritewhateveruseddefinedpreferredgroup.
Onlytransmittersthatarenotlonelyintheirsitewillbeentitledtoapreferredgroup:
ThepatternallocationassociatestheXmaindirectionaxiseswiththeXbiggestgroupsinthedomains
Notlonelymeansthatothertransmittersofthesameband,andlayer,(andalsoactive),existinthesite.
Itassumesthesegroupsaredisjoint.
Itfindsthemainaxisazimuthasthemostcommuneazimuth,andthenitspanstheotherdirectionssothatallthe
Xaxisesareequispread.
Itmatcheseachdirectionalaxistoagroup.
TheAFPwillonlyallocateapreferredgroupifthetransmittersazimuthisclearlyalignedwithoneofthedirectional
axises.
Evenifonly50%ofthesubcellsreceiveapreferredgroup,theallocationcanbeverystronglyimpactedbecauseof
secondorderinfluence.
Werecommendusingthisbecauseitregulatestheassignments,andhelpstheAFPtoexistlocalminima.Besuretoalways
have3biganddisjointgroupsinyourdomain.
(IfthemajorityofyoursitesareXsectorial,Xshouldreplace3).
Werecommendnotimposingthepatternverystronglyonyournetwork.Itshouldbekeptasaguideline.
8.5.2.5 BSICAllocation
TheBSICallocationalgorithmoftheAFPincludesbothhardandsoftconstraints.Thehardconstraintiseasiertosatisfybut
must not be violated. A hardconstraint violation is equivalent to an error, and corresponds to handover failures in the
network.Thesoftconstraintismoredifficulttofullysatisfy,andviolationsofthesoftconstraintcanexistinanoperating
network.Asoftconstraintviolationisequivalenttoawarning.
Thehardandsoftconstraintscanbedefinedasfollows:
HardConstraint:ThesameBSICmustnotbeallocatedtotwotransmittersthat:
havethesameBCCHfrequency
and
havefirstorsecondorderneighbourrelations.
ItisonlybasedonfirstandsecondorderneighbourrelationsandBCCHcochannelreuse.
SoftConstraint:ThesameBSICshouldnotbeallocatedtotwotransmittersthat:
havethesameoradjacentBCCHfrequencies
and
havefirstorsecondorderneighbourrelations,orinterfereeachother.
Itisbasedonfirstandsecondorderneighbourrelations,interferencematrices,andcoandadjacentchannelBCCH
reuse.Thismeansthatthesoftconstraintismoredemandingthanthehardconstraint,andhasahigherprobability
ofnotbeingsatisfied.
IftheAFPisunabletosatisfythesoftconstraints,theBSICallocationalgorithmassignsthe"leastinterfering"BSICto
transmittersdependingontheinterferenceandseparationrelations.ThisleadstoincreasingthesameBSIC+BCCH
reusedistanceasmuchaspossible.
531
Forsk2013
Intheprecedingdefinitions,allneighbourrelationsbetweentransmittersareconsidered,independentlyofthedirection,as
showninFigure8.88onpage532.
Figure8.88NeighbourRelations
Thesameappliesfortheinterferencerelation;i.e.,twotransmittersareconsideredtointerfereeachotherwhetherthefirst
interferesthesecond,thesecondinterferesthefirst,orbothinterferemutually.
Duringtheallocation,theAFPcountsthenumberoftimesitwasunabletoallocateaBSICduetoaconstraintthatwasnot
satisfied.
TheAFPrespectstheBSICdomainsdefinedfortransmittersandtakesintoaccounttheBSICspacingstrategyselectedonthe
ReusetaboftheAFPpropertiesdialogue:
Min.:TheAFPassignstheminimumpossiblenumberofBSICsthatsatisfiestheconstraints.
Max.:TheAFPassignsasmanyBSICsaspossiblewhilekeepingthemevenlydistributed.
8.5.3 AdvancedAFPusage
Wheneveranetworkbecomesspectrumwiselimited,frequencyplanningbecomesthemostcostefficientwaytooptimise
itsperformance.
TheAFPusageinthesecasesmustevolveinordertoincludethemoreadvancedcapacitiesoftheAFP.
8.5.3.1 OptimisingtheNumberofRequiredTRXs
OneofthetwonewallocationstylesistheoneinwhichtheAFPispermittedtooptimisethenumberofrequiredTRXs.When
thisoptionisselected,theAFPmayreducethenumberofTRXscomparedtothenumberofrequiredTRXsinordertomaxim
isetheamountofcorrectlyservedtraffic,andconsequently,reducethelevelofinterferences.Inthesameway,forhighly
trafficloadedsubcells,theAFPmayincreasethenumberofTRXscomparedtowhatisrequiredinordertoreducetheblocked
traffic.
Thecircuitandpacketdemandarethetwomaininputsusedforestimatingtheblockingrates.Theycanbeeitherdirectly
extractedfromthesubcelltable,orcomefromthedefaulttrafficcapture,orbereestimatedbytheAtollAFPModule.Itwill
performdoitusingtheoldtrafficload,andthenumberofrequiredTRXsasinput.
Whateverthemethodis,whenthetrafficdemandisknown,theAtollAFPModulemayvarythenumberofTRXsinsubcells
andforeachitwillcalculates:
Theblockingprobability
Theservedcircuitandpackettraffic
Theresultingtrafficloads.
ThegoaloftheAFPistodeterminethebesttradeoffbetweentheblockingduetointerferences(alsocalledsoftblocking)
andtheblockingduetotraffic(alsocalledhardblocking)bytheoptimisationofthenumberofTRXs.
InordertocontroltheprocessofoptimisingthenumberofTRxs,youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
IncreasingthemissingTRXtaxinfluencestheAtollAFPModuletorespectthenumberofrequiredTRXs.
IncreasingtheinterferenceweightinfluencesthecreationofasmallnumberofTRXs
Inthecaseofhighvaluesoftrafficloads(whichforcestheAtollAFPModuletocreateextraTRXs),reducingthemax
imumblockingratelimitsthenumberofextraTRXs.
ThisstrategymayalsoaffecttheinitialsubcellloadsandKPIswouldhavetoberecalculatedaftertheautomaticfrequency
planningprocess.
Inthischapter,wewillexplaintheentireprocess,sothatyoufullyunderstandthisoptimizationcapacityandbythusunder
standhowtocontrolit.
532
AT320_UM_E0
8.5.3.1.1
SoftBlockingVersusHardBlocking
InPerformanceEnhancementsinaFrequencyHoppingGSMNetwork,theauthorssuggest(ashavemanyothers)thatnetwork
qualityisatradeoffbetweensoftblockingandhardblocking.1Softblockingisduetointerferencerelatedeffects(suchas
droppedcalls),whichisaddressedbyfrequencyplanning,whilehardblockingisduetocircuitshortageduringthebusiestperi
odswhichisaddressedbydimensioning.
OnecostcomponentoftheAFPmodelshardblocking(dimensioning),basedontheErlangBtheory.TheAFPisthereforecapa
bleoffindingtheoptimaltradeoffpointbetweensoftandhardblocking.Thetradeoffpointisnotaglobalone,butrather
isspecifictoeachTRX.
TheissueofdimensioningduringtheAFPprocessisdiscussedinthefollowingsections:
"TheAdvantageofCombiningDimensioningandFrequencyPlanning"onpage533
"TheAFPandLocalFrequencyAvailability"onpage533.
TheAdvantageofCombiningDimensioningandFrequencyPlanning
Giventhedifficultyinherentincombiningdimensioningandfrequencyplanning,itisoftentemptingtodoeachseparately.
However,bycombingdimensioningandfrequencyplanning,asdonebytheAtollAFP,youcanexploitlocalvariationsofsoft
versushardblockingmeasureandtherebybetterenhanceofnetworkcapacity.Theadvantageofadjustingthenumberof
TRXswhilemakinganautomaticfrequencyallocationisdemonstratedin"ExampleofCombiningDimensioningandFrequency
Planning"onpage535.
Thebasicadvantageofcombiningthetwoisthatyoucanavoidtheneedtomanuallyfindatargetblockingrate.
Whenevaluatingtheresultingfrequencyplan,itisimportanttokeepinmindhowthisfrequencyplanwascreated:itwas
createdtomaximisethecorrectlyservedtrafficinsteadoftryingtosimplyminimsetheinterfererdtraffic.Forexample,if
planAhasmoreTRXsthanplanB,itispossiblethataninterferencepredictionforplanAwilldisplaymoreinterference,even
ifplanAisthebestplan.Itconsistsonthepositiveattitude:tryingtomaximisethecorrectlyservedtrafficinsteadoftryingto
minimisetheinterferedtraffic.
TheAFPandLocalFrequencyAvailability
Combiningbothsoftandhardblocking,theAFPoptimisestheamountofcorrectlyservedtrafficforeachindividualtransmit
terusingfrequenciesavailabletoit.Inthisexample,thereisatransmitterwithtwosubcells:TCHandBCCH.Thetwosubcells
absorbthetrafficdemandtogether.Letusassumethatthetrafficdemandconsistsof25Erlangsofcircuitswitchedtraffic,
and5timeslotsofpacketswitchedtraffic.LetusalsoassumethattherequirednumberofTCHTRXsis2with1BCCHTRX.
TheAFPcouldjustassign3TRXsinthiscell,exactlyasrequired,oritcouldstudyafewadditionalpossibilities:
Assignonly2TRXs,therebyreducinginterference.
Assign4TRXs(oneadditionalTRX),therebyreducingtheblockingrate.
TheAFPcalculatesthebestoptionasfollows:
1. Itcalculatestheavailablenumberofcircuits(dependingontheHRhalfrateratio).
2. ThenitcalculatestheblockingrateusingtheErlangBequationandthecircuitswitcheddemand.
3. OncetheAFPhascalculatedhowmuchtrafficisserved,itcancalculatethetrafficload(from0to1,with"1"corre
spondingtoafullload).
4. Withthetrafficloadcalculated,theAFPcancalculatetheinterferencecostaswellasthehardblockingcost.
Thecostrepresentingtheinterferencedependsonwhichfrequencieswereassigned.ThemoreTRXsthereare,theharderit
istofindfrequenciesthatarefreefrominterference.
Inthisexample,thelocallyavailablefrequenciesareasfollows:
Only2frequencies(f1andf2)havelowinterference(i.e.,probabilityofinterference=10%).Onefrequency(f3)hasamedium
levelofinterference(20%).Onefrequency(f4)hasahighlevelofinterference(30%).Alltheotheravailablefrequenciesare
evenmoreheavilyinterfered.
1.
Thomas Toftegaard Nielsen and Jeroen Wigard, Performance Enhancements in a Frequency Hopping GSM
Network(Springer,2000),68.
533
Forsk2013
Theentireprocessissummarisedinthetablebelow:
Number
ofcircuits
Blocked
Traffic
(Timeslots)
Traffic Interferedtraffic
load
onf1andf2
(%)
(Timeslots)
2TRXs:using
f1andf2.
21
7.4
100%
1.5
0:Sinceitis
notused
0:Sinceitis
notused
Frequency
plan2:
3TRXs:using
f1,f2andf3.
32.2
0.55
97.7%
1.46
1.56
0:Sinceitis
notused
Frequency
plan3:
4TRXs:using
f1,f2,f3,and
f4.
43.4
0:No
blocking
with4TRXs.
74%
1.1
1.18
1.77
Frequency
Plan
TRXs
Frequency
plan1:
Interfered
trafficonf3
(Timeslots)
Interfered
trafficonf4
(Timeslots)
The best plan depends on the locally available frequencies: if there was less interference, the AFP would have chosen
frequencyplan3.Iff3andf4whereheavilyinterfered,theAFPwouldhavechosenfrequencyplan1.BecausetheAFPtriesto
minimisewhatisinboldinthetableabove(i.e.,theblockedandinterferedtraffic),itchoosesfrequencyplan2(inwhichthe
figuresinboldaddupto3.57timeslots).
8.5.3.1.2
TheSourcesofTrafficDemandUsedbytheAFP
TheAtollAFPoneofseveralsourcesfortrafficdemand:trafficdemandcanbetakenfromtrafficcaptures,asisthecasewith
trafficloads,ortrafficdemandcanbeenteredintotheSubcellstableusingdatafromtheOMC,ortheAFPcanusetrafficloads
tocalculatetrafficdemand(ifmaintainingcompatibilitywitholderdocumentsisaconcern).
"TrafficCapturesasaSourceofTrafficDemand"onpage534
"OMCDataasaSourceofTrafficDemand"onpage534
"TrafficLoadsasaSourceofTrafficDemand"onpage534
TrafficCapturesasaSourceofTrafficDemand
Ifyouchoosetousetrafficmaps,atrafficcapturecansupplythetrafficdemand.Then,byperformingdimensioningoraKPI
calculation,thisinformationiscommittedintotheSubcellstable.Afterwards,whenrunninganautomaticfrequencyalloca
tion,youcanthenchoosetohavetheAFPusethetrafficinformationfromthedefaulttrafficcaptureorfromtheSubcells
table.
OMCDataasaSourceofTrafficDemand
ThetrafficdemandcancomefromtheOMCandbeimportedintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficDatatable.Formoreinformation
onimportingOMCtrafficintotheSubcellsTable:TrafficDatatable,see"ImportingOMCTrafficDataintotheSubcellsTable:
TrafficData"onpage430.
TheSubcellsTable:TrafficDatatablesAspecifictableisdefinedinordertoabsorbOMCtrafficreadings.Toopenit:
3. Select Subcells> Subcells Table: Traffic Data from the context menu. The Traffic data part of the Subcells table
appears.
ByimportingSubcellsTable:TrafficDatatableintothefieldsfortheBCCHandTCHsubcells(whichsharethesamefieldas
theyareassumedtosharethesametrafficmanagementunit)andintotheTCH_INNERsubcellsfield,wheretheyexist,you
supplytheAFPwithyourOMCtraffic.
TrafficLoadsasaSourceofTrafficDemand
TheAFPcanusetrafficloadstocalculatethetrafficdemand(ifmaintainingcompatibilitywitholderdocumentsisaconcern).
Previously,theAFPusedthefield"trafficload"andthenumberofrequiredTRXsasitstrafficsource.Whentherequired
numberofTRXsisadjusted,thecostfunctionwillcontinuetobethesame.Whentheadjustmentisrequested,theAFPcan
baseitsdemandonthetrafficload,inawaythatpermitstheusertomaintaincompatibilitywiththeoldtrafficmodel.
8.5.3.1.3
HowtocontroltheoptimizationsothatitallocatesmoreorlessTRXs?
ThereareseveralmechanismsbywhichyoucansettheAFPtoallocatemoreorfewerTRXs:youcanmodifythetrafficdemand
tohavemoreorfewerTRXsallocated,youcanmodifytheweightsfortheinterferenceandseparationviolationcosts,oryou
canmodifythetaxformissing(orsuperfluous)TRXs.
IncreasingtheTrafficDemandtoIncreaseTRXAllocation
534
AT320_UM_E0
Themorethereisademand,thehigherwillbethepressureontheAFPtoallocatemoreTRXs.Assaidabove,thedemandcan
come,orfromthetrafficmodel,orfromthesubcelltable,orfromthetrafficloadvalues.Ifdemandscomefromthetraffic
capture,youcanincreasedemandbyrecalculatingthecapturewithahighertrafficcoefficients.Ifthedemandscomesfrom
theOMC,youcanbustitupusingaspreadsheet.Andifitcomesfromthetrafficloadsyoucandothefollowing:
IntheAFPpropertypages,whereyouindicatethatthedemandshouldberegeneratedfromthetrafficloads,youarealso
requestedtoboundtheactualblockingrate(actualwithrespecttothenumberofrequiredTRXs).Thisisbecauseofthe
followingreason:
Ifyourservedtrafficloadis100%,theoretically,onlyaninfinitecircuitdemandcangeneratesuchaload
Figure8.89:AFPModulePropertiesdialogueCosttab
The5%inthisscreenshotmeanthatthetrafficdemandcanexceedtheservedtrafficbynomorethan5%
ByIncreasingthismeasureweincreasethedifferencebetweenservedtrafficandtrafficdemand.
(yetonlyintheheavilyloadedTRXs,whentrafficloadsarelow,serveddemand~=demand)
Sinceweareinthecasewheretheservedtrafficisourinformationsource,andthereforeconstant,thismeansweareincreas
ingthedemand.
AndincreasingdemandmeansmoreneedforTRXs.
Youcanmodifythecostweightsforinterferenceandseparationviolation.
Thisistheothersideofthebalance:
HighcostwillputpressureontheAFPtoallocatelessTRXs.
Youcanmodifythetaxformissing(orextra)TRXs
Asitnameindicates,thisisasimplecostcomponentaimedtosoftlylimitthefreedomoftheAFPinthisnewdomain.The
higheritis,thebetterwillbetherespectoftheoriginal"numberofrequiredTRXs"
AdedicatedLockingflagatsubcelllevel
PermittingyoutoshutdownthenewcapacitywheneveryouexactlyknowthenumberofTRXsyouneed.
Plan1
8.5.3.1.4
ExampleofCombiningDimensioningandFrequencyPlanning
Thefollowingexampledemonstratestheadvantagesofcombiningdimensioningandfrequencyplanning:
"LessInterference"onpage536
535
Forsk2013
"ReadjustingtheNumberofTRXstoMatchOMCTraffic"onpage537
"FrequencyDomainandFrequencyBandBalancing"onpage538.
LessInterference
Theexampleshowsthatinterferencecanbegreatlyreduced.Thefollowinggraphsshowtheeffectofadjustingthenumber
ofTRXsontheinterferedandservedtraffic,comparedtotheinitialdimensioning.
Figure8.90:EffectsofadjustingthenumberofTRXsontraffic
536
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.90:EffectsofadjustingthenumberofTRXsontraffic
Thepreceding4frequencyplanswereallgeneratedusingexactly50frequencies.Allothernetworkparametersremainedthe
same.
Intheplan"Dim76TRXs"manyTRXswereremovedbytheAFP(76outof820).RemovingtheTRXsreducedinterferenceby
aconsiderablemarginbuthadnoimpactontheamountofservedtrafficbecausereducingTRXswasonlyconsideredifthe
transmitter'sloadwaslow.
ReadjustingtheNumberofTRXstoMatchOMCTraffic
Inarealnetwork,itisoftennecessarytoreadjustthenumberofTRXstomatchevolutionofthetraffic.
Atypicalsituationisthefollowingsnapshot;takenbeforeanyadaptationismade.
Figure8.91:NumberofrequiredTRXsvs.ErlangDemand
ItisnormalthatnotalltransmittershavingthesamenumberofTRXshavethesametrafficdemands,thereforethetraffic
loadswilloftenvaryfromonetransmittertoanother.
OncetheAFPperformsitsoptimisation,thetrafficloadsbecomemoreuniform,ascanbeobservedinthefollowinggraph.
537
Forsk2013
Figure8.92:LoadcomparisonbeforeandafterTRXadjustment
FrequencyDomainandFrequencyBandBalancing
AcommonpracticeistosplitthefrequencydomainsandreserveonefrequencydomainforBCCH,oneforTCH,andonefor
EGPRS(whenused).Aswell,frequencybandsanddomainsarereservedfortheHCSlayer.Whenthenetworkisdimensioned
duringanautomaticfrequencyallocation,thenumberofTRXsisadaptedwithoutmodifyingthedivisions.
Figure8.93:FrequencyreusebalancingwithorwithoutTRXnumberadjustment
Inthisexample,mostTRXsthatwereremovedwereremovedinthe900band(Inthefirsthalfofthegraph,theredlineis
almostalwaysbelowtheblueline.)
8.5.3.2 CombiningInterferenceMatricesAccordingtoMaximumLikelihood
Estimation
Ingeneral,forafixedsetofdataandunderlyingstatisticalmodel,themethodofmaximumlikelihoodselectsvaluesofthe
modelparametersthatproduceadistributionthatgivestheobserveddatathegreatestprobability(i.e.,parametersthat
maximisethelikelihoodfunction).
The AFP uses maximumlikelihood estimation to combine different interference matrices. Different types of interference
matriceshavedifferentweakpoints.Whencombininginterferencematrices,themostimportantaspectisdifferentiating
betweennointerferenceandunknowninterference(i.e.,betweensituationswhereitcanbeproventhatthereisnointerfer
enceandsitationswhereitcannotbeknownwhetherthereisinterference).Maximumlikelihoodestimationselectsthe
valuesfromdifferentinterferencematricesthatwouldhavethegreatestprobabilityofresultingintheobservabledata.Addi
tionaltotheinterferencematrixitself,Atollusesinformationaboutthetypeofinterferencematrix,itsqualityindicators,and
itsscope.
538
AT320_UM_E0
ThefollowingsectionsexplainthemaximumlikelihoodcombinationperformedbytheAtollAFPModule.Beforedescribing
thecombinationprocess,thescopeandcontextofinterferencematricesisexplained.
8.5.3.2.1
InterferenceMatrixContext
Thecontextofaninterferencematrixreferstothefollowingpropertiesassociatedwitheachmatrix:
Thenameoftheinterferencematrix(andcomments,ifany)
Theexternalfilename(ifthematrixisanexternalfile)
Whethertheinterferencematrixisactiveornot
Thetypeoftheinterference(formoreinformationonthetypesofinterferencematrices,"DefiningTypeDependant
QualityIndicatorsonInterferenceMatrices"onpage476)
Thequalityindicators(dependentonthetypeofinterferencematrix)
Thecontextofaninterferencematrixisusedmainlytoindicatethestatisticalqualityofftheinterferencematrixsothatthe
AFPcanweighttheinformationreadfromtheinterferencematrixaccordingly.
AtollcansupportanumberofAFPtools.Theinterferencematrixcombinationprocess,whichisapartofthecostfunction,
canbedifferentindifferentAFPtools.Theconceptofaninterferencematrixcontextpermitsacommonrepresentationand
significanceoftheparametersinfluencingthecombinationprocess.Theseparametersare,therefore,describedasasetof
qualityindicators,withmeaningfulunits,suchasthenumberofmeasurementdays,standarddeviation,calculationresolu
tion,andwhethertheinterferencematrixisbasedontrafficorsurfacearea.
Theninepredefinedtypesofinterferencematricesaredividedintofourgroupswithrespecttotheirqualityindicatorrepre
sentation:OMCbased,drivetestbased,propagationbased,andothers.TheGeneraltaboftheInterferenceMatrixProper
tiesdialoguegivesyouaccesstothisinformation:
Figure8.94:DefinitionofInterferenceMatrixTypes
Dependingonthematrixtype,thequalityindicatorsavailableontheAdvancedtabinclude:
Formatricesbasedonpathloss(propagationdata)matrices:
Thestandarddeviation
Theresolution
FormatricesbasedonreselectionstatisticsfromtheOMC:
539
Theaveragenumberofmeasurementpointsinthetestmobiledatathatcorrespondtoasinglematrixcalculation
point.
FormatricesbasedonCWmeasurements:
Formatricesbasedontestmobiledata
Theaveragenumberofmeasurementpointsinthehandoverstatisticsthatcorrespondtoasinglematrixcalcula
tionpoint
FormatricesbasedonRXLEVstatisticsfromtheOMC:
FormatricesbasedonhandoverstatisticsfromtheOMC:
Forsk2013
TheaveragenumberofCWmeasurementpointsthatcorrespondtoasinglematrixcalculationpoint
Formatricesbasedonscandatadrivetests:
Theaveragenumberofmeasurementpointsinthescandatadrivetestdatathatcorrespondtoasinglematrix
calculationpoint
Thecontextofaninterferencematrixisnotsystematicallyincludedintheinterferencematrixfiles.ThatiswhyAtollasksthe
usertosetupthetypeandqualityindicatorsoftheinterferencematrixmanually.
8.5.3.2.2
InterferenceMatrixScope
ThescopeofaninterferencematrixisthecorrespondencebetweenatransmitterIDandthefollowinginformation:
540
Thenameofthetransmitter
TheBSIC(asitwaswhentheIMstatisticsweregathered)
TheBCCH(asitwaswhentheIMstatisticsweregathered)
Thepercentageofcoverageofthevictimthatistakenintoconsiderationintheinterferencematrix
Thepercentageofcoverageoftheinterfererthatistakenintoconsiderationintheinterferencematrix
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.95:Interferencematrixscope
Themostimportantinformationofthescopeisthepercentageofvictimcoverageandthepercentagleofinterferercoverage.
Inordertounderstandtheirsignificanceaswellastheiruse,youshouldbearinmindthatinterferencematricesmustprovide
interferenceinformationbetweeneachpairofsubcellsinthenetwork.Alargeamountofmemorywouldberequiredfora
simplesequentialrepresentationoftheinterferencematrix,whichwouldmakeitimpossibletoworkwithsuchinterference
matricesinlargenetworks.Therefore,entriesinaninterferencematrixonlyexistwhenthereisinterferencebetweenagiven
pairofsubcells.
Ifanentry(i,j)doesnotexistintheinterferencematrix,therearetwopossibleexplanations:
Eitherjdoesnotinterferewithi(nointerference),
Ortheinterferenceinformationismissingintheinterferencematrixbecauseatleastoneofthetwowasoutofthe
scopeoftheinterferencematrix(unknowninterference).
Inotherwords,thelackofinformationcanbeinterpretedaseithernointerferenceorasunknowninterference.
Ifthereisonlyoneinterferencematrix(i.e.,onlyonesourceofinterferenceinformation)thennointerferenceisthesameas
unknowninterference.
Ifthereismorethanoneinterferencematrix,theinformationmissinginonematrixmightbeavailableinanother.Therefore,
itbecomesveryimportanttodistinguishbetweenthetwocasesinordertointelligentlycombinedifferentinterferencematri
ces.
Forexample,ifyouhavethreeinterferencematricesand,foragivenpairofsubcells,youhave60%interferenceinone,
unknowninterferenceinthesecond,andunknowninterferenceinthethird,theresultinginterferencewhenthethreematri
cesarecombinedwillbe60%.However,ifforthesamepairofsubcells,youhave60%interferenceinone,nointerferencein
thesecond,andnointerferenceinthethird,theresultinginterferencewhenthethreematricesarecombinedwillbeonly
20%.
Theidealmethodfordifferentiatingbetweennointerferenceandunknowninterferencewouldbetokeepamatrixofvalues
inmemory,whichwouldindicatethereliabilityofeachmatrixentry,andtherebyindicatetheentriesforwhichtheinterfer
enceis"Unknown"asunreliableentries.Unfortunately,thiswouldbecompletelyimpracticalbecausethismatrixofvalues
wouldbetoolargetoworkwith.
Therefore,Atollimplementsaslightlyrestrictedapproachforstoringthescopeofinterferencematrices.Interferencematri
cescontaintworeliabilityindicatorsattransmitterlevel,i.e.,thereliabilitywhenatransmitteristhevictim,andthereliability
whenitistheinterferer.Thisinformationisstoredinthecolumns%ofVictimCoverageand%ofInterfererCoverage.
Thereliabilityofanentry(i,j)iscalculatedasfollows:
VictimCoverage(Transmitter(i))*InterfererCoverage(Transmitter(j))
Thisimplementationissimpleandsufficientforthemostinterferencematrices.
541
Forsk2013
CreationoftheInterferenceMatrixScope
Thescopeofaninterferencematrixiscreatedbythetoolthatcreatestheinterferencematrix.Iftheinterferencematrixis
createdbyAtoll,theAFPscopewillbesettotheinitialsetofvictims,correspondingtoSEL+RING(see"TheScopeoftheAFP
andtheScopeoftheInterferenceMatrix"onpage493).Thismeansthatevenwhenonlyonetransmitterispresentinsidethe
computationzone,manyothertransmittersmightbetakenintoaccount.Atolladdsallpotentialinterfererstothisset,and
calculatestheinterferencematrixentriesbetweenallpairsofthisset.Thissetbecomesthescopeoftheinterferencematrix,
with100%atbothvictimandinterferercoverage.
OthersoftwarecanbeusedtoedittheinterferencematrixscopeusingthegeneralAPIfeatures,orbysavingtheinterference
matrixasaCLCfileandeditingit.TheCLCfileformatcanstorealltheinterferencematrixinformation(seetheTechnicalRefer
enceGuideformoreinformation).
ThescopesoftheinterferencematricesareautomaticallycreatedwhenoldCLC,
IM0,IM1,orIM2filesareimported.ThescopeiscreatedusingthecurrentBSIC
andBCCHallocation,andfindingthesetofallvictimsandthesetofallinterferers.
The interference matrix scope internally manages the transmitter IDs. When
exchanginginformationwithaCLCfile,theseID'sarevisibletotheuser.Theyare
arbitrarynumbersusedtoindextheinterferencematrixentries.Evenifanaddin
isusedtocreatetheinterferencematrix,theassociationoftransmitternamesto
IDsiscarriedoutbyAtoll.Theaddinwillassociatetheinterferenceinformationto
pairsoftransmitterID's.
TheCLCandDCTfileshavethesamemappingoftransmitternamestotransmitter
IDs.TherearenorestrictionsontransmitterIDsaslongastheyareuniqueintegers
under231.
Twopossibilities(examples)foreditingtheinterferencematrixinformationcouldbe:
Anaddinthatimportsaninterferencematrixshouldknowitsscope.Forexample,ifitisanOMCaddin,andtheOMC
covers50transmitters,thescopewillcontain50transmitters.TheirindexeswillbesuppliedbyAtollonceaddedto
thescope.Thepercentageofvictimandinterferercoverageshouldbe100%.
WhengeneratinganinterferencematrixfromCWmeasurements,theremightbeafewtransmitterswhichwerecor
rectlyscannedandothersthatwerenot.Inthiscase,thecorrectlyscannedtransmitterswouldhavegoodpercentage
ofvictimandinterferercoverage,whiletheotherswouldnot.
UseoftheBSICandBCCHintheScope
TheBSICandBCCHfieldsinthescopeareusedforthecaseswheretheBSICandBCCHallocation,duringtheperiodwhenthe
interferencematrixinformationwasgathered,wasdifferentfromthecurrentBSICandBCCHallocation.
8.5.3.2.3
KeepingtheInterferencematrixUptoDate
Aninterferencematrixisnolongervalidoncethenetworkhaschanged.However,currentlythisfactisleftundertheuser
responsibility.Atollwilltrytoperformsomematrixmaintenanceinordertoreduceoverhead,yetthishelpisnotguaranteed.
starthere
WhenaCLCfile(anditscorrespondingDCT)areimported,thetransmitterindexesinthefilescanbearbitrary.Inorderto
improveaccesstime,AtollchangestheseindexestotheADOrecordIDasindex.
When you rename or delete a transmitter, or when the ADO index is changed, the interference matrix is automatically
updated,andsavedwhentheAtolldocumentissaved.
Insteadofupdatingtheinterferencematrixeverytimeatransmitterisrenamedordeleted,Atollstorestheeventsinmemory,
andupdatestheinterferencematrixonlywhenitisused.ItcheckstheADOrecordID'sand,iftheyhavebeenchanged,the
changesaretakenintoaccount.
WhenanInterferencematrixisexternalised,Atolldoesnotalwaysmanagetokeepitupdatedasdescribedabove.
CalculateyourInterferenceMatricesasoftenasyoucalculateyourpathlossmatrices.
8.5.3.2.4
InterferenceMatrixCombinationinAtollAFPModule
Interferencematricesarecombinedinamannerthatfollowsthesetwoimportantguidelines:
542
The cost function definition does not change. If earlier, interference values were read from a single interference
matrix.Now,theyarereadfrommorethanoneinterferencematrix.
WhentheinterferencematricesarecorrectlymanagedinAtoll,nofurtherparameterisation(weighting)isrequired.
AT320_UM_E0
TheInterferenceMatricestab(see"TheAtollAFPInterferenceMatricesTab"onpage522)availableintheAtollAFPModule
propertiesdialoguedisplaysandletstomodifytheweightsthatcontroltheinterferencematrixcombination.
Theinterferencematrixcombinationiscarriedoutasfollows:
1. TheAtollAFPModuleasksAtolltoloadasubsetoftheactiveinterferencematricesofthedocument.Thissubsetis
determinedbycomparingeachinterferencematrixscopewiththeAFPscope.Onlytheinterferencematriceswhose
scopeintersectstheAFPscopeareloaded.
2. TheAtollAFPModulethenreadsthescopeandcontextinformationofeachloadedinterferencematrix.
Theinterference,p(i,v,x),ofsubcelli(interferer)onsubcellv(victim)foragivenC/Ilevelx,canbereadfrommore
thanoneinterferencematrix.
3. TheAtollAFPModulecombinesallthevaluesofp(i,v,x)byperformingaweightedaverage.Therefore,itcalculates
asmanyweightsasthenumberofp(i,v,x)entriesforapixel.These"reliabilityweights"arecalculatedbymultiplying
thefollowingthreecomponents:
a. ComponentquantifyingthemembershiptotheAFPscope:
VictimCoverage(Transmitter(v))xInterfererCoverage(Transmitter(i))
ForinterferencematricesbasedonOMCstatistics,ifthescopeindicatesthatbothiandvhadthesameBCCH,the
componentwillbe0.
b. Componentdependingontheinterferencematrixtype.
c. Componentdependingontheinterferencematrixqualityindicators:The"ReliabilityCalculation".Theequations
aredifferentforthedifferentclassesoftypessincethequalityindicatorsaredifferentaswell:
i.
Interferencematrixbasedonpropagation:
75
7.5
Component C = --------------- -------r + 25
Where isthestandarddeviationofthepropagationmodel,andristhecalculationresolution.Aresolution
of50mandastandarddeviationof7.5dBgivesaweightof1.
ii. InterferencematrixbasedonmeasurementsfromtheOMCperformedduringndays:
1+n
Component C = ---------------3
Whichgivesaweightof1for8daysofmeasurements.
iii. Interferencematrixbasedondrivetestanalysis:
0.4
1 + n r + 1
Component C = --------------------------------------------4 + 1
3parametersdeterminetheweight:
i.Thestandarddeviation ,whichisassumedtobelowerthantheoneofapropagationmodel.
ii.Thenumberofmeasurementsconsideredateachcalculationpoint,r
iii.Thenumberofcalculationpointspertransmitter,n
iv. Interferencematricesofothertypesdonotparticipateintheweighting,sincetheyareorUpperboundIMs
orLowerboundsIMs.
8.5.3.3 TheStorageofafrequencyplaninAtoll
Atollstoresasinglefrequencyplan.ItisstoredinitsTRXtablerecords,andalsoinitssubcellandtransmittertables.Some
AFPQualityindicatorscanevenbestoredintheSitetable.
Inthischapterwewilldepictthevariousissuesconcerningthisstorage.
8.5.3.3.1
TheTRXtableparticularity
Atoll'sTRXtableenablesthefollowing:
SupportofanexternalIDspaceoftheTRXsofatransmitter(importantforimportandexportutilities).
MAL/channelatTRXlevel.
MAIOatTRXlevel.
Finelocking:TheusercanlockspecificTRXsinanunlockedtransmitter.
TheTRXtabledoesnotcontainan"active"field.Therefore,allTRXsinitshouldcontainavalidfrequencyorMALandareall
consideredtobeonair.ItisbettertoremoveaTRXrecordthanremovingonlythefrequencyorMALfromitschannelslist.
543
8.5.3.3.2
Forsk2013
FactorsInfluencingtheAFPWhichCanBeSetatSeveralLevels
TherearecertainfactorswhichaffecttheAFPdirectivesthatcanbesetatdifferentlevelsintheGSMproject:
8.5.3.3.3
DuringanAFPoptimisation,thechannelsandMAIOcurrentlyassignedtoaTRXwillnotbechangediftheTRXislocked
intheTRXstableorifthetransmitterislockedintheTransmitterstable.
TheAFPweighingcanbesetatthetransmitterlevelandatthesubcelllevel.ThefinalAFPweightwillbetheproduct
ofbothweights(i.e.,thetransmitterAFPweightmultipliedbythesubcellAFPweight).
Thedomaindefinitioncanbemodifiedatthesubcelllevelbydefiningexcludedchannels.
RedundancyBetweenTRXs,SubcellsandTransmitterTables
SomeAFPrelevantentriescanbefoundintheTRXs,Subcells,andTransmitterstables,creatingacertainlevelofredundancy:
The channel list in the Transmitters table is a combination of all channels appearing in the TRXs of a transmitter
(dependingonthehoppingmodesusedandthenumberofsubcells).
Thehoppingmodeofatransmitteristhehoppingmodeofitsdefaulttrafficcarrier(theTCHTRXType).
Thefrequencybandofthetransmitter(theoneusedbythepropagationmodel),isreadfromthedomainoftheBCCH
subcellofthetransmitter.
Atollconsidersthelowestlevelofinformationastheaccuratesource.Forexample:
AtollautomaticallyupdatestheTRXstableifthechannellistofatransmitterintheTransmitterstableismodified.
Thefrequencybandofatransmittercannotbeedited.
In cases where the data management is perfectly controlled (for example, when several users are working on the same
project),itcanhappenthatissuesofconsistencycanoccur.Inthatcase,youmightwanttorunasubcellauditasexplainedin
"CheckingConsistencyinSubcells"onpage579toverifywhereconsistencyhasbeenlostandhowtocorrectit.
8.5.3.3.4
AFPPerformanceIndicators(AFPPI's)
TheAFPcanbeusedtogeneratedifferentAFPperformanceindicators(AFPPI's).TheAFPPIsarevisibleintheAFPresults
window,andoncecommitisapplied,theycanbeseeninAtoll'sTRXs,subcells,transmittersandsitestables.Themostimpor
tantAFPPIsarefoundinthesubcelltable,andarenowvisibleinadedicatedreadonlytableview.
TheTRXRankPIandItsUse
TheAFPTRXRankprovidesarankingoftheTRXsinasubcell.IfaTRXrankishigh,itimpliesthatthefrequency(channel)corre
spondingtothisTRXhasbadusageconditions.TRXranksindicatethebestandworstqualityTRXsineachsubcell.Thebest
TRXmightbeacandidateforextensiveGPRSorEDGEusage.TheworstTRXwillbetheTRXthatispotentiallyremovable.The
OMCmightuserank(orpreference)informationforbetterRRM(firstchargethegoodTRXs,onlyafterchargethebadones).
Rank=1isthebestrank.
TRXRankisthecorrespondingfieldintheTRXtable.
AsitisduringanAFPprocessthatfrequenciesandMALs/MAIOsfordifferentTRXsofasubcellarechosen,theAFPtoolstores
andmanipulatestheinformationaboutTRXsingoodandinbadconditions.
IfyouchooseAFPRankindicatortobeallocatedwhenstartinganAFPsession,eachcostimprovingsolutionwillgothrougha
TRXrankassignment.Ifnoimprovingplanisfound,TRXrankwillbeassignedfortheinitialplan(likeBSIC).TRXrankingwithin
asubcellisperformedonthebasisofTRXcosts.
ATRXwillbeconsideredlockedforTRXRankassignmentifandonlyifitisnotselectedforAFPallocationorifithasbeen
locked.
TheTheoryof"Scheduling"inFrequencyPlanning
TRX rank is Atoll's AFP implementation of "Scheduling", which can help increase performance in certain particular cases.
Example:imaginethecasewhereacellanditsneighbourarenotloadedwithtrafficatthesametime(forexample,astadium
anditsparkinglot).Insuchcases,itispossibletodecreasecallblockingbyaddingoneortwodirtyTRXstotheconcernedcells.
(assumingcleanTRXsdonotexistforspectralreasons).Whatyouwillneedtodoisthefollowing:
1. YouneedanOMCthatcanbeinformedabouttheTRXranking,andthatknowsnottousethebadTRXswhenloadis
normalorlow.Theygetintouseonlywhentheloadishigh.
2. Youneedtorelaxtheinterferencematrixentriesandtheseparationrelationconstraintsbetweenthetwooppositely
correlatedcells.
3. YouneedtoruntheAFPwithTRXrank.
ThespectralefficiencyofschedulingcannotbefullyacquiredbyrealtimeRRM,sincethelatestisofacausticnature.Youcan
besuretoobtainabiggergainiftheschedulingorderispredefined.
544
AT320_UM_E0
8.5.3.3.5
TheAFPCostPerformanceIndicators
TotalcostandseparationviolationcostcomponentattheTRX,subcell,transmitter,andsitelevelscanbecalculatedand
displayedasAFPperformanceindicators.Thesearethecumulatedtotalcostsandthecumulatedseparationviolationcosts
ofeachTRX,subcell,transmitterandsite.
Inordertobeabletocomputeanddisplaytheseresults,youmustaddAFP_COSTandAFP_SEP_COSTfields(oftypeSINGLE)
totheTRX,TransmittersandSitestables.AFP_COSTfieldandAFP_SEP_COSTfieldcorrespondtothetotalcostandseparation
costcomponentrespectively.TheseAFPperformanceindicatorsareavailableinthelistofAFPperformanceindicatorstobe
computedavailablewhenlaunchingtheAFPtool.
TheAFPcostassignmenttotheTRXs,subcells,transmittersandsitesiscarriedoutatthesametimeastheTRXrankassign
ment. Once a frequencyplan iscommitted,thenext instanceof the AFP can concentrate more on theproblematic TRX/
subcell/transmitter/sitetoimproveresults.Aswell,thiscanautomaticallylimitthemodificationscopetotheproblematic
cells/sites.Thiscandeliverasignificantqualitygain.
8.5.3.3.6
TheAFPSubcellPerformanceIndicators
FourAFPperformanceindicatorscanbecommittedinto4subcellfields.Thesefieldsarethendisplayedinaseparateviewof
thesubcelltable.AndalsoinaseparatepageintheAFPoutputdialogue.
8.5.3.4 VariousTipsandTricks
Inthissection,thereareafewmethodsthatwillhelpyouusetheAFPmoreefficiently.
8.5.3.4.1
"FocusingtheAFPontheProblematicAreas"onpage545
"LearningtheNetworkandSolvingthehardSpotsatthesametime"onpage545
"BetterUnderstandingthePointAnalysisTool"onpage546
"Whyaren'tthetrafficloadsincorporatedintheinterferencematrix?"onpage547.
FocusingtheAFPontheProblematicAreas
Inthissmallparagraphweproposeasimplestrategyforobtainingimprovedfrequencyplans.LetusassumethatwehaveX
hoursofavailablecomputationtime:
First,welaunchtheAFPduringX/2hours,then;westopitandcommittheresults(ifgood).
LockallTRXsinthenetwork.
Findtheareasthatgenerateproblems.Forexample,somesiteswithseparationviolations.
Unlocktheworst10sites.
Foreachsuchsite,unlock24neighbouringtransmitters.
RuntheAFPforanadditionalX*30minutes(theremaininghalfofthetime).
AmoresimplewaytodetectthehardspotsisbycommittingcellorsitelevelKPIstothecorrespondingtables.Theprinciple
remainsthesame:LettheAFPworkonlyonthesmallpartwheretheinterferenceisstrongest.
8.5.3.4.2
LearningtheNetworkandSolvingthehardSpotsatthesametime
1. Applythistechniquetonetworkshaving12000to120000Erlangs(2500to25000TRXs).MakesurethattheAFPis
configuredtomaintainitslearnedexperience(executionpageintheAFPpropertypages).
2. RuntheAFPforatleast10solutions,ontheentirenetwork,specifyingashorttimeperiod,committheplanknowing
itisofbasicquality.Ifthisqualitysatisfiesyou,youdonotneedtocontinue.
3. Findtheareasthatgenerateproblems.Forexample,somesiteswithseparationviolations,highcongestion,orhigh
interferences.
4. Createacalculationzonearoundtheseareas.
5. Createafilteringzoneincludingthecomputationzone+thefirstringofneighbours.
6. Makesurethatthisrepresentativepartofthenetworkisnottoobignortoosmall.Forexample:100to200transmit
tersinthecomputationzone,plusanadditional50to100oflockedneighbours.
7. Specifyalongexecutiontime(1500to4000minutes)andlettheAFPworkonthecoreforthisentiretargettime.The
targettimeshouldbelongenoughfortheAFPtogenerateatleast800solutions.TheAFPshouldberunusingacost
forchangingtheTRXchannel.(wewanttominimisethenumberofchanges).
8. Assumingthatthelongexecutiononasmallareahadimprovedtheresult,committheplan.
9. Ifnot,reducethecostofchangingaTRX,orreducethenumberoflockedtransmitters,orboth.Repeatthetwopre
viousstepsuntilanimprovinglongexecutionisachieved.
10. NowyoucanruntheAFPonentirenetwork.KeepthesamecostforchangingaTRX,sothatthebasicplanobtained
inthebeginningisnottoostronglymodified.
545
Forsk2013
IfstepN10hasprovidedagoodplanthenitmightbeworthwhilesharingyourAFPexperiencewithalltheotherusers:
8.5.3.4.3
DuplicateyourAFPmodel.
Giveameaningfulnametotheduplicatedmodel.
Initsexecutionpropertypage,switchofftheexperiencelearningoption.(Sothatthismodeldoesnotgetalteredby
otherAFPusers)
ArchivetodatabasethenewAFPmodel,yetnottheoldone.ThenewmodelcanbeusedbytheotherAFPusers.The
oldmodelwhichyoudidn'tarchiveisnotaffectedbyyourmodifications.
BetterUnderstandingthePointAnalysisTool
Itisoftenusefultoknowwhatexactlycausesinterferenceconditionsatapoint.Thisisoneoftheimportantrolesofthepoint
analysistool.Yetbecauseofitscomplexity,someusersareafraidtouseit,whichisapity.Thepointanalysisiscomplicated
onlybecauseitisaveryrichtool.ItprovidestheuserwiththeinformationofhowaretheinterferersofaTRXatapoint,what
are the different gains (power offsets, burst collision probability, DTX, adjacency suppression), and how do the different
componentscombinetoa"totalinterference"onachanneloronamobileallocation.
Example1:CombinationofInterferenceEffects
Thisfiguredepictsthecasewhereonecochannelandtwoadjacentchannelinterferersarecombinedtocreatetotalinterfer
ence(thegainvalue(theemptypart18dB)showsthattheyareadjacent).Foreachofthetwoadjacentinterferers,C/I>12
dB,whilefortheircombination,thetotalinterference,C/I<12dB.Thisexampledemonstratesthefactthatgeographicinter
ferencecombinationismoreaccuratethantheinterferencecostoftheAFP.Assumingtherequiredqualitytobe12dB,this
specificpointwouldnotcontributetotheAFPcost,whileitwouldbeconsideredasinterferedintheinterferencecoverage
prediction.
Figure8.96:CombinationofInterferenceEffects
Example2:CountingStrongInterferenceOnlyOnce
Inthiscase,twostronginterferencesarecombinedtocreateanextrastrongtotalinterference.C/Iisveryweakforbothinter
ferers.Therefore,thepointunderanalysiscontributestobothIMentries,whichareconsideredintheAFPcost.Thisexample
demonstrates the fact that geographic interference combination is more accurate than the interference cost of the AFP
becauseofcountingthispointonlyonceasaninterferedpoint(andnottwiceasintheAFP).
546
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.97:CountingStrongInterferenceOnlyOnce
8.5.3.4.4
Whyaren'tthetrafficloadsincorporatedintheinterferencematrix?
Atollmaintainsthetrafficloadseparatefromtheinterferenceinformation.Beforejustifyingthischoicewemustdepictthe
twoalternatives:
Themixedoption:Theinterferenceinformationcontainsthetrafficinformationaswell.Inthisway,eachIMentrywill
containthequantityoftrafficinterferedifacochanneloradjacentchannelreuseexists.
Theseparatedoption:TheAFPhasseparateaccesstotrafficloadinformationandtointerferenceprobabilities(Asin
Atoll).
Themainreasonsforchoosingthesecondimplementationarethefollowing:
Option2isasupersetthatcontainsoption1.Butoption1,beingasubset,doesnotcontainoption2(i.e.oncethe
informationaremixedtheycannotbeseparated).
Itdoesnotcreateanyoverhead(thesizeoftheadditionalinformationisnegligiblecomparedtothesizeoftheIM).
Ithelpskeepingtheunitdefinitionssimpler.
ItfacilitatesmergingIMswithdifferenttrafficunits.
Thetrafficinformationcanbeusedforweightingtheseparationviolationcomponent,aswellastheinterferencecom
ponent.
ThetrafficloadcanbeusedindecidingwhetheraTRXcanbeleftuncreated.
ThegainintroducedbythetrafficloadoftheinterfererdependsonthehoppingmodeandtheMALlength.Incorpo
ratingthisgainintheIM(asaresultofthemixedoption)meansthattheIMsbecomehoppingmodeandMALsize
dependent.ThisisabadideasincetheAFPshouldbeabletochangetheMAL.Andtheusershouldbeabletochange
thehoppingmodewithoutrecalculatingtheIM.Inaddition,anIMcalculatedexternallytoAtoll,withanonhopping
BCCHcanbeusedforthehoppingTCH.
8.5.3.5 TheRoleoftheAFPAdministrator
TheAFPadministratoristhepersonwhoknowstheAFPbetterthananybodyelseinthecompany.ItistheAFPadministrator
thatevaluatestheAFP,andthereforeithishimthatdecideshowitshouldbeconfigured.TheAFPadministratorhasavery
powerfulcontroltoolwhichisthecentraliseddatabase.ItistherethathecanpublishhispredefinedandpreconfiguredAFP
models.
547
Forsk2013
8.6 AnalysingNetworkQuality
WhenyouareworkingonaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork,youcananalysethequalityofthenetworkusingthecoveragepredic
tionsprovidedinAtoll.
ForGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworks,Atollprovidesbothcircuitandpacketspecificcoveragepredictionsaswellasqualityindica
torpredictionsforbothGSMandGPRS/EDGE.
"EvaluatingtheQualityofaFrequencyPlan"onpage548
"InterferenceCoveragePredictions"onpage550
"PacketSpecificCoveragePredictions"onpage562
"MakingaCircuitQualityIndicator(BER,FER,orMOS)CoveragePrediction"onpage570
"MakingaServiceAreaAnalysisCoveragePrediction"onpage573
"StudyingInterferenceBetweenTransmitters"onpage576
"AuditingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEFrequencyPlan"onpage577
"CheckingConsistencyinSubcells"onpage579
"DisplayingtheFrequencyAllocation"onpage580
"CalculatingKeyPerformanceIndicatorsofaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage583
8.6.1 EvaluatingtheQualityofaFrequencyPlan
CreatinganAFPcompatibleinterferencecoveragepredictionisthemostpreciseandobjectivewayofevaluatingthequality
ofthefrequencyplan.ItismoreprecisethantheAFPcostestimationbecauseitisbasedonthecalculatedradioconditions
ateachpointandnotoninterferencematrices.ItisalsomoreobjectivebecauseitdoesnotdependontheAFPmoduleused
tocreatethefrequencyplanevaluated.
WhenyoucreateanAFPcompatibleinterferencecoverageprediction,youmustobservethefollowingrules(forinformation
ondefiningandcalculatinganinterferedzonescoverageprediction,see"StudyingInterferenceAreas"onpage556:
SelectInterferedZones(DL)asthecoveragepredictionfromthePredictionTypesdialogue.
Usethesameserviceareamodelwhencalculatingtheinterferedzonescoveragepredictionthatyouusedwhencal
culatingtheinterferencematrices.
Figure8.98:Generatinginterferencematrices
548
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.99:Definingtheinterferedzonescoverageprediction
Forexample,ifyoucalculatetheinterferencematricesontheHCSserverswithamarginof4dB,shadowing,andacelledge
coverageprobabilityof75%asshowninFigure8.98,youshouldusethesamesettingswhencreatingtheinterferedzones
coverageprediction(seeFigure8.99):
UnderCoverageConditions,usethedefaultsettingsforSubcellCthresholdandServer.
UnderInterferenceConditions,usethedefaultsettingsfortheSubcellCIthreshold.
UnderInterferenceConditions,usethesameDTXdefinitionasyouusedwhenyourantheAFP.
UnderInterferenceConditions,select"Fromsubcelltable"fortheTrafficLoad,andselecttheDetailedResultscheck
box.
Afterdefiningandcalculatingthecoveragepredictionasexplainedin"StudyingInterferenceAreas"onpage556,generatea
reportasexplainedin""DisplayingaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage409.WhentheColumnstoBeDisplayeddialogue
appears,selectthecheckboxescorrespondingtothefollowingcolumns(seeFigure8.99):
Servedload(timeslotsweightedbytheAFPweight)
Servedload(timeslotsweightedbythehalfratetrafficratio).
Figure8.100:Definingthereportontheinterferedzonescoverageprediction
TheresultingreportisshowninFigure8.101.
549
Forsk2013
Figure8.101:Thereportontheinterferedzonescoverageprediction
Thereportdisplays:thefollowing:
ForeachTRX,agivenamountoftrafficisspreaduniformlyovertheTRXservicezone.
PartofthistrafficisinterferedbecausetheC/Iconditionsarebad.Thepartthatisinterferedisaddedupinthereport.
InFigure8.101,theinterferedtrafficforchannel25isoutlinedinred.
ThetotalamountoftrafficperTRXisthesumof:
Servedload(timeslotsweightedbytheAFPweight):ThetrafficloadismultipliedfirstbytheAFPcostfactorand
thenmultipliedbythenumberoftimeslots.
Servedload(Erlangsweightedbythehalfratetrafficratio):Thetrafficloadismultipliedfirstbythenumberof
timeslotsandthenmultipliedby1/(1Halfofthehalfrateratio)
ThetotalamountoftrafficperTRXisgiveninparentheses,andadded.Thisway,youcanseetheratiobetweeninterfered
trafficandthetotalamountoftraffic.ThefinalratioisoutlinedingreeninFigure8.101.
Atoll'sAFPcostfunctionisgivenusingthesameunitsasthoseusedtodisplaythedatainthecolumncalledServedload
(TimeslotsweightedbytheAFPweight)
ThereportdisplayedinFigure8.101isTRXbasedandisthereforemuchmoreprecisethanworstcasesurfaceestimations
thatareusuallyobservedwhenyoulookattheresultsofacoveragepredictioninthemapwindow.
Figure8.102:Considerationsinfrequencyplanning
8.6.2 InterferenceCoveragePredictions
Theinterferencecoveragepredictionsdescribedinthissectiondependontheexistenceofafrequencyplan.Ifyouhavenot
yetallocatedfrequencies,youmustdosobeforecarryingoutanyofthecoveragepredictionsdescribedinthissection.For
informationoncreatingafrequencyplan,see"AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs"onpage458.
Eachoftheinterferencecoveragepredictionsdescribedinthissectioncanbecarriedoutbasedonafixednoisevalueorbased
onthesettingsforaparticularterminal.Forinformationondefiningaterminal,see"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminals"
onpage624.
550
AT320_UM_E0
ThefollowingGSMspecificcoveragepredictionsareexplainedinthissection:
"MakingDLQualityPredic onsBasedonCIorC(I+N)"onpage551
"MakingULQualityPredic onsBasedonC(I+N)"onpage554
"StudyingInterferenceAreas"onpage556.
YoucanalsostudyinterferenceareasbyusingthePointAnalysiswindow:
"AnalysingInterferenceAreasUsingaPointAnalysis"onpage559
"ExampleofAnalysingInterferenceUsingaPointAnalysis"onpage560.
Atollalsoenablesyoutomodelinterferencecomingfromanexternalproject.Formoreinformation,see"ModellingInter
technologyInterference"onpage628.
8.6.2.1 MakingDLQualityPredictionsBasedonCIorC(I+N)
InAtoll,youcanmakeDLqualitypredictionsbasedonCIorC(I+N)levelsoncechannelshavebeenallocated.Ifyouhavenot
yetallocatedfrequencies,youmustdosobeforecarryingoutthecoveragepredictiondescribedinthissection.Forinforma
tiononcreatingafrequencyplan,see"AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs"onpage458.
ThecoveragebyDLCIlevelpredictionenablesyoutodetermineDLCIlevelsfortransmitterssharingeitheranidenticalchan
neloranadjacentchannelwithothertransmittersasafunctionofthecarriertointerferenceratio.Ifdesired,youcanlimit
thequalitycoveragepredictiontoaspecificchannel.YoucancalculatethisDLcoveragebyCIorbyCI+N."N"isthereceiver
totalnoiseandisdefinedasthethermalnoise(setto121dBm)+noisefigure.WhenyoucalculatethecoveragebyDLCI+N,
youcanselectwhetherthenoisefigureusedisafixedvalueorthenoisevaluesetforaselectedterminal.
IfDetailedResultsisselectedontheConditionstab,thefollowingresultsaredisplayedperpixel,dependingonthehopping
modesetforthesubcellscoveredbythecoverageprediction:
Nonhoppingmode:ATRXchanneloftheselectedTRXtype(BCCH,TCH,TCH_EGPRSorTCH_INNER).
Basebandhopping:TheMALofthesubcell(BCCH,TCH,TCH_EGPRSorTCH_INNER).
Synthesisedfrequencyhopping:TheMALMAIOofthesubcell(BCCH,TCH,TCH_EGPRSorTCH_INNER).
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyDLCIlevels:
4. SelectCoveragebyC/ILevel(DL)andclickOK.
foreachpixel.
551
Forsk2013
Figure8.103:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyDLC/Ilevels
7. UnderCoverageConditions,setthefollowingparameters:
orspecificallyforeachtransmitter.Whenyouselect"HCSServers"or"All,"theremightbeareaswhereseveral
transmittersexperienceinterference.Onthesepixels,severalDLCIvaluesarecalculated.Therefore,ontheDis
playtab,youselecttodisplayeitherthelowestDLCIlevelorthehighestDLCIlevel(formoreinformation,see
"ComparingServiceAreasinCalculations"onpage601).
perclutterclass)areappliedonlytothevaluesforC.
clutterclass.
8. UnderInterferenceCondition,setthefollowingparameters:
YoucanselectwhichTRXtypetoconsideraspotentialvictimbyselectingitfromtheInterferedSubcellslist.
YoucandefineaChannelforwhichAtollwillcalculateinterferenceinthisqualitycoverageprediction.Whenyou
defineachannel,bydefaultAtollignoresallTRXsusingbasebandorsynthesisedhopping.IfyoucleartheNon
HoppingOnlycheckbox,allTRXsusingthedefinedchannelareconsideredpotentialvictims.IftheNonHopping
OnlycheckboxisclearedandthedefinedchannelisinaMAL,interferencewillbecalculatedfortheentireMAL.
Whenyoudefineachannel,AtollusesittoidentifyonlyvictimTRXs;allTRXsaretakeninto
accountasinterferers.
552
SubcellC/IThreshold:tousetheCIthresholdspecifiedforeachsubcell(includingthedefinedpowerreduc
tion)asthelowerendoftheCIrange.
GlobalC/IThreshold:toenterathresholdtobeusedforallsubcellsasthelowerendoftheCIrange.
AT320_UM_E0
Selecteither"CI"or"C(I+N)".
tion)astheupperendoftheCIrange.
GlobalC/IThreshold:toenterathresholdtobeusedforallsubcellsastheupperendoftheCIrange.
ThedefinedCIvaluesdefinetherangeofCIvaluestobedisplayed.Valuesoutsideofthis
rangearenotdisplayed.
YoucannotselectSubcellC/IThresholdasboththelowerandtheupperendoftheCI
rangetobeconsidered.
SelectwhetheryouwantthedefinedDLCIorCI+NconditiontobeSatisfiedBy:
AtleastoneTRX:WhenyouselecttheoptionAtleastoneTRX,thedefinedinterferenceconditionmustbe
satisfiedbyatleastoneTRXonagivenpixelfortheresultstobedisplayedonthatpixel.
TheworstTRX:WhenyouselecttheoptionTheworstTRX,Atollselectstheworstresultsforeachpixel.Ifthe
worstresultsdonotsatisfythedefinedinterferencecondition,theresultswillnotbedisplayedonthatpixel.
TheseoptionsareavailableonlyifalowerC/IThresholdisset.
Ifyouhaveselected"C/(I+N)",youcandefinethevaluetobeaddedtotheinterference.Thedefinednoisefigure
isaddedtothethermalnoisevalue(definedbydefaultat121dBm)tocalculatethevalueofN.Selectoneofthe
following:
BasedonTerminal:SelectBasedonTerminalifyouwanttousethenoisefiguredefinedforaterminaland
selecttheterminalfromthelist.
FixedValue:SelectFixedValueifyouwanttoenteravalueandthenenterthenoisefigureinthetextbox.
9. IfyouwantdiscontinuoustransmissionmodeforTRXswhichsupportittakenintoaccountduringthecalculationof
interference,selecttheDTXtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenterthepercentageoftimeduringwhichauseris
talkingintheVoiceActivityFactortextbox.
Fromsubcelltable:Thesubcelltrafficloadasdefinedorascalculatedduringdimensioning.
11. FromtheInterferenceSourceslist,selectwhetherinterferenceshouldbecalculatedfromadjacentchannels,cochan
nels,orfromboth.Theadjacentchanneleffectonthevictimchannel,i.e.,theinterference,isdecreasedbytheadja
centchannelprotectionlevel.
12. SelecttheDetailedResultscheckboxifyouwanttodisplaydetailedresultspertransmitter.Theresultsdisplayed
dependonthesubcellfrequencyhoppingmode:
NonHoppingMode:TheresultsaredisplayedforonechannelofeachTRXinnonhoppingmode.
BaseBandHoppingMode:TheresultsaredisplayedfortheMALofeachsubcellinbasebandhoppingmode.
SynthesisedFrequencyHoppingMode:TheresultsaredisplayedfortheMALMAIOofeachsubcellinsynthesised
frequencyhoppingmode.
ForacoveragepredictionbyDLCIlevels,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"basedontheField"CIlevel(dB)"is
selectedbydefault.
Ifyouselected"HCSServers"or"All"fromtheServerlistontheConditionstab,therecanbeareaswhereseveral
transmittersexperienceinterference.Onthesepixels,severalCIvaluesarecalculated.Therefore,youcanbasethe
resultsdisplayedoneithertheField"Min.CIlevel(dB)"or"Max.CIlevel(dB)"aswellasthe"CIlevel(dB)"Field.
Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
553
Forsk2013
Calculatebutton(
8.6.2.2 MakingULQualityPredictionsBasedonC(I+N)
InAtoll,youcanmakeULqualitypredictionsbasedonC(I+N)levelassumingonecanestimatetheULnoiseriseateachTRX.
ThisULnoiseriserepresentstheULeffectsofterminalsoversurroundingTRXs.Thisvaluecanbepopulatedmanuallybutmay
alsobeoneofthesimulationouputs.Asaconsequence,thetotalinterferenceoveraTRXisthecombinationofitsULnoise
riseandthereceivertotalnoise.InthecaseofBaseBandHopping,aMALaveragenoiseriseisused.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyULCIlevels:
4. SelectCoveragebyC/ILevel(UL)andclickOK.
foreachpixel.
Figure8.104:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyULC/Ilevels
554
AT320_UM_E0
7. UnderDLCoverageConditions,setthefollowingparameters:
orspecificallyforeachtransmitter.
perclutterclass)areappliedonlytothevaluesforC.
clutterclass.
SelectwhichterminaltypewillbeconsideredoneachpixelbyselectingitfromtheTerminallist.TheULtrans
mittedpowerisbasedonthemaxpoweroftheselectedterminal,gainsandlosses.
For information on the Terminal Specifications dialogue, see "Modelling GSM/GPRS/EDGE Terminals" on
page624.
8. UnderULInterferenceCondition,setthefollowingparameters:
tion)asthelowerendoftheC(I+N)range.
GlobalC/IThreshold:toenterathresholdtobeusedforallsubcellsasthelowerendoftheC(I+N)range.You
mayalsoletthisfieldblankinordernottoconsideranylowerC(I+N)boundary.
GlobalC/IThreshold:toenterathresholdtobeusedforallsubcellsastheupperendoftheCIrange.You
mayalsoletthisfieldblankinordernottoconsideranyupperC(I+N)boundary.
ThedefinedCIvaluesdefinetherangeofCIvaluestobedisplayed.Valuesoutsideofthis
rangearenotdisplayed.
ForacoveragepredictionbyULCIlevels,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"basedontheField"CIlevel(dB)"is
selectedbydefault.
Ifyouselected"HCSServers"or"All"fromtheServerlistontheConditionstab,therecanbeareaswhereseveral
transmittersexperienceinterference.Onthesepixels,severalCIvaluesarecalculated.Therefore,youcanbasethe
resultsdisplayedoneithertheField"Min.CIlevel(dB)"or"Max.CIlevel(dB)"aswellasthe"CIlevel(dB)"Field.
later:
Calculatebutton(
555
Forsk2013
8.6.2.3 StudyingInterferenceAreas
InAtoll,youcanstudyinterferencezonesoncechannelshavebeenallocated.Ifyouhavenotyetallocatedfrequencies,you
mustdosobeforecarryingouttheinterferedzonescoverageprediction.Forinformationoncreatingafrequencyplan,see
"AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs"onpage458.
Youcancreateaninterferedzonescoveragepredictiontopredictareaswheretransmitterssufferinterferencecausedby
othertransmittersusingthesamechanneloranadjacentchannel.AtollcalculatestheCIleveloneachpixelwherereception
conditionsaresatisfied.Ofthese,AtollcalculatesthecoverageforpixelswherethecalculatedCIislowerthanthedefined
upperlimit.Thepixeliscolouredaccordingtotheselectedattributeoftheinterferedtransmitterattribute.
Tomakeacoveragepredictionbyinterferedzones:
4. SelectInterferedZones(DL)andclickOK.
sitestodisplayintheresults.Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93.TheGroupByandSort
buttonsarenotavailablewhenmakingasocalled"global"coverageprediction(e.g.,signallevelcoverageprediction).
foreachpixel.
556
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.105:Conditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyinterferedzones
page601).
Shadowingmargins(dependingontheenteredcelledgecoverageprobabilityandtheCIstandarddeviationper
clutterclass)areappliedonlytothevaluesforC.Shadowingmarginsarenottakenintoaccountindetermining
thevaluesforinterference.
clutterclass.
8. UnderInterferenceConditions,setthefollowingparameters:
YoucandefineaChannelforwhichAtollwillcalculateinterferenceinthisqualitycoverageprediction.Whenyou
defineachannel,bydefaultAtollignoresallTRXsusingbasebandorsynthesisedhopping.IfyoucleartheNon
HoppingOnlycheckbox,allTRXsusingthedefinedchannelareconsideredpotentialvictims.IftheNonHopping
OnlycheckboxisclearedandthedefinedchannelisinaMAL,interferencewillbecalculatedfortheentireMAL.
Whenyoudefineachannel,AtollusesittoidentifyonlyvictimTRXs;allTRXsaretakeninto
accountasinterferers.
557
Selecteither"CI"or"C(I+N)".
Forsk2013
GlobalC/IThreshold:toenterathresholdtobeusedforallsubcellsastheupperendoftheCIrange.
Ifyouhaveselected"C/(I+N)",youcandefinethevaluetobeaddedtotheinterference.Thedefinednoisefigure
isaddedtothethermalnoisevalue(definedat121dBm)tocalculatethevalueofN.Selectoneofthefollowing:
BasedonTerminal:SelectBasedonTerminalifyouwanttousethenoisefiguredefinedforaterminaland
selecttheterminalfromthelist.
FixedValue:SelectFixedValueifyouwanttoenteravalueandthenenterthenoisefigureinthetextbox.
9. IfyouwantdiscontinuoustransmissionmodeforTRXswhichsupportittakenintoaccountduringthecalculationof
interference,selecttheDTXtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenterthepercentageoftimeduringwhichauseris
talkingintheVoiceActivityFactortextbox.
11. FromtheInterferenceSourceslist,selectwhethertheinterferenceshouldbecalculatedfromadjacentchannels,co
channels,orfromboth.Theadjacentchanneleffectonthevictimchannel,i.e.,theinterference,isdecreasedbythe
adjacentchannelprotectionlevel.
Youcanalsoselectinterferencescomingfromanexternalprojectusinganothertechnology.Formoreinformation,
see"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage813.
Foracoveragepredictionbyinterferedzones,theDisplayType"DiscreteValues"basedontheField"Transmitter"is
selectedbydefault.IntheNetworkexplorer,thecoveragepredictionresultsarearrangedbyinterferedtransmitter.
Youcanalsodefinethedisplaytodisplaythequalityreceivedoneachinterferedarea:
Thequalityreceivedoneachinterferedarea:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"C/ILevel(dB)"as
theField.IntheNetworkexplorer,thecoveragepredictionresultsarefirstarrangedbyinterferedtransmitterand
thenbyC/Ilevel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
558
AT320_UM_E0
BychangingtheparametersselectedontheConditionstabandbyselectingdif
ferent results to be displayed on the Display tab, you can calculate and display
informationotherthanthatwhichhasbeenexplainedintheprecedingsections.
Asexplainedin"DisplayingaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage409,youcan
displayapredictionreportontheinterferedpredictionsindicatingtheamountof
correctlyservedtrafficoutofthetotaltrafficcoveredbythecoverageprediction
by selecting the options Served load (Timeslots weighted either by the AFP
weight or by the Half rate traffic ratio) after having calculated the prediction
report.
Thetotalservedload(TimeslotsweightedbytheAFPweight)isobtainedbythe
productbetweenthenumberoftimeslots,theAFPweightandthetrafficload.
Thetotalservedload(TimeslotsweightedbytheHRRatio)isobtainedbytheprod
uctbetweenthenumberoftimeslots, 1 1 HR 2 andthetrafficload.
Theactualloadsgivenbythereportcomefromtheratiobetweenthecoveredarea
andthetotalservicearea.
8.6.2.4 AnalysingInterferenceAreasUsingaPointAnalysis
InAtoll,youcanstudytheinterferersofatransmitterusingthePointAnalysis.Ifyouhavenotyetallocatedfrequencies,you
mustdosobeforeusingthePointAnalysistostudyinterferers.Forinformationoncreatingafrequencyplan,see"Allocating
Frequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs"onpage458.
Tomakeapointanalysistostudyinterferenceareas:
pointerchanges(
4. SelecttheInterferenceview.
TheInterferenceviewdisplays,intheformofabargraph,thesignalleveloftheselectedtransmitter,ablackbarindi
catingthetotalinterferenceexperiencedbythereceiver,andbarsrepresentingtheinterferencereceivedfromeach
interferer.Theinformationdisplayedinthebargraphdependsonthehoppingmodeofthesubcellidentifiedinthe
leftmarginofthegraph:
InNonHoppingMode,youcanstudytheinterferenceleveloneitheraspecificchanneloronthemostinterfered
oneofeitherofaspecificsubcell(BCCH,TCH,TCH_EGPRSorTCH_INNER)oralloftheselectedtransmitter.
InBaseBandHoppingMode,youcanstudytheinterferenceleveloneitheraspecificMALoronthemostinter
feredoneofeitherofaspecificsubcell(BCCH,TCH,TCH_EGPRSorTCH_INNER)oralloftheselectedtransmitter.
InSynthesisedFrequencyHoppingMode,youcanstudytheinterferenceleveloneitheraspecificMALMAIOpair
oronthemostinterferedoneofeitherofaspecificsubcell(BCCH,TCH,TCH_EGPRSorTCH_INNER)orallofthe
selectedtransmitter.
Figure8.106onpage561givesanexampleoftheInterferenceview.Thesignallevelofthetransmitter,Site10_3,is
95.61dBandisindicatedbyaredbar.Theblackbarindicatesthetotalinterferenceexperiencedbythereceiver
(98.65dB). The seven interferers are responsible for 102.69dB (olive green), 103.06dB (yellow), 107.31dB
(purple),111.56dB(olivegreen),115.38dB(green),115.50dB(pink),and117.13dB(olivegreen).Thebarsindi
catingtheinterferencecausedbySite17_1andSite15_1areonlypartiallyfilled.Theentirebarindicatestheinterfer
ence that could potentially be caused by the transmitter whereas the filled part of the bar indicates the actual
interferencecaused.Atransmittersactualinterferencecanbelowerthanitspotentialinterference:
Ifitusessynthesisedfrequencyhoppingmode(reductionduetofractionalload)
Ifitusesadjacentchannels(reductionduetoadjacentchannelprotection)
IfthesubcellitismodellingisaTRX_INNERsubcell(reductionduetoloweroffset).
Inthemapwindow,arrowsfromthereceivertoeachtransmitteraredisplayedinthecolourofthetransmittersthey
represent.Theinterferencelevelsatthereceiverfromtransmittersaredisplayedascaptionsforthesearrows.Ifyou
letthepointerrestonanarrow,theinterferencelevelreceivedfromthecorrespondingtransmitteratthereceiver
locationwillbedisplayedinthetiptextalongwithinformationonthechannelbeinginterferedandthetypeofinter
ference,i.e.,cochanneloradjacentchannelinterference.
559
Forsk2013
5. YoucanchangethefollowingoptionsatthetopoftheInterferenceview:
Transmitter:Selectthetransmitterfromthelist.Thetransmittersinthelistaresortedintheorderofdecreasing
signallevelreceivedatthepointerlocation.
TRXs:Selectthesubcelltype(orALL)tobeanalysed.
Selectwhetheryouwanttheinterferencetobestudiedonaspecificitem(channel,MALorMALMAIOaccording
tothehoppingmode)orthemostinterfereditem.
I:Selectwhethertheinterferenceshouldbecalculatedfromadjacentchannels,cochannels,orfromboth.
InterferenceMethod:SelectwhethertheinterferenceiscalculatedbyCIorbyC(I+N).
6. RightclicktheInterferenceviewandselectPropertiestodisplaytheAnalysisPropertiesdialogue.Thisdialogueis
availablefromthecontextmenuonalltabsofthePointAnalysisToolwindow.Youcanchangethefollowing:
clutterclass.
7. ClicktheDetailstab.
TheDetailstabdisplaysthecurrentpositionandheightofthereceiver,theclutterclassitissituatedon,andforeach
transmitter,itssignallevel,thetotallevelofinterferences(I)overitssubcells,theelementarylevelofDLinterference
ofeachinterferer,andtheresultingtotalDLC/I(orC/I+N).
Inthemapwindow,arrowsfromthereceivertoeachtransmitteraredisplayedinthecolourofthetransmittersthey
represent.Theinterferencelevelsatthereceiverfromtransmittersaredisplayedascaptionsforthesearrows.Athick
blacklinefromthepointertoitsbestserverisalsodisplayedinthemapwindow.Thebestserverofthepointeristhe
transmitterfromwhichthepointerreceivesthehighestsignallevel.Ifyouletthepointerrestonanarrow,theinter
ferencelevelreceivedfromthecorrespondingtransmitteratthereceiverlocationwillbedisplayedinthetiptext
alongwithinformationonthechannelbeinginterferedandthetypeofinterference,i.e.,cochanneloradjacentchan
nel.
8. YoucanchangethefollowingoptionsatthetopoftheDetailstab:
TRXs:Selectthesubcelltypetobeanalysed.
HCSLayer:SelecttheHCSlayertobeanalysed.
I:Selectwhethertheinterferenceshouldbecalculatedfromadjacentchannels,cochannels,orfromboth.
InterferenceMethod:SelectwhethertheinterferenceiscalculatedbyCIorbyC(I+N).Thermalnoiseistaken
intoaccountinthesecondmethodonly.
Foreachtransmitter,youcandisplaytheinterferenceoneachsubcelloronthemostinterferedone.Youcanclickthe
Expandbutton( )ofeachtransmitterordertoexpandthelistofallitsinterferersandtheirindividualIandC/Ilevels.
8.6.2.5 ExampleofAnalysingInterferenceUsingaPointAnalysis
WhenyouusethePointAnalysistostudytheinterferersofatransmitter,theInterferenceviewdisplays,intheformofabar
graph,thesignalleveloftheselectedtransmitter,ablackbarindicatingthetotalinterferenceexperiencedbythereceiver,
andbarsrepresentingthesignallevelsfromeachinterferercontributingtototalinterference.Thebarsrepresentingthesignal
levelofthetransmitteroroftheinterferersconsistoftwoparts:asolidpartwhichindicatesthereceivedsignalorinterfer
ence,andanoutlinedpartwhichindicatestheamountofsignalorinterferencereduction.Thesignallevelofthetransmitter
canbereducedduetosubcellpowerreduction.Foreachinterferer,interferencecanbereduced:
Ifitusessynthesisedfrequencyhoppingmode(reductionduetofractionalload)
Ifitusesadjacentchannels(reductionduetoadjacentchannelprotection)
IfthesubcellitismodellingisaTRX_INNERsubcell(reductionduetoloweroffset).
Inthisexample,thestudiedtransmitterisSite10_3.Potentialinterferencefromallinterferers(bothcochannelandadjacent
channel)receivedonallitsTRXsisstudied;inotherwords,theworstcaseisstudied.Therequestedcelledgecoverageprob
abilityis75%.AswithinterferedzonescoveragepredictionsandcoveragepredictionsbyCIlevels,Atollanalysesthemost
interferedchannelofthestudiedtransmitterifitisusingnonhoppingmodel.
560
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.106:PointAnalysisToolInterferenceview
Thetransmittersinthisexamplearethefollowing:
BRU038_G2hastwosubcells:oneofTRXtypeBCCHandoneofTRXtypeTCH.Neitherhasapowerreductiondefined.
Channel17isassignedtotheTCHTRX.
Channel16isassignedtotheBCCHTRX.
Nonhoppingmodeisassignedtotheallthesubcells,whatevertheTRXtypeis(BCCHorTCH).
ThePointAnalysisgivesthefollowingresults:
ThesignallevelofthetransmitterBRU038_G2is81.33dBmandisindicatedbyalightgreenbar.Itcouldhavebeen
75.94dB,butwasdecreasedby5.39dBduetotheshadowingmargin.Onlythesignallevel(C)isreducedbytheshad
owingmargin(ascalculatedbythecelledgecoverageprobabilityandtheCIstandarddeviationdefinedperclutter
class).Theinterferencelevel(I)isnotaffectedbytheshadowingmargin.
Theblackbarindicatesthetotalinterferenceexperiencedbythereceiver(84.74dB).Atollcalculatestheinterference
levelbyconsidering100%ofthevoiceactivityfactorandtrafficload.NeitherDTX,northetrafficloadofTRXsaretaken
intoaccountinevaluatingtheinterferencelevels.
Theeightinterferersareresponsiblefor86.56dB(DarkBlue),93.94dB(Green),95.13dB(Cyan),96.44dB(Light
Green),101.56dB(Orange),103.13dB(Yellow),107.06dB(Yellow)and109.19dB(Green).Thebarsindicatingthe
interferencecausedbyBRU005_G1,BRU065_G3andBRU006_G3areonlypartiallyfilled.Anentirebarindicatesthe
interferencethatcouldpotentiallybecausedbythetransmitterwhereasafilledpartofthebarindicatestheactual
interferencecaused.
Intratechnologythirdorderintermodulationinterferencecanalsobeoptionallydisplayed.Thisoptionrequiresacti
vationthroughchangesinthedatabase.Whenavailable,theintratechnologythirdorderintermodulationinterfer
encelevelisdisplayedasabarwiththetitleformat"InterfererName:I3(firstchannel,secondchannel)".Formore
informationonhowtoactivatethisoption,contactsupport.
AtthetopoftheInterferenceview,thenameofthemostinterferedchannelonBRU038_G2ischannel17andtheC/Ireceived
is3.41dB.Ananalysisoftheinterferersgivesthefollowinginformation:
ThebarsrepresentingBRU099_G1,BRU063_G1,BRU096_G3,BRU061_G3andBRU094_G3arefull.Ontwooutoffive
transmitters,channel17isassignedtotheTCHTRXofthetransmitter.Fortheotherthreetransmitters,channel17is
assignedtotheBCCHTRX.Theyare,therefore,cochannelinterferers.Nopowerreductionisdefined,thereforethe
interferenceisnotreduced.
ThebarsrepresentingBRU065_G3,BRU006_G3andBRU005_G1arepartlyfull.Thebarsareonlypartlyfullbecause
theinterferenceisreduced:onthesetransmitters,channel17isnotassigned;channel16isassignedtotheBCCHTRX
ofBRU005_G1andtotheTCHTRXofBRU006_G3.Inaddition,channel18isassignedtotheTCHTRXofBRU065_G3.
Theyare,therefore,adjacentchannelinterferersandtheirinterferenceisreducedbytheadjacentchannelprotection
levelof18dB(thedefaultvaluedefinedintheGSMNetworkSettingsproperties).Nopowerreductionisdefinedfor
561
Forsk2013
thissubcell.Ifapowerreductionof3dBhadbeendefinedforthissubcell,theinterferencewouldhavebeenreduced
byanadditional3dB.Afractionalloadmightbeanotherreasonforreducedinterference.
8.6.3 PacketSpecificCoveragePredictions
Thepacketspecificcoveragepredictionsdescribedinthissectioncanuseanexistingfrequencyplan.Ifyouhavenotyetallo
catedfrequencies,youcandosobeforecarryingoutanyofthecoveragepredictionsdescribedinthissection.Forinformation
oncreatingafrequencyplan,see"AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs"onpage458.
Thecoveragepredictionsdescribedinthissectioncanonlybemadeontransmittersthatarepacketcapable,inotherwords,
GPRSorEDGEcapabletransmitters.Forinformationondefiningpacketcapabilitiesonatransmitter,see"CreatingorModi
fyingaTransmitter"onpage367.
Eachofthepacketspecificcoveragepredictionsdescribedinthissectioncanbecarriedoutbasedonafixednoisevalueor
basedonthesettingsforaparticularterminalaswellasthesettingsforaparticularmobility.Forinformationondefininga
terminal,see"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminals"onpage624.Forinformationondefiningamobility,see"Modelling
GSM/GPRS/EDGEMobilityTypes"onpage623.
Thefollowingpacketspecificcoveragepredictionsareexplainedinthissection:
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyGPRS/EDGECodingSchemes"onpage562
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyPacketThroughput"onpage564
"MakingaBLERCoveragePrediction"onpage568
8.6.3.1 MakingaCoveragePredictionbyGPRS/EDGECodingSchemes
InAtoll,youcanmakeacoveragepredictionoftheGPRS/EDGEcodingschemes,whetherchannelshavebeenallocatedor
not.Ifyouhavenotyetallocatedfrequencies,youcandosobeforecarryingoutthecoveragepredictiondescribedinthis
section. For information on creating a frequency plan, see "Allocating Frequencies, BSICs, HSNs, MALs, and MAIOs" on
page458.
YoucanmakeacoveragepredictionofthecodingschemesforeitherGPRS,forEDGE,orforboth.Thechoiceofcodingscheme
isbasedontheDLradioconditions(C,CandC/I,orC/N,C/NandC/(I+N)).Therefore,thebetterthevaluesforCandCIare,
thehigherthethroughputoftheselectedcodingschemewillbe.
Aswell,youcanrestrictthecoveragepredictiontoaselectedterminalormobilityortoacombinationofterminalandmobil
ity.Whenyourestrictthecoveragepredictiontoaselectedterminal,AtollbasesthecoveragepredictionontheCandCI
graphsfortheselectedterminal,aswellasonitsnoisefigure.Aswell,Atollrespectstheterminalsdefinedcodingscheme
limit.Whenyouselectamobility,Atollconsiderswhichtransmittershavethecodingschemeconfigurationthatcansupport
theselectedmobilityandthecodingschemethresholdforthatmobility.Forinformationondefiningaterminal,see"Model
lingGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminals"onpage624.
Acoveragepredictionbycodingschemesenablesyoutodeterminethecodingschemeassignedtotransmitterssharingeither
anidenticalchanneloranadjacentchannelwithothertransmitters.CodingschemesareassignedaccordingtotheDLradio
condition(i.e.,C,CandC/I,withorwithoutthermalnoise)andoptionallyaccordingtoaspecifichoppingmode,frequency
band,mobilitytypeandMAL(See"CreatingorModifyingaCodingSchemeConfiguration"onpage614formoreinformation).
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyGPRS/EDGEcodingschemes:
4. SelectCoveragebyGPRS/EDGECodingScheme(DL)andclickOK.
foreachpixel.
562
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.107:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyGPRS/EDGEcodingscheme
page601).
clutterclass.
8. UnderInterferenceCondition,youcandefinehowAtollwillcalculateinterferencefortheGPRS/EDGEcodingscheme
coverageprediction.
If,underGPRS/EDGE,youselectCandnotCIforthecoverageprediction,theonlyoption
youneedtoselectunderInterferenceConditionistheTRXtypetoconsiderfromtheTRXs
list.
Youcanselectthefollowingparameters:
IfyouwantdiscontinuoustransmissionmodeforTRXswhichsupportittakenintoaccount,selecttheDTXtaken
intoaccountcheckboxandenterthepercentageoftimeduringwhichauseristalkingintheVoiceActivityFactor
textbox.
SelecttheTrafficLoadthatwillbeusedtocalculateinterference:
FromtheInterferenceSourceslist,selectwhethertheinterferenceshouldbecalculatedfromadjacentchannels,
cochannels,orfromboth.Theadjacentchanneleffectonthevictimchannel,i.e.,theinterference,isdecreased
bytheadjacentchannelprotectionlevel.
Intratechnologythirdorderintermodulationinterferencecanalsobeoptionallytakenintoaccountinthetotal
interference.Thisoptionrequiresactivationthroughchangesinthedatabase.Formoreinformation,contactsup
port.
SelecttheDetailedResultscheckboxifyouwanttodisplaydetailedresultspertransmitter.Theresultsdisplayed
563
Forsk2013
SynthesisedFrequencyHoppingMode:TheresultsaredisplayedfortheMALMAIOofeachsubcellinsynthe
sisedfrequencyhoppingmode.
9. UnderGPRS/EDGE,setthefollowingparameters:
FromtheCodingSchemeslist,selectthetechnologyonwhichthecodingschemecalculationwillbebased:
All:IfyouselectAll,bothGPRScodingschemesandEDGEcodingschemeswillbeused.
GPRS:IfyouselectGPRS,onlyGPRScodingschemeswillbeused.
EDGE:IfyouselectEDGE,onlyEDGEcodingschemeswillbeused.DependingontheselectedGPRS/EDGE
configurations,EDGEcodingschemescanbeofthetypeEGPRS(StandardEDGE)orEGPRS2(EDGEEvolution).
SelectwhetheryouwanttobasethecoveragepredictiononCorCandCI.IfyouselectC,theonlyoptionyou
needtoselectunderInterferenceConditionistheTRXtypetoconsiderfromtheTRXslist.
Ifdesired,selectwhichTerminalyouwanttobasethecodingschemecoveragepredictionon.Whenyourestrict
thecoveragepredictiontoaselectedterminal,AtollbasesthecoveragepredictionontheCandCIgraphsforthe
selectedterminal,aswellasonitsnoisefigure.Aswell,Atollrespectstheterminalsdefinedcodingschemelimit.
Ifdesired,selectwhichMobilityyouwanttobasethecodingschemecoveragepredictionon.Whenyouselecta
mobility,Atollconsiderswhichtransmittershavethecodingschemeconfigurationthatcansupporttheselected
mobilityandrelativethreshold.
EnteraNoiseFigure.Bydefault,anoisefigureof8dBisusedifnoterminalisselected.
SelecttheThermalNoiseTakenintoAccountcheckboxifyouwantAtolltoconsiderthermalnoise.
SelecttheIdealLinkAdaptationcheckboxifyouwantthecodingschemethatoffersthehighestthroughputto
beselected.Otherwise,Atollwillchoosethecodingschemeaccordingtosignallevelandquality.
Foracoveragepredictionbycodingschemes,theDisplayType"DiscreteValues"basedontheField"CodingSchemes"
isselectedbydefault.Ifdesired,youcanbasethedisplayin"ValueIntervals"theField"BestCodingSchemes,"in
whichcase,Atolldisplaysthebestcodingschemeforeachpixel.
pixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
8.6.3.2 MakingaCoveragePredictionbyPacketThroughput
InAtoll,youcanmakeacoveragepredictionofthepacketthroughputorquality,whetherchannelshavebeenallocatedor
not.Ifyouhavenotyetallocatedfrequencies,youcandosobeforecarryingoutthecoveragepredictiondescribedinthis
section. For information on creating a frequency plan, see "Allocating Frequencies, BSICs, HSNs, MALs, and MAIOs" on
page458.
YoucancalculatethefollowingtypesofpredictionsusingthePacketQualityandThroughputAnalysis(DL)prediction:
564
RLCthroughputpertimeslot:Basedonthecodingschemedeterminedoneachpixel(see"MakingaCoveragePredic
tionbyGPRS/EDGECodingSchemes"onpage562)andthecalculatedquality,AtollextractstheRLCthroughputper
timeslotasdefinedinthecodingschemeconfigurationassignedtotransmitters.
Applicationthroughputpertimeslotforaselectedservice:UsingtheRLCthroughputpertimeslotandtheapplication
throughputparameters(scalingfactorandoffset)definedfortheselectedservice(see"CreatingorModifyingaGSM/
GPRS/EDGEService"onpage622),Atollevaluatesthethroughputpertimeslotontheapplicationlayer.
EffectiveRLCThroughputforaselectedserviceterminalpair:UsingtheRLCthroughputpertimeslot,Atollcaneval
uateamaximumthroughputforaselectedterminal,assumingthattheterminalusesseveraltimeslotstotransmitthe
packetswitcheddata.ThenumberoftimeslotsusedbytheterminalisgivenbytheproductofthenumberofDL
timeslotspercarrierandthenumberofsimultaneouscarriers(forEDGEevolutionterminals)asdefinedintheter
minalproperties(see"CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminal"onpage624).Forexample,foranEDGE
evolutionterminalusing4DLtimeslotsonacarrierand2simultaneouscarriers,themaximumthroughputwillbe8
timesthecorrespondingRLCthroughputpertimeslot.Inaddition,thenumberoftimeslotspercarrierdefinedinthe
AT320_UM_E0
terminalcanbelimitedbythemaximumnumberoftimeslotspermittedfortheconsideredservice(see"Creatingor
ModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEService"onpage622).
Application Throughput for a selected serviceterminal pair: Using the application throughput per timeslot for a
selectedservice,Atollcanevaluateamaximumthroughputforaselectedterminal,assumingthattheterminaluses
severaltimeslotstotransmitthepacketswitcheddata.Thenumberoftimeslotsusedbytheterminalisgivenbythe
productofthenumberofDLtimeslotspercarrierandthenumberofsimultaneouscarriers(forEDGEevolutionter
minals)asdefinedintheterminalproperties(see"CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminal"onpage624).
Forexample,foranEDGEevolutionterminalusing4DLtimeslotsonacarrierand2simultaneouscarriers,themax
imumthroughputwillbe8timesthecorrespondingapplicationthroughputpertimeslot.Inaddition,thenumberof
timeslotspercarrierdefinedintheterminalcanbelimitedbythemaximumnumberoftimeslotspermittedforthe
consideredservice(see"CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEService"onpage622).
ApplicationthroughputperUserforaselectedserviceterminalpairandconsideringthereductionfactorobtained
fromaselecteddimensioningmodel:Usingthemaximumthroughputforaselectedserviceterminal,Atollcaneval
uateanenduserthroughputbyapplyingareductionfactorexpressingtheactualcapacityoftheservingtransmitter
anditsoccupancytothemaximumthroughput.Thereductionfactorisobtainedfromthedimensioningmodelgraphs
(see"DefiningaGSM/GPRS/EDGEDimensioningModel"onpage445)andisthefunctionofthenumberofavailable
connectionsandthesubcelltrafficload.Thenumberofconnectionsistheratiobetweenthenumberofavailable
packettimeslots(thesumofdedicatedpacketswitchedandsharedtimeslots)andthenumberofterminaltimeslots
(asseenabove).
YoucanmakeathroughputcoveragepredictionforeitherGPRS,forEDGE,orforboth.Aswell,youcanrestrictthecoverage
predictiontoaselectedterminalormobilityortoacombinationofterminalandmobility.Whenyourestrictthecoverage
predictiontoaselectedterminal,AtollbasesthecoveragepredictionontheCandCIgraphsfortheselectedterminal.As
well,Atollrespectstheterminalsdefinedcodingschemelimit.Whenyouselectamobility,Atollconsiderswhichtransmitters
havethecodingschemeconfigurationthatcansupporttheselectedmobility.Atollcanusethenoisefiguredefinedforthe
selectedterminalorauserdefinednoisefigureifnoterminalisselectedorifthecalculationsarebasedonaninterpolation
of the values for CI and C(I+N). For information on defining a terminal, see "Modelling GSM/GPRS/EDGE Terminals" on
page624.
Tomakeacoveragepredictionbypacketthroughputpertimeslot:
4. SelectPacketQualityandThroughputAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.
foreachpixel.
565
Forsk2013
Figure8.108:ConditionsettingsforaPacketThroughputcoverageprediction
assumingthesignalleveloneachlayerexceedstheminimumHCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevel
page601).
clutterclass.
8. UnderInterferenceCondition,youcandefinehowAtollwillevaluateinterferenceforthecodingschemeandconse
quentlythethroughputs.
If,underGPRS/EDGE,youselectBasedonCforthecoverageprediction,theonlyoption
list.
textbox.
566
AT320_UM_E0
port.
FromtheCodingSchemeslist,selectthetechnologyforwhichthepacketthroughputpertimeslotcalculationwill
becalculated:
All:IfyouselectAllbothGPRScodingschemesandEDGEcodingschemeswillbeused.
GPRS:IfyouselectGPRSonlyGPRScodingschemeswillbeused.
EDGE:IfyouselectEDGE onlyEDGE coding schemeswillbe used.Dependingon the selectedGPRS/EDGE
SelectBasedonCifyouwanttobasethecoveragepredictiononC.IfyouselectBasedonC,theonlyoptionyou
needtoselectunderInterferenceConditionistheTRXtypetoconsiderfromtheTRXslist.Otherwise,selectBased
onCI.
Ifdesired,selectwhichTerminalyouwanttobasethecoveragepredictionon.Whenyourestrictthecoverage
predictiontoaselectedterminal,AtollbasesthecoveragepredictionontheCandCIgraphsfortheselectedter
minal.Aswell,Atollrespectstheterminalsdefinedcodingschemelimitandnoisefigure.Selectingaterminalis
obligatoryifyouaremakingamaximumoruserthroughputcoveragepredictionbecauseitisnecessarytoknow
thenumberterminaltimeslots.
mobility.
EnteraNoiseFigure.Bydefault,thenoisefigureis8dB.
Ifyouwanttodisplayeitheranapplicationthroughput/timeslotcoverageprediction,oramaximumoranend
userthroughputcoverageprediction,selecttheservicefromwhichtheapplicationthroughputparameterswillbe
extracted.
SelecttheIdealLinkAdaptationcheckboxifyouwantthecodingschemethatoffersthehighestthroughputper
timeslotforagivenCorCandCItobeselected.Otherwise,Atollwillchoosethecodingschemebyconsidering
onlythecodingschemeadmissionthresholdintermsofCand/orCI.
10. UnderApplicationThroughputperUser,selectthedimensioningmodelfromwhichtheloadreductionfactorcanbe
extractedinordertodisplayanenduserthroughputprediction.
Foracoveragepredictionbypacketthroughput,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"basedontheField"EffectiveRLC
Throughput/Timeslot"isselectedbydefault.Ifdesired,youcanchangethevaluesdisplayedbyselectingoneofthe
followingvaluesfromtheFieldlist:
EffectiveRLCThroughput/Timeslot:EachlayershowstheEffectiveRLCThroughput/Timeslotthatatransmitter
cancarryononetimeslotperpixel.
MaxEffectiveRLCThroughput/Timeslot:TheresultingcoveragegivesthemaximalEffectiveRLCThroughput/
Timeslotoneachpixelfromthepreviousdisplay.
AverageEffectiveRLCThroughput/Timeslot:GivestheaverageEffectiveRLCThroughput/Timeslotthatthetrans
mittercancarryononetimeslotaveragedoneachpixel.IftherearedifferentcoverageareasfordifferentTRXs,
thiscoveragepredictionwillcalculatetheunionofthesecoveragesanddisplaytheaveragevaluesoverthesecov
erageareas,whereastheothercoveragepredictionsforEffectiveRLCThroughput/Timeslotperformanintersec
tionofthesecoveragezones,keepingtheminimumvalueofthroughputperpixel.
ApplicationThroughput/Timeslot:Eachlayershowstheapplicationthroughput/timeslotthatatransmittercan
carryononetimeslotforaparticularserviceperpixel.
Max Application Throughput/Timeslot: The resulting coverage gives the maximal application throughput/
timeslotoneachpixelforaparticularserviceprovidedbyaspecificterminalfromthepreviousdisplay.
Average Application Throughput/Timeslot: The average application throughput/timeslot that the transmitter
cancarryononetimeslotaveragedoneachpixelforaparticularservice.Iftherearedifferentcoverageareasfor
differentTRXs,thiscoveragepredictionwillcalculatetheunionofthesecoveragesanddisplaytheaveragevalues
overthesecoverageareas,whereastheothercoveragepredictionsforapplicationthroughput/timeslotperform
anintersectionofthesecoveragezones,keepingtheminimumvalueofthroughputperpixel.
EffectiveRLCThroughput:EachlayershowsthemaxRLCthroughputthatatransmittercanprovidetoaselected
terminalperpixel.
MaxEffectiveRLCThroughput:TheresultingcoveragegivesthemaximalRLCthroughputoneachpixelfromthe
previousdisplay.
567
Forsk2013
AverageEffectiveRLCThroughput:GivestheaverageRLCthroughputthatatransmittercanprovidetoaselected
terminalaveragedoneachpixel.IftherearedifferentcoverageareasfordifferentTRXs,thiscoverageprediction
willcalculatetheunionofthesecoveragesanddisplaytheaveragevaluesoverthesecoverageareas,whereasthe
othercoveragepredictionsformaxRLCthroughputperformanintersectionofthesecoveragezones,keepingthe
minimumvalueofthroughputperpixel.
ApplicationThroughput:Eachlayershowsthethroughputthatatransmittercanprovidetoaselectedterminal
perpixel.
MaxApplicationThroughput:Theresultingcoveragegivesthemaximalthroughputoneachfromtheprevious
display.
AverageApplicationThroughput:Givestheaveragethroughputthatthetransmittercanprovidetoaselectedter
minalaveragedoneachpixel.IftherearedifferentcoverageareasfordifferentTRXs,thiscoveragepredictionwill
calculatetheunionofthesecoveragesanddisplaytheaveragevaluesoverthesecoverageareas,whereasthe
othercoveragepredictionsforthroughputperformanintersectionoverthesecoveragezoneskeepingthemin
imumvalueofthroughputperpixel.
ApplicationThroughputperUser:Eachlayershowsthethroughputthatatransmittercanprovidetoauserona
pixel,consideringloadreductionfactors.
MaxApplicationThroughputperUser:Theresultingcoveragegivesthemaximaluserapplicationthroughputon
eachpixelfromthepreviousdisplay.
AverageApplicationThroughputperUser:Theaveragethroughputthatthetransmittercanprovidetoauser
averagedoneachpixel.IftherearedifferentcoverageareasfordifferentTRXs,thiscoveragepredictionwillcal
culatetheunionofthesecoveragesanddisplaytheaveragevaluesoverthesecoverageareas,whereastheother
coverages for throughput perform an intersection over these coverage zones, keeping the minimum value of
throughputperpixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
8.6.3.3 MakingaBLERCoveragePrediction
InAtoll,youcanmakeacoveragepredictionoftheblockerrorrate(BLER)measuredpertransmitter,whetherchannelshave
beenallocatedornot.Ifyouhavenotyetallocatedfrequencies,youcandosobeforecarryingoutthecoverageprediction
describedinthissection.Forinformationoncreatingafrequencyplan,see"AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,and
MAIOs"onpage458.
TheBLERisdeterminedafterAtolldetermineswhichcodingschemeistobeselectedforagivenCorCandCI.Whenthe
codingschemehasbeendetermined,1BLERrepresentstheefficiencyfactorappliedtothemaximumthroughputofthe
codingschemetoobtaintheservedthroughput.TheBLERcanbedeterminedforeachpixel.
YoucanmakeaBLERcoveragepredictionforeitherGPRS,forEDGE,orforboth.Aswell,youcanrestrictthecoveragepredic
tiontoaselectedterminalormobilityortoacombinationofterminalandmobility.Whenyourestrictthecoverageprediction
toaselectedterminal,AtollbasesthecoveragepredictionontheCandCIgraphsfortheselectedterminal.Aswell,Atoll
respectstheterminalsdefinedcodingschemelimit.Whenyouselectamobility,Atollconsiderswhichtransmittershavethe
codingschemeconfigurationthatcansupporttheselectedmobility.Atollcanusethenoisefiguredefinedfortheselected
terminalorauserdefinednoisefigureifnoterminalisselectedorifthecalculationsarebasedonaninterpolationofthe
valuesforCIandC(I+N).Forinformationondefiningaterminal,see"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminals"onpage624.
TomakeaBLERcoverageprediction:
4. SelectPacketQualityThroughputAnalysisandclickOK.
568
AT320_UM_E0
foreachpixel.
Figure8.109:ConditionsettingsforaBLERcoverageprediction
page601).
clutterclass.
8. UnderInterferenceCondition,youcandefinehowAtollwillcalculateCIfortheBLERcoverageprediction.
If,underGPRS/EDGE,youselectBasedonCforthecoverageprediction,theonlyoption
list.
569
textbox.
Forsk2013
port.
becalculated:
All:IfyouselectAllbothGPRScodingschemesandEDGEcodingschemeswillbeused.
GPRS:IfyouselectGPRSonlyGPRScodingschemeswillbeused.
EDGE:Ifyou selectEDGE onlyEDGEcodingschemes will be used.Depending on the selectedGPRS/EDGE
SelectBasedonCifyouwanttobasethecoveragepredictiononC.IfyouselectBasedonC,theonlyoptionyou
needtoselectunderInterferenceConditionistheTRXtypetoconsiderfromtheTRXslist.Otherwise,selectBased
onCI.
predictiontoaselectedterminal,AtollbasesthecoveragepredictionontheCandCIgraphsfortheselectedter
minal,aswellasonitsnoisefigure.Aswell,Atollrespectstheterminalsdefinedcodingschemelimit.
mobilityandrelativethreshold.
beselected.Otherwise,Atollwillchosethecodingschemeaccordingtosignallevelandquality.
ForaBLERcoverageprediction,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"isselectedbydefault.Selectoneofthefollowing
valuesfromtheFieldlist:
BLER(%):Thecoverageiscolouredaccordingtotheblockerrorratemeasuredpertransmitter.Ifthethroughput
pertimeslotisgreaterthanthemaximumthroughputpertimeslot,theBLERis0%.
MaxBLER:Givesthecoverageaccordingtothemaximumblockerrorrateperpixelforeachtransmitter.
later:
Calculatebutton(
8.6.4 MakingaCircuitQualityIndicator(BER,FER,orMOS)
CoveragePrediction
InAtoll,youcanmakeacircuitqualityindicatorcoveragepredictionbasedonthebiterrorrate(BER),theframeerasurerate
(FER),orthemeanopinionscore(MOS).Thecircuitqualityindicatorcoveragepredictionsrefertothecodecconfiguration
assignedtoatransmitteror,optionally,toaterminal.Forinformationonusingcodecconfigurationintransmittersandtermi
nals,see"UsingCodecConfigurationsinTransmittersandTerminals"onpage613.
570
AT320_UM_E0
Thecircuitqualityindicatorcoveragepredictioncanuseanexistingfrequencyplan.Ifyouhavenotyetallocatedfrequencies,
youcandosobeforecarryingoutanyofthecoveragepredictionsdescribedinthissection.Forinformationoncreatinga
frequencyplan,see"AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs"onpage458.
Eachofthecircuitspecificpredictionsdescribedinthissectioncanbecarriedoutbasedonafixednoisevalueorbasedon
thesettingsforaparticularterminalaswellasthesettingsforaparticularmobility.Forinformationondefiningaterminal,
see"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminals"onpage624.Forinformationondefiningamobility,see"ModellingGSM/GPRS/
EDGEMobilityTypes"onpage623.
Thecircuitqualityindicatorcoveragepredictiondisplaystheareaswheretheselectedcircuitqualityindicator(BER,FER,or
MOS)forthetransmittersatisfiestheuserdefinedcriteria.ThequalityindicatoriscalculatedusingCNorCNandC(I+N)and
theadaptationorqualitythresholdsdefinedforthecodecconfigurationoneachtransmitter.Transmittersthathavenocodec
configurationdefinedarenottakenintoconsiderationinthiscoverageprediction.Ifatransmitterhasacodecconfiguration,
Atollproceedsasfollows:
Ifaterminaltypeisnotdefinedordoesnothavecodecconfigurationassigned,Atollconsidersthecodecconfiguration
assignedtothetransmitteronly.
Iftheterminalandthetransmitterhavedifferentcodecconfiguration,Atolldeterminestheintersectionofthecodec
modescontainedinthetransmitterandterminalcodecconfiguration.Thecodecmodeisthenselectedaccordingto
the calculated CN or CN and CI+N on and optionally according to a specific hopping mode, frequency band,
mobilitytypeandMAL(See"CreatingorModifyingCodecConfiguration"onpage611formoreinformation)each
pixel.Foragivenqualityoragivencodecmode,lookuptablesdefinedincodecconfigurationprovidethecircuit
qualityindicator(BER,FER,orMOS)displayedasaresult.
Thequalityindicatorusedforideallinkadaptationisdeterminedbythecodecconfigurationassignedtothetransmitters.
Tomakeacircuitqualityindicatorcoverageprediction:
4. SelectCircuitQualityIndicatorAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
foreachpixel.
571
Forsk2013
Figure8.110:ConditionsettingsBLERcoverageprediction
page601).
clutterclass.
8. UnderInterferenceCondition,youcandefinehowAtollwillcalculateinterferenceforthethroughputpertimeslot
coverageprediction.
If, under Quality Indicators Calculation, you select Calculations Based on CN for the
coverageprediction,theonlyoptionyouneedtoselectunderInterferenceConditionis
theTRXtypetoconsiderfromtheTRXslist.
textbox.
572
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanalsoselectinterferencescomingfromanexternalprojectusinganothertechnology.Formoreinforma
tion,see"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage813.
port.
9. UnderQualityIndicatorsCalculation,setthefollowingparameters:
SelectCalculationsBasedonCNifyouwanttobasethecoveragepredictiononCN.IfyouselectCalculations
BasedonCNforthecoverageprediction,theonlyoptionyouneedtoselectunderInterferenceConditionisthe
TRXtypetoconsiderfromtheTRXslist.Thecodecmodeisselectedonlyaccordingtosignallevel.
SelectCalculationsBasedonC(I+N)ifyouwanttobasethecoveragepredictiononCNandC(I+N).
predictiontoaselectedterminalandtheterminaltypeandthetransmitterhavedifferentcodecconfiguration,
Atolldeterminestheintersectionofthecodecmodescontainedinthetransmitterandterminalcodecconfigura
tion.ThecodecmodeisthenselectedaccordingtothecalculatedCNorCNandCI+Noneachpixel.Foragiven
qualityoragivencodecmode,lookuptablesdefinedincodecconfigurationprovidethecircuitqualityindicator
(BER,FER,orMOS)displayedasaresult.
mobility,Atollconsidersthecodecmodeapplicablefortheselectedmobilityonthecodecconfiguration.
Foracircuitqualityindicatorcoverageprediction,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"isselectedbydefault.Selectone
ofthefollowingvaluesfromtheFieldlist:
BER:Thecoverageiscolouredaccordingtothebiterrorratemeasuredpertransmitter.
FER:Thecoverageiscolouredaccordingtotheframeerasureratemeasuredpertransmitter.
MOS:Thecoverageiscolouredaccordingtothemeanopinionscoremeasuredpertransmitter.
MaxBER:Thecoverageiscolouredaccordingtothemaximumbiterrorrateperpixelofthecoveringtransmitters.
MaxFER:Thecoverageiscolouredaccordingtothemaximumframeerasurerateperpixelofthecoveringtrans
mitters.
MaxMOS:Thecoverageiscolouredaccordingtothemaximummeanopinionscoreperpixelofthecovering
transmitters.
later:
Calculatebutton(
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingthecoverageprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow.Theresultsofcircuit
qualityindicatorcoveragepredictionsbasedonBER,FER,orMOSarebrokendownbytransmitter,asyoucanseebyclicking
theExpandbutton( )toexpandtheresultsofthecoveragepredictionafteryouhavecalculatedit.Theresultsofcircuitqual
ityindicatorcoveragepredictionsbasedonMaxBER,MaxFER,orMaxMOSarebrokendownbythreshold.
8.6.5 MakingaServiceAreaAnalysisCoveragePrediction
InAtoll,youcanmakeaserviceareaanalysiscoveragepredictionwhetherchannelshavebeenallocatedornot.Ifyouhave
notyetallocatedfrequencies,youcandosobeforecarryingoutthecoveragepredictiondescribedinthissection.Forinfor
mationoncreatingafrequencyplan,see"AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs"onpage458.
Foracircuitswitchedservice,theaimofthispredictionistoshowtheareaswhere,accordingtotheradioconditions,acodec
mode can be obtained, as explained in "Making a Circuit Quality Indicator (BER, FER, or MOS) Coverage Prediction" on
page570.
Forapacketswitchedservice,theaimofthispredictionistoshowtheareaswhere,accordingtotheradioconditions,acoding
schemecanbeobtained,asexplainedin"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyGPRS/EDGECodingSchemes"onpage562.
Aswell,youcanrestrictthecoveragepredictiontoaselectedterminalormobilityortoacombinationofterminalandmobil
ity.Whenyourestrictthecoveragepredictiontoaselectedterminal,AtollbasesthecoveragepredictionontheCandCI
graphsfortheselectedterminal,aswellasonitsnoisefigure.Aswell,Atollrespectstheterminalsdefinedcodecmode(or
coding scheme) limit. When you select a mobility, Atoll considers which transmitters have the codec (or coding scheme)
573
Forsk2013
configurationthatcansupporttheselectedmobilityandthecodecmode(orcodingscheme)thresholdforthatmobility.For
informationondefiningaterminal,see"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminals"onpage624.
TomakeaServiceAreaAnalysis(DL)coverageprediction:
4. SelectServiceAreaAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
foreachpixel.
Figure8.111:ConditionsettingsforServiceAreacoverageprediction
page601).
clutterclass.
8. UnderInterferenceCondition,youcandefinehowAtollwillevaluateinterferenceforthecodecmode(orcoding
scheme)selection.
574
AT320_UM_E0
intoaccountcheckboxandenterthepercentageoftimeduringwhichauseristalkingintheVoiceactivityfactor
textbox.
SelecttheTrafficloadthatwillbeusedtocalculateinterference:
Youcanalsoselectinterferencescomingfromanexternalprojectusinganothertechnology.Formoreinforma
tion,see"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage813.
Intratechnologythirdorderintermodulationinterferencecanoptionallybetakenintoaccountinthetotalinter
ference.Thismustbeactivatedbymakingcertainchangesinthedatabase.Formoreinformation,contactsup
port.
becalculated:
All:IfyouselectAll,bothGPRScodingschemesandEDGEcodingschemeswillbeused.
GPRS:IfyouselectGPRS,onlyGPRScodingschemeswillbeused.
EDGE:IfyouselectEDGE,onlyEDGEcodingschemeswillbeused.DependingontheselectedGPRS/EDGE
beselected.Otherwise,Atollwillchosethecodingschemeaccordingtosignallevelandquality.
10. UnderCoding,setthefollowingparameters:
SelectCalculationsBasedonCNifyouwanttobasethecoveragepredictiononCN.IfyouselectCalculations
basedonCNforthecoverageprediction,theonlyoptiontoselectunderInterferenceconditionsistheTRXtype
to consider from the TRXs list. The codec mode (or coding scheme) is selected according to signal level and
receivernoiseN.
SelectCalculationsBasedonC(I+N)ifyouwanttobasethecoveragepredictiononCNandC(I+N).
prediction to a selected terminal and the terminal type and the transmitter have different codec (or coding
scheme)configurations,Atolldeterminestheintersectionofthecodecmodes(orcodingschemes)containedin
thetransmitterandterminalcodec(orcodingscheme)configuration.Thecodecmode(orcodingscheme)isthen
selectedaccordingtothecalculatedCNorCNandCI+Noneachpixel.
mobility,Atollconsidersthecodecmode(orcodingscheme)applicablefortheselectedmobilityonthecodeccon
figuration.
SelectwhichServiceyouwanttobasethecoveragepredictionon.Ifyouselectacircuitswitchedservice,theser
vicewillbeservedifatleastonecodecmodecanbeselected.Ifyouselectapacketswitchedservice,theservice
willbeservedifatleastonecodingschemecanbeselected.
OnlytheDisplayType"Unique"canbeselected.Pixelsarecoveredwithauniquecolouriftheselectedservicecanbe
providedontheconsideredpixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
575
Forsk2013
8.6.6 StudyingInterferenceBetweenTransmitters
InAtoll,youcanusetheTxtoTxInterferencetooltostudytheeffectsofaninterferingsignalfromonetransmitteronthe
signalofanyothertransmitterwithinthecomputationzone.Youcanrestricttheinterferencetoasetthresholdoryoucan
baseitonaselectedcoverageprediction.UsingacoveragepredictionenablesyoutocomparetheresultsoftheTxtoTx
Interferencetooltotheresultsoftheselectedcoverageprediction.
YoumusthaveacomputationzonedefinedtousetheTxtoTxInterferencetool.Forinfor
mationoncreatingacomputationzone,see"CreatingaComputationZone"onpage394.
Todisplayinterferencebetweentransmittersonthemap:
1. ClickTools>TxtoTxInterference.TheTxtoTxInterferencewindowappears.
2. UnderTransmitters:
SelectthetransmitterwhosesignalisinterferedfromtheVictimlistorclicktheVictimbutton(
thetransmitterbyclickingitonthemap.
SelectthetransmitterwhosesignalisinterferingfromtheInterfererlistorclicktheInterfererbutton(
selectthetransmitterbyclickingitonthemap.
Thevictimandinterferertransmittersaredisplayedonthemapwithspecificicons(
and
)andselect
)and
).
3. UnderCoverageconditions,selectwhatyouaregoingtobasetheinterferencecalculationon:
Signallevel:Enterasignalthreshold.
Basedonprediction:Selectthecoveragepredictiononwhichyouwanttobasetheinterferencecalculation.
4. Click Calculate. The interference will be displayed on the map if you have selected the Visible check box (see
Figure8.112).
Figure8.112:TheSectortoSectorInterferenceTool
Atollallowsyoutodisplaytheinterferencebetweentransmittersinahistogram.
Todisplayinterferencebetweentransmittersinahistogram:
Afteryouhavecalculatedtheinterferenceasexplainedearlierinthissection,clicktheHistogrambutton.TheStatis
ticswindowappears.
576
orpercentage.
AT320_UM_E0
8.6.7 AuditingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEFrequencyPlan
WhenyouhaveassignedfrequenciestotheTRXs,eithermanuallyorautomatically,youcanmakeanauditofthefrequency
plan.TheauditallowsyoutoverifytheconsistencyandvalidityofthefollowingGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkparameters:
Thetransmitterstobeallocated:Thetransmitterstobeallocated,orTBAtransmitters,aretheactiveandfiltered
transmittersbelongingtothetransmittersfolderfromwhichtheAFPwasstartedandthatarelocatedwithinthefocus
zone.
Thepotentialinterferers:Thepotentialinterferersaretransmitterswhosecalculationradiusintersectsthecalcula
tionradiusofanyTBAtransmitter.
TransmittersinvolvedintheseparationconditionswithTBAtransmitters:Thesearetheneighbours,cositetrans
mitters,transmittersorsubcellsofexceptionalpairsand,incaseofBSICallocation,neighboursofneighbours.
Thefrequencyplanauditautomaticallycheckscertainpointsandallowsyoutodefineadditionalpointstobeverified.The
pointswhichareautomaticallyverifiedare:
EachtransmitterhasasingleBCCHTRXdefined.
Subcellparametersrespectthecelltypeonwhichthesubcellisbased.
TRXparametersrespecttheTRXtypeonwhichtheTRXisbased.
Nofrequency,HSN,orBSICdomainisempty.
ForsubcellswherethehoppingmodeisNHorBBH,eachTRXhasasingle,uniquefrequency.
ForsubcellswherethehoppingmodeisSSH,eachTRXhasadefinedfrequencylist.
ForsubcellswherethehoppingmodeisSSH,themaximumMALlengthisrespected.
ForsubcellswherethehoppingmodeisSSH,theMAIOislowerthanthenumberoffrequenciesintheMAL.
Thenumberoftimeslotspersubcellislowerthanorequaltothemultiplexingfactor(or,fortheBCCHsubcell,the
numberoftimeslotsequalsthemultiplexingfactorminusone).
Thenumberoftimeslotspersubcellisbe0.
Youcanconfigurethefrequencyplanaudittoverifythefollowingpointsaswell:
Frequencydomainsbelongtotheassignedfrequencyband.
Thecurrentfrequencyplanrespectstheassignedallocationstrategy(freeorgroupconstrained).
Theallocatedresources,thefrequency,HSN,orBSIC,belongtotheassigneddomain.
Thereisconsistencybetweentheexcludedchannelsdefinedatthesubcellandtheassignedchannels.
Theexceptionalseparationconstraintsarerespected.
NotransmitterhasthesameBSICBCCHpairasoneofitsneighbours.
NotransmitterhastwoneighbourswiththesameBSICBCCHpair.
Tomakeafrequencyplanaudit:
3. SelectFrequencyPlan>Auditfromthecontextmenu.TheFrequencyPlanAuditdialogueappears.
4. OntheGeneraltab,underLoading,selectthesubcellstobeconsidered:
Loadallthesubcellsinvolvedinseparationconstraints:Selectthischeckboxifyouwantalltransmittersinvolved
inseparationconstraintstobeconsideredintheaudit.Youcanreviewandmodifyseparationconstraintsand
exceptionalpairsontheSeparationtabofthedialogue(seestep8.).
Loadallinterfererspropagatinginthefocuszone:Selectthischeckboxifyouwantallpotentialinterfererstobe
consideredintheaudit.Checkthisboxtoloadallthepotentialserverspotentiallyinvolvedininterferenceswith
serverstobenormallytakenintoaccountthroughthecomputationzone.
5. UnderOptionalChecking,selectthecheckboxesofthedomainconstraintsyouwanttohaveverifiedbytheaudit:
Frequencies:Selectthischeckboxifyouwanttheaudittoverifythatthecurrentfrequencyplanrespectsthe
assignedfrequencydomains.
HSN:SelectthischeckboxifyouwanttheaudittoverifythattheassignedHSNsbelongtotheassignedHSN
domains.
CompliancewiththeAllocationStrategy:Selectthischeckboxifyouwanttheaudittoverifythatthecurrentfre
quencyplanrespectstheassignedallocationstrategy(freeorgroupconstrained).
BSIC:SelectthischeckboxifyouwanttheaudittoverifythattheassignedBSICsbelongtotheassignedBSIC
domains.
6. SelecttheSeparationConstraintscheckboxifyouwanttheaudittoverifythatthecurrentlydefinedseparationcon
straintsarerespected.YoucanreviewandmodifyseparationconstraintsandexceptionalpairsontheSeparationtab
ofthisdialogue(seestep8.)
7. Selectthe(BSIC,BCCH)pairscheckboxifyouwanttheaudittoverifythefollowing:
ThatnotransmitterhasthesameBSICBCCHpairasoneofitsneighbours.
ThatnotransmitterhastwoneighbourswiththesameBSICBCCHpair.
577
Forsk2013
8. ClicktheSeparationstab.OntheSeparationstab,youcan,ifyouwishdefineormodifyseparationconstraintsand
exceptionalseparationconstraints:
a. ClicktheExceptionalPairsbuttontoopentheExceptionalSeparationConstraintsdialogueanddefineexception
alfrequencyseparationstodefinechannelseparationsthatapplytospecificpairsofTRXs.Duringautomaticfre
quencyplanning,theseparationrulesarefirstconsidered,buttheycanbeoverriddenbyspecificentriesinthe
Exceptional Separation Constraints table. For information on defining exceptional separation constraints, see
"DefiningExceptionalFrequencySeparations"onpage481.
b. Whenyouhavefinishedenteringexceptionalseparationconstraints,clickClosetoclosetheExceptionalSepara
tionConstraintsdialogue.
c. InthetableontheSeparationstab,enterormodifytheseparationrules.Theseparationrulessetthechannelsep
arationthatshouldexistbetweenpairsofTRXsonthesametransmitter,samesite,oronadjacentsites.Forinfor
mationondefiningseparationrules,see"DefiningSeparationRules"onpage481.
9. ClicktheDetailedResultstab.OntheDetailedResultstab,youcanselectthecheckboxesofthetypeofinformation
youwantinthereport.
ErrorMessages:Ifyouselectthischeckbox,theauditdisplaysglobalwarningsanderrormessages,aswellasa
summaryofseparationconstraintviolationsbytransmitter/subcell/TRXpairandbyTRX.
WarningsRelatedtoSeparations:Ifyouselectthischeckbox,theauditdisplaysadescriptionofeachseparation
constraintviolation.
AdditionalWarnings:Ifyouselectthischeckbox,theauditdisplaysadditionaldetailedwarnings.
PostponetheGlobalSummary:Ifyouselectthischeckbox,theglobalsummarywillnotbegeneratedimmedi
ately.Instead,theauditresultswillbedisplayedimmediatelyandyoucangeneratetheglobalsummaryatthat
point.
10. ClickOKtostarttheaudit.TheCheckingPlanningConsistencydialogueappears(seeFigure8.113).Theresultsare
giveninagridunderDisplay.UnderMessagesarethedetailedresultsasdefinedinstep9.
IfyouhadselectedthePostponetheGlobalSummarycheckboxinstep9.,theMessagesareawillbeempty.Youcan
generateglobalsummarynowbyclickingtheActionsbuttonandselectingGeneratetheGlobalSummary.
Figure8.113:CheckingPlanningConsistencydialogue
Theresultsarelistedinatablebytransmitter,TRXtype,andTRXandarecodedbycolour.Channelsinblackpresentnosepa
rationviolations.Channelsinredpresentseparationviolations.
AnyseparationconstraintviolationsarelistedintheSeparationViolationscolumn.Youcandisplaydetailsaboutseparation
constraintviolationsbyrightclickingtheseparationconstraintviolationandselectingSeparationConstraintViolationsfrom
thecontextmenu.Amessageboxappearsdisplayingdetailsabouttheseparationconstraintviolation(seeFigure8.114).You
cannavigatetotheTRXwithwhichthecurrentTRXhasaseparationviolationbyclickingthebuttonintheWiththeTRX
column.
578
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.114:Separationviolations
8.6.8 CheckingConsistencyinSubcells
WhennetworkdataisimportedintoanAtolldocument,inconsistenciescanoccurbetweenparametersthatcanbedefined
onthesubcellandTRXandparametersthatcanbedefinedonthetransmitter.Additionally,somesubcellvalueswhichare
eitherusedinanAFPorinpredictionscanbeoutsideanacceptablerange.Thiscanleadto,forexample,unrealisticresultsor
longcalculationtimes.YoucanperformanauditontheconsistencyofalloftheseparametersandhaveAtollautomatically
correcttheseproblemsaswell.
Foreachtransmitter,Atollchecksthat:
ThenumberofTRXsintheTransmitterstablecorrespondstothenumberofTRXsdefinedforthistransmitterinthe
TRXstable.
ThelistofchannelsusedbythetransmitterconsistsofallthechannelsassignedtoTRXsofthetransmitter.
TheBCCHofthetransmitteristhesameasthechannelassignedtotheBCCHTRXofthetransmitter.
ThenumberofrequiredTRXsindicatedintheTransmitterstableequalsthesumofrequiredTRXsofthetransmitters
subcells.
ThehoppingmodeofthetransmittercorrespondstothehoppingmodedefinedforitsTCHsubcell.
Foreachsubcell,Atollchecksthefollowingvalues:numberofrequiredTRXs,numberofrequiredBCCHs,trafficload,recep
tionthreshold,minC/I,halfratetrafficratio,meanpowercontrolgain,DLpowerreduction,AFPweight,targetrateoftraffic
overflow,maxpercentageofinterference,maximumMALlength.
Tomakeasubcellaudit:
3. SelectSubcells>Auditfromthecontextmenu.TheSubcellAuditdialogueappears.
4. UnderConsistencyofredundantvaluesinthetransmitters,subcells,andTRXstables,selecttheAuditthevalues
andgenerateareportintheEventViewercheckbox.AnyproblemsfoundbytheauditwillbedisplayedintheEvent
Viewergroupedbytransmitter.
5. IfyouwantAtolltoupdatethetransmitterparametersthatareinconsistentwiththeirsubcellsandTRXs,selectthe
Fixinconsistenciesbetweentransmittersandtheirsubcellscheckbox.
6. Under Compatibility of the main subcell values, select the Audit the values and generate a report in the Event
Viewercheckbox.WarningswillbedisplayedintheEventViewerforinconsistentvalues:
IfthenumberofrequiredTRXsisgreaterthan31
IfthenumberofrequiredBCCHsisnot1
Ifthetrafficloadislessthan<0.1
Ifthereceptionthresholdisgreaterthan60dBmorislessthan112dBm
IftheminC/Iisgreaterthan18dB
Ifthehalfratetrafficratioisgreaterthan100%orislessthan0
Ifthemeanpowercontrolgainisgreaterthan16dB
IftheDLpowerreductionisgreaterthan25dBorislessthan0dB
IftheAFPweightisgreaterthan3orislessthan0.2
Ifthetargetrateoftrafficoverflowisgreaterthan100orislessthan0
Iftheacceptedinterferencepercentageisgreaterthan100orislessthan1
ifthemaximumMALlengthisgreaterthan62.
7. IfyouwantAtolltofixthesubcellvaluesasfollows,selecttheFixincompatibilitiesfoundinthemainvaluescheck
box.
IfthenumberofrequiredTRXsisgreaterthan62orislessthan1,itisreplacedby1
IfthenumberofrequiredBCCHsisnot1,itisreplacedby1
Ifthetrafficloadisgreaterthan1orislessthan0,itisreplacedby1
Ifthereceptionthresholdisgreaterthan50dBmorislessthan116dBm,itisreplacedby102dBm
IftheminimumC/Iisgreaterthan25dB,itisreplacedby12
Ifthehalfratetrafficratioisgreaterthan100%orlessthan0,itisreplacedby40%
579
Forsk2013
Ifthemeanpowercontrolgainisgreaterthan32dBorlessthan0dB,itisreplacedby4
IftheDLpowerreductionisgreaterthan25dBorlessthan0dB,itisreplacedby0
IftheAFPweightisgreaterthan100orlessthan0,itisreplacedby1
Ifthetargetrateoftrafficoverflowisgreaterthan100orlessthan0,itisreplacedby0
Iftheacceptedinterferencepercentageisgreaterthan100orlessthan1,itisreplacedby1
IfthemaximumMALlengthisgreaterthan62,itreplacedby62.
8. ClickOK.
Ifyouchoosetofixtheincompatiblevalues,AtolldisplaysthereportintheEventViewer.Valuesthatareinconsistentare
changedandAtolldisplayswarningstoinformyouofunrealisticvalues.
8.6.9 DisplayingtheFrequencyAllocation
Atollprovidesseveraltoolsthatenableyoutoviewthefrequencyallocation.Youcanusethesetoolstoanalyseafrequency
planbydisplayingtheoveralldistributionofchannelsorchannelandBSICuseonthemap.Youcanalsosearchforchannels
orBSICs.
"UsingFindonMaptoDisplayChannelReuse"onpage580
"DisplayingtheFrequencyAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings"onpage581
"GroupingTransmittersbyFrequencies"onpage582
"DisplayingtheChannelAllocationHistogram"onpage582.
8.6.9.1 UsingFindonMaptoDisplayChannelReuse
InAtoll,youcanuseFindonMaptosearchforBCCHandnonBCCHchannels,andBSICs.TheFindonMaptoolallowsyouto
viewchannelandBSICreuseonthemap.
FindonMapenablesyoutofindtransmittersusingagivenchannel,BSICorNCCBCC,orcombinationofHSNandMAIO.If
youhavealreadycalculatedanddisplayedacoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonthebestserver,withtheresults
displayedbytransmitter,thesearchresultswillbedisplayedbytransmittercoverage.Channelreuseandanypotentialprob
lemswillthenbeclearlyvisible.Forinformationoncoveragepredictionsbytransmitter,see"MakingaCoveragePrediction
byTransmitter"onpage400.
ByincludingtheBCCH,BSIC,andchannellistofeachtransmitterinthetransmitterlabel,
thesearchresultswillbeeasiertounderstand.Forinformationondefiningthelabel,see
"DefiningtheObjectTypeLabel"onpage46.
SearchingforChannels
YoucanuseFindonMaptosearchforachannel.Youcansearchinallchannels,incontrolchannels,orinnoncontrolchan
nels.
TofindachannelusingFindonMap:
1. ClickTools>FindonMap.TheFindonMapwindowappears.
2. FromtheFindlist,select"GSMChannel."
3. IntheChannellist,enterachannelthatyouwouldliketoallocate.
4. DefinewhereyouwantAtolltosearchfortheselectedchannel:
UsedasBCCH:AtollwillsearchforthechannelwhenusedasaBCCH.
UsedasTCH:AtollwillsearchforthechannelwhenusedasaTCH.
Bydefault,FindonMapdisplaysonlycochannelsubcells.Ifyouwantadjacentchannelstobedisplayedaswell,select
theAdjacentchannelscheckbox.
5. ClickSearch.
WhenyousearchforbothBCCHandTCHTRXtypes,transmitterswiththesamechannelforBCCHaredisplayedinred.
TransmitterswiththesamechannelforanyTCHaredisplayedinorange.Transmitterswithtwoadjacentchannels
(i.e.,achannelhigherandachannellower)aredisplayedinyellow.Transmitterswithaloweradjacentchannelare
displayedingreen;transmitterswithahigheradjacentchannelaredisplayedingreen.Coloursusedforcochannel
casestakeprecedenceoverthecoloursusedforadjacentchannels.Allothertransmittersaredisplayedasgreylines.
WhenyousearchfortheBCCHorTCHTRXtypes,transmitterswiththesamechannelaredisplayedinred.Transmit
terswithtwoadjacentchannels(i.e.,achannelhigherandachannellower)aredisplayedinyellow.Transmitterswith
aloweradjacentchannelaredisplayedingreen;transmitterswithahigheradjacentchannelaredisplayedingreen.
Coloursusedforcochanneltakeprecedenceoverthecoloursusedforadjacentchannels.Allothertransmittersare
displayedasgreylines.
580
AT320_UM_E0
IfyouclearedtheAdjacentchannelscheckbox,transmittersusingthesamechannelaredisplayedinred;allothers,
includingtransmitterswithadjacentchannels,aredisplayedasgreylines.
Torestoretheinitialtransmittercolours,clicktheResetDisplaybuttonintheSearchToolwindow.
SearchingforaCombinationofTRXandSubcellParameters
YoucanuseFindonMaptosearchforacombinationofTRXandsubcellparameters:achannel,BSICorNCCBCC,aswellas
HSNandMAIO.
TofindaBSICBCCHpairusingFindonMap:
2. FromtheFindlist,select"BSICBCCHPair."
3. Selecttheparametersonwhichyouwanttosearch:
BCCHchannel:EnteraBCCHchannelnumber.IfyoudonotenteraBCCHchannelnumber,Atollwillsearchall
specifiedchannelsaccordingtotheotherparameters.
BSICorNCCBCC:EntereitheraBSICoravaluefortheNCCandfortheBCC.
4. ClickSearch.
Transmittersthatmatchthedefinedsearchparametersaredisplayedinred.Allothertransmittersaredisplayedas
greylines.
TofindacombinationofTCHchannelandHSNorMAIOusingFindonMap:
2. FromtheFindlist,select"ChannelHSN/MAIOPair."
3. SelecttheChannel/BSIC/HSN/MAIOtab.
4. FromtheChannellist,selectthechannelnumber.
5. Selecttheparametersonwhichyouwanttosearch:
HSN:IfyouwanttosearchforachannelnumberandanHSN,selectHSNandselectanHSNnumber.
MAIO:IfyouwanttosearchforachannelnumberandaMAIO,selectMAIOandselectaMAIOnumber.
6. ClickSearch.
Transmittersthatmatchthedefinedsearchparametersaredisplayedinred.Allothertransmittersaredisplayedas
greylines.
8.6.9.2 DisplayingtheFrequencyAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings
Youcanusethedisplaycharacteristicsoftransmitterstodisplayfrequencyallocationrelatedinformationonthemap.
Todisplayfrequencyallocationrelatedinformationonthemap:
Youcandisplaythefollowinginformationpertransmitter:
BCCH:TodisplaytheBCCHofatransmitter,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"BCCH"astheField.
BSIC:TodisplaytheBSICofatransmitter,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"BSIC"astheField.
Youcandisplaythefollowinginformationinthetransmitterlabelortiptext:
BCCH:TodisplaytheBCCHofatransmitterssubcells,select"BCCH"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinition
dialogue.
BSIC:TodisplaytheBSICofatransmitter,select"BSIC"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
Channels:Todisplaythechannelsallocatedtoatransmitter,select"Channels"fromtheLabelorTipTextField
Definitiondialogue.
HSN:TodisplaytheHSNallocatedtoatransmitterssubcells,select"HSN"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefi
nitiondialogue.
MAIO:TodisplaytheMAIOallocatedtoatransmitterssubcells,select"MAIO"fromtheLabelorTipTextField
Definitiondialogue.
581
Forsk2013
Celltype:Todisplaythecelltypeallocatedtoatransmitter,select"Celltype"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDef
initiondialogue.
RequiredTRXsperTransmitterorSubcell:TodisplaythenumberofrequiredTRXspertransmitterorpersubcell,
select"RequiredTRXs"or"Subcell:RequiredTRXs,"respectively,fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondia
logue.
NumberofTRXsAssigned:TodisplaythenumberofTRXsassignedtoatransmitter,select"NumberofTRXs"from
theLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
FrequencyBand:Todisplaythefrequencybandassignedtoatransmitter,select"FrequencyBand"fromtheLabel
orTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
GPRS/EDGE:TodisplaywhichtransmittersareGPRS/EDGEcapable,select"GPRS/EDGE"fromtheLabelorTip
TextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
Coding Scheme Configuration: To display the coding scheme configuration assigned to a transmitter, select
"CodingSchemeConfiguration"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
CodecConfiguration:Todisplaythecodecconfigurationassignedtoatransmitter,select"CodecConfiguration"
fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
Becauselabelsarealwaysdisplayed,youshouldavoiddisplayingtoomuchinformationat
thesametime.
5. ClickOK.
Forinformationondisplayoptions,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
8.6.9.3 GroupingTransmittersbyFrequencies
YoucangrouptransmittersintheNetworkexplorerbytheirchannellistorbytheirfrequencyband,orbyboth.
Togrouptransmittersbychannelsorbyfrequencyband:
4. OntheGeneraltab,clickGroupBy.TheGroupdialogueappears.
5. UnderAvailableFields,selecttheparameteryouwanttogrouptransmittersby:
Frequencyband
Channels
6. Click
toaddtheparametertotheGroupthesefieldsinthisorderlist.Theselectedparameterisaddedtothelist
ofparametersonwhichthetransmitterswillbegrouped.
7. Ifyoudonotwantthetransmitterstobesortedbyacertainparameter,selectitintheGroupthesefieldsinthisorder
listandclick
grouped.
.Theselectedparameterisremovedfromthelistofparametersonwhichthetransmitterswillbe
8. ArrangetheparametersintheGroupthesefieldsinthisorderlistintheorderinwhichyouwantthetransmittersto
begrouped:
a. Selectaparameterandclick tomoveituptothedesiredposition.
b. Selectaparameterandclick tomoveitdowntothedesiredposition.
9. ClickOKtosaveyourchangesandclosetheGroupdialogue.
8.6.9.4 DisplayingtheChannelAllocationHistogram
Atollhasafrequencydistributionanalysistool.Youcanopenthefrequencydistributionanalysistoolbyrightclickingthe
Transmitters folder in the Network explorer and then selecting Frequency Plan> Channel Distribution from the context
menu.Thefrequencydistributionanalysistoolgivesyouathreecolumntablewith:
Thechannelnumber
Theload(i.e.,thenumberofoccurencesweightedbythefractionalload)
Thenumberoftimesthatchannelisused.
The load is the same as the number of TRXs if synthesised hopping is not used. When synthesised hopping is used, the
frequencyloadisthesumof1/(MALlength)ofalltheTRXsusingthisfrequency.
582
AT320_UM_E0
ThescopeofthistoolisthesameasthescopeoftheAFP.FormoreinformationontheAFPscope,see"TheScopeoftheAFP
andtheScopeoftheInterferenceMatrix"onpage493.
ThefrequencyloaddistributioncanbedisplayedasahistogrambyclickingtheHistogrambutton.Thehistogramissimilarto
theoneontheHistogramtabintheAFPProgressdialogue.Formoreinformation,see"TheHistogramTab"onpage505.
TheRelationshipBetweenUniformDistributionandQuality
Youshouldbeawarethatuniformdistributionisnotalwayssynonymouswithquality.Whileitisclearthatinsomecasesthe
frequencyusagedistributioncanbeaqualityindicator,itisnotalwaysthecase.ForthisreasontheAtollAFPdoesnothave
acostdedicatedtononuniformityofspectraluse.ThereforeAtollAFPcancreatenonuniformfrequencydistributions.
Whenthefrequencyassignmentproblem(FAP)iseasy,theAFPreachesa0costsolutionandstopsimmediately.Ifit
wasinstructedtousetheminimumspectrumpossible,theAFPwillusethesmallerARFCNsmorethanthelargerones
(andwillleavethelargestARFCNsuntouched,forfutureuse).Otherwise,theAFPwilltrytospreadspectrumuse.By
defaultthisdirectiveisfreeforAFPtuning.
Inmanycases,alargevolumeofallocationconstraintsexistsforadjacentchannelreuse.Thetwoendchannels,(the
biggestandthesmallestinthedomain),havefewerconstraints,becausetheyhaveonlyoneadjacentchannelinuse,
andarethereforeheavilyused.Theadjacentchannels(thesecondinthedomain,andtheonebeforethebiggestin
thedomain)areusedlessoftenthantheothersbecausetheyeachhaveaheavilyusedadjacentchannel.Becausethe
thirddomainfrequencyisadjacenttoaseldomusedchannel,itwillbeusedmoreoftenthanusual.Inthecaseofa
continuousdomain,whichissmall,andwhosesizeisimpair,thiseffectwillresonatestronglyandwillprovideasig
nificantreductioninusageofthesecond,fourth,sixth,etc.,frequenciesofthedomain.
Afteryouhavemanuallyorautomaticallyallocatedfrequencies,youcanviewchannelallocationintheformofatableora
histogram.Foreachchannelused,Atolldisplaysboththechannelload(i.e.,thenumberoftimesthechannelisused,weighted
bythefractionalload)andthetotalnumberoftimesthechannelisused.Theinformationinthetablecaneitherbecopiedor
exportedforuseinanotherapplication.
Todisplaythechannelallocationtableorhistogram:
3. SelectFrequencyPlan>ChannelDistribution.TheChannelUseStatisticstableappears.
4. Youcandothefollowing:
Export:ClicktheExportbuttontoopentheExportdialogueandexporttheChannelUseStatisticstablecontents
asaTXT,CSV,orXLSfile.ForinformationonusingtheExportdialogue,see"ExportingTablestoTextFilesand
Spreadsheets"onpage80.
Histogram:ClicktheHistogrambuttontodisplaytheDistributionHistogramdialogue.Thehistogramrepresents
thechannelsasafunctionofthefrequencyoftheiruse.Youcanmovethepointeroverthehistogramtodisplay
thefrequencyofuseofeachchannel.TheresultsarehighlightedsimultaneouslyintheZoomonselectedvalues
list.YoucanzoominonvaluesbyclickinganddraggingintheZoomonselectedvalueslist.Atollwillzoominon
theselectedvalues.
IntheDistributionHistogramdialogue,youhavethefollowingoptions:
Copy:ClicktheCopybuttontocopythehistogramtotheclipboard.Youcanpastethehistogramasagraphic
intoanotherapplication,forexample,awordprocessor.
Print:ClickthePrintbuttontoprintthehistogram.
8.6.10 CalculatingKeyPerformanceIndicatorsofaGSM/GPRS/
EDGENetwork
Atollallowstheusertocalculateandanalysekeyperformanceindicators(KPI),suchasthereductionfactor,theblocking
probability,andthedelay,thatarecurrentlydefinedforthenetwork.Thisallowsyoutoverifyhowwellthenetworksatisfies
basicperformancecriteria.
Tocalculatekeyperformanceindicators:
3. SelectTraffic>DimensioningandKPICalculationfromthecontextmenu.TheDimensioning/KPIsdialogueappears
(seeFigure8.115).
583
Forsk2013
Figure8.115:TheKPICalculationdialogue:TheDimensioning/KPIdialogue
4. UnderDimensioningParameters,selectthedimensioningmodelthatwillbeusedfortheKPIcalculationfromthe
Modellist.YoucanaccesstheparametersoftheselecteddimensioningmodelbyclickingtheBrowsebutton(
).
5. UnderTraffic(CircuitandPacketDemand),selectwhethertheKPIcalculationwillbebasedonthetrafficdemandcal
culatedinthedefaulttrafficcaptureorthecurrentvalues(circuitandpacketdemands)intheSubcellstable.
IfyouselectFromsubcelltable,definethefollowingadditionalparameters:
SpecifytheMinimumthroughputreductionfactorthatcanbeacceptedinthenetwork.Whenrunningatraf
ficcapture,thisparameterisevaluated(butnotdisplayed)duringthecalculation.Theminimumthroughput
reductionfactormodelsthefactthat,attheuserlevel,theuserthroughputcanbereducedbecauseofhow
muchitwillbemultiplexedwithotherusers.Inotherwords,thisparameterwillbeaffectedbythetrafficload
whichisaconsequenceofdimensioning.
UnderTerminals(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofterminalusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentages
mustequal100.
UnderCircuitServices(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofcircuitserviceusedinthemap.Thetotal
percentagesmustequal100.
UnderPacketServices(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofpacketserviceusedinthemap(assumingthe
packetismadeofmaximumbitrateandconstantbitratepacketservices).Thetotalpercentagesmustequal
100.
6. ClickCalculatetocalculatetheKPIcalculation.
TheoutputofthecalculationappearsintheKPICalculationdialogueunderResults.Youcanselectwhichcolumnsto
displaybyclickingtheDisplayedColumnsbuttonandselectingorclearingthecheckboxofthecolumns.Thefollowing
resultsaregivenforeachtransmitterintheTransmittercolumn:
584
TRXType:Foreachtransmitter,theresultsaregivenbyTRXtype(e.g.,BCCH,TCH,TCH_EGPRSandTCH_INNER).
Together,theTransmitterandTRXTypecolumnsidentifythesubcell.
NumberofTRXs:ThenumberofTRXsassignedforboththesubcell'scircuitswitchedandpacketswitchedtraffic,
whiletakingintoaccountthequalityofservicecriterionassignedforeach.
Load(%):Theaveragedemandintimeslots(packetandcircuit),dividedbythetotalnumberoftimeslotsavailable.
ItrepresentstheaverageoccupancyoftheTRXs.Thisparameterisoneoftheprincipalresultsofdimensioning
alongwiththenumberofTRXs.Inaddition,thisparametermighthavebeenupdatedbyanAFPmodelwhichis
capableofoptimising(i.e.,reduceorincrease)thenumberofrequiredTRXs.Thisresultsinthesubcellloadbeing
modified.
MultiplexingFactor:TheuserorTemporaryBlockFlow(TBF)multiplexingfactor.Themultiplexingfactorcorre
spondstothenumberoftimeslotsperframe.
MaximumNumberofTRXsperTransmitter:ThemaximumnumberofTRXsthatatransmittercansupportisan
inputoftheKPIcalculation.Thisparameterisprovidedbytheequipmentmanufacturer.Thevaluecanbesetfor
eachtransmitterortakenfromthedimensioningmodelfortransmitterswherethisvalueisnotset.
AT320_UM_E0
TargetRateofTrafficOverflow(%):Thisinputparameterdefinesthepercentageoftrafficthatisallowedtoover
flowfromonesubcelltoanotherincasethetrafficassignedtothissubcellisgreaterthanthemaximumtraffic
thatitcanaccommodate.Itcanbeconsideredananticipationofthepercentageoftrafficthatwillberejected
fromhigherprioritysubcellsorlayerstolowerones.Thevalueisspecifiedforeachsubcell.
HalfrateTrafficRatio(%):Thisinputparameterisdefinedpersubcellandindicatesthepercentageofsubcell
trafficthatuseshalfrateaccess.
IfthevaluesaredifferentforBCCHandTCHsubcells,Atollwillusethevaluesforthetargetrateoftrafficoverflow
andthehalfratetrafficratiofromtheBCCHsubcell.
Packetdemand(Kbps):ThePacketTrafficDemandisthetotaltrafficdemandinkilobitspersecondgeneratedby
packetswitchedserviceuserswithinthecoverageareaofthetransmitter.
Packet average demand (timeslots): The number of timeslots needed to satisfy the packet traffic demand
dependsonthemaximumthroughputthatapackettimeslotcansupport.
Average Number of Timeslots per Connection (Packet): This input parameter defines the average number of
timeslots used by packetswitchedtraffic users while accessing services. Packetswitched services allow up to
eight timeslots per connection. The average number of timeslots per connection corresponds to the average
numberofdownlinktimeslots(multipliedbythenumberofsimultaneouscarriersinEDGEEvolution,ifany)over
whichasinglemobileterminalcancommunicateatonetime.
CircuitDemand(Erlangs):TheCircuitTrafficDemandisthetotaltrafficdemandinErlangsgeneratedbycircuit
switchedserviceuserswithinthecoverageareaofthetransmitter.
For concentric cell types, the traffic demand on TCH subcells is different from the one
calculatedduringthetrafficcapture.Forconcentriccelltypes,thetrafficdemandonTCH
subcellsiscalculatedfromthetrafficdemandofthecaptureandtheeffectiverateoftraffic
overflow.
Circuitaveragedemand(timeslots):TheAverageDemandinCircuitTimeslotsiscalculatedtakingintoaccount
theeffectofhalfratecircuitswitchedtraffic:twohalfrateusersareequivalenttoonefullrateuser.
AverageNumberofTimeslotsperConnection(Circuit):TheAverageNumberofTimeslotsperConnection(Cir
cuit)isaninputparameter.Thenumberoftimeslotsperconnectionis"1"forfullratetraffic,otherwiseitdepends
onthehalfratetrafficratio.
Atpresent,Atollonlymodelscircuitcallsusing1timeslotperconnection;thisparameterisforforwardcompati
bility.
ServedCircuitTraffic(Erlangs):TheServedCircuitTrafficisthecircuitswitchedtrafficinErlangsthatthesubcell
canserve.
Theservedcircuitswitchedtrafficiscircuittrafficdemandlesstheeffectiveoverflowedcircuittraffic.
ServedPacketTraffic(Kbps):TheServedPacketTrafficisthepacketswitchedtrafficinkilobitspersecondthat
thesubcellcanserve.
Theservedpacketswitchedtrafficispackettrafficdemandlesstheeffectiveoverflowedpackettraffic.
EffectiveRateofTrafficOverflow(%):TheEffectiveRateofTrafficOverflowistheactualrateoftrafficthatis
rejectedbythesubcellandoverflowsbecauseofalackofpackettimeslots.InaGSMnetwork,thevalueisthe
sameastheblockingprobability.Inamorecomplexnetwork,thisvalueincludesthetrafficoverflowfromallser
vices.
IncaseofErlangB,theeffectiverateoftrafficoverflowcorrespondstotheeffectiveblockingrate.Thisvalueis
calculatedfromtherequirednumberofcircuittimeslots(bothsharedandcircuittimeslots)andthecircuittraffic
demandinErlangBtables.
IncaseofErlangC,theeffectiverateoftrafficoverflowiszeroexceptifthemaximumnumberofTRXsisexceeded.
Theeffectiveblockingrateisinferredfromtherequirednumberofcircuittimeslots(bothsharedandcircuittimes
lots)andthecircuittrafficdemandinErlangCtables.
ProbabilityofCircuitBlockingRate(orDelay)(%):TheCircuitBlockingRateisthegradeofservice(GoS)indicator
forcircuitswitchedtraffic.Itcanbeeithertherateatwhichcallsareblocked(ErlangB)ordelayed(ErlangC),
dependingonwhichqueuingmodelthedimensioningmodeluses.
Minimum Throughput Reduction Factor (%): The Minimum Throughput Reduction Factor is the lowest
throughput reduction factor that can still guarantee service availability. The Minimum Throughput Reduction
Factorisoneofthecriteriaforpacketswitchedtrafficdimensioning.Itiscalculatedusingtheparametersdefined
for the services: the minimum service throughput; the maximum number of timeslots per connection; the
requiredavailability;andtheperpixeltimeslotcapacityofthesubcellcoveragearea.Thisparameteriscalculated
whenmakingthetrafficcaptureorisuserdefineddependingonthesourceoftrafficdemandonwhichtheKPI
calculationisbased.
585
Forsk2013
ThroughputReductionFactor(%):TheThroughputReductionFactoriscalculatedfromthequalitychartsusing
thepacketloadandavailableconnectionsforeachsubcell.Thisreductionfactormustbegreaterthanthemin
imumthroughputreductionfactorforpacketswitchedservicesfortheseservicestobesatisfactorilyavailablein
thesubcell.
Maximum Packet Delay (s): The Maximum Packet Delay is the defined delay in seconds that must not be
exceededfortheservicequalitytobeconsideredsatisfactory.
PacketDelay(s):TheDelayisakeyperformanceindicator(KPI)calculatedusingthequalitygraphs,theload,and
thenumberofconnectionsavailable.Thisdimensioningoutputmustnotexceedthemaximumdelaydefinedfor
theserviceforserviceavailabilitytobeconsideredsatisfactory.
MaximumProbabilityofPacketDelay(%):TheMaximumProbabilityofPacketDelayisdefinedforeachpacket
serviceandisthehighestprobabilitythattheservicewillbeblockedthatisacceptableintermsofserviceavaila
bility.
ProbabilityofPacketDelay(Delay)(%):TheProbabilityofPacketDelayisadimensioningoutputandmustnot
exceedtheMaximumProbabilityofPacketDelaydefinedfortheserviceforserviceavailabilitytobeconsidered
satisfactory.
7. ClickCommittoassigntheloadandtheeffectiverateoftrafficoverflowtothesubcells.
KPIcalculationisbasedonatrafficcapture.Modificationstotrafficmaps,trafficparame
ters,andtransmitterproperties(e.g.,calculationarea,codingschemeconfiguration,etc.)
haveaninfluenceonthetrafficcapture.Therefore,ifyoumodifysomeofthesedata,you
mustrecalculatethetrafficcapturebeforecalculatingKPIs.
AtollAutomaticCellPlanning(ACP)enablesradioengineersdesigningGSMnetworkstoautomaticallycalculatetheoptimal
networksettingsintermsofnetworkcoverageandquality.TheACPcanalsobeusedtoaddsitesfromalistofcandidatesites
ortoremoveunnecessarysitesorsectors.AtollACPcanalsobeusedincoplanningprojectswherenetworksusingdifferent
radioaccesstechnologiesmustbetakenintoconsiderationwhencalculatingtheoptimalnetworksettings.
remotelycontrolledbyoperators:antennaelectricaltiltandtransmissionpower.ACPcanalsobeusedduringtheinitialplan
ningstageofaGSMnetworkbyenablingtheselectionoftheantenna,anditsazimuth,height,andmechanicaltilt.ACPnot
onlytakestransmittersintoaccountinoptimisationsbutalsoanyrepeatersandremoteantennas.
transmitters.
suggestedchanges.
howyoucanviewtheresultsofanoptimisation.Inthissection,onlytheconceptsspecifictoGSMnetworksareexplained:
"GSMOptimisationObjectives"onpage586
"GSMQualityParameters"onpage587
"TheGSMQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage587.
8.7.1 GSMOptimisationObjectives
Atoll.InprojectsusingGSM,eitheralone,orinacoplanningormultiRATproject,thefollowingobjectivesareused:
Coverage
Celldominance
Forinformationonsettingobjectiveparameters,see"SettingObjectiveParameters"onpage243.
586
AT320_UM_E0
8.7.2 GSMQualityParameters
definedintheselectedcoveragepredictionasthedefaultforitsownpredictions.However,ifyouhavesavedthedisplay
optionsofanACPpredictionasdefault,orifyouareusingaconfigurationfileforACP,thesedefinedrangesandcolourswill
beusedasthedefault,overridingthesettingsintheselectedcoverageprediction.
InprojectsusingGSM,eitheralone,orinacoplanningormultiRATproject,thefollowingqualityparametersareused:
Overlap
BCCHsignallevel
TodefinethequalityparametersforGSM:
3. UnderParameters,expandGSM.
Youcanbasetheevaluationoftheobjectivesonacalculatedcoveragepredictionoronmanualconfiguration.Ifyou
basethecoveragepredictionsettingsonacalculatedcoverageprediction,ACPwillusetherangesandcoloursdefined
intheselectedcoveragepredictionasthedefaultforitsownpredictions.
However,ifyouhavesavedthedisplayoptionsofanACPpredictionasdefault,orifyouareusingaconfigurationfile
forACP,thesedefinedrangesandcolourswillbeusedasthedefault,overridingthesettingsintheselectedcoverage
prediction.ForinformationonsettingACPpredictiondisplayoptionsasthedefault,see"ChangingtheDisplayProp
erties of ACP Predictions" on page287. For information on saving a configuration file, see "Configuring Default
Settings"onpage231.
4. ClickOverlap.Intherighthandpane,youcandefinehowtheACPwillevaluateoverlappingcoverage.
5. SelectwhattheobjectiveevaluationwillbebasedonfromtheBasepredictionsettingsonlist:
Manualconfiguration:IfyouselectManualConfigurationfromtheBasepredictionsettingsonlist,definean
OverlapthresholdmarginandselecteitherSubcellCthreshold,thereceptionthresholddefinedpersubcell,or
GlobalCthresholdanddefineareceptionthresholdtobeusedforallsubcellsfromtheaMinimumsignallevel
list.
CoveragePrediction:IfyouselectacoveragepredictionfromtheBasepredictionsettingsonlist,theACPwill
evaluateoverlappingcoverageusingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
OnlycoveragepredictionsdisplayingaNumberofServersperpixelcanbeaccessedbythe
ACP.
6. UnderGSMinthelefthandpaneunderParameters,selectBCCHSignalLevel.
Manualconfiguration:IfyouselectManualConfigurationfromtheBasepredictionsettingsonlist,youcanselect
theEnableshadowingmargincheckboxanddefineaCelledgecoverageprobability.Thestandarddeviations
definedintheAtollclutterareusedor,ifnoclutterinformationisavailable,defaultvaluesareused.
evaluatetheBCCHsignallevelusingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
8.7.3 TheGSMQualityAnalysisPredictions
ThequalityanalysispredictionsenableyoutodisplaytheBCCHqualityandoverlappingcoveragepredictionsintheAtollmap
window.ThesepredictionsarethesameasthosedisplayedontheQualitytaboftheoptimisationsPropertiesdialogue.
587
Forsk2013
ThequalityanalysispredictionscreatedinACPareequivalenttothosecreatedbydifferentAtollcoveragepredictions.The
correspondencetablebelowshowstheACPpredictionsandtheirequivalentsinAtoll.
QualityAnalysisPredictioninACP
EquivalentPredictioninAtoll
Field="Field"settingonDisplaytab
BCCHSignalLevel
CoveragebySignalLevel(DL)(1)
Field=BestSignalLevel(dBm)
Overlap
OverlappingZones(DL)(2)
Field=NumberofServers
(1)
Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyDLSignalLevel"onpage396.
Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictiononOverlappingZones"onpage405.
(2)
Making these predictions available within ACP enables you to quickly validate the optimisation results without having to
committheresultsandthencalculateacoveragepredictioninAtoll.TheACPpredictionsdisplayresultsverysimilartothose
thatAtollwoulddisplayifyoucommittedtheoptimisationresultsandcalculatedAtollcoveragepredictions,however,before
basinganydecisiontocommittheoptimisationresultsonthepredictionsproducedbyACP,youshouldkeepthefollowing
recommendationsinmind:
YoushouldverifytheresultswithadifferentAtollcoverageprediction,suchastheinterferedzonesprediction.
ACPgeneratedpredictionsaregeneratedusingtheentiresetofproposedchanges.Theydonottakeintoaccountthe
changesubsetdefinedontheChangeDetailstab.
Thepredictionsareonlyprovidedfortheusedorrequestedcarrier(GSM900,GSM1800,etc.)separately.
Evenaftercommittingtheoptimisationresults,smalldifferencescanappearbetweentheACPpredictionsandthe
predictionsresultingfromAtollcoveragepredictions.
YoucanviewtheexactBCCHvalueonanypixelbylettingthepointerrestoverthepixel.TheBCCHvalueisthendisplayedin
tiptext.
Fortheoverlappingzonesprediction,youcansetthebestserverthresholdontheObjectivestabofthesetupProperties
dialogue,intheParameterssectionunderGSM>Overlap(see"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"onpage231),orbysettingthe
"CellOverlap"parameterintheacp.inifile.
Foreachnetworkqualitycoverageprediction,ACPoffersapredictionshowingtheinitialnetworkstate,thefinalnetwork
state,andapredictionshowingthechangesbetweentheinitialandfinalstate.
AnimportantstepintheprocessofcreatingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkisverifyingthecapacityofthenetwork.Thisisdone
usingmeasurementsofthestrengthofthepilotsignalindifferentlocationswithintheareacoveredbythenetwork.This
collectionofmeasurementsiscalledadrivetestdatapath.
network.
"ImportingaDriveTestDataPath"onpage588
"DisplayingDriveTestData"onpage591
"DefiningtheDisplayofaDriveTestDataPath"onpage591
"NetworkVerification"onpage592
"ExportingaDriveTestDataPath"onpage599
"ExtractingCWMeasurementsfromDriveTestData"onpage599
"PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataWindow"onpage600.
8.8.1 ImportingaDriveTestDataPath
InAtoll,youcananalysedrivetestsbyimportingdrivetestdataintheformofASCIItextfiles(withtabs,commas,semicolons,
orspacesasseparator),TEMSFICSPlanetexportfiles(withtheextensionPLN),orTEMStextexportfiles(withtheextension
FMT).
ForAtolltobeabletousethedatainimportedfiles,theimportedfilesmustcontainthefollowinginformation:
588
Thepositionofdrivetestdatapoints.Whenyouimportthedata,youmustindicatewhichcolumnsgivetheabscissa
andordinate(XYcoordinates)ofeachpoint.
Informationidentifyingscannedcells(forexample,servingsubcells,neighboursubcells,oranyothersubcells).Trans
mittersmaybeidentifiedbytheirIDsortheirBCCHandBSIC.
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanimportasingledrivetestdatafileorseveraldrivetestdatafilesatthesametime.Ifyouregularlyimportdrivetest
datafilesofthesameformat,youcancreateanimportconfiguration.Theimportconfigurationcontainsinformationthat
definesthestructureofthedatainthedrivetestdatafile.Byusingtheimportconfiguration,youwillnotneedtodefinethe
datastructureeachtimeyouimportanewdrivetestdatafile.
Toimportoneorseveraldrivetestdatafiles:
2. RightclicktheDriveTestDatafolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. Youcanimportoneorseveralfiles.Selectthefileorfilesyouwanttoopen.
Ifyouareimportingmorethanonefile,youcanselectcontiguousfilesbyclickingthefirst
fileyouwanttoimport,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastfileyouwanttoimport.You
canselectnoncontiguousfilesbypressingCTRLandclickingeachfileyouwanttoimport.
5. ClickOpen.TheImportofMeasurementFilesdialogueappears.
FileswiththeextensionPLN,aswellassomeFMTfiles(createdwithpreviousversionsof
TEMS)areimporteddirectlyintoAtoll;youwillnotbeaskedtodefinethedatastructure
usingtheImportofMeasurementFilesdialogue.
6. Ifyoualreadyhaveanimportconfigurationdefiningthedatastructureoftheimportedfileorfiles,youcanselectit
fromtheImportconfigurationlistontheSetuptaboftheImportofMeasurementFilesdialogue.Ifyoudonothave
animportconfiguration,continuewithstep7.
a. UnderImportconfiguration,selectanimportconfigurationfromtheImportconfigurationlist.
Whenimportingadrivetestdatapathfile,existingconfigurationsareavailablein
theFilesoftypelistoftheOpendialogue,sortedaccordingtotheirdateofcrea
tion.AfteryouhaveselectedafileandclickedOpen,Atollautomaticallyproposes
aconfiguration,ifitrecognisestheextension.Ifseveralconfigurationsareassoci
atedwithanextension,Atollchoosesthefirstconfigurationinthelist.
Thedefinedconfigurationsarestored,bydefault,inthefile"NumMeasINIFile.ini",
locatedinthedirectorywhereAtollisinstalled.FormoreinformationontheNum
MeasINIFile.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
7. ClicktheGeneraltab.OntheGeneraltab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Name:Bydefault,Atollnamesthenewdrivetestdatapathaftertheimportedfile.Youcanchangethisnameif
desired.
UnderReceiver,settheHeightofthereceiverantennaandtheGainandLosses.
UnderMeasurementConditions,
Units:Selectthemeasurementunitsused.
Coordinates:Bydefault,AtollimportsthecoordinatesusingthedisplaysystemoftheAtolldocument.Ifthe
coordinatesusedinthefileyouareimportingaredifferentthanthecoordinatesusedintheAtolldocument,
youmustclicktheBrowsebutton(
)andselectthecoordinatesystemusedinthedrivetestdatafile.Atoll
willthenconvertthedataimportedtothecoordinatesystemusedintheAtolldocument.
8. ClicktheSetuptab(seeFigure8.116).
589
Forsk2013
Figure8.116:TheSetuptaboftheImportofMeasurementFilesdialogue
a. UnderFile,enterthenumberofthe1stMeasurementRow,selectthedataSeparator,andselecttheDecimal
Symbolusedinthefile.
b. ClicktheSetupbuttontolinkfilecolumnsandinternalAtollfields.TheDriveTestDataSetupdialogueappears.
c. UnderMeasurementpointposition,selectthecolumnsintheimportedfilethatgivetheXCoordinatesandthe
YCoordinatesofeachpointinthedrivetestdatafile.
YoucanalsoidentifythecolumnscontainingtheXYcoordinatesofeachpointinthedrive
testdatafilebyselectingthemfromtheFieldrowofthetableontheSetuptab.
d. IfyouareimportingdrivetestdatabyIDastransmitteridentifiers:
i.
UnderServeridentification,selectByIDandthecolumncontainingtheIDsofthescannedtransmittersinthe
ByIDlist.
e. IfyouareimportingdatausingBSICandBCCHastransmitteridentifiers:
i.
UnderServeridentification,selectByBSIC/BCCH.
ii. IntheBSICidentifierbox,enterastringthatisfoundinthecolumnnamesidentifyingtheBSICsofthescanned
subcells.Forexample,ifthestring"BSIC"isfoundinthecolumnnamesidentifyingtheBSICofthescanned
subcells,enterithere.Atollwillthensearchforcolumnswiththisstringinthecolumnname.
iii. In the BCCH identifier box, enter a string that is found in the column names identifying the BCCH of the
scannedsubcells.Forexample,ifthestring"BCCH"isfoundinthecolumnnamesidentifyingtheBCCHof
scannedsubcells,enterithere.Atollwillthensearchforcolumnswiththisstringinthecolumnname.
IfthereisnoBCCHinformationcontainedinthedrivetestdatafile,leavetheBCCHidentifierboxempty.
iv. IntheBSICformatlist,selectthescramblingcodeformat,"Decimal"or"Octal."
f. ClickOKtoclosetheDriveTestDataSetupdialogue.
590
AT320_UM_E0
IfyouhavecorrectlyenteredtheinformationunderFileontheSetuptab,andthe
necessaryvaluesintheDriveTestDataSetupdialogue,Atollshouldrecogniseall
columnsintheimportedfile.Ifnot,youcanclickthenameofthecolumninthe
tableintheFieldrowandselectthecolumnname.Foreachfield,youmustensure
thateachcolumnhasthecorrectdatatypeinorderforthedatatobecorrectly
interpreted.ThedefaultvalueunderTypeis"<Ignore>".Ifacolumnismarkedwith
"<Ignore>",itwillnotbeimported.
ThedatainthefilemustbestructuredsothatthecolumnsidentifyingtheBCCH
andtheBSICareplacedbeforethedatacolumnsforeachsubcell.OtherwiseAtoll
willnotbeabletoproperlyimportthefile.
9. Ifyouwanttosavethedefinitionofthedatastructuresothatyoucanuseitagain,youcansaveitasanimportcon
figuration:
a. OntheSetuptab,underImportconfiguration,clickSave.TheConfigurationdialogueappears.
b. Bydefault,Atollsavestheconfigurationinafilecalled"NumMeasINIfile.ini"foundinAtollsinstallationfolder.If
youcannotwriteintothatfolder,youcanclicktheBrowsebuttontochooseadifferentlocation.
c. EnteraConfigurationnameandanExtensionofthefilesthatthisimportconfigurationwilldescribe(forexample,
"*.csv").
d. ClickOK.
Atollwillnowselectthisimportconfigurationautomaticallyeverytimeyouimportadrivetestdatapathfilewith
theselectedextension.Ifyouimportafilewiththesamestructurebutadifferentextension,youwillbeableto
selectthisimportconfigurationfromtheImportconfigurationlist.
Youdonothavetocompletetheimportproceduretosavetheimportconfigura
tionandhaveitavailableforfutureuse.
WhenimportingaCWmeasurementfile,youcanexpandtheNumMeasINIfile.ini
filebyclickingtheExpandbutton( )infrontofthefileunderImportconfigura
tiontodisplayalltheavailableimportconfigurations.Whenselectingtheappro
priateconfiguration,theassociationsareautomaticallymadeinthetableatthe
bottomofthedialogue.
Youcandeleteanexistingimportconfigurationbyselectingtheimportconfigura
tionunderImportconfigurationandclickingtheDeletebutton.
10. ClickImport,ifyouareonlyimportingasinglefile,orImportAll,ifyouareimportingmorethanonefile.Themobile
dataareimportedintothecurrentAtolldocument.
8.8.2 DisplayingDriveTestData
WhenyouhaveimportedthedrivetestdataintothecurrentAtolldocument,youcandisplayitinthemapwindow.Then,
youcanselectindividualdrivetestdatapointstoseeinformationaboutthetransmittersatthatlocation.
Todisplayinformationaboutasingledrivetestdatapoint:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheDriveTestDatafolder.
3. Selectthedisplaycheckboxbesidethedrivetestdatayouwanttodisplayinthemapwindow.Thedrivetestdatais
displayed.
4. Clickandholdthedrivetestdatapointonwhichyouwantserverandneighbourinformation.Atolldisplaysanarrow
pointingtowardstheservingtransmittersandneighbours(seeFigure8.121onpage598),withanumberidentifying
theserverasnumberedinthedrivetestdata.Ifthetransmitterdisplaytypeis"Automatic,"boththenumberandthe
arrowaredisplayedinthesamecolourasthetransmitter.Forinformationonchangingthedisplaytypeto"Auto
matic,"see"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44.
8.8.3 DefiningtheDisplayofaDriveTestDataPath
DrivetestdatapathshavethestandardAtolldisplaydialoguetoallowyoutodefinethedisplayaccordingtoanyavailable
attribute,tomanagepermanentlabelsonthemap,tiptexts,andthelegend.
Toopenthedisplaydialogueofadrivetestdatapath:
591
Forsk2013
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathwhosedisplayyouwanttodefine.Thecontextmenuappears.
Eachsinglepointcanbedisplayedbyauniqueattribute,oraccordingto:
atextorintegerattribute(discretevalue)
anumericalvalue(valueinterval).
Inaddition,alastoptionisavailablewhichpermitstodisplaypointsaccordingtomorethanonecriterionatatime.Byselect
ingAdvancedDisplayfromtheDisplayType,adialogueopensinwhichyoucandefinethefollowingdisplayforeachsingle
pointofthemeasurementpath:
asymboltypeaccordingtoanyattribute
asymbolcolouraccordingtoanyattribute
asymbolsizeaccordingtoanyattribute
Withsuchsettings,youcan,forexample,displayasignallevelbycolour,chooseasymboltypeforTransmitter1(circle,trian
gle,cross,etc.)andasizeaccordingtothealtitude.
FastDisplayforcesAtolltousethelightestsymboltodisplaypoints.FastDisplay
isusefulwhenyouhaveaverylargeamountofpointswhichwouldrequireagreat
amountofcomputerresourcestodisplay.
UsingAdvancedDisplayonsymbolsispossibleonlyiftheFastDisplaycheckbox
iscleared.
YoucansortdrivetestdatapathsinalphabeticalorderintheNetworkexplorerby
selectingSortAlphabeticallyfromtheDriveTestDatacontextmenu.
Youcansavethedisplaysettings(suchascoloursandsymbols)ofadrivetestdata
pathinauserconfigurationfiletomakethemavailableforuseonanotherdrive
testdatapath.Tosaveorloadtheuserconfigurationfile,clicktheActionsbutton
ontheDisplaytabofthepathpropertiesdialogueandselectSaveorLoadfrom
theDisplayConfigurationsubmenu.
8.8.4 NetworkVerification
TheimporteddrivetestdataisusedtoverifytheGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork.Toimprovetherelevanceofthedata,Atollallows
youtofilteroutincompatibleorinaccuratepoints.Youcanthenusethedataforcoveragepredictions,eitherbycomparing
theimportedmeasurementswithpreviouslycalculatedcoveragepredictions,orbycreatingnewcoveragepredictionsusing
theimporteddrivetestdata.
"FilteringIncompatiblePointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths"onpage592
"PredictingtheSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints"onpage594
"CreatingCoveragePredictionsonDriveTestDataPaths"onpage595
"DisplayingStatisticsOveraDriveTestDataPath"onpage596
"ExtractingaFieldFromaDriveTestDataPathforaTransmitter"onpage597
"AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath"onpage597.
8.8.4.1 FilteringIncompatiblePointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths
Whenusingadrivetestdatapath,somemeasuredpointsmightpresentvaluesthataretoofaroutsideofthemedianvalues
tobeusefulincalibration.Aswell,testpathsmightincludetestpointsinareasthatarenotrepresentativeofthedrivetest
datapathasawhole.Forexample,atestpaththatincludestwoheavilypopulatedareasmightalsoincludetestpointsfrom
themorelightlypopulatedregionbetweenthetwo.
InAtoll,youcanfilteroutpointsthatareincompatiblewiththepointsyouarestudying,eitherbyfilteringouttheclutter
classeswheretheincompatiblepointsarelocated,orbyfilteringoutpointsaccordingtotheirproperties.
Tofilteroutincompatiblepointsbyclutterclass:
2. RightclicktheDriveTestDataonwhichyouwanttofilteroutincompatiblepoints:
AllDriveTestDatameasurements:RightclicktheDriveTestDatafolder.
OnlyoneDriveTestDatapath:ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheDriveTestDatafolder.Thecontext
menuappears.
3. SelectFilterfromthecontextmenu.TheCWMeasurementFilterdialogueappears.
592
AT320_UM_E0
4. InthePerClutterwindow,underFilter,clearthecheckboxesoftheclutterclassesyouwanttofilterout.Onlythe
clutterclasseswhosecheckboxisselectedwillbetakenintoaccount.
5. Ifyouwanttokeepthemeasurementpointsthatareinsidethefocuszone,selecttheUsefocuszonetofiltercheck
box.
6. Ifyouwanttopermanentlyremovethemeasurementpointsoutsidethefilter,selecttheDeletePointsOutsideFilter
checkbox.
Ifyoupermanentlydeletemeasurementpointsandlaterwanttousethem,youwillhavetoreimporttheoriginalmeasure
mentdata.
Tofilteroutincompatiblepointsusingafilter:
2. RightclicktheDriveTestDataonwhichyouwanttofilteroutincompatiblepoints:
OnlyoneDriveTestDatapath:ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheDriveTestDatafolder.Thecontext
menuappears.
3. SelectFilterfromthecontextmenu.TheCWMeasurementFilterdialogueappears.
4. ClickMore.TheFilterdialogueappears.
6. SelectaFieldfromthelist.
7. UnderValuestoInclude,youwillfindallthevaluesrepresentedintheselectedfield.Selectthecheckboxesnextto
thevaluesyouwanttoincludeinthefilter.ClickClearAlltoclearallcheckboxes.
9. IntheColumnrow,selectthenameofthecolumntobefilteredonfromthelist.Selectasmanycolumnsasyouwant
(seeFigure8.117).
i.
Underneatheachcolumnname,enterthecriteriaonwhichthecolumnwillbefilteredasexplainedinthefol
lowingtable:
Formula
=X
<>X
<X
>X
<=X
>=X
*X*
593
Forsk2013
Formula
*X
textobjectsendwithX
X*
ii. ClickOKtofilterthedataaccordingtothecriteriayouhavedefined.
Combinationsoffiltersarefirstmadehorizontally,thenvertically.Formoreinformationonfilters,see"Ad
vancedDataFiltering"onpage94.
iii. ClickOKtoapplythefilterandclosethedialogue.
Youcanupdateheights(oftheDTM,andclutterheights)andtheclutterclassofdrivetest
data points after adding new geographic maps or modifying existing ones by selecting
RefreshGeoDatafromthecontextmenuoftheDriveTestDataPathsfolder.
8.8.4.2 PredictingtheSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints
Topredictthesignallevelondrivetestdatapoints:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathonwhichyouwanttocreatethepointprediction.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectCalculations>CreateaNewPredictionfromthecontextmenu.ThePredictionTypesdialogueappears.
5. UnderPointpredictions,selectPointSignalLevelandclickOK.ThePointSignalLevelPropertiesdialogueappears
(seeFigure8.118).
Figure8.118:PointSignalLevelPropertiesDialogue
Theerrorsbetweenmeasuredandpredictedsignallevelscanbecalculatedandaddedtothedrivetestdatatable.
6. Ifyouwanttocalculateerrorsbetweenmeasuredandpredictedsignallevels,underSelectsignallevelsforerrorcal
culations,selectthenamesofthecolumnsrepresentingmeasuredsignallevelvaluesinthedrivetestdatatablefor
whichyouwanttocalculatetheerrors(seeFigure8.119).Ifyoudonotwanttoaddthisinformationtothedrivetest
datatable,continuewithstep7.
Figure8.119:Selectingmeasuredsignallevelsforwhicherrorswillbecalculated
7. ClickOK.Anewpointpredictioniscreatedfortheselecteddrivetestdatapath.
8. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapath.Thecontextmenuappears.
9. SelectCalculations>CalculateAllthePredictionsfromthecontextmenu.
594
AT320_UM_E0
IfyouchosetohaveAtollcalculatetheerrorsbetweenmeasuredandpredictedsignallevels,newcolumnsareaddedtothe
drive test data table for the predicted point signal level from the serving cell and the errors between the measured and
predictedvalues.
Figure8.120:DriveTestDataTableafterPointSignalLevelPrediction(withErrorCalculations)
New columns are also added for the predicted point signal level from each neighbour cell and the errors between the
predictedandmeasuredvalues.ThevaluesstoredinthesecolumnscanbedisplayedintheDriveTestDataanalysistool.For
moreinformationontheDriveTestDataanalysistool,see"AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath"onpage597.
Thepropagationmodelusedtocalculatethepredictedpointsignallevelsistheoneassignedtothetransmitterforthemain
matrix.Formoreinformationonpropagationmodels,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
8.8.4.3 CreatingCoveragePredictionsonDriveTestDataPaths
Youcancreatethefollowingcoveragepredictionsforalltransmittersoneachpointofadrivetestdatapath:
CoveragebySignalLevel(DL)
CoveragebyC/ILevel(DL)
Tocreateacoveragepredictionalongadrivetestdatapath:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatatowhichyouwanttoaddacoverageprediction.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. UnderStandardPredictions,selectoneofthefollowingcoveragepredictionsandclickOK:
CoveragebySignalLevel(DL):ClicktheConditionstab.
IfyouselectShadowingTakenIntoAccountcheckbox,youcanchangetheCellEdgeCoverageProbability.
perclutterclass.
CoveragebyC/I:ClicktheConditionstab.
OntheConditionstab,youcandefinethesignalsthatwillbeconsideredforeachpixel.Youcanclickthedown
assumingthissignalleveloneachlayerexceedstheminimumHCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayer
levelorspecificallyforeachtransmitter.Whenyouselect"BestSignalLevelperHCSLayer"or"All,"there
mightbeareaswhereseveraltransmittersexperienceinterference.Onthesepixels,severalCIvaluesare
calculated.Therefore,ontheDisplaytab,youselecttodisplayeitherthelowestCIlevelorthehighestCI
level(formoreinformation,see"ComparingServiceAreasinCalculations"onpage601).
595
Forsk2013
IfyouselectShadowingTakenintoAccount,youcanchangetheCellEdgeCoverageProbability.Shadowing
margins(dependingontheenteredcelledgecoverageprobabilityandthemodelstandarddeviationperclut
terclass)areappliedtothevaluesforC.
perclutterclass.
UnderInterferenceConditions,youcanselectwhichTRXtypetoconsideraspotentialvictimbyselectingit
fromtheInterferedSubcellslist.
Select"CI"or"C(I+N)".Onthesameline,clickthedownarrowbuttonsontheleftandontherightandselect
oneofthefollowingthresholds:
YoucannotselectSubcellC/IThresholdasboththelowerandtheupperendoftheCI
rangetobeconsidered.
SelectwhetheryouwantthedefinedinterferenceconditiontobeSatisfiedBy:
AtleastoneTRX:Whenyouselectthisoption,thedefinedinterferenceconditionmustbesatisfiedbyatleast
oneTRXonagivenpixelfortheresultstobedisplayedonthatpixel.
TheworstTRX:Whenyouselectthisoption,Atollselectstheworstresultsforeachpixel.Iftheworstresults
donotsatisfythedefinedinterferencecondition,theresultswillnotbedisplayedonthatpixel.
IfyouselectedC/(I+N),youcandefinethevaluetobeaddedtotheinterference.Thedefinednoisefigureis
addedtothethermalnoisevalue(definedat121dBm)tocalculatethevalueofN.Selectoneofthefollowing:
BasedonTerminal:tousethenoisefiguredefinedforaterminalandselecttheterminalfromthelist.
FixedValue:toenteravalueandthenenterthenoisefigureinthetextbox.
IfyouwantdiscontinuoustransmissionmodeforTRXswhichsupportittakenintoaccountduringthecalcula
tionofinterference,selecttheDTXtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenterthepercentageoftimeduring
whichauseristalkingintheVoiceActivityFactortextbox.
FromtheInterferenceSourceslist,selectwhethertheinterferenceshouldbecalculatedfromadjacentchan
nels,cochannels,orfromboth.Theadjacentchanneleffectonthevictimchannel,i.e.,theinterference,is
decreasedbytheadjacentchannelprotectionlevel.
port.
Select the Detailed Results check box if you want to display detailed results per transmitter. The results
displayeddependonthesubcellfrequencyhoppingmode:
6. Whenyouhavefinishedsettingtheparametersforthecoverageprediction,clickOK.
Youcancreateanewcoveragepredictionbyrepeatingtheprocedurefromstep1.tostep6.foreachnewcoverage
prediction.
7. Whenyouhavefinishedcreatingnewcoveragepredictionsforthesedrivetestdata,rightclickthedrivetestdata.The
contextmenuappears.
Anewcolumnforeachcoveragepredictionisaddedinthetableforthedrivetestdata.Thecolumncontainsthe
predictedvaluesoftheselectedparametersforthetransmitter.Thepropagationmodelusedistheoneassignedto
thetransmitterforthemainmatrix(forinformationonthepropagationmodel,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalcula
tionsinAtoll).
YoucandisplaytheinformationinthesenewcolumnsintheDriveTestDatawindow.Formoreinformationonthe
DriveTestDatawindow,see"AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath"onpage597.
8.8.4.4 DisplayingStatisticsOveraDriveTestDataPath
AssumingsomepredictionshavebeencalculatedalongaDriveTestDatapath,youcandisplaythestatisticsbetweenthe
measuredandthepredictedvaluesonaspecificmeasurementpath.
596
AT320_UM_E0
TodisplaythestatisticsforaspecificDriveTestDatapath:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatafromwhichyouwanttodisplaycomparativestatistics.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectDisplayStatisticsfromthecontextmenu.TheMeasurementandPredictionFieldsSelectiondialogueappears.
5. SelectoneormoretransmittersfromtheFortheTransmitterslist.
6. Selectthefieldsthatcontainthepreviouslypredictedvaluesthatyouwanttouseforpredictions.Onlyonetypeof
valuecanbecomparedatatime(signallevelorquality).
7. Selectthefieldsthatcontainthemeasuredvaluesthatyouwanttouseforpredictions.Onlyonetypeofvaluecanbe
comparedatatime(signallevelorquality).Themeasuredandtheselectedvalueshavetomatchup.
8. Entertheminimumandmaximummeasuredvalues.Statisticsaredonewithdrivetestdatapointswherethemeas
uredvaluesarewithinthisspecifiedrange.
9. ClickOK.
Atollopensapopupinwhichtheglobalstatisticsbetweenmeasurementsandpredictionsaregivenoverallthefiltered(or
not)pointsofthecurrentdrivetestdatapaththroughthemeanerror,itsstandarddeviation,therootmeansquareandthe
errorcorrelationfactor.Thestatisticsarealsogivenperclutterclass.
8.8.4.5 ExtractingaFieldFromaDriveTestDataPathforaTransmitter
Youcanextractaspecificfieldforaspecifictransmitteroneachpointofanexistingdrivetestdatapath.Theextractedinfor
mationwillbeaddedtoanewcolumninthetableforthedrivetestdata.
Toextractafieldfromadrivetestdatapath:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatafromwhichyouwanttoextractafield.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectFocusonaTransmitterfromthecontextmenu.TheFieldSelectionforaGivenTransmitterdialogueappears.
5. SelectatransmitterfromtheOntheTransmitterlist.
6. ClicktheFortheFieldslist.Thelistopens.
7. Selectthecheckboxbesidethefieldyouwanttoextractfortheselectedtransmitters.
Atollcandisplaythesevenserversperpoint.Ifyouwanttodisplayforexample,thepoint
signallevel,remembertoselectthecheckboxforthepointsignallevelforallserversinthe
FortheFieldslist.Thenewcolumnwillthendisplaythepointsignallevelfortheselected
transmitterforallserversifavalueexists.
8. ClickOK.Atollcreatesanewcolumninthedrivetestdatapathdatatablefortheselectedtransmittersandwiththe
selectedvalues.
8.8.4.6 AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath
InAtoll,youcananalysevariationsindataalonganydrivetestdatapathusingtheDriveTestDatawindow.Youcanalsouse
theDriveTestDatawindowtoseewhichcellistheservingcellforagiventestpoint.
ToanalysedatavariationsusingtheDriveTestDatawindow.
3. ClickthedrivetestdatayouwanttoanalyseandselectDriveTestDatafromtheToolsmenu.TheDriveTestData
windowappears(seeFigure8.121)
597
Forsk2013
Figure8.121:TheDriveTestDatawindow
4. ClickDisplayatthetopoftheDriveTestDatawindow.TheDisplayParametersdialogueappears(seeFigure8.122).
Figure8.122:TheDisplayParametersdialogue
5. IntheDisplayParametersdialogue:
SelectthecheckboxnexttoanyfieldyouwanttodisplayintheDriveTestDatawindow.
Ifyouwish,youcanchangethedisplaycolourbyclickingthecolourintheColourcolumnandselectinganew
colourfromthepalettethatappears.
ClickOKtoclosetheDisplayParametersdialogue.
Youcanchangethedisplaystatusorthecolourofmorethanonefieldatatime.Youcan
selectcontiguousfieldsbyclickingthefirstfield,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastfield
youwanttoimport.YoucanselectnoncontiguousfieldsbypressingCTRLandclicking
eachfield.Youcanthenchangethedisplaystatusorthecolourbyrightclickingonthe
selectedfieldsandselectingthechoicefromthecontextmenu.
TheselectedfieldsaredisplayedintheDriveTestDatawindow.
6. Youcandisplaythedatainthedrivetestdatapathintwoways:
598
AT320_UM_E0
ClickthevaluesintheDriveTestDatawindow.
Clickthepointsonthedrivetestdatapathinthemapwindow.
Thedrivetestdatapathappearsinthemapwindowasanarrowpointingtowardstheservingcell,withanumberiden
tifyingthebestserver(seeonpage598).Ifthetransmitterdisplaytypeis"Automatic,"boththenumberandthe
arrowaredisplayedinthesamecolourasthetransmitter.Forinformationonchangingthedisplaytypeto"Auto
matic,"see"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44.
7. YoucandisplayasecondYaxisontherightsideofthewindowinordertodisplaythevaluesofavariablewithdif
ferentordersofmagnitudethantheonesselectedintheDisplayParametersdialogue.Youcanselectthesecondary
YaxisfromtherighthandlistonthetopoftheDriveTestDatawindow.Theselectedvaluesaredisplayedinthecol
oursdefinedforthisvariableintheDisplayParametersdialogue.
8. YoucanchangethezoomleveloftheDriveTestDatawindowdisplayintheDriveTestDatawindowinthefollowing
ways:
Zoominorout:
i.
RightclicktheDriveTestDatawindow.
ii. SelectZoomInorZoomOutfromthecontextmenu.
Selectthedatatozoominon:
i.
RightclicktheDriveTestDatawindowononeendoftherangeofdatayouwanttozoominon.
ii. SelectFirstZoomPointfromthecontextmenu.
iii. RightclicktheDriveTestDatawindowontheotherendoftherangeofdatayouwanttozoominon.
iv. SelectLastZoomPointfromthecontextmenu.TheDriveTestDatawindowzoomsinonthedatabetween
thefirstzoompointandthelastzoompoint.
9. ClickthedataintheDriveTestDatawindowtodisplaytheselectedpointinthemapwindow.Atollwillrecentrethe
mapwindowontheselectedpointifitisnotpresentlyvisible.
IfyouopenthetableforthedrivetestdatayouaredisplayingintheDriveTestData
window,Atollwillautomaticallydisplayinthetablethedataforthepointthatis
displayedinthemapandintheDriveTestDatawindow(seeFigure8.121onpage598).
8.8.5 ExportingaDriveTestDataPath
Youcanexportdrivetestdatapathstovectorfiles.
Toexportadrivetestdatapathtoavectorfile:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathyouwanttoexport.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. EnteraFilenameforthedrivetestdatapathandselectaformatfromtheSaveastypelist.
6. ClickSave.Thedrivetestdatapathisexportedandsavedinthefile.
8.8.6 ExtractingCWMeasurementsfromDriveTestData
YoucangenerateCWmeasurementsfromdrivetestdatapathsandextracttheresultstotheCWMeasurementsfolder.
TogenerateCWmeasurementfromadrivetestdatapath:
4. SelectExtractCWMeasurementsfromthecontextmenu.TheCWMeasurementExtractiondialogueappears.
5. UnderExtractCWMeasurements:
a. SelectoneormoretransmittersfromtheFortheTransmitterslist.
b. SelectthefieldthatcontainstheinformationthatyouwanttoexporttoCWmeasurementsfromtheFortheFields
list.
599
Forsk2013
6. UnderCWMeasurementCreationParameters:
a. EntertheMin.NumberofPointstoExtractperMeasurementPath.CWmeasurementsarenotcreatedfortrans
mittersthathavefewerpointsthanthisnumber.
b. EntertheminimumandmaximumMeasuredSignalLevels.CWmeasurementsarecreatedwithdrivetestdata
pointswherethesignallevelsarewithinthisspecifiedrange.
7. ClickOK.AtollcreatesnewCWmeasurementsfortransmitterssatisfyingtheparameterssetintheCWMeasurement
Extractiondialogue.
FormoreinformationaboutCWmeasurements,seetheMeasurementsandModelCalibrationGuide.
8.8.7 GeneratingInterferenceMatricesfromaDriveTestDataPath
YoucangenerateinterferencematricesfromdrivetestdatapathsandextracttheresultstotheInterferenceMatrixfolder.
TogenerateInterferenceMatricesfromadrivetestdatapath:
4. SelectExtractInterferenceMatricesfromthecontextmenu.TheInterferenceMatrixExportdialogueappears.
5. UnderStorageFile:
a. ClicktheBrowsebuttontoselectthepathandthenameoftheinterferencematrixfiletobegenerated.
b. SelectthefieldthatcontainsthesignallevelinformationthatyouwantAtolltoconvertintoC/Ivaluesfromthe
Selectthemeasuredsignallevelslist.
6. ClickOK.AtollcreatesanewinterferencematrixitemintheInterferenceMatrixfolderwhichcanbeusedlikeany
otherinterferencematrix(See"InterferenceMatrices"onpage470).
8.8.8 PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataWindow
YoucanprintorexportthecontentsoftheDriveTestDatawindow,usingthecontextmenuintheDriveTestDatawindow.
ToprintorexportthecontentsoftheDriveTestDatawindow:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatayouwanttoanalyse.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpentheAnalysisToolfromthecontextmenu.TheDriveTestDatawindowappears(seeFigure8.121on
page598).
5. Definethedisplayparametersandzoomlevelasexplainedin"AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath"onpage597.
6. RightclicktheDriveTestDatawindow.Thecontextmenuappears.
ToexporttheDriveTestDatawindow:
a. SelectCopyfromthecontextmenu.
b. OpenthedocumentintowhichyouwanttopastethecontentsoftheDriveTestDatawindow.
c. PastethecontentsoftheDriveTestDatawindowintothenewdocument.
ToprinttheDriveTestDatawindow:
a. SelectPrintfromthecontextmenu.ThePrintdialogueappears.
b. ClickOKtoprintthecontentsoftheDriveTestDatawindow.
Inthissection,thefollowingadvancedconfigurationoptionsareexplained:
600
"SettingHCSLayers"onpage601
"ComparingServiceAreasinCalculations"onpage601
"CellTypes"onpage605
"TRXConfiguration"onpage609
"CodecConfiguration"onpage610
AT320_UM_E0
"CodingSchemeConfiguration"onpage613
"TimeslotConfigurations"onpage616
"AdvancedTransmitterConfigurationOptions"onpage617
"GSM/GPRS/EDGEMultiServiceTrafficData"onpage622
"DefiningtheInterfererReceptionThreshold"onpage625
"AdvancedModellingofHoppingGaininCoveragePredictions"onpage626
"ModellingShadowing"onpage627
"ModellingtheCoexistenceofNetworks"onpage628
8.9.1 SettingHCSLayers
YoucanmodelhierarchicalnetworksinAtollbydefininghierarchicalcellstructure(HCS)layers.HCSlayersaredefinedbythe
Priority
Layerreceptionthreshold
Maximumspeed.
Thepriorityandlayerreceptionthresholdareusedtodeterminethebestserveroneachpixel.Whenthereareseveralpossi
bletransmitters,thebestserverwillbedeterminedbythepriority.Iftherearetransmittersondifferentlayershavingthe
samepriority,thetransmitterforwhichthedifferencebetweenthereceivedsignallevelandthelayerreceptionthreshold
willbeselectedasthebestserver.Transmitterswhosereceivedsignallevelisbelowthelayerreceptionthresholdwillbe
rankedbysignallevel,butwillnotbechosenasbestserver.TheHCSlayerreceptionthresholdisconsideredonlyifnospecific
HCSlayerreceptionthresholdhasbeendefinedatthetransmitterlevel(ontheGeneraltabofthetransmittersProperties
dialogue).
YoucansetAtolltoselectthetransmitterwiththehighestreceivedsignallevelastheserv
ingtransmitterbychanginganoptionintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformationonchanging
ThemaximumspeedisusedtoselectHCSlayerusersaccordingtothespeeddefinedinthemobility.
TodefineHCSlayers:
3. RightclicktheHCSLayersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheHCSLayerstableappears.
),enterthefollowingparameterstodefineaHCSlayer(forinformation
onworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69):
Name:EnteranamefortheHCSlayer.ThisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhenyouselectaHCSlayer.
Priority:EnterapriorityfortheHCSlayer."0"isthelowestpriority.
Max.Speed(km/h):EnteramaximummobilityspeedfortheHCSlayer.
LayerReceptionThreshold(dBm):EnteradefaultlayerreceptionthresholdindBm.Thisthresholdcanbeused
asaborderfortheHCSlayerinsomepredictionswhentheHCSserveroptionisselected.
8.9.2 ComparingServiceAreasinCalculations
Foranycoverageprediction,trafficanalysis,orinterferencematrixcalculation,transmitterserviceareascanbedefineddiffer
entlyaccordingtotheserverselectionmadeontheConditionstabofthedialogueusedtodefinethecalculation.Onthe
Conditionstab,youcanselect:
All:Allserverswillbetakenintoconsideration.
BestSignalLevel:Thebestsignallevelfromallserversonalllayerswillbetakenintoconsideration.
SecondBestSignalLevel:Thesecondbestsignallevelfromallserversonalllayerswillbetakenintoconsideration.
BestSignalLevelperHCSLayer:ThebestsignallevelfromallserversoneachHCSlayerwillbetakenintoconsidera
tion.
SecondBestSignalLevelperHCSLayer:ThesecondbestsignallevelfromallserversoneachHCSlayerwillbetaken
intoconsideration.
HCSServers:ThebestsignallevelbyHCSlayeroneachpixelwillbetakenintoconsideration,assumingthesignallevel
oneachlayerexceedstheminimumHCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevelorspecificallyforeachtrans
mitter.
HighestPriorityHCSServer:ThebestsignallevelofalltheseversonthehighestpriorityHCSlayerwillbetakeninto
consideration,assumingthepriorityofthelayerisdefinedbyitspriorityfieldanditssignallevelexceedstheminimum
HCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevelorspecificallyforeachtransmitter.
601
Forsk2013
BestIdleModeReselectionCriterion(C2):ThebestC2fromallserverswillbetakenintoconsideration.
GroupedHCSServers:ThebestsignallevelbyHCSlayeroneachpixelwillbetakenintoconsideration,assumingthe
signalleveloneachlayerexceedstheminimumHCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevelorspecificallyfor
eachtransmitter.Inaddition,layersaregroupedbysupportedmobilitytypes.
Aserverisconsideredonapixelifitscalculatedsignallevelexceedsthelowerboundaryofthesignalleveldefinedeitherglob
allyontheConditionstabofthecoveragepredictionorspecificallyforeachsubcellincoverageprediction,trafficanalysis,
andinterferencematrixcalculations.
Selectingtheservertobetakenintoconsiderationretainsoneorseveralserversoneachpixel,accordingtoacombinationof
HCSlayerproperties(layerpriority,maximumspeedallowedonthelayer,layeradmissionthreshold)andthecalculatedsignal
leveloneachpixel.
ExampleofServiceAreas
Inthisexample,thefollowingnetworkisused:
3trisectorbasestationsonamicrolayer
1omnibasestationonamacrolayer
1omnibasestationonanumbrellalayer
Theumbrellalayerisdefinedtooverlapthemacrolayer,whichoverlapsthemicrolayer.
TheHCSlayersaredefinedwiththefollowingcharacteristics:
Name
Priority(0:Lowest)
MaxSpeed(km/h)
LayerReceptionThreshold(dBm)
MacroLayer
100
90
MicroLayer
10
84
UmbrellaLayer
300
105
Thesubcellreceptionthresholdis102dBmforthemicrocellsand105dBmforthemacroandtheumbrellacells.Three
mobilitytypesaredefinedinthisproject:Pedestrian(3km/h),50km/hand90km/h
Theresultingservicesareasaredisplayedinthefollowinggraphicsforeachselection.
All:Allserversaretakenintoconsideration
CompositeCoverage
UmbrellaLayerCoverage
MacroLayerCoverage
MicroLayerCoverage
Figure8.123:CoveragebyTransmitter(DL)onAlltheservers
Figure8.123showstheserviceareasofallthetransmitterswithoutanylayerstakenintoconsideration.Eachcellisconsidered
individuallyandthelimitofitscoverageisdefinedbyitssubcellreceptionthresholds.Overlappingispossiblebetweentrans
mittersandbetweenHCSlayers.
602
BestSignalLevel:Thebestsignallevelfromallserversonalllayersistakenintoconsideration.
AT320_UM_E0
CompositeCoverage
MacroLayerCoverage
MicroLayerCoverage
Figure8.124:CoveragebyTransmitter(DL)fortheBestSignalLevel
Figure8.124showstheserviceareasofthetransmittershavingthebestsignalleveloneachpixel,withoutanylayertaken
intoconsideration.Cellsareincompetitioniftheircalculatedsignallevelishigherthanthesubcellreceptionthresholds.Over
lappingbetweentransmittersandbetweenHCSlayersisnotpossible.
BestSignalLevelperHCSLayer:ThebestsignallevelfromallserversoneachHCSlayeristakenintoconsideration.
CompositeCoverage
MacroLayerCoverage
MicroLayerCoverage
Figure8.125:CoveragebyTransmitter(DL)fortheBestSignalLevelperHCSLayer
Figure8.125showstheserviceareasofthetransmittershavingthebestsignalleveloneachpixel,foreachHCSlayer.Cells
areincompetitionperlayeriftheircomputedsignallevelishigherthanitssubcellreceptionthresholds.Overlappingbetween
HCSlayersispossible,butoverlappingbetweentransmittersonagivenHCSlayerisnotpossible.
HCSServers:ThebestsignallevelbyHCSlayeroneachpixelistakenintoconsideration,assumingthesignallevelon
eachlayerexceedstheminimumHCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevelorspecificallyforeachtrans
mitter.
603
Forsk2013
CompositeCoverage
MacroLayerCoverage
MicroLayerCoverage
Figure8.126:CoveragebyTransmitter(DL)fortheHCSServers
areincompetitionperlayerassumingtheircalculatedsignallevelishigherthanthesubcellreceptionthresholdsandtheHCS
layerreceptionthreshold.OverlappingbetweenHCSlayersispossible,butoverlappingbetweentransmittersonagivenHCS
layerisnotpossible.
Inthecaseabove,themicrolayeroverlapsthemacrolayeranditsbordersaredefinedbythemaximumbetweenthesubcell
receptionthresholds(102dBm)andthemicrolayerthreshold(84dBm),i.e.84dBm.Inaddition,themacrolayeroverlaps
theumbrellalayeranditsbordersaredefinedbythemaximumbetweenthesubcellreceptionthresholds(105dBm)andthe
macrolayerthreshold(90dBm),i.e.90dBm.Theumbrellalayerisdisplayedwhenitssignallevelexceedsthemaximum
betweenthesubcellreceptionthresholdsandtheumbrellalayerthreshold,i.e.105dBm.
HighestPriorityHCSServer:ThebestsignallevelofalltheseversonthehighestpriorityHCSlayeraretakenintocon
sideration,assumingthepriorityofthelayerisdefinedbyitspriorityfieldanditssignallevelexceedstheminimum
HCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevelorspecificallyforeachtransmitter.
CompositeCoverage
MacroLayerCoverage
MicroLayerCoverage
Figure8.127:CoveragebyTransmitter(DL)fortheHighestPriorityHCSServer
604
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.127showstheserviceareasofthetransmittershavingthebestsignalleveloneachpixel,onthehighestpriorityHCS
layer.ThepriorityHCSlayeristhelayerforwhichthepriorityvalueisthehighestandforwhichthecalculatedsignallevelis
higher than its subcell reception thresholds and the HCS layer reception threshold. Overlapping between HCS layers and
betweentransmittersofagivenHCSlayerisnotpossible.
Iftwolayershavethesamepriority,thetrafficisservedbythetransmitterforwhichthe
differencebetweenthereceivedsignalstrengthandtheHCSthresholdisthehighest.The
waycompetitionismanagedbetweenlayerswiththesameprioritycanbemodified.For
moreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
GroupedHCSServers:ThebestsignallevelbyHCSlayeroneachpixelistakenintoconsideration,assumingthesignal
leveloneachlayerexceedstheminimumHCSthresholddefinedeitherattheHCSlayerlevelorspecificallyforeach
transmitter.TheserverselectionmodeissimilartoHCSServersexceptthat,ifamobilityissupportedbyseverallayers,
thetrafficisservedonthelayerwiththehighestpriority.
Thisoptionisnotavailablebydefault.Toaddthe"GroupedHCSServers"optiontotheserverlistinprediction,trafficcapture,
andinterferencematrixcalculations,youmustaddthefollowinglinesintheatoll.inifile:
[TMP]
ExtraServZone = 1
CompositeCoverage
MacroLayerCoverage
MicroLayerCoverage
Figure8.128:CoveragebyTransmitter(DL)fortheGroupedHCSServers
areincompetitionperlayerwhentheircalculatedsignallevelishigherthanthesubcellreceptionthresholdsandtheHCSlayer
receptionthreshold.OverlappingbetweenHCSlayersispossible,butoverlappingbetweentransmittersonagivenHCSlayer
isnotpossible.
Inthecaseabove,themicrolayeroverlapsthemacrolayerbecauseithasthehighestprioritywiththe3kmhmobilityand
the macro layer has a higher priority than the umbrella layer with the 50kmh and 90kmh mobilities (which are not
supportedbythemicrolayer).Theumbrellalayerisdisplayedwhenneitherthemicronorthemacrolayerprovidesenough
signalstrengthtofulfilthereceptionthresholdconditions.
8.9.3 CellTypes
AcelltypeisadefinedsetofTRXtypes.Thecelltype,withitsTRXtypes,constitutesthebasicconfigurationofatransmitter
inGSM/GPRS/EDGE.Bychangingthecelltypeassignedtoatransmitterorstationtemplate,youchangeitsbasicconfigura
tion.YoucancreatecelltypesandassigndifferentexistingTRXtypestothem.
"TRXTypes"onpage606
605
Forsk2013
"CreatingaCellType"onpage606
"ExamplesofCellTypes"onpage607.
8.9.3.1 TRXTypes
Bydefault,theAtollGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocumenttemplatehasthreetypesofTRXs:
BCCH:TheBCCHTRXtypeistheBCCHcarrier
TCH:TheTCHTRXtypeisthedefaulttrafficcarrier
TCH_EGPRS:TheTRXtypeistheEDGEtrafficcarrier.
TCH_INNER:TheTRXtypeistheinnertrafficcarrier.
Ifnecessary,youcandefineadditionalTRXtypesbycreatingthemintheGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocumenttemplate.Thetemplate
islocatedinthetemplatesdirectory,withintheAtollinstalldirectory,andiscalled"GSMGPRSEDGE.mdb."Forinformation
ontheAtolldocumenttemplate,seetheAdministratorManual.
8.9.3.2 CreatingaCellType
AcelltypemusthaveaBCCHTRXtypeforthebroadcastcontrolchannelandaTCHTRXtypeforthedefaulttrafficcarrier;it
canalsohaveaTCH_INNERorTCH_EGPRSTRXtype.YoucannothavemorethanoneinstanceofagivenTRXtypeinacell
type.
Tocreateacelltype:
3. RightclicktheCellTypesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheCellTypestableappears.
dialogueswhenyouselectacelltype.
),enterthenameofthenewcelltype.Thisnamewillappearinother
6. SelecttherowcontainingthecelltypeandclickthePropertiesbutton(
ertiesdialogueappears.
)intheTabletoolbar.ThecelltypesProp
InthecelltypesPropertiesdialogue,youcanaddanddefinetheTRXtypesthatwillconstitutethecelltype.
7. UnderTRXTypes,intherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
),enterthefollowingparameterstodefineaTRX
type(forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69):
TRXType:SelectaTRXtypefromthelist.
FrequencyDomain:Selectafrequencydomainfromthelist.Onlychannelsbelongingtothisfrequencydomain
willbeallocatedtoTRXsofthisTRXtypeduringautomaticormanualfrequencyplanning.
DLPowerReduction:Enteravalueforthereductionofpowerrelativetothetransmitterpower.Thedownlink
powerreductioncanbeusedtomodelinnersubcells.
ReceptionThreshold(dBm):EnteraminimumreceivedsignalforthisTRXtype.
C/IThreshold(dB):EnteraminimumsignalqualityforthisTRXtype.TheC/IThresholdcanbeusedininterference
predictionsandintheAFP.
DTXSupported:IftheTRXtypesupportsDTX(DiscontinuousTransmission)technology,selecttheDTXSupported
checkbox.SubcellssupportingDTXcanreduceinterferencetheyproduceaccordingtothedefinedvoiceactivity
factor.ThisoptionhasnoimpactonBCCHTRXtype.
TimeslotConfiguration:Selectatimeslotconfigurationfromthelist.Thetimeslotconfigurationdefinesthedis
tributionofcircuit,packetandsharedtimeslotsforthesubcell,respectingthenumberofTRXs.
HalfRateTrafficRatio(%):EnterthepercentageofhalfratevoicetrafficinforthisTRXtype.Thisvalueisusedto
calculatethenumberoftimeslotsrequiredtorespondtothevoicetrafficdemand.
Thetargetrateoftrafficoverflowandthehalfratetrafficratiomustbethesamefor
BCCHandTCHTRXtypes.IfthevaluesaredifferentforBCCHandTCHTRXtypes,Atoll
willusethevaluesforthetargetrateoftrafficoverflowandthehalfratetrafficratio
fromtheBCCHTRXtype.
606
TargetRateofTrafficOverflow(%):Enterthetargetrateoftrafficoverflow.Thetargetrateoftrafficoverflowis
usedduringtrafficanalysistodistributethetrafficbetweensubcellsandlayers.Thevalueisthepercentageofcan
didatetrafficoverflowingtoasubcellwithalowerpriority.Ithasanimpactonthetrafficcapturebetweeninner
andoutersubcells,andbetweenmicroandmacrolayers.Inotherwords,Thetargetrateoftrafficoverflowcan
beconsideredtoanestimationoftheallowedpercentageoftrafficrejectedfromsubcellsorlayersofhigherpri
oritytosubcellsorlayersoflowersubcells(seeFigure8.7).
AT320_UM_E0
Ifthetrafficoverflowtargetissettoavaluelowerthanthegradeofservice,itmeansthat
thetrafficrejected(accordingtothequeuingmodelselectedinthedimensioningmodel:
ErlangBorErlangC)willbelostandwillnotoverflowtoothersubcells.
HoppingMode:SelectthefrequencyhoppingmodesupportedbythisTRXtype.Thehoppingmodecanbeeither
"BaseBandHoppingmode(BBH)"or"SynthesisedHoppingmode(SFH)."Iffrequencyhoppingisnotsupported,
select"NonHopping."
AllocationStrategy:Selecttheallocationstrategyusedduringmanualorautomaticfrequencyplanning.Thereare
twoavailableallocationstrategies:
Group Constrained: Only channels belonging to a same frequency group in the frequency domain can be
assigned.Youcan usethe PreferredFrequencyGrouptodefinethepreferredgroupoffrequencieswhen
usingtheAFP.
Max.MALLength:Enterthemaximumlengthofthemobileallocationlist(MAL),inotherwords,themaximum
numberofchannelsallocatedtotheTRXsofsubcellsbasedonthisTRXtypeduringautomaticfrequencyplanning
iftheHoppingModeiseitherSFH(SynthesisedFrequencyHopping)orBBH(BaseBandHopping)andiftheAllo
cationStrategyisFree.
HSNDomain:SelecttheHSNdomainforthisTRXtype.Onlyhoppingsequencenumbers(HSN)belongingtothe
selectedHSNdomainwillbeallocatedtosubcellsduringautomaticormanualfrequencyplanning.TheHSNsare
allocatediftheHoppingModeiseitherSFH(SynthesisedFrequencyHopping)orBBH(BaseBandHopping).
LockHSN:IftheHSNassignedtothisTRXtypeistobekeptwhenanewAFPsessionisstarted,selecttheLockHSN
checkbox.
AFPWeight:EnteranAFPweight.TheAFPweightisusedtoincreaseordecreasetheimportanceofasubcell
duringautomaticfrequencyplanning.Thevaluemustbearealnumber.ThehighertheAFPweightis,thehigher
theconstraintontheTRXtype.TheAFPweightartificiallymultipliesthecostfunctionwhichhastobeminimised
bytheAFP.
%Max.Interference:Enterthemaximumlevelofinterferenceallowableduringautomaticfrequencyplanning.
Theinterferenceisdefinedasapercentageofareaortraffic,asdefinedduringthecalculationoftheinterference
matrices.
MeanPowerControlGain(dB):Theaveragereductionininterferenceduetopowercontrolindownlink.Thisgain
isusedwhencalculatinginterferencegeneratedbythesubcell.Interferencegeneratedbythesubcellisreduced
bythisvalueduringC/Icalculations.
DefaultTRXConfiguration:SelectthedefaultTRXconfigurationforthisTRXtype.ItwillapplytoallTRXsbelonging
toasubcellbasedonthisTRXtype.ByselectingthedefaultTRXconfiguration,themaximumnumberofGPRSand
EDGEcodingschemesissetattheTRXtypelevel.YoucanalsodefinetheTRXconfigurationforeachTRX.
EDGEPowerBackoff(dB):EntertheaveragepowerreductionforEDGEtransmittersdueto8PSK,16QAMand
32QAMmodulationsinEDGE.ThishasanimpactontheEDGEservicezonewhichcanbeseenintrafficanalysis
andEDGEpredictions.
DiversityMode:Thetypeofdiversitysupportedbythesubcell("None,""TxDiversity,"or"AntennaHopping").If
youselect"TxDiversity,"thesignalistransmittedasmanytimesasthereareantennas.Ifyouselect"Antenna
Hopping,"thesignalistransmittedsuccessivelyoneachantenna.In"TxDiversitymode,"transmittingonmore
thanoneantenna,thesignalexperiencesagainof3dB.Foranydiversitymode,anadditionaltransmissiondiver
sitygaincanbedefinedperclutterclassinordertocorrectlymodelgainduetotheenvironment(see"Defining
ClutterClassProperties"onpage143formoreinformation).TheresultinggainwillincreasetheC/Ivalueatthe
terminalservedbytheconsideredsubcell.
An Other Properties tab appears on the Properties dialogue if you have added user
definedfieldstotheCellTypestable.
8. ClickOKtoclosethecelltypesPropertiesdialogue.
9. ClicktheClosebutton( )toclosetheCellTypestable.
8.9.3.3 ExamplesofCellTypes
WhenyoucreateanewGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocument,somecelltypesareprovidedbydefault.Inthissection,theparameters
fortwoexamplesofcelltypesaregiven:
"NormalCellType"onpage607
"ConcentricCellType"onpage608.
NormalCellType
AnormalcelltypeconsistsoftwoTRXtypes:
607
Forsk2013
BCCHTRXtype
TCHTRXtype
Thefollowingtabledescribestheparameterstobespecifiedforeachhoppingmode.
Parameter
WhereUsedinAtoll
Frequencydomain
Hoppingmode
Nonhopping
BBH
SFH
Automaticormanualfrequency
planning
MaximumMAL(MobileAllocation
List)length
Automaticfrequencyplanning
Notused
Allocationstrategy
planning
C/Ithreshold
Interferencepredictions,
Acceptedinterferencepercentage
DLpowerreduction
Signallevelpredictions
=0forBCCH
=0forTCH
=0forBCCH
=0forTCH
=0forBCCH
=0forTCH
Hoppingmode
Interferencepredictions
NonHopping
BaseBand
Hopping
Synthesised
Hopping
Receptionthreshold
AFPweight
HSNdomain
Notused
LockHSN
DTXsupported
Automaticfrequencyplanning,
Halfratetrafficratio
Trafficanalysis
Targetrateoftrafficoverflow
Trafficanalysis
Timeslotconfiguration
Dimensioning
DefaultTRXconfiguration
Trafficanalysis,
Packetpredictions
EDGEPowerBackoff
Trafficanalysis,
Packetpredictions
DiversityMode
ConcentricCellType
AconcentriccelltypeconsistsofthreeTRXtypes:
BCCHTRXtype
TCHTRXtype
TCH_INNER
Thefollowingtabledescribestheparameterstobespecifiedforeachhoppingmode.
608
Parameter
WhereUsedinAtoll
Frequencydomain
MaximumMAL(MobileAllocation
List)length
Hoppingmode
Nonhopping
BBH
SFH
planning
Notused
AT320_UM_E0
Parameter
WhereUsedinAtoll
Allocationstrategy
Hoppingmode
Nonhopping
BBH
SFH
planning
C/Ithreshold
Interferencepredictions,
Acceptedinterferencepercentage
DLpowerreduction
=0forBCCH
=>0forTCH
<>0for
TCH_INNER
=0forBCCH
=>0forTCH
<>0for
TCH_INNER
=0forBCCH
=>0forTCH
<>0for
TCH_INNER
Hoppingmode
NonHopping
BaseBand
Hopping
Synthesised
Hopping
Receptionthreshold
AFPweight
HSNdomain
Notused
LockHSN
DTXsupported
Automaticfrequencyplanning,
Halfratetrafficratio
Trafficanalysis
Targetrateoftrafficoverflow
Trafficanalysis
Timeslotconfiguration
Dimensioning
8.9.4 TRXConfiguration
InGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojects,codingschemesaremodelledusingaTRXconfiguration.ForeachTRX,youcandefineamaxi
mumcodingschemeforGPRSorforEDGE.Themaximumnumberofcodingschemescanalsobedefinedperterminal,ifthe
terminalisGPRSorEDGEcapable.CapacitywillbelimitedbythelowerofthemaximumcodingschemesdefinedfortheTRX
configurationandfortheterminal.Forexample,ifthehighestcodingindexnumberdefinedontheterminalislowerthanthe
valuedefinedontheTRXconfiguration,capacitywillbelimitedbythehighestindexnumbersupportedbytheterminal.
Thecodingschemeindexnumberisaninputintrafficcaptures(and,therefore,indimensioning)andinGPRScoveragepredic
tions.Itisimportanttokeepinmindthat,beforedimensioning,inotherwords,beforeTRXshavebeenallocatedtotransmit
ters,theTRXconfigurationdefinedpersubcellisusedincalculations.However,onceTRXshavebeenallocated,thevaluefor
theTRXconfigurationisreadfromtheTRXs.TheTRXconfiguration,andanyparametersorlimitations,willhavebedefined
againfortheTRXs.Otherwise,theconfigurationwillnotbetakenintoaccountduringcalculations.
Inthissection,thefollowingisdescribed:
"CreatingorImportingTRXConfiguration"onpage609.
8.9.4.1 CreatingorImportingTRXConfiguration
InAtoll,youcancreateorimportaTRXconfigurationforGSM/GPRS/EDGEdocuments.
TocreateanewTRXconfiguration:
3. RightclicktheTRXConfigurationsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheTRXConfigurationstableappears.
),enterthefollowingparameterstocreateaTRXconfiguration(for
informationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69):
Name:SelectaTRXtypefromthelist.
Max.GPRSCS:EnterthemaximumnumberofcodingschemesthattheGPRScompatibleconfigurationcanuse.
Max.EDGECS:EnterthemaximumnumberofcodingschemesthattheEDGEcompatibleconfigurationcanuse.
609
Forsk2013
IfyouhaveaTRXconfigurationdataintextorcommaseparatedvalue(CSV)format,youcanimportitintotheTRXConfigu
rationtableinthecurrentdocument.IfthedataisinanotherAtolldocument,youcanfirstexportitintextorCSVformatand
thenimportitintotheTRXConfigurationtableofyourcurrentAtolldocument.Whenyouareimporting,Atollallowsyouto
selectwhatvaluesyouimportintowhichcolumnsofthetable.
ToimportanewTRXconfiguration:
3. SelectNetworkSettings>TRXConfigurations.TheTRXConfigurationtableappears.TheHSNDomainstablecontains
aentrycalled"Standard."
4. RightclicktheTRXConfigurationtable.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectImportfromthecontextmenu.Forinformationonimportingtabledata,see"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"
onpage81.
8.9.5 CodecConfiguration
InAtoll,youcanmodelconfigurationsofvoicecodecsforGSMnetworks.Thecodecconfigurationsaremodelledwithcodec
configurationandtheirparametersareusedincoveragepredictionsconcerningvoicequalityindicators.
YoucancreatedifferentcodecconfigurationsfordifferentActiveCodecmodeSets(ACS).Forexample,acertaincodecconfig
urationmighthavefullrateandhalfratecodecmodesdefinedfor12.2Kbps,7.4Kbps,5.9Kbps,and4.75Kbps.Thisconfig
urationwouldthenonlybecompatiblewiththedefinedmodes.
Whenthecodecconfigurationdoesnothavethecapacityforideallinkadaptation,adaptationthresholdsareusedincalcu
lations(see"SettingCodecModeAdaptationThresholds"onpage611).Whenthecodecconfigurationhasthecapacityfor
ideallinkadaptation,qualitythresholdsareusedincalculations(see"SettingCodecModeQualityThresholds"onpage612).
"OpeningtheCodecModeTable"onpage610
"CreatingorModifyingCodecConfiguration"onpage611
"SettingCodecModeAdaptationThresholds"onpage611
"SettingCodecModeQualityThresholds"onpage612
"UsingCodecConfigurationsinTransmittersandTerminals"onpage613.
Codec configurations can be adapted in order to create an advanced model of the
frequencyhoppinggaineffectonthequalityindicatorpredictions(see"AdvancedModel
lingofHoppingGaininCoveragePredictions"onpage626).
8.9.5.1 OpeningtheCodecModeTable
Youcanaccessthetablecontainingallthecodecmodeswhichcanbeusedtocreateormodifyandcodecconfigurations.This
tableisreadonlyandcannotbeedited.
ToopentheCodecModetable:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheCodecModesfolder.
4. IntheCodecModesfolder,rightclickList.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheCodecModetableappears.Itdisplaysthefollowinginformation:
610
Name:Thenameofthecodecmode.
CodecType:Thespecifictypeofaspeechcodingalgorithm,appliedonaspecificradioaccesstechnology(e.g.,FR
orAMR).
HalfRate:ThecodecmodeishalfrateifthecheckboxunderHalfRateisselected.
PowerBackoff:ThecodecmodehaspowerbackoffifthecheckboxunderPowerBackoffisselected.
MaxThroughput(Kbps):Themaximumthroughputpertimeslotcorrespondingtotheselectedcodecmode.
Priority:Foragivenquality,inanonideallinkadaptationmode,ifseveralcodecmodesarepossible,theonewith
thehighestpriority(i.e.,thehighestnumber)isretained.
AT320_UM_E0
8.9.5.2 CreatingorModifyingCodecConfiguration
YoucreateacodecconfigurationbycreatinganewentryintheCodecConfigurationtable.Additionalparameters,suchas
theadaptationthresholdsandthequalitythresholds,canbesetinthePropertiesdialogueforthecodecconfiguration.The
additionalparametersareexplainedinthefollowingsections:
"SettingCodecModeAdaptationThresholds"onpage611
"SettingCodecModeQualityThresholds"onpage612
Tocreateormodifyacodecconfiguration:
4. IntheCodecModesfolder,rightclickConfigurations.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheCodecConfigurationstableappears.
6. Ifyouarecreatinganewcodecconfiguration,enterthenameofthecodecconfigurationintherowmarkedwiththe
NewRowicon(
).Thisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhenyouselectacodecconfiguration.
Ifyouaremodifyinganexistingcodecconfiguration,continuewiththefollowingstep.
7. Setthefollowingparametersforthecodecconfiguration:
IdealLinkAdaptation:SelecttheIdealLinkAdaptationcheckboxifyouwantthecodecmodethatoffersthebest
qualityindicator(BER,FER,orMOS)tobeselected.Otherwise,Atollwillchoosethecodecmodewiththehighest
priorityfromthoserequiringanadaptationthresholdlowerthanthecalculatedqualIty(CNorCNandCI+N).
QIfor IdealLinkAdaptation:Selectthequalityindicatortobeused ifthe IdealLinkAdaptationcheckboxis
selected.
ReferenceNoise(dBm):Enterthereceivernoisethatprovidedthemapping(thresholdscodecs).Incoveragepre
dictions,foraspecificterminalleadingtoanotherreceivertotalnoise,thethresholdswillbeshiftedbythenoise
difference.
YoucanaddnewfieldstotheCodecConfigurationtablebyrightclickingthetableand
selecting Table Fields from the context menu. The new fields will appear in the Codec
ConfigurationtableandontheOtherPropertiestaboftheselectedcodecconfigurations
Propertiesdialogue.
8.9.5.3 SettingCodecModeAdaptationThresholds
AGSMnetworkhasavarietyofdifferentcodecmodesthatallowittooptimiseresourceusage.Thesecodecmodesinclude
FullRate(FR),HalfRate(HR),EnhancedFullRate(EFR),andmanyAdaptiveMultiRate(AMR)modesandcanbeseeninthe
readonlycodecmodetable(See"OpeningtheCodecModeTable"onpage610).AGSMnetwork,withdifferentcodecconfig
urationsondifferenttransmitters,candynamicallyallocateandmanageresourcesbasedoninterferencelevels.
YoucandefinequalitythresholdsforeachcodecmodecompatiblewiththecodecconfigurationintheAdaptationThresholds
tabinthecodecconfigurationPropertiesdialogue.Thesethresholdsareusedincalculationswhenthecodecconfiguration
doesnothavethecapacityforideallinkadaptation.
Todefinethecodecmodeadaptationthresholdstobeusedwhenthecodecconfigurationdoesnothavethecapacityforideal
linkadaptation:
6. In the Codec Configuration table, rightclick the record describing the codec configuration for which you want to
defineadaptationthresholds.Thecontextmenuappears.
7. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThecodecconfigurationPropertiesdialogueappears.
8. SelecttheAdaptationThresholdstab.Eachcodecmodeadaptationthresholdhasthefollowingparameters:
CodecMode:Thecodecmode.
Mobility:Themobilitytowhichthecodecmodeadaptationthresholdcorresponds.Youcanselect"All"ifyou
wantittoapplytoallmobilities.
611
Forsk2013
FrequencyHopping:Thetypeoffrequencyhoppingtowhichthecodecmodeadaptationthresholdcorresponds.
Youcanselect"All"ifyouwanttheadaptationthresholdtoapplytoanytypeoffrequencyhopping.
FrequencyBand:Thefrequencybandtowhichthecodecmodeadaptationthresholdcorresponds.Youcanselect
"All"ifyouwantittoapplytoanyfrequencyband.
AdaptationThreshold(dB):Entertheadaptationthresholdforthecodecmode.Adaptationthresholdsareused
forcodecmodeselectionwhenthecodecconfigurationdoessupportideallinkadaptation.
MALLength:Themobileallocationlistlengthtowhichthecodecmodeadaptationthresholdcorresponds.
Youcancreateanewadaptationthresholdbyenteringtheparametersintherowmarked
withtheNewRowicon(
).
9. ClickOK.
8.9.5.4 SettingCodecModeQualityThresholds
YoucandefinequalitythresholdsforeachcodecmodecompatiblewiththecodecconfigurationintheAdaptationThresholds
tabinthecodecconfigurationPropertiesdialogue.Thesethresholdsareusedincalculationswhenthecodecconfiguration
hasthecapacityforautomaticmodeselection.
ThequalityindicatorsthatcanbeusedwithcodecconfigurationareBitErrorRate(BER),FrameErrorRate(FER),andMean
OpinionScore(MOS).Youcandefineeachaqualitythresholdforeachqualityindicator,incombinationwithspecificcodec
modes,mobilities,frequencyhoppingmodes,andfrequencybands,asafunctionofCNandCI+N.
Thesequalitythresholdsareusedincalculationswhencodecconfigurationhasthecapacityforideallinkadaptation.Thequal
itythresholdchosenrespectsthecombinationofcodecmodes,mobilities,frequencyhoppingmodes,andfrequencybands
aswellastheselectedqualityindicator.
Todefinethecodecmodequalitygraphstobeusedwhenthecodecconfigurationhasthecapacityforautomaticmodeselec
tion:
6. Inthe Codec Configuration table, rightclick the record describing the codec configuration for which you want to
defineadaptationthresholds.Thecontextmenuappears.
7. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThecodecconfigurationPropertiesdialogueappears.
8. SelecttheQualityGraphstab.Eachqualityindicatorgraphhasthefollowingparameters:
QualityIndicator:Thequalityindicator.
CodecMode:Thecodecmodetowhichthequalityindicatorgraphcorresponds.
Mobility:Themobilitytowhichthequalityindicatorgraphcorresponds.Youcanselect"All"ifyouwantittoapply
toallmobilities.
FrequencyHopping:Thetypeoffrequencyhoppingtowhichthequalityindicatorgraphcorresponds.Youcan
select"All"ifyouwantittoapplytoalltypesoffrequencyhopping.
FrequencyBand:Thefrequencybandtowhichthequalityindicatorgraphcorresponds.Youcanselect"All"ifyou
wantittoapplytoallfrequencybands.
QI=f(C/N):ThevaluesofthegraphdefiningtheselectedqualityindicatorthresholdasafunctionofCN.Youcan
viewthegraphandedititsvaluesbyselectingtherowcontainingthequalityindicatorandclickingtheCNGraph
button.
QI=f(C/I):ThevaluesofthegraphdefiningtheselectedqualityindicatorthresholdasafunctionofCI.Youcan
viewthegraphandedititsvaluesbyselectingtherowcontainingthequalityindicatorandclickingtheCIGraph
button.
If intratechnology third order intermodulation interference is taken into account, Atoll assumes that the CI
graphs include the effect of this interference whereas the CN graphs do not. This option requires activation
throughchangesinthedatabase.Formoreinformation,contactsupport.
MALLength:Themobileallocationlistlengthtowhichthequalityindicatorgraphcorresponds.
Youcancreateanewqualityindicatorthresholdbyenteringtheparametersintherow
markedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
612
AT320_UM_E0
9. ClickOK.
8.9.5.5 UsingCodecConfigurationsinTransmittersandTerminals
InAtoll,codecconfigurationscanbeassignedtotransmittersandterminals.Ifacodecconfigurationisassignedonboththe
transmitterandterminal,Atolltakesthecodecmodescommontobothandfindsthepossiblemodes,usingtheterminalside
thresholdsifthedefinedthresholdsaredifferentontransmitterandterminalsides.Ifnocodecconfigurationisdefinedeither
atthetransmitterorintheterminal,thetransmitterwillnotbeconsideredinthespecificqualityindicatorscoveragepredic
tion.
Toassignacodecconfigurationtoatransmitter:
3. Rightclickthetransmittertowhichyouwanttoassignthecodecconfiguration.Thecontextmenuappears.
YoucanalsoaccessatransmittersPropertiesdialoguebyrightclickingthetransmitteron
themapandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
5. ClicktheConfigurationstab.
6. UnderGSMProperties,selecttheCodecConfigurationfromthelist.
Toassignacodecconfigurationtoaterminal:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTerminalsfolder.
4. Rightclicktheterminaltowhichyouwanttoassignthecodecconfiguration.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheterminalsPropertiesdialogueappears.
6. SelecttheCodecConfigurationfromthelist.
8.9.6 CodingSchemeConfiguration
InAtoll,youcanmodelacodingschemeconfigurationwithcodingschemesandtheirrelatedthresholds.AnyGPRS/EDGE
capabletransmittersmusthaveacodingschemeconfigurationassignedtothem.
"OpeningtheCodingSchemesTable"onpage613
"CreatingorModifyingaCodingSchemeConfiguration"onpage614
"UsingCodingSchemeConfigurationinTransmittersandTerminals"onpage615
"AdaptingCodingSchemeThresholdsforaMaximumBLER"onpage615
"DisplayingCodingSchemeThroughputGraphs"onpage616.
Youcanadaptcodingschemeconfigurationsinordertocreateanadvancedmodelofthe
frequencyhoppinggaineffectontheGPRS/EDGEpredictions(see"AdvancedModellingof
HoppingGaininCoveragePredictions"onpage626).
8.9.6.1 OpeningtheCodingSchemesTable
Youcanaccessthetablecontainingallthecodingschemesthatcanbeusedtocreateormodifyandcodingschemeconfigu
rations.Thistableisreadonlyandcannotbeedited.
ToopentheCodingSchemestable:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheCodingSchemesfolder.
4. IntheCodingSchemesfolder,rightclickList.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheCodingSchemestableappears.Itdisplaysthefollowinginformation:
613
Name:Thenameofthecodingscheme:
Forsk2013
CS:CodingschemesforGPRS
MCS:ModulationandcodingschemesforEGPRS(EDGE)
DAS:DownlinkcodingschemesforEGPRS2A(EDGEEvolution)
DBS:DownlinkcodingschemesforEGPRS2B(EDGEEvolution)
Number:Thecodingschemenumber.Bydefaultthelimitis4inGPRS,9inGPRS,and12inGPRS2(EDGEevolution)
Technology:Thetechnologythecodingschemecanbeusedfor:GPRSorEDGE.EGPRSandEGPRS2(EDGEevolu
tion)aregroupedtogetherintoEDGE.
Modulation:Themodulationofthecodingscheme.Foranycodingschemeexcepttheonesusingthemodulations
GMSK(GPRS)andQPSK(DBS5andDBS6inEGPRS2),apowerbackoffisappliedontheGPRS/EDGEservicearea.
Coding:Thecodingoftheselectedcodingscheme.CodingisconvolutionalforGPRSandEGPRS,turboforEGPRS2
(EDGEevolution).
Maxthroughput(Kbps):Foragivenquality,ifseveralcodecmodesarepossible,theonewiththehighestpriority
(highestnumber)isretained.
8.9.6.2 CreatingorModifyingaCodingSchemeConfiguration
YoucreateacodingschemeconfigurationbycreatinganewentryintheCodingSchemeConfigurationstable.Thecoding
schemethresholdsforacodingschemeconfigurationcanbesetinitsPropertiesdialogue.
Tocreateormodifyacodingschemeconfiguration:
4. IntheCodingSchemesfolder,rightclickConfigurations.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheCodingSchemeConfigurationstableappears.
6. Ifyouarecreatinganewcodingschemeconfiguration,enterthenameofthecodingschemeconfigurationintherow
).Thisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhenyouselectacodingschemecon
figuration.
Ifyouaremodifyinganexistingcodingschemeconfiguration,continuewiththefollowingstep.
7. Setthefollowingparametersforthecodingschemeconfiguration:
Technology:Selectthetechnologythatthisconfigurationcanbeusedwith:GPRS/EDGEorjustGPRS.
ReferenceNoise(dBm):Enterthetotalnoiseatthereceiver.ThereferencenoiseisusedtoconvertvaluesofCin
graphstovaluesofCN.
YoucanaddnewfieldstotheCodingSchemeConfigurationstablebyrightclickingthe
tableandselectingTableFieldsfromthecontextmenu.Thenewfieldswillappearinthe
Coding Scheme Configurations table and on the Other Properties tab of the selected
codingschemeconfigurationsPropertiesdialogue.
8. In the Coding Scheme Configurations table, rightclick the record describing the coding scheme configuration for
whichyouwanttodefineadaptationthresholds.Thecontextmenuappears.
9. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThecodingschemeconfigurationsPropertiesdialogueappears.The
coding scheme configurations Properties dialogue has a General tab which allows you to modify the properties
describedabove.
10. SelecttheThresholdstab.Eachcodingschemethresholdhasthefollowingparameters:
CodingScheme:Thecodingscheme.
ReceptionThreshold(dBm):Thesignalleveladmissionthresholdforthecorrespondingcodingschemewhenthe
ideallinkadaptationoptionisclearedinGPRS/EDGEcoveragepredictions.
C/IThreshold(dB):TheC/Iadmissionthresholdforthecorrespondingcodingschemewhentheideallinkadapta
tionoptionisclearedinGPRS/EDGEcoveragepredictions.
Throughput=f(C)(Kbps):ThevaluesofthegraphdefiningthethroughputpertimeslotasafunctionofC.Youcan
viewthegraphandedititsvaluesbyselectingtherowcontainingthecodingschemeandclickingtheCGraph
button.
Throughput=f(C/I)(Kbps):ThevaluesofthegraphdefiningthethroughputpertimeslotasafunctionofCI.You
canviewthegraphandedititsvaluesbyselectingtherowcontainingthecodingschemeandclickingtheCIGraph
button.
If intratechnology third order intermodulation interference is taken into account, Atoll assumes that the CI
graphsincludetheeffectofthisinterferencewhereastheCgraphsdonot.Thisoptionrequiresactivationthrough
changesinthedatabase.Formoreinformation,contactsupport.
614
AT320_UM_E0
Max.Throughput(Kbps):Themaximumthroughputpertimeslotusingthiscodingscheme.
8PSKModulation:The8PSKModulationcheckboxisselectedifthiscodingschemesupportsit.Thishasanimpact
ontheEDGEservicezonewhichcanbeseenintrafficanalysisandEDGEpredictions.
EDGE:TheEDGEcheckboxisselectedifthiscodingschemesupportsEDGE.
FrequencyHopping:Thetypeoffrequencyhoppingtowhichthiscodingschemeapplies.Youcanselect"All"if
youwantittoapplytoalltypesoffrequencyhopping.
Mobility:Themobilitytowhichthiscodingschemeapplies.Youcanselect"All"ifyouwantittoapplytoallmobil
ities.
FrequencyBand:Thefrequencybandtowhichthiscodingschemeapplies.Youcanselect"All"ifyouwantitto
applytoallfrequencybands.
MALLength:Themobileallocationlistlengthtowhichthecodingscheme(anditsrelatedqualitythresholds)
applies.
You can create a new coding scheme threshold by entering the parameters in the row
).
11. ClickOK.
Thethroughputpertimeslotgraphsaredefinedforgivenfrequencyhoppingmode,mobil
itytypeandfrequencyband.Thesegraphswillbetakenintoaccountinacoveragepredic
tion if these parameters correspond to the ones defined in that coverage prediction.
Otherwise,Atollwillusethegraphsforwhichnoneoftheseparametershasbeendefined.
Ifnosuchgraphexists,Atollwillconsiderthatthecorrespondingcodingschemeisnot
definedduringthecalculations.
8.9.6.3 UsingCodingSchemeConfigurationinTransmittersandTerminals
InAtoll,acodingschemeconfigurationcanbeassignedtotransmitters.Ifacodingschemeconfigurationisassignedonboth
thetransmitterandterminal,Atolltakesthecodingschemeconfigurationcommontobothandfindsthepossiblemodes,
using the terminalside thresholds if the defined thresholds are different on transmitter and terminal sides. If no coding
schemeconfigurationisdefinedeitheratthetransmitterorintheterminal,thetransmitterwillnotbeconsideredincertain
qualityindicatorscoveragepredictions.
Toassignacodingschemeconfigurationtoatransmitter:
3. Rightclickthetransmittertowhichyouwanttoassignthecodingschemeconfiguration.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. ClicktheConfigurationstab.
6. UnderGPRS/EDGEProperties,selecttheGPRS/EDGETransmittercheckbox.
7. SelecttheCodingSchemeConfigurationfromthelist.
Toassignacodingschemeconfigurationtoaterminal:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTerminalsfolder.
4. Rightclicktheterminaltowhichyouwanttoassignthecodingschemeconfiguration.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheterminalsPropertiesdialogueappears.
6. SelecttheGPRSConfigurationfromthelist.
8.9.6.4 AdaptingCodingSchemeThresholdsforaMaximumBLER
YoucanhaveAtollautomaticallycalculatethereceptionandCIthresholdsforacodingschemeconfiguration.Youenterthe
acceptableBlockErrorRate(BLER)inthecodingschemeconfigurationsPropertiesdialogueandAtollcalculatesthethresh
615
Forsk2013
olds required to ensure that the defined BLER is never exceeded. The admission threshold corresponds to 1BLER
Xmax.throughoutcalculatedforthecodingscheme.
TocalculatethereceptionandC/Ithresholdsforacodingschemeconfiguration:
6. IntheCodingSchemeConfigurationstable,rightclicktherecordofthecodingschemeconfigurationforwhichyou
AtolltoautomaticallycalculatereceptionandCIthresholds.Thecontextmenuappears.
7. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThecodingschemeconfigurationsPropertiesdialogueappears.
8. SelecttheThresholdstab.
9. UnderCalculatetheThresholdstoGettheFollowingBLERValue,enteravalueintheBLERtextboxandclicktheCal
culatebutton.AtollcalculatesthethresholdsrequiredtosatisfytheenteredBLER.
10. ClickOKtoclosethecodingschemeconfigurationsPropertiesdialogueandsavethenewthresholdvalues.
8.9.6.5 DisplayingCodingSchemeThroughputGraphs
InGPRS/EDGEtechnology,codingschemesarelinkedwithdatatransmissionredundancylevels.Withcodingschemes,two
typesofinformationistransmitted:userdataanderrorcorrectiondata.Thereisatradeoffbetweenaccuratedatatransmis
sionandtransmissionthroughputs.Lowerrorcorrectionofferspotentiallyhighertransmissionthroughputs,butalsoahigher
riskofdataloss.Ontheotherhand,ahighrateoferrorcorrectionensuressaferdatatransmission,butmeansalowertrans
missionrate.
Codingschemesaredefinedtoobtainthebestcompromisebetweenthetransmissionrateandthesafetyofthedatasent.
ThatiswhyeachcodingschemehasanoptimumworkingrangedependingoneitherCorCIvalues.Thisoptimumrangecan
beseeninthecodingschemethroughputgraphsforeachdefinedcodingschemeconfiguration.Thegraphsshowthethrough
putasafunctionofradioconditions(CandC/I)ascalculatedusingblockerrorrates.Thegraphscanhelpchooseacoding
schemesuitabletoradioconditions.
TodisplaythegraphofthethroughputasafunctionofCorCIforagivencodingscheme:
6. In the Coding Scheme Configurations table, rightclick the record describing the coding scheme configuration for
whichyouAtolltoautomaticallycalculatereceptionandCIthresholds.Thecontextmenuappears.
7. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThecodingschemeconfigurationsPropertiesdialogueappears.
8. SelecttheThresholdstab.
9. Selectthecodingschemeforwhichyouwanttodisplayathroughputgraphandclickoneofthefollowing:
CGraph:ClicktheCGraphbuttontodisplayagraphdefiningthethroughputasafunctionofC.
C/IGraph:ClicktheC/IGraphbuttontodisplayagraphdefiningthethroughputasafunctionofCI.
Ifintratechnologythirdorderintermodulationinterferenceistakenintoaccount,AtollassumesthattheCIgraphs
includetheeffectofthisinterferencewhereastheCgraphsdonot.Thisoptionrequiresactivationthroughchanges
inthedatabase.Formoreinformation,contactsupport.
10. ClickOKtoclosethedialogue.
8.9.7 TimeslotConfigurations
YoucancreatetimeslotconfigurationsthatcanbeusedtoallocatedifferenttimeslottypestoTRXs.Atimeslotconfiguration
describeshowcircuit,packet,andsharedtimeslotswillbedistributedinasubcell,dependingonthenumberofTRXs.Shared
timeslotsareusedforbothcircuitswitchedandpacketswitchedcalls.
Thedistributionanddefinitionoftimeslotconfigurationshave aninfluenceonthenetworkdimensioningresultsandthe
calculationofKeyPerformanceIndicators(KPIs).
616
AT320_UM_E0
TimeslotconfigurationsareassignedtoeachTRXtypeofeachcelltype.IfthereisnotimeslotconfigurationassignedtoaTRX
type,thefieldsdefinedatthesubcelllevel"Numberofpacket(circuitorshared)timeslots"areused.
Inthissection,thefollowingisexplained:
"CreatingorModifyingaTimeslotConfiguration"onpage617.
8.9.7.1 CreatingorModifyingaTimeslotConfiguration
Tocreateormodifyatimeslotconfiguration:
3. RightclicktheTimeslotConfigurationsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheTimeslotConfigurationstableappears.
5. Ifyouarecreatinganewtimeslotconfiguration,enterthenameofthetimeslotconfigurationintherowmarkedwith
theNewRowicon(
).Thisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhenyouselectatimeslotconfiguration.
Ifyouaremodifyinganexistingtimeslotconfiguration,continuewiththefollowingstep.
6. SelecttherowcontainingthetimeslotconfigurationandclickthePropertiesbutton(
timeslotconfigurationsPropertiesdialogueappears.
)intheTabletoolbar.The
UnderMappingbetweenTRXnumbersandtimeslotconfigurations,eachrowcorrespondstoadistributionoftimes
lotsandisidentifiedbyanindexnumber.Duringdimensioning,Atolldeterminesthenumberofcircuitandpacket
timeslotsrequiredtomeetthetrafficdemand.AtollusesthetimeslotconfigurationtodeterminehowmanyTRXsare
neededtomeettheneedintimeslots.If,duringdimensioning,therearenotenoughindexnumbersinthetimeslot
configuration,Atollreusesthelastindexnumberinthetimeslotconfiguration.
7. InthetimeslotconfigurationsPropertiesdialogue,enterthefollowinginformationforeachindexnumber:
Number of Shared Timeslots: The number of timeslots that can be used for both circuitswitched (GSM) and
packetswitched(GPRSandEDGE)services.
NumberofCircuitTimeslots:Thenumberoftimeslotsthatcanbeusedonlyforbothcircuitswitched(GSM)ser
vices.
NumberofPacketTimeslots:Thenumberoftimeslotsthatcanbeusedonlyforpacketswitched(GPRSandEDGE)
services.
InGSM/GPRS/EDGEthetotalnumberoftimeslotsperindexnumbermustnotexceed8for
timeslotconfigurationsintendedforTCHTRXsand7fortimeslotconfigurationsintended
forBCCHTRXs.
8. ClickOKtoclosethetimeslotconfigurationsPropertiesdialogue.
9. ClicktheClosebutton( )toclosetheListofTimeslotConfigurationstable.
8.9.8 AdvancedTransmitterConfigurationOptions
Atolloffersseveraloptionstohelpyouconfiguremorecomplextransmittersituations.Theseoptionsareexplainedinthis
section:
"DefiningExtendedCells"onpage617
"AdvancedModellingofMultiBandTransmitters"onpage618.
8.9.8.1 DefiningExtendedCells
GSMcellsusuallycoveranareawithina35kmradius.But,asuserlocationsandtheirdistancesfromthebasestationvary,
andradiowavestravelataconstantspeed,thesignalfromuserswhoarefurtherthan35kmfromthebasestationcanbe
delayedbyalmostanentiretimeslot.Thisdelaycreatesinterferencewiththesignalontheadjacenttimeslot.
ExtendedGSMcellsenabletheoperatortoovercomethislimitbytakingthisdelayintoconsiderationwhendefiningthe
timingadvanceforusersintheextendedcells.Extendedcellscancoverdistancesfrom70to140kmfromthebasestation.
Inanetworkwithextendedcells,Atollwillcalculatecoveragepredictionsfromtheextendedcellsdefinedminimumtomaxi
mumrange,butwillcalculateinterferencecausedbytheextendedcellbeyondtheseranges,inwardsandoutwards.
Todefineanextendedcell:
617
Forsk2013
3. Rightclickthetransmitterforwhichyouwanttodefineanextendedcell.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. UnderExtendedCells,setaMin.RangeandaMax.Rangefortheextendedcell.
7. ClickOK.
8.9.8.2 AdvancedModellingofMultiBandTransmitters
InAtollGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojects,allsubcellssharethesamefrequencybandbydefault.However,bychanginganoptionin
theatoll.inifile,youcanmodeltransmitterswithmorethanonefrequencyband.Formoreinformationonchangingoptions
intheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
Onceyouhavesetthemultibandoptionintheatoll.inifileandrestartedAtoll,youcanmodifythepropertiesofexisting
transmitterstochangethemtomultibandtransmittersorcreateamultibandtransmittertemplate.Therelevantproperties
ofallmultibandtransmitterscanbeaccessedinaspecialtable.
8.9.8.2.1
"DefiningaMultibandTransmitter"onpage618
"CreatingaMultiBandTemplate"onpage619
"AccessingtheMultiBandPropagationParametersTable"onpage621.
DefiningaMultibandTransmitter
Eachsubcellonatransmitterisassignedafrequencydomain.Aftermakingthenecessarychangesintheatoll.inifile,youmust
changethefrequencydomainofoneormorenonBCCHsubcellstoadomainonafrequencybandthatisdifferentfromthe
frequencybandusedbytheBCCH.Youcanthenmodifythefrequencybandspecificsettings:
Antennatype,height,mechanicalandadditionalelectricaldowntilt,
Equipmentlosses
Propagationmodelsandpathlossmatrices.
Thissettingsaretakenintoaccountin:
Coveragepredictions
Trafficcapture
Dimensioning
Interferencematrices.
Todefinethepropagationsettingsforafrequencybandusedbyasubcell:
3. Rightclickthetransmitteryouwanttochangetoamultibandtransmitter.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. ClicktheTRXstab.
6. UnderSubcells,select"Standard"fromtheDisplaylist.ThestandardtablelistseachTRXgroupdefinedinthecelltype
selectedunderCellTypeontheTRXstab.
7. ChangetheFrequencyDomainforoneoftheTRXstoafrequencybandbelongingtoadifferentfrequencyband.
8. IntheSubcellstable,selecttherowoftheTRXandclicktheFrequencyBandPropagationbutton.Thefrequencyband
propagationPropertiesdialogueappears.
9. ClicktheGeneraltab.Thefollowingparametersaredisplayed:
618
Name:Thenameiscomposedofthemultibandtransmitterthissubcellbelongstofollowedbythefrequency
band,separatedby"@".Thisfieldcannotbeedited.
AT320_UM_E0
ID:TheIDisauserdefinablenetworklevelparameterforcellidentification.YoucanenteranIDthatisdifferent
fromthenameofthebasetransmitter.
Site:TheSiteonwhichthebasetransmitterislocated.Thisfieldcannotbeedited.
SharedAntenna:Thisfieldisusedtoidentifythetransmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennaslocatedatthe
antenna.
UnderAntennaPosition,youcanmodifythepositionoftheantenna:
RelativetoSite:Selectthisoptionifyouwanttoentertheantennapositionasanoffsetwithrespecttothe
sitelocation,andthenenterthexaxisandyaxisoffsets,DxandDy,respectively.
10. ClicktheTransmittertab.Youcansetthefollowingparameters:
TotalLosses:YoucanenteravalueforTotalLossesorletAtollcalculatelossesaccordingtothecharacteristicsof
theequipmentassignedtothetransmitter.TheEquipmentSpecificationsdialoguecanbeaccessedbyclickingthe
Equipmentbutton.
Height/Ground:TheHeight/Groundboxgivestheheightoftheantennaabovetheground.Thisisaddedtothe
altitudeofthesiteasgivenbytheDTM.Ifthetransmitterissituatedonabuilding,theheightenteredmustinclude
theheightofbuilding.
button(
)toaccessthepropertiesoftheantenna.Theotherfields,Azimuth,MechanicalDowntilt,andAddi
tionalElectricalDowntilt,displayadditionalantennaparameters.
their Azimuth,Mechanical Downtilt,Additional ElectricalDowntilt, and%Power,which isthe percentageof
page69.
11. ClickthePropagationtab.OnthePropagationtab,youcanmodifythefollowing:thePropagationModel,Radius,and
ResolutionforboththeMainMatrixandtheExtendedMatrix.
Transmitterstable.
13. ClickOK.
8.9.8.2.2
CreatingaMultiBandTemplate
Ifyouwillbecreatingnewmultibandbasestations,youcanfirstcreateamultibandtemplatewiththenecessaryparame
ters,includingthepropagationmodelparametersforeachsubcellusingadifferentfrequencyband.
When you create a station template, Atoll bases it on the station template selected in the Station Template Properties
dialogue.Thenewstationtemplatehasthesameparametersastheoneitisbasedon.Therefore,byselectingtheexisting
stationtemplatethatmostcloselyresemblesthestationtemplateyouwanttocreate,youcancreateanewtemplatebyonly
modifyingtheparametersthatdiffer.
Tocreateamultibandtemplate,youmusthaveanappropriatemultibandcelltypeto
assigntothetemplate.Ifyouhavenotalreadycreatedamultibandcelltype,youmustdo
sobeforecreatingthetemplate.Forinformationoncreatingacelltype,see"Creatinga
CellType"onpage606.
Itisassumedthatyouhavealreadysetthemultibandtransmitteroptionintheatoll.inifileandrestartedAtollbeforebegin
ningthisprocedure.
Tocreateamultibandtemplate:
619
Forsk2013
4. SelectManagement...fromthecontextmenu.TheStationTemplatesManagementdialogueappears.
5. UnderStationTemplates,selectthestationtemplatethatmostcloselyresemblesthestationtemplateyouwantto
createandclickAdd.ThePropertiesdialogueappears.
6. Createthemultibandtemplate:
a. ClicktheGeneraltabofthePropertiesdialogue.
b. IntheNametextbox,givethetemplateadescriptivename.
c. FromtheCellTypelist,selectthemultibandcelltypethatcorrespondstothetypeofstationtemplateyouare
creating.
d. Makeanyothernecessarychangestothestationtemplateparameters.Forinformationontheparametersavail
able,see"ModifyingaStationTemplate"onpage371.
e. Whenyouhavefinishedsettingtheparametersforthestationtemplate,clickOKtoclosethedialogueandsave
yourchanges.
7. Setthepropagationparametersforeachfrequencybandinthemultibandtemplate:
a. SelectthemultibandtemplateyouhavejustcreatedandclickAdd.Becausethestationtemplateyouselectedis
amultibandtemplate,theNewStationTemplatedialogueappearswiththefollowingoptions(seeFigure8.129):
Addanewstationtemplate:IfyouselectthisoptionandclickOK,Atollcreatesanewstationtemplatebased
ontheselectedone.
Addanewmultibandstationtemplateforthefrequencyband:IfyouselectthisoptionandclickOK,Atoll
allowsyoutosetthepropagationparametersfortheselectedfrequencyband.
Figure8.129:NewStationTemplatedialogue
b. SelectAddanewmultibandstationtemplateforthefrequencyband,chooseafrequencybandfromthelistand
clickOK.Apropertiesdialogueappears.
OntheGeneraltab,youcansettheantennaandpropagationparametersfortheselectedfrequencyband(see
Figure8.130):
UnderMainAntenna,youcanmodifythefollowing:theHeight/Groundoftheantennasfromtheground(i.e.,
theheightovertheDTM;ifthetransmitterissituatedonabuilding,theheightenteredmustincludethe
heightofbuilding),themainantennaModel,1stSectorAzimuth,fromwhichtheazimuthoftheothersectors
areoffset tooffer complete coverage ofthe area,theMechanical Downtilt,and the AdditionalElectrical
Downtiltfortheantennas.
UnderPropagation,youcanmodifythefollowing:thePropagationModel,Radius,andResolutionforboth
theMainMatrixandtheExtendedMatrix.Forinformationonpropagationmodels,seeChapter5:Working
withCalculationsinAtoll.
OntheTransmittertab,underTransmission,youcansettheTotallosses.Atollcalculatesthelossesaccordingto
thecharacteristicsoftheequipmentassignedtothetransmitter.EquipmentcanbeassignedusingtheEquipment
SpecificationsdialoguewhichappearswhenyouclicktheEquipmentbutton.ForinformationontheEquipment
Specificationsdialogue,see"TransmitterDescription"onpage358.
620
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.130:PropertiesdialogueforfrequencybandofamultibandtemplateGeneralTab
OntheTransmittertab,underTransmission/Reception,youcanseethetotallossesandthenoisefigureofthe
transmitterforthisspecificfrequencyband.Atollcalculateslossesandnoiseaccordingtothecharacteristicsof
theequipmentassignedtothetransmitter.EquipmentcanbeassignedbyusingtheEquipmentSpecificationsdi
aloguewhichappearswhenyouclicktheEquipmentbutton.
ForinformationontheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue,see"TransmitterDescription"onpage358.
Figure8.131:PropertiesdialogueforfrequencybandofamultibandtemplateTransmitterTab
8. ClickOK.ThepropertiesdefinedforthefrequencybandappearintheStationTemplatePropertiesdialoguewitha
namecomposedofthemultibandtemplatetheybelongtofollowedbythefrequencyband,separatedby"@".
9. Repeatstep7.foreveryfrequencybandmodelledbythemultibandtemplate.
8.9.8.2.3
AccessingtheMultiBandPropagationParametersTable
InaGSM/GPRS/EDGEmultibanddocument,youcanaccessthepropertiesofallmultibandtransmittersusingtheMulti
BandPropagationParameterstable.
ToopentheMultiBandPropagationParameterstable:
3. SelectSubcells>MultiBandPropagationParametersfromthecontextmenu.TheMultiBandPropagationParam
eterstableappears.MultibandtransmittersareidentifiedintheTransmittercolumn,withthesubcellsusingafre
quencybandotherthanthemainfrequencybandforthattransmitteridentifiedwithanamecomposedofthemulti
bandtransmittertheybelongtofollowedbythefrequencyband,separatedby"@".
621
Forsk2013
8.9.9 GSM/GPRS/EDGEMultiServiceTrafficData
InAtoll,youcandefinethetrafficdataintheGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork.Thedatawillbeusedindifferentnetworkcalcula
tions,suchas,dimensioningandcoveragepredictions.
"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGEServices"onpage622
"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGEMobilityTypes"onpage623
"ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminals"onpage624.
8.9.9.1 ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGEServices
YoucanmodelbothcircuitandpacketswitchedGSM/GPRS/EDGEservices.
8.9.9.1.1
"CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEService"onpage622
"DisplayingtheGSM/GPRS/EDGEServicesTable"onpage623
CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEService
You can define the various user services in GSM/GPRS/EDGE documents. The services can be circuitswitched or data
switched.CurrentlytheonlycircuitswitchedserviceinaGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkisaGSMvoiceservicethatusesasingle
timeslot.Thequalityrequirementparametersofservicesaremostlyusedinthedimensioningprocess.
5. EditthefieldsontheGeneraltabtodefinethenewservice:
Name:Atollproposesanameforthenewservice,butyoucanchangethenametosomethingmoredescriptive.
ActivityFactor:Theuplinkanddownlinkactivityfactorsareusedtodeterminetheprobabilityofactivityforeach
userduringMonteCarlosimulations.
Circuit:Thisthroughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Itisusedinsimulations
duringuserdistributiongenerationtocalculatethenumberofusersattemptingaconnectionandtodeter
minetheiractivitystatus.
Packet:Thisthroughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Itisusedinsimulations
duringuserdistributiongenerationtocalculatethenumberofusersattemptingaconnectionandtodeter
minetheiractivitystatus.
6. ClicktheParameterstabtodefinethenewservice.
7. Type:YoucanselecteitherCircuit,Packet(MaxBitRate)orPacket(ConstantBitRate)astheservicetype.Ifyou
selectCircuit,theonlyotherapplicableparameterisMax.ProbabilityofBlocking(orDelay)(ErlangBorC,respec
tively).
8. Priority:Enterapriorityforthisservice."0"isthelowestpriority.
9. Max.UL/DLThroughputdemand:ThemaximumUL/DLthroughputsperuserisusedinthesimulationprocessfor
GPRS/EDGEnetworks.
10. Min.ULThroughputdemand:TheminimumthroughputperuserisusedinthesimulationprocessforGPRS/EDGE
networks.
11. Min.DLThroughputdemand:Theminimumthroughputperuserisusedindimensioningandsimulationprocesses
forGPRS/EDGEnetworks.
12. Max.ProbabilityofBlocking(orDelay):Themaximumblockingratedefinesthecallblockingorcallqueuingratefor
theGSMvoiceservicesandtheprobabilityofdelayedpacketsforGPRS/EDGEdataservices.
622
AT320_UM_E0
13. Max.PacketDelay:Themaximumperiodoftimethatapacketcanbedelayedbeforetransmission.
14. RequiredAvailabilityforMinimumThroughput:Thepercentageofcellcoveragewheretheminimumthroughput(or
theguaranteedbitrateforconstantbitratepacketswitchedservices)perusermustbeavailable.Thisvalueisalso
usedindimensioning.
15. Max.NumberofTimeslotspercarrier:Themaximumnumberoftimeslotspercarrierisusedduringdimensioningto
limitthenumberoftimeslotsthatcanbeassignedtoauserusingthisserviceonacarrier.Thisparameterappliesto
packetswitchedservices.ForconstantbitratepacketswitchedservicessuchasVoIP,thisparameterhastobesetto
"1".
16. UnderApplicationThroughput,youcandefinetheScalingFactorandtheOffset.Thethroughputscalingfactorand
offsetareusedtodeterminetheuserorapplicationlevelthroughputinRLCthroughputortimeslotcoveragepredic
tion.Theseparametersmodelheaderinformationandothersupplementarydatathatdonotappearattheapplica
tionlevel.
17. ClickOK.
8.9.9.1.2
DisplayingtheGSM/GPRS/EDGEServicesTable
YoucandisplaytheparametersofalltheservicesintheServicestable.Youcanmodifyanyoftheparametersorcreateanew
service.
TodisplaytheServicestable:
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheServicestableappears.ForinformationonworkingwithtablesinAtoll,
8.9.9.2 ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGEMobilityTypes
InamultilayerGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetwork,thespeedtheuseristravellingisoneofthemostimportantcriteriainallocating
theusertoaserver.Amobileusertravellingatahighspeedisusuallyallocatedachannelonthemacrolayerratherthanon
themicrolayerinordertominimisesignallingandsystemloadandtospreadthetrafficoverseverallayers.
8.9.9.2.1
"CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEMobilityType"onpage623
"DisplayingtheGSM/GPRS/EDGEMobilityTypesTable"onpage623.
CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGEMobilityType
5. OntheGeneraltab,youcanenterormodifythefollowingparametersintheMobilityTypesNewElementProperties
dialogue:
Name:Enterormodifythedescriptivenameforthemobilitytype.
Speed:Enterormodifyanaveragespeedforthemobilitytype.Inahierarchicalnetwork,amaximumspeedis
definedforeachHCS(HierarchicalCellStructure)layer.Anymobilitythatexceedsthedefinedmaximumspeed
willnotbecapturedbythatlayerbutpassedontothelayerabove
6. ClickOK.
8.9.9.2.2
DisplayingtheGSM/GPRS/EDGEMobilityTypesTable
YoucandisplaytheparametersofallthemobilitytypesintheMobilityTypestable.Youcanmodifyanyoftheparametersor
createanewmobilitytype.
623
Forsk2013
TodisplaytheMobilityTypestable:
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheMobilityTypestableappears.Forinformationonworkingwithtables
inAtoll,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
8.9.9.3 ModellingGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminals
InGSM/GPRS/EDGE,aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,ora
carsonboardnavigationdevice.InAtoll,aterminalismodelledintermsofitsGSMandGPRS/EDGErelevantparameters.
8.9.9.3.1
"CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminal"onpage624
"DisplayingtheGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminalsTable"onpage625.
CreatingorModifyingaGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminal
InGSM/GPRS/EDGE,aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,ora
carsonboardnavigationdevice.
Thefollowingparametersareusedinpredictions:
Maximumterminalpower
Mainandsecondarybands
Noisefigures
Technology
CodecandCodingSchemerelatedsettings
DTXcapability
Theterminalminimumpowerisonlyusedforsimulations.
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.Youcanmodifythefollowingparameter:
Name:Youcanchangethenameoftheterminal.
6. ClicktheParameterstab.Youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
Min.Power:Settheminimumtransmissionpower.Theminimumandmaximumtransmissionpowermakeupthe
dynamicrangeforuplinkpowercontrol.
MaxPower:Setthemaximumtransmissionpower.
DTX:TheDTXcheckboxisselectediftheterminalsupportsDTX(DiscontinuousTransmission)technology.
MainBand:Theprimaryfrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatible.
SecondaryBand:Thesecondaryfrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatible.Thecompatiblefrequency
bandsareusedtoallocatetheusertoatransmitterusingthatfrequencybandifthenetworkisamultibandnet
work.
NoiseFigure:Thenoisecausedbytheterminal.Thisvalue isaddedtothethermalnoise(set to121dBmby
default)inpredictionswhenstudyingCNorCI+NinsteadofCorCI.
Technology:Thetechnologywithwhichtheterminaliscompatible.YoucanchooseamongGSM,GPRS(i.e.,GSM/
GPRS),orGPRS/EDGE(i.e.,GSM/GPRS/EDGE).
CodecConfiguration:Selectthecodecconfigurationfortheterminal.Thisparameterisoptional.
Ifyouchose"GSM,""GPRS,"OR"GPRS/EDGE"underTechnology,setthefollowingparametersunderGPRS\EDGE:
624
CodingSchemeConfiguration:IftheterminalisGPRSorEDGEcompatible,selectthecodingschemeconfigura
tionfortheterminal.Thisparameterisoptional.
Max.GPRSCS:IftheterminalisGPRScompatible,setthemaximumnumberofcodingschemesthattheterminal
canuse.
AT320_UM_E0
Max.EDGECS:IftheterminalisEDGEcompatible,setthemaximumnumberofcodingschemesthattheterminal
canuse.
ThehighestnumberofGPRS(orEDGE)codingschemesavailabletotheterminalislimited
bythemaximumnumberofGPRS(orEDGE)codingschemesdefinedfortheTRXconfigu
rationassignedtoatransmitter.
NumberofDLTimeslotspercarrier:IftheterminalisGPRSorEDGEcompatible,youcanenterthemaximum
numberofdownlinktimeslotstheterminalcanuseonacarrier.Terminalsusingonlycircuitswitchedserviceswill
useonlyonedownlinktimeslot.UsingmorethanoneDLtimeslothasaneffectinthedimensioningprocess(see
"DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage447formoreinformation).
NumberofSimultaneousCarriers:IftheterminalisEDGEevolutioncompatible(EGPRS2),youcanenterthemax
imum number of simultaneous carriers the terminal can use. Terminals using either circuitswitched services,
GPRS,orEGPRSpacketswitchedserviceswilluseonlyonecarrieratatime.Usingmorethanonecarrierhasan
effectinthedimensioningprocess(see"DimensioningaGSM/GPRS/EDGENetwork"onpage447formoreinfor
mation).
WhenyoumodelEDGEEvolutionontheterminalsideAtollhastoconsider:
The support of highorder modulations and the use of turbo codes in specific
codingschemeswhichcanbefoundintheselectedGPRS/EDGEconfiguration.
The support of dual antenna terminals (mobile station receive diversity) and
enhanced single antenna terminals (single antenna interference cancellation).
graphs.
7. ClickOK.
8.9.9.3.2
DisplayingtheGSM/GPRS/EDGETerminalsTable
YoucandisplaytheparametersofalltheterminalsintheTerminalstable.Youcanmodifyanyoftheparametersorcreatea
newterminal.
TodisplaytheTerminalstable:
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheTerminalstableappears.Forinformationonworkingwithtablesin
Atoll,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
8.9.10 DefiningtheInterfererReceptionThreshold
InAtoll,youcandefinealimitonthereceivedsignallevel.ThislimitisusedbyAtolltolimittheinputofinterferersincalcu
lations.Whentheinterfererreceptionthresholdisset,theperformanceofcalculationsbasedonCI,suchascoveragebyCI
level,interferedzones.andGPRS/EDGEpredictionscanbeimproved.Aswell,theperformanceofcalculationsusingtheInter
ferenceviewofthePointAnalysiswindow,trafficanalyses,andinterferencehistogramscanalsobeimproved.
Thisvalueisusedasafiltercriteriononinterferers.Atollwilldiscardallinterfererswithasignallevellowerthanthisvalue.
Todefinetheinterfererreceptionthreshold:
2. RightclicktheGSMNetworkSettingsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheGSMNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogueappears.
4. ClicktheCalculationsParameterstab.
5. UnderCalculationLimitation,enteranInterfererReceptionThresholdindBm.
6. ClickOK.
625
Forsk2013
8.9.11 AdvancedModellingofHoppingGaininCoveragePredictions
Usingfrequencyhoppinghasanadvantagefromthepointofviewofinterferenceinthewayinterferencecanbesmoothed
overseveralfrequencies.Inaddition,radiolinkresistancetofastfadingisincreasedanditsefficiencyisoptimised.Because
thiseffectofhoppingcanbenoticedonvoicequalityandonthroughput,youcandefinespecificadmissionthresholdsfor
codecmodesandcodingschemesaccordingtospecificMALlengths.
IfyouwantAtolltotakeadvancedmodellingofhoppinggainsincoveragepredictions,theadministrator(oryou,ifyouhave
administrator rights) has to add the field MAL_LENGTH to the CodecQualityTables and EGPRSQuality tables. Adding this
customfieldprovidesaMAL_LENGTHcolumninthedefinitionofeachcodecconfiguration(QualityGraphstab)andeach
codingschemeconfiguration.
Forcodecconfigurations,itmeansthatyoucandefineaspecificcodecmodegraphperMALlengthwherethegraphefficiency
increasesastheMALlengthincreases,too(seeFigure8.132onpage626).
Figure8.132:CodecConfigurationProperties:QualityGraphstab(withMALlengthdefinition)
Inqualityindicatorscoveragepredictions(see"MakingaCircuitQualityIndicator(BER,FER,orMOS)CoveragePrediction"on
page570),Atollwillextract,foraspecifiedqualityindicatorandagivencodecmode,thequalityindicatorvaluecorrespond
ingtotheMALofthereceiverbeingstudied.IfgraphsforthemobileMALlengtharenotdefined,Atollselectsthegraphsto
whichtheMALlengthisthemostsimilar,i.e.:
ifthemobileMALlengthexceedsalltheMALlengthsdefinedinthequalityindicatorgraphs,theclosestMALlength
isselected;
ifthemobileMALlengthisbetweentwoMALlengthsdefinedinthequalityindicatorgraphs,Atollcarriesoutaninter
polationonthegraphstoextracttheappropriatequalityindicatorvalue.
Forcodingschemeconfigurations,itmeansthatyoucandefineaspecificcodingschemegraphperMALlengthwherethe
graphefficiencyincreaseswhereastheMALlengthincreasestoo(SeeFigure8.133onpage627).
626
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.133:CodingSchemeConfigurationProperties(withMALlengthdefinition)
InGPRS/EDGEcoveragepredictions(see"PacketSpecificCoveragePredictions"onpage562),Atollwillextract,foragiven
codingscheme,thethroughputcorrespondingtotheMALofthestudiedreceiver.IfgraphsforthemobileMALlengtharenot
defined,AtollselectsthegraphsforwhichtheMALlengthisthemostsimilar,i.e.:
ifthemobileMALlengthexceedsalltheMALlengthsdefinedinthecodingschemegraphs,theclosestMALlengthis
selected;
ifthemobileMALlengthisbetweentwoMALlengthsdefinedinthecodingschemegraphs,Atollcarriesoutaninter
polationonthegraphstoextracttheappropriatethroughput.
Foramoreprecisedescriptionofthesefields,seetheAdministratorManual.
8.9.12 ModellingShadowing
agationmodel.
InGSM/GPRS/EDGEprojects,thestandarddeviationofthepropagationmodelisusedtocalculateshadowingmarginson
signallevels.YoucanalsocalculateshadowingmarginsonCI.Forinformationonsettingthemodelstandarddeviationand
theCIstandarddeviationsforeachclutterclassorforallclutterclasses,see"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143.
ShadowingcanbetakenintoconsiderationwhenAtollcalculatesthesignallevel(C)andthesignaltonoiseratio(CI)for:
Apointanalysis(see"MakingaPointAnalysistoStudytheProfile"onpage386)
Acoverageprediction(see"StudyingDLSignalLevelCoverage"onpage387,"InterferenceCoveragePredictions"on
page550,"PacketSpecificCoveragePredictions"onpage562,and"MakingaCircuitQualityIndicator(BER,FER,or
MOS)CoveragePrediction"onpage570)
Neighbours(see"AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically"onpage418)
Trafficcapture(see"CalculatingandDisplayingaTrafficCapture"onpage441).
Youcandisplaytheshadowingmarginsperclutterclass.Forinformation,see"DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsperClutter
Class"onpage628.
627
Forsk2013
8.9.12.1 DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsperClutterClass
Todisplaytheshadowingmarginsperclutterclass:
3. SelectShadowingMarginsfromthecontextmenu.TheShadowingMarginsdialogueappears.
4. Youcansetthefollowingparameters:
CellEdgeCoverageProbability:Entertheprobabilityofcoverageattheedgeofthecell.Thevalueyouenterin
thisdialogueisforinformationonly.
StandardDeviation:Selectthetypeofstandarddeviationtobeusedtocalculatetheshadowingmargin:
FromModel:Themodelstandarddeviation.Atollwilldisplaytheshadowingmarginonthesignallevel.
CI:TheCIstandarddeviation.AtollwilldisplaytheshadowingmarginontheCIlevel.
5. ClickCalculate.Thecalculatedshadowingmarginisdisplayed.
6. ClickClosetoclosethedialogue.
8.9.13 ModellingtheCoexistenceofNetworks
InAtoll,youcanstudytheeffectofinterferencereceivedbyyournetworkfromotherGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworks.Theinter
feringGSM/GPRS/EDGEnetworkcanbeadifferentpartofyourownnetwork,oranetworkbelongingtoanotheroperator.
Tostudyinterferencefromcoexistingnetworks:
1. Importtheinterferingnetworkdata(sites,transmitters,andcells)intoyourdocumentasexplainedin"Creatinga
GroupofBaseStations"onpage376.
2. Fortheinterferingnetworkstransmitters,settheTransmitterTypetoIntraNetwork(InterfererOnly)asexplained
in"TransmitterDescription"onpage358.
During calculations, Atoll will consider the transmitters of type IntraNetwork (Interferer Only) when calculating
interference.Thesetransmitterswillnotserveanypixel,subscriber,ormobile,andwillonlycontributetointerfer
ence.
Modellingtheinterferencefromcoexistingnetworkswillbeasaccurateasthedatayouhavefortheinterferingnetwork.If
theinterferingnetworkisapartofyourownnetwork,thisinformationwouldbereadilyavailable.However,iftheinterfering
networkbelongstoanotheroperator,theinformationavailablemightnotbeaccurate.
8.9.14 ModellingIntertechnologyInterference
AnalysesofGSMnetworkscoexistingwithothertechnologynetworkscanbecarriedoutinAtoll.Intertechnologyinterfer
encemaycreateconsiderablecapacityreductioninaGSMnetwork.Atollcantakeintoaccountinterferencefromcoexisting
networksincalculations.
Interferencereceivedbymobilesonthedownlink:InterferencecanbereceivedbymobilesinaGSMnetworkonthe
downlinkfromexternalbasestationsandmobilesinthevicinity.
Interferencefromexternalbasestations(alsocalleddownlinktodownlinkinterference)canbecreatedbytheuseof
sameoradjacentcarriers,widebandnoise(thermalnoise,phasenoise,modulationproducts,andspuriousemissions),
andintermodulation.InAtoll,youcandefineinterferencereductionfactor(IRF)graphsfordifferenttechnologies
(CDMA,TDMA,OFDM).Thesegraphsarethenusedforcalculatingtheinterferencefromtheexternalbasestations
onmobiles.Thisinterferenceistakenintoaccountinalldownlinkinterferencebasedcalculations.Formoreinforma
tion,see"DefiningIntertechnologyIRFs"onpage629.
Interferencefromexternalmobiles(alsocalleduplinktodownlinkinterference)canbecreatedbyinsufficientsepa
rationbetweentheuplinkfrequencyusedbytheexternalnetworkandthedownlinkfrequencyusedbyyourGSM
network.SuchinterferencemayalsocomefromcoexistingTDDnetworks.Theeffectofthisinterferenceismodelled
inAtollusingtheIntertechnologyDLNoiseRisedefinableforeachTRXintheGSMnetwork.Thisnoiseriseistaken
intoaccountinallinterferencebasedcalculations.FormoreinformationontheIntertechnologyDLNoiseRise,see
"TRXDefinition"onpage366.
628
AT320_UM_E0
Figure8.134:Interferencereceivedbymobilesonthedownlink
8.9.14.1 DefiningIntertechnologyIRFs
InterferencereceivedfromexternalbasestationsonmobilesofyourGSMnetworkcanbecalculatedbyAtoll.Atollusesthe
intertechnologyinterferencereductionfactor(IRF)graphsforcalculatingtheinterferencelevels.AnIRFgraphrepresentsthe
variationoftheAdjacentChannelInterferenceRatio(ACIR)asafunctionoffrequencyseparation.ACIRisdeterminedfrom
theAdjacentChannelSuppression(ACS)andtheAdjacentChannelLeakageRatio(ACLR)parametersasfollows:
1
ACIR = ------------------------------------1
1
------------- + ----------------ACS ACLR
AnIRFdependson:
Theinterferingtechnology(TDMA,CDMA,andOFDM)
Theinterferingcarrierbandwidth(kHz)
Theinterferedcarrierbandwidth(kHz)
Thefrequencyoffsetbetweenbothcarriers(MHz).
IRFsareusedbyAtolltocalculatetheinterferencefromexternalbasestationsonlyiftheAtolldocumentcontainingtheexter
nalbasestationsislinkedtoyourGSMdocument,i.e.,whenAtollisincoplanningmode.
TodefinetheintertechnologyIRFsinthevictimnetwork:
3. IntheRadioNetworkEquipmentfolder,rightclickIntertechnologyInterferenceReductionFactors.Thecontext
menuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheIntertechnologyInterferenceReductionFactorstableappears.
5. Inthetable,enteroneinterferencereductionfactorgraphperrow.ForeachIRFgraph,enter:
Technology:Selectthetechnologyusedbytheinterferingnetwork.
InterfererBandwidth(kHz):EnterthewidthinkHzofthechannels(carriers)usedbytheinterferingnetwork.This
channelwidthmustbeconsistentwiththatusedinthelinkeddocument.
VictimBandwidth(kHz):EnterthewidthinkHzofthechannels(carriers)usedbytheinterferednetwork.This
channelwidthmustbeconsistentwiththatusedinthemaindocument.
ReductionFactors(dB):ClickthecellcorrespondingtotheReductionFactors(dB)columnandthecurrentrowin
thetable.TheReductionFactors(dB)dialogueappears.
Enter the interference reduction factors in the Reduction (dB) column for different frequency separation,
Freq.Delta(MHz),valuesrelativetothecentrefrequencyofthechannel(carrier)usedinthemaindocument.
Reductionvaluesmustbepositive.
Ifyouleavereductionfactorsundefined,Atollassumesthereisnointerference.
6. Whenyouhavefinisheddefininginterferencereductionfactors,clickOK.
629
630
Forsk2013
Chapter9
UMTSHSPANetworks
design,analyse,andoptimiseaUMTSHSPAnetwork.
"DesigningaUMTSNetwork"onpage633
"PlanningandOptimisingUMTSBaseStations"on
page634
page767
"CoplanningUMTSNetworkswithOtherNetworks"
onpage781
632
Forsk2013
Chapter9:UMTSHSPANetworks
AT320_UM_E0
9 UMTSHSPANetworks
AtollenablesyoutocreateandmodifyallaspectsofaUMTSHSPA(HSDPAandHSUPA)network.Onceyouhavecreatedthe
network,Atolloffersmanytoolstoletyouverifythenetwork.Basedontheresultsofyourtests,youcanmodifyanyofthe
parametersdefiningthenetwork.
TheprocessofplanningandcreatingaUMTSHSPAnetworkisoutlinedin"DesigningaUMTSNetwork"onpage633.Creating
thenetworkofbasestationsisexplainedin"PlanningandOptimisingUMTSBaseStations"onpage634.Allocatingneighbours
andscramblingcodesisalsoexplained.Inthissection,youwillalsofindinformationonhowyoucandisplayinformationon
basestationsonthemapandhowyoucanusethetoolsinAtolltostudybasestations.
drivetestdatapaths,andusingthedataincoveragepredictionsisalsoexplained.Filteringimporteddrivetestdatapaths,and
usingthedataincoveragepredictionsisalsoexplained.
9.1 DesigningaUMTSNetwork
Figure9.1depictstheprocessofplanningandcreatingaUMTSHSPAnetwork.
1
Open an Existing Project
or Create a New One
2
Network Configuration
- Add Network Elements
- Change Parameters
3
Basic Predictions
(Best Server, Signal Level)
4
Neighbour Allocation
5a
Traffic Maps
5c
5b
Monte-Carlo
Simulations
User-defined values
5
Cell Load
Conditions
6a
6
UMTS/HSPA Predictions
Prediction Study Reports

7
Scrambling Code Plan
Figure9.1:PlanningaUMTSnetworkworkflow
ThestepsinvolvedinplanningaUMTSHSPAnetworkaredescribedbelow.ThenumbersrefertoFigure9.1.
).
CreatinganewanewAtolldocumentisexplainedinChapter2:StartinganAtollProject.
).
"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage643.
633
Forsk2013
Youcanalsoaddbasestationsusingabasestationtemplate(see"PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate"on
page644).
"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage663and"SignalLevelCoveragePredictions"onpage671
4. Allocateneighbours,automaticallyorindividually(
).
).

YoucandefinethemmanuallyeitherontheCellstabofeachtransmittersPropertiesdialogueorintheCellstable
(see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage643)(
5c
).
6. MakeUMTSspecificcoveragepredictionsusingthedefinedcellloadconditions(
).
7. Allocatescramblingcodes(
).
"PlanningScramblingCodes"onpage724.
9.2 PlanningandOptimisingUMTSBaseStations
TMA,feedercables,etc.InaUMTSproject,youmustalsoaddcellstoeachtransmitter.Acellreferstothecharacteristicsof
acarrieronatransmitter.
Antenna
- Azimuth
- Mechanical tilt
TMA
Antenna
- Height
Feeder Cable
Transmitter
- Noise figure
- Power
Site
- X, Y coordinates
Atollletsyoucreateonesite,transmitter,orcellatatime,orcreateseveralatoncebycreatingastationtemplate.Usinga
stationtemplate,youcancreateoneormorebasestationsatthesametime.InAtoll,abasestationreferstoasitewithits
transmitters,antennas,equipment,andcells.
634
AT320_UM_E0
nals.Thisdatacanbethenusedtomakequalitypredictions,suchaseffectiveservicearea,noise,orhandoverstatuspredic
tions,onthenetwork.
"CreatingaUMTSBaseStation"onpage635
"CreatingDualBandandTriBandUMTSNetworks"onpage653
9.2.1 CreatingaUMTSBaseStation
WhenyoucreateaUMTSsite,youcreateonlythegeographicalpoint;youmustaddthetransmittersandcellsafterwards.
Thesite,withthetransmitters,antennas,equipment,andcellsiscalledabasestation.
Stations"onpage652.
ple,cells.Youwillusuallycreateanewbasestationusingastationtemplate,asdescribedin"PlacingaNewStationUsinga
StationTemplate"onpage644.Thissectiondescribesthefollowingelementsofabasestationandtheirparameters:
"CellDefinition"onpage639.
635
9.2.1.1.1
Forsk2013
SiteDescription
TheparametersofasitecanbefoundinthesitesPropertiesdialogue.ThePropertiesdialoguehastwotabs:
thesitehere.
page41.
culations.
TheUMTStab:
MaxNumberofUplinkChannelElements:Themaximumnumberofphysicalradioresourcesforthecurrentsite
intheuplink.BydefaultAtollentersthemaximumpossible(256).
MaxNumberofDownlinkChannelElements:Themaximumnumberofphysicalradioresourcesforthecurrent
siteinthedownlink.BydefaultAtollentersthemaximumpossible(256).
MaxIubUplinkBackhaulThroughput:ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputforthecurrentsiteintheuplink.
MaxIubDownlinkBackhaulThroughput:ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputforthecurrentsiteinthedown
link.
Equipment:Youcanselectequipmentfromthelist.Tocreatenewsiteequipment,see"CreatingSiteEquipment"
onpage805.
Ifnoequipmentisassignedtothesite,Atollconsidersthefollowingdefaultvalues:
9.2.1.1.2
Rakeefficiencyfactor=1
MUDfactor=0
Carrierselection=ULminimumnoise
Downlinkanduplinkoverheadresourcesforcommonchannels=0
TheoptionASRestrictedtoNeighboursisnotselected,andAtollusesonechannelelementontheuplinkor
downlinkforanyserviceduringpowercontrolsimulation.
Propertiesdialoguehastwotabs:theGeneraltabandtheTransmittertab.Onceyouhavecreatedatransmitter,itsProper
tiesdialoguehasthreeadditionaltabs:theCellstab(see"CellDefinition"onpage639),thePropagationtab(seeChapter5:
WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll),andtheDisplaytab(see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43).
636
AT320_UM_E0
TheGeneraltab:
tochangethewayAtollnamestransmitters,seetheAdministratorManual.
FrequencyBand:YoucanselectaFrequencyBandforthetransmitter.Onceyouhaveselectedthefrequency
)toaccessthepropertiesoftheband.Forinformationonthefre
band,youcanclicktheBrowsebutton(
quencybandPropertiesdialogue,see"DefiningFrequencyBands"onpage801.
antenna.Thisfieldisalsousedformultibandtransmitterstosynchroniseantennaparametersfordifferentfre
quencybands.
MaxRange:Youcandefineamaximumrangeofthetransmitterscoverage,fromthetransmitter.
inredintheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer.
637
Forsk2013
OntheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue(seeFigure9.5),theequipmentyouselectandthegainsandlossesyou
defineareusedtoinitialisetotaltransmitterULandDLlosses:
)to
page174.
)toaccesstheprop
(
mustbepositive.
ReceiverAntennaDiversityGain:Youcanenterareceiverantennadiversitygain.Thevalueyouentermust
bepositive.
losses.AtollalwaystakesthevaluesintheRealboxesintoconsiderationinpredictioneven
iftheyaredifferentfromthevaluesintheComputedboxes.Theinformationinthereal
NoiseFigurereceptionboxiscalculatedfromtheinformationyouenteredintheEquip
mentSpecificationsdialogue.YoucanmodifytherealTotalLossesattransmissionand
receptionandtherealNoiseFigureatreceptionifyouwant.Anyvalueyouentermustbe
positive.
Antennas:
thealtitudeofthesiteasgivenbytheDTM.Ifthetransmitterissituatedonabuilding,theheightenteredmust
button(
638
AT320_UM_E0
parameters.
Themechanicalandadditionalelectricaldowntiltsdefinedforthemainantenna
arealsousedforthecalculationsofsmartantennas.
UnderDiversity,youcanselectthenumberoftransmissionandreceptionantennaportsusedforMIMO(No.
of ports). MIMO systems are supported by some HSDPA bearers (following improvements introduced by
release7ofthe3GPPUTRAspecifications,referredtoasHSPA+).Formoreinformationonhowthenumber
ofantennaportsareused,see"MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems"onpage810.
R99bearersonlysupporttransmitandreceivediversities.Youcandefinethetransmitdiversitymethodfrom
theTransmissionlistwhenmorethanonetransmissionantennaportisavailable.Thereceivediversitymeth
oddependsonthenumberofreceptionantennaportsselected(2RXfortworeceptionantennaportsand4RX
forfourreceptionantennaports).
9.2.1.1.3
page69.
CellDefinition
InAtoll,acellisdefinedasacarrier,withallitscharacteristics,onatransmitter;thecellisthemechanismbywhichyoucan
configureaUMTSmulticarriernetwork.Inotherwords,atransmitterhasonecellforeverycarrier.
Whenyoucreateatransmitter,Atollautomaticallycreatesonecellforthetransmitter.Thefollowingexplainstheparameters
ofaUMTScell,includingtheparametersforHSDPAandHSUPAfunctionality.Asyoucreateacell,Atollcalculatesappropriate
valuesforsomefieldsbasedontheinformationyouhaveentered.Youcan,ifyouwant,modifythesevalues.
ThepropertiesofaUMTScellarefoundonCellstabofthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmittertowhichitisassigned.
ThefollowingHSDPAoptionsapplytoallthecellsofthetransmitter:
Multicellmode:ThemulticellHSDPAmode.YoucanactivatemulticellHSDPAsupportforthetransmitter.When
multicellHSDPAisactive,HSDPAuserswithsuitableterminals(e.g.,dualcellHSDPAterminals)cansimultaneously
connecttoseveralHSDPAcellsofthetransmitterfordatatransfer.TheR99ADPCHbeareristransmittedononeof
thecells,whichiscalledtheanchorcell,andtheusercanbeassignedanHSDPAbearerineachofthecells,depending
onseparateCQIvalues.TheHSDPAuserstobeservedarerankedaccordingtothescheduleralgorithmsetforthesite
equipment.
InterCarrierPowerSharing:YoucanenablepowersharingbetweencellsbyselectingtheInterCarrierPowerSharing
checkboxunderHSDPAandenteringavalueintheMaximumSharedPowerbox.InorderforInterCarrierPower
Sharingtobeavailable,youmusthaveatleastoneHSDPAcarrierwithdynamicpowerallocation.
InterCarrierPowerSharingenablesthenetworktodynamicallyallocateavailablepowerfromR99onlyandHSDPA
carriersamongHSDPAcarriers.
WhenyouselectInterCarrierPowerSharingandyoudefineamaximumsharedpower,theMaxPowerofeachcell
isusedtodeterminethepercentageofthetransmitterpowerthatthecellcannotexceed.
ThemostcommonscenarioiswhereyouhaveR99onlycellsthatarenotusing100%oftheirpowerandcanshareit
withanHSDPAcarrier.Tousepowersharingefficiently,youshouldsettheMaxPoweroftheHSDPAcellstothesame
valueastheMaximumSharedPower.Forexample,iftheMaximumSharedPowerisdefinedas43dBm,theMax
PowerofallHSDPAcellsshouldbesetto43dBminordertobeabletouse100%oftheavailablepower.Inthiscase,
allofanR99cellsunusedpowercanbeallocatedtotheHSDPAcell.
Thefollowingparameterscanbesetforeachindividualcellofthetransmitter:
639
Forsk2013
Name:Bydefault,Atollnamesthecellafteritstransmitter,addingthecarriernumberinparentheses.Ifyouchange
transmitternameorcarrier,Atolldoesnotupdatethecellname.Youcanenteranameforthecell,butforthesake
ofconsistency,itisbettertoletAtollassignaname.IfyouwanttochangethewayAtollnamescells,seetheAdmin
istratorManual.
ID:YoucanenteranIDforthecell.Thisisauserdefinablenetworklevelparameterforcellidentification.
Carrier:Thenumberofthecarrier.
Active:Ifthiscellistobeactive,youmustselecttheActivecheckbox.
MaxPower(dBm):Themaximumavailabledownlinkpowerforthecell.
PilotPower(dBm):Thepilotpower.
SCHpower(dBm):Theaveragepowerofboththesynchronisationchannels(PSCHandSSCH).
TheSCHpowerisonlytransmitted110ofthetime.Consequently,thevalueenteredfor
theSCHpowershouldonlybe110ofitsvaluewhentransmitted,inordertorespectits
actualinterferenceonotherchannels.
OtherCCHpower(dBm):Thepowerofothercommonchannels(PCCPCH,SCCPCH,AICH).
ASThreshold(dB):Theactivesetthreshold.ItistheEcI0marginincomparisonwiththeEcI0ofthebestserver.Itis
usedtodeterminewhichcells,apartfromthebestserver,willbepartoftheactiveset.
MinRSCP(dBm):TheminimumpilotRSCPrequiredforausertobeconnectedtothecell.ThepilotRSCPiscompared
withthisthresholdtodeterminewhetherornotausercanbeconnectedtothecell.DLMaxThroughputperUser
(kbps):Thedownlinkmaxthroughputperuserinkbps.TheDLmaxthroughputperuseristhemaximumconnection
rateinthedownlinkforauser.TheDLandULpeakthroughputsaretakenintoaccountduringpowercontrolsimula
tion.
ULMaxThroughputperUser(kbps):Theuplinkmaxthroughputperuserinkbps.TheULmaxthroughputperuseris
themaximumconnectionrateintheuplinkforauser.TheDLandULpeakthroughputsaretakenintoaccountduring
powercontrolsimulation.
MaxDLLoad(%Pmax):Thepercentageofthemaximumdownlinkpower(setinMaxPower)nottobeexceeded.This
limitwillbetakenintoaccountduringthesimulationiftheoptionDLLoadisselected.IftheDLloadoptionisnot
selectedduringasimulation,thisvalueisnottakenintoconsideration.
MaxULLoadFactor(%):Themaximumuplinkloadfactornottobeexceeded.Thislimitcanbetakenintoaccount
duringthesimulation.
TotalPower(dBmor%):ThetotaltransmittedpowerondownlinkisthetotalpowernecessarytoserveR99and
HSDPAusers.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
Bydefault,thetotalpowerissetasanabsolutevalue.Youcansetthisvalueasapercent
ageofthemaximumpowerofthecellbyrightclickingtheUMTSNetworkSettingsfolder
intheParametersexplorerandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.Then,onthe
GlobalParameterstabofthePropertiesdialogue,underDLLoad,youcanselect%Pmax.
Thetotalpowervalueisautomaticallyconvertedandsetasapercentageofthemaximum
power.
640
ULLoadFactor(%):Theuplinkcellloadfactor.Thisfactorcorrespondstotheratiobetweentheuplinktotalinterfer
enceandtheuplinktotalnoise.Theuplinkcellloadfactorisaglobalvalueandincludestheintertechnologyuplink
interference.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
ULReuseFactor:Theuplinkreusefactorisdeterminedfromuplinkintraandextracellinterference(signalsreceived
bythetransmitterrespectivelyfromintraandextracellterminals).Thisistheratiobetweenthetotaluplinkinterfer
enceandtheintracellinterference.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
ScramblingCodeDomain:Thescramblingcodedomaintowhichtheallocatedscramblingcodebelongs.Thisandthe
scramblingcodereusedistanceareusedbythescramblingcodeplanningalgorithm.
SCReuseDistance:Thescramblingcodereusedistance.Thisandthescramblingcodedomainareusedbythescram
blingcodeplanningalgorithm.
PrimaryScramblingCode:Theprimaryscramblingcode.
SCLocked:Thestatusoftheprimaryscramblingcodeallocatedtothecell.IftheSCLockedcheckboxischecked,the
automaticallocationtoolconsidersthatthecurrentprimaryscramblingcodeisnotmodifiable.
Comments:Ifdesired,youcanenteranycommentsinthisfield.
MaxNumberofIntracarrierNeighbours:Themaximumnumberofintracarrierneighboursforthiscell.Thisvalueis
usedbytheintracarrierneighbourallocationalgorithm.
MaxNumberofIntercarrierNeighbours:Themaximumnumberofintercarrierneighboursforthiscell.Thisvalueis
usedbytheintercarrierneighbourallocationalgorithm.
MaxNumberofIntertechnologyNeighbours:Themaximumnumberofintertechnologyneighboursforthiscell.
Thisvalueisusedbytheintertechnologyneighbourallocationalgorithm.
IntertechnologyULNoiseRise:Thisnoiseriserepresentstheinterferenceonthiscellontheuplinkcreatedbythe
mobilesandbasestationsofanexternalnetwork.Thisnoiserisewillbetakenintoaccountinuplinkinterference
basedcalculationsinvolvingthiscellinthesimulation.Itisnotusedinpredictions(ASAnalysisandcoveragepredic
tions).Inpredictions,AtollcalculatestheuplinktotalinterferencefromtheULloadfactorwhichincludesintertech
AT320_UM_E0
nologyuplinkinterference.Formoreinformationonintertechnologyinterference,see"ModellingIntertechnology
Interference"onpage813.
IntertechnologyDLNoiseRise:Thisnoiseriserepresentstheinterferencecreatedbymobilesofanexternalnetwork
onthemobilesservedbythiscellonthedownlink.Thisnoiserisewillbetakenintoaccountinalldownlinkinterfer
encebasedcalculationsinvolvingthiscell.Formoreinformationonintertechnologyinterference,see"Modelling
IntertechnologyInterference"onpage813.
Neighbours:Youcanaccessadialogueinwhichyoucansetbothintratechnology(intracarrierandintercarrier)and
intertechnologyneighboursbyclickingtheBrowsebutton(
ningNeighbours"onpage710.
).Forinformationondefiningneighbours,see"Plan
TheBrowsebutton( )mightnotbevisibleintheNeighboursboxifthisisanewcell.
YoucanmaketheBrowsebuttonappearbyclickingApply.
HSPASupport:TheHSPAfunctionalitysupportedbythecell.YoucanchoosebetweenNone(i.e.,R99only),HSDPA,
HSPA(i.e.,HSDPAandHSUPA)orHSPA+.
WhenHSDPAissupported,thefollowingfieldsareavailable:
HSDPADynamicPowerAllocation:Ifyouaremodellingdynamicpowerallocation,theHSDPADynamicPower
Allocationshouldbechecked.Duringasimulation,AtollfirstallocatespowertoR99usersandthendynamically
allocatestheremainingpowerofthecelltotheHSPDSCHandHSSCCHofHSDPAusers.Attheendofthesimu
lation,youcancommitthecalculatedavailableHSDPApowerandtotalpowervaluestoeachcell.
Inthecontextofdynamicpowerallocation,thetotalpowercannotexceedthemaximum
powerminusthepowerheadroom.
AvailableHSDPAPower(dBm):Whenyouaremodellingstaticpowerallocation,theHSDPADynamicPowerAllo
cationcheckboxisclearedandtheavailableHSDPApowerisenteredinthisbox.Thisisthepoweravailablefor
theHSPDSCHandHSSCCHofHSDPAusers.
PowerHeadroom(dB):ThepowerheadroomisareserveofpowerthatAtollkeepsforDedicatedPhysicalChan
nels(DPCH)incaseoffastfading.Duringsimulation,HSDPAuserswillnotbeconnectedifthecellpowerremaining
afterservingR99usersislessthanthepowerheadroomvalue.
HSSCCHDynamicPowerAllocation:IfyouaremodellingdynamicpowerallocationtheHSSCCHDynamicPower
AllocationcheckboxshouldbecheckedandavalueshouldbeenteredinHSSCCHPower(dBm).Duringpower
control,AtollwillcontrolHSSCCHpowerinordertomeettheminimumqualitythreshold(asdefinedforeach
mobilitytype).ThevalueenteredinHSSCCHPower(dBm)isthemaximumpoweravailableforeachHSSCCH
channel.ThecalculatedpowerforeachHSDPAuserduringthesimulationcannotexceedthismaximumvalue.
HSSCCHPower(dBm):ThevalueforeachHSSCCHchannelwillbeusedifyouaremodellingdynamicpowerallo
cation.IfyouhaveselectedtheHSSCCHDynamicPowerAllocationcheckboxandmodellingdynamicpowerallo
cation,thevalueenteredhererepresentsamaximumforeachHSDPAuser.IfyouhavenotselectedtheHSSCCH
DynamicPowerAllocationcheckboxandaremodellingstaticpowerallocation,thevalueenteredhererepre
sentstheactualHSSCCHpowerperHSSCCHchannel.
NumberofHSSCCHChannels:ThemaximumnumberofHSSCCHchannelsforthiscell.EachPacket(HSDPA
BestEffort),Packet(HSDPAVariableBitRate),Packet(HSPABestEffort),andPacket(HSPAVariableBitRate)
userconsumesoneHSSCCHchannel.Therefore,atanygiventime(overatimetransmissioninterval),thenumber
ofHSDPAbeareruserscannotexceedthenumberofHSSCCHchannelspercell.
HSDSCH transmissions without an accompanying HSSCCH are performed for Packet
(HSPAConstantBitRate)users.Therefore,thenumberofHSSCCHchannelsisnottaken
into account when managing the number of Packet (HSPA Constant Bit Rate) users
connectedatagiventime.
Min.NumberofHSPDSCHCodes:TheminimumnumberofOVSFcodesavailableforHSPDSCHchannels.This
valuewillbetakenintoaccountduringsimulationsinordertofindasuitablebearer.
MaxNumberofHSPDSCHcodes:ThemaximumnumberofOVSFcodesavailableforHSPDSCHchannels.This
valuewillbetakenintoaccountduringsimulationsandcoveragepredictionsinordertofindasuitablebearer.
MaxNumberofHSDPAUsers:ThemaximumnumberofHSDPAbearerusers[i.e.,Packet(HSDPABestEffort)
users,Packet(HSDPAVariableBitRate)users,Packet(HSPABestEffort)users,Packet(HSPAVariableBit
Rate)users,andPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)users]thatthiscellcansupportatanygiventime.
NumberofHSDPAUsers:ThenumberofHSDPAbearerusersisanaverageandcanbeusedforcertaincoverage
predictions.Youcanenterthisvalueyourself,orhavethevaluecalculatedbyAtollusingasimulation.Dualcell
HSDPAusersarecountedonceineachcelltheyareconnectedto.
641
Forsk2013
HSDPASchedulerAlgorithm:TheschedulingtechniquethatwillbeusedtoranktheHSDPAuserstobeserved.
YoucanselecttheschedulerfromthelistofschedulersavailableintheSchedulerstable.Formoreinformation,
see"DefiningHSDPASchedulers"onpage809.
MUGTable=f(No.Users):YoucanaccesstheMUG(MultiUserGain)tablebyclickingtheBrowsebutton( ).
TheMUGtableisagraphofthroughputgainasafunctionofthenumberofusers.Theaveragecellthroughputis
higherwithmultipleusersthanwithasingleuser.
TheMUGgraphisonlyavailableifyouhavesetthepeakHSDPAthroughputoptionintheatoll.inifile.Formore
IntransmittersthatsupportmulticellHSDPA,thescheduleralgorithmdefinedforthesite
equipmentandtheassociatedMUGgraphsareusedincalculationsinsteadofthesched
uleralgorithmsandMUGgraphssetpercell.
MIMOSupport:TheMIMOmethodusedbythecellwhenitsupportsHSPA+.YoucanchoosebetweenNone,
TransmitDiversity,orSpatialMultiplexing.
WhenHSUPAissupported,thefollowingfieldsarealsoavailable:
DLHSUPAPower:Thepower(indBm)allocatedtoHSUPADLchannels(EAGCH,ERGCH,andEHICH).Thisvalue
mustbeenteredbytheuser.
MaxNumberofHSUPAUsers:ThemaximumnumberofHSUPAbearerusers(i.e.,Packet(HSPABestEffort)
users,Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate)usersandPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)users)thatthiscellcansup
portatanygiventime.
ULLoadFactorDuetoHSUPA(%):TheuplinkcellloadcontributionduetoHSUPA.Thisvaluecanbeasimulation
resultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
NumberofHSUPAUsers:ThenumberofHSUPAbearerusersisanaverageandcanbeusedforcertaincoverage
predictions.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
Bydefault,theSCHpower,theCCHpower,theHSSCCHpowerandtheHSUPApowerare
setasabsolutevalues.Youcansetthesevaluesasrelativetothepilotpowerbyrightclick
ingtheUMTSNetworkSettingsfolderintheParametersexplorerandselectingProperties
fromthecontextmenu.Then,ontheGlobalParameterstabofthePropertiesdialogue,
underDLPowers,youcanselectRelativetoPilot.TheSCHpower,theCCHpower,theHS
SCCHpower,andtheHSUPApowervaluesareautomaticallyconvertedandsetasrelative
tothepilotpower.
ple,cells.
Thissectiondescribeshowtocreateormodifythefollowingelementsofabasestation:
9.2.1.2.1
Tocreateanewsite:
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheSitesNewElementPropertiesdialogueappears(seeFigure9.3onpage636).
5. ClickOK.
)toexpandtheSitesfolder.
642
AT320_UM_E0
6. ClickOK.
9.2.1.2.2
5. ClickOK.Whenyoucreateanewtransmitter,Atollautomaticallycreatesacellbasedonthedefaultstationtemplate.
Forinformationoncreatingacell,see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage643.
)toexpandtheTransmittersfolder.
6. ClickOK.
9.2.1.2.3
textmenu.
CreatingorModifyingaCell
Youcanmodifyanexistingcelloryoucancreateanewcell.Youcanaccessthepropertiesofacell,describedin"CellDefini
tion"onpage639,throughthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmitterwherethecellislocated.
Tocreateormodifyacell:
3. Rightclickthetransmitteronwhichyouwanttocreateacellorwhosecellyouwanttomodify.Thecontextmenu
appears.
5. SelecttheCellstab.
6. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"CellDefinition"onpage639.
7. ClickOK.
643
Forsk2013
Ifyouarecreatingormodifyingseveralcellsatthesametime,youcandoitmore
quicklybyeditingthedatadirectlyintheCellstable.YoucanopentheCellstable
by rightclicking the Transmitters folder in the Network explorer and selecting
Cells>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.Youcaneithereditthedatainthetable,
paste data into the table (see "Copying and Pasting in Tables" on page77), or
importdataintothetable(see"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81).
Ifyouwanttoaddacelltoanexistingtransmitteronthemap,youcanaddthecell
byrightclickingthetransmitterandselectingNewCellfromthecontextmenu.
eters,insteadofbuildingthenetworkbyfirstcreatingthesite,thenthetransmitters,andfinallybyaddingthecells.
YoucanalsoplaceaseriesofstationsusingaAtolltemplate.Youdothisbydefininganareaonthemapwhereyouwantto
placethestations.Atollcalculatestheplacementofeachstationaccordingtothedefinedhexagonalcellradiusinthestation
template.Forinformationondefiningthecellradius,see"CreatingaStationTemplate"onpage645.
644
AT320_UM_E0
You can workwith the sites and transmittersinthesestationsas youworkwithany stationobject, adding,for example,
placethestation.
AtollcomeswithUMTSstationtemplates,butyoucanalsocreateandmodifystationtemplates.Thetoolsforworkingwith
stationtemplatescanbefoundontheRadioPlanningtoolbar(seeFigure9.6).
9.2.1.4.1
)toexpandtheUMTSNetworkSettingsfolder.
page645.
9.2.1.4.2
645
Forsk2013
ofthestationtemplate,thenumberofSectors,eachwithatransmitter,andtheHexagonRadius,i.e.,thetheoretical
radiusofthehexagonalareacoveredbyeachsector.
antenna.
MainMatrixandtheExtendedMatrix.Forinformationonpropagationmodels,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCal
culationsinAtoll.
8. ClicktheTransmittertab.Onthistab(seeFigure9.8),iftheActivecheckboxisselected,youcanmodifythefollowing:
646
UnderTransmission/Reception,youcanclicktheEquipmentbuttontoopentheEquipmentSpecificationsdia
logueandmodifythetowermountedamplifier(TMA),feedercables,ortransmitterequipment.Forinformation
ontheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue,see"TransmitterDescription"onpage636.
TheinformationintherealTotalLossesintransmissionandreceptionboxesiscalculatedfromtheinformation
youenteredintheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue(seeFigure9.5onpage638).Anylossrelatedtothenoise
duetoatransmittersrepeaterisincludedinthecalculatedlosses.AtollalwaysconsidersthevaluesintheReal
boxesinpredictionseveniftheyaredifferentfromthevaluesintheComputedboxes.Youcanmodifythereal
TotalLossesattransmissionandreceptionifyouwant.Anyvalueyouentermustbepositive.
AT320_UM_E0
The information in the real Noise Figure reception box is calculated from the information you entered in the
EquipmentSpecificationsdialogue.YoucanmodifytherealNoiseFigureatreceptionifyouwant.Anyvalueyou
entermustbepositive.
UnderDiversity,youcanselectthenumberoftransmissionandreceptionantennaportsusedforMIMO(No.of
ports).MIMOsystemsaresupportedbysomeHSDPAbearers(followingimprovementsintroducedbyrelease7
ofthe3GPPUTRAspecifications,referredtoasHSPA+).Formoreinformationonhowthenumberofantenna
portsareused,see"MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems"onpage810.
R99bearersonlysupporttransmitandreceivediversities.Youcandefinethetransmitdiversitymethodfromthe
Transmissionlistwhenmorethanonetransmissionantennaportisavailable.Thereceivediversitymethodde
pendsonthenumberofreceptionantennaportsselected(2RXfortworeceptionantennaportsand4RXforfour
receptionantennaports).
9. ClicktheWCDMA/UMTStab.Onthistab(seeFigure9.9),youmodifytheCarriers(eachcorrespondingtoacell)that
thisstationsupports.Forinformationoncarriersandcells,see"CellDefinition"onpage639.
YoucanselecttheCarriernumbersforeachsectorofthestationtemplate.Toselectthecarrierstobeaddedto
thesectorsofabasestationcreatedusingthisstationtemplate:
i.
ClicktheBrowsebutton(
).TheCarriersperSectordialogueappears.
ii. IntheCarriersperSectordialogue,selectthecarrierstobecreatedforeachsectorofthestation.
iii. ClickOK.
647
Forsk2013
Figure9.9:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueWCDMA/UMTStab
UnderPrimaryScramblingCode,youcanmodifytheReuseDistanceandthescramblingcodeDomain.
UnderPower,youcanselectthePowerSharedBetweenCellscheckbox.Aswell,youcanmodifythePilot,the
SCH,theOtherCCHpowers,andtheASThreshold.
UnderSimulationConstraints,youcanmodifytheMaxPower,theMaxDLLoad(definedasapercentageofthe
maximumpower),theDLMaxThroughput/User,theMaxULLoadFactor,andtheULMaxThroughput/User.
Under Load Conditions, you can modify theTotalTransmitted Power,theUL LoadFactor,andthe ULReuse
Factor.
UnderIntertechnologyInterferences,youcanmodifytheULandDLnoiserisewhichrespectivelymodelthe
effectofterminalsandstationsofanexternalnetworkonthenetworkcellsandtheeffectofterminalsofan
externalnetworkinterferingthemobilesservedbythenetworkcells.Formoreinformationonintertechnology
interferences,See"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage813.
YoucanalsomodifytheNumberofUplinkandDownlinkChannelElements,theMaxIubUplinkandDownlink
BackhaulThroughputsandselecttheEquipment.
10. ClicktheHSPA/HSPA+tab.
Onthistab(seeFigure9.10),youcandefinetheHSPAfunctionalitysupportedbythecells.Youcanchoosebetween
None(i.e.,R99only),HSDPA,HSPA(i.e,HSDPAandHSUPA),HSPA+.WhenHSDPAfunctionalityissupported,youcan
modifythefollowingunderHSDPA(formoreinformationonthefields,see"CellDefinition"onpage639):
648
Multicellmode:ThemulticellHSDPAmode.YoucanactivatemulticellHSDPAsupportforthetransmitter.When
multicellHSDPAisactive,HSDPAuserswithsuitableterminals(e.g.,dualcellHSDPAterminals)cansimultane
ouslyconnecttoseveralHSDPAcellsofthetransmitterfordatatransfer.
YoucanselecttheAllocationStrategy(StaticorDynamic).IfyouselectStaticastheAllocationStrategy,youcan
entertheavailableHSDPAPower.IfyouselectDynamicastheAllocationStrategy,AtollallocatestheHSDPA
powertocellsduringthesimulation.AtollfirstallocatespowertoR99usersandthendynamicallyallocatesthe
remainingpowerofthecelltotheHSPDSCHandHSSCCHofHSDPAusers.Attheendofthesimulation,youcan
committhecalculatedavailableHSDPApowerandtotalpowervaluestoeachcell.
UnderHSPDSCH,youcanmodifytheMin.andMaxNumberofCodesandthePowerHeadroom.
UnderHSSCCH,youcanselecttheAllocationStrategy(StaticorDynamic)andtheNumberofChannels.Ifyou
selectStaticastheAllocationStrategy,youcanentertheHSSCCHPower.
AT320_UM_E0
UnderScheduler,youcanmodifytheAlgorithm,theMaxNumberofUsers,theNumberofUsers,andyoucan
enteraMUG=f(No.Users)graph.TheMUGgraphisonlyavailableifyouhavesetthepeakHSDPAthroughput
optionintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
UnderHSUPA,ifHSUPAfunctionalityissupported,youcanmodifythefollowing(formoreinformationonthefields,
see"CellDefinition"onpage639):
YoucanmodifytheDLPower,theULLoad,theMaxNumberofUsers,andtheNumberofUsers.
Figure9.10:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueHSDPAtab
11. ClicktheNeighbourstab.Inthistab(seeFigure9.11),youcanmodifytheMaxNumberofIntraandInterCarrier
NeighboursandtheMaxNumberofIntertechnologyNeighbours.Forinformationondefiningneighbours,see"Plan
changes.
9.2.1.4.3
649
Forsk2013
9.2.1.4.4
i.
vi. Enter,ifdesired,aDefaultvalueforthenewfield.
i.
ii. ClicktheDeletebutton.Theuserdefinedfieldappearsinstrikeout.Itwillbedefinitivelydeletedwhenyou
closethedialogue.
i.
7. ClickOK.
9.2.1.4.5
)toexpandtheStationTemplatesfolder.
650
AT320_UM_E0
stationyoucreatewillhavethesametransmitter,andcellparametervaluesastheoriginalbasestation.Ifnositeexistswhere
youplacetheduplicatedbasestation,Atollwillcreateanewsitewiththesameparametersasthesiteoftheoriginalbase
station.Duplicatingabasestationallowsyouto:
Quicklycreateanewbasestationwiththesamesettingsastheoriginalbasestationinordertostudytheeffectofa
newbasestationonthecoverageandcapacityofthenetwork,and
Quicklycreateahomogeneousnetworkwithstationsthathavethesamecharacteristics.
)toexpandtheSitesfolder.
SelectDuplicate>WithOutwardNeighboursfromthecontextmenu,ifyouwanttoduplicatethebasestation
alongwiththelistsofintraandintertechnologyneighboursofitstransmitters.
bar(seeFigure9.12).
Toplacethestationmoreaccurately,youcanzoominonthemapbeforeyouselect
Duplicatefromthecontextmenu.Forinformationonusingthezoomingtools,see
"ChangingtheMapScale"onpage49.
andcellsofthenewbasestationhavethesamenamesasthesite,transmitters,andcellsoftheoriginalbasestation
witheachnamemarkedas"Copyof."Thesite,transmitters,andcellsoftheduplicatebasestationhavethesame
settingsasthoseoftheoriginalbasestation.Iftheduplicatebasestationwasplacedonanexistingsite,thetransmit
ters,andcellsofthenewbasestationhavethesamenamesasthetransmitters,andcellsoftheoriginalbasestation
witheachnameprecededbythenameofthesiteonwhichtheduplicatewasplaced.
651
Forsk2013
Formoreinformationonthesite,transmitter,andcellproperties,see"DefinitionofaBaseStation"onpage635.
Youcancreatebasestationsindividuallyasexplainedin"CreatingaUMTSBaseStation"onpage635,oryoucancreateone
or several base stations by using station templates as explained in "Placing a New Station Using a Station Template" on
page644.However,ifyouhavealargedataplanningprojectandyoualreadyhaveexistingdata,youcanimportthisdatainto
yourcurrentAtolldocumentandcreateagroupofbasestations.
page119.
Transmitterstable,andcelldataintheCellstable,inthatorder.
pastingdatainto.
dataintheTransmitterstable,andcelldataintheCellstable,inthatorder.
atransmitter,iftherethereismorethanonetransmitterwiththesameazimuth,clickingthetransmittersinthemapwindow
opensacontextmenuallowingyoutoselectthetransmitter.Youcanalsochangethepositionofthestationbydraggingit,
orbylettingAtollfindahigherlocationforit.
652
AT320_UM_E0
and
).
9.2.5 CreatingDualBandandTriBandUMTSNetworks
InAtoll,youcanmodeldualbandandtribandUMTSnetworksinonedocument(e.g.,networkconsistingof2100MHzand
900MHztransmitters).CreatingadualbandortribandUMTSnetworkconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
1. Definingthefrequencybandsinthedocument(see"DefiningFrequencyBands"onpage801).
2. Selectingandcalibratingapropagationmodelforeachfrequencyband(seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsin
Atoll).
3. Assigning a frequency band, with its propagation model, to each transmitter (see "Transmitter Description" on
page636).
4. Defining the frequency bands with which terminals are compatible (see "Modelling UMTS HSPA Terminals" on
page689).
receivedsignal.
WhenAtollmodelsUMTSrepeaters,themodellingfocuseson:
Theadditionalcoveragethesesystemsprovidetotransmittersinthedownlink.
Thenoiserisegeneratedatthedonortransmitterbytherepeater.
653
Forsk2013
):
thereareany.
usingthebuttonstotherightoftheAmpliferGainbox(
logue.
e. EnterthemaximumpowerthattheequipmentcantransmitonthedownlinkintheMaxDownlinkPowercolumn.
ThisparameterenablesAtolltoensurethatthedownlinkpowerafteramplificationdoesnotexceedthelimitof
theequipment.
f. Ifdesired,enteraMaxUplinkPower,anInternalDelayandComments.Thesefieldsareforinformationonlyand
arenotusedincalculations.
654
AT320_UM_E0
)inthesame
repeaterisfoundintheTransmittersfolderoftheNetworkexplorerunderitsdonortransmitter,repeater,orremote
antenna.
page655.
ment.
pastingdatainto.
Name:YoucanchangetheNameoftherepeater.Bydefault,repeatersarenamed"SiteX_Y_RepZ"where"X"is
thedonorsitenumber,"Y"thedonortransmitternumber,and"Z"anumberassignedtotherepeaterwhenitwas
created.
thedonorrepeater.
forthetechnology(eitherGSM,UMTS,orLTE)..
)openstheProperties
YoucanenteravalueintheSharedantenna(coverageside)fieldfortherepeater.Thisfieldisusedtoidentifythe
transmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennasthatarelocatedatthesamesiteoronsiteswiththesameposition
655
Forsk2013
YoucanchangetheAmplificationGain.Theamplificationgainisusedinthelinkbudgettoevaluatetherepeater
totalgain.
IfyouselectMicrowaveLink,entertheLinkLossesandproceedtostep5.
propagationmodel.
)toaccessthe
includetheheightofthebuilding.
i.
Type:ThetypeoffeederisvisibleintheTypelist.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton(
ertiesofthefeeder.
)toaccesstheprop
ii. Length:EntertheLengthofthefeedercableatTransmissionandatReception.
TotalGain:enterthegain(indownlinkanduplink)orclickCalculatetodeterminetheactualgaininbothdirec
tions.IfyouhavemodifiedanyparameterintheGeneral,DonorSide,orCoverageSidetabs,clickApplybefore
clickingtheCalculatebutton.
Indownlink,thetotalgainisappliedtoeachpower(pilotpower,SCHpower,etc.).
Inuplink,thetotalgainisappliedtoeachterminalpower.
Thetotalgaintakesintoaccountlossesbetweenthedonortransmitterandtherepeater,donorcharacteristics
(donorantennagain,receptionfeederlosses),amplificationgain,andcoveragecharacteristics(coverageantenna
gain,transmissionfeederlosses).
656
AT320_UM_E0
button(
parameters.
page69.
i.
feeder.
YoucanupdatetheULandDLtotalgainsofallrepeatersbyselectingRepeaters>CalculateGainsfromtheTransmit
terscontextmenu.
YoucanpreventAtollfromupdatingtheULandDLtotalgainsofselectedrepeatersby
creating a custom Boolean field named "FreezeTotalGain" in the Repeaters table and
settingthevalueofthefieldto"True".Afterwards,whenyouselectRepeaters>Calculate
GainsfromtheTransmitterscontextmenu,AtollwillonlyupdatetheULandDLtotalgains
forrepeaterswiththecustomfield"FreezeTotalGain"setto"False".
theMouse"onpage42).
657
Forsk2013
Repeater"onpage653.
1. Selectthedonortransmitter.YoucanselectitfromtheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer,ordirectlyonthe
map.
)
transmitter.
Antenna"onpage659.
658
AT320_UM_E0
InAtoll,thecharacteristicsofeachremoteantennaarestoredintheRemoteAntennastable.Ifyouhavedataintableform,
eitherinanotherAtolldocumentorinaspreadsheet,youcancopythisdataandpasteitintotheRemoteAntennastablein
yourcurrentAtolldocument.
TopastetheinformationintotheRemoteAntennastable:
1. OpentheRemoteAntennastableasexplainedin"OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable"onpage658.
2. CopythedatafromthesourcedocumentandpasteitintotheRemoteAntennastable.
pastingdatainto.
1. Rightclicktheremoteantennaeitherdirectlyonthemap,orintheRemoteAntennastable(forinformationonopen
ingtheRemoteAntennastable,see"OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable"onpage658).Thecontextmenuappears.
Name:YoucanchangetheNameoftheremoteantenna.Bydefault,remoteantennasarenamed"SiteX_Y_RemZ"
where"X"isthedonorsitenumber,"Y"thedonortransmitternumber,and"Z"anumberassignedtotheremote
antennawhenitwascreated.
remoteantenna.
InMultiRATdocuments,aremoteantennasnameis"SiteX_T_Y_RemZ"where
antenna,orarepeater.ClickingtheBrowsebutton(
)opensthe
identifythetransmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennasthatarelocatedatthesamesiteoronsiteswiththe
same position and that share an antenna. The entry in the field must be the same for all such transmitters,
repeaters,andremoteantennas.Whenchangesaremadetothepositionoffset(Dx,Dy),azimuth,antennaheight,
ormechanicaltiltofoneantenna,Atollautomaticallysynchronisesthesamechangestoallothertransmitters,
repeaters,andremoteantennasdefinedashavingasharedantenna.
nates.
SelecttheActivecheckbox.Onlyactiveremoteantennas(displayedinredintheUMTSTransmittersfolderinthe
Networkexplorer)arecalculated.
659
Forsk2013
Indownlink,thetotalgainisappliedtoeachpower(pilotpower,SCHpower,etc.).
Thetotalgaintakesintoaccountlossesbetweenthedonortransmitterandtheremoteantenna.
mustincludetheheightofthebuilding.
button(
parameters.
page69.
i.
feeder.
YoucanupdatetheULandDLtotalgainsofallremoteantennasbyselectingRemoteAntennas>CalculateGainsfrom
theTransmitterscontextmenu.
YoucanpreventAtollfromupdatingtheULandDLtotalgainsofselectedremoteantennas
by creating a custom Boolean field named "FreezeTotalGain" in the Remote Antennas
tableandsettingthevalueofthefieldto"True."Afterwards,whenyouselectRemote
Antennas>CalculateGainsfromtheTransmitterscontextmenu,Atollwillonlyupdate
theULandDLtotalgainsforremoteantennaswiththecustomfield"FreezeTotalGain"set
to"False."
660
AT320_UM_E0
accountandcalculateslossesalongthetransmitterreceiverpath.Thisallowsyoutopredictthereceivedsignallevelatany
"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage663.
InAtoll,youcanmakeapointanalysistostudyreceptionalongaprofilebetweenareferencetransmitterandaUMTSuser.
accountandcalculateslossesalongthetransmitterreceiverpath.Theprofileiscalculatedinrealtime,usingthepropagation
model,allowingyoutostudytheprofileandgetapredictiononeachselectedpoint.
2. Click the Point Analysis button (
pointerchanges(
) in the Radio Planning toolbar. The Point Analysis window appears and the
661
Forsk2013
4. SelectProfilefromthelistatthetopofthePointAnalysiswindow.
TheprofileanalysisappearsintheProfileviewofthePointAnalysiswindow.Thealtitude(inmetres)isreportedon
theverticalaxisandthereceivertransmitterdistanceonthehorizontalaxis.AblueellipsoidindicatestheFresnelzone
betweenthetransmitterandthereceiver,withagreenlineindicatingthelineofsight(LOS).Atolldisplaystheangle
oftheLOSreadfromtheverticalantennapattern.Alongtheprofile,ifthesignalmeetsanobstacle,thiscausesatten
uationwithdiffractiondisplayedbyaredverticalline(ifthepropagationmodelusedtakesdiffractionmechanisms
intoaccount).ThemainpeakistheonethatintersectsthemostwiththeFresnelellipsoid.Withsomepropagation
modelsusinga3knifeedgeDeygoutdiffractionmethod,theresultsmightdisplaytwoadditionalattenuationspeaks.
Thetotalattenuationisdisplayedabovethemainpeak.
Carriers:Selectthecarriertobeanalysed.
)todisplaytheCalculationOptionsdialogue.Youcanchangethefollowing:
ChangetheXandYcoordinatestochangethecurrentpositionofthereceiver.
perclutterclass.
:ClicktheGeographicProfilebutton( )ifyouwanttoviewthegeographicprofilebetweenthetransmitter
andthereceiver.Atolldisplaystheprofilebetweenthetransmitterandthereceiverwithclutterheights.Anellip
soidindicatingtheFresnelzoneisalsodisplayed.Atolldoesnotcalculateordisplaysignallevelsandlosses.
: Click the Report button (

) to display a text document with details on the displayed profile analysis.
Detailedreportsareonlyavailableforthestandardpropagationmodel.
662
AT320_UM_E0
Figure9.14:PointAnalysisProfileview
9.2.9.2 StudyingSignalLevelCoverage
Asyouarebuildingyourradioplanningproject,youmightwanttocheckthecoverageofanewbasestationwithouthaving
tocalculatetheentireproject.Youcandothisbyselectingthesitewithitstransmittersandthencreatinganewcoverage
prediction.
Thissectionexplainshowtocalculatethesignallevelcoverageofasinglesite.Asignallevelcoveragepredictiondisplaysthe
signalofthebestserverforeachpixeloftheareastudied.
You can use the same procedure to study the signal level coverage of several sites by
Tostudythesignallevelcoverageofasinglebasestation:
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderandselectGroupby>Sitefromthecontextmenu.Thetransmittersarenowdis
Ifyouwanttostudyonlysitesbytheirstatus,atthisstepyoucouldgroupthemby
status.
ters.
obtainmoreaccurateresultsbyusingforthemainandextendedmatricespropagationmodelsbestsuitedfor
eachdistance.
e. Forthemainpropagationmodel:
SelectaMainPropagationModel
EnteraMainCalculationRadiusandMainResolution.
663
Forsk2013
f. Ifdesired,fortheextendedpropagationmodel:
SelectanExtendedPropagationModel
EnteranExtendedCalculationRadiusandExtendedResolution.
g. Closethetable.
ThePredictionTypesdialogueliststhepredictionsavailable.TheyaredividedintoStandardPredictions,supplied
withAtoll,andCustomisedPredictions.Unlessyouhavealreadycreatedsomecustomisedcoveragepredictions,the
5. SelectCoveragebySignalLevel(DL)andclickOK.TheCoveragebySignalLevel(DL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
usuallysufficient:
DisplayResolution
CityCentre
5m
City
20m
County
50m
State
100m
Country
country
Conditionstab:ThecoveragepredictionparametersontheConditionstaballowyoutodefinethesignalsthatwill
beconsideredforeachpixel(seeFigure9.15).
AtthetopoftheConditionstab,youcansetthesignallevelrangetobeconsidered.InFigure9.15,asignal
levellessthanorequalto120dBmwillbeconsidered.
UnderServer,select"All"toconsidersignallevelsfromallservers.
IfyouselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckbox,youcanchangetheCellEdgeCoverageProbability.
perclutterclass.
YoucanselecttheCarriertobestudied,orselect"Best(AllBands)"tohavethecarrierselectedaccordingto
thecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.Thecoveragepredictiondisplaysthestrengthof
thereceivedpilotsignal.
664
AT320_UM_E0
UnderField,select"BestSignalLevel."Selecting"All"or"BestSignalLevel"ontheConditionstabwillgiveyou
thesameresultsbecauseAtolldisplaystheresultsofthebestserverineithercase.Selecting"BestSignal
Level"necessitates,however,thelongesttimeforcalculation.
ResultExporttab:Youcanexporttheresultsperpixelofthecoverageprediction.Forinformation,see"Exporting
theValuesperPixelofaCoveragePrediction"onpage219.
later:
Calculatebutton(
).
665
Forsk2013
"SettingTransmittersorCellsasActive"onpage670
"HSUPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage704
mitter.Aswell,youcanassignadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions.Thispropagationmodelisusedforall
666
AT320_UM_E0
Atollwilluse:
towhichyouwilllaterassignapropagationmodeleitherindividuallyoraspartofagroup.
Whenyouassignapropagationmodelglobally,youoverrideanyselectionyoumight
havealreadymadetoanindividualtransmitterortoagroupoftransmitters.
3. Ifyouhaveassignedadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions,asdescribedin"DefiningaDefaultPropa
gationModel"onpage201,thisisthepropagationmodelthatwillbeusedforalltransmitterswhosemainpropaga
tionmodelis"(Defaultmodel)."Ifatransmitterhasanyotherpropagationmodelchosenasthemainpropagation
model,thatisthepropagationmodelthatwillbeused.
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoOneTransmitter"onpage668.
5. UnderMainMatrix:
Settingadifferentmainorextendedmatrixonanindividualtransmitterasexplainedin
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoOneTransmitter"onpage668willoverridethisentry.
3. SelectfromtheGroupbysubmenuofthecontextmenuthepropertybywhichyouwanttogroupthetransmitters.
667
Forsk2013
You can group transmitters by several properties by using the GroupBy button on the
menuappears.
group.
MainResolution(m)
)inthe
button(
Whenyouassignamainandextendedpropagationmodeltoasingletransmitter,itoverridesanychangesmadeglobally.
appears.
6. UnderMainMatrix:
668
AT320_UM_E0
WhenyoucreateacoveragepredictionandclicktheCalculatebutton(
culatebutton(
).
Predictionsfolder.
(
)inthetoolbar.
tions.
DrawPolygon
i.
DrawRectangle
i.
)andNewRectangle(
fromthecontextmenu.
669
Forsk2013
inthefollowingways:
onpage98.
contextmenu.
9.2.10.5 SettingTransmittersorCellsasActive
theexplorerwindow,activetransmittersareindicatedwitharedicon(
InAtoll,youcanalsosetindividualcellsonatransmitterasactiveorinactive.
Youcansetanindividualtransmitterasactivefromitscontextmenuoryoucansetmorethanonetransmitterasactiveby
activatingthemfromtheTransmitterscontextmenu,byactivatingthetransmitterscellsfromtheCellstable,orbyselecting
thetransmitterswithazoneandactivatingthemfromthezonescontextmenu.
TosetmorethanonecellasactiveusingtheCellstable:
3. SelectCells>OpenTable.TheCellstableappearswitheachcellsparametersinarow.
4. Foreachcellthatyouwanttosetasactive,selectthecheckboxintheActivecolumn.
670
AT320_UM_E0
toUMTSarecoveredin"UMTSSpecificPredictions"onpage685,"HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage701,and
9.2.10.6.1
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbySignalLevel"onpage671
MakingaCoveragePredictionbySignalLevel
Acoveragepredictionbysignallevelallowsyoutopredictthebestsignalstrengthateachpixel.Youcanbasethecoverage
Tomakeacoveragepredictionbysignallevel:
tion).
foreachpixel.
AtthetopoftheConditionstab,youcansettherangeofsignalleveltobeconsidered.InFigure9.17,asignallevel
lessthanorequalto120dBmwillbeconsidered.
clutterclass.
YoucanselecttheCarriertobestudied,orselect"Best(AllBands)"tohavethecarrierselectedaccordingtothe
carrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.Thecoveragepredictiondisplaysthestrengthofthe
receivedpilotsignal.
671
Forsk2013
Figure9.17:Conditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbysignallevel
8. UnderDisplayType,select"ValueIntervals."UnderField,select"BestSignalLevel."Thecoveragepredictionresults
willbeintheformofthresholds.Forinformationonadjustingthedisplay,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"on
page43.
Selecting"All"or"BestSignalLevel"ontheConditionstabwillgiveyouthesameresultsbecauseAtolldisplaysthe
resultsofthebestserverineithercase.Selecting"BestSignalLevel"necessitates,however,thelongesttimeforcalcu
lation.
10. Onceyouhavecreatedthecoverageprediction,youcancalculateimmediatelyoryoucansaveitandcalculateitlater:
Calculate:ClickCalculatetosavethedefinedcoveragepredictionandcalculateitimmediately..
Calculatebutton(
Figure9.18:Coveragepredictionbysignallevel
672
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanrunaspecificpredictionstudydisplayingacoveragebypilotsignallevelforagiven
terminal,service,mobilityandcarrierasexplainedin"MakingaPilotSignalQualityPredic
tion"onpage691.
9.2.10.6.2
Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterallowstheusertopredictwhichserveristhebestateachpixel.Youcanbasethecover
Tomakeacoveragepredictionbytransmitter:
4. SelectCoveragebyTransmitter(DL)andclickOK.TheCoveragebyTransmitter(DL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
foreachpixel.
lessthanorequalto120dBmorgreaterthen85dBmwillbeconsidered.
UnderServer,select"Bestsignallevel."
YoucanalsodefineaMargin.Atollwillthenconsiderthebestsignalleveloneachpixelandanyothersignallevel
withinthedefinedmarginofthebestone.
clutterclass.
YoucanselecttheCarriertobestudied,orselect"Best(Allbands)"tohavethecarrierselectedaccordingtothe
carrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.
673
Forsk2013
later:
Calculatebutton(
Youcanalsopredictwhichserverissecondbestserveroneachpixelbyselecting"Second
bestsignallevel"ontheConditionstabsetting"DiscreteValues"astheDisplayTypeand
"Transmitter"astheFieldontheDisplaytab.
9.2.10.6.3
range.
4. SelectOverlappingzones(dl)andclickOK.TheOverlappingzones(dl)Propertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
foreachpixel.
674
lessthanorequalto120dBmwillbeconsidered.
UnderServer,select"Bestsignallevel"anddefineaMargin.Atollwillthenconsiderthebestsignalleveloneach
pixelandanyothersignallevelwithinthedefinedmarginofthebestone.
clutterclass.
YoucanselecttheCarriertobestudied,orselect"Best(Allbands)"tohavethecarrierselectedaccordingtothe
carrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.Thecoveragepredictiondisplaysthestrengthofthe
receivedpilotsignal.
AT320_UM_E0
Servers"isselectedbydefault.Eachoverlappingzonewillthenbedisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothenumber
page43.
Whencreatingacoveragepredictiondisplayingthenumberofservers,youcannotexport
thevaluesperpixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Onceyouhavecompletedaprediction,youcananalysetheresultswiththetoolsthatAtollprovides.
createdthecoverageprediction(step6.of"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage663).Ifseveralcoveragepredictionsare
visibleonthemap,itmightbedifficulttoclearlyseetheresultsofthecoveragepredictionyouwanttoanalyse.Youcanselect
whichpredictionstodisplayortohidebyselectingorclearingthedisplaycheckbox.Forinformationonmanagingthedisplay,
see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38.
"DisplayingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingTipText"onpage676
675
9.2.10.7.1
Forsk2013
9.2.10.7.2
DisplayingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingTipText
prediction(step6.of"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage663).
Figure9.21:Displayingcoveragepredictionresultsusingthetiptext
9.2.10.7.3
pointerchanges(
2. AtthetopofthePointAnalysiswindow,selecttheReceptionview(seeFigure9.22).
colourofthetransmitterstheyrepresent.Athickblacklinefromthepointertoitsbestserverisalsodisplayedinthe
mapwindow.Thebestserverofthepointeristhetransmitterfromwhichthepointerreceivesthehighestsignallevel.
If you let the pointer rest, the signal level received from the corresponding transmitter at the pointer location is
displayedinthetiptext.
3. AtthetopoftheReceptionview,selectthecarriertobeanalysed.
Figure9.22:PointAnalysisReceptionview
676
AT320_UM_E0
perclutterclass.
YoucanalsoselecttheDetailsviewfromthetopofthePointAnalysiswindowtogetmoreinformation.TheDetailsview
displaystheprofileofthereceiver(thecombinationofterminal,service,mobility,andcarrier)and,foreachtransmitter,its
distancefromthereceiver,itssignallevel(orRSCP),itspathloss,Ec/Io,DLandULEb/Ntvalues,andscramblingcode.
9.2.10.7.4
Thefocuszoneandhotspotsdefineanareaonwhichstatisticscanbedrawnandonwhichreportsaremade.Whileyoucan
onlyhaveonefocuszone,youcandefineseveralhotspotsinadditiontothefocuszone.
whereAtollcalculatespathlossmatrices,coveragepredictions,MonteCarlo,powercontrolsimulations,etc.,whilethefocus
zoneandhotspotsaretheareastakenintoconsiderationwhengeneratingreportsandresults.Whenyoucreateacoverage
predictionreport,itgivestheresultsforthefocuszoneandforeachofthedefinedhotspots.
3. RightclicktheFocusZoneorHotSpots,dependingonwhetheryouwanttocreateafocuszoneorahotspot.The
contextmenuappears.
DrawPolygon
i.
direction.
DrawRectangle
i.
Youcanalsocreateafocuszoneorhotspotasfollows:
)andNewRectangle(
Existingpolygon:Youcanuseanyexistingpolygononthemapasafocuszoneorhotspotbyrightclickingitand
selectingUseAs>FocusZoneorUseAs>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.Youcanalsocombineanexistingfocus
zoneorhotspotwithanyexistingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheexplorerwindowandselectingAdd
To>HotSpotorAddTo>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.
area,youcanimportitanduseitasafocuszoneorhotspot.YoucanimportitbyrightclickingtheFocusZonefolder
orHotSpotsintheGeoexplorerandselectingImportfromthecontextmenu.Whenyouimporthotspots,youcan
importthenamegiventoeachzoneaswell.
FitZonetoMapWindow:YoucancreateafocuszoneorhotspotthesizeofthemapwindowbyselectingFitZone
toMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
677
Forsk2013
Youcansavethefocuszoneorhotspotsinthefollowingways,sothatyoucanuseitina
differentAtolldocument:
Youcanincludepopulationstatisticsinthefocuszoneorhotspotbyimportingapopula
tionmap.Forinformationonimportingmaps,see"ImportingaRasterformatGeoData
File"onpage136.
9.2.10.7.5
dialogue.
onpage74.
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
678
AT320_UM_E0
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
isnofocuszone.
displayed.
2. Displaythereportasexplainedabove.
3. SelectFormat>DisplayColumns.TheColumnstoBeDisplayeddialogueappears.
lationmap:
"Population"(Population[total]:Thetotalnumberofinhabitantsinsidethezone.
Atollsavesthenamesofthecolumnsyouselectandwillautomaticallyselectthemthenexttimeyoucreateacover
agepredictionreport.
5. ClickOK.
onpage153.
9.2.10.7.6
)intheTabletoolbar.
679
9.2.10.7.7
Forsk2013
tics.
orpercentage.
680
AT320_UM_E0
9.2.10.7.8
betweenthem.
Asignallevelcoveragepredictionofthecurrentnetworkismadeasdescribedin"MakingaCoveragePredictionbySignal
figure.
Anewbasestationisadded,eitherbycreatingthesiteandaddingthetransmitters,asexplainedin"CreatingaUMTSBase
Station"onpage635,orbyplacingastationtemplate,asexplainedin"PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate"on
681
Forsk2013
page644.Oncethenewsitebasestationbeenadded,theoriginalcoveragepredictioncanberecalculated,butthenitwould
beimpossibletocomparetheresults.Instead,theoriginalsignallevelcoveragepredictioncanbecopiedbyselectingDupli
catefromitscontextmenu.Thecopyisthencalculatedtoshowtheeffectofthenewsite(seeFigure9.25).
lution.
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
basestation.
682
AT320_UM_E0
Oncethetiltoftheantennahasbeenmodified,theoriginalcoveragepredictioncanberecalculated,butthenitwouldbe
impossibletocomparetheresults.Instead,theoriginalcoveragepredictionbycanbecopiedbyselectingDuplicatefromits
contextmenu.Thecopyisthencalculated,toshowhowmodifyingtheantennatilthasaffectedcoverage(seeFigure9.28).
683
Forsk2013
coverage,youcancomparethetwopredictions.
lution.
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
coveredbybothpredictionsinonecolourandallpixelscoveredbyonlyonepredictioninanothercolour.Theincrease
incoverage,seeninonlythesecondcoverageprediction,willbeimmediatelyclear.
5. ClickOKtocreatethecomparison.ThecomparisoninFigure9.29,showsclearlytheincreaseincoverageduetothe
684
AT320_UM_E0
9.2.10.8 UMTSSpecificPredictions
InUMTS,thequalityofthesignalandthesizeoftheareathatcanbecoveredareinfluencedbythenetworkload.Asthe
networkloadincreases,theareaacellcaneffectivelycoverdecreases.Forthisreason,thenetworkloadmustbedefinedin
ordertocalculateUMTSspecificpredictions.
Ifyouhavetrafficmaps,youcandoaMonteCarlosimulationtomodelpowercontrolandevaluatethenetworkloadfora
generateduserdistribution.Ifyoudonothavetrafficmaps,AtollcancalculatethenetworkloadusingtheULloadfactorand
DLtotalpowerdefinedforeachcell.
Inthissection,theUMTSspecificcoveragepredictionswillbecalculatedusingULloadfactorandDLtotalpowerparameters
definedatthecelllevel.Forthepurposesofthesepredictions,eachpixelisconsideredanoninterferinguserwithadefined
service,mobilitytype,andterminal.
Beforemakingacoverageprediction,youwillhavetosettheULloadfactorandDLtotalpowerandtheparametersthat
definetheservicesandusers.Theseareexplainedinthefollowingsections:
"SettingtheULLoadFactorandtheDLTotalPower"onpage685.
"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage686.
SeveraldifferenttypesofUMTSspecificcoveragepredictionsareexplainedinthissection:
"MakingaPilotSignalQualityPrediction"onpage691
"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)DownlinkorUplink"onpage692
"StudyingtheEffectiveServiceArea"onpage694.
Thefollowingnoisepredictions,alsocoveragepredictions,areexplained:
"StudyingtheTotalNoiseLevelontheDownlink"onpage696
"CalculatingPilotPollution"onpage697
"StudyingIntertechnologyDownlinkInterference"onpage698.
Anothertypeofcoverageprediction,thehandoverprediction,isalsoexplained:
"MakingaHandoffStatusCoveragePrediction"onpage699.
YoucanalsomakeapointanalysisusingthePointAnalysiswindow.TheanalysisiscalculatedusingULloadfactorandDLtotal
powerparametersdefinedatthecelllevelandprovidedforauserdefinableprobereceiverwhichhasaterminal,amobility
andaservice:
"MakinganASAnalysis"onpage700.
Interference from an external project can also be modelled. For an explanation of modelling external interference, see
9.2.10.8.1
SettingtheULLoadFactorandtheDLTotalPower
IfyouaresettingtheULloadfactorandtheDLtotalpowerforasingletransmitter,youcansettheseparametersontheCells
tabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue.However,youcansettheULloadfactorandtheDLtotalpowerforallcellsusing
theCellstable.
TosettheULloadfactorandtheDLtotalpowerusingtheCellstable:
3. SelectCells>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheCellstableappears.
4. Enteravalueinthefollowingcolumns:
TotalPower(dBm)
ULLoadFactor(%)
Foradefinitionofthevalues,see"CellDefinition"onpage639.
Toenterthesamevaluesinonecolumnforallcellsinthetable:
)inthe
685
Forsk2013
button(
9.2.10.8.2
ServiceandUserModelling
Beforeyoucanmodelservices,youmustalreadyhaveR99radiobearersdefinedinyourAtolldocument.Onlythefollowing
R99radiobearerparametersareusedinpredictions:
MaxTCHPower(dBm)
Thetypeofbearer.
ForinformationondefiningR99radiobearers,"DefiningR99RadioBearers"onpage803.
"ModellingUMTSHSPAServices"onpage686
"CreatingaUMTSHSPAMobilityType"onpage688
"ModellingUMTSHSPATerminals"onpage689.
ModellingUMTSHSPAServices
Servicesarethevariousservicesavailabletosubscribers.Theseservicescanbeeithercircuitswitchedorpacketswitched
services.Thissectionexplainshowtocreateaservice.However,onlythefollowingparametersareusedinpredictions:
R99bearerparameters
Downgradingcapabilities
Handovercapabilities
HSPAcapabilities
Bodyloss
HSPAapplicationthroughputparameters
Beforeyoucanmodelservices,youmusthavedefinedR99bearers.ForinformationondefiningR99radiobearers,see"Defin
ingR99RadioBearers"onpage803.
5. EditthefieldsontheGeneraltabtodefinethenewservice:
ActivityFactor:Theuplinkanddownlinkactivityfactorsareusedtodeterminetheprobabilityofactivityforeach
userduringMonteCarlosimulations.Forpacketswitchedservices,thisparameterisusedwhenworkingwith
sectortrafficmapsanduserdensitytrafficmaps.Forcircuitswitchedservices,theparameteristakenintoconsid
erationwithalltrafficmaps.
throughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Itisusedinsimulationsduringuserdis
tributiongenerationtocalculatethenumberofusersattemptingaconnectionandtodeterminetheiractivity
status.
6. ClicktheUMTStabtodefinethenewservice.
7. SelectanR99RadioBearerfromthelist.IfyouwanttoeditthesettingsoftheselectedR99radiobearer,clickthe
Browsebutton(
)toopenthebearersPropertiesdialogue.
8. SelectaserviceType:
686
Circuit(R99):Forcircuitservices,selectCircuit(R99).
Packet(R99):ForpacketservicesthatcanonlyuseR99channels,selectPacket(R99).
Packet(HSDPABestEffort):ForbesteffortapplicationsthatcanuseHSDPAchannels,selectPacket(HSDPA
BestEffort).
AT320_UM_E0
TheHSDPAserviceislinkedtoaR99bearerinordertomanagetheconnectiontotheR99
dedicatedchannelADPCH.
Packet(HSPABestEffort):ForbesteffortapplicationsthatcanuseHSDPAandHSUPAchannels,selectPacket
(HSPABestEffort).
Packet(HSDPAVariableBitRate):ForvariablebitrateservicesusingHSDPAchannels,selectPacket(HSDPA
VariableBitRate).
Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate):ForvariablebitrateservicesusingHSPAchannels,selectPacket(HSPAVari
ableBitRate).
9. Foralltypesofservices,definethefollowingparameters:
Preferred/AllowedCarriers:Youcanselectoneoftheavailablecarriersorallcarriers.Thespecifiedcarrieriscon
sideredinsimulationwhenadmittingatransmittertothemobileactiveset.Ifyouselect"PreferredCarriers"and
thetransmitterusesthespecifiedcarrier,Atollselectsit.Otherwise,itwillchooseanotherone,usingthecarrier
selectionmodedefinedinthesiteequipmentproperties.Thecarrierspecifiedfortheserviceisnotusedinpre
dictions (i.e., AS analysis and coverage predictions). In predictions, Atoll considers the carrier selection mode
definedinthesiteequipmentproperties.Ifnopreferredcarrierisspecifiedintheserviceproperties,itwillcon
siderthecarrierselectionmodedefinedinthesiteequipmentproperties.
Ifyouselect"AllowedCarriers"Atollwillonlyusethedefinedcarriers.Iftheyarenotavailable,servicewillbere
jected.
BearerDowngrading:SelecttheBearerdowngradingcheckboxiftheservicesupportsbearerdowngradingon
uplinkanddownkink.BearerdowngradingisnotallowedforPacket(HSDPAVariableBitRate)andPacket(HSPA
VariableBitRate)services.
SoftHandoffAllowed:SelecttheSoftHandoffAllowedcheckboxifyouwantthenetworktobeabletousesoft
handoffwiththisservice.
HSDPAchannelsdonotusesofthandovereveniftheSoftHandoffAllowedcheckboxis
selected.IfyouwanttheHSUPAservicetobeoperatedusingsofthandover,selecttheSoft
HandoffAllowedcheckbox.SofthandoverwillbeappliedtoR99andHSUPAchannels
only.
Priority:Enterapriorityforthisservice."0"isthelowestpriority.
BodyLoss:Enterabodylossfortheservice.Thebodylossisthelossduetothebodyoftheuser.Forexample,in
avoiceconnectionthebodyloss,duetotheproximityoftheusershead,isestimatedtobe3dB.
10. IfyouselectedCircuit(R99)astheTypeinstep8.,continuetostep13.IfyouselectedPacket(R99),Packet(HSDPA
BestEffort),Packet(HSPABestEffort),Packet(HSPAConstantBitRate),Packet(HSDPAVariableBitRate),or
Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate)astheTypeinstep8.,clickthePacketbuttontodefinetheparametersusedto
determinetheprobabilityofactivityforeachuserduringMonteCarlosimulations.Theseparametersareusedwhen
workingwithuserprofiletrafficmapsonly.ClickthePackettab.
InthePacketdialogue,youcansetthefollowingparametersforpacketswitchedservices:
UnderBLER,youcandefinethefollowing:
UnderSession,youcanset:
AverageNumberofPacketCalls:Entertheaveragenumberofpacketcallsintheuplinkanddownlinkduring
onesession.
AverageTimeBetweenTwoPacketCalls:Entertheaveragetimebetweentwopacketcalls(inmilliseconds)
intheuplinkanddownlink.
UnderPacketCalls,youcanset:
EfficiencyFactor:Theuplinkanddownlinkefficiencyfactorsareusedtodeterminedurationofusagebythe
Min.Size(Kbytes):Entertheminimumsizeofapacketcallinkilobytesintheuplinkanddownlink.
MaxSize(Kbytes):Enterthemaximumsizeofapacketcallinkilobytesintheuplinkanddownlink.
AverageTimeBetweenTwoPackets(ms):Entertheaveragetimebetweentwopacketsinmillisecondsinthe
uplinkanddownlink.
UnderPacket,youcanset:
Size(Bytes):Enterthepacketsizeinbytesintheuplinkanddownlink.
11. ClickCommittosaveyourchangesandclosethePacketdialoguewhenyouhavefinishedsettingtheparameters.
12. IfyouselectedanypacketserviceastheTypeinstep8.,setthefollowingparameters:
687
Forsk2013
UnderApplicationThroughput:
Set a Scaling Factor between the application throughput and the RLC (Radio Link Control) throughput and a
throughputOffset.Theseparametersmodeltheheaderinformationandothersupplementarydatathatdoesnot
appearattheapplicationlevel.
ForPacket(HSDPABestEffort)services,setthefollowingparametersunderHSPAParameters:
EDPCCH/ADPCHActivityFactor:ThedownlinkEDPCCH/ADPCHactivityfactorisusedtoestimatetheaverage
poweronADPCHchannels.
ForPacket(HSPABestEffort)services,setthefollowingparametersunderHSPAParameters:
EDPCCH/ADPCHActivityFactor:TheuplinkanddownlinkEDPCCH/ADPCHactivityfactorsareusedtoestimate
theaveragepoweronEDPCCHandADPCHchannels.
ForPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)service,setthefollowingparametersunderHSPAParameters:
EDPCCH/ADPCHActivityFactor:TheEDPCCH/ADPCHactivityfactorisusedtoestimatetheaveragepoweron
ADPCHchannels.
MinThroughputDemand:Entertheminimumrequiredbitratethattheserviceshouldhaveinordertobeavail
ableintheuplinkanddownlink.
ForPacket(HSDPAVariableBitRate)service,setthefollowingparametersunderHSPAParameters:
EDPCCH/ADPCHActivityFactor:ThedownlinkEDPCCH/ADPCHactivityfactorisusedtoestimatetheaverage
poweronADPCHchannels.
MaxThroughputDemand:Enterthemaximumbitratethattheservicecanrequireinthedownlink.
ableinthedownlink.
ForPacket(HSPAVariableBitRate)service,setthefollowingparametersunderHSPAParameters:
EDPCCH/ADPCHActivityFactor:TheuplinkanddownlinkEDPCCH/ADPCHactivityfactorsareusedtoestimate
theaveragepoweronEDPCCHandADPCHchannels.
MaxThroughputDemand:Enterthemaximumbitratethattheservicecanrequireintheuplinkanddownlink.
ableintheuplinkanddownlink.
TheuplinkanddownlinkEDPCCH/ADPCHactivityfactorshavebeensetto0.1and
cannot be changed. These values are used to estimate the average power on
EDPCCHandADPCHchannels.
VariableBitRateusersareprocessedasBestEffortuserswhennovalueisdefined
fortheminandmaxthroughputdemands.
13. ClickOK.
CreatingaUMTSHSPAMobilityType
InUMTS,informationaboutreceivermobilityisimportanttoefficientlymanagetheactiveset:amobileusedbysomeone
travellingacertainspeedandamobileusedbyapedestrianwillnotnecessarilybeconnectedtothesametransmitters.EcI0
requirementsandEb/Nttargetsperradiobearerandperlink(upanddown)arelargelydependentonmobilespeed.
EcI0threshold
HSSCCHEcNtThreshold
5. OntheGeneraltab,youcanenterormodifythefollowingparametersintheMobilityTypesNewElementProperties
dialogue:
688
AT320_UM_E0
Speed:Enterormodifyanaveragespeedforthemobilitytype.Thisfieldisforinformationonly;theaveragespeed
6. OntheParameterstab,youcanenterormodifythefollowingparametersintheMobilityTypesNewElementProp
ertiesdialogue:
EcI0Threshold:UnderActiveSetManagement,enterormodifytheminimumEcI0requiredfromatransmitter
toentertheactiveset.Thisvaluemustbeverifiedforthebestserver.
HSSCCHEcNtThreshold:UnderHSDPA,enterormodifytheminimumqualityrequiredinorderfortheHSDPA
linktobeavailable.ThisparameterisusedbyAtolltodeterminetheHSSCCHpowerwhentheuserhasselected
dynamic allocation in the cell properties. For static allocation, Atoll calculates the HSSCCH EcNt from the
HSSCCHpowersetinthecellpropertiesandcomparesittothisthreshold.ThisfieldisonlyusedwithHSDPA.
7. ClickOK.
ModellingUMTSHSPATerminals
InUMTS,aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,oracarsonboard
navigationdevice.
Receiverequipment
Gainandlosses
Noisefigures
Activesetsize
DLrakefactor
CDMARhofactor
Compressedmodecapability
HSPAcapabilityandHSPAspecificcategories:
UEcategory
Numberofreceptionantennaports
MUDfactor(forHSDPAonly).
TerminalfolderandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.Youcanmodifythefollowingparameter:
6. ClicktheParameterstab.Youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
UnderTransmission/Reception:
UMTSEquipment:Selectatypeofreceptionequipmentfromthelist.
You can create a new type of reception equipment by using the Reception Equipment
table.YoucanopenopentheReceptionEquipmenttablebyclickingtheExpandbutton
( )toexpandtheUMTSNetworkSettingsfolder,andthenrightclickingtheReception
EquipmentfolderandselectingOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.
Min.Power:Settheminimumtransmissionpower.Theminimumandmaximumtransmissionpowermakeupthe
Gain:Settheantennagain.
Losses:Setthereceptionlosses.
ActiveSetSize:Settheactivesetsize.Theactivesetsizeisthemaximumnumberoftransmitterstowhichater
minalcanbeconnectedatonetime.
689
Forsk2013
DLRakeFactor:SettheDLrakefactor.ThisenablesAtolltomodeltherakereceiveronDL.
Therakeefficiencyfactor,usedforcalculatingrecombinationinuplinkhastobesetinthe
site equipment properties. For information on setting site equipment properties, see
"CreatingSiteEquipment"onpage805.
CDMARhofactor(%):ThisparameterenablesAtolltotakeintoaccounttheselfinterferenceproducedbythe
terminal.Becausehardwareequipmentisnotperfect,theinputsignalexperiencessomedistortionwhichaffects,
inturn,theoutputsignal.Thisfactordefineshowmuchdistortionthesystemgenerates.Entering100%means
thesystemisperfect(thereisnodistortion)andtheoutputsignalwillbe100%equaltotheinputsignal.Onthe
otherhand,ifyouspecifyavaluedifferentthan100%,Atollconsidersthatthetransmittedenergyisnot100%
signalandcontainsasmallpercentageofinterferencegeneratedbytheequipment,i.e.,selfinterference.Atoll
considersthisparametertocalculatethesignaltonoiseratiointheuplink.
Compressed Mode Supported: Check the Compressed Mode Supported check box if the terminal uses com
pressedmode.Compressedmodeisgenerallyusedtopreparehardhandoverofuserswithsinglereceivertermi
nals.
UnderFrequencyBands:
MainBand:SelectthefrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatibleandentertheterminalNoiseFigure
forthemainfrequency.
SecondaryBand:Selectasecondfrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatibleandentertheterminal
NoiseFigureforthesecondfrequency.LeavetheSecondaryBandfieldemptyiftheterminalworksonlyonone
frequencyband.
ThirdBand:SelectathirdfrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatibleandentertheterminalNoise
Figureforthethirdfrequency.LeavetheThirdBandfieldemptyiftheterminalworksonlyontwofrequency
bands.
Therearetwodifferentwaysofdefiningmultibandterminals.Dependingontheconfigu
ration,AtollprocessesmultibandterminalusersdifferentlyintheMonteCarlosimula
tion.
Thefirstmethodconsistsofdefiningmain,secondaryandthirdfrequencybands.
ThisenablesyoutogivedifferentprioritiestothefrequencybandsintheMonte
Carlosimulation(themainfrequencybandwillhavethehighestpriority).Auser
withsuchatribandterminalwillbeconnectedtotransmittersusingthemainfre
quencybandifcarriersonthisfrequencybandarenotoverloaded.Incaseofover
loading,hewillbeconnectedtotransmittersusingthesecondaryfrequencyband
andsoon.
Thesecondconsistsofselecting"All"asmainfrequencyband.Thismeansthatthe
terminalworksonanyfrequencybandwithoutanypriority.Inthiscase,theuser
canbeconnectedtotransmittersusinganyfrequencyband.
In coverage predictions, both configurations give the same results. The priority of
frequencybandsisnottakenintoaccount.
SelectthetypeofHSPASupporttheterminalhas:None(i.e.,R99supportonly),HSDPA(i.e.,singlebandHSDPAand
R99intheuplink),HSPA(i.e.,singlebandHSDPAandHSUPA),DBHSDPA(i.e.,dualbandHSDPAandR99intheuplink)
orDBHSPA(i.e.,dualbandHSDPAandsinglebandHSUPA).IfyouselectDBHSDPAorDBHSPA,makesurethatyou
havedefinedaterminalcompatiblewithseveralfrequencybands.
IftheterminalsupportsHSDPA,youcandefinetheHSDPAparametersunderHSDPA:
UECategory:SelecttheHSDPAuserequipmentcategoryoftheterminal.
MUDFactor:Enteramultiuserdetectionfactor(MUD).MUDisbasedonanalgorithmusedtoimprovemobile
receivercapacity.ItreducesintracellinterferenceandallowsforhigherEcNt.MUDismodelledbyacoefficient
from0to1;thisfactorisconsideredincalculatingDLinterference.IfMUDisnotsupported,enter"0."
NumberofReceptionAntennaPorts:Selectthenumberofreceptionantennaportsavailableontheterminalfor
MIMO.
IftheterminalsupportsHSUPA,youcandefinetheHSUPAparametersunderHSUPA:
UECategory:SelecttheHSUPAuserequipmentcategoryoftheterminal.
7. ClickOK.
Therefore,tomodelthevariousterminalslistedbelow,youhavetosetthefollowingparameters:
690
HSDPAterminal:Select"HSDPA"astheHSPAsupportandanyHSDPAUEcategory.
HSPAterminal:Select"HSPA"astheHSPAsupport,chooseanyHSDPAUEcategoryandanyHSUPAUEcategory.
AT320_UM_E0
9.2.10.8.3
DCHSDPAterminal(dualcellHSDPA):Choose"HSDPA"or"HSPA"astheHSPAsupport,selectanHSDPAUEcate
goryaboveCategory20andchooseanyHSUPAUEcategoryifHSPAisselected.
DBDCHSDPA(dualbanddualcellHSDPA)terminal:Choose"DBHSDPA"or"DBHSPA"astheHSPAsupport,select
anHSDPAUEcategoryaboveCategory20,chooseanyHSUPAUEcategoryifDBHSPAisselected,anddefineatleast
twoFrequencybands.
MCHSDPA(multicellHSDPA)terminal:Choose"HSDPA"or"HSPA"astheHSPAsupport,selectanHSDPAUEcate
goryaboveCategory29,andchooseanyHSUPAUEcategoryifHSPAisselected.
DBMCHSDPA (dualband multicell HSDPA) terminal: Choose "DBHSDPA" or "DBHSPA" as the HSPA support,
selectanHSDPAUEcategoryaboveCategory29,chooseanyHSUPAUEcategoryifDBHSPAisselected,anddefine
atleasttwoFrequencybands.
MakingQualityPredictions
InAtoll,youcanmakeseveralpredictionstostudythequality.Inthissection,thefollowingqualitypredictionsareexplained:
"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)DownlinkorUplink"onpage692
"StudyingtheEffectiveServiceArea"onpage694
"CreatingaQualityCoveragePredictionUsingQualityIndicators"onpage694.
Atablelistingqualityindicators(BER,BLER,etc.)tobeanalysedisavailable.Qualitypredic
tionsproposedbyAtolldependonqualityindicatorsspecifiedinthistable.
MakingaPilotSignalQualityPrediction
Apilotsignalqualitypredictionenablesyoutoidentifyareaswherethereisatleastonetransmitterwhosepilotqualityis
receivedsufficientlywelltobeaddedtotheprobemobileactiveset.
AtollcalculatesthebestpilotqualityreceivedoneachpixelwherethepilotsignallevelexceedsthedefinedminimumRSCP
threshold.Then,dependingonthecoveragepredictiondefinition,itcomparesthisvalueeithertotheEcI0thresholddefined
fortheselectedmobilitytype,ortouserdefinedEcI0thresholds.Thepixeliscolourediftheconditionisfulfilled(inother
words,ifthebestEcI0ishigherthantheEcI0mobilitythresholdorspecifiedEcI0thresholds).
Tomakeapilotsignalqualityprediction:
4. SelectPilotQualityAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.ThePilotQualityAnalysis(DL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
Sortbuttonsarenotavailablewhenmakinga"global"coverageprediction(e.g.,asignallevelcoverageprediction).
6. ClicktheConditionstab(seeFigure9.30).
Select"(CellsTable)"fromLoadconditions.Inthiscase,thecoveragepredictionisnotgoingtobebasedonload
conditionstakenfromasimulation.AtollwillcalculatethecoveragepredictionusingtheULloadfactorandtheDL
totalpowerdefinedinthecellproperties.
Whenyoubaseacoveragepredictiononsimulations,youwouldselectthesimulationson
whichyouwouldbebasingthecoveragepredictionfromtheLoadConditionslist.
YoumustselectaTerminal,Service,andMobility,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage686.Youmust
alsoselectwhichCarrieristobeconsidered.Youcanmakethecoveragepredictionforaspecificcarrierorforthe
"Best(All/Main/Second/Thirdband)"carrierselectedaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesite
equipment.
Ifyouwantthepilotsignalqualitypredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccount
checkboxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
YoucanalsoselecttheIndoorcoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyper
clutterclass.
691
Forsk2013
Figure9.30:Loadconditionsettingsforacoveragepredictiononpilotquality
Forapilotsignalqualityprediction,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"basedontheField"EcI0(dB)"isselectedby
default.Eachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothepilotsignalquality.Forinformationondefiningdisplay
properties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
Youcanalsosetparameterstodisplaythefollowingresults:
Whereatleastonetransmitterisintheactiveset:Select"Unique"astheDisplayType.
Whereatleastonetransmitterisintheactiveset,withinformationonthebestserver:Select"DiscreteValue"
astheDisplayTypeand"Transmitter"astheField.
Thepilotsignallevel:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"Ec(dBm)"astheField.
ThepilotqualityrelativetotheEcI0threshold:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"EcI0margin
(dB)"astheField.
8. ClicktheResultExporttab.If,ontheDisplaytab,youhaveselectedtodisplaytheresultsbyvalueintervals,youcan
exporttheresultsperpixelofthecoverageprediction.Forinformation,see"ExportingtheValuesperPixelofaCov
eragePrediction"onpage219.
later:
Calculatebutton(
StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)DownlinkorUplink
Atollcalculatesthetrafficchannelquality(asdefinedbyEbNt)whenusingthemaximumpowerallowed,i.e.,themaximum
trafficchannelpowerallowedpercellfordownlinkandthemaximumterminalpowerforuplink.Inthecoverageprediction,
thedownlinkoruplinkserviceareaislimitedbythemaximumpowerallowedandbythepilotquality.Ifthereceivedpilot
qualityisinsufficient,Atollwillnotdisplaythetrafficchannelquality.Themobilehandoverstatusistakeninconsiderationto
evaluatethedownlinkanduplinktrafficchannelquality(EbNt).Atollcombinesthesignalfromeachtransmitterintheprobe
mobileactiveset.
Tomakeacoveragepredictiononservicearea(Eb/Nt)downlinkoruplink:
4. SelectoneofthefollowingpredictionsandclickOK:
ServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(DL)
ServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(UL)
ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
692
AT320_UM_E0
Sortbuttonsarenotavailablewhenmakinga"global"coverageprediction(e.g.,signallevelcoverageprediction).
equipment.
Ifyouwanttheservicearea(EbNt)coveragepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtaken
intoaccountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
YoucanselecttheBearerdowngradingcheckboxifyouwanttheservicearea(EbNt)predictiontotakeintoconsid
erationcircumstanceswhentheR99bearerisdowngraded.Whendowngradingisenabledandiftheselectedservice
supportsbearerdowngrading,Atollwillconsideronlythelowestradiobearer.
Foraservicearea(Eb/Nt)coverageprediction,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"basedontheField"MaxEbNt(dB)"
isselectedbydefault.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationtheservicearea(EbNt)downlinkoruplink
predictionmakesavailable.Eachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothetrafficchannelquality.Forinfor
mationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
The traffic channel quality relative to the EbNt threshold: Select "Value Intervals" as the Display Type and
"EbNtMargin(dB)"astheField.
ThepowerrequiredtoreachtheEbNtthreshold:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"Required
Power(dB)"astheField.
WheretrafficchannelqualityexceedstheEbNtthresholdforeachmobilitytype:OntheConditionstab,select
"All"astheMobilityType.TheparametersontheDisplaytabareautomaticallyset.
Foraservicearea(EbNt)(DL)coverageprediction,youcanalsodisplaythefollowingresults:
TheR99effectiveRLCthroughput:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"EffectiveRLCThroughput
(kbps)"astheField.
TheR99applicationthroughput:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"ApplicationThroughput(kbps)"
astheField.
Foraservicearea(EbNt)(UL)coverageprediction,youcanalsodisplaythefollowingresult:
Thegainduetosofthandover:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"SoftHandoverGain"astheField.
later:
Calculatebutton(
693
Forsk2013
StudyingtheEffectiveServiceArea
Theeffectiveserviceareaistheintersectionzonebetweenthepilotreceptionarea,andtheuplinkanddownlinkserviceareas.
Inotherwords,theeffectiveserviceareapredictioncalculateswhereaserviceactuallyisavailablefortheprobemobile.
Tomakeaneffectiveserviceareaprediction:
4. Select Effective Service Area Analysis (EbNt) (DL+UL) and click OK. The Effective Service Area Analysis (EbNt)
(DL+UL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
"Best"carrierselectedaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.
clutterclass.
YoucanselecttheBearerdowngradingcheckboxifyouwanttheeffectiveserviceareapredictiontotakeintoconsid
erationcircumstanceswhentheR99bearerisdowngraded.Whendowngradingisenabledandiftheselectedservice
supportsbearerdowngrading,Atollwillconsideronlythelowestradiobearer.
Foraneffectiveserviceareaprediction,theDisplayType"Unique"isselectedbydefault.Thecoveragepredictionwill
displaywhereaserviceactuallyisavailablefortheprobemobile.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see
later:
Calculatebutton(
CreatingaQualityCoveragePredictionUsingQualityIndicators
Youcancreateaqualitypredictionbasedonagivenqualityindicators(BER,BLER,orFER).Thecoveragepredictionwillshow
foreachpixelthemeasurementoftheselectedqualityindicator.
Thistypeofcoveragepredictionisnotavailableinthelistofstandardpredictions;youcan,however,usequalityindicatorsin
apredictionbyfirstensuringthattheparametersofthequalityindicatorshavebeencorrectlysetandthencreatingacover
ageprediction,selectingdisplayparametersthatusethesequalityindicators.
694
AT320_UM_E0
Beforeyoudefinethequalityprediction,youmustensurethattheparametersofthequalityindicatorshavebeencorrectly
set.
Tochecktheparametersofthequalityindicators:
3. RightclickQualityIndicators.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheQualityIndicatorstableappears.
ForeachqualityindicatorintheNamecolumn,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
UsedforPacketServices:SelecttheUsedforPacketServicescheckboxifthequalityindicatoristobeusedfor
packetservices.
UsedforCircuitServices:SelecttheUsedforCircuitServicescheckboxifthequalityindicatoristobeusedfor
circuitservices.
MeasuredParameterforQualityIndicator:Fromthelist,selecttheparameterthatwillbemeasuredtoindicate
quality.
InterpolatedQualityIndicator:SelecttheInterpolatedQualityIndicatorcheckboxifyouwantAtolltointerpo
latebetweentwoexistingQIvalues.CleartheInterpolatedQualityIndicatorcheckboxifyouwantAtolltotake
theclosestQIvalue.
5. ClosetheQualityIndicatorstable.
6. IntheUMTSNetworkSettingsfolder,rightclicktheReceptionEquipmentfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
7. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheReceptionEquipmenttableappears.
"Standard"isthedefaultreceptionequipmenttypeforallterminals.
8. Doubleclickthereceptionequipmenttypeforwhichyouwanttoverifythecorrespondencebetweenthemeasured
qualityandthequalityindicator.ThereceptionequipmenttypesPropertiesdialogueappears.
9. ClicktheQualityGraphstab.
10. EnsurethataQualityIndicatorhasbeenchosenforeachR99Bearer.YoucaneditthevaluesintheDLandULQuality
IndicatorTablesbyclickingdirectlyonthetableentry,orbyselectingtheQualityIndicatorandclickingtheDownlink
QualityGraphsortheUplinkQualityGraphsbuttons.
11. ClickOKtoclosethereceptionequipmenttypesPropertiesdialogue.
Onceyouhaveensuredthattheparametersofthequalityindicatorshavebeencorrectlyset,youcanusethemeasuredqual
itytocreateaqualityprediction.Howyoudefineacoveragepredictionaccordingtothemeasuredqualityindicatordepends
severalparameters:
ThesettingsmadeintheQualityIndicatorstable
Theserviceyouwanttostudy
Thequalityindicatoryouwanttouse(BER,BLER,orFER)
Thecoveragepredictionyouwanttouse(PilotQualityAnalysisDownlink,theServiceAreaAnalysisDownlink,orSer
viceAreaAnalysisUplink).
Inthefollowingexample,youwillcreateaqualitypredictionshowingBLER,forauseronfoot,andwithmobileinternetaccess.
TocreateaqualitypredictionshowingBLERforauseronfoot,andwithmobileinternetaccess:
4. SelectServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(DL)andclickOK.TheServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(DL)Propertiesdialogue
appears.
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.OntheGeneraltab,youcanchangethedefaultNameandResolutionoftheservicearea(EbNt)
downlinkprediction,andaddsomeComments.UnderDisplayconfiguration,youcancreateaFiltertoselectwhich
sitestodisplayintheresults.Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93.
695
Forsk2013
Terminal:SelecttheappropriateterminalformobileInternetaccessfromtheTerminallist.
Service:Select"MobileInternetAccess"fromtheServicelist.
Mobility:Select"Pedestrian"fromtheMobilitylist.
Carrier:Selectaspecificcarrieror"Best(All/Main/Second/Thirdband)"tohavethecarrierselectedaccordingto
thecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.
Ifyouwanttheservicearea(EbNt)(DL)predictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakeninto
clutterclass.
YoucanselecttheBearerdowngradingcheckboxifyouwanttheservicearea(EbNt)downlinkpredictiontotakeinto
considerationcircumstanceswhentheR99bearerisdowngraded.Whendowngradingisenabledandiftheselected
servicesupportsbearerdowngrading,Atollwillconsideronlythelowestradiobearer.
Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplayTypeand"BLER"astheField.Theexactfieldvaluewilldependonthename
given in the Quality Indicators table. For information on defining display properties, see "Display Properties of
Objects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
AtollcalculatesforeachpixeltheDLtrafficchannelquality(EbNt)(providedwhenusingthemaximumtrafficchannelpower
allowed).Then,itcalculatesthecorrespondingBLERvaluefromthequalitygraph(BLER=f(DLEbNt)).Thepixeliscolouredif
theconditionisfulfilled(i.e.,ifBLERisevaluatedasbeinghigherthanthespecifiedthreshold).
TheBLERisalsousedintheservicearea(DL)prediction(asdescribedin"StudyingService
Area (EbNt) Downlink or Uplink" on page692) in order to evaluate R99 peak RLC and
applicationthroughputs.
9.2.10.8.4
StudyingNoise
Atollhasseveralcoveragepredictionsthatenableyoutostudythedownlinktotalnoise,downlinknoiseriseorpilotpollution.
Inthissection,thefollowingnoisepredictionsareexplained:
"StudyingtheTotalNoiseLevelontheDownlink"onpage696
"StudyingIntertechnologyDownlinkInterference"onpage698.
StudyingtheTotalNoiseLevelontheDownlink
Inthecoveragebytotalnoiselevel(DL)prediction,Atollcalculatesanddisplaystheareaswherethedownlinktotalnoiseor
thedownlinknoiseriseexceedsasetthreshold.
Tomakeadownlinktotalnoiseordownlinknoiseriseprediction:
4. SelectTotalNoiseLevelAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.TheTotalNoiseLevelAnalysis(DL)dialogueappears.
tion).
696
AT320_UM_E0
YoumustselectaTerminal,andService,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage686.Youmustalsoselect
whichCarrieristobeconsidered.Youcanmakethecoveragepredictionforaspecificcarrierorforthe"Best"carrier
selectedaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment
clutterclass.
Foradownlinktotalnoiseordownlinknoiseriseprediction,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"isselectedbydefault.
TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationthedownlinktotalnoiseordownlinknoiserisepredictionmakes
available.
Coveragebytotalnoiseonthedownlink:Whenmakingapredictiononthetotalnoiselevelonthedownlink,
selectoneofthefollowingintheFieldlist:
Min.NoiseLevel
AverageNoiseLevel
MaxNoiseLevel
Coveragebynoiseriseonthedownlink:Whenmakingapredictiononthenoiseriseonthedownlink,selectone
ofthefollowingintheFieldlist:
Min.NoiseRise
AverageNoiseRise
MaxNoiseRise
later:
Calculatebutton(
CalculatingPilotPollution
Atransmitterwhichfulfilsallthecriteriatoenteramobilesactivesetbutwhichisnotadmittedbecausetheactivesetlimit
hasalreadybeenreachedisconsideredapolluter.
InthePilotPollutionAnalysisprediction,Atollcalculatesanddisplaystheareaswheretheprobemobileisinterferedbythe
pilotsignalfrompollutertransmitters.
Tomakeapilotpollutionprediction:
4. SelectPilotPollutionAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.ThePilotPollutionAnalysis(DL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
697
Forsk2013
"Best"carrierselectedaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.
Ifyouwantthepilotpollutionpredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccount
checkboxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
ForaPilotPollutionAnalysisprediction,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"andtheField"NumberofPolluters"are
selectedbydefault.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
StudyingIntertechnologyDownlinkInterference
Intheintertechnologydownlinknoiseprediction,Atollcalculatesanddisplaystheareaswherethedownlinknoiseornoise
risefromexternalbasestationsandmobilesexceedsasetthreshold.Formoreinformationonthemodellingofintertechnol
ogyinterference,see"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage813.
Tomakeanintertechnologydownlinknoiseornoiseriseprediction:
4. SelectIntertechnologyInterferenceLevelAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogue
appears.
tion).
conditionstakenfromasimulation.
YoumustselectaTerminalandaService,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage686.Youmustalsoselect
whichCarrieristobeconsidered.Youcanmakethecoveragepredictionforaspecificcarrierorforthe"Best"carrier
selectedaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.
698
AT320_UM_E0
Ifyouwantthepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxand
enterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
TheDisplayType"ValueIntervals"isselectedbydefault.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationthe
predictionmakesavailable,NoiseLevelorNoiseRise.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"Display
PropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
9.2.10.8.5
MakingaHandoffStatusCoveragePrediction
Inthehandoffstatuscoverageprediction,Atollcalculatesanddisplaysthezoneswhereahandoffcanbemade.Forahand
overtobepossible,theremustbeapotentialactivetransmitter,i.e.,atransmitterthatfulfilsallthecriteriatoenterthe
mobileactiveset,andtheservicechosenbytheusermustbeavailable.
Youcanalsousethehandoffstatuscoveragepredictiontodisplaythenumberofpotentialactivetransmitters.
Tomakeahandoffstatuscoverageprediction:
4. SelectHandoffZones(DL)andclickOK.TheHandoffZones(DL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
equipment.
Ifyouwantthehandoffstatuscoveragepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakeninto
clutterclass.
7. ClicktheDisplaytab.ThesettingsyouselectontheDisplaytabdeterminetheinformationthatthecoveragepredic
tionwilldisplay.
699
Forsk2013
Todisplaythehandoffstatus:
a. Select"DiscreteValues"fromtheDisplayTypelist.
b. Select"Status"fromtheFieldlist.Dependingontheactivesetsizeoftheterminalandtheservicecapabilitiesin
termsofsofthandover,thecoveragepredictioncandisplaythefollowingvalues:
Nohandoff:onecellinthemobileactiveset.
Softer:twocellsinthemobileactivesetbelongingtothesamesite.
Soft:twocellsinthemobileactiveset,onefromSiteAandtheotherfromSiteB.
SofterSofter:threecellsinthemobileactiveset,belongingtothesamesite.
SofterSoft:threecellsinthemobileactiveset,twofromSiteAandthethirdonefromSiteB.
SoftSoft:threecellsinthemobileactiveset,onefromSiteA,onefromSiteBandonefromSiteC.
Notconnected:nocellinthemobileactiveset.
Todisplaythenumberofpotentialactivetransmitters:
a. Select"ValueIntervals"fromtheDisplayTypelist.
b. Select"PotentialActiveTransmitters"fromtheFieldlist.Thecoveragepredictionwilldisplaythenumberofpo
tentialactivetransmitters.
later:
Calculatebutton(
9.2.10.8.6
MakinganASAnalysis
TheASAnalysisviewofthePointAnalysiswindowgivesyouinformationonthepilotquality(EcI0)(whichisthemainparam
eterusedtodefinethemobileactiveset),theconnectionstatus,andtheactivesetoftheprobemobile.Resultsaredisplayed
foranypointofthemapwherethepilotsignallevelexceedsthedefinedminimumRSCP.Theanalysisisprovidedforauser
definableprobereceiverwhichhasaterminal,amobilityandaservice.
Analysisisbasedon:
TheULloadpercentageandtheDLtotalpowerofcellsforR99bearerconnection
TheavailableHSDPApowerofcellsforHSDPAbearerusers
Theuplinkreusefactor,theuplinkloadfactorduetoHSUPA,themaximumuplinkloadfactorofcellsandthenumber
ofHSUPAusersinthecellsincaseofHSUPAbearerusers.
YoucanmakeanASanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction.BeforeyoumaketheASanalysis,ensurethecoverageprediction
youwanttouseintheASanalysisisdisplayedonthemap.
Forinformationonthecriteriaforbelongingtotheactiveset,see"ConditionsforEnteringtheActiveSet"onpage811.
TomakeanASanalysis:
1. ClickthePointAnalysisbutton(
)onthetoolbar.ThePointAnalysiswindowappears(seeFigure9.32).
2. SelecttheASAnalysisviewatthetopofthePointAnalysiswindow.
3. AtthetopoftheASAnalysisview,select"CellsTable"fromLoadconditions.
4. IfyouaremakinganASanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction,youcanrecreatetheconditionsofthecoveragepre
diction:
a. SelectthesameTerminal,Service,andMobilitystudiedinthecoverageprediction.
b. SelecttheCarriertobeconsidered.YoucanmaketheASanalysisforaspecificcarrierorforthe"Best(All/Main/
Second/Thirdband)"carrierselectedaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.
c. SelecttheBearerdowngradingcheckboxifbearerdowngradingwasselectedinthecoverageprediction.When
downgradingisenabledandiftheselectedservicesupportsbearerdowngrading,Atollwillconsideronlythelow
estradiobearer.
d. ClicktheOptionsbutton(
700
)todisplaytheCalculationOptionsdialogue.
SelecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyperclutter
class.
AT320_UM_E0
e. ClickOKtoclosetheCalculationOptionsdialogue.
5. Movethepointeroverthemaptomakeanactivesetanalysisforthecurrentlocationofthepointer.
Asyoumovethepointer,Atollindicatesonthemapwhichisthebestserverforthecurrentposition(seeFigure9.31).
Figure9.31:Pointanalysisonthemap
InformationonthecurrentpositionisgivenontheASAnalysisviewofthePointAnalysiswindow.SeeFigure9.32for
anexplanationofthedisplayedinformation.
Figure9.32:PointAnalysisToolASAnalysisview
Thebargraphdisplaysthefollowinginformation:
Thepilotquality(EcI0)ofalltransmittersusingtheselectedcarrier(thecolourofthebarcorrespondstothe
colourofthetransmitteronthemap).
Thethresholdsoftheactiveset(EcI0threshold,bestserveractivesetthreshold).Theportionofthegraphwith
thegreybackgroundindicatesthetransmittersintheactiveset.
ThepilotandtheavailabilityofserviceonUL,DL,HSDPA,andHSUPA.
Ifthereisatleastonesuccessfulconnection(forpilot,DL,UL,HSDPA,orHSUPA),doubleclickingtheiconsintheright
handframewillopenadialoguewithadditionalinformation.
6. Clickthemaptoleavethepointanalysispointeratitscurrentposition.
Tomovethepointeragain,clickthepointanalysispointeronthemapanddragittoanewposition.
)onthetoolbaragaintoendthepointanalysis.
9.2.10.9 HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis
The HSDPA predictions allow you to study many HSDPArelated parameters, depending on the parameters defined. Each
HSDPAbeareruserisassociatedtoanR99dedicatedchannelADPCHintheuplinkanddownlink,andmustfirstinitiateaA
DPCHconnectioninordertobeabletouseHSDPAchannels.Inthecoverageprediction,theHSDPAserviceareaislimitedby
thepilotqualityandtheADPCHquality.TheparametersusedasinputfortheHSDPAcoveragepredictionsaretheavailable
HSDPApower,andthetotaltransmittedpowerforeachcell.Ifthecoveragepredictionisnotbasedonasimulation,these
701
Forsk2013
valuesaretakenfromthecellproperties.Forinformationaboutthecellparameters,see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"on
page643.Forinformationontheformulasusedtocalculatedifferentthroughputs,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
TomakeanHSDPAcoverageprediction:
4. SelectHSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.TheHSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis(DL)
tion).
YoumustselectaMobility,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage686.ForanHSDPAcoveragepredic
tion,underTerminal,youmustchoseanHSDPAcapableterminaland,underService,youmustchoseaservicewith
HSDPA.
YoumustalsoselectwhichCarrieristobeconsidered.Youcanmakethecoveragepredictionforaspecificcarrieror
forthe"Best(All/Main/Second/Thirdband)"carrierselectedaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthe
siteequipment.
UnderHSDPAradiobearer,selecteither"All"toconsiderallpossibleHSDPAradiobearersinthepredictionoran
HSDPAradiobearerindextocalculateapredictionforacertainbearer.DisplayoptionsavailableintheDisplaytab
dependonwhatyouhaveselectedhere.
Youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Tomodeladualcelluser:SelectaDCHSDPAcapableterminalastheTerminal,aServicewithHSDPA,and"All/
Best(Main/Second/Thirdband)"asthecarrier.
TomodelamulticellHSDPAuser:SelectaMCHSDPAcapableterminalastheTerminal,aServicewithHSDPA,
and"Best(All/Main/Second/Thirdband)"asthecarrier.
TomodeladualbanddualcellHSDPAuser:SelectaDBDCHSDPAcapableterminalastheTerminal,aService
withHSDPA,and"Best(Allbands)"asthecarrier.
TomodeladualbandmulticellHSDPAuser:SelectaDBMDCHSDPAcapableterminalastheTerminal,aService
withHSDPA,and"Best(Allbands)"asthecarrier.
Ifyouwanttoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenterapercent
ageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
tionwilldisplay.
Ifyouhaveselected"All"astheHSDPAradiobearerintheConditionstab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
ToanalysetheuplinkanddownlinkADPCHqualitiesonthemap:
702
ThemaximumDLADPCHqualityrelativetotheEbNtthreshold:Select"MaxDLADPCHEbNt(dB)"asthe
Field.AtolldeterminesdownlinkADPCHqualityatthereceiverforthemaximumtrafficchannelpoweral
lowedforthebestserver.
ThemaximumULADPCHqualityrelativetotheEbNtthreshold:Select"MaxULADPCHEbNt(dB)"asthe
Field.AtolldeterminesuplinkADPCHqualityatthereceiverforthemaximumterminalpowerallowed.
ToanalysetheHSSCCHqualityorpower:
AT320_UM_E0
TheHSSCCHpowerperHSSCCHchannelrelativetothepowerthreshold:Select"HSSCCHPower(dBm)"as
theField.ThisdisplayoptionisrelevantonlyifHSSCCHpowerisallocateddynamically.
TheHSSCCHEcNtperHSSCCHchannelrelativetotheEcNtthreshold:Select"HSSCCHEcNt(dBm)"asthe
Field.ThisdisplayoptionisrelevantonlyifHSSCCHpowerisallocatedstatically.
TomodelfastlinkadaptationforasingleHSDPAbeareruserorforadefinednumberofHSDPAusers:
ForasingleHSDPAbeareruser,AtollconsidersoneHSDPAbeareruseroneachpixelanddeterminesthebestHS
DPAbearerthattheusercanobtainbyconsideringtheentireavailableHSDPApowerofthecell.
TheHSPDSCHEc/NtrelativetotheEcNtthreshold:Select"HSPDSCHEc/Nt"astheField.Atollcalculates
thebestHSPDSCHEcNtoneachpixel.
Thechannelqualityindicator(CQI)relativetotheEcNtthreshold:Select"CQI"astheField.Atolldisplays
eithertheCPICHCQIortheHSPDSCHCQI,dependingontheoptionselectedunderHSDPAontheGlobal
ParameterstaboftheUMTSNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue(see"TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettings
PropertiesDialogue"onpage802).
IfyouaremodellingamulticellHSDPAuser,Atolldeterminesthebestcarrierandtheothercarriersaccordingto
thecarrierselectioncriteriondefinedinthesiteequipment.Thecarrierstowhichtheuserisconnectedmustbe
longtothesametransmitter.
IfyouaremodellingadualbandHSDPAuser,Atollselectsthebestcarrieramongallsupportedfrequencybands.
Theothercarriersaretakeninthesamebandasthebestcarrier,aslongascarriersareavailable.Then,ifaddi
tionalcarriersarerequiredandtherearenomorecarriersavailableinthisfrequencyband,Atollselectsthecar
riersinthesecondfrequencyband.Thecarriersaredeterminedaccordingtothecarrierselectioncriteriondefined
inthesiteequipment.
FormulticellHSDPAanddualbandHSDPAusers,allselectedcarriersaretakenintoconsiderationtocalculatethe
throughputs.
ThepeakMACthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"PeakMACThroughput(kbps)"astheField.Atoll
calculatesthepeakMACthroughputfromthetransportblocksizeoftheselectedHSDPAbearer.
TheEffectiveMACthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"EffectiveMACThroughput(kbps)"asthe
Field.TheEffectiveMACthroughputiscalculatedfromthepeakMACthroughput.
ThepeakRLCthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"PeakRLCThroughput(kbps)"astheField.Atoll
displaysthepeakRLCthroughputthattheselectedHSDPAbearercanbesuppliedwith.ThepeakRLCthrough
putisacharacteristicoftheHSDPAbearer.
TheeffectiveRLCthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"EffectiveRLCThroughput(kbps)"astheField.
AtollcalculatestheeffectiveRLCthroughputfromthepeakRLCthroughput.
TheaverageeffectiveRLCthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"AverageEffectiveRLCThroughput
(kbps)"astheField.
Theapplicationthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"ApplicationThroughput(kbps)"astheField.
UsingthepeakRLCthroughput,theBLER,theHSDPAservicescalingfactor,andthethroughputoffset,Atoll
calculates the application throughput. The application throughput represents the net throughput without
coding(redundancy,overhead,addressing,etc.).
Inordertobecovered,variablebitrateusershavetoobtainanHSDPAbearerwithapeakRLCthroughputexceed
ingtheirminimumthroughputdemands.WhenthepeakRLCthroughputofthebestHSDPAbearerexceedsthe
usermaximumthroughputdemand,theHSDPAbearerisdowngradeduntilthepeakRLCthroughputislowerthan
themaximumthroughputdemand.
MulticellHSDPAuserswithvariablebitrateservicesarenotcoverediftheycannotobtaintheminimumthrough
putdemandontheirbestcarrier.
AtollcanconsiderseveralHSDPAbearerusersperpixel.Whenthecoveragepredictionisnotbasedonasimula
tion,thisvalueistakenfromthecellproperties.AtollconsidersthedefinednumberofHSDPAbeareruserson
eachpixelanddeterminesthebestHSDPAbearerthateachusercanobtain.Thecoveragepredictionresultsdis
playedaretheaverageresultsforoneuser.TheavailableHSDPApowerofthecellissharedbetweentheHSDPA
bearerusers.IfyouaremodellingasinglebandordualbandmulticellHSDPAuser(wherenisthenumberofcells
towhichtheuserisconnected),thefollowingthroughputsarecalculatedforthenbestcarriersdependingonthe
carrierselectioncriteriondefinedinthesiteequipment.
Youcandisplaythefollowingresults:
TheaverageeffectiveMACthroughputperuserrelativetothethreshold:Select"EffectiveMACThroughput
perUser(kbps)"astheField.AtollcalculatestheaverageMACthroughputperuserfromthefromtheMAC
throughputofeachuser.
TheaverageeffectiveRLCthroughputperuserrelativetothethreshold:Select"EffectiveRLCThroughput
perUser(kbps)"astheField.AtollcalculatestheaverageRLCthroughputperuserfromtheRLCthroughput
ofeachuser.
Theaverageapplicationthroughputperuserrelativetothethreshold:Select"ApplicationThroughputper
User(kbps)"astheField.UsingthepeakRLCthroughput,theBLER,theHSDPAservicescalingfactor,andthe
703
Forsk2013
throughputoffset,Atollcalculatestheaverageapplicationthroughputperuserfromtheapplicationthrough
putofeachuser.
IfyouhaveselectedanHSDPAradiobearerindexastheHSDPARadioBearerontheConditionstab,youcandisplay
thefollowingresults:
WhereacertainpeakRLCthroughputisavailablewithdifferentcelledgecoverageprobabilities:OntheCondi
tionstab,donottakeshadowingintoconsiderationandselectaspecificHSDPAradiobearerindex.OntheDisplay
tab, the Display Type"ValueIntervals" based on theField "Cell Edge Coverage Probability(%)" is selectedby
default.
WhennovalueisdefinedintheCellstableforthetotaltransmittedpowerandthenumberofHSDPAbearerusers,
Atollusesthefollowingdefaultvalues:
Totaltransmittedpower=50%ofthemaximumpower(i.e,40dBmifthemaximumpowerissetto43dBm)
NumberofHSDPAbearerusers=1
Ontheotherhand,nodefaultvalueisusedfortheavailableHSDPApower;thisparametermustbedefinedbythe
user.
Forinformationonselectingthebestbearer,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.Forinformationondefiningdisplay
later:
Calculatebutton(
9.2.10.10 HSUPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis
TheHSUPAcoveragepredictionallowsyoutostudyseveralHSUPArelatedparameters.EachHSUPAbeareruserisassociated
withanR99dedicatedtrafficchannelinthedownlinkanduplink(i.e.,theADPCHEDPCCHR99bearer),andmustfirstinitiate
thisconnectioninordertobeabletouseHSUPAchannels.Inthecoverageprediction,theHSUPAserviceareaislimitedby
thepilotqualityandADPCHEDPCCHquality.TheparametersusedasinputfortheHSUPApredictionsaretheuplinkload
factortheuplinkreusefactor,theuplinkloadfactorduetoHSUPAandthemaximumuplinkloadfactorforeachcell.Ifthe
coveragepredictionisnotbasedonasimulation,thesevaluesaretakenfromthecellproperties.Forinformationaboutthe
cellparameters,see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage643.Forinformationontheformulasusedtocalculaterequired
EDPDCHEc/Nt,requiredterminalpower,anddifferentthroughputs,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
TomakeanHSUPAcoverageprediction:
4. SelectHSUPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis(UL)andclickOK.TheHSUPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis(UL)
tion).
704
AT320_UM_E0
YoumustselectaMobility,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage686.ForanHSUPAcoveragepredic
tion,underTerminal,youmustchoseanHSUPAcapableterminaland,underService,youmustchoseaservicewith
HSUPA.
YoumustalsoselectwhichCarrieristobeconsidered.Youcanmakethecoveragepredictionforaspecificcarrieror
forthe"Best(All/Main/Second/Thirdband)"carrierselectedaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthe
siteequipment.
HSUPAResources:AtollcancalculatetheHSUPAcoveragepredictioninoneoftwoways:
Forasingleuser:AfterallocatingcapacitytoallR99users,theentireremainingloadwillbeallocatedtoasingle
HSUPAbeareruser.
SharedbyHSUPAusersdefinedorcalculatedpercell:AfterallocatingcapacitytoallR99users,theremaining
loadofthecellwillbesharedequallybetweenalltheHSUPAbearerusers.Whenthecoveragepredictionisnot
basedonasimulation,thenumberofHSUPAbearerusersistakenfromthecellproperties.Thedisplayedresults
ofthecoveragepredictionwillbeforoneuser.
WhennovalueisdefinedintheCellstable,Atollusesthefollowingdefaultvalues:
Uplinkloadfactor=50%
Uplinkreusefactor=1
UplinkloadfactorduetoHSUPA=0%
Maximumuplinkloadfactor=75%
NumberofHSUPAusers=1
Ifyouwantthecoveragepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheck
boxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
tionwilldisplay.Youcansetparameterstodisplaythefollowingresults:
TherequiredEDPDCHEcNtrelativetothethreshold:Select"RequiredEDPDCHEcNt(dB)"astheField.Atoll
selectsthebestHSUPAbearerwhoserequiredEDPDCHEcNtdoesnotexceedthemaximumEDPDCHEcNt
allowed.TherequiredEDPDCHEcNtisapropertyoftheselectedHSUPAbearer.
Thepowerrequiredfortheselectedterminalrelativetothethreshold:Select"RequiredTerminalPower(dBm)"
astheField.AtollcalculatestherequiredterminalpowerfromtherequiredEDPDCHEcNt.
ThepeakMACThroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"PeakMACThroughput(kbps)"astheField.Atollcal
culatesthepeakMACthroughputfromthetransportblocksizeoftheselectedHSUPAbearer.
ThepeakRLCthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"PeakRLCThroughput(kbps)"astheField.Atolldis
playsthepeakRLCthroughputthattheselectedHSUPAbearercansupply.ThepeakRLCthroughputisaproperty
oftheHSUPAbearer.
TheguaranteedRLCthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"MinRLCThroughput(kbps)"astheField.
TheaverageRLCthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"AverageRLCThroughput(kbps)"astheField.Atoll
calculatestheaverageRLCthroughputontheuplinkusingtheearlyterminationprobabilities,definedintheter
minalsreceptionequipment,tomodelHARQ(HybridAutomaticRepeatRequest).
Theapplicationthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"ApplicationThroughput(kbps)"astheField.Using
thepeakRLCthroughput,theBLER,theHSUPAservicescalingfactor,andthethroughputoffset,Atollcalculates
theapplicationthroughput.Theapplicationthroughputrepresentsthenetthroughputwithoutcoding(redun
dancy,overhead,addressing,etc.).
Theaverageapplicationthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"AverageApplicationThroughput(kbps)"as
theField.Atollcalculatestheaverageapplicationthroughputontheuplinkusingtheearlyterminationprobabil
ities,definedintheterminalsreceptionequipment,tomodelHARQ(HybridAutomaticRepeatRequest).
Inordertobecovered,variablebitrateusershavetoobtainanHSUPAbearerwithapeakRLCthroughputexceeding
theirminimumthroughputdemands.WhenthepeakRLCthroughputofthebestHSUPAbearerexceedstheuser
maximumthroughputdemand,theHSUPAbearerisdowngradeduntilthepeakRLCthroughputislowerthanthe
maximumthroughputdemand.
Forinformationonselectingthebestbearer,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.Forinformationondefiningdisplay
later:
Calculatebutton(
705
Forsk2013
9.2.10.12 MakingaMultipointAnalysis
InAtoll,youcancarryoutcalculationsonlistsofpointsrepresentingsubscribersandanalysethem.Theseanalysescanbe
usefulforverifyingnetworkQoSatsubscriberlocationsincaseofincidents(calldrops,lowthroughputs,etc.)reportedby
users.Moreover,someuserequipmentmayfeedbackanumberofnetworkmeasurementsattheirlocations.Thismayhelp
verifynetworkqualitywithouttheneedformeasurementcampaignsattheexpenseoftheoperator.
Twotypesofanalysesareavailable:
ActiveSetAnalysis:Anumberofparametersarecalculatedforeachpoint.Theseparametersincludethebestserver,
theactiveset,EcIovaluesfortheactiveset,theconnectionstatus,andtheobtainedthroughputs.Theloadconditions
arefixedbytheuser,eitherreadfromtheCellstableorfromatrafficsimulation.
Shadowingmarginsarenotusedinthesecalculations,i.e.,fixedat0dB.
PotentialServerAnalysis:Anumberofparametersarecalculatedforeachpoint,notjustforthebestserverbutfor
allpotentialservers.Theseparametersincludethepathloss,RSCP,EcIo,DLEbNt,andULEbNt.Theloadconditions
arefixedbytheuser,eitherreadfromtheCellstableorfromatrafficsimulation.Theresultsprovidedbythisanalysis
arethesameasavailableforonepointintheDetailsviewofthePointAnalysistool.
ShadowingmarginsarecalculatedforthecelledgecoverageprobabilitydefinedinthePropertiesdialogueofthe
PointAnalysistool.TheIndoorCoveragecheckboxinthisdialogueisalsotakenintoaccount.
Youmaychoosetocarryouteitherorbothtypesofanalysesasneeded.Forbothanalysistypes,allthepointsareconsidered
tohavethesameheight,whichisthereceiverheightdefinedinthePropertiesdialogueoftheUMTSNetworkSettingsfolder,
i.e.,thereceiverheightatwhichpathlossmatricesarecalculated.
9.2.10.12.1
"CreatingaMultipointAnalysisGroup"onpage706.
"AddingNewAnalysestoExistingMultipointAnalysisGroups"onpage707.
"AccessingMultipointAnalysisResults"onpage708.
"DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofMultipointAnalysisResults"onpage709.
CreatingaMultipointAnalysisGroup
Atollletsyoucreateamultipointanalysisgroupforeachlistofpoints.Ananalysisgroupmaycontainoneormoreanalyses
carriedoutononelistofpoints.Analysescanbeaddedtoexistinggroupsasrequired.
Tocreateanewmultipointanalysisgroup:
2. RightclicktheMultipointAnalysisfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheAnalysisGroupNPropertiesdialogueappears.
4. ClicktheGeneraltab.Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
Name:Thenameoftheanalysisgroup.Youcanchangethenameoftheanalysisgroupifdesired.
Comments
5. ClicktheConditionstab.Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
706
LoadConditions:Selecttheloadconditionstobeusedintheanalysis.Ifyouselect"(CellsTable),"thecalculations
arenotgoingtobebasedonloadconditionstakenfromasimulation;AtollwillusetheULloadfactorandtheDL
AT320_UM_E0
Whenyoubaseananalysisonsimulations,youwouldselectthesimulationsfromtheLoad
Conditionslist.
Results:Selecttheresultsthatyouwishtobecalculated:
All:Bothtypesoftheanalysesbelowwillbeperformed.
ActiveSetAnalysis:Onlytheactivesetanalysiswillbecarriedout.
PotentialServerAnalysis:Onlythepotentialserveranalysiswillbecarriedout.
Formoreinformationonthetwotypesofanalyses,see"MakingaMultipointAnalysis"onpage706.
BearerDowngrading:SelecttheBearerdowngradingcheckboxifyouwanttopermitbearerdowngrading.
Carrier:UnderPotentialServerAnalysisOptions,selectthecarrierforwhichyouwanttheanalysistobecarried
out.Youcaneitherselect"Best"oroneormorecarriernumbersfromthelist.Thisoptionisonlyavailablewhen
eitherAllorPotentialServerAnalysisisselectedintheResultslistabove.The"Best"carrierwilldependonthe
6. ClickthePointstab.Hereyoucancreatethelistofpointsonwhichtheanalyseswillbecarriedout.Eachpointinthe
listisdefinedbyitsXandYcoordinates,aService,aTerminal,andaMobility.Youcan:
Importalistofpoints.
Toimportalistofpoints:
i.
ClicktheActionsbutton.Thecontextmenuappears.
ii. SelectImportTablefromthemenu.Formoreinformationonimportingtabledata,see"ImportingTablesfrom
TextFiles"onpage81.
Copyandpasteanexistinglistofpoints.
Createpointsinthelistbyeditingthetable.
IntherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
),youcancreateonepointperrowbyenteringitsXandYcoor
dinatesandassigningitaservice,aterminal,andamobility.
Thecoordinatesmustbeintheformatusedbythedisplaycoordinatesystemofthedocu
ment. For information on changing the coordinate system, see "Setting a Coordinate
System"onpage119.
7. YoucaneitherruntheanalysesselectedintheGeneraltabimmediatelyoryoucancreatetheanalysisgroupandrun
theanalyseslater:
9.2.10.12.2
Calculate:ClickCalculatetoruntheselectedanalysesimmediately.Oncethecalculationsfortheselectedanal
ysesarecomplete,ananalysis(Analysis0)willappearundertheAnalysisGroupNintheMultipointAnalysis
folder. For information on how to access the analysis results, see "Accessing Multipoint Analysis Results" on
page708.
OK:ClickOKtocreatetheanalysisgroupwithoutrunninganyanalysis.AnalysisGroupNwillappearunderthe
MultipointAnalysisfolder.Forinformationonhowtorunanalysesonanexistinganalysisgroup,see"Adding
NewAnalysestoExistingMultipointAnalysisGroups"onpage707.
AddingNewAnalysestoExistingMultipointAnalysisGroups
Whenyouhavecreatedamultipointanalysisgroupcorrespondingtoalistofpoints,youcanreexaminethislistofpoints
withdifferentcalculationoptionsbyaddingnewanalysestothegroup.
Toaddanewanalysistoanexistingmultipointanalysisgroup:
)toexpandtheMultipointAnalysisfolder.
3. Rightclickthemultipointanalysisgroup.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheAnalysisGroupNPropertiesdialogueappears.
5. OntheConditionstab,thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
LoadConditions:Selecttheloadconditionstobeusedintheanalysis.Ifyouselect"(CellsTable),"thecalculations
arenotgoingtobebasedonloadconditionstakenfromasimulation.AtollwillusetheULloadfactorandtheDL
707
Forsk2013
Whenyoubaseananalysisonsimulations,youwouldselectthesimulationsfromtheLoad
Conditionslist.
Results:Selecttheresultsthatyouwishtobecalculated:
All:Bothtypesoftheanalysesbelowwillbeperformed.
ActiveSetAnalysis:Onlytheactivesetanalysiswillbecarriedout.
PotentialServerAnalysis:Onlythepotentialserveranalysiswillbecarriedout.
Formoreinformationonthetwotypesofanalyses,see"MakingaMultipointAnalysis"onpage706.
BearerDowngrading:SelecttheBearerdowngradingcheckboxifyouwanttopermitbearerdowngrading.
Carrier:UnderPotentialServerAnalysisOptions,selectthecarrierforwhichyouwanttheanalysistobecarried
out.Youcaneitherselect"Best"oroneormorecarriernumbersfromthelist.Thisoptionisonlyavailablewhen
eitherAllorPotentialServerAnalysisisselectedintheResultslistabove.The"Best"carrierwilldependonthe
6. ClickCalculate.Oncethecalculationsforthenewanalysisarecomplete,ananalysiswillappearundertheAnalysis
GroupNintheMultipointAnalysisfolder.Forinformationonhowtoaccesstheanalysisresults,see"Accessing
MultipointAnalysisResults"onpage708
9.2.10.12.3
AccessingMultipointAnalysisResults
Toaccesstheactivesetanalysisresults:
)toexpandtheanalysisgroupcontainingtheanalysiswhoseresultsyouwanttoaccess.
4. Rightclicktheanalysis.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. Select Active Set Analysis Results from thecontext menu. The Active Set Analysis Results dialogue appears. The
resultsincludethefollowinginformation:
LoadConditions:Theloadconditionsthatwereusedwhencreatingtheanalysis.
BearerDowngrading:Whetherbearerdowngradingwasallowedforthecalculationsornot.
XandY:Thecoordinatesofuserswhoattempttoconnect.
Service:Theservicesassignedtotheusers.
Terminal:Theterminalsassignedtotheusers.
Mobility:Themobilitytypesassignedtotheusers.
Carrier:Thecarrierusedforthemobiletransmitterconnection.DualcellHSDPAusersareconnectedtotwocar
riers.
FrequencyBand:Thefrequencybandusedforthemobiletransmitterconnection.
DLandULTotalRequestedThroughput(kbps):Forcircuitandpacket(R99)serviceusers,theDLandULtotal
requestedthroughputscorrespondtotheDLandULpeakthroughputsoftheR99bearerassociatedtotheservice.
Forpacket(HSDPA)serviceusers,theuplinktotalrequestedthroughputcorrespondstothepeakthroughputof
ADPCHUL64R99bearerandthedownlinktotalrequestedthroughputisthesumoftheADPCHUL64radiobearer
peakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputthattheselectedHSDPAradiobearerscanprovide.Here,theHS
DPAuseristreatedasifheistheonlyuserinthecellandthen,AtolldeterminestheHSDPAbearertheuserwould
obtainbyconsideringtheentireHSDPApoweravailableofthecell.
ForHSUPAbearerusers,theuplinktotalrequestedthroughputisequaltothesumoftheADPCHEDPCCHradio
bearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputoftherequestedHSUPAradiobearer.TherequestedHSUPA
radiobearerisselectedfromtheHSUPAbearerscompatiblewiththeuserequipment.Here,theHSUPAuseris
treatedasifheistheonlyuserinthecellandthen,AtolldeterminestheHSUPAbearertheuserwouldobtainby
consideringtheentireremainingloadofthecell.ThedownlinktotalrequestedthroughputisthesumoftheAD
PCHEDPCCHradiobearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputthattherequestedHSDPAradiobearers
canprovide.
DL and UL Total Obtained Throughput (kbps): For circuit and packet (R99) service users, the DL or UL total
obtainedthroughputisthesameastheDLorULtotalrequestedthroughputifheisconnectedwithoutbeing
downgraded.Otherwise,thetotalobtainedthroughputislower(itcorrespondstothepeakthroughputofthe
selectedR99bearer).Iftheuserwasrejected,thetotalobtainedthroughputiszero.
Forapacket(HSDPA)serviceuserconnectedtoanHSDPAbearer,theuplinktotalobtainedthroughputequalsthe
requestedoneandthedownlinktotalobtainedthroughputcorrespondstotheinstantaneousthroughput;thisis
thesumoftheADPCHUL64radiobearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputprovidedbytheselected
HSDPAradiobearersafterschedulingandradioresourcecontrol.Iftheuserisdelayed(heisonlyconnectedtoan
R99radiobearer),uplinkanddownlinktotalobtainedthroughputscorrespondtotheuplinkanddownlinkpeak
708
AT320_UM_E0
throughputsofADPCHUL64radiobearer.Finally,iftheuserisrejectedeitherintheR99partorintheHSDPApart,
theuplinkanddownlinktotalobtainedthroughputsarezero.
Forconnectedpacket(HSPABestEffort)serviceusersandpacket(HSPAVariableBitRate)serviceusers,onup
link,iftheuserisconnectedtoanHSUPAbearer,theuplinktotalobtainedthroughputisthesumoftheADPCH
EDPCCHradiobearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputprovidedbytheselectedHSUPAradiobearer
afternoiserisescheduling.Ondownlink,iftheuserisconnectedtoanHSDPAbearer,thedownlinktotalobtained
throughputcorrespondstotheinstantaneousthroughput.TheinstantaneousthroughputisthesumoftheAD
PCHEDPCCHradiobearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputprovidedbytheselectedHSDPAradio
bearersafterschedulingandradioresourcecontrol.Iftheuserisdelayed,thedownlinktotalobtainedthroughput
correspondstothedownlinkpeakthroughputofADPCHEDPCCHradiobearer.Iftheuserisrejected,theuplink
anddownlinktotalobtainedthroughputsare"0".
Foraconnectedpacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceuser,theuplinkanddownlinktotalobtainedthrough
putsarethesumoftheADPCHEDPCCHradiobearerpeakthroughputandtheminimumthroughputdemandde
finedfortheservice.Iftheuserisrejected,theuplinkanddownlinktotalobtainedthroughputsare"0".
ConnectionStatus:Theconnectionstatusindicateswhethertheuserisconnectedorrejected.Ifconnected,the
connectionstatuscorrespondstotheactivitystatus.Ifrejected,therejectioncauseisgiven.
BestServer:Thebestserveramongthetransmittersinthemobileactiveset.
HOStatus(Sites/No.TransmittersAct.Set):TheHOstatusisthenumberofsitescomparedtothenumberof
transmittersintheactiveset.
AS1,AS2,AS3,AS4:Thenameofthecellthatisthebestserver,thesecondbestserver,andsoonisgivenina
separatecolumnforeachcellintheactiveset.
Ec/I0AS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,(dB):EcI0isgiveninaseparatecolumnforeachcellintheactiveset.TheEc/I0AS1
columnliststheEc/I0fromthebestserverfortherejectedmobilesaswell.
ActiveCompressedMode:Thisfieldindicateswhetheractivecompressedmodeissupportedbythemobileor
not.
6. ClickClose.
Toaccessthepotentialserveranalysisresults:
)toexpandtheanalysisgroupcontainingtheanalysiswhoseresultsyouwanttoaccess.
4. Rightclicktheanalysis.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. Select Potential Server Analysis Results from the context menu. The Potential Server Analysis Results dialogue
appears.Theresultsincludethefollowinginformation:
LoadConditions:Theloadconditionsthatwereusedwhencreatingtheanalysis.
Shadowingtakenintoaccount:Whethershadowingwastakenintoaccountforthecalculationsornot.
CellEdgeCoverageProbability:Usedtocalculatetheshadowingmarginifshadowingwastakenintoaccount.
IndoorCoverage:Whetherthepointswereconsideredtobeindoorforthecalculations.Inthiscase,indoorlosses
wereusedinthecalculations.
BearerDowngrading:Whetherbearerdowngradingwasallowedforthecalculationsornot.
Carrier:Thecarrier(s)forwhichthecalculationsweremade.
XandY:Thecoordinatesofuserswhoattempttoconnect.
Service:Theservicesassignedtotheusers.
Terminal:Theterminalsassignedtotheusers.
Mobility:Themobilitytypesassignedtotheusers.
Transmitter:Potentialserversoftheusersforwhichtheremainingparameterswerecalculated.
Distance(m):Distancesfromthepotentialservers.
PathLoss(dB):Pathlossescorrespondingtothepotentialservers.
RSCP(dBm):ReceivedSignalCodePowerscorrespondingtothepotentialservers.
Ec/Io(dB):Ec/Iocorrespondingtothepotentialservers.
Eb/NtDL(dB):DownlinkEb/Ntcorrespondingtothepotentialservers.
Eb/NtUL(dB):UplinkEb/Ntcorrespondingtothepotentialservers.
Scramblingcode:Scramblingcodescorrespondingtothepotentialservers.
6. ClickClose.
9.2.10.12.4
DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofMultipointAnalysisResults
Youcandisplaythemultipointanalysisresultsonthemapaccordingtodifferentparameters.
709
Forsk2013
Todefinethedisplaypropertiesofmultipointanalysisresults:
2. RightclicktheMultipointAnalysisfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheMultipointAnalysisPropertiesdialogueappears.
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,definethedisplaypropertiesofmultipointanalysisresults.Forinformationon
changingdisplaycharacteristics,see"DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
5. ClickOK.
thatyoudefine.Whenallocatingneighbours,thecelltowhichyouareallocatingneighboursisreferredtoasthereference
cell.Thecellsthatfulfiltherequirementstobeneighboursarereferredtoaspossibleneighbours.Whenallocatingneighbours
toallactiveandfilteredtransmitters,Atollallocatesneighboursonlytothecellswithinthefocuszoneandconsidersaspossi
bleneighboursalltheactiveandfilteredcellswhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputation
zone.Ifthereisnofocuszone,Atollallocatesneighboursonlytothecellswithinthecomputationzone.
selected.
neighbourstobasestationsortransmittersasyouaddthem.Youcanuseautomaticallocationonallcellsinthedocument,
oryoucandefineagroupofcellseitherbyusingafocuszoneorbygroupingtransmittersintheexplorerwindow.Forinfor
mationoncreatingafocuszone,see"CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage677.For
informationongroupingtransmittersintheexplorerwindow,see"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88.
AtollsupportsthefollowingneighbourtypesinaUMTSnetwork:
IntratechnologyNeighbours:IntratechnologyneighboursarecellsdefinedasneighboursthatalsouseUMTS.Intra
technologyneighbourscanbedividedinto:
IntracarrierNeighbours:Cellsdefinedasneighbourswhichperformhandoverusingthesamecarrier.
IntercarrierNeighbours:Cellsdefinedasneighbourswhichperformhandoverusingadifferentcarrier.
Intertechnology Neighbours: Intertechnology neighbours are cells defined as neighbours that use a technology
otherthanUMTS.
"AllocatingandDeletingNeighboursperCell"onpage719
theNeighbourstable.
InAtoll,youcandefineneighbourconstraintsthatwillbetakenintoconsiderationduringtheautomaticallocationofneigh
710
AT320_UM_E0
4. Rightclickthecellforwhichyouwanttodefineneighbourconstraints.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectRecordPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThecellsPropertiesdialogueappears.
7. UnderExceptionalPairs,createanewexceptionalpairintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
):
a. ClicktheEditbuttononthebottomrightofthedialogue.Theexceptionalpairlistbecomeseditable.
b. SelectthecellfromthelistintheNeighbourscolumn.
9. ClickOK.
selectingNeighbours>IntraTechnology>ExceptionalPairs.
YoucandefinetherelativeimportanceofthefactorsthatAtollusestoevaluatepossibleintratechnologyneighbours(intra
andintercarrier)andintertechnologyneighbours(forinformationonhowAtollcalculatesimportance,seetheTechnical
ReferenceGuide).
Toconfiguretheimportancefactorsforintratechnologyneighbours:
3. SelectNeighbours>Intratechnology>ConfigureImportancefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourImportance
Weightingdialogueappears.
4. SelecttheIntracarrierNeighbourstab.OntheIntracarrierNeighbourstab,youcansetthefollowingimportance
factors:
sons.
tothereferencetransmitter.TheAdjacencyFactorwillbeusedifyouselecttheForceadjacenttransmittersas
neighbourscheckboxwhendefininganautomaticneighbourallocation.Forinformationonautomaticallyallo
catingneighbours,see"AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically"onpage712.
thesamesiteasreferencetransmitter.TheCositeFactorwillbeusedifyouselecttheForcecositetransmitters
asneighbourscheckboxwhendefininganautomaticneighbourallocation.Forinformationonautomaticallyallo
5. SelecttheIntercarrierNeighbourstab.OntheIntercarrierNeighbourstab,youcansetthefollowingimportance
factors:
sons.
6. ClickOK.
711
Forsk2013
Youcanconfigurethesameimportancefactorsforintertechnologyneighboursby
selectingNeighbours>Intertechnology>ConfigureImportancefromtheTrans
mittersfoldercontextmenu.
AtollcanautomaticallyallocatebothintraandintercarrierneighboursinaUMTSnetwork.Atollallocatesneighboursbased
Bysettinganoptionintheatoll.inifile,youcanpreventAtollfromallocatingintercarrierneighbourstocellslocatedonsites
whoseequipmentdoesnotsupportthecompressedmode.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
ToautomaticallyallocateintracarrierUMTSneighbours:
4. ClicktheIntraCarrierNeighbourstab.Youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Max.IntersiteDistance:Setthemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencecellandapossibleneighbour.
Max.No.ofNeighbours:Setthemaximumnumberofintracarrierneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoacell.This
valuecanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable.
CoverageConditions:Thecoverageconditionsmustberespectedforacelltobeconsideredasaneighbour.Click
Definetochangethecoverageconditions.IntheCoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowing
parameters:
bourallocation.
Min.PilotSignalLevel:EntertheminimumpilotsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellAand
possibleneighbourcellB.
Min.EcI0:Entertheminimum EcI0whichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellAinanoverlappingarea.Refer
encecellAmustalsobethebestserverintermsofpilotqualityintheoverlappingarea.
EcI0Margin:EnterthemaximumdifferenceofEcI0betweenreferencecellAandpossibleneighbourcellB
intheoverlappingarea.
DLLoadContributingtoI0:YoucanletAtollbasetheinterferenceratioonthetotalpowerusedasdefinedin
thepropertiesforeachcell(DefinedperCell)oronapercentageofthemaximumpower(GlobalValue).
EdgeCoverageProbability.
IndoorCoverage:SelecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxifyouwanttouseindoorlossesinthecalculations.
Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyperclutterclass.
%Min.CoveredArea:Entertheminimum,inpercentage,thatapossibleneighbourcellscoverageareamust
overlapthereferencecellscoveragearea.
712
Carriers:Selectthecarriersonwhichyouwanttoruntheallocation.Youcanchooseoneormorecarriers(Atoll
willallocateneighbourstocellsusingtheselectedcarriers).
Forcecositecellsasneighbours:SelecttheForcecositecellsasneighbourscheckboxifyouwantcellslocated
onthesamesiteasthereferencecelltobeautomaticallyconsideredasneighbours.
Forceadjacentcellsasneighbours:SelecttheForceadjacentcellsasneighbourscheckboxifyouwantcellsthat
areadjacenttothereferencecelltobeautomaticallyconsideredasneighbours.Acellisconsideredadjacentif
thereisatleastonepixelinthereferencecellscoverageareawherethepossibleneighbourcellisbestserveror
secondbestserverinthereferencecellsactiveset(respectingthehandovermargin).
words,areferencecellwillbeapossibleneighbourtoallofthecellsthatareitsneighbours.Iftheneighbourlist
ofanycellisfull,thereferencecellwillnotbeaddedasaneighbourandthatcellwillberemovedfromthelistof
neighboursofthereferencecell.
Forceexceptionalpairs:SelecttheForceexceptionalpairscheckboxifyouwanttobeabletoforceorforbid
neighbourrelationsdefinedintheExceptionalPairstable.Forinformationonexceptionalpairs,see"Defining
ExceptionalPairs"onpage710.
Deleteexistingneighbours:SelecttheDeleteexistingneighbourscheckboxifyouwantAtolltodeleteallcurrent
neighbourswhenallocatingneighbours.IfyoudonotselecttheDeleteexistingneighbourscheckbox,Atollwill
notdeleteanyexistingneighbourswhenautomaticallyallocatingneighbours;itwillonlyaddnewneighboursto
thelist.
AT320_UM_E0
6. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofallocatingintracarrierneighbours.Atollfirstcheckstoseewhetherthe
pathlossmatricesarevalidbeforeallocatingneighbours.Ifthepathlossmatricesarenotvalid,Atollrecalculates
them.
Cell:Thenameofthereferencecell.
Number:Thetotalnumberofneighboursallocatedtothereferencecell.
MaximumNumber:Themaximumnumberofneighboursthatthereferencecellcanhave.
Neighbour:Thecellthatwillbeallocatedasaneighbourtothereferencecell.
tanceFactorsforNeighbours"onpage711.
Cause:ThereasonAtollhasallocatedthepossibleneighbourcell,asidentifiedintheNeighbourcolumn,tothe
referencecell,asidentifiedintheCellcolumn.
Cosite
Adjacency
Symmetry
Coverage
Existing
RelationType:Thetypeoftheneighbourrelation("Intracarrier"inthiscase).
Coverage:Theamountofreferencecellscoverageareathattheneighbouroverlaps,inpercentageandsquare
kilometres.
Adjacency:Theareaofthereferencecell,inpercentageandinsquarekilometres,wheretheneighbourcellisbest
serverorsecondbestserver.
7. SelecttheCommitcheckboxforeachneighbouryouwanttoassigntoacell.YoucanusemanyofAtollstableshort
cuts,suchasfilteringandsorting.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"on
page69.
ClickCompare.Thelistofautomaticallyallocatedneighbours(thosewhoseCommitcheckboxisselected)iscom
paredwiththeexistinglistofneighbours.AreportofthecomparisonisdisplayedinatextfilecalledNeighbours
DeltaReport.txt,whichappearsattheendofthecomparison.Thisfilelists:
Thenumberof deleted neighbour relations (neighbour relationsnot proposed intheautomatic allocation
8. ClickCommit.AlltheneighbourswhoseCommitcheckboxisselectedareassignedtothereferencecells.Neighbours
arelistedintheIntratechnologyNeighbourstabofeachcellsPropertiesdialogue.
ToautomaticallyallocateintercarrierUMTSneighbours:
4. ClicktheInterCarrierNeighbourstab.Youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Max.NumberofNeighbours:Setthemaximumnumberofintercarrierneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoacell.
Thisvaluecanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable.
parameters:
bourallocation.
713
Forsk2013
Min.EcI0:Entertheminimum EcI0whichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellAandpossibleneighbourBin
anoverlappingarea.PossibleneighbourBmustalsobethebestserverintermsofpilotqualityintheoverlap
pingarea.
EcI0Margin:EntertheEcI0marginrelativetotheEcI0ofthereferencecellA.SeetheTechnicalReference
GuideforanexplanationofhowtheEcI0marginisusedindifferentintercarrierhandoverscenarios.
Carriers:Selectthecarriersonwhichyouwanttoruntheallocation.Youcanchooseoneormorecarriers(Atoll
willallocateneighbourstocellsusingtheselectedcarriers).
thelist.
6. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofallocatingintercarrierneighbours.Atollfirstcheckstoseewhetherthe
them.
tanceFactorsforNeighbours"onpage711.
Cosite
Symmetry
Coverage
Existing
RelationType:Thetypeoftheneighbourrelation("Intercarrier"inthiscase).
Coverage:Theamountofreferencecellscoverageareathattheneighbouroverlaps,inpercentageandsquare
kilometres.
page69.
ClickCompare.Thelistofautomaticallyallocatedneighbours(thosewhoseCommitcheckboxisselected)iscom
paredwiththeexistinglistofneighbours.AreportofthecomparisonisdisplayedinatextfilecalledNeighbours
DeltaReport.txt,whichappearsattheendofthecomparison.Thisfilelists:
714
AT320_UM_E0

9.2.11.4.1
Whenyoucreateanewbasestation,youcanletAtollallocateneighbourstoitautomatically.Atollconsidersthecellsofthe
newbasestationandothercellswhosecoverageareaintersectswiththecoverageareaofthecellsofthenewbasestation.
3. SelectNeighbours>IntratechnologyNeighbours>AutomaticAllocationfromthecontextmenu.TheAutomatic
NeighbourAllocationdialogueappears.
page712.
9.2.11.4.2
Whenyouaddanewtransmitter,youcanletAtollallocateneighbourstoitautomatically.Atollconsidersthecellsofthenew
transmittersandothercellswhosecoverageareaintersectsthecoverageareaofthecellsofthenewtransmitter.
page712.
9.2.11.5.1
"DisplayingtheCoverageofEachNeighbourofaCell"onpage718.
tion(inotherwords,Atollindicateswhichisthereferencecellandwhichistheneighbour)andwhethertheneighbourrela
tionissymmetric.
715
Forsk2013
Todisplaytheneighbourrelationsofacellonthemap:
3. Select Neighbours> Intratechnology> Display Options from the context menu. The Neighbour Display dialogue
appears.
4. UnderIntratechnologyNeighbours,selecttheDisplaylinkscheckbox.
)besidetheDisplaylinkscheckbox.
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplayTypeifyouwantAtolltocolourallneighbourlinksofacellwithaunique
colour.
tocolourthecellsneighbourlinksaccordingtoavaluefromtheIntratechnologyNeighbourstable,oraccording
totheneighbourcarrier.Inthiscase,youcanviewintracarrierandintercarrierneighbourrelationsonthemap.
ValueIntervals:Select"ValueIntervals"tocolourthecellsneighbourlinksaccordingthevalueintervalofthe
valueselectedfromtheFieldlist.Forexample,youcanchoosetodisplayacellsneighboursaccordingtotheir
rank,intermsofautomaticallocation,oraccordingtotheimportance,asdeterminedbytheweightingfactors.
creatinganewfieldoftheType"Integer"intheIntraTechnologyNeighbourtablefor
8. SelecttheAddtolegendcheckboxtoaddthedisplayedneighbourlinkstothelegend.
)nexttoTiptextandselecttheneighbourcharacteristicstobedisplayedinthetiptext.
Outwards nonsymmetrical: Select the Outwards nonsymmetrical check box to display neighbour relations
wheretheselectedcellisthereferencecellandwheretheneighbourrelationisnotsymmetric.
Inwardsnonsymmetrical:SelecttheInwardsnonsymmetricalcheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationswhere
theselectedcellisneighbourandwheretheneighbourrelationisnotsymmetric.
Symmetriclinks:SelecttheSymmetriclinkscheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationsthataresymmetricbetween
appears.
716
AT320_UM_E0
Atolldisplaysthefollowinginformation(seeFigure9.34)fortheselectedcell:
Thesymmetricalneighbourrelationsoftheselected(reference)cellareindicatedbyaline.
Theoutwardneighbourrelationsareindicatedwithalineendinginanarrowpointingattheneighbour(e.g.,see
Site1_2(0))inFigure9.34.).
Theinwardneighbourrelationsareindicatedwithalineendinginanarrowpointingattheselectedcell(e.g.,see
InFigure9.34,neighbourlinksaredisplayedaccordingtotheneighbour.Therefore,thesymmetricalandoutward
neighbourlinksarecolouredthesameasthecorrespondingneighbourtransmittersandtheinwardneighbourlinkis
colouredthesameasthereferencetransmitterbecauseitisneighbourofSite9_3(0)here.
Figure9.34:IntracarrierNeighboursofSite22_3(0)DisplayAccordingtotheNeighbour
InFigure9.35,neighbourlinksaredisplayedaccordingtotheneighbourcarrier.Youcanviewintracarrierandinter
carrierneighbourlinks.InFigure9.35,allneighbourrelationsaresymmetrical.
717
Forsk2013
Figure9.35:IntracarrierandInterCarrierNeighboursofSite14_3(0)
Youcandisplayeitherforcedneighboursorforbiddenneighboursbyclickingthearrow
( )nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbar
andselectingeitherForcedNeighboursorForbiddenNeighbours.
9.2.11.5.2
DisplayingtheCoverageofEachNeighbourofaCell
ageareaofacellsneighboursandcolourthemaccordingtoanyneighbourcharacteristicintheNeighbourstable.
Todisplaythecoverageofeachneighbourofacell:
1. Create,calculate,anddisplaya"Coveragebytransmitter"prediction,withtheDisplayTypesetto"DiscreteValues"
andtheFieldsetto"Transmitter"(forinformationoncreatingacoveragebytransmitterprediction,see"Makinga
CoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage673).
3. Select Neighbours> Intratechnology> Display Options from the context menu. The Neighbour Display dialogue
appears.
4. UnderIntratechnologyNeighbours,selecttheDisplayCoverageAreascheckbox.
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplayTypeifyouwantAtolltocolourthecoverageareaofacellsneighbours
withauniquecolour.
tocolourthecoverageareaofacellsneighboursaccordingtoavaluefromtheIntratechnologyNeighbours
table.
ValueIntervals:Select"ValueIntervals"tocolourthecoverageareaofacellsneighboursaccordingthevalue
interval of the value selected from the Field list. For example, you can choose to display a cells neighbours
accordingtotheirrank,intermsofautomaticallocation,oraccordingtotheimportance,asdeterminedbythe
weightingfactors.
appears.
718
AT320_UM_E0
12. Clickatransmitteronthemaptodisplaythecoverageofeachneighbour.Whenthereismorethanonecellonthe
transmitter,clickingthetransmitterinthemapwindowopensacontextmenuallowingyoutoselectthecellyouwant
(see"SelectingOneofSeveralTransmitters"onpage41).
Onlyintracarrierneighbourcoverageareasaredisplayed.
)inthe
9.2.11.6 AllocatingandDeletingNeighboursperCell
ordeletingneighbourspercell.YoucanallocateordeleteneighboursdirectlyonthemaporusingtheCellstaboftheTrans
mitterPropertiesdialogue.
"AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheCellsTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue"onpage719
AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheCellsTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue
ToallocateordeleteUMTSneighboursusingtheCellstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue:
youwanttoallocateordeleteneighbours.ThecellsPropertiesdialogueappears.
6. Ifdesired,youcanenterthemaximumnumberofneighboursinthefollowingboxes:
Maxnumberintercarrier
Maxnumberintracarrier
2. UnderList,selectthecellfromthelistintheNeighbourcolumnintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
Whenthenewneighbouriscreated,Atollautomaticallycalculatesthedistancebetweenthereferencecellandthe
neighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumn,setstheSourceto"manual,"andsetstheImportanceto"1."
4. SelectSymmetrisefromthecontextmenu.AsymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellintheNeigh
bourcolumnandthecellintheCellcolumn.
cellintheNeighbourcolumnandthecellintheCellcolumnisdeleted.
719
Forsk2013
Todeleteaneighbour:
ToallocateordeleteUMTSneighboursusingtheNeighbourstable:
Toallocateaneighbour:
),selectareferencecellintheCellcolumn.
Whenthenewneighbouriscreated,Atollautomaticallycalculatesthedistancebetweenthereferencecellandthe
neighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumn,setstheSourceto"manual,"andsetstheImportanceto"1."
Tocreateasymmetricalneighbourrelation:
3. SelectMakeSymmetricalfromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricalneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellinthe
NeighbourcolumnandthecellintheCellcolumn.
Tomakeseveralneighbourrelationssymmetrical:
1. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowscontainingtheneighbourstoselecttheentirerows.Youcanselectcontiguous
Totakeallexceptionnalpairsintoconsideration:
2. SelectForceExceptionalPairsfromthecontextmenu.
Youcanaddordeletesomeforcedneighboursorsomeforbiddenneighboursusingthe
ExceptionalPairsofIntraTechnologyNeighbourstable.Youcanopenthistable,select
theexceptionalpairs,rightclickthetableandselectForceExceptionalPairsinthecontext
menu.
Todeleteasymmetricalneighbourrelation:
3. SelectDeleteLinkandSymmetricRelationfromthecontextmenu.Thesymmetricalneighbourrelationbetweenthe
1. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowscontainingtheneighbourstoselecttheentirerows.Youcanselectcontiguous
720
AT320_UM_E0
Todeleteaneighbourrelation:
Toaddasymmetricalneighbourrelation:
Toremoveasymmetricalneighbourrelation:
CTRLandclicktheothertransmitter.Atollconvertsthesymmetricrelationtoaninwardsnonsymmetricinter
technologyneighbourrelation.
Whenthereismorethanonecellonthetransmitter,clickingthetransmitterinthe
mapwindowopensacontextmenuallowingyoutoselectthecellyouwant(see
)intheRadio
bours.
importanceofeachneighbour,i.e.,theweightofeachneighbour.Thisvalueisusedtodefinearankfordifferentneighbours
intheAFPprocess.
721
Forsk2013
4. SelecttheIntracarrierNeighbourstab.
5. UnderImportance,entertheMaxintersitedistance.Sitesoutsidethedefinedmaximumintersitedistancewillnot
beconsideredaspossibleneighbours.
6. UnderImportance,selectthefactorstobetakenintoconsiderationwhencalculatingtheimportance(forinformation
ondefiningimportancefactors,see"ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours"onpage711):
Takeintoaccounttheadjacencyfactor:SelecttheTakeintoaccounttheadjacencyfactorcheckboxtoverifythat
neighboursareadjacenttotheirreferencetransmitterswhencalculatingimportance.
Takeintoaccountthecositefactor:SelecttheTakeintoaccountthecositefactorcheckboxtoverifythatneigh
boursarelocatedonthesamesiteastheirreferencecellwhencalculatingimportance.
7. Under Coverage Conditions, you can set the coverage conditions between neighbours and their reference cells.
ClickingDefineopenstheCoverageConditionsdialogue.IntheCoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethe
Resolution:Youcanentertheresolutionusedtocalculatethecoverageareasofcellsfortheautomaticneighbour
allocation.
Min.PilotSignalLevel:Entertheminimumpilotsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbythereferencecellandthe
neighbour.
Min.Ec/Io:EntertheminimumEcIowhichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellinanareawithoverlappingcov
erage.Thereferencecellmustalsobethebestserverintermsofpilotqualityintheareawithoverlappingcov
erage.
Ec/IoMargin:EntertheEc/IomargintodefinetheareaofcoverageoverlappingbetweenUMTScells.
DLLoadContributingtoIo:UnderDLLoadContributingtoIo,selectwhetheryouwantAtolltobasetheinterfer
enceratioonthetotalpowerusedasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell(DefinedperCell)oronapercentage
ofthemaximumpower(GlobalValue).
ShadowingTakenintoAccount:Ifdesired,selecttheShadowingTakenintoAccountcheckboxandenteraCell
IndoorCoverage:Ifdesired,selecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefined
perfrequencyperclutterclass.
9. UnderImportance,selecttheTakeintoaccountthecositefactorcheckboxtoverifythatneighboursarelocatedon
thesamesiteastheirreferencecellwhencalculatingimportance(forinformationondefiningimportancefactors,see
"ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours"onpage711):
allocation.
neighbour.
erage.
Ec/IoMargin:EntertheEc/IomargintodefinetheareaofcoverageoverlappingbetweenUMTScells.
722
AT320_UM_E0
calculated.
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingimportance,theresultsaredisplayedinthetableoneachtab.
Thetablecontainsthefollowinginformation:
Cosite
Adjacency
Symmetry
Coverage
insquarekilometres.
transmitterisbestserverorsecondbestserver.Thisinformationisnotrelevantforintercarrierneighboursand
isthereforenotpresentontheIntercarrierNeighbourstab.
Toperformanauditoftheintratechnologyneighbourallocationplan:
NeighbourhoodType:SelectwhetheryouwanttoperformanauditonIntraCarrierorInterCarrierneighbour
relations.
eachtransmitterintheCellstable.
numberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCells
table.
bours.
betweenneighboursthatmustnotbeexceeded.
AverageNumberofNeighbours:X;where,Xistheaveragenumberofneighbours(integer)percellfortheplan
audited.
EmptyLists:x/X;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavingnoneighbours(oremptyneighbourslist)
723
Forsk2013
Syntax:
FullLists(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavingYnumberofneighbourslisted
intheirrespectiveneighbourslists.
Syntax:
|CELL|
Lists>MaxNumber(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavingmorethanY
numberofneighbourslistedintheirrespectiveneighbourslists.
Syntax:
theFullListscheckandtheLists>MaxNumbercheckusetheDefaultMaxNumbervalue
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
Youcanperformanauditoftheintertechnologyneighbourallocationplanbyselecting
Neighbours>Intertechnology>AuditfromtheTransmittersfoldercontextmenu.
3. SelectNeighbours>andthenselecttheneighbourtablecontainingthedatayouwanttoexportfromthecontext
menu:
Intratechnology>OpenTable:Thistablecontainsthedatafortheintratechnology(intracarrierandintercar
rier)neighboursinthecurrentAtolldocument.
Atolldocument.
9.2.12 PlanningScramblingCodes
InUMTS,512scramblingcodesareavailable,numberedfrom0to511.AlthoughUMTSscramblingcodesaredisplayedindeci
malformatbydefault,theycanalsobedisplayedandcalculatedinhexadecimalformat,inotherwordsusingthenumbers0
to9andthelettersAtoF.
Atollfacilitatesthemanagementofscramblingcodesbylettingyoucreategroupsofscramblingcodesanddomains,where
eachdomainisadefinedsetofgroups.
724
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanalsoassignscramblingcodesmanuallyorautomaticallytoanycellinthenetwork.
Onceallocationiscompleted,youcanauditthescramblingcodes,viewscramblingcodereuseonthemap,andmakeananal
ysisofscramblingcodedistribution.
TheprocedureforplanningscramblingcodesforaUMTSprojectis:
Preparingforscramblingcodeallocation
"DefiningtheScramblingCodeFormat"onpage725
"CreatingScramblingCodeDomainsandGroups"onpage726
"DefiningExceptionalPairsforScramblingCodeAllocation"onpage726.
Allocatingscramblingcodes
"AutomaticallyAllocatingScramblingCodestoUMTSCells"onpage727
"AllocatingScramblingCodestoUMTSCellsManually"onpage729.
"CheckingtheConsistencyoftheScramblingCodePlan"onpage729.
Displayingtheallocationofscramblingcodes
"UsingFindonMaptoDisplayScramblingCodeAllocation"onpage730
"DisplayingScramblingCodeAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings"onpage730
"GroupingTransmittersbyScramblingCode"onpage731
"DisplayingtheScramblingCodeAllocationHistogram"onpage731
"MakingaScramblingCodeCollisionZonesPrediction"onpage732.
"MakingaScramblingCodeCollisionAnalysis"onpage733
Withinthecontextofprimaryscramblingcodeallocation,"neighbours"referto
intracarrierneighbours.
Accordingto3GPPspecifications,the512possiblescramblingcodescanbebroken
down into groups, each containing 8codes. Because the term "group" in Atoll
referstouserdefinedsetsofscramblingcodes,thesegroupsof8codeseachare
referredtoas"clusters"inAtoll.Aswell,Atollallowsyoutochangethenumberof
codesinacluster.
9.2.12.1 DefiningtheScramblingCodeFormat
Scramblingcodescanbedisplayedindecimalorhexadecimalformat.Theselectedformatisusedtodisplayscramblingcodes
in dialogues and tables such as in the Domains and Groups tables, the Cells table, and the Scrambling Code Allocation
dialogue.
ThedecimalformatisthedefaultformatinAtoll.Theaccepteddecimalvaluesarefrom0to511.Thedecimalformatisalso
used,evenifyouhavechosenthehexadecimalformat,tostorescramblingcodesinthedatabaseandtodisplayscrambling
codedistributionortheresultsofascramblingcodeaudit.
Thehexadecimalformatusesthenumbers0to9andthelettersAtoFforitsbasecharacters.InAtoll,hexadecimalvalues
areindicatedbyalowercase"h"followingthevalue.Forexample,thehexadecimalvalue"3Fh"is"63"asadecimalvalue.
Youcanconvertahexadecimalvaluetoadecimalvaluewiththefollowingequation,whereA,B,andCaredecimalvalues
withinthehexadecimalindexranges:
2
A 16 + B 16 + C
Forexample,thehexadecimalvalue"3Fh"wouldbecalculatedasshownbelow:
2
0 16 + 3 16 + 15 = 63
TodefinethescramblingcodeformatforanAtolldocument:
3. RightclicktheScramblingCodesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectFormatfromthecontextmenuandselecteitherDecimalorHexadecimal.
725
Forsk2013
9.2.12.2 CreatingScramblingCodeDomainsandGroups
Atollfacilitatesthemanagementofscramblingcodesbylettingyoucreatedomains,eachcontaininggroupsofscrambling
codes.
TheprocedureformanagingscramblingcodesinaUMTSdocumentconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
1. Creatingascramblingcodedomain,asexplainedinthissection.
2. Creatinggroups,eachcontainingarangeofscramblingcodes,andassigningthemtoadomain,asexplainedinthis
section.
3. Assigningascramblingcodedomaintoacellorcells.Ifthereisnoscramblingcodedomain,Atollwillconsiderall512
possiblescramblingcodeswhenassigningcodes.
Tocreateascramblingcodedomain:
)toexpandtheScramblingCodesfolder.
4. RightclickDomainsintheScramblingCodesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheDomainstableappears.
),enteraNameforthenewdomain.
7. Clickinanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewdomainandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
8. Doubleclickthedomaintowhichyouwanttoaddagroup.ThedomainsPropertiesdialogueappears.
9. UnderGroups,enterthefollowinginformationforeachgroupyouwanttocreate.
Name:Enteranameforthenewscramblingcodegroup.
Min.: Enter the lowest available primary scrambling code in this groups range. The minimum and maximum
scramblingcodesmustbeenteredintheformat,decimalorhexadecimal,setfortheAtolldocument(forinfor
mationonsettingthescramblingcodeformat,see"DefiningtheScramblingCodeFormat"onpage725).
Max:Enterthehighestavailableprimaryscramblingcodeinthisgroupsrange.
Step:Entertheseparationintervalbetweeneachprimaryscramblingcode.
Excluded:Enterthescramblingcodesinthisrangethatyoudonotwanttouse.
Extra:Enteranyadditionalscramblingcodes(i.e.,outsidetherangedefinedbytheMin.andMaxfields)youwant
toaddtothisgroup.Youcanenteralistofcodesseparatedbyeitheracomma,semicolon,oraspace.Youcan
alsoenterarangeofscramblingcodesseparatedbyahyphen.Forexample,entering,"1,2,35"meansthatthe
extrascramblingcodesare"1,2,3,4,5."
10. Clickinanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewgroupandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
9.2.12.3 DefiningExceptionalPairsforScramblingCodeAllocation
Youcanalsodefinepairsofcellswhichcannothavethesameprimaryscramblingcode.Thesepairsarereferredtoasexcep
tionalpairs.Exceptionalpairsareusedalongwithotherconstraints,suchasneighbours,reusedistance,anddomains,inallo
catingscramblingcodes.
Tocreateapairofcellsthatcannothavethesamescramblingcode:
3. Select Primary Scrambling Codes> Exceptional Pairs. The Exceptional Separation Constraints table appears. For
informationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
),selectonecellofthenewexceptionalpairintheCellcolumnand
thesecondcellofthenewexceptionalpairfromtheCell_2column.
5. Clickinanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewexceptionalpairandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
9.2.12.4 AllocatingScramblingCodes
AtollcanautomaticallyassignscramblingcodestothecellsofaUMTSnetworkaccordingtosetparameters.Forexample,it
takesintoaccountthedefinitionofgroupsanddomainsofscramblingcodes,theselectedscramblingcodeallocationstrategy
(clustered, distributed per cell, distributed per site and one cluster per site), minimum code reuse distance, and any
constraintsimposedbyneighbours.
YoucanalsoallocatescramblingcodesmanuallytothecellsofaUMTSnetwork.
726
AT320_UM_E0
Inthissection,thefollowingmethodsofallocatingscramblingcodesaredescribed:
"DefiningAutomaticAllocationConstraintViolationCosts"onpage727
"AutomaticallyAllocatingScramblingCodestoUMTSCells"onpage727
"AllocatingScramblingCodestoUMTSCellsManually"onpage729.
DefiningAutomaticAllocationConstraintViolationCosts
Youcandefinethecostsofthedifferenttypesofconstraintsusedintheautomaticscramblingcodeallocationalgorithm.
Todefinethedifferentconstraintviolationcosts:
3. SelectPrimaryScramblingCodes>ConstraintCosts.TheConstraintViolationCostsdialogueappears.Inthisdialogue
youcandefinethefollowingcostsofconstraintviolationsfortheautomaticallocationprocess(thecostisavaluefrom
0to1):
UnderIntratechnologyNeighbours,youcansettheconstraintviolationcostfor1stOrder,2ndOrder,and3rd
Orderneighbours.
UnderDistributedperSiteStrategy,youcansettheconstraintviolationcostforintratechnologyneighboursthat
are1stor2ndOrderUsingtheSameCluster.
ReuseDistance:Enterthemaximumcostforreusedistanceconstraintviolations.
ExceptionalPair:Enterthecostforexceptionalpairconstraintviolations.
CommonIntertechnologyNeighbour:Enterthecostforintertechnologyneighbourconstraintviolations.
4. ClickOK.Theconstraintviolationcostsarestoredandwillbeusedintheautomaticallocation.
AutomaticallyAllocatingScramblingCodestoUMTSCells
Theallocationalgorithmenablesyoutoautomaticallyallocateprimaryscramblingcodestocellsinthecurrentnetwork.You
canchooseamongseveralautomaticallocationstrategies.Theactualautomaticallocationstrategiesavailablewilldependon
yournetworkandoptionsselectedintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformationontheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
Formoreinformationonautomaticallocationstrategies,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
Clustered:Thepurposeofthisstrategyistochooseforagroupofmutuallyconstrainedcells,scramblingcodesamong
aminimumnumberofclusters.Inthiscase,Atollwillpreferentiallyallocateallthecodesfromthesamecluster.
DistributedperCellAllocation:Thisstrategyconsistsinusingasmanyclustersaspossible.Atollwillpreferentially
allocatecodesfromdifferentclusters.
OneClusterperSite: Thisstrategyallocatesoneclustertoeachbasestation,then,onecodeoftheclustertoeachcell
ofeachbasestation.Whenalltheclustershavebeenallocatedandtherearestillbasestationsremainingtobeallo
cated,Atollreusestheclustersatanotherbasestation.
DistributedperSite:Thisstrategyallocatesagroupofadjacentclusterstoeachbasestationinthenetwork,then,one
clustertoeachtransmitterofthebasestationaccordingtoitsazimuthandfinallyonecodeoftheclustertoeachcell
ofeachtransmitter.Thenumberofadjacentclusterspergroupdependsonthenumberoftransmittersperbasesta
tionyouhaveinyournetwork;thisinformationisrequiredtostartallocationbasedonthisstrategy.Whenallthe
groupsofadjacentclustershavebeenallocatedandtherearestillbasestationsremainingtobeallocated,Atollreuses
thegroupsofadjacentclustersatanotherbasestation.
Toautomaticallyallocateprimaryscramblingcodes:
3. SelectPrimaryScramblingCodes>AutomaticAllocation.ThePrimaryScramblingCodesdialogueappears.
UnderConstraints,youcansettheconstraintsonautomaticscramblingcodeallocation.
ExistingNeighbours:SelecttheExistingNeighbourscheckboxifyouwanttoconsiderintracarrierneighbour
relationsandthenchoosetheneighbourhoodleveltotakeintoaccount:
Neighboursofacellarereferredtoasthefirstorderneighbours,neighboursneighboursarereferredtoas
thesecondorderneighboursandneighboursneighboursneighboursasthethirdorderneighbours.
FirstOrder:Nocellwillbeallocatedthesamescramblingcodeasitsneighbours.
SecondOrder:Nocellwillbeallocatedthesamescramblingcodeasitsneighboursoritssecondorderneigh
bours.
ThirdOrder:Nocellwillbeallocatedthesamescramblingcodeasitsneighboursoritssecondorderneigh
boursoritsthirdorderneighbours.
Atollcanonlyconsiderneighbourrelationsifneighbourshavealreadybeenallocated.Forinformationonal
locatingneighbours,see"PlanningNeighbours"onpage710.
727
Forsk2013
Atollcantakeintoaccountintertechnologyneighbourrelationsasconstraintswhenallo
cating scrambling codes to the UMTS neighbours of a GSM transmitter. In order to
consider intertechnology neighbour relations in scrambling code allocation, you must
maketheTransmittersfolderoftheGSMAtolldocumentaccessibleintheUMTSAtoll
document.ForinformationonmakinglinksbetweenGSMandUMTSAtolldocuments,see
"CreatingaUMTSSectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork"onpage798
AdditionalOverlappingConditions:SelecttheAdditionalOverlappingConditionscheckbox,ifyouwantto
setoverlappingcoveragecriteria.Ifcellsmeettheoverlappingconditionstoenterthereferencecellsactive
set,theywillbenotallocatedthesamescramblingcodeasthereferencecell.ClickDefinetochangetheover
lappingconditions.IntheCoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
Min.EcI0:Entertheminimum EcI0whichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellAinanareawithoverlapping
coverage.ReferencecellAmustalsobethebestserverintermsofpilotqualityintheareawithoverlapping
coverage.
EcI0Margin:EnterthemaximumdifferenceofEcI0betweenreferencecellAandpossibleneighbourcellB
intheareawithoverlappingcoverage.
ReuseDistance:SelecttheReuseDistancecheckbox,ifyouwanttotheautomaticallocationprocesstocon
siderthereusedistanceconstraint.EntertheDefaultreusedistancewithinwhichtwocellsonthesamecarrier
cannothavethesameprimaryscramblingcode.
Areusedistancecanbedefinedatthecelllevel(inthecellPropertiesdialogueorinthe
Cells table). If defined, a cellspecific reuse distance will be used instead of the value
enteredhere.
FromtheStrategylist,youcanselectanautomaticallocationstrategy:
ExceptionalPairs:SelecttheExceptionalPairscheckbox,ifyouwanttotheautomaticallocationprocessto
considertheexceptionalpairconstraints.
Clustered
DistributedperCell
OneClusterperSite
DistributedperSite
Carrier:SelecttheCarrieronwhichyouwanttoruntheallocation.Youmaychooseonecarrier(Atollwillassign
primaryscramblingcodestotransmittersusingtheselectedcarrier)orallofthem.
No.ofCodesperCluster:Accordingto3GPPspecifications,thenumberofcodesperclusteris8.Ifyouwant,you
canchangethenumberofcodespercluster.
Whentheallocationisbasedonadistributedstrategy(DistributedperCellorDistributedperSite),thisparame
tercanalsobeusedtodefinetheintervalbetweentheprimaryscramblingcodesassignedtocellsonasamesite.
Thedefinedintervalisappliedbysettinganoptionintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformationaboutsettingoptions
intheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
UseaMaxofCodes:SelecttheUseaMaxofCodescheckboxtomakeAtollusethemaximumnumberofcodes.
For example, if there are two cells using the same domain with two scrambling codes, Atoll will assign the
remainingcodetothesecondcelleveniftherearenoconstraintsbetweenthesetwocells(forexample,neigh
bourrelations,reusedistance,etc.).Ifyoudonotselectthisoption,Atollonlycheckstheconstraints,andallocates
thefirstrankedcodeinthelist.
DeleteExistingCodes:SelecttheDeleteExistingCodescheckboxifyouwantAtolltodeletecurrentlyallocated
scramblingcodesandrecalculateallscramblingcodes.Ifyoudonotselectthisoption,Atollwillkeepcurrently
allocatedscramblingcodesandwillonlyallocatescramblingcodestocellsthatdonotyethavecodesallocated.
AllocateCarriersIdentically:SelecttheAllocateCarriersIdenticallycheckboxifyouwantAtolltoallocatethe
sameprimaryscramblingcodetoeachcarrierofatransmitter.Ifyoudonotselectthisoption,Atollallocates
scramblingcodesindependentlyforeachcarrier.
4. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofallocatingscramblingcodes.
728
AT320_UM_E0
OnceAtollhasfinishedallocatingscramblingcodes,thecodesarevisibleunderResults.Atollonlydisplaysnewlyallo
catedscramblingcodes.
Site:Thenameofthebasestation.
Cell:Thenameofthecell.
Code:Theprimaryscramblingcodeallocatedtothecell.
Cluster:Theclusterthescramblingcodebelongsto.
5. ClickCommit.Theprimaryscramblingcodesarecommittedtothecells.
Youcansaveautomaticscramblingcodeallocationparametersinauserconfiguration.For
informationonsavingautomaticscramblingcodeallocationparametersinauserconfigu
ration,see"SavingaUserConfiguration"onpage98.
Ifyouneedtoallocatescramblingcodestothecellsonasingletransmitter,youcan
allocate them automatically by selecting Allocate Scrambling Codes from the
transmitterscontextmenu.
Ifyouneedtoallocatescramblingcodestoallthecellsongroupoftransmitters,
you can allocate them automatically by selecting Primary Scrambling Codes>
AutomaticAllocationfromthetransmittergroupscontextmenu.
AllocatingScramblingCodestoUMTSCellsManually
Whenyouallocatescramblingcodestoalargenumberofcells,itiseasiesttoletAtollallocatescramblingcodesautomatically,
as described in "Automatically Allocating Scrambling Codes to UMTS Cells" on page727. However, if you want to add a
primaryscramblingcodetoonecellortomodifytheprimaryscramblingcodeofacell,youcandoitbyaccessingtheproper
tiesofthecell.
ToallocateascramblingcodetoaUMTScellmanually:
1. On the map, rightclick the transmitter to whose cell you want to allocate a scrambling code. The context menu
appears.
4. EnteraPrimaryScramblingCodeinthecellscolumn.
5. ClickOK.
9.2.12.5 CheckingtheConsistencyoftheScramblingCodePlan
Onceyouhavecompletedallocatingscramblingcodes,youcanverifywhethertheallocatedscramblingcodesrespectthe
specifiedconstraintsbyperforminganauditoftheplan.Thescramblingcodeauditalsoenablesyoutocheckforinconsisten
ciesifyouhavemadesomemanualchangestotheallocationplan.
Toperformanauditoftheallocationplan:
3. SelectPrimaryScramblingCodes>Audit.TheCodeandClusterAuditdialogueappears.
4. IntheCodeandClusterAuditdialogue,selecttheallocationcriteriathatyouwanttocheck:
No.ofCodesperCluster:Enterthenumberofscramblingcodespercluster.
Neighbours:SelectNeighbourstocheckscramblingcodeconstraintsbetweencellsandtheirneighboursandthen
choosetheneighbourhoodleveltotakeintoaccount:
FirstOrder:Atollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamescramblingcodeasanyofitsneighbours.
SecondOrderNeighbours:Atollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamescramblingcodeasanyofitsneighbours
oranyoftheneighboursofitsneighbours.
ThirdOrderNeighbours:Atollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamescramblingcodeasanyofitsneighboursor
anyoftheneighboursofitsneighboursoranyoftheneighboursofitssecondorderneighbours.
Thereportwilllistthecellsandtheneighboursthatdonotmeetanyoftheseconstraints.Inaddition,itwillindi
catetheallocatedprimaryscramblingcodeandtheneighbourhoodlevel.
NeighboursinDifferentClusters:IfyouselecttheNeighboursindifferentclusterscheckbox,Atollwillcheckthat
neighbourcellshavescramblingcodesfromdifferentclusters.Thereportwilllistanyneighbourcellsthatdohave
scramblingcodesfromthesamecluster.
729
Forsk2013
Domain Compliance: If you select the Domain Compliance check box, Atoll will check if allocated scrambling
codesbelongtodomainsassignedtocells.Thereportwilllistanycellswithscramblingcodesthatdonotbelong
todomainsassignedtothecell.
SiteDomainsNotEmpty:IfyouselecttheSiteDomainsNotEmptycheckbox,Atollwillcheckforandlistbase
stationsforwhichtheallocationdomain(i.e.,thelistofpossiblescramblingcodes)isnotconsistentwiththe"One
clusterpersite"strategy.IfthereisabasestationwithNcells,Atollwillcheckthatthedomainsassignedtothe
cellscontainatleastoneclusterconsistingofNcodes.Ifyouplantoautomaticallyallocatescramblingcodesusing
the"OneClusterperSite"strategy,youcanperformthistestbeforehandtochecktheconsistencyofdomains
assignedtocellsofeachbasestation.
OneClusterperSite:IfyouselecttheOneClusterperSitecheckbox,Atollwillcheckforandlistbasestations
whosecellshavescramblingcodescomingfrommorethanonecluster.
Distance:IfyouselecttheDistancecheckboxandsetareusedistance,Atollwillcheckforandlistthecellpairs
thatdonotrespectthereusedistancecondition.Foranycellpair,Atollusesthelowestofthereusedistance
valuesdefinedinthepropertiesofthetwocellsandthevaluethatyousetintheCodeandClusterAuditdialogue.
Cellpairsthatdonotrespectthereusedistanceconditionarelistedinincreasingorderofthedistancebetween
them.Theprimaryscramblingcodeandthereusedistancearealsolistedforeachcellpair.
ExceptionalPairs:IfyouselecttheExceptionalPairscheckbox,Atollwillcheckforanddisplaypairsofcellsthat
arelistedasexceptionalpairsbutstillusethesamescramblingcode.
5. ClickOK.AtolldisplaystheresultsoftheauditinatextfilecalledCodeCheck.txt,whichitopensattheendoftheaudit.
Foreachselectedcriterion,Atollgivesthenumberofdetectedinconsistenciesanddetailseachofthem.
9.2.12.6 DisplayingtheAllocationofScramblingCodes
Onceyouhavecompletedallocatingscramblingcodes,youcanverifyseveralaspectsofscramblingcodeallocation.Youhave
severaloptionsfordisplayingscramblingcodes:
"UsingFindonMaptoDisplayScramblingCodeAllocation"onpage730
"DisplayingScramblingCodeAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings"onpage730
"GroupingTransmittersbyScramblingCode"onpage731
"DisplayingtheScramblingCodeAllocationHistogram"onpage731
"MakingaScramblingCodeCollisionZonesPrediction"onpage732.
"MakingaScramblingCodeCollisionAnalysis"onpage733
UsingFindonMaptoDisplayScramblingCodeAllocation
InAtoll,youcansearchforscramblingcodesandscramblingcodegroupsusingtheFindonMaptool.Resultsaredisplayed
inthemapwindowinred.
Ifyouhavealreadycalculatedanddisplayedacoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonthebestserver,withtheresults
displayedbytransmitter,thesearchresultswillbedisplayedbytransmittercoverage.Scramblingcodesandscramblingcode
groupsandanypotentialproblemswillthenbeclearlyvisible.Forinformationoncoveragepredictionsbytransmitter,see
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage673.
TofindscramblingcodesorscramblingcodegroupsusingtheFindonMaptool:
2. FromtheFindlist,select"ScramblingCode."
3. Selectwhatyouwhatyouwanttosearchfor:
Scramblingcode:Ifyouwanttofindascramblingcode,selectScramblingcodeandselectitfromthelist.
SCGroup:Ifyouwanttofindascramblingcodegroup,selectSCgroupandselectitfromthelist.
4. SelectthecarrieryouwanttosearchonfromtheForcarrierlist,orselect"(All)"tosearchinallcarriers.
5. ClickSearch.Transmitterswithcellsmatchingthesearchcriteriaaredisplayedinred.Transmittersthatdonotmatch
thesearchcriteriaaredisplayedasgreylines.
Torestoretheinitialtransmittercolours,clicktheResetDisplaybuttonintheFindonMapwindow.
DisplayingScramblingCodeAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings
Youcanusethedisplaycharacteristicsoftransmitterstodisplayscramblingcoderelatedinformation.
Todisplayscramblingcoderelatedinformationonthemap:
730
AT320_UM_E0
Primaryscramblingcode:Todisplaytheprimaryscramblingcodeofatransmitterscell,select"Discretevalues"
astheDisplayTypeand"Cells:PrimaryScramblingCode"astheField.
Rangesofprimaryscramblingcodes:Todisplayrangesofprimaryscramblingcodes,select"Valueintervals"as
theDisplayTypeand"Cells:PrimaryScramblingCode"astheField.
Scramblingcodedomain:Todisplaythescramblingcodedomainofatransmitterscell,select"Discretevalues"
astheDisplayTypeand"Cells:ScramblingCodeDomain"astheField.
YoucandisplaythefollowinginformationinthetransmitterlabelortiptextbyclickingtheLabelorTipTextBrowse
button(
):
Primaryscramblingcode:Todisplaytheprimaryscramblingcodeofatransmitterscellinthetransmitterlabelor
tiptext,"Cells:PrimaryScramblingCode"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
Scramblingcodedomain:Todisplaytheprimaryscramblingcodedomainofatransmitterscellinthetransmitter
labelortiptext,"Cells:ScramblingCodeDomain"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldSelectiondialogue.
Scramblingcodereusedistance:Todisplaythescramblingcodereusedistanceofatransmitterscellinthetrans
mitterlabelortiptext,"Cells:SCReuseDistance"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldSelectiondialogue.
5. ClickOK.
GroupingTransmittersbyScramblingCode
YoucangrouptransmittersintheNetworkexplorerbytheirprimaryscramblingcode,theirscramblingcodedomain,orby
theirscramblingcodereusedistance.
Togrouptransmittersbyscramblingcode:
4. OntheGeneraltab,clickGroupby.TheGroupdialogueappears.
5. UnderAvailableFields,scrolldowntotheCellsection.
6. Selecttheparameteryouwanttogrouptransmittersby:
ScramblingCodeDomain
PrimaryScramblingCode
SCReuseDistance
7. Click
toaddtheparametertotheGroupingFieldslist.Theselectedparameterisaddedtothelistofparameters
onwhichthetransmitterswillbegrouped.
8. Ifyoudonotwantthetransmitterstobesortedbyacertainparameter,selectitintheGroupingFieldslistandclick
.Theselectedparameterisremovedfromthelistofparametersonwhichthetransmitterswillbegrouped.
9. ArrangetheparametersintheGroupingFieldslistintheorderinwhichyouwantthetransmitterstobegrouped:
a. Selectaparameterandclick tomoveituptothedesiredposition.
b. Selectaparameterandclick tomoveitdowntothedesiredposition.
Ifatransmitterhasmorethanonecell,Atollcannotarrangethetransmitterbycell.Trans
mittersthatcannotbegroupedbycellarearrangedinaseparatefolderundertheTrans
mittersfolder.
DisplayingtheScramblingCodeAllocationHistogram
Youcanuseahistogramtoanalysetheuseofallocatedscramblingcodesinanetwork.Thehistogramrepresentsthescram
blingcodesorscramblingcodeclustersasafunctionofthefrequencyoftheiruse.
Todisplaythescramblingcodehistogram:
3. SelectPrimaryScramblingCodes>CodeDistribution.TheDistributionHistogramsdialogueappears.
Eachbarrepresentsascramblingcodeoracluster,itsheightdependingonthefrequencyofitsuse.
731
Forsk2013
4. SelectScramblingCodestodisplayscramblingcodeuseandClusterstodisplayscramblingcodeclusteruse.
5. Movethepointeroverthehistogramtodisplaythefrequencyofuseofeachscramblingcodeorcluster.Theresults
arehighlightedsimultaneouslyintheZoomonselectedvalueslist.
YoucanzoominonvaluesbyclickinganddraggingintheZoomonselectedvalueslist.Atollwillzoominonthe
selectedvalues.
MakingaScramblingCodeCollisionZonesPrediction
Youcanmakeascramblingcodecollisionzonepredictiontoviewareascoveredbycellsusingthesamescramblingcode.Atoll
checksoneachpixelifthebestservingcellandthecellsthatfulfilallcriteriatoentertheactiveset(withoutanyactiveset
sizelimitation)havethesamescramblingcode.Ifso,Atollconsidersthatthereisascramblingcodecollision.
Tomakeascramblingcodecollisionzoneprediction:
4. SelectScramblingCodeCollisionZones(DL)andclickOK.
whichsitestodisplayintheresults.Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93.UnderConfiguration,
youcancreateaFiltertoselectwhichsitestodisplayintheresults.Youcanalsodisplaytheresultsgroupedinthe
NetworkexplorerbyoneormorecharacteristicsbyclickingtheGroupBybutton,oryoucandisplaytheresultssorted
byclickingtheSortbutton.Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93;forinformationongrouping,
see"AdvancedGrouping"onpage90;forinformationonsorting,see"AdvancedSorting"onpage92.
alsoselectwhichCarrieristobeconsidered.
Ifyouwantthescramblingcodecollisionzonepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtaken
intoaccountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
Forascramblingcodecollisionzoneprediction,theDisplayType"DiscreteValues"basedontheField"Transmitter"
isselectedbydefault.Eachpixelwherethereisscramblingcodecollisionisdisplayedwiththesamecolourasthat
definedfortheinterferedtransmitter.Intheexplorerwindow,thecoveragepredictionresultsarefirstarrangedby
interferedtransmitterandthenbyinterferer.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayProperties
ofObjects"onpage43.
Thenumberofinterferersforeachtransmitter:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"No.ofInter
ferersperTransmitter"astheField.Intheexplorerwindow,thecoveragepredictionresultsarearrangedbyinter
feredtransmitter.
Thetotalnumberofinterferersononepixel:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"No.ofInterferers"
astheField.Intheexplorerwindow,thecoveragepredictionresultsarearrangedaccordingtothenumberof
interferers.
8. ClicktheCalculatebutton(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbartocalculatethescramblingcodecollisionzonepredic
tion.Theprogressofthecalculation,aswellasanyerrormessages,isdisplayedintheEventViewer.
732
AT320_UM_E0
MakingaScramblingCodeCollisionAnalysis
TheSCCollisionstabofthePointAnalysiswindowgivesyouinformationonreceptionforanypointonthemapwherethere
isscramblingcodecollision.Scramblingcodecollisionoccursifthebestservingcellandthecellsthatfulfilallcriteriatoenter
theactiveset(withoutanyactivesetsizelimitation)havethesamescramblingcode.Whenthereisascramblingcodecolli
sion,Atolldisplaysthepilotquality(EcI0)receivedfrominterferedandinterferertransmitters.
TheanalysisisbasedontheULloadpercentageandtheDLtotalpowerofeachcell.Theanalysisisprovidedforauserdefin
ableprobereceiverwhichhasaterminal,amobility,andaservice.
Youcanmakeascramblingcodecollisionanalysistoverifyascramblingcodecollisionzoneprediction.Inthiscase,beforeyou
makethescramblingcodecollisionanalysis,ensurethecoveragepredictionyouwanttouseinthescramblingcodecollision
analysisisdisplayedonthemap.
Tomakeascramblingcodecollisionanalysis:
)onthetoolbar.ThePointAnalysiswindowappears.
2. AtthetopofthePointAnalysiswindow,selecttheSCCollisionsview.
3. AtthetopoftheSCCollisionsview,select"CellsTable"fromLoadconditions.
4. Ifyouaremakingascramblingcodecollisionanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction,youcanrecreatetheconditions
ofthecoverageprediction:
a. SelectthesameTerminal,Service,andMobilitystudiedinthecoverageprediction.
b. SelecttheCarrierstudiedinthecoverageprediction.
c. ClicktheOptionsbutton(
SelecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenteraCellEdgeCoverageProbability,and,select
"EcI0"fromtheShadowingMarginlist.
class.
d. ClickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogue.
Ifyouaremakingascramblingcodecollisionanalysistomakeapredictiononadefined
point,youcanusetheinstructionsinthissteptodefineauser.
5. Movethepointeroverthemaptomakeascramblingcodecollisionanalysisforthecurrentlocationofthepointer.
AUMTSnetworkautomaticallyregulatespoweronbothuplinkanddownlinkwiththeobjectiveofminimisinginterference
andmaximisingnetworkcapacity.InthecaseofHSDPA,thenetworkusesADCHpowercontrolintheuplinkanddownlink
andafastlinkadaptation(inotherwords,theselectionofanHSDPAbearer)inthedownlink.Atollcansimulatethesenetwork
regulationmechanisms,therebyenablingyoutostudythecapacityoftheUMTSnetwork.
InAtoll,asimulationisbasedonarealisticdistributionofR99andHSDPAusersatagivenpointintime.Thedistributionof
usersatagivenmomentisreferredtoasasnapshot.Basedonthissnapshot,Atollcalculatesvariousnetworkparameters
suchastheactivesetforeachmobile,therequiredpowerofthemobile,thetotalDLpowerandDLthroughputpercell,and
theULloadpercell.Simulationsarecalculatedinaniterativefashion.
another.
thenetworktraffic.
733
Forsk2013
R99radiobearers:Bearerservicesareusedbythenetworkforcarryinginformation.TheR99RadioBearertablelists
alltheavailableradiobearers.YoucancreatenewR99radiobearersandmodifyexistingonesbyusingtheR99Radio
Bearertable.ForinformationondefiningR99radiobearers,see"DefiningR99RadioBearers"onpage803.
Services:Servicesarethevariousservices,suchasvoice,mobileinternetaccess,etc.,availabletosubscribers.These
servicescanbeeithercircuitswitchedorpacketswitched.Forinformationonmodellingenduserservices,see"Mod
ellingUMTSHSPAServices"onpage686.
Mobilitytype:InUMTS,informationaboutreceivermobilityisimportanttoefficientlymanagetheactiveset:amobile
usedbyadrivermovingquicklyorapedestrianwillnotnecessarilybeconnectedtothesametransmitters.EcI0
requirementsandEbNttargetsperradiobearerandperlink(uplinkordownlink)arelargelydependentonmobile
speed.Forinformationoncreatingamobilitytype,see"CreatingaUMTSHSPAMobilityType"onpage688.
Terminals:InUMTS,aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,
oracarsonboardnavigationdevice.Forinformationoncreatingaterminal,see"ModellingUMTSHSPATerminals"
onpage689.
AtollprovidesthreetypesoftrafficmapsforUMTSprojects.
Sectortrafficmap
workstatistics.
page743.
Youcaninputeitherthethroughputdemandsintheuplinkandinthedownlink,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,or
thetotalnumberofusersincludingallactivitystatuses.Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterisrequiredtocreatethistraffic
734
AT320_UM_E0
5. Selectthetypeoftrafficinformationyouwanttoinput.YoucanchoosebetweenUplinkandDownlinkThroughputs,
TotalNumberofUsers(AllActivityStatuses)orNumberofUsersperActivityStatus.
ment.
100.
100.
100.
100.
9. ClickOK.Atollsavesthetrafficmapwithitsmodifedvalues.
735
Forsk2013
moreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage673.Onceyouhaverecalculatedthecoverage
prediction,youcanupdatethetrafficmap.
Theremightalsobeinformationaboutthetypeofterminaldevicestheyusetoaccessdifferentservices.
InAtoll,thistypeofdatacanbeusedtocreateuserprofiletrafficmaps.
areinturndefinedbytheterminalused,thecallsperhour,andduration(forcircuitswitchedcalls)oruplinkanddownlink
volume(forpacketswitchedcalls).
stances.Forexample,ausercanbeconsideredabusinessuserduringtheday,withvideoconferencingandvoice,butnoweb
browsing.Intheeveningthesameusermightnotusevideoconferencing,butmightusemultimediaservicesandwebbrows
ing.
736
Service: Select a service from the list. For information on services, see "Modelling UMTS HSPA Services" on
page686.
Terminal:Selectaterminalfromthelist.Forinformationonterminals,see"ModellingUMTSHSPATerminals"on
page689.
AT320_UM_E0
Calls/Hour:Forcircuitswitchedservices,entertheaveragenumberofcallsperhourfortheservice.Thenumber
ofcallsperhourisusedtocalculatetheactivityprobability.Forcircuitswitchedservices,onecalllasting1000sec
ondspresentsthesameactivityprobabilityastwocallslasting500secondseach.
Forpacketswitchedservices,theCalls/Hourvalueisdefinedasthenumberofsessionsperhour.Asessionislike
aservice.Inpacketswitchedservices,however,hemaynotusetheservicecontinually.Forexample,withaweb
Duration:Forcircuitswitchedservices,entertheaveragedurationofacallinseconds.Forpacketswitchedser
vices,thisfieldisleftblank.
ULVolume:Forpacketswitchedservices,entertheaverageuplinkvolumepersessioninkilobytes.
DLVolume:Forpacketswitchedservices,entertheaveragedownlinkvolumepersessioninkilobytes.
TocreateormodifyaUMTSenvironment:
6. EnteraNameforthenewUMTSenvironment.
nationthatthisUMTSenvironmentwilldescribe:
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
where:
Nk
N Area =
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
737
Forsk2013
9.3.2.2.1
vector.
Toimportauserprofiletrafficmap:
page741.
11. SelecttheTraffictab(seeFigure9.36).UnderTrafficfields,youcanspecifytheuserprofilestobeconsidered,their
738
AT320_UM_E0
column.
consistsofpoints.
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
where:
Nk
N Area =
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
9.3.2.2.2
column.
739
Forsk2013
page43.
9.3.2.2.3
Todrawatrafficmap:
Draw Map
Delete
9.3.2.2.4
S
i
- 100
Sk
k
5. ClickClose.
class.
ants)oron2Gtrafficstatistics.Userdensitytrafficmapsprovidethenumberofconnectedusersperunitofsurface,i.e.,the
statuses.
740
AT320_UM_E0
perunitofsurface,i.e.,thedensityofusers,takingintoaccountanyclutterweightingdefinedforthesectortrafficmaps.for
9.3.2.3.1
4. SelectUserdensitytrafficmap(no.users/km2).
activitystatus.
only.
thedownlinkonly.
page741.
100.
100.
9.3.2.3.2
Todrawauserdensitytrafficmap:
741
Forsk2013
activitystatus.
only.
downlinkonly.
100.
100.
"EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61.
AtollcreatesanitemcalledDensityvaluesintheUserDensityMapfolder.
16. RightclicktheDensityvaluesitemintheUserDensityMapfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
9.3.2.3.3
displaytheexactnumberofusersperunitofsurface,i.e.,thedensityofusers,takingintoaccountanyclutterweighting
definedforthesectortrafficmaps.
4. SelectCreatedensitymapsfromthecontextmenu.
thedocument.
packetandcircuitservicetraffic,andthenimportthesemapsasuserdensitytrafficmapsintoyourUMTSdocument.These
mapscanthenbeusedintrafficsimulationslikeanyothertypeofmap.
742
AT320_UM_E0
Toimporta2GtrafficmapintoaUMTSdocument:
onpage431.
3. Importthetrafficexportedinstep2inyourUMTSdocumentasauserdensitytrafficmap.Formoreinformationon
importinguserdensitytrafficmaps,see"ImportingaUserDensityTrafficMap"onpage741.
datatobeexported.
Service:Selecttheservicethatwillbeexported,select"Allcircuitservices"toexporttrafficusinganycircuitser
vice,"Allpacketservices"toexporttrafficusinganypacketservice,orselectthespecifictypeofservice:HSDPA,
HSUPA,mobileinternetaccess,multimediamessagingservice,videoconferencing,orvoice.
traffic.
743
Forsk2013
6. ClickSave.
TheExportRegion:
AnexportResolution.
thesimulationandonthenetworkinterferences.Ausercanbeeitheractiveorinactive.Bothactiveandinactiveusers
Then,Atollrandomlyassignsashadowingerrortoeachuserusingtheprobabilitydistributionthatdescribestheshad
owingeffect.
Finally,anotherrandomtrialdeterminesuserpositionsintheirrespectivetrafficzone(possiblyaccordingtotheclut
terweightingandtheindoorratioperclutterclass).
2. Modelling network power control: Atoll uses a power control algorithm for R99 users, and an algorithm mixing
ADPCHpowercontrolandfastlinkadaptationforHSDPAusersandanadditionalloopmodellingnoiserisescheduling
forHSUPAusers.Thepowercontrolsimulationalgorithmisdescribedin"ThePowerControlSimulationAlgorithm"
onpage744.
9.3.4.1 ThePowerControlSimulationAlgorithm
Thepowercontrolalgorithm(seeFigure9.38)simulatesthewayaUMTSnetworkregulatesitselfbyusinguplinkanddownlink
powercontrolsinordertominimiseinterferenceandmaximisecapacity.HSDPAusers(i.e.,Packet(HSDPABestEffort),
Packet (HSPA Best Effort), Packet (HSDPA Variable Bit Rate), Packet (HSPA Variable Bit Rate) and Packet (HSPA
ConstantBitRate)serviceusers)arelinkedtotheADPCHradiobearer(anR99radiobearer).Therefore,thenetworkusesan
ADPCHpowercontrolonULandDLandthenperformsfastlinkadaptationonDLinordertoselectanHSDPAradiobearer.
ForHSUPAusers(i.e.,Packet(HSPABestEffort),Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate)andPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)
serviceusers),thenetworkfirstusesanEDPCCH/ADPCHpowercontrolonULandDL,checksthatthereisanHSDPAconnec
tionondownlinkandthencarriesoutnoiseriseschedulinginordertoselectanHSUPAradiobeareronuplink.Atollsimulates
thesenetworkregulationmechanismsforeachuserdistribution.Duringeachiterationofthealgorithm,allthemobiles(i.e.,
Circuit(R99),Packet(R99),Packet(HSDPABestEffort),Packet(HSPABestEffort),Packet(HSDPAVariableBitRate),
Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate),andPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusers)selectedduringtheuserdistribution
generationattempttoconnectonebyonetonetworktransmitters.Theprocessisrepeateduntilthenetworkisbalanced,
i.e.,untiltheconvergencecriteria(onULandDL)aresatisfied.
744
AT320_UM_E0
Initialisation
R99 part
Mi Best Server Determination
Mi Active Set Determination
For HSDPA users, this part of

the algorithm is performed for
the A-DPCH bearer (R99 bearer)
For HSUPA users, this part is
performed for the E-DPCCH/ADPCH bearer (R99 bearer)
For each R99, HSDPA

and HSUPA mobile, Mi
UL Power Control
DL Power Control
UL and DL Interference Update
Congestion and Radio Resource Control
HSDPA part
For each HSDPA and
HSUPA mobile, Mi
Fast Link Adaptation
Mobile Scheduling
Radio Resource Control
HSUPA part
Admission Control
For each HSUPA
mobile, Mi
Noise Rise Scheduling
Radio Resource Control
Convergence Study
Figure9.38:Schematicviewofsimulationalgorithm
AsshowninFigure9.38,thesimulationalgorithmisdividedinthreeparts.AllusersareevaluatedbytheR99partofthealgo
rithm.HSDPAandHSUPAbearerusers,unlesstheyhavebeenrejectedduringtheR99partofthealgorithm,arethenevalu
atedbytheHSDPApartofthealgorithm.Finally,HSUPAbearerusers,unlesstheyhavebeenrejectedduringtheR99orHSDPA
partsofthealgorithm,arethenevaluatedbytheHSUPApartofthealgorithm.
In the HSDPA portion of the MonteCarlo simulation, Atoll processes multicell HSDPA
usersasdualcellHSDPAusersiftheyareconnectedtomorethantwocarriers.Otherwise,
theyareconsideredassinglecellHSDPAusers.
Onthesamehand,adualbandHSDPAuserwillbemanaged:
EitherasasinglecellHSDPAuserifthebestcarrierandalltheothercarriersto
whichheisconnectedareontwodifferentfrequencybands.
OrasadualcellHSDPAuserifthebestcarrierandatleastoneoftheothercarriers
areinthesamefrequencyband.
Therefore, we will only differentiate singlecell and dualcell HSDPA users in the next
sections.
DescriptionoftheR99PortionoftheSimulation
TheR99partofthealgorithmsimulatespowercontrol,congestionandradioresourcecontrolperformedforR99bearersfor
allusers.Atollconsiderseachuserintheorderestablishedduringthegenerationoftheuserdistributionanddetermineshis
best server and his active set. Atoll first calculates the required terminal power in order to reach the EbNt threshold
requestedbytheR99beareronUL,followedbytherequiredtrafficchannelpowerinordertoreachtheEbNtthreshold
requestedbytheR99beareronDL.Aftercalculatingpowercontrol,Atollupdatesthecellloadparameters.Atollthencarries
outcongestionandradioresourcecontrol,verifyingthecellULload,thetotalpowertransmittedbythecell,thenumberof
channelelements,theIubthroughputandOVSFcodesconsumedbythecell.
IndualcellHSDPA,ADPCHisonlytransmittedononeofthetwocarriers(calledtheanchorcarrier).Therefore,dualcell
HSDPAusersconsumethesameamountofR99resourcesassinglecellHSDPAusers.TheR99bearerisallocatedtodualcell
HSDPAusersontheirbestservingcell.
Atthispoint,userscanbeeitherconnectedorrejected.Theyarerejectedif:
Thesignalqualityisnotsufficient:
Onthedownlink,eitherthepilotsignallevelislowerthanthedefinedminimumRSCPthresholdorthepilotquality
isnothighenough(nocellintheuseractiveset):thestatusis"EcI0<(EcI0)min"
745
Forsk2013
Onthedownlink,thepowerrequiredtoreachtheuserisgreaterthanthemaximumallowed:thestatusis"Ptch>
PtchMax"
Ontheuplink,thereisnotenoughpowertotransmit:thestatusis"Pmob>PmobMax"
Evenifconstraintsabovearerespected,thenetworkcanbesaturated:
Themaximumuplinkloadfactorisexceeded(atadmissionorcongestion):thestatusiseither"AdmissionRejec
tion"or"ULLoadSaturation"
Therearenotenoughchannelelementsonsite:thestatusis"Ch.EltsSaturation"
ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputonsiteisexceeded:thestatusis"IubThroughputSaturation"
Thereisnotenoughpowerforcells:thestatusis"DLLoadSaturation"
TherearenomoreOVSFcodesavailable:thestatusis"OVSFCodeSaturation"
DescriptionoftheHSDPAPortionoftheSimulation
IntheHSDPApart,AtollprocessesallHSDPAbearerusers,i.e.,Packet(HSDPABestEffort),Packet(HSPABestEffort),
Packet(HSDPAVariableBitRate),Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate)andPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusers.
TheHSDPApartofthealgorithmsimulatesfastlinkadaptation,theschedulingofHSDPAbearerusers,andradioresource
controlondownlink.
FordualcellHSDPAusers,fastlinkadaptationisdoneonceforeachcarrier.ForadualcellHSDPAuser,thefirstcarrieristhe
oneselectedintheR99partaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethodchoseninthesiteequipment,andthesecondcarrier
istheonethatprovidesthebestCQI.Therefore,dualcellHSDPAusershavetwoHSDPAbearers(possiblydifferentones
dependingontheavailableHSDPApowerineachcell),andconsumeHSDPAresourcesinbothcells.Theirthroughputsarethe
sumofthethroughputsprovidedbythetwoHSDPAbearers.
HSDPAbearerselectionisbasedonlookuptables,availablebydoubleclickingthecorrespondingentryintheReception
Equipmenttable,foundintheTerminalscontextmenu.HSDPAbearerselectiondependsonreportedCQI,UEandcellcapa
bilitiesasdetailedinthefollowingdiagramme.
[
Figure9.39:HSDPAbearerselection
TheHSDPAandHSSCCHpowersofacellareevaluatedbeforecalculatingHSPDSCHEcNt.TheavailableHSDPApower(the
powerdedicatedtoHSSCCHandHSPDSCHofHSDPAbearerusers)ofacellcanbeeitherfixed(staticallyallocated)ordynam
icallyallocated.Ifitisdynamicallyallocated,thepowerallocatedtoHSDPAdependsonhowmuchpowerisrequiredtoserve
R99traffic.Inotherwords,thepoweravailableafterallcommonchannels(includingthepowerfordownlinkHSUPAchannels)
andallR99traffichavebeenservedisallocatedtoHSPDSCHandHSSCCHofHSDPAbearerusers.Similarly,thepowerper
HSSCCHcanbeeitherfixedordynamicallyallocatedinordertoattaintheHSSCCHEcNtthreshold.UsingtheHSSCCHand
HSDPApowers,AtollevaluatestheHSPDSCHpower(thedifferencebetweentheavailableHSDPApowerandtheHSSCCH
power),calculatestheHSPDSCHEcNtand,fromthat,thecorrespondingCQI(fromthegraphCQI=f(HSPDSCHEcNt)defined
fortheterminalreceptionequipmentandtheusermobility).Then,AtollreadsthebestHSDPAbearerassociatedtothisCQI
(i.e.,itreadstheBestBearer=f(HSPDSCHCQI)fromthetabledefinedfortheterminalreceptionequipmentandtheuser
mobility)andchecksifitiscompatiblewiththeuserequipmentandcellcapabilities.Ifcompatible,AtollselectstheHSDPA
bearer.Otherwise,itdowngradestheHSDPAbearertoaloweroneuntiltheselectedHSDPAbeareriscompatiblewiththe
userequipmentandcellcapabilities.ForBestEffortserviceusers,theselectedHSDPAbeareristhebestHSDPAbearerthat
theusercanobtain.
ForVariableBitRateserviceusers,AtolldowngradestheHSDPAbearertoaloweroneiftheassociatedpeakRLCthroughput
exceedsthemaximumthroughputdemanddefinedfortheservice.DowngradingoccursuntilthepeakRLCthroughputofthe
selected HSDPA bearer is lower than the maximum throughput demand. Additionally, the selected HSDPA bearer must
provideapeakRLCthroughputhigherthantheminimumthroughputdemanddefinedfortheservice.
ForPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusers,HSSCCHlessoperation(i.e.,HSDSCHtransmissionswithoutanyaccom
panyingHSSCCH)isperformed.Inthiscase,theUEisnotinformedaboutthetransmissionformatandhastoreverttoblind
decodingofthetransportformatusedontheHSDSCH.ComplexityofblinddetectionsintheUEisdecreasedbylimitingthe
transmissionformatsthatcanbeused(i.e.,theHSDPAbearersavailable).Therefore,onlyHSDPAbearersusingQPSKmodu
lationandamaximumoftwoHSPDSCHchannelscanbeselectedandallocatedtotheuser.Additionally,theselectedHSDPA
bearermustprovideapeakRLCthroughputhigherthantheminimumthroughputdemanddefinedfortheservice.
TwoCQIvaluesarecalculatedfordualcellHSDPAusers,oneforeachcarrier,andtwoHSDPAbearersaredetermined.
Packet(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusershavethehighestpriorityandareprocessedfirst,intheorderestablished
duringthegenerationoftheuserdistribution.Theschedulermanagesthemaximumnumberofuserswithineachcelland
sharesthecellsavailableHSDPApowerbetweentheusers.AtolldeterminestheHSDPAbearerforeachuser.Theselected
HSDPAbearermustprovideapeakRLCthroughputhigherthantheminimumthroughputdemanddefinedfortheservice.To
achievethehighestcellcapacity,theschedulercanholdseveralpacketsoveraTTI(TransmissionTimeInterval).Atollmodels
this"intelligentscheduling"byallowingseveralPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceuserstosharethesameHSDPA
bearer.Then,AtollcalculatestheHSDPAbearerconsumptionforeachuserandtakesintoaccountthisparameterwhenit
746
AT320_UM_E0
determinestheresourcesconsumedbytheuser(i.e.,theHSDPApowerused,thenumberofOVSFcodes,andtheIubbackhaul
throughput).AtollchecksifenoughcodesandIubbackhaulthroughputareavailablefortheuser(takingintoaccountthe
maximumnumberofOVSFcodesdefinedforthecellandthemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesiteinthe
downlink).Ifnot,AtollallocatesalowerHSDPAbearer("downgrading")whichneedsfewerOVSFcodesandconsumeslower
Iubbackhaulthroughput.IfnoOVSFcodesareavailable,theuserisrejected.Atthesametime,ifthemaximumIubbackhaul
throughputallowedonthesiteinthedownlinkisstillexceeded,theuserisrejected.
Atthispoint,Packet(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceuserscanbeconnectedorrejected.Theyarerejectedif:
ThemaximumnumberofHSDPAuserspercellisexceeded:thestatusis"HSDPASchedulerSaturation"
The lowest HSDPA bearer they can obtain does not provide a peak RLC throughput higher than the minimum
throughputdemand:thestatusis"HSDPAResourceSaturation"
TheHSSCCHsignalqualityisnotsufficient:thestatusis"HSDPAResourceSaturation"
TherearenomoreOVSFcodesavailable:thestatusis"HSDPAResourceSaturation"
ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesiteinthedownlinkisexceeded:thestatusis"HSDPAResource
Saturation"
AfterprocessingthePacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusers,AtollprocessestheremainingHSDPAbearerusers(i.e.,
Packet(HSDPAVariableBitRate),Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate),Packet(HSDPABestEffort)andPacket(HSPABest
Effort)serviceusers)withoutexceedingthemaximumnumberofuserswithineachcell.
VariableBitRateserviceusershavethehighestpriorityandaremanagedbeforeBestEffortserviceusers.Foreachtypeof
service,theschedulerrankstheusersaccordingtotheselectedschedulingtechnique:
MaxC/I:"n"users(where"n"correspondstothemaximumnumberofHSDPAusersdefinedforthecellminusthe
numberofPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusersinthecell)arescheduledinthesameorderasinthesim
ulation(i.e.,inrandomorder).Then,theyaresortedindescendingorderbythechannelqualityindicator(CQI).
RoundRobin:Usersarescheduledinthesameorderasinthesimulation(i.e.,inrandomorder).
ProportionalFair:"n"users(where"n"correspondstothemaximumnumberofHSDPAusersdefinedforthecell
minusthenumberofPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusersinthecell)arescheduledinthesameorderas
inthesimulation(i.e.,inrandomorder).Then,theyaresortedindescendingorderaccordingtoarandomparameter
whichcorrespondstoacombinationoftheuserrankinthesimulationandthechannelqualityindicator(CQI).
Then,usersareprocessedintheorderdefinedbytheschedulerandtheremainingcellsHSDPApower(i.e.,theHSDPApower
availableafterallPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusershavebeenserved)issharedbetweenthem.Atollchecksif
enoughcodesandIubbackhaulthroughputareavailablefortheuser(takingintoaccountthemaximumnumberofOVSF
codesdefinedforthecellandthemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesiteinthedownlink).Ifnot,Atollallo
catesalowerHSDPAbearer("downgrading")whichneedsfewerOVSFcodesandconsumeslowerIubbackhaulthroughput.
ForVariableBitRateservices,ifnoOVSFcodesareavailable,theuserisrejected.Atthesametime,ifthemaximumIubback
haulthroughputallowedonthesiteinthedownlinkisstillexceeded,theuserisrejected.
Atthispoint,VariableBitRateserviceuserscanbeconnectedorrejected.Theyarerejectedif:
ThemaximumnumberofHSDPAuserspercellisexceeded:thestatusis"HSDPASchedulerSaturation"
The lowest HSDPA bearer they can obtain does not provide a peak RLC throughput higher than the minimum
throughputdemand:thestatusis"HSDPAResourceSaturation"
TherearenomoreHSSCCHchannelsavailable:thestatusis"HSSCCHChannelsSaturation"
TheHSSCCHsignalqualityisnotsufficient:thestatusis"HSDPAResourceSaturation"
TherearenomoreOVSFcodesavailable:thestatusis"HSDPAResourceSaturation"
ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesiteinthedownlinkisexceeded:thestatusis"HSDPAResource
Saturation"
ForBestEffortservices,ifnoOVSFcodesareavailable,theuserisdelayed.Atthesametime,ifthemaximumIubbackhaul
throughputallowedonthesiteinthedownlinkisstillexceededevenbyusingthelowestHSDPAbearer,theuserisdelayed.
Atthispoint,BestEffortserviceuserscanbeconnected,rejected,ordelayed.Theyarerejectedifthemaximumnumberof
HSDPAuserspercellisexceeded(statusis"HSDPASchedulerSaturation")anddelayedif:
TheycannotobtainthelowerHSDPAbearer:thestatusis"NoCompatibleBearer"
TheHSSCCHsignalqualityisnotsufficient:thestatusis"HSDPAPowerSaturation"
TherearenomoreHSSCCHchannelsavailable:thestatusis"HSSCCHChannelsSaturation"
TherearenomoreOVSFcodesavailable:thestatusis"OVSFCodeSaturation"
ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesiteinthedownlinkisexceeded:thestatusis"IubThroughput
Saturation"
DescriptionoftheHSUPAPortionoftheSimulation
IntheHSUPApart,AtollprocessesPacket(HSPABestEffort)serviceusers,Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate)serviceusers
andPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceuserswhoareconnectedtoanHSDPAbearerorweredelayedintheprevious
step.Itmanagesthemaximumnumberofuserswithineachcell.Packet(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusershavethe
highestpriorityandareprocessedfirst,intheorderestablishedduringthegenerationoftheuserdistribution.Then,Atoll
considersPacket(HSPAVariableBitRate)serviceusersintheorderestablishedduringthegenerationoftheuserdistribu
tionandlastly,itprocessesPacket(HSPABestEffort)serviceusersintheorderestablishedduringthegenerationoftheuser
747
Forsk2013
distribution.TheHSUPApartofthealgorithmsimulatesanadmissioncontrolontheHSUPAbearerusersfollowedbynoise
riseschedulingandradioresourcecontrol.
AtollfirstselectsalistofHSUPAbearersthatarecompatiblewiththeuserequipmentcapabilitiesforeachHSUPAbeareruser.
ForPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusers,thelistisrestrictedtoHSUPAbearersthatprovideapeakRLCthroughput
higher than the minimum throughput demand. Then, during admission control, Atoll checks that the lowest compatible
bearerintermsoftherequiredEDPDCHEcNtdoesnotrequireaterminalpowerhigherthanthemaximumterminalpower
allowed.
Then,AtollperformsthenoiseriseschedulingonPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusers,followedbyaradioresource
control.Thenoiseriseschedulingalgorithmattemptstoevenlysharetheremainingcellloadbetweentheusersadmittedin
admissioncontrol;intermsofHSUPA,eachuserisallocatedarighttoproduceinterference.Theremainingcellloadfactoron
uplinkdependsonthemaximumloadfactorallowedonuplinkandhowmuchuplinkloadisproducedbytheservedR99traf
fic.Fromthisvalue,AtollcalculatesthemaximumEDPDCHEcNtallowedandcanselectanHSUPAbearer.TheHSUPAbearer
isselectedbasedonthevaluesinalookuptable,anddependsonthemaximumEDPDCHEcNtallowedandonUEcapabili
ties.
You can open the HSUPA Bearer Selection table by clicking the Expand button ( ) to
expand the UMTS Network Settings folder in the Parameters explorer, and then right
clickingtheReceptionEquipmentfolderandselectingOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.
AtollselectsthebestHSUPAbearerfromtheHSUPAcompatiblebearers,inotherwords,theHSUPAbearerwiththehighest
potentialthroughputwheretherequiredEDPDCHEc/NtislowerthanthemaximumEDPDCHEcNtallowedandtherequired
terminal power is lower than the maximum terminal power. In this section, the potential throughput refers to the ratio
between the peak RLC throughput and the number of retransmissions. When several HSUPA bearers are available, Atoll
selectstheonewiththelowestrequiredEDPDCHEcNt.
SeveralPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceuserscansharethesameHSUPAbearer.AtollcalculatestheHSUPAbearer
consumptionforeachuserandtakesintoaccountthisparameterwhenitdeterminestheresourcesconsumedbyeachuser
(i.e.,theterminalpowerused,thenumberofchannelelementsandtheIubbackhaulthroughput).
Finally,Atollcarriesout radioresourcecontrolonPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusers.Atollchecks toseeif
enoughchannelelementsandIubbackhaulthroughputareavailablefortheHSUPAbearerassignedtotheuser(takinginto
accountthemaximumnumberofchannelelementsdefinedforthesiteandthemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowed
onthesiteintheuplink).Ifnot,AtollallocatesalowerHSUPAbearer("downgrading")whichneedsfewerchannelelements
andconsumeslowerIubbackhaulthroughput.Ifnochannelelementsareavailable,theuserisrejected.Onthesamehand,
ifthemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesiteintheuplinkisstillexceededevenbyusingthelowestHSUPA
bearer,theuserisrejected.
Atthispoint,Packet(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceuserscanbeeitherconnected,orrejected.Theyarerejectedif:
ThemaximumnumberofHSUPAuserspercellisexceeded:thestatusis"HSUPASchedulerSaturation".
TheterminalpowerrequiredtoobtainthelowestcompatibleHSUPAbearerexceedsthemaximumterminalpower
intheadmissioncontrol:thestatusis"Pmob>PmobMax".
ThelowestcompatibleHSUPAbearertheycanobtaindoesnotprovideapeakRLCthroughputhigherthanthemin
imumthroughputdemand:thestatusis"HSUPAAdmissionRejection".
Therearenomorechannelelementsavailable:thestatusis"Ch.EltsSaturation"
ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesiteintheuplinkisexceeded:thestatusis"IubThroughput
Saturation".
Then, Atoll processes Packet (HSPA Variable Bit Rate) service users. For these users, the list of compatible bearers is
restricted to HSUPA bearers that provide a peak RLC throughput between the maximum and the minimum throughput
demands.AtollperformsanewnoiseriseschedulinganddistributestheremainingcellloadfactoravailableafterallPacket
(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusershavebeenserved.Fromthisvalue,AtollselectsanHSUPAbearerforeachPacket
(HSPAVariableBitRate)serviceuser.
Finally,AtollcarriesoutradioresourcecontrolonPacket(HSPAVariableBitRate)serviceusers.Atollcheckstoseeifenough
channelelementsandIubbackhaulthroughputareavailablefortheHSUPAbearerassignedtotheuser(takingintoaccount
themaximumnumberofchannelelementsdefinedforthesiteandthemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthe
siteintheuplink).Ifnot,AtollallocatesalowerHSUPAbearer("downgrading")whichneedsfewerchannelelementsand
consumeslowerIubbackhaulthroughput.Ifnochannelelementsareavailable,theuserisrejected.Onthesamehand,ifthe
maximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesiteintheuplinkisstillexceededevenbyusingthelowestHSUPAbearer,
theuserisrejected.
Atthispoint,Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate)serviceuserscanbeeitherconnected,orrejected.Theyarerejectedif:
748
ThelowestcompatibleHSUPAbearertheycanobtaindoesnotprovideapeakRLCthroughputhigherthanthemin
imumthroughputdemand:thestatusis"HSUPAAdmissionRejection".
AT320_UM_E0
Therearenomorechannelelementsavailable:thestatusis"Ch.EltsSaturation".
Saturation".
Then,AtollprocessesPacket(HSPABestEffort)serviceusers.Itperformsanewnoiseriseschedulinganddistributesthe
remainingcellloadfactoravailableafterallPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)andPacket(HSPAVariableBitRate)service
usershavebeenserved.Fromthisvalue,AtollselectsanHSUPAbearerforeachPacket(HSPABestEffort)serviceuser.Then,
AtollchecksthateachPacket(HSPABestEffort)serviceuserhasobtainedtheaveragerequestedthroughput(definedinthe
propertiesoftheservice).
Finally,Atollcarriesoutradioresourcecontrol,verifyingwhetherenoughchannelelementsandIubbackhaulthroughputare
availablefortheHSUPAbearerassignedtotheuser(takingintoaccountthemaximumnumberofchannelelementsdefined
forthesiteandthemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesiteintheuplink).Ifnot,AtollallocatesalowerHSUPA
bearer("downgrading")whichneedsfewerchannelelementsandconsumeslowerIubbackhaulthroughput.Ifnochannel
elementsareavailable,theuserisrejected.Onthesamehand,ifthemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputallowedonthesite
intheuplinkisstillexceededevenbyusingthelowestHSDPAbearer,theuserisrejected.
Atthispoint,Packet(HSPABestEffort)serviceuserscanbeeitherconnected,orrejected.Theyarerejectedif:
Therearenomorechannelelementsavailable:thestatusis"Ch.EltsSaturation"
Saturation".
BearerDowngrading
Ifyouselecttheoption"BearerDowngrading,"whencreatingasimulation,R99,HSDPAandHSUPAserviceuserscanbedown
gradedundercertaincircumstances.Whenthedowngradingisallowed,AtolldoesnotrejectR99,HSDPAandHSUPAusers
directly;itdowngradesthemfirst.
TheR99toR99bearerdowngradingoccurswhen:
Thecellresourcesareinsufficientwhentheuserisadmitted
Themaximumuplinkloadfactorisexceeded
Thecellresourcesareinsufficientduringcongestioncontrol
Themaximumuplinkloadfactorisexceeded
Thereisnotenoughpowerforcells
Therearenotenoughchannelelementsonthesite
ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputonthesiteisexceeded
TherearenomoreOVSFcodesavailable
Theusermaximumconnectionpowerisexceededduringpowercontrol:
Onthedownlink,themaximumtrafficchannelpowerisexceeded
Ontheuplink,themaximumterminalpowerisexceeded
Forallthesereasons,theusersR99bearerwillbedowngradedtoanotherR99bearerofthesametype(sametrafficclass).
Upon admission and during power control, downgrading is only performed on the user who causes the problem. During
congestioncontrol,theproblemisatthecelllevelandtherefore,downgradingisperformedonseveralusersaccordingto
theirservicepriority.Userswiththelowestpriorityserviceswillbethefirsttobedowngraded.
IfR99bearerdowngradingdoesnotfixtheproblem,theuserwillberejected.
ForanHSDPAbeareruser,downgradingistriggereduponadmission(intotheR99portion)whenthebestservingcelldoes
notsupportHSDPAtraffic.Whenthishappens,theHSDPAbeareruserwillnotbeabletogetanHSDPAbearerandwillbe
downgradedtoanR99bearerofthesametypeastheADPCHbearerandtheuserwillbeprocessedasanR99user.
ForanHSUPAbeareruser,downgradingistriggereduponadmission(intotheR99portion)whenthebestservingcelldoes
notsupportHSUPAtraffic.Whenthishappens,theHSUPAbeareruserwillnotbeabletogetanHSUPAbearerandwillbe
downgradedtoanR99bearerofthesametypeastheEDPCCH/ADPCHbearerandtheuserwillbeprocessedasanR99user.
InAtoll,simulationsenableyoutomodelUMTSHSPAnetworkregulationmechanismsinordertominimiseinterferenceand
maximisecapacity.
749
Forsk2013
Informationtoretain:Youcanselectthelevelofdetailthatwillbeavailableintheoutput:
OnlytheAverageSimulationandStatistics:Noneoftheindividualsimulationsaredisplayedoravailablein
thegroup.Onlyanaverageofallsimulationsandstatisticsisavailable.
Somecalculationanddisplayoptionsavailableforcoveragepredictionsarenotavailable
whentheoption"OnlytheAverageSimulationandStatistics"isselected.
NoInformationAboutMobiles:Allthesimulationsarelistedandcanbedisplayed.Foreachofthem,aprop
erties window containing simulation output, divided among four tabs Statistics, Sites, Cells, and Initial
Conditionsisavailable.
Standard Information About Mobiles: All the simulations are listed and can be displayed. The properties
windowforeachsimulationcontainsanadditionaltabwithoutputrelatedtomobiles.
Detailed Information About Mobiles: All the simulations are listed and can be displayed. The properties
windowforeachsimulationcontainsadditionalmobilerelatedoutputontheMobilesandMobiles(Shadow
ingValues)tabs.
Whenyouareworkingonverylargeradioplanningprojects,youcanreducememory
consumptionbyselectingOnlytheAverageSimulationandStatisticsunderInformation
toretain.
6. UnderLoadconstraintsontheGeneraltab,youcansettheconstraintsthatAtollmustrespectduringthesimulation:
NumberofCEs:SelecttheNumberofCEscheckboxifyouwantAtolltorespectthenumberofchannelelements
definedforeachsite.
Iubthroughputs:SelecttheIubthroughputscheckboxifyouwantAtolltorespectthemaximumIubbackhaul
throughputsdefinedforeachsite.
Numberofcodes:SelecttheNumberofcodescheckboxifyouwantAtolltorespectthenumberofOVSFcodes
availableeachcell.
ULloadfactor:IfyouwanttheULloadfactortobeconsideredinthesimulation,selecttheULloadfactorcheck
box.
MaxULloadfactor:Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumuplinkcellloadfactor,clickthebutton
(
)besidetheboxandselectGlobalvalue.Then,enteramaximumuplinkcellloadfactor.Ifyouwanttousethe
maximumuplinkcellloadfactorasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthebutton( )besidetheboxand
selectDefinedpercell.
DLload(%Pmax):IfyouwanttheDLloadtobeconsideredinthesimulation,selecttheDLload(%Pmax)check
boxandenteramaximumdownlinkcellloadintheMaxDLloadbox.
MaxDLload(%Pmax):Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumdownlinkcellload,asapercentage
ofthemaximumpower,clickthebutton( )besidetheboxandselectGlobalvalue.Then,enteramaximum
downlinkcellload,asapercentageofthemaximumpower.Ifyouwanttousethemaximumdownlinkcellload
factorasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthebutton(
)besidetheboxandselectDefinedpercell.
7. UnderBearernegotiationontheGeneraltab,checktheBearerdowngradingcheckboxifyouwanttopermitbearer
downgradingduringthesimulation.Whenaconstraintisnotrespected,userradiobearerswithservicessupporting
bearerdowngradingaredowngraded.Iftheconstraintisstillnotsatisfiedafterdowngrading,usersarerejected.If
downgradingisnotselected,userswillberejectedimmediately,startingwithuserswiththelowestservicepriority,if
aconstraintcannotberespected.
environmentanduserprofiletrafficmaps)orthethroughputs/users(forsectortrafficmaps).
750
AT320_UM_E0
9. ClicktheAdvancedtab.
10. UnderGeneratorinitialisation,enteranintegerasthegeneratorinitialisationvalue.Ifyouenter"0",thedefault,the
userandshadowingerrordistributionwillberandom.Ifyouenteranyotherinteger,thesameuserandshadowing
errordistributionwillbeusedforanysimulationusingthesamegeneratorinitialisationvalue.
11. UnderConvergence,enterthefollowingparameters:
UL convergence threshold: Enter the relative difference in terms of interference and connected users on the
DL convergence threshold: Enter the relative difference in terms of interference and connected users on the
button(
AllsimulationscreatedatthesametimearegroupedtogetherinafolderintheNetworkexplorer.Youcannowusethe
completedsimulationsforspecificUMTSandHSDPAcoveragepredictions(see"MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimula
tionResults"onpage766)orforanASanalysisusingthePointAnalysiswindow(see"MakinganASAnalysisofSimulation
Results"onpage765).
parameters.Youcan,forexample,displaythetrafficaccordingtoservice,activitystatus,pilotsignalstrength,orsofthandover
gain.
"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyHandoverStatus"onpage751
Forinformation,see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorer
Windows"onpage38.
9.3.4.3.1
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyHandoverStatus
Inthisexample,thetrafficdistributionisdisplayedbythehandoverstatus.
Todisplaythetrafficdistributionbythehandoverstatus:
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"HOStatus(Sites/No.Transmitters
Act.Set)"astheField.
5. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbyhandoverstatus(seeFigure9.40).
751
Forsk2013
Figure9.40:Displayingthetrafficdistributionbyhandoverstatus
9.3.4.3.2
9.3.4.3.3
752
AT320_UM_E0
9.3.4.4 DisplayingtheUserActiveSetontheMap
Atollenablesyoutodisplayonthemaptheactivesetforeachusergeneratedbyasimulation.
Todisplaytheactivesetforauser:
Onthemap,clickandholdtheiconoftheuserwhosebestandsecondbestserversyouwanttodisplay.
Theserversintheusersactivesetareconnectedtotheuserwithlinesthesamecolourastheservingtransmitter.
Thebestserverisindicatedwiththenumber"1",thesecondbestwithnumber"2"andsoon.Figure9.43showsa
userwiththreeserversinhisactiveset.
Figure9.43:Theactivesetofauser
wanttoaccess.
753
Forsk2013
Thebreakdownperservice(totalnumberofusers,numberofusersperactivitystatus,andULandDLthrough
puts)isgiven.
networkdesign.
Thenumberandthepercentageofdelayedusersisgivenalongwiththereasonfordelay.
ThenumberandpercentageofR99bearerusersconnectedtoacell,thenumberofusersperfrequencyband
foramultibandnetwork,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,andtheULandDLtotalthroughputsthey
generate.ThesefiguresincludeR99usersaswellasHSDPAandHSUPAbearerusers(sinceallofthemrequest
anR99bearer);theyaredeterminedintheR99partofthealgorithm.Thesedataarealsogivenperservice.
ThetotalnumberandthepercentageofconnecteduserswithanHSDPAbearer,thenumberofusersper
frequencybandforamultibandnetwork,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,andtheDLtotalthroughput
thattheygenerate.Packet(HSDPABestEffort),Packet(HSPABestEffort),Packet(HSDPAVariableBit
Rate),Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate),andPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusersareconsidered
becausetheyallrequestanHSDPAbearer.
ThetotalnumberofconnectedHSUPAbearerusersandthepercentageofuserswithanHSUPAbearer,the
numberofusersperfrequencybandforamultibandnetwork,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,and
theULtotalthroughputtheygenerate.OnlyPacket(HSPABestEffort),Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate)and
Packet(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusersareconsidered.
MaxNo.ofDLandULCEs:ThemaximumnumberofchannelelementsavailableonuplinkanddownlinkforR99
bearersrequestedbytheusers.
No.ofDLandULCEsUsed:ThenumberofchannelelementsrequiredonuplinkanddownlinkforR99bearersto
handlethetrafficofcurrentsimulation.
No.ofDLandULCEsDuetoSHOOverhead:Thenumberofextrachannelelementsduetosofthandover,on
uplinkanddownlink.
CarrierSelection:Thecarrierselectionmethoddefinedonthesiteequipment.
DownlinkandUplinkOverheadCEs/Cell:Theoverheadchannelelementspercellonthedownlinkandonthe
uplink,definedonthesiteequipment.
ASRestrictedtoNeighbours:Whethertheactivesetisrestrictedtoneighboursofthereferencecell.Thisoption
isselectedonthesiteequipment.
RakeFactor:Therakefactor,definedonthesiteequipment,enablesAtolltomodelarakereceiverondownlink.
MUDFactor:Themultiuserdetectionfactor,definedonthesiteequipment,isusedtodecreaseintracellinter
ferenceonuplink.
CompressedMode:Whethercompressedmodeissupported.Thisoptionisdefinedonthesiteequipment.
MaxIubDownlinkandUplinkBackhaulThroughput(kbps):ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputinthedown
linkanduplink.
IubDownlinkandUplinkBackhaulThroughput(kbps):TheIubbackhaulthroughputrequiredondownlinkand
uplinktohandlethetrafficofcurrentsimulation.
OverheadIubThroughput(kbps):theIubthroughputrequiredbythesiteforcommonchannelsinthedownlink.
ItcorrespondstotheoverheadIubthroughputpercell(definedonthesiteequipment)multipliedbythenumber
ofcellsonthesite.
HSDPAIubBackhaulOverhead(%):Thisparameterisdefinedonthesiteequipment.Itcorrespondstotheper
centageoftheHSDPAbearerpeakRLCthroughputtobeaddedtothepeakRLCthroughput.Thetotalvaluecor
respondstotheIubbackhaulthroughputrequiredbytheHSDPAbearerusersforHSChannelsinthedownlink.
NbofRecommendedE1/T1/EthernetLink:ThenumberofE1/T1/EthernetlinksrequiredtoprovidethetotalIub
backhaulthroughput.
InstantaneousHSDPAThroughput(kbps):TheInstantaneousHSDPAThroughput(kbps).
InstantaneousHSDPAMACThroughput(kbps):TheInstantaneousHSDPAMACthroughput(kbps).
TheCellstab:TheCellstabcontainsthefollowinginformation,persite,transmitter,andcarrier:
754
MaxPower(dBm):Themaximumpowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.
PilotPower(dBm):Thepilotpowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.
SCHpower(dBm):TheSCHpowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.
AT320_UM_E0
OtherCCHpower(dBm):Thepowerofothercommonchannels.ItincludestheotherCCHpowerandtheDL
HSUPApowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.
AvailableHSDPAPower(dBm):TheavailableHSDPApowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.Thisisthepower
availablefortheHSPDSCHandHSSCCH.ThevalueiseitherfixedbytheuserwhentheHSDPApowerisallocated
statically,orbyasimulationwhentheoptionHSDPAPowerDynamicAllocationisselected.
ASThreshold(dB):Theactivesetthresholdasdefinedincellproperties
Gain(dBi):Thegainasdefinedintheantennapropertiesforthattransmitter.
ReceptionLosses(dB):Thereceptionlossesasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties.
TransmissionLosses(dB):Thetransmissionlossesasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties.
NoiseFigure(dB):Thenoisefigureasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties
TotalTransmittedR99Power(dBm):ThetotaltransmittedR99poweristhepowertransmittedbythecellon
commonchannels(Pilot,SCH,otherCCH),HSUPAchannels(EAGCH,ERGCH,andEHICH)andR99trafficdedi
catedchannels.
TransmittedHSDPAPower(dBm):TheHSDPApowertransmittedbythecellonHSDPAchannels.Itcorresponds
totheHSDPApowerusedtoserveHSDPAbearerusers.
TotalTransmittedPower(dBm):ThetotaltransmittedpowerofthecellisthesumofthetotaltransmittedR99
powerandthetransmittedHSDPApower.IfHSDPApowerisallocateddynamically,thetotaltransmittedpower
cannotexceedthemaximumpowerminusthepowerheadroom.
When the constraint "DL load" is set and HSDPA power is statically allocated, the total
transmittedpowercannotexceedthemaximumDLload(definedeitherinthecellproper
ties,orinthesimulation).Ontheotherhand,ifHSDPApowerisallocateddynamically,the
controliscarriedoutontheR99transmittedpower,whichcannotexceedthemaximum
DLload.
ULTotalNoise(dBm):Theuplinktotalnoisetakesintoaccountthetotalsignalreceivedatthetransmitterona
carrierfromintraandextracellterminalsusingthesamecarrierandadjacentcarriers(uplinktotalinterference)
andthethermalnoise.
MaxULLoadFactor(%):Themaximumuplinkloadfactorthatthecellcansupport.Itisdefinedeitherinthecell
properties,orinthesimulationcreationdialogue.
MaxDLLoad(%Pmax):Themaximumpercentageofpowerthatthecellcanuse.Itisdefinedeitherinthecell
ULloadfactor(%):Theuplinkcellloadfactorcorrespondstotheratiobetweentheuplinktotalinterferenceand
theuplinktotalnoise.Iftheconstraint"ULloadfactor"hasbeenselected,ULcellloadfactorisnotallowedto
exceedtheuserdefinedmaximumULloadfactor(eitherinthecellproperties,orinthesimulationcreationdia
logue).
DLLoadFactor(%):TheDLloadfactorofthecellicorrespondstotheratio(DLaverageinterference[duetotrans
mittersignalsonthesameandadjacentcarriers]forterminalsinthetransmitteriarea)(DLaveragetotalnoise
[duetotransmittersignalsandtothermalnoiseofterminals]forterminalsinthetransmitteriarea).
ULandDLNoiseRise(dB):Theuplinkanddownlinknoiserisesarecalculatedfromuplinkanddownlinkloadfac
tors.Thesedataindicatesignaldegradationduetocellload(interferencemargininthelinkbudget).
DLR99Load(%Pmax):ThepercentageofpowerusedforR99channelsisdeterminedbythetotaltransmitted
R99powermaximumpowerratio(powerstatedinW).Whentheconstraint"DLload"issetandHSDPApoweris
allocateddynamically,theDLR99LoadcannotexceedtheuserdefinedMaxDLLoad(definedeitherinthecell
properties,orinthesimulation).
ReuseFactor(UL):Theuplinkreusefactoristheratiobetweentheuplinktotalinterferenceandtheintracell
interference.
ReuseEfficiencyFactor(UL):Theuplinkreuseefficiencyfactoristhereciprocaloftheuplinkreusefactor.
NumberofULandDLRadioLinks:Thenumberofradiolinkscorrespondstothenumberofusertransmitterlinks
onthesamecarrier.Thisdataiscalculatedonuplinkandondownlinkandindicatesthenumberofuserscon
nectedtothecellonuplinkanddownlink.Becauseofhandover,asingleusercanuseseveralradiolinks.
Connection Success Rate (%): The connection success rate gives the ratio of connected users over the total
numberofusersinthecell.
HSDPAApplicationThroughput(kbps):ThisisthenetHSDPAthroughputwithoutcoding(redundancy,overhead,
addressing,etc.).
Min.HSDPAPeakRLCThroughput(kbps):TheminimumHSDPApeakRLCthroughputcorrespondstothelowest
ofpeakRLCthroughputsobtainedbyHSDPAbearerusersconnectedtothecell.FordualcellHSDPAusers,thisis
thelowerofthetwominimumHSDPApeakRLCthroughputs.
MaxHSDPAPeakRLCThroughput(kbps):ThemaximumHSDPApeakRLCthroughputcorrespondstothehighest
thehigherofthetwomaximumHSDPApeakRLCthroughputs.
Avg. Instantaneous HSDPA Throughput (kbps): The average instantaneous HSDPA throughput (kbps) is the
averagenumberofkbitspersecondthatthecellsupportsondownlinktoprovideoneconnecteduserwithan
HSDPAbearer.TheHSDPAthroughputofdualcellHSDPAusersisthesumoftheirHSDPAthroughputsonboth
cells.
755
Forsk2013
InstantaneousHSDPAThroughput(kbps):TheinstantaneousHSDPAthroughput(kbps)isthenumberofkbitsper
secondthatthecellsupportsondownlinktoprovidesimultaneousconnecteduserswithanHSDPAbearer.The
HSDPAthroughputofdualcellHSDPAusersisthesumoftheirHSDPAthroughputsonbothcells.
InstantaneousHSDPAMACThroughput(kbps):TheInstantaneousHSDPAMACthroughput(kbps)thatthecell
carries.TheHSDPAthroughputofdualcellHSDPAusersisthesumoftheirHSDPAthroughputsonbothcells.
No. of Simultaneous HSDPA Users: The number of simultaneous HSDPA users corresponds to the number of
HSDPAbearerusersthatthecellsupportsatonetime,i.e.withinonetimetransmissioninterval.Alltheseusers
areconnectedtothecellattheendoftheHSDPApartofthesimulation;theyhaveaconnectionwiththeR99
bearerandanHSDPAbearer.DualcellHSDPAusersareconsideredonceineachcelltheyareconnectedto.
No.ofHSDPAUsers:ThenumberofHSDPAusersincludingtheconnectedanddelayedHSDPAbearerusers.Dual
cellHSDPAusersareconsideredonceineachcelltheyareconnectedto.
No.ofHSUPAUsers:ThenumberofHSUPAbearerusersconnectedtothecell.
HSUPAApplicationThroughput(kbps):ThisisthenetHSUPAthroughputwithoutcoding(redundancy,overhead,
addressing,etc.).
HSUPAULLoadFactor(%):TheuplinkcellloadcontributionduetoHSUPAtraffic.
No.ofCodes(512Bits):Thenumberof512bitOVSFcodesusedpercell.
Thetypesofhandoverasapercentage:Atollestimatesthepercentagesofhandovertypesforeachtransmitter.
Atollonlyliststheresultsforthefollowinghandoverstatus,nohandover(11),softer(12),soft(22),softersoft
(23)andsoftsoft(33)handovers;theotherhandoverstatus(otherHO)aregrouped.
R99ULandDLThroughput(kbps):TheuplinkanddownlinkR99throughputsrepresentthenumbersofkbitsper
seconddeliveredbythecellrespectivelyonuplinkandondownlinktosupplyuserswithaR99bearer.Alltheradio
linksinthecell,i.e.,linksduetohandover,aretakenintoaccountinthethroughputcalculation.
R99ULandDLThroughputWithoutHO(kbps):TheuplinkanddownlinkR99throughputsrepresentthenumbers
ofkbitsperseconddeliveredbythecellrespectivelyonuplinkandondownlinktosupplyuserswithaR99bearer.
Onlythelinkswiththebestserveraretakenintoaccountinthecalculationofthroughput.
MinTCHPwr(dBm):Theminimumpowerallocatedtoatrafficchanneltosupplyservices.
MaxTCHPwr(dBm):Themaximumpowerallocatedtoatrafficchanneltosupplyservices.
AvgTCHPwr(dBm):Theaveragepowerallocatedtoatrafficchanneltosupplyservices.
Nonconnectedusers:Thenumberofrejectedanddelayeduserspercell.Rejectedusersaresortedbythefol
lowingvalues:Pmob>PmobMax,Ptch>PtchMax,EcIo<(EcIo)min.,ULLoadSaturation,Ch.EltsSaturation,
DLLoadSaturation,CodeSaturation,AdmissionRejection,HSDPASchedulerSaturation,HSDPAResourceSat
uration, HSUPA Admission Rejection, HSUPA Scheduler Saturation and Iub Throughput Saturation. Delayed
usersareregroupedunderHSDPADelayed.
ConnectionSuccessRate(%)ForEachService:Foreachservice,theconnectionsuccessrategivestheratioofcon
nectedusersoverthetotalnumberofusersofthatserviceinthecell.
TheMobilestabonlyappearsif,whencreatingthesimulationasexplainedin"Creating
Simulations" on page749, you select either "Standard information about mobiles" or
"Detailedinformationaboutmobiles"underInformationtoRetain.
randomtrial).
theuserprofile.
UserProfile:Theassigneduserprofile.Atollusestheassignedserviceandactivitystatustodeterminetheter
bution.
Carrier:Thecarrierusedforthemobiletransmitterconnection.DualcellHSDPAusersareconnectedtotwocar
riers.DetailscanbedisplayedpercarrierbyselectingActions>DetailedDisplay.
FrequencyBand:thefrequencybandusedforthemobiletransmitterconnection.
DLandULTotalRequestedThroughput(kbps):Forcircuitandpacket(R99)serviceusers,theDLandULtotal
requestedthroughputscorrespondtotheDLandULpeakthroughputsoftheR99bearerassociatedtotheservice.
Forpacket(HSDPA)serviceusers,theuplinktotalrequestedthroughputcorrespondstothepeakthroughputof
ADPCHUL64R99bearerandthedownlinktotalrequestedthroughputisthesumoftheADPCHUL64radiobearer
peakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputthattheselectedHSDPAradiobearerscanprovide.Here,theHS
DPAuseristreatedasifheistheonlyuserinthecellandthen,AtolldeterminestheHSDPAbearertheuserwould
obtainbyconsideringtheentireHSDPApoweravailableofthecell.
ForHSUPAbearerusers,theuplinktotalrequestedthroughputisequaltothesumoftheADPCHEDPCCHradio
bearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputoftherequestedHSUPAradiobearer.TherequestedHSUPA
radiobearerisselectedfromtheHSUPAbearerscompatiblewiththeuserequipment.Here,theHSUPAuseris
treatedasifheistheonlyuserinthecellandthen,AtolldeterminestheHSUPAbearertheuserwouldobtainby
756
AT320_UM_E0
consideringtheentireremainingloadofthecell.ThedownlinktotalrequestedthroughputisthesumoftheAD
PCHEDPCCHradiobearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputthattherequestedHSDPAradiobearer
canprovide.TherequestedHSDPAbearerisdeterminedasexplainedinthepreviousparagraph.
DL and UL Total Obtained Throughput (kbps): For circuit and packet (R99) service users, the DL or UL total
obtainedthroughputisthesameastheDLorULtotalrequestedthroughputifheisconnectedwithoutbeing
downgraded.Otherwise,thetotalobtainedthroughputislower(itcorrespondstothepeakthroughputofthe
selectedR99bearer).Iftheuserwasrejected,thetotalobtainedthroughputiszero.
Forapacket(HSDPA)serviceuserconnectedtoanHSDPAbearer,theuplinktotalobtainedthroughputequalsthe
requestedoneandthedownlinktotalobtainedthroughputcorrespondstotheinstantaneousthroughput;thisis
thesumoftheADPCHUL64radiobearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputprovidedbytheselected
HSDPAradiobearersafterschedulingandradioresourcecontrol.Iftheuserisdelayed(heisonlyconnectedtoan
R99radiobearer),uplinkanddownlinktotalobtainedthroughputscorrespondtotheuplinkanddownlinkpeak
throughputsofADPCHUL64radiobearer.Finally,iftheuserisrejectedeitherintheR99partorintheHSDPApart,
theuplinkanddownlinktotalobtainedthroughputsarezero.
Forconnectedpacket(HSPABestEffort)serviceusersandpacket(HSPAVariableBitRate)serviceusers,onup
link,iftheuserisconnectedtoanHSUPAbearer,theuplinktotalobtainedthroughputisthesumoftheADPCH
EDPCCHradiobearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputprovidedbytheselectedHSUPAradiobearer
afternoiserisescheduling.Ondownlink,iftheuserisconnectedtoanHSDPAbearer,thedownlinktotalobtained
throughputcorrespondstotheinstantaneousthroughput.TheinstantaneousthroughputisthesumoftheAD
PCHEDPCCHradiobearerpeakthroughputandthepeakRLCthroughputprovidedbytheselectedHSDPAradio
bearersafterschedulingandradioresourcecontrol.Iftheuserisdelayed,thedownlinktotalobtainedthroughput
correspondstothedownlinkpeakthroughputofADPCHEDPCCHradiobearer.Iftheuserisrejected,theuplink
anddownlinktotalobtainedthroughputsare"0".
Foraconnectedpacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceuser,theuplinkanddownlinktotalobtainedthrough
putsarethesumoftheADPCHEDPCCHradiobearerpeakthroughputandtheminimumthroughputdemandde
finedfortheservice.Iftheuserisrejected,theuplinkanddownlinktotalobtainedthroughputsare"0".
ConnectionStatus:Theconnectionstatusindicateswhethertheuserisconnected,delayedorrejectedattheend
ofthesimulation.Ifconnected,theconnectionstatuscorrespondstotheactivitystatus.Ifrejected,therejection
causeisgiven.Ifdelayed(forHSDPAandHSPAbearerusersonly),thestatusis"HSDPAdelayed."
AS1,AS2,AS3,AS4:Thenameofthecellthatisthebestserver,thesecondbestserver,andsoonisgivenina
separatecolumnforeachcellintheactiveset.
Ec/I0AS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,(dB):EcI0isgiveninaseparatecolumnforeachcellintheactiveset.TheEc/I0AS1
columnliststheEc/I0fromthebestserverfortherejectedmobilesaswell.
Indoor:Thisfieldindicateswhetherindoorlosseshavebeenaddedornot.
ActiveCompressedMode:Thisfieldindicateswhetheractivecompressedmodeissupportedbythemobileor
not.
The following columns only appear if, when creating the simulation as explained in "Creating Simulations" on
page749,youselect"Detailedinformationaboutmobiles"underInformationtoRetain:
DLandULRequestedPeakRLCThroughputs(kbps):ForHSUPAbearerusers(i.e.,packet(HSPABestEffort),
packet(HSPAVariableBitRate)andpacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusers),therequesteduplinkpeak
RLCthroughputisthethroughputoftherequestedHSUPAradiobearer.IftheuserisconnectedtoanHSDPA
bearerinthedownlink,thedownlinkrequestedpeakRLCthroughputisthethroughputthattherequestedHSDPA
radiobearercanprovide.
DownlinkanduplinkrequestedpeakRLCthroughputsarenotcalculatedforcircuitandpacket(R99)serviceusers.
Forpacket(HSDPABestEffort)andpacket(HSDPAVariableBitRate)serviceusers,theuplinkpeakRLCthrough
putisnotcalculatedandthedownlinkrequestedpeakRLCthroughputisthethroughputthattheselectedHSDPA
radiobearercanprovide.
DLandULObtainedPeakRLCThroughput(kbps):Forconnectedpacket(HSPABestEffort)serviceusersand
packet (HSPA Variable Bit Rate) service users, on uplink, if the user is connected to an HSUPA bearer, the
obtaineduplinkpeakRLCthroughputisthethroughputprovidedbytheselectedHSUPAradiobearerafternoise
rise scheduling. On downlink, if the user is connected to an HSDPA bearer, the downlink obtained peak RLC
throughputisthethroughputprovidedbytheselectedHSDPAradiobearerafterschedulingandradioresource
control.Foraconnectedpacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceuser,theuplinkanddownlinkobtainedpeak
RLCthroughputsaretheuplinkanddownlinkminimumthroughputdemandsdefinedfortheservice.
DownlinkanduplinkobtainedpeakRLCthroughputsarenotcalculatedforcircuitandpacket(R99)serviceusers.
757
Forsk2013
Forapacket(HSDPA)serviceuserconnectedtoanHSDPAbearer,thedownlinkobtainedpeakRLCthroughputis
thethroughputprovidedbytheselectedHSDPAradiobearerafterschedulingandradioresourcecontrol.Theup
linkobtainedpeakRLCthroughputisnotcalculated.
HSDPAApplicationThroughput(kbps):TheHSDPAapplicationthroughputisthenetHSDPAthroughputwithout
coding(redundancy,overhead,addressing,etc.).ItiscalculatedfromtheinstantaneousHSDPAthroughput(i.e.,
theDLobtainedthroughput),theBLER,theHSDPAservicescalingfactorandthethroughputoffset.
ServedHSDPAPower(dBm):ThisistheHSDPApowerrequiredtoprovidetheHSDPAbeareruserwiththedown
linkobtainedthroughput.
RequiredHSDPAPower(dBm):TherequiredHSDPApoweristheHSDPApowerrequiredtoprovidetheHSDPA
beareruserwiththedownlinkrequestedthroughput.IftheHSDPAbearerallocatedtotheuseristhebestone,
therequiredHSDPApowercorrespondstotheavailableHSDPApowerofthecell.Ontheotherhand,iftheHSDPA
hasbeendowngradedinordertobecompliantwithcellandUEcapabilities,therequiredHSDPApowerwillbe
lowerthantheavailableHSDPApowerofthecell.
No. of HSUPA Retransmissions (Required): The maximum number of retransmissions in order to have the
requestedHSUPAradiobearerwithagivenBLER.
No. of HSUPA Retransmissions (Obtained): The maximum number of retransmissions in order to have the
obtainedHSUPAradiobearerwithagivenBLER.
HSUPAApplicationThroughput(kbps):TheHSUPAapplicationthroughputisthenetHSUPAthroughputwithout
coding(redundancy,overhead,addressing,etc.).ItiscalculatedfromtheULobtainedthroughput,theBLER,the
HSUPAservicescalingfactorandthethroughputoffset.
CellTCHPowerAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4(DL)(dBm):Thecellpowertransmittedonthedownlinkisgivenforeachlink
betweenthemobileandatransmitterintheactiveset.
DLNtotAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4(dBm):Thetotalnoiseonthedownlinkforeachlinkbetweenthemobileandatrans
mitterinthe\activeset.
LoadFactorAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4(DL)(%):Theloadfactoronthedownlinkforeachlinkbetweenthemobileanda
transmitterintheactiveset.Itcorrespondstotheratiobetweenthetotalinterferenceonthedownlinkandtotal
noiseattheterminal.
NoiseRiseAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4(DL)(dB):Thenoiseriseonthedownlinkforeachlinkbetweenthemobileanda
transmitterintheactiveset.
ReuseFactorAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4(DL):TheDLreusefactorforeachlinkbetweenthemobileandatransmitterin
theactiveset.Itiscalculatedfromtheinterferencereceivedattheterminalfromtheintracellareaandthetotal
interferencereceivedattheterminalfromallthetransmitters(intraandextracellandintercarrier).
IintraAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4(DL)(dBm):Theintracellinterferenceforeachcell(I)oftheactiveset.
DL
ic Fortho P DL
ic PSCH
I int ra P DL
tot
tot
LT
i
i
IextraAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4(DL)(dBm):Theextracellinterferenceforeachcell(I)oftheactiveset.
I extra
DL
ic Fortho P DL
ic PSCH
P DL
tot
tot
LT
Tx ,iTx
TotalLossAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4(dB):Thetotalattenuationforeachlinkbetweenthemobileandatransmitterin
theactiveset.
IubULBackhaulThroughput(kbps):TheIubbackhaulthroughputconsumedontheuplinkbythemobile.
IubDLBackhaulThroughput(kbps):TheIubbackhaulthroughputconsumedonthedownlinkbythemobile.
No.ofULCEs:Thenumberofchannelelementsconsumedontheuplinkbythemobile.
No.ofDLCEs:Thenumberofchannelelementsconsumedonthedownlinkbythemobile.
Name:Thenameofthemobile,asassignedduringtherandomusergeneration.
Clutter:Theclutterclassonwhichthemobileislocated.
OrthogonalityFactor:Theorthogonalityfactorusedinthesimulation.Theorthogonalityfactoristheremaining
orthogonalityoftheOVSFcodesatreception.Thevalueusedistheorthogonalityfactorsetintheclutterclasses.
%PilotFinger:Thepercentagepilotfingerusedinthesimulation,definedperclutterclassorgloballyforallclutter
classes.
ULSHOGain(dB):TheuplinksofthandovergainiscalculatedifmobilereceiversareconnectedeitheronDLoron
ULandDL.
DLSHOGain(dB):ThedownlinksofthandovergainiscalculatedifmobilereceiversareconnectedeitheronDLor
onULandDL.
No.ofCodes(512Bits):ThenumberofOVSFcodesusedpermobile.
TheMobiles(ShadowingValues)tab:TheMobiles(ShadowingValues)tabcontainsinformationontheshadowing
marginforeachlinkbetweenthereceiveranduptotenclosestpotentialtransmitters:
The Mobiles (Shadowing Values) tab only appears if, when creating the simulation as
explainedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage749,youselect"Detailedinformationabout
mobiles"underInformationtoRetain.
758
AT320_UM_E0
Name:Thenameassignedtothemobile.
ValueatReceiver(dB):Thevalueoftheshadowingmarginatthereceiver.
PathTo:Thenameofthepotentialtransmitter.
Value(dB):TheshadowingvalueforthepotentiallinkinthecorrespondingPathTocolumn.Thesevaluesdepend
onthemodelstandarddeviationpercluttertypeonwhichthereceiverislocatedandarerandomlydistributedon
agaussiancurve.
Theglobaltransmitterparameters:
Thespreadingwidth
Whetherthepowervaluesonthedownlinkareabsoluteorrelativetothepilot
Thedefaultuplinksofthandovergain
WhethertheMRCinsofter/softisdefinedornot
ThemethodsusedtocalculateI0andNt
Parametersforcompressedmode
ThemethodsusedtocalculateNtandCQIforHSDPA.
Theuplinkanddownlinkconvergencethresholds
Thesimulationconstraintssuchasmaximumpower,themaximumnumberofchannelelements,themaxi
mumIubthroughputs,theuplinkloadfactorandthemaximumload
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationswhoseresultsyouwanttoaccess.
4. SelectAverageSimulationfromthecontextmenu.Apropertiesdialogueappears.
lationresultsforallsimulations,bothaveragedandasastandarddeviation.
Request:UnderRequest,youwillfinddataontheconnectionrequests:
Duringthefirstrandomtrial,eachuserisassignedaservice.TheULandDLthroughputsthatalluserscould
theoreticallygenerateareprovided.
puts)isgiven.
Results:UnderResults,youwillfinddataontheconnectionresults:
networkdesign.
Thenumberandthepercentageofdelayedusersisgivenalongwiththereasonfordelay.
ThenumberandpercentageofR99bearerusersconnectedtoacell,thenumberofusersperfrequencyband
formultibandnetworks,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,andthetotalULandDLthroughputsthey
generate.ThesefiguresincludeR99usersaswellasHSDPAandHSUPAbearerusers(sinceallofthemrequest
anR99bearer);theyaredeterminedintheR99partofthealgorithm.Thesedataarealsogivenperservice.
ThetotalnumberandthepercentageofconnecteduserswithanHSDPAbearer,thenumberofusersper
frequencybandformultibandnetworks,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,andDLtotalthroughputthat
theygenerate.Packet(HSDPABestEffort),Packet(HSPABestEffort),Packet(HSDPAVariableBitRate),
759
Forsk2013
Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate),andPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusersareconsideredsince
theyallrequestanHSDPAbearer.
ThetotalnumberofconnectedHSUPAbearerusersandthepercentageofuserswithanHSUPAbearer,the
numberofusersperfrequencybandformultibandnetworks,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,andUL
andDLtotalthroughputstheygenerate.OnlyPacket(HSPABestEffort),Packet(HSPAVariableBitRate)
andPacket(HSPAConstantBitRate)serviceusersareconsidered.
The Sites (Average) and Sites (Standard Deviation) tabs: The Sites (Average) and Sites (Standard Deviation) tabs
containsthefollowingaverageandstandarddeviationinformation,respectively,persite:
MaxNo.ofDLandULCEs:ThemaximumnumberofchannelelementsavailableonuplinkanddownlinkforR99
bearersrequestedbytheusers.
No.ofDLandULCEsUsed:ThenumberofchannelelementsrequiredonuplinkanddownlinkforR99bearersto
handlethetrafficofcurrentsimulation.
No.ofDLandULCEsDuetoSHOOverhead:Thenumberofextrachannelelementsduetosofthandover,on
uplinkanddownlink.
DownlinkandUplinkOverheadCEs/Cell:Theoverheadchannelelementspercellonthedownlinkandonthe
uplink,definedonthesiteequipment.
RakeFactor:Therakefactor,definedonthesiteequipment,enablesAtolltomodelarakereceiverondownlink.
ferenceonuplink.
CompressedMode:Whethercompressedmodeissupported.Thisoptionisdefinedonthesiteequipment.
MaxIubDownlinkandUplinkBackhaulThroughput(kbps):ThemaximumIubbackhaulthroughputinthedown
linkanduplink.
IubDownlinkandUplinkBackhaulThroughput(kbps):TheIubbackhaulthroughputrequiredondownlinkand
uplinktohandlethetrafficofcurrentsimulation.
OverheadIubThroughput/Cell(kbps):TheIubthroughputrequiredbythecellforcommonchannelsinthedown
link,definedonthesiteequipment.
HSDPAIubBackhaulOverhead(%):Thisparameterisdefinedonthesiteequipment.Itcorrespondstotheper
centageoftheHSDPAbearerpeakRLCthroughputtobeaddedtothepeakRLCthroughput.Thetotalvaluecor
respondstotheIubbackhaulthroughputrequiredbytheHSDPAbeareruserforHSChannelsinthedownlink.
NbofRecommendedE1/T1/EthernetLink:ThenumberofE1/T1/EthernetlinksrequiredtoprovidethetotalIub
backhaulthroughput.
InstantaneousHSDPAThroughput(kbps):TheInstantaneousHSDPAThroughput(kbps).
InstantaneousHSDPAMACThroughput(kbps):TheInstantaneousHSDPAMACthroughput(kbps).
DLandULThroughputforEachService:Thethroughputinkbitssforeachservice.
The Cells (Average) and Cells (Standard Deviation) tabs: The Cells (Average) and Cells (Standard Deviation) tabs
containsthefollowingaverageandstandarddeviationinformation,respectively,persite,transmitter,andcarrier:
760
SCHpower(dBm):TheSCHpowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.
OtherCCHpower(dBm):Thepowerofothercommonchannels.ItincludestheotherCCHpowerandtheDL
HSUPApowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.
AvailableHSDPAPower(dBm):TheavailableHSDPApowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.Thisisthepower
availablefortheHSPDSCHandHSSCCH.ThevalueiseitherfixedbytheuserwhentheHSDPApowerisallocated
statically,orbyasimulationwhentheoptionHSDPAPowerDynamicAllocationisselected.
ASThreshold(dB):Theactivesetthresholdasdefinedincellproperties
ReceptionLosses(dB):Thereceptionlossesasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties.
TransmissionLosses(dB):Thetransmissionlossesasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties.
TotalTransmittedR99Power(dBm):ThetotaltransmittedR99poweristhepowertransmittedbythecellon
commonchannels(Pilot,SCH,otherCCH),HSUPAchannels(EAGCH,ERGCH,andEHICH)andR99trafficdedi
catedchannels.
TransmittedHSDPAPower(dBm):TheHSDPApowertransmittedbythecellonHSDPAchannels.Itcorresponds
totheHSDPApowerusedtoserveHSDPAbearerusers.
TotalTransmittedPower(dBm):ThetotaltransmittedpowerofthecellisthesumofthetotaltransmittedR99
powerandthetransmittedHSDPApower.IfHSDPApowerisallocateddynamically,thetotaltransmittedpower
cannotexceedthemaximumpowerminusthepowerheadroom.
AT320_UM_E0
When the constraint "DL load" is set and HSDPA power is statically allocated, the total
transmittedpowercannotexceedthemaximumDLload(definedeitherinthecellproper
ties,orinthesimulation).Ontheotherhand,ifHSDPApowerisallocateddynamically,the
controliscarriedoutontheR99transmittedpower,whichcannotexceedthemaximum
DLload.
ULTotalNoise(dBm):Theuplinktotalnoisetakesintoaccountthetotalsignalreceivedatthetransmitterona
carrierfromintraandextracellterminalsusingthesamecarrierandadjacentcarriers(uplinktotalinterference)
andthethermalnoise.
MaxULLoadFactor(%):Themaximumuplinkloadfactorthatthecellcansupport.Itisdefinedeitherinthecell
MaxDLLoad(%Pmax):Themaximumpercentageofpowerthatthecellcanuse.Itisdefinedeitherinthecell
ULLoadFactor(%):Theuplinkcellloadfactorcorrespondstotheratiobetweentheuplinktotalinterferenceand
theuplinktotalnoise.Iftheconstraint"ULloadfactor"hasbeenselected,ULcellloadfactorisnotallowedto
exceedtheuserdefinedmaximumULloadfactor(eitherinthecellproperties,orinthesimulationcreationdia
logue).
ULLoadFactorduetoHSUPA(%):TheuplinkcellloadcausedbyHSUPAtraffic.
DLLoadFactor(%):TheDLloadfactorofthecellicorrespondstotheratio(DLaverageinterference[duetotrans
mittersignalsonthesamecarrier]forterminalsinthetransmitteriarea)(DLaveragetotalnoise[duetotrans
mittersignalsandtothermalnoiseofterminals]forterminalsinthetransmitteriarea).
ULandDLNoiseRise(dB):Theuplinkanddownlinknoiserisesarecalculatedfromuplinkanddownlinkloadfac
tors.Thesedataindicatesignaldegradationduetocellload(interferencemargininthelinkbudget).
DLR99Load(%Pmax):ThepercentageofpowerusedforR99channelsisdeterminedbythetotaltransmitted
R99powermaximumpowerratio(powerstatedinW).Whentheconstraint"DLload"issetandHSDPApoweris
allocateddynamically,theDLR99LoadcannotexceedtheuserdefinedMaxDLLoad(definedeitherinthecell
properties,orinthesimulation).
ReuseFactor(UL):Theuplinkreusefactoristheratiobetweentheuplinktotalinterferenceandtheintracell
interference.
ReuseEfficiencyFactor(UL):Theuplinkreuseefficiencyfactoristhereciprocaloftheuplinkreusefactor.
onthesamecarrier.Thisdataiscalculatedonuplinkandondownlinkandindicatesthenumberofuserscon
nectedtothecellonuplinkanddownlink.Becauseofhandover,asingleusercanuseseveralradiolinks.
HSDPAApplicationThroughput(kbps):TheHSDPAapplicationthroughputisthenetHSDPAthroughputwithout
coding(redundancy,overhead,addressing,etc.).ItiscalculatedfromtheinstantaneousHSDPAthroughput(i.e.,
theDLobtainedthroughput),theBLER,theHSDPAservicescalingfactorandthethroughputoffset.
Min.HSDPAPeakRLCThroughput(kbps):TheminimumHSDPApeakRLCthroughputcorrespondstothelowest
thelowerofthetwominimumHSDPApeakRLCthroughputs.
Max HSDPA Peak RLC Throughput (kbps): The maximum HSDPA peak RLC throughput: It corresponds to the
highestofpeakRLCthroughputsobtainedbyHSDPAbearerusersconnectedtothecell.FordualcellHSDPAusers,
thisisthehigherofthetwomaximumHSDPApeakRLCthroughputs.
Avg. Instantaneous HSDPA Throughput (kbps): The average instantaneous HSDPA throughput (kbps) is the
averagenumberofkbitspersecondthatthecellsupportsondownlinktoprovideoneconnecteduserwithan
HSDPAbearer.TheHSDPAthroughputofdualcellHSDPAusersisthesumoftheirHSDPAthroughputsonboth
cells.
InstantaneousHSDPAThroughput(kbps):TheinstantaneousHSDPAthroughput(kbps)isthenumberofkbitsper
secondthatthecellsupportsondownlinktoprovidesimultaneousconnecteduserswithanHSDPAbearer.The
HSDPAthroughputofdualcellHSDPAusersisthesumoftheirHSDPAthroughputsonbothcells.
InstantaneousHSDPAMACThroughput(kbps):TheInstantaneousHSDPAMACthroughput(kbps)thatthecell
carries.TheHSDPAthroughputofdualcellHSDPAusersisthesumoftheirHSDPAthroughputsonbothcells.
No. of Simultaneous HSDPA Users: The number of simultaneous HSDPA users corresponds to the number of
HSDPAbearerusersthatthecellsupportsatatime,i.e.withinonetimetransmissioninterval.Alltheseusersare
connectedtothecellattheendofthesimulationHSDPApart;theyhaveaconnectionwiththeR99bearerandan
HSDPAbearer.DualcellHSDPAusersareconsideredonceineachcelltheyareconnectedto.
No.ofHSDPAUsers:ThenumberofHSDPAusersincludetheconnectedanddelayedHSDPAbearerusers.Dual
cellHSDPAusersareconsideredonceineachcelltheyareconnectedto.
No.ofHSUPAUsers:ThenumberofHSUPAbearerusersconnectedtothecell.
HSUPAApplicationThroughput(kbps):ThisisthenetHSUPAthroughputwithoutcoding(redundancy,overhead,
addressing,etc.).
HSUPAULLoadFactor(%):TheuplinkcellloadcausedbyHSUPAtraffic.
No.ofCodes(512Bits):ThenumberofOVSFcodesusedpercell.
761
Forsk2013
Thetypesofhandoverasapercentage:Atollestimatesthepercentagesofhandovertypesforeachtransmitter.
Atollonlyliststheresultsforthefollowinghandoverstatus,nohandover(11),softer(12),soft(22),softersoft
(23)andsoftsoft(33)handovers;theotherhandoverstatus(otherHO)aregrouped.
R99ULandDLThroughput(kbps):TheuplinkanddownlinkR99throughputsrepresentthenumbersofkbitsper
seconddeliveredbythecellrespectivelyonuplinkandondownlinktosupplyuserswithaR99bearer.Alltheradio
linksinthecell,i.e.,linksduetohandover,aretakenintoaccountinthethroughputcalculation.
R99ULandDLThroughputWithoutHO(kbps):TheuplinkanddownlinkR99throughputsrepresentthenumbers
ofkbitsperseconddeliveredbythecellrespectivelyonuplinkandondownlinktosupplyuserswithaR99bearer.
Onlythelinkswiththebestserveraretakenintoaccountinthecalculationofthroughput.
MinTCHPwr(dBm):Theminimumpowerallocatedtoatrafficchanneltosupplyservices.
MaxTCHPwr(dBm):Themaximumpowerallocatedtoatrafficchanneltosupplyservices.
AvgTCHPwr:Theaveragepowerallocatedtoatrafficchanneltosupplyservices.
Nonconnectedusers:Thenumberofrejectedanddelayeduserspercell.Rejectedusersaresortedbythefol
lowingreasons:Pmob>PmobMax,Ptch>PtchMax,EcIo<(EcIo)min.,ULLoadSaturation,Ch.EltsSaturation,
DL Load Saturation, Code Saturation, Admission Rejection, HSDPA Delayed, HSDPA Scheduler Saturation,
HSDPAResourceSaturation,HSUPAAdmissionRejection,HSUPASchedulerSaturationandIubThroughputSat
uration.DelayedusersareregroupedunderHSDPADelayed.
ConnectionSuccessRate(%)ForEachService:Foreachservice,theconnectionsuccessrategivestheratioofcon
Theinputparametersspecifiedwhencreatingthegroupofsimulations:
Thespreadingwidth
Whetherthepowervaluesonthedownlinkareabsoluteorrelativetothepilot
Thedefaultuplinksofthandovergain
ThemethodsusedtocalculateI0andNt
Parametersforcompressedmode
ThemethodsusedtocalculateNtandCQIforHSDPA.
Theuplinkanddownlinkconvergencethresholds
Thesimulationconstraintssuchasmaximumpower,themaximumnumberofchannelelements,theuplink
loadfactorandthemaximumload
ULLoadFactor
ULReuseFactor
AvailableHSDPAPower
NumberofHSDPAUsers
NumberofHSUPAUsers.
762
AT320_UM_E0
c. ClicktheExpandbutton(
youwanttoaccess.
)toexpandthefolderofthesimulationgroupcontainingthesimulationwhoseresults
3. OntheCellstab,clickCommitResults.Thefollowingvaluesareupdatedforeachcell:
ULLoadFactor
ULReuseFactor
AvailableHSDPAPower
NumberofHSDPAUsers
NumberofHSUPAUsers.
9.3.4.8 AddingNewSimulationstoanAtollDocument
Whenyouhavecreatedasimulationorgroupofsimulations,youcanreexaminethesameconditionsbyaddingnewsimula
tionstotheAtolldocument.InAtoll,therearethefollowingwaysofaddingnewsimulations:
Addingtoagroup:Whenyouaddoneormoresimulationstoanexistinggroupofsimulations,Atollreusesthesame
input(radio,traffic,andsimulationparameters)asthoseusedtogeneratethegroupofsimulations.Itthengenerates
anewuserdistributionandperformsthepowercontrolsimulation.
Toaddasimulationtoagroupofsimulations,see"AddingaSimulationtoaGroupofSimulations"onpage763.
Replayingagroup:Whenyoureplayanexistinggroupofsimulations,Atollreusesthesameuserdistribution(users
withaservice,amobilityandanactivitystatus)astheoneusedtocalculatetheinitialsimulation.Theshadowingerror
distribution between simulations is different. Traffic parameter changes (such as, maximum and minimum traffic
channelpowersallowed,Eb/Ntthresholds,etc.)mightormightnotbetakenintoaccount.Finally,radiodatamodifi
cations(newtransmitters,changestotheantennaazimuth,etc.)arealwaystakenintoaccountduringthepowercon
trol(orthroughput/powercontrol)simulation.
Toreplayagroupofsimulations,see"ReplayingaSimulationorGroupofSimulations"onpage764.
UsingtheGeneratorInitialisationNumber:Whenyoucreategroupsofsimulationsusingthesamegeneratorinitial
isationnumber(whichmustbeanintegerotherthan0)Atollgeneratesthesameuserandshadowingerrordistribu
tions(userwithaservice,amobility,anactivitystatusandashadowingerror)inallgroupsusingthesamenumber.
However,anymodificationstotrafficparameters(suchas,maximumandminimumtrafficchannelpowersallowed,
EbNtthresholds,etc.)andradiodata(newtransmitter,azimuth,etc.)aretakenintoaccountduringthepowercontrol
simulation.
Bycreatingandcalculatingonegroupofsimulations,makingachangetothenetworkandthencreatingandcalculat
inganewgroupofsimulationsusingthesamegeneratorinitialisationnumber,youcanseethedifferenceyourparam
eterchangesmake.
Tocreateanewsimulationtoagroupofsimulationsusingthegeneratorinitialisationnumber,see"CreatingaNew
SimulationorGroupofSimulationsUsingtheGeneratorInitialisationNumber"onpage764.
DuplicatingaGroup: Whenyouduplicateagroup,Atollcreatesagroupofsimulationswiththesamesimulation
parameters as those used to generate the group of simulations. You can then modify the simulation parameters
beforecalculatingthegroup.
Toduplicateagroupofsimulations,see"DuplicatingaSimulationorGroupofSimulations"onpage765.
AddingaSimulationtoaGroupofSimulations
Toaddasimulationtoanexistinggroupofsimulations:
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationstowhichyouwanttoaddasimulation.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.Thepropertiesdialogueofthegroupofsimulationsappears.
763
Forsk2013
Whenaddingasimulationtoanexistinggroupofsimulations,theparametersoriginally
usedtocalculatethegroupofsimulationsareusedforthenewsimulations.Consequently,
fewparameterscanbechangedfortheaddedsimulation.
5. OntheGeneraltabofthedialogue,ifdesired,changetheNameandCommentsforthisgroupofsimulations.
6. UnderExecutionontheGeneraltab,youcansetthefollowingparameter:
NumberofSimulations:Enterthenumberofsimulationstoaddedtothisgroupofsimulations.
7. Onceyouhaveaddedthesimulation,youcancalculateitimmediatelyoryoucansaveittocalculateitlater:
button(
ReplayingaSimulationorGroupofSimulations
Toreplayanexistingsimulationorgroupofsimulations:
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationsyouwanttoreplay.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectReplayfromthecontextmenu.Thepropertiesdialogueofthegroupofsimulationsappears.
Whenreplayinganexistinggroupofsimulations,someparametersoriginallyusedtocalcu
latethegroupofsimulationsarereusedforthereplayedgroup.Consequently,fewparam
eterscanbechangedforthereplayedgroup.
5. OntheGeneraltabofthedialogue,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Selectthelevelofdetailasexplainedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage749thatwillbeavailableintheoutput
fromtheInformationtoretainlist.
UnderCellLoadConstraints,youcansettheconstraintsasexplainedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage749that
Atollmustrespectduringthesimulation.
UnderBearerNegotiation,checktheBearerdowngradingcheckboxifyouwanttopermitbearerdowngrading
duringthesimulation.
6. OntheSourceTraffictabofthedialogue,selecttheRefreshTrafficParameterscheckboxifyouwanttotakeinto
accounttrafficparameterchanges(suchasmaximumandminimumtrafficchannelpowersallowed,Eb/Ntthresholds,
etc.)inthereplayedsimulation.
7. OntheAdvancedtab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
MaxNumberofIterations:EnterthemaximumnumberofiterationsthatAtollshouldruntomakeconvergence.
ULConvergenceThreshold:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofinterferenceandconnectedusersonthe
DLConvergenceThreshold:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofinterferenceandconnectedusersonthe
8. ClickCalculate.Atollimmediatelybeginsthesimulation.
CreatingaNewSimulationorGroupofSimulationsUsingtheGeneratorInitialisationNumber
Tocreateanewsimulationorgroupofsimulationsusingthegeneratorinitialisationnumber:
5. UnderGeneratorInitialisation,enteranintegerasthegeneratorinitialisationvalue.Theintegermustbethesame
generatorinitialisationnumberasusedinthegroupofsimulationswiththeuserandshadowingerrordistributions
youwanttouseinthissimulationorgroupofsimulations.Ifyouenter"0",thedefault,theuserandshadowingerror
distributionwillberandom.Ifyouenteranyotherinteger,thesameuserandshadowingerrordistributionwillbe
usedforanysimulationusingthesamegeneratorinitialisationvalue.
764
AT320_UM_E0
6. Forinformationonsettingotherparameters,see"CreatingSimulations"onpage749.
Youcancreateanewgroupofsimulationswiththesameparametersastheoriginal
groupofsimulationsbyduplicatinganexistingoneasexplainedin"Duplicatinga
SimulationorGroupofSimulations"onpage765.
DuplicatingaSimulationorGroupofSimulations
Toduplicateanexistingsimulationorgroupofsimulations:
3. Rightclickthesimulationorgroupofsimulationsyouwanttoduplicate.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectDuplicatefromthecontextmenu.Thepropertiesdialoguefortheduplicatedgroupofsimulationsappears.
Youcanchangetheparametersfortheduplicatedsimulationorgroupofsimulationsasexplainedin"CreatingSimu
lations"onpage749.
1. Createasimulationorgroupofsimulationsby:
Creatinganewsimulationorgroupofsimulationsasdescribedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage749.
Duplicatinganexistingsimulationorgroupofsimulationsasdescribedin"AddingNewSimulationstoanAtollDoc
ument"onpage763.
maps).
InAtoll,youhaveseveralmethodsavailabletohelpyouanalysesimulationresults.Youcanmakeanactivesetanalysisofa
realtimeprobeuseroryoucanmakeapredictionwhereeachpixelisconsideredasaprobeuserwithadefinedterminal,
mobility,andservice.Theanalysesarebasedonasinglesimulationoronanaveragedgroupofsimulations.
Youcanfindinformationontheanalysismethodsinthefollowingsections:
"MakinganASAnalysisofSimulationResults"onpage765
"MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults"onpage766.
9.3.5.1 MakinganASAnalysisofSimulationResults
ThePointAnalysiswindowgivesyouinformationonreceptionforanypointonthemap.TheASAnalysisviewgivesyouinfor
mationonthepilotquality(EcI0)(whichisthemainparameterusedtodefinethemobileactiveset),theconnectionstatus,
andtheactivesetoftheprobemobile.AnalysisisbasedontheULloadpercentageandtheDLtotalpowerofcells.Inthis
case,theseparameterscanbeeitheroutputsofagivensimulation,oraveragevaluescalculatedfromagroupofsimulations.
Theanalysisisprovidedforauserdefinableprobereceiverwhichhasaterminal,amobilityandaservice.
BeforeyoumakeanASanalysis:
EnsurethesimulationorgroupofsimulationsyouwanttouseintheASanalysisisdisplayedonthemap.
Replaythesimulationorgroupofsimulationsyouwanttouseifyouhavemodifiedradioparameterssinceyoumade
thesimulation.
765
Forsk2013
TheASanalysisdoesnottakepossiblenetworksaturationintoaccount.Therefore,there
isnoguaranteethatasimulatedmobilewiththesamereceivercharacteristicscanverify
thepointanalysis,simplybecausethesimulatednetworkcanbesaturated.
TomakeanASanalysisofsimulationresults:
)onthetoolbar.ThePointAnalysiswindowappears.(seeFigure9.14).
3. AtthetopoftheASAnalysisview,selectthesimulationorgroupofsimulationsyouwanttobasetheASanalysison
fromtheLoadConditionslist.
4. SelecttheTerminal,Service,andMobility.
6. Selectorclearthefollowingoptions:
Whethershadowingistobetakenintoaccount(and,ifso,thecelledgecoverageprobability).
Whetherindoorcoverageistobetakenintoaccount.
Whetherdowngradingisallowed.
7. ClickOKtoclosetheCalculationOptionsdialogue.
Asyoumovethepointer,Atollindicatesonthemapwhichisthebestserverforthecurrentposition(seeFigure9.31
onpage701).
InformationonthecurrentpositionisgivenontheASAnalysisviewofthePointAnalysiswindow.SeeFigure9.32on
page701foranexplanationofthedisplayedinformation.
9.3.5.2 MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults
Whennosimulationsareavailable,AtollusestheULloadfactor,theDLtotalpower,theULreusefactor,theavailableHSDPA
power,thenumberofHSDPAusers,thenumberofHSUPAusers,andtheULloadfactorduetoHSUPAdefinedforeachcell
tomakecoveragepredictions.Forinformationoncellproperties,see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage643;forinforma
tiononmodifyingcellproperties,see"CellDefinition"onpage639.
Onceyouhavemadesimulations,Atollcanusethisinformationinsteadofthedefinedparametersinthecellpropertiesto
makecoveragepredictionswhereeachpixelisconsideredasaprobeuserwithaterminal,mobility,profile,andservice.For
eachcoveragepredictionbasedonsimulationresults,youcanbasethecoveragepredictiononaselectedsimulationorona
groupofsimulations,choosingeitheranaverageanalysisofallsimulationsinthegrouporastatisticalanalysisbasedona
definedprobability.Tobeabletobaseacoveragepredictiononasimulationorgroupofsimulations,thesimulationmust
haveconverged.
Thecoveragepredictionsthatcanusesimulationresultsare:
Coveragepredictionsonthepilotoronaservice:
Coveragepredictionsonnoiseandinterference:
766
PilotQualityAnalysis(DL):Forinformationonmakingapilotqualityanalysis,see"MakingaPilotSignalQuality
Prediction"onpage691.
ServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(DL):Forinformationonmakingacoveragepredictiononthedownlinkservicearea,
see"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)DownlinkorUplink"onpage692.
ServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(UL):Forinformationonmakingacoveragepredictionontheuplinkservicearea,
see"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)DownlinkorUplink"onpage692.
EffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(DL+UL):Forinformationonmakingaeffectiveserviceareaanalysis,see
CoveragebyTotalNoiseLevel(DL):Forinformationonmakingacoveragebytotalnoiselevel,see"Studyingthe
TotalNoiseLevelontheDownlink"onpage696.
PilotPollutionAnalysis(DL):Forinformationonmakingacoveragebypilotpolluter,see"CalculatingPilotPollu
tion"onpage697.
Ahandoverstatuscoveragepredictiontoanalysemacrodiversityperformance:
AT320_UM_E0
AnHSDPApredictiontoanalyseADPCHqualities,HSSCCHpowerorqualityperHSSCCHchannelandtomodelfast
linkadaptation.
HandoffZones(DL):ForinformationonmakingaHandoffZones(DL),see"MakingaHandoffStatusCoveragePre
diction"onpage699.
HSDPA Quality andThroughput Analysis (DL): For information onmakinganHSDPAcoverage prediction,see

"HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage701.
An HSUPA predictions prediction to analyse the required EDPDCH Ec/Nt, the required terminal power, and the
obtainedHSUPAbearer.
HSUPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis(UL):ForinformationonmakinganHSUPAcoverageprediction,see
Theproceduresforthecoveragepredictionsassumethatsimulationresultsarenotavailable.Whennosimulationsareavail
able,youselect"(CellsTable)"fromtheLoadConditionslist,ontheConditionstab.However,whensimulationsareavailable
youcanbasethecoveragepredictionononesimulationoragroupofsimulations.
Tobaseacoveragepredictiononasimulationorgroupofsimulations,whensettingtheparameters:
2. FromtheLoadConditionslist,selectthesimulationorgroupofsimulationsonwhichyouwanttobasethecoverage
prediction.
3. IfyouselectagroupofsimulationsfromtheLoadConditionslist,selectoneofthefollowing:
All:IfyouselectAlltomakeastatisticalanalysisofallsimulationsbasedonthedefinedProbability(theprobability
mustbefrom0to1).Thiswillmakeaglobalanalysisofallsimulationsinagroupandwithanevaluationofthe
networkstabilityintermsoffluctuationsintraffic.
Average:SelectAveragemakethecoveragepredictionontheaverageofthesimulationsinthegroup.
AtollAutomaticCellPlanning(ACP)enablesradioengineersdesigningUMTSnetworkstoautomaticallycalculatetheoptimal
stageofaUMTSnetworkbyenablingtheselectionoftheantenna,anditsazimuth,height,andmechanicaltilt.ACPnotonly
takestransmittersintoaccountinoptimisationsbutalsoanyrepeatersandremoteantennas.
transmitters.
suggestedchanges.
howyoucanviewtheresultsofanoptimisation.Inthissection,onlytheconceptsspecifictoUMTSnetworksareexplained:
"UMTSOptimisationObjectives"onpage767
"UMTSQualityParameters"onpage767
"TheUMTSQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage768.
9.4.1 UMTSOptimisationObjectives
Atoll.InprojectsusingUMTS,eitheralone,orinacoplanningormultiRATproject,thefollowingobjectivesareused:
RSCPcoverage
Ec/Io
Pilotpollution
Softhandover
767
Forsk2013
YoudefinetheoptimisationobjectivesusingtheObjectivestaboftheACPSetupdialogue.Forinformationonsettingobjec
tiveparameters,see"SettingObjectiveParameters"onpage243.
9.4.2 UMTSQualityParameters
definedintheselectedcoveragepredictionasthedefaultforitsownmaps.However,ifyouhavesavedthedisplayoptions
ofanACPpredictionasdefault,orifyouareusingaconfigurationfileforACP,thesedefinedrangesandcolourswillbeused
asthedefault,overridingthesettingsintheselectedcoverageprediction.
InprojectsusingUMTS,eitheralone,orinacoplanningormultiRATproject,thefollowingqualityparametersareused:
Overlap
RSCP
Ec/Io
TodefinethequalityparametersforUMTS:
3. UnderParameters,expandUMTS.
Settings"onpage231.
OverlapthresholdmarginandaMinimumsignallevel.
ACP.
6. UnderUMTSinthelefthandpaneunderParameters,selectRSCP.
evaluateRSCPusingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
8. UnderUMTSinthelefthandpaneunderParameters,selectEcIo.
768
theEnableshadowingmargincheckbox.Whenselected,theshadowingmarginwillbetakenintoaccountusing
thedefinedCelledgecoverageprobability.ThestandarddeviationsdefinedintheAtollclutterareusedor,ifno
clutterinformationisavailable,defaultvaluesareused.MacrodiversityisalsotakenintoaccountduringEcIocal
culation.SelectaServiceandaTerminal.Theserviceandterminalspecifiedareusedduringthecalculationof
EcIothroughgainandlosses(i.e.,theservicebodyloss,thegainandlossoftheterminalantenna,andterminal
noisefactor).
evaluateEcIousingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
AT320_UM_E0
9.4.3 TheUMTSQualityAnalysisPredictions
ThequalityanalysispredictionsenableyoutodisplaytheRSCPandEcIoqualitypredictionsintheAtollmapwindow.These
predictionsarethesameasthosedisplayedontheQualitytaboftheoptimisationsPropertiesdialogue.
RSCP
EcIo
PilotQualityAnalysis(DL)(2)
Field=Ec/Io(dB)
Overlap
(1)Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbySignalLevel"onpage671.
(2)Formoreinformation,see"CreatingCoveragePredictionsonDriveTestDataPaths"onpage776.
(3)Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictiononOverlappingZones"onpage674.
YoushouldverifytheresultswithadifferentAtollcoverageprediction,suchasthepilotpollutionanalysis.
MultiplecarrieroptimisationissupportedinUMTS.Howeverthepredictionsareprovidedseparatelyforeachcarrier.
Evenaftercommittingtheoptimisationresults,differencescanremainbetweentheACPpredictionsandthepredic
tionsresultingfromAtollcoveragepredictions.
YoucanviewtheexactRSCPandEcIovaluesonanypixelbylettingthepointerrestoverthepixel.TheRSCPorEcIovalueis
thendisplayedintiptext.
dialogue,intheParameterssectionunderUMTS>Overlap(see"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"onpage231)orbysettingthe
state,andapredictionshowingthechangesbetweentheinitialandfinalstates.
AnimportantstepintheprocessofcreatingaUMTSHSPAnetworkisverifyingthecapacityofthenetwork.Thisisdoneusing
measurementsofthestrengthofthepilotsignalindifferentlocationswithintheareacoveredbythenetwork.Thiscollection
ofmeasurementsiscalledadrivetestdatapath.
network.
769
Forsk2013
FMT).
Informationidentifyingscannedcells(forexample,servingcells,neighbourcells,oranyothercells).Cellsmaybeiden
tifiedbytheirIDsorscramblingcodes.
desired.
770
AT320_UM_E0
d. IfyouareimportingdatausingIDascellidentifiers:
i.
UnderServeridentification,selectByIDandthecolumncontainingtheIDsofthescannedcellsintheByID
list.
e. Ifyouareimportingdatausingscramblingcodesascellidentifiers:
i.
UnderServeridentification,selectByscramblingcode.
ii. IntheScramblingcodeidentifierbox,enterastringthatisfoundinthecolumnnamesidentifyingthescram
blingcodeofscannedcells.Forexample,ifthestring"SC"isfoundinthecolumnnamesidentifyingthescram
blingcodeofscannedcells,enterithere.Atollwillthensearchforcolumnswiththisstringinthecolumn
name.
iii. IntheScramblingcodeformatlist,selectthescramblingcodeformat,"Decimal"or"Hexadecimal."
iv. IntheScramblingcodegroupidentifierbox,enterastringthatmustbefoundinthecolumnnamesidentifying
the scrambling code group of scanned cells. Forexample, if the string"SC_Group"is foundin thecolumn
namesidentifyingthescramblingcodegroupofscannedcells,enterithere.Atollwillthensearchforcolumns
withthisstringinthecolumnname.
Ifthereisnoscramblingcodegroupinformationcontainedinthedrivetestdatafile,leavetheScrambling
codegroupidentifierboxempty.
v. Ifyouareimportingdrivetestdataforaspecificcarrier,selectthecarrierforwhichyouareimportingthedrive
testdataintheCarriernumberlist.Ifyouareimportingdrivetestdataformorethanonecarrier,select"All".
771
Forsk2013
interpreted.ThedefaultvalueunderTypeis"<Ignore>".Ifacolumnismarkedwith
"<Ignore>",itwillnotbeimported.
Thedatainthefilemustbestructuredsothatthecolumnsidentifyingthescram
blingcodegroupandthescramblingcodeareplacedbeforethedatacolumnsfor
eachcell.OtherwiseAtollwillnotbeabletoproperlyimportthefile.
figuration:
c. EnteraConfigurationNameandanExtensionofthefilesthatthisimportconfigurationwilldescribe(forexample,
"*.csv").
d. ClickOK.
selectthisimportconfigurationfromtheConfigurationlist.
WhenimportingaCWmeasurementfile,youcanexpandtheNumMeasINIfile.ini
filebyclickingtheExpandbutton( )infrontofthefileunderImportconfigura
tiontodisplayalltheavailableimportconfigurations.Whenselectingtheappro
priateconfiguration,theassociationsareautomaticallymadeinthetableatthe
bottomofthedialogue.
youcanselectindividualdrivetestdatapointstoseeinformationabouttheactivesetatthatlocation.
)toexpandtheDriveTestDatafolder.
displayed.
4. Clickandholdthedrivetestdatapointonwhichyouwantactivesetinformation.Atolldisplaysanarrowpointing
towardstheservingcells(seeFigure9.49onpage778),withanumberidentifyingtheserverasnumberedinthedrive
testdata.Ifthetransmitterdisplaytypeis"Automatic,"boththenumberandthearrowaredisplayedinthesame
colour asthe transmitter.Forinformationonchangingthedisplaytypeto"Automatic,"see"DefiningtheDisplay
Type"onpage44.
YoucanmanagethedisplayofdrivetestdatapathsusingtheDisplaydialogue.Thepointsonadrivetestdatapathcanbe
displayedaccordingtoanyavailableattribute.YoucanalsousetheDisplaydialoguetomanagepermanentlabelsonthemap,
tiptextandthelegend.Inotherwords,thedisplayofmeasurementpathscanbedefinedinthesamewayasforsites,trans
mitters,etc.
772
AT320_UM_E0
TodisplaytheDisplaytabofadrivetestdatapathsPropertiesdialogue:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathwhosedisplayyouwanttomanage.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu,
Eachpointcanbedisplayedbyauniqueattributeoraccordingto:
Inaddition,youcandisplaypointsbymorethanonecriterionatatimeusingtheAdvancedoptionintheDisplayTypelist.
WhenyouselectAdvancedfromtheDisplayTypelist,adialogueopensinwhichyoucandefinethefollowingdisplayforeach
singlepointofthemeasurementpath:
asymbolaccordingtoanyattribute
Youcan,forexample,displayasignallevelinacertaincolour,chooseasymboltypeforTransmitter1(acircle,triangle,cross,
etc.)andasymbolsizeaccordingtothealtitude.
FastDisplayforcesAtolltousethelightestsymboltodisplaythepoints.Thisispar
ticularlyusefulwhenyouhaveaverylargenumberofpoints.
YoucannotuseAdvancedDisplayiftheFastDisplaycheckboxhasbeenselected.
rightclicking the Drive Test Data Path folder and selecting Sort Alphabetically
fromthecontextmenu.
TheimporteddrivetestdataisusedtoverifytheUMTSHSPAnetwork.Toimprovetherelevanceofthedata,Atollallowsyou
tofilteroutincompatibleorinaccuratepoints.Youcanthenusethedataforcoveragepredictions,eitherbycomparingthe
importedmeasurementswithpreviouslycalculatedcoveragepredictions,orbycreatingnewcoveragepredictionsusingthe
importeddrivetestdata.
"PredictingSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints"onpage775
"PredictingSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints"onpage775
Whenusingadrivetestdatapath,somemeasuredpointsmaypresentvaluesthataretoofaroutsideofthemedianvalues
tobeusefulincalibration.Aswell,testpathsmayincludetestpointsinareasthatarenotrepresentativeofthedrivetestdata
pathasawhole.Forexample,atestpaththatincludestwoheavilypopulatedareasmightalsoincludetestpointsfromthe
morelightlypopulatedregionbetweenthetwo.
2. IntheNetworkexplorer,rightclicktheDriveTestDataonwhichyouwanttofilteroutincompatiblepoints:
Alldrivetestdatameasurements:RightclicktheDriveTestDatafolder.
773
Forsk2013
Onlyonedrivetestdatapath:ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheDriveTestDatafolderandrightclick
thedrivetestdatapathonwhichyouwanttofilteroutincompatiblepoints.
3. SelectFilterfromthecontextmenu.TheDriveTestDataFilterdialogueappears.
4. IntheClutterclasseswindow,underFilter,clearthecheckboxesoftheclutterclassesyouwanttofilterout.Onlythe
5. Ifyouwanttokeepthemeasurementpointsinsidethefocuszone,selecttheUsefocuszonetofiltercheckbox.
6. Ifyouwanttopermanentlyremovethemeasurementpointsoutsidethefilter,selecttheDeletepointsoutsidefilter
checkbox.
Ifyoupermanentlydeletemeasurementpointsandlaterwanttousethem,youwillhavetoreimporttheoriginal
measurementdata.
thedrivetestdatapathonwhichyouwanttofilteroutincompatiblepoints.
b. UnderValuestoinclude,youwillfindallthevaluesrepresentedintheselectedfield.Selectthecheckboxesnext
ingtable:
774
Formula
=X
<>X
<X
>X
AT320_UM_E0
Formula
<=X
>=X
*X*
*X
textobjectswhichendwithX
X*
Filtersarecombinedfirsthorizontally,thenvertically.Formoreinformationonfilters,see"AdvancedDataFiltering"
onpage94.
8. ClickOKtoapplythefilterandclosethedialogue.
RefreshGeoDatafromthecontextmenuoftheDriveTestDataPathsfolder.
9.5.4.2 PredictingSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints
(seeFigure9.46).
Figure9.47:SelectingMeasuredSignalLevelsforwhichErrorswillbeCalculated
775
Forsk2013
predictedvalues.
Figure9.48:DriveTestDataTableafterPointSignalLevelPrediction(withErrorCalculations)
PilotQualityAnalysis(DL)
ServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(DL)
ServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(UL)
PilotQualityAnalysis(DL):ClicktheConditionstab.
776
AtthetopoftheConditionstab,youcansettherangeofsignalleveltobecalculated.UnderServer,youcan
selectwhethertocalculatethesignallevelfromalltransmitters,oronlythebestorsecondbestsignal.Ifyou
choosetocalculatethebestorsecondbestsignal,youcanenteraMargin.IfyouselecttheShadowingtaken
intoaccountcheckbox,youcanchangetheCellEdgeCoverageProbability.YoucanselecttheIndoorCover
agecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyperclutterclass.Finally,youcan
selecttheCarriertobestudied.
OntheConditionstab,youcanselectwhichsimulationtostudyintheLoadConditionslist.Oryoucanselect
agroupofsimulationsandeitherselectAlltoperformanaverageanalysisofallsimulationsinthegroupbased
onaProbability(from0to1)orselectAveragetoperformstatisticalanalysisofallsimulations.
Ifyouwanttoperformthecoveragepredictionwithoutasimulation,youcanselect"(CellsTable)"fromLoad
conditions.Inthis case,AtollcalculatesthecoveragepredictionusingtheULload factorandtheDLtotal
powerdefinedinthecellproperties.
YoumustalsoselectwhichCarrieristobeconsidered.
Ifyouwantthepilotsignalqualitypredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakeninto
perclutterclass.
AT320_UM_E0
ServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(DL):ClicktheConditionstab.
conditions.In thiscase,Atollcalculatesthecoverageprediction using theUL loadfactorandtheDLtotal
Ifyouwanttheservicearea(Eb/Nt)coveragepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowing
takenintoaccountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
perclutterclass.
ServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(UL):ClicktheConditionstab.
conditions.In thiscase,Atollcalculatesthecoverageprediction using theUL loadfactorandtheDLtotal
takenintoaccountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.
perclutterclass.
prediction.
contextmenuappears.
tionsinAtoll).
Assumingsomepredictionshavebeencalculatedalongadrivetestdatapath,youcandisplaythestatisticsbetweenthemeas
uredandthepredictedvaluesonaspecificmeasurementpath.
Todisplaythestatisticsforaspecificdrivetestdatapath:
5. SelectoneormoretransmittersfromtheForthefollowingtransmitterslist.
6. SelectthefieldsthatyouwanttouseforpredictionsfromtheSelectthepredictedvalueslist.Onlyonetypeofvalue
canbecomparedatatime(signallevelorquality).
7. SelectthefieldsthatyouwanttouseforpredictionstheSelectthemeasuredvalueslist.Onlyonetypeofvaluecan
becomparedatatime(signallevelorquality).Themeasuredandtheselectedvalueshavetomatchup.
8. EntertheminimumandmaximumMeasuredValues.Statisticsaredonewithdrivetestdatapointswherethemeas
9. ClickOK.
777
Forsk2013
Atollopensadialogueinwhichtheglobalstatisticsbetweenmeasurementsandpredictionsaregivenoverallthefiltered(or
Youcanextractaspecificfieldforaspecifictransmitteroneachpointofanexistingdrivetestdatapath.Theextractedinfor
mationwillbeaddedtoanewcolumninthetableforthedrivetestdata.
4. SelectFocusonaTransmitterfromthecontextmenu.TheFieldSelectforaGivenTransmitterdialogueappears.
7. Selectthecheckboxbesidethefieldyouwanttoextractfortheselectedtransmitter.
Atollcandisplaythebestserveranduptosixotherserversintheactiveset.Ifyouwantto
displayforexample,thepointsignallevel,remembertoselectthecheckboxforthepoint
signallevelforallserversintheFortheFieldslist.Thenewcolumnwillthendisplaythe
pointsignallevelfortheselectedtransmitterforallserversifavalueexists.
8. Click OK. Atoll creates a new column in the drive test data path table for the selected transmitters and with the
selectedvalues.
4. SelectOpentheAnalysisToolfromthecontextmenu.TheDriveTestDatawindowappears(seeFigure9.49).
778
AT320_UM_E0
Ifyouwant,youcanchangethedisplaycolourbyclickingthecolourintheColourcolumnandselectinganew
tifyingthebestserver(seeFigure9.49onpage778).Ifthetransmitterdisplaytypeis"Automatic,"boththenumber
andthearrowaredisplayedinthesamecolourasthetransmitter.Forinformationonchangingthedisplaytypeto
"Automatic,"see"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44.
ways:
Zoominorout:
i.
i.
779
Forsk2013
displayedinthemapandintheDriveTestDatawindow(seeFigure9.49onpage778).
a. SelectoneormoretransmittersfromtheForthefollowingtransmitterslist.
b. SelectthefieldthatcontainstheinformationthatyouwanttoexporttoCWmeasurementsfromtheSelectthe
measuredsignallevelslist.
6. UnderExtractionParametersofCWMeasurementPaths:
a. EntertheMin.numberofpointstoextractpermeasurementpath.CWmeasurementsarenotcreatedfortrans
Extractiondialogue.
FormoreinformationaboutCWmeasurements,seetheModelCalibrationGuide.
4. Select Open the Analysis Tool from the context menu. The Drive Test Data window appears (see Figure9.49 on
page778).
5. Definethedisplayparametersandzoomlevelasexplainedin"AnalysingDataVariationsAlongthePath"onpage778.
780
AT320_UM_E0
9.6 CoplanningUMTSNetworkswithOtherNetworks
Atollisamultitechnologyradionetworkplanningtool.Youcanworkonseveraltechnologiesatthesametime,andseveral
networkscenarioscanbedesignedforanygivenarea:acountry,aregion,acity,etc.Forexample,youcandesignaUMTS
andaGSMnetworkforthesameareainAtoll,andthenworkwithAtollscoplanningfeaturestostudythemutualimpacts
ofthetwonetworks.
BeforestartingacoplanningprojectinAtoll,theAtolladministratormustperformthe
prerequisitetasksthatarerelevantforyourprojectasdescribedintheAdministrator
Manual.
Sectorsofbothnetworkscansharethesamesitesdatabase.Youcandisplaybasestations(sitesandsectors),geographicdata,
andcoveragepredictions,etc.,ofonenetworkintheothernetworksAtolldocument.Youcanalsostudyintertechnology
handoversbyperformingintertechnologyneighbourallocations,manuallyorautomatically.Intertechnologyneighboursare
allocatedoncriteriasuchasthedistancebetweensectorsoroverlappingcoverage.Inaddition,youcanoptimisethesettings
ofthetwonetworksusingAtollsAutomaticCellPlanning(ACP)module.
"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage781
"WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinaCoPlanningProject"onpage783
"PerformingIntertechnologyNeighbourAllocation"onpage787
"CreatingaUMTSSectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork"onpage798
"UsingACPinaCoplanningProject"onpage799
"EndingCoplanningMode"onpage800.
9.6.1 SwitchingtoCoplanningMode
Beforestartingacoplanningproject,youmusthavetwonetworksdesignedforagivenarea,i.e.,youmusthaveaUMTSAtoll
documentandanAtolldocumentfortheothernetwork.Atollswitchestocoplanningmodeassoonasthetwodocuments
arelinkedtogether.Inthefollowingsections,theUMTSdocumentwillbereferredtoasthemaindocument,andtheother
documentasthelinkeddocument.Atolldoesnotestablishanyrestrictiononwhichisthemaindocumentandwhichisthe
linkeddocument.
Beforestartingacoplanningproject,makesurethatyourmainandlinkeddocuments
havethesamegeographiccoordinatesystems.
Toswitchtocoplanningmode:
1. Openthemaindocument.
2. Linktheotherdocumentwiththeopenmaindocument.
a. Clickthemaindocumentsmapwindow.Themaindocumentsmapwindowbecomesactiveandtheexplorerwin
dowshowsthecontentsofthemaindocument.
b. SelectDocument>Link>LinkWith.TheLinkWithdialogueappears.
c. Selectthedocumenttobelinked.
d. ClickOpen.
TheselecteddocumentisopenedinthesameAtollsessionasthemaindocumentandthetwodocumentsarelinked.
TheexplorerwindowofthemaindocumentnowcontainsafoldernamedTransmittersin[linkeddocument],where
[linkeddocument]isthenameofthelinkeddocumentandanotherfoldernamedPredictionsin[linkeddocument].
781
Forsk2013
Bydefault,onlytheTransmittersandPredictionsfoldersofthelinkeddocumentappear
inthemaindocument.IfyouwanttheSitesfolderofthelinkeddocumenttoappearinthe
maindocumentaswell,youcansetanoptionintheatoll.inifile.Forinformationonsetting
Assoonasalinkiscreatedbetweenthetwodocuments,AtollswitchestocoplanningmodeandAtollscoplanningfeatures
arenowavailable.
When you are working on a coplanning document, Atoll facilitates working on two different but linked documents by
synchronisingthedisplayinthemapwindowbetweenbothdocuments.Atollsyncronisesthedisplayforthefollowing:
Geographicdata:AtollsynchronisesthedisplayofgeographicdatasuchasclutterclassesandtheDTM.Ifyouselect
ordeselectonetypeofgeographicdata,Atollmakesthecorrespondingchangeinthelinkeddocument.
Zones:Atollsynchronisesthedisplayoffiltering,focus,computation,hotspot,printing,andgeographicexportzones.
Ifyouselectordeselectonetypeofzone,Atollmakesthecorrespondingchangeinthelinkeddocument.
Mapdisplay:Atollcoordinatesthedisplayofthemapinthemapwindow.Whenyoumovethemap,orchangethe
zoomlevelinonedocument,Atollmakesthecorrespondingchangesinthelinkeddocument.
Pointanalysis:WhenyouusethePointAnalysistool,Atollcoordinatesthedisplayonboththeworkingdocument
andthelinkeddocument.Youcanselectapointandviewtheprofileinthemaindocumentandthenswitchtothe
linkeddocumenttomakeananalysisonthesameprofilebutinthelinkeddocument.
DisplayingBothNetworksintheSameAtollDocument
Afteryouhaveswitchedtocoplanningmodeasexplainedin"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage781,transmittersand
predictionsfromthelinkeddocumentaredisplayedinthemaindocument.Ifyouwant,youcandisplayotheritemsorfolders
fromtheexplorerwindowofthelinkeddocumenttotheexplorerwindowofthemaindocument(e.g.,youcandisplayGSM
sitesandmeasurementpathsinaUMTSdocument).
Todisplaysitesfromthelinkeddocumentinthemaindocument:
1. Click the linked documents map window. The linked documents map window becomes active and the explorer
windowshowsthecontentsofthelinkeddocument.
opens.
TheSitesfolderofthelinkeddocumentisnowavailableinthemaindocument.Theexplorerwindowofthemaindocument
nowcontainsafoldernamedSitesin[linkeddocument],where[linkeddocument]isthenameofthelinkeddocument.Ifyou
wanttheSitesfolderofthelinkeddocumenttoappearinthemaindocumentautomatically,youcansetanoptioninthe
atoll.inifile.Forinformationonsettingoptionsintheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
Thesameprocesscanbeusedtolinkotherfoldersinonedocument,folderssuchasCWMeasurements,DriveTestData,
Clutterclasses,TrafficMaps,andDTM,etc.,intheotherdocument.
Oncethefoldersarelinked,youcanaccesstheirpropertiesandthepropertiesoftheitemsinthefoldersfromeitherofthe
twodocuments.Anychangesyoumakeinthelinkeddocumentaretakenintoaccountintheboththelinkedandmaindocu
ments.However,theonlychangesintheworkingdocumentthataretakenintoaccountinthelinkeddocumentarechanges
madetothelinkedfolders(e.g.,theTransmittersandPredictionsfolders).
Ifyouclosethelinkeddocument,Atolldisplaysawarningicon( )inthemaindocumentsexplorerwindow,andthelinked
itemsarenolongeraccessiblefromthemaindocument.YoucanloadthelinkeddocumentinAtollagainbyrightclickingthe
Theadministratorcancreateandsetaconfigurationfileforthedisplayparametersoflinkedandmaindocumenttransmitters
inordertoenableyoutodistinguishthemonthemapandtobeabletoselectthemonthemapusingthemouse.Ifsucha
configurationfilehasnotbeensetup,youcanchoosedifferentsymbols,sizesandcoloursforthelinkedandthemaindocu
menttransmitters.Formoreinformationonfolderconfigurations,see"FolderConfigurations"onpage102.Youcanalsoset
thetiptexttoenableyoutodistinguishtheobjectsanddatadisplayedonthemap.Formoreinformationontiptext,see
"DefiningtheObjectTypeTipText"onpage46.
Inordertomoreeasilyviewdifferencesbetweenthenetworks,youcanalsochangetheorderofthefoldersoritemsinthe
explorerwindow.Formoreinformationonchangingtheorderofitemsintheexplorerwindow,see"WorkingwithLayers
Figure9.51showsanexampleofUMTStransmitterswithlabels,andGSMtransmitterdatadisplayedintiptext.
782
AT320_UM_E0
Figure9.51:GSMandUMTSTransmittersdisplayedonthemap
9.6.2 WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinaCoPlanningProject
Atoll provides you with features that enable you to work with coverage predictions in your coplanning project. You can
modifythepropertiesofcoveragepredictionsinthelinkeddocumentfromwithinthemaindocument,andcalculatecoverage
predictions in both documents at the same time. You can also study and compare the coverage predictions of the two
networks.
"UpdatingCoveragePredictions"onpage783
"AnalysingCoveragePredictions"onpage784.
9.6.2.1 UpdatingCoveragePredictions
YoucanaccessthepropertiesofthecoveragepredictionsinthelinkedPredictionsfolderinthemaindocumentsexplorer
window.Aftermodifyingthelinkedcoveragepredictionproperties,youcanupdatethemfromthemaindocument.
Toupdatealinkedcoverageprediction:
1. Clickthemaindocumentsmapwindow.Themaindocumentsmapwindowbecomesactiveandtheexplorerwindow
showsthecontentsofthemaindocumentandthelinkedfoldersfromthelinkeddocument.
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthePredictionsin[linkeddocument]folder,where[linkeddocument]isthe
nameofthelinkeddocument.
4. Rightclickthelinkedcoveragepredictionwhosepropertiesyouwanttomodify.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
6. Modifythecalculationanddisplayparametersofthecoverageprediction.
When you click the Calculate button, Atollfirst calculates uncalculated and invalid path loss matrices and then
unlockedcoveragepredictionsinthemainandlinkedPredictionsfolders.
WhenyouhaveseveralunlockedcoveragepredictionsdefinedinthemainandlinkedPredictionsfolders,Atollcalculates
themoneaftertheother.Forinformationonlockingandunlockingcoveragepredictions,see"LockingCoveragePredictions"
onpage218.
Ifyouwant,youcanmakeAtollrecalculateallpathlossmatrices,includingvalidones,beforecalculatingunlockedcoverage
predictionsinthemainandlinkedPredictionsfolders.
)inthetoolbar.
WhenyouclicktheForceCalculatebutton,Atollfirstremovesexistingpathlossmatrices,recalculatesthemandthen
calculatesunlockedcoveragespredictionsdefinedinthemainandlinkedPredictionsfolders.
783
Forsk2013
TopreventAtollfromcalculatingcoveragepredictionsinthelinkedPredictionsfolder,you
cansetanoptionintheatoll.inifile.Forinformationonsettingoptionsintheatoll.inifile,
seetheAdministratorManual.
9.6.2.2 AnalysingCoveragePredictions
InAtoll,youcananalysecoveragepredictionsofthetwonetworkstogether.Youcandisplayinformationaboutcoverage
predictionsinthemainandthelinkeddocumentsintheLegendwindow,usetiptexttogetinformationondisplayedcoverage
predictions,comparecoverageareasbyoverlayingthecoveragepredictionsinthemapwindow,andstudythedifferences
betweenthecoverageareasbycreatingcoveragecomparisons.
Ifseveralcoveragepredictionsarevisibleonthemap,itmightbedifficulttoclearlyseetheresultsofthecoverageprediction
youwanttoanalyse.Youcanselectwhichpredictionstodisplayortohidebyselectingorclearingthedisplaycheckbox.For
informationonmanagingthedisplay,see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38.
9.6.2.2.1
"CoPlanningCoverageAnalysisProcess"onpage784
"ComparingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingTipText"onpage784
"ComparingCoverageAreasbyOverlayingCoveragePredictions"onpage785
"StudyingDifferencesBetweenCoverageAreas"onpage786.
CoPlanningCoverageAnalysisProcess
Theaimofcoverageanalysisinacoplanningprojectistocomparethecoverageareasofthetwonetworksandtoanalyse
theimpactofchangesmadeinonenetworkontheother.Changesmadetothesectorsofonenetworkmightalsohavean
impactonsectorsintheothernetworkifthesectorsinthetwonetworkssharesomeantennaparameters.Youcancarryout
acoverageanalysiswithAtolltofindtheimpactofthesechanges.
Therecommendedprocessforanalysingcoverageareas,andtheeffectofparametermodificationsinonenetworkonthe
other,isasfollows:
1. CreateandcalculateaCoveragebyTransmitter(DL)(bestserverwith0dBmargin)coveragepredictionandaCover
agebySignalLevel(DL)coveragepredictioninthemaindocument.Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoverage
PredictionbyTransmitter"onpage673and"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage663.
2. CreateandcalculateaCoveragebyTransmitter(DL)(bestserverwith0dBmargin)coveragepredictionandaCov
eragebySignalLevel(DL)coveragepredictioninthelinkeddocument.
3. Choosedisplaysettingsforthecoveragepredictionsandtiptextcontentsthatwillallowyoutoeasilyinterpretthe
predictionsdisplayedinthemapwindow.Thiscanhelpyoutoquicklyassessinformationgraphicallyandusingthe
mouse.YoucanchangethedisplaysettingsofthecoveragepredictionsontheDisplaytabofeachcoveragepredic
tionsPropertiesdialogue.
4. Makethetwonewcoveragepredictionsinthelinkeddocumentaccessibleinthemaindocumentasdescribedin"Dis
playingBothNetworksintheSameAtollDocument"onpage782.
5. Optimisethemainnetworkbychangingparameterssuchasantennaazimuthandtiltorthepilotpower.Youcanuse
atoolsuchastheAtollACPtooptimisethenetwork.
Changesmadetothesharedantennaparameterswillbeautomaticallypropagatedtothelinkeddocument.
6. Calculatethecoveragepredictionsinthemaindocumentagaintocomparetheeffectsofthechangesyoumadewith
thelinkedcoveragepredictions.
Forinformationoncomparingcoveragepredictions,see"ComparingCoverageAreasbyOverlayingCoveragePredic
tions"onpage785and"StudyingDifferencesBetweenCoverageAreas"onpage786.
7. Calculatethelinkedcoveragepredictionsagaintostudytheeffectsofthechangesonthelinkedcoveragepredictions.
9.6.2.2.2
Whenyoucreateacoverageprediction,youcanaddthedisplayedvaluesofthecoveragepredictiontothelegendbyselecting
9.6.2.2.3
tioninthemainandlinkedPredictionsfolders,identifiedbythenameofthecoverageprediction.
ComparingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingTipText
Youcancomparecoveragepredictionsbyplacingthepointeroveranareaofthecoveragepredictiontoreadtheinformation
displayedinthetiptext.Atolldisplaysinformationforalldisplayedcoveragepredictionsinboththeworkingandthelinked
784
AT320_UM_E0
documents.TheinformationdisplayedisdefinedbythesettingsyoumadeontheDisplaytabwhenyoucreatedthecoverage
prediction(step3.of"AnalysingCoveragePredictions"onpage784).
Afterabriefpause,thetiptextappearswiththeinformationdefinedonalldisplayedcoveragepredictionsinboththe
workingandthelinkeddocuments(seeFigure9.21).Thetiptextfortheworkingdocumentisontopandthetiptext
forthelinkeddocument,withthelinkeddocumentidentifiedbynameisonthebottom.
Figure9.52:Comparingcoveragepredictionresultsusingtiptext
9.6.2.2.4
ComparingCoverageAreasbyOverlayingCoveragePredictions
You can compare the coverage areas of the main and linked documents by overlaying coverage predictions in the map
window.
Tocomparecoverageareasbyoverlayingcoveragepredictionsinthemapwindow:
4. Selectthevisibilitycheckboxtotheleftofthecoveragepredictionofthemaindocumentyouwanttodisplayinthe
mapwindow.Thecoveragepredictionisdislayedonthemap.
5. Rightclickthecoverageprediction.Thecontextmenuappears.
8. Modifythedisplayparametersofthecoverageprediction.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"Display
10. Selectthevisibilitycheckboxtotheleftofthelinkedcoveragepredictionyouwanttodisplayinthemapwindow.The
coveragepredictionisdislayedonthemap.
13. Modifythedisplayparametersofthecoverageprediction.
14. Calculatethetwocoveragepredictionsagain,ifneeded.
Figure9.53andFigure9.54showanexampleofoverlayedUMTSandGSMcoveragepredictions.
Tomoreeasilyviewdifferencesbetweenthecoverageareas,youcanalsochangetheorderofthePredictionsfoldersinthe
785
Forsk2013
Figure9.53:UMTScoveragebytransmitterpinkcontourswithnointerior
Figure9.54:GSMcoveragebytransmitterhightransparencywithfullinteriorcolouredbyBCCH,withBCCH/BSIC
informationavailableintiptext
9.6.2.2.5
StudyingDifferencesBetweenCoverageAreas
Youcancomparecoveragepredictionstofinddifferencesincoverageareas.
Tocomparecoveragepredictions:
4. Rightclickthecoveragepredictionofthemaindocumentyouwanttocompare.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectCompareWith>[linkedcoverageprediction]fromthecontextmenu,where[linkedcoverageprediction]is
thecoveragepredictioninthelinkeddocumentyouwanttocomparewiththecoveragepredictionofthemaindoc
ument.TheComparisonPropertiesdialogueopens.
6. Selectthedisplayparametersofthecomparisonandaddacommentifyouwant.
7. ClickOK.
786
AT320_UM_E0
ThetwocoveragepredictionsarecomparedandacomparisoncoveragepredictionisaddedtothemaindocumentsPredic
tionsfolder.
Formoreinformationoncoveragepredictioncomparison,see"ComparingCoveragePredictions:Examples"onpage681.
9.6.3 PerformingIntertechnologyNeighbourAllocation
Atollenablesyoutocarryoutintertechnologyneighbourplanning.Forexample,youcanstudyhandoversbetweenaUMTS
andaGSMnetworkinAtollbyallocatingneighbourGSMsectorstoUMTScells.
"SettingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairs"onpage787
"DisplayingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap"onpage788
"AddingandRemovingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap"onpage788
"DisplayingIntertechnologyNeighboursontheMap"onpage791
Inthesectionslistedabove,itisassumedthatAtollisalreadyincoplanningmode,andtheAtolldocumentscorresponding
tothetwonetworkshavealreadybeenlinked.Formoreinformationonswitchingtocoplanningmode,see"SwitchingtoCo
planningMode"onpage781.
9.6.3.1 SettingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairs
YoucansetintertechnologyneighbourconstraintsbydefiningexceptionalpairsinAtoll.Theseconstraintscanbetakeninto
accountwhenintertechnologyneighboursareautomaticallyormanuallyallocated.
Todefineintertechnologyexceptionalpairsbetweenthemaindocumentandthelinkeddocument:
1. Clickthemaindocumentsmapwindow.
4. SelectNeighbours>Intertechnology>ExceptionalPairsfromthecontextmenu.TheIntertechnologyNeighbours
ExceptionalPairstableappears.
a. Cell:Thenameofthecellinthemaindocumentasthefirstpartoftheexceptionalpair.Thenamesofallthecells
inthemaindocumentareavailableinthelist.
b. Neighbour:Thenameoftheneighbourinthelinkeddocumentasthesecondpartoftheexceptionalpair.The
namesofallthetransmitters/cellsinthelinkeddocumentareavailableinthelist.
InGSM,neighboursandexceptionalpairsareallocatedbytransmitter(i.e.,bysector).
YoucanaccessacellsintertechnologyneighboursandexceptionalpairsbyusingitsPropertiesdialogue.
ToopenacellsPropertiesdialogue:
4. Doubleclicktherowcorrespondingtothecellwhosepropertiesyouwanttoaccess.ThecellsPropertiesdialogue
appears.
5. ClicktheIntertechnologyNeighbourstab.
InGSM,theIntertechnologyNeighbourstabisfoundonthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue.
787
Forsk2013
9.6.3.2 DisplayingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap
Youcandisplayintertechnologyexceptionalpairsonthemapinordertostudytheforcedandforbiddenneighbourrelations
definedintheIntertechnologyExceptionalPairstable.
Todisplayexceptionalpairsdefinedbetweenthemainandthelinkeddocuments:
4. Select Neighbours> Intertechnology> Display Options from the context menu. The Neighbour Display dialogue
appears.
5. UnderIntertechnologyNeighbours,selecttheDisplayLinkscheckbox.
6. UnderAdvanced,selectwhichexceptionalpairlinkstodisplay:
OutwardsNonSymmetric:Selectingthisoptiondisplaysanexceptionalpairlinkforeachcellinthemaindocu
mentthathasanexceptionalpairdefinedwithatransmitter/cellinthelinkeddocument.Theselinksarerepre
sentedwithstraightdashedlinesofthesamecolourasthetransmitterinthemaindocument.
InwardsNonSymmetric:Selectingthisoptiondisplaysanexceptionalpairlinkforeachtransmitter/cellinthe
linkeddocumentthathasanexceptionalpairdefinedwithacellinthemaindocument.Theselinksarerepre
sentedwithstraightdashedlinesofthesamecolourasthetransmitterinthelinkeddocument.
SymmetricLinks:Selectingthisoptiondisplaysanexceptionalpairlinkforeachcellinthemaindocumentthathas
anexceptionalpairdefinedwithatransmitter/cellinthelinkeddocumentonlyifthetransmitter/cellinthelinked
documentalsohasthecellofthemaindocumentinitsexceptionalpairlist.Theselinksarerepresentedwith
straightblacklines.
appears.
8. SelectForcedNeighboursorForbiddenNeighboursfromthemenu.Theexceptionalpairofacellwillbedisplayed
whenyouselectatransmitter.
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbar.Exceptionalpairsarenowdisplayed
onthemap.ExceptionalpairswillremaindisplayeduntilyouclicktheVisualManagementbuttonagain.
10. Clickatransmitteronthemaptoshowitsexceptionalpairlinks.Whenthereismorethanonecellonthetransmitter,
clicking the transmitter in the map window opens a context menu allowing you to select the cell you want (see
Theexceptionalpairlinkscanbedisplayedevenifyoudonothaveneighboursallocated.IfyouselecttheDisplayLinkscheck
boxunderIntratechnologyNeighbours,Atolldisplaysbothintertechnologyandintratechnologyexceptionalpairsonthe
map.
9.6.3.3 AddingandRemovingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap
Youcansetintertechnologyexceptionalpairsusingthemouse.Atolladdsorremovesforcedorforbiddenexceptionalpairs
dependingonthedisplayoptionset,i.e.,ForcedNeighboursorForbiddenNeighbours.
mapasexplainedin"DisplayingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap"onpage788.
thelistofintertechnologyexceptionalpairsoftheothertransmitter.
transmittersfromthelistofintertechnologyexceptionalpairsoftheothertransmitter.
788
AT320_UM_E0
mittertothelistofintertechnologyexceptionalpairsoftheothertransmitter.
erencetransmitterfromthelistofintertechnologyexceptionalpairsoftheothertransmitter.
transmitterfromtheintertechnologyexceptionalpairslistoftheothertransmitter.
9.6.3.4 ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforIntertechnologyNeighbours
3. SelectNeighbours>Intertechnology>ConfigureImportancefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourImportance
4. Select the Intertechnology Neighbours tab. On the Intertechnology Neighbours tab, you can set the following
importancefactors:
sons.
The Adjacency factor is not used when calculating the importance of intertechnology
neighbours.
asneighbourscheckboxwhenperformingautomaticneighbourallocation.Forinformationonautomaticallyallo
catingneighbours,see"AllocatingIntertechnologyNeighboursAutomatically"onpage789.
5. ClickOK.
9.6.3.5 AllocatingIntertechnologyNeighboursAutomatically
Atollcanautomaticallydeterminehandoverrelationsbetweennetworksofdifferenttechnologies,forexample,UMTSand
GSM.Inthiscase,intertechnologyhandoversfromUMTStoGSMmayoccurwhentheUMTScoverageisnotcontinuous.The
networksoverallcoverageisextendedbyaUMTStoGSMhandover.Atollcanautomaticallydetermineneighboursinthe
linkeddocumentforcellsinthemaindocumentandviceversa.Intertechnologyneighboursarestoredinthedatabase.
789
Forsk2013
Bysettinganoptionintheatoll.inifile,youcanpreventAtollfromallocatingintertechnol
ogy neighbours to cells located on sites whose equipment does not support the
compressedmode.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
Toautomaticallyallocateneighboursinthelinkeddocumentforcellsinthemaindocument:
4. Select Neighbours> Intertechnology> Automatic Allocation from the context menu. The Automatic Neighbour
6. DefinethemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencecellandapossibleneighbourintheMaxIntersiteDistancebox.
7. DefinethemaximumnumberofintertechnologyneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoacellintheMaxNumberof
Neighboursbox.Thisvaluecanbeeithersethereforallthecells,orspecifiedforeachcellintheCellstable.
8. CleartheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxinordertobasetheneighbourallocationonadistancecriterionandcon
tinuewithstep9.Otherwise,selecttheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxifyouwanttobasetheneighbouralloca
tiononcoverageconditions.
a. WhentheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxisselected,youcanclicktheDefinebuttontochangethecoverage
conditionsforthecellsinthemaindocument.TheUMTSCoverageConditionsdialogueappears.
IntheUMTSCoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
bourallocation.
referencecell.
b. ClickOKtosaveyourmodificationsandclosetheCoverageConditionsdialogue.
c. ClicktheDefinebuttontochangethecoverageconditionsforthetransmitters/cellsinthelinkeddocument.
IfthelinkeddocumentisaGSMdocument,theGSMCoverageConditionsdialogueappears.IntheGSMCoverage
Conditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
bourallocation.
Min.BCCHSignalLevel:EntertheminimumBCCHsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbytheGSMtransmit
ter.
Margin:EnterthemarginrelativetotheBCCHsignallevelofthebestserver.TheBCCHsignallevelofthe
neighbourtransmitteriseitherthehighestoneorwithinamarginofthehighestone.
ShadowingTakenintoAccount:Ifdesired,selecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxandentera
IfthelinkeddocumentisanLTEdocument,theLTECoverageConditionsdialogueappears.IntheLTECoverage
790
bourallocation.
AT320_UM_E0
d. ClickOKtosaveyourmodificationsandclosetheCoverageConditionsdialogue.
e. Inthe%Min.CoveredAreabox,entertheminimumpercentageofthecellscoverageareathattheneighbours
coverageareashouldalsocovertobeconsideredasaneighbour.
9. UnderCalculationOptions,definethefollowing:
Atollwillallocateneighbourstocellsusingtheselectedcarriers.
Forcecositeasneighbours:SelectingtheForcecositeasneighbourscheckboxwillincludethecositetransmit
ters/cellsintheneighbourlistoftheUMTScell.Thecheckboxisautomaticallyselectedwhentheneighbourallo
cationisbasedondistance.
Forceexceptionalpairs:SelectingtheForceexceptionalpairscheckboxwillapplytheintertechnologyexcep
tionalpaircriteriaontheneighbourslistoftheUMTScell.
oftheneighbours,thenumberofneighboursofeachcell,andthereasontheyareincludedintheneighbourslist.The
reasonsinclude:
Reason
Description
When
ExceptionalPair
Forceexceptionalpairsis
selected
Cosite
Theneighbourislocatedatthesamesiteasthereference Forcecositeasneighboursis
cell.
selected
Distance
referencecell.
UseCoverageConditionsis
notselected
Coverage
UseCoverageConditionsis
selected
Existing
allocation.
Resetisnotselected
toassigntocells.
port.txtwhichappearsattheendofthecomparison.Thisfilelists:
13. ClicktheCommitbutton.TheallocatedneighboursaresavedintheIntratechnologyNeighbourstabofeachcell.
14. ClickClose.
9.6.3.6 DisplayingIntertechnologyNeighboursontheMap
Youcandisplayintertechnologyneighboursonthemapinordertostudytheintertechnologyhandoverscenarios.
Todisplayneighboursinthelinkeddocumentforcellsinthemaindocument:
791
Forsk2013
3. Select Neighbours> Intertechnology> Display Options from the context menu. The Neighbour Display dialogue
appears.
Outwards NonSymmetric: Shows a neighbour link for each cell in the main document that has a neighbour
definedwithatransmitter/cellinthelinkeddocument.Theselinksarerepresentedwithstraightdashedlinesof
thesamecolourasthetransmitterinthemaindocument.
Inwards NonSymmetric: Shows a neighbour link for each transmitter/cell in the linked document that has a
neighbourdefinedwithacellinthemaindocument.Theselinksarerepresentedwithstraightdashedlinesofthe
samecolourasthetransmitterinthelinkeddocument.
SymmetricLinks:Showsaneighbourlinkforeachcellinthemaindocumentthathasaneighbourdefinedwitha
transmitter/cellinthelinkeddocumentonlyifthetransmitter/cellinthelinkeddocumentalsohasthecellofthe
maindocumentinitsneighbourslist.Theselinksarerepresentedwithstraightblacklines.
appears.
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbar.Neighboursarenowdisplayedon
themap.NeighboursaredisplayeduntilyouclicktheEditRelationsontheMapbuttonagain.
9. Clickatransmitteronthemaptoshowitsneighbourlinks.Whenthereismorethanonecellonthetransmitter,
IfyouselecttheDisplayLinkscheckboxunderIntratechnologyNeighbours,Atolldisplaysbothintertechnologyandintra
technologyneighboursonthemap.Thefigurebelowshowstheintraandintertechnologyneighboursofthetransmitter
Site22_2.
9.6.3.7 AllocatingandDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursperCell
nologyneighboursdirectlyonthemap,orusingtheCellstaboftheTransmitterPropertiesdialogue,orusingtheIntertech
nologyNeighbourstable.
792
page793.
"AllocatingorDeletingIntertechnologyNeighboursUsingtheIntertechnologyNeighboursTable"onpage793.
AT320_UM_E0
"AllocatingandRemovingIntertechnologyNeighboursontheMap"onpage794.
Toallocateordeleteintertechnologyneighboursbetweentransmitters/cellsinthelinkeddocumentandcellsinthemain
documentusingtheCellstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue:
menuappears.
6. Ifdesired,youcanentertheMaximumNumberofNeighbours.
2. UnderList,selectthecellfromthelistintheNeighbourcolumnintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
neighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumn,andsetstheSourceto"manual."
Todeleteaneighbour:
InGSM,theIntertechnologyNeighbourstabisavailableineachtransmittersPropertiesdialogue.
documentusingtheIntertechnologyNeighbourstable:
4. SelectNeighbours>Intertechnology>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheIntertechnologyNeighbourstable
appears.
5. Enteroneintertechnologyneighbourperrowofthetable.Eachcellcanhavemorethanoneintertechnologyneigh
bour.
793
Forsk2013
neighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumnandsetstheSourceto"manual."
2. SelectForceExceptionalPairsfromthecontextmenu.
tional Pairs of Intertechnology Neighbours table. You can open this table, select the
exceptionalpairstobeconsidered,rightclickthetableandselectForceExceptionalPairs
inthecontextmenu.
Todeleteaneighbour:
InGSM,neighboursareallocatedbytransmitter(i.e.,bysector).
AllocatingandRemovingIntertechnologyNeighboursontheMap
Youcanallocateintertechnologyneighboursdirectlyonthemapusingthemouse.Atolladdsorremovesneighbourstotrans
mittersifthedisplayoptionissettoNeighbours.
Beforeyoucanaddorremoveintertechnologyneighboursusingthemouse,youmustactivatethedisplayofintertechnology
neighboursonthemapasexplainedin"DisplayingIntertechnologyNeighboursontheMap"onpage791.
2. PressSHIFTandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetaneighbourrelation.Atolladdsbothtransmitterto
thelistofintertechnologyneighboursoftheothertransmitter.
794
AT320_UM_E0
fromthelistofintertechnologyneighboursoftheothertransmitter.
mittertothelistofintertechnologyneighbouroftheothertransmitter.
Tremoveanoutwardsneighbourrelation:
transmitterfromthelistofintertechnologyneighboursoftheothertransmitter.
Atollconvertsthesymmetricrelationtoaninwardsnonsymmetricintertechnologyneighbourrelation.
fromtheintertechnologyneighbourslistoftheothertransmitter.
9.6.3.8 CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingIntertechnologyNeighbours
4. SelectNeighbours>Intertechnology>CalculateImportancefromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourImportance
5. SelecttheIntertechnologyNeighbourstab.
thesamesiteastheirreferencecellwhencalculatingimportance.
8. CleartheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxinordertobasetheneighbourimportancecalculationonlyonthedis
tancecriterionandcontinuewithstep10.Otherwise,selecttheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxifyouwantto
basetheneighbourimportancecalculationoncoverageconditions.
795
Forsk2013
9. UnderCoverageConditions,youcansetthecoverageconditionsbetweenintertechnologyneighboursandtheirref
erencecellsforbothoftheprojects.
conditionsforcellsinthemaindocument.TheUMTSCoverageConditionsdialogueappears.
IntheUMTSCoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
bourallocation.
Min.PilotSignalLevel:Entertheminimumpilotsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbythereferencecell.
referencecell.
DLLoadContributingtoIo:YoucanselectwhetherAtollshoulduseaGlobalValue(%Pmax)ofthedownlink
bourallocation.
ter.
bourallocation.
10. IfyouclearedtheUsecoverageconditionscheckbox,enterthemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencecellanda
possibleneighbourintheMaxIntersiteDistancebox.
calculated.
796
AT320_UM_E0
Cosite
Symmetry
Coverage
betweenthereferencecellandtheneighbour.
encetransmitterscoverageareathattheneighbouroverlaps,inpercentageandinsquarekilometres.
9.6.3.9 CheckingtheConsistencyoftheIntertechnologyNeighbourPlan
intheaudit.
3. SelectNeighbours>Intertechnology>Auditfromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourAuditdialogueappears.
eachtransmitterintheCellstable.
numberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCells
table.
bours.
audited.
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL|
Syntax:
797
Forsk2013
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
9.6.4 CreatingaUMTSSectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork
Youcancreateanewsectorinthemaindocumentbasedonanexistingsectorinthelinkeddocument.Tocreateanewsector
inthemaindocumentbasedonanexistingsectorinthelinkeddocument:
2. Inthemapwindow,rightclickthelinkedtransmitterbasedonwhichyouwanttocreateanewUMTStransmitter.The
contextmenuappears.
3. SelectCopyin[maindocument]fromthecontextmenu.
Thefollowingparametersofthenewsectorinthemaindocumentwillbethesameasthesectorinthelinkeddocumentit
wasbasedon:antennapositionrelativetothesite(DxandDy),antennaheight,azimuth,andmechanicaltilt.Thenewsector
willbeinitialisedwiththeradioparametersfromthedefaultstationtemplateinthemaindocument.
Ifthesectorinthelinkeddocumentislocatedatasitethatdoesnotexistinthemaindocument,thesiteiscreatedinthemain
documentaswell.
Ifthesectorinthelinkeddocumentislocatedatasitethatalsoexistsinthemaindocument,andthecoordinatesofthesite
inthelinkedandmaindocumentsarethesame,thesectoriscreatedinthemaindocumentattheexistingsite.Thesitecoor
dinatesinthelinkedandmaindocumentswillalwaysbethesameiftheAtolladministratorhassetupsitesharinginthedata
base.Formoreinformationaboutsitesharingindatabases,seetheAdministratorManual.
Ifthesectorinthelinkeddocumentislocatedatasitethatexistsinthemaindocument,butatadifferentlocation(geographic
coordinates),thesectorisnotcreatedinthemaindocument.
Toupdatethedisplaysettingsofthenewsector:
3. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderofthemaindocument.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectUpdateFolderConfigurationfromthecontextmenu.
Figure9.55:NewsectorBeforeandafterapplyingtheconfiguration
The azimuths and mechanical tilts of secondary antennas or remote antennas are not
includedwhenyouselectUpdateFolderConfigurationandhavetobesetupmanually.
798
AT320_UM_E0
9.6.5 UsingACPinaCoplanningProject
AtollACPenablesyoutoautomaticallycalculatetheoptimalnetworksettingsintermsofnetworkcoverageandcapacityin
coplanningprojectswherenetworksusingdifferenttechnologies,forexample,UMTSandGSM,mustbothbetakeninto
consideration.
When you run an optimisation setup in a coplanning environment, you can display the sites and transmitters of both
networksinthedocumentinwhichyouwillruntheoptimisationprocess,asexplainedin"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"
onpage781.Whilethisstepisnotnecessaryinordertocreateacoplanningoptimisationsetup,itwillenableyoutovisually
analysethechangestobothnetworksinthesamedocument.
Afterwardsyoucancreatethenewoptimisationsetup,butwhencreatinganoptimisationsetupinacoplanningenviron
ment,youcannotrunitimmediately;youmustfirstimporttheothernetworkintotheACPsetup.
ThissectionexplainshowtouseACPtooptimisenetworksettingsinacoplanningproject:
"CreatingaNewCoplanningOptimisationSetup"onpage799
"ImportingtheOtherNetworkintotheSetup"onpage799.
9.6.5.1 CreatingaNewCoplanningOptimisationSetup
Onceyouhavedisplayedbothnetworksinthemaindocumentasexplainedin"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage781,
youcancreatethenewcoplanningoptimisationsetup.
Tocreateanewcoplanningoptimisationsetup:
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.Adialogueappearsinwhichyoucansettheparametersfortheoptimisationpro
cess.
5. Afterdefiningtheoptimisationsetup,clicktheCreateSetupbuttontosavethedefinedoptimisation.
Theoptimisationsetuphasnowbeencreated.ThenextstepistoaddtheGSMnetworktotheACPoptimisationsetupyou
havejustcreated.
9.6.5.2 ImportingtheOtherNetworkintotheSetup
Onceyouhavecreatedthecoplanningoptimisationsetup,youmustimportthelinkednetwork.
Toimportthelinkednetwork:
)toexpandtheACPAutomaticCellPlanningfolder.
4. Rightclickthesetupyoucreatedin"CreatingaNewCoplanningOptimisationSetup"onpage799.Thecontextmenu
appears.
5. SelectImportProjectfromthecontextmenuandselectthenameofthelinkeddocumentyouwanttoimportintothe
newlycreatedsetup.
Thesetuphasbeenmodifiedtoincludethelinkednetwork.
799
Forsk2013
YoucanmodifytheparametersfortheoptimisationsetupbyrightclickingitintheNetworkexplorerandselectingProperties
fromthecontextmenu.Forinformationontheparametersavailable,see"DefiningOptimisationParameters"onpage234.
Afterdefiningthecoplanningoptimisationsetup:
RightclickthesetupintheACPAutomaticCellPlanningfolderandselectRunfromthecontextmenutorunthe
optimisation.Forinformationonrunningtheoptimisation,see"RunninganOptimisationSetup"onpage271.For
informationontheoptimisationresults,see"ViewingOptimisationResults"onpage275.
9.6.6 EndingCoplanningMode
once you have linked two Atoll documents for the purposes of coplanning, Atoll will maintain the link between them.
However,youmightwanttounlinkthetwodocumentsatsomepoint,eitherbecauseyouwanttouseadifferentdocument
incoplanningorbecauseyouwanttorestorethedocumentstoseparate,technologyspecificdocuments.
Tounlinkthedocumentsandendcoplanningmode:
1. SelectFile>Opentoopenthemaindocument.
Atollinformsyouthatthisdocumentispartofamultitechnologyenvironmentandaskswhetheryouwanttoopen
theotherdocument.
2. ClickYestoopenthelinkeddocumentaswell.
3. SelectDocument>Unlinktounlinkthedocumentsandendcoplanningmode.
Thedocumentsarenolongerlinkedandcoplanningmodeisended.
"ModellingInterCarrierInterference"onpage800
"TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage801
"DefiningRadioBearers"onpage803
"DefiningSiteEquipment"onpage805
"DefiningReceiverEquipment"onpage807
"DefiningHSDPASchedulers"onpage809
"MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems"onpage810
"ConditionsforEnteringtheActiveSet"onpage811
9.7.1 ModellingInterCarrierInterference
IfyouwantAtolltotakeintoaccounttheinterferencebetweentwocarriers,youmustcreateacarrierpairwithaninterfer
encereductionfactor.Atollwilltaketheinterferencereductionfactorintoaccountonboththeuplinkandthedownlink.
Tocreateapairofcarrierswithaninterferencereductionfactor:
)toexpandtheFrequenciesfolder.
4. RightclicktheIntratechnologyInterferenceReductionFactorsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheInterCarrierInterferenceReductionFactortableappears.
6. Foreachcarrierpairforwhichyouwantdefineintercarrierinterference:
a. Enterthefirstcarrierofthepairinthe1stCarriercolumn.
b. Enterthesecondcarrierofthepairinthe2ndCarriercolumn.
c. EnteraninterferencereductionfactorintheReductionFactor(dB)column.WhenAtolliscalculatinginterfer
ence,itsubtractstheinterferencereductionfactorfromthecalculatedinterference.Iftheinterferencereduction
factorissetto"0,"Atollassumesthatthecarriersinthedefinedpairgenerateasmuchinterferenceascellswith
thesamecarrierinterference.
800
AT320_UM_E0
Theinterferencereductionfactormustbeapositivevalue.
Foreverypairofcarriersthatisnotdefined,Atollassumesthatthereisnointercarrierinterference.
d. PressENTERtocreatethecarrierpairandtocreateanewrowinthetable.
9.7.2 DefiningFrequencyBands
Todefinefrequencybands:
)toexpandtheFrequenciesfolder.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheFrequencyBandstableappears.
6. IntheFrequencyBandstable,enteronefrequencybandperrow.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see
"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.Foreachfrequencyband,enter:
Name:Enteranameforthefrequency,forexample,"Band2100."Thisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhen
Bandwidth(MHz):Enterthebandwidthforeachcarrierinthefrequencyband.
DLStartFrequency(MHz):Enterthedownlinkstartfrequency.
FirstCarrier:Enterthenumberofthefirstcarrierinthisfrequencyband.
LastCarrier:Enterthenumberofthelastcarrierinthisfrequencyband.Ifthisfrequencybandhasonlyonecarrier,
enterthesamenumberasenteredintheFirstCarrierfield.
Step:Enterthestepbetweenanytwoconsecutivecarriernumbersinthefrequencyband.
ExcludedCarriers:Enterthecarriernumberswhichdonotbelongtothefrequencyband.Youcanenternoncon
secutivecarriernumbersseparatedwithacomma,oryoucanenterarangeofcarriernumbersseparatingthefirst
andlastindexwithahyphen(forexample,entering"15"correspondsto"1,2,3,4,5").
Whenyouhavemorethanonefrequencyband,thecarriersmustbenumbered
sequentially,contiguously(i.e.,youcannotskipnumbersinarangeofcarriers,andthe
rangeofcarriersinonebandcannotoverlaptherangeofcarriersinanother),and
uniquely(i.e.,youcanonlyuseeachnumberonce).
Forexample:Band2100:Firstcarrier:0;Lastcarrier1andBand900:Firstcarrier:2and
Lastcarrier:2
7. Whenyouhavefinishedaddingfrequencybands,clicktheClosebutton(
).
Forexample,ifyouwishtodefinetheUTRABandIandUARFCNscorrespondingtothecentrefrequenciesofthecarriers
(10562,10587,10612),youcanset:
Name:UTRABandI
DLstartfrequency:2110
Firstcarrier:10562
Lastcarrier:10612
Step:25
Youcanalsoaccessthepropertiesdialogueofeachindividualfrequencybandbydoubleclickingtheleftmarginoftherow
withthefrequencyband.
9.7.3 TheGlobalNetworkSettings
IntheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue,youcandefinemanycalculationparametersthatareusedinpredictionsandin
MonteCarlosimulations.
This section explains the options available in the Network Settings Properties dialogue, and explains how to access the
dialogue:
"TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue"onpage802
"ModifyingGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage803.
801
Forsk2013
9.7.3.1 TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue
TheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialoguehastwotabs:theGlobalParametersTabandtheCalculationParameterstab.
9.7.3.1.1
"TheGlobalParametersTab"onpage802
"TheCalculationParametersTab"onpage803
TheGlobalParametersTab
TheGlobalParameterstabhasthefollowingoptions:
DLPowers:UnderDLPowers,youcandefinewhetherthepowervaluesonthedownlinkareAbsoluteoroffsetfrom
thepilot(PilotOffset).Thepowervaluesaffectedarethesynchronisationchannel,othercommonchannel,HSSCCH,
andHSUPApowersdefinedinthecellproperties,aswellastheminimumandmaximumtrafficchannelpowersper
R99radiobearer.Atollautomaticallyconvertsthepowervaluesdefinedinthecellproperties(i.e.,synchronisation
channel,othercommonchannel,HSSCCH,andHSUPApowers)whenyouchangetheoption.Ontheotherhand,the
valuesfortheminimumandmaximumtrafficchannelpowershavetobemodifiedmanually.
DLLoad:UnderDLLoad,youcandefinewhetherthetotalpowervaluesonthedownlinkareAbsoluteorapercentage
ofthemaximumpower(%Pmax).Atollautomaticallyconvertsthetotalpowervalueswhenyouchangetheoption.
Interferences:UnderInterferences,youcandefinethemethodusedtocalculateinterferenceonthedownlink(I0and
Nt):
I0:Youcanselect"Totalnoise"andAtollwillcalculateI0usingthenoisegeneratedbyalltransmittersplusthermal
noiseoryoucanselect"Withoutpilot"andAtollwillcalculateI0usingthetotalnoiselessthepilotsignaland
orthogonalpartoftrafficchannelsandothercommonchannels.
Nt:Youcanselect"Totalnoise"andAtollwillcalculateNtasthenoisegeneratedbyalltransmittersplusthermal
noiseoryoucanselect"Withoutusefulsignal"andAtollwillcalculateNtasthetotalnoiselessthesignalofthe
studiedcell.
Handoff:UnderHandoff,youcandefinetheparametersusedtomodelsofthandoffontheuplink.
DefaultULMacroDiversityGain:Youcansetadefaultvaluefortheuplinkgainduetomacrodiversityonsoft
andsoftsofthandovers.IfyoucleartheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxontheConditionstabwhen
definingacoveragepredictionorduringapointanalysis,Atollusesthisvalue.IfyouselecttheShadowingtaken
intoaccountcheckboxontheConditionstab,AtollcalculatestheULmacrodiversitygain,basedonthestandard
deviationvalueofEbNtontheuplinkdefinedperclutterclass.
+MRC(maximalratiocombining)inSofter/Soft:Ifyouselectthe+MRCinSofter/Softcheckbox,Atollselectsthe
servingcellduringasofter/softhandoverbyrecombiningthesignalofcositetransmittersandmultiplyingthe
resultingsignalbytherakeefficiencyfactorandthencomparingthisvaluetothesignalreceivedattransmitters
locatedontheothersitesoftheactiveset.Atollchoosesthegreatestvalueandmultipliesitbythemacrodiver
sitygain.
CompressedMode:UnderCompressedMode,youcandefinetheparametersrelatedtocompressedmode.Com
pressedmodeisusedwhenamobilesupportingcompressedmodeisconnectedtoacelllocatedonasitewithacom
pressedmodecapableequipmentandeitherthepilotRSCP,orthereceivedEcI0,orbothofthemarelowerthanthe
definedactivationthresholds.
PilotRSCPActivationThreshold:YoucanselecttheRSCPActivecheckboxandentera PilotRSCPActivation
Threshold.
EcI0ActivationThreshold:YoucanselecttheEcI0ActivecheckboxandenteraEcI0ActivationThreshold.
YoumustselecteithertheRSCPActivecheckboxortheEcI0Activecheckboxorboth.
HSDPA:UnderHSDPA,youcandefinehowtotalnoiseiscalculatedandhowtheCQI(ChannelQualityIndicator)is
evaluatedforHSDPA.
802
EbNtULandDLTargetIncrease:Whencompressedmodeisactivated,EbNtrequirementsinULandDLare
increased.Inordertotakethisintoaccount,AtolladdsULandDLEbNttargetincreasevaluestotheULandDL
EbNtrequirementssetforeachradiobearer.
studiedcell.
CQI:YoucanselectBasedonCPICHqualityandAtollwillmeasuretheCQIbasedonthepilotEcNtoryoucan
selectBasedonHSPDSCHqualityandAtollwillmeasuretheCQIbasedontheHSPDSCHEcNt.Dependingon
theoptionselected,youwillhavetodefineeitheraCQI=f(CPICHEc/Nt)graph,oraCQI=f(HSPDSCHEc/Nt)graph
in the Properties dialogue of the terminal equipment. The calculated CQI will be used to determine the best
bearer.
AT320_UM_E0
9.7.3.1.2
TheCalculationParametersTab
TheCalculationParameterstabhasthefollowingoptions:
Calculationlimitation:UnderCalculationlimitation,youcandefinethefollowingdata:
Min.interfererreceptionthreshold:ThisvalueisusedbyAtolltolimittheinfluenceofinterferersincalculations.
TheperformanceofUMTSspecificcoveragepredictionsandMonteCarlosimulationscanbeimprovedbysetting
ahighminimuminterfererreceptionthreshold.Thisvalueisusedasafiltercriteriononthesignallevelreceived
frominterferers.Atollwilldiscardallinterfererswithasignallevellowerthanthisvalue.
Min.pilotRSCPthreshold:ThedefaultminimumpilotRSCPrequiredforausertobeconnectedtothecell.The
RSCPiscomparedwiththisthresholdtodeterminewhetherornotausercanbeconnectedtothecell.
A minimum pilot RSCP threshold can be defined at the cell level (in the cell Properties
dialogueorintheCellstable).Ifdefined,acellspecificminimumpilotRSCPthresholdwill
beusedinsteadofthevalueenteredhere.
Receiver:UnderReceiver,youcanentertheHeightofthereceiver.
9.7.3.2 ModifyingGlobalNetworkSettings
YoucanchangeglobalnetworksettingsintheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue.
Tochangeglobalnetworksettings:
2. RightclicktheNetworkSettingsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogueappears.
4. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue"onpage802.
5. ClickOK.
9.7.4 DefiningRadioBearers
Bearerservicesareusedbythenetworkforcarryinginformation.Inthissection,thefollowingareexplained:
"DefiningR99RadioBearers"onpage803
"DefiningHSDPARadioBearers"onpage804
"DefiningHSUPARadioBearers"onpage804.
9.7.4.1 DefiningR99RadioBearers
Bearerservicesareusedbythenetworkforcarryinginformation.TheR99RadioBearertablelistsalltheavailableradiobear
ers.YoucancreatenewR99radiobearersandmodifyexistingonesbyusingtheR99RadioBearertable.
OnlythefollowingR99radiobearerparametersareusedinpredictions:
MaxTCHPower(dBm)
Thetypeofbearer.
TocreateormodifyanR99radiobearer:
)toexpandtheRadioBearersfolder.
4. RightclicktheR99RadioBearersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheR99RadioBearerstableappears.
6. IntheR99RadioBearerstable,youcanenterormodifythefollowingfields:
Name:Youcanmodifythenameofthebearer.IfyouarecreatinganewR99radiobearer,enteranameinthe
rowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
UplinkPeakThroughput(Kbps):Enterormodifytheuplinkpeakthroughputinkilobytespersecond.
DownlinkPeakThroughput(Kbps):Enterormodifythedownlinkpeakthroughputinkilobytespersecond.
Type:Selectormodifytheservicetype.Therearefourclasses:Conversational,Streaming,Interactive,andBack
ground.ThisfieldcorrespondstotheQoS(qualityofservice)classortrafficclassthatthebearerwillbelongto.
UL DPCCH/DPCH Power Ratio: Enter or modify the uplink DPCCH (Dedicated Physical Control Channel)/DPCH
(DedicatedPhysicalChannel)powerratio.TheDPCHpoweristhecombinationoftheDPCCHandtheDPDCH(Ded
icatedPhysicalDataChannel)power.
803
Forsk2013
DLDPCCH/DPCHPowerRatio:EnterormodifythedownlinkDPCCH(DedicatedPhysicalControlChannel)/DPCH
(DedicatedPhysicalChannel)powerratio.
Min.TCHPower(dBm):Enterormodifytheminimumtrafficchannelpower.Theminimumandmaximumtraffic
channelpowermakeupthedynamicrangefordownlinkpowercontrol.
MaxTCHPower(dBm):Enterormodifythemaximumtrafficchannelpower.
Themaximumandminimumtrafficchannelpowerscanbeeitherabsolutevaluesorvalues
relativetothepilotpower;thisdependsontheoptiondefinedontheGlobalParameters
taboftheUMTSNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue.Thesevalueshavetobemanually
modifiedwhentheoptionischanged.
DLSpreadingFactor(ActiveUsers):Enterormodifythedownlinkspreadingfactorforactiveusers.Thisparameter
isusedtoestimatethenumberofOVSFcodesrequiredbyanactiveuserusingtheR99radiobearer.
DL Spreading Factor (Inactive Users): Enter or modify the downlink spreading factor for inactive users. This
parameterisusedtoestimatethenumberofOVSFcodesrequiredbyaninactiveuserwiththeR99radiobearer.
9.7.4.2 DefiningHSDPARadioBearers
Ineachcell,theschedulerselectstheHSDPAresourceperUEandperTTI.ThisHSDPAresourceiscalledaTFRC(Transport
FormatResourceCombination)andisthesetofparameterssuchasthetransportformat,themodulationscheme,andthe
numberofusedHSPDSCHchannels.InAtoll,theTFRCarereferredtoasHSDPAradiobearers.
Duringasimulation,andfortheHSDPAcoverageprediction,AtollselectsasuitableHSDPAradiobearerandusesitspeakRLC
throughput.TheHSDPAradiobearerselectionisbasedonUEcapabilities(maximumnumberofHSPDSCHchannels,transport
block size, modulation supported), cell capabilities (HSPA or HSPA+, MIMO system used, maximum number of HSPDSCH
channels),andreportedCQI.
TheHSDPARadioBearerstableliststheavailableHSDPAradiobearers.Theycanbeclassifiedintotwocategories:
HSDPAbearersusingQPSKand16QAMmodulations.TheycanbeselectedforusersconnectedtoHSPAandHSPA+
capablecells.
HSDPAbearersusing64QAMmodulation(followingimprovementsintroducedbyrelease7ofthe3GPPUTRAspeci
fications,referredtoasHSPA+).TheseHSDPAbearerscanbeallocatedtousersconnectedtocellswithHSPA+capa
bilitiesonly.
YoucancreatenewHSDPAradiobearersandmodifyexistingonesbyusingtheHSDPARadioBearerstable.
ToopentheHSDPARadioBearerstable:
4. RightclicktheHSDPARadioBearersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheHSDPARadioBearerstableappearswiththefollowinginformation:
RadioBearerIndex:Thebearerindexnumber.
TransportBlockSize(Bits):Thetransportblocksizeinbits.
NumberofUsedHSPDSCHChannels:ThenumberofHSPDSCHchannelsused.
PeakRLCThroughput(bps):ThepeakRLCthroughputrepresentsthepeakthroughputwithoutcoding(redun
Modulation:Themodulationused.YoucanchoosebetweenQPSK,16QAMor64QAM.
9.7.4.3 DefiningHSUPARadioBearers
Ineachcell,theschedulerselectstheHSUPAresourceperUE,perNodeB,andperuserservice.ThisHSUPAresourceiscalled
a TFC (Transport Format Combination) and requires a defined ratio of EDPDCH power over DPCCH power. This ratio is
modelledastherequiredEDPDCHEcNt.ThecombinationoftheTFCandthepoweroffsetismodelledinAtollasHSUPAradio
bearers.
Duringasimulation,andfortheHSUPAcoverageprediction,AtollselectsasuitableHSUPAradiobearer.TheHSUPAradio
bearerselectionisbasedonUEcapabilities(maximumnumberofEDPDCHcodes,smallestspreadingfactor,TTIlength,and
modulationsupported),cellcapabilities(HSPAorHSPA+),andtherequiredEDPDCHEcNt.
TheHSUPARadioBearerstableliststheavailableHSUPAradiobearers.Theycanbeclassifiedintotwocategories:
804
HSUPAbearersusingQPSKmodulation.TheycanbeselectedforusersconnectedtoHSPAandHSPA+capablecells.
HSUPAbearersusing16QAMmodulation(followingimprovementsintroducedbyrelease7ofthe3GPPUTRAspeci
fications,referredtoasHSPA+).TheseHSUPAbearerscanbeallocatedtousersconnectedtocellswithHSPA+capa
bilitiesonly.
AT320_UM_E0
ToopentheHSUPARadioBearerstable:
4. RightclicktheHSUPARadioBearersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheHSUPARadioBearerstableappearswiththefollowinginformation:
RadioBearerIndex:Thebearerindexnumber.
TTIDuration(ms):TheTTIdurationinms.TheTTIcanbe2or10ms.
TransportBlockSize(Bits):Thetransportblocksizeinbits.
NumberofEDPDCHCodes:ThenumberofEDPDCHchannelsused.
Min.SpreadingFactor:Theminimumspreadingfactorused.
PeakRLCThroughput(bps):ThepeakRLCthroughputrepresentsthepeakthroughputwithoutcoding(redun
Modulation:Themodulationused.YoucanchoosebetweenQPSKor16QAM.
9.7.5 DefiningSiteEquipment
"CreatingSiteEquipment"onpage805
"DefiningResourceConsumptionperUMTSSiteEquipmentandR99RadioBearer"onpage806
"DefiningResourceConsumptionperUMTSSiteEquipmentandHSUPARadioBearer"onpage806.
9.7.5.1 CreatingSiteEquipment
TocreateanewpieceofUMTSsiteequipment:
)toexpandtheRadioResourceManagementfolder.
4. RightclickSiteEquipment.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheSiteEquipmenttableappears.
6. IntheEquipmenttable,eachrowdescribesapieceofequipment.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see
"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.ForthenewpieceofUMTSequipmentyouarecreating,enterthefollowing:
Name:Thenameyouenterwillbetheoneusedtoidentifythispieceofequipment.
Manufacturer:Thenameofthemanufacturerofthispieceofequipment.
MUDfactor:MultiUserDetection(MUD)isatechnologyusedtodecreaseintracellinterferenceintheuplink.
MUDismodelledbyacoefficientfrom0to1;thisfactorisconsideredintheULinterferencecalculation.Incase
MUDisnotsupportedbyequipment,enter0asvalue.
Rakefactor:TherakereceiverefficiencyfactorenablesAtolltomodeltherakereceiveronUL.Atollusesthis
factortocalculatetheuplinkSHOgainanduplinksignalqualityinsimulations,pointtopointhandoveranalysis
andcoveragepredictions.Thisparameterisconsideredintheuplinkforsofterandsoftersofterhandovers;itis
appliedtothesumofsignalsreceivedonthesamesite.Thefactorvaluecanbefrom0to1.Itmodelslossesdue
totheimperfectionofsignalrecombination.
Therakereceiverefficiencyfactorusedtomodeltherecombinationindownlinkcanbeset
interminalproperties.
Carrierselection:Carrierselectionreferstothecarrierselectionmethodusedduringthetransmitteradmission
controlinthemobileactiveset.Theselectedstrategyisusedinsimulationswhennocarrierisspecifiedinthe
propertiesoftheservice(allthecarrierscanbeusedfortheservice)orwhenthecarrierspecifiedfortheservice
isnotusedbythetransmitter.Ontheotherhand,thespecifiedcarrierselectionmodeisalwaystakenintoaccount
inpredictions(ASanalysisandcoveragepredictions).Chooseoneofthefollowing:
Min.ULLoadFactor:ThecarrierwiththeminimumULnoise(carrierwiththelowestULloadfactor)isselect
ed.
Min.DLTotalPower:ThecarrierwiththeminimumDLtotalpowerisselected.
Random:Thecarrierisrandomlychosen.
Sequential:Carriersaresequentiallyloaded.Thefirstcarrierisselectedaslongasitisnotoverloaded.Then,
whenthemaximumuplinkloadfactorisreached,thesecondcarrierischosenandsoon.
805
Forsk2013
Downlink and Uplink Overhead Resources for Common Channels/Cell: The uplink and downlink overhead
resourcesforcommonchannels/cellcorrespondtothenumbersofchannelelementsthatacellusesforcommon
channelsintheuplinkanddownlink.ThissettingisalsousedforOVSFcodeallocation;itindicatesthenumberof
OVSFcodestobeallocatedtocontrolchannelspercell.
ASrestrictedtoneighbours:Selectthisoptionifyouwanttheothertransmittersintheactivesettobelongtothe
neighbourlistofthebestserver.
CompressedMode:Ifyouselectthisoption,cellslocatedonsiteswiththisequipmentareabletomanagecom
pressedmodewhenradioconditionsrequireit.Compressedmodeisgenerallyusedtopreparethehardhandover
ofuserswithsinglereceiverterminals.
Bysettinganoptionintheatoll.inifile,youcanpreventAtollfromallocatingintercarrier
and intertechnology neighbours to cells located on sites whose equipment does not
supportthecompressedmode.Formoreinformation,seetheAdministratorManual.
OverheadIubThroughput/Cell(kbps):TheoverheadIubthroughputpercellcorrespondstotheIubthroughput
requiredbythecellforcommonchannelsinthedownlink.
HSDPA Iub Backhaul Overhead (%): The HSDPA Iub backhaul overhead corresponds to the percentage of the
HSDPAbearerpeakRLCthroughputtobeaddedtothepeakRLCthroughput.Thetotalvaluecorrespondstothe
IubbackhaulthroughputrequiredbytheHSDPAuserforHSChannelsinthedownlink.
ThroughputSupportedperE1/T1/EthernetLink(kbps):ThethroughputsupportedperE1/T1/Ethernetlinkcor
respondstothethroughputcarriedbyanE1/T1/Ethernetlink.ThisparameterisusedtocalculatetherequiredIub
capacity,i.e.thenumberofE1/T1/Ethernetlinksrequiredtoprovidethetotalthroughput.
DualbandHSDPA:SelectActiveifthesitesupportsthedualbandHSDPAmode.Otherwise,selectInactive.When
dualbandHSDPAisactive,HSDPAuserswithsuitableterminalscansimultaneouslyconnecttotwocositetrans
mittersusingdifferentfrequencybands.Ifthetwocositetransmittersworkonthesamefrequencyband,then
HSDPAuserscanonlyconnecttotheHSDPAcellsofonetransmitter.
SchedulerAlgorithm:TheschedulingtechniqueusedbytheNodeBtoranktheHSDPAuserstobeservedwhen
theNodeBsupportsthemulticellHSDPAmode.Youcanselecttheschedulerfromthelistofschedulersavailable
intheSchedulerstable.Formoreinformation,see"DefiningHSDPASchedulers"onpage809.
7. ClicktheClosebutton(
)toclosethetable.
9.7.5.2 DefiningResourceConsumptionperUMTSSiteEquipmentandR99Radio
Bearer
ThenumberofchannelelementsandtheIubbackhaulthroughputconsumedbyanR99beareruserdependonthesiteequip
ment,ontheR99radiobearer,andonthelinkdirection(upordown).ThenumberofchannelelementsandtheIubbackhaul
throughputconsumedcanbedefinedforUMTSsimulations.
TodefinechannelelementandIubbackhaulthroughputconsumptionduringUMTSsimulations:
4. RightclickR99ResourceConsumption.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheR99ResourceConsumptiontableappears.
6. ForeachequipmentR99radiobearerpair,enterintheR99ResourceConsumptiontablethenumberofULandDL
channelelementsandtheULandDLIubbackhaulthroughputsthatAtollwillconsumeduringthepowercontrolsim
ulation.
9.7.5.3 DefiningResourceConsumptionperUMTSSiteEquipmentandHSUPARa
dioBearer
ThenumberofchannelelementsandtheIubbackhaulthroughputconsumedbyaHSUPAbeareruserintheuplinkdepend
onthesiteequipmentandontheHSUPAradiobearer.ThenumberofchannelelementsandtheIubbackhaulthroughput
consumedcanbedefinedforUMTSsimulations.
TodefinechannelelementandIubbackhaulthroughputconsumptionduringUMTSsimulations:
4. RightclickHSUPAResourceConsumption.Thecontextmenuappears.
806
AT320_UM_E0
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheHSUPAResourceConsumptiontableappears.
6. ForeachequipmentHSUPAradiobearerpair,enterintheHSUPAResourceConsumptiontablethenumberofUL
channelelementsandtheULIubbackhaulthroughputthatAtollwillconsumeduringthepowercontrolsimulation.
9.7.6 DefiningReceiverEquipment
"CreatingorModifyingReceptionEquipment"onpage807
"HSDPAUECategories"onpage808
"HSUPAUECategories"onpage809.
9.7.6.1 CreatingorModifyingReceptionEquipment
InAtoll,receptionequipmentmodelsthereceptioncharacteristicsofuserterminalsandisusedwhenyoucreateaterminal.
ThegraphsdefinedforeachreceptionequipmententryareusedforqualitypredictionsandforselectingHSDPAandHSUPA
bearers.
Tocreateormodifyreceptionequipment:
)toexpandtheReceptionEquipmentfolder.
4. Doubleclickthereceptionequipmenttypeyouwanttomodify.ThereceptionequipmenttypesPropertiesdialogue
appears.
YoucancreateanewreceptionequipmenttypebyrightclickingtheReceptionEquipment
folderandselectingNewfromthecontextmenu.
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.OntheGeneraltab,youcandefinetheNameofthereceptionequipment.
6. Click the R99 Bearer Selection tab. On the R99 Bearer Selection tab, you can define downlink and uplink EbNt
requirements.Thesearethethresholds(indB)thatmustbereachedtoprovideuserswiththeservice.Theseparam
etersdependonthemobilitytype.
Usingtransmit(Tx)andreceive(Rx)diversityresultsinaqualitygainonreceiveddownlinkanduplinkEbNt.Youcan
specifygainsonreceiveddownlinkanduplinkEbNtforeachdiversityconfiguration.AtollwillconsiderthemwhenTx
orRxdiversityconfigurationsareassignedtotransmitters.
R99Bearer:SelectanR99bearerfromthelist.
Mobility:Selectamobilitytypefromthelist.
ULTarget(dB):Enterormodifytheuplink(EbNt)threshold.
Uplink2RXDiversityGain(dB):EnterormodifythetworeceiveruplinkdiversitygainindB.
Uplink4RXDiversityGain(dB):EnterormodifythefourreceiveruplinkdiversitygainindB.
DLTarget(dB):Enterormodifythedownlink(EbNt)threshold.
DownlinkOpenLoopDiversityGain(dB):EnterormodifythedownlinkopenloopdiversitygainindB.
DownlinkClosedLoopDiversityGain(dB):EnterormodifythedownlinkclosedloopdiversitygainindB.
8. EnsurethataQualityIndicatorhasbeenchosenforeachR99Bearer.YoucaneditthevaluesintheDLandULQuality
TheDLandULQualityIndicatortablesdescribethevariationofthequalityindicatorasafunctionofthemeasured
parameter(asdefinedintheQualityIndicatorstable).TheUplinkandDownlinkQualityGraphsareusedforquality
predictions.
9. ClicktheHSDPABearerSelectiontab.
10. EnsurethatthevaluesforeachMobilityintheCQITableandtheBestHSDPABearerTablehavebeenentered.You
caneditthevaluesintheCQITableandtheBestHSDPABearerTablebyclickingdirectlyonthetableentry,orby
selectingtheMobilityandclickingtheCQIGraphortheBestBearerGraphbuttons.
TheCQItabledescribesthevariationoftheCPICHCQIasafunctionoftheCPICHEc/Nt(orthevariationofHSPDSCH
CQIasafunctionoftheHSPDSCHEc/Nt);thevaluesdisplayeddependonthecalculationparameteryouhaveselected
807
Forsk2013
intheGlobalParameterstaboftheUMTSNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue(formoreinformation,see"The
OptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue"onpage802).
TheHSPDSCHCQItabledescribestheindexofthebestHSDPAbearerasafunctionoftheHSPDSCHCQI.
TheCQIgraphsandbestbearergraphsareusedinthesimulationandintheHSDPApredictiontomodelfastlinkadap
tation(selectionoftheHSDPAbearer).
ThesupplierRRM(radioresourcemanagement)strategycanbetakenintoaccountusingtheHSPDSCHCQItable,for
example:
Youcandefineseveralpiecesofreceptionequipmentwithaseparatetableforeach.Youcanreservelowbearer
indexesforpoorperformancereceptionequipmentandhigherbearerindexesforhighperformanceequipment.
Youcanspecifyagraphforeachmobility.Here,youcanreservelowbearerindexesforhighspeedsandhigher
bearerindexesforlowspeeds.
Youcanalsogiveprioritytoeitheroneuserbyassigninghimahighbearerindexortoallusersbyassigningthem
lowbearerindexes.
11. ClicktheHSDPAQualityGraphstab.
12. EnsurethataQualityIndicatorhasbeenchosenforeachRadioBearerIndex.YoucaneditthevaluesintheDLQuality
IndicatorTablebyclickingdirectlyonthetableentry,orbyselectingtheQualityIndicatorandclickingtheDownlink
QualityGraphbutton.
TheHSDPABLERtabledescribesthevariationoftheBLERasafunctionoftheHSPDSCHEcNt.Itisusedtocalculate
theapplicationthroughputfortheHSDPAcoverageprediction.
13. ClicktheHSUPABearerSelectiontab.
14. Ensurethat,foreachRadioBearerIndexandMobilitypair,youhaveenteredavaluefortheNumberofRetransmis
sionsandfortheRequestedEcNtThreshold.YoucaneditthevaluesintheEarlyTerminationProbabilitiestableby
clickingdirectlyonthetableentry,orbyselectingtheRadioBearerIndexandclickingtheEarlyTerminationProba
bilityGraphbutton.
TheNumberofRetransmissionsandtheRequestedEcNtThresholdvaluesareusedinthesimulationandinthe
HSUPApredictiontomodelnoiseriseschedulingandintheselectionoftheHSUPAradiobearer.
TheEarlyTerminationProbabilitiestabledescribesthevariationoftheearlyterminationprobabilityasafunctionof
thenumberofretransmissions.ItisusedintheHSUPApredictiontocalculatetheaverageRLCthroughputandthe
averageapplicationthroughputwhenHARQ(HybridAutomaticRepeatRequest)isused.
15. ClicktheHSUPAQualityGraphstab.
16. EnsurethataQualityIndicatorhasbeenchosenforeachRadioBearerIndexandthatthereisavaluedefinedforthe
NumberofRetransmissions.YoucaneditthevaluesintheULQualityIndicatorTablebyclickingdirectlyonthetable
entry,orbyselectingtheQualityIndicatorandclickingtheUplinkQualityGraphbutton.
TheHSUPABLERtabledescribesthevariationoftheBLERasafunctionoftheEDPDCHEcNt.Itisusedtocalculate
theapplicationthroughputfortheHSUPAcoverageprediction.
17. ClicktheMIMOtab.
18. Ensurethat,foreachHSDPARadioBearerIndexandMobilitypair,youhaveenteredavaluefortheNumberofTrans
missionAntennasPorts,fortheNumberofReceptionAntennasPortsandfortheTransmitDiversityGain.Youcan
editthevaluesintheMaxSpatialMultiplexingGainstablebyclickingdirectlyonthetableentry,orbyselectingthe
MobilityandclickingtheMaxSpatialMultiplexingGainGraphbutton.
TheMaxSpatialMultiplexingGainstabledescribesthevariationofthemaximumspatialmultiplexinggainasafunc
tionoftheHSPDSCHEc/Nt(dB).
FormoreinformationonthedifferentMIMOsystems,see"MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems"onpage810.
RX
NoMIMOgain(diversity,spatialmultiplexing)isappliedif N TX
Ant = N Ant = 1 .
9.7.6.2 HSDPAUECategories
HSDPAuserequipmentcapabilitiesarestandardisedinto22differentcategoriesaccordingto3GPPspecifications.
ToeditaUEcategory:
808
AT320_UM_E0
)toexpandtheUECategoriesfolder.
4. RightclickHSDPAUECategories.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheHSDPAUserEquipmentCategoriestableappears.
6. TheHSDPAUserEquipmentCategoriestablehasthefollowingcolumns:
Index:EachHSDPAUEcategoryisaseparaterecordinthetableandhasauniqueindex.
CategoryName:NameoftheHSDPAUEcategory.
Max.NumberofHSPDSCHChannels:ThemaximumnumberofHSPDSCHchannelsallowedforthecategory.
Min.NumberofTTIBetweenTwoUsedTTI:TheminimumnumberofTTI(TransmissionTimeInterval)between
twoTTIused.
Max.TransportBlockSize(bits):Themaximumtransportblocksizeallowedforthecategory.
HighestModulation:Selectthehighestmodulationsupportedbythecategory.YoucanchoosebetweenQPSK,
16QAM (if you select 16QAM, 16QAM and QPSK modulations can be used) or 64QAM (if you select 64QAM,
64QAM,16QAMandQPSKmodulationscanbeused).
MIMOSupport:SelectwhetherthecategorysupportsMIMOsystemsornot.
DL Multicell Mode: Select the type of multicell HSDPA mode supported by the category, i.e., the maximum
numberofcellstowhichanHSDPAusercansimultaneouslyconnect.Ifthecategorydoesnotsupportmulticell
HSDPA,selectNone.
9.7.6.3 HSUPAUECategories
HSUPAuserequipmentcapabilitiesarestandardisedinto7differentcategoriesaccordingto3GPPspecifications.
ToeditaUEcategory:
)toexpandtheUECategoriesfolder.
4. RightclickHSUPAUECategories.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheHSUPAUserEquipmentCategoriestableappears.
6. TheHSUPAUserEquipmentCategoriestablehasthefollowingcolumns:
Index:EachHSUPAUEcategoryisaseparaterecordinthetableandhasauniqueindex.
CategoryName:NameoftheHSUPAUEcategory.
MaxNumberofEDPDCHCodes:ThemaximumnumberofEDPDCHcodesallowedforthecategory.
TTI2ms:SelectthecheckboxifaTTIof2msissupported.Ifa2msTTIisnotselected,a10msTTIisused.
MinSpreadingFactor:Entertheminimumspreadingfactorsupported.
MaxBlockSizefora2msTTI(bits):Themaximumtransportblocksizeallowedfora2msTTI.
MaxBlockSizefora10msTTI(bits):Themaximumtransportblocksizeallowedfora10msTTI.
HighestModulation:Selectthehighestmodulationsupportedbythecategory.YoucanchoosebetweenQPSK
or16QAM.If16QAMmodulationisselected,16QAMandQPSKmodulationscanbeused.
9.7.7 DefiningHSDPASchedulers
The scheduler ranks the HSDPA users to be served in the HSDPA section of the MonteCarlo simulation. The scheduler
managesasinglequeueofusersattheNodeB.Allusersbelongingtothetransmitter,i.e.,dualcellHSDPAandsinglecarrier
HSDPAusers,arerankedtogetherinasinglelist.DualcellHSDPAusersareconsideredtwiceinthelistbecausetheymightbe
assignedtwodifferentHSDPAbearersinthetwocells.
Atollsupportsthefollowingalgorithms:
MaxC/I:"n"HSDPAusers(where"n"correspondstothesumofthemaximumnumbersofHSDPAusersdefinedfor
allHSDPAcells)arescheduledinthesameorderasinthesimulation(i.e.,inrandomorder).Then,theyaresortedin
descendingorderbythechannelqualityindicator(CQI).
RoundRobin:HSDPAusersarescheduledinthesameorderasinthesimulation(i.e.,inrandomorder).
ProportionalFair:"n"HSDPAusers(where"n"correspondstothemaximumnumberofHSDPAusersdefined)are
scheduledinthesameorderasinthesimulation(i.e.,inrandomorder).Then,theyaresortedindescendingorder
accordingtoarandomparameterwhichcorrespondstoacombinationoftheuserrankinthesimulationandthe
channelqualityindicator(CQI).
TherandomparameteriscalculatedbygivingboththeusersimulationrankandtheCQIa
weightof50%.Youcanchangethedefaultweightsbysettingtheappropriateoptionsin
TheSchedulerstableliststheavailableschedulers.Youcanadd,remove,andmodifyschedulerproperties,ifyouwant.
809
Forsk2013
Todefineschedulers:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheLTENetworkSettingsfolder.
3. IntheUMTSNetworkSettingsfolder,rightclickSchedulers.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheSchedulerstableappears.
5. In the table, enter one scheduler per row. For information on working with data tables, see "Working with Data
Tables"onpage69.Foreachscheduler,enter:
Name:Enteranameforthescheduler.Thisnamewillappearinthecellproperties.
Schedulingmethod:SelecttheschedulingmethodusedtoranktheHSDPAuserstobeserved.
YoucanopenaschedulerspropertiesdialoguebydoubleclickingthecorrespondingrowintheSchedulerstable.In
thepropertiesdialogue,aMUGtabisavailableforProportionalfairschedulers.OntheMUGtab,youcandefinethe
throughputgainduetomultiuserdiversity.Theaveragecellthroughputishigherwithmultipleusersthanwitha
singleuser.Itisusedtocalculatethepeakgrossthroughputpercellwhentheschedulingalgorithmis"Proportional
Fair"andifyouhavesetthepeakHSDPAthroughputoptionintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformation,seetheAdmin
istratorManual.
NotethatyoucanenterMUGgraphsfordifferentconfigurationsintermsofnumbersofcellstowhichtheusersare
connected.
)toclosetheSchedulerstable.
9.7.8 MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems
MultipleInputMultipleOutput(MIMO)systemswhicharesupportedbysomeHSDPAbearers(followingimprovementsintro
ducedbyrelease7ofthe3GPPUTRAspecifications,referredtoasHSPA+)usedifferenttransmissionandreceptiondiversity
techniques.MIMOdiversitysystemscanberoughlydividedintothetypesdescribedinthefollowingsections,allofwhichare
modelledinAtoll.
TransmitandReceiveDiversity
Transmitorreceivediversityusesmorethanonetransmissionorreceptionantennatosendorreceivemorethanonecopy
ofthesamesignal.Thesignalsareconstructivelycombined(usingoptimumselectionormaximumratiocombining)atthe
receivertoextracttheusefulsignal.Asthereceivergetsmorethanonecopyoftheusefulsignal,thesignallevelatthereceiver
after combination of all the copies is more resistant to interference than a single signal would be. Therefore, diversity
improvesthequalityatthereceiver.Itisoftenusedfortheregionsofacellthathavebadqualityconditions.
InAtoll,youcandefinewhetheracellsupportstransmitdiversitybyselectingHSPA+(TransmitDiversity)incellproperties
(see "Cell Definition" on page639). Diversity gains on downlink can be defined in the reception equipment for different
numbersoftransmissionandreceptionantennaports,mobilitytypesandHSDPAbearers.Formoreinformationondownlink
diversitygains,see"CreatingorModifyingReceptionEquipment"onpage807.Additionalgainvaluescanbedefinedperclut
terclass.Forinformationonsettingtheadditionaldownlinkdiversitygainforeachclutterclassorforallclutterclasses,see
"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143.
DuringcalculationsinAtoll,auser(mobile,pixel,orpointreceiver)usingaMIMOcapableterminal,andconnectedtoacell
thatsupportsHSPA+withtransmitdiversity,willbenefitfromthedownlinkdiversityHSPDSCHEc/Ntgain.
SpatialMultiplexing
Spatialmultiplexingusesmorethanonetransmissionantennatosenddifferentsignals(datastreams)oneachantenna.The
receivercanalsohavemorethanoneantennaforreceivingdifferentsignals.WhenspatialmultiplexingisusedwithMtrans
missionandNreceptionantennaports,thethroughputoverthetransmitterreceiverlinkcanbetheoreticallyincreasedMor
Ntimes,dependingonwhichissmaller,MorN.Spatialmultiplexingimprovesthethroughput(i.e.,thechannelcapacity)for
agivenHSPDSCHEc/Nt,andisusedfortheregionsofacellthathavesufficientHSPDSCHEcNtconditions.
InAtoll,youcandefinewhetheracellsupportsspatialmultiplexingbyselectingHSPA+(SpatialMultiplexing)inthecellprop
erties(see"CellDefinition"onpage639).Spatialmultiplexingcapacitygainscanbedefinedinthereceptionequipmentfor
differentnumbersoftransmissionandreceptionantennaports,mobilitytypes,andHSDPAbearers.Formoreinformationon
spatialmultiplexinggains,see"CreatingorModifyingReceptionEquipment"onpage807.
DuringcalculationsinAtoll,auser(mobile,pixel,orpointreceiver)usingaMIMOcapableterminal,andconnectedtoacell
thatsupportsHSPA+withspatialmultiplexing,willbenefitfromthespatialmultiplexinggaininitsthroughputdependingon
itsHSPDSCHEcNt.
Becausespatialmultiplexingimprovesthechannelcapacityorthroughputs,theHSPDSCHEcNtofauserisdeterminedfirst.
OncetheHSPDSCHEcNtisknown,AtolldeterminesthecorrespondingCQIandcalculatestheuserthroughputbasedonthe
beareravailableattheuserlocation.Theobtaineduserthroughputisthenincreasedaccordingtothespatialmultiplexing
capacitygainandtheSpatialMultiplexingGainFactoroftheusersclutterclass.ThecapacitygainsdefinedinMaxSpatial
810
AT320_UM_E0
MultiplexingGaingraphsarethemaximumtheoreticalcapacitygainsusingspatialmultiplexing.Spatialmultiplexingrequires
arichmultipathenvironment,withoutwhichthegainisreduced.Intheworstcase,thereisnogain.Therefore,youcandefine
aSpatialMultiplexingGainFactorperclutterclasswhosevaluecanvaryfrom0to1(0=nogain,1=100%gain).Forinfor
mationonsettingtheSpatialmultiplexingGainFactorforeachclutterclassorforallclutterclasses,see"DefiningClutter
ClassProperties"onpage143.
Thespatialmultiplexingcapacitygainvs.HSPDSCHEc/NtgraphsavailableinAtollbydefaulthavebeengeneratedbasedon
themaximumtheoreticalspatialmultiplexingcapacitygainsobtainedusingthefollowingequations:
CC MIMO
G MIMO = --------------------CC SISO
Ec
-------
Nt
Min N Ant N Ant
RX
HS PDSCH
Where CC MIMO = Min N TX
is the channel capacity at a given HSPDSCH Ec/Nt for a
Ant N Ant Log 2 1 + -----------------------------------------TX
RX
RX
-
isthechan
MIMOsystemusing N TX
Ant transmissionand N Ant receptionantennaports. CC SISO = Log 2 1 + -----Nt HS PDSCH
nelcapacityforasingleantennasystematagivenHSPDSCHEcNt.HSPDSCHEcNtisusedasaratio(andnotdB)inthese
formulas.Youcanreplacethedefaultspatialmultiplexingcapacitygaingraphswithgraphsextractedfromsimulatedormeas
uredvalues.
Ec
9.7.9 ConditionsforEnteringtheActiveSet
Themobileactivesetisthelistofthetransmitterstowhichthemobileisconnected.Theactivesetmayconsistofoneormore
transmitters;dependingonwhethertheservicesupportssofthandoverandontheterminalactivesetsize.Transmittersin
themobileactivesetmustuseafrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatibleandthepilotsignallevelreceivedfrom
thesetransmittersmustexceedthedefinedminimumRSCPthreshold.
Itis,however,thequalityofthepilot(EcI0)thatfinallydetermineswhetherornotatransmittercanbelongtotheactiveset.
Inorderforagiventransmittertoenterthemobileactivesetasbestserver,thepilotqualityfromthistransmittermust
exceedanupperthresholddefinedinthepropertiesofthemobilitytype.Inaddition,thepilotqualitymustbethehighestone.
Inorderforatransmittertoentertheactiveset:
Itmustusethesamecarrierasthebestservertransmitter.InAtoll,carriersaremodelledusingcells.Forinformation
onaccessingcellproperties,see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage643.Foradescriptionofthepropertiesofa
cell,see"CellDefinition"onpage639.
ThepilotqualitydifferencebetweenthecellandthebestservermustnotexceedtheASthresholdsetpercell.For
informationonaccessingtheASthresholddefinedforagivencell,see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage643.
Ifyouhaveselectedtorestricttheactivesettoneighbours,thetransmittermustbeaneighbourofthebestserver.
YoucanrestricttheactivesettoneighboursbyselectingtheASRestrictedtoNeighboursoptionintheSiteEquip
menttable.ForanexplanationofhowtosettheASRestrictedtoNeighboursoption,see"CreatingSiteEquipment"
onpage805.
TheactivesetforHSDPAusersisdifferentinthefollowingway:HSDPAphysicalchannelsdonotsupportsofthandover,there
foretheuserisneverconnectedtomorethanonetransmitteratatime.
agationmodel.
InUMTSprojects,thestandarddeviationofthepropagationmodelisusedtocalculateshadowingmarginsonsignallevels.
YoucanalsocalculateshadowingmarginsonEcI0andEbNtvaluesandthemacrodiversitygain.Forinformationonsetting
themodelstandarddeviationandtheEcI0andEbNtstandarddeviationsforeachclutterclassorforallclutterclasses,see
811
Forsk2013
ShadowingcanbetakenintoconsiderationwhenAtollcalculatesthesignallevel,EcI0,andEbNtfor:
Acoverageprediction(see"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage663).
AtollalwaystakesshadowingintoconsiderationwhencalculatingaMonteCarlobasedUMTSsimulation.
Youcandisplaytheshadowingmarginsandthemacrodiversitygainperclutterclass.Forinformation,see"Displayingthe
ShadowingMarginsandMacrodiversityGainperClutterClass"onpage812.
9.7.10.1 DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsandMacrodiversityGainperClutter
Class
Todisplaytheshadowingmarginsandmacrodiversitygainperclutterclass:
3. Select Shadowing Margins from the context menu. The Shadowing Margins and Gains dialogue appears (see
Figure9.56).
StandardDeviation:Selectthetypeofstandarddeviationtobeusedtocalculatetheshadowingmarginormacro
diversitygains:
Model:Themodelstandarddeviation.Atollwilldisplaytheshadowingmarginofthesignallevel.
EcI0:TheEcI0standarddeviation.AtollwilldisplaytheEcI0shadowingmarginandtheresultingDLpilot
macrodiversitygains.Themacrodiversitygainswillbecalculatedusingthevaluesyouenterin1st2ndBest
SignalDifferenceand2nd3rdBestSignalDifference.
ULEbNt:TheEbNtULstandarddeviation.AtollwilldisplaytheEbNtULshadowingmarginandtheresulting
ULmacrodiversitygains.Themacrodiversitygainswillbecalculatedusingthevaluesyouenterin1st2nd
BestSignalDifferenceand2nd3rdBestSignalDifference.
DLEbNt:TheEbNtDLstandarddeviation.AtollwilldisplaytheEbNtDLshadowingmargin.
5. Ifyouselect"EcI0"or"EbNtUL"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,youcanenterthedifferences
thatwillbeusedtocalculatethemacrodiversitygainunderMacroDiversityParameters:
1st2ndBestSignalDifference:Ifyouselected"EcI0"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,enter
theallowedEcI0differencebetweenthebestserverandthesecondone.ThisvalueisusedtocalculateDLmacro
diversitygains.Ifyouselected"EbNtUL"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,entertheallowed
Eb/Ntdifferencebetweenthebestserverandthesecondone.ThisvalueisusedtocalculateULmacrodiversity
gains.
2nd3rdBestSignalDifference:Ifyouselected"EcI0"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,enter
theallowedEcI0differencebetweenthesecondbestserverandthethirdone.ThisvalueisusedtocalculateDL
macrodiversitygains.Ifyouselected"EbNtUL"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,enterthe
allowedEb/Ntdifferencebetweenthesecondbestserverandthethirdone.ThisvalueisusedtocalculateUL
macrodiversitygains.
6. ClickCalculate.Thecalculatedshadowingmarginisdisplayed.Ifyouselected"EcI0"or"EbNtUL"asthestandard
deviationunderStandardDeviation,Atollalsodisplaysthemacrodiversitygainsfortwolinksandforthreelinks.
812
AT320_UM_E0
Figure9.56:TheShadowingMarginsandGainsdialogue
AnalysesofUMTSnetworkscoexistingwithothertechnologynetworkscanbecarriedoutinAtoll.Intertechnologyinterfer
encemaycreateconsiderablecapacityreductioninaUMTSnetwork.Atollcantakeintoaccountinterferencefromcoexisting
networksinMonteCarlosimulationsandcoveragepredictions.
ThefollowingintertechnologyinterferencescenariosaremodeledinAtoll:
Interferencereceivedbymobilesonthedownlink:InterferencecanbereceivedbymobilesinaUMTSnetworkon
thedownlinkfromexternalbasestationsandmobilesinthevicinity.
rationbetweentheuplinkfrequencyusedbytheexternalnetworkandthedownlinkfrequencyusedbyyourUMTS
inAtollusingtheIntertechnologyDLNoiseRisedefinableforeachcellintheUMTSnetwork.Thisnoiseriseistaken
intoaccountinalldownlinkinterferencebasedcalculations.However,thisnoiserisedoesnotimpactthecalculation
of the mobile reuse factor. For more information on the Intertechnology DL Noise Rise, see "Cell Definition" on
page639.
YoucanstudythedownlinkintertechnologyinterferencebycarryingoutanIntertechnologyDownlinkInterference
coveragepredictionasexplainedin"StudyingIntertechnologyDownlinkInterference"onpage698.
Interferencereceivedbycellsontheuplink:InterferencecanbereceivedbycellsofaUMTSnetworkontheuplink
fromexternalbasestationsandmobilesinthevicinity.
Interferencefromexternalbasestations(alsocalleddownlinktouplinkinterference)canbecreatedbyinsufficient
separationbetweenthedownlinkfrequencyusedbytheexternalnetworkandtheuplinkfrequencyusedbyyour
UMTSnetwork.SuchinterferencemayalsocomefromcoexistingTDDnetworks.
813
Forsk2013
Interferencefromexternalmobiles(alsocalleduplinktouplinkinterference)canbecreatedbytheuseofsameor
nearbyfrequenciesforuplinkinbothnetworks.Unlesstheexactlocationsofexternalmobilesisknown,itisnotpossi
bletoseparateinterferencereceivedfromexternalbasestationsandmobilesontheuplink.Theeffectofthisinter
ferenceismodelledinAtollusingtheIntertechnologyULNoiseRisedefinableforeachcellintheUMTSnetwork.
Thisnoiseriseistakenintoaccountinuplinkinterferencebasedcalculationsinthesimulation.However,thisnoise
riseisnottakenintoconsiderationinpredictions(ASAnalysisandcoveragepredictions)anddoesnothaveanimpact
onthecalculationofthecellreusefactor.FormoreinformationontheIntertechnologyULNoiseRise,see"CellDefi
nition"onpage639.
Figure9.58:Interferencereceivedbycellsontheuplink
InterferencereceivedfromexternalbasestationsonmobilesofyourUMTSnetworkcanbecalculatedbyAtoll.Atolluses
1
ACIR = ------------------------------------1
1
------------- + ----------------ACS ACLR
AnIRFdependson:
Theinterferingtechnology(TDMA,CDMA,orOFDM)
nalbasestationsislinkedtoyourUMTSdocument,i.e.,whenAtollisincoplanningmode.Formoreinformationonhowto
switchtocoplanningmode,see"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage781.
3. RightclickIntertechnologyInterferenceReductionFactors.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheIntertechnologyInterferenceReductionFactorstableappears.
814
AT320_UM_E0
ClickOK.Theinterferencereductionfactorsarestored.
Youcan,ifyouwant,linkmorethanoneAtolldocumentwithyourmaindocumentfollowingtheproceduredescribedin
"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage781.Ifthelinkeddocumentsmodelnetworksusingdifferenttechnologies,youcan
definetheinterferencereductionfactorsinyourmaindocumentforallthesetechnologies,andAtollwillcalculateinterfer
encefromalltheexternalbasestationsinallthelinkeddocuments.
815
816
Forsk2013
Chapter10
LTENetworks
design,analyse,andoptimiseanLTEnetwork.
"DesigninganLTENetwork"onpage819
"PlanningandOptimisingLTEBaseStations"on
page820
"ConfiguringNetworkParametersUsingtheAFP"on
page899
page939
"CoplanningLTENetworkswithOtherNetworks"on
page953
"TipsandTricks"onpage991
"GlossaryofLTETerms"onpage995
818
Forsk2013
Chapter10:LTENetworks
AT320_UM_E0
10 LTENetworks
LTE(LongTermEvolution)referstothesetof3GPP(3rdGenerationPartnershipProject)Release8andRelease9specifica
tionswhichdescribethenextsteps,orevolution,oftheexistingGERAN(GSMEDGE RadioAccessNetworks)andUTRAN
(UMTSTerrestrialRadioAccessNetworks)specifications.The3GPPLTEspecificationsdescribethebuildingblocksofEUTRA
(EvolvedUTRA)networks.
LTEusesSOFDMA(ScalableOrthogonalFrequencyDivisionMultipleAccess)andSCFDMA(SingleCarrierFrequencyDivision
MultipleAccess)technologiesinthedownlinkandtheuplink,respectively.TheaimofLTEistoprovidemobilebroadband
wirelessaccessthatsupportshandoversbetweenLTEcellsaswellasbetweenLTEandUMTS/GSMcellsathighuserspeeds.
AtollenablesyoutodesignLTEbroadbandwirelessaccessnetworks.Atollcanbeusedtopredictradiocoverage,manage
mobileandfixedsubscriberdata,andevaluatenetworkcapacity.AtollLTEalsosupportssmartantennasandMIMO.
AtollenablesyoutomodelfixedandmobileusersinLTEenvironments.Thedatainputcorrespondingtomobileusersand
fixedsubscribersismodelledthroughcomprehensivesupportofmobileusertrafficmapsandsubscriberdatabases.Youcan
carryoutcalculationsonfixedsubscriberlocationsaswellasbaseyourcalculationsonmobileuserscenariosduringMonte
Carlosimulations.Youcanalsoperforminterferencepredictions,resourceallocation,andothercalculationsonmobileusers.
AtollusesMonteCarlosimulationstogeneraterealisticnetworkscenarios(snapshots)usingaMonteCarlostatisticalengine
forschedulingandresourceallocation.Realisticuserdistributionscanbegeneratedusingdifferenttypesoftrafficmapsor
subscriberdata.Atollusestheseuserdistributionsasinputforthesimulations.
YoucancreatecoveragepredictionstoanalysethefollowingandotherparametersforLTEchannelsindownlinkandinuplink:
Signallevels
Thecarriertointerferenceandnoiseratio
Serviceareasandradiobearercoverage
Cellcapacityandaggregatethroughputpercell
CoveragepredictionsthatdependonthenetworkstrafficloadscanbecreatedfromeitherMonteCarlosimulationresultsor
fromauserdefinednetworkloadconfiguration(uplinkanddownlinktrafficloads,anduplinknoiserise).GSMGPRSEDGE,
UMTSHSPA,CDMA2000,TDSCDMA,andWiMAXnetworkscanbeplannedinthesameAtollsession.
BeforeworkingwiththeAtollLTEmoduleforthefirsttime,itishighlyrecommendedto
gothroughthe"GlossaryofLTETerms"onpage995.Thiswillhelpyougetaccustomed
totheterminologyusedbythe3GPPandinAtoll.
10.1 DesigninganLTENetwork
Figure10.1depictstheprocessofcreatingandplanninganLTEnetwork.ThestepsinvolvedinplanninganLTEnetworkare
describedbelow.ThenumbersrefertoFigure10.1.
1. Openanexistingradioplanningdocumentorcreateanewone( 1 ).
YoucancreateanewAtolldocumentasexplainedinChapter2:StartinganAtollProject.
2. Configurethenetworkbyaddingnetworkelementsandchangingparameters( 2 ).
"CreatingorModifyingaSite"onpage829.
"CreatingorModifyingaTransmitter"onpage829.
You can also add base stations using a base station template (see "Placing a New Base Station Using a Station
Template"onpage830).
3. Carryoutbasiccoveragepredictions( 3 ).
"MakingaPointAnalysistoStudytheProfile"onpage846.
"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage847and"SignalLevelCoveragePredictions"onpage854.
4. Allocateneighbours( 4 ).
5. Allocatefrequencies( 5 ).
"PlanningFrequencies"onpage903.
819
Forsk2013
6. AllocatephysicalcellIDs( 6 ).
"PlanningPhysicalCellIDs"onpage904.
7. Beforemakingmoreadvancedcoveragepredictions,youneedtodefinecellloadconditions( 7 ).
Youcangeneraterealisticcellloadconditionsbycreatingasimulationbasedontrafficmapsandsubscriberlists
( 7a , 7b ,and 7c )(see"StudyingNetworkCapacity"onpage908).
YoucandefinecellloadconditionsmanuallyeitherontheCellstabofeachtransmittersPropertiesdialogueor
intheCellstable(see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage830)( 7d ).
8. MakeLTEspecificsignalqualitycoveragepredictionsusingthedefinedcellloadconditions( 8 ).
9. Ifnecessary,modifynetworkparameterstostudythenetworkwithadifferentfrequencyplan( 10 ).Aftermodifying
thenetworksfrequencyplan,youmustperformsteps 7 and 8 again.
1
6
7a
7d
7c
7b
7
10
Figure10.1:PlanninganLTEnetworkworkflow
10.2 PlanningandOptimisingLTEBaseStations
AsdescribedinChapter2:StartinganAtollProject,youcancreateanAtolldocumentfromatemplate,withnobasestations,
orfromadatabasewithanexistingsetofbasestations.AsyouworkonyourAtolldocument,youwillstillneedtocreatebase
stationsandmodifyexistingones.
youcanaddtransmitters.InAtoll,atransmitterisdefinedastheantennaandanyadditionalequipment,suchastheTMA,
feedercables,etc.InanLTEproject,youmustalsoaddcellstoeachtransmitter.AcellreferstothecharacteristicsofanRF
channelonatransmitter.
820
AT320_UM_E0
Atollletsyoucreateonesite,transmitter,orcellatatime,orcreateseveralatonceusingstationtemplates.InAtoll,abase
stationreferstoasiteandatransmitterwithitsantennas,equipment,andcells.
InAtoll,youcanstudyasinglebasestationoragroupofbasestationsusingcoveragepredictions.Atollallowsyoutomake
avarietyofcoveragepredictions,suchassignallevelorsignalqualitycoveragepredictions.Theresultsofcalculatedcoverage
predictionscanbedisplayedonthemap,compared,andstudied.
Atollenablesyoutomodelnetworktrafficbycreatingservices,users,userprofiles,trafficenvironments,andterminals.This
datacanbethenusedtomakecoveragepredictionsthatdependonnetworkload,suchasC/(I+N),servicearea,radiobearer,
andthroughputcoveragepredictions.
"CreatinganLTEBaseStation"onpage821
"CreatingaMultibandLTENetwork"onpage838
"PlanningFrequencies"onpage903
"PlanningPhysicalCellIDs"onpage904.
10.2.1 CreatinganLTEBaseStation
Whenyoucreateasite,youcreateonlythegeographicalpoint;youmustaddthetransmittersandcellsafterwards.Thesite,
withthetransmitters,antennas,equipment,andcellsiscalledabasestation.
Inthissection,eachelementofabasestationisdescribed.Ifyouwanttoaddanewbasestation,see"PlacingaNewBase
StationUsingaStationTemplate"onpage830.Ifyouwanttocreateormodifyoneoftheelementsofabasestation,see
"CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement"onpage828.Ifyouneedtocreatealargenumberofbasestations,Atoll
allowsyoutoimportthemfromanotherAtolldocumentorfromanexternalsource.Forinformation,see"CreatingaGroup
ofBaseStations"onpage837.
Thissectionexplainsthevariouspartsofthebasestationcreationprocess:
"DefinitionofaBaseStation"onpage821.
"CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement"onpage828.
"PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate"onpage830.
"ManagingStationTemplates"onpage831.
ple,cells.Youwillusuallycreateanewbasestationusingastationtemplate,asdescribedin"PlacingaNewBaseStationUsing
10.2.1.1.1
"CellDescription"onpage825.
SiteDescription
TheparametersofasitecanbefoundinthesitesPropertiesdialogue.ThePropertiesdialoguehasthefollowingtabs:
thesitehere.
page41.
821
Forsk2013
culations.
TheLTEtab:
S1interfacethroughputs:YoucanenterthemaximumS1interfacethroughputssupportedindownlinkanduplink
bythesite.TheS1interfaceconnectseNodeBstotheevolvedpacketcore(EPC)entities,themobilitymanage
mententity(MME)andtheservinggateway(SGW).ThecapacityoftheS1interfacebetweentheeNodeBand
theservinggatewayimposesalimitontheaggregatethroughputservedbythecellsofthesameeNodeB(sitein
Atoll).Hence,thislimitalsoimposesalimitonthethroughputofeachindividualuserservedbytheeNodeB.Here
youmustenterthecapacityoftheS1Uinterface(S1UistheuserplaneinterfacebetweeneNodeBsandthe
serving gateways). The maximum S1 interface throughputs that you enter here can be taken into account in
MonteCarlosimulationsasbackhaulconstraints.
10.2.1.1.2
tiesdialoguehasthreeadditionaltabs:theCellstab(see"CellDescription"onpage825),thePropagationtab(seeChapter
5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll),andtheDisplaytab(see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43).
TheGeneraltab:
)toaccessthepropertiesofthesite.ForinformationonthesitePropertiesdialogue,
see"SiteDescription"onpage821.YoucanclicktheNewbuttontocreateanewsiteforthetransmitter.
antenna.
UnderAntennaposition,youcanmodifythepositionoftheantennas(mainandsecondary):
822
Relativetosite:SelectRelativetositeifyouwanttoentertheantennapositionsasoffsetsfromthesitelo
cation,andenterthexaxisandyaxisoffsets,DxandDy,respectively.
AT320_UM_E0
inredintheLTETransmittersfolderoftheNetworkexplorer.
Transmittertype:IfyouwantAtolltoconsiderthetransmitterasapotentialserveraswellasaninterferer,set
thetransmittertypetoIntranetwork(Serverandinterferer).IfyouwantAtolltoconsiderthetransmitteronly
asaninterferer,setthetypetoInternetwork(Interfereronly).Nocoverageforaninterfereronlytransmitterwill
becalculatedforcoveragepredictionsanditwillnotserveanymobileinMonteCarlosimulations.
tiononhowtostudyinterferencebetweencoexistingnetworks,see"ModellingtheCoexistenceofNetworks"
onpage994.
transmitter.EquipmentcanbeassignedusingtheEquipmentSpecificationsdialoguewhichappearswhenyou
IntheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue(seeFigure10.4),theequipmentyouselectandthegainsandlossesyou
defineareusedtoinitialisetotaltransmitterlossesintheuplinkanddownlink:
)to
page174.
)toaccesstheprop
Transmitterequipment:YoucanselecttransmitterequipmentfromtheTransmitterlist.Youcanclickthe
Browse button (
) to access the properties of the transmitter equipment. For information on creating
transmitterequipment,see"DefiningTransmitterEquipment"onpage174.
Feederlength:Youcanenterthefeederlengthattransmissionandreception.
Miscellaneouslosses:Youcanentermiscellaneouslossesattransmissionandreception.Thevalueyouenter
mustbepositive.
823
Forsk2013
losses.AtollalwaysconsidersthevaluesintheRealboxesincoveragepredictionsevenif
they are different from the values in the Computed boxes. The information in the real
NoisefigureboxiscalculatedfromtheinformationyouenteredintheEquipmentSpecifi
cationsdialogue.YoucanmodifytherealTotallossesattransmissionandreceptionand
therealNoisefigureatreception.Anyvalueyouentermustbepositive.
Antennas:
Height/ground:TheHeight/groundboxgivestheheightoftheantennaabovetheground.Thisisaddedto
AASpowercombininggain:TheAASpowercombininggainiscalculatedautomaticallydependingonthe
numberofantennaelementsonthesmartantennaequipment,ifany,assignedtothetransmitter.Thisgain
isappliedtothedownlinktransmissionpowerforreferencesignalsandothercontrolchannelstransmitted
usingthemainantenna.
Mainantenna:UnderMainantenna,thetypeofantennaisvisibleintheModellist.YoucanclicktheBrowse
button(
Azimuth,Mechanicaldowntilt,andAdditionalelectricaldowntilt,displayadditionalantennaparameters.
824
Smartantenna:UnderSmartantenna,thesmartantennaequipmentisavailableintheEquipmentlist.You
)toaccessthepropertiesofthesmartantennaequipment.Whenyouselect
smartantennaequipment,youcanchoosewhethertokeepthecurrentmainantennamodelortoreplaceit
withthemainantennamodeldefinedfortheselectedsmartantennaequipment,ifany.Formoreinformation
onsmartantennaequipment,see"DefiningSmartAntennaEquipment"onpage984.
Numberofantennaports:SelectthenumberofantennaportsusedforMIMOintheTransmissionandRecep
tionfields.Formoreinformationonhowthenumberofantennaportsareused,see"MultipleInputMultiple
OutputSystems"onpage986.
theirAzimuth,Mechanicaldowntilt,and%Power,whichisthepercentageofpowerreservedforthispartic
ular antenna. For example, for a transmitter with one secondary antenna, if you reserve 40% of the total
powerforthesecondaryantenna,60%isavailableforthemainantenna.
AT320_UM_E0
page69.
Thetransmissionpowerisdividedamongthemainandsecondaryantennas.This
is not compatible with smart antennas. You must not assign smart antennas to
transmitterswithsecondaryantennas,andviceversa.
Incalculations,repeatersandremoteantennasaretransparenttothedonortrans
mittersandtheservedusers.Forexample,beamformingsmartantennasatdonor
transmitterscreatebeamsdirectlytowardstheservedusers,andnottowardsthe
repeaterorremoteantennathatcoverstheusers.Thisresultsinacombinedsignal
levelreceivedfromthetransmitterusingthesmartantennaandfromtherepeater
orremoteantenna.Ifthisapproachdoesnotmatchhowyourequipmentworks,
you must not assign smart antennas to transmitters with repeaters and remote
antennas,andviceversa.ThisisalsotrueforMIMO.
Themainantennaisusedtotransmitthecontrolchannels.Coveragepredictionsbasedonthereferencesignalsare
performedusingthemainantenna.Themainantennaisalsousedfortrafficifthereisnosmartantennaequipment
selectedforthetransmitter,orifthecellsdonotsupportAAS.
IfsmartantennaequipmentisassignedtothetransmitterandthecellssupportAAS,trafficdataaretransmittedand
receivedusingthesmartantenna,whereasthecontrolchannelsaretransmittedusingthemainantenna.
10.2.1.1.3
CellDescription
InAtoll,acellisdefinedasanRFchannel,withallitscharacteristics,onatransmitter;thecellisthemechanismbywhichyou
canconfigureamulticarrierLTEnetwork.
Whenyoucreateatransmitter,Atollautomaticallycreatesacellforthetransmitterusingthepropertiesofthecurrently
selectedstationtemplate.ThefollowingexplainstheparametersofanLTEcell.Youcan,ifyouwant,modifythesevalues.
ThepropertiesofanLTEcellarefoundonCellstabofthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmittertowhichitbelongs.
TheCellstabhasthefollowingoptions:
Name:Bydefault,Atollnamesthecellafteritstransmitter,addingasuffixinparentheses.Ifyouchangetransmitter
name,Atolldoesnotupdatethecellname.Youcanenteranameforthecell,butforthesakeofconsistency,itis
bettertoletAtollassignaname.IfyouwanttochangethewayAtollnamescells,seetheAdministratorManual.
Layer:Thenetworklayertowhichthecellbelongs.Thisinformationisusedindeterminingtheservingcell.Formore
informationondefininglayers,see"DefiningNetworkDeploymentLayers"onpage976.Formoreinformationonthe
cellselectionoptions,see"TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage973.
Frequencyband:Thecellsfrequencybandfromthefrequencybandlist.
Channelnumber:Thenumberofthechannelfromthelistofavailablechannels.
Forcalculatingpathlossmatricesofamulticelltransmitter,Atollusesthedownlinkstart
frequencyofthefrequencybandassignedtothecellwiththehighestprioritylayer.
Channelallocationstatus:Thestatusofthecurrentchannelallocatedtothecell:
Notallocated:TheAFPconsidersaNotallocatedchannelmodifiablewithoutcost.
Allocated:TheAFPconsidersanAllocatedchannelmodifiablebutonlyifabsolutelynecessary.
Locked:TheAFPconsidersaLockedchannelnotmodifiable.
FormoreinformationontheAFP,see"ConfiguringNetworkParametersUsingtheAFP"onpage899.
PhysicalcellID:ThephysicalcellIDofthecell.Itisanintegervaluefrom0to503.ThephysicalcellIDsaredefinedin
the3GPPspecifications.Thereare504uniquephysicallayercellidentities.ThephysicalcellIDsaregroupedinto168
uniquecellIDgroups(calledSSSIDsinAtoll),witheachgroupcontaining3uniqueidentities(calledPSSIDsinAtoll).
AnSSSIDisthusuniquelydefinedbyanumberfrom0to167,andaPSSIDisdefinedbyanumberfrom0to2.Each
cellsreferencesignalstransmitapseudorandomsequencecorrespondingtothephysicalcellIDofthecell.
PhysicalcellIDsalsoindicatethesubcarriersbeingusedforreferencesignaltransmissioninthedownlink.Reference
signalhopping,orvshifting,isthecalculationoftheindexofthesubcarrierbeingusedforreferencesignalresource
825
Forsk2013
elements.Thevshiftingindexiscalculatedas(PCI)Mod6forsingleantennatransmittersandas(PCI)Mod3formulti
antennatransmitters.
PSSID:ThePSSIDcorrespondingtothecurrentphysicalcellID.Thisvalueisdeterminedautomaticallyfromthephys
icalcellID.
PSSIDstatus:ThestatusofthePSSIDcurrentlyassignedtothecell:
Notallocated:TheAFPconsidersaNotallocatedPSSIDmodifiablewithoutcost.
Allocated:TheAFPconsidersanAllocatedPSSIDmodifiablebutonlyifabsolutelynecessary.
Locked:TheAFPconsidersaLockedPSSIDnotmodifiable.
SSSID:TheSSSIDcorrespondingtothecurrentphysicalcellID.Thisvalueisdeterminedautomaticallyfromthephys
icalcellID.
SSSIDstatus:ThestatusoftheSSSIDcurrentlyassignedtothecell:
Notallocated:TheAFPconsidersaNotallocatedSSSIDmodifiablewithoutcost.
Allocated:TheAFPconsidersanAllocatedSSSIDmodifiablebutonlyifabsolutelynecessary.
Locked:TheAFPconsidersaLockedSSSIDnotmodifiable.
TolockthephysicalcellIDassignedtoacell,youmustsetbothPSSIDstatusandSSSID
statustoLocked.
PhysicalcellIDdomain:ThephysicalcellIDdomaintowhichtheallocatedphysicalcellIDbelongs.Thisandthereuse
distanceareusedbytheAFPforphysicalcellIDallocation.
Reusedistance:TheminimumreusedistanceafterwhichthechannelorphysicalcellIDassignedtothiscellcanbe
assignedtoanothercellbytheAFP.
FormoreinformationontheAFP,see"ConfiguringNetworkParametersUsingtheAFP"onpage899.
Maxpower(dBm):Thecellsmaximumtransmissionpower.YoucanenterormodifythisvalueiftheRSEPREoption
undertheAdvancedoptionsontheGlobalParameterstaboftheLTENetworkSettingsfoldersPropertiesdialogue
issettoanyofthefollowing:
Calculated(equaldistributionofunusedEPRE)
Calculated(withboost):Thisoptioncorrespondstoa3dBboostintheRSEPREwith2transmissionantennaports
and6dBboostwith4ports.
Calculated(withoutboost)
Independentofmaxpower
The transmission powers corresponding to different channels are calculated using Max power, the energy per
resourceelementoffsetsdefinedfortheSS,PBCH,PDSCH,andPDCCH,andthenumberofresourceelementscorre
spondingtoeachchannel,allofwhicharealsocalculatedbyAtoll.
MaxpoweriscalculatedbyAtollfromtheuserdefinedRSEPREvalueiftheRSEPREoptionintheGlobalParameters
oftheLTENetworkSettingsfolderissettoUserdefined.
RSEPRE(dBm):Thereferencesignalenergyperresourceelement.YoucanenterormodifythisvalueiftheRSEPRE
optionundertheAdvancedoptionsontheGlobalParameterstaboftheLTENetworkSettingsfoldersPropertiesdia
logueissettoUserdefinedorIndependentofmaxpower.
ThisvalueiscalculatedbyAtollfromtheuserdefinedmaxpowervalueiftheRSEPREoptionundertheAdvanced
optionsontheGlobalParameterstaboftheLTENetworkSettingsfoldersPropertiesdialogueissettoanyofthe
following:
Calculated(equaldistributionofunusedEPRE)
Calculated(withboost):Thisoptioncorrespondstoa3dBboostintheRSEPREwith2transmissionantennaports
and6dBboostwith4ports.
Calculated(withoutboost)
Formoreinformation,see"TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage973.
826
SSEPREOffset/RS(dB):Thedifferenceintheenergyofaresourceelementbelongingtothesynchronisationsignals
withrespecttotheenergyofareferencesignalresourceelement.Thisvalueisusedtocalculatethetransmission
powercorrespondingtotheprimaryandsecondarysynchronisationsignals(PSS,SSS).
PBCHEPREOffset/RS(dB):ThedifferenceintheenergyofaresourceelementbelongingtothePBCHwithrespectto
the energy of a reference signal resource element. This value is used to calculate the transmission power corre
spondingtothephysicalbroadcastchannel(PBCH).
PDCCHEPREOffset/RS(dB):ThedifferenceintheenergyofaresourceelementbelongingtothePDCCHwithrespect
totheenergyofareferencesignalresourceelement.Thisvalueisusedtocalculatethetransmissionpowercorre
spondingtothephysicaldownlinkcontrolchannel(PDCCH).
PDSCHEPREOffset/RS(dB):ThedifferenceintheenergyofaresourceelementbelongingtothePDSCHwithrespect
totheenergyofareferencesignalresourceelement.Thisvalueisusedtocalculatethetransmissionpowercorre
spondingtothephysicaldownlinksharedchannel(PDSCH).
AT320_UM_E0
Atollfirstcalculatestheenergyperresourceelementcorrespondingtothereferencesignalresourceelements,the
SS,PBCH,PDSCH,andPDCCH.Oncetheenergiesavailableforeachoftheseresourceelementtypesareknown,they
are converted into transmission powers for further calculations. In the offset fields above, you have to enter the
offsets,i.e.,thedifferenceintheenergylevels,foroneresourceelementofeachtype.Forexample,ifaresource
elementbelongingtotheSShas3dBlessenergythanaresourceelementofthedownlinkreferencesignals,you
shouldenter3dBintheSSEPREOffset.AtollwillthencalculatetheactualtransmissionpoweroftheSS,i.e.,allthe
resourceelementsoftheSS,fromthisoffsetandthenumberofSSresourceelementsperframe.
InstantaneousRSpower(dBm):Theinstantaneousreferencesignaltransmissionpowercalculatedfromthemax
imumpowerorRSEPREandtheEPREoffsets.
InstantaneousSSpower(dBm):TheinstantaneousSStransmissionpowercalculatedfromthemaximumpowerorRS
EPREandtheEPREoffsets.
Instantaneous PBCH power (dBm): The instantaneous PBCH transmission power calculated from the maximum
powerorRSEPREandtheEPREoffsets.
AveragePDCCHpower(dBm):TheaveragePDCCHtransmissionpowercalculatedfromthemaximumpowerorRS
AveragePDSCHpower(dBm):TheaveragePDSCHtransmissionpowercalculatedfromthemaximumpowerorRS
Ifthecellstransmitterhassmartantennaequipmentassignedtoit,thetransmissionpowersofthecellincreaseby
10 Log n (indB),wherenisthenumberofantennaelementsofthesmartantenna.Thisgainintransmission
powersisreferredtoastheAASpowercombininggain.
MinRSRP(dBm):TheminimumRSRPrequiredforausertobeconnectedtothecell.TheRSRPiscomparedwiththis
thresholdtodeterminewhetherornotauseriswithinthecellscoverageornot.
Receptionequipment:Youcanselectthecellsreceptionequipmentfromthereceptionequipmentlist.Formore
information,see"DefiningLTEReceptionEquipment"onpage978.
Scheduler:Theschedulerusedbythecellforbearerselectionandresourceallocation.Youcanselectthescheduler
fromthelistofschedulersavailableintheSchedulerstable.Formoreinformationsee"DefiningLTESchedulers"on
page982.
Maxnumberofusers:Themaximumnumberofsimultaneousconnecteduserssupportedbythecell.
No.ofusers(DL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtothecellinthedownlink.Thiscanbeuserdefinedoranoutput
ofMonteCarlosimulations.
No.ofusers(UL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtothecellintheuplink.Thiscanbeuserdefinedoranoutputof
TDDsubframeconfiguration:ThesubframeconfigurationusedbythecellwhenthecellsfrequencybandisTDD.If
the networks switching point periodicity is set to "Half Frame", you can select a subframe configuration of type
DSUUUDSUUU,DSUUDDSUUD,DSUDDDSUDD,orDSUUUDSUUD.Ifthenetworksswitchingpointperiodicityisset
to"Frame",youcanselectasubframeconfigurationoftypeDSUUUDDDDD,DSUUDDDDDD,orDSUDDDDDDD.For
moreinformationonTDDswitchingpointperiodicity,see"TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage973.
TDDsubframeconfigurationishiddenwhenthereisnoTDDfrequencybanddefinedin
theFrequencyBandstable(see"DefiningFrequencyBands"onpage972.
Diversity support (DL): The type of antenna diversity technique (transmit diversity, SUMIMO, AMS, or AAS) sup
portedbythecellindownlink.YoucannotselectmorethanonetypeofMIMOtechnique(transmitdiversity,SU
MIMO,orAMS)atatime.
Diversity support (UL): The type of antenna diversity technique (none, receive diversity, SUMIMO, AMS, or
MUMIMO)supportedbythecellinuplink.
Specificcalculationsareperformed(andgainsapplied)forterminalssupportingAASandMIMO.
MUMIMOcapacitygain(UL):Theuplinkcapacitygainduetomultiuser(collaborative)MIMO.Thiscanbeuser
definedoranoutputofMonteCarlosimulations.Inuplinkthroughputcoveragepredictions,thecellcapacitywillbe
multipliedbythisgainonpixelswhereMUMIMOisused.
Fractionalpowercontrolfactor:Thisfactorisusedforpathlosscompensationwhenperformingfractionalpower
controlontheuplink.Forexample,ifthisfactorissetto0.8,only80%oftheactualpathlosswillbeconsideredwhen
estimatingthereceivedpower.Therefore,thereceivedpowerfromanymobileontheuplinkwillbeestimatedtobe
higherthanitwouldactuallybe(using100%ofthepathloss),whichwillbeinterpretedbythemobileasaneedto
reduceitstransmissionpower.Thisfactorisrepresentedby in3GPPspecifications.Thisfactorrepresentstheinflu
enceoftheservingcellonthefractionalpowerofanymobile.
MaxPUSCHC/(I+N)(dB):Thisvalueisusedforpowercontrolontheuplink.ThedifferencebetweentheMaxPUSCH
C/(I+N)andtheuplinknoiseriseofthecellcorrespondstothenominalPUSCHpowerforthecell.ThenominalPUSCH
powerisacellspecificparameterfromwhichalimitontheuplinktransmissionpowersofmobilesinthecellcanbe
extracted.Thisfactorisrepresentedby P O_PUSCH in3GPPspecifications.MaxPUSCHC/(I+N)isupdatedduringuplink
noiserisecontrolinMonteCarlosimulationsbasedonthemaximumnoiseriseconstraintsoftheneighbouringcells.
827
Forsk2013
Interferencecoordinationsupport:Theintercellinterferencecoordination(ICIC)techniquesupportedbythecell.
YoucanselectStaticDLorStaticUL.YoucanselectfromvariousICICmodesavailableinthecellsframeconfigura
tions.
Frameconfiguration:Theframeconfigurationusedbythecellindownlinkanduplink.Amongotherframestructure
parameters,thisconfigurationalsodefinesICICsettingsforacellsupportingStaticDLorStaticULintercellinterfer
encecoordination.Formoreinformation,see"DefiningFrameConfigurations"onpage977.
ICICdeltapathlossthreshold(dB):Themaximumdifferencebetweenthepathlossofthesecondbestserverandthe
pathlossofthebestservertobeconsideredatcelledge.CelledgemobilesareservedbyacellsICICresources.
Maxtrafficload(DL)(%):Thedownlinktrafficloadnottobeexceeded.Thislimitcanbetakenintoaccountduring
MonteCarlosimulations.Ifthecelltrafficloadislimitedbythisvalue,thecellwillnotbeallowedtohaveadownlink
trafficloadgreaterthanthismaximum.
Trafficload(DL)(%):Thedownlinktrafficloadpercentage.ThiscanbeuserdefinedoranoutputofMonteCarlosim
ulations.
ICICratio(DL)(%):Youcansetthepercentageofthetotaldownlinktrafficloadthatcorrespondstotheresourcesallo
catedtocelledgeusers.Forexample,ifthedownlinktrafficloadis80%,andyousettheICICratioto50%,itmeans
that40%ofthedownlinktrafficloadcorrespondstocelledgeusersand40%tothecellcentreusers.Thiscanbeuser
definedoranoutputofMonteCarlosimulations.
Maxtrafficload(UL)(%):Theuplinktrafficloadnottobeexceeded.ThislimitcanbetakenintoaccountduringMonte
Carlosimulations.Ifthecelltrafficloadislimitedbythisvalue,thecellwillnotbeallowedtohaveanuplinktraffic
loadgreaterthanthismaximum.
Trafficload(UL)(%):Theuplinktrafficloadpercentage.ThiscanbeuserdefinedoranoutputofMonteCarlosimu
lations.
ULnoiserise(dB):TheuplinknoiseriseindB.ThiscanbeuserdefinedoranoutputofMonteCarlosimulations.This
istheglobalvalueofuplinknoiseriseincludingtheintertechnologyuplinknoiserise.
ICICULnoiserise(dB):Theuplinknoiseriseofthecellresourcescoveringcelledgeusers.Thisnoiseriseisonlyused
whentheICICsupportforthecellincludesStaticUL.ThiscanbeuserdefinedoranoutputofMonteCarlosimulations.
MaxULnoiserise(dB):Theupperlimitonbothuplinknoiserisevalues,i.e.,theULnoiseriseandtheICICULnoise
rise.ItisusedforuplinknoiserisecontrolduringMonteCarlosimulations.Thisparameterrepresentsthemaximum
interferencethatacellcantolerateontheuplink.
Angulardistributionsofinterference(AAS):TheMonteCarlosimulationresultsgeneratedfortransmittersusinga
smartantenna.Theseresultsaretheangulardistributionsofthedownlinktrafficpowerspectraldensity.
AASusage(DL)(%):Thetotaldownlinktrafficloadthatcorrespondstothetrafficloadsoftheuserssupportedbythe
smartantenna.Forexample,ifthedownlinktrafficloadis80%,andyousettheAASusageto50%,itmeansthat40%
downlinktrafficloadissupportedbythesmartantennaequipmentwhiletheother40%issupportedbythemain
antenna.AASusageiscalculatedduringMonteCarlosimulations,andcannotbemodifiedmanuallybecausetheAAS
usagevaluescorrespondtotheangulardistributionsofinterference.
IntertechnologyULnoiserise:Thisnoiseriserepresentstheinterferencecreatedbymobilesandbasestationsofan
externalnetworkonthiscellontheuplink.Thisnoiserisewillbetakenintoaccountinalluplinkinterferencebased
calculationsinvolvingthiscellinMonteCarlosimulations.ItisnotusedinpredictionswhereAtollcalculatestheuplink
totalinterferencefromtheuplinknoiserisewhichincludesintertechnologyuplinkinterference.Formoreinforma
tiononintertechnologyinterference,see"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage989.
IntertechnologyDLnoiserise:Thisnoiseriserepresentstheinterferencecreatedbymobilesofanexternalnetwork
onthemobilesservedbythiscellonthedownlink.Thisnoiserisewillbetakenintoaccountinalldownlinkinterfer
encebasedcalculationsinvolvingthiscell.Formoreinformationonintertechnologyinterference,see"Modelling
IntertechnologyInterference"onpage989.
Maxnumberofintratechnologyneighbours:ThemaximumnumberofLTEneighboursthatthecellcanhave.
Maxnumberofintertechnologyneighbours:Themaximumnumberofothertechnologyneighboursthatthecellcan
have.
Neighbours:Youcanaccessadialogueinwhichyoucansetbothintratechnologyandintertechnologyneighbours
byclickingtheBrowsebutton(
).Forinformationondefiningneighbours,see"PlanningNeighbours"onpage887.
TheBrowsebutton(
)mightnotbevisibleintheNeighboursboxifthisisanewcell.
ple,cells.Thissectiondescribeshowtocreateormodifythefollowingelementsofabasestation:
828
"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage830
AT320_UM_E0
10.2.1.2.1
Tocreateanewsite:
3. Select New from the context menu. The Sites: New Element Properties dialogue appears (see Figure10.2 on
page822).
5. ClickOK.
6. ClickOK.
10.2.1.2.2
2. RightclicktheLTETransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheTransmitters:NewElementPropertiesdialogueappears(seeFigure10.3).
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheLTETransmittersfolder.
6. ClickOK.
829
Forsk2013
10.2.1.2.3
clickingtheLTETransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorerandselectingOpen
Tablefromthecontextmenu.Forinformationoncopyingandpastingdata,see
textmenu.
Youcanmodifyanexistingcelloryoucancreateanewcell.Youcanaccessthepropertiesofacell,describedin"CellDescrip
tion"onpage825,throughthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmitterwherethecellislocated.HowyouaccesstheProperties
dialoguedependsonwhetheryouarecreatinganewcellormodifyinganexistingcell.
appears.
6. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"CellDescription"onpage825.
7. ClickOK.
byrightclickingtheLTETransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorerandselecting
10.2.1.3 PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate
InAtoll,abasestationisdefinedasasitewithoneormoretransmitterssharingthesameproperties.WithAtoll,youcan
createanetworkbyplacingbasestationsbasedonstationtemplates.Thisallowsyoutobuildyournetworkquicklywith
consistentparameters,insteadofbuildingthenetworkbyfirstcreatingthesite,thenthetransmitters,andfinallybyadding
thecells.
830
AT320_UM_E0
clicktheNewTransmitterorStationbutton.Forinformationonusingthezooming
tools,see"ChangingtheMapScale"onpage49.
Ifyouletthepointerrestoverthebasestationyouhaveplaced,Atolldisplaysits
tiptextwithitsexactcoordinates,allowingyoutoverifythatthelocationiscorrect.
Youcanalsoplaceaseriesofbasestationsusingastationtemplate.Youdothisbydefininganareaonthemapwhereyou
wanttoplacethebasestations.Atollcalculatestheplacementofeachbasestationaccordingtothedefinedhexagonalcell
radiusinthestationtemplate.Forinformationondefiningthecellradius,see"ModifyingaStationTemplate"onpage832.
Toplaceaseriesofbasestationswithinadefinedarea:
1. IntheRadioPlanningtoolbar,selectatemplatefromthelist(seeFigure10.5).
)totherightofthestationtemplatelist.Ahexagonaldesignisagroupofbase
stationscreatedfromthesamestationtemplate.
3. Drawazonedelimitingtheareawhereyouwanttoplacetheseriesofbasestations:
Atollfillsthedelimitedzonewithnewbasestationsandtheirhexagonalshapes.Basestationobjectssuchassitesand
transmittersarealsocreatedandplacedintotheirrespectivefolders.
Youcanworkwiththesitesandtransmittersinthesebasestationsasyouworkwithanybasestationobject,adding,forexam
ple,anotherantennatoatransmitter.
Whenyouplaceanewstationusingastationtemplateasexplainedin"PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate"
onpage830,thesiteiscreatedatthesametimeasthestation.However,youcanalsoplaceanewstationonanexistingsite.
Toplaceabasestationonanexistingsite:
placethestation.
AtollcomeswithLTEstationtemplates,butyoucanalsocreateandmodifystationtemplates.Thetoolsforworkingwith
stationtemplatesareontheRadioPlanningtoolbar(seeFigure10.5).
10.2.1.4.1
Whenyoucreateastationtemplate,youcandosobyselectinganexistingstationtemplatethatmostcloselyresemblesthe
stationtemplateyouwanttocreateandmakingacopy.Thenyoucanmodifytheparametersthatdiffer.Tocreateastation
template:
831
Forsk2013
7. RightclicktherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
page832.
10.2.1.4.2
7. ClicktheGeneraltabofthePropertiesdialogue.Onthistab(seeFigure10.6),youcanmodifythefollowing:
TheNameofthestationtemplate,thenumberofSectors,eachwithatransmitter,theHexagonradius,i.e.,the
theoreticalradiusofthehexagonalareacoveredbyeachsector,andtheTransmittertype,i.e.,whetherthetrans
mitterbelongstoyournetworkortoanexternalnetwork.
UnderAntennas,youcanmodifythefollowing:1stsectorazimuth,fromwhichtheazimuthoftheothersectors
areoffsettooffercompletecoverageofthearea,theHeight/groundoftheantennasfromtheground(i.e.,the
heightovertheDTM;ifthetransmitterissituatedonabuilding,theheightenteredmustincludetheheightofthe
building),theMechanicaldowntilt,andtheAdditionalelectricaldowntiltfortheantennas.
UnderMainantenna,youcanselectthemainantennaModel,underSmartantenna,youcanselectthesmart
antennaEquipmentusedbythetransmitter,andunderNumberofantennaports,youcanenterthenumberof
antennasusedforTransmissionandforReceptionforMIMO.
832
UnderPathlossmatrices,youcanmodifythefollowing:theMainpropagationmodel,theMainradius,andthe
Mainresolution,andtheExtendedpropagationmodel,theExtendedradius,andtheExtendedresolution.For
informationonpropagationmodels,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
AT320_UM_E0
8. ClicktheTransmittertab.Onthistab(seeFigure10.7),iftheActivecheckboxisselected,youcanmodifythefol
lowingunderTransmission/Reception:youcanclicktheEquipmentbuttontoopentheEquipmentSpecifications
dialogueandmodifythetowermountedamplifier(TMA),feedercables,ortransmitterequipment.Forinformation
TheinformationinthecomputedTotallossesintransmissionandreceptionboxesiscalculatedfromtheinformation
youenteredintheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue(seeFigure10.4onpage824).Anylossrelatedtothenoisedue
toatransmittersrepeaterisincludedinthecalculatedlosses.AtollalwaysconsidersthevaluesintheRealboxesin
coveragepredictionseveniftheyaredifferentfromthevaluesintheComputedboxes.YoucanmodifytherealTotal
lossesattransmissionandreceptionifyouwant.Anyvalueyouentermustbepositive.
TheinformationinthecomputedNoisefigureboxiscalculatedfromtheinformationyouenteredintheEquipment
Specificationsdialogue.YoucanmodifytherealNoisefigureatreceptionifyouwant.Anyvalueyouentermustbe
positive.
9. ClicktheLTEtab.Onthistab(seeFigure10.8),youcanmodifythefollowing:
UnderPowerandEPREoffsetsrelativetothereferencesignalsEPRE,youcanmodifytheMaxpower,RSEPRE,
andtheEPREoffsetsfortheSS,PBCH,PDSCH,andPDCCHinSSoffset,PBCHoffset,PDCCHoffset,andPDSCH
offset.
833
Forsk2013
YoucanassignchannelandphysicalcellIDpercellpersector,byclickingtheCelldefinitionpersectorbutton.The
CellDefinitionperSectordialogueappears.
i.
ClicktheCelldefinitionpersectorbutton.TheCellDefinitionperSectordialogueappears.
ii. SelecttheSectorforwhichyouwanttodefinecellparameters,i.e.,channelnumberandphysicalcellID.
iii. EntertheNumberofcellsthattheselectedsectorwillhave.Thenumberofrowsinthegridbelowdepends
onthenumberofcellsthatyouenter.
iv. Inthelayer/channel/physicalcellIDgrid,assignalayer,achannelnumber,andaphysicalcellIDtoeachcell.
v. Carryoutthestepsabovetoassignlayers,channels,andphysicalcellIDstoeachsector.
vi. ClickOK.
Frequencyband,Reusedistance,Receptionequipment,Scheduler,Maxnumberofusers,TDDsubframeconfig
uration,andMinRSRP.
UnderAntennadiversity,youcanselecttheDiversitysupportindownlinkandinuplinkanddefinethedefault
MUMIMOcapacitygain.
UnderDefaultloads,youcanenterthedefaultvaluesforDLtrafficload,ULtrafficload,ULnoiserise,andthe
MaxDLtrafficloadandMaxULtrafficload.
UnderIntertechnologyinterference,youcansettheDLnoiseriseandtheULnoiserise.Formoreinformation
onintertechnologyinterference,see"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage989.
Figure10.8:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueLTEtab
10. ClicktheNeighbourstab.Onthistab(seeFigure10.9),youcanmodifythefollowing:
834
UnderMaxnumberofneighbours,youcansetthemaximumnumbersofIntratechnologyandIntertechnology
neighbours.
AT320_UM_E0
changes.
10.2.1.4.3
10.2.1.4.4
Youcanadd,delete,andedituserdefineddatatablefieldsintheStationTemplatestable.Ifyouwanttoaddauserdefined
fieldtothestationtemplates,youmusthavealreadyaddedittotheSitestableforittoappearasanoptioninthestation
templateproperties
Toaccessthestationtemplatesdatatablefielddefinitiondialogue:
6. Forinformationonadding,deleting,andeditinguserdefinedfields,see"Adding,Deleting,andEditingDataTable
Fields"onpage70).
7. Whenyouhavefinished,ClickOK.
10.2.1.4.5
835
Forsk2013
Quicklycreateanewbasestationwiththesamesettingsasanoriginaloneinordertostudytheeffectofanewstation
onthecoverageandcapacityofthenetwork,and
Quicklycreateanewhomogeneousnetworkwithbasestationsthathavethesamecharacteristics.
SelectDuplicate>WithOutwardNeighboursfromthecontextmenu,ifyouwanttoduplicatethebasestation
alongwiththelistsofintraandintertechnologyneighboursofitstransmitters.
bar(seeFigure10.10).
836
AT320_UM_E0
duplicatestation.
Youcancreatebasestationsindividuallyasexplainedin"CreatinganLTEBaseStation"onpage821,oryoucancreateoneor
severalbasestationsbyusingstationtemplatesasexplainedin"PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate"on
page830.However,ifyouhavealargeprojectandyoualreadyhaveexistingdata,youcanimportthisdataintoyourcurrent
Atolldocumentandcreateagroupofbasestations.
page119.
cancopythisdataandpasteitintothetablesinyourcurrentAtolldocument.Whenyoucreateagroupofbasesta
tionsbycopyingandpastingdata,youmustcopyandpastesitedataintheSitestable,transmitterdataintheTrans
mitterstable,andcelldataintheCellstable,inthatorder.
Thetableyoucopyfrommusthavethesamecolumnlayoutasthetableyouarepasting
datainto.
Importingdata:Ifyouhavebasestationdataintextorcommaseparatedvalue(CSV)format,youcanimportitinto
thetablesinthecurrentdocument.IfthedataisinanotherAtolldocument,youcanfirstexportitintextorCSV
formatandthenimportitintothetablesofyourcurrentAtolldocument.Whenyouareimporting,Atollallowsyou
toselectwhatvaluesyouimportintowhichcolumnsofthetable.
Atollallows toyou to display information about base stations in a numberof ways. This enables younot only to display
selectedinformation,butalsotodistinguishbasestationsataglance.
837
Forsk2013
visible;toomuchinformationinthelabelwillmakeithardertodistinguishtheinformationyouarelookingfor.For
informationondefiningthelabel,see"DefiningtheObjectTypeLabel"onpage46.
canselect"DiscreteValues"todistinguishtransmittersbyantennatype,ortodistinguishinactivefromactivetrans
mitters.Youcanalsodefinethedisplaytypefortransmittersas"Automatic."Atollthenautomaticallyassignsacolour
toeachtransmitter,ensuringthateachtransmitterhasadifferentcolourthanthetransmitterssurroundingit.For
informationondefiningthetransmittercolour,see"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44.
and
).
10.2.5 CreatingaMultibandLTENetwork
InAtoll,youcanmodelamultibandLTEnetwork,forexample,anetworkconsistingof900MHzand2.1GHz,inonedocu
ment.CreatingamultibandLTEnetworkconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
Atoll).
3. Assigningafrequencybandtoeachcellandarelevantpropagationmodeltoeachtransmitter(see"CreatingorMod
ifyingaCell"onpage830and"CreatingorModifyingaTransmitter"onpage829).
signalcanbecarriedbydifferenttypesoflinkssuchasradiolinkormicrowavelink.Theserversideretransmitsthereceived
signal.
WhenAtollmodelsLTErepeaters,themodellingfocuseson:
Incalculations,repeatersaretransparenttothedonortransmittersandtheserved
users.Forexample,beamformingsmartantennasatdonortransmitterscreatebeams
directlytowardstheservedusers,andnottowardstherepeaterthatcoverstheusers.
Thisresultsinacombinedsignallevelreceivedfromthetransmitterusingthesmart
antennaandfromtherepeater.Ifthisapproachdoesnotmatchhowyourequipment
works,youmustnotassignsmartantennastotransmitterswithrepeatersandvice
versa.ThisisalsotrueforMIMO.
AtollassumesthatallcarriersfromtheLTEdonortransmitterareamplified.
838
AT320_UM_E0
Tocreateormodifyrepeaterequipment:
5. DefinethefollowinginanexistingrecordorintherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
):
b. EnteraNoisefigure(dB).Therepeatercausesariseinnoiseatthedonortransmitter,sothenoisefigureisused
c. EnterminimumandmaximumrepeateramplificationgainsintheMin.gainandMaxgaincolumns.Theseparam
thereareany.
d. EnteraGainincrement.Atollusestheincrementvaluewhenyouincreaseordecreasetherepeateramplifiergain
usingthebuttonstotherightoftheAmplifiergainbox(
logue.
e. EnterthemaximumpowerthattheequipmentcantransmitonthedownlinkintheMaxdownlinkpowercolumn.
theequipment.
f. Ifdesired,enteraMaxuplinkpower,anInternaldelayandComments.Thesefieldsareforinformationonlyand
1. Selectthedonortransmitter,repeater,orremoteantenna.YoucanselectitfromtheLTETransmittersfolderinthe
)inthesame
repeaterisfoundintheLTETransmittersfolderoftheNetworkexplorerunderitsdonortransmitter,repeater,or
remoteantenna.
page840.
Youcanseetowhichbasestationtherepeaterisconnectedbyclickingit;Atolldisplaysa
linktothedonortransmitter,repeater,orremoteantenna.
839
Forsk2013
ment.
pastingdatainto.
Name:YoucanchangetheNameoftherepeater.Bydefault,repeatersarenamed"SiteX_Y_RepZ"where"X"is
thedonorsitenumber,"Y"thedonortransmitternumber,and"Z"anumberassignedtotherepeaterwhenitwas
created.
thedonorrepeater.
forthetechnology(eitherGSM,UMTS,orLTE)..
)openstheProperties
UnderAntennaposition,youcandefinethepositionoftherepeater,ifitisnotlocatedonthesiteitself:
Relativetosite:SelectRelativetosite,ifyouwanttodefinethepositionoftherepeaterrelativetothesite
YoucanchangetheAmplifierGain.Theamplifiergainisusedinthelinkbudgettoevaluatetherepeatertotalgain.
UnderDonorrepeaterlink,selectaLinktype.
IfyouselectMicrowavelink,entertheLinklossesandproceedtostep5.
IfyouselectAir,selectaPropagationmodelandenterthePropagationlossesorclickCalculatetodetermine
propagationmodel.
840
AT320_UM_E0
IfyouselectedAirunderDonorrepeaterlink,enterthefollowinginformationunderAntenna:
)toaccessthe
includetheheightofthebuilding.
IfyouselectedAirunderDonorrepeaterlink,enterthefollowinginformationunderFeeders:
Type:ThetypeoffeederisvisibleintheTypelist.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton(
ertiesofthefeeder.
Length:EntertheLengthofthefeedercableatTransmissionandatReception.
)toaccesstheprop
SelecttheActivecheckbox.Onlyactiverepeaters(displayedinredintheLTETransmittersfolderintheNetwork
Totalgain:Enterthegain(indownlinkanduplink)orclickCalculatetodeterminetheactualgaininbothdirec
Indownlink,thetotalgainisappliedtoRS,SS,PBCH,PDCCH,andPDSCHpowersandEPREs.
Inuplink,thetotalgainisappliedtothePUCCHandPUSCHpowers.
(donor antenna gain, reception feeder losses), amplifier gain, and coverage characteristics (coverage antenna
button(
MechanicalAzimuth,Mechanicaldowntilt,andAdditionalelectricaldowntiltdisplayadditionalantennapa
rameters.
page69.
841
Forsk2013
i.
feeder.
UnderLosses,AtolldisplaystheLossrelatedtorepeaternoiserise.
parameters.OnthePropagationtab,youcanmodifythefollowing:thePropagationmodel,Radius,andResolution
forboththeMainmatrixandtheExtendedmatrix.Bydefault,thepropagationcharacteristicsoftherepeater(model,
terscontextmenu.
settingthevalueofthefieldto"True."Afterwards,whenyouselectRepeaters>Calculate
forrepeaterswiththecustomfield"FreezeTotalGain"setto"False."
theMouse"onpage42).
Repeater"onpage838.
Incalculations,remoteantennasaretransparenttothedonortransmittersandthe
servedusers.Forexample,beamformingsmartantennasatdonortransmitterscreate
beamsdirectlytowardstheservedusers,andnottowardstheremoteantennathat
coverstheusers.Thisresultsinacombinedsignallevelreceivedfromthetransmitter
usingthesmartantennaandfromtheremoteantenna.Ifthisapproachdoesnotmatch
howyourequipmentworks,youmustnotassignsmartantennastotransmitterswith
remoteantennasandviceversa.ThisisalsotrueforMIMO.
842
AT320_UM_E0
1. Selectthedonortransmitter.YoucanselectitfromtheLTETransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer,ordirectly
onthemap.
4. Click the mapto place the remoteantenna. Theremoteantenna isplaced on the map, represented by thesame
symbolandcolourasthedonortransmitter.Iftheremoteantennaisinactive,itisdisplayedbyanemptyicon.By
transmitter.
Antenna"onpage843.
Youcanseetowhichbasestationtheremoteantennaisconnectedbyclickingit;Atoll
displaysalinktothedonortransmitter.
pastingdatainto.
ingtheRemoteAntennastable,see"OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable"onpage843).Thecontextmenuappears.
843
Forsk2013
Name:YoucanchangetheNameoftheremoteantenna.Bydefault,remoteantennasarenamed"SiteX_Y_RemZ"
where"X"isthedonorsitenumber,"Y"thedonortransmitternumber,and"Z"anumberassignedtotheremote
antennawhenitwascreated.
remoteantenna.
InMultiRAT documents, a remoteantennas name is"SiteX_T_Y_RemZ" where
)opensthe
YoucanenteravalueintheSharedantenna(coverageside)fieldfortheremoteantenna.Thisfieldisusedtoiden
tifythetransmitters,repeaters,andremoteantennasthatarelocatedatthesamesiteoronsiteswiththesame
positionandthatshareanantenna.Theentryinthefieldmustbethesameforallsuchtransmitters,repeaters,
and remote antennas. When changes are made to the position offset (Dx, Dy), azimuth, antenna height, or
mechanical tilt of one antenna, Atoll automatically synchronises the same changes to all other transmitters,
UnderAntennaposition,youcandefinethepositionoftheremoteantenna,ifitisnotlocatedonthesiteitself:
Relativetosite:SelectRelativetosite,ifyouwanttodefinethepositionoftheremoteantennarelativeto
nates.
UnderDonorrepeaterlink,selectOpticalfibrelinkandentertheFibrelosses.
SelecttheActivecheckbox.Onlyactiveremoteantennas(displayedinredintheLTETransmittersfolderinthe
Totalgain:Enterthegain(indownlinkanduplink)orclickCalculatetodeterminetheactualgaininbothdirec
Indownlink,thetotalgainisappliedtoRS,SS,PBCH,PDCCH,andPDSCHpowersandEPREs.
Inuplink,thetotalgainisappliedtothePUCCHandPUSCHpowers.
button(
844
parameters.
AT320_UM_E0
page69.
i.
feeder.
tionparameters,aswithtransmitters.OnthePropagationtab,youcanmodifythefollowing:thePropagationmodel,
Radius,andResolutionforboththeMainmatrixandtheExtendedmatrix.Bydefault,thepropagationcharacteristics
to"False."
sible.Forexample,acomplexradioplanningprojectmightcoveranentireregionorevenanentirecountry.You,however,
tothebasestationsthatyouareinterestedinandgenerateonlytheresultsyouneed.
InAtoll,therearetwowaysofrestrictingthenumberofbasestationscoveredbyacoverageprediction,eachwithitsown
advantages:
Filteringthedesiredbasestations
Youcansimplifytheselectionofbasestationstobestudiedbyusingafilter.Youcanfilterbasestationsaccordingto
oneormorefields,oryoucancreateanadvancedfilterbycombiningseveralcriteriainseveralfields.Youcancreate
agraphicfilterbyeitherusinganexistingvectorpolygonorcreatinganewvectorpolygon.Forinformationongraphic
filters,see"FilteringDataUsingaFilteringZone"onpage105.Thisenablesyoutokeeponlythebasestationswith
thecharacteristicsyouwantforyourcalculations.Thefilteringzoneistakenintoaccountwhetherornotitisvisible.
the areawhereAtollcalculatespathlossmatrices,coveragepredictions,MonteCarlosimulations,etc.,while the
focuszoneorhotspotistheareatakenintoconsiderationwhengeneratingreportsandresults.
845
Forsk2013
Asyoucreateabasestation,youcanstudyittotesttheeffectivenessofthesetparameters.Coveragepredictionsongroups
ofbasestationscantakealargeamountoftimeandconsumealotofcomputerresources.Restrictingyourcoveragepredic
tiontothebasestationyouarecurrentlyworkingonallowsyougettheresultsquickly.Youcanexpandyourcoveragepredic
tiontoanumberofbasestationsonceyouhaveoptimisedthesettingsforeachindividualbasestation.
Beforestudyingabasestation,youmustassignapropagationmodel.Thepropagationmodeltakestheradioandgeographic
data into account and calculates propagation losses along the transmitterreceiver path. This allows you to predict the
receivedsignallevelatanygivenpoint.Anycoveragepredictionyoumakeonabasestationusesthepropagationmodelto
calculateitsresults.
InAtoll,youcanmakeapointanalysistostudyreceptionalongaprofilebetweenareferencetransmitterandauser.Before
studyingabasestation,youmustassignapropagationmodel.Thepropagationmodeltakestheradioandgeographicdata
intoaccountandcalculateslossesalongthetransmitterreceiverpath.Theprofileiscalculatedinrealtime,usingthepropa
gationmodel,allowingyoutostudytheprofileandgetapredictionontheselectedpoint.Forinformationonassigningaprop
agationmodel,see"AssigningaPropagationModel"onpage850.
Youcanmakeapointanalysisto:
studythereceptioninrealtimealongaprofilebetweenareferencetransmitterandanLTEuser,
studytheinterferencealongaprofilebetweenareferencetransmitterandauser,and
evaluatethesignallevelsfromthesurroundingtransmittersatagivenpoint(usingexistingpathlossmatrices).
pointerchanges(
4. SelecttheProfileview.
TheprofileanalysisappearsintheProfileviewofthePointAnalysiswindow.Thealtitudeisreportedonthevertical
axisandthereceivertransmitterdistanceonthehorizontalaxis.AblueellipsoidindicatestheFresnelzonebetween
thetransmitterandthereceiver,withagreenlineindicatingthelineofsight(LOS).AtolldisplaystheangleoftheLOS
readfromtheverticalantennapattern.Alongtheprofile,ifthesignalmeetsanobstacle,theobstaclecausesattenu
ationwithdiffractiondisplayedbyaredverticalline(ifthepropagationmodelusedtakesdiffractionmechanismsinto
account).ThemainpeakistheonethatintersectsthemostwiththeFresnelellipsoid.Withsomepropagationmodels
usinga3knifeedgeDeygoutdiffractionmethod,theresultsmaydisplaytwoadditionalattenuationpeaks.Thetotal
attenuationisdisplayedabovethemainpeak.
Thereceivedsignalstrengthfromtheselectedtransmitterforthecellwiththehighestreferencesignalpower
YoucanchangethefollowingoptionsfromtheProfileviewtoolbar:
846
Transmitter:Selectthetransmitterfromthelist.YoucanclickthePropertiesbutton(
propertiesdialogue.
Options:ClicktheOptionsbutton(
)toopenthetransmitter
)todisplaytheCalculationOptionsdialogue.Inthisdialogue,youcan:
AT320_UM_E0
SelecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenteraCelledgecoverageprobability.
SelectSignallevel,Pathloss,orTotallossesfromtheResulttypelist.
YoucanselecttheIndoorcoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequency
perclutterclass.
GeographicProfile:ClicktheGeographicProfilebutton( )ifyouwanttoviewthegeographicprofilebetween
thetransmitterandthereceiver.Atolldisplaystheprofilebetweenthetransmitterandthereceiverwithclutter
heights.AnellipsoidindicatingtheFresnelzoneisalsodisplayed.Atolldoesnotcalculateordisplaysignallevels
andlosses.
LinkBudget:ClicktheLinkBudgetbutton(
DetailedReport:ClicktheDetailedReportbutton(
)todisplayatextdocumentwithdetailsonthedisplayed
profileanalysis.ThedetailedreportisonlyavailablefortheStandardPropagationModel.
Youcanselectadifferenttransmitter.
Displaysdata,
including
receivedsignal,
shadowing
margin,cell
edgecoverage
probability,
propagation
modelused,
andtransmit
terreceiver
distance.
Fresnelellipsoid
Lineofsight
Attenuationwithdiffraction
5. Toendthepointanalysis,clickthePointAnalysisbutton(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbaragain.
Whileyouarebuildingyourradioplanningproject,youmightwanttocheckthecoverageofanewbasestationwithout
havingtocalculatetheentireproject.Youcandothisbyselectingthesitewithitstransmittersandthencreatinganewcover
ageprediction.
Thissectionexplainshowtocalculatethesignallevelcoverageofasinglebasestation.Asignallevelcoverageprediction
displaysthesignalofthebestserverforeachpixeloftheareastudied.Foratransmitterwithmorethanonecell,thesignal
leveliscalculatedforthecellwiththehighestreferencesignalpower.
Youcanusethesameproceduretostudythesignallevelcoverageofseveralbasestations
by grouping the transmitters. For information on grouping transmitters, see "Grouping
DataObjectsbyaSelectedProperty"onpage88.
2. RightclicktheLTETransmittersfolderandselectGroupBy>Sitesfromthecontextmenu.Thetransmittersarenow
displayedintheLTETransmittersfolderbythesiteonwhichtheyaresituated.
Ifyouwanttostudyonlysitesbytheirstatus,youcouldgroupthembystatus.
a. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheLTETransmittersfolder.
847
Forsk2013
ters.
obtainmoreaccurateresultsbyusingpropagationmodelsbestsuitedforthemainandextendedmatrices.
e. IntheMainmatrixcolumn:
SelectaPropagationmodel.
f. Ifdesired,intheExtendedmatrixcolumn:
g. Closethetable.
4. IntheLTETransmittersfolder,rightclickthegroupoftransmittersyouwanttostudyandselectCalculations>Create
aNewPredictionfromthecontextmenu.ThePredictionTypesdialogueappears.
ThePredictionTypesdialogueliststhecoveragepredictiontypesavailable.TheyaredividedintoStandardPredic
tions,suppliedwithAtoll,andCustomisedPrediction.Unlessyouhavealreadycreatedsomecustomisedpredictions,
theCustomisedPredictionlistwillbeempty.
General tab: You can change the assigned Name of the coverage prediction, the Resolution, and the storage
Folderforthecoverageprediction,andaddsomeComments.Theresolutionyousetisthedisplayresolution,not
thecalculationresolution.
usuallysufficient:
DisplayResolution
CityCentre
5m
City
20m
County
50m
State
100m
Country
country
Conditiontab:ThecoveragepredictionparametersontheConditiontaballowyoutodefinethesignalsthatwill
AtthetopoftheConditiontab,youcansetthesignallevelrangetobeconsidered.
UnderServer,select"All"toconsiderallservers.Selecting"All"or"BestSignalLevel"willgiveyouthesame
resultsbecauseAtolldisplaystheresultsofthebestserverineithercase.Selecting"BestSignalLevel"neces
sitates,however,alongertimeforcalculation.
Whenyouselect"BestSignalLevel"or"SecondBestSignalLevel,"youcanalsodefineaMarginthatAtollwill
takeintoconsideration.
848
IfyouselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckbox,youcanchangetheCelledgecoverageprobability.
perclutterclass.
AT320_UM_E0
UnderDisplaytype,select"Valueintervals."
UnderField,select"BestSignalLevel."
nexttotheTiptextboxandselectingthefieldsyouwanttodisplayinthetiptext.
YoucanselecttheAddtolegendcheckboxtoaddthedisplayedvalueintervalstothelegend.
later:
Calculatebutton(
).
currentfilterparameters),andwhosepropagationzoneintersectstherectanglecontainingthecomputationzone.
gle.Therefore,theywillnotbetakenintoaccountinthecoverageprediction.Site130iswithinthecoveragezonebuthasno
activetransmitters.Therefore,itwillnotbetakenintoconsiderationeither.
849
Forsk2013
modelwithashorterradius(displayedwithabluesquareinFigure10.14)andahigherresolutionandanextendedpropaga
tionmodelwithalongerradiusandalowerresolution.Atollwillusethemainpropagationmodeltocalculatehigherresolu
tionpathlossmatricesclosetothetransmitterandtheextendedpropagationmodeltocalculatelowerresolutionpathloss
matricesoutsidetheareacoveredbythemainpropagationmodel.
"PathLossMatrices"onpage850.
"AssigningaPropagationModel"onpage850.
"TheCalculationProcess"onpage852.
"CreatingaComputationZone"onpage853.
"SettingTransmittersorCellsasActive"onpage853.
"SignalLevelCoveragePredictions"onpage854.
"AnalysingaCoveragePrediction"onpage860.
Atollwilluse:
850
AT320_UM_E0
havemadetoanindividualtransmitterortoagroupoftransmitters.
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoAllTransmitters"onpage851.
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoaGroupofTransmitters"onpage851.
Formoreinformationabouttheavailablepropagationmodels,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
InAtoll,youcanassignapropagationmodelpertransmitterorglobally.
5. UnderMainmatrix:
SelectaPropagationmodel
6. Ifdesired,underExtendedmatrix:
3. FromtheGroupBysubmenuofthecontextmenu,selectthepropertybywhichyouwanttogroupthetransmitters.
You can group transmitters by several properties by usingthe GroupBy button on the
menuappears.
851
Forsk2013
group.
Mainpropagationmodel
Maincalculationradius
Mainresolution
Extendedpropagationmodel
Extendedcalculationradius
Extendedresolution
)inthe
button(
Whenyouassignamainandextendedpropagationmodeltoasingletransmitter,itoverridesanychangesyouhavepreviously
madeglobally.
appears.
6. UnderMainmatrix:
Youcanalsodefinethepropagationmodelsforatransmitterbyrightclickingitinthemap
windowandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.
culatebutton(
852
).
AT320_UM_E0
Predictionsfolder.
(
)inthetoolbar.
tions.
DrawPolygon
i.
DrawRectangle
i.
Youcanalsocreateacomputationzonewithoneofthefollowingmethods:
)andNewRectangle(
fromthecontextmenu.
inthefollowingways:
onpage98.
clicking the Computation Zone folder in the Geo explorer and selecting Export
fromthecontextmenu.
Whenyoumakeacoverageprediction,Atollconsidersallbasestationsthatareactive,filtered(i.e.,thatareselectedbythe
currentfilterparameters),andwhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputationzone.Therefore,
beforeyoudefineacoverageprediction,youmustensurethatallthetransmittersonthebasestationsyouwishtostudyhave
beenactivated.Intheexplorerwindow,activetransmittersareindicatedwithanonicon(
)intheLTETransmittersfolder
853
Forsk2013
andwiththedefinedcolouronthemapandinactivetransmittersareindicatedwithanofficon(
folderandemptysymbolonthemap.
)intheLTETransmitters
InAtoll,youcanalsosetthecellonatransmitterasactiveorinactive.
Tosetalltransmittersasactive,rightclicktheLTETransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
Tosetagroupoftransmittersasactive,clicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheLTETransmittersfolderand
rightclickthegroupoftransmittersyouwanttosetasactive.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectOpenTable.TheTransmitterstableappearswitheachtransmittersparametersinarow.
3. SelectCells>OpenTable.TheCellstableappearswitheachcellsparametersinarow.
Calculatingpathlossmatricescanbetimeandresourceintensivewhenyouareworkingonlargerprojects.Consequently,
Atolloffersyouthepossibilityofdistributingpathlosscalculationsonseveralcomputers.Youcaninstallthedistributedcalcu
lationserverapplicationonotherworkstationsoronservers.Oncethedistributedcalculationserverapplicationisinstalled
onaworkstationorserver,thecomputerisavailablefordistributedpathlosscalculationtoothercomputersonthenetwork.
Forinformationonsettingupthedistributedcalculationserverapplication,seeTheAdministratorManual.
Atolloffersaseriesofstandardcoveragepredictionsbasedonthemeasuredsignallevelateachpixel;otherfactors,suchas
interference,arenottakenintoconsideration.CoveragepredictionsspecifictoLTEarecoveredin"LTECoveragePredictions"
onpage869.
854
AT320_UM_E0
10.2.10.6.1
Acoveragepredictionbysignallevelallowsyoutopredictcoveragezonesbythetransmittersignalstrengthateachpixel.You
canbasethecoverageonthesignallevel,pathloss,ortotallosseswithinadefinedrange.Foratransmitterwithmorethan
onecell,thecoverageiscalculatedforthecellwiththehighestreferencesignalpower.
whichsitestodisplayintheresults.Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93.TheGroupbyand
tion).
6. ClicktheConditiontab(seeFigure10.15).OntheConditiontab,youcandefinethesignalsthatwillbeconsideredfor
eachpixel.
AtthetopoftheConditiontab,youcansettherangeofsignalleveltobeconsidered.
UnderServer,select"All"toconsiderallservers.Selecting"All"or"BestSignalLevel"willgiveyouthesameresults
becauseAtolldisplaystheresultsofthebestserverineithercase.Selecting"BestSignalLevel"necessitates,how
ever,alongertimeforcalculation.
Whenyouselect"BestSignalLevel"or"SecondBestSignalLevel,"youcanalsodefineaMarginthatAtollwilltake
intoconsideration.
YoucanselecttheIndoorcoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyper
clutterclass.
855
Forsk2013
transmitter.Forinformationonadjustingthedisplay,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
856
AT320_UM_E0
10.2.10.6.2
Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterallowstheusertopredictcoveragezonesbytransmitterateachpixel.Youcanbasethe
coverageonthesignallevel,pathloss,ortotallosseswithinadefinedrange.Foratransmitterwithmorethanonecell,the
coverageiscalculatedforthecellwiththehighestreferencesignalpower.
4. SelectCoveragebyTransmitter(DL)andclickOK.TheCoveragebyTransmitter(DL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
whichsitestodisplayintheresults.YoucanalsodisplaytheresultsgroupedintheNetworkexplorerbyoneormore
characteristicsbyclickingtheGroupbybutton,oryoucandisplaytheresultssortedbyclickingtheSortbutton.For
informationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"onpage93;forinformationongrouping,see"AdvancedGrouping"on
eachpixel.
ever,thelongesttimeforcalculation.
intoconsideration.
clutterclass.
For a coverage prediction by transmitter, the Display type "Discrete values" based on the Field "Transmitter" is
pixel.
857
Forsk2013
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure10.18:Coveragepredictionbytransmitter
10.2.10.6.3
ters.Youcanbaseacoveragepredictiononoverlappingzonesonthesignallevel,pathloss,ortotallosseswithinadefined
range.Foratransmitterwithmorethanonecell,thecoverageiscalculatedforthecellwiththehighestreferencesignal
power.
4. SelectOverlappingzones(dl)andclickOK.TheOverlappingzones(dl)Propertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
eachpixel.
ever,thelongesttimeforcalculation.
intoconsideration.
858
AT320_UM_E0
clutterclass.
Foracoveragepredictiononoverlappingzones,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField"Numberof
servers"isselectedbydefault.Eachoverlappingzonewillthenbedisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothenumber
page43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure10.20:Coveragepredictiononoverlappingzones
859
Forsk2013
createdthecoverageprediction(step5.of"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage847).Ifseveralcoveragepredictionsare
visibleonthemap,itcanbedifficulttoclearlyseetheresultsofthecoveragepredictionyouwishtoanalyse.Youcanselect
whichpredictionstodisplayortohidebyselectingorclearingthedisplaycheckbox.Forinformationonmanagingthedisplay,
see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"onpage38.
10.2.10.7.1
"DisplayingtheLegendWindow"onpage860.
"DisplayingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingtheTipText"onpage860.
"UsingthePointAnalysisReceptionView"onpage860.
"CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage862.
"DisplayingaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage863.
"ViewingCoveragePredictionStatistics"onpage864.
theAddtolegendcheckboxontheDisplaytab.
10.2.10.7.2
10.2.10.7.3
Onceyouhavecalculatedthecoverageprediction,youcanusethePointAnalysistool.TheReceptionviewgivesyouinfor
mationonthereferencesignal,SS,PBCH,PDSCH,PDCCH,andPUSCHandPUCCHsignallevels,C/(I+N),bearers,andthrough
puts,etc., foranypointonthemap.Theanalysisisprovidedforauserdefinableprobereceiver whichhasaterminal,a
mobility,andaservice.
Theanalysisisbasedon:
ThereferencesignallevelsorRSRPusedtodeterminethebestserverforthepixel.
TheAMScriterionandtheAMSthreshold.
TheMUMIMOactivationcriterionandtheMUMIMOactivationthreshold.
ThePDSCHsignallevels,downlinktrafficloads,ICICratios,angulardistributionsofinterference,andAASusage,for
determiningthePDSCHC/(I+N),bearer,andthroughputs.
ThePUSCH&PUCCHsignallevelsanduplinknoiserisefordeterminingthePUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N),bearer,and
throughputs.
ThedownlinkanduplinkloadconditionscanbetakenfromtheCellstableorfromMonteCarlosimulations.
860
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanmakeareceptionanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction.Ifyoudo,beforeyoumakethepointanalysis,ensurethe
coveragepredictionyouwanttoverifyisdisplayedonthemap.
Tomakeareceptionanalysis:
) on the Radio Planning toolbar. The Point Analysis window appears (see
Figure10.22)andthepointerchanges(
2. SelecttheReceptionview.
3. AtthetopoftheReceptionview,select"Cellstable"fromLoad.
4. SelectthesignaltobedisplayedfromtheDisplaylist.
5. Ifyouaremakingareceptionanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction,youcanrecreatetheconditionsofthecoverage
prediction:
a. SelectthesameTerminal,Mobility,andServicestudiedinthecoverageprediction.
b. ClicktheOptionsbutton(
)intheReceptionviewtoolbar.TheCalculationOptionsdialogueappears.
EdittheXandYcoordinatestochangethecurrentpositionofthereceiver.
SelecttheIndoorcoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyperclutter
class.
c. ClickOKtoclosetheCalculationOptionsdialogue.
6. Movethepointeroverthemaptodisplayareceptionanalysisforthecurrentlocationofthepointer.
Inthemapwindow,arrowsfromthepointertoeachtransmitteraredisplayedinthecolourofthetransmittersthey
represent.Thelinefromthepointertoitsbestserverisslightlythickerthantheotherlines.Thebestserverofthe
pointeristhetransmitterfromwhichthepointerreceivesthehighestreferencesignallevel.
Selecttheloadconditionstouseinthisanalysis
fromsimulationsorfromtheCellstable.
TheRSRPfromthebestserver(topmost
bar)andallinterferingcells.Solidbars
indicateRSRPabovetheminimumRSRP.
The connection
status for the
currentpoint.
:Successful
:Failed
Selecttheparametersoftheprobeusertobe
studied.
Figure10.22:Pointanalysistool:Receptionview
TheRS,SS,orPDSCHsignallevels,ortheRSRP(dependingontheselectionmadefromtheDisplaylist)fromdif
ferenttransmitters(thecolourofthebarcorrespondstothecolourofthetransmitteronthemap).
TheminimumRSRP:TheemptyportionofthebarindicatessignallevelsbelowtheminimumRSRP.
Theavailabilityofreferencesignalcoverage,andserviceindownlinkanduplink.
Ifthereisatleastonesuccessfulconnection(forreferencesignals,downlink,oruplink),doubleclickingtheiconsin
therighthandframeopensadialoguewithadditionalinformationwithrespecttothebestserver:
ReferenceSignals:Azimuthandtiltofthereceiver,totallosses,receivedreferencesignalpower,referencesignal
C/(I+N),RSRP,RSRQ,RSSI.
Downlink:Diversitymode,receivedpowersofthedownlinkchannels,receivedtotalnoiseonthedownlinkchan
nels,C/(I+N)ofthedownlinkchannels,bearer,channelthroughputs,cellcapacities,andperuserthroughputs.
Uplink:Diversitymode,receivedpowersoftheuplinkchannels,transmissionpower,allocatedbandwidth,total
noiseontheuplinkchannels,C/(I+N)oftheuplinkchannels,bearer,channelthroughputs,cellcapacities,allocated
bandwidththroughputs,andperuserthroughputs.
Togetalltheaboveinformationinasinglereport:
861
Forsk2013
ClicktheReportbutton(
10.2.10.7.4
)intheReceptionviewtoolbar.TheAnalysisReportdialogueappears.
)ontheRadioPlanningtoolbaragaintoendthepointanalysis.
Thefocusandhotspotsdefinetheareaonwhichstatisticscanbedrawnandonwhichreportsaremade.Whileyoucanonly
haveonefocuszone,youcandefineseveralhotspotsinadditiontothefocuszone.
whereAtollcalculatespathlossmatrices,coveragepredictions,MonteCarlosimulations,etc.,whilethefocusandhotspots
aretheareastakenintoconsiderationwhengeneratingreportsandresults.Whenyoucreateacoveragepredictionreport,it
givestheresultsforthefocuszoneandforeachofthedefinedhotspots.
DrawPolygon
i.
direction.
DrawRectangle
i.
)andNewRectangle(
spotwithanyexistingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheexplorerwindowandselectingAddTo>Focus
ZoneorAddTo>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.
Youcansavethefocuszoneorhotspots,sothatyoucanuseitinadifferentAtoll
document,inthefollowingways:
862
Savingthefocuszoneintheuserconfiguration:Forinformationonsavingthe
focus zone in the user configuration, see "Saving a User Configuration" on
page98.
Exportingthefocuszoneorhotspots:Youcanexportthefocuszoneorhot
spots by rightclicking the Focus Zone or the Hot Spots folder in the Geo
explorerandselectingExportfromthecontextmenu.
Youcanincludepopulationstatisticsinthefocusorhotspotbyimportingapopu
lationmap.Forinformationonimportingmaps,see"ImportingaRasterformat
GeoDataFile"onpage136.
AT320_UM_E0
10.2.10.7.5
dialogue.
onpage74.
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
863
Forsk2013
isnofocuszone.
displayed.
lationmap:
"Population"(Population[total]):Thetotalnumberofinhabitantsinsidethezone.
6. ClickOK.
Atollsavesthenamesofthecolumnsyouselectandwillautomaticallyselectthemthenexttimeyoucreateacoveragepredic
tionreport.
onpage153.
10.2.10.7.6
)intheTabletoolbar.
10.2.10.7.7
tics.
864
AT320_UM_E0
orpercentage.
10.2.10.7.8
865
Forsk2013
betweenthem.
figure.
Anewbasestationisadded,eitherbycreatingthebasestationandaddingthetransmitters,asexplainedin"CreatinganLTE
Base Station" on page821, or by placing a station template, as explained in "Placing a New Base Station Using a Station
Template"onpage830.Oncethenewsitehasbeenadded,theoriginalcoveragepredictioncanberecalculated,butthenit
wouldbeimpossibletocomparetheresults.Instead,theoriginalsignallevelcoveragepredictioncanbecopiedbyselecting
Duplicatefromitscontextmenu.Thecopyisthencalculatedtoshowtheeffectofthenewbasestation(seeFigure10.25).
866
AT320_UM_E0
Nowyoucancomparethetwocoveragepredictions.
Tocomparetwocoveragepredictions:
TheGeneraltabcontainsinformationaboutthecoveragepredictionsbeingcompared,includingtheirnamesand
resolutions.
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
basestation.
867
Forsk2013
impossibletocomparetheresults.Instead,theoriginalcoveragepredictioncanbecopiedbyselectingDuplicatefromits
2. Fromthecontextmenu,selectComparewithand,fromthemenuthatopens,selectthepredictionyouwanttocom
parewiththefirst.TheComparisonPropertiesdialogueappears.
TheGeneraltabcontainsinformationaboutthecoveragepredictionsbeingcompared,includingtheirnamesand
resolutions.
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
868
AT320_UM_E0
5. ClickOKtocreatethecomparison.ThecomparisoninFigure10.29,showsclearlytheincreaseincoveragedueatthe
10.2.10.8 LTECoveragePredictions
TwotypesofLTEcoveragepredictionsareavailableinAtoll:coveragepredictionsusedtoanalysetheeffectivesignallevels,
andcoveragepredictionsusedtoanalysethesignalquality.
Effectivesignalanalysiscoveragepredictionscanbeusedtoanalysedifferentsignals(referencesignals,SS,PBCH,PDSCH,and
PDCCH)inthedownlinkaswellasintheuplinkoncetheuserendgainsandlosseshavebeenconsidered.Thesecoverage
predictionsdonotdependonthenetworkloadconditions.Thecellcoverageareasforthesepredictionsareonlylimitedby
thecellminimumRSRP.
Usingsignalqualitycoveragepredictionsyoucanstudytheeffectiveservicecoverageareaandcapacityofeachcellinthe
network.Thesecoveragepredictionsdependontheinterferenceinthenetworkandthecellloadconditions.Forthisreason,
thenetworkloadmustbedefinedinordertocalculatethesecoveragepredictions.ThecellcoverageareasforRS,SS,PBCH,
andPDCCHsignalqualitypredictionsareonlylimitedbythecellminimumRSRP.However,thecellcoverageareasforPDSCH
signalqualitypredictions,servicearea,throughput,andqualityindicatorpredictionsarelimitedbythecellminimumRSRP
andthebearerselectionthresholdsofthelowestavailablebearer.
Forthepurposesofthesecoveragepredictions,eachpixelisconsideredanoninterferinguserwithadefinedservice,mobility
type,andterminal.Thefollowingareexplainedinthefollowingsections:
Thissectionexplainsthecoveragepredictionsavailableforanalysingtheeffectivesignallevelandsignalquality.Thefollowing
areexplained:
"AnalysingtheEffectiveSignalLevels"onpage872.
"AnalysingtheSignalQuality"onpage874.
YoucanalsousethePointAnalysiswindowtostudytheinterferencelevelatapoint.Loadconditionscanbeselectedforthe
analysisaswellasthecharacteristicsoftheuserdefinableprobereceiver,i.e.,aterminal,amobility,andaservice:
10.2.10.8.1
"AnalysingInterferenceAreasUsingaPointAnalysis"onpage885.
AtollcanbaseitssignalqualitypredictionsontheDLtrafficloadsandtheULnoiseriseenteredintheCellstable(formore
information,see"SettingtheTrafficLoadsandtheULNoiseRise"onpage874).Beforeyoucanmodelservices,youmust
defineLTEradiobearers.FormoreinformationonLTEradiobearers,see"DefiningLTERadioBearers"onpage978.
"ModellingServices"onpage869.
"ModellingMobilityTypes"onpage871.
"ModellingTerminals"onpage871.
ModellingServices
Services are the various services available to users. These services can be either voice or data type services. This section
explainshowtocreateaservice.Thefollowingparametersareusedinpredictions:
Supportedlayers
Highestbearer
869
Forsk2013
Lowestbearer
Throughputscalingfactor
Throughputoffset
Bodyloss
Minimumnumberoffrequencyblocksinuplink
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheServices:NewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.OntheGeneraltab,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
Activityfactor:Theuplinkanddownlinkactivityfactorsareusedtodeterminetheprobabilityofactivityforusers
accessingtheserviceduringMonteCarlosimulations.ForVoiceservices,thisparameterisusedwhenworking
withsectortrafficmapsanduserdensitytrafficmaps.ForDataservices,Atolldistributestheusersaccordingto
theactivityfactorswhenimportinguserdensitytrafficmapsforallactivitystatuses.
Averagerequestedthroughput:Entertheaveragerequestedthroughputforuplinkanddownlink.Theaverage
requestedthroughputisusedinasimulationduringuserdistributiongenerationinordertocalculatethenumber
ofusersattemptingaconnection.
6. ClicktheLTEtab.OntheLTEtab,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
Type:YoucanselecteitherVoiceorDataastheservicetype.
Supportedlayers:Youcanselectthenetworklayerssupportedbytheservice.Formoreinformationonnetwork
layers,see"DefiningNetworkDeploymentLayers"onpage976.Duringcalculations,usersareonlyallowedto
connecttocellsoflayerssupportedbytheirservices.
QCIclassidentifier(QCI):YoucanselectaQoSclassidentifierfortheservice.TheinformationabouttheQoSclass
usedbyanyserviceisusedbytheschedulersforresourceallocation.
Priority:TheprioritycorrespondingtotheselectedQoSclassidentifier(QCI).QCIvaluesandtheirprioritiesare
definedbythe3GPPasfollows:
QoSClassIdentifier
QCIPriority
IntraQCIpriority:EnterthepriorityfortheservicewithrespecttootherservicesbelongingtothesameQoSclass
identifier(QCI)."0"isthelowestpriority.
Highestbearer:Selectthehighestbearerthattheservicecanuseintheuplinkanddownlink.Thisisconsidered
asanupperlimitduringbearerdetermination.
Lowestbearer:Selectthelowestbearerthattheservicecanuseintheuplinkanddownlink.Thisisconsideredas
alowerlimitduringbearerdetermination.
Maxthroughputdemand:Enterthehighestthroughputthattheservicecandemandintheuplinkanddownlink.
Minthroughputdemand:Entertheminimumrequiredthroughputthattheserviceshouldhaveinordertobe
availableintheuplinkanddownlink.
Minnumberoffrequencyblocks:Entertheminimumnumberoffrequencyblocksrequiredforthisservicein
uplink.
Application throughput:UnderApplication throughput, you canseta Scaling factorbetweentheapplication
throughputandtheRLC(RadioLinkControl)throughputandathroughputOffset.Theseparametersmodelthe
headerinformationandothersupplementarydatathatdoesnotappearattheapplicationlevel.
Theapplicationthroughputparametersareusedinthroughputcoveragepredictionsandforapplicationthrough
putcalculation.
Bodyloss:Enterabodylossfortheservice.Thebodylossisthelossduetothebodyoftheuser.Forexample,in
avoiceconnectionthebodyloss,duetotheproximityoftheusershead,isestimatedtobe3dB.
7. ClickOK.
870
AT320_UM_E0
ModellingMobilityTypes
InLTE,informationaboutthereceivermobilityisrequiredfordeterminingwhichbearerselectionthresholdandqualitygraph
tousefromthereceptionequipmentreferredtointheterminalorcell.Mobilesusedathighspeedsandatwalkingspeeds
donothavethesamequalitycharacteristics.C/(I+N)requirementsfordifferentradiobearersarelargelydependentonmobile
speed.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheMobilityTypes:NewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
5. YoucanenterormodifythefollowingparametersintheMobilityTypes:NewElementPropertiesdialogue:
Name:Enteradescriptivenameforthemobilitytype.
Averagespeed:Enteranaveragespeedforthemobilitytype.Thisfieldisforinformationonly;theaveragespeed
6. ClickOK.
ModellingTerminals
InLTE,aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,oracarsonboard
navigationdevice.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheTerminals:NewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.OntheGeneraltab,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
Name:Enteradescriptivenamefortheterminal.
6. ClicktheLTEtab.OntheLTEtab,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
UnderTransmission/Reception,
Minpower:Entertheminimumtransmissionpoweroftheterminal.
Maxpower:Enterthemaximumtransmissionpoweroftheterminal.
Noisefigure:Enterthenoisefigureoftheterminal(usedtocalculatethedownlinktotalnoise).
Losses:Enterthelossesoftheterminal.
Receptionequipment:Selectanequipmentfromthelistofavailablereceptionequipment.Formoreinforma
tiononreceptionequipment,see"DefiningLTEReceptionEquipment"onpage978.
UEcategory:SelectaUEcategoryfromthelistofavailableUEcategories.FormoreinformationonUEcate
gories,see"DefiningLTEUECategories"onpage983.
Supported layers: You can select the network layers supported by the terminal. For more information on
networklayers,see"DefiningNetworkDeploymentLayers"onpage976.Duringcalculations,usersareonly
allowedtoconnecttocellsoflayerssupportedbytheirterminals.
UnderAntenna,
Model:Selectanantennamodelfromthelistofavailableantennas.Ifyoudonotselectanantennaforthe
terminal,Atollusesanisotropicantennaincalculations.
871
Forsk2013
Incaseyoudonotselectanantenna,Atollusesanisotropicantenna,notanomnidirec
tionalantenna,incalculations.Anisotropicantennahassphericalradiationpatternsinthe
horizontalaswellasverticalplanes.
Gain:EntertheterminalantennagainifyouhavenotselectedanantennamodelintheModelfield.Ifyou
haveselectedanantenna,theGainfieldisdisabledandshowsthegainoftheselectedantenna.
Diversitysupport:Selectthetypeofantennadiversitytechniquessupportedbytheterminal.Antennadiver
sitygainswillbeappliedtotheusersusinganyterminaltypedependingonthesupportedantennadiversity
techniques,i.e.,AAS,MIMO,orAAS+MIMO.IfaterminalthatsupportsAAS+MIMOisconnectedtoacellthat
supportsbothantennadiversitytechniques,bothAASandMIMOgainswillbeapplied.
UnderMIMO,entertheNumberoftransmissionantennaportsandtheNumberofreceptionantennaports
availableintheterminal.
7. ClickOK.
10.2.10.8.2
AnalysingtheEffectiveSignalLevels
AtolloffersacoupleofLTEcoveragepredictionswhichcanbebasedonthepredictedsignallevelfromthebestserverand
thethermalnoiseateachpixel,i.e.,receivedcarrierpower(C)andthecarriertonoiseratio(C/N).Thissectionexplainsthe
coveragepredictionsavailableforanalysingtheeffectivesignallevels.
DownlinkanduplinkeffectivesignalanalysiscoveragepredictionspredicttheeffectivesignallevelsofdifferenttypesofLTE
signals,suchasreferencesignals,SS,PBCH,PDSCHincludingthePDCCHandthedownlinktrafficchannel,andPUSCH,inthe
partofthenetworkbeingstudied.
Atolldeterminestheservingcellforeachpixelfromtheselectedlayer,orallthelayerswhenthepredictioniscalculatedfor
the"Best"layer.Then,dependingonthepredictiondefinition,itcalculatestheeffectivesignal(CorC/Nforreferencesignals,
SS,etc.).Pixelsarecolouredifthedisplaythresholdconditionisfulfilled(inotherwords,iftheCorC/NishigherthantheC
orC/Nthreshold).
Tomakeaneffectivesignalanalysiscoverageprediction:
4. SelectEffectiveSignalAnalysis(DL)orEffectiveSignalAnalysis(UL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionsProper
tiesdialogueappears.
Sort buttons are not available when making a socalled "global" coverage prediction (e.g., signal level coverage
prediction).
6. ClicktheConditiontab(seeFigure10.30).
OntheConditiontab,youcanselectaTerminal,aMobilitytype,andaService.YoucanalsoselectacellLayer,or
carryoutthepredictionforthe"Best"layer.Theeffectivesignalanalysiscoveragepredictionisalwaysabestserver
coverage prediction. The Noise figure defined in the terminal types properties dialogue is used in the coverage
predictiontodeterminethetotalnoiseinthedownlink,andtheNoisefigureofthetransmitterisusedtodetermine
thetotalnoiseintheuplink.
Formoreinformationonservices,terminals,mobilitytypes,andreceptionequipment,see"ModellingServices"on
page869,"ModellingTerminals"onpage871,"ModellingMobilityTypes"onpage871,and"DefiningLTEReception
Equipment"onpage978,respectively.
boxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.Theshadowingmarginfortheeffective
signalanalysiscalculationsisbasedontheC/Istandarddeviation.
YoucanalsohavethecoveragepredictiontakeIndoorcoverageintoconsideration.Indoorlossesaredefinedper
frequencyperclutterclass.
872
AT320_UM_E0
Figure10.30:Conditionsettingsforaneffectivesignalanalysiscoverageprediction
8. FromtheDisplaytypelist,select"Valueintervals"todisplaythecoveragepredictionbyRSRP,signallevels,C/Nlevels,
ordeltapathloss,orselect"Discretevalues"todisplaythecoveragepredictionbyICICcelledgeareas.
later:
Calculatebutton(
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingthecoverageprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow(seeFigure10.31and
Figure10.32).
Figure10.31:PDSCHC/Ncoverageprediction
873
Forsk2013
Figure10.32:PUSCH&PUCCHC/Ncoverageprediction
10.2.10.8.3
AnalysingtheSignalQuality
InLTE,thecapacityandtheeffectiveservicecoverageareasofcellsareinfluencedbynetworkloads.Asthenetworkload
increases,theareawhereacellprovidesservicedecreases.Forthisreason,networkloadsmustbedefinedinordertocalcu
latethesecoveragepredictions.
Atoll offers a series of coverage predictions which are based on the predicted signal level from the best server and the
predictedsignallevelsfromothercells(interference)ateachpixel,i.e.,carriertointerferenceandnoiseratio,orC/(I+N).
ThedownlinkinterferencereceivedfromdifferentcellsofthenetworkdependsonthecellsphysicalcellIDsandtheirrespec
tivedownlinktrafficloads.Themeasureofuplinkinterferenceforeachcellisprovidedbytheuplinknoiserise.
Ifyouhavetrafficmaps,youcandoaMonteCarlosimulationtodeterminethedownlinktrafficloadsandtheuplinknoiserise
valuesforagenerateduserdistribution.Ifyoudonothavetrafficmaps,Atollcancalculatethesecoveragepredictionsusing
thedownlinktrafficloadsandtheuplinknoiserisevaluesdefinedforeachcell.
In this section, these coverage predictions will be calculated using downlink traffic loads and the uplink noise rise values
definedatthecelllevel.Beforemakingaprediction,youwillhavetosetthedownlinktrafficloadsandtheuplinknoiserise,
andtheparametersthatdefinetheservicesandusers.Theseareexplainedinthefollowingsections:
"SettingtheTrafficLoadsandtheULNoiseRise"onpage874.
Severalsignalqualitycoveragepredictionsareexplainedinthissection.Thefollowingpredictionsareexplained:
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyC/(I+N)Level"onpage875.
"MakingaDownlinkorUplinkServiceAreaAnalysis"onpage877.
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyThroughput"onpage880.
"MakinganAggregateThroughputCoveragePredictionUsingSimulationResults"onpage883.
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyQualityIndicator"onpage883.
"AnalysingInterferenceAreasUsingaPointAnalysis"onpage885.
SettingtheTrafficLoadsandtheULNoiseRise
Ifyouaresettingthetrafficloadsandtheuplinknoiseriseforasingletransmitter,youcansettheseparametersontheCells
tabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue.However,youcansetthetrafficloadsandtheuplinknoiseriseforallthecells
usingtheCellstable.
TosetthetrafficloadsandtheuplinknoiseriseusingtheCellstable:
874
Trafficload(DL)(%)
ICICratio(DL)(%)
AT320_UM_E0
ULnoiserise(dB)
ICICULnoiserise(dB)
Although,youcanalsosetavaluefortheTrafficload(UL)(%)columnasanindicationofcellsuplinkloads,thisparam
eterisnotusedinthecoveragepredictioncalculations.Themeasureofinterferenceintheuplinkisgivenbytheuplink
noiserisevalues.Foradefinitionofthevalues,see"CellDescription"onpage825.
)inthe
button(
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyC/(I+N)Level
DownlinkanduplinkcoveragepredictionsbyC/(I+N)levelpredicttheinterferencelevelsandsignaltointerferencelevelsin
thepartofthenetworkbeingstudied.
Atolldeterminestheservingcellforeachpixelfromtheselectedlayer,orallthelayerswhenthepredictioniscalculatedfor
the"Best"layer.Then,dependingonthepredictiondefinition,itcalculatestheinterferencefromothercells,andfinallycalcu
latestheC/(I+N).Thepixeliscolouredifthedisplaythresholdconditionisfulfilled(inotherwords,iftheC/(I+N)ishigherthan
C/(I+N)threshold).
Coverage prediction by C/(I+N) level calculates the cochannel interference as well as the adjacent channel interference,
whichisreducedbytheadjacentchannelsuppressionfactordefinedintheFrequencyBandstable.Formoreinformationon
frequencybands,see"DefiningFrequencyBands"onpage972.
C/(I+N)inthedownlinkiscalculatedfordifferentchannelsusingtheirrespectivetransmissionpowersandbycalculatingthe
interference received by the resource elements corresponding to these channels from interfering cells. Downlink C/(I+N)
calculationsaremadeusingthemainantennaexceptforPDSCHC/(I+N)whichcanbecalculatedusingthesmartantenna
equipment.C/(I+N)intheuplinkiscalculatedusingtheterminalpowercalculatedafterpowercontrolandtheuplinknoise
risevaluesstoredeitherinthecellpropertiesorintheselectedsimulationresults.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyC/(I+N)level:
4. SelectCoveragebyC/(I+N)Level(DL)orCoveragebyC/(I+N)Level(UL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionsProp
tion).
Select"(Cellstable)"fromLoadconditions.Inthiscase,thecoveragepredictionisnotgoingtobebasedonloadcondi
tionstakenfromasimulation.Atollwillcalculatethecoveragepredictionusingthecellloadsstoredinthecellprop
erties.
whichyouwouldbebasingthecoveragepredictionfromtheLoadconditionslist.
YoumustselectaTerminal,aMobilitytype,andaService.YoucanalsoselectacellLayer,orcarryouttheprediction
forthe"Best"layer.TheC/(I+N)coveragepredictionisabestservercoverageprediction.TheNoisefiguredefinedin
875
Forsk2013
theterminaltypespropertiesdialogueisusedinthecoveragepredictiontodeterminethetotalnoiseinthedownlink,
andtheNoisefigureofthetransmitterisusedtodeterminethetotalnoiseintheuplink.
boxandenterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.TheshadowingmarginforC(I+N)calcula
tionsisbasedontheC/Istandarddeviation.
YoucanalsohavethecoveragepredictiontakeIndoorCoverageintoconsideration.Indoorlossesaredefinedper
Figure10.33:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyC/(I+N)level
8. FromtheDisplaytypelist,select"Valueintervals"todisplaythecoveragepredictionbyRSRQ,RSSI,C/(I+N)levels,or
totalnoise(I+N)levels.
YoucanalsodisplaytheuplinkC/(I+N)forallfrequencyblocks,i.e.,withoutuplinkbandwidthreduction,bysetting
theUplinkbandwidthallocationtargettoFullbandwidthfortheschedulerbeingusedandthenselectingthedisplay
optionPUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)Level(UL).Formoreinformationonschedulers,see"DefiningLTESchedulers"on
page982.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure10.35).
876
AT320_UM_E0
Figure10.34:CoveragepredictionbyPDSCHC/(I+N)
Figure10.35:CoveragepredictionbyPUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)
MakingaDownlinkorUplinkServiceAreaAnalysis
DownlinkanduplinkserviceareaanalysiscoveragepredictionscalculateanddisplaytheLTEradiobearersbasedonC(I+N)
foreachpixel.Incoveragepredictions,thedownlinkoruplinkserviceareasarelimitedbythebearerselectionthresholdsof
thehighestandlowestbearersoftheselectedservice.
Tomakeacoveragepredictiononservicearea:
4. SelectServiceAreaAnalysis(DL)orServiceAreaAnalysis(UL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionsPropertiesdia
logueappears.
877
Forsk2013
tion).
erties.
forthe"Best"layer.Thebestbearercoveragepredictionisalwaysbasedonthebestserver.TheNoisefiguredefined
intheterminaltypespropertiesdialogueisusedinthecoveragepredictiontodeterminethetotalnoiseinthedown
link,andtheNoisefigureofthetransmitterisusedtodeterminethetotalnoiseintheuplink.Aswell,thebearerselec
tionforeachpixelaccordingtothePDSCHC(I+N)levelisperformedusingthebearerselectionthresholdsdefinedin
thereceptionequipment.Thisreceptionequipmentistheonedefinedintheselectedterminalforthedownlinkcover
agepredictions,andtheonedefinedinthecellpropertiesoftheservingtransmitterfortheuplinkcoveragepredic
tions.Mobilityisusedtoindexthebearerselectionthresholdgraphtouse.
YoucanmakeAtolluseonlythebearersforwhichselectionthresholdsaredefinedinboth
theterminalsandthecellsreceptionequipmentbyaddinganoptionintheatoll.inifile.
Figure10.36:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictiononLTEbearers
8. FromtheDisplaytypelist,selectdisplaybybearerormodulation.
later:
878
AT320_UM_E0
Calculatebutton(
Figure10.38).
Figure10.37:Downlinkserviceareaanalysisdisplaybybearer
Figure10.38:Uplinkserviceareaanalysisdisplaybybearer
Theeffectiveserviceareaistheintersectionzonebetweentheuplinkanddownlinkserviceareas.Inotherwords,theeffective
serviceareapredictioncalculateswhereaserviceactuallyisavailableinbothdownlinkanduplink.Theserviceavailability
depends upon the bearer selection thresholds of the highest and lowest bearers defined in the properties of the service
selectedfortheprediction.
Tomakeaneffectiveserviceareacoverageprediction:
879
Forsk2013
4. SelectEffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis(DL+UL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionsPropertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
6. ClicktheConditiontab.
erties.
forthe"Best"layer.Thebearercoveragepredictionisalwaysbasedonthebestserver.Formoreinformationon
services, terminals, mobility types, and reception equipment, see "Modelling Services" on page869, "Modelling
Terminals" on page871, "Modelling Mobility Types" on page871, and "Defining LTE Reception Equipment" on
page978,respectively.
Foraneffectiveserviceareaprediction,theDisplaytype"Unique"isselectedbydefault.Thecoveragepredictionwill
displaywhereaserviceisavailableinbothdownlinkanduplink.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see
Whencreatingacoveragepredictionbyuniquevalues,youcannotexportthevaluesper
pixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyThroughput
Downlinkanduplinkthroughputcoveragepredictionscalculateanddisplaythechannelthroughputsandcellcapacitiesbased
onC(I+N)andbearercalculationsforeachpixel.Thesecoveragepredictionscanalsodisplayaggregatecellthroughputsif
MonteCarlosimulationresultsareavailable.Formoreinformationonmakingaggregatecellthroughputcoveragepredictions
usingsimulationresults,see"MakinganAggregateThroughputCoveragePredictionUsingSimulationResults"onpage883.
Tomakeacoveragepredictionbythroughput:
4. SelectCoveragebyThroughput(DL)orCoveragebyThroughput(UL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionsProp
880
AT320_UM_E0
tion).
erties.
forthe"Best"layer.Thethroughputcoveragepredictionisalwaysbasedonthebestserver.TheNoisefiguredefined
intheterminaltypesPropertiesdialogueisusedinthecoveragepredictiontodeterminethetotalnoiseinthedown
link,andtheNoisefigureofthetransmitterisusedtodeterminethetotalnoiseintheuplink.Aswell,thebearerselec
tionforeachpixelaccordingtothePDSCHC(I+N)levelisperformedusingthebearerselectionthresholdsdefinedin
thereceptionequipment.Thisreceptionequipmentistheonedefinedintheselectedterminalforthedownlinkcover
agepredictions,andtheonedefinedinthecellpropertiesoftheservingtransmitterfortheuplinkcoveragepredic
tions. The mobility is used to indicate the bearer selection threshold graph to use. The service is used for the
applicationthroughputparametersdefinedintheservicePropertiesdialogue.
Figure10.39:Conditionsettingsforathroughputcoverageprediction
881
Forsk2013
8. FromtheDisplaytypelist,select"Valueintervals"todisplaythecoveragepredictionbypeakRLC,effectiveRLC,or
applicationthroughputs.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Atolldeterminesthetotalnumberofsymbolsinthedownlinkandtheuplinkframesfromtheinformationintheglobaltrans
mitterparametersandthefrequencybandsassignedtocells.Then,Atolldeterminesthebearerateachpixelandmultiplies
thebearerefficiencybythenumberofsymbolsintheframetodeterminethepeakRLCchannelthroughputs.
TheeffectiveRLCthroughputsarethepeakRLCthroughputsreducedbyretransmissionduetoerrors,ortheBlockErrorRate
(BLER).Atollusestheblockerrorrategraphsofthereceptionequipmentdefinedintheselectedterminalfordownlinkorthe
receptionequipmentofthecelloftheservingtransmitterforuplink.
TheapplicationthroughputistheeffectiveRLCthroughputreducedbytheoverheadsofthedifferentlayersbetweentheRLC
andtheApplicationlayers.
Thecellcapacitydisplaytypesletyoucalculateanddisplaythethroughputsavailableateachpixelofthecoverageareataking
intoaccountthemaximumtrafficloadlimitssetforeachcell.Inotherwords,thecellcapacityisequaltochannelthroughput
whenthemaximumtrafficloadissetto100%,andisequaltoathroughputlimitedbythemaximumallowedtrafficloads
otherwise.Cellcapacitiesare,therefore,channelthroughputsscaleddowntorespectthemaximumtrafficloadlimits.
Theperuserthroughputindownlinkiscalculatedbydividingthedownlinkcellcapacitybythenumberofdownlinkusersof
theservingcell.Inuplink,theperuserthroughputiseithertheallocatedbandwidththroughputortheuplinkcellcapacity
dividedbythenumberofuplinkusersoftheservingcell,whicheveritsmaller.
Theallocatedbandwidththroughputsarethethroughputscorrespondingtothenumberoffrequencyblocksallocatedtothe
terminal atdifferentlocations. Userslocated far from thebasestationsuseless numbersoffrequencyblocksthanusers
locatednearsothattheycanconcentratetheirtransmissionpoweroverabandwidthnarrowerthanthechannelbandwidth
inordertomaintaintheconnectioninuplink.
For moreinformation on throughput calculation,see the Technical Reference Guide. For more informationon the Global
Parameters,see"TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage973.
Figure10.40:Coveragepredictionbydownlinkchannelthroughput
882
AT320_UM_E0
Figure10.41:Coveragepredictionbyuplinkchannelthroughput
MakinganAggregateThroughputCoveragePredictionUsingSimulationResults
AtollcalculatestheaggregatepeakRLC,effectiveRLC,andapplicationcellthroughputsduringMonteCarlosimulations.The
aggregatecellthroughputsarethesumsofthecellsuserthroughputs.Youcancreateacoveragepredictionthatcalculates
anddisplaysthesurfaceareacoveredbyeachcell, andcoloursthecoverageareaofeach cell accordingto itsaggregate
throughput.
Tocreateanaggregatethroughputcoverageprediction:
1. CreateandcalculateaMonteCarlosimulation.FormoreinformationoncreatingMonteCarlosimulations,see"Calcu
latingandDisplayingTrafficSimulations"onpage923.
2. Create a coverage prediction by throughput as explained in "Making a Coverage Prediction by Throughput" on
page880,withthefollowingexceptions:
a. OntheConditiontab,selectasimulationorgroupofsimulationsfromtheLoadconditionslist.Thecoveragepre
dictionwilldisplaytheresultsbasedontheselectedsimulationorontheaverageresultsoftheselectedgroupof
simulations.
b. OntheDisplaytab,youcandisplayresultsbyPeakRLCaggregatethroughput,EffectiveRLCaggregatethrough
put,orAggregateapplicationthroughput.Thecoveragepredictionresultswillbeintheformofthresholds.For
informationondefiningthedisplay,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
Thiscoveragepredictiondisplaysthesurfaceareacoveredbyeachcellandcoloursitaccordingtoitsaggregatethroughput.
Formoreinformationonusingsimulationresultsincoveragepredictions,see"MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulation
Results"onpage938.
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyQualityIndicator
Downlink anduplink qualityindicatorcoverage predictionscalculateand display thevalues of differentquality indicators
(BLER,BER,etc.)basedonthebestLTEradiobearersandonC(I+N)foreachpixel.
Tomakeacoveragepredictionbyqualityindicator:
4. SelectCoveragebyQualityIndicator(DL)orCoveragebyQualityIndicator(UL)andclickOK.Thecoveragepredic
tionsPropertiesdialogueappears.
883
Forsk2013
tion).
erties.
forthe"Best"layer.Thequalityindicatorcoveragepredictionisalwaysbasedonthebestserver.TheNoisefigure
definedintheterminaltypespropertiesdialogueisusedinthecoveragepredictiontodeterminethetotalnoisein
thedownlink,andtheNoisefigureofthetransmitterisusedtodeterminethetotalnoiseintheuplink.Aswell,the
bearerselectionforeachpixelaccordingtothePDSCHC(I+N)levelisperformedusingthebearerselectionthresholds
definedinthereceptionequipment,andthequalityindicatorgraphsfromthereceptionequipmentareusedtodeter
minethevaluesoftheselectedqualityindicatoroneachpixel.Thisreceptionequipmentistheonedefinedinthe
selectedterminalforthedownlinkcoveragepredictions,andtheonedefinedinthecellpropertiesoftheserving
transmitterfortheuplinkcoveragepredictions.Mobilityisusedtoindexthebearerselectionthresholdgraphtouse.
Figure10.42:Conditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyqualityindicators
YoucanchoosebetweendisplayingresultsbyBER,BLER,FER,oranyotherqualityindicatorthatyoumighthave
added to the document. For more information, see "Defining LTE Quality Indicators" on page978. The coverage
predictionresultswillbeintheformofthresholds.Forinformationonadjustingthedisplay,see"DisplayProperties
ofObjects"onpage43.
884
AT320_UM_E0
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure10.44).
Figure10.43:CoveragepredictionbydownlinkBLER
Figure10.44:CoveragepredictionbyuplinkBLER
10.2.10.8.4
AnalysingInterferenceAreasUsingaPointAnalysis
InAtoll,youcanstudytheinterferersofatransmitterusingthePointAnalysistool.TheInterferenceviewgivesyouinforma
tiononinterferencereceivedonanydownlinkchannelonanypointonthemap.Theanalysisisprovidedforauserdefinable
probereceiverwhichhasaterminal,amobility,andaservice.
ThedownlinkanduplinkloadconditionscanbetakenfromtheCellstableorfromMonteCarlosimulations.
885
Forsk2013
Youcanmakeainterferencesanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction.Ifyoudo,beforeyoumakethepointanalysis,ensure
thecoveragepredictionyouwanttoverifyisdisplayedonthemap.
Tomakeaninterferenceanalysis:
) on the Radio Planning toolbar. The Point Analysis window appears (see
Figure10.45)andthepointerchanges(
2. SelecttheInterferenceview.
3. AtthetopoftheInterferenceview,select"Cellstable"fromLoad.
4. SelectthechannelonwhichyouwishtostudytheinterferencefromtheDisplaylist.
5. Ifyouaremakinganinterferenceanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction,youcanrecreatetheconditionsofthecov
erageprediction:
a. SelectthesameTerminal,Mobility,andServicestudiedinthecoverageprediction.
)intheInterferenceviewtoolbar.TheCalculationOptionsdialogueappears.
EdittheXandYcoordinatestochangethepresentpositionofthereceiver.
SelecttheIndoorcoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyperclutter
class.
6. Movethepointeroverthemaptomakeaninterferenceanalysisforthecurrentlocationofthepointer.
Inthemapwindow,athickarrowfromthepointertoitsbestserverisdisplayed.Thebestserverofthepointeristhe
transmitterfromwhichthepointerreceivesthehighestreferencesignallevel.Thinnerarrowsarealsodisplayedfrom
theinterferingcellstowardsthepointer,indicatingtheinterferers.Ifyouletthepointerrestonanarrow,theinter
ferencelevelreceivedfromthecorrespondingtransmitteratthereceiverlocationwillbedisplayedinthetiptext.
Selecttheloadconditionstouseinthisanalysis
fromsimulationsorfromtheCellstable.
Thebestserversignallevel(topmostbar),
totalnoise(blackbar),andinterference
fromothercells.
Selecttheparametersoftheprobeusertobe
studied.
Figure10.45:PointAnalysistool:Interferenceview
TheInterferenceviewdisplays,intheformofabargraph,thesignallevelfromthebestserver,ablackbarindicating
thetotalnoise(I+N)receivedbythereceiver,andbarsrepresentingtheinterferencereceivedfromeachinterferer.
YoucanchangethefollowingoptionsintheInterferenceview:
Intratechnology:YoucanselecttheIntratechnologycheckboxifyouwantAtolltodisplaytheintratechnology
interference.
Togetthedetailsaboutthebestserverandalltheinterferersintheformofareport:
ClicktheReportbutton(
)intheInterferenceviewtoolbar.TheAnalysisReportdialogueappears.
8. ClicktheDetailsview.
TheDetailsviewdisplays,foreachcellreceived,thecellsname,itsdistancefromthereceiver,itsphysicalcellID,as
wellasthereceivedsignalandreceivedsignalinterferenceandtheRSRPforallcells.Additionally,theinterferenceis
displayedforallcellsexceptthebestserver.
886
AT320_UM_E0
cell.Thecellsthatfulfiltherequirementstobeneighboursarereferredtoaspotentialneighbours.Whenallocatingneigh
bourstoallactiveandfilteredtransmitters,Atollallocatesneighboursonlytothecellswithinthefocuszoneandconsidersas
potentialneighboursalltheactiveandfilteredcellswhosepropagationzoneintersectstherectanglecontainingthecompu
tationzone.Ifthereisnofocuszone,Atollallocatesneighboursonlytothecellswithinthecomputationzone.
selected.
mationoncreatingafocuszone,see"TheFocusZoneandHotSpots"onpage56.Forinformationongroupingtransmitters
AtollsupportsthefollowingneighbourtypesinanLTEnetwork:
Intratechnologyneighbours:IntratechnologyneighboursarecellsdefinedasneighboursthatalsouseLTE.
Intertechnology neighbours: Intertechnology neighbours are cells defined as neighbours that use a technology
otherthanLTE.
theNeighbourstable.
b. RightclicktheLTETransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
887
Forsk2013
7. UnderExceptionalPairs,createanewexceptionalpairintherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
):
9. ClickOK.
YoucanalsocreateexceptionalpairsusingtheIntratechnologyExceptionalPairstable.
You can open this table by rightclicking the LTE Transmitters folder and selecting
Neighbours>Intratechnology>ExceptionalPairsfromthecontextmenu.
4. OntheIntratechnologyNeighbourstab,youcansetthefollowingimportancefactors:
Coveragefactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofaneighbourbeingadmittedforcoveragerea
sons.
Adjacencyfactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofapossibleneighbourtransmitterbeingadjacent
tothereferencetransmitter.TheAdjacencyfactorwillbeusedifyouselecttheForceadjacenttransmittersas
Cositefactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofapossibleneighbourtransmitterbeinglocatedon
thesamesiteasreferencetransmitter.TheCositefactorwillbeusedifyouselecttheForcecositetransmitters
5. ClickOK.
AtollcanautomaticallyallocateneighboursinanLTEnetwork.Atollallocatesneighboursbasedontheparametersyousetin
the Automatic Neighbour Allocation dialogue. Depending on the best server selection method defined in the network
settings,theautomaticneighbourallocationcanbebasedoncoverageareascalculatedforbestserversbasedontherefer
encesignallevelsorRSRP.Formoreinformation,see"TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage973.
888
AT320_UM_E0
ToallocateLTEneighboursautomatically:
4. ClicktheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationtab.
Maxintersitedistance:Setthemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencecellandapossibleneighbour.
Maxno.ofneighbours:Setthemaximumnumberofneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoacell.Thisvaluecanbe
eithersethereforallthecells,orspecifiedforeachcellintheCellstable.
Coverageconditions:Thecoverageconditionsmustberespectedforacelltobeconsideredasaneighbour.Click
parameters:
bourallocation.
GlobalminRSRP:SelecttheGlobalminRSRPcheckboxifyouwanttosetaglobalvaluefortheminimum
RSRP.Ifyousetaglobalvaluehere,AtollwilluseeitherthisvalueorthepercellMinRSRPvalue,whichever
ishigher.
RSRPmargin:Enterthemargin,withrespecttothebestservercoverageareaofthereferencecell(cellA),at
whichthehandoverprocessends(seeFigure10.46).ThehigherthevalueenteredfortheRSRPmargin,the
longer the list of potential neighbours. The area between the best server coverage and the RSRP margin
constitutestheareawithinwhichAtollwillsearchforneighbours.
edgecoverageProbability.
Indoorcoverage:SelecttheIndoorcoveragecheckboxifyouwanttouseindoorlossesinthecalculations.
%mincoveredarea:Entertheminimumsurfacearea,inpercentage,thatapossibleneighbourcellscoverage
areamustoverlapthereferencecellscoveragearea.
thereisatleastonepixelinthereferencecellscoverageareawherethepossibleneighbourcellisthebestserver,
orwherethepossibleneighbourcellisthesecondbestserver(respectingthehandovermargin).
thelist.
889
Forsk2013
Figure10.46:Thehandoverareabetweenthereferencecellandthepossibleneighbour
7. Click Calculate. Atoll begins the process of allocating neighbours. Atoll first checks to see whether the path loss
matricesarevalidbeforeallocatingneighbours.Ifthepathlossmatricesarenotvalid,Atollrecalculatesthem.
neighbours.IfnonewneighbourshavebeenfoundandiftheDeletingexistingneighbourscheckboxiscleared,the
Maximumnumber:Themaximumnumberofneighboursthatthereferencecellcanhave.
Importance(%):Theimportanceascalculatedwiththeoptionsselectedin"ConfiguringImportanceFactorsfor
Neighbours"onpage888
referencecell,asidentifiedintheCellcolumn.Thepossiblereasonsare:
Cosite
Adjacency
Symmetry
Coverage
Existing
Relationtype:Thetypeoftheneighbourrelation:intracarrierorintercarrier.Cellswhosechannelshavethe
samecentrefrequencyareintracarrierneighbours.Othercellsareintercarrierneighbours.
Coverage:Theamountofreferencecellscoverageareathattheneighbouroverlaps,inpercentageandinsquare
kilometres.
page69.
890
AT320_UM_E0
youstartthenewallocation.
respectsymmetry.However,iftheneighbourrelationisforcedinonedirection
andforbiddenintheother,thesymmetrycannotberespected.
10.2.11.4.1
newbasestationandothercellswhosecoverageareaintersectsthecoverageareaofthecellsofthenewbasestation.
2. IntheLTETransmittersfolder,rightclickthenewbasestation.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectNeighbours>IntratechnologyNeighbours>AutomaticAllocationfromthecontextmenu.TheAutomatic
NeighbourAllocationdialogueappears.
page888.
10.2.11.4.2
2. IntheLTETransmittersfolder,rightclickthenewtransmitter.Thecontextmenuappears.
page888.
10.2.11.5.1
"DisplayingNeighbourRelationsontheMap"onpage891.
tionissymmetric.
appears.
3. UnderIntratechnologyNeighbours,selecttheDisplaylinkscheckbox.
appears.
)besidetheDisplaylinkscheckbox.TheIntratechnologyNeighbourDisplaydialogue
891
Forsk2013
5. FromtheDisplaytypelist,chooseoneofthefollowing:
Unique:Select"Unique"ifyouwantAtolltocolourallneighbourlinksofacellwithauniquecolour.
Discretevalues:Select"Discretevalues",andthenavaluefromtheFieldlist,ifyouwantAtolltocolourthecells
neighbourlinksaccordingtoavaluefromtheIntratechnologyNeighbourstable,oraccordingtotheneighbour
frequencyband.
Valueintervals:Select"Valueintervals"tocolourthecellsneighbourlinksaccordingthevalueintervalofthe
valueselectedfromtheFieldlist.Forexample,youcanchoosetodisplayacellsneighboursaccordingtothe
importance,asdeterminedbytheweightingfactors.
creatinganewfieldoftype"Integer"intheIntratechnologyNeighbourtableforthe
numberofhandoffattempts.Onceyouhaveimportedorenteredthevaluesinthenew
column,youcanselectthisfieldfromtheFieldlistalongwith"ValueIntervals"asthe
Displaytype.Forinformationonaddinganewfieldtoatable,see"AddingaFieldtoan
ObjectTypesDataTable"onpage71.
Outwardsnonsymmetric:SelecttheOutwardsnonsymmetriccheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationswhere
theselectedcellisthereferencecellandwheretheneighbourrelationisnotsymmetric.
Inwardsnonsymmetric:SelecttheInwardsnonsymmetriccheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationswherethe
selectedcellisneighbourandwheretheneighbourrelationisnotsymmetric.
appears.
892
AT320_UM_E0
Thesymmetricneighbourrelationsoftheselectedcellareindicatedbyaline.
The outward neighbour relations are indicated by a line with an arrow pointing to the neighbour (e.g. see
The inward neighbour relations are indicated by a line with an arrow pointing to the selected cell (e.g. see
In Figure10.48, neighbour links aredisplayed according totheneighbour.Therefore, thesymmetric andoutward

neighbourlinksarecolouredasthecorrespondingneighbourtransmittersandtheinwardneighbourlinkiscoloured
asthereferencetransmitterasitisneighbourofSite9_3(0)here.
Figure10.48:NeighboursofSite22_3(0)Displayaccordingtotheneighbour
Youcandisplayeitherforcedneighboursorforbiddenneighboursbyclickingthearrow( )
nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbarand
selectingeitherForcedNeighboursorForbiddenNeighbours.
10.2.11.5.2
893
Forsk2013
1. Create, calculate, and display a "Coverage by Transmitter (DL)" prediction, with the Display type set to "Discrete
values" and the Field set to "Transmitter" (for information on creating a coverage by transmitter prediction, see
appears.
3. SelectDisplayOptions fromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourDisplay dialogueappears.

4. UnderIntratechnologyNeighbours,selecttheDisplaycoverageareascheckbox.
dialogueappears.
)besidetheDisplaycoverageareascheckbox.TheIntratechnologyNeighbourDisplay
Unique:Select"Unique"ifyouwantAtolltocolourthecoverageareaofacellsneighbourswithauniquecolour.
Discretevalues:Select"Discretevalues",andthenavaluefromtheFieldlist,ifyouwantAtolltocolourthecov
erageareaofacellsneighboursaccordingtoavaluefromtheIntratechnologyNeighbourstable.
Valueintervals:Select"Valueintervals"tocolourthecoverageareaofacellsneighboursaccordingthevalue
accordingtotheimportance,asdeterminedbytheweightingfactors.
appears.
)inthe
ordeletingneighbourspercell.YoucanallocateordeleteneighboursdirectlyonthemaporusingtheCellstabofatransmit
tersPropertiesdialogue.
"AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheCellsTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue"onpage894.
"AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheNeighboursTable"onpage895.
ToallocateordeleteLTEneighboursusingtheCellstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue:
4. OntheCellstab,clicktheBrowsebutton(
)besideNeighbours.ThecellsPropertiesdialogueappears.
6. Ifdesired,youcanenterthemaximumnumberofneighbours.
7. Allocateordeleteaneighbour.
a. ClicktheEditbuttononthebottomrightofthedialogue.Theneighbourlistbecomeseditable.
b. UnderList,selectthecellfromthelistintheNeighbourcolumnintherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
894
).
AT320_UM_E0
c. Clickelsewhereinthetablewhenyouhavefinishedcreatingthenewneighbour.
d. SelectMakeSymmetricalfromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellin
theNeighbourcolumnandthecellintheCellcolumn.
thecellintheNeighbourcolumnandthecellintheCellcolumnisdeleted.
Todeleteaneighbour:
8. ClickOK.
ToallocateordeleteLTEneighboursusingtheNeighbourstable:
2. RightclicktheLTETransmittersfolder.Thecontextmenuappear.
a. IntherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
b. SelectMakeSymmetricalfromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellin
a. Clickintheleftmarginsofthetablerowscontainingtheneighbourstoselecttheentirerows.Youcanselectcon
tiguousrowsbyclickingthefirstrow,pressingShiftandclickingthelastrow.Youcanselectnoncontiguousrows
c. SelectMakeSymmetricalfromthecontextmenu.
895
Forsk2013
Totakeintoconsiderationallexceptionalpairs:
Youcanaddordeleteeithersomeforcedneighboursorsomeforbiddenneighboursusing
theIntratechnologyExceptionalPairstable.Youcanopenthistable,selecttheexcep
tionalpairstobeconsidered,rightclickthetableandselectForceExceptionalPairsinthe
contextmenu.
Todeleteaneighbour:
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetaneighbourrelation.Atolladdsbothtransmittersto
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitteryouwanttoremovefromthelistofneighbours.Atollremovesbothtransmitters
mittertotheintratechnologyneighbourlistofthetransmitter.
transmitterfromtheintratechnologyneighbourslistofthetransmitter.
896
bypressingShiftandclickingthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttocreateasymmetricrelation.ThenpressCTRL
andclicktheothertransmitter.Atollconvertsthesymmetricrelationtoaninwardsnonsymmetricintertech
nologyneighbourrelation.
AT320_UM_E0
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitteryouwanttoremovefromthelistofneighbours.Atollremovesthetransmitter
)intheRadio
bours.
intheAFPprocess.
Calculationdialogueappears.
beconsideredaspotentialneighbours.
6. Coverageconditions:UnderCoverageconditions,youcansetthecoverageconditionsbetweenneighboursandtheir
referencecells.ClickingDefineopenstheCoverageConditionsdialogue.IntheCoverageConditionsdialogue,you
canchangethefollowingparameters:
allocation.
GlobalminRSRP:SelecttheGlobalminRSRPcheckboxifyouwanttosetaglobalvaluefortheminimumRSRP.
Ifyousetaglobalvaluehere,AtollwilluseeitherthisvalueorthepercellMinRSRPvalue,whicheverishigher.
RSRPmargin:Enterthemargin,withrespecttothebestservercoverageareaofthereferencecell,atwhichthe
handoverprocessends.
Indoorcoverage:Ifdesired,selecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefined
calculated.
897
Forsk2013
Cause:ThereasonAtollhasallocatedvalueintheImportancecolumn.
Cosite
Adjacency
Symmetry
Coverage
Relationtype:Thetypeoftheneighbourrelation:intracarrierorintercarrier.Cellswhosechannelshavethe
samecentrefrequencyareintracarrierneighbours.Othercellsareintercarrierneighbours.
insquarekilometres.
Emptylists:SelecttheEmptylistscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavenoneighbours(inotherwords,
Fulllists:SelecttheFulllistscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavethemaximumnumberofneighbours
allowed(inotherwords,whichcellshaveafullneighbourlist).Themaximumnumberofneighbourscanbeeither
sethereforallthecells,orspecifiedforeachcellintheCellstable.
Lists>maxnumber:SelecttheFulllistscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavemorethanthemaximum
numberofneighboursallowed.Themaximumnumberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforallthecells,or
specifiedforeachcellintheCellstable.
Missingcosites:SelecttheMissingcositescheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavenocositeneighbours.
Missingsymmetrics:SelecttheMissingsymmetricscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavenonsym
Exceptionalpairs:SelecttheExceptionalpairscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshaveforcedneighbours
Averagenumberofneighbours:X;where,Xistheaveragenumberofneighbours(integer)percellfortheplan
audited.
Emptylists:x/X;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavingnoneighbours(oremptyneighbourslist)
Syntax:
Fulllists(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavingYnumberofneighbourslisted
Syntax:
Lists>maxnumber(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavingmorethanYnumber
ofneighbourslistedintheirrespectiveneighbourslists.
Syntax:
898
|CELL|
AT320_UM_E0
IfthefieldMaxnumberofintratechnologyneighboursintheCellstableisempty,theFull
ListscheckandtheLists>maxnumbercheckusetheDefaultmaxnumbervaluedefined
intheauditdialogue.
Missingcosites:X;totalnumberofmissingcositeneighboursintheauditedneighbourplan.
Syntax:
Nonsymmetriclinks:X;totalnumberofnonsymmetricneighbourlinksintheauditedneighbourplan.
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Existingforbidden:X;totalnumberofforbiddenneighboursexistingintheauditedneighbourplan.
Syntax:
Missingforced:X;totalnumberofforcedneighboursmissingintheauditedneighbourplan.
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Distancebetweenneighbours>Y:X;totalnumberofneighboursexistingintheauditedneighbourplanthatare
Syntax:
Atolldocument.
Atolldocument.
10.3 ConfiguringNetworkParametersUsingtheAFP
AtollAutomaticFrequencyPlanning(AFP)enablesradioengineersdesigningLTEnetworkstoautomaticallyconfigurenetwork
parameterssuchasthefrequencychannelsandphysicalcellIDs.TheAFPcanalsoperformfractionalfrequencyplanning
throughautomaticconfigurationofthePSSIDinphysicalcellIDplanning.
"AFPPrerequisites"onpage899
"PlanningFrequencies"onpage903
"PlanningPhysicalCellIDs"onpage904
"DisplayingandAnalysingtheAFPResults"onpage905.
10.3.1 AFPPrerequisites
InAtoll,youcanuseanAutomaticFrequencyPlanning(AFP)moduletoallocatefrequenciesandphysicalcellIDs.TheAuto
maticFrequencyPlanning(AFP)moduleattemptstoallocateresourcesinawaythatminimisesinterferenceandcomplies
withasetofuserdefinedconstraints.TheAFPassignsacosttoeachconstraintandthenusesacostbasedalgorithmtoeval
uatepossibleallocationplansandproposetheallocationplanwiththelowestcosts.
Inthissection,theAFPinputelementsareexplained.ThequalityoftheresultsgivenbytheAFPdependontheaccuracyof
theinput,thereforeitisimportanttopreparetheinputbeforerunningtheAFP.Inthissection,thefollowingareexplained:
"InterferenceMatrices"onpage900
"NeighbourImportance"onpage901
899
Forsk2013
"ResourcesAvailableforAllocation"onpage901
"ConstraintWeights"onpage902.
10.3.1.1 InterferenceMatrices
InAtoll,theprobabilityofinterferencebetweenpairsofcellsisstoredinaninterferencematrix.Aninterferencematrixcan
bethoughtofastheprobabilitythatauserinacellwillreceiveinterferencehigherthanadefinedthreshold.Youcancalculate,
import,edit,andstoremorethanoneinterferencematrixintheInterferenceMatricesfolderintheNetworkexplorer.
10.3.1.1.1
"CalculatingInterferenceMatrices"onpage900
"ImportingandExportingInterferenceMatrices"onpage900
"ViewingandEditingInterferenceMatrices"onpage901.
CalculatingInterferenceMatrices
Atollcalculatesinterferencematricesintheformofcoandadjacentchannelinterferenceprobabilitiesforeachinterfered
andinterferingcellpair.Theprobabilitiesofinterferencearestatedintermsofpercentagesoftheinterferedarea.Inother
words,itistheratiooftheinterferedsurfaceareatothebestservercoverageareaofaninterferedcell.
WhenAtollcalculatesinterferencematrices,itcalculatestheratioofthereferencesignalleveltothetotalinterferenceand
noise(I+N)foreachpixeloftheinterferedserviceareabetweentwocells(theinterferedcellandtheinterferingcell).Forco
channelinterference,apixelisconsideredinterferedifthisratioislowerthantheperchannelreferencesignalC/Ncorre
spondingtotheminimumRSRPdefinedfortheinterferedcell.Foradjacentchannelinterference,apixelisconsideredinter
feredifthisratioislowerthanthereferencesignalC/NcorrespondingtotheminimumRSRPdefinedfortheinterferedcell
lesstheadjacentchannelsuppressionfactordefinedforthefrequencybandoftheinterferedcell.
YoucanamplifythedegradationoftheC/(I+N)byusingahighqualitymarginwhencalculatingtheinterferencematrices.For
example,a3dBqualitymarginwouldimplythateachinterfererisconsideredtobetwiceasstrongcomparedtoacalculation
withoutanyqualitymargin(i.e.,0dB).
Tocalculateinterferencematrices:
2. RightclicktheLTEInterferenceMatricesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectNew.TheInterferenceMatricesPropertiesdialogueappears.
4. OntheGeneraltab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Name:Enteranameforthenewinterferencematrix.
Resolution:Entertheresolutionusedtocalculatethecoverageareasofcellsfortheinterferencematrixcalcula
tion.
Type:ThetypeissettoCalculatedforcalculatedinterferencematrices.
Qualitymargin:Enteraqualitymargin.
5. Onceyouhavecreatedthenewinterferencematrix,youcancalculateitimmediatelyoryoucansaveitandcalculate
itlater:
Calculate:ClickCalculatetosavethedefinedinterferencematrixandcalculateitimmediately.
OK:ClickOKtosavethedefinedinterferencematrixwithoutcalculatingit.Youcancalculateitlaterclickingthe
Calculatebutton(
Oncecalculated,thenewinterferencematrixisavailableintheInterferenceMatricesfolderandwillbeavailableforusethe
nexttimeyouruntheAFP.
YoucanmodifythepropertiesofanexistinginterferencematrixbyselectingPropertiesfromtheinterferencematrixcontext
menu.YoucanrecalculateanexistinginterferencematrixbyselectingCalculatefromtheinterferencematrixcontextmenu.
10.3.1.1.2
ImportingandExportingInterferenceMatrices
Youcanimportinterferencematricesfromexternalsources,suchastheOAM,inAtollfromfromTXT(text),CSV(comma
separatedvalue),andIM2files.Intheinterferencematrixfileyouwanttoimport,theinterferencematrixentriesmusthave
thefollowingsyntax:
<InterferedCell><Separator><InterferingCell><Separator><CochannelInterferenceProbability><Separator><Adja
centchannelInterferenceProbability>
Theseparator<Separator>canbeatab,acomma,asemicolon,orspace.
Iftheinterferencematrixfilebeingimportedcontainsthesameinterferedinterfererpairmorethanonce,Atollkeepsthelast
descriptionofthepair.
900
AT320_UM_E0
Atolldoesnotperformavaliditycheckontheimportedinterferencefile;youmustthereforeensurethattheimportedinfor
mationisconsistentwiththecurrentconfiguration.Furthermore,Atollonlyimportsinterferencematricesforactivetrans
mitters.
Toimportaninterferencematrix:
2. RightclicktheLTEInterferenceMatricesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
3. SelectImport.TheOpendialogueappears.
4. SelectthefilecontainingtheinterferencematrixandclickOpen.ThetableImportdialogueappears.
Formoreinformationonimportingtabledata,see"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81.
Toexportaninterferencematrix:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheLTEInterferenceMatricesfolder.
3. Rightclicktheinterferencematrixyouwanttoexport.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectExport.TheExportdialogueappears.
Forinformationonexportingtabledata,see"ExportingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets"onpage80.
10.3.1.1.3
ViewingandEditingInterferenceMatrices
Interferencematricesstorecoandadjacentchannelinterferenceprobabilitiesforeachinterferedandinterferingcellpair.
Tovieworeditthecontentsofaninterferencematrix:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheLTEInterferenceMatricesfolder.
3. Rightclicktheinterferencematrixwhosecontentsyouwishtoview.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectProperties.TheInterferenceMatricesPropertiesdialogueappears.
5. ClicktheInterferenceMatricestab.Thecoandadjacentchannelinterferenceprobabilitiesareavailableintheform
ofatableforeachinterferedandinterferingcellpair.
Youcanedittheinterferenceprobabilities,addnewinterferedandinterferingcellpairsandtheirprobabilities,and
copyinterferenceprobabilitiesfromanothersource,suchastheOAM,directlyintothistable.
6. ClickOK,onceyouhaveviewedoreditedtheprobabilities.
10.3.1.2 NeighbourImportance
InAtoll,neighbourimportancevaluesarecalculatedbytheautomaticneighbourallocationprocessandcanbeusedbythe
AFPforfrequencyandphysicalcellIDallocation.Forinformationonconfiguringneighbourimportanceweighting,see"Config
uringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours"onpage888.Formoreinformationoncalculatingneighbourimportancevalues,see
"CalculatingtheImportanceofExistingNeighbours"onpage897.
Formoredetailsonthecalculationofneighbourimportancevalues,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
10.3.1.3 ResourcesAvailableforAllocation
TheAFPallocatesresourcesfromapoolofavailableresources.Forautomaticfrequencyplanning,theavailableresourcesare
definedbythechannelnumbersavailableinthefrequencybandassignedtoanycell.Inthefrequencybandproperties,the
firstandlastchannelnumbersdefinetherangeofavailablechannelnumbersintheband.Channelnumberswithinthisrange
canbesetasunavailableiftheyarelistedintheexcludedchannelslist.Formoreinformation,see"DefiningFrequencyBands"
onpage972.
ForautomaticphysicalcellIDplanning,AtollfacilitatesthemanagementofphysicalcellIDsbylettingyoucreatedomains,
eachcontaininggroupsofphysicalcellIDs.
TheprocedureformanagingphysicalcellIDsinanLTEdocumentconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
1. CreatingaphysicalcellIDdomain,asexplainedinthissection.
2. Creatinggroups,eachcontainingarangeofphysicalcellIDs,andassigningthemtoadomain,asexplainedinthissec
tion.
3. AssigningaphysicalcellIDdomaintoacellorcells.IfthereisnophysicalcellIDdomain,Atollwillconsiderall504
possiblephysicalcellIDswhenassigningthemautomatically.
901
Forsk2013
TocreateaphysicalcellIDdomain:
)toexpandtheLTENetworkSettingsfolder.
)toexpandthePhysicalCellIDsfolder.
4. RightclickDomainsinthePhysicalCellIDsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
7. Clickinanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewdomainandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
Name:EnteranameforthenewphysicalcellIDgroup.
Min.:EnterthelowestavailablephysicalcellIDinthisgroupsrange.
Max:EnterthehighestavailablephysicalcellIDinthisgroupsrange.
Step:EntertheseparationintervalbetweeneachphysicalcellID.
Excluded:EnterthephysicalcellIDinthisrangethatyoudonotwanttouse.
Extra:EnteranyadditionalphysicalcellID(i.e.,outsidetherangedefinedbytheMin.andMaxfields)youwant
toaddtothisgroup.YoucanenteralistofphysicalcellIDsseparatedbyeitheracomma,semicolon,oraspace.
YoucanalsoenterarangeofphysicalcellIDsseparatedbyahyphen.Forexample,entering,"1,2,35"meansthat
theextraphysicalcellIDsare"1,2,3,4,5."
TheavailableresourcescanalsobedefinedforallthecellsgloballyintheAFPdialoguebyselectingCustomfortheAllocation
domain,andenteringthelistofExcludedresources.Formoreinformation,see"PlanningPhysicalCellIDs"onpage904.
10.3.1.4 ConstraintWeights
YoucandefinetheconstraintweightsfortheAFPcostcomponentsthatAtollusestoevaluatepossiblefrequencyandphysical
cellIDplans.
ToconfiguretheAFPconstraintweights:
3. SelectAFP>ConfigureConstraintWeightsfromthecontextmenu.TheConstraintWeightsdialogueappears.
Thisdialogueenablesyoutodefinetherelativeweightsofthecostcomponents.Theabsolutevaluesoftheconstraint
weightsarecalculatedbytheAFPusingtheserelativeweights.Formoreinformation,seetheTechnicalReference
Guide.
4. ClicktheFrequencyAllocationtab.
5. OntheFrequencyAllocationtab,youcansettheweightsforthefollowingcostcomponents:
1storderneighbours:Therelativeweightassignedtoafirstorderneighbourrelationshipviolation.
Interferencematrices:Therelativeweightassignedtoaninterferencematrixbasedrelationshipviolation.
Distance:Therelativeweightassignedtoadistancebasedrelationshipviolation.
YoucanclicktheResetbuttontosettheweightstotheirdefaultvalues.
6. ClickthePhysicalCellIDAllocationtab.
7. OnthePhysicalCellIDAllocationtab,youcansettheweightsforthefollowingcostcomponents:
1storderneighbours:Therelativeweightassignedtoafirstorderneighbourrelationshipviolation.
2ndorderneighbours:Therelativeweightassignedtoasecondorderneighbourrelationshipviolation.
Neighboursofacommoncell:Therelativeweightassignedtotheviolationofanindirectneighbourrelationship
betweenneighboursofacommoncell.
Interferencematrices:Therelativeweightassignedtoainterferencematrixbasedrelationshipviolation.
Distance:Therelativeweightassignedtoadistancebasedrelationshipviolation.
OnthePhysicalCellIDAllocationtab,youcanalsosettheweightsforthefollowingconstraints:
902
PhysicalcellIDconstraint:TherelativeweightassignedtoaphysicalcellIDcollisionbetweentworelatedcells.
PSSIDconstraint:TherelativeweightassignedtoaPSSID(PCIMod3)collisionbetweentworelatedcells.
SameSSSIDpersiteconstraint:TherelativeweightassignedtotheSSSIDconstraintviolation(occurenceoftwo
differentSSSIDs)betweentworelatedcositecells.
AT320_UM_E0
DL RS constraint: The relative weight assigned to a downlink reference signal shifting (PCI Mod 6) collision
betweentworelatedcells.
UL DMRS sequence group collision: The relative weight assigned to an uplink demodulation reference signal
sequencegroup(PCIMod30)collisionbetweentworelatedcells.
PCFICHREGconstraint:Therelativeweightassignedtoaphysicalcontrolformatindicatorchannelresourceele
mentgroup(PCIMod(numberoffrequencyblocks/2))collisionbetweentworelatedcells.
In3GPPMultiRATdocuments,theconstraintweightNeighboursofacommoncellapplies
toLTEneighboursofacommonLTEcellaswellastoLTEneighboursofacommonGSM
transmitterorUMTScell.
8. ClickOK.
10.3.2 PlanningFrequencies
Youcanassignfrequencies,i.e.,frequencybandsandchannelnumbers,manuallytocellsorusetheAutomaticFrequency
Planning(AFP)tooltoautomaticallyallocatechannelstocells.TheAFPallocateschannelstocellsautomaticallyinsuchaway
thattheoverallinterferenceinthenetworkisminimised.Onceallocationiscompleted,youcananalysethefrequencyplan
bycreatingandcomparingC/(I+N)coveragepredictions,andviewthefrequencyallocationonthemap.
When allocating frequencies, the AFP can take into account interference matrices, reuse distance, and any constraints
imposedbyneighbours.
Toautomaticallyallocatefrequencies:
3. SelectAFP>AutomaticFrequencyAllocation.TheResourceAllocationdialogueappears.
4. UnderAllocate,selectFrequenciestoperformautomaticfrequencyplanning.
5. UnderRelations,youcansettherelationstotakeintoaccountinautomaticallocation.
Interferencematrices:SelectthischeckboxifyouwanttheAFPtotakeinterferencematricesintoaccountforthe
allocation,andselectaninterferencematrixfromthelist.ForAtolltotakeinterferencematricesintoaccount,
theymustbeavailableintheInterferenceMatricesfolderintheNetworkexplorer.Interferencematricescanbe
calculated, imported, and edited in the Interference Matrices folder. For more information on interference
matrices,see"InterferenceMatrices"onpage900.
Existingneighbours:SelectthischeckboxifyouwanttheAFPtotakeneighbourrelationsintoaccountfortheallo
cation.TheAFPwilltrytoallocatedifferentfrequenciestoacellanditsneighbours.Atollcanonlytakeneighbour
relationsintoaccountifneighbourshavealreadybeenallocated.Forinformationonallocatingneighbours,see
Reusedistance:SelectthischeckboxifyouwanttheAFPtotakerelationsbasedondistanceintoaccountforthe
allocation. You can enter a Default reuse distance within which two cells must not have the same channel
assigned.However,itishighlyrecommendedtodefineareusedistanceforeachindividualcelldependingonthe
sizeofthecellscoverageareaandthenetworkdensityaroundthecell.Ifdefined,acellspecificreusedistanceis
usedinsteadofthedefaultvalueenteredhere.
6. UnderResults,AtolldisplaystheTotalcostofthecurrentfrequencyallocationtakingintoaccounttheparametersset
instep5.YoucanmodifytheparametersandclickUpdatecosttoseethechangeinthetotalcost.
7. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofallocatingfrequencies.
OnceAtollhasfinishedallocatingfrequencies,theproposedallocationisvisibleunderResults.
TheResultstablecontainsthefollowinginformation:
Name:Thenameofthecell.
Initialchannelnumber:Thechannelnumberofthecellbeforeautomaticallocation.
Channelnumber:Thechannelnumberofthecellafterautomaticallocation.
Channelallocationstatus:ThevalueoftheChannelallocationstatusofthecell.
InitialphysicalcellID:ThephysicalcellIDofthecellbeforeautomaticallocation.
PhysicalcellID:ThephysicalcellIDofthecellafterautomaticallocation.
InitialPSSID:ThePSSIDofthecellbeforeautomaticallocation.
PSSID:ThePSSIDofthecellafterautomaticallocation.
PSSIDstatus:ThevalueofthePSSIDstatusofthecell.
InitialSSSID:TheSSSIDofthecellbeforeautomaticallocation.
903
Forsk2013
SSSID:TheSSSIDofthecellafterautomaticallocation.
SSSIDstatus:ThevalueoftheSSSIDstatusofthecell.
Cost:Thecostofthenewfrequencyallocationofthecell.
PhysicalcellIDdomain:ThephysicalcellIDdomainofthecell.
8. ClickCommit.Theproposedfrequencyplanisassignedtothecellsofthenetwork.
Whenyouallocatefrequenciestoalargenumberofcells,itiseasiesttoletAtollallocatethemautomatically.However,ifyou
wanttoassignafrequencytoonecellortomodifyit,youcandoitbyaccessingthepropertiesofthecell.
Toallocatethefrequencytoacellmanually:
1. OnthemaporintheLTETransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer,rightclickthetransmittertowhosecellyou
wanttoallocatethefrequency.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectaFrequencybandandChannelnumberforthecell.
5. SettheChannelallocationstatustoLockedifyouwanttolockthefrequencythatyouassigned.
6. ClickOK.
10.3.3 PlanningPhysicalCellIDs
InLTE,504physicalcellIDsareavailable,numberedfrom0to503.Thereareasmanypseudorandomsequencesdefinedin
the3GPPspecifications.PhysicalcellIDsaregroupedinto168uniquecellIDgroups(calledSSSIDsinAtoll),witheachgroup
containing3uniqueidentities(calledPSSIDsinAtoll).AnSSSIDisthusuniquelydefinedbyanumberintherangeof0to167,
andaPSSIDisdefinedbyanumberintherangeof0to2.
EachcellsreferencesignalscarryapseudorandomsequencecorrespondingtothephysicalcellIDofthecell.TheSSSand
PSSaretransmittedoverthecentresixfrequencyblocksindependentlyofthechannelbandwidthsusedbycells.Mobiles
synchronisetheirtransmissionandreceptionfrequencyandtimebyfirstregisteringthePSS.OncethePSSIDofthecellis
known,mobilesregistertheSSSofthecellinordertoobtaintheSSSID.ThecombinationofthesetwoIDsgivesthephysical
cellIDandtheassociatedpseudorandomsequencethatistransmittedoverthedownlinkreferencesignals.Oncethemobile
has the physical cell ID and the associated pseudorandom sequence, the cell is recognised by the mobile based on the
receivedreferencesignals.Channelqualitymeasurementsarealsomadeonthereferencesignals.
BecausethecellsearchandselectiondependonthephysicalcellIDsofthecells,thesemustbecorrectlyallocatedtocellsin
ordertoavoidunnecessaryproblemsincellrecognitionandselection.
AtollfacilitatesthemanagementofphysicalcellIDsbylettingyoucreategroupsofphysicalcellIDsanddomains,whereeach
domainisadefinedsetofgroups.Formoreinformation,see"ResourcesAvailableforAllocation"onpage901.
YoucanassignphysicalcellIDsmanuallyorautomaticallytoanycellinthenetwork.Onceallocationiscompleted,youcan
auditthephysicalcellIDs,viewphysicalcellIDreuseonthemap,andmakeananalysisofphysicalcellIDdistribution.Atoll
canautomaticallyassignphysicalcellIDstothecellstakingintoaccounttheselectedSSSIDallocationstrategy(freeorsame
persite),allowedallocationdomain,interferencematrices,reusedistance,andanyconstraintsimposedbyneighbours.
ToautomaticallyallocatephysicalcellIDs:
3. SelectAFP>AutomaticPhysicalCellIDAllocation.TheResourceAllocationdialogueappears.
4. UnderAllocate,selectPhysicalCellIDstoallocatephysicalcellIDstocellsautomatically.
5. SelecttheAllocationdomain.YoucanchoosePercelltoallocatephysicalcellIDsfromthephysicalcellIDdomains
definedpercell,youcanchoosetoallocatefromtheEntire(0503)domain,oryoucanchooseCustomandenterthe
ExcludedresourcestoexcludesomephysicalcellIDsfromtheallocation.
YoucanenternonconsecutivephysicalcellIDsseparatedwithacomma,oryoucanenterarangeofphysicalcellIDs
separatingthefirstandlastindexwithahyphen(forexample,entering"15"correspondsto"1,2,3,4,5").
6. UnderAllocationstrategies,youcanselect:
SSSIDallocation:SelectSamepersiteifyouwanttheAFPtoallocatethesameSSSIDtoallthecellsofasite.If
allocatingthesameSSSIDtocellsofasitecausescollisionsbetweenphysicalcellIDs,theconstraintofallocating
thesameSSSIDpersitecanbebroken.SelectFreeifyouwanttheAFPtoignoretheSSSIDcollisions.Withfree
allocation,theSSSIDwillnotnecessarilybethesameforallthecellsofasite.
Uniformdistribution:SelectStrictifyouwanttheAFPtodistributethephysicalcellIDuniformly.SelectInactive
ifanonuniformdistributionisacceptable.
7. UnderRelations,youcansettherelationstotakeintoaccountinautomaticallocation.
904
AT320_UM_E0
Interferencematrices:SelectthischeckboxifyouwanttheAFPtotakeinterferencematricesintoaccountforthe
allocation,andselectaninterferencematrixfromthelist.ForAtolltotakeinterferencematricesintoaccount,
theymustbeavailableintheInterferenceMatricesfolderintheNetworkexplorer.Interferencematricescanbe
calculated, imported, and edited in the Interference Matrices folder. For more information on interference
matrices,see"InterferenceMatrices"onpage900.
Existingneighbours:SelectthischeckboxifyouwanttheAFPtotakeneighbourrelationsintoaccountfortheallo
cation.TheAFPwilltrytoallocatedifferentphysicalcellIDstoacellanditsneighbours,andtotheneighboursof
acommoncell.In3GPPMultiRATdocuments,theAFPwillalsotrytoallocatedifferentphysicalcellIDstoLTEcells
thatareneighboursofacommonGSMtransmitterorUMTScell.
TheAFPcantakeneighboursintoaccountonlyifneighbourshavealreadybeenallocated.IfyouwanttheAFPto
takebothfirstandsecondorderneighboursintoaccount,youmustsetanoptionintheatoll.inifile(seetheAd
ministratorManual).
Reusedistance:SelectthischeckboxifyouwanttheAFPtotakerelationsbasedondistanceintoaccountforthe
allocation.YoucanenteraDefaultreusedistancewithinwhichtwocellsmustnothavethesamephysicalcellID
assigned.However,itishighlyrecommendedtodefineareusedistanceforeachindividualcelldependingonthe
sizeofthecellscoverageareaandthenetworkdensityaroundthecell.Ifdefined,acellspecificreusedistanceis
usedinsteadofthedefaultvalueenteredhere.Amacrothatautomaticallycalculatesareusedistanceforeach
cellcanbeprovideduponrequest.
8. UnderResults,AtolldisplaystheTotalcostofthecurrentphysicalcellIDallocationtakingintoaccounttheparame
terssetinstep7.YoucanmodifytheparametersandclickUpdatecosttoseethechangeinthetotalcost.
9. ClickCalculate.AtollbeginstheprocessofallocatingphysicalcellIDs.
OnceAtollhasfinishedallocatingphysicalcellIDs,theIDsarevisibleunderResults.
Name:Thenameofthecell.
Initialchannelnumber:Thechannelnumberofthecellbeforeautomaticallocation.
Channelnumber:Thechannelnumberofthecellafterautomaticallocation.
Channelallocationstatus:ThevalueoftheChannelallocationstatusofthecell.
InitialphysicalcellID:ThephysicalcellIDofthecellbeforeautomaticallocation.
PhysicalcellID:ThephysicalcellIDofthecellafterautomaticallocation.
InitialPSSID:ThePSSIDofthecellbeforeautomaticallocation.
PSSID:ThePSSIDofthecellafterautomaticallocation.
PSSIDstatus:ThevalueofthePSSIDstatusofthecell.
InitialSSSID:TheSSSIDofthecellbeforeautomaticallocation.
SSSID:TheSSSIDofthecellafterautomaticallocation.
SSSIDstatus:ThevalueoftheSSSIDstatusofthecell.
Cost:Thecostofthenewfrequencyallocationofthecell.
PhysicalcellIDdomain:ThephysicalcellIDdomainofthecell.
10. ClickCommit.TheproposedphysicalcellIDplanisassignedtothecellsofthenetwork.
WhenyouallocatephysicalcellIDstoalargenumberofcells,itiseasiesttoletAtollallocatethemautomatically.However,
ifyouwanttoassignaphysicalcellIDtoonecellortomodifyit,youcandoitbyaccessingthepropertiesofthecell.
ToallocateaphysicalcellIDtoanLTEcellmanually:
1. OnthemaporintheLTETransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer,rightclickthetransmittertowhosecellyou
wanttoallocateaphysicalcellID.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. EnteraPhysicalcellIDinthecellscolumn.
5. YoucansetthePSSIDstatusandSSSIDstatustoLockedifyouwanttolockthephysicalcellIDthatyouassigned.
6. ClickOK.
10.3.4 DisplayingandAnalysingtheAFPResults
YoucandisplayandanalyseAFPresultsinseveralways:
"UsingtheFindonMapTooltoDisplayAFPResults"onpage906.
"DisplayingAFPResultsUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings"onpage907.
"GroupingTransmittersbyChannelsorPhysicalCellIDs"onpage907.
"AnalysingtheFrequencyAllocationUsingCoveragePredictions"onpage908.
905
Forsk2013
"CheckingtheConsistencyofthePhysicalCellIDPlan"onpage908.
"DisplayingthePhysicalCellIDAllocationHistogram"onpage908.
10.3.4.1 UsingtheFindonMapTooltoDisplayAFPResults
InAtoll,youcansearchforfrequencybands,channelnumbers,physicalcellIDs,PSSIDs,andSSSIDs,usingFindonMap.
displayedbytransmitter,thesearchresultswillbedisplayedbytransmittercoverage.Thecurrentallocationplanandany
potentialproblemswillthenbeclearlyvisible.Forinformationoncoveragepredictionsbytransmitter,see"MakingaCover
agePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage857.
TofindafrequencybandusingFindonMap:
2. FromtheFindlist,select"LTEChannel."
3. FromtheBandlist,selectafrequencyband.
4. FromtheChannellist,select"All."
5. ClickSearch.
Transmitterswhosecellsusetheselectedfrequencybandaredisplayedinredinthemapwindowandarelistedunder
ResultsintheFindonMapwindow.Transmitterswithcellsusingotherfrequencybandsaredisplayedingreyinthe
mapwindow.
Torestoretheinitialtransmittercolours,clicktheResetdisplaybuttonintheFindonMapwindow.
TofindachannelnumberusingFindonMap:
2. FromtheFindlist,select"LTEChannel."
3. FromtheBandlist,selectafrequencyband.
4. FromtheChannellist,selectthechannelnumber.
Bydefault,FindonMapdisplaysonlycochanneltransmittercells.Ifyouwantadjacentchannelstobedisplayedas
well,selecttheAdjacentchannelscheckbox.
5. ClickSearch.
Transmitterswhosecellsusetheselectedfrequencybandandchannelnumberaredisplayedinred.Transmitterswith
cellsusingtwoadjacentchannelnumbersinthesamefrequencyband(i.e.,achannelhigherandachannellower)are
displayedinyellow.Transmitterswithcellsusingaloweradjacentchannelnumberinthesamefrequencybandare
displayedingreen.Transmitterswithcellsusingahigheradjacentchannelnumberinthesamefrequencybandare
displayedinblue.Allothertransmittersaredisplayedasgreylines.
IfyouclearedtheAdjacentchannelscheckbox,transmitterswithcellsusingthesamechannelnumberaredisplayed
inred,andallothers,includingtransmitterswithadjacentchannels,aredisplayedasgreylines.
Byincludingthefrequencybandandchannelnumberofeachcellinthetransmitterlabel,
thesearchresultswillbeeasiertounderstand.Forinformationondefiningthelabel,see
TofindaphysicalcellID,PSSID,orSSSIDusingFindonMap:
2. FromtheFindlist,select"PhysicalCellID."
PhysicalcellID:IfyouwanttofindaphysicalcellID,selectPhysicalcellIDandselectthephysicalcellIDfromthe
list.
PSSID:IfyouwanttofindaPSSID,selectPSSIDandselectthePSSIDfromthelist:"All,""0,""1,"or"2."
SSSID:IfyouwanttofindanSSSID,selectSSSIDandselecttheSSSIDfromthelist.
4. ClickSearch.
WhenyouselectaphysicalcellIDoranSSSID,transmitterswithcellsmatchingthesearchcriteriaaredisplayedin
red.Transmittersthatdonotmatchthesearchcriteriaaredisplayedasgreylines.
WhenyouselectaspecificPSSID,transmitterswhosecellsusetheselectedIDaredisplayedinred.Transmitterswith
cellsthatuseotherIDsaredisplayedasgreylines.WhenyouchoosetosearchforallPSSIDs,transmitterswhosefirst
906
AT320_UM_E0
cellsuseID0aredisplayedinred,transmitterswhosefirstcellsuseID1aredisplayedinyellow,andtransmitters
whosefirstcellsuseID2aredisplayedingreen.
Torestoretheinitialtransmittercolours,clicktheResetdisplaybuttonintheSearchToolwindow.
Byincludingthephysical cell IDofeachcellinthe transmitterlabel, the search

results will be easier to understand. For information on defining the label, see
TransmitterswithmorethanonecellmightusedifferentPSSIDsindifferentcells.
Therefore,thesearchforallPSSIDsisonlyvalidforsinglecelltransmitters.
10.3.4.2 DisplayingAFPResultsUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings
YoucandisplaythefrequencyandphysicalcellIDallocationontransmittersbyusingthetransmittersdisplaysettings.
Todisplaythefrequencyallocationonthemap:
5. Select"Discretevalues"astheDisplaytypeand"Cells:Channelnumber"astheField.
6. ClickOK.Transmitterswillbedisplayedbychannelnumber.
Youcanalsodisplaythefrequencybandandchannelnumberinthetransmitterlabelortiptextbyselecting"Cells:Frequency
band"and"Cells:Channelnumber"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
TodisplayphysicalcellIDallocationonthemap:
5. Select"Discretevalues"astheDisplaytypeand"Cells:PhysicalcellID"astheField.
6. ClickOK.TransmitterswillbedisplayedbyphysicalcellID.
YoucanalsodisplaythephysicalcellIDinthetransmitterlabelortiptextbyselecting"Cells:PhysicalcellID"fromtheLabel
orTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
10.3.4.3 GroupingTransmittersbyChannelsorPhysicalCellIDs
YoucangrouptransmittersintheNetworkexplorerbytheirfrequencybands,channelnumbers,orphysicalcellIDs.
Togrouptransmittersbyfrequencybands,channelnumbers,orphysicalcellIDs:
5. UnderAvailablefields,scrolldowntotheCellsection.
Frequencyband
Channelnumber
PhysicalcellID
7. Click
ofparametersonwhichthetransmitterswillbegrouped.
8. Ifyoudonotwantthetransmitterstobesortedbyacertainparameter,selecttheparameterintheGroupthesefields
inthisorderlistandclick
terswillbegrouped.
.Theselectedparameterisremovedfromthelistofparametersonwhichthetransmit
907
Forsk2013
9. ArrangetheparametersintheGroupthesefieldsinthisorderlistintheorderinwhichyouwantthetransmittersto
begrouped:
a. Selectaparameterandclick
tomoveituptothedesiredposition.
b. Selectaparameterandclick
tomoveitdowntothedesiredposition.
10.3.4.4 AnalysingtheFrequencyAllocationUsingCoveragePredictions
YoucancreateandcomparereferencesignalC/(I+N)coveragepredictionsbeforeandaftertheautomaticfrequencyalloca
tioninordertoanalyseandcomparetheimprovementsbroughtaboutbytheAFP.Formoreinformationoncreatingrefer
ence signal C/(I+N) coverage predictions, see "Making a Coverage Prediction by C/(I+N) Level" on page875. For more
informationoncomparingtwocoveragepredictions,see"ComparingCoveragePredictions:Examples"onpage865.
10.3.4.5 CheckingtheConsistencyofthePhysicalCellIDPlan
OnceyouhavecompletedallocatingphysicalcellIDs,youcanverifywhethertheallocatedphysicalcellIDsrespectthespec
ifiedconstraintsandrelationsbyperforminganauditoftheplan.ThephysicalcellIDauditalsoenablesyoutocheckforincon
sistenciesifyouhavemadesomemanualchangestotheallocationplan.
3. SelectAFP>PhysicalCellIDAudit.ThePhysicalCellIDAuditdialogueappears.
4. InthePhysicalCellIDAuditdialogue,selecttheallocationcriteriathatyouwanttoverify:
Distance:IfyouselecttheDistancecheckbox,Atollwillcheckforandlistcellsthatdonotrespectthereusedis
tancedefinedintheirproperties.Forcellsthatdonothaveareusedistancedefinedintheirproperties,thevalue
enteredinthisdialoguewillbeusedfortheaudit.
Neighbours:IfyouselecttheNeighbourscheckbox,AtollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamephysicalcellIDas
anyofitsneighbours,andthatnotwoneighboursofacellhavethesamephysicalcellID.Thereportwilllistany
cellthathasthesamephysicalcellIDasoneofitsneighbours.
SameSSSIDatasite:IfyouselecttheSameSSSIDatasitecheckbox,Atollwillcheckforandlistbasestations
thatdonotmatchthecriterion,i.e.,basestationswhosecellshavephysicalcellIDsthatcorrespondtodifferent
SSSIDs.
Percelldomaincompliance:IfyouselectthePercelldomaincompliancecheckbox,Atollwillcheckifallocated
physicalcellIDsbelongtodomainsassignedtothecells.ThereportwilllistanycellswithphysicalcellIDsthatdo
notbelongtodomainsassignedtothecell.
5. ClickOK.AtolldisplaystheresultsoftheauditinatextfilecalledIDCheck.txt,whichitopensattheendoftheaudit.
Foreachselectedcriterion,Atollgivesthenumberofdetectedinconsistenciesanddetailsforeachinconsistency.
10.3.4.6 DisplayingthePhysicalCellIDAllocationHistogram
YoucanuseahistogramtoanalysetheuseofallocatedphysicalcellIDsinanetwork.Thehistogramrepresentsthephysical
cellIDsasafunctionofthefrequencyoftheiruse.
TodisplaythephysicalcellIDhistogram:
3. SelectAFP>PhysicalCellIDDistribution.TheDistributionHistogramsdialogueappears.
EachbarrepresentsaphysicalcellID,itsheightdependingonthefrequencyofitsuse.
4. MovethepointeroverthehistogramtodisplaythefrequencyofuseofeachphysicalcellID.Theresultsarehigh
lightedsimultaneouslyintheZoomonselectedvalueslist.
selectedvalues.
InterferenceisthemajorlimitingfactorintheperformanceofLTEnetworks.Ithasbeenrecognisedasthemajorbottleneck
innetworkcapacityandisoftenresponsibleforpoorperformance.Frequencyreusemeansthatinagivencoverageareathere
areseveralcellsthatuseagivensetoffrequencies.Thecellsthatusethesamefrequencyarecalledcochannelcells,andthe
908
AT320_UM_E0
interferencefromuserswiththesamechannelintheothercochannelcellsiscalledcochannelinterference.Unlikethermal
noisewhichcanbeovercomebyincreasingthesignaltonoiseratio(SNR),cochannelinterferencecannotbecounteredby
simplyincreasingthecarrierpowerofatransmitter.Thisisbecauseanincreaseincarriertransmissionpowerwillincreasethe
interferencetoneighbouringcochannelcells.Toreducecochannelinterference,cochannelcellsmustbephysicallysepa
ratedsufficientlybyadistance,calledthereusedistance.Foranetworkwithalimitednumberoffrequencychannels,alarge
reusedistancecanguaranteeahighQoSforthesystem,butthecapacitywillbedecreased.
AnothertypeofinterferenceinLTEnetworksisadjacentchannelinterference.Adjacentchannelinterferenceresultsfrom
imperfectreceiverfilterswhichallownearbyfrequenciestointerferewiththeusedfrequencychannel.Adjacentchannel
interferencecanbeminimisedthroughcarefulfilteringandchannelassignment.
momentisreferredtoasasnapshot.Basedonthissnapshot,Atollcalculatesvariousnetworkparameterssuchasthedown
linkanduplinktrafficloads,theuplinknoiserise,theuserthroughputs,etc.Simulationsarecalculatedinaniterativefashion.
another.
Tocreatesnapshots,servicesandusersmustbemodelled.Aswell,certaintrafficinformationintheformoftrafficmapsor
subscriberlistsmustbeprovided.Onceservicesandusershavebeenmodelledandtrafficmapsandsubscriberlistshavebeen
created,youcanmakesimulationsofthenetworktraffic.
"DefiningMultiserviceTrafficData"onpage909.
"CreatingaTrafficMap"onpage909.
"ExportingaTrafficMap"onpage919.
"WorkingwithaSubscriberDatabase"onpage919.
"CalculatingandDisplayingTrafficSimulations"onpage923.
LTEradiobearers:Radiobearersareusedbythenetworkforcarryinginformation.TheLTERadioBearertablelistsall
theavailableradiobearers.YoucancreatenewradiobearersandmodifyexistingonesbyusingtheLTERadioBearer
table.Forinformationondefiningradiobearers,see"DefiningLTERadioBearers"onpage978.
Services:Servicesarethevariousservices,suchasVoIP,FTPdownload,etc.,availabletousers.Theseservicescanbe
either of the type "voice" or "data". For informationon modelling enduser services, see"Modelling Services"on
page869.
Mobilitytypes:InLTE,informationaboutreceivermobilityisimportanttodeterminetheusersradioconditionsand
throughputs.Forinformationonmodellingmobilitytypes,see"ModellingMobilityTypes"onpage871.
Terminals:InLTE,aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,
or a cars onboard navigation device. For information on modelling terminals, see "Modelling Terminals" on
page871.
AtollprovidesthreetypesoftrafficmapsforLTEprojects.
Sectortrafficmap
Thesemapscanbeusedfordifferenttypesoftrafficdatasourcesasfollows:
(allactivitystatuses).Formoreinformation,see"CreatingaSectorTrafficMap"onpage910.
909
Forsk2013
page913,"ImportingaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap"onpage915and"CreatingaUserProfileEnvi
workstatistics.
Eachpixelhasauserdensityassigned.Thevalueeitherincludesallactivitystatusesoritcorrespondstoaparticular
activitystatus.Formoreinformation,see"CreatingUserDensityTrafficMaps(No.Users/km2)"onpage916,"Import
ingaUserDensityTrafficMap"onpage916,"Converting2GNetworkTraffic"onpage918and"ExportingCumulated
Traffic"onpage918
Youcanentereitherthethroughputdemandsintheuplinkandinthedownlinkorthenumberofusersperactivitystatusor
thetotalnumberofusers(allactivitystatuses).Youmusthaveacoveragepredictionbytransmittertocreatethistrafficmap.
Ifyoudonotalreadyhaveacoveragepredictionbytransmitterinyourdocument,youmustcreateandcalculateitfirst.For
4. SelectSectortrafficmap.
5. Selectthetypeoftrafficinformationyouwanttoinput.YoucanchooseeitherThroughputsinuplinkanddownlink,
Totalnumberofusers(allactivitystatuses)orNumberofusersperactivitystatus.
ment.
IfyouhaveselectedThroughputsinuplinkanddownlink,enterthethroughputdemandsintheuplinkanddown
linkforeachsectorandforeachlistedservice.
IfyouhaveselectedTotalnumberofusers(allactivitystatuses),enterthenumberofconnectedusersforeach
IfyouhaveselectedNumberofusersperactivitystatus,enterthenumberofinactiveusers,thenumberofusers
10. SelecttheTraffictab.Enterthefollowing:
a. UnderTerminals(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofterminalusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagemust
equal100.
b. UnderMobilities(%),enterthepercentageofeachmobilitytypeusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagemust
equal100.
c. UnderClutterDistribution,foreachclutterclass,enter:
910
AT320_UM_E0
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheTrafficMapsfolder.
100.
100.
Youcanupdatetheinformation,throughputdemandsandthenumberofusers,onthemapafterwards.Youmustfirstrecal
culatethecoveragepredictionbytransmitter.Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"on
page857.Onceyouhaverecalculatedthecoverageprediction,youcanupdatethetrafficmap.
Selecttheupdatedcoveragepredictionbytransmitteranddefinetrafficvaluesforthenewtransmitter(s)listedatthe
Theremayalsobeinformationaboutthetypeofterminaldevicestheyusetoaccessdifferentservices.
Auserprofilemodelsthebehaviourofdifferentusercategories.Eachuserprofileisdefinedbyalistofserviceswhicharein
turndefinedbytheterminalused,thecallsperhour,andduration(forcallsofthetype"voice")oruplinkanddownlinkvolume
(forcallsofthetype"data").
Environmentclassesareusedtodescribethedistributionofusersonamap.Anenvironmentclassdescribesitsenvironment
usingalistofuserprofiles,eachwithanassociatedmobilitytypeandagivendensity(i.e.,thenumberofuserswiththesame
profileperkm).
"ModellingUserProfiles"onpage911.
911
Forsk2013
browsing.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheUserProfiles:NewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
Name:Enteradescriptivenamefortheuserprofile.
Service:Selectaservicefromthelist.Forinformationonservices,see"ModellingServices"onpage869.
Terminal:Selectaterminalfromthelist.Forinformationonterminals,see"ModellingTerminals"onpage871.
Calls/hour:Forservicesofthetype"voice,"entertheaveragenumberofcallsperhourfortheservice.Thecalls
perhourisusedtocalculatetheactivityprobability.Forservicesofthetype"voice,"onecalllasting1000seconds
presentsthesameactivityprobabilityastwocallslasting500secondseach.
Forservicesofthetype"data,"theCalls/hourvalueisdefinedasthenumberofsessionsperhour.Asessionislike
aservice.Inservicesofthetype"data,"however,hemaynotusetheservicecontinually.Forexample,withaweb
Duration(sec.):Forservicesofthetype"voice,"entertheaveragedurationofacallinseconds.Forservicesofthe
type"data,"thisfieldisleftblank.
ULvolume(KBytes):Forservicesofthetype"data,"entertheaverageuplinkvolumepersessioninkilobytes.
DLvolume(KBytes):Forservicesofthetype"data,"entertheaveragedownlinkvolumepersessioninkilobytes.
6. ClickOK.
density(i.e.,thenumberofuserswiththesameprofileperkm).Togetanappropriateuserdistribution,youcanassigna
weighttoeachclutterclassforeachenvironmentclass.Youcanalsospecifythepercentageofindoorsubscribersforeach
Tocreateormodifyanenvironment:
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.TheEnvironments:NewElementPropertiesdialogueappears.
6. EnteraNameforthenewenvironment.
7. IntherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon( ),setthefollowingparametersforeachuserprofile/mobilitycombina
tionthatthisLTEenvironmentwilldescribe:
912
AT320_UM_E0
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
where:
Nk
N Area =
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
Forexample:Anareaof10kmwithauserdensityof100/km.Therefore,inthisarea,thereare1000users.Thearea
iscoveredbytwoclutterclasses:OpenandBuilding.TheclutterweightingforOpenis"1"andforBuildingis"4."Given
therespectiveweightsofeachclutterclass,200subscribersareintheOpenclutterclassand800intheBuildingclutter
class.
10. Ifyouwishyoucanspecifyapercentageofindoorusersforeachclutterclass.DuringMonteCarlosimulations,indoor
lossesdefinedperfrequencyperclutterclasswillbeaddedtothepathlossesofindoormobiles.
11. ClickOK.
10.4.2.2.1
vector.
9. SelectTrafficfromtheDatatypelist.
11. SelecttheTraffictab(seeFigure10.49).
12. UnderTrafficfields,youcanspecifytheuserprofilestobeconsidered,theirmobilitytype(kmh),andtheirdensity.
Ifthefileyouareimportinghasthisdata,youcandefinethetrafficcharacteristicsbyidentifyingthecorresponding
fieldsinthefile.Ifthefileyouareimportingdoesnothavedatadescribingtheuserprofile,mobility,ordensity,you
canassignvalues.Whenyouassignvalues,theyapplytotheentiremap.
913
Forsk2013
column.
polygons,thenumberofsubscribersperkilometreincaseoflines,andthenumberofsubscriberswhenthemap
consistsofpoints.
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
where:
Nk
N Area =
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
14. Ifyouwishyoucanspecifyapercentageofindoorsubscribersforeachclutterclass.DuringMonteCarlosimulations,
914
AT320_UM_E0
10.4.2.2.2
7. Selectthefiletoimport.Thefilemustbeinoneofthefollowingsupported8bitrasterformats:TIF,JPEG2000,BIL,
column.
page43.
14. ClickOK.
10.4.2.2.3
Todrawatrafficmap:
DrawMap
DeleteMap
Figure10.50:Environmentmapeditortoolbar
915
10.4.2.2.4
Forsk2013
S
i
- 100
Sk
k
5. ClickClose.
class.
ants)oron2Gtrafficstatistics.Userdensitytrafficmapsprovidethenumberofconnectedusersperunitsurface,i.e.,the
densityofusers,asinput.Thiscanbeeitherthedensityofusersperactivitystatusorthetotaldensityofusers(allactivity
statuses).
Userdensitytrafficmapscanbecreatedfromsectortrafficmapstoextractanddisplaytheexactnumberofusersperunitof
surface,i.e.,thedensityofusers,takingintoaccountanyclutterweightingdefinedforthesectortrafficmaps.Formoreinfor
mation,see"CreatingUserDensityTrafficMapsfromSectorTrafficMaps"onpage918.
10.4.2.3.1
type,aservice,andpercentageofindoorusersasdefinedintheTraffictabofthetrafficmapspropertiesdialogue.
4. SelectUserdensitytrafficmap(No.users/km2).
activitystatus.
only.
thedownlinkonly.
916
AT320_UM_E0
12. UnderTerminals(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofterminalusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagemustequal
100.
13. UnderMobilities(%),enterthepercentageofeachmobilitytypeusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagemustequal
100.
14. UnderServices(%),enterthepercentageofeachservicetypeusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagemustequal100.
15. UnderClutterdistribution,enterforeachclutterclassthepercentageofindoorusers.
10.4.2.3.2
4. SelectUserdensitytrafficmap(Numberofusersperkm2).
5. Selectthetypeoftrafficinformationyouwanttoenter.Youcanchoosefrom:
activitystatus.
only.
thedownlinkonly.
6. ClicktheCreatebutton.Thetrafficmapspropertydialogueappears.
100.
100.
11. UnderClutterdistribution,enterforeachclutterclassthepercentageofindoorusers.
"EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61.AtollcreatesanitemcalledDensityvaluesintheUserDensityMap
folder.
18. Inthetable,enteratrafficdensityvalue(i.e.thenumberofusersperkm2)foreachcontouryouhavedrawn.
917
Forsk2013
10.4.2.3.3
Atollcreatesasmanyuserdensitytrafficmapsasthereareservicespresentinthesectortrafficmap.Theuserdensity
mapfilesusetheresolutionofthecoveragepredictionusedforthesectortrafficmapandareembeddedinthedocu
ment.
packetandcircuitservicetraffic,andthenimportthesemapsastrafficmapsperuserdensityintoyourLTEdocument.These
Toimporta2GtrafficmapintoanLTEdocument:
1. Createalivedatatrafficmapinyour2Gdocumentforeachtypeofservice,i.e.,onemapforpacketswitchedandone
onpage431.
3. Importthetrafficexportedinstep2toyourLTEdocumentasauserdensitytrafficmap.Formoreinformationon
Theentireprojectarea:Thisoptionallowsyoutoexportthecumulatedtrafficovertheentireproject.
Thecomputationzone:Thisoptionallowsyoutoexportthecumulatedtrafficcontainedbyarectangleencom
passingthecomputationzone.
7. DefineaResolutioninmetres.Theresolutionmustbeanintegerandtheminimumresolutionallowedis1.
918
AT320_UM_E0
datatobeexported.
Service:Selecttheservicethatwillbeexported,orselect"Voiceservices"toexportvoicetraffic,orselect"Data
services"toexportdatatraffic.
Allactivitystatuses:Selectallactivitystatusestoexportalluserswithoutanyfilterbyactivitystatus.
9. IntheSelecttrafficmapstobeusedlist,selectthecheckboxofeachtrafficmapyouwanttoincludeinthecumulated
traffic.
6. ClickSave.
TheExportregion:
Entireprojectarea:Savestheentiretrafficmap.
Onlypendingchanges:Savesonlythemodificationsmadetothemap.
Computationzone:Savesonlythepartofthetrafficmapinsidethecomputationzone.
AnexportResolution.
10.4.4 WorkingwithaSubscriberDatabase
TheLTEmoduleincludesasubscriberdatabaseformodellingfixeduserdistributionsinanetwork.Thesubscriberdatabase
consistsofsubscriberlists.YoucancreatesubscriberlistsinAtollbyaddingsubscriberstothelistusingthemouse,orbycopy
ingdatafromanyothersourcesuchasaspreadsheet.YoucanalsodirectlyimportsubscriberlistsinAtollfromtext(TXT)and
commaseparatedvalue(CSV)files.
Atollcanallocatereferenceorservingbasestations(cells)tosubscribers.Youcanalsohavethesubscriberantennaoriented
towardsitsservingcelltodecreaseinterference.Theautomaticserverallocationperformsanumberofcalculationsonthe
subscriberlocations.
"CreatingaSubscriberList"onpage919.
"PerformingCalculationsonSubscriberlists"onpage923.
10.4.4.1 CreatingaSubscriberList
YoucreatesubscribersinAtollintwosteps.First,youcreateasubscriberlist,andthenyouaddsubscriberstothelist.Youcan
addsubscriberstothelistdirectlyonthemapusingthemouse.Formoreinformation,see"AddingSubscriberstoaSubscriber
ListUsingtheMouse"onpage922.
Ifyouneedtocreatealargenumberofsubscribers,AtollallowsyoutoimportthemfromanotherAtolldocumentorfroman
externalsource.Formoreinformation,see"ImportingaSubscriberList"onpage922.
Tocreateasubscriberlist:
2. RightclicktheSubscribersfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
919
Forsk2013
3. SelectNewListfromthecontextmenu.TheSubscriberListNPropertiesdialogueappears(seeFigure10.51),where
Nisanincrementaldigit.
Figure10.51:NewsubscriberlistdialogueGeneraltab
4. SelecttheGeneraltab.Thefollowingoptionsareavailable:
Name:Thenameofthesubscriberlist.Youcanchangethenameofthelistifdesired.
Coordinatesystem:Thecurrentcoordinatesystemusedbythesubscriberlist.Youcanchangethecoordinate
systemofthelistbyclickingtheChangebutton.
Sort:ClicktheSortbuttontosortthedatainthesubscriberlist.Forinformationonsorting,see"SortingData"on
page91.
Filter:ClicktheFilterbuttontofilterthedatainthesubscriberlist.Forinformationonfiltering,see"FilteringData"
onpage93.
5. ClicktheDisplaytab.Youcanmodifyhowsubscribersaddedtothelistaredisplayed.Forinformationondefiningthe
displayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
6. ClickOK.Atollcreatesanewsubscriberlist.
Thefollowingparametersareavailablebydefaultinanewsubscriberlist:
920
ID:ThesubscriberIDinthesubscriberlist.Itisanautomaticallycreatedidentificationnumber.
XandYcoordinates:Thegeographicalcoordinatesofthesubscriber.Asubscriberslocationisalwaysfixed.
Height:Thealtitudeofthesubscriberantennawithrespecttotheground(DTM).
Name:Youcanassignadescriptivenametoeachsubscriber.
Userprofile:Auserprofiledefinesthetrafficdemandcharacteristicsofsubscribers.Atolldeterminestheterminal
used,theserviceaccessed,andtheactivitystatusofsubscribersduringMonteCarlosimulationsaccordingtothe
informationintheuserprofiles.Formoreinformation,see"ModellingUserProfiles"onpage911.
Terminal:Thedefaultterminalistheuserequipmentwithanantenna,receptionequipment,andnoisecharacter
istics.Thepropertiesofthisterminalaretakenintoconsiderationwhenperformingcalculationsonthesubscriber
list.
Service:Theservicethatthesubscriberaccessesbydefault.Thepropertiesofthisservicearetakenintoconsid
erationwhenperformingcalculationsonthesubscriberlist.
Mobility:Themobilitytypeassociatedwiththesubscriber.Itisusedtoidentifythethresholdsandgraphstobe
usedforthesubscriberincalculations.
Clutter:Thenameoftheclutterclasswherethesubscriberislocated.Thisisanoneditablefieldwhosecontents
areautomaticallyupdated.
Indoor:Thisfieldindicateswhetherthesubscriberisindoororoutdoor.
Bestserver:Theservingtransmitterofthesubscriber.YoucaneitherdefinethisvaluemanuallyorletAtollcalcu
lateitforthesubscriber.Theservingtransmitteristheonetowhichtheservingcellbelongs.
Servingcell:Theservingcellofthesubscriber.YoucaneitherdefinethisvaluemanuallyorletAtollcalculateitfor
thesubscriber.
Distance:Thedistanceofthesubscriberfromitsservingbasestation.Thisisanoneditablefieldwhosecontents
areautomaticallyupdated.
Azimuth:Theorientationofthesubscriberantennainthehorizontalplane.Azimuthisalwaysconsideredwith
respecttothenorth.YoucaneitherdefinethisvaluemanuallyorletAtollcalculateitforthesubscriber.Atoll
pointsthesubscriberantennatowardsitsservingbasestation.
AT320_UM_E0
Downtilt:Theorientationofthesubscriberantennaintheverticalplane.Mechanicaldowntiltispositivewhenit
isdownwardsandnegativewhenupwards.YoucaneitherdefinethisvaluemanuallyorletAtollcalculateitfor
thesubscriber.Atollpointsthesubscriberantennatowardsitsservingbasestation.
Lockstatus:Youcanchoosetolockthesubscriberantennaorientationandservingtransmitter.Usethisoptionif
youdonotwantAtolltochangetheassignedserverortheantennaorientation.
RSRP(RSEPRE)(DL)(dBm):TheRSRP(receivedreferencesignalenergyperresourceelement)receivedatthesub
scriberlocationinthedownlink.ThisvalueiscalculatedbyAtollduringcalculationsonsubscriberlists.
RSSI(DL)(dBm):TheRSSIreceivedatthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.ThisvalueiscalculatedbyAtoll
duringcalculationsonsubscriberlists.
RSRQ(DL)(dB):TheRSRQ(referencesignalreceivedquality)atthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.Thisvalue
iscalculatedbyAtollduringcalculationsonsubscriberlists.
ReceivedRSpower(DL)(dBm):Thereferencesignallevelreceivedatthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.This
valueiscalculatedbyAtollduringcalculationsonsubscriberlists.
ReceivedSSpower(DL)(dBm):TheSSsignallevelreceivedatthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.Thisvalue
iscalculatedbyAtollduringcalculationsonsubscriberlists.
ReceivedPBCHpower(DL)(dBm):ThePBCHsignallevelreceivedatthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.This
valueiscalculatedbyAtollduringcalculationsonsubscriberlists.
ReceivedPDCCHpower(DL)(dBm):ThePDCCHsignallevelreceivedatthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.
ThisvalueiscalculatedbyAtollduringcalculationsonsubscriberlists.
ReceivedPDSCHpower(DL)(dBm):ThePDSCHsignallevelreceivedatthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.
ThisvalueiscalculatedbyAtollduringcalculationsonsubscriberlists.
RSC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):ThereferencesignalC/(I+N)atthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.Thisvalueisgener
atedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
SSC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):TheSSC/(I+N)atthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtoll
duringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
PBCHC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):ThePBCHC/(I+N)atthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.Thisvalueisgeneratedby
Atollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
PDCCHC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):ThePDCCHC/(I+N)atthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.Thisvalueisgeneratedby
PDSCHC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):ThePDSCHC/(I+N)atthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.Thisvalueisgeneratedby
RStotalnoise(I+N)(DL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedatthesubscriberlocationin
thedownlinkonthereferencesignals.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
SS&PBCHtotalnoise(I+N)(DL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedatthesubscriberloca
tioninthedownlinkontheSSandPBCH.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
PDCCHtotalnoise(I+N)(DL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedatthesubscriberlocation
inthedownlinkonthePDCCH.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
PDSCHtotalnoise(I+N)(DL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedatthesubscriberlocation
inthedownlinkonthePDSCH.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
Bearer(DL):ThehighestLTEbeareravailableforthePDSCHC/(I+N)levelatthesubscriberlocationinthedown
link.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
BLER(DL):TheBlockErrorRatereadfromthesubscribersterminaltypesreceptionequipmentforthePDSCH
C(I+N)levelatthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationson
subscriberlists.
Diversitymode(DL):Thediversitymodesupportedbythecellorpermutationzoneindownlink.
PeakRLCchannelthroughput(DL)(kbps):ThemaximumRLCchannelthroughputattainableusingthehighest
beareravailableatthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculations
onsubscriberlists.
EffectiveRLCchannelthroughput(DL)(kbps):TheeffectiveRLCchannelthroughputattainableusingthehighest
beareravailableatthesubscriberlocationinthedownlink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculations
onsubscriberlists.
ReceivedPUSCH&PUCCHpower(UL)(dBm):ThePUSCH&PUCCHsignallevelreceivedattheservingtransmitter
fromthesubscriberterminalintheuplink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriber
lists.
PUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)(UL)(dB):ThePUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)attheservingtransmitterofthesubscriberinthe
uplink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
PUSCH&PUCCHtotalnoise(I+N)(UL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedattheserving
transmitterofthesubscriberintheuplinkonthePUSCH.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculations
onsubscriberlists.
Bearer(UL):ThehighestLTEbeareravailableforthePUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)levelattheservingtransmitterof
thesubscriberintheuplink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
BLER(UL):TheBlockErrorRatereadfromtheservingcellsreceptionequipmentforthePUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)
levelattheservingtransmitterofthesubscriberintheuplink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalcula
tionsonsubscriberlists.
Diversitymode(UL):Thediversitymodesupportedbythecellorpermutationzoneinuplink.
Transmissionpower(UL)(dBm):Thetransmissionpowerofthesubscribersterminalafterpowercontrolinthe
uplink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
921
Forsk2013
Allocatedbandwidth(UL)(No.offrequencyblocks):Thenumberoffrequencyblocksallocatedtothesubscriber
intheuplinkbytheeNodeB.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduringthecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
PeakRLCchannelthroughput(UL)(kbps):ThemaximumRLCchannelthroughputattainableusingthehighest
beareravailableattheservingtransmitterofthesubscriberintheuplink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduring
thecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
EffectiveRLCchannelthroughput(UL)(kbps):TheeffectiveRLCchannelthroughputavailableusingthehighest
beareravailableattheservingtransmitterofthesubscriberintheuplink.ThisvalueisgeneratedbyAtollduring
thecalculationsonsubscriberlists.
Forinformationonhowtoselectthecolumnstodisplayinthesubscriberlisttable,see"SelectingtheColumnsto
DisplayintheSubscriberLists"onpage923.
Formoreinformationonthecalculationsthatyoucancarryoutonsubscriberlists,see"PerformingCalculationson
Subscriberlists"onpage923.
Youcannowmovethepointeroverthemapandclickoncetoplaceanewsubscriberatthelocationofthepointer.PressESC
orclickthenormalpointerbutton( ),tofinishaddingsubscribersonthemap.Forinformationonaddingsubscriberstoa
list,see"AddingSubscriberstoaSubscriberListUsingtheMouse"onpage922.
Youcanopenthesubscriberlisttablecontainingallthesubscribersandtheirparameters.
Toopenthesubscriberlisttable:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheSubscribersfolder.
3. Rightclickthesubscriberlistyouwanttoopen.Thecontextmenuappears.
10.4.4.1.1
AddingSubscriberstoaSubscriberListUsingtheMouse
Youcanusethemousetoaddsubscriberstoanexistingsubscriberlist.Atollappliesthedefaultparametersdefinedinthe
TabletabofthesubscriberlistPropertiesdialoguetoallthesubscribersyouaddtothelist.FormoreinformationontheTable
tab,see"CreatingaSubscriberList"onpage919.
Toaddsubscriberstoasubscriberlistusingthemouse:
3. Rightclickthesubscriberlisttowhichyouwanttoaddsubscribers.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectAddSubscribersfromthecontextmenu.Thepointerchangestosubscriberadditionmode(
).
5. Movethemouseoverthemapwindow,andclickoncetoaddeachsubscriber.
6. PressESCorclickthenormalpointerbutton(
)tofinishaddingsubscribers.
Toplacesubscribersmoreaccurately,beforeclickingthemap,youcanzoominonthe
map.Forinformationonusingthezoomingtools,see"ChangingtheMapScale"on
page49.
10.4.4.1.2
ImportingaSubscriberList
Youcanalsoimportsubscriberlistsfromtextfiles(TXT)orcommaseparatedvaluefiles(CSV),includingMicrosoftExcelfiles
exportedinCSVformat.
Toimportasubscriberlist:
4. SelecttheASCIItextfileyouwanttoopenandclickOpen.TheImportdialogueappears.
IntheImportdialogue,youcanchangethereferencecoordinatesystemforthefilebeingimportedbyselectingthe
systemfromtheCoordinateslist.Atollwillconvertthecoordinatesofthelisttothecoordinatesystemofthedocu
mentuponimport.
Formoreinformationonimportingtabledata,see"ImportingTablesfromTextFiles"onpage81.
922
AT320_UM_E0
Youcanalsoexportsubscriberlists.Forinformationonexportingtabledata,see"Export
ingTablestoTextFilesandSpreadsheets"onpage80.
10.4.4.1.3
SelectingtheColumnstoDisplayintheSubscriberLists
From the columns listed in "Creating a Subscriber List" on page919, you can select the ones to display in the Properties
dialogueoftheSubscribersfolder.
Toselectthecolumnstodisplayinsubscriberlists:
3. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.TheSubscribersPropertiesdialogueappears.
4. ClicktheColumnSelectiontab.
5. UnderConfiguration,youcanOpenanexistingconfigurationofthecolumnstodisplay,Savethecurrentsettingsin
anexistingconfigurationfile,orSaveasanewconfigurationfile.
6. Selectthecolumnsyouwanttodisplay:
a. SelectthecolumnintheAvailablecolumnslistandclick
b. SelectacolumnintheColumnstodisplaylistandclick
tomoveittotheColumnstodisplaylist.
tomoveittotheAvailablecolumnslist.
c. Changetheorderofthecolumnsbyselectingacolumnandclicking
or
tomoveitupordowninthelist.
7. ClickOKtoclosetheSubscribersPropertiesdialogue.
10.4.4.2 PerformingCalculationsonSubscriberlists
Youcanperformcalculationsonsubscriberlistswithouthavingtocarryoutsimulationsfirst.Atolldoesnotbasecalculations
performedonsubscriberlistsonthepathlossmatricescalculatedfortransmitters.Thisisbecausethepathlossmatricesare
calculatedforagivenreceiverheight(1.5mbydefault)definedinthePropertiesdialogueofthePredictionsfolder,buteach
subscriberinasubscriberlistcanhaveadifferentheight.Therefore,Atollrecalculatesthepathloss,receivedpower,and
otheroutputforeachsubscriberwhenyouperformcalculationsbasedonsubscribers.
Atollcanperformanautomaticserverallocationforallthesubscribersinalist.
Toperformcalculationsonasubscriberlist:
3. Rightclickthesubscriberlistonwhichyouwanttoperformcalculations.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectCalculations>AutomaticServerAllocationfromthecontextmenu.TheAutomaticServerAllocationdialogue
appears.
Ifyouwantthecalculationstoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxand
enterapercentageintheCelledgecoverageprobabilitytextbox.Theshadowingmarginforsignallevelcalculations
isbasedonthemodelstandarddeviation,andtheshadowingmarginforC/(I+N)calculationsisbasedontheC/Istand
arddeviation.
5. ClickCalculate.Theprogressofthecalculation,aswellasanyerrormessages,isdisplayedintheEventViewer.
6. Oncethecalculationsarefinished,clickClosetoclosetheEventViewer.
7. ClickCommittostoretheresultsinthesubscriberlist.Forthelistofresultsthatareavailableafterthecalculations,
see"CreatingaSubscriberList"onpage919.
ToplanandoptimiseLTEnetworks,youwillneedtostudythenetworkcapacityandtostudythenetworkcoveragetakinginto
accountrealisticuserdistributionandtrafficdemandscenarios.
InAtoll,asimulationcorrespondstoagivendistributionofLTEusers.ItisasnapshotofanLTEnetwork.Theprincipaloutputs
ofasimulationareageographicuserdistributionwithacertaintrafficdemand,resourcesallocatedtoeachuserofthisdistri
bution,andcellloads.
Youcancreategroupsforoneormoresimulationsandcarryoutasmanysimulationsasrequired.Anewsimulationforeach
differenttrafficscenariocanhelpvisualisethenetworksresponsetodifferenttrafficdemands.Eachuserdistribution(each
923
Forsk2013
simulationgeneratesanewuserdistribution)isaPoissondistributionofthenumberofactiveusers.Therefore,eachsimula
tionmayhaveavaryingnumberofusersaccessingthenetwork.
LTEsimulationresultscanbedisplayedonthemapaswellaslistedintabularformforanalysis.Simulationoutputsinclude
resultsrelatedtosites,cells,andmobiles.
LTEsimulationresultscanbestoredinthecellstableandusedinC/(I+N)basedcoveragepredictions.
"LTETrafficSimulationAlgorithm"onpage924.
"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionontheMap"onpage927.
"DisplayingtheResultsofaSingleSimulation"onpage930.
"UpdatingCellLoadValuesWithSimulationResults"onpage937.
"EstimatingaTrafficIncrease"onpage938.
10.4.5.1 LTETrafficSimulationAlgorithm
Figure10.52showstheLTEsimulationalgorithm.ThesimulationprocessinLTEconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
1. MobileGenerationandDistribution
Simulations require traffic data, such as traffic maps (raster, vector, or live traffic data) and subscriber lists. Atoll
generatesauserdistributionforeachsimulationusingaMonteCarloalgorithm.Thisuserdistributionisbasedonthe
trafficdatainputandisweightedbyaPoissondistribution.
Eachmobilegeneratedduringthesimulationsisassignedaservice,amobilitytype,andaterminalaccordingtothe
userprofileassignedtoit.Atransmissionstatusisdeterminedaccordingtotheactivityprobabilities.Thetransmission
statusisanimportantoutputofthesimulationasithasadirectimpactonthenextstepofthesimulationprocess,i.e.,
theradioresourcemanagement(RRM),andhasanimpactontheinterferencelevelinthenetwork.
Thegeographicallocationofeachmobileisdeterminedrandomlyforthemobilesgeneratedbasedonthetrafficdata
fromtrafficmaps.Themobilesgeneratedbasedonthetrafficdatafromsubscriberlistsarelocatedonthesubscriber
locations.
Figure10.52:LTEsimulationalgorithm
924
AT320_UM_E0
2. BestServerDetermination
AtolldeterminesthebestserverforeachmobilebasedonthereferencesignallevelorRSRP.
3. DownlinkCalculations
Thedownlinkcalculationsincludethecalculationofdownlinkreferencesignal,SS,PBCH,PDSCH,andPDCCHC/(I+N),
determinationofthebestavailablebearerforthePDSCHC/(I+N),allocationofresources(RRM),andcalculationof
userthroughputs.
StaticintercellinterferencecoordinationisperformedonthedownlinkifthecellsupportsStaticDLICIC.Interference
calculationisbasedontheprobabilitiesofcollisionbetweenthecellcentreandcelledgeresourcesusedbythediffer
entcells.
4. UplinkCalculations
TheuplinkcalculationsincludethecalculationofPUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N),determinationofthebestavailablebearer
forthePUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N),uplinkpowercontrolanduplinkbandwidthallocation,resourceallocation(RRM),
updateofuplinknoiserisevaluesforcells,andcalculationofuserthroughputs.
StaticintercellinterferencecoordinationisperformedontheuplinkifthecellsupportsStaticULICIC.Interference
calculationisbasedontheprobabilitiesofcollisionbetweenthecellcentreandcelledgeresourcesusedbythediffer
entcells.
Duringuplinknoiserisecontrol,ifthemaximumuplinknoiseriseishigherthantheactualnoiseriseforacell,themaxi
mumPUSCHC/(I+N)ofitsneighbourcellsisincreasedbythedifference.Thisallowstheusersservedbytheneighbour
cellstotransmitathigherpowers,i.e.,theyareallowedtocreatemoreinterference.Ifthemaximumuplinknoiserise
islessthantheactualnoiseriseforacell,themaximumPUSCHC/(I+N)ofitsneighbourcellsisdecreasedbythediffer
ence.Thiscausestheusersservedbytheneighbourcellstotransmitatlowerpowers,i.e.,theyareforcedtocreate
lessinterference.Thiscanalsoleadtoanincreaseordecreaseinthenumberofusersservedbytheneighbouringcells
intheuplink.
5. RadioResourceManagementandCellLoadCalculation
Atollusesanintelligentschedulingalgorithmtoperformradioresourcemanagement.Theschedulingalgorithmis
explainedindetailintheTechnicalReferenceGuide.Thescheduler:
a. Determinesthetotalamountofresourcesineachcell
b. SelectsthefirstNusersfromtheusersgeneratedinthefirststep,whereNistheMaxnumberofusersdefinedin
thecellproperties.
c. Sortstheusersindecreasingorderbyservicepriority.
d. Allocatestheresourcesrequiredtosatisfytheminimumthroughputdemandsoftheusersstartingfromthefirst
user(withthehighestpriorityservice)tothelastuser.
e. Ifresourcesstillremainintheresourcepoolafterthisallocation,allocatesresourcestotheuserswithmaximum
throughputdemandsaccordingtotheusedschedulingalgorithm.
TheservicepriorityisdeterminedbytheQCIpriorityandtheintraQCIpriority.Forexam
ple:
AservicewithQCI1willhaveahigherprioritythananyservicewithQCI2,irrespec
tiveoftheintraQCIprioritybecauseQCI1hasahigherprioritythanQCI2.
AservicewithQCI1andintraQCIpriority1willhaveahigherprioritythananyser
vicewithQCI1andintraQCIpriority0.
TheprioritiesofthedifferenceQoSclassidentifiersaredefinedbythe3GPPandarelisted
in"ModellingServices"onpage869.
Attheendofthesimulations,anactiveusercanbeconnectedinthedirectioncorrespondingtohisactivitystatusif:
hehasabestserverassigned(step2.),
hehasabearerinthedirectioncorrespondingtohisactivitystatus(step3.andstep4.),
heisamongtheusersselectedbytheschedulerforresourceallocation(step5.),and
heisnotrejectedduetoresourcesaturation(step5.).
Ausermayberejectedinstep2.for"NoCoverage,"step3.orstep4.for"NoService,"andstep5.for:
"SchedulerSaturation,"i.e.,theuserisnotamongtheusersselectedforresourceallocation,
"ResourceSaturation,"i.e.,allofthecellsresourceswereusedupbyotherusersorif,forauseractiveinuplink,the
minimumuplinkthroughputdemandwashigherthantheuplinkallocatedbandwidththroughput,
"Backhaul Saturation," i.e., the user was among the lowest priority service users served by a cell of a site whose
definedmaximumS1interfacethroughputswereexceededwhileallocatingresourcesfortheminimumthroughput
demands.
925
Forsk2013
InAtoll,simulationsenableyoutostudythecapacityofyourLTEnetworkandmodelthedifferentnetworkregulationmech
anisms,suchaspowercontrol,noiserisecontrol,uplinkbandwidthallocation,andscheduling,inordertooptimisenetwork
performanceandmaximisecapacity.
Youcancreateonesimulationoragroupofsimulationsthatwillbeperformedinsequence.Youmusthaveatleastonetraffic
maporsubscriberlistinyourdocumenttobeabletoperformsimulations.
4. OntheGeneraltabofthedialogue,enteraNameforthissimulationorgroupofsimulations.
5. YoucanentersomeCommentsifyouwant.
6. UnderExecutionontheGeneraltab,youcansettheNumberofsimulationstobecarriedout.Allsimulationscreated
atthesametimearegroupedtogetherinafolderintheNetworkexplorer.
7. UnderLoadconstraintsontheGeneraltab,youcansettheconstraintsthatAtollmustrespectduringthesimulation:
MaxDLtrafficload:Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumdownlinktrafficload,clickthebutton
( )besidetheboxandselectGlobalthreshold.Then,enteramaximumdownlinktrafficload.Ifyouwanttouse
themaximumdownlinktrafficloadasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthebutton(
andselectDefinedpercell.
)besidethebox
MaxULtrafficload:Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumuplinktrafficload,clickthebutton( )
besidetheboxandselectGlobalthreshold.Then,enteramaximumuplinktrafficload.Ifyouwanttousethemax
imumuplinktrafficloadasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthebutton( )besidetheboxandselect
Definedpercell.
Backhaulcapacity:SelecttheBackhaulcapacitycheckboxifyouwishtotakethemaximumdownlinkanduplink
S1interfacethroughputsdefinedpersitetobetakenintoaccountinradioresourcemanagementandscheduling.
8. UnderPowercontrolontheGeneraltab,selecttheULnoiserisecontrolcheckboxifyouwanttoactivatetheuplink
noiserisecontrolinthesimulations.Formoreinformationontheuplinknoiserisecontrol,seetheTechnicalReference
Guide.
9. OntheSourceTraffictab,enterthefollowing:
Selectsubscriberliststobeused:Selectthesubscriberlistsyouwanttouseforthesimulation.
Whenyouperformsimulationsforsubscriberlists,Atolldoesnotbasethecalculationson
subscriberlistsonthepathlossmatricescalculatedfortransmitters.Thisisbecausethe
pathlossmatricesarecalculatedforagivenreceiverheight(1.5mbydefault),buteach
subscriberinasubscriberlistcanhaveadifferentheight.Therefore,Atollrecalculatesthe
pathloss,receivedpower,andotheroutput,foreachsubscriberwhenyouperformsimu
lationsonsubscribers.
10. OntheAdvancedtab,enterthefollowing:
Generatorinitialisation:Enteranintegerasthegeneratorinitialisationvalue.Ifyouenter"0,"thedefault,the
926
AT320_UM_E0
UnderConvergence,enterthefollowingparameters:
Maxnumberofiterations:EnterthemaximumnumberofiterationsthatAtollshouldruntomakeconver
gence.
DLtrafficloadconvergencethreshold:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofdownlinktrafficloadthatmust
bereachedbetweentwoiterations.
ULtrafficloadconvergencethreshold:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofuplinktrafficloadthatmust
bereachedbetweentwoiterations.
ULnoiseriseconvergencethreshold:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofuplinknoiserisethatmustbe
reachedbetweentwoiterations.
button(
AllsimulationscreatedatthesametimearegroupedtogetherinafolderintheNetworkexplorer.Youcannowusetheresults
from completed simulations for LTE coverage predictions. For more information on using simulation results in coverage
predictions,see"MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults"onpage938.
parameters.Youcan,forexample,displaythetrafficaccordingtoactivitystatus,service,servingcell,orthroughputs.
valsthataretobedisplayed.Youcanalsodefinethecoloursoftheiconandtheiconitself.Forinformationonchangingdisplay
characteristics,see"DefiningtheDisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyActivityStatus"onpage927.
"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyConnectionStatus"onpage928.
"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyThroughput"onpage929.
"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyUplinkTransmissionPower"onpage929.
"DisplayingTrafficSimulationResultsUsingTipText"onpage930
Youcanmakethetrafficdistributioneasiertoseebyhidinggeographicdataand
coveragepredictions.Forinformation,see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMap
10.4.5.3.1
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyActivityStatus
Inthisexample,thetrafficdistributionisdisplayedbytheactivitystatus.
Todisplaythetrafficdistributionbytheactivitystatus:
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplaytypeand"Activitystatus"astheField.
5. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbyactivitystatus(seeFigure10.53).
927
Forsk2013
Figure10.53:Displayingthetrafficdistributionbyactivitystatus
10.4.5.3.2
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplaytypeand"Connectionstatus"astheField.
5. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbyactivitystatus(seeFigure10.54).
10.4.5.3.3
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplaytypeand"Service"astheField.
928
AT320_UM_E0
10.4.5.3.4
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyThroughput
Inthisexample,thetrafficdistributionisdisplayedbythroughput.
Todisplaythetrafficdistributionbythroughput:
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeandoneofthefollowingthroughput
typesastheField:
Inthedownlink:
PeakRLC,effectiveRLC,orapplicationchannelthroughput
PeakRLC,effectiveRLC,orapplicationcellcapacity
PeakRLC,effectiveRLC,orapplicationuserthroughput
Intheuplink:
PeakRLC,effectiveRLC,orapplicationchannelthroughput
PeakRLC,effectiveRLC,orapplicationcellcapacity
PeakRLC,effectiveRLC,orapplicationallocatedbandwidththroughput
PeakRLC,effectiveRLC,orapplicationuserthroughput
5. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbythroughput(seeFigure10.56).
Figure10.56:Displayingthetrafficdistributionbythroughput
10.4.5.3.5
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyUplinkTransmissionPower
Inthisexample,thetrafficdistributionisdisplayedbytheuplinktransmissionpowerofthemobiles.Youcananalysetheeffect
oftheuplinkpowercontrol.
Todisplaythetrafficdistributionbyuplinktransmissionpower:
929
Forsk2013
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeand"Transmissionpower(UL)(dBm)"
astheField.
5. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbyuplinktransmissionpower(seeFigure10.57).
Figure10.57:Displayingthetrafficdistributionbyuplinktransmissionpower
10.4.5.3.6
DisplayingTrafficSimulationResultsUsingTipText
You can display information by placing the pointer over a mobile generated during a simulation to read the information
displayedinthetiptext.TheinformationdisplayedisdefinedbythesettingsyoumadeontheDisplaytab.Forinformation
ondefiningthetiptext,see"DefiningtheObjectTypeTipText"onpage46.
Todisplaysimulationresultsintheformoftiptext:
Inthemapwindow,placethepointerovertheuserthatyouwantmoreinformationon.Afterabriefpause,thetip
textappearswiththeinformationdefinedintheDisplaytaboftheSimulationsfolderproperties(seeFigure10.58).
Figure10.58:Displayingthetrafficsimulationresultsusingtiptext
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheSimulationsfolder.
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthefolderofthesimulationgroupcontainingthesimulationwhoseresultsyou
wanttoaccess.
Onetabgivesstatisticsofthesimulationresults.Othertabsinthesimulationpropertiesdialoguecontainsimulation
resultsasidentifiedbythetabtitle.
930
AT320_UM_E0
TheStatisticstab:TheStatisticstabcontainsthefollowingsections:
Request:UnderRequest,isdataontheconnectionrequests:
trial;radioresourceallocationhasnotyetfinished.Theresultdependsonthetrafficdescriptionandtraffic
input.
activitystatusandtheULandDLthroughputdemandsthatalluserscouldtheoreticallygenerateareprovided.
putdemands)isgiven.
Results:UnderResults,isdataontheconnectionresults:
Thetotalnumberandpercentageofusersunabletoconnect:rejectedusers,andthenumberofrejectedusers
perrejectioncause.
Thenumberandpercentageofusersconnectedtoacell,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,andthetotal
ULandDLthroughputstheygenerate.Thesedataarealsogivenperservice.
PeakRLCaggregatethroughput(DL)(kbps):ThesumofpeakRLCuserthroughputsofalltheusersconnectedin
thedownlinkinallthecellsofthesite.
EffectiveRLCaggregatethroughput(DL)(kbps):ThesumofeffectiveRLCuserthroughputsofalltheuserscon
nectedinthedownlinkinallthecellsofthesite.
Aggregateapplicationthroughput(DL)(kbps):Thesumofapplicationthroughputsofalltheusersconnectedin
PeakRLCaggregatethroughput(UL)(kbps):ThesumofpeakRLCuserthroughputsofalltheusersconnectedin
theuplinkinallthecellsofthesite.
EffectiveRLCaggregatethroughput(UL)(kbps):ThesumofeffectiveRLCuserthroughputsofalltheuserscon
nectedintheuplinkinallthecellsofthesite.
Aggregateapplicationthroughput(UL)(kbps):Thesumofapplicationthroughputsofalltheusersconnectedin
Connectionsuccessrate(%):Thepercentageofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesitewithrespecttothenumber
ofuserscoveredbythecellsofthesite.
Totalnumberofconnectedusers:Thetotalnumberofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesiteindownlink,uplink,
ordownlinkanduplinkboth.
Numberofconnectedusers(DL+UL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesiteindownlinkanduplink
both.
Numberofconnectedusers(DL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesiteindownlink.
Numberofconnectedusers(UL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesiteinuplink.
Noservice:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncausewas"No
service."
Noservice(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncausewas
"Noservice."
Schedulersaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncause
was"Schedulersaturation."
Schedulersaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejection
causewas"Schedulersaturation."
Resourcesaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncause
was"Resourcesaturation."
Resourcesaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejection
causewas"Resourcesaturation."
Backhaulsaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncause
was"Backhaulsaturation."
Backhaulsaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejection
causewas"Backhaulsaturation."
PeakRLCaggregatethroughput(DL)(kbps)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thesumofpeakRLCuserthrough
putsoftheusersconnectedinthedownlinkinallthecellsofthesite.
EffectiveRLCaggregatethroughput(DL)(kbps)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thesumofeffectiveRLCuser
throughputsoftheusersconnectedinthedownlinkinallthecellsofthesite.
Aggregateapplicationthroughput(DL)(kbps)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thesumofapplicationthrough
PeakRLCaggregatethroughput(UL)(kbps)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thesumofpeakRLCuserthrough
putsoftheusersconnectedintheuplinkinallthecellsofthesite.
EffectiveRLCaggregatethroughput(UL)(kbps)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thesumofeffectiveRLCuser
throughputsoftheusersconnectedintheuplinkinallthecellsofthesite.
Aggregateapplicationthroughput(UL)(kbps)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thesumofapplicationthrough
931
Forsk2013
Connectionsuccessrate(%)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thepercentageofusersconnectedtoanycellof
thesitewithrespecttothenumberofuserscoveredbythecellsofthesite.
TheCellstab:TheCellstabcontainsthefollowinginformation,persiteandtransmitter:
932
Trafficload(DL)(%):Thetrafficloadsofthecellscalculatedonthedownlinkduringthesimulation.
ICICratio(DL)(%):Thepercentageofthedownlinktrafficloadthatcorrespondstothecelledgeusers.
Trafficload(UL)(%):Thetrafficloadsofthecellscalculatedontheuplinkduringthesimulation.
ULnoiserise(dB):Thenoiseriseofthecellscalculatedontheuplinkduringthesimulation.
ICICULnoiserise(dB):Thenoiseriseofthecellscalculatedontheuplinkduringthesimulationforcelledgeusers.
MaxPUSCHC/(I+N)(dB):ThemaximumPUSCHC/(I+N)forthecell.Itisupdatedduringuplinknoiserisecontrol
basedonthemaximumnoiseriseconstraintsoftheneighbouringcells.
Angular distribution of interference (AAS): The simulation results generated for transmitters using a smart
antenna.Theseresultsaretheangulardistributionsofthedownlinktrafficpowerspectraldensity.
AASusage(DL)(%):Thepercentageofthedownlinktrafficloadthatcorrespondstothetrafficcarriedbythesmart
antennas.
MUMIMOcapacitygain(UL):Theuplinkcapacitygainduetomultiuser(collaborative)MIMO.
thedownlink.
nectedinthedownlink.
thedownlink.
theuplink.
nectedintheuplink.
theuplink.
Connectionsuccessrate(%):Thepercentageofusersconnectedtothecellwithrespecttothenumberofusers
coveredbythecell.
Totalnumberofconnectedusers:Thetotalnumberofusersconnectedtothecellindownlink,uplink,ordownlink
anduplinkboth.
Numberofconnectedusers(DL+UL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtothecellindownlinkanduplinkboth.
Numberofconnectedusers(DL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtothecellindownlink.
Numberofconnectedusers(UL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtothecellinuplink.
Noservice:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas"Noservice."
Noservice(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas"Noser
vice."
Schedulersaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas"Sched
ulersaturation."
Schedulersaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas
"Schedulersaturation."
Resource saturation: The number of users unable to connect to the cell for which the rejection cause was
"Resourcesaturation."
Resourcesaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas
Backhaulsaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas"Back
haulsaturation."
Backhaulsaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas
"Backhaulsaturation."
putsoftheusersconnectedinthedownlink.
throughputsoftheusersconnectedinthedownlink.
putsoftheusersconnectedintheuplink.
throughputsoftheusersconnectedintheuplink.
Connectionsuccessrate(%)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thepercentageofusersconnectedtothecellwith
respecttothenumberofuserscoveredbythecell.
AT320_UM_E0
randomtrial).
Height:Theheightoftheuserterminal(antenna).
Userprofile:Theassigneduserprofile.Atollusestheassignedserviceandactivitystatustodeterminetheter
SubscriberID:TheIDoftheuseriftheuserisgeneratedfromasubscriberlistandnotfromatrafficmap.
Subscriberlist:Thesubscriberlistoftheuseriftheuserisgeneratedfromasubscriberlistandnotfromatraffic
map.
theuserprofile.
Activitystatus:Theassignedactivitystatus.ItcanbeActiveDL,ActiveUL,ActiveDL+UL,orInactive.
Connectionstatus:Theconnectionstatusindicateswhethertheuserisconnectedorrejectedattheendofthe
isgiven.
Clutterclass:Thecodeoftheclutterclasswheretheuserislocated.
Bestserver:Thebestserveroftheuser.
Servingcell:Theservingcelloftheuser.
Layer:Thelayertowhichtheservingcellbelongs.
Azimuth:Theorientationoftheusersterminalantennainthehorizontalplane.Azimuthisalwaysconsidered
withrespecttotheNorth.Atollpointstheuserantennatowardsitsbestserver.
Downtilt: Theorientationoftheusersterminalantennaintheverticalplane.Mechanicaldowntiltispositive
whenitisdownwardsandnegativewhenupwards.Atollpointstheuserantennatowardsitsbestserver.
Pathloss(dB):Thepathlossfromthebestservercalculatedfortheuser.
2ndbestserver:Thesecondbestserveroftheuser.
2ndbestserverpathloss(dB):Thepathlossfromthesecondbestservercalculatedfortheuser.
3rdbestserver:Thethirdbestserveroftheuser.
3rdbestserverpathloss(dB):Thepathlossfromthethirdbestservercalculatedfortheuser.
RSRP(RSEPRE)(DL)(dBm):TheRSRP(receivedreferencesignalenergyperresourceelement)receivedattheuser
locationinthedownlink.
RSSI(DL)(dBm):TheRSSIreceivedattheuserlocationinthedownlink.
RSRQ(DL)(dB):TheRSRQ(referencesignalreceivedquality)attheuserlocationinthedownlink.
ReceivedRSpower(DL)(dBm):Thereferencesignallevelreceivedattheuserlocationinthedownlink.
ReceivedSSpower(DL)(dBm):TheSSsignallevelreceivedattheuserlocationinthedownlink.
ReceivedPBCHpower(DL)(dBm):ThePBCHsignallevelreceivedattheuserlocationinthedownlink.
ReceivedPDCCHpower(DL)(dBm):ThePDCCHsignallevelreceivedattheuserlocationinthedownlink.
ReceivedPDSCHpower(DL)(dBm):ThePDSCHsignallevelreceivedattheuserlocationinthedownlink.
RSC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):ThereferencesignalC/(I+N)attheuserlocationinthedownlink.
SSC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):TheSSC/(I+N)attheuserlocationinthedownlink.
PBCHC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):ThePBCHC/(I+N)attheuserlocationinthedownlink.
PDCCHC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):ThePDCCHC/(I+N)attheuserlocationinthedownlink.
PDSCHC/(I+N)(DL)(dB):ThePDSCHC/(I+N)attheuserlocationinthedownlink.
RStotalnoise(I+N)(DL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedattheuserlocationinthe
downlinkonthereferencesignals.
SS&PBCHtotalnoise(I+N)(DL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedattheuserlocation
inthedownlinkontheSSandPBCH.
PDCCHtotalnoise(I+N)(DL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedattheuserlocationinthe
downlinkonthePDCCH.
PDSCHtotalnoise(I+N)(DL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedattheuserlocationinthe
downlinkonthePDSCH.
Bearer(DL):ThehighestLTEbeareravailableforthePDSCHC/(I+N)levelattheuserlocationinthedownlink.
BLER(DL):TheBlockErrorRatereadfromtheuserterminalsreceptionequipmentforthePDSCHC/(I+N)levelat
theuserlocationinthedownlink.
Diversitymode(DL):Thediversitymodesupportedbythecellorpermutationzoneindownlink.
PeakRLCchannelthroughput(DL)(kbps):ThemaximumRLCchannelthroughputattainableusingthehighest
beareravailableattheuserlocationinthedownlink.
EffectiveRLCchannelthroughput(DL)(kbps):TheeffectiveRLCchannelthroughputattainableusingthehighest
beareravailableattheuserlocationinthedownlink.ItiscalculatedfromthepeakRLCthroughputandtheBLER.
Applicationchannelthroughput(DL)(kbps):Theapplicationthroughputisthenetthroughputwithoutcoding
(redundancy, overhead, addressing, etc.). It is calculated from the effective RLC throughput, the throughput
scalingfactoroftheserviceandthethroughputoffset.
PeakRLCuserthroughput(DL)(kbps):ThemaximumRLCuserthroughputattainableusingthehighestbearer
availableattheuserlocationinthedownlink.
933
Forsk2013
EffectiveRLCuserthroughput(DL)(kbps):TheeffectiveRLCuserthroughputattainableusingthehighestbearer
availableattheuserlocationinthedownlink.ItiscalculatedfromthepeakRLCthroughputandtheBLER.
Application user throughput (DL) (kbps): The application throughput is the net throughput without coding
ReceivedPUSCH&PUCCHpower(UL)(dBm):ThePUSCH&PUCCHsignallevelreceivedattheservingtransmitter
fromtheuserterminalintheuplink.
PUSCH&PUCCHtotalnoise(I+N)(UL)(dBm):Thesumoftheinterferenceandnoiseexperiencedattheserving
transmitteroftheuserintheuplinkonthePUSCH.
PUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N) (UL) (dB):ThePUSCH& PUCCHC/(I+N)attheservingtransmitterofthe userinthe
uplink.
Bearer(UL):ThehighestLTEbeareravailableforthePUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)levelattheservingtransmitterof
theuserintheuplink.
BLER(UL):TheBlockErrorRatereadfromtheservingcellsreceptionequipmentforthePUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)
levelattheservingtransmitteroftheuserintheuplink.
Diversitymode(UL):Thediversitymodesupportedbythecellorpermutationzoneinuplink.
Transmissionpower(UL)(dBm):Thetransmissionpoweroftheuserterminalafterpowercontrolintheuplink.
Allocatedbandwidth(UL)(No.offrequencyblocks):Thenumberoffrequencyblocksallocatedtotheuserinthe
uplinkbytheeNodeB.
PeakRLCchannelthroughput(UL)(kbps):ThemaximumRLCchannelthroughputattainableusingthehighest
beareravailableattheuserlocationintheuplink.
EffectiveRLCchannelthroughput(UL)(kbps):TheeffectiveRLCchannelthroughputattainableusingthehighest
beareravailableattheuserlocationintheuplink.ItiscalculatedfromthepeakRLCthroughputandtheBLER.
Applicationchannelthroughput(UL)(kbps):Theapplicationthroughputisthenetthroughputwithoutcoding
PeakRLCallocatedbandwidththroughput(UL)(kbps):ThemaximumRLCthroughputattainableforthenumber
offrequencyblocksallocatedtotheuserusingthehighestbeareravailableattheuserlocationintheuplink.
Effective RLC allocated bandwidth throughput (UL) (kbps): The effective RLC throughput attainable for the
numberoffrequencyblocksallocatedtotheuserusingthehighestbeareravailableattheuserlocationinthe
uplink.ItiscalculatedfromthepeakRLCthroughputandtheBLER.
Application allocated bandwidth throughput (UL) (kbps): The application throughput is the net throughput
withoutcoding(redundancy,overhead,addressing,etc.).ItiscalculatedfromtheeffectiveRLCthroughput,the
throughputscalingfactoroftheserviceandthethroughputoffset.
PeakRLCuserthroughput(UL)(kbps):ThemaximumRLCuserthroughputattainableusingthehighestbearer
availableattheuserlocationintheuplink.
EffectiveRLCuserthroughput(UL)(kbps):TheeffectiveRLCuserthroughputattainableusingthehighestbearer
availableattheuserlocationintheuplink.ItiscalculatedfromthepeakRLCthroughputandtheBLER.
Application user throughput (UL) (kbps): The application throughput is the net throughput without coding
InAtoll,channelthroughputsarepeakRLC,effectiveRLC,orapplicationthrough
puts achieved at a given location using the highest LTE bearer with the entire
channelresources.
Ifauserisrejected,hisuserthroughputiszero.
Theglobalnetworksettings:
934
PDCCHoverhead(numberofsymboldurationspersubframe)
PUCCHoverhead(averagenumberoffrequencyblocks)
Switchingpointperiodicity
Defaultcyclicprefixratio
Uplinkpoweradjustmentmargin
ReferencesignalEPREcalculationmethod
Bestserverselectioncriterion
Bestserverselectionmethod
Specialsubframeconfiguration
AdaptiveMIMOswitchingcriterion
MUMIMOactivationcriterion
Multiantennainterferencecalculationmethod
Generatorinitialisationvalue
Maximumnumberofiterations
AT320_UM_E0
Globalscalingfactor
Backhaulcapacitylimitation
Uplinkanddownlinktrafficloadconvergencethresholds
Uplinknoiseriseconvergencethreshold
Namesofthetrafficmapsandsubscriberlistsused.
resultsofthegroup.Ifyouwishtodisplaytheresultsofasinglesimulationinagroup,see"DisplayingtheResultsofaSingle
Todisplaytheaveragedresultsofagroupofsimulations:
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationswhoseresultsyouwanttodisplay.
Onetabgivesstatisticsofthesimulationresults.Othertabsinthesimulationpropertiesdialoguecontaintheaveraged
resultsforallsimulationsofthegroup.
TheStatisticstab:TheStatisticstabcontainsthefollowingsections:
Request:UnderRequest,isdataontheconnectionrequests:
trial;radioresourceallocationhasnotyetfinished.Theresultdependsonthetrafficdescriptionandtraffic
input.
activitystatusandtheULandDLthroughputdemandsthatalluserscouldtheoreticallygenerateareprovided.
putdemands)isgiven.
Results:UnderResults,isdataontheconnectionresults:
Thetotalnumberandpercentageofusersunabletoconnect:rejectedusers,andthenumberofrejectedusers
perrejectioncause.
Thenumberandpercentageofusersconnectedtoacell,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,andthetotal
ULandDLthroughputstheygenerate.Thesedataarealsogivenperservice.
TheSites(Average)tab:TheSites(Average)tabcontainsthefollowingaverageinformationpersite:
nectedinthedownlinkinallthecellsofthesite.
nectedintheuplinkinallthecellsofthesite.
Connectionsuccessrate(%):Thepercentageofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesitewithrespecttothenumber
ofuserscoveredbythecellsofthesite.
Totalnumberofconnectedusers:Thetotalnumberofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesiteindownlink,uplink,
ordownlinkanduplinkboth.
Numberofconnectedusers(DL+UL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesiteindownlinkanduplink
both.
Numberofconnectedusers(DL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesiteindownlink.
Numberofconnectedusers(UL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtoanycellofthesiteinuplink.
Noservice:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncausewas"No
service."
Noservice(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncausewas
"Noservice."
935
Forsk2013
Schedulersaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncause
was"Schedulersaturation."
Schedulersaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejection
causewas"Schedulersaturation."
Resourcesaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncause
was"Resourcesaturation."
Resourcesaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejection
causewas"Resourcesaturation."
Backhaulsaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejectioncause
was"Backhaulsaturation."
Backhaulsaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttoanycellofthesiteforwhichtherejection
causewas"Backhaulsaturation."
throughputsoftheusersconnectedinthedownlinkinallthecellsofthesite.
throughputsoftheusersconnectedintheuplinkinallthecellsofthesite.
Connectionsuccessrate(%)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thepercentageofusersconnectedtoanycellof
thesitewithrespecttothenumberofuserscoveredbythecellsofthesite.
TheCells(Average)tab:TheCells(Average)tabcontainsthefollowingaverageinformationpercell:
936
Trafficload(DL)(%):Thetrafficloadsofthecellscalculatedonthedownlinkduringthesimulation.
ICICratio(DL)(%):Thepercentageofthedownlinktrafficloadthatcorrespondstothecelledgeusers.
Trafficload(UL)(%):Thetrafficloadsofthecellscalculatedontheuplinkduringthesimulation.
ULnoiserise(dB):Thenoiseriseofthecellscalculatedontheuplinkduringthesimulation.
ICICULnoiserise(dB):Thenoiseriseofthecellscalculatedontheuplinkduringthesimulationforthecelledge
users.
MaxPUSCHC/(I+N)(dB):ThemaximumPUSCHC/(I+N)forthecell.Itisupdatedduringuplinknoiserisecontrol
basedonthemaximumnoiseriseconstraintsoftheneighbouringcells.
Angular distribution of interference (AAS): The simulation results generated for transmitters using a smart
antenna.Theseresultsaretheangulardistributionsofthedownlinktrafficpowerspectraldensity.
AASusage(DL)(%):Thepercentageofthedownlinktrafficloadthatcorrespondstothetrafficcarriedbythesmart
antennas.
MUMIMOcapacitygain(UL):Theuplinkcapacitygainduetomultiuser(collaborative)MIMO.
thedownlink.
nectedinthedownlink.
thedownlink.
theuplink.
nectedintheuplink.
theuplink.
Connectionsuccessrate(%):Thepercentageofusersconnectedtothecellwithrespecttothenumberofusers
coveredbythecell.
Totalnumberofconnectedusers:Thetotalnumberofusersconnectedtothecellindownlink,uplink,ordownlink
anduplinkboth.
Numberofconnectedusers(DL+UL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtothecellindownlinkanduplinkboth.
Numberofconnectedusers(DL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtothecellindownlink.
Numberofconnectedusers(UL):Thenumberofusersconnectedtothecellinuplink.
Noservice:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas"Noservice."
Noservice(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas"Noser
vice."
Schedulersaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas"Sched
ulersaturation."
Schedulersaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas
"Schedulersaturation."
AT320_UM_E0
Resource saturation: The number of users unable to connect to the cell for which the rejection cause was
Resourcesaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas
Backhaulsaturation:Thenumberofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas"Back
haulsaturation."
Backhaulsaturation(%):Thepercentageofusersunabletoconnecttothecellforwhichtherejectioncausewas
"Backhaulsaturation."
throughputsoftheusersconnectedinthedownlink.
throughputsoftheusersconnectedintheuplink.
Connectionsuccessrate(%)foreachservice:Foreachservice,thepercentageofusersconnectedtothecellwith
respecttothenumberofuserscoveredbythecell.
Theglobalnetworksettings:
PDCCHoverhead(numberofsymboldurationspersubframe)
PUCCHoverhead(averagenumberoffrequencyblocks)
Switchingpointperiodicity
Defaultcyclicprefixratio
Uplinkpoweradjustmentmargin
ReferencesignalEPREcalculationmethod
Bestserverselectioncriterion
Bestserverselectionmethod
Specialsubframeconfiguration
AdaptiveMIMOswitchingcriterion
MUMIMOactivationcriterion
Multiantennainterferencecalculationmethod
Generatorinitialisationvalue
Maximumnumberofiterations
Globalscalingfactor
Backhaulcapacitylimitation
Uplinkanddownlinktrafficloadconvergencethresholds
Uplinknoiseriseconvergencethreshold
Namesofthetrafficmapsandsubscriberlistsused.
10.4.5.6 UpdatingCellLoadValuesWithSimulationResults
updatecellloadvaluesforeachcellwiththeresultscalculatedduringthesimulation.
b. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheSimulationsfolder.
937
Forsk2013
c. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthefolderofthesimulationgroupcontainingthesimulationwhoseresults
youwanttoaccess.
d. Rightclickthesimulationwhoseresultsyouwanttoaccess.
e. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.Thesimulationpropertiesdialogueappears.
3. OntheCellstab,clickCommitresults.Thefollowingvaluesareupdatedforeachcell:
Trafficload(DL)(%)
ICICratio(DL)(%)
Trafficload(UL)(%)
ULnoiserise(dB)
ICICULnoiserise(dB)
MaxPUSCHC/(I+N)(dB)
Angulardistributionofinterference(AAS)
AASusage(DL)(%)
MUMIMOcapacitygain(UL)
No.ofusers(DL)
No.ofusers(UL)
Whenyoucreatesimulationoragroupofsimulations,youarebasingitonasetoftrafficconditionsthatrepresentthesitu
ofthenetworkagainstanincreaseoftrafficloadwithoutchangingtrafficparametersormapsbyusingtheglobalscaling
factor.Forexample,settingtheglobalscalingfactorto2isthesameasdoublingtheinitialnumberofsubscribers(forenvi
ronmentanduserprofiletrafficmaps)orthethroughputs/users(forsectortrafficmaps).
1. Createasimulationorgroupofsimulationsasdescribedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage926.
3. EnteraGlobalscalingfactor.Forexample,settingtheglobalscalingfactorto2isthesameasdoublingtheinitial
maps).
10.4.6 MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults
InAtoll,youcananalysesimulationresultsbymakingcoveragepredictionsusingsimulationresults.Inacoverageprediction
eachpixelisconsideredasanoninterferingprobeuserwithadefinedterminal,mobility,andservice.Theanalysescanbe
basedonasinglesimulationoronanaveragedgroupofsimulations.
Whennosimulationsareavailable,Atollusesthedownlinktrafficloadsanduplinknoiserisevaluesstoredforeachcellto
makecoveragepredictions.Forinformationoncellproperties,see"CellDescription"onpage825;forinformationonmodi
fyingcellproperties,see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage830.
Onceyouhavemadesimulations,Atollcanusetheinformationfromthesimulationsinsteadofthedefinedparametersinthe
cellpropertiestomakecoveragepredictions.Foreachcoveragepredictionbasedonsimulationresults,youcanbasethe
coveragepredictiononaselectedsimulationoronagroupofsimulations,whichusestheaverageofallsimulationsinthe
group.
938
CoveragebyC/(I+N)Level:ForinformationonmakingadownlinkoruplinkcoveragebyC/(I+N)level,see"Makinga
CoveragePredictionbyC/(I+N)Level"onpage875.
ServiceAreaAnalysis:Forinformationonmakingadownlinkoruplinkserviceareaanalysis,see"MakingaDownlink
orUplinkServiceAreaAnalysis"onpage877.
EffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis:Forinformationonmakinganeffectiveserviceareaanalysis,see"StudyingtheEffec
tiveServiceArea"onpage879.
CoveragebyThroughput:Forinformationonmakingadownlinkoruplinkcoveragebythroughput,see"Makinga
CoveragePredictionbyThroughput"onpage880.
CoveragebyQualityIndicator:Forinformationonmakingadownlinkoruplinkcoveragebyqualityindicator,see
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyQualityIndicator"onpage883.
AT320_UM_E0
Whennosimulationsareavailable,youselect"(Cellstable)"fromtheLoadconditionslist,ontheConditiontab.However,
whensimulationsareavailableyoucanbasethecoveragepredictionononesimulationoragroupofsimulations.
1. ClicktheConditiontab.
2. FromtheLoadconditionslist,selectthesimulationorgroupofsimulationsonwhichyouwanttobasethecoverage
prediction.
AtollAutomaticCellPlanning(ACP)enablesradioengineersdesigningLTEnetworkstoautomaticallycalculatetheoptimal
stageofaLTEnetworkbyenablingtheselectionoftheantenna,anditsazimuth,height,andmechanicaltilt.ACPnotonly
transmitters.
suggestedchanges.
howyoucanviewtheresultsofanoptimisation.Inthissection,onlytheconceptsspecifictoLTEnetworksareexplained:
"LTEOptimisationObjectives"onpage939
"LTEQualityParameters"onpage941
"TheLTEQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage942.
10.5.1 LTEOptimisationObjectives
Atoll.InprojectsusingLTE,eitheralone,orinacoplanningormultiRATproject,thefollowingobjectivesareused:
RScoverage
RSCINR
UsingRSEPREreconfigurationparameters
Bydefault,theLTEcellstabontheReconfigurationtaboftheSetupdialogueusesTotalPowerreconfigurationparameters
(seeFigure10.59).
939
Forsk2013
Figure10.59:UsingTotalPowerreconfigurationparameters
TouseRSEPREreconfigurationparametersinsteadofTotalPowerparameters:
1. OpenthedialogueusedtomodifyglobalLTEnetworksettingsasexplainedin"ModifyingGlobalNetworkSettings"on
page975.
2. SelecttheGlobalParameterstab.
3. ClickAdvanced.TheAdvancedParametersdialogueappears.
4. UnderDownlink transmitpowercalculation,setthedownlinkreferencesignalEPREcalculationmethodto User
defined.
ThenexttimeyoudisplaytheLTEcellstabontheReconfigurationtaboftheSetupdialogue,theTotalPowercheckboxis
replacedbytheRSEPREcheckbox,andthetablecolumnsareinvertedaccordingly(seeFigure10.60).
Figure10.60:UsingRSEPREreconfigurationparameters
940
AT320_UM_E0
10.5.2 LTEQualityParameters
definedintheselectedcoveragepredictionasthedefaultforitsownpredictions.
However,ifyouhavesavedthedisplayoptionsofanACPpredictionasdefault,orifyouareusingaconfigurationfileforACP,
thesedefinedrangesandcolourswillbeusedasthedefault,overridingthesettingsintheselectedcoverageprediction.
InprojectsusingLTE,eitheralone,orinacoplanningormultiRATproject,thefollowingqualityparametersareused:
Overlap
Signallevel
RSC&RSRP
RSCN
RSCINR&RSRQ
TodefinethequalityparametersforLTE:
3. UnderParameters,expandLTE.
Settings"onpage231.
ACP.
6. UnderLTEinthelefthandpaneunderParameters,selectSignalLevel.
theEnableshadowingmargincheckboxanddefineaCelledgecoverageprobability.Whenselected,theshad
owingmarginwillbetakenintoaccountusingthedefinedCelledgecoverageprobability.Thestandarddeviations
evaluatethesignallevelusingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
8. UnderLTEinthelefthandpaneunderParameters,selectRSC&RSRP.
definedintheAtollclutterareusedor,ifnoclutterinformationisavailable,defaultvaluesareused.Additionally
youmustdefinetheServiceandTerminalusedtoevaluatetheRSC&RSRP.
evaluatetheRSC&RSRPusingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
10. UnderLTEinthelefthandpaneunderParameters,selectRSCN.
941
Forsk2013
youmustdefinetheServiceandTerminalusedtoevaluatetheRSCN.
evaluateRSCNusingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
12. UnderLTEinthelefthandpaneunderParameters,selectRSCINR&RSRQ.
Select a Service and a Terminal. The service and terminal specified are used during the calculation of RS
CINR&RSRQthroughgainandlosses(i.e.,theservicebodyloss,thegainandlossoftheterminalantenna,and
terminalnoisefactor).
UnderCalculationMethod,definehowtheRSCINR&RSRQwillbecalculated.SelectUsingfrequencyplanif
you want the frequency plan to be taken into consideration when calculating the RS CINR& RSRQ. Select
Ignoringfrequencyplan&segmentationifyouwanttheRSCINR&RSRQtobecalculatedwithouttakingthe
frequencyplanandsegmentationintoconsideration.
evaluatetheRSCINR&RSRQusingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
10.5.3 TheLTEQualityAnalysisPredictions
ThequalityanalysispredictionsenableyoutodisplaythesignalqualitypredictionsintheAtollmapwindow.Thesepredictions
arethesameasthosedisplayedontheQualitytaboftheoptimisationsPropertiesdialogue.
SignalLevel
RSC
EffectiveSignalAnalysis(DL)(1)
Field=RSSignalLevel(DL)(dBm)
RSC/N
Field=RSC/NLevel(DL)(dB)
RSRP
Field=RSRPLevel(DL)(dBm)
RSCINR
CoveragebyC/(I+N)Level(2)
Field=RSC/(I+N)Level(DL)(dB)
RSRQ
CoveragebyC/(I+N)Level(2)
Field=RSRQLevel(DL)(dB)
Overlap
(1)Formoreinformation,see"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage847.
(2)Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyC/(I+N)Level"onpage875.
942
AT320_UM_E0
YoushouldverifytheresultswithadifferentAtollcoverageprediction,suchastheoverlappingzonesprediction.
MultiplefrequencybandoptimisationissupportedinLTE.Howeverthepredictionsareprovidedseparatelyforthe
requestedfrequencyband.
YoucanviewtheexactRScoveragevalueonanypixelbylettingthepointerrestoverthepixel.TheRScoveragevalueisthen
displayedinatiptext.
dialogue,intheParameterssectionunderLTE>Overlap(see"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"onpage231)orbysettingthe
CellOverlapparameterintheacp.inifile.
state,andapredictionshowingthechangesbetweentheinitialandfinalstates.
AnimportantstepintheprocessofcreatinganLTEnetworkisverifyingthecapacityofthenetwork.Thisisdoneusingmeas
urementsofthestrengthofthereferencesignallevels,SS,PBCH,PDSCH,andPDCCHsignallevels,andvariousC/(I+N)at
differentlocationswithintheareacoveredbythenetwork.Thiscollectionofmeasurementsiscalleddrivetestdata.
network.
"PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataAnalysisTool"onpage953.
InAtoll,youcananalysenetworksbyimportingdrivetestdataintheformofASCIItextfiles(withtabs,commas,semicolons,
FMT).
tifiedbytheirIDsorphysicalcellIDs.
datafileswiththesameformat,youcancreateanimportconfiguration.Theimportconfigurationcontainsinformationthat
4. Selectthefileorfilesyouwanttoopen.Youcanimportoneorseveralfiles.
fileyouwanttoimport,pressingShiftandclickingthelastfileyouwanttoimport.Youcan
selectnoncontiguousfilesbypressingCTRLandclickingeachfileyouwanttoimport.
943
Forsk2013
FileswiththeextensionPLN,aswellassomeFMTfiles(createdwitholdversionsofTEMS)
areimporteddirectlyintoAtoll;youwillnotbeaskedtodefinethedatastructureusing
theImportofMeasurementFilesdialogue.
desired.
UnderMeasurementconditions,
944
AT320_UM_E0
a. UnderFile,enterthenumberofthe1stmeasurementrow,selectthedataSeparator,andselecttheDecimalsym
bolusedinthefile.
c. UnderMeasurementpointposition,selectthecolumnsintheimportedfilethatgivetheXcoordinatesandthe
Ycoordinatesofeachpointinthedrivetestdatafile.
i.
list.
e. IfyouareimportingdatausingphysicalcellIDsascellidentifiers:
i.
UnderServeridentification,selectByphysicalcellIDandthecolumncontainingthephysicalcellIDsofthe
scannedcellsintheByphysicalcellIDlist.
ii. UnderAdditionalidentifier,youcanselectanadditionalidentifierifthedrivetestdatafilebeingimported
containsadditionalcolumnsforcellidentification.YoucanselecteitherChannelnumberorFrequencyasad
ditionalidentifierandthecolumncontainingtheadditionalidentifierofthescannedcells.IfyouselectFre
quency as additional identifier, you must also define the frequency unit used in the drive test data being
imported.
945
Forsk2013
interpreted. The default value under Type is "<Ignore>". Columns marked with
"<Ignore>"willnotbeimported.
Thedatainthefilemustbestructuredsothatthecolumnidentifyingthephysical
cellIDisplacedbeforethedatacolumnsforeachcell.OtherwiseAtollwillnotbe
abletoproperlyimportthefile.
figuration:
b. Bydefault,Atollsavestheconfigurationinafilecalled"NumMeasINIfile.ini"foundinAtollsinstallationfolder.In
caseyoucannotwriteintothatfolder,youcanclickBrowsetochooseadifferentlocation.
c. EnteraConfigurationnameandanExtensionofthefilesthatthisimportconfigurationwilldescribe(forexample,
"*.txt").
d. ClickOK.
theselectedextension.Ifyouimportafilewiththesamestructurebutadifferentextension,youcanselectthis
importconfigurationfromtheConfigurationlist.
Whenimportingameasurementfile,youcanexpandtheNumMeasINIfile.inifile
byclickingtheExpandbutton( )infrontofthefileunderImportconfiguration
todisplayalltheavailableimportconfigurations.Whenselectingtheappropriate
configuration,theassociationsareautomaticallymadeinthetableatthebottom
ofthedialogue.
10. ClickImport,ifyouareonlyimportingasinglefile,orImportall,ifyouareimportingmorethanonefile.Thedrivetest
youcanselectindividualdrivetestdatapointstoseetheinformationatthatlocation.
3. Selectthedisplaycheckboxofthedrivetestdatayouwanttodisplayinthemapwindow.Thedrivetestdataisdis
played.
4. Clickandholdthedrivetestdatapointonwhichyouwantmoreinformation.Atolldisplaysanarrowpointingtowards
theservingcell(seeFigure10.65onpage951)inthesamecolourasthetransmitter.
displayedaccordingtoanyavailableattribute.YoucanalsousetheDisplaydialoguetodefinelabels,tiptextandthelegend.
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathwhosedisplayyouwishtoset.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.Thedrivetestdatapathspropertiesdialogueappears.
946
AT320_UM_E0
Inaddition,youcandisplaypointsbymorethanonecriterionatatimeusingtheAdvancedoptionintheDisplaytype
list.WhenyouselectAdvancedfromtheDisplaytypelist,theShadingsdialogueopensinwhichyoucandefinethe
followingdisplayforeachsinglepointofthemeasurementpath:
Youcan,forexample,displayasignallevelinacertaincolour,chooseasymbolforeachtransmitter(acircle,triangle,
cross,etc.)andasymbolsizeaccordingtothealtitude.
FastdisplayforcesAtolltousethelightestsymboltodisplaythepoints.Thisispar
YoucannotuseAdvanceddisplayiftheFastdisplaycheckboxhasbeenselected.
fromthecontextmenu.
TheimporteddrivetestdataisusedtoverifytheLTEnetwork.Toimprovetherelevanceofthedata,Atollallowsyoutofilter
outincompatibleorinaccuratepoints.Youcanthencomparethedrivetestmeasurementswithcoveragepredictions.
Tocomparedrivetestdatawithcoveragepredictions,youoverlaycoveragepredictionscalculatedbyAtollwiththedrivetest
datapathdisplayedusingthesameparameterasthatusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
"FilteringMeasurementPointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths"onpage947
"PredictingtheSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints"onpage948
"AnalysingMeasurementVariationsAlongthePath"onpage950.
10.6.4.1 FilteringMeasurementPointsAlongDriveTestDataPaths
Whenusingadrivetestdatapath,somemeasuredpointsmaypresentvaluesthataretoofaroutsidethemedianvaluesto
beuseful.Aswell,testpathsmayincludetestpointsinareasthatarenotrepresentativeofthedrivetestdatapathasawhole.
Forexample,atestpaththatincludestwoheavilypopulatedareasmightalsoincludetestpointsfromamorelightlypopu
latedregionbetweenthetwo.
Youcanfilteroutunreliablemeasurementpointsfromthedrivetestdatapatheithergeographically,byfilteringbyclutter
classesandthefocuszone,orusinganadvancedfilter.
Tofilteroutmeasurementpointsbyclutterclass:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathonwhichyouwanttofilteroutmeasurementpoints.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. UnderClutterclasses,clearthecheckboxesoftheclutterclassesyouwanttoexclude.Measurementpointslocated
ontheexcludedclutterclasseswillbefilteredout.
6. Ifyouwanttousethefocuszoneaspartofthefilter,selecttheUsefocuszonetofiltercheckbox.Measurement
pointslocatedoutsidethefocuszonewillbefilteredout.
947
Forsk2013
7. Ifyouwanttopermanentlydeletethemeasurementpointsoutsidethefilter,selecttheDeletepointsoutsidethe
filtercheckbox.
YoucanapplyafilteronallthedrivetestdatapathsintheDriveTestDatafolder
byselectingFilterfromthecontextmenuofthefolder.
Ifyouwanttousethemeasurementpointsthatyoupermanentlydeleted,youwill
havetoimportthedrivetestdatapathagain.
Tofilteroutmeasurementpointsusinganadvancedfilter:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathonwhichyouwanttofilteroutmeasurementpoints.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. ClickMore.TheFilterdialogueappears.FormoreinformationonusingtheFilterdialogue,see"AdvancedDataFil
tering"onpage94.
RefreshGeoDatafromthecontextmenuoftheDriveTestDatafolder.
10.6.4.2 PredictingtheSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints
(seeFigure10.62).
948
AT320_UM_E0
Figure10.63:SelectingMeasuredSignalLevelsforwhichErrorswillbeCalculated
predictedvalues.
Figure10.64:DriveTestDatatableafterPointSignalLevelPrediction(witherrorcalculations)
moreinformationontheDriveTestDataanalysistool,see"AnalysingMeasurementVariationsAlongthePath"onpage950.
Youcancreatethefollowingcoveragepredictionforalltransmittersoneachpointofadrivetestdatapath:
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathonwhichyouwishtocreatethecoverageprediction.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. UnderStandardpredictions,selectCoveragebySignalLevel(DL)andclickOK.TheCoveragebySignalLevel(DL)
6. ClicktheConditiontab.AtthetopoftheConditiontab,youcansettherangeofsignalleveltobecalculated.Under
Server,youcanselectwhethertocalculatethesignallevelfromalltransmitters,oronlythebestorsecondbestsignal.
Ifyouchoosetocalculatethebestorsecondbestsignal,youcanenteraMargin.IfyouselecttheShadowingtaken
intoaccountcheckbox,youcanchangetheCelledgecoverageprobability.YoucanselecttheIndoorcoveragecheck
boxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyperclutterclass.
prediction.
949
Forsk2013
contextmenuappears.
tionsinAtoll).
YoucandisplaytheinformationinthesenewcolumnsintheDriveTestDataanalysistool.Formoreinformationon
theDriveTestDataanalysistool,see"AnalysingMeasurementVariationsAlongthePath"onpage950.
Ifpredictionshavebeencalculatedalongadrivetestdatapath,youcandisplaythestatisticsbetweenthemeasuredandthe
predictedvaluesonthatpath.
Todisplaythestatisticsforaspecificdrivetestdatapath:
5. UnderForthefollowingtransmitters,selectoneormoretransmitterstoincludeinthestatistics.
6. UnderSelectthepredictedvalues,selectthefieldsthatcontainthepredictedvaluesthatyouwishtouseinthesta
tistics.
7. UnderSelectthemeasuredvalues,selectthefieldsthatcontainthemeasuredvaluesthatyouwishtouseinthesta
tistics.
8. EntertheMeasuredvaluesrangeforthestatistics.Onlythemeasuredvalueswithinthisrangewillbeincludedinthe
statistics.
9. ClickOK.
Atollopensawindowlistingstatisticsofcomparisonbetweenmeasuredandpredictedvalues.
Youcanextractinformationforaselectedtransmitterfromafieldofadrivetestdatapath.Theextractedinformationisavail
ableinanewcolumninthedrivetestdatatable.
5. UnderOnthetransmitter,selectthetransmitterforwhichyouwishtoextractafield.
6. UnderForthefields,selectthefieldsthatyouwishtoextractfortheselectedtransmitter.
7. ClickOK.Atollcreatesanewcolumninthedrivetestdatapathtablefortheselectedtransmitterandwiththeselected
values.
10.6.4.6 AnalysingMeasurementVariationsAlongthePath
InAtoll,youcananalysevariationsinmeasurementsalonganydrivetestdatapathusingtheDriveTestDataanalysistool.
YoucanalsousetheDriveTestDataanalysistooltofindservingcellsofpoints.
950
AT320_UM_E0
ToanalysemeasurementvariationsusingtheDriveTestDataanalysistool.
1. SelectTools>DriveTestDatafromthemenubar.TheDriveTestDataanalysistoolappears(seeFigure10.65).
Figure10.65:TheDriveTestDataanalysistool
2. In the Drive Test Data analysis tool, click the Display button. The Display Parameters dialogue appears (see
Figure10.66).
Figure10.66:Thedrivetestdatadisplayparameters
SelectthecheckboxnexttoeachfieldyouwanttodisplayintheDriveTestDataanalysistool.
Youcanchangethedisplaystatusorthecolourofmorethanonefieldatthesametimeby
selectingseveralfields.Youcanselectcontiguousfieldsbyclickingthefirstfield,pressing
Shiftandclickingthelastfield.YoucanselectnoncontiguousfieldsbypressingCTRLand
clickingeachfield.Youcanthenchangethedisplaystatusorthecolourbyrightclickingon
theselectedfieldsandselectingthechoicefromthecontextmenu.
TheselectedfieldsaredisplayedintheDriveTestDataanalysistool.
4. Youcandisplaythedatainthedrivetestdatapathinthefollowingways:
ClickthevaluesintheDriveTestDataanalysistool.
951
Forsk2013
Thedrivetestdatapathappearsinthemapwindowasanarrowpointingtowardsthebestserver(seeFigure10.65
onpage951)inthesamecolourasthetransmitter.
5. YoucandisplayasecondaryYaxisontherightsideofthewindowinordertodisplaythevaluesofavariablewith
differentordersofmagnitudethantheonesselectedintheDisplayParametersdialogue.Youselectthevaluetobe
displayedfromtherighthandlistatthetopoftheDriveTestDataanalysistool.Thevaluesaredisplayedinthecolour
definedintheDisplayParametersdialogue.
6. YoucanzoominonthegraphdisplayedintheDriveTestDataanalysistoolinthefollowingways:
Zoominorout:
i.
RightclicktheDriveTestDataanalysistool.Thecontextmenuappears.
i.
RightclicktheDriveTestDataanalysistoolononeendoftherangeofdatayouwanttozoominon.Thecon
textmenuappears.
iii. RightclicktheDriveTestDataanalysistoolontheotherendoftherangeofdatayouwanttozoominon.The
contextmenuappears.
iv. SelectLastZoomPointfromthecontextmenu.TheDriveTestDataanalysistoolzoomsinonthedatabe
tweenthefirstzoompointandthelastzoompoint.
7. ClickthedataintheDriveTestDataanalysistooltodisplaytheselectedpointinthemapwindow.Atollwillcentre
themapwindowontheselectedpointifitisnotpresentlyvisible.
analysistool,Atollwillautomaticallydisplayinthetablethedataforthepointthatis
displayedinthemapandintheDriveTestDataanalysistool(seeFigure10.65on
page951).
Youcanexportdrivetestdatapathstofilesasvectordata.
3. RightclickthedrivetestdatapathfromwhichyouwishtoexportCWmeasurements.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. UnderExtractCWmeasurements:
a. SelectoneormoretransmittersfromtheForthetransmitterslist.
b. SelectthefieldthatcontainstheinformationthatyouwanttoexporttoCWmeasurementsfromtheForthefields
list.
952
AT320_UM_E0
6. UnderExtractionparametersofCWmeasurementpaths:
a. EntertheMin.numberofpointstoextractpermeasurementpath.CWmeasurementsarenotcreatedfortrans
b. EntertheminimumandmaximumMeasuredsignallevels.CWmeasurementsarecreatedwithdrivetestdata
Extractiondialogue.
10.6.7 PrintingandExportingtheDriveTestDataAnalysisTool
YoucanprintandexportthecontentsoftheDriveTestDataanalysistool.
ToprintorexportthecontentsoftheDriveTestDataanalysistool:
1. SelectTools>DriveTestDatafromthemenubar.TheDriveTestDataanalysistoolappears(seeFigure10.65on
page951).
2. Definethedisplayparametersandzoomlevelasexplainedin"AnalysingMeasurementVariationsAlongthePath"on
page950.
3. RightclicktheDriveTestDataanalysistool.Thecontextmenuappears.
ToprinttheDriveTestDataanalysistool,selectPrintfromthecontextmenu.
ToexporttheDriveTestDataanalysistool,selectCopyfromthecontextmenu,thenpaste.
10.7 CoplanningLTENetworkswithOtherNetworks
networkscenarioscanbedesignedforanygivenarea:acountry,aregion,acity,etc.Forexample,youcandesignanLTEand
aGSMnetworkforthesameareainAtoll,andthenworkwithAtollscoplanningfeaturestostudythemutualimpactsofthe
twonetworks.
Manual.
allocatedoncriteriasuchasthedistancebetweensectorsoroverlappingcoverage.Inaddition,youcanoptimisethesettings
ofthetwonetworksusingAtollsAutomaticCellPlanning(ACP)module.
"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage953.
"WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinanCoPlanningProject"onpage955.
"PerformingIntertechnologyNeighbourAllocation"onpage958.
"CreatinganLTESectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork"onpage970.
"UsingACPinaCoplanningProject"onpage970.
Beforestartingacoplanningproject,youmusthavetwonetworksdesignedforagivenarea,i.e.,youmusthaveanLTEAtoll
arelinkedtogether.Inthefollowingsections,theLTEdocumentwillbereferredtoasthemaindocument,andtheotherdocu
mentasthelinkeddocument.Atolldoesnotestablishanyrestrictiononwhichisthemaindocumentandwhichisthelinked
document.
953
Forsk2013
a. Clickthemaindocumentsmapwindow.Themaindocumentsmapwindowbecomesactiveandtheexplorerwin
b. SelectDocument>LinkWith.TheLinkWithdialogueappears.
d. ClickOpen.
TheExplorerwindowofthemaindocumentnowcontainsafoldernamedTransmittersin[linkeddocument],where
arenowavailable.
synchronisingthedisplayinthemapwindowbetweenbothdocuments.Atollsynchronisesthedisplayforthefollowing:
Afteryouhaveswitchedtocoplanningmodeasexplainedin"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage953,transmittersand
predictionsfromthelinkeddocumentaredisplayedinthemaindocument.Ifyouwant,youcandisplayotheritemsorfolders
fromtheexplorerwindowofthelinkeddocumenttotheexplorerwindowofthemaindocument(e.g.,youcandisplayGSM
sitesandmeasurementpathsinanLTEdocument).
1. Click the linked documents map window. The linked documents map window becomes active and the explorer
opens.
TheSitesfolderofthelinkeddocumentisnowavailableinthemaindocument.TheExplorerwindowofthemaindocument
ClutterClasses,TrafficMaps,DTM,etc.,intheotherdocument.
ments.However,becauseworkingdocumentisthemaindocument,anychangesmadeinthemaindocumentarenotauto
maticallytakenintoaccountinthelinkeddocument.
954
AT320_UM_E0
Ifyouclosethelinkeddocument,Atolldisplaysawarningicon(
)inthemaindocumentsExplorerwindow,andthelinked
Figure10.67showsanexampleofLTEtransmitterswithlabelsanddisplayedintheLegendwindow,andGSMtransmitterdata
displayedinatiptext.
Figure10.67:GSMandLTETransmittersdisplayedonthemap
10.7.2 WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinanCoPlanningProject
networks.
YoucanaccessthepropertiesofthecoveragepredictionsinthelinkedPredictionsfolderinthemaindocumentsExplorer
955
Forsk2013
When you click the Calculate button, Atoll first calculates uncalculated and invalid path loss matrices and then
onpage218.
youwishtoanalyse.Youcanselectwhichcoveragepredictionstodisplayortohidebyselectingorclearingthedisplaycheck
box.Forinformationonmanagingthedisplay,see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"on
page38.
10.7.2.2.1
Therecommendedprocessforanalysingcoverageareas,andtheeffectofparametermodificationsinoneontheother,isas
follows:
PredictionbyTransmitter"onpage857and"MakingaCoveragePredictionbySignalLevel"onpage855.
5. Optimisethemainnetworkbychangingparameterssuchasantennaazimuthandtiltorthecellpower.Youcanuse
atoolsuchastheAtollACPtooptimisethenetwork.
956
AT320_UM_E0
10.7.2.2.2
theAddtolegendcheckboxontheDisplaytab.
10.7.2.2.3
Youcancomparecoveragepredictionsbyplacingthepointeroveranareaofthecoveragepredictiontoreadtheinformation
displayedinthetiptext.Atolldisplaysinformationforalldisplayedcoveragepredictionsinboththeworkingandthelinked
documents.TheinformationdisplayedisdefinedbythesettingsyoumadeontheDisplaytabwhenyoucreatedthecoverage
prediction(step3.of"CoPlanningCoverageAnalysisProcess"onpage956).
10.7.2.2.4
Youcancomparethecoverageareasofthemainandlinkeddocumentsbyoverlayingthecoveragepredictionsinthemap
window.
mapwindow.Thecoveragepredictionisdisplayedonthemap.
coveragepredictionisdisplayedonthemap.
957
Forsk2013
10.7.2.2.5
thelinkedcoveragepredictionyouwanttocomparewiththecoveragepredictionofthemaindocument.TheCom
parisonPropertiesdialogueopens.
7. ClickOK.
tionsfolder.
ThefollowingsectionsdescribethefeaturesavailableinAtollthathelptheRFplannertocarryoutintertechnologyneighbour
planning.Forexample,handoversbetweenanLTEandaGSMnetworkcanbestudiedinAtollbyallocatingneighbourGSM
sectorstoLTEcells.
4. SelectNeighbours>Intertechnology>ExceptionalPairsfromthecontextmenu.TheIntertechnologyExceptional
Pairstableappears.
958
AT320_UM_E0
AtollfillstheNumberandDistance(m)fieldsautomatically.
appears.
DisplayingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap
2. Click the arrow ( ) next to the Edit Relations on the Mapbutton (
appears.
) in the Radio Planning toolbar. A menu
3. SelectDisplayOptions fromthemenu.TheNeighbourDisplaydialogueappears.
4. UnderIntertechnologyneighbours,selecttheDisplaylinkscheckbox.
Outwardsnonsymmetric:Selectingthisoptiondisplaysanexceptionalpairlinkforeachcellinthemaindocu
Inwardsnonsymmetric:Selectingthisoptiondisplaysanexceptionalpairlinkforeachtransmitter/cellinthe
Symmetriclinks:Selectingthisoptiondisplaysanexceptionalpairlinkforeachcellinthemaindocumentthathas
straightblacklines.

appears.
onthemap.ExceptionalpairswillremaindisplayeduntilyouclicktheEditRelationsontheMapbuttonagain.
Theexceptionalpairlinkscanbedisplayedevenifyoudonothaveneighboursallocated.IfyouselecttheDisplaylinkscheck
map.
959
Forsk2013
AddingandRemovingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetanexceptionalpair.Atolladdsbothtransmittersto
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitterthatyouwanttoremovefromthelistofexceptionalpairs.Atollremovesboth
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitterthatyouwanttoremovefromthelistofexceptionalpairs.Atollremovesthe
importancefactors:
960
sons.
thesamesiteasreferencetransmitter.TheCositefactorwillbeusedifyouselecttheForcecositetransmitters
AT320_UM_E0
5. ClickOK.
Atollcanautomaticallydeterminehandoverrelationsbetweennetworksofdifferenttechnologies,forexample,LTEandGSM.
Inthiscase,intertechnologyhandoversfromLTEtoGSMmayoccurwhentheLTEcoverageisnotcontinuous.Thenetworks
overallcoverageisextendedbyanLTEtoGSMhandover.Atollcanautomaticallydetermineneighboursinthelinkeddocu
mentforcellsinthemaindocumentandviceversa.Intertechnologyneighboursarestoredinthedatabase.
6. DefinethemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencecellandapossibleneighbourintheMaxintersitedistancebox.
7. DefinethemaximumnumberofintertechnologyneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoacellintheMaxnumberof
neighboursbox.Thisvaluecanbeeithersethereforallthecells,orspecifiedforeachcellintheCellstable.
8. CleartheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxinordertobasetheneighbourallocationondistancecriterionandcon
conditionsforthecellsinthemaindocument.TheLTECoverageConditionsdialogueappears.
IntheLTECoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
bourallocation.
bourallocation.
Min.BCCHsignallevel:EntertheminimumBCCHsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbytheGSMtransmitter.
IfthelinkeddocumentisaUMTSdocument,theUMTSCoverageConditionsdialogueappears.IntheUMTSCov
erageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
bourallocation.
MaxEc/Io:SelecttheMaxEc/IooptionandenterthemaximumEc/Iowhichmustnotbeexceededbythe
referencecell.
961
Forsk2013
IfthelinkeddocumentisaCDMAdocument,theCDMACoverageConditionsdialogueappears.IntheCDMACov
bourallocation.
referencecell.
IfthelinkeddocumentisaTDSCDMAdocument,theTDSCDMACoverageConditionsdialogueappears.Inthe
TDSCDMACoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
bourallocation.
Margin:Enterthemarginrelativetothepilotsignallevelofthebestserver.
e. Inthe%mincoveredareabox,entertheminimumpercentageofthecellscoverageareathattheneighbours
9. UnderCalculationoptions,definethefollowing:
CDMAcarriers:IfthelinkeddocumentisaUMTS,CDMA,orTDSCDMAdocument,selectthecarriersonwhich
youwanttocalculatetheallocation.Youcanchooseoneormorecarriers;Atollwillallocateonlythecellsusing
theselectedcarriersasneighbours.
ters/cellsintheneighbourlistoftheLTEcell.Thecheckboxisautomaticallyselectedwhentheneighbouralloca
tionisbasedondistance.
tionalpaircriteriaontheneighbourslistoftheLTEcell.
reasonsinclude:
962
Reason
Description
When
Exceptionalpair
selected
Cosite
Theneighbourislocatedatthesamesiteasthereferencecell.
Forcecositeasneighboursis
selected
AT320_UM_E0
Reason
Description
When
Distance
referencecell.
UseCoverageOverlappingisnot
selected
%ofcoveredarea
andoverlappingarea
UseCoverageOverlappingis
selected
Existing
Theneighbourrelationexistedbeforecalculatingtheautomatic
allocation.
Resetisnotselected
toassigntocells.
13. ClicktheCommitbutton.TheallocatedneighboursaresavedintheIntertechnologyNeighbourstabofeachcell.
14. ClickClose.
appears.
3. SelectDisplayOptions fromthemenu.TheNeighbourDisplaydialogueappears.
4. UnderIntertechnologyNeighbours,selecttheDisplaylinkscheckbox.
Outwards nonsymmetric: Shows a neighbour link for each cell in the main document that has a neighbour
Inwardsnonsymmetric:Showsaneighbourlinkforeachtransmitter/cellinthelinkeddocumentthathasaneigh
bourdefinedwithacellinthemaindocument.Theselinksarerepresentedwithstraightdashedlinesofthesame
colourasthetransmitterinthelinkeddocument.
Symmetriclinks:Showsaneighbourlinkforeachcellinthemaindocumentthathasaneighbourdefinedwitha

appears.
themapuntilyouclicktheEditRelationsontheMapbuttonagain.
963
Forsk2013
IfyouselecttheDisplaylinkscheckboxunderIntertechnologyNeighbours,Atolldisplaysbothintertechnologyandintra
Site22_2.
page964.
menuappears.
).
theneighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumn,andsetstheSourceto"manual."
964
AT320_UM_E0
Todeleteaneighbour:
8. ClickOK.
4. SelectNeighbours>Intertechnology>OpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheIntertechnologyNeighbourstable
appears.
bour.
theneighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumnandsetstheSourceto"manual."
Totakeallexceptionalpairsintoconsideration:
YoucanaddordeleteeitherforcedneighboursorforbiddenneighboursusingtheInter
technologyExceptionalPairstable.Youcanopenthistable,selecttheexceptionalpairsto
beconsidered,rightclickthetableandselectForceExceptionalPairsinthecontextmenu.
965
Forsk2013
a. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowscontainingtheneighbourstoselectentirerows.Youcanselectcontiguous
rowsbyclickingthefirstrow,pressingShiftandclickingthelastrow.Youcanselectnoncontiguousrowsbypress
ingCTRLandclickingeachrowsseparately.
b. SelectDeleteLinkandSymmetricRelationfromthecontextmenu.
Todeleteaneighbour:
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetaneighbourrelation.Atolladdsbothtransmitterto
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitteryouwanttoremovefromthelistofneighbours.Atollremovesbothtransmitter
Toremoveanoutwardsneighbourrelation:
bypressingShiftandclickingthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttocreateasymmetricrelation.ThenpressCTRL
966
AT320_UM_E0
conditionsforcellsinthemaindocument.TheLTECoverageConditionsdialogueappears.
IntheLTECoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
bourallocation.
bourallocation.
MinBCCHsignallevel:EntertheminimumBCCHsignallevelwhichmustbeprovidedbytheGSMtransmitter.
IfthelinkeddocumentisaUMTSdocument,theUMTSCoverageConditionsdialogueappears.IntheUMTSCov
bourallocation.
967
Forsk2013
referencecell.
IfthelinkeddocumentisaCDMAdocument,theCDMACoverageConditionsdialogueappears.IntheCDMACov
bourallocation.
referencecell.
IfthelinkeddocumentisaTDSCDMAdocument,theTDSCDMACoverageConditionsdialogueappears.Inthe
TDSCDMACoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
bourallocation.
Margin:Enterthemarginrelativetothepilotsignallevelofthebestserver.
possibleneighbourintheMaxintersitedistancebox.
calculated.
968
Cosite
Symmetry
Coverage
AT320_UM_E0
intheaudit.
sethereforallthecells,orspecifiedforeachcellintheCellstable.
Lists>maxnumber:SelecttheFulllistscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavemorethanthemaximum
numberofneighboursallowed.Themaximumnumberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforallthecells,or
specifiedforeachcellintheCellstable.
audited.
Emptylists:x/X;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavingnoneighbours(oremptyneighbourslist)
Syntax:
Fulllists(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavingYnumberofneighbourslisted
Syntax:
|CELL|
Lists>maxnumber(defaultmaxnumber=Y):x/X;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavingmorethanYnumber
Syntax:
IfthefieldMaxnumberofintertechnologyneighboursintheCellstableisempty,theFull
ListscheckandtheLists>MaxNumbercheckusetheDefaultMaxNumbervaluedefined
intheauditdialogue.
Syntax:
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
969
Forsk2013
Syntax:
10.7.4 CreatinganLTESectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork
2. Inthemapwindow,rightclickthelinkedtransmitterbasedonwhichyouwanttocreateanewLTEtransmitter.The
contextmenuappears.
documentaswell.
3. RightclicktheLTETransmittersfolderofthemaindocument.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectUpdateFolderConfigurationfromthecontextmenu.
Theazimuthsandmechanicaltiltsofsecondaryantennasandremoteantennasarenot
includedwhenyouselectUpdateFolderConfigurationandhavetobesetupmanually.
coplanningprojectswherenetworksusingdifferenttechnologies,forexample,LTEandGSM,mustbothbetakenintoconsid
eration.
970
AT320_UM_E0
cess.
havejustcreated.
4. Rightclickthesetupyoucreatedin"CreatingaNewCoplanningOptimisationSetup"onpage971.Thecontextmenu
appears.
newlycreatedsetup.
ClicktheRunbuttontoruntheoptimisationimmediately.Forinformationonrunningtheoptimisation,see"Running
anOptimisationSetup"onpage271.Forinformationontheoptimisationresults,see"ViewingOptimisationResults"
onpage275.
ClicktheCreateSetupbuttontosavethedefinedoptimisationtoberunlater.
971
Forsk2013
theotherdocument.
3. SelectDocument>Unlinktounlinkthedocumentsandendcoplanningmode.
ThefollowingsectionsdescribedifferentadvancedparametersandoptionsavailableintheLTEmodulethatareusedincover
agepredictionsaswellasMonteCarlosimulations.
"DefiningFrequencyBands"onpage972.
"TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage973.
"DefiningNetworkDeploymentLayers"onpage976.
"DefiningFrameConfigurations"onpage977.
"DefiningLTERadioBearers"onpage978.
"DefiningLTEQualityIndicators"onpage978.
"DefiningLTEReceptionEquipment"onpage978.
"DefiningLTESchedulers"onpage982.
"DefiningLTEUECategories"onpage983.
"SmartAntennaSystems"onpage984.
"MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems"onpage986.
"IntercellInterferenceCoordination"onpage987.
"ModellingShadowing"onpage988.
Todefinefrequencybands:
972
Name:Enteranameforthefrequencyband,forexample,"2.1GHz10MHz."EachLTEfrequencybandhasaspe
cificchannelwidth.Mentioningthechannelwidthinthefrequencybandnameisagoodapproach.Thisnamewill
appearinotherdialogueswhenyouselectafrequencyband.
Channelwidth(MHz):Enterthewidthforeachchannelinthefrequencyband.
Interchannelspacing(MHz):Enterthespacingbetweenanytwoconsecutivechannelsinthefrequencyband.
Firstchannel:Enterthenumberofthefirstchannelinthisfrequencyband.
Lastchannel:Enterthenumberofthelastchannelinthisfrequencyband.Ifthisfrequencybandhasonlyonecar
rier,enterthesamenumberasenteredintheFirstchannelfield.
Step:Enterthestepbetweenanytwoconsecutivechannelnumbersinthefrequencyband.
Excludedchannels:Enterthechannelnumberswhichdonotconstitutethefrequencyband.Youcanenternon
consecutivechannelnumbersseparatedwithacomma,oryoucanenterarangeofchannelnumbersseparating
thefirstandlastindexwithahyphen(forexample,entering"15"correspondsto"1,2,3,4,5").
Startfrequencies(MHz):EnterthestartfrequencyforTDDfrequencybands,andthedownlinkandtheuplinkstart
frequenciesforFDDfrequencybands.
Adjacentchannelsuppressionfactor(dB):EntertheadjacentchannelinterferencesuppressionfactorindB.Inter
ferencereceivedfromadjacentchannelsisreducedbythisfactorduringthecalculations.
Number of frequency blocks (RB): Enter the number of frequency blocks (i.e., the number of resource block
widthsinthefrequencydomain)usedforthechannelbandwidth.
Samplingfrequency(MHz):Enterthesamplingfrequencyusedforthechannelbandwidth.
Duplexingmethod:Selecttheduplexingmethodusedinthefrequencybandfromthelist.
AT320_UM_E0
TDDspecificparametersarehiddenwhenthereisnoTDDfrequencybanddefinedinthe
FrequencyBandstable.TheseparametersincludeSwitchingpointperiodicityandSpecial
subframe configuration (see "The Global Network Settings" on page973) and TDD
subframeconfiguration(see"CellDescription"onpage825).
).
For example, if you wish to define the EUTRA Band 1 with 10MHz channels and EARFCNs corresponding to the centre
frequenciesofthechannels(50,150,250,350,450,550),youcanset:
Name:EUTRABand110MHz
Channelwidth:10
Interchannelspacing:0
Firstchannel:50
Lastchannel:550
Step:100
ULstartfrequency:1920
Adjacentchannelsuppressionfactor:28.23
Numberoffrequencyblocks:50
Samplingfrequency:15.36
Duplexingmethod:FDD
Atollallowsyoutosetnetworklevelparameterswhicharecommontoallthetransmittersandcellsinthenetwork.These
parametersareusedincoveragepredictionsaswellasduringMonteCarlosimulationsbytheradioresourcemanagement
andschedulingalgorithms.
ThissectionexplainstheoptionsavailableontheGlobalParametersandCalculationParameterstabsoftheLTENetwork
Settingsfolderproperties,andexplainshowtoaccessthem:
"TheOptionsontheGlobalParametersTab"onpage973.
"TheOptionsontheCalculationParametersTab"onpage975.
10.8.2.1 TheOptionsontheGlobalParametersTab
TheglobalLTEparametersinclude:
Defaultcyclicprefix:ThetotalsymboldurationinLTEcomprisestheusefulpartofthesymbol,carryingthedatabits,
andacyclicprefixpart,whichisaportionoftheusefuldatapartrepeatedatthebeginningofeachsymbol.Thecyclic
prefixisthemethodusedbyLTEtocounterintersymbolinterference(ISI).Thecyclicprefixandtheorthogonalityof
subcarriersensurethatthereisnegligibleintracellinterferenceinLTE.LTEsupportstwocyclicprefixtypes:normal
andextended.
PDCCHoverhead:ThePhysicalDownlinkControlChannel(PDCCH)cantakeupto4symboldurationsineachsubframe
inthedownlink.InAtoll,thePDCCHisconsideredtoincludethePCFICH,PHICH,andPCHaswell.
ThePBCH,PSS,SSS,andthedownlinkreferencesignalsconsumeafixedamountofresourcesinthedownlink.Their
correspondingoverheadsarehardcodedinAtollinaccordancewiththe3GPPspecifications.
PUCCHoverhead:ThePhysicalUplinkControlChannel(PUCCH)canconsumeanumberoffrequencyblocksinthe
uplink.
Theuplinkdemodulationandsoundingreferencesignalsconsumeafixedamountofresourcesintheuplink.Their
correspondingoverheadsarehardcodedinAtollinaccordancewiththe3GPPspecifications.
TheamountsofresourcescorrespondingtodifferentsignalsandchannelsinLTEcanbecalculatedanddisplayedin
Atoll.Formoreinformation,see"DisplayingLTEFrameDetails"onpage994.
Switchingpointperiodicity(TDDonly):TherecanbeeitheroneortwoDLULswitchingpointsinTDDframesincase
offullframeandhalfframeperiodicities,respectively.Youcanselectthesubframeconfiguration,i.e.,theconfigura
tionofuplinkanddownlinksubframesinaframe,foreachcellaccordingtotheselectedswitchingpointperiodicity.
Specialsubframeconfiguration(TDDonly):TheconfigurationofthespecialsubframeinTDDframes.Thisconfigura
tiondescribesthedurationsandformatsofDwPTS,GP,andUpPTSinthespecialsubframe.
DwPTSisusedfortransmissionofthereferencesignal,PDCCH,PSS,andPDSCH.Referencesignalsarelocatedina
DwPTS in the same manner as in any normal subframe. The PDCCH can at most be transmitted over two OFDM
973
Forsk2013
symbols (symbol durations) because the third symbol duration in a DwPTS is used for the PSS transmission. The
resourceelementsleftinDwPTSafterexcludingtheRS,PDCCH,andPSSoverheadsareusedfordatatransmission,
i.e.,PDSCH.UpPTSisonlyusedforSRSandPRACH.
RSEPRE:Thereferencesignalenergyperresourceelementcanbeeithercalculatedautomaticallyusingthemaximum
powerandtheEPREoffsetsfordifferentdownlinkchannelsdefinedpercell,orenteredpercellbytheuser.
Calculated(equaldistributionofunusedEPRE):ThereferencesignalEPREforeachcellwillbecalculatedbyAtoll
usingthecellsmaximumpower(userdefinable)andtheEPREoffsets.Fortransmitterswithmorethanonetrans
missionantennaport,theenergybelongingtotheunusedresourceelements(resourceelementsreservedforref
erencesignaltransmissiononotherantennas)willbedistributedamongallthedownlinksignalsandchannels
equally.
Calculated(withboost):ThereferencesignalEPREforeachcellwillbecalculatedbyAtollusingthecellsmax
imumpower(userdefinable)andtheEPREoffsets.Fortransmitterswithmorethanonetransmissionantenna
port,theenergybelongingtotheunusedresourceelements(resourceelementsreservedforreferencesignal
transmissiononotherantennas)willbeallottedtothereferencesignalresourceelementsonly.Thiscorresponds
toa3dBboostintheRSEPREwith2transmissionantennaportsand6dBboostwith4ports.
Calculated(withoutboost):ThereferencesignalEPREforeachcellwillbecalculatedbyAtollusingthecellsmax
imumpower(userdefinable)andtheEPREoffsets.Fortransmitterswithmorethanonetransmissionantenna
port,theenergybelongingtotheunusedresourceelements(resourceelementsreservedforreferencesignal
transmissiononotherantennas)willbeconsideredlost.
Userdefined:YouwillbeabletoenterthereferencesignalEPREforeachcell.Thecellsmaximumpowerwillbe
calculatedbyAtollusingtheRSEPREandtheEPREoffsets.
Independentofmaxpower:YoucanenterthereferencesignalEPREandthemaximumpower.Atolldoesnot
verifythevalidityoftheenteredvalues.
Best server selection criterion: You can select the best server selection criterion: reference signal level or RSRP.
Dependingontheselectedmethod,AtollcompareseitherthereferencesignallevelortheRSRPfromdifferenttrans
mittersateachpixel(ormobile)todeterminethebestserver.
Bestserverselectionmethod:YoucanselectthebestserverselectionmethodtobeusedinMonteCarlosimulations:
Random,Layerpriority,orTrafficbalancing.Incoveragepredictionsandpointanalysis,thebestserverselectionis
alwaysbasedonLayerpriorityunlessaspecificlayerisselectedforthecalculations.InAtoll,thebestserverselection
foranypixel,subscriber,ormobileisperformedasfollows:
a. Atollcreatesalistofpotentialservers(servingcells)sortedindescendingorderofthebestserverselectioncrite
rion.
b. Fromthislist,optionally,Atolleliminatespotentialserverslocatedtoofarfromthepixel,subscriber,ormobile,
i.e.,fartherthantheroundtriptimedistancecorrespondingtothecellsPRACHpreambleformat.
c. Fromthislist,Atolleliminatesincompatiblepotentialserversdependingonthemobilespeedandcompatibility
betweenthecellslayersandthelayerssupportedbytheusersserviceandterminal.
d. Fromtheremainingpotentialservers,AtolleliminatesthepotentialserverswhosereferencesignallevelorRSRP
islessthanthehighestreferencesignallevelorRSRPlesstheselectionmargin.
e. Fromtheremainingpotentialservers,Atollselectstheservingcellaccordingthebestserverselectionmethodde
finedintheglobalnetworksettings:
Random:Eachuserisassignedtooneoftheremainingpotentialserversatrandom.
Layerpriority:Eachuserisassignedtothecellbelongingtothehighestprioritylayer.
Trafficbalancing:Atolltriestobalancethenumbersofusersofdifferentservicesperservingcell.
TheservingcellonceassignedtoamobiledoesnotchangeduringMonteCarlosimulations.Formoreinformationon
defininglayers,see"DefiningNetworkDeploymentLayers"onpage976.
Uplinkpoweradjustmentmargin:Themargin(indB)thatwillbeaddedtothebearerselectionthreshold,forsafety
againstfastfading,whenperformingpowercontrolinuplink.
AdaptiveMIMOswitchingcriterion:YoucanselectwhethertheMIMOmodeselectionwillbebasedontheRSC/N,
RSC/(I+N),orPDSCHorPUSCHC/(I+N).AtollcomparestheselectedcriterionwiththeAMSthresholddefinedforthe
receptionequipment.
MUMIMOactivationcriterion:YoucanselectwhetherMUMIMOisactivatedbasedontheRSC/N,RSC/(I+N),or
PUSCHC/(I+N).AtollcomparestheselectedcriterionwiththeMUMIMOactivationthresholddefinedfortherecep
tionequipment.
Multiantennainterferencecalculationmethod:Youcanselectthecalculationmethodforinterferencefrommulti
antennacells.Thecalculatedinterferencecanbeeitherproportionaltothenumberofantennasorindependentof
thenumberofantennas.
Figure10.70andFigure10.71giveexamplesofdownlinkanduplinkFDDresourceblocksforthesingleantennacaseusingthe
normalcyclicprefix.
974
AT320_UM_E0
Figure10.70:LTEdownlinkresourceblocks
Figure10.71:LTEuplinkresourceblocks
10.8.2.2 TheOptionsontheCalculationParametersTab
TheLTEcalculationparametersinclude:
MininterfererC/Nthreshold:Minimumrequirementforinterfererstobeconsideredincalculations.Interferingcells
fromwhichthereceivedcarrierpowertonoiseratioislessthanthisthresholdarediscarded.
Forexample,settingthisvalueto20dBmeansthatinterferingcellsfromwhichthereceivedsignalsare100times
lower than the thermal noise level will be discarded in calculations. The calculation performance of interference
based coverage predictions, interference matrices calculations, and Monte Carlo simulations can be improved by
settingahighvalueforthisthreshold.
Height: The receiver height at which the path loss matrices and coverage predictions are calculated. Calculations
madeonmobileusers(fromtrafficmaps)inMonteCarlosimulationsarealsocarriedoutatthisreceiverheight.Cal
culationsmadeonfixedsubscribers(fromsubscriberlists)inMonteCarlosimulationsarecarriedoutattheirrespec
tiveheights.
Maxrange:Themaximumcoveragerangeoftransmittersinthenetwork.
YoucanchangeglobalnetworksettingsinthepropertiesdialogueoftheLTENetworkSettingsfolder.
Tosetthenetworklevelparameters:
2. RightclicktheLTENetworkSettingsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelecttheGlobalParameterstab.Inthistabyoucansettheframestructureparameters.
975
Forsk2013
UnderFramestructureyoucanmodifythefollowing:theDefaultcyclicprefix,thePDCCHoverhead,thePUCCHover
head,and,forTDDnetworks,theSwitchingpointperiodicityandtheSpecialsubframeconfiguration.
SwitchingpointperiodicityandSpecialsubframeconfigurationarehiddenwhenthereis
noTDDfrequencybanddefinedintheFrequencyBandstable(see"DefiningFrequency
Bands"onpage972.
5. ClicktheAdvancedbutton.TheAdvancedParametersdialogueappears.
6. IntheAdvancedParametersdialogue,youcanset:
Downlinktransmitpowercalculation:UnderDownlinktransmitpowercalculation,youcanselectthedownlink
referencesignalEPREcalculationmethodorsetittouserdefined.
Bestserverselection:Inthissection,youcanchoosetheservingcelllayerselectionCriterionandMethod.
Uplinkpoweradjustment:Inthissection,youcanentertheuplinkpoweradjustmentMargin.
AdaptiveMIMOswitching:Inthissection,youcanchoosetheadaptiveMIMOswitchingCriterion.
MUMIMO:Inthissection,youcanchoosetheMUMIMOactivationCriterion.
Multiantennainterferencecalculation:Inthissection,youcanchoosethemultiantennainterferencecalcula
tionMethod.
Figure10.72:LTEGlobalParameters
7. SelecttheCalculationParameterstab.Inthistabyoucanset:
Calculationlimitation:Inthissection,youcanentertheMininterfererC/Nthreshold.
Receiver:Inthissection,youcanenterthereceiverHeight.
System:Inthissection,selecttheMaxrangecheckboxifyouwanttoapplyamaximumsystemrangelimit,and
enterthemaximumsystemrangeinthetextboxtotheright.
8. ClickOK.Theglobalparametersareusedduringcoveragepredictionsandsimulationsfortheentirenetwork.
10.8.3 DefiningNetworkDeploymentLayers
AnLTEnetworkcanbedeployedinmultiplelayersofheterogeneouscells,i.e.,ofdifferentsizes(macro,micro,smallcells,
etc.),andpossiblyusingdifferentfrequencies.SuchLTEnetworksarereferredtoasHetNets,orheterogeneousnetworks.In
Atoll,differentnetworklayerswithdifferentprioritiesandselectionmarginscanbedefinedforyourLTEnetwork.Duringcell
selection,networklayerprioritiesandselectionmarginsaretakenintoaccounttodeterminetheservingcells.
Tocreateanewnetworklayer:
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheNetworkSettingsfolder.
3. IntheNetworkSettingsfolder,rightclickLayers.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheLayerstableappears.
5. IntheLayerstable,eachrowdescribesanetworklayer.Forthenewnetworklayer,enter:
976
Index:ThelayerindexisautomaticallyassignedbyAtolltoeachnewlayerthatyoucreate.
Name:Thenameofthenetworklayer.
AT320_UM_E0
Priority:Thepriorityofthenetworklayer.
Maxspeed(km/h):Thehighestspeedofamobileuserthatcanconnecttocellsofthislayer.
Selectionmargin(dB):ThemarginwithrespecttothehighestreceivedreferencesignallevelorRSRPwithinwhich
thecellsofthislayerarecandidatesforselectionasservers.
6. Whenyouhavefinishedaddingnetworklayers,clicktheClosebutton(
).
10.8.4 DefiningFrameConfigurations
Frame configurations model channel and frame structure parameters for different channel bandwidths and cells. Frame
configurationsalsodefineICICrelatedparametersforcellsusingstaticdownlinkoruplinkICIC.
Tocreateanewframeconfiguration:
3. IntheLTENetworkSettingsfolder,rightclickFrameConfigurations.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheFrameConfigurationstableappears.
5. IntheFrameConfigurationstable,eachrowdescribesaframeconfiguration.Forthenewframeconfiguration,enter:
Name:Thenameoftheframeconfiguration.
Totalnumberoffrequencyblocks:Thetotalnumberoffrequencyblockstowhichtheframeconfigurationcorre
spond.
PDCCHoverhead:ThePhysicalDownlinkControlChanneloverheadintermsofnumbersofOFDMsymbolsper
subframe.Ifthisfieldisleftempty,Atollusesthedefaultoverheaddefinedintheglobalnetworkparameters.
PUCCHoverhead:ThePhysicalUplinkControlChanneloverheadintermsofaveragenumbersoffrequencyblocks
perchannel.Ifthisfieldisleftempty,Atollusesthedefaultoverheaddefinedintheglobalnetworkparameters.
Cyclicprefixratio:Thecyclicprefixratio.Ifthisfieldisleftempty,Atollusesthedefaultcyclicprefixratiodefined
intheglobalnetworkparameters.
PRACHpreambleformat:ThePRACHpreambleformatimposesamaximumrangeofaservingcell.Whendeter
miningthebestserver,Atollcheckswhetherthedistanceofthestudiedpixel,subscriber,ormobilefromacellis
lessthanorequaltothedistancecorrespondingtotheroundtriptimeallowedbythecellsPRACHpreamble
format.Forexample,acellwithPRACHpreambleformat0canbebestserverwithinadistance14521m.Ifthe
PRACHpreambleformatisleftempty,thebestservercoverageisnotlimitedbydistance.ThePRACHpreamble
formatdoesnotlimitinterferencefromanycell.
ThePRACHpreambleformat4canonlybeusedforTDDcells.Thebestservercov
eragelimitduetoPRACHpreambleformat4isonlyusedwhenacellusesaTDD
frequencybandand:
Normalcyclicprefixwithspecialsubframeconfigurationhigherthan4,or
Extendedcyclicprefixwithspecialsubframeconfigurationhigherthan3.
IfacellsPRACHpreambleformatissetto4buttheaboveconditionsarenottrue,
PRACHpreambleformat0isusedinthecalculationsinstead.
The PRACH preamble format models the distancerelated boundary of the best
servercoverage.InordertomodelthePRACHoverhead,youmustusetheMax
TrafficLoad(UL)(%)fieldavailablepercell.Forexample,foraPRACHoverheadof
5%oftheframe,youcansettheMaxTrafficLoad(UL)(%)to95%.
ICICmode:Theintercellinterferencecoordinationmethod.YoucanselectfromTimeswitchedFFR,HardFFR,
SoftFFR,andPartialSoftFFR.FormoreinformationondifferentICICmodes,see"IntercellInterferenceCoordi
nation"onpage987.
Celledgepowerboost(DL)(dB):Thedownlinkcelledgepowerboost,i.e.,theratioofthepowertransmittedon
thecelledgeresourceblockswithrespecttothepowertransmittedoncellcentreresourceblocks,forSoftFFR
andPartialSoftFFRICICmodes.Ifyouleavethiscolumnempty,Atollautomaticallycalculatesthepowerboost
dependingonthenumbersofcellcentreandcelledgefrequencyblocks.
Group0frequencyblocks:ThefrequencyblocksassociatedwithPSSID0.
Youcanenternonconsecutivefrequencyblocknumbersseparatedwithacomma,oryoucanenterarangeof
frequencyblocksseparatingthefirstandlastindexwithahyphen(forexample,entering"15"correspondsto"1,
2,3,4,5").
977
Forsk2013
IntimeswitchedandsoftFFR,thefrequencyblockgroupassociatedwithacellsPSSIDservescellcentreaswell
ascelledgeusers.Theothertwofrequencyblockgroups,associatedwiththeothertwoPSSIDs,onlyservecell
centreusers.
InhardandpartialsoftFFR,thefrequencyblockgroupassociatedwithacellsPSSIDcoverscellcentreaswellas
celledgeusers.Theothertwofrequencyblockgroups,associatedwiththeothertwoPSSIDs,serveneithercell
edgenorcellcentreusers.
)toclosetheFrameConfigurationstable.
10.8.5 DefiningLTERadioBearers
LTEradiobearerscarrythedataintheuplinkaswellasinthedownlink.IntheAtollLTEmodule,a"bearer"referstoacombi
nationofMCS,i.e.,modulation,andcodingschemes.TheRadioBearerstableliststheavailableradiobearers.Youcanadd,
remove,andmodifybearerproperties,ifyouwant.
TodefineLTEbearers:
3. IntheLTENetworkSettingsfolder,rightclickRadioBearers.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheRadioBearerstableappears.
5. Inthetable,enteronebearerperrow.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"
onpage69.ForeachLTEbearer,enter:
Radiobearerindex:Enterabearerindex.Thisbearerindexisusedtoidentifythebearerinothertables,suchas
thebearerselectionthresholdsandthequalitygraphsinreceptionequipment.
Name:Enteranameforthebearer,forexample,"16QAM3/4."Thisnamewillappearinotherdialoguesand
results.
Modulation:Selectamodulationfromthelistofavailablemodulationtypes.Thiscolumnisforinformationand
displaypurposesonly.
Codingrate:Enterthecodingrateusedbythebearer.Thiscolumnisforinformationanddisplaypurposesonly.
Bearerefficiency(bits/symbol):Enterthenumberofusefulbitsthatthebearercancarryinasymbol.Thisinfor
mationisusedinthroughputcalculations.
Forinformationontherelationbetweenbearerefficiencyandspectralefficiency,see"RelationBetweenBearer
EfficiencyAndSpectralEfficiency"onpage993.
)toclosetheLTEBearerstable.
10.8.6 DefiningLTEQualityIndicators
Qualityindicatorsdepictthecoveragequalityatdifferentlocations.TheQualityIndicatorstableliststheavailablequalityindi
cators.Youcanadd,remove,andmodifyqualityindicators,ifyouwant.
Todefinequalityindicators:
3. IntheLTENetworkSettingsfolder,rightclickQualityIndicators.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheQualityIndicatorstableappears.
5. Inthetable,enteronequalityindicatorperrow.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithData
Tables"onpage69.Foreachqualityindicator,enter:
Name:Enteranameforthequalityindicator,forexample,"BLER"forBlockErrorRate.Thisnamewillappearin
otherdialoguesandresults.
Usedfordataservices:Selectthischeckboxtoindicatethatthisqualityindicatorcanbeusedfordataservices.
Usedforvoiceservices:Selectthischeckboxtoindicatethatthisqualityindicatorcanbeusedforvoiceservices.
)toclosetheQualityIndicatorstable.
10.8.7 DefiningLTEReceptionEquipment
LTEreceptionequipmentmodelthereceptioncharacteristicsofcellsanduserterminals.Bearerselectionthresholds,quality
indicatorgraphs,andMIMOgainsaredefinedinLTEreceptionequipment.
978
AT320_UM_E0
Tocreateanewpieceofreceptionequipment:
3. IntheLTENetworkSettingsfolder,rightclickReceptionEquipment.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheReceptionEquipmenttableappears.
5. IntheReceptionEquipmenttable,eachrowdescribesapieceofequipment.Forthenewpieceofequipmentyouare
creating,enteritsname.
6. DoubleclicktheequipmententryintheReceptionEquipmenttableonceyournewequipmenthasbeenaddedtothe
table.TheequipmentsPropertiesdialogueopens.
ThePropertiesdialoguehasthefollowingtabs:
General:Onthistab,youcandefinetheNameofthereceptionequipment.
Thresholds:Onthistab(seeFigure10.73),youcanmodifythebearerselectionthresholdsandadaptiveMIMO
switching(AMS)andMUMIMOactivationthresholdsfordifferentmobilitytypes.
Abearerisselectedfordatatransferatagivenpixelifthereceivedcarriertointerferenceandnoiseratioishigh
erthanitsselectionthreshold.Formoreinformationonbearers,see"DefiningLTERadioBearers"onpage978.
AMSthresholdistheRSC/N,RSC/(I+N),orPDSCHorPUSCHC/(I+N)threshold,accordingtotheoptionsetinthe
Advancedparameters("TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage973),forswitchingfromSUMIMOtotransmitor
receivediversity.MUMIMOactivationthresholdistheminimumrequiredRSC/N,RSC/(I+N),orPUSCHC/(I+N)
for activating MUMIMO. For more information on MIMO, see "Multiple Input Multiple Output Systems" on
page986.
Figure10.73:ReceptionEquipmentBearerSelectionThresholds
i.
ClicktheSelectionthresholdsbutton.TheC/(I+N)Thresholds(dB)dialogueappears(seeFigure10.74).
ii. Enterthegraphvalues.
iii. ClickOK.
Figure10.74:C/(I+N)Thresholds(dB)dialogue
979
Forsk2013
Formoreinformationonthedefaultvaluesofthebearerselectionthresholds,see"BearerSelectionThresholds"
on page992. For converting receiver equipment sensitivity values (dBm) into bearer selection thresholds, see
"CalculatingBearerSelectionThresholdsFromReceiverSensitivityValues"onpage992.
QualityGraphs:Onthistab(seeFigure10.75),youcanmodifythequalityindicatorgraphsfordifferentbearers
andfordifferentmobilitytypes.Thesegraphsdepicttheperformancecharacteristicsoftheequipmentunderdif
ferentradioconditions.Formoreinformationonbearers,qualityindicators,andmobilitytypes,see"DefiningLTE
RadioBearers"onpage978,"DefiningLTEQualityIndicators"onpage978,and"ModellingMobilityTypes"on
page871,respectively.
Figure10.75:ReceptionEquipmentQualityIndicatorGraphs
i.
ClicktheQualitygraphbutton.TheQualityGraphdialogueappears(seeFigure10.76).
iii. ClickOK.
Figure10.76:QualityIndicatorGraph
980
PDSCH/PUSCHMIMOGains:Onthistab(seeFigure10.77),youcanmodifytheSUMIMOanddiversitygainsfor
differentbearers,mobilitytypes,BLERvalues,andnumbersoftransmissionandreceptionantennaports.The
MIMO throughput gain is the increase in channel capacity compared to a SISO system. Diversity gains can be
defined for different diversity modes: transmit/receive diversity, SUMIMO, and MUMIMO. Diversity gain is
appliedtothePDSCHorPUSCHC/NandC/(I+N)whenthediversitymodeistransmitorreceivediversity.SU
MIMOdiversitygainisappliedtothePDSCHorPUSCHC/NandC/(I+N)whenthediversitymodeisSUMIMO.MU
MIMOdiversitygainisappliedtothePUSCHC/NandC/(I+N)whenthediversitymodeisMUMIMO.
AT320_UM_E0
Formoreinformationonbearersandmobilitytypes,see"DefiningLTERadioBearers"onpage978and"Modelling
MobilityTypes"onpage871,respectively.FormoreinformationonthedifferentMIMOsystems,see"Multiple
InputMultipleOutputSystems"onpage986.
NoMIMOgain(diversity,SUMIMO,andMUMIMO)isappliedifthenumbersoftransmis
sionandreceptionantennasarebothequalto1.
Figure10.77:ReceptionEquipmentPDSCH/PUSCHMIMOGains
i.
ClicktheMaxMIMOgaingraphsbutton.TheMaxMIMOGaindialogueappears(seeFigure10.78).
iii. ClickOK.
Youcandefinethegainsforanycombinationofmobilitytype,bearer,andBLER,aswellasthedefaultgainsfor
"All"mobilitytypes,"All"bearers,andaMaxBLERof1.Duringcalculations,Atollusesthegainsdefinedforaspe
cificcombinationifavailable,otherwiseitusesthedefaultgains.
Figure10.78:MaxMIMOGaindialogue
PBCH/PDCCHMIMOGains:Onthistab(seeFigure10.79),youcanenterdiversitygainsforPBCHandPDCCHfor
differentmobilitytypes,andnumbersoftransmissionandreceptionantennaports.ThePBCHdiversitygainis
appliedtothePBCHC/NandC/(I+N)whenthecellandterminalbothsupportanyformofMIMOindownlink.The
PDCCHdiversitygainisappliedtothePDCCHC/NandC/(I+N)whenthecellandterminalbothsupportanyform
ofMIMOindownlink.
981
Forsk2013
Figure10.79:ReceptionEquipmentPBCH/PDCCHMIMOGains
7. ClickOK.ThePropertiesdialoguecloses.Thesettingsarestored.
)toclosetheReceptionEquipmenttable.
10.8.8 DefiningLTESchedulers
InAtoll,schedulersperformtheselectionofusersforresourceallocation,theradioresourceallocationandmanagement
accordingtotheQoSclassesoftheservicesbeingaccessedbytheselectedusers.
Theschedulingprocessiscomposedofthefollowingthreesteps:
1. Selectionofusersforresourceallocation:TheMaxnumberofusersdefinedforeachcellisthemaximumnumberof
usersthatthecellsschedulercanworkwithsimultaneously.Atthestartoftheschedulingprocess,thescheduler
keepsonlyasmanyusersasthemaximumnumberdefinedforresourceallocation.Ifnolimithasbeenset,allthe
usersgeneratedduringMonteCarlosimulationsforthiscellareconsidered,andtheschedulercontinuestoallocate
resourcesaslongasthereareremainingresources.
2. ResourceallocationforsupportingtheMinthroughputdemands:Thisistheminimumthroughputthataservice
mustgetinordertoworkproperly.Thescheduleriseitherabletoallocatetheexactamountofresourcesrequiredto
fullysupporttheminimumthroughputdemands,ortheservicedoesnotgetanyresourcesatall.
Theschedulerallocatesresources,forsupportingtheminimumthroughputdemands,intheorderofservicepriority.
TheeffectiveservicepriorityisdeterminedbasedontheQoSclassidentifier(QCI)andtheintraQCIprioritydefined
fortheservice.Forexample,theorderofresourceallocationwillbeasfollows:usersoftheservicewiththeQoSclass
identifierthathasthehighestpriorityandthehighestintraQCIprioritytousersoftheservicewiththeQoSclassiden
tifierthathasthelowestpriorityandthelowestintraQCIpriority.
Inordertobeconnected,usersactiveindownlinkanduplinkmustbeabletogettheirminimumthroughputinboth
directions. If a user active in downlink and uplink gets his minimum throughput in only one direction, he will be
rejected.
3. ResourceallocationforsupportingtheMaxthroughputdemands:Oncetheresourceshavebeenallocatedforsup
portingtheminimumthroughputdemandsinthepreviousstep,theremainingresourcescanbeallocatedindifferent
waystosupportthemaximumthroughputdemandsoftheusers.
Forallocatingresourcestosupportthemaximumthroughputdemands,thefollowingtypesofschedulingmethods
areavailable:
982
Proportionalfair:Theproportionalfairschedulingmethodallocatesthesameamountofresourcestoalltheusers
withamaximumthroughputdemand.Therefore,theresourcesallocatedtoeachuserareeithertheresourcesit
requires to achieve its maximum throughput demand or the total amount of resources divided by the total
numberofusersinthecell,whicheverissmaller.Theproportionalfairschedulercanalsomodeltheeffectof
resourceschedulingovertime,i.e.,howaproportionalfairschedulerbenefitsfromfastfading,byapplyingmulti
userdiversitygains(MUG)touserthroughputs.
AT320_UM_E0
Proportional demand: The proportional demand scheduling method allocates resources proportional to the
demandsofuserswhohaveamaximumthroughputdemand.Therefore,userswithhighermaximumthroughput
demandswillhavehigherresultingthroughputsthantheuserswithlowermaximumthroughputdemands.
RoundRobin:Theroundrobinschedulingmethodallocatesthesameamountofresourcestoalltheuserswitha
maximumthroughputdemand.Therefore,theresourcesallocatedtoeachuserareeithertheresourcesitrequires
toachieveitsmaximumthroughputdemandorthetotalamountofresourcesdividedbythetotalnumberofusers
inthecell,whicheverissmaller.
Max C/I: This scheduling method allocates the resources required by the users to achieve their maximum
throughputdemandsintheorderoftheirPDSCHC/(I+N) indownlinkandoftheirPUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)in
uplink.Thismeansthatuserswhoareundergoodradioconditionswillgettheresourcestheyrequire.Theend
resultofthisschedulingmethodisthattheaggregatecellthroughputsaremaximised.
Foralltheschedulingmethods,resourcesareallocatedtosupportthemaximumthroughputdemanduntileitherthe
maximumthroughputdemandsofalltheusersaresatisfiedortheschedulerrunsoutofresources.
TheSchedulerstableliststheavailableschedulers.Youcanadd,remove,andmodifyschedulerproperties,ifyouwant.
TodefineLTEschedulers:
3. IntheLTENetworkSettingsfolder,rightclickSchedulers.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheSchedulerstableappears.
5. In the table, enter one scheduler per row. For information on working with data tables, see "Working with Data
Tables"onpage69.Foreachscheduler,enter:
Name:Enteranameforthescheduler.Thisnamewillappearinthecellproperties.
Schedulingmethod:Selecttheschedulingmethodusedbytheschedulerforallocatingresourcestosupportthe
maximumthroughputdemands.
Targetthroughputforvoiceservices:Selectthethroughputthattheschedulerwilltargettosatisfyforallvoice
typeservices.
Targetthroughputfordataservices:Selectthethroughputthattheschedulerwilltargettosatisfyforalldata
typeservices.
Bearerselectioncriterion:Selectthecriterionfortheselectionofthebestbearer.
Bearerindex:Thebestbearerselectedforthroughputcalculationsistheonewiththehighestbearerindex
amongthebearersavailableinthereceptionequipment.
PeakRLCthroughput:Thebestbearerselectedforthroughputcalculationsistheonewiththehighestpeak
RLCthroughput(includingSUMIMOgains)amongthebearersavailableinthereceptionequipment.
EffectiveRLCthroughput:Thebestbearerselectedforthroughputcalculationsistheonewiththehighest
effectiveRLCthroughput(includingSUMIMOgains)amongthebearersavailableinthereceptionequipment.
Uplinkbandwidthallocationtarget:Selecttheaimoftheuplinkbandwidthallocation.
Fullbandwidth:AllthefrequencyblocksareusedforthePUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)calculations,i.e.,noband
widthreductionisperformed.
Maintainconnection:ThenumberoffrequencyblocksisreducedonebyoneinordertoincreasethePUSCH
&PUCCHC/(I+N)sothatthemobileisabletogetatleastthelowestbearer.
Bestbearer:ThenumberoffrequencyblocksisreducedinordertoincreasethePUSCH&PUCCHC/(I+N)so
thatthemobileisabletogetthehighestbeareravailable.Thedefinitionofthehighestbearerdependsonthe
Bearerselectioncriterion,i.e.,highestindex,highestpeakRLCthroughput,orhighesteffectiveRLCthrough
put.
When the Bearer selection criterion is set to Effective RLC throughput, Atoll calculates the effective RLC
throughputforallpossiblecombinationsof[numberoffrequencyblocks,bearers],andkeepsthenumberof
frequencyblocksandthebearerwhichprovidethehighesteffectiveRLCthroughput.
YoucanopenaschedulerspropertiesdialoguebydoubleclickingthecorrespondingrowintheSchedulerstable.In
thepropertiesdialogue,aMUGtabisavailableforProportionalfairschedulers.OntheMUGtab,youcanenterthe
throughputgainsduetomultiuserdiversityfordifferentmobilitytypesandthemaximumPDSCHandPUSCHC/(I+N)
abovewhichthegainsarenotappliedtothroughput.
)toclosetheSchedulerstable.
10.8.9 DefiningLTEUECategories
LTEuserequipmentcapabilitiesarestandardisedintodifferentcategoriesaccordingto3GPPspecifications.
983
Forsk2013
ToeditaUEcategory:
3. IntheLTENetworkSettingsfolder,rightclickUECategories.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTable.TheLTEUECategoriestableappears.
5. TheLTEUECategoriestablehasthefollowingcolumns:
Name:NameoftheUEcategory.
MaxnumberoftransportblockbitsperTTI(DL):Themaximumnumberoftransportblockbitspersubframein
thedownlink.Thisparameterdefinesthehighestdownlinkthroughputthataterminalcansupport.
MaxnumberoftransportblockbitsperTTI(UL):Themaximumnumberoftransportblockbitspersubframein
theuplink.Thisparameterdefinesthehighestuplinkthroughputthataterminalcansupport.
Highestsupportedmodulation(UL):Thehighestmodulationsupportedintheuplink.
Maxnumberofreceptionantennaports:Themaximumnumberofantennaportssupportedbyaterminalinthe
downlink.
)toclosetheLTEUECategoriestable.
10.8.10 SmartAntennaSystems
Smartantennasystemsusedigitalsignalprocessingwithmorethanoneantennaelementinordertolocateandtrackvarious
types of signals to dynamically minimise interference and maximise the useful signal reception. Different types of smart
antennamodellingtechniquesexist,includingbeamswitching,beamsteering,beamforming,etc.Adaptiveantennasystems
arecapableofusingadaptivealgorithmstocanceloutinterferingsignals.
Atollincludesabeamformingsmartantennamodelthatsupportslinearadaptivearraysystems.Thesmartantennamodel
dynamicallycalculatesandappliesweightsoneachantennaelementinordertocreatebeamsinthedirectionofservedusers.
Theantennapatternsthuscreatedhaveamainbeampointedinthedirectionoftheusefulsignal.TDDLTEnetworksaremore
suitableforsmartantennasthanFDDbecauseofthesimilaruplinkanddownlinkchannelcharacteristicsinTDD.Information
gatheredfromamobileintheuplinkcanbeassumedvalidfordownlinkaswell.
AtollsLTEmoduleincludesaconventionalbeamformingsmartantennamodel.Theconventionalbeamformerworksbyform
ingbeamsinthedirectionoftheservedmobiles.
ModellinginMonteCarloSimulations:
Inthedownlink,thepowertransmittedtowardstheservedmobilefromacelliscalculatedbyformingabeaminthat
direction.Forcellsusingsmartantennas,thesmartantennaweightsaredynamicallycalculatedforeachmobilebeing
served.BeamformingisperformedininterferedaswellasinterferingcellsandthedownlinkC/(I+N)iscalculatedby
takingintoaccounttheeffectsofbeamforming.
Thesmartantennasimulationresultsincludetheangulardistributionofthetransmittedpowerspectraldensityfor
eachcell.Theseresultsarethenusedtocarryoutinterferencebasedcoveragepredictionsforthebasestationsusing
smartantennas.
ModellinginCoveragePredictions:
ThesmartantennaresultsofMonteCarlosimulationsareusedincoveragepredictions.Beamformingisperformedto
calculatethesmartantennagaintowardseachpixelofthestudiedcelldynamicallyinordertodeterminethereceived
power. To calculate the interference, the simulation results for the angular distributions of downlink transmitted
powerspectraldensityareusedinordertodeterminethepowertransmittedbyaninterferingcellinthedirectionof
eachservedpixelofthestudiedcell.
ThefollowingsectionexplainshowtoworkwithsmartantennaequipmentinAtoll:
"DefiningSmartAntennaEquipment"onpage984.
10.8.10.1 DefiningSmartAntennaEquipment
Smartantennaequipmentmodeladaptiveantennaarraysystemswithmorethanoneantennaelement.
Tocreatesmartantennaequipment:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheSmartAntennasfolder.
4. IntheSmartAntennasfolder,rightclickSmartAntennaEquipment.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheSmartAntennaEquipmenttableappears.
984
AT320_UM_E0
6. IntheSmartAntennaEquipmenttable,eachrowdescribesapieceofsmartantennaequipment.Forinformationon
workingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.Forthenewsmartantennaequipment,enter:
Name:Enteranameforthesmartantennaequipment.
Antennamodel:SelectConventionalBeamformerfromthelist.
Mainantennamodel:Selectthemainantennamodeltobeusedwiththesmartantennaequipment.Thelistcon
tainstheantennasavailableintheAntennastable.Whenyouassignthesmartantennaequipmenttoatrans
mitter,youcanchoosetoreplacethecurrentmainantennamodelwiththismodel.
7. DoubleclicktheequipmententryintheSmartAntennaEquipmenttableonceyournewequipmenthasbeenadded
tothetable.TheequipmentsPropertiesdialogueopens.
8. UndertheGeneraltab,youcanmodifytheparametersthatyousetpreviously.
9. Tomodifythepropertiesofthesmartantennamodelassignedtothesmartantennaequipment,clicktheParameters
buttonunderSmartantennamodels.Thesmartantennamodelspropertiesdialogueappears.
a. ClicktheGeneraltab.OntheGeneraltab,youcanchangethedefaultNameofthesmartantennamodel.
b. ClickthePropertiestab(seeFigure10.80).OnthePropertiestab,youcandefine:
Numberofelements:Thenumberofantennaelementsinthesmartantennasystem.
Singleelementpattern:Theantennamodeltobeusedforeachantennaelement.Youcanselectanantenna
modelfromthelist.ThelistcontainstheantennasavailableintheAntennasfolder.
Diversitygain(crosspolarisation):SelecttheDiversitygain(crosspolarisation)checkboxifyouareusing
crosspolarisedsmartantennasandwanttoadddiversitygainstothecalculateddownlink(allchannelsexcept
RS)beamforminggains.YoucandefinethediversitygainsperclutterclassontheCluttertabofthesmart
antennamodelspropertiesdialogue.
Figure10.80:SmartantennamodelPropertiestab
c. ClicktheCluttertab(seeFigure10.81).OntheCluttertab,youcandefinethefollowingparametersperclutter
class:
Arraygainoffset(dB):EnteranoffsettobeaddedtothecalculatedbeamformingarraygainsonthePDSCH.
Positiveoffsetvaluesareconsideredasgainswhilenegativevaluesaslosses.
Powercombininggainoffset(dB):Enteranoffsettobeaddedtothecalculatedpowercombininggainson
theRS,SS,PBCH,PDCCH,andPDSCH.Positiveoffsetvaluesareconsideredasgainswhilenegativevaluesas
losses.
Diversity gain (crosspolarisation) (dB): Enter the diversity gains for crosspolarised smart antennas to be
appliedtotheSS,PBCH,PDCCH,andPDSCH.
985
Forsk2013
Figure10.81:SmartantennamodelCluttertab
d. ClickOK.Thesmartantennamodelpropertiesaresaved.
10. ClickOK.Thesmartantennaequipmentpropertiesaresaved.
)toclosetheSmartAntennaEquipmenttable.
10.8.11 MultipleInputMultipleOutputSystems
MultipleInputMultipleOutput(MIMO)systemsusedifferenttransmissionandreceptiondiversitytechniques.MIMOdiver
sitysystemscanroughlybedividedintothefollowingtypes,allofwhicharemodelledinAtoll:
TransmitandReceiveDiversity
Transmitorreceivediversityusesmorethanonetransmissionorreceptionantennatosendorreceivemorethanonecopy
ofthesamesignal.Thesignalsareconstructivelycombined(usingoptimumselectionormaximumratiocombining)atthe
receivertoextracttheusefulsignal.Asthereceivergetsmorethanonecopyoftheusefulsignal,thesignallevelatthereceiver
after combination of all the copies is more resistant to interference than a single signal would be. Therefore, diversity
improvestheC/(I+N)atthereceiver.ItisoftenusedfortheregionsofacellthathaveinsufficientC/(I+N)conditions.
InAtoll,youcansetwhetheracellsupportstransmitorreceivediversitybyselectingthecorrespondingdiversitysupport
modesincellproperties(see"CellDescription"onpage825).Diversitygainsondownlinkanduplinkcanbedefinedinthe
receptionequipmentfordifferentnumbersoftransmissionandreceptionantennaports,mobilitytypes,bearers,andmaxi
mum BLER. For more information on uplink and downlink diversity gains, see "Defining LTE Reception Equipment" on
page978.Additionalgainvaluescanbedefinedperclutterclass.Forinformationonsettingtheadditionaluplinkanddown
linkdiversitygainforeachclutterclassorforallclutterclasses,see"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143.
DuringcalculationsinAtoll,auser(pixel,mobile,orsubscriber)usingaMIMOcapableterminal,andconnectedtoacellthat
supportstransmitorreceivediversity,willbenefitfromthedownlinkoruplinkdiversityC/(I+N)gains.
SingleUserMIMOorSpatialMultiplexing
SUMIMOusesmorethanonetransmissionantennatosenddifferentsignals(datastreams)oneachantenna.Thereceiver
canalsohavemorethanoneantennatoreceivedifferentsignals.UsingspatialmultiplexingwithMtransmissionandNrecep
tionantennaports,thethroughputoverthetransmitterreceiverlinkcanbetheoreticallyincreasedMorNtimes,whichever
issmaller,MorN.SUMIMOimprovesthethroughput(channelcapacity)foragivenC/(I+N),andisusedfortheregionsofa
cellthathavesufficientC/(I+N)conditions.SUMIMO(singleuserMIMO)isalsoreferredtoasSM(spatialmultiplexing)or
simplyMIMO.
InAtoll,youcansetwhetheracellsupportsSUMIMObyselectingthecorrespondingdiversitysupportmodeincellproperties
(see "Cell Description" on page825). SUMIMO capacity gains can be defined in the reception equipment for different
numbersoftransmissionandreceptionantennaports,mobilitytypes,bearers,andmaximumBLER.Formoreinformationon
SUMIMOgains,see"DefiningLTEReceptionEquipment"onpage978.
supportsSUMIMO,willbenefitfromtheSUMIMOgaininitsthroughputdependingonitsPDSCHorPUSCHC/(I+N).
AsSUMIMOimprovesthechannelcapacityorthroughputs,thePDSCHorPUSCHC/(I+N)ofauserisfirstdetermined.Once
theC/(I+N)isknown,Atollcalculatestheuserthroughputbasedonthebeareravailableattheuserlocation.Theobtained
userthroughputisthenincreasedaccordingtotheSUMIMOcapacitygainandtheSUMIMOgainfactoroftheusersclutter
class.ThecapacitygainsdefinedinMaxSUMIMOgaingraphsarethemaximumtheoreticalcapacitygainsusingSUMIMO.
986
AT320_UM_E0
SUMIMOrequiresrichmultipathenvironment,withoutwhichthegainisreduced.Intheworstcase,thereisnogain.There
fore,itispossibletodefineanSUMIMOgainfactorperclutterclasswhosevaluecanvaryfrom0to1(0=nogain,1=100%
gain).ForinformationonsettingtheSUMIMOgainfactorforeachclutterclassorforallclutterclasses,see"DefiningClutter
ClassProperties"onpage143.
TheSUMIMOcapacitygainvs.C/(I+N)graphsavailableinAtollbydefaulthavebeengeneratedbasedonthemaximumtheo
reticalSUMIMOcapacitygainsobtainedusingthefollowingequations:
CC MIMO
G MIMO = --------------------CC SISO
Min N Ant N Ant
RX
C I + N
Where CCMIMO = Min N TX
isthechannelcapacityatagivenC/(I+N)foraMIMOsystem
Ant N Ant Log 2 1 + -----------------------------------------TX
RX
RX
using N TX
Ant transmission and N Ant reception antenna ports. CC SISO = Log 2 1 + C I + N is the channel capacity for a
singleantennasystematagivenC/(I+N).C/(I+N)isusedasaratio(notdB)intheseformulas.Youcanreplacethedefault
SUMIMOcapacitygaingraphswithgraphsextractedfromsimulatedormeasuredvalues.
AdaptiveMIMOSwitch
ThisisatechniqueforswitchingfromSUMIMOtotransmitorreceivediversityasthereferencesignalconditionsgetworse
thanagiventhreshold.AMScanbeusedincellstoprovideSUMIMOgainstousersthathavebetterreferencesignalC/Nor
C/(I+N)conditionsthanagivenAMSthreshold,anddiversitygainstousersthathaveworsereferencesignalC/NorC/(I+N)
conditions than the threshold. AMS provides the optimum solution using transmit and receive diversity and SUMIMO
featurestotheirbest.
supportsAMS,willbenefitfromthegaintobeapplied,diversityorSUMIMO,dependingontheusersRSC/N,RSC/(I+N),or
PDSCHorPUSCHC/(I+N)andtheAMSthresholddefinedinthereceptionequipment.Diversitygainisappliedtotheusers
PDSCHorPUSCHC/(I+N)ifthevalueoftheselectedAMScriterionislessthantheAMSthreshold,andSUMIMOisusedifthe
valueortheselectedAMScriterionishigherthantheAMSthreshold.
MultiUserMIMOorCollaborativeMIMO
MUMIMO(MultiUserMIMO)orcollaborativeMIMOisatechniqueforspatiallymultiplexingtwouserwhohavesufficient
radioconditionsattheirlocations.Thistechniqueisusedinuplinksothatacellwithmorethanonereceptionantennaport
canreceiveuplinktransmissionsfromtwodifferentusersoverthesamefrequencytimeallocation.Thistechniqueprovides
considerablecapacitygainsinuplink,andcanbeusedwithsingleantennauserequipment,i.e.,itdoesnotrequiremorethan
oneantennaattheuserequipmentasopposedtoSUMIMO,whichonlyprovidesconsiderablegainswithmorethanone
antennaattheuserequipment.
InAtoll,youcansetwhetheracellsupportsMUMIMOinuplinkbyselectingthecorrespondingdiversitysupportmodeincell
properties(see"CellDescription"onpage825).MUMIMOcapacitygainsresultfromtheschedulingandRRMprocess.Using
MUMIMO,schedulersareabletoallocateresourcesovertwospatiallymultiplexedparallelframesinthesamefrequency
timeresourceallocationplane.MUMIMOcanonlyworkundergoodradioconditionsandifthecellhasmorethanonerecep
tionantennaport.Therefore,theRSC/N,RSC/(I+N),orPUSCHC/(I+N)mustbehigherthantheMUMIMOthresholddefined
inthereceptionequipmentinorderfortheschedulertobeabletomultiplexusersinuplink.
DuringthecalculationsofMonteCarlosimulationsinAtoll,eachnewuserconnectedtothefirstantennaportcreatesvirtual
resourcesavailableonthesecondantennaport.Thesevirtualresourcescanthenbeallocatedtoaseconduserconnectedto
thesecondantennaportwithoutincreasingtheoverallloadofthecell.Thisway,eachnewmobileconsumesthevirtual
resourcesmadeavailablebethepreviousmobile,andmaymakenewvirtualresourcesavailableontheotherantennaport.
TheMUMIMOcapacitygainresultingfromthisuplinkcollaborativemultiplexingistheratioofthetrafficloadsofallthe
mobilesconnectedtobothparallelframesinuplinktotheuplinktrafficloadofthecell.TheMUMIMOcapacitygaincanbe
definedpercellbytheuseroritcanbeanoutputoftheMonteCarlosimulations.Thisgainisusedduringthecalculationof
uplinkthroughputcoveragepredictions.ThechannelthroughputismultipliedbythisgainforpixelswhereMUMIMOisused
asthediversitymode.
10.8.12 IntercellInterferenceCoordination
Intercellinterferencecoordinationisameansofimprovingthesignalqualityatcelledgesbyusingdifferentresourcesatcell
edges of potentially mutually interfering cells. There are two categories of interference coordination techniques used in
OFDMAsystems:staticanddynamicintercellinterferencecoordination.
Staticinterferencecoordinationisperformedthroughfractionalfrequencyplanning.Fractionsofachannelareallocatedto
differentsectorsforuseatcelledges.Thisallocationdoesnotchangeovertime.Ontheotherhand,dynamicinterference
coordination,orinterferenceawarescheduling,iscarriedoutbythescheduler.Thereisnofixedfractionalfrequencyalloca
tionpersector.ResourcesallocatedtocelledgeusersaredynamicallydeterminedbytheschedulersofeacheNodeBforeach
subframe.Theaimistonotreusethesameresourcesatcelledgesofpotentiallymutuallyinterferingcells(i.e.,coordinate
theallocationofresources),thusavoidinginterference.
987
Forsk2013
AtollsupportsdifferentformsofstaticICICusingfractionalfrequencyreuse(FFR).Withoutfractionalfrequencyreuse,cells
transmitatconstantpowerovertheentiredurationoftheframeandacrossalltheresourceblocks.Thefactthatneighbouring
cellsusethesameresourceblocksleadstohighinterferenceandpoorsignalqualityatcelledges.
IntimeswitchedFFR,allthepowerisconcentratedonsomeoftheresourceblocksduringapartoftheframewhileothers
arenottransmittedatall.Duringtherestoftheframe,thesamepoweristransmittedoveralltheresourceblocks.Celledges
ofneighbouringcellsarecoveredbydifferentresourceblockstoavoidinterference.
InhardFFR,allthepowerisconcentratedonsomeoftheresourceblocks,whileothersarenottransmittedatall.Neighbour
ingcellsusedifferentresourceblockstoavoidinterferencethroughoutthecoveragearea.
InsoftFFR,someresourceblocksaretransmittedathigherpowerthanothers.Celledgesofneighbouringcellsarecovered
bydifferentresourceblockstoavoidinterference.
InpartialsoftFFR,someresourceblocksaretransmittedathigherpowerthanothers,andsomearenottransmittedatall.
Celledgesofneighbouringcellsarecoveredbydifferentresourceblockstoavoidinterference.
NoFFR
TimeswitchedFFR
HardFFR
SoftFFR
PartialsoftFFR
Figure10.4:VariousstaticICICmodes(P:power,F:frequency
in50%ofthemeasuredcases,theresultwillbebetterandin50%ofthemeasuredcases,theresultwillbeworse.
Atollusesamodelstandarddeviationfortheclutterclasswiththedefinedcelledgecoverageprobabilitytomodeltheeffect
ofshadowingandtherebycreatecoveragepredictionsthatarereliablemorethanfiftypercentofthetime.Theadditional
lossesorgainscausedbyshadowingareknownastheshadowingmargin.Theshadowingmarginisaddedtothepathlosses
calculatedbythepropagationmodel.
InLTEprojects,themodelstandarddeviationisusedtocalculateshadowingmarginsonsignallevels.Youcanalsocalculate
shadowingmarginsonC/Ivalues.ForinformationonsettingthemodelstandarddeviationandtheC/Istandarddeviationsfor
eachclutterclassorforallclutterclasses,see"DefiningClutterClassProperties"onpage143.
ShadowingcanbetakenintoconsiderationwhenAtollcalculatesthesignallevelandC/(I+N)for:
988
AT320_UM_E0
AtollalwaystakesshadowingintoconsiderationwhencalculatingaMonteCarlosimulations.Atollusesthevaluesdefined
forthemodelstandarddeviationsperclutterclasswhencalculatingthesignallevelcoveragepredictions.Atollusesthevalues
definedfortheC/Istandarddeviationsperclutterclasswhencalculatingtheinterferencebasedcoveragepredictions.
Youcandisplaytheshadowingmarginsperclutterclass.Forinformation,see"DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsperClutter
Class"onpage989.
10.8.13.1 DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsperClutterClass
Todisplaytheshadowingmarginsperclutterclass:
3. SelectShadowingMarginsfromthecontextmenu.TheShadowingMarginsdialogueappears.
Celledgecoverageprobability:Entertheprobabilityofcoverageattheedgeofthecell.Thevalueyouenterin
Standarddeviation:Selectthetypeofstandarddeviationtobeusedtocalculatetheshadowingmargin:
Model:Themodelstandarddeviation.Atollwilldisplaytheshadowingmarginofthesignallevel.
C/I:TheC/Istandarddeviation.AtollwilldisplaytheC/Ishadowingmargin.
5. ClickCalculate.Thecalculatedshadowingmarginisdisplayed.
AnalysesofLTEnetworkscoexistingwithothertechnologynetworkscanbecarriedoutinAtoll.Intertechnologyinterfer
encemaycreateconsiderablecapacityreductioninanLTEnetwork.Atollcantakeintoaccountinterferencefromcoexisting
networksinMonteCarlosimulationsandcoveragepredictions.
ThefollowingintertechnologyinterferencescenariosaremodelledinAtoll:
Interferencereceivedbymobilesonthedownlink:InterferencecanbereceivedbymobilesinanLTEnetworkonthe
downlinkfromexternalbasestationsandmobilesinthevicinity.
Interferencefromexternalbasestations(alsocalleddownlinktodownlinkinterference)mightbecreatedbytheuse
ofsameoradjacentcarriers,widebandnoise(thermalnoise,phasenoise,modulationproducts,andspuriousemis
sions),andintermodulation.InAtoll,youcandefineinterferencereductionfactor(IRF)graphsfordifferenttechnol
ogies(GSM,UMTS,CDMA2000,etc.).Thesegraphsarethenusedforcalculatingtheinterferencefromtheexternal
basestationsonmobiles.Thisinterferenceistakenintoaccountinalldownlinkinterferencebasedcalculations.For
moreinformation,see"DefiningIntertechnologyIRFs"onpage990.
Interference from external mobiles (also called uplinktodownlink interference) might be created by insufficient
separationbetweentheuplinkfrequencyusedbytheexternalnetworkandthedownlinkfrequencyusedbyyourLTE
inAtollusingtheIntertechnologyDLnoiserisedefinableforeachcellintheLTEnetwork.Thisnoiseriseistakeninto
accountinalldownlinkinterferencebasedcalculations.FormoreinformationontheIntertechnologyDLnoiserise,
see"CellDescription"onpage825.
Interferencereceivedbycellsontheuplink:InterferencecanbereceivedbycellsofanLTEnetworkontheuplink
989
Forsk2013
separationbetweenthedownlinkfrequencyusedbytheexternalnetworkandtheuplinkfrequencyusedbyyourLTE
network.SuchinterferencemayalsocomefromcoexistingTDDnetworks.
ferenceismodelledinAtollusingtheIntertechnologyULnoiserisedefinableforeachcellintheLTEnetwork.This
noiseriseistakenintoaccountinuplinkinterferencebasedcalculationsinMonteCarlosimulationsbutnotincover
agepredictions.FormoreinformationontheIntertechnologyULnoiserise,see"CellDescription"onpage825.
InterferencereceivedfromexternalbasestationsonmobilesofyourLTEnetworkcanbecalculatedbyAtoll.Atollusesthe
1
ACIR = ------------------------------------1
1
------------- + ----------------ACS ACLR
AnIRFdependson:
Theinterferingtechnology(GSM,UMTS,CDMA2000,etc.)
nalbasestationsislinkedtoyourLTEdocument,i.e.,whenAtollisincoplanningmode.Formoreinformationonhowto
menuappears.
Technology:Thetechnologyusedbytheinterferingnetwork.
Interferer bandwidth (kHz): The width in kHz of the channels (carriers) used by the interfering network. This
Victimbandwidth(kHz):ThewidthinkHzofthechannels(carriers)usedbytheinterferednetwork.Thischannel
widthmustbeconsistentwiththatusedinthemaindocument.
Reductionfactors(dB):ClickthecellcorrespondingtotheReductionfactors(dB)columnandthecurrentrowin
thetable.TheReductionfactors(dB)dialogueappears.
i.
990
Freq.delta(MHz),valuesrelativetothecentrefrequencyofthechannel(carrier)usedinthemaindocument.
AT320_UM_E0
ii. Whendone,clickOK.
)toclosetheIntertechnologyInterferenceReductionFactorstable.
YoucanlinkmorethanoneAtolldocumentwithyourmaindocumentfollowingtheproceduredescribedin"SwitchingtoCo
planningMode"onpage953.Ifthelinkeddocumentsmodelnetworksusingdifferenttechnologies,youcandefinetheinter
ferencereductionfactorsinyourmaindocumentforallthesetechnologies,andAtollwillcalculateinterferencefromallthe
externalbasestationsinallthelinkeddocuments.
10.9 TipsandTricks
Thefollowingtipsandtricksaredescribedbelow:
"ObtainingUserThroughputsforAlltheSubscribersofaSubscriberList"onpage991.
"WorkingWithUserDensitiesInsteadofUserProfiles"onpage992.
"BearerSelectionThresholds"onpage992.
"CalculatingBearerSelectionThresholdsFromReceiverSensitivityValues"onpage992.
"RelationBetweenBearerEfficiencyAndSpectralEfficiency"onpage993.
"ModellingVoIPCodecs"onpage993.
"WorkingwithEARFCNsinsteadofChannelNumbers"onpage994.
"ModellingtheCoexistenceofNetworks"onpage994.
"DisplayingLTEFrameDetails"onpage994.
ObtainingUserThroughputsforAlltheSubscribersofaSubscriberList
Thisprocedureisonlyrecommendedifyouhaveapropersubscriberlistandhave
completeknowledgeoftheservicestheyuse.
AtollgeneratesarealisticuserdistributioncontainingactiveandinactiveusersduringMonteCarlosimulations.Thestatusof
theseusersisdeterminedthroughtheusersserviceusageparametersdefinedintheuserprofile.InAtoll,subscribersina
subscriberlistmusthaveauserprofileassignedtotheminordertobetakenintoaccountinMonteCarlosimulations.In
MonteCarlosimulationsbasedonsubscriberlists,Atolldeterminesactiveusersfromamongtheuserslistedinthesubscriber
listandcarriesoutRRMandresourceallocationforcalculatinguserthroughputs.
Ifyouwishtodetermineuserthroughputsforallthesubscribersinasubscriberlist,youcanrunaMonteCarlosimulation
withthesubscriberlistasinputaftermodifyingtheuserprofilesassignedtothesubscriberssuchthattheprobabilityofactiv
ityforallthesubscribersis100%.
1. Createasubscriberlistwithsubscribershavinganactivityprobabilityof100%:
a. Createasmanyuserprofilesasthereareservicesusedbythesubscribersinthelist.
b. Assignonlyoneservicetoeachuserprofile.
c. Assignthefollowingserviceusageparameterstotheuserprofilesthatyoucreate:
i.
ForVoiceservices,set:
Calls/hour=1.
Duration(sec.)=3600.
ii. ForDataservices:
Calls/hour=1.
ULvolume(KBytes)=Serviceuplinkaveragerequestedthroughputx3600/8.
DLvolume(KBytes)=Servicedownlinkaveragerequestedthroughputx3600/8.
d. Assigntheseuserprofilestosubscribersinthesubscriberlist.
2. CreateaMonteCarlosimulationbasedonlyonthissubscriberlist.
The simulation results willcontain all the subscribers in the subscriber list with their respective user throughputs
determinedbyAtollaftertheschedulingprocess.
991
Forsk2013
WorkingWithUserDensitiesInsteadofUserProfiles
IfyoudonotcurrentlyhavereliableLTEmultiservicetraffic,youcanprovideAtollwithuserdensityinformationperservice,
forexample,trafficdatafromadaptedGSMErlangmaps.Inthiscase,youdonothavetocreateuserprofiles.Aswell,Atoll
doesnothavetodeterminetheuseractivityprobabilitiestocreatetrafficscenariosduringsimulations.Thedistributionof
trafficduringsimulationswillonlydependontheuserdensitiesperservice.
Ifyouknowtheuserdensitiesforeachservice,youcansetuseractivityprobabilitiesto100%inyourLTEdocument,asshown
below:
1. ForVoiceservices,set:
Calls/hour=1.
Duration(sec.)=3600.
2. ForDataservices:
Calls/hour=1.
ULvolume(KBytes)=Serviceuplinkaveragerequestedthroughputx3600/8.
DLvolume(KBytes)=Servicedownlinkaveragerequestedthroughputx3600/8.
Theabovesettingswillsettheuseractivityprobabilitiesto100%.Ifyoucreateatrafficmapbasedonenvironmentclasses,
theuserdensityvaluesthatyoudefineinyourenvironmentclasseswillbetheactualuserdensities.Thismeansthat,for
Xusers/kmdefinedintheenvironmentclassforagivenuserprofile,theMonteCarlosimulatorwillgenerateexactlyXusers/
kmforeachserviceoftheuserprofile.
Inthisway,youcanknowbeforehandtheexactnumberofactiveusers,andtheirservices,generatedduringthesimulations.
Thisprocedureshouldonlybeusedwhenappropriatetrafficdataisnotavailable.
BearerSelectionThresholds
Thedefaultvaluesofthebearerselectionthresholds,theBLERqualitygraphs,andthebearerefficiencyvaluesinAtollhave
beenextractedfromthe3GPPTR36.942V8.0.0(seeFigure10.84).Thesevaluescorrespondtoanideal(AWGN)radiochan
nel,andaretoooptimisticcomparedtoactualradiochannels.Itisrecommendedtousemorerealisticvalueswhenavailable.
Figure10.84:LinkAdaptationinLTE
Thespectralefficiencyisthenumberofusefuldatabitsthatcanbetransmittedusinganymodulationandcodingschemeper
Hz,thetransitionpointsbetweenanytwomodulationandcodingschemesgivethedefaultbearerselectionthresholdsin
Atoll,andthenormalisedvaluesfromtheslopesofthegraphs,thatrepresentthereductioninthespectralefficiency,give
theblockerrorrate.
CalculatingBearerSelectionThresholdsFromReceiverSensitivityValues
Youcanconvertthereceiversensitivityvalues,fromyourequipmentdatasheet,intobearerselectionthresholdsusingthe
followingconversionmethod:
SF NUsed
CNR = RS + 114 NF 10 Log ------------------------------
N Total
WhereRSisthereceiversensitivityindBm,NFisthenoisefigureofthereceiverindB,SFisthesamplingfrequencyinMHz,
N Used isthenumberofsubcarrierscorrespondingtothenumberoffrequencyblocks, N Total isthetotalnumberofsubcar
riers,i.e.,theFFTsize.
Intheaboveexplanation,thetermreceiverreferstothebasestationinuplinkandtothemobile/userequipmentinthedown
link.
992
AT320_UM_E0
RelationBetweenBearerEfficiencyAndSpectralEfficiency
Spectralefficiencyofamodulationandcodingschemeisdefinedasthenumberofusefulbitsthatcanbetransmittedper
secondover1Hzwidechannel.Spectralefficiencyishencegivenintermsofbps/Hz.
InAtoll,theefficiencyofbearers(modulationandcodingschemes)aredefinedintheRadioBearerstable.Thebearereffi
ciencyisgivenintermsofbits/symbol.RememberthatinAtollsymbolreferstooneresourceelement,thedatatransmission
unitwhichis1symboldurationlongand1subcarrierwidthwide,asshowninFigure10.85.
Figure10.85:Symbol
Bearer efficiency is similar to spectral efficiency. The only difference is in the units used. Here is a simple example that
comparesspectralefficiencyandbearerefficiency,andshowsthatthetwoarethesame.
Spectralefficiencyisgivenby:
SE = 1 BLER r Log 2 M
bps Hz
WhereBLERistheBlockErrorRate,risthecodingrateforthebearer,andMisthenumberofmodulationstates.Forsimpli
fication,wesetBLER=0,anduseQPSK1/2,i.e.,fourmodulationstatesandr=0.5.Withthesevalues,wegetaspectraleffi
ciencyof1bps/HzforQPSK1/2.Inotherwords,acommunicationchannelusingQPSK1/2modulationandcodingschemecan
send1bpsofusefuldataperunitbandwidth.
InordertocomparethebearerefficiencyandspectralefficiencyofQPSK1/2,letssaythatQPSK1/2hasabearerefficiencyof
1bits/symbol.Hereaswell,thenumberofbitsreferstousefuldatabits.ThewidthofasubcarrierinLTEis F = 15 kHz ,
1
from which we can calculate the useful symbol duration as well: T U = ------= 66.67 sec . In one second, there can be
F
1 sec 66.67 sec = 15000 symboldurations.If15000symbolsaretransmittedusingQPSK1/2,thisgivesusathroughput

of 15000 Symbols/sec 1 bits/Symbol = 15000 bps ,whichisthethroughputachievableusingonesubcarrierof15kHz.We
can find the spectral efficiency by normalizing the throughput to unit bandwidth. This gives:
15000 bps/subcarrier 15 kHz/subcarrier = 1 bps/Hz .
Inordertocompareequivalentquantities,wehaveignoredsomesystemparameters,suchasthecyclicprefix,andhave
consideredthattheentireframeistransmittedinonedirection,uplinkordownlink.
ModellingVoIPCodecs
VoIPcodecsareapplicationlayerelementsintheOSIsystemmodel.Atollmodelsapplicationthroughputsusingathroughput
offsetandascalingfactorwithrespecttotheRLClayerthroughputs.YoucanmodeldifferentVoIPcodecsbycreatinganew
serviceforeachVoIPcodec,andsettingthetargetthroughputtotheapplicationthroughputfortheschedulerused.Hereare
twoexamplesofthemostcommonVoIPcodecs,andhowtheycanbemodelledinAtoll:
G.711VoIPCodec
TheactualvoicethroughputneededbytheG.711codecis64kbps,butwiththelowerlayerheadersandotheradded
bits,theneededRLCthroughputcouldbebetween66.4and107.2kbps.Inthisexample,weshowhowtomodelthe
codecwithheaderbitsthatleadto85.6kbpsRLCthroughput.
a. Createanewservicewiththefollowingparameters:
Name:VoIP(G.711)
Type:Voice
Minthroughputdemand(DL)andMinthroughputdemand(UL):64kbps
Maxthroughputdemand(DL)andMaxthroughputdemand(UL):64kbps
Averagerequestedthroughput(DL)andAveragerequestedthroughput(UL):64kbps
Scalingfactor:74.77%
Offset:0kbps
b. SettheTargetthroughputforvoiceservicesto"2ApplicationThroughput"fortheschedulerbeingused.
Inthisway,Atollwillallocateresourcestotheusersofthisservicesuchthattheyget64kbpsapplicationthroughput,
andaround85.6kbpsofeffectiveRLCthroughput.
G.729VoIPCodec
993
Forsk2013
TheactualvoicethroughputneededbytheG.729codecis8kbps,butwiththelowerlayerheadersandotheradded
bits,theneededRLCthroughputcouldbebetween9.6and29.6kbps.Inthisexample,weshowhowtomodelthe
codecwithheaderbitsthatleadto29.6kbpsrequiredthroughput.
a. Createanewservicewiththefollowingparameters:
Name:VoIP(G.729)
Type:Voice
Minthroughputdemand(DL)andMinthroughputdemand(UL):8kbps
Maxthroughputdemand(DL)andMaxthroughputdemand(UL):8kbps
Averagerequestedthroughput(DL)andAveragerequestedthroughput(UL):8kbps
Scalingfactor:27.03%
Offset:0kbps
b. SettheTargetthroughputforvoiceservicesto"2ApplicationThroughput"fortheschedulerbeingused.
Inthisway,Atollwillallocateresourcestotheusersofthisservicesuchthattheyget8kbpsapplicationthroughput,
andaround29.6kbpsofeffectiveRLCthroughput.
WorkingwithEARFCNsinsteadofChannelNumbers
InAtoll,carriersareassignedchannelnumbersinthefrequencybandstable.Thesechannelnumbersdonotnecessarilyhave
tobeunique,i.e.,achannelnumbercanbereusedindifferentbands.The3GPPdefinesuniqueEARFCNs(EUTRAAbsolute
RadioFrequencyChannelNumbers)forallthefrequencybands.EachEARFCNhasafixedwidthof100kHz,whereaschannels
(orcarriers)inAtollcanhavedifferentwidths.
IfyouwanttoworkwithEARFCNsinsteadofchannelnumbers,youcansetEARFCNsaschannelnumbersinthefrequency
bandstablesimilartoasshownintheexamplebelow:
Frequencyband:2110FDD5MHz(EUTRABand1)
DownlinkEARFCNrange:0599
UplinkEARFCNrange:1800018599
Firstchannel(EARFCN):0
Lastchannel(EARFCN):550
Excludedchannels(EARFCNs):149,5199,101149,151199,201249,251299,301349,351399,401449,451499,
501549,551599
ForFDDfrequencybands,thedownlinkanduplinkEARFCNsareoffsetby18000,soyoucanuseeitherthedownlinkorthe
uplinkEARFCNsaschannelnumbersinAtoll.
ModellingtheCoexistenceofNetworks
InAtoll,youcanstudy theeffect of interferencereceivedbyyournetworkfromotherLTEnetworks. Theinterfering LTE
networkcanbeadifferentpartofyourownnetwork,oranetworkbelongingtoanotheroperator.
Tostudyinterferencefromcoexistingnetworks:
1. Importtheinterferingnetworkdata(sites,transmitters,andcells)intoyourdocumentasexplainedin"Creatinga
GroupofBaseStations"onpage837.
2. Fortheinterferingnetworkstransmitters,settheTransmittertypetoInternetwork(Interfereronly)asexplainedin
"TransmitterDescription"onpage822.
Duringcalculations,AtollwillconsiderthetransmittersoftypeInternetwork(Interfereronly)whencalculatinginter
ference.Thesetransmitterswillnotserveanypixel,subscriber,ormobile,andwillonlycontributetointerference.
Modellingtheinterferencefromcoexistingnetworkswillbeasaccurateasthedatayouhavefortheinterferingnetwork.If
theinterferingnetworkisapartofyourownnetwork,thisinformationwouldbereadilyavailable.However,iftheinterfering
networkbelongstoanotheroperator,theinformationavailablemightnotbeaccurate.
Moreover,forotheroperatorsnetworks,andiftheinterferingnetworksuseOFDMbutarenotLTEnetworks,theirmodelling
willnotbeaccurateusingLTEtransmittersandcells.Thenumberofsubcarriersusedintheinterferingnetworksmightbevery
different.
DisplayingLTEFrameDetails
AtollcancalculateanddisplaythenumbersofresourceelementscorrespondingtodifferentLTEphysicalsignalsandlogical
channelsindownlinkanduplink.
TocalculateandlistdetailsaboutLTEframes:
3. SelectCells>FrameDetailsfromthecontextmenu.TheFrameDetailsdialogueappears.
994
AT320_UM_E0
TheFrameDetailscommandisalsoavailableinthecontextmenuofatransmitteroragroupoftransmitters.The
FrameDetailsdialoguelistsonlythecellsbelongingtothetransmitterorfolderfromwhichitisselected.Filtersare
alsotakenintoaccount.
4. ClicktheDownlinktab.
5. UnderDisplay,youcanselecttodisplaytheNumbersofresourceelementsandthePercentagesofresourceele
mentsbelongingtothedownlinkphysicalsignalsandlogicalchannels.
6. ClickCalculate.Atollcalculatesthenumbersofresourceelementscorrespondingtodifferentpartsofthedownlink
LTEframeforeachlistedcell.Thefollowinginformationisavailable:
Total:Thetotalnumberofresourceelementsinthedownlinksubframes.
RS:Thenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsusedtotransmitthecellspecificreferencesignals.
AnaveragenumberoftransmittedreferencesignalsisconsideredinAtoll.Morespecifically,whenfourantenna
portsareused,eightreferencesignalsaretransmittedontwoantennaportsandfouraretransmittedontheother
twoantennaports.Inthiscase,Atollconsidersanaverageofsixtransmittedreferencesignalsperantennaport.
SSS:ThenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsbelongingtotheSSS.
PSS:ThenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsbelongingtothePSS.
PBCH:ThenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsbelongingtothePBCH.
PDCCH+PCFICH+PHICH:ThenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsbelongingtothePDCCH(whichiscon
sideredtoincludethePCFICHandPHICH).
PDSCH:ThenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsremaininginthePDSCHafterremovingthereference
signals,synchronisationsignals,andcontrolchanneloverheads.
Unused:Thenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsnotusedfortransmission.
7. ClicktheUplinktab.
8. UnderDisplay,youcanselecttodisplaytheNumbersofresourceelementsandthePercentagesofresourceele
mentsbelongingtotheuplinkphysicalsignalsandlogicalchannels.
9. ClickCalculate.AtollcalculatesthenumbersofresourceelementscorrespondingtodifferentpartsoftheuplinkLTE
frameforeachlistedcell.Thefollowinginformationisdisplayed:
Total:Thetotalnumberofresourceelementsintheuplinksubframes.
DRS:ThenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsbelongingtotheDRS.
SRS:ThenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsbelongingtotheSRS.
PUCCH:ThenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsbelongingtothePUCCH.
PUSCH:ThenumberandpercentageofresourceelementsremaininginthePUSCHafterremovingthereference
signalsandcontrolchanneloverheads
10. ClickClose.TheFrameDetailsdialoguewindowcloses.
FormoreinformationontheLTElogicalandtransportchannels,see"GlossaryofLTETerms"onpage995.Formoreinforma
tionontheLTEframestructure,see"TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage973.
10.10 GlossaryofLTETerms
UnderstandingthefollowingtermsandthereuseinAtollisveryhelpfulinunderstandingtheLTEmodule:
User:Ageneraltermthatcanalsodesignateasubscriber,mobile,andreceiver.
Subscriber:Userswithfixedgeographicalcoordinates.
Mobile:Usersgeneratedanddistributedduringsimulations.Theseusershave,amongotherparameters,definedser
vices,terminaltypes,andmobilitytypesassignedforthedurationofthesimulations.
Receiver:Aprobemobile,withtheminimumrequiredparametersneededforthecalculationofpathloss,usedfor
propagationlossandrastercoveragepredictions.
RadioBearer:AModulationandCodingScheme(MCS)usedtocarrydataoverthechannel.
PeakRLCThroughput:ThemaximumRLClayerthroughput(userorchannel)thatcanbeachievedatagivenlocation
using the highest LTE bearer available. This throughput is the raw throughput without considering the effects of
retransmissionduetoerrorsandhigherlayercodingandencryption.
EffectiveRLCThroughput:ThenetRLClayerthroughput(userorchannel)thatcanbeachievedatagivenlocation
usingthehighestLTEbeareravailablecomputedtakingintoaccountthereductionofthroughputduetoretransmis
sionduetoerrors.
ApplicationThroughput:Theapplicationlayerthroughput(userorchannel)thatcanbeachievedatagivenlocation
usingthehighestLTEbeareravailablecomputedtakingintoaccountthereductionofthroughputduetoPDU/SDU
headerinformation,padding,encryption,coding,andothertypesofoverhead.
995
Forsk2013
Channel Throughputs: Peak RLC, effective RLC or application throughputs achieved at a given location using the
highestLTEbeareravailablewiththeentirecellresources(downlinkoruplink).
AllocatedBandwidthThroughputs:UplinkpeakRLC,effectiveRLCorapplicationthroughputsachievedatagiven
locationusingthebestpossibleLTEbearerwiththenumberofsubchannelscalculated.
UserThroughputs:PeakRLC,effectiveRLCorapplicationthroughputsachievedatagivenlocationusingthehighest
LTEbeareravailablewiththeamountofresourcesallocatedtoauserbythescheduler.
TrafficLoads:Theuplinkanddownlinktrafficloadsarethepercentagesoftheuplinkandthedownlinkframesinuse
(allocated)tothetraffic(mobiles)intheuplinkandinthedownlink,respectively.
Resources:InAtoll,theterm"resource"isusedtorefertotheaveragenumberofresourceunits,expressedinper
centage(astrafficloads,whentheaverageisperformedoveraconsiderablylongduration)ofthetotalnumberof
resourceunitsinasuperframeof1sec.
Uplink Noise Rise: Uplink noise rise is a measure of uplink interference with respect to the uplink noise:
I UL + N UL
NR UL = ------------------------ , or NR UL = 10 Log I UL + N UL 10 Log N UL in dB. This parameter is one of the two
N UL
methodsinwhichuplinkinterferencecanbeexpressedwithrespecttothenoise.Theotherparameteroftenused
I
I UL + N UL
UL
insteadoftheuplinknoiseriseistheuplinkloadfactor: L UL = ------------------------ .Usually,theuplinkloadfactoriskeptasa
linearvalue(inpercentage)whiletheuplinknoiseriseisexpressedindB.Thetwoparametersexpressexactlythe
sameinformation,andcanbeinterconvertedasfollows:
I
I+NN
I
I+N
N
I
N
N
I
I+N
1
------------ = ---------------------- => ------------ = ------------ ------------ => ------------ = 1 ------------ => ------------ = 1 ------------ => ------------ = --------------------I
I+N
I+N
I+N
I+N I+N
I+N
I+N
I+N
I+N
N
1 -----------I+N
1
=> NR = -----------
1L
Thefollowingtableshowstherelationbetweeninterference,loadfactor,andnoiserise.
Interference(I)
0
=N
=9xN
=99xN
LoadFactor(%)
0
50
90
99
NoiseRise
1
2
10
100
NoiseRise(dB)
0
3.01
10
20
Thereasonwhyuplinkinterferenceisexpressedintermsofnoiserise(indB)inAtollinsteadofloadfactor(inpercent
age)isthattheloadfactorvariessomewhatexponentiallywiththeincreaseininterference.
996
Frame:AnLTEframeis10mslong.Thedurationofaframeisasystemlevelconstant.Eachframecomprises101ms
longsubframes,witheachsubframecontaining20.5mslongslots.Eachslotcanhave7or6symboldurationsfor
normalorextendedcyclicprefix,respectively,andfora15kHzsubcarrierwidth.Aslotcanhave3symboldurations
forextendedcyclicprefixusedwitha7.5kHzsubcarrierwidth.LTEincludesspecificframestructuresforFDDandTDD
systemsasshowninFigure10.86.ForTDDsystems,twoswitchingpointperiodicitiescanbeused;halfframeorfull
frame.HalfframeperiodicityprovidesthesamehalfframestructureasaTDSCDMAsubframe.ThePBCH,PSS,and
SSSarecarriedbysubframes0and5,whichmeansthatthese2subframesarealwaysusedindownlink.Asubframe
issynonymouswithTTI(transmissiontimeinterval),i.e.,theminimumunitofresourceallocationinthetimedomain.
AT320_UM_E0
Figure10.86:LTEframestructures(DL:blue,UL:orange,DLorUL:green)
ResourceElement,Symbol,orModulationSymbol:InAtollasymbolreferstooneresourceelementoronemodula
tionsymbol,whichis1symboldurationlongand1subcarrierwidthwide,asshowninFigure10.85.
SymbolDuration:InAtollasymboldurationreferstooneOFDMsymbol,whichisthedurationofonemodulation
symboloverallthesubcarriers/frequencyblocksbeingused.
Subcarrier:AnOFDMchannelcomprisesmanynarrowbandcarrierscalledsubcarriers.OFDMsubcarriersareorthog
onalfrequencydomainwaveformsgeneratedusingfastfouriertransforms(seeFigure10.87).
FrequencyBlock:Itistheminimumunitofresourceallocationinthefrequencydomain,i.e.,thewidthofaresource
block,180kHz.Itisasystemlevelconstant.Afrequencyblockcaneithercontain12subcarriersof15kHzeach(see
Figure10.87)or24subcarriersof7.5kHzeach.
ResourceBlock:Itistheminimumunitofresourceallocation,i.e.,1frequencyblockby1slot(seeFigure10.87).
Schedulersareableperformresourceallocationeverysubframe(TTI,transmissiontimeinterval),however,thegran
ularityofresourceallocation1slotintime,i.e.,thedurationofaresourceblock,and1frequencyblockinfrequency.
Figure10.87:LTEresourceblocks
LTELogicalChannels:LTElogicalchannelsinclude(seeFigure10.88):
BroadcastControlChannel(BCCH)(DL):Carriesbroadcastcontrolinformation.
PagingControlChannel(PCCH)(DL):Carriespagingcontrolinformation.
CommonControlChannel(CCCH)(DLandUL):Carriescommoncontrolinformation.
DedicatedControlChannel(DCCH)(DLandUL):Carriescontrolinformationdedicatedtousers.
DedicatedTrafficChannel(DTCH)(DLandUL):Carriesusertrafficdata.
MulticastControlChannel(MCCH)(DL):Carriesmulticastcontrolinformation.
MulticastTrafficChannel(MTCH)(DL):Carriesmulticasttrafficdata.
LTETransportChannels:LTEtransportchannelsinclude(seeFigure10.88):
BroadcastChannel(BCH)(DL):Carriesbroadcastinformation.
PagingChannel(PCH)(DL):Carriespaginginformation.
DownlinkSharedChannel(DLSCH)(DL):Carriescommonanddedicatedcontrolinformationandusertrafficdata.
ItcanalsobeusedtocarrybroadcastandmulticastcontrolinformationandtrafficinadditiontotheBCHand
MCH.
UplinkSharedChannel(ULSCH)(UL):Carriescommonanddedicatedcontrolinformationandusertrafficdata.
MulticastChannel(MCH)(DL):Carriesmulticastinformation.
997
Forsk2013
RandomAccessChannel(RACH)(UL):Carriesrandomaccessrequestsfromusers.
LTEPhysicalLayerChannels:LTEphysicallayerchannelsinclude(seeFigure10.88):
PhysicalBroadcastChannel(PBCH)(DL):Carriesbroadcastinformation.
Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) (DL): Carries paging information, common and dedicated control
information,andusertrafficdata.Itcanalsobeusedtocarrybroadcastandmulticastcontrolinformationand
trafficinadditiontothePBCHandPMCH.Partsofthischannelcarrytheprimaryandsecondarysynchronisation
signals(PSSandSSS),thedownlinkreferencesignals,thephysicaldownlinkcontrolchannel(PDCCH),thephysical
HARQindicatorchannel(PHICH),andthephysicalcontrolformatindicatorchannel(PCFICH).
PhysicalUplinkSharedChannel(PUSCH)(UL):Carriescommonanddedicatedcontrolinformationandusertraffic
data.
PhysicalUplinkControlChannel(PUCCH)(UL):Carriescontrolinformation.
PhysicalMulticastChannel(PMCH)(DL):Carriesmulticastinformation.
PhysicalRandomAccessChannel(PRACH)(UL):Carriesrandomaccessrequestsfromusers.
Figure10.88:LTElogical,transport,andphysicallayerchannels(DL:blue,UL:orange,DLorUL:green)
998
Chapter11
CDMA2000Networks
design,analyse,andoptimiseaCDMA2000network.
"PlanningandOptimisingCDMABaseStations"on
page1001
page1122
"VerifyingNetworkQuality"onpage1124
"CoplanningCDMANetworkswithOtherNetworks"
onpage1136
1000
Forsk2013
Chapter11:CDMA2000Networks
AT320_UM_E0
11 CDMA2000Networks
AtollenablesyoutocreateandmodifyallaspectsofCDMA20001xRTT(1steXpansionRadioTelephoneTechnology)and
CDMA20001xEVDO(1xEvolutionDataOnly)Rev.0,Rev.AandRev.Bnetworks.Onceyouhavecreatedthenetwork,Atoll
offersmanytoolstoletyouverifythenetwork.Basedontheresultsofyourtests,youcanmodifyanyoftheparametersdefin
ingthenetwork.
PlanningtheCDMAnetworkandcreatingthenetworkofbasestationsisexplainedin"PlanningandOptimisingCDMABase
Stations"onpage1001.Allocatingneighboursisexplainedin"PlanningNeighbours"onpage1070andallocatingPNOffset
codesisexplainedin"PlanningPNOffsets"onpage1085.Inthissection,youwillalsofindinformationonhowyoucandisplay
informationonbasestationsonthemapandhowyoucanusethetoolsinAtolltostudybasestations.
Usingdrivetestdatapathstoverifythenetworkisexplainedin"VerifyingNetworkQuality"onpage1124.Filteringimported
ANoteontheTerminologyUsedinThisChapter
TheterminologyusedinCDMAisslightlydifferentfromthestandardterminologyusedinAtoll.Therefore,theterminology
usedinexplanationsreflectsthestandardCDMAterminologywiththeequivalentAtollterminologygivenwhenreferences
aremadetotheuserinterface.
CDMA
Atoll
handoff
handover
radioconfiguration
terminal
reverselink
uplink(UL)
forwardlink
downlink(DL)
11.1 PlanningandOptimisingCDMABaseStations
TMA,feedercables,etc.InaCDMAproject,youmustalsoaddcellstoeachtransmitter.Acellreferstothecharacteristicsof
acarrieronatransmitter.
A n te n n a
- A z im u t h
- M e c h a n i c a l t i lt
TMA
A n te n n a
- H e ig h t
F e e d e r C a b le
T r a n s m it t e r
- N o i s e f ig u r e
- Power
S it e
- X , Y c o o r d in a te s
1001
Forsk2013
Atollletsyoucreateonesite,transmitter,orcellatatime,orcreateseveralatoncebycreatingastationtemplate.Usinga
stationtemplate,youcancreateoneormorebasestationsatthesametime.InAtoll,abasestationreferstoasitewithits
transmitters,antennas,equipment,andcells.
ofcalculatedcoveragepredictionscanbedisplayedonthemap,compared,oranalysed.
nals.Thisdatacanbethenusedtomakequalitycoveragepredictions,suchaseffectiveservicearea,noise,orhandoffstatus
predictions,onthenetwork.
"CreatingaCDMABaseStation"onpage1002
"CreatingaDualBandandTriBandCDMANetwork"onpage1019
"PlanningPNOffsets"onpage1085.
11.1.1 CreatingaCDMABaseStation
WhenyoucreateaCDMAsite,youcreateonlythegeographicalpoint;youmustaddthetransmittersandcellsafterwards.
Thesite,withthetransmitters,antennas,equipment,andcellsiscalledabasestation.
Stations"onpage1018.
"DuplicatingofanExistingBaseStation"onpage1016.
ple,cells.Youwillusuallycreateanewbasestationusingastationtemplate,asdescribedin"PlacingaNewStationUsinga
StationTemplate"onpage1010.Thissectiondescribesthefollowingelementsofabasestationandtheirparameters:
1002
"CellDefinition"onpage1006.
AT320_UM_E0
11.1.1.1.1
SiteDescription
TheparametersofasitecanbefoundinthesitesPropertiesdialogue.ThePropertiesdialoguehastwotabs:
thesitehere.
page41.
culations.
TheCDMA2000tab:
MaxNumberofUplinkChannelElementsperCarrier:Themaximumnumberofphysicalradioresourcesonthe
reverselinkpercarrierforthecurrentsite.BydefaultAtollentersthemaximumpossible(256).
MaxNumberofDownlinkChannelElementsperCarrier:Themaximumnumberofphysicalradioresourceson
theforwardlinkpercarrierforthecurrentsite.BydefaultAtollentersthemaximumpossible(256).
MaxNumberofEVDOChannelElementsperCarrier:ThemaximumnumberofEVDOradioresourcesonthe
reverselinkpercarrierforthecurrentsite.ThisparameterisusedonlywithCDMA20001xEVDO.BydefaultAtoll
entersthemaximumpossible(96).
With1xEVDO,onlyoneuserontheforwardlinkcanbeservedatagiventime.Thisuserconsumesonlyonechan
nelelement.Onthereverselink,therecanbemorethanoneuserwitheachuserconsumingonechannelelement,
therefore,themaximumnumberofEVDOradioresourcesappliesonlytothereverselink.
onpage1159.
Ifnoequipmentisassignedtothesite,Atollusesthefollowingdefaultvalues:
Rakeefficiencyfactor=1
MUDfactor=0
Carrierselection=reverselinkminimumnoise
Forwardlinkandreverselinkoverheadresourcesforcommonchannels=0
TheoptionASRestrictedtoNeighboursisnotselected,theoptionPoolofSharedCEsisnotselected,the
option Power Pooling Between Transmitters is not selected and Atoll uses one channel element on the
forwardlinkorreverselinkforanyserviceduringpowercontrolsimulation.
1003
11.1.1.1.2
Forsk2013
tiesdialoguehasthreeadditionaltabs:theCellstab(see"CellDefinition"onpage1006),thePropagationtab(see"Assigning
aPropagationModeltoOneTransmitter"onpage1033),andtheDisplaytab(see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43).
TheGeneraltab:
FrequencyBand:YoucanselectaFrequencyBandforthetransmitter.Onceyouhaveselectedthefrequency
)toaccessthepropertiesoftheband.Forinformationonthefre
quencybandPropertiesdialogue,see"DefiningFrequencyBands"onpage1155.
antenna.
location,andenterthexaxisandyaxisoffsets,DxandDy,respectively.
MaxRange:Youcandefineamaximumrangeofthetransmitterscoverage,fromthetransmitter.
1004
AT320_UM_E0
Transmission/Reception:UnderTransmission/Reception,youcandefinethetotallossesandthenoisefigurein
theRealtextboxes.Atollcancalculatelossesandnoiseaccordingtothecharacteristicsoftheequipmentassigned
tothetransmitter;thecalculatedvaluesareindicatedintheComputedtextboxes.Atollalwaysconsidersthe
valuesintheRealboxesincoveragepredictionseveniftheyaredifferentfromthevaluesintheComputedboxes.
YoucanupdatethevaluesintheRealboxeswiththevaluesintheComputedtextboxes.Forinformation,see
"UpdatingtheValuesforTotalLossesandtheTransmitterEquipmentNoiseFigure"onpage175.
You can assign equipment by using the Equipment Specifications dialogue which appears when you click the
Equipmentbutton.
OntheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue(seeFigure11.4),theequipmentyouselectandthegainsandlosses
youdefineareusedtosetthetransmitternoisefigureandthetotaltransmitterreverselinkandforwardlink
losses:
)to
page174.
)toaccesstheprop
(
mustbepositive.
ReceiverAntennaDiversityGain:Youcanenterareceiverantennadiversitygain.Thevalueyouentermust
bepositive.
receptionlosses.
Antennas:
1005
Forsk2013
button(
Azimuth,MechanicalDowntilt,andAdditionalElectricalDowntilt,displayadditionalantennaparameters.
11.1.1.1.3
page69.
CellDefinition
InAtoll,acellisdefinedasacarrier,withallitscharacteristics,onatransmitter;thecellisthemechanismbywhichyoucan
configureaCDMAmulticarriernetwork.Inotherwords,atransmitterhasonecellforeverycarrier.
Whenyoucreateatransmitter,Atollautomaticallycreatesonecellforthetransmitter.ThefollowingexplainstheParameters
ofaCDMAcell.Asyoucreateacell,Atollcalculatesappropriatevaluesforsomefieldsbasedontheinformationyouhave
entered.Youcan,ifyouwant,modifythesevalues.
ThepropertiesofaCDMAcellarefoundonCellstabofthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmittertowhichitisassigned.
Thefollowing1xEVDORevBoptionsapplytoallthe1xEVDOcellsofthetransmitter:
UnderEVDORevB,thefollowing1xEVDORevBoptionsareavailable:
Multicarriersupport:YoucandefinewhetherthetransmittersupportsthemulticarrierEVDOoperation.When
multicarrierEVDOisactive,multicarrierEVDOuserscansimultaneouslyconnectwithtwoormoreEVDOcar
riersoftransmittersthatsupportthemode(i.e.,multicarrierEVDOusersreceivethedataonseveralseparate
carriers.InAtoll,amulticarrierEVDOuserisreferedtoasauserwithmulticarrierEVDObasedservicesanda
multicarrierterminal.
MUG=f(no.ofusers):YoucanaccesstheMUG(MultiUserGain)tablebyclickingtheBrowsebutton( ).The
MUGtableisagraphofgainasafunctionofthenumberofusers.Theaveragecellthroughputishigherwithmul
tipleusersthanwithasingleuser.ThisismodelledbytheMUGgraph.Itisusedtocalculatethedownlinkaverage
cellthroughput.
Fortransmittersthatsupport multicarrierEVDO,this MUG graphisusedin calculations insteadoftheMUG
graphsetpercell.
MinEc/Nt(UL):YoucanenterormodifytheminimumEc/NttooperatemulticarrierEVDOinthereverselink.
Thefollowingparameterscanbesetforeachindividualcellofthetransmitter:
istratorManual.
Carrier:Thenumberofthecarrierandthetypeofcarrier.Youcanchoose1xRTTor1xEVDOasthecarriertype.
Thefollowingparametersareavailablefor1xRTTand1xEVDOcarriers:
1006
Active:Ifthiscellisactive,youmustselecttheActivecheckbox.
AT320_UM_E0
PNOffsetDomain:ThePseudoNoise(PN)offsetdomaintowhichthecellbelongs.ThePNOffsetdomainisaset
ofgroups,witheachgroupcontainingseveralPNOffsets.
CoPNReuseDistance(m):ThedistancewithinwhichthePNOffsetdefinedforthiscellcannotbereused.
PNOffset:ThePNOffsetisatimeoffsetusedbyacelltoshiftaPseudoNoisesequence.
Ec/I0Threshold(dB):EntertheminimumEcI0requiredfromthecelltobethebestserverintheactiveset.
T_Drop:EntertheminimumEcI0requiredfromthecellnottoberejectedfromtheactiveset.
MinRSCP(dBm):TheminimumpilotRSCPrequiredforausertobeconnectedtothecell.ThepilotRSCPiscom
paredwiththisthresholdtodeterminewhetherornotausercanbeconnectedtothecell.
IntertechnologyULNoiseRise:Thisnoiseriserepresentstheinterferencecreatedbymobilesandbasestations
ofanexternalnetworkonthiscellontheuplink.Thisnoiserisewillbetakenintoaccountinalluplinkinterference
basedcalculationsinvolvingthiscellinsimulations.Itisnotusedinpredictions(ASAnalysisandcoveragepredic
tions).Inpredictions,AtollcalculatestheuplinktotalinterferencefromtheULloadfactorwhichincludesinter
technology uplink interference. For more information on intertechnology interference, see "Modelling Inter
technologyInterference"onpage1164.
IntertechnologyDLNoiseRise:Thisnoiseriserepresentstheinterferencecreatedbymobilesofanexternalnet
workonthemobilesservedbythiscellonthedownlink.Thisnoiserisewillbetakenintoaccountinalldownlink
interferencebased calculations involving this cell. For more information on intertechnology interference, see
MaxNumber ofIntracarrier Neighbours:The maximumnumberofintracarrier neighboursfor thiscell.This
valueisusedbytheintracarrierneighbourallocationalgorithm.
MaxNumberofIntercarrierNeighbours:Themaximumnumberofintercarrierneighboursforthis cell.This
valueisusedbytheintercarrierneighbourallocationalgorithm.
Neighbours:Youcanaccessadialogueinwhichyoucansetbothintratechnology(intracarrierandintercarrier)
andintertechnologyneighboursbyclickingtheBrowsebutton(
).Forinformationondefiningneighbours,see
TheBrowsebutton( )mightnotbevisibleintheNeighboursboxifthisisanewcell.
Thefollowingparametersareavailablefor1xRTTcarriers:
MaxPower(dBm):Themaximumavailableforwardlinkpowerforthecell.
PilotPower(dBm):Thepilotpower.
SynchroPower(dBm):Thesynchronisationpower.
PagingPower(dBm):Thepagingpower.
Bydefault,thesynchronisationpowerandpagingpoweraresetasabsolutevalues.You
cansetthesevaluesasrelativetothepilotpowerbyrightclickingtheNetworkSettings
folderintheParametersexplorerandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.Then,
ontheGlobalParameterstabofthePropertiesdialogue,underDLPowers,youcanselect
RelativetoPilot.Thesynchronisationpowerandpagingpowervaluesareautomatically
convertedandsetasrelativetothepilotpower.
Max DL Load (%Pmax): The percentage of the maximum forward link power (set in Max Power) not to be
exceeded.ThislimitwillbetakenintoaccountduringthesimulationiftheoptionsDLLoadandMaxDLLoad
definedpercellareselected.Iftheseoptionsarenotselectedduringasimulation,thisvalueisnottakenintocon
sideration.
MaxULLoadFactor(%):Themaximumreverselinkloadfactornottobeexceeded.Thislimitcanbetakeninto
accountduringthesimulation.ThislimitwillbetakenintoaccountduringthesimulationiftheoptionsULLoad
FactorandMaxULLoadFactordefinedpercellareselected.Iftheseoptionsarenotselectedduringasimulation,
thisvalueisnottakenintoconsideration.
TotalPower(dBmor%):Thetotaltransmittedpoweronforwardlink.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcan
beenteredbytheuser.
Bydefault,thetotalpowerissetasabsolutevalue.Youcansetthisvalueasapercentage
of the maximum power of the cell by rightclicking the Network Settings folder in the
ParametersexplorerandselectingPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.Then,ontheGlobal
ParameterstabofthePropertiesdialogue,underDLLoad,youcanselect%Pmax.The
total power value is automatically converted and set as a percentage of the maximum
power.
1007
Forsk2013
ULLoadFactor(%):Thereverselinkcellloadfactor.Thisfactorcorrespondstotheratiobetweenthereverselink
totalinterferenceandthereverselinktotalnoise.Thisistheglobalvalueofreverselinkloadfactorincludingthe
reverselinkintertechnologyinterference.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
PowerReservedforPooling(dB):Thepowerreservedforpoolingisthemaximumamountofpowerthatcanbe
allocatedtothiscellbyothertransmittersonthesiteusingthesamecarrier.Thisvalueisonlyusedifthesite
equipmentallowspowerpoolingbetweentransmitters.
Thefollowingparametersareavailablefor1xEVDOcarriers:
MaxPower(dBm):Thepowertransmittedbya1xEVDOcellwhenthereisatleastoneuser.For1xEVDOcarriers,
thetransmitterequipmentalwaystransmitsatmaximumpower(theDLmaximumpower)unlessithasnouserto
support.Whenthereisnouser,thetransmitterequipmenttransmitsaverylowlevelofpowerduringidletraffic
slots(DLmaximumpower+Idlegain).
IdlePowerGain(dB):ThegainappliedtotheDLpowerwhenthereisnoactiveuserconnectedtothecell.Itmust
beanegativevalue.
MUGTable=f(No.Users):YoucanaccesstheMUG(MultiUserGain)tablebyclickingtheBrowsebutton( ).
TheMUGtableisagraphofgainasafunctionofthenumberofusers.Theaveragecellthroughputishigherwith
multipleusersthanwithasingleuser.ThisismodelledbytheMUGgraph.
IntransmittersthatsupportmulticarrierEVDO,thisMUGgraphisusedincalculationsinsteadoftheMUGgraph
setpercell.
NoiseRiseThreshold(dB):Thenoiserisethreshold.Thenoiserisethresholdandtheacceptablenoiserisemargin
areconsideredinthesimulationduringreverselinkcongestion.Atollensuresthatthecellreverselinknoiserise
iswithinarangedefinedbythenoiserisethresholdplusthemarginandthenoiserisethresholdminusthemargin.
AcceptableNoiseRiseMargin(dB):Theacceptablenoiserisemargin.
DRCErrorRate(%):TheerrorrateasapercentagereceivedbythecellontheDataRateControl(DRC)channel.
ThecellmayreceivetheDRCchannelfromamobileincorrectly.Ifthishappens,themobilewillnotbescheduled
fordatatransmission.ThisvalueistakenintoaccountduringratecontrolwhenAtollcalculatestheaveragecell
throughputontheforwardlink.
EVDOTimeslotsDedicatedtoBCMCS(%):ThepercentageoftimeslotsdedicatedtoBroadcast/MulticastServices
(BCMCS).ThisparameteristakenintoaccountduringratecontrolwhenAtollcalculatesthecellaverageforward
linkthroughput.
EVDOTimeslotsDedicatedtoControlChannels(%):Thepercentageoftimeslotsdedicatedtocontrolchannels
(control,pilot,andACKchannels).ThisparameteristakenintoaccountduringratecontrolwhenAtollcalculates
thecellaverageforwardlinkthroughput.
BCMCS Throughput (kbps): The BCMCS throughput. Two throughput values are available: 204.8kbps and
409.6kbps.ThisparameteristakenintoaccountduringratecontrolwhenAtollcalculatesthecellaveragefor
wardlinkthroughput.
MaxULLoadFactor(%):Themaximumreverselinkloadfactornottobeexceeded.Thislimitcanbetakeninto
accountduringthesimulation.
TotalPower(dBm):Thetotaltransmittedpoweronforwardlink.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbe
enteredbytheuser.
ULLoadFactor(%):Thereverselinkcellloadfactor.Thisfactorcorrespondstotheratiobetweenthereverselink
totalinterferenceandthereverselinktotalnoise.Thisistheglobalvalueforthereverselinkloadfactorincluding
thereverselinkintertechnologyinterference.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
MaxNo.ofEVDOUsers:ThemaximumnumberofEVDOcarrierusersthatthiscellcansupportatanygiventime.
MulticarrierEVDOusersarecountedonceineachcelltheyareconnectedto.
11.1.1.2.1
Tocreateanewsite:
3. Select New from the context menu. The Sites New Element Properties dialogue appears (see Figure11.2 on
page1003).
1008
AT320_UM_E0
5. ClickOK.
6. ClickOK.
11.1.1.2.2
6. ClickOK.
11.1.1.2.3
textmenu.
Youcanmodifyanexistingcelloryoucancreateanewcell.Youcanaccessthepropertiesofacell,describedin"CellDefini
tion"onpage1006,throughthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmitterwherethecellislocated.HowyouaccesstheProper
tiesdialoguedependsonwhetheryouarecreatinganewcellormodifyinganexistingcell.
1009
Forsk2013
appears.
6. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"CellDefinition"onpage1006.
7. ClickOK.
eters,insteadofbuildingthenetworkbyfirstcreatingthesite,thenthetransmitters,andfinallybyaddingthecells.
Youcanalsoplaceaseriesofstationsusingastationtemplate.Youdothisbydefininganareaonthemapwhereyouwant
toplacethestations.Atollcalculatestheplacementofeachstationaccordingtothedefinedhexagonalcellradiusinthe
stationtemplate.Forinformationondefiningthecellradius,see"CreatingaStationTemplate"onpage1011.
1010
AT320_UM_E0
Onceyouhavecreatedoneormorestations,thehexagonsdescribingtheircellradiusremainvisible.Youcanchoosenotto
displaythem.
TohidethehexagonsaftercreatingstationsusingtheHexagonalDesignbutton(
)ortheNewStationbutton(
):
IntheNetworkexplorer,clearthedisplaycheckboxbesidetheHexagonalDesignfolder.
You can workwith the sites and transmittersinthesestationsas youworkwithany stationobject, adding,for example,
placethestation.
AtollcomeswithCDMAstationtemplates,butyoucanalsocreateandmodifystationtemplates.Thetoolsforworkingwith
stationtemplatescanbefoundontheRadioPlanningtoolbar(seeFigure11.5).
11.1.1.4.1
1011
Forsk2013
page1012.
11.1.1.4.2
ofthestationtemplate,thenumberofSectors,i.e.,thenumberoftransmittersonthesite,andtheHexagonRadius,
i.e.,thetheoreticalradiusofthehexagonalareacoveredbyeachsector.
1012
antenna.
AT320_UM_E0
Main Matrixand theExtended Matrix. Forinformationonpropagationmodels,see"AssigningaPropagation
ModeltoOneTransmitter"onpage1033.
8. ClicktheTransmittertab.Onthistab(seeFigure11.7).Youcanmodifythefollowing:
Active:Ifthetransmittersinthisstationtemplatearetobeactive,youmustselecttheActivecheckbox.Active
transmittersaredisplayedinredintheTransmittersfolderoftheNetworkexplorer.
Transmission/Reception:UnderTransmission/Reception,youcandefinethetotallossesandthenoisefigurein
theRealtextboxes.Atollcancalculatelossesandnoiseaccordingtothecharacteristicsoftheequipmentassigned
tothetransmitter;thecalculatedvaluesareindicatedintheComputedtextboxes.Atollalwaysconsidersthe
valuesintheRealboxesincoveragepredictionseveniftheyaredifferentfromthevaluesintheComputedboxes.
YoucanupdatethevaluesintheRealboxeswiththevaluesintheComputedtextboxes.Forinformation,see
"UpdatingtheValuesforTotalLossesandtheTransmitterEquipmentNoiseFigure"onpage175.
You can assign equipment by using the Equipment Specifications dialogue which appears when you click the
Equipmentbutton.ForinformationontheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue,see"TransmitterDescription"on
page1004.
9. ClicktheCDMAtab.Onthistab(seeFigure11.8),youmodifythespecificationsoftheCarriers(eachcorresponding
toacell)thateachtransmittersupports.Forinformationoncarriersandcells,see"CellDefinition"onpage1006.
i.
iii. ClickOK.
UnderPNOffset,youcandefinetheReuseDistanceandtheDomainofthepseudonoiseoffset.
UnderPower,youcandefinethePilot,thePaging,andtheSynchropowers,andtheIdlePowerGain.
UnderSimulationConstraints,youcanmodifytheMaxPower,theMaxDLLoad(definedasapercentageofthe
maximumpower),andtheMaxULLoadFactor.
UnderLoadConditions,youcanmodifytheTotalTransmittedPowerandtheULLoadFactor.
UnderActiveSet,youcanmodifytheMinEc/IoandtheTDrop.
UnderIntertechnologyInterference,youcansettheDLNoiseRiseandtheULNoiseRise.Formoreinformation
onintertechnologyinterference,see"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage1164.
YoucanalsomodifytheNumberofUplinkandDownlinkChannelElementsandselecttheEquipment.
1013
Forsk2013
Figure11.8:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueCDMAtab
10. ClicktheCDMA2000tab.Onthistab(seeFigure11.9),youmodifyadditionalspecificationsoftheCarriers(eachcor
respondingtoacell)thateachtransmittersupports.Forinformationoncarriersandcells,see"CellDefinition"on
page1006.
1014
YoucansetthePowerReservedforPooling.
Under1xRTT,youcanmodifythePilotPower,thePagingPower,andtheSynchroPower.
Under1xEVDO,youcanmodifytheIdlePowerGain,theMax.NumberofEVDOChannelElementsperCarrier,
andyoucanmodifytheMUG(multiusergain)table.
UnderRev.0,youcansettheNoiseRiseThreshold,theAcceptableNoiseRiseMargin,andtheDRCErrorRate.
UnderRev.A,youcansettheTimeslotBCMCS,theTimeslotControlChannels,andtheBCMCSThroughput.
UnderRev.B,youcanselectwhetherMulticarrierEVDOissupportedandyoucanenteraMUG=f(No.Users)
graphanddefinetheminEc/Nt(UL).
AT320_UM_E0
Figure11.9:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueCDMA2000tab
11. ClicktheNeighbourstab.Onthistab(seeFigure11.10),youcanmodifytheMaxNumberofIntraandInterCarrier
NeighboursandtheMaxNumberofIntertechnologyNeighbours.Forinformationondefiningneighbours,see"Plan
changes.
11.1.1.4.3
1015
11.1.1.4.4
Forsk2013
i.
vi. Enter,ifdesired,aDefaultvalueforthenewfield.
i.
ii. ClicktheDeletebutton.Theuserdefinedfieldappearsinstrikeout.Itwillbedefinitivelydeletedwhenyou
closethedialogue.
i.
7. ClickOK.
11.1.1.4.5
11.1.1.5 DuplicatingofanExistingBaseStation
1016
Quicklycreateanewbasestationwiththesamesettingsasanoriginalbasestationinordertostudytheeffectofa
newstationonthecoverageandcapacityofthenetwork,and
Quicklycreateanewhomogeneousnetworkwithstationsthathavethesamecharacteristics.
AT320_UM_E0
Anewbasestationisplacedonthemap.Thesite,transmitters,andcellsofthenewbasestationhavethesamenames
asthesite,transmitters,andcellsoftheoriginalbasestationwitheachnamemarkedas"Copyof."Thesite,transmit
ters,andcellsoftheduplicatebasestationhavethesamesettingsasthoseoftheoriginalbasestation.Alltheremote
antennasandrepeatersofanytransmitterontheoriginalsitearealsoduplicated.
1017
Forsk2013
Youcancreatebasestationsindividuallyasexplainedin"CreatingaCDMABaseStation"onpage1002,oryoucancreateone
or several base stations by using station templates as explained in "Placing a New Station Using a Station Template" on
page1010.However,ifyouhavealargedataplanningprojectandyoualreadyhaveexistingdata,youcanimportthisdata
intoyourcurrentAtolldocumentandcreateagroupofbasestations.
page119.
Thetableyoucopyfrommusthavethesamecolumnlayoutasthetableyouarepasting
datainto.
atransmitter,iftherethereismorethanonetransmitterwiththesameazimuth,clickingthetransmittersinthemapwindow
opensacontextmenuallowingyoutoselectthetransmitter.Youcanalsochangethepositionofthestationbydraggingit,
orbylettingAtollfindahigherlocationforit.
1018
AT320_UM_E0
and
).
11.1.5 CreatingaDualBandandTriBandCDMANetwork
InAtoll,youcanmodeldualbandandtribandCDMAnetworksinonedocument(e.g.,networkconsistingof1900MHzand
700MHztransmitters).CreatingadualbandortribandCDMAnetworkconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
Atoll).
page1004).
4. Definingthefrequencybandswithwhichterminalsarecompatible(see"ModellingTerminals"onpage1055).
receivedsignal.
WhenAtollmodelsCDMArepeaters,themodellingfocuseson:
"TipsforUpdatingRepeaterParameters"onpage1023
1019
Forsk2013
):
thereareany.
usingthebuttonstotherightoftheAmplificationbox(
logue.
e. EnterthemaximumpowerthattheequipmentcantransmitonthedownlinkintheMaximumDownlinkPower
column.ThisparameterenablesAtolltoensurethatthedownlinkpowerafteramplificationdoesnotexceedthe
limitoftheequipment.
f. Ifdesired,enteraMaximumUplinkPower,anInternalDelayandComments.Thesefieldsareforinformation
onlyandarenotusedincalculations.
1. Select the donor transmitter, repeater, or remote antenna. You can select it from the Transmitters folder of the
)inthesame
asdisplayedforthedonor.Aswell,itstiptextidentifiestherepeaterandthedonor.IntheExplorerwindow,the
1020
AT320_UM_E0
antenna.
page1021.
ment.
pastingdatainto.
Ifthedonorisaremoteantennaoranotherrepeater,then"RepZ"isprecededby"RemA_"
or"RepB_"where"A"and"B"identifythedonorremoteantennaandthedonorrepeater.
)openstheProperties
YoucanchangetheAmplifierGain.Amplificationgainisusedinthelinkbudgettoevaluatetherepeatertotalgain.
1021
Forsk2013
IfyouselectMicrowaveLink,enterthePropagationLossesandcontinuewithstep5.
propagationmodel.
)toaccessthe
i.
feeder.
UnderTotalGain,enterthegainintheforwardandreverselinks(DL/UL)orclickCalculatetodeterminetheactual
gainintheforwardandreverselinks.IfyouhavemodifiedanyparameterintheGeneral,DonorSide,orCoverage
Sidetabs,clickApplybeforeclickingtheCalculatebutton.
Intheforwardlink,thetotalgainisappliedtoeachpower(pilotpower,SCHpower,etc.).
Inthereverselink,thetotalgainisappliedtoeachterminalpower.
button(
1022
AT320_UM_E0
parameters.
page69.
i.
feeder.
YoucanupdatethereverselinkandforwardlinktotalgainsofallrepeatersbyselectingRepeaters>CalculateGains
fromtheTransmitterscontextmenu.
forrepeaterswiththecustomfield"FreezeTotalGain"setto"False".
theMouse"onpage42).
Repeater"onpage1019.
1023
Forsk2013
1. Selectthedonortransmitter.YoucanselectitfromtheTransmittersfolderoftheNetworkexplorer,ordirectlyon
themap.
)
transmitter.
Antenna"onpage1025.
pastingdatainto.
1024
AT320_UM_E0
ing the Remote Antennas table, see "Opening the Remote Antennas Table" on page1024). The context menu
appears.
"X"isthedonorsitenumber,"Y"thedonortransmitternumber,and"Z"anumberassignedtotheremoteantenna
whenitwascreated.
Ifthedonorisarepeateroranotherremoteantenna,then"RemZ"isprecededby"RepA_"
or"RemB_"where"A"and"B"identifythedonorrepeaterandthedonorremoteantenna.
)opensthe
nates.
SelecttheActivecheckbox.Onlyactiveremoteantennas(displayedinredintheTransmittersfolderintheNet
workexplorer)arecalculated.
UnderTotalGain,enterthegainintheforwardandreverselinks(DL/UL)orclickCalculatetodeterminetheactual
gainintheforwardandreverselinks.IfyouhavemodifiedanyparameterintheGeneral,DonorSide,orCoverage
Sidetabs,clickApplybeforeclickingtheCalculatebutton.
Intheforwardlink,thetotalgainisappliedtoeachpower(pilotpower,SCHpower,etc.).
Inthereverselink,thetotalgainisappliedtoeachterminalpower.
button(
1025
Forsk2013
parameters.
page69.
i.
feeder.
YoucanupdatethereverselinkandforwardlinktotalgainsofallremoteantennasbyselectingRemoteAntennas>
CalculateGainsfromtheTransmitterscontextmenu.
to"False."
1026
AT320_UM_E0
accountandcomputeslossesalongthetransmitterreceiverpath.Thisallowsyoutopredictthereceivedsignallevelatany
Atollcancalculatetheoptimisedmainand/orextendedcalculationradii(ofexistingmatrices)basedonuserdefinedmini
mumreceivedsignallevels.Asanconsequence,thestorageofpathlossmatricescandrasticallybereduced.See"Optimising
PathLossMatrixStorage"onpage204formoreinformation.
"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage1028
InAtoll,youcanmakeapointanalysistostudyreceptionalongaprofilebetweenareferencetransmitterandaCDMAuser.
accountandcomputeslossesalongthetransmitterreceiverpath.Theprofileiscalculatedinrealtime,usingthepropagation
model,allowingyoutostudytheprofileandgetapredictiononeachselectedpoint.
pointerchanges(
4. SelectProfilefromthelistatthetopofthePointAnalysiswindow.
In CDMA2000,1xEVDOalways transmitsatfull power,unlike1xRTT.Therefore,ifyoudo a point analysison the
"Best"carrier,thevaluesdisplayedwillalwaysbeforthemaximumpowertransmittedbythecell,inotherwords,the
powerforthe1xEVDOcarrier.Inordertodisplaythevaluesofthe1xRTTcarrier,youmustselectit.Whenyouselect
the1xRTTcarrier,thepointanalysisdisplaysthestrengthofthereceivedpilotsignal.
TheprofileanalysisappearsintheProfileviewofthePointAnalysisToolwindow.Thealtitude(inmetres)isreported
ontheverticalaxisandthereceivertransmitterdistanceonthehorizontalaxis.AblueellipsoidindicatestheFresnel
zonebetweenthetransmitterandthereceiver,withagreenlineindicatingthelineofsight(LOS).Atolldisplaysthe
angleoftheLOSreadfromtheverticalantennapattern.Alongtheprofile,ifthesignalmeetsanobstacle,thiscauses
attenuationwithdiffractiondisplayedbyaredverticalline(ifthepropagationmodelusedtakesdiffractionmecha
nismsintoaccount).ThemainpeakistheonethatintersectsthemostwiththeFresnelellipsoid.Withsomepropaga
1027
Forsk2013
tionmodelsusinga3knifeedgeDeygoutdiffractionmethod,theresultsmaydisplaytwoadditionalattenuations
peaks.Thetotalattenuationisdisplayedabovethemainpeak.
Carriers:Selectthecarriertobeanalysed.
perclutterclass.
:ClicktheGeographicbutton(
)ifyouwanttoviewthegeographicprofilebetweenthetransmitterand
thereceiver.Atolldisplaystheprofilebetweenthetransmitterandthereceiverwithclutterheights.Anellipsoid
indicatingtheFresnelzoneisalsodisplayed.Atolldoesnotcalculateordisplaysignallevelsandlosses.
: Click the Detailed Report button (

) to display a text document with details on the displayed profile
analysis.Detailedreportsareonlyavailableforthestandardpropagationmodel.
Figure11.13:PointAnalysisToolProfileview
Asyouarebuildingyourradioplanningproject,youmaywanttocheckthecoverageofanewsitewithouthavingtocalculate
theentireproject.Youcandothisbyselectingthesitewithitstransmittersandthencreatinganewcoverageprediction.
Thissectionexplainshowtocalculatethesignallevelcoverageofasinglesite.Asignallevelcoveragepredictiondisplaysthe
strengthofthebestsignalreceivedateachpixeloftheareastudied.
1028
AT320_UM_E0
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderandselectGroupBy>Sitefromthecontextmenu.Thetransmittersarenowdis
Ifyouwanttostudyonlytransmittersbytheirstatus,atthisstepyoucouldgroupthem
bystatus.
ters.
obtainmoreaccurateresultsbyusingpropagationmodelsbestsuitedforeachdistanceforthemainandextended
matrices.
e. IntheMainMatrixcolumns:
SelectaMainPropagationModel
EnteraMainCalculationRadiusandMainResolution.
f. Ifdesired,intheExtendedMatrixcolumns:
SelectanExtendedPropagationModel
EnteranExtendedCalculationRadiusandExtendedResolution.
g. Closethetable.
suppliedwithAtoll,andCustomisedPredictions.Unlessyouhavealreadycreatedsomecustomisedpredictions,the
usuallysufficient:
DisplayResolution
CityCentre
5m
City
20m
County
50m
State
100m
Country
country
AtthetopoftheConditionstab,youcansetthesignallevelrangetobeconsidered.InFigure11.14,asignal
levelgreaterthanorequalto120dBmwillbeconsidered.
UnderServer,select"All"toconsidersignallevelsfromallservers.
1029
Forsk2013
perclutterclass.
YoucanselecttheCarrierto bestudied, orselect"Best".InCDMA2000, 1xEVDO always transmitsatfull
power,unlike1xRTT.Therefore,ifyouselect"Best",thevaluesdisplayedwillalwaysbeforthemaximum
powertransmittedbythecell,inotherwords,thepowerforthe1xEVDOcarrier.Inordertomakeacoverage
predictiononthetransmittedpowerofthe1xRTTcarrier,youmustselectthecarrier.Whenyouselectthe
1xRTTcarrier,thecoveragepredictiondisplaysthestrengthofthereceivedpilotsignal.
UnderField,select"Bestsignallevel."Selecting"All"or"Bestsignallevel"ontheConditionstabwillgiveyou
thesameresultsbecauseAtolldisplaystheresultsofthebestserverineithercase.Selecting"Bestsignallevel"
necessitates,however,thelongesttimeforcalculation.
later:
Calculatebutton(
1030
).
AT320_UM_E0
Whenyoumakeacoveragepredictiononagroupofbasestations,Atollcalculatesallbasestationsthatareactive,filtered
(i.e.,thatareselectedbythecurrentfilterparameters),andwhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthe
computationzone.Thecomputationzoneistheareacoveredbytherectangledefinedbythecalculationradius.Whenyou
setthepropagationmodel,youcandefinethecalculationradius.Forinformationonsettingthepropagationmodelanddefin
ingthecalculationradius,see"AssigningaPropagationModel"onpage1032.
"CDMASpecificCoveragePredictions"onpage1050
1031
Forsk2013
mitter.Aswell,youcanassignadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions.Thispropagationmodelisusedasforall
Atollwilluse:
havemadetoanindividualtransmitterortoagroupoftransmitters.
If,afterassigningapropagationmodeltoanindividualtransmitterortoagroupoftransmitters,youassignapropa
gationmodelglobally,youwilloverridethepropagationmodelsthatyouhadassignedtoindividualtransmittersorto
agroupoftransmitters.
3. Ifyouhaveassignedadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions,asdescribedin"AssigningaDefaultProp
agationModelforCoveragePredictions"onpage1034,thisisthepropagationmodelthatwillbeusedforalltrans
mitterswhosemainpropagationmodelis"(Defaultmodel)."Ifatransmitterhasanyotherpropagationmodelchosen
asthemainpropagationmodel,thatisthepropagationmodelthatwillbeused.
Inthissection,thefollowingmethodsofassigningapropagationmodelareexplained:
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoOneTransmitter"onpage1033
"AssigningaDefaultPropagationModelforCoveragePredictions"onpage1034.
5. UnderMainMatrix:
1032
AT320_UM_E0
3. FromtheGroupbysubmenuofthecontextmenu,selectthepropertybywhichyouwanttogroupthetransmitters.
You can group transmitters by several properties by usingthe GroupBy button on the
menuappears.
group.
MainResolution(m)
)inthe
appears.
1033
Forsk2013
6. UnderMainMatrix:
AssigningaDefaultPropagationModelforCoveragePredictions
Youcanassignadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions.Thispropagationmodelisusedasforalltransmitters
whosemainpropagationmodelis"(Defaultmodel)."
Toassignadefaultpropagationmodelforcoveragepredictions:
6. EnteraDefaultResolution.Whenyoucreateanewcoverageprediction,theresolutionbydefaultisthevalueyou
haveenteredhere.
Bymakingthenecessaryentryintheatoll.inifile,ifyouclearthevalueenteredinthe
Resolutionboxwhenyoucreateacoverageprediction,Atollwillcalculatethecoverage
predictionusingthecurrentlydefineddefaultresolution.Thatway,ifyouhavemany
coveragepredictions,youcanchangetheirresolutionbychangingthedefaultresolution
andrecalculatingthecoveragepredictions.Atollwillthencalculatethemusingthe
updatedresolution.Forinformationonchangingentriesintheatoll.inifile,seethe
7. ClickOK.Theselectedpropagationmodelwillbeusedforcoveragepredictionsforalltransmitterswhosemainprop
agationmodelis"(Defaultmodel)."
culatebutton(
).
Predictionsfolder.
(
)inthetoolbar.
Atoll calculates allpathloss matrices, unlocked coverages, andpendingsimula
tions.
1034
AT320_UM_E0
DrawPolygon
i.
DrawRectangle
i.
)andNewRectangle(
existingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheExplorerwindowandselectingAddTo>ComputationZone
fromthecontextmenu.
inthefollowingways:
onpage98.
contextmenu.
theExplorerwindow,activetransmittersareindicatedwitharedicon(
4. SelectActivateTransmitterfromthecontextmenu.Thetransmitterisnowactive.
1035
Forsk2013
3. SelectCells>OpenTable.TheCellstableappearswitheachcellsparametersinasecondrow.
toCDMAarecoveredin"CDMASpecificCoveragePredictions"onpage1050.
parametersyou want to study, youcan create a new coverage prediction more quicklythanby creating a new coverage
11.1.10.6.1
Acoveragepredictionbysignallevelallowsyoutopredictthebestsignalstrengthateachpixel.Youcanbasethecoverage
4. SelectCoveragebySignalLevel(DL)andclickOK.
1036
AT320_UM_E0
tion).
foreachpixel.
AtthetopoftheConditionstab,youcansettherangeofsignalleveltobeconsidered.InFigure11.16,asignal
clutterclass.
YoucanselecttheCarriertobestudied,orselect"Best".InCDMA2000,1xEVDOalwaystransmitsatfullpower,
unlike1xRTT.Therefore,ifyouselect"Best",thevaluesdisplayedwillalwaysbeforthemaximumpowertrans
mittedbythecell,inotherwords,thepowerforthe1xEVDOcarrier.Inordertomakeacoveragepredictionon
thetransmittedpowerofthe1xRTTcarrier,youmustselectthecarrier.Whenyouselectthe1xRTTcarrier,the
coveragepredictiondisplaysthestrengthofthereceivedpilotsignal.
8. Choosetodisplaytheresultsbybestsignallevel.Thecoveragepredictionresultswillbeintheformofthresholds.For
informationonadjustingthedisplay,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
Selecting"All"or"BestSignalLevel"ontheConditionstabwillgiveyouthesameresultsbecauseAtolldisplaysthe
resultsofthebestserverineithercase.Selecting"BestSignalLevel"necessitates,however,thelongesttimeforcalcu
lation.
later:
Calculatebutton(
1037
Forsk2013
Youcanrunaspecificpredictionstudydisplayingacoveragebypilotsignallevelforagiven
terminal,service,mobilityandcarrierasexplainedin"MakingaPilotSignalQualityPredic
tion"onpage1058.
11.1.10.6.2
Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterallowstheusertopredictwhichserveristhebestateachpixel.Youcanbasethecover
foreachpixel.
levelgreaterthanorequalto120dBmorgreaterthen85dBmwillbeconsidered.
UnderServer,select"Bestsignallevel."
YoucanalsodefineaMargin.Atollwillthenconsiderthebestsignalleveloneachpixelandanyothersignallevel
withinthedefinedmarginofthebestone.
clutterclass.
1038
AT320_UM_E0
pixel.
later:
Calculatebutton(
You can also predict which server is the second best server on each pixel by selecting
"Secondbestsignallevel"ontheConditionstabsetting"DiscreteValues"astheDisplay
Typeand"Transmitter"astheFieldontheDisplaytab.
11.1.10.6.3
range.
4. SelectOverlappingzones(dl)andclickOK.
tion).
1039
Forsk2013
foreachpixel.
UnderServer,select"Bestsignallevel"anddefineaMargin.Atollwillthenconsiderthebestsignalleveloneach
pixelandanyothersignallevelwithinthedefinedmarginofthebestone.
clutterclass.
Servers"isselectedbydefault.Eachoverlappingzonewillthenbedisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothenumber
page43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
createdthecoverageprediction(step6.of"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage1028).Ifseveralcoveragepredictions
arevisibleonthemap,itcanbedifficulttoclearlyseetheresultsofthecoveragepredictionyouwanttoanalyse.Youcan
1040
AT320_UM_E0
11.1.10.7.1
"DisplayingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingtheTipText"onpage1041
11.1.10.7.2
11.1.10.7.3
Onceyouhavecalculatedthecoverageprediction,youcanusethePointAnalysistooltoanalysethecoverageprediction.
Therefore,youwillrecreatetheconditionsofthecoverageprediction.
YoucanalsousetheReceptionviewofthePointAnalysistoolwithoutacoverageprediction,tostudyreceptionatanypoint
onthemapaslongasyouhavevalidpathlossmatrices.
1. Click the PointAnalysis (
changes(
)intheRadioPlanning toolbar.ThePoint Analysis windowappearsand the pointer
2. SelectReception(
)fromthelistatthetopofthePointAnalysiswindow(seeFigure11.21).
colourofthetransmitterstheyrepresent.Athickblacklinefromthepointertoitsbestserverisalsodisplayedinthe
mapwindow.Thebestserverofthepointeristhetransmitterfromwhichthepointerreceivesthehighestsignallevel.
If you let the pointer rest, the signal level received from the corresponding transmitter at the pointer location is
displayedinthetooltip.
AtthetopoftheReceptionview,selecttheCarriertobeanalysed.
1041
Forsk2013
Figure11.21:PointAnalysisToolReceptionview
perclutterclass.
YoucanalsoselecttheResultsview(
)togetmoreinformation.TheResultsviewdisplaysthecurrentpositionandheight
ofthereceiver,theclutterclassitissituatedon,andforeachtransmitter,itssignallevel(orRSCP),itspathloss,Ec/Io,C/I,DL
andULEb/Ntvalues,andPNOffset.
11.1.10.7.4
Thefocusandhotspotsdefineanareaonwhichstatisticscanbedrawnandonwhichreportsaremade.Whileyoucanonly
haveonefocuszone,youcandefineseveralhotspotsinadditiontothefocuszone.
andhotspotsaretheareastakenintoconsiderationwhengeneratingreportsandresults.Whenyoucreateacoveragepredic
tionreport,itgivestheresultsforthefocuszoneandforeachofthedefinedhotspots.
DrawPolygon
i.
direction.
DrawRectangle
i.
1042
)andNewRectangle(
AT320_UM_E0
spotwithanyexistingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheExplorerwindowandselectingAddTo>Hot
SpotorAddTo>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.
Youcanincludepopulationstatisticsinthefocusorhotspotbyimportingapopulation
map.Forinformationonimportingmaps,see"ImportingaRasterformatGeoDataFile"
onpage136.
11.1.10.7.5
dialogue.
onpage74.
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
1043
Forsk2013
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
isnofocuszone.
displayed.
lationmap:
6. ClickOK.
Atollsavesthenamesofthecolumnsyouselectandwillautomaticallyselectthemthenexttimeyoucreateacoveragepredic
tionreport.
onpage153.
11.1.10.7.6
Once you have generated a coverage prediction report as explained in "Displaying a Coverage Prediction Report" on
page1043,youcanexportittoatextfileortoaspreadsheet.
1044
AT320_UM_E0
)intheTabletoolbar.
11.1.10.7.7
tics.
orpercentage.
1045
Forsk2013
11.1.10.7.8
betweenthem.
1046
AT320_UM_E0
figure.
Anewsiteisadded,eitherbycreatingthesiteandaddingthetransmitters,asexplainedin"CreatingaCDMABaseStation"
onpage1002,orbyplacingastationtemplate,asexplainedin"PlacingaNewStationUsingaStationTemplate"onpage1010.
Oncethenewbasestationhasbeenadded,theoriginalcoveragepredictioncanberecalculated,butthenitwouldbeimpos
sibletocomparetheresults.Instead,theoriginalsignallevelcoveragepredictioncanbecopiedbyselectingDuplicatefrom
itscontextmenu.Thecopyisthencalculatedtoshowtheeffectofthenewbasestation(seeFigure11.24).
lution.
1047
Forsk2013
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
site.
mitter"onpage1038.TheresultsaredisplayedinFigure11.26.Thecoveragepredictionshowsthatonetransmitteriscover
ingitsareapoorly.TheareaisindicatedbyaredovalinFigure11.26.
1048
AT320_UM_E0
lution.
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
1049
Forsk2013
11.1.10.8 CDMASpecificCoveragePredictions
InCDMA,thequalityofthesignalandthesizeoftheareathatcanbecoveredareinfluencedbythenetworkload.Asthe
ordertocalculateCDMAspecificcoveragepredictions.
generateduserdistribution.Ifyoudonothavetrafficmaps,Atollcancalculatethenetworkloadusingthereverselinkload
factorandforwardlinktotalpowerdefinedforeachcell.
Inthissection,theCDMAspecificcoveragepredictionswillbecalculatedusingreverselinkloadfactorandforwardlinktotal
powerparametersdefinedatthecelllevel.Forthepurposesofthesecoveragepredictions,eachpixelisconsideredanon
interferinguserwithadefinedservice,mobilitytype,andterminal.
Beforemakingaprediction,youwillhavetosetthereverselinkloadfactorandforwardlinktotalpowerandtheparameters
thatdefinetheservicesandusers.Theseareexplainedinthefollowingsections:
"SettingtheReverseLinkLoadFactorandtheForwardLinkTotalPower"onpage1050.
SeveraldifferenttypesofCDMAspecificcoveragepredictionsareexplainedinthissection.Thefollowingqualitycoverage
predictionsareexplained:
"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)UplinkandDownlinkfor1xRTT"onpage1059
"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)ReverseLinkforEVDO"onpage1061
"StudyingEffectiveServiceArea"onpage1062.
Thefollowingnoisepredictions,anothertypeofcoverageprediction,areexplained:
"StudyingForwardLinkTotalNoise"onpage1065
"CalculatingPilotPollution"onpage1066.
Anothertypeofcoverageprediction,thehandoffcoverageprediction,isalsoexplained:
"MakingaHandoffStatusCoveragePrediction"onpage1068.
YoucanalsomakeapointanalysisusingthePointAnalysiswindow.Theanalysisiscalculatedusingreverselinkloadfactor
andforwardlinktotalpowerparametersdefinedatthecelllevelandprovidedforauserdefinableprobereceiverwhichhas
aterminal,amobilityandaservice:
"MakinganASAnalysis"onpage1069.
Interferencecomingfromanexternalprojectcanalsobemodelledandisexplainedin"ModellingIntertechnologyInterfer
ence"onpage1164.
11.1.10.8.1
SettingtheReverseLinkLoadFactorandtheForwardLinkTotalPower
Ifyouaresettingthereverselinkloadfactorandtheforwardlinktotalpowerforasingletransmitter,youcansettheseparam
etersontheCellstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue.However,youcansetthereverselinkloadfactorandthe
forwardlinktotalpowerforallcellsusingtheCellstable.
1050
AT320_UM_E0
TosetthereverselinkloadfactorandtheforwardlinktotalpowerusingtheCellstable:
TotalPower(dBm)
ULLoadFactor(%)
Foradefinitionofthevalues,see"CellDefinition"onpage1006.
)inthe
11.1.10.8.2
ThedifferentservicesofferedbyaCDMAnetworkrequiredifferentthroughputs.Voice,forexample,doesnotrequireavery
high throughput whereas a data service being used for video conferencing requires a much higher throughput. CDMA
respondstothedifferingthroughputrequirementswitharangeofcarriers.Forexample,CDMA2000canprovidevoiceusing
1xRTT.Dataservices,whichrequirehigherthroughputsthanvoice,canbeprovidedusing1xRTTor1xEVDORev.0,Rev.Aor
Rev.B.
Formoreinformationonthethroughputsavailableforvoice,1xRTT,and1xEVDORev.0,Rev.AandRev.B,see"Throughputs
AvailableforServicesinCDMA"onpage1157.
TheCDMAreverselinktrafficchannelscanprovidefivethroughputsfor1xEVDORev.0andmanymoredifferentthroughputs
for1xEVDORev.Aand1xEVDORev.Bbasedservices.InAtoll,thethroughputsavailablefor1xEVDORev.Aand1xEVDO
Rev.Bbasedservicesaremodelledusingradiobearers.Youmustdefine1xEVDOradiobearersbeforeyoucanmodelservices
usingthem.Forinformationondefining1xEVDOradiobearers,see"The1xEVDORadioBearers"onpage1158.
"ModellingServices"onpage1051
"CreatingaMobilityType"onpage1055
ModellingServices
Servicesarethevariousservicesavailabletosubscribers.CDMA2000canprovidevoiceusing1xRTT,anddatausing1xRTTor
1xEVDO.
Thissectionexplainshowtocreateaservice.Theoptionsavailabledependonthetypeofserviceyoucreate.
Onlythefollowingparametersareusedincoveragepredictions:
Voicespecificparameters:
Handoffcapabilities
MaxTCHPower(dBm)
ULTarget(dB)
DLTarget(dB)
ReceptionEquipment
ULPilotThreshold(dB)
ULFCH/PilotOffset(dB)
Bodyloss
1xRTTspecificparameters:
Handoffcapabilities
MaxTCHPower(dBm)
ULTarget(dB)
DLTarget(dB)
1051
Forsk2013
ReceptionEquipment
ULPilotThreshold(dB)
ULFCH/PilotOffset(dB)
ULSCH/PilotOffset(dB)
Bodyloss
1xEVDOspecificparameters:
Bodyloss
6. EnteraNamefortheservice.Atollproposesanamefortheservice,butyoucanchangethenametosomethingmore
descriptive.
7. SelectaTypefortheservice.Theoptionsavailabledependonthetypeofservice:
1052
Speech:ThefollowingoptionsareavailableforserviceswiththetypeSpeech:
PreferredCarrier:Selectthepreferredcarrierfortheservice.Thisisthecarrierthatwillbeusedduringsimu
lations,ifthetransmittersupportsit.Ifthepreferredcarrierisnotavailable,Atollwillchooseanothercarrier
usingthecarrierselectionmodedefinedinthesiteequipmentproperties.
Priority:Enterapriorityfortheservice.Apriorityof"0"givesthelowestpriority.Thepriorityisusedduring
simulationstodecidewhichterminalwillberejectedwhenthenetworkisoverloaded.
SoftHandoffAllowed:SelecttheSoftHandoffAllowedcheckboxifthisservicecanhaveasofthandoff.
Activity Factor FCH: Enter an activity factor for the FCH on the uplink (reverse link) and on the downlink
(forwardlink).Theactivityfactorcanbefrom"0,"indicatingnoactivityduringconnection,to"1,"indicating
constantactivityduringconnection.Theactivityfactorisusedtocalculatetheaveragepowertransmittedon
theFCH.
ApplicationThroughput:TheapplicationthroughputisnotusedforserviceswiththetypeSpeech.
BodyLoss:Enterabodylossfortheservice.Thebodylossisthelossduetothebodyoftheuser.Forexample,
inavoiceconnectionthebodyloss,duetotheproximityoftheusershead,isestimatedtobe3dB.
1xRTTData:Thefollowingoptionsareavailableforserviceswiththetype1xRTTData:
SoftHandoffAllowed:SelecttheSoftHandoffAllowedcheckboxifthisservicecanhaveasofthandoff.
Activity Factor FCH: Enter an activity factor for the FCH on the uplink (reverse link) and on the downlink
(forwardlink).Theactivityfactorcanbefrom"0,"indicatingnoactivityduringconnection,to"1,"indicating
constantactivityduringconnection.Theactivityfactorisusedtocalculatetheaveragepowertransmittedon
theFCH.
ApplicationThroughput:Theapplicationthroughputisnotusedforserviceswiththetype1xRTTData.
SCH Throughput Probabilities: Under SCH Throughput Probabilities, you can enter the probability of the
servicehavingthespecifiedthroughput,from2to16timesthepeakthroughput(definedintheterminalprop
erties),ontheuplink(reverselink)andonthedownlink(forwardlink).Thesumoftheprobabilitiesmustbe
lowerthanorequalto1.Thethroughputprobabilitiesareusedduringsimulationstodeterminethethrough
putrequestedbyeachuser.
1xEVDORev.0Data:Thefollowingoptionsareavailableforserviceswiththetype1xEVDORev.0Data:
AT320_UM_E0
DowngradingSupported:SelecttheDowngradingSupportedcheckboxiftheservicesupportsdowngrading
onthereverselink.
Application Throughput: Under Application Throughput, enter a Scaling Factor between the application
throughputandtheRLC(RadioLinkControl)throughputandathroughputOffsetinkilobitspersecond.The
applicationthroughputiscalculatedbymultiplyingtheRLCthroughputbythescalingfactorandsubtracting
theoffset.
ULThroughputProbabilities:UnderULThroughputProbabilities,youcanentertheprobabilityoftheservice
havingthespecifiedthroughputonthereverselink.Thesumoftheprobabilitiesoftheservicehavingthe
specifiedthroughputmustbelowerthanorequalto1.Thethroughputprobabilitiesareusedduringsimula
tionstodeterminethethroughputrequestedbyeachuser.
Iftheservicesupportsthroughputdowngrading,youcandefinetheprobabilityoftheservicebeingupgraded
ordowngradedontheuplink(reverselink)foreach1xEVDORev.0throughputs.Theprobabilitiesaretaken
intoaccountduringtheuplinkloadcontrolpartofsimulationsinordertodetermineifauserwithacertain
throughputcanbeupgradedordowngraded.Userthroughputdowngradingandupgradingoccurswhenthe
cellisoverorunderloaded.
Thefollowingtableshowsthethroughputchangesthatarepossiblewhenathroughputisupgradedordown
graded.Theprobabilitiesaredefinedwithanumberfrom1to255foreachthroughput.
PossibleThroughputChanges
DuringUpgrading
PossibleThroughputChanges
DuringDowngrading
From
To
From
To
9.6kbps
19.2kbps
153.6kbps
76.8kbps
19.2kbps
38.4kbps
76.8kbps
38.4kbps
38.4kbps
76.8kbps
38.4kbps
19.2kbps
76.8kbps
153.6kbps
19.2kbps
9.6kbps
UL Throughput Due to TCP Acknowledgement: If the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) is used on the
downlink(forwardlink),checktheTCPUsedcheckbox.WhenTCPisused,reverselinktrafficduetoacknowl
edgementsisgenerated.Thetrafficgeneratediscalculatedusingthegraphwhichdescribesthereverselink
trafficduetoTCPacknowledgementsasafunctionoftheforwardlinkapplicationthroughput.Thegenerated
trafficistakenintoaccountinsimulationduringthereverselinkpowercontrol.
1xEVDORev.ADataand1xEVDORev.BData:Thefollowingoptionsareavailableforserviceswiththetype
1xEVDORev.ADataand1xEVDORev.BData.
QoSClass:Theclassoftheservice.Select"GuaranteedBitRate"fortheservicesrequiringaminimumbitrate,
or"BestEffort"forbesteffortapplications.
UplinkMode:TheUplinkModedescribesthetypeofradioresourcemanagementrequiredonuplinkforthat
service.Selecteither"LowLatency"forrealtimeapplications,or"HighCapacity"fornonrealtimeapplica
tions
DowngradingSupported:SelecttheDowngradingSupportedcheckboxiftheservicesupportsdowngrading
onthereverselink.
Application Throughput: Under Application Throughput, enter a Scaling Factor between the application
throughputandtheRLC(RadioLinkControl)throughputandathroughputOffsetinkilobitspersecond.The
applicationthroughputiscalculatedbymultiplyingtheRLCthroughputbythescalingfactorandsubtracting
theoffset.
Min throughput demand: If you have selected "Guaranteed Bit Rate" as QoS class, enter the minimum
requiredbitrateinorderfortheservicetobeavailableintheuplinkanddownlink.Thisparameterisnotavail
ableforbesteffortapplications.
ULThroughputProbabilities:UnderULThroughputProbabilities,youcanentertheprobabilityoftheservice
havingthespecifieduplinkthroughput.Thisparameterisavailableforbesteffortapplicationsonly.
InthecolumnmarkedwiththeNewColumnicon( ),selectaRadioBearerIndexandenteraUsageProb
ability.Atollautomaticallycreatesanewblankcolumn.Thesumoftheprobabilitiesmustbelowerthanor
equalto1.Thethroughputprobabilitiesareusedduringsimulationstodeterminethethroughputrequested
byeachuser.IfthebearerisnotdefinedunderULThroughputProbabilities,itisassumedthatthereareno
usersusingthebearer.
1053
Forsk2013
Forservicesrequiringaminimumbitrate,theusageprobabilityisautomaticallycalculatedaccordingtothe
numberofselectedradiobearers.
UL Throughput Due to TCP Acknowledgement: If the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) is used on the
downlink(forwardlink),checktheTCPUsedcheckbox.WhenTCPisused,reverselinktrafficduetoacknowl
edgementsisgenerated.Thetrafficgeneratediscalculatedusingthegraphwhichdescribesthereverselink
trafficduetoTCPacknowledgementsasafunctionoftheforwardlinkapplicationthroughput.Thegenerated
trafficistakenintoaccountinsimulationduringthereverselinkpowercontrol.
Besteffortserviceswiththe1xEVDORev.BDatatypecanbeprovidedinmulticarrier
modeiftheserverandtheuserterminalsupportit.
8. Ifyouselected"1xEVDORev.0Data"or"1xEVDORev.AData"or"1xEVDORev.BData"astheTypeinstep5.,con
tinuetostep9.Ifyouselected"Speech"or"1xRTTData"astheTypeinstep5.,anadditionaltab,theEbNttab,is
available.
ClicktheEbNttab.OntheEbNttab,youmustdefineeachpossiblecombinationofradioconfiguration,SCHfactor,
andmobility.TheSCHfactoristhemultiplyingfactoroftheterminalpeakthroughputusedtocalculatethethrough
put.ThefollowingtableliststheSCHfactorsavailableandthecorrespondingthroughputs.
SCHFactor
Throughput
FCHpeakthroughput
(FCHpeakthroughput)+2*(FCHpeak
throughput)
throughput)
throughput)
16
throughput)
Foreachcombination,youmustdefinethethresholds,targets,andgains:
Terminal:Selectaradioconfigurationfromthelist.
SCHFactor:EnteranSCHfactor.
Min.andMax.TCHPower(dBm):EntertheminimumandmaximumTCHpower.TheTCHcanbeequaltotheFCH
ortheSCH,dependingontheenteredSCHfactor.Thevaluesenteredcan beabsoluteorrelativeto thepilot
power,dependingontheoptionchosenontheGlobalParameterstaboftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdia
logue,andhavetobemanuallymodifiedwhentheoptionischanged.Theminimumandmaximumtrafficchannel
powermakeupthedynamicrangeforforwardlinkpowercontrol.
ULTarget(dB):EntertheEbNtrequiredonthereverselinkforTCH.TheTCHcanbeequaltotheFCHortheSCH,
dependingontheenteredSCHfactor.ThevaluedefinedfortheULTargetisonlyusedwhenthereverselinkpower
controlisbasedontrafficqualityassetontheGlobalParameterstaboftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdia
logue.
DLTarget(dB):EntertheEbNtrequiredontheforwardlinkforTCH.TheTCHcanbeequaltotheFCHortheSCH,
dependingontheenteredSCHfactor.
ULPilotThreshold(dB):EnterthepilotEcNtrequiredonthereverselink.ThevaluedefinedfortheULPilot
ThresholdisonlyusedwhenthereverselinkpowercontrolisbasedonpilotqualityassetontheGlobalParam
eterstaboftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue.
ULFCH/PilotOffset(dB):EntertheFCHgainonthereverselinkrelativetothepilot.ThevaluedefinedfortheUL
FCH/PilotOffsetisonlyusedwhenthereverselinkpowercontrolisbasedonpilotqualityassetontheGlobal
ParameterstaboftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue.
ULSCH/PilotOffset(dB):EntertheSCHgainonthereverselinkrelativetothepilot.ThevaluedefinedfortheUL
SCH/PilotOffsetisonlyusedwhenthereverselinkpowercontrolisbasedonpilotqualityassetontheGlobal
ParameterstaboftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue.ThisvalueisnotusedforservicesofType"Speech."
Mobility:Selectthemobilitytypeforwhichthethresholds,targets,andgainsaredefined.IfyouselectAll,the
thresholds,targets,andgainswillbeconsideredvalidforallmobilitytypes.
9. ClickOK.
1054
AT320_UM_E0
InordertodefinetheVoIPservice,select1xEVDORev.ADataastypeofservice,
GuaranteedBitRateasQoSclassandLowLatencyasUplinkmode.
CreatingaMobilityType
InCDMA,informationaboutreceivermobilityisimportanttoefficientlymanagetheactiveset:amobileusedbysomeone
travellingacertainspeedandamobileusedbyapedestrianwillnotnecessarilybeconnectedtothesametransmitters.EcI0
requirementsandtheEc/Ntthreshold(usedonlyby1xEVDORev0)arelargelydependentonmobilespeed.
Thefollowingparametersareusedincoveragepredictions:
DeltaMin.Ec/I0
DeltaT_Drop
Min.EcNt(UL)
5. YoucanenterormodifythefollowingparametersintheMobilityTypesNewElementPropertiesdialogue:
UnderActiveSetManagement,enterormodifythefollowingparametersinordertomaketheuseractiveset
dependentonthemobilitytype:
DeltaMin.EcI0:EnterapositivevalueinordertoincreasetheminimumEcI0requiredfromatransmitterto
bethebestserverintheactiveset,oranegativevaluetodecreaseit.
DeltaT_Drop:EnterapositivevalueinordertoincreasetheminimumEcI0requiredfromatransmitternot
toberejectedfromtheactiveset,oranegativevaluetodecreaseit.
Under1xEVDO(Rev0),enterormodifythefollowingparameters:
Min.EcNt(UL):EnterormodifytheminimumEcNtrequiredonthereverselink.Thisparameterisonlyused
forCDMA20001xEVDORev0.Thisparameterisconsideredduringreverselinkpowercontrolinordertocal
culatetherequiredreverselinkpilotpower.
DLPeakThroughput=f(CI):Thegraphofthethroughputontheforwardlinkasafunctionof(CI).Thisparam
eterisonlyusedforCDMA20001xEVDORev0.
6. ClickOK.
ModellingTerminals
InCDMA,aradioconfigurationistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,ora
carsonboardnavigationdevice.InAtoll,radioconfigurationsaremodelledusingterminals.
Thefollowingparametersareusedincoveragepredictions:
Receptionequipment
Gainandlosses
Noisefigures
CDMARhofactor
Voiceand1xRTTspecificparameters:
ActivesetsizeonFCHandSCH
Numberoffingers
DLrakefactor
Pilotpowerpercentage
Peakthroughput
1055
1xEVDORev.0specificparameters:
Acknowledgement(ACK)channelgain
DataRateControl(DRC)channelgains
Datachannelgains
1xEVDORev.Aspecificparameters:
Forsk2013
Acknowledgement(ACK)channelgain
RadioReverseIndicator(RRI)channelgain
DatachannelandAuxiliarypilotgains
1xEVDORev.Bspecificparameters:
Handofftype
Highestsupportedmodulation
Type:Youcanchangethetypeofequipment.
Reception:Selectatypeofreceptionequipmentfromthelist.
You can create a new type of reception equipment by using the Reception Equipment
table.YoucanopenopentheReceptionEquipmenttablebyclickingtheExpandbutton
( )toexpandtheNetworkSettingsfolder,andthenrightclickingtheReceptionEquip
mentfolderandselectingOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.
MainBand:SelectthefrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatibleandentertheterminalNoiseFigure
forthemainfrequency.
SecondaryBand:Selectasecondfrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatibleandentertheterminal
NoiseFigureforthesecondfrequencyband.LeavetheSecondaryBandfieldemptyiftheterminalworksonlyon
onefrequencyband.
ThirdBand:SelectathirdfrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatibleandentertheterminalNoise
Figureforthethirdfrequency.LeavetheThirdBandfieldemptyiftheterminalworksonlyontwofrequency
bands.
There are two ways of defining multiband terminals. Depending on the configuration,
AtollprocessesmultibandterminalusersdifferentlyintheMonteCarlosimulation.
Thefirstmethodconsistsofdefiningmain,secondaryandthirdfrequencybands.
ThisenablesyoutogivedifferentprioritiestothefrequencybandsintheMonte
Carlosimulation(themainfrequencybandwillhavethehighestpriority).Auser
withsuchatribandterminalwillbeconnectedtotransmittersusingthemainfre
quencybandifcarriersonthisfrequencybandarenotoverloaded.Incaseofover
loading,hewillbeconnectedtotransmittersusingthesecondaryfrequencyband
andsoon.
Thesecondconsistsofselecting"All"asmainfrequencyband.Thismeansthatthe
terminalworksonanyfrequencybandwithoutanypriority.Inthiscase,theuser
canbeconnectedtotransmittersusinganyfrequencyband.
In coverage predictions, both configurations give the same results. The priority of
frequencybandsisnottakenintoaccount.
1056
MinPower:Settheminimumtransmissionpower.Theminimumandmaximumtransmissionpowermakeupthe
dynamicrangeforreverselinkpowercontrolinsimulations.
AT320_UM_E0
Rhofactor(%):ThisparameterenablesAtolltotakeintoaccounttheselfinterferenceproducedbytheterminal.
Becausehardwareequipmentisnotperfect,theinputsignalexperiencessomedistortionwhichaffects,inturn,
theoutputsignal.Thisfactordefineshowmuchdistortionthesystemgenerates.Entering100%meansthesystem
isperfect(thereisnodistortion)andtheoutputsignalwillbe100%equaltotheinputsignal.Ontheotherhand,
ifyouspecifyavaluedifferentthan100%,Atollconsidersthatthetransmittedenergyisnot100%signalandcon
tainsasmallpercentageofinterferencegeneratedbytheequipment,i.e.,selfinterference.Atollconsidersthis
parametertocalculatethesignaltonoiseratiointhereverselink.
6. Clickthe1xRTTtab.Youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
DLRakeFactor:Settheforwardlinkrakefactor.ThisenablesAtolltomodeltherakereceiverontheforwardlink.
ActiveSetSize:Settheactivesetsizeforboththefundamentalchannel(FCH)andthesupplementarychannel
(SCH).Theactivesetsizeisthemaximumnumberoftransmitterstowhichaterminalcanbeconnectedatone
time.
ForEVDOcapableterminals,theFCHactivesetsizealsodeterminestheactivesetsizeon
thereverselink.
NumberofFingers:Enterthemaximumnumberofsignalsthattheterminalcanrecombine.Thevalueofthisfield
mustbelowerthanthevalueoftheactivesetsize.ThevalueinthisfieldisthesameforbothFCHandSCH.
PeakThroughput:SetthepeakthroughputonboththeDownlinkandtheUplink.
PilotPowerPercentage:Enterthepercentageofthetotalmobilepowerthatisdedicatedtothereverselinkpilot
power.Thisparameterisusedduringthereverselinkpowercontrol(ifbasedontrafficquality)inordertocalcu
latethemobilepower.
7. Clickthe1xEVDORev0tab.Thevaluesonthistabarerelativetothereverselinkpilotpower.Theyareaddedtothe
requiredreverselinkpilotpowerinordertocalculatepowerontheACK,DRC,andtrafficdatachannels.Youcan
modifythefollowingparameters:
AcknowledgementChannelGain:Enterthegainontheacknowledgement(ACK)channel.
DataRateControlChannelGains(DRC):UnderDataRateControlChannelGains(DRC),enterthegainforthefol
lowinghandofftypes:NoHandoff,Softer,andSofthandoff.
DataChannelGains(dB):UnderDataChannelGains,enterthegainforeachsupportedreverselinkthroughput
onthetrafficdatachannel.
8. Clickthe1xEVDORevAtab.Thevaluesonthistabarerelativetothereverselinkpilotpower.Theyareaddedtothe
requiredreverselinkpilotpowerinordertocalculatepowerontheACK,RRI,DRC,andtrafficdatachannels.Youcan
modifythefollowingparameters:
AcknowledgementChannelGain:Enterthegainontheacknowledgement(ACK)channel.
RadioReverseIndicator(RRI)ChannelGain:Enterthegainontheradioreverseindicatorchannel.
DataRateControlChannelGains(DRC):UnderDataRateControlChannelGains(DRC),enterthegainforthefol
lowinghandofftypes:NoHandoff,Softer,andSofthandoff.
DataChannels/AuxiliaryPilotGains:UnderDataChannels/AuxiliaryPilotGains,enterthegainsonthetraffic
datachannelforbothlowlatencyandhighcapacityservicesandthegainontheauxiliarypilotchannelaccording
totheradiobearerindex.Theauxiliarypilotisonlyusedthehighestthroughputs.
1xEVDORevAcapableterminalssupportthe16QAMmodulation.
9. Clickthe1xEVDORevBtab.
HandoffType:Selectwhethertheterminalsupportslockedorunlockedmode.Thisparameteristakenintocon
siderationwhendeterminingtheterminalactivesetwhenmulticarriermodeisused.Theactivesetofamulti
carrieruserconsistsofsubactivesets,eachonebeingassociatedwithonecarrier.Whenlockedmodeisused,the
servingtransmittersmustbethesameinallsubactivesets.Inthiscase,theactivesetisrectangular(i.e.,thesame
numberofservingcellsineachsubactiveset).Withunlockedmode,theservingtransmitterscanbedifferent
fromonesubactivesettoanother.Here,theactivesetmightberectangularisnotnecessarilyso(i.e.,thenumber
ofservingcellsineachsubactivesetcanvary).
Atolldoesnotmanagethenonrectangularactivesetconfigurationwhenlockedmodeis
selected.
1057
Forsk2013
HighestSupportedModulation:Selectthehighestmodulationsupportedbytheterminal.Youcanchooseeither
16QAMor64QAM(ifyouselect64QAM,64QAM,and16QAMmodulationscanbeused).
MaxNumberofCarriersinMulticarrierMode:SelectthemaximumnumberofEVDOcarriersthatcanbeused
whenmulticarriermodeisactive.
10. ClickOK.
11.1.10.8.3
MakingQualityCoveragePredictions
"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)UplinkandDownlinkfor1xRTT"onpage1059
"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)ReverseLinkforEVDO"onpage1061
"StudyingtheForwardLinkEVDOThroughput"onpage1060
"StudyingEffectiveServiceArea"onpage1062
"CreatingaQualityCoveragePredictionUsingQualityIndicators"onpage1063.
Atablelistingqualityindicators(BER,BLER,etc.)tobeanalysedisavailable.Qualitycover
agepredictionsproposedbyAtolldependonthequalityindicatorsspecifiedinthistable.
receivedsufficientlywelltobeaddedtotheprobemobileactiveset.
AtollcalculatesthebestpilotqualityreceivedoneachpixelwherethepilotsignallevelexceedsthedefinedminimumRSCP
threshold.Then,AtollcomparesthisvaluetotheEcI0thresholdrequiredtobethebestserver(MinEc/I0definedforthe
givencellplustheDeltaMinEc/I0valuedefinedfortheselectedmobilitytype).Thepixeliscolourediftheconditionisfulfilled
(inotherwords,ifthebestEcI0ishigherthantheEcI0threshold.
4. SelectPilotQualityAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.ThePilotQualityAnalysis(DL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
Select"(CellsTable)"fromLoadConditions.Inthiscase,thecoveragepredictionisnotgoingtobebasedonload
conditionstakenfromasimulation.Atollwillcalculatethecoveragepredictionusingthereverselinkloadfactorand
theforwardlinktotalpowerdefinedinthecellproperties.
Ifyouwantthepilotsignalqualitypredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccount
checkboxandenterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
1058
AT320_UM_E0
Figure11.29:Loadconditionsettingsforacoveragepredictiononpilotquality
Forapilotsignalqualityprediction,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"basedontheField"EcI0(dB)"isselectedby
default.Eachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothepilotsignalquality.Forinformationondefiningdisplay
Whereatleastonetransmitterisintheactiveset:Select"Unique"astheDisplayType.
Whereatleastonetransmitterisintheactiveset,withinformationonthebestserver:Select"DiscreteValue"
astheDisplayTypeand"Transmitter"astheField.
Thepilotsignallevel:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"Ec(dBm)"astheField.
ThepilotqualityrelativetotheEcI0threshold:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"EcI0Margin
(dB)"astheField.
later:
Calculatebutton(
StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)UplinkandDownlinkfor1xRTT
AtollcalculatesthetrafficchannelqualityonFCH(asdefinedbyEbNt)whenusingthemaximumpowerallowed.
Inthecoverageprediction,theforwardlinkserviceareaislimitedbythemaximumtrafficchannelpowerallowableonFCH
percellandbythepilotquality.ThereverselinkserviceareaislimitedbythemaximumterminalpowerallowableonFCHand
bythepilotquality.Onboththeforwardandreverselinks,ifthereceivedpilotisbelowthesetthresholdonagivenpixel,
Atollwillnotdisplaythetrafficchannelquality.Mobilemacrodiversityistakeninconsiderationtoevaluatethetrafficchan
nelquality(EbNt).Atollcombinesthesignalfromeachtransmitterintheprobemobileactiveset.
Tomakeacoveragepredictiononservicearea(Eb/Nt)forwardlinkorreverselink:
4. SelectoneofthefollowingcoveragepredictionsandclickOK:
ServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(UL)
ServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(DL)
1059
Forsk2013
tion).
Youmustselecta1xRTTcapableTerminal,a1xRTTService,andaMobility,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModelling"
onpage1051.Youmustalsoselecta1xRTTCarrier.
intoaccountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
isselectedbydefault.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationtheservicearea(EbNt)forwardlinkor
reverselinkpredictionmakesavailable.Eachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothetrafficchannelquality.
Thethroughputontheforwardorreverselink:Select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"Rate(Kbps)"as
theField.
later:
Calculatebutton(
StudyingtheForwardLinkEVDOThroughput
Atollcalculatesthepilotchannelquality(asdefinedbyEcNt)and,usingthecalculatedEcNt,Atollcalculatesthemaximum
throughputthatcanbesupplied.
TomakeaforwardlinkEVDOthroughputcoverageprediction:
4. SelectServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(DL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
1060
AT320_UM_E0
tion).
YoumustselectanEVDOcapableTerminal,anEVDOService,andaMobility,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModel
ling"onpage1051.YoumustalsoselectanEVDOCarrier.
InordertomodelamulticarrierEVDOuser,selectanEVDORev.BcapableTerminal,anEVDORev.BServicewith
the"BestEffort"QoSand"Best(1xEVDO)"ascarrier.
boxandenterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
By default, the Display Type "Value Intervals" based on the Field "Max EbNt(dB)" is selected when you make a
servicearea(Eb/Nt)coverageprediction.ForaforwardlinkEVDOthroughputcoverageprediction,youcan,however,
changethedisplaytooneofthefollowing:
TheEcNtratio:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"CI(dB)"astheField.
Thethroughputontheforwardlink:Select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"Rate(Kbps)"astheField.
For multicarrier EVDO users, Atoll will calculate the throughput on each carrier and will display the total
throughput(i.e.,thesumofthethroughputsobtainedoneachcarrier)aspredictionresults.
Theaveragethroughputontheforwardlink:ThisinformationisavailablewhenyoumodelEVDORev.Ausers,
singlecarrierandmulticarrierEVDORev.Busers.Select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"AverageRate
(Kbps)"astheField.AtollcalculatestheaverageEVDOthroughputontheforwardlinkusingtheearlytermination
probabilities,definedintheterminalsreceptionequipment,tomodelHARQ(HybridAutomaticRepeatRequest).
later:
Calculatebutton(
StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)ReverseLinkforEVDO
AtollcalculatesthereverselinkEVDOtrafficchannelquality(EbNt)withanuplinkdatachannelthroughputof9.6kbpsfor
EVDORev.0usersand4.8kbpsforEVDORev.AandRev.Busers.Theserviceareaislimitedbythemaximumterminalpower
allowed and by the pilot quality. Mobile macrodiversity is taken in consideration to evaluate the traffic channel quality
(EbNt).Atollcombinesthesignalfromeachtransmitterintheprobemobileactiveset.FormulticarrierEVDOusers,Atoll
considersthebestsubactiveset.
Tomakeacoveragepredictiononservicearea(Eb/Nt)reverselink:
4. SelectServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(UL)andclickOK.TheServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(UL)Propertiesdialogue
appears.
1061
Forsk2013
tion).
YoumustselectanEVDOcapableTerminal,anEVDOService,andaMobility,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModel
ling"onpage1051.YoumustalsoselectanEVDOCarrier.
InordertomodelamulticarrierEVDOuser,selectanEVDORev.BcapableTerminal,anEVDORev.BServicewith
the"BestEffort"QoSand"Best(1xEVDO)"ascarrier.
clutterclass.
isselectedbydefault.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationtheservicearea(EbNt)reverselinkpredic
tionmakesavailable.Eachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothetrafficchannelqualitywithanuplinkdata
channelthroughputof9.6kbpsforEVDORev.0usersand4.8kbpsforEVDORev.AandRev.Busers.Forinformation
ondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
Thethroughput:Select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"Rate(Kbps)"astheField.FormulticarrierEV
DO users, Atoll shares the available terminal power equally between each carrier in order to calculate the
throughputobtainedoneachcarrier.Itdisplaystheresultsforthebestconfigurationamongallcombinationsof
carriers,i.e.,thecombinationwhichprovidesthehighesttotalthroughput.
TheaverageEVDOthroughput:ThisinformationisavailablewhenyoumodelEVDORev.Ausers,singlecarrier
and multicarrier EVDO Rev.B users. Select "Discrete values" as the Display Type and "Average Throughput
(Kbps)"astheField.AtollcalculatestheaverageEVDOthroughputonthereverselinkusingtheearlytermination
probabilities,definedintheterminalsreceptionequipment,tomodelHARQ(HybridAutomaticRepeatRequest).
later:
Calculatebutton(
StudyingEffectiveServiceArea
Theeffectiveserviceareaistheintersectionzonebetweenthepilotreceptionarea,andthereverselinkandforwardlink
serviceareas.Inotherwords,theeffectiveserviceareapredictioncalculateswhereaserviceactuallyisavailablefortheprobe
mobile.
1062
AT320_UM_E0
4. Select Effective Service Area Analysis (Eb/Nt) (DL+UL) and click OK. the coverage prediction Properties dialogue
appears.
tion).TheGroupByandSortbuttonsarenotavailablewhenmakingasocalled"global"coverageprediction(e.g.,
signallevelcoverageprediction).
accountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
Foraneffectiveserviceareaprediction,theDisplayType"Unique"isselectedbydefault.Thecoveragepredictionwill
displaywhereaserviceactuallyisavailablefortheprobemobile.Inthecalculations,Atollconsiders1xRTTuserswith
thepeakFCHthroughput,EVDORev.Auserswithadatachannelthroughputof9.6kbpsinthereverselinkand38.4
kbpsintheforwardlink,andEVDORev.Buserswithadatachannelthroughputof4.8kbpsinthereverseandthe
forwardlinks.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
CreatingaQualityCoveragePredictionUsingQualityIndicators
Youcancreateaqualitycoveragepredictionbasedonagivenqualityindicators(BER,BLER,orFER).Thecoverageprediction
willshowforeachpixelthemeasurementoftheselectedqualityindicator.
Thistypeofcoveragepredictionisnotavailableinthelistofstandardcoveragepredictions;youcan,however,usequality
indicatorsinacoveragepredictionbyfirstensuringthattheparametersofthequalityindicatorshavebeencorrectlysetand
thencreatingacoverageprediction,selectingdisplayparametersthatusethesequalityindicators.
Beforeyoudefinethequalitycoverageprediction,youmustensurethattheparametersofthequalityindicatorshavebeen
correctlyset.
Tochecktheparametersofthequalityindicators:
3. RightclickQualityIndicators.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheQualityIndicatorstableappears.
UsedforPacketServices:SelecttheUsedforPacketServicescheckboxifthequalityindicatoristobeusedfor
dataservices(i.e.,1xRTT,1xEVDORev.0,or1xEVDORev.A).
UsedforCircuitServices:SelecttheUsedforCircuitServicescheckboxifthequalityindicatoristobeusedfor
voiceservices.
MeasuredParameterforQI:Fromthelist,selecttheparameterthatwillbemeasuredtoindicatequality.
1063
Forsk2013
QIInterpolation:SelecttheQIInterpolationcheckboxifyouwantAtolltointerpolatebetweentwoexistingQI
values.CleartheQIInterpolationcheckboxifyouwantAtolltotaketheclosestQIvalue.
5. ClosetheQualityIndicatorstable.
6. IntheUMTSNetworkSettingsfolder,rightclicktheReceptionEquipmentfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
7. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheReceptionEquipmenttableappears.
8. Doubleclickthereceptionequipmenttypeforwhichyouwanttoverifythecorrespondencebetweenthemeasured
qualityandthequalityindicator.ThereceptionequipmenttypesPropertiesdialogueappears.
10. EnsurethataQualityIndicatorhasbeenchosenforeachService.YoucaneditthevaluesintheDLandULQuality
QualityGraphsortheUplinkQualityGraphsbuttons.Thegraphgivesthevariationofthequalityindicatorasafunc
tionofthemeasuredparameter.
Onceyouhaveensuredthattheparametersofthequalityindicatorshavebeencorrectlyset,youcanusethemeasuredqual
itytocreateaqualitycoverageprediction.Howyoudefineacoveragepredictionaccordingtothemeasuredqualityindicator,
dependsseveralparameters:
ThesettingsmadeintheQualityIndicatorstable
Theserviceyouwanttostudy
Thequalityindicatoryouwanttouse(BER,BLER,orFER)
Thecoveragepredictionyouwanttouse(PilotQualityAnalysisDownlink,theServiceAreaAnalysisDownlink,orSer
viceAreaAnalysisUplink).
Inthefollowingexample,youwillcreateaqualitycoveragepredictionshowingBLER,forauseronfoot,andwitha1xRTTdata
service.
TocreateaqualitycoveragepredictionshowingBLERforauseronfoot,andwitha1xRTTdataservice:
4. SelectServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(DL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
Terminal:SelecttheappropriateradioconfigurationformobileInternetaccessfromtheTerminallist.
Service:Select"1xRTTData"fromtheServicelist.
Mobility:Select"Pedestrian"fromtheMobilitylist.
Carrier:Select"1xRTT"fromtheCarrierlist.
Ifyouwanttheservicearea(EbNt)downlinkpredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtaken
clutterclass.
1064
AT320_UM_E0
Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplayTypeand"BLER"astheField.Theexactofthefieldvaluewilldependonthe
namegivenintheQualityIndicatorstable.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesof
Objects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Atollcalculatesforeachpixeltheforwardlinktrafficchannelquality(EbNt)(providedwhenusingthemaximumtrafficchan
nelpowerallowed).Then,itcalculatesthecorrespondingBLERvaluefromthequalitygraph(BLER=f(DLEbNt)).Thepixelis
colourediftheconditionisfulfilled(i.e.,ifBLERisevaluatedasbeinghigherthanthespecifiedthreshold).
11.1.10.8.4
StudyingNoise
Atollhasseveralcoveragepredictionsthatenableyoutostudytheforwardlinktotalnoise,forwardlinknoiseriseorpilot
pollution.Inthissection,thefollowingnoisepredictionsareexplained:
"StudyingForwardLinkTotalNoise"onpage1065
"StudyingIntertechnologyDownlinkNoise"onpage1067.
StudyingForwardLinkTotalNoise
Intheforwardlinktotalnoiseprediction,Atollcalculatesanddisplaystheareaswheretheforwardlinktotalnoiseorthe
forwardlinknoiseriseexceedsasetthreshold.
Tomakeaforwardlinktotalnoiseorforwardlinknoiseriseprediction:
4. SelectCoveragebyTotalNoiseLevel(DL)andclickOK.TheCoveragebyTotalNoiseLevel(DL)Propertiesdialogue
appears.
Ifyouwanttheforwardlinktotalnoiseorforwardlinknoiserisepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselectthe
ShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
Foraforwardlinktotalnoiseorforwardlinknoiseriseprediction,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"isselectedby
default.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationtheforwardlinktotalnoiseorforwardlinknoiserise
predictionmakesavailable.
1065
Forsk2013
CoveragebyTotalNoiseLevel(DL)prediction:Whenmakingaforwardlinktotalnoiseprediction,selectoneof
thefollowingintheFieldlist:
Min.noiselevel
Averagenoiselevel
Maxnoiselevel
Downlinknoiseriseprediction:Whenmakingaforwardlinknoiseriseprediction,selectoneofthefollowingin
theFieldlist:
Min.noiserise
Averagenoiserise
Maxnoiserise
later:
Calculatebutton(
CalculatingPilotPollution
Atransmitterwhichfulfilsallthecriteriatoenteramobilesactivesetbutwhichisnotadmittedbecausetheactivesetlimit
hasalreadybeenreachedisconsideredapolluter.
InthePilotPollutionAnalysisprediction,Atollcalculatesanddisplaystheareaswheretheprobemobileisinterferedbythe
pilotsignalfrompollutertransmitters.For1xRTT,pilotpollutionisthesameontheforwardandonthereverselinksbecause
1xRTTcanbeconnectedtomorethanonetransmitteronboththeforwardandonthereverselinks.EVDO,ontheotherhand,
canonlybeconnectedtoonetransmitterontheforwardlink,butseveralonthereverselink.Therefore,pilotpollutionfor
EVDOwillbedifferentontheforwardlinkandonthereverselink.ThePilotPollutionAnalysisonlycalculatespilotpollution
ontheforwardlink.FormulticarrierEVDOusers,Atollconsiderstheactivesetassociatedwiththebestcarrier.
Tomakeapilotpollutionprediction:
4. SelectPilotPollutionAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.thecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
YoumustselectaTerminal,Service,andMobilityasdefinedin"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage1051.Youmust
IfyouwantthePilotPollutionAnalysistoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheck
boxandenterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
1066
AT320_UM_E0
ForaPilotPollutionAnalysis,theDisplayType"ValueIntervals"andtheField"NumberofPolluters"areselectedby
default.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
StudyingIntertechnologyDownlinkNoise
Intheintertechnologydownlinknoiseprediction,Atollcalculatesanddisplaystheareaswherethedownlinknoiseornoise
risefromexternalbasestationsandmobilesexceedsasetthreshold.Formoreinformationonmodellingintertechnology
interference,see"ModellingIntertechnologyInterference"onpage1164.
Tomakeanintertechnologydownlinknoiseornoiseriseprediction:
4. SelectIntertechnologyInterferenceLevelAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogue
appears.
conditionstakenfromasimulation.
Ifyouweregoingtobaseacoveragepredictiononsimulations,youwouldselectthesimu
lationsonwhichyouwouldbebasingthecoveragepredictionfromtheLoadConditions
list.
YoumustselectaTerminalandaService,asdefinedin"ServiceandUserModelling"onpage1051.Youmustalso
selectwhichCarrieristobeconsidered.Youcanmakethecoveragepredictionforaspecificcarrierorforthe"Best"
carrierselectedaccordingtothecarrierselectionmethoddefinedforthesiteequipment.
Ifyouwantthepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxand
enterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
TheDisplayType"ValueIntervals"isselectedbydefault.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationthe
predictionmakesavailable,NoiseLevelorNoiseRise.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"Display
later:
Calculatebutton(
1067
11.1.10.8.5
Forsk2013
MakingaHandoffStatusCoveragePrediction
Inthehandoffstatusprediction,Atollcalculatesanddisplaysthezoneswhereahandoffcanbemade.Forahandofftobe
possible,theremustbeapotentialactivetransmitter,i.e.,atransmitterthatfulfilsallthecriteriatoenterthemobileactive
set,andtheservicechosenbytheusermustbeavailable.
Youcanalsousethehandoffstatuscoveragepredictiontodisplaythenumberofpotentialactivetransmitters.
For1xRTT,thehandoffstatusisthesameontheforwardandonthereverselinksbecause1xRTTcanbeconnectedtomore
thanonetransmitteronboththeforwardandonthereverselinks.EVDO,ontheotherhand,canonlybeconnectedtoone
transmitterontheforwardlink,butseveralonthereverselink.Therefore,thehandoffstatuscoveragepredictionforEVDO
iscalculatedonthereverselink.FormulticarrierEVDOusers,Atollconsiderstheactivesetassociatedwiththebestcarrier.
Tomakeahandoffstatuscoverageprediction:
4. SelectHandoffZones(DL)andclickOK.thecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
Ifyouwanttheforwardlinktotalnoiseorforwardlinknoiserisepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselectthe
ShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
clutterclass.
tionwilldisplay.
Todisplaythehandoffstatus:
i.
Select"DiscreteValues"fromtheDisplayTypelist.
ii. Select"Status"fromtheFieldlist.Thecoveragepredictionwilldisplaythenumberofcellstheprobemobile
isconnectedtoandthenumberofsitesthesecellsarelocatedon.
Todisplaythenumberofpotentialactivetransmitters:
i.
Select"ValueIntervals"fromtheDisplayTypelist.
ii. Select"Potentialactivetransmitternb"fromtheFieldlist.thecoveragepredictionwilldisplaythenumberof
potentialactivetransmitters.
later:
Calculatebutton(
1068
AT320_UM_E0
11.1.10.8.6
MakinganASAnalysis
TheASAnalysisviewofthePointAnalysiswindowgivesyouinformationonthepilotquality(EcI0)(whichisthemainparam
eterusedtodefinethemobileactiveset),theconnectionstatus,andtheactivesetoftheprobemobile.Resultsaredisplayed
foranypointofthemapwherethepilotsignallevelexceedsthedefinedminimumRSCP.Analysisisbasedonthereverselink
loadpercentageandtheforwardlinktotalpowerofcells.Theanalysisisprovidedforauserdefinableprobereceiverwhich
hasaterminal,amobilityandaservice.
YoucanmakeanASanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction.Inthiscase,beforeyoumaketheASanalysis,ensurethecoverage
predictionyouwanttouseintheASanalysisisdisplayedonthemap.
TomakeanASanalysis:
)onthetoolbar.ThePointAnalysisToolwindowappears(seeFigure11.31).
3. AtthetopoftheASAnalysisview,select"CellsTable"fromLoadconditions.
4. IfyouaremakinganASanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction,youcanrecreatetheconditionsofthecoveragepre
diction:
a. SelectthesameTerminal,Service,Mobility,Carrier,DLThroughput,andULThroughputstudiedinthecoverage
prediction.
Ifthecoveragepredictionwasfor1xRTT,youmustselect"FCH"forboththeDLThroughputandULThroughput.
IfthecoveragepredictionwasforEVDORev.0,youmustselect"9.6kbps"fortheULThroughput.Ifthecoverage
predictionwasforEVDORev.AorRev.B,youmustselect"4.8kbps"fortheULThroughput.
class.
IfyouaremakinganASanalysistomakeapredictiononadefinedpoint,youcanusethe
instructionsinthissteptodefineauser.
As you move the pointer, Atoll indicates on the map which is the best server for the current position (see
Figure11.30).
InformationonthecurrentpositionisgivenintheASAnalysisviewofthePointAnalysiswindow.SeeFigure11.31
onpage1070foranexplanationofthedisplayedinformation.
Figure11.30:Pointanalysisonthemap
1069
Forsk2013
Figure11.31:PointAnalysisASAnalysisview
Thepilotquality(EcI0)ofalltransmittersusingtheselectedcarrier(thecolourofthebarcorrespondstothecolour
ofthetransmitteronthemap).
Thethresholdsrequiredtoentertheactivesetasbestserverandnottoberejectedfromtheactiveset.Theportion
ofthegraphwiththegreybackgroundindicatesthetransmittersintheactiveset.
Thepilotandtheavailabilityofserviceonthereverselinkandforwardlink.
Ifthereisatleastonesuccessfulconnection(forpilot,forwardlink,orreverselink),doubleclickingtheiconsintherighthand
framewillopenadialoguewithadditionalinformation.
orvectorformats.Inrasterformats,youcanexportinBMP,TIF,ArcViewgrid,orVerticalMapper(GRDandGRC)
formats.WhenexportinginGRDorGRCformats,Atollallowsyoutoexportfileslargerthan2GB.Invectorformats,
youcanexportinArcView,MapInfo,orAGDformats.Formoreinformationonexportingcoverageprediction
results,see"ExportingCoveragePredictionResults"onpage67.
cell.Thecellsthatfulfiltherequirementstobeneighboursarereferredtoaspossibleneighbours.Whenallocatingneighbours
toallactiveandfilteredtransmitters,Atollallocatesneighboursonlytothecellswithinthefocuszoneandconsidersaspossi
bleneighboursalltheactiveandfilteredcellswhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputation
zone.Ifthereisnofocuszone,Atollallocatesneighbourstothecellswithinthecomputationzone.
selected.
oryoucandefineagroupofcellseitherbyusingafocuszoneorbygroupingtransmittersintheExplorerwindow.Forinfor
mationoncreatingafocuszone,see"CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage1042.For
informationongroupingtransmittersintheExplorerwindow,see"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88.
1070
AT320_UM_E0
AtollsupportsthefollowingneighbourtypesinaCDMAnetwork:
IntratechnologyNeighbours:IntratechnologyneighboursarecellsdefinedasneighboursthatbothuseCDMA.Intra
technologyneighbourscanbedividedinto:
IntracarrierNeighbours:Cellsdefinedasneighbourswhichperformhandoffusingthesamecarrier.
IntercarrierNeighbours:Cellsdefinedasneighbourswhichperformhandoffusingadifferentcarrier.
otherthanCDMA.
theNeighbourstable.
3. Select Neighbours> Intratechnology> Exceptional Pairs from the context menu. The Exceptional Pairs of Intra
TechnologyNeighbourstableappears.
4. ClicktheEditbuttononthebottomrightofthedialogue.Theexceptionalpairlistbecomeseditable.
fromtheCellcolumn.
),selectthecellforwhichyouwanttodefineneighbourconstraints
6. FromtheNeighbourcolumn,selectthesecondcelloftheexceptionalpair.
7. IntheStatuscolumn,selectoneofthefollowing:
selectingNeighbours>Intratechnology>ExceptionalPairs.
YoucandefinetherelativeimportanceofthefactorsthatAtollusestoevaluatepossibleintraandintercarrierneighbours
(forinformationonhowAtollcalculatesimportance,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide).
1071
Forsk2013
4. SelecttheIntracarrierNeighbourstab.OntheIntracarrierNeighbourstab,youcansetthefollowingimportance
factors:
sons.
tothereferencetransmitter.TheAdjacencyFactorwillbeusedifyouselecttheForceadjacenttransmittersas
5. SelecttheIntercarrierNeighbourstab.OntheIntercarrierNeighbourstab,youcansetthefollowingimportance
factors:
sons.
6. ClickOK.
AtollcanautomaticallyallocatebothintraandintercarrierneighboursinaCDMAnetwork.Atollallocatesneighboursbased
ToautomaticallyallocateintracarrierCDMAneighbours:
4. ClicktheIntracarrierNeighbourstab.Youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Max.NumberofNeighbours:Setthemaximumnumberofintracarrierneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoacell.
Thisvaluecanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachcellintheCellstable.
parameters:
1072
bourallocation.
Min.Ec/I0:EnterormodifytheminimumEcI0requiredfromatransmittertoentertheactivesetasbest
server.
T_Drop:EnterormodifytheminimumEcI0requiredfromatransmitternottoberejectedfromtheactiveset.
DLLoadContributingtoIo:YoucanletAtollbasetheinterferenceratioonthetotalpowerusedasdefinedin
AT320_UM_E0
Carriers:Selectthecarriersonwhichyouwanttoruntheallocation.Youcanchooseoneormorecarriers;Atoll
willallocateneighbourstocellsusingtheselectedcarriers.
thereisatleastonepixelinthereferencecellscoverageareawherethepossibleneighbourcellisthebestserver,
orwherethepossibleneighbourcellisthesecondbestserverinthereferencecellsactiveset.
thelist.
6. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofallocatingintracarrierneighbours.Atollfirstcheckstoseewhetherthe
them.
Importance(%):Theimportanceascalculatedwiththeoptionsselectedin"CalculatingtheImportanceofExisting
Cosite
Adjacency
Symmetry
Coverage
Existing
Relationtype:Thetypeoftheneighbourrelation:intracarrierorintercarrier.
kilometres.
page69.
ClickCompare.Thelistofautomicallyallocatedneighbours,whoseCommitcheckboxisselected,iscompared
1073
Forsk2013

ToautomaticallyallocateintercarrierCDMAneighbours:
4. ClicktheIntercarrierNeighbourstab.Youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Max.NumberofNeighbours:Setthemaximumnumberofintercarrierneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoacell.
Thisvaluecanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable.
parameters:
bourallocation.
Margin:EnterthesignalmarginrelativetothepilotsignalofthereferencecellA.SeetheTechnicalReference
Guideforanexplanationofhowthemarginisusedindifferentintercarrierhandoffscenarios.
Carriers:Selectthecarriersonwhichyouwanttoruntheallocation.Youcanchooseoneormorecarriers;Atoll
willallocateneighbourstocellsusingtheselectedcarriers.
thelist.
6. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofallocatingintercarrierneighbours.Atollfirstcheckstoseewhetherthe
them.
Importance(%):Theimportanceascalculatedwiththeoptionsselectedin"CalculatingtheImportanceofExisting
1074
Cosite
AT320_UM_E0
Symmetry
Coverage
Existing
Relationtype:Thetypeoftheneighbourrelation:intracarrierorintercarrier.
kilometres.
page69.
Thenumberof deleted neighbour relations (neighbour relationsnot proposed intheautomaticallocation
arelistedontheIntratechnologyNeighbourstabofeachcellsPropertiesdialogue.
11.1.11.4.1
newbasestationandothercellswhosecoverageareaintersectswiththecoverageareaofthecellsofthenewbasestation.
page1072.
11.1.11.4.2
transmittersandothercellswhosecoverageareaintersectswiththecoverageareaofthecellsofthenewtransmitter.
1075
Forsk2013
page1072.
11.1.11.5.1
tionissymmetric.
appears.

Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplayTypeifyouwantAtolltocolourallneighbourlinksofacellwithaunique
colour.
totheneighbourcarrier.Inthiscase,youcanviewonthemapintracarrierandintercarrierneighbourrelations.
ValueIntervals:Select"ValueIntervals"tocolourthecellsneighbourlinksaccordingthevalueintervalofthe
creatinganewfieldofType"Integer"intheIntraTechnologyNeighbourtableforthe
DisplayType.Forinformationonaddinganewfieldtoatable,see"AddingaFieldtoan
7. SelecttheAddtoLegendcheckboxtoaddthedisplayedneighbourlinkstothelegend.
1076
OutwardsNonSymmetric:SelecttheOutwardsNonSymmetriccheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationswhere
InwardsNonSymmetric:SelecttheInwardsNonSymmetriccheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationswherethe
Symmetric Links: Select the Symmetric Links check box to display neighbour relations that are symmetric
betweentheselectedcellandtheneighbour.
AT320_UM_E0
appears.
Thesymmetricneighbourrelationsoftheselected(reference)cellareindicatedbyaline.
The outward neighbourrelations areindicated with aline with an arrow pointingat the neighbour (e.g.,see
Theinwardneighbourrelationsareindicatedwithalinewithanarrowpointingattheselectedcell(e.g.,see
In Figure11.33, neighbour links aredisplayed according totheneighbour.Therefore, thesymmetric andoutward

neighbourlinkshavethesamecolourasthecorrespondingneighbourtransmittersandtheinwardneighbourlinkhas
thesamecolourasthereferencetransmitterasitisneighbourofSite9_3(0)here.
1077
Forsk2013
Figure11.33:NeighboursofSite22_3(0)DisplayAccordingtotheNeighbour
InFigure11.34,neighbourlinksaredisplayedaccordingtotheneighbourcarrier.Youcanviewintracarrierandinter
carrierneighbourlinks.Inthisexample,allneighbourrelationsaresymmetric.
Figure11.34:IntracarrierandIntercarrierNeighboursofSite14_3(0)
Youcandisplayeitherforcedneighboursorforbiddenneighboursbyclickingthearrow
( )nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbar
andselectingeitherForcedNeighboursorForbiddenNeighbours.
11.1.11.5.2
1. Create,calculate,anddisplaya"Coveragebytransmitter"prediction,withtheDisplayTypesetto"DiscreteValues"
andtheFieldsettoTransmitter(forinformationoncreatingacoveragebytransmitterprediction,see"Makinga
CoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage1038).
appears.

4. UnderIntratechnologyneighbours,selecttheDisplaycoverageareascheckbox.
dialogueappears.
1078
)besidetheDisplayCoverageAreascheckbox.TheIntratechnologyNeighbourDisplay
AT320_UM_E0
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplayTypeifyouwantAtolltocolourthecoverageareaofacellsneighbours
withauniquecolour.
table.
ValueIntervals:Select"ValueIntervals"tocolourthecoverageareaofacellsneighboursaccordingthevalue
weightingfactors.
appears.
Onlyintracarrierneighbourcoverageareasaredisplayed.
)inthe
"AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheCellsTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue"onpage1079
ToallocateordeleteCDMAneighboursusingtheCellstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue:
b. UnderList,selectthecellfromthelistintheNeighbourcolumnintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
1079
Forsk2013
d. SelectSymmetrisefromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellinthe
Todeleteaneighbour:
7. ClickOK.
ToallocateordeleteCDMAneighboursusingtheNeighbourstable:
3. SelectNeighbours>Intratechnology>Neighboursfromthecontextmenu.TheNeighbourstableappears.
b. SelectSymmetrisefromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellinthe
1080
AT320_UM_E0
the Exceptional Pairs of IntraTechnology Neighbours table. You can open this table,
selecttheexceptionalpairstobeconsidered,rightclickthetableandselectForceExcep
tionalPairsinthecontextmenu.
Todeleteaneighbour:
betweenthetwotransmitters,andthenpressCTRLandclicktheothertransmitter.Atollconvertsthesymmetric
relationtoaninwardsnonsymmetricintertechnologyneighbourrelation.
1081
Forsk2013
)intheRadio
bours.
intheAFPprocess.
4. SelecttheIntratechnologyNeighbourstab.
7. CoverageConditions:UnderCoverageConditions,youcansetthecoverageconditionsbetweenneighboursandtheir
referencecells.ClickingDefineopenstheCoverageConditionsdialogue.IntheCoverageConditionsdialogue,you
canchangethefollowingparameters:
allocation.
neighbour.
erage.
T_Drop:EntertheminimumEcIorequiredfromatransmitternottoberejectedfromtheactiveset.
9. SelecttheIntercarrierNeighbourstab.
thesamesiteastheirreferencecellwhencalculatingimportance(forinformationondefiningimportancefactors,see
"ConfiguringImportanceFactorsforNeighbours"onpage1071):
1082
allocation.
neighbour.
AT320_UM_E0
erage.
T_Drop:EntertheminimumEcIorequiredfromatransmitternottoberejectedfromtheactiveset.
calculated.
Cosite
Adjacency
Symmetry
Coverage
insquarekilometres.
transmitterisbestserverorsecondbestserver.Thisinformationisnotrelevantforintercarrierneighboursand
isthereforenotpresentontheIntercarrierNeighbourstab.
NeighbourhoodType:SelectwhetheryouwanttoperformanauditonIntraCarrierorInterCarrierneighbour
relations.
1083
Forsk2013
FullLists:SelecttheFullListscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavethemaximumnumberofneighbours
sethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable.
Lists>MaxNumber:SelecttheLists>MaxNumbercheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavemorethan
themaximumnumberofneighboursallowed.Themaximumnumberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforall
transmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable
bours.
audited.
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL|
Syntax:
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
1084
Atolldocument.
Atolldocument.
AT320_UM_E0
11.1.12 PlanningPNOffsets
InCDMA,512pseudonoise(PN)offsetsareavailable,numberedfrom0to511.
AtollfacilitatesthemanagementofavailablePNOffsetsduringautomaticallocationwiththepilotPNsequenceoffsetindex
increment(PILOT_INC)parameter.Forexample,ifyousetPILOT_INCto"4,"allPNOffsetsfrom4to508withaseparation
intervalof4canbeallocated.IfyouneedtorestricttherangeofPNOffsetsavailablefurther,youcancreategroupsofPN
Offsetsanddomains,whereeachdomainisadefinedsetofgroups.
YoucanalsoassignPNOffsetsmanuallyorautomaticallytoanycellinthenetwork.
Onceallocationiscompleted,youcanauditthePNOffsets,viewPNOffsetreuseonthemap,andmadeananalysisofPN
Offsetdistribution.
TheprocedureforplanningPNOffsetsforaCDMAprojectis:
PreparingforPNOffsetallocation
"CreatingPNOffsetDomainsandGroupsforPNOffsetAllocation"onpage1164.Thisstepisneededonlyifyou
mustrestricttherangeofPNOffsets.
"DefiningExceptionalPairsforPNOffsetAllocation"onpage1085.
AllocatingPNOffsets
"AutomaticallyAllocatingPNOffsetstoCDMACells"onpage1086
"AllocatingPNOffsetstoCDMACellsManually"onpage1088.
"CheckingtheConsistencyofthePNOffsetPlan"onpage1088.
DisplayingtheallocationofPNOffsets
"UsingFindonMaptoDisplayPNOffsetAllocation"onpage1089
"DisplayingPNOffsetAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings"onpage1089
"GroupingTransmittersbyPNOffset"onpage1090
"DisplayingthePNOffsetAllocationHistogram"onpage1090
"MakingaPNOffsetCollisionZonePrediction"onpage1091.
"MakingaPNOffsetCollisionAnalysis"onpage1091
WithinthecontextofPNOffsetallocation,"neighbours"refertointracarrierneighbours.
11.1.12.1 DefiningExceptionalPairsforPNOffsetAllocation
YoucanalsodefinepairsofcellswhichcannothavethesameprimaryPNOffset.Thesepairsarereferredtoasexceptional
pairs.Exceptionalpairsareusedalongwithotherconstraints,suchasneighbours,reusedistance,anddomains,inallocating
PNOffsets.
TocreateapairofcellsthatcannothavethesamePNOffset:
3. Select PN Offsets> Exceptional Pairs. The Exceptional Separation Constraints table appears. For information on
workingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
5. Clickinanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewexceptionalpairandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
11.1.12.2 AllocatingPNOffsets
AtollcanautomaticallyassignPNOffsetstothecellsofaCDMAnetworkaccordingtosetparameters.Forexample,ittakes
intoaccountanyconstraintsimposedbyneighbours,minimumPNOffsetreusedistance,theselectedPNOffsetallocation
strategy(PNOffsetpercell,AdjacentPNclusterspersite,DistributedPNclusterspersite)andthedefinitionofgroupsand
domainsofPNOffsets.
YoucanalsoallocatePNOffsetsmanuallytothecellsofaCDMAnetwork.
1085
Forsk2013
Inthissection,thefollowingmethodsofallocatingPNOffsetsaredescribed:
"DefiningAutomaticAllocationConstraintCosts"onpage1086
"AutomaticallyAllocatingPNOffsetstoCDMACells"onpage1086
"AllocatingPNOffsetstoCDMACellsManually"onpage1088.
DefiningAutomaticAllocationConstraintCosts
YoucandefinethecostsofthedifferenttypesofconstraintsusedintheautomaticPNOffsetallocationalgorithm.
Todefinethedifferentconstraintcosts:
3. Select PN Offsets> Constraint Costs. The Allocation Constraint Costs dialogue appears. In this dialogue you can
definethefollowingcostsofconstraintviolationsfortheautomaticallocationprocess(thecostisavaluefrom0to1):
Max1st,2nd,and3rdOrderNeighbours:Enterthemaximumcostsfor1st,2nd,and3rdorderneighbourcon
straintviolations.
CoplanningShare:Enterthecostforintertechnologyneighbourconstraintviolations.
MaxReuseDistance:Enterthemaximumcostforreusedistanceconstraintviolations.
ExceptionalPair:Enterthecostforexceptionalpairconstraintviolations.
4. ClickOK.Theallocationconstraintcostsarestoredandwillbeusedintheautomaticallocation.
AutomaticallyAllocatingPNOffsetstoCDMACells
TheallocationalgorithmenablesyoutoautomaticallyallocatePNOffsetstocellsinthecurrentnetwork.Youcanchoose
among several automatic allocation strategies. The actual automatic allocation strategies available will depend on your
networkandoptionsselectedintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformationontheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.For
moreinformationonautomaticallocationstrategies,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
PNOffsetperCell:ThepurposeofthisstrategyistoreducethespectrumofallocatedPNOffsetsthemaximumpos
sible.AtollwillallocatethefirstpossiblePNOffsetsinthedomain.
AdjacentPNClustersperSite: ThisstrategyconsistsofallocatingoneclusterofadjacentPNOffsetstoeachbasesta
tion,then,onePNOffsetoftheclustertoeachcellofeachtransmitteraccordingtoitsazimuth.Whenalltheclusters
havebeenallocatedandtherearestillbasestationsremainingtobeallocated,Atollreusestheclustersatanother
basestation.
DistributedPNClustersperSite:ThisstrategyconsistsofallocatingoneclusterofPNOffsetstoeachbasestationin
thenetwork,then,onePNOffsetoftheclustertoeachcellofeachtransmitteraccordingtoitsazimuth.Withthis
strategy,theclusterismadeofPNOffsetsseparatedasmuchaspossible.Whenalltheclustershavebeenallocated
andtherearestillbasestationsremainingtobeallocated,Atollreusestheclustersatanotherbasestation.
WithinthecontextofPNOffsetallocation,theterm"PNcluster"referstoasubgroupof
PNOffsetsthatAtollassignstobasestationsduringtheallocationprocess.Atollallowsyou
tochangethenumberofPNOffsetsinaPNcluster.
The following example explains the difference between "Adjacent PNclusters" and
"DistributedPNclusters".
ThePILOT_INChasbeensetto4andthePNclustersizeto3.Thereare:
128 PNOffsetsthat can be allocated: they are from 4 to508 with a separation
intervalof4.
EachPNclusterconsistsofthreePNOffsets.Therefore,thereare42PNclusters
available.
Ifyouselect"AdjacentPNclusterpersite"asallocationstrategy,AtollwillconsiderPN
clustersconsistedofadjacentPNOffsets(e.g.,{4,8,12},{16,20,24},...,{496,500,504}).
Ifyouselect"DistributedPNclusterpersite"asallocationstrategy,AtollwillconsiderPN
clusters consisted of PN Offsets separated as much as possible (e.g., {4,172,340},
{8,176,344},...,{168,336,504}).
ToautomaticallyallocatePNOffsets:
3. SelectPNOffsets>AutomaticAllocation.ThePNOffsetsdialogueappears.
1086
AT320_UM_E0
4. SetthefollowingparametersinthePNOffsetsdialogue:
UnderConstraints,youcansettheconstraintsonautomaticPNOffsetallocation.
PILOT_INC:ThepilotPNsequenceoffsetindexincrement.Itistheintervalbetweenpilots,inunitsof64PN
chips,ofcells.ThePILOT_INCvaluemustbefrom1to15.Atollusesthisparametertodeterminethepoolof
possiblePNOffsets(512dividedbyPILOT_INCvalue).ThefirstPNOffsetisPILOT_INCandotheronesaremul
tiplesofthisvalue.
Forexample:WhenPILOT_INCissetto4,thepoolofpossiblePNOffsetsconsistsofPNOffsetsfrom4to508
withaseparationintervalof4(i.e.,[4,8,12,16,...508]).
ExistingNeighbours:SelecttheExistingNeighbourscheckboxifyouwanttoconsiderintracarrierneighbour
relationsandthenchoosetheneighbourhoodleveltotakeintoaccount:
Neighboursofacellarereferredtoasthefirstorderneighbours,neighboursneighboursarereferredtoas
thesecondorderneighboursandneighboursneighboursneighboursasthethirdorderneighbours.
FirstOrder:NocellwillbeallocatedthesamePNOffsetasitsneighbours.
SecondOrder:NocellwillbeallocatedthesamePNOffsetasitsneighboursoritssecondorderneighbours.
ThirdOrder:NocellwillbeallocatedthesamePNOffsetasitsneighboursoritssecondorderneighboursor
thirdorderneighbours.
Atollcantakeintoaccountintertechnologyneighbourrelationsasconstraintswhenallo
catingPNOffsetstotheCDMA2000neighboursofaGSMtransmitter.Inordertoconsider
intertechnologyneighbourrelationsinPNOffsetallocation,youmustmaketheTransmit
tersfolderoftheGSMAtolldocumentaccessibleintheCDMA2000Atolldocument.For
informationonmakinglinksbetweenGSMandCDMA2000Atolldocuments,see"Creating
aCDMASectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork"onpage1152
AdditionalOverlappingConditions:SelecttheAdditionalOverlappingConditionscheckbox,ifyouwantto
setoverlappingcoveragecriteria.Ifcellsmeettheoverlappingconditionstoenterthereferencecellsactive
set,theywillbenotallocatedthesamePNOffsetasthereferencecell.ClickDefinetochangetheoverlapping
conditions.IntheCoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
Min.EcI0:Entertheminimum EcI0whichmustbeprovidedbyreferencecellAinanareawithoverlapping
coverage.ReferencecellAmustalsobethebestserverintermsofpilotqualityintheareawithoverlapping
coverage.
T_Drop:EnterormodifytheminimumEcI0requiredfromatransmitternottoberejectedfromtheactiveset.
ReuseDistance:SelecttheReuseDistancecheckboxifyouwanttotheautomaticallocationprocesstocon
cannothavethesamePNOffset.
enteredhere.
ExceptionalPairs:SelecttheExceptionalPairscheckboxifyouwanttheautomaticallocationprocesstocon
sidertheexceptionalpairconstraints.
PNOffsetperCell
AdjacentPNClustersperSite
DistributedPNClustersperSite
1087
Forsk2013
Carrier:SelecttheCarrieronwhichyouwanttoruntheallocation.Youmaychooseonecarrier(Atollwillassign
PNOffsetstotransmittersusingtheselectedcarrier)orallofthem.
PNClusterSize:ThenumberofPNOffsetspercluster.ThisparameterisusedonlybytheAdjacentPNClusters
perSiteandDistributedPNClustersperSiteallocationstrategies.Itshouldcorrespondtotheaveragenumberof
transmitterslocatedonasite.
UseaMaxofCodes:SelecttheUseaMaxofCodescheckboxtomakeAtollusethemaximumnumberofPNOff
sets.Forexample,iftherearetwocellsusingthesamedomainwithtwoPNOffsets,Atollwillassigntheremaining
PNOffsettothesecondcelleveniftherearenoconstraintsbetweenthesetwocells(forexample,neighbourrela
tions,reusedistance,etc.).Ifyoudonotselectthisoption,Atollonlycheckstheconstraints,andallocatesthefirst
rankedPNOffsetinthelist.
DeleteExistingPNOffsets:SelecttheDeleteExistingPNOffsetscheckboxifyouwantAtolltodeletecurrently
allocatedPNOffsetsandrecalculateallPNOffsets.Ifyoudonotselectthisoption,Atollwillkeepcurrentlyallo
catedPNOffsetsandwillonlyallocatePNOffsetstocellsthatdonotyethavePNOffsetsallocated.
AllocateCarriersIdentically:SelecttheAllocateCarriersIdenticallycheckboxifyouwantAtolltoallocatethe
samePNOffsettoeachcarrierofatransmitter.Ifyoudonotselectthisoption,AtollallocatesPNOffsetsinde
pendentlyforeachcarrier.
5. ClickRun.AtollbeginstheprocessofallocatingPNOffsets.
OnceAtollhasfinishedallocatingPNOffsets,theyarevisibleunderResults.AtollonlydisplaysnewlyallocatedPN
Offsets.
Code:ThePNOffsetallocatedtothecell.
6. ClickCommit.ThePNOffsetsarecommittedtothecells.
YoucansaveautomaticPNOffsetallocationparametersinauserconfiguration.Forinfor
mationonsavingautomaticPNOffsetallocationparametersinauserconfiguration,see
"SavingaUserConfiguration"onpage98.
IfyouneedtoallocatePNOffsetstothecellsononetransmitter,youcanallocate
themautomaticallybyselectingAllocatePNOffsetsfromthetransmitterscontext
menu.
IfyouneedtoallocatePNOffsetstoallthecellsongroupoftransmitters,youcan
allocatethemautomaticallybyselectingCells>PNOffsets>AutomaticAllocation
fromthetransmittergroupscontextmenu.
AllocatingPNOffsetstoCDMACellsManually
WhenyouallocatePNOffsetstoalargenumberofcells,itiseasiesttoletAtollallocatePNOffsetsautomatically,asdescribed
in"AutomaticallyAllocatingPNOffsetstoCDMACells"onpage1086.However,ifyouwanttoaddaPNOffsettoonecellor
tomodifythePNOffsetofacell,youcandoitbyaccessingthepropertiesofthecell.
ToallocateaPNOffsettoaCDMAcellmanually:
1. Onthemap,rightclickthetransmittertowhosecellyouwanttoallocateaPNOffset.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. EnteraPNOffsetinthecellscolumn.
5. ClickOK.
11.1.12.3 CheckingtheConsistencyofthePNOffsetPlan
Once you have completed allocating PN Offsets, you can verify whether the allocated PN Offsets respect the specified
constraintsbyperforminganauditoftheplan.ThePNOffsetauditalsoenablesyoutocheckforinconsistenciesifyouhave
madesomemanualchangestotheallocationplan.
3. SelectPNOffsets>Audit.TheCodeAuditdialogueappears.
4. IntheCodeAuditdialogue,selecttheallocationcriteriathatyouwanttocheck:
1088
AT320_UM_E0
Neighbours:SelectNeighboursinordertocheckPNOffsetconstraintsbetweencellsandtheirneighboursand
thenchoosetheneighbourhoodleveltotakeintoaccount.
FirstOrder:AtollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamePNOffsetasanyofitsneighbours.
SecondOrder:AtollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamePNOffsetasanyofitsneighboursoranyoftheneighbours
ofitsneighbours.
ThirdOrder:AtollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamePNOffsetasanyofitsneighboursoranyoftheneighbours
ofitsneighboursoranyoftheneighboursofitssecondorderneighbours.
Thereportwilllistthecellsandtheneighboursthatdonotmeetoneoftheseconstraints.Inaddition,itwillindi
catetheallocatedPNOffsetandtheneighbourhoodlevel.
Domain Compliance: If you select the Domain Compliance check box, Atoll will check if allocated PN Offsets
belongtodomainsassignedtocells.ThereportwilllistanycellswithPNOffsetsthatdonotbelongtodomains
assignedtothecell.
valuesamongthevaluesdefinedforthetwocellsintheirpropertiesandthevaluethatyousetintheCodeAudit
dialogue.Cellpairsthatdonotrespectthereusedistanceconditionarelistedinincreasingorderofthedistance
betweenthem.ThePNOffsetandthereusedistancearealsolistedforeachcellpair.
ExceptionalPairs:IfyouselecttheExceptionalPairscheckbox,Atollwillcheckforanddisplaypairsofcellsthat
arelistedasexceptionalpairsbutstillusethesamePNOffsets.
5. ClickOK.AtolldisplaystheresultsoftheauditinatextfilecalledCodeCheck.txt,whichopensattheendoftheaudit.
Foreachselectedcriterion,Atollgivesthenumberofdetectedinconsistenciesanddetailseachofthem.
11.1.12.4 DisplayingtheAllocationofPNOffsets
Once you have completed allocating PN Offsets, you can verify several aspects of PN Offset allocation. You have several
optionsfordisplayingPNOffsets:
"UsingFindonMaptoDisplayPNOffsetAllocation"onpage1089
"DisplayingPNOffsetAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings"onpage1089
"GroupingTransmittersbyPNOffset"onpage1090
"DisplayingthePNOffsetAllocationHistogram"onpage1090
"MakingaPNOffsetCollisionZonePrediction"onpage1091.
"MakingaPNOffsetCollisionAnalysis"onpage1091
UsingFindonMaptoDisplayPNOffsetAllocation
InAtoll,youcansearchforPNOffsetsandPNOffsetgroupsusingtheFindonMaptool.Resultsaredisplayedinthemap
windowinred.
displayedbytransmitter,thesearchresultswillbedisplayedbytransmittercoverage.PNOffsetsandPNOffsetgroupsand
anypotentialproblemswillthenbeclearlyvisible.Forinformationoncoveragepredictionsbytransmitter,see"Makinga
CoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage1038.
TofindPNOffsetsorPNOffsetgroupsusingtheFindonMaptool:
2. FromtheFindlist,select"PNOffset."
PNOffset:IfyouwanttofindaPNOffset,selectPNOffsetandselectitfromthelist.
PNOffsetGroup:IfyouwanttofindaPNOffsetgroup,selectPNOffsetGroupandselectitfromthelist.
Torestoretheinitialtransmittercolours,clicktheResetDisplaybuttonintheFindonMaptool.
DisplayingPNOffsetAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings
YoucanusethedisplaycharacteristicsoftransmitterstodisplayPNOffsetrelatedinformation.
TodisplayPNOffsetrelatedinformationonthemap:
1089
Forsk2013
PNOffset:TodisplaythePNOffsetofatransmitterscell,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"Cells:
PNOffset"astheField.
RangesofPNOffsets:TodisplayrangesofPNOffsets,select"Valueintervals"astheDisplayTypeand"Cells:PN
Offset"astheField.
PNOffsetdomain:TodisplaythePNOffsetdomainofatransmitterscell,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplay
Typeand"Cells:PNOffsetDomain"astheField.
Youcandisplaythefollowinginformationinthetransmitterlabelortiptext:
PNOffset:TodisplaythePNOffsetofatransmitterscellinthetransmitterlabelortiptext,"Cells:PNOffset"from
theLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
PNOffsetdomain:TodisplaythePNOffsetdomainofatransmitterscellinthetransmitterlabelortiptext,"Cells:
PNOffsetDomain"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
5. ClickOK.
GroupingTransmittersbyPNOffset
YoucangrouptransmittersintheNetworkexplorerbytheirPNOffsetorbytheirPNOffsetdomain.
TogrouptransmittersbyPNOffset:
5. UnderAvailableFields,scrolldowntotheCellsection.
PNOffset
PNOffsetDomain
7. Click
ofparametersonwhichthetransmitterswillbegrouped.Formoreinformationongroupingobjects,see"Advanced
Grouping"onpage90.
mittersfolder.
DisplayingthePNOffsetAllocationHistogram
YoucanuseahistogramtoanalysetheuseofallocatedPNOffsetsinanetwork.ThehistogramrepresentsthePNOffsetsas
afunctionofthefrequencyoftheiruse.
TodisplaythePNOffsethistogram:
3. SelectPNOffset>PNOffsetDistribution.TheDistributionHistogramsdialogueappears.
EachbarrepresentsaPNOffset,itsheightdependingonthefrequencyofitsuse.
4. MovethepointeroverthehistogramtodisplaythefrequencyofuseofeachPNOffset.Theresultsarehighlighted
simultaneouslyintheZoomonselectedvalueslist.
selectedvalues.
1090
AT320_UM_E0
MakingaPNOffsetCollisionZonePrediction
YoucanmakeaPNOffsetcollisionzonepredictiontoviewareascoveredbycellsusingthesamePNOffset.Atollcheckson
eachpixelifthebestservingcellandthecellsthatfulfilallcriteriatoentertheactiveset(withoutanyactivesetsizelimitation)
havethesamePNOffset.Ifso,AtollconsidersthatthereisaPNOffsetcollision.
TomakeaPNOffsetcollisionzoneprediction:
4. SelectPNOffsetCollisionZones(DL)andclickOK.
IfyouwantthePNOffsetcollisionzonepredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakeninto
clutterclass.
For a PN Offset collision zone prediction, the Display Type "Discrete Values" based on the Field "Transmitter" is
selectedbydefault.EachpixelwithPNOffsetcollisionisdisplayedwiththesamecolourasthatdefinedfortheinter
feredtransmitter.IntheExplorerwindow,thecoveragepredictionresultsareorderedfirstbyinterferedtransmitter
andthenbyinterferer.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
Thenumberofinterferersforeachtransmitter:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"Numberof
InterferersperTransmitter"astheField.IntheExplorerwindow,thecoveragepredictionresultsarearrangedby
interferedtransmitter.
Thetotalnumberofinterferersononepixel:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplayTypeand"NumberofInter
ferers"astheField.IntheExplorerwindow,thecoveragepredictionresultsarearrangedaccordingtothenumber
ofinterferers.
8. Onceyouhavecreatedthecoverageprediction,youcanrunitimmediatelyoryoucansaveitandrunitlater:
Calculatebutton(
MakingaPNOffsetCollisionAnalysis
ThePNOffsetCollisiontabofthePointAnalysiswindowgivesyouinformationonthereceptionforanypointonthemap
wherethereisPNOffsetcollision.PNOffsetcollisionoccurswhenthebestservingcellandthecellsthatfulfilallcriteriato
entertheactiveset(withoutanyactivesetsizelimitation)havethesamePNOffset.WhenthereisaPNOffsetcollision,Atoll
displaysthepilotquality(EcI0)receivedfrominterferedandinterferertransmitters.
1091
Forsk2013
AnalysisisbasedontheULloadpercentageandtheDLtotalpowerofcells.Theanalysisisprovidedforauserdefinableprobe
receiverwhichhasaterminal,amobilityandaservice.
YoucanmakeaPNOffsetcollisionanalysistoreviewthePNOffsetcollisionzonecoverageprediction.Inthiscase,beforeyou
makethePNOffsetcollisionanalysis,youshouldensurethatthecoveragepredictionyouwanttouseinthePNOffsetcollision
analysisisdisplayedonthemap.
TomakeaPNOffsetcollisionanalysis:
)onthetoolbar.ThePointAnalysisToolwindowappears.
2. ClickthePNOffsetCollisiontab.
3. AtthetopofthePNOffsetCollisiontab,select"CellsTable"fromLoadConditions.
4. IfyouaremakingaPNOffsetcollisionanalysistoverifyacoverageprediction,youcanrecreatetheconditionsofthe
coverageprediction:
a. SelecttheTerminal,Service,andMobilitystudiedinthecoverageprediction.
b. RightclickthePointAnalysiswindowandselectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu.ThePropertiesdialogueap
pears.
class.
c. ClickOKtoclosethePropertiesdialogue.
IfyouaremakingaPNOffsetcollisionanalysistomakeacoveragepredictiononadefined
point,youcanusetheinstructionsinthissteptodefineauser.
5. MovethepointeroverthemaptomakeaPNOffsetcollisionanalysisforthecurrentlocationofthepointer.
ACDMAnetworkautomaticallyregulatespowerwiththeobjectiveofminimisinginterferenceandmaximisingnetworkcapac
ity.InthecaseofCDMA20001xRTT,fastpowercontrolismadeonboththeforwardandreverselinks(uplinkanddownlink,
respectively).InCDMA20001xRTT,powercontrolcanbeperformedoneithertheFCHandSCHoronthepilotchannel.In
CDMA2000EVDO,ratecontrolisusedinsteadofpowercontrolontheforwardlink.Onthereverselink,powercontrolis
madeonthepilotchannel.Atollcansimulatethesenetworkregulationmechanisms,therebyenablingyoutostudythecapac
ityoftheCDMAnetwork.
momentisreferredtoasasnapshot.Basedonthissnapshot,Atollcalculatesvariousnetworkparameterssuchastheactive
setforeachmobile,therequiredpowerofthemobile,SHOgain,thetotalforwardlinkpowerandforwardlinkthroughput
percell,andthereverselinkloadpercell.Simulationsarecalculatedinaniterativefashion.
another.
thenetworktraffic.
1092
AT320_UM_E0
parametersusedinthenetwork,intermsofservices,users,andequipmentused.
Services:Servicesarethevariousservices,suchasvoice,mobileinternetaccess,etc.,availabletosubscribers.For
informationonmodellingenduserservices,see"ModellingServices"onpage1051.
Mobility type: In CDMA, information about receiver mobility is important to efficiently manage the active set: a
mobileusedbyadrivermovingquicklyorapedestrianwillnotnecessarilybeconnectedtothesametransmitters.
EcI0requirementsandEbNttargetsperradiobearerandperlink(forwardorreverse)arelargelydependenton
mobilespeed.Forinformationoncreatingamobilitytype,see"CreatingaMobilityType"onpage1055.
Radioconfiguration:InCDMA,aradioconfigurationistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,
amobilephone,aPDA,oracarsonboardnavigationdevice.InAtoll,radioconfigurationsaremodelledusingtermi
nals.Forinformationoncreatingaterminal,see"ModellingTerminals"onpage1055.
AtollprovidesthreetypesoftrafficmapsforCDMAprojects.
Sectortrafficmap
Themapsyoucancreatedependonthetypesoftrafficdatasourcesavailabletoyou:
throughputsinthereverseandforwardlinksorthenumberofusersperactivitystatusorthetotalnumberofusers
page1097,"CreatingaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap"onpage1099,and"ImportingaUserProfileEnvi
workstatistics.
Eachpixelhasauserdensityassigned.Thevalueeitherincludesallactivitystatusesoritcorrespondstoaparticular
DensityTrafficMap"onpage1100,"Converting2GNetworkTraffic"onpage1101and"ExportingCumulatedTraffic"
onpage1102.
ThesectionexplainshowtocreateasectortrafficmapinAtolltomodeltraffic.
Youcaninputeitherthethroughputdemandsinthereverseandforwardlinksorthenumberofusersperactivitystatusor
thetotalnumberofusersincludingallactivitystatuses.Acoveragepredictionbytransmitterisrequiredtocreatethistraffic
BecauseeachoftheCDMAtechnologieshascapabilitiesandservicesthatarespecifictoit,
itisrecommendedtocreateaseparatetrafficmapfor:
voice
1xRTTdata
EVDOdata
1093
Forsk2013
5. Selectthetypeoftrafficinformationyouwanttoinput.YoucanchoosebetweenThroughputsinUplinkandDown
link,TotalNumberofUsers(AllActivityStatuses)orNumberofUsersperActivityStatus.
ment.
8. EnterthedatarequiredintheMapperSectordialogue:
IfyouselectedThroughputsinUplinkandDownlink,enterthethroughputdemandsinthereverseandforward
linksforeachsectorandforvoiceandeach1xRTTdataservice.BecauseonlyoneEVDOdataserviceuserisserved
at a time, all EVDO users are considered as active in the forward link. Therefore, you can only enter the
throughputdemandinthereverselinkforeachsectorandforeachEVDOdataservice.
IfyouselectedTotalNumberofUsers(AllActivityStatuses),enterthenumberofconnectedusersforeachsector
andforeachlistedservice.
IfyouselectedNumberofUsersperActivityStatus,enterthenumberofusersactiveinthereverseandforward
linksforeachsectorandforvoiceandeach1xRTTdataservice.BecauseonlyoneEVDOdataserviceuserisserved
atatime,allEVDOusersareconsideredasactiveintheforwardlink.Therefore,youcanonlyenterthenumber
ofinactiveusers(inthereverselink)andthenumberofactiveusersinthereverselinkforeachsectorandforeach
EVDOdataservice.
100.
100.
100.
100.
1094
AT320_UM_E0
9. ClickOK.Atollsavesthetrafficmapwithitsmodifedvalues.
moreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyTransmitter"onpage1038.Onceyouhaverecalculatedthecover
ageprediction,youcanupdatethetrafficmap.
Theremayalsobeinformationaboutthetypeofterminaldevicestheyusetoaccessdifferentservices.
areinturndefinedbytheterminalused,thecallsperhour,andduration.
stances.Forexample,ausercanbeconsideredabusinessuserduringtheday,withvideoconferencingandvoice,butnoweb
browsing.Intheeveningthesameusermightnotusevideoconferencing,butmightusemultimediaservicesandwebbrows
ing.
Tocreateauserprofile:
Service:Selectaservicefromthelist.Forinformationonservices,see"ModellingServices"onpage1051.
Terminal:Selectaterminalfromthelist.Forinformationonterminals,see"ModellingTerminals"onpage1055.
1095
Forsk2013
Calls/Hour:Entertheaveragenumberofcallsperhourfortheservice.Onecalllasting1000secondspresentsthe
sameactivityprobabilityastwocallslasting500secondseach.
Duration:Entertheaveragedurationofacallinseconds.
Thecallsperhouranddurationareusedtocalculatetheactivityprobability.
TocreateormodifyaCDMAenvironment:
6. EnteraNameforthenewCDMAenvironment.
nationthatthisCDMAenvironmentwilldescribe:
9. Foreachclutterclass,enteraweightthatwillbeusedtodistributeusersonthemap.
Thenumberofusersperclutterclassiscalculatedusingthefollowingequation:
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
where:
Nk
N Area =
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
1096
AT320_UM_E0
11.2.2.2.1
vector.
5. SelectUserProfileDensitiesfromthelist.
TrafficMapdialogue.
7. Selectthefiletoimport.Thefilemustbeinoneofthefollowingsupportedvectorformats:DXFformat(DXF),Atoll
GeographicDataFile(AGD),ArcViewformat(SHP),MapInfofile(MIForTAB),orPlanetDataFile(index).
11. SelecttheTraffictab(seeFigure11.35).UnderTrafficFields,youcanspecifytheuserprofilestobeconsidered,their
UserProfile:Ifyouwanttoimportuserprofileinformationfromthefile,underDefined,select"Byfield"and
column.
1097
Forsk2013
consistsofpoints.
12. UnderClutterDistribution,enteraweightforeachclassthatwillbeusedtodistributeusersonthemap.
Theuserdistributionperclutterclassiscalculatedusingthefollowingequation:
Wk Sk
N k = N Area -------------------------Wi Si
where:
Nk
N Area =
Wk
Weightofclutterk
Sk
11.2.2.2.2
7. Selectthefiletoimport.Thefilemustbeinoneofthefollowingsupportedrasterformats(8bit):TIF,BIL,IST,BMP,
PlaNET,GRCVerticalMapper,andErdasImagine.
column.
page43.
1098
AT320_UM_E0
11.2.2.2.3
Atollenablesyoutocreateauserprofileenvironmentbasedtrafficmapbasedonbydrawingitinthemapwindow.
Todrawatrafficmap:
Draw Map Delete Map

11.2.2.2.4
DisplayingStatisticsonaUserProfileEnvironmentBasedTrafficMap
Youcandisplaythestatisticsofauserprofileenvironmentbasedtrafficmap.Atollprovidesabsolute(surface)andrelative
(percentageofthesurface)statisticsonthefocuszoneforeachenvironmentclass.Ifyoudonothaveafocuszonedefined,
statisticsaredeterminedforthecomputationzone.
Todisplaytrafficstatisticsofauserprofileenvironmentbasedtrafficmap:
3. Rightclicktheuserprofileenvironmentbasedtrafficmapwhosestatisticsyouwanttodisplay.Thecontextmenu
appears.
S
i
- 100
Sk
k
5. ClickClose.
class.
ants)oron2Gtrafficstatistics.Userdensitytrafficmapsprovidethenumberofconnectedusersperunitsurface,i.e.,the
statuses.
perunitofsurface,i.e.,thedensityofusers,takingintoaccountanyclutterweightingdefinedforthesectortrafficmaps.For
1099
11.2.2.3.1
Forsk2013
xusersperpixelduringthesimulations,where"x"dependsonthesizeofthepixels.Thesexuserswillhaveaterminal,amobil
itytype,aservice,andpercentageofindoorusersasdefinedontheTraffictabofthetrafficmapspropertiesdialogue.
BecauseeachoftheCDMAtechnologieshascapabilitiesandservicesthatarespecifictoit,
itisrecommendedtocreateaseparatetrafficmapperuserdensityfor:
voice
1xRTTdata
EVDOdata
4. SelectUserDensityTrafficMap(No.Users/km2).
5. Selectthetypeoftrafficinformationyouareimporting:
AllActivityStatuses:SelectAllActivityStatusesifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofuserswithany
activitystatus.
ActiveinUplink:SelectActiveinUplinkifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofusersactiveinthe
uplinkonly.
ActiveinDownlink:SelectActiveinDownlinkifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofusersactivein
thedownlinkonly.
ActiveinUplinkandDownlink:SelectActiveinUplinkandDownlinkifthemapyouareimportingprovidesaden
TrafficMapdialogue.
PlaNET,TIF,ISTAR,andErdasImagine.
12. SelectwhethertheusersareactiveintheUplink/Downlink,onlyintheDownlink,oronlyintheUplink.
13. UnderTerminals(%),enterthepercentageofeachtypeofradioconfigurationusedinthismap.Thetotalpercentage
mustequal100forthismap.
14. UnderMobilities(%),enterthepercentageofeachmobilitytypeusedinthismap.Thetotalpercentagemustequal
100forthismap.
15. UnderServices(%),enterthepercentageofeachservicetypeusedinthismap.Thetotalpercentagemustequal100.
16. UnderClutterDistribution,enterforeachclutterclassthepercentageofindoorusers.
11.2.2.3.2
1100
AT320_UM_E0
5. Selectthetypeoftrafficinformation:
AllActivityStatuses:SelectAllActivityStatusesifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofuserswithany
activitystatus.
ActiveinUplink:SelectActiveinUplinkifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofusersactiveinthe
uplinkonly.
ActiveinDownlink:SelectActiveinDownlinkifthemapyouareimportingprovidesadensityofusersactivein
thedownlinkonly.
ActiveinUplinkandDownlink:SelectActiveinUplinkandDownlinkifthemapyouareimportingprovidesaden
6. ClicktheCreatebutton.Thetrafficmapspropertydialogueappears.
100.
100.
10. UnderServices(%),enterthepercentageofeachservicetypeusedinthemap.Thetotalpercentagemustequal100.
11. UnderClutterDistribution,enterforeachclutterclassthepercentageofindoorusers.
"EditingPolygons,Lines,andPoints"onpage61.AtollcreatesanitemcalledDensityvaluesintheUserDensityMap
folder.
16. RightclickDensityvaluesintheUserDensityMapfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
18. Inthetable,enteratrafficdensityvalue(i.e.thenumberofusersperkm2)foreachcontouryouhavedrawn.
19. Whenyouhavefinishedcreatingtheuserdensitytrafficmap,rightclickthemap.Thecontextmenuappears.
20. SelectEditfromthecontextmenuagaintoendediting.
11.2.2.3.3
Atollcreatesasmanyuserdensitytrafficmapsasthereareservicespresentinthesectortrafficmap.Theuserdensity
mapfilesusetheresolutionofthecoveragepredictionusedforthesectortrafficmapandareembeddedinthedocu
ment.
packetandcircuitservicetraffic,andthenimportthesemapsasuserdensitytrafficmapsintoyourCDMAdocument.These
Formoreinformationonhowtoexportcumulatedtraffic,see"ExportingCumulatedTraffic"onpage1102,andforinforma
tiononimportinguserdensitytrafficmaps,see"ImportingaUserDensityTrafficMap"onpage1100.
1101
Forsk2013
Toimporta2GtrafficmapintoaCDMAdocument:
onpage431.
3. Importthetrafficexportedinstep2toyourCDMAdocumentasauserdensitytrafficmap.Formoreinformationon
3. SelectExportCumulatedTrafficfromthecontextmenu.
datatobeexported.
Service:Selecttheservicethatwillbeexported,orselect"Circuitservices"toexportvoicetraffic,orselect"Packet
services"toexportdatatraffic.
AllActivityStatuses:SelectAllActivityStatusestoexportallusers,independentlyoftheiractivitystatus.
traffic.
1102
AT320_UM_E0
6. ClickSave.
TheExportRegion:
AnexportResolution.
lationsofasamegroup.
thesimulationandonnetworkinterference.Ausercanbeeitheractiveorinactive.Bothactiveandinactiveusers
Additionally,each1xEVDORev.0userisassignedatransitionflag("True"or"False")foreachpossiblethroughput
transition(from9.6to19.2kbps,19.2to38.4kbps,38.4to76.8kbps,and76.8to153.6kbpsforthroughputupgrading
andfrom153.6to76.8kbps,76.8to38.4kbps,38.4to19.2kbps,and19.2to9.6kbpsforthroughputdowngrading).
Thesetransitionflagsarebasedonthethroughputdowngradingandupgradingprobabilities.Ifatransitionflagis
"True,"theuserthroughputcanbedowngradedorupgradedifnecessary.
Then,Atollrandomlyassignsashadowingerrortoeachuserusingtheprobabilitydistributionthatdescribestheshad
owingeffect.
Finally,anotherrandomtrialdeterminesuserpositionsintheirrespectivetrafficzone(possiblyaccordingtotheclut
terweightingandtheindoorratioperclutterclass).
2. Modellingnetworkpowercontrol:AtollusesapowercontrolalgorithmforCDMA20001xRTTusers,andperforms
theforwardlinkpowercontrolontheFCHandSCHandthereverselinkpowercontroloneitherthepilotchannelor
ontheFCHandSCHfor1xRTTusers.Forusersof1xEVDO,Atollperformsthereverselinkpowercontrolonthepilot
channel.Ontheforwardlink,AtollperformsratecontrolbasedontheCIratiocalculatedforthemobile.Thepower
controlsimulationalgorithmisdescribedin"ThePowerControlSimulationAlgorithm"onpage1103.
11.2.4.1 ThePowerControlSimulationAlgorithm
ThepowercontrolalgorithmsimulatesthewayaCDMAnetworkregulatesitselfbyusingforwardlinkandreverselinkpower
controlsor,forCDMA20001xEVDO,ratecontrolintheforwardlinkandpowercontrolinthereverselinkinordertominimise
interferenceandmaximisecapacity.
Atollsimulatesthenetworkregulationmechanismsforeachuserdistribution.Duringeachiterationofthealgorithm,allthe
mobiles(voice,1xRTTdata,andEVDOdataserviceusers)selectedduringtheuserdistributiongenerationattempttoconnect
onebyonetonetworktransmitters.Theprocessisrepeateduntilthenetworkisbalanced,i.e.,untiltheconvergencecriteria
(ontheforwardandthereverselink)aresatisfied.
TheCDMA20001xRTTPowerControlSimulationAlgorithm
TheCDMA20001xRTTpowercontrolsimulationalgorithm(seeFigure11.37)simulatesthepowercontrol,congestion,and
radioresourcecontrolperformedforCDMA20001xRTTusers.Atollconsiderseachuserintheorderestablishedduringthe
generation of the user distribution, determines his best server and his active set. Atoll performs the forward link power
controlontheFCHandSCHandthereverselinkpowercontroloneitherthepilotchannelorontheFCHandSCH,depending
ontheoptionselectedunderUL1xRTTPowerControlBasedOnontheGlobalParameterstaboftheNetworkSettingsProp
ertiesdialogue(see"TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue"onpage1156).
Afterperformingpowercontrol,Atollupdatesthereverselinkloadfactorandthetotalforwardlinktransmittedpower.Atoll
thencarriesoutcongestionandradioresourcecontrol,verifyingthecellreverselinkload,theforwardlinkload,andthe
numberofchannelelementsandWalshcodesconsumedbythecell.
1103
Forsk2013
Figure11.37:PowercontrolsimulationforCDMA20001xRTT
TheSCHthroughputontheforwardandthereverselinkscanbedowngraded.AtollwilldowngradetheforwardlinkSCH
throughputuntil:
TherequiredforwardlinkqualitylevelonSCHisreached,
Thetotalforwardlinkpowerofacellislowerthanthemaximumpowerallowed,
The number of channel elements consumed on the forward link by a site is lower than the maximum number of
channelelementsallowed,
ThenumberofWalshcodesusedbyacellislowerthanthemaximumnumberofWalshcodesavailablepercell.
AtollwilldowngradethereverselinkSCHthroughputuntil:
TherequiredreverselinkqualitylevelonSCHoronpilotisreached,
The number of channel elements consumed on the reverse link by a site is lower than the maximum number of
channelelementsallowed.
DowngradedSCHthroughputscannotbelowerthantheFCHpeakthroughput.WhendowngradingtheSCHthroughputdoes
notsolvetheproblem,theSCHisnotallocatedtothemobile.Inthiscase,iftherequirementsofamobilecannotbemetby
usingtheFCHalone,themobileisrejected.
Ontheforwardlink,eitherthepilotsignallevelislowerthanthedefinedminimumRSCPthresholdorthepilot
qualityisnothighenough(nocellintheuseractiveset):statusis"EcI0<(EcI0)min."
Onthereverselink,thereisnotenoughpowertotransmit:thestatusis"Pmob>PmobMax."
Ontheforwardlink,thequalityofthereceivedsignalisnothighenoughonthetrafficchannel:thestatusis"Ptch>
PtchMax."
Thenetworkissaturated:
Themaximumreverselinkloadfactorisexceeded(atadmissionorduringcongestioncontrol):thestatusiseither
"AdmissionRejection"or"ULLoadSaturation."
Therearenotenoughavailablechannelelementsonthesite:thestatusis"Ch.EltsSaturation."
Thereisnotenoughpowerforcells:thestatusis"DLLoadSaturation."
TherearenomoreWalshcodesavailable:thestatusis"WalshCodeSaturation."
TheCDMA20001xEVDORateandPowerControlSimulationAlgorithm
TheCDMA20001xEVDOsimulationalgorithm(seeFigure11.38)simulatesthepowerandratecontrols,congestion,andradio
resourcecontrolperformedforCDMA20001xEVDOusers(i.e.1xEVDORev.0,1xEVDORev.Aand1xEVDORev.Bservice
users).Atollconsiderstheguaranteedbitrateserviceusersfirst,intheorderestablishedduringthegenerationoftheuser
distribution,andthen,itprocessesthevariablebitrateserviceusers,intheorderestablishedduringthegenerationofthe
userdistribution.Itdeterminesthebestserverandtheactivesetofeachuser,andperformsthereverselinkpowercontrol
1104
AT320_UM_E0
onthepilotchannel.Ontheforwardlink,thereisnopowercontrol;thetransmittertransmitsatfullpower.Instead,Atoll
performsratecontrolbasedontheCIratiocalculatedforthemobile.
Afterperformingrateandpowercontrol,Atollupdatesthereverselinkloadfactor.Atollthencarriesoutcongestionandradio
resourcecontrol,verifyingthecellreverselinkloadandthenumberofchannelelementsandMACindexesconsumedbythe
cell.
Guaranteedbitrateserviceusershavethehighestpriorityandareprocessedfirst,intheorderestablishedduringthegener
ationoftheuserdistribution.Atolldeterminesthe1xEVDObearerforeachuserintheforwardlinkandinthereverselink.
Theselected1xEVDObearermustprovideapeakRLCthroughputhigherthantheguaranteedbitratedefinedfortheservice.
Toachievethehighestcellcapacity,1xEVDORev.Ahasamultiuserpacketthatcombinespacketsfromseveralusersintoa
singlephysicallayerpacket.Atollmodelsthemultiuserpacketbyallowingseveralguaranteedbitrateserviceuserstoshare
thesame1xEVDOradiobearer.Then,Atollcalculatesthe1xEVDObearerconsumptionforeachuserandtakesintoaccount
thisparameterwhenitdeterminestheresourcesconsumedbytheuser(i.e.,theterminalpowerused,thenumberofMAC
indexes,andthenumberofchannelelements).AtollchecksifenoughMACindexesandchannelelementsareavailablefor
theuser(takingintoaccountthemaximumnumberofMACindexesdefinedforthecellandthemaximumnumberofchannel
elementsallowedonthesiteinthedownlink).Ifnotenoughindexesorchannelelementsareavailable,theuserisrejected.
AmulticarrierEVDOuserismanagedasseveralsinglecarrierusers.Theuserhasseveralallocated1xEVDOradiobearers
andconsumesresourcesineachcellheisconnectedto.Inthereverselink,loadbalancingbetweencarriersismodelled.The
usercansimultaneouslytransmitonallcarriers.Atollsharestheavailableterminalpowerequallybetweeneachcarrierand
determinestheuplink1xEVDOradiobearerobtainedoneachcarrier,withoutexceedingtheavailableresources(channel
elements,MACindex,andULloadfactor).Atollselectsthebestconfigurationamongallcombinationsofcarriers,i.e.,the
combinationwhichprovidesthehighesttotalthroughput.If,withtheselectedconfiguration,thetotalthroughputexceeds
theoriginalthroughputdemand,Atolladjuststhe1xEVDOradiobearersoneachcarrieruntiltheuserobtainstherequested
throughput.Intheforwardlink,Atollperformsratecontroloneachcarrier.AtollcalculatestheC/Iratioreceivedbythe
mobile on each carrier and determines the downlink 1xEVDO radio bearer obtained on each carrier. The user downlink
throughputcorrespondstothesumofthethroughputsobtainedoneachcarrier.
Figure11.38:PowercontrolsimulationforCDMA20001xEVDO
Duringreverselinkpowercontrol,iftheservicesupportsdowngrading,Atollmightdowngradethepeakthroughputof1xEV
DORev.0serviceusersonthereverselinktrafficdatachanneluntiltherequiredreverselinkqualitylevelisreached.Ifdown
gradingdoesnotallowthequalityleveltobemet,themobileisrejected.
Duringcongestioncontrol,iftheservicesupportsdowngrading,Atollmightadjustthepeakthroughputof1xEVDORev.0
serviceusersonthereverselinktrafficdatachanneluntilthereverselinkcellnoiseriseisbetweenthenoiserisethreshold
plustheacceptablenoiserisemarginandthenoiserisethresholdminustheacceptablenoiserisemargin.Ifthenoiseriseis
toohigh,Atolldowngradesall1xEVDORev.0usersthatcanbedowngraded.Whenthenoiseriseistoolow,itupgradesall
1xEVDORev.0usersthatcanbeupgraded.A1xEVDORev.0usercanbedowngradedorupgradedifthetransitionflagof
hispeakthroughputwassetto"True"duringthegenerationoftheuserdistribution.1xEVDORev.AandRev.Bserviceusers
arenotdowngraded.Theyarerejectedwhenthecellnoiserisethresholdisexceeded.
1105
Forsk2013
Ontheforwardlink,eitherthepilotsignallevelislowerthanthedefinedminimumRSCPthresholdorthepilot
qualityisnothighenough(nocellintheuseractiveset):statusis"EcI0pilot<EcI0min.pilot".
Onthereverselink,thereisnotenoughpowertotransmit:thestatusis"Pmob>Pmobmax".
Theobtaineddownlinkbitrateislowerthanthedownlinkguaranteedbitrate:thestatusis"ObtainedDLthroughput
<GuaranteedDLbitrate".Thisrejectioncauseappliestoguaranteedbitrateserviceusersonly.
Thenetworkissaturated:
Themaximumreverselinkloadfactorisexceeded(atadmissionorduringcongestioncontrol):thestatusiseither
"Admissionrejection"or"ULloadsaturation".
Therearenotenoughavailablechannelelementsonthesite:thestatusis"channelelementsaturation".
TherearenotenoughMACindexespercellorthemaximumnumberofEVDOuserspercellisexceededduring
theradioresourcecontrol:thestatusis"1xEVDOresourcessaturation".
InAtoll,simulationsenableyoutomodelCDMAnetworkregulationmechanismsusedtominimiseinterferenceandmaximise
capacity.
NumberofSimulations:Enterthenumberofsimulationstobecarriedout.Allsimulationscreatedatthesame
Informationtoretain:Youcanselectthelevelofdetailthatwillbeavailableintheoutput:
OnlytheAverageSimulationandStatistics:Noneoftheindividualsimulationsaredisplayedoravailablein
thegroup.Onlyanaverageofallsimulationsandstatisticsisavailable.
Somecalculationanddisplayoptionsavailableforcoveragepredictionsarenotavailable
whentheoption"Onlytheaveragesimulationandstatistics"isselected.
NoInformationAboutMobiles:Allthesimulationsarelistedandcanbedisplayed.Foreachofthem,aprop
erties window containing simulation output, divided among four tabs Statistics, Sites, Cells, and Initial
conditionsisavailable.
StandardAnformationAboutMobiles:Allthesimulationsarelistedandcanbedisplayed.Theproperties
windowforeachsimulationcontainsanadditionaltabwithoutputrelatedtomobiles.
Detailed Information About Mobiles: All the simulations are listed and can be displayed. The properties
windowforeachsimulationcontainsadditionalmobilerelatedoutputontheMobilesandMobiles(Shadow
ingvalues)tabs.
Whenyouareworkingonverylargeradioplanningprojects,youcanreducememory
consumptionbyselectingOnlytheAverageSimulationandStatisticsunderInformation
toretain.
6. UnderCellLoadConstraintsontheGeneraltab,youcansettheconstraintsthatAtollmustrespectduringthesimu
lation:
NumberofChannelElements:SelecttheNumberofChannelElementscheckboxifyouwantAtolltorespectthe
maximumnumberofchannelelementsdefinedforeachsite.
NumberofCodes:SelecttheNumberofCodescheckboxifyouwantAtolltorespectthenumberofWalshcodes
availableforeachcell.
ULLoadFactor:IfyouwantthereverselinkloadfactortobeverifiedinthesimulationandnottoexceedtheMax
ULLoadFactor,selecttheULLoadFactorcheckboxanddefineavaluefortheMaxULLoadFactor.
MaxULLoadFactor:Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumreverselinkcellloadfactor,clickthe
button(
1106
)besidetheboxandselectGlobalThreshold.Then,enteramaximumreverselinkcellloadfactor.If
AT320_UM_E0
youwanttousethemaximumreverselinkcellloadfactorasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthe
button( )besidetheboxandselectDefinedperCell.
DLLoad(%Pmax):IfyouwanttheforwardlinkloadtobeverifiedinthesimulationandnottoexceedtheMaxDL
Load,selecttheDLLoad(%Pmax)checkboxandenteramaximumforwardlinkcellloadintheMaxDLLoadbox.
MaxDLLoad(%Pmax):Ifyouwanttoenteraglobalvalueforthemaximumforwardlinkcellload,asapercentage
ofthemaximumpower,clickthebutton( )besidetheboxandselectGlobalThreshold.Then,enteramaximum
forwardlinkcellload,asapercentageofthemaximumpower.Ifyouwanttousethemaximumforwardlinkcell
loadasdefinedinthepropertiesforeachcell,clickthebutton(
)besidetheboxandselectDefinedperCell.
7. OntheSourceTraffictab,enterthefollowing:
GlobalScalingFactor:Ifdesired,enterascalingfactortoincreaseuserdensity.
SelectTrafficMapstoBeUsed:Selectthetrafficmapsyouwanttouseforthesimulation.
9. UnderGeneratorInitialisation,enteranintegerasthegeneratorinitialisationvalue.Ifyouenter"0",thedefault,the
10. UnderConvergence,enterthefollowingparameters:
reverselinkthatmustbereachedbetweentwoiterations.
DLConvergenceThreshold:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofinterferenceandconnectedusersonthefor
wardlinkthatmustbereachedbetweentwoiterations.
11. Onceyouhavedefinedthesimulation,youcanrunitimmediatelyoryoucansaveittorunitlater:
Run:ClickRuntosavethedefinedsimulationandrunitimmediately
OK:ClickOKtosavethedefinedsimulationwithoutrunningit.YoucanrunitlaterclickingtheCalculatebutton
(
AllsimulationscreatedatthesametimearegroupedtogetherinafolderintheNetworkexplorer.Youcannowusethe
completedsimulationsforspecificCDMAcoveragepredictions(see"MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults"
onpage1121)orforanASanalysisusingthePointAnalysiswindow(see"MakinganASAnalysisofSimulationResults"on
page1120).
parameters.Youcan,forexample,displaythetrafficaccordingtoservice,activitystatus,orsofthandoffgain.
Youcansetthedisplayofthetrafficdistributionaccordingtodiscretevaluesandthenselectthevaluetobedisplayed.Or,
youcanselectthedisplayofthetrafficdistributionaccordingtovalueintervals,andthenselecttheparameterandthevalue
intervalsthataretobedisplayed.Youcanalsodefinethecoloursoftheiconandtheiconitself.
Inthissectionarethefollowingexamplesoftrafficdistributiondisplay:
"DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyHandoffStatus"onpage1108
1107
Forsk2013
Forinformation,see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorer
Windows"onpage38.
11.2.4.3.1
DisplayingtheTrafficDistributionbyHandoffStatus
Inthisexample,thetrafficdistributionisdisplayedbythehandoffstatus.
Todisplaythetrafficdistributionbythehandoffstatus:
4. OntheDisplaytabofthedialogue,select"Discretevalues"astheDisplayTypeand"HOStatus(Sites/No.Transmitters
Act.Set)"astheField.
Thehandoffstatusisdisplayedas"XY"where"Y"isthenumberoftransmitterstowhichthemobileisconnectedand
"X"isthenumberofsites.Forexample,"12"meansthatthemobileisconnectedtotwodifferenttransmitterson
onesite."23"wouldmeanthatthemobileisconnectedtothreedifferenttransmittersontwosites.Ifamobileisnot
connected,thehandoffstatusisgivenas"00".
5. ClickOK.Thetrafficdistributionisnowdisplayedbyhandoffstatus(seeFigure11.39).
Figure11.39:Displayingthetrafficdistributionbyhandoffstatus
11.2.4.3.2
1108
AT320_UM_E0
11.2.4.3.3
11.2.4.4 DisplayingtheUserActiveSetontheMap
Atollenablesyoutodisplayonthemaptheactivesetforeachusergeneratedbyasimulation.
Todisplaytheactivesetforauser:
Onthemap,clickandholdtheiconoftheuserwhosebestandsecondbestserversyouwanttodisplay.
Theserversintheusersactivesetareconnectedtotheuserwithlinesthesamecolourastheservingtransmitter.
Thebestserverisindicatedwiththenumber"1",thesecondbestwithnumber"2"andsoon.Figure11.42showsa
userwiththreeserversinhisactiveset.
1109
Forsk2013
Figure11.42:Theactivesetofauser
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthefolderofthesimulationgroupcontainingthesimulationwhoseresultsyou
wanttoaccess.
trial;powercontrolhasnotyetstarted.Theresultdependsonthetrafficdescriptionandtrafficinput.
activitystatusandthereverselinkandforwardlinkthroughputsthatalluserscouldtheoreticallygenerateare
provided.
Thebreakdownperservice(totalnumberofusers,numberofusersperactivitystatus,andreverselinkand
forwardlinkthroughputs)isgiven.
aredeterminedattheendofthesimulationanddependonthenetworkdesign.
Thenumberandpercentageofusersconnectedtoacell,thenumberofusersperfrequencybandforamulti
bandnetwork,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,andthereverselinkandforwardlinkthroughputsthey
generate.
The breakdown per service (total number of users, number of users per frequency band for a multiband
network,numberofusersperactivitystatus,andreverselinkandforwardlinkthroughputs)isgiven.
1110
MaxNo.ofDLandULCEsperCarrier:Themaximumnumberofchannelelementsavailableper1xRTTcarrieron
theforwardandreverselinks.
MaxNo.ofEVDOCEsperCarrier:Themaximumnumberofchannelelementsavailableper1xEVDOcarrier.
No.ofDLandULFCHCEs:ThenumberofchannelelementsusedbytheFCHontheforwardandreverselinksby
thesite.
No.ofDLandULSCHCEs:ThenumberofchannelelementsusedbytheSCHontheforwardandreverselinksby
thesite.
No.EVDOCEs:ThenumberofchannelelementsusedbyEVDOusers.
AT320_UM_E0
No.ofDLandULFCHCEsDuetoSHOOverhead:Thenumberofextrachannelelementsduetosofthandoff,on
reverselinkandforwardlinkforCDMA20001xRTTusers.
No.ofDLandULSCHCEsDuetoSHOOverhead:Thenumberofextrachannelelementsduetosofthandoff,on
reverselinkandforwardlinkforCDMA20001xRTTusers.
No.ofEVDOCEsDuetoSHOOverhead:Thenumberofextrachannelelementsduetosofthandoff,onreverse
linkandforwardlinkforCDMA20001xEVDOusers.
RakeFactor:Therakefactor,definedonthesiteequipment,enablesAtolltomodelarakereceiveronthereverse
link.
ferenceonthereverselink.
PeakULThroughputper1xEVDOservice(kbps):Thepeakuplinkthroughputinkbitssforeach1xEVDOdata
service(rev.0,rev.A,rev.B).
PeakDLFCHThroughputperservice(UplinkandDownlink)(kbps):Thepeakthroughputinkbitssforspeechser
viceandeach1xRTTdataserviceontheFCH.Theresultisdetailedontheforwardandreverselinkonlywhenrel
evant.
PeakDLSCHThroughputperservice(UplinkandDownlink)(kbps):Thethroughputinkbitssforeach1xRTTdata
serviceontheSCH.Theresultisdetailedontheforwardandreverselinkonlywhenrelevant.
The Cells (1xRTT) tab: The Cells (1xRTT) tab contains the following information, per site, transmitter, and 1xRTT
carrier:
SynchroPower(dBm):Thesynchropowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.
PagingPower(dBm):Thepagingpowerasdefinedinthecellproperties.
ReceptionLoss(dB):Thereceptionlossasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties.
TransmissionLoss(dB):Thetransmissionlossasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties.
TotalTransmittedDLPower(dBm):Thetotaltransmittedpowerontheforwardlink.
TotalTransmittedDLFCHPower(dBm):ThetotalpowerusedontheforwardlinkfortheFCH.
TotalTransmittedDLSCHPower(dBm):ThetotalpowerusedontheforwardlinkfortheSCH.
ULTotalNoise(dBm):Thetotalnoiseonthereverselink.
ULLoadFactor(%):Thecellloadfactoronthereverselinkcorrespondstotheratiobetweenthetotalinterference
onthereverselinkandthetotalnoiseonthereverselink.Iftheconstraint"ULLoadFactor"hasbeenselected,
thecellloadfactoronthereverselinkisnotallowedtoexceedtheuserdefinedmaximumloadfactoronthe
reverselink(definedeitherinthecellproperties,orinthesimulationcreationdialogue).
DLLoadFactor(%):Theloadfactorofthecelliontheforwardlinkcorrespondstotheratio(averageinterference
on the forward link [due to transmitter signals on the same carrier] for terminals in the transmitter i area)
(averagetotalnoiseontheforwardlink[duetotransmittersignalsandtothermalnoiseofterminals]forterminals
inthetransmitteriarea).
DLNoiseRise(dB):Thenoiseriseontheforwardlinkiscalculatedfromtheloadfactorontheforwardlink.These
dataindicatesignaldegradationduetocellload(interferencemargininthelinkbudget).
DLLoad(%Pmax):Thepercentageofpowerusedisdeterminedbythetotaltransmittedpowermaximumpower
ratio(powerstatedinW).Whentheconstraint"DLload"isset,theDLLoadcannotexceedtheuserdefinedMax
DLLoad(definedeitherinthecellproperties,orinthesimulation).
onthesamecarrier.Thisdataiscalculatedontheforwardandreverselinksandindicatesthenumberofusers
connectedtothecellontheforwardandreverselinks.Becauseofhandover,asingleusercanuseseveralradio
links.
ULNoiseRise(dB):Thenoiseriseonthereverselinkiscalculatedfromtheloadfactoronthereverselink.These
ULReuseFactor:Thereverselinkreusefactoristheratiobetweenthereverselinktotalinterferenceandtheintra
cellinterference.
ULReuseEfficiencyFactor:Thereuseefficiencyfactoronthereverselinkisthereciprocalofthereusefactoron
thereverselink.
No.ofCodes(128bits):Thetotalnumberof128bitWalshcodesusedbycell.
No.ofFCHCodes(128bits):Thetotalnumberof128bitWalshcodesusedbytheFCHofthecell.
No.ofSCHCodes(128bits):Thetotalnumberof128bitWalshcodesusedbytheSCHofthecell.
TheTypesofHandoffasaPercentage:Atollestimatesthepercentagesofhandofftypesforeachtransmitter.
Atollonlyliststheresultsforthefollowinghandoffstatus,nohandoff(11),softer(12),soft(22),softersoft(23)
andsoftsoft(33)handoffs;theotherhandoffstatus(otherHO)aregrouped.
No.ofDLandULFCHCEs:ThenumberofchannelelementsusedbytheFCHontheforwardandreverselinks.
1111
Forsk2013
No.ofDLandULSCHCEs:ThenumberofchannelelementsusedbytheSCHontheforwardandreverselinks.
FCHThroughput(UplinkandDownlink)(kbps):ThethroughputoftheFCHontheforwardandreverselinks.
SCHThroughput(UplinkandDownlink)(kbps):ThethroughputoftheSCHontheforwardandreverselinks.
MinTCHPwr(dBm):Theminimumpowerallocatedtoatrafficchannelforsupplyingservices.
MaxTCHPwr(dBm):Themaximumpowerallocatedtoatrafficchannelforsupplyingservices.
AvgTCHPwr(dBm):Theaveragepowerallocatedtoatrafficchannelforsupplyingservices.
RejectedUsers:Thenumberofrejecteduserspercellaresortedbythefollowingreasons:Pmob>PmobMax,
Ptch>PtchMax,EcIo<(EcIo)min,ULLoadSaturation,Ch.EltsSaturation,DLLoadSaturation,WalshCodeSat
uration,andAdmissionRejection.
ConnectionSuccessRate(%)forEachService:Foreachservice,theconnectionsuccessrategivestheratioofcon
The Cells (1xEVDO) tab: The Cells (1xEVDO) tab contains the following information, per site, transmitter, and
1xEVDOcarrier:
IdlePowerGain(dB):Theidlepowergainasdefinedinthecellproperties.
ReceptionLoss(dB):Thereceptionlossasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties.
TransmissionLoss(dB):Thetransmissionlossasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties.
NoiseFigure(dB):Thenoisefigureasdefinedinthetransmitterproperties.
ULTotalNoise(dBm):Thetotalnoisereceivedbythecellonthereverselink.
reverselink(definedeitherinthecellpropertiesorinthesimulationcreationdialogue).
cellinterference.
ULReuseEfficiencyFactor:Thereuseefficiencyfactoronthereverselinkisthereciprocalofthereusefactoron
thereverselink.
NumberofULRadioLinks:Thenumberofradiolinksonthereverselink.Multicarrierusersarecountedoncein
eachcelltheyareconnectedto.
No.ofActiveUsers:Thenumberofactiveusersconnectedtothecell.Multicarrierusersarecountedonceineach
celltheyareconnectedto.
No.ofInactiveUsers:Thenumberofinactiveusersamongtheusersconnectedtothecell.Multicarrierusersare
countedonceineachcelltheyareconnectedto.
ConnectionSuccessRate(%):Thepercentageofconnectionsthataresuccessfullymade.
TheTypesofHandoffasaPercentage:Atollestimatesthepercentagesofhandofftypesforeachtransmitteron
thereverselink.Atollonlyliststheresultsforthefollowinghandoffstatus,nohandoff(11),softer(12),soft(22),
softersoft(23)andsoftsoft(33)handoffs;theotherhandoffstatus(otherHO)aregrouped.
ULandDLThroughput(kbps):Thethroughputontheforwardandreverselinks.
No.ofMACIndex:ThenumberofMACindexesusedbythecell.
uration,AdmissionRejection,and1xEVDOResourcesSaturation.
ConnectionSuccessRate(%)ForEachService:Foreachservice,theconnectionsuccessrategivesthepercentage
ofconnectedusersfromthetotalnumberofusersofthatserviceinthecell.
TheMobiles(1xRTT)tab:TheMobiles(1xRTT)tabcontainsthefollowinginformationforCDMA20001xRTTusers:
The Mobiles (1xRTT) tab only appears if, when creating the simulation as explained in
"Creating Simulations" on page1106, you select either "Standard information about
mobiles"or"Detailedinformationaboutmobiles"underInformationtoRetain.
1112
randomtrial).
Terminal:Theassignedradioconfiguration.
UserProfile:Theassigneduserprofile.
bution.
DLandULRequestedThroughput(kbps):Thedownlinkanduplinkrequestedthroughputscorrespondtothefor
wardandreversethroughputsrequestedbytheuserbeforepowercontrol.
AT320_UM_E0
DLandULObtainedThroughput(kbps):Theobtainedthroughputsarethesameastherequestedthroughputsif
theuserisconnectedwithoutbeingdowngraded.Iftheuserhasbeendowngraded,thethroughputiscalculated
usingthedowngradingfactor.Iftheuserwasrejected,theobtainedthroughputiszero.
Carrier:Thecarrierusedforthemobiletransmitterconnection.
MobileTotalPower(dBm):Thisvaluecorrespondstothetotalpowertransmittedbytheterminal.
UplinkPilotPower(dBm):Thepowertransmittedbytheterminalonthereversepilotchannel.
MobileFCHPower(dBm):ThepowertransmittedbytheterminalontheFCHchannel.
MobileSCHPower(dBm):powertransmittedbytheterminalontheSCHchannel.
isgiven.
AS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6:Thenameofthecellthatisthebestserver,thesecondbestserver,andsoonis
giveninaseparatecolumnforeachcellintheactiveset.
Ec/I0AS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(dB):EcI0isgiveninaseparatecolumnforeachcellintheactiveset.TheEc/
I0AS1columnliststheEc/I0fromthebestserverfortherejectedmobilesaswell.
page1106,youselect"DetailedInformationAboutMobiles"underInformationtoretain:
DLandULDowngradingFactor(SCH):ThedowngradingfactorfortheSCHonboththeforwardandthereverse
links. The downgrading factor is used to calculated how much the SCH throughput will be downgraded if the
requestedthroughputcannotbeprovided.
DLNtotAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(dBm):Thetotalnoiseontheforwardlinkforeachlinkbetweenthemobile
andatransmitterintheactiveset.
CellFCHPowerAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(DL)(dBm):ThecellpowertransmittedontheFCHforwardlinkis
givenforeachlinkbetweenthemobileandatransmitterintheactiveset.
CellSCHPowerAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(DL)(dBm):ThecellpowertransmittedontheSCHforwardlinkis
givenforeachlinkbetweenthemobileandatransmitterintheactiveset.
LoadFactorAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(DL)(%):Theloadfactorontheforwardlinkforeachlinkbetweenthe
mobileandatransmitterintheactiveset.Itcorrespondstotheratiobetweenthetotalinterferenceonthefor
wardlinkandtotalnoiseattheterminal.
NoiseRiseAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(DL)(dB):Thenoiseriseontheforwardlinkforeachlinkbetweenthe
mobileandatransmitterintheactiveset.
ReuseFactorAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(DL):Theforwardlinkreusefactoristheratiobetweentheforward
linktotalinterferenceandtheintracellinterference.Itiscalculatedforeachlinkbetweenthemobileandatrans
mitterintheactiveset.
IintraAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(DL)(dBm):Theintracellinterferenceontheforwardlinkforeachcell(I)of
theactiveset.
DL
DL
I Intra ic = 1 F Ortho P tot ic

txi
IextraAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(DL)(dBm):Theextracellinterferenceontheforwardlinkforeachcell(I)of
theactiveset.
DL
I extra ic =
DL
P tot ic
txj j i
TotalLossAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(dB):Thetotalattenuationforeachlinkbetweenthemobileandatrans
orthogonalityoftheWalshcodesatreception.Thevalueusedistheorthogonalityfactorsetintheclutterclasses.
classes.
DLandULFCHSHOGain(dB):ThesofthandoffgainfortheFCHontheforwardandthereverselink.Thesoft
handoffgainontheforwardlinkiscalculatedifmobilereceiversareconnectedeitherontheforwardlinkoron
theforwardlinkandthereverselink.
DLandULSCHSHOGain(dB):ThesofthandoffgainfortheSCHontheforwardandthereverselink.Thesoft
handoffgainontheforwardlinkiscalculatedifmobilereceiversareconnectedeitherontheforwardlinkoron
theforwardlinkandthereverselink.
1113
Forsk2013
TheMobiles(1xEVDO)tab:TheMobiles(1xEVDO)tabcontainsthefollowinginformationforCDMA20001xEVDO
users:
TheMobiles(1xEVDO)tabonlyappearsif,whencreatingthesimulationasexplainedin
"Creating Simulations" on page1106, you select either "Standard information about
mobiles"or"Detailedinformationaboutmobiles"underInformationtoRetain.
randomtrial).
Terminal:Theassignedradioconfiguration.
User:Theassigneduserprofile.
bution.
ULRequestedThroughput(kbps):TheULRequestedThroughputcorrespondstothethroughput,includingthe
controlchannelthroughput,requestedbytheuserbeforepowercontrol.
ULObtainedThroughput(kbps):Fora1xEVDORev.0serviceuser,theobtainedthroughputisthesameasthe
requestedthroughputiftheuserisconnectedwithoutbeingdowngraded.Iftheuserhasbeendowngraded,the
uplinkthroughputiscalculatedusingthedowngradingfactor.Iftheuserwasrejected,theobtainedthroughput
is"0".
Theuplinktotalthroughputobtainedbythe1xEVDORev.AandRev.BserviceusersdependsontheserviceQoS
class(i.e.,whetherthisisaguaranteedbitrateoravariablebitrateservice).Foraguaranteedbitrateserviceuser,
whentheuserisconnected,theuplinkobtainedthroughputequalstheguaranteedbitratedefinedfortheservice.
Forvariablebitrateserviceusers,theuplinkobtainedthroughputisthesameastherequestedthroughput.Ifthe
userisrejected,theuplinkobtainedthroughputisthroughputis"0".
DLPeakThroughput:ThemaximumthroughputontheforwardlinkdependsonthevalueofCIattheterminal.
AtollcalculatesthisvaluefromthePeakthroughput=f(CI)graphspecifiedinthemobilitytypeproperties.
Carrier:Thecarrierusedforthemobiletransmitterconnection.Multicarrierusersareconnectedtoseveralcar
riers.DetailscanbedisplayedpercarrierbyclickingtheActionsbuttonandthenselectingDetailedDisplayfrom
themenu.
Forconstantbitrateserviceusers,thepercentageofbearerconsumptionistakenintoaccount.
isgiven.
AS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6:Thenameofthecellthatisthebestserver,thesecondbestserver,andsoonis
giveninaseparatecolumnforeachcellintheactiveset.
Ec/I0AS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(dB):EcI0isgiveninaseparatecolumnforeachcellintheactiveset.TheEc/
I0AS1columnliststheEc/I0fromthebestserverfortherejectedmobilesaswell.
DLC/I:TheCIforthepilotontheforwardlink.
page1106,youselect"Detailedinformationaboutmobiles"underInformationtoRetain:
ULThroughputduetoTCP(kbps):TheuplinkthroughputduetoTCPaknowledgements.
ULRequestedPeakThroughput(kbps):Theuplinkrequestedpeakthroughputcorrespondstothethroughput
requestedbytheuserbeforepowercontrol.
ULObtainedPeakThroughput(kbps):Fora1xEVDORev.0serviceuser,theuplinkobtainedpeakthroughputis
thesameastherequestedpeakthroughputiftheuserisconnectedwithoutbeingdowngraded.Iftheuserhas
been downgraded, it is calculated using the downgrading factor. If the user was rejected, the obtained peak
throughputiszero.
Theuplinkpeakthroughputobtainedbythe1xEVDORev.AandRev.BserviceusersdependsontheserviceQoS
class(i.e.,whetherthisisaguaranteedbitrateoravariablebitrateservice).Foraguaranteedbitrateserviceuser,
whentheuserisconnected,theuplinkobtainedpeakthroughputequalstheguaranteedbitratedefinedforthe
service.Forvariablebitrateserviceusers,theuplinkobtainedpeakthroughputisthesameastheuplinkrequest
edpeakthroughput.Iftheuserisrejected,theuplinkobtainedpeakthroughputis"0".
1114
ULDowngradingFactor:Thedowngradingfactoronthereverselink.Thedowngradingfactorisusedtocalculated
howmuchthethroughputwillbedowngradediftherequestedthroughputcannotbeprovided.
DLNtot(Data)(dBm):Thetotalnoiseontheforwardlink.
AT320_UM_E0
DLLoadFactor(%):Theloadfactorontheforwardlink.Itcorrespondstotheratiobetweenthetotalinterference
ontheforwardlinkandtotalnoiseattheterminal.
DLNoiseRise(dB):Thenoiseriseontheforwardlink.
TotalLossAS1,AS2,AS3,AS4,AS5,AS6(dB):Thetotalattenuationforeachlinkbetweenthemobileandatrans
orthogonalityoftheWalshcodesatreception.Thevalueusedistheorthogonalityfactorsetintheclutterclasses.
classes.
ULSHOGain(dB):Thesofthandoffgainonthereverselink.
Transition flags (Upgrading 9.6k>19.2k, Upgrading 19.2k>38.4k, Upgrading 38.4k>76.8k, Upgrading
76.8k>153.6k, Downgrading 19.2k>9.6k, Downgrading 38.4k>19.2k, Downgrading 76.8k>38.4k, Down
grading153.6k>76.8k):Thebooleantransitionflags("True"or"False")generatedbyAtollforeachthroughput
transition and for each 1xEVDO user. If the flag for a throughput transition is "True," the throughput can be
upgradedordowngradedifnecessaryduringtheuplinkloadcontrol.
TheMobiles(ShadowingValues)tab:TheMobiles(ShadowingValues)tabcontainsinformationontheshadowing
marginforeachlinkbetweenthereceiveranduptotenpotentialtransmitters.Atollselectsthetransmitterswhich
havethereceiverintheirpropagationzoneandhavethelowestpathlosses.Thetentransmitterswiththelowestpath
lossesareselectedandsortedinascendingorderbypathloss.
The Mobiles (Shadowing Values) tab only appears if, when creating the simulation as
explainedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage1106,youselect"Detailedinformationabout
mobiles"underInformationtoRetain.
Name:Thenameassignedtothemobile.
ValueatReceiver(dB):Thevalueoftheshadowingerroratthereceiver.Thisvalueisthesameforagivenreceiver
foreachgivenreceiverpotentialtransmitterlink.Thevalueisgeneratedrandomly.
PathTo:Thenameofthepotentialtransmitter.
Value(dB):TheshadowingerrorforthereceiverpotentialtransmitterlinkinthecorrespondingPathTocolumn.
Thesevaluesaregeneratedrandomly.
Thespreadingwidth
Whetherthepowervaluesontheforwardlinkareabsoluteorrelativetothepilot
Thedefaultreverselinksofthandoffgain
ThemethodusedtocalculateNt
Whetherthereverselink1xRTTpowercontrolisbasedonthetrafficqualityorthepilotquality.
Thereverselinkandforwardlinkconvergencethresholds
Thesimulationconstraintssuchasmaximumpower,themaximumnumberofchannelelements,thereverse
linkloadfactorandthemaximumload
Afteryouhavecreatedagroupofsimulations,asexplainedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage1106,youcandisplaytheaver
ageresultsofthegroup.Ifyouwanttodisplaytheresultsofasinglesimulationofagroup,see"DisplayingtheResultsofa
SingleSimulation"onpage1110.
2. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheSimulationsSimulationsfolder.
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationswhoseresultsyouwanttoaccess.
1115
Forsk2013
trial;powercontrolhasnotyetstarted.Theresultdependsonthetrafficdescriptionandtrafficinput.
activitystatusandthereverselinkandforwardlinkthroughputsthatalluserscouldtheoreticallygenerateare
provided.
Thebreakdownperservice(totalnumberofusers,numberofusersperactivitystatus,andreverselinkand
forwardlinkthroughputs)isgiven.
aredeterminedattheendofthesimulationanddependonthenetworkdesign.
Thenumberandpercentageofusersconnectedtoacell,thenumberofusersperfrequencybandformulti
bandnetworks,thenumberofusersperactivitystatus,andthereverselinkandforwardlinkthroughputsthey
generate.
The breakdown per service (total number of users, number of users per frequency band for multiband
networks,numberofusersperactivitystatus,andreverselinkandforwardlinkthroughputs)isgiven.
TheCells(Average1xRTT)andCells(StandardDeviation1xRTT)tabs:TheCells(Average1xRTT)andCells(Stand
ardDeviation1xRTT)tabscontainthefollowingaverageandstandarddeviationinformation,respectively,persite,
transmitter,and1xRTTcarrier:
1116
ULTotalNoise(dBm):Thetotalnoiseonthereverselinktakesintoaccountthetotalsignalreceivedatthetrans
mitteronacarrierfromintraandextracellterminalsusingthesamecarrierandadjacentcarriers(totalinterfer
enceonthereverselink)andthethermalnoise.
cellinterference.
ULReuseEfficiencyFactor:Thereverselinkreuseefficiencyfactoristhereciprocalofthereverselinkreusefactor.
DLLoadFactor(%):Theforwardlinkloadfactorofthecellicorrespondstotheratio(forwardlinkaverageinter
ference[duetotransmittersignalsonthesame carrier]forterminals inthetransmitteriarea)(forwardlink
averagetotalnoise[duetotransmittersignalsandtothermalnoiseofterminals]forterminalsinthetransmitter
iarea).
DLNoiseRise(dB):Theforwardlinknoiseriseiscalculatedfromtheforwardlinkloadfactor.Thesedataindicate
signaldegradationduetocellload(interferencemargininthelinkbudget).
TotalTransmittedDLPower(dBm):Thetotalpowertransmittedontheforwardlink.
DLLoad(%Pmax):Thepercentageofpowerusedisdeterminedbythetotaltransmittedpowermaximumpower
ratio(powerstatedinW).Whentheconstraint"DLload"isset,theDLLoadcannotexceedtheuserdefinedMax
DLLoad(definedeitherinthecellproperties,orinthesimulation).
onthesamecarrier.Thisdataiscalculatedontheforwardandreverselinksandindicatesthenumberofusers
connectedtothecellontheforwardandreverselinks.Becauseofhandover,asingleusercanuseseveralradio
links.
No.ofCodes(128bits):Theaveragenumberof128bitWalshcodesusedpercell.
Thetypesofhandoffasapercentage:Atollestimatesthepercentagesofhandofftypesforeachtransmitter.Atoll
onlyliststheresultsforthefollowinghandoffstatus,nohandoff(11),softer(12),soft(22),softersoft(23)and
softsoft(33)handoffs;theotherhandoffstatus(otherHO)aregrouped.
FCHThroughput(UplinkandDownlink)(kbps):ThethroughputoftheFCHontheforwardandreverselinks.
SCHThroughput(UplinkandDownlink)(kbps):ThethroughputoftheSCHontheforwardandreverselinks.
MinTCHPwr(dBm):Theminimumpowerallocatedtoatrafficchannelforsupplyingservices.
MaxTCHPwr(dBm):Themaximumpowerallocatedtoatrafficchannelforsupplyingservices.
AvgTCHPwr(dBm):Theaveragepowerallocatedtoatrafficchannelforsupplyingservices.
uration,andAdmissionRejection.
AT320_UM_E0
TheCells(Average1xEVDO)andCells(StandardDeviation1xEVDO)tabs:TheCells(Average1xEVDO)andCells
(StandardDeviation1xEVDO)tabscontainthefollowingaverageandstandarddeviationinformation,respectively,
persite,transmitter,and1xEVDOcarrier:
ULTotalNoise(dBm):Thetotalnoiseonthereverselinktakesintoaccountthetotalsignalreceivedatthetrans
mitteronacarrierfromintraandextracellterminalsusingthesamecarrierandadjacentcarriers(totalinterfer
enceonthereverselink)andthethermalnoise.
cellinterference.
ULReuseEfficiencyFactor:Thereverselinkreuseefficiencyfactoristhereciprocalofthereverselinkreusefactor.
NumberofULRadioLinks:Thenumberofradiolinksonthereverselink.
ConnectionSuccessRate(%):Thepercentageofconnectionsthataresuccessfullymade.
Thetypesofhandoffasapercentage:Atollestimatesthepercentagesofhandofftypesforeachtransmitter.Atoll
onlyliststheresultsforthefollowinghandoffstatus,nohandoff(11),softer(12),soft(22),softersoft(23)and
softsoft(33)handoffs;theotherhandoffstatus(otherHO)aregrouped.
ULandDLThroughput(kbps):Thethroughputontheforwardandreverselinks.
No.ofMACIndex:ThenumberofMACindexesusedbythecell.
uration,AdmissionRejection,and1xEVDOResourcesSaturation.
Theinputparametersspecifiedwhencreatingthegroupofsimulations:
Thespreadingwidth
Whetherthepowervaluesontheforwardlinkareabsoluteorrelativetothepilot
Thedefaultreverselinksofthandoffgain
ThemethodusedtocalculateNt
Whetherthereverselink1xRTTpowercontrolisbasedonthetrafficqualityorthepilotquality.
Thereverselinkandforwardlinkconvergencethresholds
Thesimulationconstraintssuchasmaximumpower,themaximumnumberofchannelelements,thereverse
linkloadfactorandthemaximumload
ULLoadFactor
TotalDLPower
1117
Forsk2013
c. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthefolderofthesimulationgroupcontainingthesimulationwhoseresults
youwanttoaccess.
3. OntheCellstab,clickCommitResults.Thefollowingvaluesareupdatedforeachcell:
ULLoadFactor
TotalDLPower.
11.2.4.8 AddingNewSimulationstoanAtollDocument
Whenyouhavecreatedasimulationorgroupofsimulations,youcanreexaminethesameconditionsbyaddingnewsimula
tionstotheAtolldocument.InAtoll,therearethefollowingwaysofaddingnewsimulations:
Addingtoagroup:Whenyouaddoneormoresimulationstoanexistinggroupofsimulations,Atollreusesthesame
input(radio,traffic,andsimulationparameters)asthoseusedtogeneratethegroupofsimulations.Itthengenerates
anewuserdistributionandperformsthepowercontrolsimulation.
Toaddasimulationtoagroupofsimulations,see"AddingaSimulationtoaGroupofSimulations"onpage1118.
Replayingagroup:Whenyoureplayanexistinggroupofsimulations,Atollreusesthesameuserdistribution(users
withaservice,amobilityandanactivitystatus)astheoneusedtocalculatetheinitialsimulation.Theshadowingerror
distribution between simulations is different. Traffic parameter changes (such as maximum and minimum traffic
channelpowersallowed,Eb/Ntthresholds,etc.)canbetakenintoaccount.Radiodatamodifications(newtransmit
ters,changestotheantennaazimuth,etc.)arealwaystakenintoaccountduringthepowercontrol(orrate/power
control)simulation.
Toreplayagroupofsimulations,see"ReplayingaGroupofSimulations"onpage1119.
UsingtheGeneratorInitialisationNumber:Whenyoucreategroupsofsimulationsusingthesamegeneratorinitial
isationnumber(whichmustbeanintegerotherthan0)Atollgeneratesthesameuserandshadowingerrordistribu
tions(userwithaservice,amobility,anactivitystatusandashadowingerror)inallgroupsusingthesamenumber.
However,anymodificationstotrafficparameters(suchas,maximumandminimumtrafficchannelpowersallowed,
EbNtthresholds,etc.)andradiodata(newtransmitter,azimuth,etc.)aretakenintoaccountduringthepowercontrol
simulation.
Bycreatingandcalculatingonegroupofsimulations,makingachangetothenetworkandthencreatingandcalculat
inganewgroupofsimulationsusingthesamegeneratorinitialisationnumber,youcanseethedifferenceyourparam
eterchangesmake.
Tocreateanewsimulationtoagroupofsimulationsusingthegeneratorinitialisationnumber,see"AddingaSimula
tiontoaGroupofSimulations"onpage1118.
DuplicatingaGroup:Whenyouduplicateagroup,Atollcreatesagroupofsimulationswiththesamesimulation
parameters as those used to generate the group of simulations. You can then modify the simulation parameters
beforecalculatingthegroup.
Toduplicateagroupofsimulations,see"DuplicatingaGroupofSimulations"onpage1120.
AddingaSimulationtoaGroupofSimulations
Toaddasimulationtoanexistinggroupofsimulations:
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationstowhichyouwanttoaddasimulation.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.Thepropertiesdialogueofthegroupofsimulationsappears.
Whenaddingasimulationtoanexistinggroupofsimulations,theparametersoriginally
usedtocalculatethegroupofsimulationsareusedforthenewsimulations.Consequently,
fewparameterscanbechangedfortheaddedsimulation.
5. OntheGeneraltabofthedialogue,ifdesired,changetheNameandCommentsforthisgroupofsimulations.
1118
AT320_UM_E0
NumberofSimulations:Enterthenumberofsimulationstoaddedtothisgroupofsimulations.
7. Onceyouhaveaddedthesimulation,youcanrunitimmediatelyoryoucansaveittorunitlater:
Run:ClickRuntosavethedefinedsimulationandrunitimmediately
OK:ClickOKtosavethedefinedsimulationwithoutrunningit.YoucanrunitlaterclickingtheCalculatebutton
(
ReplayingaGroupofSimulations
Toreplayanexistinggroupofsimulations:
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationsyouwanttoreplay.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectReplayfromthecontextmenu.Thepropertiesdialogueofthegroupofsimulationsappears.
Whenreplayinganexistinggroupofsimulations,mostparametersusedtocalculatethe
groupofsimulationsarereusedforthereplayedgroup.Consequently,fewparameterscan
bechangedforthereplayedgroup.
5. OntheGeneraltabofthedialogue,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
SelectthelevelofdetailthatwillbeavailableintheoutputfromtheInformationtoretainlistasexplainedin"Cre
atingSimulations"onpage1106.
UnderCellLoadConstraints,youcansettheconstraintsasexplainedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage1106that
Atollmustrespectduringthesimulation.
6. OntheSourceTraffictabofthedialogue,selecttheRefreshTrafficParameterscheckboxifyouwanttotakeinto
accounttrafficparameterchanges(suchas,maximumandminimumtrafficchannelpowersallowed,Eb/Ntthresh
olds,etc.)inthereplayedsimulation.
7. OntheAdvancedtab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
DLConvergenceThreshold:Entertherelativedifferenceintermsofinterferenceandconnectedusersonthe
8. ClickRun.Atollimmediatelybeginsthesimulation.
CreatingaNewGroupofSimulationsUsingtheGeneratorInitialisationNumber
Tocreateanewgroupofsimulationsusingthegeneratorinitialisationnumber:
3. SelectNewfromthecontextmenu.Thepropertiesdialogueforanewgroupofsimulationsappears.
5. UnderGeneratorInitialisation,enteranintegerasthegeneratorinitialisationvalue.Theintegermustbethesame
generatorinitialisationnumberasusedinthegroupofsimulationswiththeuserandshadowingerrordistributions
youwanttouseinthisgroupofsimulations.Ifyouenter"0",thedefault,theuserandshadowingerrordistribution
willberandom.Ifyouenteranyotherinteger,thesameuserandshadowingerrordistributionwillbeusedforany
simulationusingthesamegeneratorinitialisationvalue.
6. Forinformationonsettingotherparameters,see"CreatingSimulations"onpage1106.
Youcancreateanewgroupofsimulationswiththesameparametersastheoriginal
groupofsimulationsbyduplicatinganexistingoneasexplainedin"DuplicatingaGroup
ofSimulations"onpage1120.
1119
Forsk2013
DuplicatingaGroupofSimulations
Toduplicateanexistinggroupofsimulations:
3. Rightclickthegroupofsimulationsyouwanttoduplicate.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectDuplicatefromthecontextmenu.Thepropertiesdialoguefortheduplicatedgroupofsimulationsappears.
Youcanchangetheparametersfortheduplicatedsimulationorgroupofsimulationsasexplainedin"CreatingSimu
lations"onpage1106.
Whenyoucreateagroupofsimulations,youarebasingitonasetoftrafficconditionsthatrepresentthesituationyouare
creatingthenetworkfor.However,trafficcan,andinfactmostlikelywill,increase.Youcantesttheperformanceofthe
networkagainstanincreasedtrafficloadwithoutchangingtrafficparametersormapsbyusingtheglobalscalingfactor.For
example,settingtheglobalscalingfactorto2isthesameasdoublingtheinitialnumberofsubscribers(forenvironmentand
userprofiletrafficmaps)orthethroughputs/users(forsectortrafficmaps).
1. Createagroupofsimulationsby:
Creatinganewgroupofsimulationsasdescribedin"CreatingSimulations"onpage1106.
Duplicatinganexistinggroupofsimulationsasdescribedin"AddingNewSimulationstoanAtollDocument"on
page1118.
3. EnteraGlobalScalingFactor.Forexample,settingtheglobalscalingfactorto2isthesameasdoublingtheinitial
maps).
InAtoll,youhaveseveralmethodsavailabletohelpyouanalysesimulationresults.Youcanmakeanactivesetanalysisofa
realtimeprobeuseroryoucanmakeacoveragepredictionwhereeachpixelisconsideredasaprobeuserwithadefined
terminal,mobility,andservice.Theanalysesarebasedonasinglesimulationoronanaveragedgroupofsimulations.
Youcanfindinformationontheanalysismethodsinthefollowingsections:
"MakinganASAnalysisofSimulationResults"onpage1120
11.2.5.1 MakinganASAnalysisofSimulationResults
ThePointAnalysiswindowgivesyouinformationonreceptionforanypointonthemap.TheASAnalysisviewgivesyouinfor
mationonthepilotquality(EcI0)(whichisthemainparameterusedtodefinethemobileactiveset),theconnectionstatus,
andtheactivesetoftheprobemobile.Analysisisbasedonthereverselinkloadfactorandtheforwardlinktotalpowerof
cells.Inthiscase,theseparameterscanbeeitheroutputsofagivensimulation,oraveragevaluescalculatedfromagroupof
simulations.Theanalysisisprovidedforauserdefinableprobereceiverwhichhasaterminal,amobilityandaservice.
BeforeyoumakeanASanalysis:
EnsurethesimulationorgroupofsimulationsyouwanttouseintheASanalysisisdisplayedonthemap.
Replaythesimulationorgroupofsimulationsyouwanttouseifyouhavemodifiedradioparameterssinceyoumade
thesimulation.
TheASanalysisdoesnottakepossiblenetworksaturationintoaccount.Therefore,there
isnoguaranteethatasimulatedmobilewiththesamereceivercharacteristicscanverify
thepointanalysis,simplybecausethesimulatednetworkcanbesaturated.
TomakeanASanalysisofsimulationresults:
)onthetoolbar.ThePointAnalysiswindowappears(seeFigure11.13).
1120
AT320_UM_E0
3. AtthetopoftheASAnalysisview,selectthesimulationorgroupofsimulationsyouwanttobasetheASanalysison
fromtheLoadConditionslist.
4. SelecttheTerminal,Service,Mobility,Carrier,andDLandULThroughputs.
6. Selectorclearthefollowingoptions:
Whethershadowingistobetakenintoaccount(and,ifso,thecelledgecoverageprobability).
Whetherindoorcoverageistobetakenintoaccount.
7. ClickOKtoclosetheCalculationOptionsdialogue.
Asyoumovethepointer,Atollindicatesonthemapwhichisthebestserverforthecurrentposition(seeFigure11.30
onpage1069).
InformationonthecurrentpositionisgivenintheASAnalysisviewofthePointAnalysiswindow.SeeFigure11.31
onpage1070foranexplanationofthedisplayedinformation.
11.2.5.2 MakingCoveragePredictionsUsingSimulationResults
Whennosimulationsareavailable,Atollusesthereverselinkloadfactor,thetotalforwardlinkpowerdefinedforeachcell
tomakecoveragepredictions.Forinformationoncellproperties,see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage1009;forinfor
mationonmodifyingcellproperties,see"CellDefinition"onpage1006.
Onceyouhavemadesimulations,Atollcanusethisinformationinsteadofthedefinedparametersinthecellpropertiesto
makecoveragepredictionswhereeachpixelisconsideredasaprobeuserwithaterminal,mobility,profile,andservice.For
eachcoveragepredictionbasedonsimulationresults,youcanbasethecoveragepredictiononaselectedsimulationorona
groupofsimulations,choosingeitheranaverageanalysisofallsimulationsinthegrouporastatisticalanalysisbasedona
definedprobability.
Coveragepredictionsonthepilotoronaservice:
Coveragepredictionsonnoiseandinterference:
PilotQualityAnalysis(DL):ForinformationonmakingaPilotQualityAnalysis,see"MakingaPilotSignalQuality
Prediction"onpage1058.
ServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(DL):Forinformationonmakingacoveragepredictionontheforwardlinkservice
area,see"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)UplinkandDownlinkfor1xRTT"onpage1059or"StudyingtheForward
LinkEVDOThroughput"onpage1060.
ServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(UL):Forinformationonmakingacoveragepredictiononthereverselinkservice
area,see"StudyingServiceArea(EbNt)UplinkandDownlinkfor1xRTT"onpage1059or"StudyingServiceArea
(EbNt)ReverseLinkforEVDO"onpage1061.
EffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(DL+UL):Forinformationonmakingapilotpollutioncoverageanalysis,
see"StudyingEffectiveServiceArea"onpage1062.
CoveragebyTotalNoiseLevel(DL):Forinformationonmakingaforwardlinktotalnoisecoverageprediction,see
"StudyingForwardLinkTotalNoise"onpage1065.
PilotPollutionAnalysis(DL):Forinformationonmakingapilotpollutioncoverageanalysis,see"CalculatingPilot
Pollution"onpage1066.
Ahandoffstatuscoveragepredictiontoanalysemacrodiversityperformance:
Handoff Zones (DL): For information on making a handoff status coverage prediction, see "Making a Handoff
StatusCoveragePrediction"onpage1068.
Theproceduresforthecoveragepredictionsassumethatsimulationresultsarenotavailable.Whennosimulationsareavail
able,youselect"(CellsTable)"fromtheLoadConditionslist,ontheConditionstab.However,whensimulationsareavailable
youcanbasethecoveragepredictionononesimulationoragroupofsimulations.
2. FromtheLoadConditionslist,selectthesimulationorgroupofsimulationsonwhichyouwanttobasethecoverage
prediction.
3. IfyouselectagroupofsimulationsfromtheLoadConditionslist,selectoneofthefollowing:
1121
Forsk2013
All:SelectAlltomakeastatisticalanalysisofallsimulationsbasedonthedefinedProbability(theprobabilitymust
befrom0to1).Thiswillmakeaglobalanalysisofallsimulationsinagroupandwithanevaluationofthenetwork
stabilityintermsoffluctuationsintraffic.
Average:SelectAveragemakethecoveragepredictionontheaverageofthesimulationsinthegroup.
AtollAutomaticCellPlanning(ACP)enablesradioengineersdesigningCDMAnetworkstoautomaticallycalculatetheoptimal
stageofaUMTSnetworkbyenablingtheselectionoftheantenna,anditsazimuth,height,andmechanicaltilt.ACPnotonly
transmitters.
suggestedchanges.
howyoucanviewtheresultsofanoptimisation.Inthissection,onlytheconceptsspecifictoCDMAnetworksareexplained:
"CDMAOptimisationObjectives"onpage1122
"CDMAQualityParameters"onpage1122
"TheCDMAQualityAnalysisPredictions"onpage1123.
11.3.1 CDMAOptimisationObjectives
Atoll.InprojectsusingCDMA,eitheralone,orinacoplanningormultiRATproject,thefollowingobjectivesareused:
Coverage
Ec/Io
Pilotpollution
Softhandover
11.3.2 CDMAQualityParameters
definedintheselectedcoveragepredictionasthedefaultforitsownpredictions.
However,ifyouhavesavedthedisplayoptionsofanACPpredictionasdefault,orifyouareusingaconfigurationfileforACP,
thesedefinedrangesandcolourswillbeusedasthedefault,overridingthesettingsintheselectedcoverageprediction.
InprojectsusingCDMA,eitheralone,orinacoplanningproject,thefollowingqualityparametersareused:
Overlap
Signallevel
Ec/Io
TodefinethequalityparametersforCDMA:
3. UnderParameters,expandCDMA.
1122
AT320_UM_E0
Settings"onpage231.
ACP.
6. UnderCDMAinthelefthandpaneunderParameters,selectSignalLevel.
evaluatethesignallevelusingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
8. UnderCDMAinthelefthandpaneunderParameters,selectEcIo.
youmustdefinetheServiceandTerminalusedtoevaluateEcIocoverage.SelectaServiceandaTerminal.The
serviceandterminalspecifiedareusedduringthecalculationofEcIothroughgainandlosses(i.e.,theservice
bodyloss,thegainandlossoftheterminalantenna,andterminalnoisefactor).
evaluateEcIousingthesameparametersthatwereusedtocalculatethecoverageprediction.
11.3.3 TheCDMAQualityAnalysisPredictions
ThequalityanalysispredictionsenableyoutodisplaythesignallevelandEcIoqualitypredictionsintheAtollmapwindow.
ThesepredictionsarethesameasthosedisplayedontheQualitytaboftheoptimisationsPropertiesdialogue.
SignalLevel
EcIo
PilotQualityAnalysis(DL)(2)
Field=Ec/Io(dB)
Overlap
(1)Formoreinformation,see"MakingaCoveragePredictionbySignalLevel"onpage1036.
(2)
Formoreinformation,see"CreatingCoveragePredictionsonDriveTestDataPaths"onpage1131.
1123
Forsk2013
YoushouldverifytheresultswithadifferentAtollcoverageprediction,suchasthepilotpollutionanalysis.
MultiplecarrieroptimisationissupportedinCDMA.Howeverthepredictionsareprovidedseparatelyforeachcarrier.
YoucanviewtheexactsignallevelandEcIovaluesonanypixelbylettingthepointerrestoverthepixel.Thesignallevelor
EcIovalueisthendisplayedintiptext.
dialogue,intheParameterssectionunderCDMA>Overlap(see"ConfiguringDefaultSettings"onpage231)orbysettingthe
state,andapredictionshowingthechangesbetweentheinitialandfinalstate.
11.4 VerifyingNetworkQuality
AnimportantstepintheprocessofcreatingaCDMAnetworkisverifyingthequalityofthenetwork.Thisisdoneusingmeas
urements of the strength of the pilot signal and other parameters in different locations within the area covered by the
network.Thiscollectionofmeasurementsiscalledadrivetestdatapath.
network.
FMT).
tifiedbytheirIDsorPNoffsets.
ThedatainthefilemustbestructuredsothatthecolumnsidentifyingthePNoffsetgroupandthePNoffsetareplacedbefore
thedatacolumnsforeachcell.OtherwiseAtollwillnotbeabletoproperlyimportthefile.
1124
AT320_UM_E0
aconfiguration,ifitrecognisestheextension.ifseveralconfigurationsareassoci
desired.
1125
Forsk2013
i.
list.
e. IfyouareimportingdatausingPNoffsetsascellidentifiers:
i.
UnderServeridentification,selectByPNoffset.
ii. InthePNoffsetidentifierbox,enterastringthatisfoundinthecolumnnamesidentifyingthePNoffsetof
scannedcells.Forexample,ifthestring"PN"isfoundinthecolumnnamesidentifyingthePNoffsetofscanned
cells,enterithere.Atollwillthensearchforcolumnswiththisstringinthecolumnname.
iii. InthePNoffsetformatlist,selectthePNoffsetformat,"Decimal"or"Hexadecimal."
iv. InthePNoffsetgroupidentifierbox,enterastringthatmustbefoundinthecolumnnamesidentifyingthe
PNoffsetgroupofscannedcells.Forexample,ifthestring"PN_Group"isfoundinthecolumnnamesidenti
fyingthePNoffsetgroupofscannedcells,enterithere.Atollwillthensearchforcolumnswiththisstringin
thecolumnname.
IfthereisnoPNoffsetgroupinformationcontainedinthedrivetestdatafile,leavethePNoffsetgroupiden
tifierboxempty.
1126
AT320_UM_E0
columnsintheimportedfile.Ifnot,youcanclickthenameofthecolumninthetablein
theFieldrowandselectthecolumnname.Foreachfield,youmustensurethateach
columnhasthecorrectdatatypeinorderforthedatatobecorrectlyinterpreted.The
defaultvalueunderTypeis"<Ignore>".Ifacolumnismarkedwith"<Ignore>",itwillnot
beimported.
figuration:
c. EnteraConfigurationNameandanExtensionofthefilesthatthisimportconfigurationwilldescribe(forexample,
"*.csv").
d. ClickOK.
selectthisimportconfigurationfromtheConfigurationlist.
Whenimportingameasurementfile,youcanexpandtheNumMeasINIfile.inifile
byclickingtheExpandbutton( )infrontofthefileunderImportconfiguration
todisplayalltheavailableimportconfigurations.Whenselectingtheappropriate
configuration,theassociationsareautomaticallymadeinthetableatthebottom
ofthedialogue.
youcanselectindividualdrivetestdatapointstoseeinformationabouttheactivesetatthatlocation.
displayed.
4. Clickandholdthedrivetestdatapointonwhichyouwantactivesetinformation.Atolldisplaysanarrowpointing
towardstheservingcells(seeFigure11.48onpage1134),withanumberidentifyingtheserverasnumberedinthe
drivetestdata.Ifthetransmitterdisplaytypeis"Automatic,"boththenumberandthearrowaredisplayedinthe
samecolourasthetransmitter.Forinformationonchangingthedisplaytypeto"Automatic,"see"DefiningtheDisplay
Type"onpage44.
displayedaccordingtoanyavailableattribute.YoucanalsousetheDisplaydialoguetomanagepermanentlabelsonthemap,
tiptextsandthelegend.Inotherwords,thedisplayofmeasurementpatharemanagedinthesamewayassites,transmitters,
etc.
1127
Forsk2013
3. Rightclickthedrivetestdatapathwhosedisplayyouwanttomanage.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectPropertiesfromthecontextmenu,
Inaddition,youcandisplaypointsbymorethanonecriterionatatimeusingtheAdvancedoptionintheDisplayTypelist.
WhenyouselectAdvancedfromtheDisplayTypelist,adialogueopensinwhichyoucandefinethefollowingdisplayforeach
singlepointofthemeasurementpath:
asymbolsizeaccordingtoanyattribute.
Youcan,forexample,displayasignallevelinacertaincolour,chooseasymboltypeforTransmitter1(acircle,triangle,cross,
etc.)andasymbolsizeaccordingtothealtitude.
FastDisplayforcesAtolltousethelightestsymboltodisplaythepoints.Thisispar
YoucannotuseAdvancedDisplayiftheFastDisplaycheckboxhasbeenselected.
fromthecontextmenu.
TheimporteddrivetestdataisusedtoverifytheCDMAnetwork.Toimprovetherelevanceofthedata,Atollallowsyouto
filteroutincompatibleorinaccuratepoints.Youcanthencomparetheimportedmeasurementswithpreviouslycalculated
coveragepredictions.
Whenusingadrivetestdatapath,somemeasuredpointsmaypresentvaluesthataretoofaroutsideofthemedianvalues
tobeuseful.Aswell,testpathsmayincludetestpointsinareasthatarenotrepresentativeofthedrivetestdatapathasa
whole.Forexample,atestpaththatincludestwoheavilypopulatedareasmightalsoincludetestpointsfromthemorelightly
populatedregionbetweenthetwo.
2. IntheNetworkexplorer,rightclickthedrivetestdataonwhichyouwanttofilteroutincompatiblepoints:
thedrivetestpath.
4. InthePerClutterwindow,underFilter,clearthecheckboxesoftheclutterclassesyouwanttofilterout.Onlythe
1128
AT320_UM_E0
5. Ifyouwanttokeepthemeasurementpointsinsidethefocuszone,selecttheUsefocuszonetofiltercheckbox.
6. Ifyouwanttopermanentlyremovethemeasurementpointsoutsidethefilter,selecttheDeletePointsOutsideFilter
checkbox.
Ifyoupermenantlydeletemeasurementpointsandlaterwanttousethem,youwillhavetoreimporttheoriginal
measurementdata.
OnlyoneDriveTestDatapath:ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheDriveTestDatafolder.
b. UnderValuestoInclude,youwillfindallthevaluesrepresentedintheselectedfield.Selectthecheckboxesnext
ingtable:
Formula
=X
<>X
<X
>X
<=X
>=X
*X*
*X
textobjectswhichendwithX
X*
1129
Forsk2013
Filtersarecombinedfirsthorizontally,thenvertically.Formoreinformationonhowfilterswork,see"AdvancedData
Filtering"onpage94.
Youcanpermanentlydeletethepointsthatdonotfulfilthefilterconditionsbyselecting
theDeletepointsoutsidethefiltercheckbox.
8. ClickOKtoapplythefilterandclosethedialogue.
11.4.4.2 PredictingSignalLevelonDriveTestDataPoints
(seeFigure11.45).
Figure11.45:PointSignalLevelPropertiesdialogue
Figure11.46:Selectingmeasuredsignallevelsforwhicherrorswillbecalculated
predictedvalues.
1130
AT320_UM_E0
Figure11.47:DriveTestDatatableafterPointSignalLevelPrediction(witherrorcalculations)
PilotQualityAnalysis(DL)
PilotQualityAnalysis(DL):ClicktheConditionstab.
AtthetopoftheConditionstab,youcansettherangeofsignalleveltobecalculated.UnderServer,youcan
selectwhethertocalculatethesignallevelfromalltransmitters,oronlythebestorsecondbestsignal.Ifyou
choosetocalculatethebestorsecondbestsignal,youcanenteraMargin.IfyouselecttheShadowingtaken
intoaccountcheckbox,youcanchangetheCellEdgeCoverageProbability.YoucanselecttheIndoorCover
agecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyperclutterclass.Finally,youcan
selecttheCarriertobestudied.
Conditions.Inthiscase,AtollcalculatesthecoveragepredictionusingtheULloadfactorandtheDLtotal
Ifyouwantthepilotsignalqualitypredictiontoconsidershadowing,youcanselecttheShadowingtakeninto
perclutterclass.
ServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)Downlink:ClicktheConditionstab.
1131
Forsk2013
takenintoaccountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
perclutterclass.
ServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)Uplink:ClicktheConditionstab.
takenintoaccountcheckboxandenterapercentageintheCellEdgeCoverageProbabilitytextbox.
perclutterclass.
prediction.
contextmenuappears.
tionsinAtoll).
9. ClickOK.
1132
AT320_UM_E0
9. ClickOK.
Youcanextracttheinformationfromaspecificfieldforagiventransmitteroneachpointofanexistingdrivetestdatapath.
Theextractedinformationwillbeaddedtoanewcolumninthedrivetestdatatable.
7. Selectthecheckboxbesidethefieldyouwantextractfortheselectedtransmitter.
8. Click OK. Atoll creates a new column in the drive test data path table for the selected transmitters and with the
selectedvalues.
4. SelectOpentheAnalysisToolfromthecontextmenu.TheDriveTestDatawindowappears(seeFigure11.48).
1133
Forsk2013
1134
Clickthepointsonthedrivetestpathinthemapwindow.
AT320_UM_E0
tifyingthebestserver(seeFigure11.48onpage1134).Ifthetransmitterdisplaytypeis"Automatic,"boththenumber
andthearrowaredisplayedinthesamecolourasthetransmitter.Forinformationonchangingthedisplaytypeto
"Automatic,"see"DefiningtheDisplayType"onpage44.
ways:
Zoominorout:
i.
i.
displayedinthemapandintheDriveTestDatawindow(seeFigure11.48on
page1134).
a. SelectoneormoretransmittersfromtheFortheTransmitterslist.
b. SelectthefieldthatcontainstheinformationthatyouwanttoexporttoCWmeasurementsfromtheFortheFields
list.
1135
Forsk2013
6. UnderCWMeasurementCreationParameters:
a. EntertheMin.NumberofPointstoExtractperMeasurementPath.CWmeasurementsarenotcreatedfortrans
Extractiondialogue.
4. SelectOpentheAnalysisToolfromthecontextmenu.TheDriveTestDatawindowappears(seeFigure11.48on
page1134).
5. Define the display parameters and zoom level as explained in "Analysing Data Variations Along the Path" on
page1133.
11.5 CoplanningCDMANetworkswithOtherNetworks
networkscenarioscanbedesignedforanygivenarea:acountry,aregion,acity,etc.Forexample,youcandesignaCDMA
andaGSMnetworkforthesameareainAtoll,andthenworkwithAtollscoplanningfeaturestostudythemutualimpacts
ofthetwonetworks.
Manual.
allocatedoncriteriasuchasthedistancebetweensectorsoroverlappingcoverage.
1136
"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage1137.
"WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinaCoPlanningProject"onpage1138.
"PerformingIntertechnologyNeighbourAllocation"onpage1141.
"CreatingaCDMASectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork"onpage1152.
AT320_UM_E0
Beforestartingacoplanningproject,youmusthavetwonetworksdesignedforagivenarea,i.e.,youmusthaveaCDMAAtoll
arelinkedtogether.Inthefollowingsections,theCDMAdocumentwillbereferredtoasthemaindocument,andtheother
documentasthelinkeddocument.Atolldoesnotestablishanyrestrictiononwhichisthemaindocumentandwhichisthe
linkeddocument.
a. Clickthemaindocumentsmapwindow.ThemaindocumentsmapwindowbecomesactiveandtheExplorerwin
b. SelectFile>LinkWith.TheLinkWithdialogueappears.
d. ClickOpen.
TheExplorerwindowofthemaindocumentnowcontainsafoldernamedTransmittersin[linkeddocument],where
arenowavailable.
synchronisingthedisplayinthemapwindowbetweenbothdocuments.Atollsyncronisesthedisplayforthefollowing:
Afteryouhaveswitchedtocoplanningmodeasexplainedin"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage1137,transmitters
andpredictionsfromthelinkeddocumentaredisplayedinthemaindocument.Ifyouwant,youcandisplayotheritemsor
foldersfromtheExplorerwindowofthelinkeddocumenttotheExplorerwindowofthemaindocument(e.g.,youcandisplay
GSMsitesandmeasurementpathsinaCDMAdocument).
1. Click the linked documents map window. The linked documents map window becomes active and the Explorer
opens.
1137
Forsk2013
TheSitesfolderofthelinkeddocumentisnowavailableinthemaindocument.TheExplorerwindowofthemaindocument
Clutterclasses,Traffic,andDTM,etc.,intheotherdocument.
ments.However,becauseworkingdocumentisthemaindocument,anychangesmadeinthemaindocumentarenotauto
maticallytakenintoaccountinthelinkeddocument.
Ifyouclosethelinkeddocument,Atolldisplaysawarningicon( )inthemaindocumentsExplorerwindow,andthelinked
linkeditemintheExplorerwindowofthemaindocument,andselectingOpenLinkedDocument.
Explorerwindow.FormoreinformationonchangingtheorderofitemsintheExplorerwindow,see"WorkingwithLayers
Figure11.50showsanexampleofCDMAtransmitterswithlabelsanddisplayedintheLegendwindow,andGSMtransmitter
datadisplayedintiptext.
Figure11.50:GSMandCDMATransmittersdisplayedonthemap
11.5.2 WorkingwithCoveragePredictionsinaCoPlanningProject
networks.
YoucanaccessthepropertiesofthecoveragepredictionsinthelinkedPredictionsfolderinthemaindocumentsExplorer
1138
AT320_UM_E0
1. Clickthemaindocumentsmapwindow.ThemaindocumentsmapwindowbecomesactiveandtheExplorerwindow
)inthetoolbar.
When you click the Calculate button, Atoll first calculates uncalculated and invalid path loss matrices and then
onpage218.
)inthetoolbar.
youwanttoanalyse.Youcanselectwhichcoveragepredictionstodisplayortohidebyselectingorclearingthedisplaycheck
box.Forinformationonmanagingthedisplay,see"DisplayingorHidingObjectsontheMapUsingtheExplorerWindows"on
page38.
11.5.2.2.1
1139
Forsk2013
Therecommendedprocessforanalysingcoverageareas,andtheeffectofparametermodificationsinoneontheother,isas
follows:
PredictionbyTransmitter"onpage1038and"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage1028.
5. Optimisethemainnetworkbychangingparameterssuchasantennaazimuthandtiltorthepilotpower.
11.5.2.2.2
11.5.2.2.3
Youcancomparecoveragepredictionsbybyplacingthepointeroveranareaofthecoveragepredictiontoreadtheinforma
tiondisplayedinthetiptext.Atolldisplaysinformationforalldisplayedcoveragepredictionsinboththeworkingandthe
linkeddocuments.TheinformationdisplayedisdefinedbythesettingsyoumadeontheDisplaytabwhenyoucreatedthe
coverageprediction(step3.of"CoPlanningCoverageAnalysisProcess"onpage1139).
11.5.2.2.4
You can compare the coverage areas of the main and linked documents by overlaying coverage predictions in the map
window.
1140
AT320_UM_E0
mapwindow.Thecoveragepredictionisdislayedonthemap.
coveragepredictionisdislayedonthemap.
Explorerwindow.FormoreinformationonchangingtheorderofitemsintheExplorerwindow,see"WorkingwithLayers
11.5.2.2.5
thelinkedcoveragepredictionyouwanttocomparewiththecoveragepredictionofthemaindocument.TheCom
parisonPropertiesdialogueopens.
7. ClickOK.
tionsfolder.
ThefollowingsectionsdescribethefeaturesavailableinAtollthathelptheRFplannertocarryoutintertechnologyneighbour
planning.Forexample,handoversbetweenaCDMAandaGSMnetworkcanbestudiedinAtollbyallocatingneighbourGSM
sectorstoCDMAcells.
1141
Forsk2013
4. SelectNeighbours>Intertechnology>ExceptionalPairsfromthecontextmenu.TheExceptionalPairsofIntertech
nologyNeighbourstableappears.
appears.
DisplayingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap
appears.
3. SelectDisplayOptions fromthemenu.TheEditRelationsontheMap dialogueappears.

1142
OutwardsNonSymmetric:Selectingthisoptiondisplaysanexceptionalpairlinkforeachcellinthemaindocu
InwardsNonSymmetric:Selectingthisoptiondisplaysanexceptionalpairlinkforeachtransmitter/cellinthe
SymmetricLinks:Selectingthisoptiondisplaysanexceptionalpairlinkforeachcellinthemaindocumentthathas
AT320_UM_E0
straightblacklines.
appears.
onthemap.ExceptionalpairswillremaindisplayeduntilyouclicktheEditRelationsontheMapbuttonagain.
Theexceptionalpairlinkscanbedisplayedevenifyoudonothaveneighboursallocated.IfyouselecttheDisplayLinkscheck
map.
AddingandRemovingIntertechnologyExceptionalPairsontheMap
1143
Forsk2013
importancefactors:
sons.
5. ClickOK.
Atollcanautomaticallydeterminehandoverrelationsbetweennetworksofdifferenttechnologies,forexample,CDMAand
GSM.Inthiscase,intertechnologyhandoversfromCDMAtoGSMmayoccurwhentheCDMAcoverageisnotcontinuous.
ThenetworksoverallcoverageisextendedbyaCDMAtoGSMhandover.Atollcanautomaticallydetermineneighboursin
thelinkeddocumentforcellsinthemaindocumentandviceversa.Intertechnologyneighboursarestoredinthedatabase.
6. DefinethemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencecellandapossibleneighbourintheMaxIntersiteDistancebox.
7. DefinethemaximumnumberofintertechnologyneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoacellintheMaxNumberof
Neighboursbox.Thisvaluecanbeeithersethereforallthecells,orspecifiedforeachcellintheCellstable.
8. CleartheUsecoverageconditionscheckboxinordertobasetheneighbourallocationondistancecriterionandcon
conditionsforthecellsinthemaindocument.TheCDMACoverageConditionsdialogueappears.
IntheCDMACoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
1144
bourallocation.
referencecell.
AT320_UM_E0
bourallocation.
ter.
bourallocation.
e. Inthe%Min.CoveredAreabox,entertheminimumpercentageofthecellscoverageareathattheneighbours
9. UnderCalculationOptions,definethefollowing:
Atollwillallocateneighbourstocellsusingtheselectedcarriers.
ters/cellsintheneighbourlistoftheCDMAcell.Thecheckboxisautomaticallyselectedwhentheneighbourallo
cationisbasedondistance.
tionalpaircriteriaontheneighbourslistoftheCDMAcell.
reasonsinclude:
Reason
Description
When
ExceptionalPair
selected
Cosite
Distance
Theneighbourislocatedatthesamesiteasthereference Forcecositeasneighboursis
cell.
selected
referencecell.
Usecoverageoverlappingis
notselected
1145
Forsk2013
Reason
Description
When
%ofcoveredarea
andoverlappingarea
Usecoverageoverlappingis
selected
Existing
allocation.
Resetisnotselected
toassigntocells.
13. ClicktheCommitbutton.TheallocatedneighboursaresavedintheIntratechnologyNeighbourstabofeachcell.
14. ClickClose.
appears.
3. SelectDisplayOptions fromthemenu.TheEditRelationsontheMap dialogueappears.

Outwards NonSymmetric: Shows a neighbour link for each cell in the main document that has a neighbour
Inwards NonSymmetric: Shows a neighbour link for each transmitter/cell in the linked document that has a
neighbourdefinedwithacellinthemaindocument.Theselinksarerepresentedwithstraightdashedlinesofthe
samecolourasthetransmitterinthelinkeddocument.
SymmetricLinks:Showsaneighbourlinkforeachcellinthemaindocumentthathasaneighbourdefinedwitha
appears.
themap.NeighboursaredisplayeduntilyouclicktheEditRelationsontheMapbuttonagain.
1146
AT320_UM_E0
IfyouselecttheDisplayLinkscheckboxunderIntratechnologyNeighbours,Atolldisplaysbothintertechnologyandintra
Site22_2.
page1147.
menuappears.
6. Ifdesired,youcanentertheMaximumNumberofNeighbours.
b. UnderList,selectthecellfromthelistintheNeighbourcolumnintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
theneighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumn,andsetstheTypeto"manual."
1147
Forsk2013
d. SelectSymmetrisefromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellinthe
Todeleteaneighbour:
8. ClickOK.
4. SelectNeighbours>Intertechnology>Neighboursfromthecontextmenu.TheIntertechnologyNeighbourstable
appears.
bour.
theneighbouranddisplaysitintheDistancecolumnandsetstheSourceto"manual."
b. SelectSymmetrisefromthecontextmenu.Asymmetricneighbourrelationiscreatedbetweenthecellinthe
1148
AT320_UM_E0
tional Pairs of Intertechnology Neighbours table. You can open this table, select the
exceptionalpairstobeconsidered,rightclickthetableandselectForceExceptionalPairs
inthecontextmenu.
a. Clickintheleftmarginofthetablerowscontainingtheneighbourstoselectentirerows.Youcanselectcontiguous
rowsbyclickingthefirstrow,pressingSHIFTandclickingthelastrow.Youcanselectnoncontiguousrowsby
b. SelectDeleteLinkandSymmetricRelationfromthecontextmenu.
Todeleteaneighbour:
2. PressSHIFTandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetaneighbourrelation.Atolladdsbothtransmitterto
Tremoveanoutwardsneighbourrelation:
1149
Forsk2013
conditionsforthecellsinthemaindocument.TheCDMACoverageConditionsdialogueappears.
IntheCDMACoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethefollowingparameters:
bourallocation.
referencecell.
1150
bourallocation.
ter.
AT320_UM_E0
bourallocation.
possibleneighbourintheMaxIntersiteDistancebox.
calculated.
Cosite
Symmetry
Coverage
intheaudit.
1151
Forsk2013
FullLists:SelecttheFullListscheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavethemaximumnumberofneighbours
sethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable.
Lists>MaxNumber:SelecttheLists>MaxNumbercheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavemorethan
themaximumnumberofneighboursallowed.Themaximumnumberofneighbourscanbeeithersethereforall
transmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable
bours.
audited.
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL|
Syntax:
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
Syntax:
|CELL||NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
11.5.4 CreatingaCDMASectorFromaSectorintheOtherNetwork
2. Inthemapwindow,rightclickthelinkedtransmitterbasedonwhichyouwanttocreateanewCDMAtransmitter.
documentaswell.
1152
AT320_UM_E0
3. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderofthemaindocument.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectApplyCurrentConfigurationfromthecontextmenu.
The azimuths and mechanical tilts of secondary antennas or remote antennas are not
includedwhenyouselectApplyConfigurationandhavetobesetupmanually.
coplanningprojectswherenetworksusingdifferenttechnologies,forexample,CDMAandGSM,mustbothbetakeninto
consideration.
cess.
havejustcreated.
1153
Forsk2013
)toexpandtheACPAutomaticCellPlanningfolder.
4. Rightclick the setup you created in "Creating a New Coplanning Optimisation Setup" on page1153. The context
menuappears.
newlycreatedsetup.
RightclickthesetupintheACPAutomaticCellPlanningfolderandselectRunfromthecontextmenutorunthe
optimisation.Forinformationonrunningtheoptimisation,see"RunninganOptimisationSetup"onpage271.For
informationontheoptimisationresults,see"ViewingOptimisationResults"onpage275.
theotherdocument.
3. SelectFile>Unlinktounlinkthedocumentsandendcoplanningmode.
1154
"DefiningIntercarrierInterference"onpage1155
"DefiningCarrierTypes"onpage1156
"TheGlobalNetworkSettings"onpage1156
"ThroughputsAvailableforServicesinCDMA"onpage1157
"The1xEVDORadioBearers"onpage1158
"SiteEquipment"onpage1159
"ReceiverEquipment"onpage1160
AT320_UM_E0
"ConditionsforEnteringtheActiveSet"onpage1161
"CreatingPNOffsetDomainsandGroupsforPNOffsetAllocation"onpage1164
11.6.1 DefiningIntercarrierInterference
IfyouwantAtolltotakeintoaccounttheinterferencebetweentwocarriers,youmustcreateacarrierpairwithaninterfer
encereductionfactor.Atollwilltaketheinterferencereductionfactorintoaccountonboththereverselinkandtheforward
link.
Tocreateapairofcarrierswithaninterferencereductionfactor:
4. IntheFrequenciesfolder,rightclickIntercarrierInterferenceReductionFactors.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheIntercarrierInterferenceReductionFactorstableappears.
6. Foreachcarrierpairforwhichyouwantdefineintercarrierinterference:
a. Enterthefirstcarrierofthepairinthe1stCarriercolumn.
b. Enterthesecondcarrierofthepairinthe2ndCarriercolumn.
c. EnteraninterferencereductionfactorintheReductionFactor(dB)column.WhenAtolliscalculatinginterfer
ence,itsubtractstheinterferencereductionfactorfromthecalculatedinterference.Iftheinterferencereduction
factorissetto"0,"Atollassumesthatthecarriersinthedefinedpairgenerateasmuchinterferenceascellswith
thesamecarrierinterference.
Theinterferencereductionfactormustbeapositivevalue.
Foreverypairofcarriersthatisnotdefined,Atollassumesthatthereisnointercarrierinterference.
d. PressENTERtocreatethecarrierpairandtocreateanewrowinthetable.
Todefineafrequencyband:
Name:Enteranameforthefrequency,forexample,"Band1900."Thisnamewillappearinotherdialogueswhen
Bandwidth(MHz):Enterthebandwidthforeachcarrierinthefrequencyband.
DLStartFrequency(MHz):Enterthedownlinkstartfrequency.
FirstCarrier:Enterthenumberofthefirstcarrierinthisfrequencyband.
LastCarrier:Enterthenumberofthelastcarrierinthisfrequencyband.Ifthisfrequencybandhasonlyonecarrier,
enterthesamenumberasenteredintheFirstCarrierfield.
Step:Enterthestepbetweenanytwoconsecutivecarriernumbersinthefrequencyband.
ExcludedCarriers:Enterthecarriernumberswhichdonotbelongtothefrequencyband.Youcanenternoncon
secutivecarriernumbersseparatedwithacomma,oryoucanenterarangeofcarriernumbersseparatingthefirst
andlastindexwithahyphen(forexample,entering"15"correspondsto"1,2,3,4,5").
1155
Forsk2013
Whenyouhavemorethanonefrequencyband,thecarriersmustbenumbered
sequentially,contiguously(i.e.,youcannotskipnumbersinarangeofcarriers,andthe
rangeofcarriersinonebandcannotoverlaptherangeofcarriersinanother),and
uniquely(i.e.,youcanonlyuseeachnumberonce).
Forexample:Band1900:Firstcarrier:0;Lastcarrier1andBand700:Firstcarrier:2and
Lastcarrier:2
).
Forexample,ifyouwishtodefinethe1900MHzBandandthecorrespondingCDMAchannelnumbers(25,50,75),youcan
set:
Name:1900MHz
Firstcarrier:25
Lastcarrier:75
Step:25
11.6.3 DefiningCarrierTypes
TodefineCDMAcarriertypes:
4. IntheFrequenciesfolder,rightclickCarrierTypes.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheCarrierTypestableappears.
6. IntheCarrierTypestable,definewhichcarriersare1xRTTand1xEVDO.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,
7. Whenyouhavefinisheddefiningcarrierstypes,clicktheClosebutton(
).
IntheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue,youcandefinemanycalculationparametersthatareusedinpredictionsandin
This section explains the options available in the Network Settings Properties dialogue, and explains how to access the
dialogue:
"TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue"onpage1156
11.6.4.1 TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue
TheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialoguehastwotabs:theGlobalParametersTabandtheCalculationParameterstab.
11.6.4.1.1
"TheGlobalParametersTab"onpage1156
"TheCalculationParametersTab"onpage1157
TheGlobalParametersTab
TheGlobalParameterstabhasthefollowingoptions:
1156
DLPowers:UnderDLPowers,youcandefinewhetherthepowervaluesontheforwardlinkareAbsoluteorRelative
toPilot.Thepowervaluesaffectedarethesynchronisationpowerandthepagingpowerdefinedinthecellproperties
andtheTCHpowerin1xRTTandSpeechserviceproperties.Atollautomaticallyconvertsthepowervaluesdefinedin
AT320_UM_E0
thecellproperties(i.e.,synchronisationchannelandpagingpowers)whenchangingtheoption.Ontheotherhand,
thevaluesfortheTCHpowershavetobemodifiedmanually.
DLLoad:UnderDLLoad,youcandefinewhetherthetotalpowervaluesontheforwardlinkareAbsoluteoraper
centageofthemaximumpower(%Pmax).Atollautomaticallyconvertsthetotalpowervalueswhenchangingthe
option.
UL1xRTTPowerControlBasedOn:UnderUL1xRTTPowerControlBasedOn,youcandefinewhetherthereverse
linkpowercontrolforthe1xRTTnetworkisbasedonTrafficQualityorPilotQuality.
Interferences:UnderInterferences,youcandefinethemethodusedtocalculateinterferenceontheforwardlink
(Nt):
studiedcell.
Handoff:UnderHandoff,youcandefinetheparametersusedtomodelsofthandoffonthereverselink.
11.6.4.1.2
DefaultULMacroDiversityGain:Youcansetadefaultvalueforthereverselinkgainduetomacrodiversityon
softandsoftsofthandoffs.IfyoucleartheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxontheConditionstabwhen
definingacoveragepredictionorduringapointanalysis,Atollusesthisvalue.IfyouselecttheShadowingtaken
intoaccountcheckboxontheConditionstab,Atollcalculatesthereverselinkmacrodiversitygain,basedonthe
standarddeviationvalueofEbNtonthereverselinkdefinedperclutterclass.
+MRCinSofter/Soft:Ifyouselectthe+MRC(maximalratiocombining)inSofter/Softcheckbox,Atollselectsthe
serving cell during a softer/soft handoff by recombining the signal of cosite transmitters and multiplying the
resultingsignalbytherakeefficiencyfactorandthencomparingthisvaluetothesignalreceivedattransmitters
locatedontheothersitesoftheactiveset.Atollchoosesthegreatestvalueandmultipliesitbythemacrodiver
sitygain.
TheCalculationParametersTab
TheCalculationParameterstabhasthefollowingoptions:
Calculationlimitation:UnderCalculationlimitation,youcandefinethefollowingdata:
Min.interfererreceptionthreshold:ThisvalueisusedbyAtolltolimittheinputofinterferersincalculations.The
performanceofCDMAspecificcoveragepredictionsandMonteCarlosimulationscanbeimprovedbysettinga
highvaluefortheminimuminterfererreceptionthreshold.Thisvalueisusedasafiltercriteriononthesignallevel
receivedfrominterferers.Atollwilldiscardallinterfererswithasignallevellowerthanthisvalue.
Min.pilotRSCPthreshold:ThedefaultminimumpilotRSCPrequiredforausertobeconnectedtothecell.The
pilotRSCPiscomparedwiththisthresholdtodeterminewhetherornotausercanbeconnectedtothecell.
A minimum pilot RSCP threshold can be defined at the cell level (in the cell Properties
dialogueorintheCellstable).Ifdefined,acellspecificminimumpilotRSCPthresholdwill
beusedinsteadofthevalueenteredhere.
Receiver:UnderReceiver,youcanentertheHeightofthereceiver.
You canchangeglobalnetworksettingsintheNetworkSettingsPropertiesdialogue.
Tochangeglobalnetworksettings:
4. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"TheOptionsoftheNetworkSettingsPropertiesDialogue"onpage1156.
5. ClickOK.
11.6.5 ThroughputsAvailableforServicesinCDMA
ThedifferentservicesofferedbyaCDMAnetworkrequiredifferentthroughputs.CDMArespondstothedifferingthroughput
requirementswitharangeofcarriers.Forexample,CDMA2000canprovidevoiceusing1xRTT.Dataservices,whichrequire
higherthroughputsthanvoice,canbeprovidedusing1xRTTor1xEVDORev.0orRev.A.
Thefollowingtablegivesthethroughputsavailableforvoice,1xRTT,and1xEVDORev.0andRev.A.
1157
Forsk2013
Service
ReverseLink
ForwardLink
Speech
N FCH *
N FCH
1xRTTData
N FCH
N FCH
3X N FCH
3X N FCH
5X N FCH
5X N FCH
9X N FCH
9X N FCH
17X N FCH
17X N FCH
9.6
38.4
19.2
76.8
38.4
153.6
76.8
307.6
153.6
614.4
For1xRTT, N FCH canbe9.6or

14.4kbpsoneithertheforwardor
reverselink.
1xEVDORev.0Data
921.6
1228.8
1843.2
2457.6
1xEVDORev.AData
4.8
4.8
9.6
9.6
19.2
19.2
38.4
38.4
76.8
76.8
115.2
115.2
153.6
153.6
230.4
230.4
307.2
307.2
460.8
460.8
614.4
614.4
921.6
921.6
1228.8
1228.8
1848.2
1848.2
2457.6
3072.0
* N FCH isthepeakthroughputofFCH.
11.6.6 The1xEVDORadioBearers
InAtoll,thethroughputsavailablefor1xEVDORev.Aand1xEVDORev.Bbasedservicesaremodelledusingradiobearers.
The1xEVDORadioBearerstableslistthe1xEVDOradiobearerswiththeirpeakRLCthroughput,indexnumbers,andtrans
portblocksize.Youmustdefine1xEVDOradiobearersbeforeyoucanmodelservicesusingthem.
1158
AT320_UM_E0
"DefiningtheForwardLink1xEVDORadioBearers"onpage1158
"DefiningtheReverseLink1xEVDORadioBearers"onpage1159.
11.6.6.1 DefiningtheForwardLink1xEVDORadioBearers
TheDownlink1xEVDORadioBearerstableliststhedifferenttransportblocksizesthatcanbetransmittedinonetimeslot
andthecorrespondingpeakRLCthroughputs.
Tocreateormodifya1xEVDOforwardlinkradiobearer:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheRadioBearersfolder.
4. IntheRadioBearersfolder,rightclickDownlink1xEVDORadioBearers.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheDownlink1xEVDORadioBearerstableappears.
6. IntheDownlink1xEVDORadioBearerstable,youcanenterormodifythefollowingfields:
RadioBearerIndex:Youcanmodifytheindexnumberoftheradiobearer.Thisindexnumberisusedtoidentify
the1xEVDOforwardlinkradiobearer.Ifyouarecreatinganew1xEVDOforwardlinkradiobearer,enteranindex
numberintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
TransportBlockSize(bits):Enterormodifythepacketsizeinbitstransmittedinonetimeslot.
PeakRLCThroughput(kbps):EnterormodifythepeakRLCthroughputinkbitspersecond.
11.6.6.2 DefiningtheReverseLink1xEVDORadioBearers
TheUplink1xEVDORadioBearertableliststhedifferenttransportblocksizesthatcanbetransmittedinonesubframe(i.e.,
4timeslots)andthecorrespondingpeakRLCthroughputs.
Tocreateormodifya1xEVDOreverselinkradiobearer:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheRadioBearersfolder.
4. IntheRadioBearersfolder,rightclickUplink1xEVDORadioBearers.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTable.TheUplink1xEVDORadioBearerstableappears.
6. IntheUplink1xEVDORadioBearertable,youcanenterormodifythefollowingfields:
RadioBearerIndex:Youcanmodifytheindexnumberoftheradiobearer.Thisindexnumberisusedtoidentify
the1xEVDOreverselinkradiobearer.Ifyouarecreatinganew1xEVDOreverselinkradiobearer,enteranindex
numberintherowmarkedwiththeNewRowicon(
).
TransportBlockSize(bits):Enterormodifythepacketsizeinbitstransmittedinonesubframe(4timeslots).
PeakRLCThroughput(kbps):EnterormodifythepeakRLCthroughputinkbitspersecond.
11.6.7 SiteEquipment
"CreatingSiteEquipment"onpage1159
"DefiningChannelElementConsumptionperCDMASiteEquipmentandRadioConfiguration"onpage1160.
11.6.7.1 CreatingSiteEquipment
TocreateanewpieceofCDMAsiteequipment:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheRadioResourceManagementfolder.
4. RightclickSiteEquipment.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheSiteEquipmenttableappears.
6. IntheEquipmenttable,eachrowdescribesapieceofequipment.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see
"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.ForthenewpieceofCDMAequipmentyouarecreating,enterthefollowing:
Name:Thenameyouenterwillbetheoneusedtoidentifythispieceofequipment.
1159
Forsk2013
Manufacturer:Thenameofthemanufacturerofthispieceofequipment.
MUDFactor:MultiUserDetection(MUD)isatechnologyusedtodecreaseintracellinterferenceonthereverse
link.MUDismodelledbyacoefficientfrom0to1;thisfactorisconsideredinthereverselinkinterferencecalcu
lation.IncaseMUDisnotsupportedbyequipment,enter0asvalue.
RakeFactor:ThisfactorenablesAtolltomodeltherakereceiveronthereverselink.Atollusesthisfactortocal
culatethereverselinksignalqualityinsimulations,pointanalysisandcoveragepredictions.Thisparameteriscon
sideredonthereverselinkforsofterandsoftersofterhandoffs;itisappliedtothesumofsignalsreceivedonthe
samesite.Thefactorvaluecanbefrom0to1.Itmodelslossesduetotheimperfectionofsignalrecombination.
Youcandefinetherakeefficiencyfactorusedtomodeltherecombinationontheforward
linkinterminalproperties.
CarrierSelection:Carrierselectionreferstothecarrierselectionmethodusedduringthetransmitteradmission
controlinthemobileactiveset.Theselectedstrategyisusedinsimulationswhennocarrierisspecifiedinthe
propertiesoftheservice(whenallthecarrierscanbeusedfortheservice)orwhenthecarrierspecifiedforthe
serviceisnotusedbythetransmitter.Ontheotherhand,thespecifiedcarrierselectionmodeisalwaystakeninto
accountincoveragepredictions(ASanalysisandcoveragepredictions).Chooseoneofthefollowing:
Min.ULLoadFactor:Thecarrierwiththeminimumreverselinknoise(carrierwiththelowestreverselinkload
factor)isselected.
Min.DLTotalPower:Thecarrierwiththeminimumforwardlinktotalpowerisselected.
Random:Thecarrierisrandomlychosen.
Sequential:Carriersaresequentiallyloaded.Thefirstcarrierisselectedaslongasitisnotoverloaded.Then,
whenthemaximumreverselinkloadfactorisreached,thesecondcarrierischosenandsoon.
DownlinkandUplinkOverheadResourcesforCommonChannels/Cell:Thereverselinkandforwardlinkover
headresources forcommonchannels/cellcorrespond to the numberof channelelementsthat a cell uses for
commonchannelsintheforwardandthereverselink.ThissettingisalsousedforWalshcodeallocation;itindi
catesthenumberofWalshcodestobeallocatedtocontrolchannelspercell.
ASRestrictedtoNeighbours:Selectthisoptionifyouwanttheothertransmittersintheactivesettobelongto
theneighbourlistofthebestserver.
PoolofSharedCEs:Selectthisoptionifyouwantallcellsonthesitetosharechannelelements.
PowerPoolingBetweenTransmitters:Selectthisoptionifyouwantallcellsonthesitetosharepoweronthe
trafficchannels.
)toclosethetable.
11.6.7.2 DefiningChannelElementConsumptionperCDMASiteEquipmentand
RadioConfiguration
Thenumberofchannelelementsconsumedbyauserdependsonthesiteequipment,ontheradioconfiguration,andthelink
direction(forwardorreverse).ThenumberofchannelelementsconsumedcanbedefinedforCDMAsimulations.
TodefinechannelelementconsumptionduringCDMAsimulations:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheRadioResourceManagementfolder.
4. RightclickCEConsumption.Thecontextmenuappears.
5. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheCEConsumptiontableappears.
6. Foreachequipmentradioconfigurationpair,enterintheCEConsumptiontablethenumberofreverselinkandfor
wardlinkchannelelementsthatAtollwillconsumeduringthepowercontrolsimulation.
)toclosethetable.
11.6.8 ReceiverEquipment
1160
"SettingReceiverHeight"onpage1160
"CreatingorModifyingReceptionEquipment"onpage1161.
AT320_UM_E0
11.6.8.1 SettingReceiverHeight
WhenyoumakeCDMAcoveragepredictions,youcandefinetheheightofthereceiver.
Todefinetheheightofthereceiver:
4. ClicktheCalculationParameterstab.
5. UnderReceiver,enteraHeight.ThisvaluewillbeusedwhencalculatingaCDMAcoveragepredictionsandduringa
pointanalysis.
6. ClickOK.
11.6.8.2 CreatingorModifyingReceptionEquipment
InAtoll,receptionequipmentisusedwhenyoucreateaterminal.Thegraphsdefinedforeachreceptionequipmententryare
usedforqualitycoveragepredictionsandforselecting1xEVDOradiobearers.
Tocreateormodifyreceptionequipment:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheReceptionEquipmentfolder.
4. Doubleclickthereceptionequipmenttypeyouwanttomodify.ThereceptionequipmenttypesPropertiesdialogue
appears.
Youcancreateanewreceptionequipmenttypebyenteringanameintherowmarked
withtheNewRowicon(
)andpressingENTER.
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.OntheGeneraltab,youcandefinetheNameofthereceptionequipment.
7. EnsurethataQualityIndicatorhasbeenchosenforeachService.YoucaneditthevaluesintheDLandULQuality
TheDLandULQualityIndicatortablesdescribethevariationofthequalityindicatorasafunctionofthemeasured
parameter(asdefinedintheQualityIndicatorstable).TheUplinkandDownlinkQualityGraphsareusedforquality
coveragepredictions.
8. Clickthe1xEVDORadioBearerSelection(Downlink)tab.
9. EntertheRequiredCI(dB),theModulationused(youcanchoosebetweenQPSK,8PSK,16QAM,or64QAM)andthe
EarlyTerminationProbabilitiesforeachRadioBearerIndex,withMobilityandNo.ofSlots.Theradiobearerindex
withthenumberoftimeslotsandthemodulationindicatesthedownlinktransmissionformat.
TheRequiredC/IvaluesareusedinsimulationsandintheServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(DL)coveragepredictionto
selectthedownlink1xEVDOradiobearerandthentocalculatethethroughputprovidedondownlink.Adownlink
1xEVDOradiobearerisselectedonlyiftheuserterminalsupportsthemodulationrequiredbytheradiobearer.1xEV
DO Rev.Acapable terminals support 16QAM modulation while 1xEVDO Rev.Bcapable terminals can support
16QAMand64QAMmodulations.
TheEarlyTerminationProbabilitiesareusedintheServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(DL)coveragepredictiontocalculate
theaverage1xEVDOthroughputwhenHARQ(HybridAutomaticRepeatRequest)isused.
10. Clickthe1xEVDORadioBearerSelection(Uplink)tab.
11. EnterthefollowingforeachRadioBearerIndexwithMobilityandNo.ofSubframes:
RequiredEcNt(HighCapacity)(dB):TheEc/Ntrequiredforserviceswithhighcapacityuplinkmode.
RequiredEcNt(LowLatency)(dB):Ec/Ntrequiredforserviceswithlowlatencyuplinkmode.
EarlyTerminationProbabilities
Modulation:Themodulationused.YoucanchoosebetweenQPSK,8PSK,16QAMor64QAM.
TheRequiredEc/NtvaluesareusedinsimulationsandintheServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(UL)coverageprediction
toselecttheuplink1xEVDOradiobearerandthentocalculatethethroughputprovidedonuplink.Anuplink1xEVDO
1161
Forsk2013
radio bearer is selected only if the user terminal supports the modulation required by the radio bearer. 1xEVDO
Rev.Acapableterminalssupport16QAMmodulationwhile1xEVDORev.Bcapableterminalssupportthe16QAM
and64QAMmodulations.TheEarlyTerminationProbabilitiesareusedintheServiceAreaAnalysis(Eb/Nt)(UL)cover
agepredictiontocalculatetheaverage1xEVDOthroughputwhenHARQ(HybridAutomaticRepeatRequest)isused.
11.6.9 ConditionsforEnteringtheActiveSet
Themobileactivesetisthelistofthetransmitterstowhichthemobileisconnected.Theactivesetmayconsistofoneormore
transmitters;dependingonwhethertheservicesupportssofthandoffandontheterminalactivesetsize.Transmittersinthe
mobileactivesetmustuseafrequencybandwithwhichtheterminaliscompatibleandthesamecarrier.Inaddition,thepilot
signallevelreceivedfromthesetransmittersmustexceedthedefinedminimumRSCPthreshold.
Itis,however,thequalityofthepilot(EcI0)thatfinallydetermineswhetherornotatransmittercanbelongtotheactiveset.
Inorderforagiventransmittertoenterthemobileactivesetasbestserver,thequalityofthistransmitterspilotmustbethe
highestoneanditmustexceedanupperthresholdequaltothesumoftheminimumEc/I0definedinthepropertiesofthe
bestservingcellandtheDeltaminimumEc/I0definedinthepropertiesofthemobilitytype.Theupperthresholdissetfor
thecarrierasdefinedinthecellpropertiesandcanalsotakeintoaccounttheusermobilitytypeiftheDeltaminimumEc/I0
definedinthemobilitytypeisdifferentfrom0.Thecarrierusedbythetransmittersintheactivesetcorrespondstothebest
carrierofthebestserver.Forinformationonbestcarrierselection,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
Inorderforatransmittertoentertheactiveset:
Itmustusethesamecarrierasthebestservertransmitter.InAtoll,carriersaremodelledusingcells.Forinformation
onaccessingcellproperties,see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage1009.Foradescriptionofthepropertiesofa
cell,see"CellDefinition"onpage1006.
Thepilotqualityofthetransmittermustexceedathreshold.Thethresholddependsbothonthetypeofcarrierand
themobilitytype.ItisequaltothesumofT_DropdefinedinthepropertiesofthebestserverandtheDeltaT_Drop
definedinthepropertiesofthemobilitytype.
Ifyouhaveselectedtorestricttheactivesettoneighbours,thetransmittermustbeaneighbourofthebestserver.
YoucanrestricttheactivesettoneighboursbyselectingtheASRestrictedtoNeighboursoptionintheSiteEquip
menttable.ForanexplanationofhowtosettheASRestrictedtoNeighboursoption,see"CreatingSiteEquipment"
onpage1159.
FormulticarrierEVDORev.Busers,theactivesetcanconsistofseveralsubactivesets,eachonebeingassociatedwithone
carrier.Thenumberofsubactivesetsdependsonthemaximumnumberofcarrierssupportedbytheterminal.Asdescribed
earlier,thequalityofthepilot(EcI0)determineswhetherornotatransmittercanbelongtoasubactiveset.Thesubactive
setassociatedwiththebestcarrieristhesameastheactivesetofasinglecarrieruser.Forothercarriers,theuplinkEcNt
receivedbythebestserveronthebestcarrierandonthestudiedcarrierdetermineswhetherornotacarriercanhaveasub
active set, and the transmitters in the subactive sets depend on the mode supported by the terminal (locked mode or
unlockedmode):
TheEc/NtreceivedbythebestservingtransmitteronthebestcarriermustexceedtheminimumuplinkEc/Nt.
TheEc/NtreceivedbythebestservingtransmitteronthestudiedcarriermustexceedtheminimumuplinkEc/Nt.
Whenlockedmodeisused,theservingtransmittersmustbethesameinallsubactivesets.Withunlockedmode,the
servingtransmitterscanbedifferentfromonesubactivesettoanother.
Normally,thesignalreceivedatanygivenpointisspreadonagaussiancurvearoundanaveragevaluewithaspecificstandard
agationmodel.
InCDMAprojects,thestandarddeviationofthepropagationmodelisusedtocalculateshadowingmarginsonsignallevels.
YoucanalsocalculateshadowingmarginsonEcI0andEbNtvaluesandthemacrodiversitygain.Forinformationonsetting
1162
AT320_UM_E0
themodelstandarddeviationandtheEcI0andEbNtstandarddeviationsforeachclutterclassorforallclutterclasses,see
ShadowingcanbetakenintoconsiderationwhenAtollcalculatesthesignallevel,EcI0,andEbNtfor:
AtollalwaystakesshadowingintoconsiderationwhencalculatingaMonteCarlobasedCDMAsimulation.
Youcandisplaytheshadowingmarginsandthemacrodiversitygainperclutterclass.Forinformation,see"Displayingthe
ShadowingMarginsandMacrodiversityGainperClutterClass"onpage1163.
11.6.10.1 DisplayingtheShadowingMarginsandMacrodiversityGainperClutter
Class
Todisplaytheshadowingmarginsandmacrodiversitygainperclutterclass:
3. Select Shadowing Margins from the context menu. The Shadowing Margins and Gains dialogue appears (see
Figure11.53).
StandardDeviation:Selectthetypeofstandarddeviationtobeusedtocalculatetheshadowingmarginormacro
diversitygains:
FromModel:Themodelstandarddeviation.Atollwilldisplaytheshadowingmarginofthesignallevel.
EcI0:TheEcI0standarddeviation.AtollwilldisplaytheEcI0shadowingmarginandtheresultingforward
linkpilotmacrodiversitygains.Themacrodiversitygainswillbecalculatedusingthevaluesyouenterin1st
2ndBestSignalDifferenceand2nd3rdBestSignalDifference.
ULEbNt:TheEbNtreverselinkstandarddeviation.AtollwilldisplaytheEbNtreverselinkshadowingmargin
andthe resultingreverselinkmacrodiversitygains.Themacrodiversitygainswillbe calculatedusing the
valuesyouenterin1st2ndBestSignalDifferenceand2nd3rdBestSignalDifference.
DL EbNt: The EbNt forward link standard deviation. Atoll will display the EbNt forward link shadowing
margin.
5. Ifyouselect"EcI0"or"EbNtUL"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,youcanenterthedifferences
thatwillbeusedtocalculatethemacrodiversitygainunderMacroDiversityParameters:
1st2ndBestSignalDifference:Ifyouselected"EcI0"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,enter
theallowedEcI0differencebetweenthebestserverandthesecondone.Thisvalueisusedtocalculateforward
linkmacrodiversitygains.Ifyouselected"EbNtUL"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,enter
theallowedEb/Ntdifferencebetweenthebestserverandthesecondone.Thisvalueisusedtocalculatereverse
linkmacrodiversitygains.
2nd3rdBestSignalDifference:Ifyouselected"EcI0"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,enter
theallowedEcI0differencebetweenthesecondbestserverandthethirdone.Thisvalueisusedtocalculatefor
wardlinkmacrodiversitygains.Ifyouselected"EbNtUL"asthestandarddeviationunderStandardDeviation,
entertheallowedEbNtdifferencebetweenthesecondbestserverandthethirdone.Thisvalueisusedtocalcu
latereverselinkmacrodiversitygains.
6. ClickCalculate.Thecalculatedshadowingmarginisdisplayed.Ifyouselected"EcI0"or"EbNtUL"asthestandard
deviationunderStandardDeviation,Atollalsodisplaysthemacrodiversitygainsfortwolinksandforthreelinks.
1163
Forsk2013
Figure11.53:TheShadowingMarginsandGainsdialogue
11.6.11 CreatingPNOffsetDomainsandGroupsforPNOffset
Allocation
AtollfacilitatesthemanagementofavailablePNOffsetsduringautomaticallocationwiththepilotPNsequenceoffsetindex
increment(PILOT_INC)parameter.Forexample,ifyousetPILOT_INCto"4,"allPNOffsetsfrom4to508withaseparation
intervalof4canbeallocated.IfyouneedtorestricttherangeofPNOffsetsavailablefurther,youcancreategroupsofPN
Offsetsanddomains,whereeachdomainisadefinedsetofgroups.UsingPNOffsetsgroupsanddomainsisrecommended
forthispurposeonly.
TheprocedureformanagingPNOffsetsinaCDMAdocumentconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
1. CreatingaPNOffsetdomain,asexplainedinthissection.
2. Creatinggroups,eachcontainingarangeofPNOffsets,andassigningthemtoadomain,asexplainedinthissection.
3. AssigningaPNOffsetdomaintoacellorcells.IfthereisnoPNOffsetdomain,AtollwillconsiderthePILOT_INCparam
eteronlytodeterminethepossiblePNOffsetswhenassigningPNOffsets(e.g.,IfPILOT_INCissetto4,allPNOffsets
from4to508withaseparationintervalof4canbeallocated).
TocreateaPNOffsetdomain:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandthePNOffsetsfolder.
4. RightclickDomainsinthePNOffsetsfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
7. Clickanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewdomainandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
9. UnderGroups,enterthefollowinginformationforeachgroupyouwanttocreate.Thedefinitionofthegroupmust
beconsistentwiththedefaultdomaindefinedusingthePILOT_INCparameter.
Group:EnteranameforthenewPNOffsetgroup.
Min.:EnterthelowestavailablePNOffsetinthisgroupsrange.
Max:EnterthehighestavailablePNOffsetinthisgroupsrange.
Step:EntertheseparationintervalbetweeneachPNOffset.ItmustbethesameasthePILOT_INCvalue.
Excluded:EnterthePNOffsetsinthisrangethatyoudonotwanttouse.
Extra:EnteranyadditionalPNOffsets(i.e.,outsidetherangedefinedbytheMin.andMaxfields)youwanttoadd
tothisgroup.YoucanenteralistofPNOffsetsseparatedbyeitheracomma,semicolon,oraspace.Youcanalso
enterarangeofPNOffsetsseparatedbyahyphen.Forexample,entering,"1,2,35"meansthattheextraPNOff
setsare"1,2,3,4,5."
1164
AT320_UM_E0
AnalysesofCDMAnetworkscoexistingwithothertechnologynetworkscanbecarriedoutinAtoll.Intertechnologyinterfer
encemaycreateconsiderablecapacityreductioninaCDMAnetwork.Atollcantakeintoaccountinterferencefromcoexist
ingnetworksinMonteCarlosimulationsandcoveragepredictions.
ThefollowingintertechnologyinterferencescenariosaremodeledinAtoll:
Interferencereceivedbymobilesonthedownlink:InterferencecanbereceivedbymobilesinaCDMAnetworkon
thedownlinkfromexternalbasestationsandmobilesinthevicinity.
rationbetweentheuplinkfrequencyusedbytheexternalnetworkandthedownlinkfrequencyusedbyyourCDMA
inAtollusingtheIntertechnologyDLNoiseRisedefinableforeachcellintheCDMAnetwork.Thisnoiseriseistaken
intoaccountinalldownlinkinterferencebasedcalculations.However,thisnoiserisedoesnotimpactthecalculation
of the mobile reuse factor. For more information on the Intertechnology DL Noise Rise, see "Cell Definition" on
page1006.
YoucanstudythedownlinkintertechnologyinterferencebycarryingoutanIntertechnologyDownlinkInterference
coveragepredictionasexplainedin"StudyingIntertechnologyDownlinkNoise"onpage1067.
Interferencereceivedbycellsontheuplink:InterferencecanbereceivedbycellsofaCDMAnetworkontheuplink
separationbetweenthedownlinkfrequencyusedbytheexternalnetworkandtheuplinkfrequencyusedbyyour
CDMAnetwork.SuchinterferencemayalsocomefromcoexistingTDDnetworks.
ferenceismodelledinAtollusingtheIntertechnologyULNoiseRisedefinableforeachcellintheCDMAnetwork.
Thisnoiseriseistakenintoaccountinuplinkinterferencebasedcalculationsinthesimulation.However,thisnoise
riseisnottakenintoconsiderationinpredictions(ASAnalysisandcoveragepredictions)anddoesnothaveanimpact
onthecalculationofthecellreusefactor.FormoreinformationontheIntertechnologyULNoiseRise,see"CellDefi
nition"onpage1006.
1165
Forsk2013
InterferencereceivedfromexternalbasestationsonmobilesofyourCDMAnetworkcanbecalculatedbyAtoll.Atollusesthe
1
ACIR = ------------------------------------1
1
------------- + ----------------ACS ACLR
AnIRFdependson:
Theinterferingtechnology(TDMA,CDMA,andOFDM)
nalbasestationsislinkedtoyourCDMAdocument,i.e.,whenAtollisincoplanningmode.Formoreinformationonhowto
menuappears.
EntertheinterferencereductionfactorsintheReduction(dB)columnfordifferentfrequencyseparations,
6. Whenyouhavefinisheddefininginterferencereductionfactors,clickOK.
Youcan,ifyouwant,linkmorethanoneAtolldocumentwithyourmaindocumentfollowingtheproceduredescribedin
"SwitchingtoCoplanningMode"onpage1137.Ifthelinkeddocumentsmodelnetworksusingdifferenttechnologies,you
candefinetheinterferencereductionfactorsinyourmaindocumentforallthesetechnologies,andAtollwillcalculateinter
ferencefromalltheexternalbasestationsinallthelinkeddocuments.
1166
Chapter12
TDSCDMANetworks
design,analyse,andoptimiseaTDSCDMAnetwork.
"DesigningaTDSCDMANetwork"onpage1169
"PlanningandOptimisingTDSCDMABaseStations"on
page1170
"CoplanningTDSCDMANetworkswithOther
Networks"onpage1306
1168
Forsk2013
Chapter12:TDSCDMANetworks
AT320_UM_E0
12 TDSCDMANetworks
AtollenablesyoutocreateandmodifyallaspectsofaTDSCDMAnetwork.Onceyouhavecreatedthenetwork,Atolloffers
manytoolstoletyouverifyit.Basedontheresultsofyourtests,youcanmodifyanyoftheparametersdefiningthenetwork.
TheprocessofplanningandcreatingaTDSCDMAnetworkisoutlinedin"DesigningaTDSCDMANetwork"onpage1169.
Creatingthenetworkofbasestationsisexplainedin"PlanningandOptimisingTDSCDMABaseStations"onpage1170.Allo
catingneighboursandscramblingcodesisalsoexplained.Inthissection,youwillalsofindinformationonhowyoucandisplay
informationaboutbasestationsonthemapandhowyoucanusethetoolsinAtolltostudybasestations.
usingtrafficmapinformationandanalysingtheresultsofsimulationsisalsoexplained.
12.1 DesigningaTDSCDMANetwork
Figure12.1depictstheprocessofplanningandcreatingaTDSCDMAnetwork.
Figure12.1:PlanningaTDSCDMAnetworkworkflow
ThestepsinvolvedinplanningaTDSCDMAnetworkaredescribedbelow.ThenumbersrefertoFigure12.1.
).
CreatinganewAtolldocumentisexplainedinChapter2:StartinganAtollProject.
).
You can also add base stations using a base station template (see "Placing a New Base Station Using a Station
Template"onpage1179).
1169
Forsk2013
"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage1197and"SignalLevelCoveragePredictions"onpage1205
4. Allocateneighbours(
).
).

YoucandefinethemmanuallyeitherontheCellstabofeachtransmittersPropertiesdialogueorintheCellstable
(see"CreatingorModifyingaCell"onpage1179)(
5c
).
6. MakeTDSCDMAspecificcoveragepredictionsusingthedefinedcellloadconditions(
).
"SignalQualityCoveragePredictions"onpage1221
"HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage1242.
7. Allocatescramblingcodes(
).
12.2 PlanningandOptimisingTDSCDMABaseStations
AsdescribedinChapter2:StartinganAtollProject,youcanstartanAtolldocumentfromatemplate,withnobasestations,
orfromadatabasewithanexistingsetofbasestations.AsyouworkonyourAtolldocument,youwillstillneedtocreatebase
stationsandmodifyexistingones.
youcanaddtransmitters.InAtoll,atransmitterisdefinedastheantennaandanyadditionalequipment,suchastheTMA,
feedercables,etc.InaTDSCDMAproject,youmustalsoaddcellstoeachtransmitter.Acellreferstothecharacteristicsof
anRFcarrieronatransmitter.
Atollletsyoucreateonesite,transmitter,orcellatatime,orcreateseveralatonceusingstationtemplates.InAtoll,abase
stationreferstoasitewithitstransmitters,antennas,equipment,andcells.
InAtoll,youcanstudyasinglebasestationoragroupofbasestationsusingcoveragepredictions.Atollallowsyoutomake
avarietyofcoveragepredictions,suchassignallevelorsignalqualitycoveragepredictions.Theresultsofcalculatedcoverage
predictionscanbedisplayedonthemap,compared,andstudied.
Atollenablesyoutomodelnetworktrafficbycreatingservices,users,userprofiles,trafficenvironments,andterminals.These
canbethenusedtomakesignalqualitycoveragepredictions,suchaseffectiveservicearea,noise,orinterferencepredictions,
onthenetwork.
"CreatingaTDSCDMABaseStation"onpage1170.
"CreatingaGroupofBaseStations"onpage1187.
"ModifyingSitesandTransmittersDirectlyontheMap"onpage1187.
"DisplayTipsforBaseStations"onpage1187.
"CreatingaDualBandTDSCDMANetwork"onpage1188.
"CreatingaRepeater"onpage1188.
"CreatingaRemoteAntenna"onpage1192.
"SettingtheWorkingAreaofanAtollDocument"onpage1195.
"StudyingaSingleBaseStation"onpage1196.
"StudyingBaseStations"onpage1199.
"PlanningFrequencies"onpage1244.
12.2.1 CreatingaTDSCDMABaseStation
Whenyoucreateasite,youcreateonlythegeographicalpoint;youmustaddthetransmittersandcellsafterwards.Thesite,
withthetransmitters,antennas,equipment,andcellsiscalledabasestation.
Inthissection,eachelementofabasestationisdescribed.Ifyouwanttoaddanewbasestation,see"PlacingaNewBase
StationUsingaStationTemplate"onpage1179.Ifyouwanttocreateormodifyoneoftheelementsofabasestation,see
"CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement"onpage1178.Ifyouneedtocreatealargenumberofbasestations,Atoll
1170
AT320_UM_E0
allowsyoutoimportthemfromanotherAtolldocumentorfromanexternalsource.Forinformation,see"CreatingaGroup
ofBaseStations"onpage1187.
"DefinitionofaBaseStation"onpage1171.
"CreatingorModifyingaBaseStationElement"onpage1178.
"PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate"onpage1179.
"ManagingStationTemplates"onpage1180.
ple,cells.Youwillusuallycreateanewbasestationusingastationtemplate,asdescribedin"PlacingaNewBaseStationUsing
12.2.1.1.1
"SiteDescription"onpage1171.
"TransmitterDescription"onpage1171.
"CellDescription"onpage1175.
SiteDescription
TheparametersofasitecanbefoundinthesitesPropertiesdialogue.ThePropertiesdialoguehasthefollowingtabs:
thesitehere.
page41.
culations.
TheTDSCDMAtab:
onpage1333.Ifnoequipmentisassignedtothesite,AtollconsidersthattheJDfactorandMCJDfactorhavea
valueof"0".
1171
12.2.1.1.2
Forsk2013
tiesdialoguehasthreeadditionaltabs:theCellstab(see"CellDescription"onpage1175),thePropagationtab(seeChapter
5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll),andtheDisplaytab(see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43).
TheGeneraltab:
)toaccessthepropertiesofthesite.ForinformationonthesitePropertiesdialogue,
see"SiteDescription"onpage1171.YoucanclicktheNewbuttontocreateanewsiteforthetransmitter.
antenna.Thisfieldisalsousedfordualbandtransmitterstosynchroniseantennaparametersfordifferentfre
quencybands.
Frequencyband:YoucanselectaFrequencybandforthetransmitter.Onceyouhaveselectedthefrequency
)toaccessthepropertiesofthefrequencyband.Forinformationon
thefrequencybandPropertiesdialogue,see"DefiningFrequencyBands"onpage1323.
UnderAntennaposition,youcanmodifythepositionoftheantennas(mainandsecondary):
Relativetosite:Selectthisoptionifyouwanttoentertheantennapositionsasoffsetswithrespecttothesite
MaxRange:Youcandefineamaximumrangeofthetransmitterscoverage,fromthistransmitter.
1172
AT320_UM_E0
TransmissionReception:UnderTransmissionReception,youcanseethetotallossesandthenoisefigureofthe
OntheEquipmentSpecificationsdialogue(seeFigure12.4),theequipmentyouselectandthegainsandlosses
youdefineareusedtoprovideinitialvaluesfortotaltransmitterULandDLlosses:
)to
page174.
)toaccesstheprop
Transmitterequipment:YoucanselecttransmitterequipmentfromtheTransmitterlist.Youcanclickthe
Browse button (
) to access the properties of the transmitter equipment. For information on creating
transmitterequipment,see"DefiningTransmitterEquipment"onpage174.
Feederlength:Youcanenterthefeederlengthattransmissionandreception.
Miscellaneouslosses:Youcanentermiscellaneouslossesattransmissionandreception.Thevalueyouenter
mustbepositive.
Receiverantennadiversitygain:Youcanenterareceiverantennadiversitygain.Thevalueyouentermustbe
positive.
losses.AtollalwaysconsidersthevaluesintheRealboxesincoveragepredictionsevenif
they are different from the values in the Computed boxes. The information in the real
NoisefigurereceptionboxiscalculatedfromtheinformationyouenteredintheEquip
mentSpecificationsdialogue.YoucanmodifytherealTotallossesattransmissionand
receptionandtherealNoisefigureatreceptionifyouwant.Anyvalueyouentermustbe
positive.
Antennas:
Heightground:TheHeightgroundboxgivestheheightoftheantennaabovetheground.Thisisaddedtothe
altitudeofthesiteasgivenbytheDTM.Ifthetransmitterissituatedonabuilding,theheightenteredmust
1173
Forsk2013
button(
Azimuth,Mechanicaldowntilt,andAdditionalelectricaldowntilt,displayadditionalantennaparameters.
Diversity:UnderDiversity,youcanselecttheNo.ofportsontheTransmissionandReceptionsides,aswell
astheTypeofdiversity,ifthereismorethanoneportontheTransmissionside.
Smartantenna:UnderSmartantenna,theavailablesmartantennaequipmentarevisibleintheEquipment
list.YoucanclicktheBrowsebutton(
)toaccessthepropertiesofthesmartantennaequipment.When
youclicktheBrowsebutton(
),theSmartAntennaEquipmentPropertiesdialogueappears.Ifyouareus
ingagridofbeamsoranadaptivebeam,underSmartantennamodel,clickingtheParametersbuttonopens
theGridofBeams(GOB)ModellingorAdaptiveBeamModellingdialogue.UnderPatterns,clickingtheCom
binedbuttonopensadialoguedisplayingthecombinedantennapatternsofallthesmartantennabeamsand
themainantenna(seeFigure12.5).
Formoreinformationonsmartantennaequipment,see"SmartAntennaEquipment"onpage1330.Thesmart
antennahasthesameheightandtiltasthemainantenna.
IfyouhavesmartantennaequipmentbasedonGridofBeams(GOB)orAdaptiveBeammodelling,itisrec
ommendedtoverifythatthesmartantennabeamsbeconsistentwiththemainantennapattern.
Youcanusethecombinedantennapatterndisplaytounderstandanyinconsistenciesinsmartantennare
sults.Ifthegirdofbeamsandthemainantennadonothavethesamegains,thesmartantennacouldprovide
worseresultsthanthemainantennafortraffictimeslots.
Figure12.5:Smartantennaandmainantennapatterns
theirAzimuth,Mechanicaldowntilt,and%Power,whichisthepercentageofpowerreservedforthispartic
ular antenna. For example, for a transmitter with one secondary antenna, if you reserve 40% of the total
powerforthesecondaryantenna,60%isavailableforthemainantenna.
1174
page69.
AT320_UM_E0
Thetransmissionpowerisdistributedamongthemainandsecondaryantennas.
Thisisnotcompatiblewithsmartantennas.Youmustnotassignsmartantennasto
transmitterswithsecondaryantennas,andviceversa.
Incalculations,repeatersandremoteantennasaretransparenttothedonortrans
mittersandtheservedusers.Forexample,beamformingsmartantennasondonor
transmitterscreatebeamsdirectlytowardstheservedusers,andnottowardsthe
repeaterorremoteantennathatcoverstheusers.Thisresultsinacombinedsignal
levelreceivedfromthetransmitterusingthesmartantennaandfromtherepeater
orremoteantenna.Ifthisapproachdoesnotmatchhowyourequipmentworks,
you must not assign smart antennas to transmitters with repeaters and remote
antennas,andviceversa.
The main antenna is used to transmit the pilot signals. Coverage predictions based on the PCCPCH signal are
performedusingthemainantenna.Itisalsousedfortrafficsignalsifthereisnosmartantennaequipmentselected
forthetransmitter.
Ifthereissmartantennaequipmentassignedtothetransmitter,trafficdataistransmittedandreceivedusingthe
smartantenna,whilethepilotandothercommonchannelsaretransmittedusingthemainantenna.
12.2.1.1.3
CellDescription
InAtoll,acellisdefinedasanRFcarrier,withallitscharacteristics,onatransmitter;thecellisthemechanismbywhichyou
canconfigureaTDSCDMAmulticarriernetwork.Inotherwords,atransmitterhasonecellforeverycarrier.
Whenyoucreateatransmitter,Atollautomaticallycreatesacellforthetransmitterusingthepropertiesofthecurrently
selectedstationtemplate.ThefollowingdescribestheparametersofaTDSCDMAcell.Youcan,ifyouwant,modifythese
values.
ThepropertiesofaTDSCDMAcellarefoundonCellstabofthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmittertowhichitbelongs.
TheCellstabhasthefollowingoptions:
NFrequencymode:IfthetransmitteriscompatiblewithNfrequencymode,youmustselecttheNFrequencymode
checkbox.TransmitterscompatiblewiththeNfrequencymodehaveonemastercarrier,andmayhaveoneormore
slavecarriers.TransmitterswhicharenotcompatiblewiththeNfrequencymodehavestandalonecarriers.Master
carriershavePCCPCH,DwPCH,andotherCCHpowersdefined,whileslavecarriersdonot.Formoreinformationon
theNfrequencymodeandallocationofcarriertypes,see"PlanningFrequencies"onpage1244.
istratorManual.
Carrier:Thenumberofthecarrier.
Carriertype:Thetypeofcarrier,i.e.,Standalone,Master,orSlave.
Scramblingcode:Thescramblingcodeallocatedtothecell.
Scramblingcodedomain:Thescramblingcodedomaintowhichtheallocatedscramblingcodebelongs.Thisandthe
scramblingcodereusedistanceareusedbytheautomaticscramblingcodeallocationalgorithm.
SCreusedistance:Thescramblingcodereusedistance.Thisandthescramblingcodedomainareusedbythescram
blingcodeplanningalgorithm.
SClocked:IfyouselecttheSClockedcheckbox,thescramblingcodewillnotbemodifiedduringautomaticscrambling
codeallocation.
Maxpower[TrafficTS](dBm):Themaximumavailablepowerforeachdownlinktraffictimeslotofthecell.
ForatransmitterusingNFrequencymode,onlythemastercarriertransmitsthePCCPCH,DwPCH,andotherCCH.
Thetrafficpowerissharedbetweenthemasteranditsslavecarriers.ThismeansthattheMaxpower[TrafficTS]
(dBm)canbegreaterthanthePCCPCH,DwPCH,andotherCCHpowersbecauseitwillbesharedamongthemaster
andallitsslavecarriers.
PCCPCHpower[TS0](dBm):ThepowerofthePCCPCHchanneltransmittedonTS0.
OtherCCHpower[TS0](dBm):Theaveragepowerofthecontrolchannels(includingSCCPCH)thatarenottrans
mitted continuously on TS0. For example, if PdBm is transmitted during 1 s every 10 s , you should enter
P10dBminordertocorrectlyrepresenttheaverageinterferencefromthesechannels.
DwPCHpower[DwPTS](dBm):ThepowertransmittedontheDwPTStimeslot.
Bydefault,theDwPCHpowerandtheotherCCHpoweraresetasabsolutevalues.Youcan
setthesevaluesasrelativetothepilotpowerintheGlobalParameters.Formoreinforma
tion,see"NetworkSettings"onpage1324.
1175
Forsk2013
PCCPCHRSCPT_Comp[TS0](dB):ThePCCPCHRSCPcomparativethresholdfordeterminingthetransmitterstokeep
inthelistofpotentialservers.ThisparameterisusedinthebatonhandovercoveragepredictionalongwithPCCPCH
RSCPT_AddandPCCPCHRSCPT_Dropparameterssetfordifferentmobilitytypes.
MinRSCP(dBm):TheminimumPCCPCHRSCPrequiredforausertobeconnectedtothecell.ThePCCPCHRSCPis
comparedwiththisthresholdtodeterminewhetherornotausercanbeconnectedtothecell.
Timeslotconfiguration:Theconfigurationofthetraffictimeslotsintheframe.WhentheUpPCHchannelispresentin
the UpPTS timeslot, you can select from five possible timeslot configurations, i.e., (D)UDDDDD, (D)UUDDDD,
(D)UUUDDD,(D)UUUUDD,and(D)UUUUUD.WhentheUpPCHisshiftedtoTS1,youcanselectfromtwomoretimeslot
configurations,i.e.,(D)UpUDDDD,(D)UpUUDDD.WhenUpPCHisshifted,TS1isblocked,i.e.,itisnotusedtocarry
traffic.FormoreinformationonUpPCHshiftingandstudyingtheinterferenceontheUpPCH,see"StudyingUpPCH
Interference"onpage1239.
Therearetwoswitchingpointsintheframe,oneafterthefirstmandatorydownlinktimeslot(D),andtheothercan
beafter1to5uplinktimeslots.Thesymmetricconfigurationisselectedbydefault.
RequiredULresourceunits:Thenumberofresourceunitsrequiredintheuplink.
RequiredDLresourceunits:Thenumberofresourceunitsrequiredinthedownlink.Atollcancalculatethenumber
ofrequiredresourceunitsintheuplinkanddownlink.Forinformationoncalculatingnetworkcapacity,see"Calcu
latingTDSCDMANetworkCapacity"onpage1268.
Comments:Ifdesired,youcanenteranycommentsinthisfield.
HSPASupport:TheHSPAfunctionalitysupportedbythecell.YoucanchoosebetweenNone(i.e.,R99only),HSDPA,
orHSPA(i.e.,HSDPAandHSUPA).
WhenHSDPAissupported,thefollowingfieldsareavailable:
HSPDSCHpowerdynamicallocation:Ifyouaremodellingdynamicpowerallocation,youshouldselectthischeck
box.Duringsimulations,AtollfirstallocatespowertoR99usersandthendynamicallyallocatestheremaining
powerofthecelltotheHSPDSCHchannelsofHSDPAusers.Attheendofthesimulation,youcancommitthe
calculatedHSPDSCHpowerandtotalpowervaluestoeachcellandtimeslot.
Inthecontextofdynamicpowerallocation,thetotalpoweristhemaximumpowerminus
thepowerheadroom.
1176
Available HSPDSCHpower per DL TS (dBm):When you aremodellingstatic power allocation, the HSPDSCH
powerdynamicallocationcheckboxisclearedandtheHSPDSCHpoweravailableforeachdownlinktimeslotis
enteredinthisbox.ThisisthedefaultvalueofpoweravailablepertimeslotfortheHSPDSCHchannelsofHSDPA
users.IncaseofdynamicHSPDSCHpowerallocation,thevalueenteredhererepresentsthemaximumpowerfor
theHSPDSCHofHSDPAuserspertimeslot.
Powerheadroom(dB):ThepowerheadroomisareserveofpowerthatAtollkeepsforDedicatedPhysicalChan
nels(DPCH)incaseoffastfading.Duringsimulation,HSDPAuserswillnotbeconnectedifthecellpowerremaining
afterservingR99usersislessthanthepowerheadroomvalue.
HSSCCHdynamicpowerallocation:Ifyouaremodellingdynamicpowerallocation,youshouldselectthischeck
boxandenteravalueinHSSCCHpowerperDLTS(dBm).TheHSSCCHpowercalculatedforHSSCCHchannel
duringasimulationcannotexceedthevaluedefinedinHSSCCHpowerperDLTS(dBm).Duringpowercontrol,
AtollcontrolsHSSCCHpowerinordertomeettheminimumqualitythreshold(asdefinedforeachmobilitytype).
HSSCCHpowerperDLTS(dBm):Whenyouaremodellingstaticpowerallocation,theHSSCCHdynamicpower
allocationcheckboxisclearedandtheactualpowerperHSSCCHchannelisenteredinthisbox.Incaseofdynamic
HSSCCHpowerallocation,thevalueenteredhererepresentsthemaximumpowerfortheHSSCCHchannelper
HSDPAuser.
NumberofHSSCCHchannels:ThemaximumnumberofHSSCCHchannelsforthiscell.EachPacket(HSDPA)and
Packet (HSPA) user consumes one HSSCCH channel. Therefore, at any given time (over a transmission time
interval),thenumberofHSDPAuserscannotexceedthenumberofHSSCCHchannelspercell.
HSSICHdynamicpowerallocation:Ifyouaremodellingdynamicpowerallocation,youshouldselectthischeck
box.Duringpowercontrol,AtollcontrolsHSSICHpoweroftheHSDPAcapableterminalinordertomeetthemin
imumqualitythreshold(asdefinedforeachmobilitytype)intheuplink.
NumberofHSSICHchannels:ThemaximumnumberofHSSICHchannelsforthiscell.EachPacket(HSDPA)and
Packet (HSPA) user consumes one HSSICH channel. Therefore, at any given time (over a transmission time
interval),thenumberofHSPAuserscannotexceedthenumberofHSSICHchannelspercell.
MinnumberofHSPDSCHcodesperDLTS:TheminimumnumberofOVSFcodesavailableforHSPDSCHchannels
foreachdownlinktimeslot.Thisvaluewillbetakenintoaccountduringsimulationsinordertofindasuitable
bearer.
MaxnumberofHSPDSCHcodesperDLTS:ThemaximumnumberofOVSFcodesavailableforHSPDSCHchan
nelsforeachdownlinktimeslot.Thisvaluewillbetakenintoaccountduringsimulationsandcoveragepredictions
inordertofindasuitablebearer.
HSDPAscheduleralgorithm:TheschedulingtechniquethatwillbeusedtoranktheHSDPAuserstobeserved:
AT320_UM_E0
Max C/I: "n" HSDPA users (where "n" corresponds to the maximum number of HSDPA users defined) are
scheduledinthesameorderasinthesimulation(i.e.,inrandomorder).Then,theyaresortedindescending
orderbythechannelqualityindicator(CQI).
Roundrobin:HSDPAusersarescheduledinthesameorderasinthesimulation(i.e.,inrandomorder).
Proportionalfair:"n"HSDPAusers(where"n"correspondstothemaximumnumberofHSDPAusersdefined)
arescheduledinthesameorderasinthesimulation(i.e.,inrandomorder).Then,theyaresortedindescend
ingorderaccordingtoarandomparameterwhichcorrespondstoacombinationoftheuserrankinthesimu
lationandthechannelqualityindicator(CQI).
TherandomparameteriscalculatedbygivingboththeusersimulationrankandtheCQIa
weightof50%.Youcanchangethedefaultweightsbysettingtheappropriateoptionsin
Max number of HSDPA users: The maximum number of HSDPA bearer users (i.e., Packet (HSDPA) users and
Packet(HSPA)usersusers)thatthiscellcansupportatanygiventime.
NumberofHSDPAusers:ThenumberofHSDPAbearerusersisanaverageandcanbeusedforcertaincoverage
predictions.Youcanenterthisvalueyourself,orhavethevaluecalculatedbyAtollusingasimulation.
WhenHSUPAissupported,thefollowingfieldsarealsoavailable:
DLHSUPAPower:Thepower(indBm)allocatedtoHSUPADLchannels(EAGCH,ERGCH,andEHICH).Thisvalue
mustbeenteredbytheuser.
MaxnumberofHSUPAusers:ThemaximumnumberofHSUPAbearerusers(i.e.,Packet(HSPA)users)thatthis
cellcansupportatanygiventime.
NumberofHSUPAusers:ThenumberofHSUPAbearerusersisanaverageandcanbeusedforcertaincoverage
predictions.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
EDCHdynamicpowerallocation:Ifyouaremodellingdynamicpowerallocation,youshouldselectthischeckbox
andenteravalueinEDCHpowerperDLTS(dBm).TheEDCHpowercalculatedforEDCHchannelduringasim
ulationcannotexceedthevaluedefinedinEDCHpowerperDLTS(dBm).Duringpowercontrol,Atollcontrols
EDCHpowerinordertomeettheminimumqualitythreshold(asdefinedforeachmobilitytype).
EDCHpowerperDLTS(dBm):Whenyouaremodellingstaticpowerallocation,theEDCHdynamicpowerallo
cationcheckboxisclearedandtheactualpowerperEDCHchannelisenteredinthisbox.IncaseofdynamicE
DCHpowerallocation,thevalueenteredhererepresentsthemaximumpowerfortheEDCHchannelperHSUPA
user.
ULloadfactorduetoHSUPA(%):TheuplinkcellloadcontributionduetoHSUPA.Thisvaluecanbeasimulation
resultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
MaxNumberofIntratechnologyNeighbours:Themaximumnumberofintratechnologyneighboursforthiscell.This
valueisusedbytheintratechnologyneighbourallocationalgorithm.
Neighbours:Youcanaccessadialogueinwhichyoucansetbothintratechnologyandintertechnologyneighbours
byclickingtheBrowsebutton( ).Forinformationondefiningneighbours,see"PlanningNeighbours"onpage1247.
Timeslots:Youcanaccessinformationaboutthecellstraffictimeslots,i.e,foreachofthesixtraffictimeslots,by
clickingtheBrowsebutton(
).
TheBrowsebuttons( )mightnotbevisibleintheNeighboursandTimeslotboxesif
thisisanewcell.YoucanmaketheBrowsebuttonsappearbyclickingApply.
ThetimeslotPropertiesdialoguehasthefollowingoptions:
Blocked:Ifthistimeslotistobeblocked,i.e.,notusedfortraffic,youmustselecttheBlockedcheckbox.Ablocked
timeslotisnotusedbytheDynamicChannelAllocation(DCA)algorithmanddoesnotcarryanytraffic.
Timeslottype:Thetypeoftrafficthatthetimeslotcancarry,i.e.,R99,HSDPA,HSUPA,etc.
Other CCH power (dBm): The power of other common channels (SCCPCH, FPACH, and PICH) on the traffic
timeslot. Other common control channels can be transmitted on a downlink traffic timeslot using the main
antenna.
DLtrafficpower(dBm):Thetrafficpowertransmittedondownlinkisthepowernecessarytoserveusersonthe
downlinktimeslots.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbeenteredbytheuser.
ULloadfactor(%):Theuplinkloadfactorforuplinktimeslots.Thisfactorcorrespondstotheratiobetweenthe
uplinktotalinterferenceandtheuplinktotalnoise.Thisvaluecanbeasimulationresultorcanbeenteredbythe
user.
AngulardistributionofULandDLloads:Theangulardistributionofdownlinktransmittedpoweranduplinkloads
calculatedforcellswhosetransmittershavesmartantennaequipment.Thisvalueisasimulationresult.
1177
Forsk2013
Resourceunitsoverhead:Thenumberofresourceunitscorrespondingtooverhead.Thisoverheadisusedinnet
work dimensioning. For information on calculating network capacity, see "Calculating TDSCDMA Network
Capacity"onpage1268.
MaxDLload(%Pmax):Thepercentageofthemaximumdownlinkpower(setinMaxpower[TrafficTS])notto
beexceeded.Thislimitcanbetakenintoaccountduringsimulations.
MaxULloadfactor(%):Themaximumuplinkloadfactornottobeexceeded.Thislimitcanbetakenintoaccount
duringsimulations.
Available HSPDSCH power (dBm): When you are modelling static power allocation, the HSPDSCH dynamic
powerallocationcheckboxintheCellstabisclearedandtheHSPDSCHpoweravailableforthedownlinktimeslot
isenteredinthisbox.ThispowerisavailablefortheHSPDSCHchannelsofHSDPAusers.IncaseofdynamicHS
PDSCHpowerallocation,thevalueenteredhererepresentsthemaximumpowerfortheHSPDSCHofHSDPA
users.
MinnumberofHSPDSCHcodes:TheminimumnumberofOVSFcodesavailableforHSPDSCHchannels.This
valuewillbetakenintoaccountduringsimulationsinordertofindasuitablebearer.Ifnovalueisdefinedhere,
thevaluedefinedforthecellisconsideredforthetimeslot.
MaxnumberofHSPDSCHcodes:ThemaximumnumberofOVSFcodesavailableforHSPDSCHchannels.This
valuewillbetakenintoaccountduringsimulationsandcoveragepredictionsinordertofindasuitablebearer.If
novalueisdefinedhere,thevaluedefinedforthecellisconsideredforthetimeslot.
12.2.1.2.1
"CreatingorModifyingaSite"onpage1178.
"CreatingorModifyingaTransmitter"onpage1178.
Tocreateanewsite:
3. Select New from the context menu. The Sites New Element Properties dialogue appears (see Figure12.2 on
page1171).
5. ClickOK.
6. ClickOK.
12.2.1.2.2
1178
AT320_UM_E0
Tocreateormodifyatransmitter:
5. ClickOK.
6. ClickOK.Ifyouarecreatinganewtransmitter,Atollautomaticallycreatesacellbasedonthedefaultstationtemplate.
12.2.1.2.3
textmenu.
Youcanmodifyanexistingcelloryoucancreateanewcell.Youcanaccessthepropertiesofacell,describedin"CellDescrip
tion"onpage1175,throughthePropertiesdialogueofthetransmitterwherethecellislocated.HowyouaccesstheProper
tiesdialoguedependsonwhetheryouarecreatinganewcellormodifyinganexistingcell.
appears.
6. Modifytheparametersdescribedin"CellDescription"onpage1175.
7. ClickOK.
12.2.1.3 PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate
InAtoll,abasestationisdefinedasasitewithoneormoretransmitterssharingthesameproperties.WithAtoll,youcan
createanetworkbyplacingbasestationsbasedonstationtemplates.Thisallowsyoutobuildyournetworkquicklywith
consistentparameters,insteadofbuildingthenetworkbyfirstcreatingthesite,thenthetransmitters,andfinallybyadding
thecells.
1179
Forsk2013
click the New Station button. For information on using the zooming tools, see
Ifyouletthepointerrestoverthebasestationyouhaveplaced,Atolldisplaysits
tiptextwithitsexactcoordinates,allowingyoutoverifythatthelocationiscorrect.
Youcanalsoplaceaseriesofbasestationsusingastationtemplate.Youdothisbydefininganareaonthemapwhereyou
wanttoplacethebasestations.Atollcalculatestheplacementofeachbasestationaccordingtothedefinedhexagonalcell
radiusinthestationtemplate.Forinformationondefiningthecellradius,see"CreatingaStationTemplate"onpage1181.
Toplaceaseriesofbasestationswithinadefinedarea:
),totheleftofthetemplatelist.Ahexagonaldesignisagroupofbasestations
createdfromthesamestationtemplate.
3. Drawazonedelimitingtheareawhereyouwanttoplacetheseriesofbasestations:
Atollfillsthedelimitedzonewithnewbasestationsandtheirhexagonalshapes.Basestationobjectssuchassitesand
transmittersarealsocreatedandplacedintotheirrespectivefolders.
Youcanworkwiththesitesandtransmittersinthesebasestationsasyouworkwithanybasestationobject,adding,forexam
ple,anotherantennatoatransmitter.
PlacingaBaseStationonanExistingSite
Whenyouplaceanewbasestationusingastationtemplateasexplainedin"PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStation
Template"onpage1179,thesiteiscreatedatthesametimeasthebasestation.However,youcanalsoplaceanewbase
stationonanexistingsite.
Toplaceabasestationonanexistingsite:
placethebasestation.
AtollcomeswithTDSCDMAstationtemplates,butyoucanalsocreateandmodifystationtemplates.Thetoolsforworking
withstationtemplatescanbefoundontheRadioPlanningtoolbar(seeFigure12.6).
1180
AT320_UM_E0
12.2.1.4.1
Whenyoucreateastationtemplate,youcandosobyselectinganexistingstationtemplatethatmostcloselyresemblesthe
stationtemplateyouwanttocreateandmakingacopy.Thenyoucanmodifytheparametersthatdiffer.
7. RightclicktherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
page1181.
12.2.1.4.2
7. ClicktheGeneraltabofthePropertiesdialogue.Onthistab(seeFigure12.7),youcanmodifythefollowing:
Name:Thenameofthestationtemplate.
Sectors:ThenumberofSectors,eachwithatransmitter,ofthebasestationcreatedusingthisstationtemplate.
Hexagonradius:Thetheoreticalradiusofthehexagonalareacoveredbyeachsector.
Frequencyband:YoucanselectaFrequencybandforthetransmittersofthestationtemplate.
UnderAntennas,youcanmodifythefollowing:1stsectorazimuth,fromwhichtheazimuthoftheothersectors
areoffsettooffercompletecoverageofthearea,theHeight/groundoftheantennasfromtheground(i.e.,the
heightovertheDTM;ifthetransmitterissituatedonabuilding,theheightenteredmustincludetheheightofthe
building),theMechanicaldowntilt,andtheAdditionalelectricaldowntiltfortheantennas.
UnderMainantenna,youcanselectthemainantennaModel,andunderSmartantenna,youcanselectthesmart
antennaEquipmentusedbythetransmitter.
1181
Forsk2013
UnderPathlossmatrices,youcanmodifythefollowing:theMainpropagationmodel,theMainradius,andthe
Mainresolution,andtheExtendedpropagationmodel,theExtendedradius,andtheExtendedresolution.For
informationonpropagationmodels,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
8. ClicktheTransmittertab.Onthistab(seeFigure12.8),iftheActivecheckboxisselected,youcanmodifythefol
lowing:
UnderTransmissionReception,youcanclicktheEquipmentbuttontoopentheEquipmentSpecificationsdia
logueandmodifythetowermountedamplifier(TMA),feedercables,ortransmitterequipment.Forinformation
TheinformationintherealTotallossesintransmissionandreceptionboxesiscalculatedfromtheinformation
you enteredin theEquipment Specifications dialogue(see Figure12.4onpage1173).Any loss related tothe
noiseduetoatransmittersrepeaterisincludedinthecalculatedlosses.Atollalwaysconsidersthevaluesinthe
RealboxesincoveragepredictionseveniftheyaredifferentfromthevaluesintheComputedboxes.Youcan
modifytherealTotallossesattransmissionandreceptionifyouwant.Anyvalueyouentermustbepositive.
TheinformationintherealNoisefigurereceptionboxiscalculatedfromtheinformationyouenteredintheEquip
mentSpecificationsdialogue.YoucanmodifytherealNoisefigureatreceptionifyouwant.Anyvalueyouenter
mustbepositive.
1182
Diversity:UnderDiversity,youcanselecttheNo.ofportsontheTransmissionandReceptionsides,aswellasthe
Typeofdiversity,ifthereismorethanoneportontheTransmissionside.
AT320_UM_E0
9. ClicktheTDSCDMAtab.Onthistab(seeFigure12.9),youmodifytheCarriers(eachcorrespondingtoacell)thatthis
basestationsupports.Forinformationoncarriersandcells,see"CellDescription"onpage1175.
YoucanselectwhetherthetransmitterscreatedwiththistemplatearecompatiblewithNfrequencymodeornot.
IfyouselecttheNfrequencymodecheckbox,thetransmitterscreatedusingthisstationtemplatewillhaveat
leastonemastercarrierwithPCCPCH,DwPCH,andOtherCCHpowers.Ifthereismorethanonecarrieronthe
transmitters,therestofthecarrierswillbeslavecarriers.SlavecarrierswillnothaveanyPCCPCH,DwPCH,or
OtherCCHpowers.IfyoudonotselecttheNfrequencymodecheckbox,thetransmitterscreatedusingthistem
platewillhavestandalonecarriers.
i.
iii. ClickOK.
UnderPrimaryscramblingcode,youcanmodifytheReusedistance,andthescramblingcodeDomain.
UnderPower,youcanmodifytheMax,PCCPCH,DwPCH,andtheOtherCCHpowers.
UnderTimeslots,youcanselectadefaultTimeslotconfigurationforthecellsandsetthenumbersofULrequired
resourceunitsandDLrequiredresourceunits.
YoucanalsoselectthedefaultEquipmentforthesites.
Figure12.9:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueTDSCDMAtab
1183
Forsk2013
10. ClicktheHSPAtab.Onthistab(seeFigure12.10),youcandefinetheparametersrelatedtoHSPA(formoreinforma
tiononthefields,see"CellDescription"onpage1175).
11. SelectthetypeofHSPAsupport.YoucanchoosebetweenNone(i.e.,R99only),HSDPA,orHSPA(i.e.,HSDPAand
HSUPA).
IfyouselectHSDPAasHSPAsupport,youcansetthefollowingHSDPAparameters:
UnderHSDPA,youcandefineaPowerheadroom.
UnderHSSICH,youcanselecteitherStaticorDynamicallocationstrategyforHSSICHpoweranddefinethe
NumberofchannelsforHSSICH.
UnderHSPDSCH,youcanselecteitherStaticorDynamicallocationstrategyforHSPDSCHpower,entertheFixed
power,ifyouselectedStaticpowerallocation,andentertheMin.andMaxnumberofcodesforHSPDSCH.
UnderHSSCCH,youcanselecteitherStaticorDynamicallocationstrategyforHSSCCHpower,entertheHS
SCCHpowerforHSSCCH,ifyouselectedStaticpowerallocation,anddefinetheNumberofchannelsforHSSCCH.
UnderScheduler,youcanselecttheschedulerAlgorithmandentertheMaxnumberofusers.
WhenyoucreateanHSDPAcapablebasestationusingastationtemplate,thetimeslotsofallthecellscreatedauto
maticallyarebydefaultsettosupportR99andHSDPA.
IfyouselectHSDPAasHSPAsupport,youcansetthefollowingHSUPAparametersaswell:
UnderHSDPA,youcanselectDynamicallocationstrategyforEDCHpowerandentertheMaxnumberofusers.
WhenyoucreateanHSPAcapablebasestationusingastationtemplate,thetimeslotsofallthecellscreatedauto
maticallyarebydefaultsettosupportR99andHSPA.
Figure12.10:StationTemplatePropertiesdialogueHSDPAtab
12. ClicktheNeighbourstab.
Onthistab(seeFigure12.11),youcanenterthemaximumnumbersofIntratechnologyneighboursandIntertech
nologyneighbours.
1184
AT320_UM_E0
changes.
12.2.1.4.3
12.2.1.4.4
7. Forinformationonadding,deleting,andeditinguserdefinedfields,see"Adding,Deleting,andEditingDataTable
Fields"onpage70).
8. Whenyouhavefinished,clickOK.
12.2.1.4.5
stationyoucreatewillhavethesametransmitter,cell,andtimeslotparametervaluesastheoriginalbasestation.Ifnosite
existswhereyouplacetheduplicatedbasestation,Atollwillcreateanewsitewiththesameparametersasthesiteofthe
originalbasestation.Duplicatingabasestationallowsyouto:
Quicklycreateanewbasestationwiththesamesettingsasanoriginaloneinordertostudytheeffectofanewstation
onthecoverageandcapacityofthenetwork,and
Quicklycreateanewhomogeneousnetworkwithstationsthathavethesamecharacteristics.
1185
Forsk2013
witheachnamemarkedas"Copyof."Thesite,transmitters,cells,andtimeslotsoftheduplicatebasestationhavethe
samesettingsasthoseoftheoriginalbasestation.Iftheduplicatebasestationwasplacedonanexistingsite,the
transmitters,andcellsofthenewbasestationhavethesamenamesasthetransmitters,andcellsoftheoriginalbase
stationwitheachnameprecededbythenameofthesiteonwhichtheduplicatewasplaced.
Formoreinformationonthesite,transmitter,cell,andtimeslotproperties,see"DefinitionofaBaseStation"onpage1171.
1186
AT320_UM_E0
Youcancreatebasestationsindividuallyasexplainedin"CreatingaTDSCDMABaseStation"onpage1170,oryoucancreate
oneorseveralbasestationsbyusingstationtemplatesasexplainedin"PlacingaNewBaseStationUsingaStationTemplate"
onpage1179.However,ifyouhavealargeprojectandyoualreadyhaveexistingdata,youcanimportthisdataintoyour
currentAtolldocumentandcreateagroupofbasestations.
page119.
cancopythisdataandpasteitinto thetablesinyourcurrent Atolldocument. Whenyoucreateagroupofbase
pastingdatainto.
Design tool on the Radio Planning toolbar. For information, see "Placing a New Base
StationUsingaStationTemplate"onpage1179.
1187
Forsk2013
and
).
12.2.5 CreatingaDualBandTDSCDMANetwork
InAtoll,youcanmodeladualbandTDSCDMAnetwork,i.e.,anetworkconsistingof2100MHzand900MHztransmitters,in
onedocument.CreatingadualbandTDSCDMAnetworkconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
1. Definingthetwofrequencybandsinthedocument(see"DefiningFrequencyBands"onpage1323).
Atoll).
page1171).
signalcanbecarried by different typesoflinks suchas aradiolinkoramicrowavelink.The serversideretransmitsthe
receivedsignal.
WhenAtollmodelsTDSCDMArepeaters,themodellingfocuseson:
Broadbandrepeatersarenotmodelled.Atollassumesthatallcarriersof3Gdonor
transmittersareamplified.
Incalculations,repeatersaretransparenttothedonortransmittersandtheserved
users.Forexample,beamformingsmartantennasatdonortransmitterscreatebeams
directlytowardstheservedusers,andnottowardstherepeaterthatcoverstheusers.
Thisresultsinacombinedsignallevelreceivedfromthetransmitterusingthesmart
antennaandfromtherepeater.Ifthisapproachdoesnotmatchhowyourequipment
works,youmustnotassignsmartantennastotransmitterswithrepeatersandvice
versa.
1188
"OpeningtheRepeatersTable"onpage1189.
"PlacingaRepeaterontheMapUsingtheMouse"onpage1189.
"CreatingSeveralRepeaters"onpage1190.
"DefiningthePropertiesofaRepeater"onpage1190.
AT320_UM_E0
Tocreateormodifyrepeaterequipment:
5. DefinethefollowinginanexistingrecordorintherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
):
b. EnteraNoisefigure(dB).Therepeatercausesariseinnoiseatthedonortransmitter,sothenoisefigureisused
c. EnterminimumandmaximumrepeateramplificationgainsintheMingainandMaxgaincolumns.Theseparam
thereareany.
d. EnteraGainincrement.Atollusestheincrementvaluewhenyouincreaseordecreasetherepeateramplifiergain
usingthebuttonstotherightoftheAmplifiergainbox(
logue.
e. EnterthemaximumpowerthattheequipmentcantransmitonthedownlinkintheMaxdownlinkpowercolumn.
theequipment.
f. Ifdesired,enteraMaxuplinkpower,anInternaldelayandComments.Thesefieldsareforinformationonlyand
)inthesame
antenna.
page1190.
1189
Forsk2013
ment.
pastingdatainto.
Ifthedonorisaremoteantennaoranotherrepeater,then"RepZ"isprecededby"RemA_"
or"RepB_"where"A"and"B"identifythedonorremoteantennaandthedonorrepeater.
)openstheProperties
UnderAntennaposition,youcandefinethepositionoftherepeater,ifitisnotlocatedonthesiteitself:
Relativetosite:SelectRelativetosite,ifyouwanttodefinethepositionoftherepeaterrelativetothesite
YoucanchangetheAmplifiergain.Theamplifiergainisusedinthelinkbudgettoevaluatetherepeatertotalgain.
UnderDonorrepeaterlink,selectaLinktype.
1190
IfyouselectMicrowavelink,enterthePropagationlossesandcontinuewithstep5.
AT320_UM_E0
IfyouselectAir,selectaPropagationmodelandenterthePropagationlossesorclickCalculatetodetermine
propagationmodel.
Ifyouwanttocreatearemoteantenna,youmustselectOpticalfibrelink.
IfyouselectedAirunderDonorrepeaterlink,enterthefollowinginformationunderAntenna:
)toaccessthe
IfyouselectedAirunderDonorrepeaterlink,enterthefollowinginformationunderFeeders:
i.
feeder.
5. ClicktheCoveragesidetab.Youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
Indownlink,thetotalgainisappliedtoeachpower(PCCPCHpower,DwPCHpower,etc.).
button(
parameters.
1191
Forsk2013
page69.
i.
feeder.
UnderLosses,AtolldisplaystheLossrelatedtorepeaternoiserise.
parameters.OnthePropagationtab,youcanmodifythePropagationmodel,Radius,andResolutionforboththe
MainmatrixandtheExtendedmatrix.Bydefault,thepropagationcharacteristicsoftherepeater(model,calculation
radius,andgridresolution)arethesameasthoseofthedonortransmitter.Forinformationonpropagationmodels,
seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
You can update the calculated azimuths and downtilts of the donorside antennas of all repeaters by selecting
terscontextmenu.
forrepeaterswiththecustomfield"FreezeTotalGain"setto"False."
theMouse"onpage42).
remoteantenna,asopposedtoarepeater,doesnothaveanyequipmentandgeneratesnoamplificationgainnornoise.
Incertaincases,youmaywanttomodelaremoteantennawithequipmentoraremoteantennaconnectedtoabasestation
Repeater"onpage1188.
Incalculations,remoteantennasaretransparenttothedonortransmittersandthe
servedusers.Forexample,beamformingsmartantennasatdonortransmitterscreate
beamsdirectlytowardstheservedusers,andnottowardstheremoteantennathat
coverstheusers.Thisresultsinacombinedsignallevelreceivedfromthetransmitter
usingthesmartantennaandfromtheremoteantenna.Ifthisapproachdoesnotmatch
howyourequipmentworks,youmustnotassignsmartantennastotransmitterswith
remoteantennasandviceversa.
1192
"OpeningtheRemoteAntennasTable"onpage1193.
AT320_UM_E0
"PlacingaRemoteAntennaontheMapUsingtheMouse"onpage1193.
"CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas"onpage1193.
"DefiningthePropertiesofaRemoteAntenna"onpage1194.
RepeatersandtheirdefiningparametersarestoredintheRemoteAntennastable.
1. Selectthedonortransmitter.YoucanselectitfromtheTransmittersfolderintheNetworkexplorer,ordirectlyonthe
map.
2. ClickthearrownexttotheNewRepeaterorRemoteAntennabutton(
4. Click the mapto place the remoteantenna. Theremoteantenna isplaced on the map, represented by thesame
symbolandcolourasthedonortransmitter.Iftheremoteantennaisinactive,itisdisplayedbyanemptyicon.By
transmitter.
Antenna"onpage1194.
pastingdatainto.
1193
Forsk2013
ing the Remote Antennas table, see "Opening the Remote Antennas Table" on page1193). The context menu
appears.
"X"isthedonorsitenumber,"Y"thedonortransmitternumber,and"Z"anumberassignedastheremoteantenna
iscreated.
Ifthedonorisarepeateroranotherremoteantenna,then"RemZ"isprecededby"RepA_"
or"RemB_"where"A"and"B"identifythedonorrepeaterandthedonorremoteantenna.
)opensthe
UnderAntennaposition,youcandefinethepositionoftheremoteantenna,ifitisnotlocatedonthesiteitself:
Relativetosite:SelectRelativetosite,ifyouwanttodefinethepositionoftheremoteantennarelativeto
nates.
UnderDonorrepeaterlink,selectOpticalfibrelinkandentertheFibrelosses.
SelecttheActivecheckbox.Onlyactiveremoteantennas(displayedwithinredintheTransmittersfolderinthe
Indownlink,thetotalgainisappliedtoeachpower(PCCPCHpower,DwPCHpower,etc.).
button(
1194
AT320_UM_E0
parameters.
page69.
i.
feeder.
6. ClickthePropagationtab.Asremoteantennasaretakenintoaccountduringcalculations,youmustsetpropagation
parametersaswithtransmitters.OnthePropagationtab,youcanmodifythePropagationmodel,Radius,andReso
lutionforboththeMainmatrixandtheExtendedmatrix.Bydefault,thepropagationcharacteristicsoftheremote
antenna(model,calculationradius,andgridresolution)arethesameasthoseofthedonortransmitter.Forinforma
tiononpropagationmodels,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
to"False."
ingDataUsingaFilteringZone"onpage105.Filteringenablesyoutokeeponlythebasestationswiththecharacter
isticsyouwanttostudy.Thefilteringzoneistakenintoaccountwhetherornotitisvisible.
1195
Forsk2013
Asyoucreateabasestation,youcanstudyittotesttheeffectivenessofthesetparameters.Coveragepredictionsongroups
ofsitescantakealargeamountoftimeandconsumealotofcomputerresources.Restrictingyourcoveragepredictiontothe
basestationyouarecurrentlyworkingonallowsyougettheresultsquickly.Youcanexpandyourcoveragepredictiontoa
numberofbasestationsonceyouhaveoptimisedthesettingsforeachindividualbasestation.
Beforestudyingabasestation,youmustassignapropagationmodel.Thepropagationmodeltakestheradioandgeographic
dataintoaccountandcalculateslossesalongthetransmitterreceiverpath.Thisallowsyoutopredictthereceivedsignallevel
atanygivenpoint.Atollenablesyoutoassignbothamainpropagationmodel,withashorterradiusandahigherresolution,
andanextendedpropagationmodel,withalongerradiusandalowerresolution.Byusingacalculationradius,Atolllimitsthe
scopeofcalculationstoadefinedarea.Byusingtwomatrices,Atollallowsyoutocalculatehighresolutionpathlossmatrices
closertothetransmitter,whilereducingcalculationtimebyusinganextendedmatrixwithalowerresolution.
InAtoll,youcanmakeapointanalysistostudyreceptionalongaprofilebetweenareferencetransmitterandaTDSCDMA
user.Beforestudyingasite,youmustassignapropagationmodel.Thepropagationmodeltakestheradioandgeographic
dataintoaccountandcalculateslossesalongthetransmitterreceiverpath.Theprofileiscalculatedinrealtime,usingthe
propagationmodel,allowingyoutostudytheprofileandgetapredictiononeachselectedpoint.
pointerchanges(
4. SelecttheProfileview.
TheprofileanalysisappearsintheProfileviewofthePointAnalysiswindow.Thealtitude(inmetres)isreportedon
theverticalaxisandthereceivertransmitterdistanceonthehorizontalaxis.AblueellipsoidindicatestheFresnelzone
betweenthetransmitterandthereceiver,withagreenlineindicatingthelineofsight(LOS).Atolldisplaystheangle
oftheLOSreadfromtheverticalantennapattern.Alongtheprofile,ifthesignalmeetsanobstacle,thiscausesatten
uationwithdiffractiondisplayedbyaredverticalline(ifthepropagationmodelusedtakesdiffractionmechanisms
intoaccount).ThemainpeakistheonethatintersectsthemostwiththeFresnelellipsoid.Withsomepropagation
modelsusinga3knifeedgeDeygoutdiffractionmethod,theresultsmaydisplaytwoadditionalattenuationspeaks.
Thetotalattenuationisdisplayedabovethemainpeak.
DetailsoftheanalysisaredisplayedatthetopoftheProfileview:
1196
AT320_UM_E0
YoucanchangethefollowingoptionsusingtheProfileviewtoolbar:
Transmitter:Selectthetransmitterfromthelist.YoucanclickthePropertiesbutton(
)toopenthetransmitter
propertiesdialogue.
Carriers: Select the carrier to be analysed. If you are studying a transmitter compatible with the Nfrequency
mode,youcananalyseitsmastercarrier.
Options:ClicktheOptionsbutton(
)todisplaytheCalculationOptionsdialogue.Inthisdialogue,youcan:
SelectSignallevel,Pathloss,orTotallossesfromtheResulttypelist.
perclutterclass.
GeographicProfile:ClicktheGeographicProfilebutton( )ifyouwanttoviewthegeographicprofilebetween
thetransmitterandthereceiver.Atolldisplaystheprofilebetweenthetransmitterandthereceiverwithclutter
heights.AnellipsoidindicatingtheFresnelzoneisalsodisplayed.Atolldoesnotcalculateordisplaysignallevels
andlosses.
LinkBudget:ClicktheLinkBudgetbutton(
DetailedReport:ClicktheDetailedReportbutton(
)todisplayatextdocumentwithdetailsonthedisplayed
profileanalysis.ThedetailedreportisonlyavailablefortheStandardPropagationModel.
5. Toendthepointanalysis,clickthePointAnalysisbutton(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbaragain.
Asyouarebuildingyourradioplanningproject,youmaywanttocheckthecoverageofanewbasestationwithouthavingto
calculatetheentireproject.Youcandothisbyselectingthesitewithitstransmittersandthencreatinganewcoveragepredic
tion.
Thissectionexplainshowtocalculatethesignallevelcoverageofasinglebasestation.Asignallevelcoverageprediction
displaysthesignalofthebestserverforeachpixeloftheareastudied.
2. RightclicktheTransmittersfolderandselectGroupBy>Sitefromthecontextmenu.Thetransmittersarenowdis
1197
Forsk2013
Ifyouwanttostudyonlysitesbytheirstatus,youcangroupthembystatus.
ters.
obtainmoreaccurateresultsbyusingpropagationmodelsbestsuitedforthemainandextendedmatrices.
e. IntheMainmatrixcolumn:
f. Ifdesired,intheExtendedmatrixcolumn:
g. Closethetable.
suppliedwithAtoll,andCustomisedPredictions.Unlessyouhavealreadycreatedsomecustomisedcoveragepredic
tions,theCustomisedPredictionslistwillbeempty.
5. Select Coverage by PCCPCH RSCP (DL) and click OK. The Coverage by PCCPCH RSCP (DL) Properties dialogue
appears.
Generaltab:YoucanchangetheassignedNameofthecoverageprediction,theResolution,andthestorageFold
erforthecoverageprediction,andaddsomeComments.Theresolutionyousetisthedisplayresolution,notthe
calculationresolution.
usuallysufficient:
DisplayResolution
CityCentre
5m
City
20m
County
50m
State
100m
Country
country
beconsideredforeachpixel(seeFigure12.15).Youcanset:
1198
Terminal:Theterminaltobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.Thegainandlossesdefinedinthetermi
nalpropertiesareused.
Service:Theservicetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.Thebodylossdefinedintheserviceproper
tiesisused.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.ThePCCPCHRSCPT_Add(PCCPCH
RSCP threshold) defined in the mobility properties is used as the minimum requirement for the coverage
prediction.
Carrier:Youcanselectthecarriertobestudied,orselect"Best".
AT320_UM_E0
Foreachpixel,theservingbasestationisdeterminedaccordingtothePCCPCHRSCPfromthecarrierwiththe
highestPCCPCHpower,orfromthemastercarrierincaseofNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters.Af
terwards,thecoveragepredictioniscalculatedfortheselectedcarrier.Iftheselectedcarrierdoesnotexistin
atransmitter,therewillnotbeanypixelscoveredbythistransmitter.Ifyouselect"Best,"Atollwilldisplaythe
coveragepredictionforthepreferredcarrieroftheselectedservice.Ifnopreferredcarrierisdefinedinthe
serviceproperties,AtollwilldisplaythecoveragepredictionforthecarrierwiththehighestPCCPCHpower,
orthemastercarrierincaseofNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters.
Timeslot:ThecoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCPisperformedforTS0.
perclutterclass.
Figure12.15:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCP
UnderDisplaytype,select"ValueIntervals."
UnderField,select"BestSignalLevel."
nexttotheTiptextboxandselectingthefieldsyouwanttodisplayinthetiptext.
YoucanselecttheAddtolegendcheckboxtoaddthedisplayedvalueintervalstothelegend.
later:
Calculatebutton(
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingthecoverageprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow.ThePCCPCHRSCP
).
1199
Forsk2013
gle.Therefore,theywillnotbetakenintoaccountinthecoverageprediction.Site130iswithinthecoveragezonebuthasno
activetransmitters.Therefore,itwillnotbetakenintoconsiderationeither.
"SignalQualityCoveragePredictions"onpage1221
1200
AT320_UM_E0
Atollwilluse:
havealreadymadetoanindividualtransmitterortoagroupoftransmitters.
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoAllTransmitters"onpage1201.
"AssigningaPropagationModeltoaGroupofTransmitters"onpage1201.
Formoreinformationabouttheavailablepropagationmodels,seeChapter5:WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll.
InAtoll,youcanchooseapropagationmodelforasingletransmitterorgloballyforalltransmitters.
5. UnderMainmatrix:
3. FromtheGroupBysubmenuofthecontextmenu,selectthepropertybywhichyouwanttogroupthetransmitters.
1201
Forsk2013
YoucangrouptransmittersbyseveralpropertiesbyusingtheGroupBybuttonintheProp
ertiesdialogue.Formoreinformation,see"AdvancedGrouping"onpage90.
menuappears.
group.
Mainpropagationmodel
Maincalculationradius
Mainresolution
Extendedpropagationmodel
Extendedcalculationradius
Extendedresolution
)inthe
button(
appears.
6. UnderMainmatrix:
1202
AT320_UM_E0
culatebutton(
).
Predictionsfolder.
(
)besidethecoveragepredictionsinthe
)inthetoolbar.
tions.
DrawPolygon
i.
DrawRectangle
i.
)andNewRectangle(
fromthecontextmenu.
1203
Forsk2013
inthefollowingways:
onpage98.
contextmenu.
currentfilterparameters),andwhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputationzone.Therefore,
beforeyoudefineacoverageprediction,youmustensurethatallthetransmittersonthebasestationsyouwanttostudy
havebeenactivated.Intheexplorerwindow,activetransmittersareindicatedwitharedicon(
)intheTransmittersfolder
andwiththedefinedcolouronthemapandinactivetransmittersareindicatedwithanemptyicon(
folderandonthemap.
)intheTransmitters
3. SelectCells>OpenTable.TheCellstableappearswitheachcellsparametersinasecondrow.
1204
AT320_UM_E0
Calculatingpathlossmatricescanbetimeandresourceintensivewhenyouareworkingonlargerprojects.Consequently,
Atolloffersyouthepossibilityofdistributingpathlosscalculationsonseveralcomputers.Youcaninstallthedistributedcalcu
lationserverapplicationonotherworkstationsoronservers.Oncethedistributedcalculationserverapplicationisinstalled
onaworkstationorserver,thecomputerisavailablefordistributedpathlosscalculationtoothercomputersonthenetwork.
Forinformationonsettingupthedistributedcalculationserverapplication,seeTheAdministratorManual.
Atolloffersaseriesofcoveragepredictionsthatarebasedonthereceivedsignalcodepower(RSCP)levelperpixel.TheRSCP
canbethePCCPCHRSCPonTS0,theDwPCHRSCPontheDwPTStimeslot,ortheUpPCHRSCPontheUpPTStimeslot.Cover
agepredictionsbasedoninterferenceandnetworkloadconditionsarecoveredin"SignalQualityCoveragePredictions"on
page1221,and"HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis"onpage1242.
12.2.10.6.1
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyPCCPCHRSCP"onpage1205.
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyPCCPCHBestServer"onpage1207.
"MakingaPCCPCHPollutionCoveragePrediction"onpage1208.
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyDwPCHRSCP"onpage1210.
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyUpPCHRSCP"onpage1211.
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyPCCPCHRSCP
AcoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCPallowsyoutopredictthesignalstrength(receivedsignalcodepower)ofthepilot
channel(TS0)usingthemainantennaofthetransmitterateachpixel.AtollonlydisplaysthecoverageonpixelswheretheP
CCPCHRSCPexceedsthedefinedminimumRSCPthreshold.Youcanbasethecoverageonthesignallevel,pathloss,ortotal
losseswithinadefinedrange.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCP:
4. SelectCoveragebyPCCPCHRSCP(DL)andclickOK.
tion).
6. ClicktheConditionstab(seeFigure12.17).ThecoveragepredictionparametersontheConditionstaballowyouto
definethesignalsthatwillbeconsideredforeachpixel.Youcansetthefollowing:
Terminal:Theterminaltobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.Thegainandlossesdefinedintheterminal
propertiesareused.
Service:Theservicetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.Thebodylossdefinedintheserviceproperties
isused.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.ThePCCPCHRSCPT_Add(PCCPCHRSCP
threshold)definedinthemobilitypropertiesisusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.
1205
Forsk2013
highestPCCPCHpower,orfromthemastercarrierincaseofNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters.After
wards,thecoveragepredictioniscalculatedfortheselectedcarrier.Iftheselectedcarrierdoesnotexistona
transmitter,therewillnotbeanypixelscoveredbythistransmitter.Ifyouselect"Best,"Atollwilldisplaythecov
eragepredictionforthepreferredcarrieroftheselectedservice.Ifnopreferredcarrierisdefinedintheservice
properties,AtollwilldisplaythecoveragepredictionforthecarrierwiththehighestPCCPCHpower,orthemaster
carrierincaseofNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters.
Timeslot:ThecoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCPisperformedforTS0.
clutterclass.
Figure12.17:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCP
ForacoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCP,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField"Bestsignallevel"
isselectedbydefault.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationthecoveragepredictionmakesavailable.
EachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothePCCPCHRSCPlevel.Forinformationondefiningdisplayprop
erties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
RSCPmargin:Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeand"RSCPmargin"astheField.RSCPMarginisthe
marginbetweenthecalculatedPCCPCHRSCPandthePCCPCHRSCPT_Addgivenfortheselectedmobility.
Celledgecoverageprobability:Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeand"Celledgecoverageprobability"
astheField.
later:
Calculatebutton(
1206
AT320_UM_E0
Figure12.18:CoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCP
12.2.10.6.2
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyPCCPCHBestServer
APCCPCHbestservercoveragepredictionallowsyoutopredictwhichtransmitterhasthehighestPCCPCHRSCPateach
pixel.AtollonlydisplaysthecoverageonpixelswherethePCCPCHRSCPexceedsthedefinedminimumRSCPthreshold.The
coveragepredictionisperformedforTS0usingthemainantennaofthetransmitter.Youcanbasethecoverageonthesignal
level,pathloss,ortotallosseswithinadefinedrange.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHbestserver:
4. SelectCoveragebyPCCPCHBestServer(DL)andclickOK.
foreachpixel.OntheConditionstab,youcanset:
propertiesareused.
isused.
wards,thecoveragepredictioniscalculatedfortheselectedcarrier.Iftheselectedcarrierdoesnotexistinatrans
mitter,therewillnotbeanypixelscoveredbythistransmitter.Ifyouselect"Best,"Atollwilldisplaythecoverage
predictionforthepreferredcarrieroftheselectedservice.Ifnopreferredcarrierisdefinedintheserviceproper
ties,AtollwilldisplaythecoveragepredictionforthecarrierwiththehighestPCCPCHpower,orthemastercar
rierincaseofNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters.
Timeslot:ThecoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHbestserverisperformedforTS0.
clutterclass.
1207
Forsk2013
Figure12.19:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHbestserver
For a coverage prediction by transmitter, the Display type "Discrete values" based on the Field "Transmitter" is
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure12.20:CoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHbestserver
12.2.10.6.3
MakingaPCCPCHPollutionCoveragePrediction
APCCPCHpollutioncoveragepredictioncalculatesthepixelsthatare,foradefinedcondition,coveredbythePCCPCHsignal
ofatleasttwotransmitters.ThecoveragepredictionconsidersthePCCPCHRSCP(TS0)transmittedusingthemainantenna
ofthetransmitters.
TomakeaPCCPCHpollutioncoverageprediction:
4. SelectPCCPCHPollutionAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.
1208
AT320_UM_E0
tion).
foreachpixel.OntheConditionstab,youcanset:
propertiesareused.
isused.
Timeslot:ThePCCPCHpollutioncoveragepredictionisperformedforTS0.
clutterclass.
Pollutionmargin:Themarginfordeterminingwhichsignalstoconsider.Atollconsiderssignallevelswhichare
withinthedefinedmarginofthebestsignallevel.
Figure12.21:ConditionsettingsforaPCCPCHpollutioncoverageprediction
ForaPCCPCHpollutioncoverageprediction,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField"Numberofserv
ers"isselectedbydefault.EachpixelexperiencingPCCPCHpollutionwillthenbedisplayedinacolourcorresponding
tothenumberofserversreceivedperpixel.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesof
Objects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
1209
Forsk2013
Figure12.22:PCCPCHpollutioncoverageprediction
12.2.10.6.4
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyDwPCHRSCP
AcoveragepredictionbyDwPCHRSCPallowsyoutopredictthesignalstrengthoftheDwPCHchannel(DwPTStimeslot)using
themainantennaofthetransmitterateachpixel.AtollonlydisplaysthecoverageonpixelswherethePCCPCHRSCPexceeds
thedefinedminimumRSCPthreshold.Youcanbasethecoverageonthesignallevel,pathloss,ortotallosseswithinadefined
range.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyDwPCHRSCP:
4. SelectCoveragebyDwPCHRSCP(DL)andclickOK.
tion).
definethesignalsthatwillbeconsideredforeachpixel.Youcanset:
propertiesareused.
isused.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.TheDwPCHRSCPthresholddefinedin
themobilitypropertiesisusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.
highestDwPCHpower,orfromthemastercarrierincaseofNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters.After
1210
Timeslot:ThecoveragepredictionbyDwPCHRSCPisperformedforDwPTStimeslot.
clutterclass.
AT320_UM_E0
Figure12.23:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyDwPCHRSCP
ForacoveragepredictionbyDwPCHRSCP,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField"DwPCHRSCP"is
selectedbydefault.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationtheDwPCHpredictionmakesavailable.Each
pixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtotheDwPCHRSCPlevel.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,
RSCPmargin:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplaytypeand"RSCPmargin"astheField.RSCPmarginisthe
marginbetweenthecalculatedDwPCHRSCPandtheDwPCHRSCPthresholdgivenfortheselectedmobility.
astheField.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure12.24:CoveragepredictionbyDwPCHRSCP
12.2.10.6.5
MakingaCoveragePredictionbyUpPCHRSCP
AcoveragepredictionbyUpPCHRSCPallowsyoutopredictthesignalstrengthoftheUpPCHchannel(UpPTStimeslot)using
themainantennaofthetransmitterateachpixel.AtollonlydisplaysthecoverageonpixelswherethePCCPCHRSCPexceeds
thedefinedminimumRSCPthreshold.Youcanbasethecoverageonthesignallevel,pathloss,ortotallosseswithinadefined
range.
TomakeacoveragepredictionbyUpPCHRSCP:
1211
Forsk2013
4. SelectCoveragebyUpPCHRSCP(UL)andclickOK.TheCoveragebyUpPCHRSCP(UL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
Terminal:Theterminaltobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.TheUpPCHpower,gains,andlossesdefined
intheterminalpropertiesareused.
isused.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.UpPCHRSCPthresholddefinedinthe
mobilitypropertiesisusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.
Timeslot:ThecoveragepredictionbyUpPCHRSCPisperformedforUpPTStimeslot.
clutterclass.
Figure12.25:ConditionsettingsforacoveragepredictionbyUpPCHRSCP
ForacoveragepredictionbyUpPCHRSCP,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField"UpPCHRSCP"is
selected by default. The Field youchoosedetermines which information the coverageprediction by UpPCH RSCP
makesavailable.EachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtotheUpPCHRSCPlevel.Forinformationondefin
ingdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
RSCPmargin:Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeand"RSCPmargin"astheField.RSCPmarginisthe
marginbetweenthecalculatedUpPCHRSCPandtheUpPCHRSCPthresholdgivenfortheselectedmobility.
astheField.
later:
1212
AT320_UM_E0
Calculatebutton(
Figure12.26:CoveragepredictionbyUpPCHRSCP
createdthecoverageprediction(step6.of"StudyingSignalLevelCoverage"onpage1197).Ifseveralcoveragepredictions
aredisplayedonthemap,itcanbedifficulttoclearlyseetheresultsofthecoveragepredictionyouwanttoanalyse.Youcan
12.2.10.7.1
"DisplayingtheLegendWindow"onpage1213.
"DisplayingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingTipText"onpage1213.
"UsingthePointAnalysisReceptionView"onpage1214.
"CreatingaFocusZoneorHotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage1214.
"ViewingCoveragePredictionStatistics"onpage1217.
12.2.10.7.2
DisplayingCoveragePredictionResultsUsingTipText
1213
Forsk2013
12.2.10.7.3
pointerchanges(
2. AtthebottomofthePointAnalysiswindow,selecttheReceptionview(seeFigure12.28).
colourofthetransmitterstheyrepresent.Athickblacklinefromthereceivertoitsbestserverisalsodisplayedinthe
mapwindow.Thebestserverofthereceiveristhetransmitterfromwhichthereceiverreceivesthehighestsignal
level.Ifyouletthepointerrest,thesignallevelreceivedfromthecorrespondingtransmitteratthepointerlocationis
displayedinthetiptext.
3. AtthetopoftheReceptionview,selectthecarriertobeanalysed.
Figure12.28:PointAnalysisReceptionview
)intheReceptionviewtoolbar.TheCalculationOptionsdialogueappears.
a. EdittheXandYcoordinatestochangethepresentpositionofthereceiver.
b. SelecttheShadowingtakenintoaccountcheckboxandenteraCelledgecoverageprobability.
c. SelecttheIndoorcoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefinedperfrequencyperclutter
class.
d. ClickOKtoclosetheCalculationOptionsdialogue.
12.2.10.7.4
Thefocuszoneandhotspotsdefineanareaonwhichstatisticscanbedrawnandonwhichreportsaremade.Whileyoucan
onlyhaveonefocuszone,youcandefineseveralhotspotsinadditiontothefocuszone.
zoneandhotspotsaretheareastakenintoconsiderationwhengeneratingreportsandresults.Whenyoucreateacoverage
predictionreport,itgivestheresultsforthefocuszoneandforeachofthedefinedhotspots.
1214
AT320_UM_E0
3. RightclicktheFocusZoneorHotSpots,dependingonwhetheryouwanttocreateafocuszoneorahotspot.The
contextmenuappears.
DrawPolygon
i.
direction.
DrawRectangle
i.
ii. Dragtotheoppositecorneroftherectanglethatwilldefinethezone.Whenyoureleasethemouse,thefocus
zoneorhotspotwillbecreatedfromtherectangledefinedbythetwocorners.
Youcanalsocreateafocuszoneorhotspotasfollows:
)andNewRectangle(
Existingpolygon:Youcanuseanyexistingpolygononthemapasafocuszoneorhotspotbyrightclickingitand
selectingUseAs>FocusZoneorUseAs>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.Youcanalsocombineanexistingfocus
zoneorhotspotwithanyexistingpolygonbyrightclickingitonthemaporintheexplorerwindowandselectingAdd
To>HotSpotorAddTo>HotSpotfromthecontextmenu.
intheGeoexplorerandselectingImportfromthecontextmenu.Whenyouimporthotspots,youcanimportthe
namegiventoeachzoneaswell.
FitZonetoMapWindow:YoucancreateafocuszoneorhotspotthesizeofthemapwindowbyselectingFitZone
toMapWindowfromthecontextmenu.
byrightclickingtheFocusZoneortheHotSpotsintheGeoexplorerandselecting
Exportfromthecontextmenu.
Youcanincludepopulationstatisticsinthefocuszoneorhotspotbyimportingapopula
tionmap.Forinformationonimportingmaps,see"ImportingaRasterformatGeoData
File"onpage136.
12.2.10.7.5
dialogue.
onpage74.
1215
Forsk2013
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
tomoveitdown.
tomoveitupor
isnofocuszone.
displayed.
1216
AT320_UM_E0
lationmap:
6. ClickOK.
onpage153.
12.2.10.7.6
Once you have generated a coverage prediction report as explained in "Displaying a Coverage Prediction Report" on
page1215,youcanexportittoatextfileortoaspreadsheet.
)intheTabletoolbar.
12.2.10.7.7
tics.
orpercentage.
1217
Forsk2013
12.2.10.7.8
betweenthem.
"Example1:StudyingtheEffectofaNewBaseStation"onpage1218.
AcoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCPforthecurrentnetworkismadeasdescribedin"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyP
CCPCHRSCP"onpage1205.TheresultsaredisplayedinFigure12.30.Anareawithpoorcoverageisvisibleontherightside
ofthefigure.
1218
AT320_UM_E0
Figure12.30:CoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCPforexistingnetwork
Anewbasestationisadded,eitherbycreatingthesiteandaddingthetransmitters,asexplainedin"CreatingaTDSCDMA
Base Station" on page1170, or by using a station template, as explained in "Placing a New Base Station Using a Station
Template"onpage1179.Oncethenewbasestationhasbeenadded,theoriginalcoveragepredictioncanberecalculated,
butthenitwouldbeimpossibletocomparetheresults.Instead,theoriginalcoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCPcanbe
copiedbyselectingDuplicatefromitscontextmenu.Thecopyisthencalculatedtoshowtheeffectofthenewbasestation
(seeFigure12.31).
Figure12.31:CoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHRSCPofthenetworkwithanewbasestation
lution.
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
1219
Forsk2013
basestation.
Figure12.32:ComparisonofbothcoveragepredictionsbyPCCPCHRSCP
AcoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHbestserverforthecurrentnetworkismadeasdescribedin"MakingaCoveragePrediction
byPCCPCHBestServer"onpage1207.TheresultsaredisplayedinFigure12.33.Thecoveragepredictionshowsthatone
transmitteriscoveringitsareapoorly.TheareaisindicatedbyaredovalinFigure12.33.
Figure12.33:CoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHbestserverfortheexistingnetwork
1220
AT320_UM_E0
Figure12.34:CoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHbestserverofthenetworkaftermodifications
lution.
Youcanchooseamong:
Intersection
Union
Difference
Figure12.35:ComparisonofbothcoveragepredictionsbyPCCPCHbestserver
12.2.10.8 SignalQualityCoveragePredictions
InTDSCDMA,thequalityofthesignalandthesizeoftheareathatcanbecoveredareinfluencedbythenetworkload.Asthe
ordertocalculatesignalqualitycoveragepredictions.
generateduserdistribution.Youcanbaseacoveragepredictiononsimulationresultsbycommittingtheresultsofasimula
tiontocellproperties.Ifyoudonothavetrafficmaps,youcanenterthesevaluesmanuallyintheCellsandCellParameters
perTimeslottables.AtollcalculatesthenetworkloadusingtheULloadfactorandDLtrafficpowerdefinedforeachtimeslot
ofeachcell.
1221
Forsk2013
Inthissection,thesignalqualitycoveragepredictionswillbecalculatedusingULloadfactorandDLtrafficpowerparameters
definedatthetimeslotlevelforeachcell.Forthepurposesofthesecoveragepredictions,eachpixelisconsideredanoninter
feringuserwithadefinedtimeslot,service,mobilitytype,andterminal.
Beforemakingacoverageprediction,youwillhavetosettheULloadfactorandDLtrafficpowerandtheparametersthat
definetheservicesandusers.Theseareexplainedinthefollowingsections:
"SettingtheULLoadFactorandtheDLTrafficPower"onpage1222.
Several different types of signal quality coverage predictions, based either on EbNt, CI, or traffic channel quality, are
explainedinthissection:
"MakingaPilotSignalQualityPrediction"onpage1227.
"MakingaDwPCHSignalQualityPrediction"onpage1228.
"StudyingDownlinkandUplinkTrafficChannelCoverage"onpage1230.
"StudyingDownlinkandUplinkServiceAreas"onpage1232.
Makingthefollowingnoisecoveragepredictionisexplained:
"StudyingDownlinkTotalNoise"onpage1236.
Thefollowingcoveragepredictionsareavailablefordeterminingandstudyinginterference:
Tostudytheinterferencebetweencellsinthecaseofasymmetricanddifferenttimeslotconfigurationsusedfordif
ferentcells,see"StudyingCelltoCellInterference"onpage1238.
TostudytheinterferenceonUpPCHwhentheUpPCHisshiftedtoatraffictimeslot,see"StudyingUpPCHInterfer
ence"onpage1239.
Makinganothertypeofcoverageprediction,thebatonhandovercoverageprediction,isalsoexplained:
12.2.10.8.1
"MakingaBatonHandoverCoveragePrediction"onpage1240.
SettingtheULLoadFactorandtheDLTrafficPower
IfyouaresettingtheULloadfactorandtheDLtrafficpowerforasingletransmitter,youcansettheseparametersonthe
timeslotpropertiesdialogueavailablefromtheCellstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue.However,youcansetthe
ULloadfactorandtheDLtrafficpowerforallthetimeslotsofallcellsusingtheCellParametersperTimeslottable.
TosettheULloadfactorandtheDLtrafficpowerusingtheCellParametersperTimeslottable:
3. SelectCells>OpenTimeslotsTablefromthecontextmenu.TheCellParametersperTimeslottableappears.
4. Enterthefollowingvalues:
DLtrafficpower(dBm):Thevalueofdownlinktrafficpowerfordownlinktimeslots.
ULloadfactor(%):Thevalueofuplinkloadfactorforuplinktimeslots.
Youcanseetheconfigurationoftheuplinkanddownlinktimeslotsbyreferringtothecellstimeslotconfiguration.For
adefinitionofthevalues,see"CellDescription"onpage1175.
12.2.10.8.2
Beforeyoumodelservices,youmusthaveR99radiobearersdefinedinyourAtolldocument.ThefollowingR99radiobearer
parametersareusedinpredictions:
MaxTCHpower(dBm)
UplinkanddownlinkTCHRSCPthresholdspermobility
UplinkanddownlinkTCHEb/NtthresholdsoruplinkanddownlinkTCHC/Ithresholdspermobility
Thetypeofbearer.
FormoreinformationondefiningR99radiobearers,see"DefiningR99RadioBearers"onpage1331.
"ModellingServices"onpage1222.
"CreatingaMobilityType"onpage1224.
ModellingServices
Servicesarethevariousservicesavailabletosubscribers.Theseservicescanbeeithercircuitswitchedorpacketswitched
services.Thissectionexplainshowtocreateaservice.However,onlythefollowingparametersareusedinpredictions:
1222
R99radiobearerparameters
AT320_UM_E0
HSPAcapabilities
Bodyloss
HSDPAapplicationthroughputparameters
Beforeyoumodelservices,youmusthavedefinedR99radiobearers.FormoreinformationondefiningR99radiobearers,
see"DefiningR99RadioBearers"onpage1331.
5. YoucaneditthefieldsontheGeneraltabtodefinethenewservice.
Activityfactor:Theuplinkanddownlinkactivityfactorsareusedtodeterminetheprobabilityofactivityforeach
userduringMonteCarlosimulations.Forpacketswitchedservices,thisparameterisusedwhenworkingwith
sectortrafficmapsanduserdensitytrafficmaps.Forcircuitswitchedservices,theparameteristakenintoconsid
erationwithalltrafficmaps.
Averagerequestedthroughput:Youcanentertheaveragerequestedthroughputforuplinkanddownlink.This
Circuit(R99):Thisthroughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Itisusedinsimu
Packet(R99):Thisthroughputistheaveragethroughputobtainedbyauseroftheservice.Itisusedinsimu
Packet(HSPA):Thisthroughputistherequestedaveragethroughputwhichguaranteesaminimumaverage
throughputduringanHSUPAcall.Itisusedtwiceinasimulation:onceduringuserdistributiongenerationin
ordertocalculatethenumberofHSUPAusersattemptingaconnectionandthenduringpowercontrolasa
qualitytargettobecomparedtotherealobtainedaveragethroughput.
6. ClicktheUMTStabtodefinethenewservice.
7. SelectanR99radiobearerfromthelist.IfyouwanttoeditthesettingsoftheselectedR99radiobearer,clickthe
Browsebutton(
)toopenthebearersPropertiesdialogue.
8. SelectaserviceType:
Circuit(R99):Forcircuitservices,selectCircuit(R99).
Packet(R99):ForpacketservicesthatcanonlyuseR99channels,selectPacket(R99).
Packet(HSDPA):ForpacketservicesthatcanuseHSDPAchannels,selectPacket(HSDPA).
Packet(HSPA):ForpacketservicesthatcanuseHSDPAandHSUPAchannels,selectPacket(HSPA).
9. EnterPreferredorAllowedcarriers:Youcanselectoneoftheavailablecarriersorallcarriers.Thespecifiedcarrieris
consideredinsimulationswhenconnectingamobileusertoatransmitter.Ifthetransmitterusesthepreferredcarrier
oftheservice,Atollselectsit.Otherwise,itchoosesanotherone,basedontheDCA(DynamicChannelAllocation)
methodselectedwhencreatingthesimulation.Ifnopreferredcarrierisspecifiedintheserviceproperties,Atollwill
considerthecarrierselectionmodeoftheselectedDCAmethod.Similarly,coveragepredictionsthatarecalculated
forthe"Best"carrierarecalculatedforthepreferredcarrieroftheselectedservice.Ifnopreferredcarrierisdefined
intheserviceproperties,AtollpreformsthecoveragepredictionforthecarrierwiththehighestPCCPCHpower,or
themastercarrierincaseofNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters.
10. EnteraPriorityforthisservice."0"isthelowestpriority.
11. EntertheBodylossfortheservice.Thebodylossisthelossduetothebodyoftheuser.Forexample,inavoicecon
nectionthebodyloss,duetotheproximityoftheusershead,isestimatedtobe3dB.
12. ForaPacket(HSDPA)service,enter:
ADPCHactivityfactor:ThedownlinkADPCHactivityfactorisusedtoestimatetheaveragepoweronADPCH
channels.
Averagerequestedthroughput:Youcanentertheaveragerequestedthroughputforuplinkanddownlink.
Thisthroughputguaranteesaminimumaveragethroughputduringacall.Itisusedtwiceinasimulation:once
1223
Forsk2013
duringuserdistributiongenerationinordertocalculatethenumberofHSPAusersattemptingaconnection
andthenonceduringpowercontrolasaqualitytargettobecomparedtotherealobtainedaveragethrough
put.
Applicationthroughput:UnderApplicationthroughput,youcansetaScalingfactorbetweentheapplication
throughputandtheRLC(RadioLinkControl)throughputandathroughputOffset.Theseparametersmodel
theheaderinformationandothersupplementarydatathatdoesnotappearattheapplicationlevel.
13. ForaPacket(HSPA)service,enter:
EUCCH/ADPCHactivityfactor:TheuplinkEUCCHanddownlinkADPCHactivityfactorsareusedtoestimate
theaveragepoweronthesechannels.
Averagerequestedthroughput:Youcanentertheaveragerequestedthroughputforuplinkanddownlink.
Thisthroughputguaranteesaminimumaveragethroughputduringacall.Itisusedtwiceinasimulation:once
duringuserdistributiongenerationinordertocalculatethenumberofHSPAusersattemptingaconnection
andthenonceduringpowercontrolasaqualitytargettobecomparedtotherealobtainedaveragethrough
put.
Applicationthroughput:UnderApplicationthroughput,youcansetaScalingfactorbetweentheapplication
throughputandtheRLC(RadioLinkControl)throughputandathroughputOffset.Theseparametersmodel
theheaderinformationandothersupplementarydatathatdoesnotappearattheapplicationlevel.
14. ForaPacket(R99),Packet(HSDPA),andPacket(HSPA)services,clickthePacketbutton.ThePacketdialogueappears.
TheparametersinthePacketdialogueareusedtodeterminetheprobabilityofactivityforeachuserduringMonte
Carlosimulations.Theseparametersareusedwhenworkingwithuserprofiletrafficmapsonly.
InthePacketdialogue,youcansetthefollowingparametersforpacketswitchedservices:
UnderBLER,youcandefinethefollowing:
UnderSession,youcanset:
Averagenumberofpacketcalls:Entertheaveragenumberofpacketcallsintheuplinkanddownlinkduring
onesession.
Averagetimebetweentwopacketcalls:Entertheaveragetimebetweentwopacketcalls(inmilliseconds)in
theuplinkanddownlink.
UnderPacketcalls,youcanset:
Efficiencyfactor:Theuplinkanddownlinkefficiencyfactorsareusedtodeterminedurationofusagebythe
Minsize(Kbytes):Entertheminimumsizeofapacketcallinkilobytesintheuplinkanddownlink.
Maxsize(Kbytes):Enterthemaximumsizeofapacketcallinkilobytesintheuplinkanddownlink.
Averagetimebetweentwopackets(ms):Entertheaveragetimebetweentwopacketsinmillisecondsinthe
uplinkanddownlink.
UnderPacket,youcanset:
Size(Bytes):Enterthepacketsizeinbytesintheuplinkanddownlink.
15. ClickOKtosaveyourchangesandclosethedialogue.
CreatingaMobilityType
Radiopropagationconditionsaswellasconnectionpropertiesandcriteriavarywiththespeedtheuseristravelling.Amobile
usertravellingatahighspeedandapedestrianwillnotnecessarilybeconnectedtothesametransmittersandbothuserswill
notexperiencethesameservicecharacteristics.EcI0requirementsandEbNtorC/Itargetsperradiobearerandperlink(up
anddown)arelargelydependentonmobilespeed.
PCCPCHRSCPT_Add(RSCPPCCPCHThreshold)
PCCPCHRSCPT_Drop
DwPCHRSCPThreshold
UpPCHRSCPThreshold
PCCPCHEbNtThresholdorPCCPCHCIThreshold
DwPCHCIThreshold
HSSCCHEcNtThreshold(DL)
HSSICHEcNtThreshold(UL)
YoucanselectwhetherthePCCPCHthresholdsyoudefineareEb/NtorC/Ithresholdsby
selectingthecorrespondingoptionintheGlobalParameterstaboftheNetworkSettings
folderspropertiesdialogue.Formoreinformation,see"NetworkSettings"onpage1324.
1224
AT320_UM_E0
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.OntheGeneraltab,youcanenterormodifythefollowingparameters:
Speed:Enterormodifyanaveragespeedforthemobilitytype.Thisfieldisforinformationonly;theaveragespeed
isnotusedinanycalculation.
6. ClicktheTDSCDMAtab.OntheTDSCDMAtab,youcanenterormodifythefollowingparameters:
UnderBatonhandoverparameters,youcansettheminimumpilotsignallevelsrequiredfromtransmittersto
enterandexitthelistofpotentialservers.
PCCPCHRSCPT_Add(PCCPCHRSCPthreshold):Theminimumpilotsignallevelfromtransmittersrequired
forenteringthelistofpotentialservers.
PCCPCHRSCPT_Drop:Thesignallevelfromtransmittersbelowwhichatransmittercannotenterthelistof
potentialservers.
PCCPCHEbNtthresholdorPCCPCHCIthreshold:EnterormodifytheminimumPCCPCHEbNtorCIquality.
ThisvalueisusedastheminimumrequirementlimitforthePCCPCHQualityAnalysis(EbNt)(DL)orPCCPCH
QualityAnalysis(CI)(DL)coveragepredictions.
DwPCHRSCPthreshold:EnterormodifytheminimumsignallevelrequiredfortheDwPTScoverage.Thisvalueis
usedastheminimumrequirementlimitfortheCoveragebyDwPCHRSCPcoverageprediction.
DwPCHCIthreshold:EnterormodifytheminimumDwPCHCIquality.Thisvalueisusedastheminimumrequire
mentlimitfortheDwPCHQualityAnalysis(CI)(DL)coverageprediction.
UpPCHRSCPthreshold:EnterormodifytheminimumsignallevelrequiredfortheUpPTScoverage.Thisvalueis
usedastheminimumrequirementlimitfortheCoveragebyUpPCHRSCPcoverageprediction.
UnderHSDPA,youcansettheminimumEc/NtlevelsrequiredforHSDPAchannels.
HSSCCHEcNtthreshold(DL):EnterormodifytheminimumqualityrequiredfortheHSDPAlinktobeavail
able.AtollcalculatestheHSSCCHEcNtfromtheHSSCCHpowersetinthecellpropertiesandcomparesitto
thisthreshold.ThisfieldisusedonlywithHSDPA.
HSSICHEcNtthreshold(UL):EnterormodifytheminimumqualityrequiredfortheHSDPAlinktobeavaila
ble.AtollcalculatestheHSSICHEcNtfromtheHSSICHpowersetintheterminalpropertiesandcomparesit
tothisthreshold.ThisfieldisusedonlywithHSDPA.
UnderHSUPA,youcansettheminimumEc/NtlevelsrequiredforEDCHchannel.
EDCHEcNtthreshold(DL):EnterormodifytheminimumqualityrequiredfortheHSUPAlinktobeavailable.
ThisfieldisusedonlywithHSUPA.
7. ClickOK.
ModellingTerminals
InTDSCDMA,aterminalistheuserequipmentthatisusedinthenetwork,forexample,amobilephone,aPDA,oracarson
boardnavigationdevice.
Receptionequipment
Numberofcarrierssupported
UpPCHpower
Gainandlosses
Noisefigure
JDfactor
CDMARhofactor
HSPAcapabilities
UEcategories
HSSICHpower
1225
Forsk2013
5. ClicktheGeneraltab.OntheGeneraltab,youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
6. ClicktheTDSCDMAtab.OntheTDSCDMAtab,youcanmodifythefollowingparameters:
Receptionequipment:Selectatypeofreceptionequipmentfromthelist.Formoreinformationonreception
equipment,see"ReceiverEquipment"onpage1333.
No.ofcarrierssupported:Selectthenumberofcarriersthattheterminalcansupport.
UnderPower,youcansettheminimumandmaximumtransmissionpowerlimitsandtheUpPCHpowerforthe
UpPTStimeslot.
UnderInterference,youcansettheparametersthatinfluenceinterference:
Min:Settheminimumtransmissionpower.Theminimumandmaximumtransmissionpowersmakeupthe
Max:Setthemaximumtransmissionpower.
UpPCH:ThetransmissionpowerfortheUpPTStimeslot(ortheTS1uplinktimeslotincaseofUpPCHshifting).
Noisefigure:Settheterminalnoisefigure.
JDfactor:Enterajointdetection(JD)factor.Jointdetectionisusedtomodelinterferencecancellationatthe
userterminal.JDismodelledbyacoefficientfrom0to1;thisfactorisconsideredincalculatingdownlinkinter
ference.IfJDisnotsupported,enter"0."
Rhofactor(%):ThisparameterenablesAtolltotakeintoaccounttheselfinterferenceproducedbythetermi
nal.Becausehardwareequipmentisnotperfect,theinputsignalexperiencessomedistortionwhichaffects,
inturn,theoutputsignal.Thisfactordefineshowmuchdistortionthesystemgenerates.Entering100%means
thesystemisperfect(thereisnodistortion)andtheoutputsignalwillbe100%equaltotheinputsignal.On
theotherhand,ifyouspecifyavaluedifferentthan100%,Atollconsidersthatthetransmittedenergyisnot
100%signalandcontainsasmallpercentageofinterferencegeneratedbytheequipment,i.e.,selfinterfer
ence.Atollconsidersthisparametertocalculatethesignaltonoiseratiointheuplink.
HSPAsupport:SelectthetypeofHSPAsupportforthisterminaliftheterminalisabletouseHSPAchannels.You
canchoosebetweenNone(i.e.,R99only),HSDPA,orHSPA(i.e.,HSDPAandHSUPA).
ForanHSDPAcapableterminal,youcansetthefollowingparametersunderHSDPA:
UEcategory:TheHSDPAuserequipmentcategoryoftheterminal.FormoreinformationonHSDPAUEcate
gories,see"HSDPAUECategories"onpage1334.
HSSICHpower:ThetransmissionpowerfortheHSSICHchannel.Whenyouaremodellingstaticpowerallo
cation,theHSSICHdynamicpowerallocationcheckboxinthecellpropertiesisclearedandtheactualpower
perHSSICHchannelisenteredinthisbox.IncaseofdynamicHSSCCHpowerallocation,thevalueentered
hererepresentsthemaximumpowerfortheHSSICHchannel.
ForanHSPAcapableterminal,youcanalsosetthefollowingparametersunderHSUPA:
UEcategory:TheHSUPAuserequipmentcategoryoftheterminal.FormoreinformationonHSUPAUEcate
gories,see"HSDPAUECategories"onpage1334.
7. ClickOK.
12.2.10.8.3
MakingQualityCoveragePredictions
1226
"MakingaPilotSignalQualityPrediction"onpage1227.
"MakingaDwPCHSignalQualityPrediction"onpage1228.
"StudyingDownlinkandUplinkTrafficChannelCoverage"onpage1230.
"StudyingDownlinkandUplinkServiceAreas"onpage1232.
AT320_UM_E0
receivedsufficientlywell.
AtollcalculatesthebestpilotqualityreceivedoneachpixelwherethePCCPCHRSCPexceedsthedefinedminimumPCCPCH
RSCP threshold. Then, depending on the prediction definition, it compares this value either to the PCCPCH EbNt or CI
thresholddefinedfortheselectedmobilitytype.Thepixeliscolourediftheconditionisfulfilled(inotherwords,ifthereceived
pilotqualityisbetterthanthePCCPCHEbNtorCIthreshold).Thetotalnoise,Nt,includesthepilotpower(PCCPCHpower).
TheprocessinggainusedfortheEbNtcoveragepredictionistheonedefinedontheGlobalParameterstaboftheNetwork
Settings Properties dialogue. For more information on the global parameters, see "Network Settings" on page1324. The
coveragepredictionislimitedbythePCCPCHRSCPthresholdoftheselectedmobilitytype.
4. SelectPCCPCHQualityAnalysis(EbNt)(DL)orPCCPCHQualityAnalysis(CI)(DL)andclickOK.Thecoveragepre
dictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
propertiesareused.
isused.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.ThePCCPCHEbNtthresholdorPCCPCH
CIthresholddefinedinthemobilitypropertiesisusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.
Timeslot:ThePCCPCHreceptionanalysispredictionsareperformedforTS0.
clutterclass.
Figure12.36:ConditionsettingsforaPCCPCHreceptionanalysis(EbNt)coverageprediction
1227
Forsk2013
Forapilotsignalqualityprediction,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField"EbNt(dB)"or"CI(dB)"is
selectedbydefault.Eachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtothepilotsignalquality.Forinformationon
definingdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingtheprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow(seeFigure12.37).
Figure12.37:PCCPCHreceptionanalysis(EbNt)coverageprediction
MakingaDwPCHSignalQualityPrediction
Atoll calculates the best DwPCH signal quality received on each pixel. Then, depending on the prediction definition, it
comparesthisvaluewiththeDwPCHCIthresholddefinedfortheselectedmobilitytype.Thepixeliscolouredifthecondition
isfulfilled(inotherwords,ifthereceivedDwPCHsignalqualityisbetterthantheDwPCHCIthreshold).Thecoveragepredic
tionislimitedbytheminimumPCCPCHRSCPthresholdandtheDwPCHRSCPthresholdoftheselectedmobilitytype.
TomakeaDwPCHsignalqualityprediction:
4. SelectDwPCHQualityAnalysis(CI)(DL)andclickOK.ThecoveragepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
1228
propertiesareused.
isused.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.TheDwPCHCIthresholddefinedinthe
mobilitypropertiesisusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.
AT320_UM_E0
mitter,therewillnotbeanypixelscoveredbythistransmitter.Ifyouselect"Best",Atollwilldisplaythecoverage
Timeslot:TheDwPCHreceptionanalysis(CI)predictionsareperformedforDwPTS.
clutterclass.
Figure12.38:ConditionsettingsforaDwPCHreceptionanalysis(CI)coverageprediction
ForaDwPCHsignalqualityprediction,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField"CI(dB)"isselectedby
default.EachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtotheDwPCHsignalquality.Forinformationondefining
displayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure12.39:DwPCHreceptionanalysis(CI)coverageprediction
1229
Forsk2013
StudyingDownlinkandUplinkTrafficChannelCoverage
Atollcalculatesthereceivedtrafficchannelpowerontheuplinkoronthedownlinktakingintoconsiderationtheeffectofany
smartantennaequipmentassignedtotransmitters,andthesmartantennasimulationresultsstoredfortheselectedtimeslot.
ThecoveragepredictionislimitedbytheminimumPCCPCHRSCPthreshold.
CoveragebyTCHRSCP(DL)
CoveragebyTCHRSCP(UL)
tion).
propertiesareused.Fortheuplinktrafficchannelcoverageprediction,AtollcalculatestheRSCPusingthemax
imumpowerdefinedfortheselectedterminal.
Service:TheR99servicetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.TheuplinkTCHRSCPthresholdordownlink
TCH RSCP threshold defined in the properties of the R99 radio bearer of the service is used as the minimum
requirementforthecoverageprediction.Thebodylossdefinedinthe servicepropertiesisalsoused.Forthe
downlinktrafficchannel,AtollcalculatestheRSCPusingthemaximumalloweddownlinktrafficchannelpower
definedfortheR99beareroftheselectedservice.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.TheuplinkTCHRSCPthresholdorthe
downlink TCH RSCP threshold defined in the selected services R99 bearer and corresponding to the selected
mobilitytypeisusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.
1230
Timeslot:ThecoveragepredictionsbyTCHRSCPcanbeperformedforanydownlinkoruplinktimeslot.
clutterclass.
AT320_UM_E0
Figure12.40:ConditionsettingsforadownlinkTCHRSCPcoverageprediction
Foradownlinkoruplinktrafficchannelcoverageareaprediction,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField
"DLTCHRSCP"or"ULTCHRSCP"isselectedbydefault.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationtheTCH
predictionmakesavailable.EachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtotheDLorULTCHRSCPlevel.Forinfor
RSCPMargin:Select"ValueIntervals"astheDisplaytypeand"RSCPmargin"astheField.TheRSCPmarginisthe
marginbetweenthecalculatedDLorULTCHRSCPandtheDLorULTCHRSCPthreshold,respectively,givenfor
theselectedservicesR99bearer.
CellEdgeCoverageProbability:Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeand"Celledgecoverageprobability"
astheField.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Once Atoll has finished calculating the prediction, the results are displayed in the map window (see Figure12.41 and
Figure12.42).
Figure12.41:CoveragepredictionbydownlinkTCHRSCP
1231
Forsk2013
Figure12.42:CoveragepredictionbyuplinkTCHRSCP
StudyingDownlinkandUplinkServiceAreas
Atollcalculatesthetrafficchannelquality,asdefinedbyEbNtorCI,ontheuplinkoronthedownlinkconsideringtheeffect
ofanysmartantennaequipmentassignedtotransmitters,andthesmartantennasimulationresultsstoredfortheselected
timeslot.ThecoveragepredictionislimitedbytheminimumPCCPCHRSCPthreshold.
Tomakeapredictionondownlinkoruplinkservicearea(EbNtorCI):
ServiceAreaAnalysis(CI)(DL)
ServiceAreaAnalysis(CI)(UL)
tion).
propertiesareused.Fortheuplinkserviceareacoverageprediction,AtollcalculatestheEbNtorCIusingthe
maximumpowerdefinedfortheselectedterminal.
Service:TheR99servicetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.TheuplinkTCHEbNtthresholdanddown
linkTCHEbNtthreshold(oruplinkTCHCIthresholdanddownlinkTCHCIthreshold)definedfortheservices
R99radiobearerareusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.Thebodylossdefinedinthe
servicepropertiesisalsoused.Forthedownlinktrafficchannel,AtollcalculatestheEbNtorCIusingthemax
imumalloweddownlinktrafficchannelpowerdefinedfortheR99beareroftheselectedservice.Theprocessing
gainsarealsousedfortheEbNtcoveragepredictions.
Mobility: The mobility type to be considered in the coverage prediction. The uplink and downlink TCH EbNt
thresholds(oruplinkordownlinkTCHCIthresholds),definedintheserviceselectedabove,correspondingtothe
selectedmobilitytypeareusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.
mitter,therewillnotbeanypixelscoveredbythistransmitter.Ifyouselect"Best"Atollwilldisplaythecoverage
1232
AT320_UM_E0
Timeslot:Theserviceareacoveragepredictionscanbeperformedforanydownlinkoruplinktimeslot.
clutterclass.
Figure12.43:Conditionsettingsforadownlinkservicearea(EbNt)coverageprediction
Foraserviceareaprediction,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField"MaxEbNt(dB)"or"MaxCI(dB)"
isselectedbydefault.TheFieldyouchoosedetermineswhichinformationtheserviceareadownlinkoruplinkcover
agepredictionmakesavailable.Eachpixelisdisplayedinacolourcorrespondingtotrafficchannelquality.Forinfor
ThetrafficchannelqualityrelativetotheEbNtorCIthreshold:Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeand
"EbNtmargin(dB)"or"CImargin(dB)"astheField.
The power required to reach the EbNt or CI threshold: Select "Value intervals" as the Display type and
"Requiredpower(dB)"astheField.
WheretrafficchannelqualityexceedstheEbNtorCIthresholdforeachmobilitytype:OntheConditionstab,
select"All"astheMobilitytype.TheparametersontheDisplaytabareautomaticallyset.
later:
Calculatebutton(
Once Atoll has finished calculating the prediction, the results are displayed in the map window (see Figure12.44 and
Figure12.45).
1233
Forsk2013
Figure12.44:Downlinkservicearea(EbNt)coverageprediction
Figure12.45:Uplinkservicearea(EbNt)coverageprediction
Thegoalofthiscoveragepredictionistoidentifytheareaswheretheremightbecoverageproblemsforaserviceeitheron
thedownlinkorontheuplink.
Atollcalculatesthetrafficchannelquality,asdefinedbyEbNtorCI,ontheuplinkandonthedownlinktakenintoconsider
ationtheeffectofanysmartantennaequipmentassignedtotransmitters,andthesmartantennasimulationresultsstored
fortheselectedtimeslot.Theeffectiveserviceareaistheintersectionzonebetweentheuplinkanddownlinkserviceareas.
ThecoveragepredictionislimitedbytheminimumPCCPCHRSCPthreshold.
4. SelectEffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis(EbNt)(DL+UL)orEffectiveServiceAreaAnalysis(CI)(DL+UL)andclickOK.
tion).
definethesignalsthatwillbeconsideredforeachpixel.Youcandefinethefollowingparameters:
1234
AT320_UM_E0
propertiesareused.Fortheuplink,AtollcalculatestheEbNtorCIusingthemaximumpowerdefinedforthe
selectedterminal.
Service:TheR99servicetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.TheuplinkTCHEbNtthresholdanddown
linkTCHEbNtthreshold(oruplinkTCHCIthresholdanddownlinkTCHCIthreshold)definedfortheservices
R99radiobearerareusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.Thebodylossdefinedinthe
servicepropertiesisalsoused.Forthedownlinktrafficchannel,AtollcalculatestheEbNtorCIusingthemax
imumalloweddownlinktrafficchannelpowerdefinedfortheR99beareroftheselectedservice.Theprocessing
gainsarealsousedfortheEbNtcoveragepredictions.
Mobility: The mobility type to be considered in the coverage prediction. The uplink TCH EbNt threshold and
downlink TCH EbNt threshold (or uplink TCH CI threshold and downlink TCH CI threshold), defined in the
selectedservicesR99bearer,correspondingtotheselectedmobilitytypeareusedastheminimumrequirement
forthecoverageprediction.
Timeslot:Theeffectiveserviceareacoveragepredictionsareperformedforalldownlinkanduplinktimeslots.
clutterclass.
Figure12.46:Conditionsettingsforaneffectiveservicearea(EbNt)coverageprediction
Foraneffectiveserviceareaprediction,theDisplaytype"Unique"isselectedbydefault.Thecoveragepredictionwill
displaywhereaserviceactuallyisavailablefortheprobemobile.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see
later:
Calculatebutton(
1235
Forsk2013
Figure12.47:Effectiveservicearea(EbNt)coverageprediction
12.2.10.8.4
StudyingDownlinkTotalNoise
Thiscoveragepredictionenablesyoutostudythedownlinktotalnoise.IntheCoveragebyTotalNoiseLevel(DL)prediction,
Atollcalculatesanddisplaystheareaswherethedownlinktotalnoiseexceedsasetthreshold.Thedownlinktotalnoiseis
basedonthecumulateeffectofalldownlinkpowers,includingPCCPCH.
Tomakeadownlinktotalnoiseprediction:
4. SelectTotalNoiseLevelAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.TheTotalNoiseLevelAnalysis(DL)Propertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
propertiesareused.
isused.
Mobility:Thedownlinktotalnoisecalculationdoesnotdependonthemobilitytype.
mitter,therewillnotbeanypixelscoveredbythistransmitter.Ifyouselect"Best",Atollwilldisplaythecoverage
1236
Timeslot:Thedownlinktotalnoisecoveragepredictionscanbeperformedforanydownlinktimeslot.
clutterclass.
AT320_UM_E0
Figure12.48:Conditionsettingsforadownlinktotalnoisecoverageprediction
Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeandoneofthefollowingoptionsasField:
Minnoiselevel
Averagenoiselevel
Maxnoiselevel
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure12.49:Downlinktotalnoisecoverageprediction
12.2.10.8.5
StudyingInterference
Coveragepredictionsareavailablethatallowyoutoanalysetheinterferenceondifferenttimeslots.Thecelltocellinterfer
encepredictionallowsyoutostudytheeffectofdifferenttimeslotconfigurationsallocatedtodifferentcells.Differenttimes
lotconfigurationshavedifferentswitchingpointsbetweenuplinkanddownlinkpartsofthesubframe.Differentswitching
points can cause interference between the two links, up and down. If all the cells have the same timeslot configuration
assigned,therewillbenointercellinterference.
AnothercoveragepredictionisalsoavailablethatallowsyoutostudytheinterferenceontheUpPCH,ifitisshiftedtoTS1
insteadofbeingtransmittedontheUpPTS.
Thefollowingcoveragepredictionsareexplainedinthissection:
"StudyingCelltoCellInterference"onpage1238.
1237
Forsk2013
"StudyingUpPCHInterference"onpage1239.
StudyingCelltoCellInterference
Ifcellshavedifferenttimeslotconfigurationsassignedtothem,thedifferenceintheswitchingpointbetweentheuplinkand
thedownlinkpartsofthesubframemightcauseinterferencebetweenthetwolinks,upanddown,i.e.,onthesametimeslot,
acellreceivingdataintheuplinkisinterferedbynearbycellstransmittinginthedownlink.
TheCelltoCellInterferenceZonescoveragepredictiondisplaysthelevelofinterferencereceivedbyacell.Thecoverage
predictionsumstheinterferingsignalsinthedownlinkreceivedbythevictimcellintheuplinkovertheselectedtimeslot.
Interferenceiscalculatedusingthetotaltransmittedpowerofthetimeslot.
Tomakeacelltocellinterferencezonescoverageprediction:
4. SelectCelltoCellInterferenceZonesandclickOK.TheCelltoCellInterferenceZonesPropertiesdialogueappears.
propertiesareused.
Service:TheR99servicetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.Thebodylossdefinedintheserviceproper
tiesisused.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.
Timeslot:Thecelltocellinterferencecoveragepredictioncanbeperformedforanytimeslot.
clutterclass.
Figure12.50:Conditionsettingsforacelltocellinterferencezonescoverageprediction
1238
ClicktheDisplaytab.
AT320_UM_E0
Foracelltocellcoverageprediction,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"andtheField"Maxinterferencelevel"are
selectedbydefault.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
Calculatebutton(
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingtheprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow.
StudyingUpPCHInterference
UpPCHisusedforuplinksynchronisation(SYNC_UL).ThischannelisusuallycarriedbytheUpPTStimeslot.However,ifthe
interferenceonUpPTSishigh,thereisariskofuplinksynchronisationfailure,i.e.,theSYNC_ULmightnotbedetected.Unsyn
chronisedDwPTSorTS0timeslotsofothercellsmightcauseinterferenceonUpPTS.Lackofsynchronisationbetweenthe
DwPTSorTS0andUpPTSoccursinwideandflatareaswheretherearenoobstaclestowavepropagation.Forcellslocatedin
suchareas,itispossibletoshifttheUpPCHchannelfromtheUpPTStoanyotheruplinktimeslotwhichmightbelessinter
fered.ThisiscalledUpPCHshifting.
Withoutshifting,theUpPCH,orUpPTS,startsatthe96thchipaftertheDwPCHonDwPTS.TheUpPCHcanbeshiftedtoTS1,
TS2,orTS3.However,inAtoll,theUpPCHcanonlybeshiftedtoTS1ontheuplink.Itcanbeshiftedbyselectingthecorre
spondingtimeslotconfigurationatcelllevel.
IfsomecellsinanetworkuseUpPCHshifting,youcanusethiscoveragepredictiontostudytheinterferencegeneratedby
trafficonothercells,inotherwords,themobilesconnectedtotheTS1uplinktimeslotofothercells,ontheshiftedUpPCHof
thesecells.AtollcalculatesanddisplaystheareaswheretheinterferenceontheTS1uplinktimeslot,whichisusedforthe
UpPCH,exceedsasetthreshold.
TomakeanUpPCHinterferencezonesprediction:
4. SelectUpPCHInterferenceZonesandclickOK.TheUpPCHInterferenceZonesPropertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
Terminal:Theterminaltobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.
Service:Theservicetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.
Theterminal,service,andmobilitytypearenotusedforthecalculationofinterference.Thegainsandlossesde
finedfortheseparametersareusedtocalculatethePCCPCHcoverageofthecellsthatareusingUpPCHshifting.
Timeslot:TheUpPCHinterferencecoveragepredictionsareperformedforTS1uplinktimeslotforUpPCHshifting.
clutterclass.
1239
Forsk2013
Figure12.51:ConditionsettingsforanUpPCHinterferencezonescoverageprediction
Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeandoneofthefollowingoptionsfromtheFieldlist:
Minnoiselevel
Averagenoiselevel
Maxnoiselevel
later:
Calculatebutton(
Figure12.52:UpPCHinterferencezonescoverageprediction
12.2.10.8.6
MakingaBatonHandoverCoveragePrediction
Inthebatonhandovercoverageprediction,Atollcalculatesanddisplaysthezoneswhereabatonhandovercanbemade.For
ahandovertobepossible,theremustbeapotentialservingtransmitter,andtheservicechosenbytheusermustbeavailable.
Theservingcellisfirstdeterminedforeachpixel.TheservingcellistheonewhosePCCPCHRSCPatagivenpixelisabovethe
PCCPCHRSCPT_AddandisthehighestamongallthecellsthatsatisfytheT_Addcriterion.Then,allthecellswhosePCCPCH
RSCParehigherthanthePCCPCHRSCPT_Dropareaddedtoapreliminaryhandoverset.Next,fromamongthecellslistedin
thepreliminaryhandoversetusingthePCCPCHRSCPT_Drop,onlythecellswhosePCCPCHRSCPiswithintherangedefined
bythePCCPCHRSCPfromthebestserverandthePCCPCHRSCPT_Compmarginarekeptinthehandoverset.Thenumber
ofpotentialneighboursperpixeldisplayedonthemapiscalculatedfromthisset.ThePCCPCHRSCPT_Compissetpercell.
1240
AT320_UM_E0
Tomakeabatonhandovercoverageprediction:
4. SelectBatonHandoverZones(DL)andclickOK.ThepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
propertiesareused.
isused.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.PCCPCHRSCPT_Add,andPCCPCHRSCP
T_Dropdefinedinthemobilitypropertiesareusedtodefinethesignallevelrangefortransmitterstoenterthe
preliminaryhandoverset.
Timeslot:ThebatonhandovercoveragepredictionisperformedforTS0.
clutterclass.
Figure12.53:Conditionsettingsforabatonhandoverzonescoverageprediction
7. ClicktheDisplaytab.ThesettingsyouselectontheDisplaytabdeterminetheinformationthatthepredictionwill
display.
Forabatonhandoveranalysis,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"andtheField"Numberofpotentialneighbours"are
selectedbydefault.Youcanalsodisplayonlythebatonhandovercoveragesurfaceareabyselecting"Unique"asthe
Displaytype.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesofObjects"onpage43.
later:
1241
Forsk2013
Calculatebutton(
Figure12.54:Batonhandoverzonescoverageprediction
12.2.10.9 HSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis
TheHSDPAcoveragepredictionallowsyoutostudyHSDPArelatedparameters.TheparametersusedasinputfortheHSDPA
coveragepredictionaretheHSDPApower,andthetotaltransmittedpowerforeachtimeslot.Forinformationaboutthecell
andtimeslotparameters,see"CellDescription"onpage1175.Forinformationontheformulasusedtocalculatedifferent
throughputs,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
TomakeanHSDPAcoverageprediction:
4. SelectHSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis(DL)andclickOK.TheHSDPAQualityandThroughputAnalysis(DL)
tion).
Terminal: The HSDPAcompatible terminal to be considered in the coverage prediction. The gain, losses, and
HSDPAUEcategorydefinedintheterminalpropertiesareused.
Service:TheHSDPAcompatibleservicetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.Thebodylossdefinedinthe
servicepropertiesisused.
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.ThedownlinkHSSCCHEcNtthreshold
definedinthemobilitypropertiesisusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.
1242
AT320_UM_E0
Timeslot:TheHSDPAcoveragepredictioncanbeperformedforanydownlinkoralltimeslots.Ifyouselect"All"
timeslots,youcanselectanHSDPAbearerforwhichthepredictionwillbecarriedout.
HSDPAradiobearer:TheHSDPAbearerforwhichthecoveragepredictionistobeperformed.AccessinganHSDPA
radiobearerrequiresatleasttwotimeslots.Therefore,thisoptioncanonlybeselectedwhen"All"timeslotsare
selected.
clutterclass.
Figure12.55:ConditionsettingsforanHSDPAcoverageprediction
tionwilldisplay.
Ifyouhaveselected"All"timeslotsintheConditionstab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
TheHSPDSCHRSCPrelativetotheRSCPthreshold:SelectoneofthefollowingintheFieldlist:
MinHSPDSCHRSCP
AverageHSPDSCHRSCP
MaxHSPDSCHRSCP
TheHSPDSCHEcNtrelativetotheEcNtthreshold:SelectoneofthefollowingintheFieldlist:
Min.HSPDSCHEcNt
AverageHSPDSCHEcNt
MaxHSPDSCHEcNt
ThepeakRLCthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"peakRLCthroughput(kbps)"astheField.Atolldis
playsthepeakRLCthroughputthattheselectedHSDPAbearercanprovide.ThepeakRLCthroughputisacharac
teristicoftheHSDPAbearer.
ThepeakMACthroughputrelativetothethreshold:Select"PeakMACthroughput(kbps)"astheField.Atollcal
culatesthepeakMACthroughputfromthetransportblocksizeoftheselectedHSDPAbearer.
IfyouhaveselectedaparticulartimeslotintheConditionstab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
TheuplinkanddownlinkADPCHqualities:SelectoneofthefollowingintheFieldlist:
TheHSSCCHpower,receptionlevel,orquality:SelectoneofthefollowingintheFieldlist:
MaxDLADPCHEbNt(dB):AtolldeterminesdownlinkADPCHqualityatthereceiverforthemaximumtraffic
channelpowerallowedfortheselectedtimeslot.
MaxULADPCHEbNt(dB):AtolldeterminesuplinkADPCHqualityatthereceiverforthemaximumterminal
powerallowed.
HSSCCHpower:AtolldeterminestheHSSCCHpowerrequiredperpixeltogetanHSSCCHEc/Ntbetterthan
theminimumrequiredHSSCCHEc/Nt.ThecoverageislimitedbytheHSSCCHEc/Ntthresholddefinedforthe
selectedmobilitytype.
HSSCCHRSCP:AtolldeterminestheHSSCCHRSCPusingtheHSSCCHpowerrequiredperpixeltogetanHS
SCCHEc/NtbetterthantheminimumrequiredHSSCCHEc/Nt.ThecoverageislimitedbytheHSSCCHEc/Nt
thresholddefinedfortheselectedmobilitytype.
HSSCCHEc/Nt:AtolldeterminestheHSSCCHEc/Ntperpixel.ThecoverageislimitedbytheHSSCCHEc/Nt
TheHSSICHpower,receptionlevel,orquality:SelectoneofthefollowingintheFieldlist:
HSSICHpower:AtolldeterminestheHSSICHpowerrequiredperpixeltogetanHSSICHEc/Ntbetterthan
theminimumrequiredHSSICHEc/Nt.ThecoverageislimitedbytheHSSICHEc/Ntthresholddefinedforthe
selectedmobilitytype.
1243
Forsk2013
HSSICHRSCP:AtolldeterminestheHSSICHRSCPusingtheHSSICHpowerrequiredperpixeltogetanHS
SICHEc/NtbetterthantheminimumrequiredHSSICHEc/Nt.ThecoverageislimitedbytheHSSICHEc/Nt
HSSICHEc/Nt:AtolldeterminestheHSSICHEc/Ntperpixel.ThecoverageislimitedbytheHSSICHEc/Nt
TheHSPDSCHreceptionlevelorquality:SelectoneofthefollowingintheFieldlist:
HSPDSCHRSCP:AtolldeterminestheHSPDSCHRSCPusingtheHSPDSCHpowerofthetimeslot.
HSPDSCHEc/Nt:AtolldeterminestheHSPDSCHEc/NtusingtheHSPDSCHpowerofthetimeslot.
later:
Calculatebutton(
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingtheprediction,theresultsaredisplayedinthemapwindow.
12.2.11 PlanningFrequencies
TDSCDMAnetworkscanworkinsinglecarrieraswellasmulticarriermodes.Insinglecarriermode,eachtransmitterhas
onlyonecell(carrier),whichisconsideredastandalonecarrier.Inmulticarriermode,eachtransmittercanhaveuptosix
carriers,withonemastercarrierandseveralslavecarriers.ThemastercarrierisusedforPCCPCHbroadcast,scramblingcode
broadcast,andhandovermanagement,whereastheslavecarriersareonlyusedforcarryingtraffic.Themulticarriermodeis
calledNFrequencyModeinAtoll.
Youcansetthetypeofcarrierforeachcellofatransmittermanually,oryoucanletAtollautomaticallyallocatecarriertypes
tocellsontransmittersthatsupporttheNfrequencymode.AllocatingfrequenciestothecellsofanNfrequencycompatible
transmittermeansassigningacarriertypetoeachcellofthattransmitter.
Youcanuseautomaticallocationonallcellsinthedocument,oryoucandefineagroupofcellseitherbyusingafocuszone
orbygroupingtransmittersintheexplorerwindow.Forinformationoncreatingafocuszone,see"CreatingaFocusZoneor
HotSpotforaCoveragePredictionReport"onpage1214.Forinformationongroupingtransmittersintheexplorerwindow,
see"GroupingDataObjects"onpage88.
"SettingupNFrequencyMode"onpage1244.
"AllocatingFrequenciesAutomatically"onpage1245.
"CheckingAutomaticFrequencyAllocationResults"onpage1246.
"AllocatingCarrierTypesperTransmitter"onpage1246.
"CheckingtheConsistencyoftheFrequencyAllocationPlan"onpage1246.
12.2.11.1 SettingupNFrequencyMode
InAtoll,youcandefinewhethertransmittersarecompatiblewiththeNfrequencymodeornot.
1244
AT320_UM_E0
TosetupNfrequencymode:
3. SelectOpenTablefromthecontextmenu.TheTransmitterstableappears.
4. IntheTransmitterstable,selecttheNfrequencymodecheckboxfortransmittersthatarecompatiblewiththeN
frequencymodeandwillbetakenintoaccountintheautomaticfrequencyallocation.
Formoreinformationontransmitterproperties,see"TransmitterDescription"onpage1171.
)toclosethetable.
Formoreinformationonautomaticfrequencyallocation,see"AllocatingFrequenciesAutomatically"onpage1245.
12.2.11.2 AllocatingFrequenciesAutomatically
Atoll can automatically allocate master and slave carriers to Nfrequency mode compatible transmitters in a TDSCDMA
network. Atoll allocates carriers to transmitters according to the distance between transmitters and their orientation
(azimuths).Twoautomaticallocationfeaturesareavailable:onefortheallocationofallthecarriersincoNfrequencyand
diffNfrequencymodes,andanotherfortheallocationofmastercarriers.
Toautomaticallyallocateallcarriers:
3. SelectNFrequencyMode>AutomaticAllocationofAllCarriersfromthecontextmenu.TheAutomaticCarrierAllo
cationdialogueappears.
4. Selectthecarrierallocationstrategy:
CoNfrequencyallocation:ThesamecarriersareallocatedtocellsofNfrequencymodecompatiblecositetrans
mitters.
CositetransmittersusingdifferentfrequencybandsarenotallocatedcarriersincoNfrequencymode.
DiffNfrequency allocation: Different carriers are allocated to cells of Nfrequency mode compatible cosite
transmitters.
5. ClickCalculate.AtollallocatescarrierstoNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters.
UnderResults,AtollliststhetransmitterstowhichithasallocatedcarriersintheTransmitterscolumn,thecarriers
allocatedtocellsofeachtransmitterintheCarrierscolumn,andthecarriernumberofthetransmittersmastercarrier
intheMastercarriercolumn.
Carrier numbers available for allocation are read from the definition of the frequency band assigned to each N
frequencymodecompatibletransmitter.Carriernumbersallocatedtoinactivecellsareconsideredfrozen,andarenot
usedforallocationtoactivecells.Thenumberofallocatedcarrierscorrespondstothenumberofactivecellsineach
Nfrequencymodecompatibletransmitter.
6. ClickCommittoapplytheallocationtothetransmitterslistedintheTransmitterscolumn.
7. ClickClosetoclosetheAutomaticCarrierAllocationdialogue.
Toautomaticallyallocatemastercarriers:
3. SelectNFrequencyMode>AutomaticAllocationofMasterCarriersfromthecontextmenu.TheAutomaticMaster
CarrierAllocationdialogueappears.
4. SelecttheDeleteexistingallocationcheckboxifyouwantAtolltodeletetheexistingmastercarrierallocationbefore
allocating.
5. ClickCalculate.AtollallocatesmastercarrierstoNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters.
UnderResults,AtollliststhetransmitterstowhichithasallocatedmastercarriersintheTransmitterscolumnandthe
carriernumberofthetransmittersmastercarrierintheMastercarriercolumn.
6. ClickCommittoapplytheallocationtothetransmitterslistedintheTransmitterscolumn.
7. ClickClosetoclosetheAutomaticMasterCarrierAllocationdialogue.
1245
Forsk2013
12.2.11.3 CheckingAutomaticFrequencyAllocationResults
Youcanverifytheresultsofautomaticfrequencyallocationinthefollowingways:
12.2.11.3.1
"DisplayingFrequencyAllocationontheMap"onpage1246.
"DisplayingtheCoverageoftheMasterCarrier"onpage1246.
DisplayingFrequencyAllocationontheMap
You can viewthemaster carrier allocationdirectly on the map.Atoll candisplaythemastercarrier number forevery N
frequencycompatibletransmitter.
Todisplaythemastercarriernumberonthemap:
5. Select"Discretevalues"asDisplaytypeand"Cells:Carriertype"asField.
6. Select"Cells:Carriertype"asLabel.
7. ClickOK.
Thetransmittersarecolouredaccordingtothecarriertype,andthemastercarriernumberisdisplayedonthemapwitheach
transmitter.
12.2.11.3.2
DisplayingtheCoverageoftheMasterCarrier
Bycombiningthedisplaycharacteristicsofacoveragepredictionwiththecarriertypedisplayoptions,Atollcandisplaythe
coverageareasofatransmittersmastercarrier.
Todisplaythecoverageofthemastercarrierofatransmitter:
Create,calculate,anddisplayacoveragepredictionbyPCCPCHbestserver,withtheDisplaytypesetto"Discrete
values"andtheFieldsetto"Cells:Carriertype".Forinformationoncreatingacoveragebytransmitterprediction,see
"MakingaCoveragePredictionbyPCCPCHBestServer"onpage1207.
12.2.11.4 AllocatingCarrierTypesperTransmitter
AlthoughyoucanletAtollallocatefrequenciesandcarriertypesautomatically,youcanadjusttheoverallallocationofcarriers
byallocatingcarriertypestotransmittersusingtheCellstaboftheTransmitterPropertiesdialogue.
ToallocateTDSCDMAcarriertypesusingtheCellstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue:
1. Onthemap,rightclickthetransmitterwhosecarriertypesyouwanttochange.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. OntheCellstab,thereisacolumnforeachcell.SelectthecarriertypeforeachcellofthetransmitterfromtheCarrier
typelist.
5. ClickOK.
12.2.11.5 CheckingtheConsistencyoftheFrequencyAllocationPlan
Youcanperformanauditofthecurrentfrequencyallocationplan.
Toperformanauditoftheallocatedfrequencyplan:
3. SelectNFrequencyMode>Auditfromthecontextmenu.TheNFrequencyModeAuditdialogueappears.
4. Theauditchecksthefollowingpoints:
Mastercarriers:
Standalonecarriers:
1246
TransmittersinNfrequencymode:ThetransmittersthatarenotNfrequencymodecompatible.
Onemastercarrierpertransmitter:Thetransmittersthathaveeithernoormorethanonemastercarrier.
DefinedPCCPCHpower:ThetransmitterswhosemastercarriersdonothaveaPCCPCHpowerdefined.
DefinedPCCPCHpower:ThetransmitterswhosestandalonecarriersdonothaveaPCCPCHpowerdefined.
AT320_UM_E0
SlaveCarriers:
Linkedtoamastercarrier:Thetransmitterswhoseslavecarriersarenotlinkedtoanymastercarrier.Inother
words,thetransmittersthatdonothaveanymastercarrier,buthaveslavecarriers.
PCCPCH,DwPCH,andOtherCCHfieldsempty:ThetransmitterswhoseslavecarriershavePCCPCH,DwPCH,
andotherCCHpowersdefined.
Timeslotconfigurations,Scramblingcodes,andNeighbourssameasthemastercarrier:Selectthischeckbox
ifyouwanttheaudittocheckforslavecarriersthatdonothavethesametimeslotconfigurations,scrambling
codes,andneighboursasthemastercarrier.
5. ClickCalculate.AtollperformstheauditandliststheresultsunderProblemsoccurredduringtheaudit:Xtransmit
tershaveinconsistencies,whereXisthenumberoftransmitterswithproblems.Thelistincludes:
Severalmastercarriers:Transmittersthathavemorethanonemastercarrier.
MasterPCCPCHpowernotdefined:TransmitterswhosemastercarrierdoesnothaveaPCCPCHpowerdefined.
StandalonePCCPCHpowernotdefined:TransmitterswhosestandalonecarriersdonothavePCCPCHpowers
defined.
Slaveswithoutmasters:Transmittersthathaveonlyslavecarriersandnomastercarrier.
Slavepowerdefined:TransmitterswhoseslavecarriershavePCCPCH,DwPCH,orotherCCHpowersdefined.
Masterslave attribute differences: Transmitters whose slave carriers have different timeslot configurations,
scramblingcodes,andneighboursthanthemastercarrier.
Inconsistency:Nfrequencymodecarriertypes:TransmittersthatarenotNfrequencymodecompatible.
6. ClickResolvetoresolvetheinconsistenciesfoundbytheaudit.Atollmakesthetimeslotconfigurationsandscrambling
codesoftheslavecarriersthesameasthemastercarrier.Italsoemptiestheneighbourlistoftheslavecarriers.
7. ClickClosetoclosetheNFrequencyModeAuditdialogue.
cell.Thecellsthatfulfiltherequirementstobeneighboursarereferredtoaspotentialneighbours.Whenallocatingneigh
bourstoallactiveandfilteredtransmitters,Atollallocatesneighboursonlytothecellswithinthefocuszoneandconsidersas
potentialneighboursalltheactiveandfilteredcellswhosepropagationzoneintersectsarectanglecontainingthecomputa
tionzone.Ifthereisnofocuszone,Atollallocatesneighboursonlytothecellswithinthecomputationzone.
selected.
mationoncreatingafocuszone,see"TheFocusZoneandHotSpots"onpage56.Forinformationongroupingtransmitters
AtollsupportsthefollowingneighbourtypesinaTDSCDMAnetwork:
IntratechnologyNeighbours:IntratechnologyneighboursaretwoTDSCDMAcellsdefinedasneighbours.
otherthanTDSCDMA.
1247
Forsk2013
theNeighbourstable.
7. UnderExceptionalPairs,createanewexceptionalpairintherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
):
9. ClickOK.
YoucanalsocreateexceptionalpairsusingtheIntratechnologyExceptionalPairstable.
You can open this table by rightclicking the Transmitters folder and selecting
Neighbours>Intratechnology>ExceptionalPairs.
YoucandefinetherelativeimportanceofthefactorsthatAtollusestoevaluatepotentialneighbours(forinformationonhow
Atollcalculatesimportance,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide).
4. OntheIntratechnologyNeighbourstab,youcansetthefollowingimportancefactors:
1248
Distancefactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofapossibleneighbourtransmitterbeinglocated
sons.
Adjacencyfactor:Settheminimumandmaximumimportanceofapossibleneighbourtransmitterbeingadjacent
tothereferencetransmitter.TheAdjacencyfactorwillbeusedifyouselecttheForceadjacentcellsasneighbours
checkboxwhendefininganautomaticneighbourallocation.Forinformationonautomaticallyallocatingneigh
bours,see"AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically"onpage1249.
AT320_UM_E0
thesamesiteasreferencetransmitter.TheCositefactorwillbeusedifyouselecttheForcecositecellsasneigh
bourscheckboxwhendefininganautomaticneighbourallocation.Forinformationonautomaticallyallocating
neighbours,see"AllocatingNeighboursAutomatically"onpage1249.
5. ClickOK.
AtollcanautomaticallyallocateneighboursinaTDSCDMAnetwork.Atollallocatesneighboursbasedontheparametersyou
setintheAutomaticNeighbourAllocationdialogue.
ForNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters,neighboursareonlystoredforthemastercarriers.Theslavecarriershave
thesameneighboursastheirmastercarrier.Neighboursarenotallocatedforstandalonecarriers(nonNfrequencymode
compatible).
ToautomaticallyallocateTDSCDMAneighbours:
4. OntheNeighbourstab,youcansetthefollowingparameters:
Maxintersitedistance:Setthemaximumdistancebetweenthereferencetransmitterandapossibleneighbour.
Maxno.ofneighbours:Setthemaximumnumberofintratechnologyneighboursthatcanbeallocatedtoatrans
mitter.Thisvaluecanbeeithersethereforalltransmitters,orspecifiedforeachtransmitterintheCellstable.
Coverageconditions:Thecoverageconditionsmustberespectedforatransmittertobeconsideredasaneigh
bour.ClickDefinetochangethecoverageconditions.IntheCoverageConditionsdialogue,youcanchangethe
Resolution:Youcanentertheresolutionusedtocalculatethecoverageareasoftransmittersfortheautomat
icneighbourallocation.
PCCPCHRSCPT_Add:EnterthePCCPCHRSCPT_Add,whichdefinestheminimumPCCPCHRSCPrequired
fortheservingtransmitter.IfthereismorethanonetransmitterwhosePCCPCHRSCPishigherthantheP
CCPCHRSCPT_Add,thetransmitterwiththehighestPCCPCHRSCPiskeptastheservingtransmitter.
PCCPCHRSCPT_Drop:EnterthePCCPCHRSCPT_Drop,whichdefinestheminimumPCCPCHRSCPrequired
fortransmitterstoenterapreliminaryhandoverset.AllthetransmitterswhosePCCPCHRSCPishigherthan
thePCCPCHRSCPT_Dropareaddedtotheset.
PCCPCHRSCPT_Comp:EnterthePCCPCHRSCPT_Comp,whichdefinesthehandoversetlimit.Fromamong
thetransmitterslistedinthepreliminaryhandoversetusingthePCCPCHRSCPT_Drop,onlythetransmitters
whosePCCPCHRSCPiswithintherangedefinedbythePCCPCHRSCPfromthebestserverandthePCCPCH
RSCPT_Compmarginarekeptinthehandoverset.
Indoorcoverage:SelecttheIndoorcoveragecheckboxifyouwanttouseindoorlossesinthecalculations.
%mincoveredarea:Entertheminimum,inpercentage,thatapossibleneighbourtransmitterscoveragearea
mustoverlapthereferencetransmitterscoveragearea.
Forcecositecellsasneighbours:SelecttheForcecositecellsasneighbourscheckboxifyouwanttransmitters
locatedonthesamesiteasthereferencetransmittertobeautomaticallyconsideredasneighbours.
Forceadjacentcellsasneighbours:SelecttheForceadjacentcellsasneighbourscheckboxifyouwanttransmit
tersthatareadjacenttothereferencetransmittertobeautomaticallyconsideredasneighbours.Atransmitteris
consideredadjacentifthereisatleastonepixelinthereferencetransmitterscoverageareawherethepossible
neighbourtransmitteristhebestserver.
Forcesymmetry:SelecttheForcesymmetrycheckboxifyouwantneighbourrelationshipstobereciprocal.In
otherwords,areferencetransmitterwillbeapossibleneighbourtoallofthetransmittersthatareitsneighbours.
Iftheneighbourlistofanytransmitterisfull,thereferencetransmitterwillnotbeaddedasaneighbourandthat
possibleneighbourtransmitterwillberemovedfromthelistofneighboursofthereferencetransmitter.
thelist.
1249
Forsk2013
6. Click Calculate. Atoll begins the process of allocating neighbours. Atoll first checks to see whether the path loss
matricesarevalidbeforeallocatingneighbours.Ifthepathlossmatricesarenotvalid,Atollrecalculatesthem.
Cell:Thenameofthereferencetransmitter.
Number:Thetotalnumberofneighboursallocatedtothereferencetransmitter.
Maximumnumber:Themaximumnumberofneighboursthatthereferencetransmittercanhave.
Neighbour:Thetransmitterthatwillbeallocatedasaneighbourtothereferencetransmitter.
Cause:ThereasonAtollhasallocatedthepossibleneighbourtransmitter,asidentifiedintheNeighbourcolumn,
tothereferencetransmitter,asidentifiedintheCellcolumn.
Cosite
Adjacency
Symmetry
Coverage
Existing
insquarekilometres.
7. SelecttheCommitcheckboxforeachneighbouryouwanttoassigntoatransmitter.YoucanusemanyofAtollstable
shortcuts,suchasfilteringandsorting.Forinformationonworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"
onpage69.
8. ClickCommit.AlltheneighbourswhoseCommitcheckboxisselectedareassignedtothereferencetransmitters.
NeighboursarelistedintheIntratechnologyNeighbourstabofeachcellsPropertiesdialogue.
youstartthenewallocation.
respectsymmetry.However,iftheneighbourrelationisforcedinonedirection
andforbiddenintheotherone,symmetrycannotberespected.
12.2.12.4.1
newbasestationandothercellswhosecoverageareaintersectsthecoverageareaofthecellsofthenewbasestation.
1250
AT320_UM_E0
page1249.
12.2.12.4.2
page1249.
12.2.12.5.1
tionissymmetric.
appears.
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplaytypeifyouwantAtolltocolourallneighbourlinksofacellwithaunique
colour.
Discretevalues:Select"DiscreteValues"astheDisplaytype,andthenavaluefromtheFieldlist,ifyouwantAtoll
totheneighbourcarrier.
Valueintervals:Select"Valueintervals"tocolourthecellsneighbourlinksaccordingthevalueintervalofthe
YYoucandisplaythenumberofhandoffattemptsforeachcellneighbourpairbyfirst
creatinganewfieldoftype"Integer"intheIntratechnologyNeighbourtableforthe
Displaytype.Forinformationonaddinganewfieldtoatable,see"AddingaFieldtoan
1251
Forsk2013
Outwardsnonsymmetric:SelecttheOutwardsnonsymmetriccheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationswhere
Inwardsnonsymmetric:SelecttheInwardsnonsymmetriccheckboxtodisplayneighbourrelationswherethe
appears.
Thesymmetricneighbourrelationsoftheselected(reference)cellareindicatedbyaline.
The outward neighbour relations are indicated with a line with an arrow pointing at the neighbour (e.g., see
The inwardneighbourrelations are indicatedwitha linewithanarrowpointingat the selectedcell (e.g., see
In Figure12.57, neighbour links aredisplayed accordingto theneighbour. Therefore, the symmetricand outward
neighbourlinksarecolouredasthecorrespondingneighbourtransmittersandtheinwardneighbourlinkiscoloured
asthereferencetransmitterasitisneighbourofSite9_3(0)here.
1252
AT320_UM_E0
Figure12.57:NeighboursofSite22_3(0)DisplayAccordingtotheNeighbour
Youcandisplayeitherforcedneighboursorforbiddenneighboursbyclickingthearrow( )
nexttotheEditRelationsontheMapbutton(
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbarand
selectingeitherForcedNeighboursorForbiddenNeighbours.
12.2.12.5.2
1. Create,calculate,anddisplayacoveragebyPCCPCHbestserver,withtheDisplayTypesetto"DiscreteValues"and
theFieldsetto"Transmitter."Forinformationoncreatingacoveragebytransmitterprediction,see"MakingaCover
agePredictionbyPCCPCHBestServer"onpage1207.
appears.
4. UnderIntratechnologyNeighbours,selecttheDisplaycoverageareascheckbox.
)besidetheDisplaycoverageareascheckbox.
Unique:Select"Unique"astheDisplaytypeifyouwantAtolltocolourthecoverageareaofacellsneighbours
withauniquecolour.
Discretevalues:Select"Discretevalues"astheDisplaytype,andthenavaluefromtheFieldlist,ifyouwantAtoll
table.
Valueintervals:Select"Valueintervals"tocolourthecoverageareaofacellsneighboursaccordingthevalue
weightingfactors.
appears.
1253
Forsk2013
)inthe
"AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheCellsTaboftheTransmitterPropertiesDialogue"onpage1254.
"AllocatingorDeletingNeighboursUsingtheNeighboursTable"onpage1254.
ToallocateordeleteTDSCDMAneighboursusingtheCellstabofthetransmittersPropertiesdialogue:
4. ClicktheBrowsebutton( )besideNeighboursinthecellforwhichyouwanttoallocateordeleteneighbours.The
cellsPropertiesdialogueappears.
6. Ifdesired,youcanentertheMaxnumberofneighbours.
).
c. Clickelsewhereinthetablewhenyouhavefinishedcreatingthenewexceptionalpair.
Todeleteasymmetricalneighbourrelation:
Todeleteaneighbour:
b. Clicktheleftmarginofthetablerowcontainingtheneighbourtoselecttheentirerow.
c. PressDeltodeletetheneighbour.
7. ClickOK.
ToallocateordeleteTDSCDMAneighboursusingtheNeighbourstable:
1254
AT320_UM_E0
c. Clickanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewneighbourandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
a. SelecttheneighbourintheNeighbourcolumn.Thecontextmenuappears.
bypressingCtrlandclickingeachrowsseparately.
theIntratechnologyExceptionalPairstable.Youcanopenthistable,selecttheexcep
tionalpairstobeconsidered,rightclickthetableandselectForceExceptionalPairsinthe
contextmenu.
bypressingCtrlandclickingeachrowsseparately.
Todeleteaneighbour:
a. Clicktheleftmarginofthetablerowcontainingtheneighbourtoselecttheentirerow.
b. PressDeltodeletetheneighbour.
Youcanallocateordeleteintratechnologyneighboursdirectlyonthemapusingthemouse.Toaddorremoveintratechnol
ogyneighboursusingthemouse,youmustactivatethedisplayofintratechnologyneighboursonthemapasexplainedin
1255
Forsk2013
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetaneighbourrelation.Atolladdsbothtransmittersto
2. PressShiftandclickthetransmitteryouwanttoremovefromthelistofneighbours.Atollremovesbothtransmitters
2. PressCtrlandclickthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttosetaneighbourrelation.Atolladdsthereferencetrans
2. PressCtrlandclickthetransmitteryouwanttoremovefromthelistofneighbours.Atollremovesthereferencetrans
mitterfromtheintratechnologyneighbourslistofthereferencetransmitter.
Ifthetwotransmittersalreadyhaveasymmetricneighbourrelation,pressCtrlandclicktheothertransmitter.
bypressingShiftandclickingthetransmitterwithwhichyouwanttocreateasymmetricrelation.ThenpressCtrl
)intheRadio
bours.
importanceofeachneighbour,i.e.,theweightofeachneighbour.
1256
neighboursareadjacenttotheirreferencecellswhencalculatingimportance.
AT320_UM_E0
6. Under Coverage conditions, you can set the coverage conditions between neighbours and their reference cells.
bourallocation.
PCCPCHRSCPT_Add:EnterthePCCPCHRSCPT_Add,whichdefinestheminimumPCCPCHRSCPrequired
fortheservingcell.IfthereismorethanonecellwhosePCCPCHRSCPishigherthanthePCCPCHRSCPT_Add,
thecellwiththehighestPCCPCHRSCPiskeptastheservingcell.
PCCPCHRSCPT_Drop:EnterthePCCPCHRSCPT_Drop,whichdefinestheminimumPCCPCHRSCPrequired
forcellstoenterapreliminaryhandoverset.AllthecellswhosePCCPCHRSCPishigherthanthePCCPCH
RSCPT_Dropareaddedtotheset.
PCCPCHRSCPT_Comp:EnterthePCCPCHRSCPT_Comp,whichdefinesthehandoversetlimit.Fromamong
thecellslistedinthepreliminaryhandoversetusingthePCCPCHRSCPT_Drop,onlythecellswhosePCCPCH
RSCPiswithintherangedefinedbythePCCPCHRSCPfromthebestserverandthePCCPCHRSCPT_Comp
marginarekeptinthehandoverset.
Indoorcoverage:Ifdesired,selecttheIndoorCoveragecheckboxtoaddindoorlosses.Indoorlossesaredefined
calculated.
OnceAtollhasfinishedcalculatingimportance,theresultsaredisplayedinthetableoneachtab.
Neighbour:Theneighbourofthereferencecell.
Cosite
Adjacency
Symmetry
Coverage
kilometres.
Toperformanauditoftheintratechnologyneighbourallocationplan:
1257
Forsk2013
allowed(inotherwords,whichcellshaveafullneighbourlist)andsetthevalueintheDefaultmaxnumbertext
box.
Lists>maxnumber:SelecttheLists>maxnumbercheckboxifyouwanttoverifywhichcellshavemorethanthe
maximumnumberofneighboursallowedandsetthevalueintheDefaultmaxnumbertextbox.
audited.
Emptylists:xX;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavenoneighbours(oremptyneighbourslist).
Syntax:
Fulllists(defaultmaxnumber=Y):xX;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhaveYnumberofneighbourslisted
Syntax:
|CELL|
|CELL|
|NUMBER|
|MAXNUMBER|
Lists>maxnumber(defaultmaxnumber=Y):xX;xnumberofcellsoutofatotalofXhavemorethanYnumber
Syntax:
|CELL|
|NUMBER|
|MAXNUMBER|
theabovetwocheckstakeinto accountthe DefaultMaxNumber valuedefinedinthe
auditdialogue.
Syntax:
|NEIGHBOUR| |TYPE|
|REASON|
|CELL|
|NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
|CELL|
Syntax:
|NEIGHBOUR|
Syntax:
|CELL|
|CELL|
|NEIGHBOUR| |TYPE|
|REASON|
Syntax:
TheneighbourdataforanAtolldocumentisstoredinaseriesoftables.Youcanexporttheneighboursdatatouseitin
anotherapplicationorinanotherAtolldocument.
1258
Atolldocument.
AT320_UM_E0
Atolldocument.
12.2.13 PlanningScramblingCodes
InTDSCDMA,128scramblingcodes(orPCCPCHmidamblecodes)of16bitlengthsareavailable,numberedfrom0to127.
AlthoughTDSCDMAscramblingcodesaredisplayedindecimalformatbydefault,theycanalsobedisplayedandcalculated
inhexadecimalformat,inotherwordsusingthenumbers0to9andthelettersAtoF.
Atollfacilitatesthemanagementofscramblingcodesbylettingyoucreategroupsofscramblingcodesanddomains,where
eachdomainisadefinedsetofgroups.
Youcanalsoassignscramblingcodesmanuallyorautomaticallytoanycellinthenetwork.Onceallocationiscomplete,you
canauditthescramblingcodes,viewscramblingcodereuseonthemap,andanalysethedistributionofscramblingcodes.
Downlinksynchronisation,SYNC_DL,codesareassignedtocellsinordertodistinguishnearbycells,andforsynchronization
purposes.Thereare32differentSYNC_DLcodesof64bitlengthsdefinedforthewholesystemindownlink.Accordingto3GPP
specifications,the127possiblescramblingcodescanbebrokendowninto32groups,eachcontaining4codes.Becausethe
term"group"inAtollreferstouserdefinedsetsofscramblingcodes,thesegroupsof4codeseacharereferredtoas"clusters"
inAtoll.EachclusterofscramblingcodesisrelatedtoaSYNC_DLcodeusedbyabasestation.
ForNfrequencymodecompatibletransmitters,scramblingcodesareonlyallocatedandstoredformastercarriers.Theslave
carriershavethesamescramblingcodesastheirmastercarrier.
TheprocedureofplanningscramblingcodesforaTDSCDMAprojectis:
Preparingforscramblingcodeallocation
"DefiningtheScramblingCodeFormat"onpage1259.
"CreatingScramblingCodeDomainsandGroups"onpage1260.
"DefiningExceptionalPairsforScramblingCodeAllocation"onpage1260.
"DefiningScramblingCodeRelativityClusters"onpage1261.
Allocatingscramblingcodes
"AutomaticallyAllocatingScramblingCodestoTDSCDMACells"onpage1261.
"AllocatingScramblingCodestoTDSCDMACellsManually"onpage1263.
"CheckingtheConsistencyoftheScramblingCodePlan"onpage1264.
Displayingtheallocationofscramblingcodes
"UsingFindonMaptoDisplayScramblingCodeAllocation"onpage1265.
"DisplayingScramblingCodeAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings"onpage1265.
"GroupingTransmittersbyScramblingCode"onpage1265.
"DisplayingtheScramblingCodeAllocationHistogram"onpage1266.
"StudyingScramblingCodeCollision"onpage1266.
12.2.13.1 DefiningtheScramblingCodeFormat
Scramblingcodescanbedisplayedindecimalorhexadecimalformat.Theselectedformatisusedtodisplayscramblingcodes
in dialogues and tables such as in the Domains and Groups tables, the Cells table, and the Scrambling Code Allocation
dialogue.
ThedecimalformatisthedefaultformatinAtoll.Theaccepteddecimalvaluesarefrom0to127.Thedecimalformatisalso
used,evenifyouhavechosenthehexadecimalformat,tostorescramblingcodesinthedatabaseandtodisplayscrambling
codedistributionortheresultsofascramblingcodeaudit.
Thehexadecimalformatusesthenumbers0to9andthelettersAtoFforitsbasecharacters.InAtoll,hexadecimalvalues
areindicatedbyalowercase"h"followingthevalue.Forexample,thehexadecimalvalue"3Fh"is"63"asadecimalvalue.
Youcanconvertahexadecimalvaluetoadecimalvaluewiththefollowingequation,whereX,Y,andZaredecimalvalues
withinthehexadecimalindexranges:
2
X 16 + Y 16 + Z
Forexample,thehexadecimalvalue"3Fh"wouldbecalculatedasshownbelow:
2
0 16 + 3 16 + 15 = 63
1259
Forsk2013
TodefinethescramblingcodeformatforanAtolldocument:
3. RightclicktheScramblingCodesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
4. SelectFormatfromthecontextmenuandselecteitherDecimalorHexadecimal.
12.2.13.2 CreatingScramblingCodeDomainsandGroups
Atollfacilitatesthemanagementofscramblingcodesbylettingyoucreatedomains,eachcontaininggroupsofscrambling
codes.
TheprocedureformanagingscramblingcodesinaTDSCDMAdocumentconsistsofthefollowingsteps:
1. Creatingascramblingcodedomain,asexplainedinthissection.
2. Creatinggroups,eachcontainingarangeofscramblingcodes,andassigningthemtoadomain,asexplainedinthis
section.
3. Assigningascramblingcodedomaintoacellorcells.Ifthereisnoscramblingcodedomain,Atollwillconsiderall128
possiblescramblingcodeswhenassigningcodes.
Tocreateascramblingcodedomain:
3. ClicktheExpandbutton( )toexpandtheScramblingCodesfolder.
4. RightclickDomainsintheScramblingCodesfolder.Thecontextmenuappears.
6. IntherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
7. Clickanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewdomainandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
Name:Enteranameforthenewscramblingcodegroup.
Min:Enterthelowestavailablescramblingcodeinthisgroupsrange.Theminimumandmaximumscrambling
codesmustbeenteredintheformat,decimalorhexadecimal,setfortheAtolldocument.Forinformationonset
tingthescramblingcodeformat,see"DefiningtheScramblingCodeFormat"onpage1259.
Max:Enterthehighestavailablescramblingcodeinthisgroupsrange.
Step:Entertheseparationintervalbetweeneachscramblingcode.
Excluded:EnterthescramblingcodeswithintherangedefinedbytheMinandMaxfieldsthatyoudonotwantto
use.
Extra:Enteranyadditionalscramblingcodes(i.e.,outsidetherangedefinedbytheMinandMaxfields)youwant
toaddtothisgroup.Youcanenteralistofcodesseparatedbyeitheracomma,semicolon,oraspace.Youcan
alsoenterarangeofscramblingcodesseparatedbyahyphen.Forexample,entering,"1,2,36"meansthatthe
extrascramblingcodesare"1,2,3,4,5,6".
10. Clickanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewgroupandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
12.2.13.3 DefiningExceptionalPairsforScramblingCodeAllocation
Youcanalsodefinepairsofcellswhichcannothavethesamescramblingcode.Thesepairsarereferredtoasexceptionalpairs.
Exceptionalpairsareusedalongwithotherconstraints,suchasneighbours,reusedistance,anddomains,inallocatingscram
blingcodes.
Tocreateapairofcellsthatcannothavethesamescramblingcode:
3. SelectScramblingCodes>ExceptionalPairs.TheExceptionalSeparationConstraintstableappears.Forinformation
onworkingwithdatatables,see"WorkingwithDataTables"onpage69.
5. Clickanothercellofthetabletocreatethenewexceptionalpairandaddanewblankrowtothetable.
1260
AT320_UM_E0
12.2.13.4 DefiningScramblingCodeRelativityClusters
Someofthescramblingcodesarenotfullymutuallyorthogonal.Somemayhavearelativelyhighcorrelationandmayinter
fereeachother.Theprincipalaimofscramblingcodeplanningistoallocatescramblingcodestocellsinsuchamannersoas
toavoidanyconfusioninthedetectionofthesescramblingcodesbyuserequipment.Inotherwords,geographicallyadjacent
cellsshouldbeallocatedhighlyorthogonalscramblingcodesinordertoavoidanyerrorinscramblingcodedetection.
Scramblingcodeswithrelativelyhighcorrelation(lessorthogonality)canbegroupedintoclusters,calledRelativityClusters.
Nearbycells,orcloseneighbours,arethenallocatedscramblingcodesfromdifferentrelativityclustersinordertoavoidinter
ferencebetweenscramblingcodes.Closeneighboursarefirstorderneighbourswhoseimportanceishigherthanacertain
valueandarelocatedwithinacertaindistancefromthestudiedcell.
Todefinescramblingcoderelativityclusters:
3. SelectScramblingCodes>RelativityClusters.TheRelativityClusterstableappears.
4. IntherowmarkedwiththeNewrowicon(
),enteraNameforthenewrelativitycluster.
5. IntheCodelistcolumn,enterthelistofscramblingcodesbelongingtothenewrelativitycluster.Scramblingcodesin
thecodelistmustbeseparatedbyasinglespace.
6. Clickanotherlineofthetabletocreatethenewrelativitycluster.
12.2.13.5 AllocatingScramblingCodes
AtollcanautomaticallyassignscramblingcodestothecellsofaTDSCDMAnetworkaccordingtosetparameters.Forexample,
ittakesintoaccountthedefinitionofgroupsanddomainsofscramblingcodes,theselectedscramblingcodeallocationstrat
egy(clustered,distributedpercell,distributedpersite,andoneSYNC_DLpersite),minimumcodereusedistance,andany
constraintsimposedbyneighbours.
YoucanalsoallocatescramblingcodesmanuallytothecellsofaTDSCDMAnetwork.
Inthissection,thefollowingmethodsofallocatingscramblingcodesaredescribed:
"DefiningAutomaticAllocationConstraintViolationCosts"onpage1261
"AutomaticallyAllocatingScramblingCodestoTDSCDMACells"onpage1261.
"AllocatingScramblingCodestoTDSCDMACellsManually"onpage1263.
DefiningAutomaticAllocationConstraintViolationCosts
Youcandefinethecostsofthedifferenttypesofconstraintsusedintheautomaticscramblingcodeallocationalgorithm.
Todefinethedifferentconstraintviolationcosts:
3. SelectScramblingCodes>ConstraintCosts.TheConstraintViolationCostsdialogueappears.Inthisdialogueyoucan
definethefollowingcostsofconstraintviolationsfortheautomaticallocationprocess(thecostisavaluefrom0to1):
UnderIntratechnologyneighbours,youcansettheconstraintviolationcostsforCloseneighbours,1storder,
2ndorder,and3rdorderneighbours.Thecloseneighbourconstraintviolationcostshouldbehigherthanthe1st
orderneighbourconstraintviolationcost,whichshouldbehigherthanthe2ndorderandthe3rdordershouldbe
thelowestamongallofthesecosts.
UnderDistributedpersitestrategy,youcansettheconstraintviolationcostforintratechnologyneighboursthat
are1stor2ndorderusingthesamecluster.
Reusedistance:Enterthemaximumcostforreusedistanceconstraintviolations.
Exceptionalpair:Enterthecostforexceptionalpairconstraintviolations.
Commonintertechnologyneighbour:Enterthecostforintertechnologyneighbourconstraintviolations.
4. ClickOK.Theconstraintviolationcostsarestoredandwillbeusedintheautomaticallocation.
AutomaticallyAllocatingScramblingCodestoTDSCDMACells
Theallocationalgorithmenablesyoutoautomaticallyallocatescramblingcodetocellsinthecurrentnetwork.Youcanchoose
among several automatic allocation strategies. The actual automatic allocation strategies available will depend on your
networkandoptionsselectedintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformationontheatoll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.For
moreinformationonautomaticallocationstrategies,seetheTechnicalReferenceGuide.
Clustered:Thepurposeofthisstrategyistochooseforagroupofmutuallyconstrainedcells,scramblingcodesamong
aminimumnumberofclusters.Inthiscase,Atollwillpreferentiallyallocateallthecodesfromthesamecluster.
1261
Forsk2013
Distributedpercell:Thisstrategyconsistsinusingasmanyclustersaspossible.Atollwillpreferentiallyallocatecodes
fromdifferentclusters.
OneSYNC_DLcodepersite: ThisstrategyallocatesoneSYNC_DLcodetoeachbasestation,then,onecodeofthe
clusterassociatedwiththeSYNC_DLcodetoeachcellofeachbasestation.WhenalltheSYNC_DLcodeshavebeen
allocatedandtherearestillbasestationsremainingtobeallocated,AtollreusestheSYNC_DLcodesatanotherbase
station.Selectthisstrategyifyouwanttoallocatethesamescramblingcodetothemasterandtheslavecarriers.For
moreinformationonmasterandslavecarriers,see"PlanningFrequencies"onpage1244.
Distributedpersite:Thisstrategyallocatesagroupofadjacentclusterstoeachbasestationinthenetwork,then,one
clustertoeachtransmitterofthebasestation,accordingtoitsazimuth,andfinallyonecodeoftheclustertoeachcell
ofeachtransmitter.Thenumberofadjacentclusterspergroupdependsonthenumberoftransmittersperbasesta
tionyouhaveinyournetwork;thisinformationisrequiredtostartallocationbasedonthisstrategy.Whenallthe
groupsofadjacentclustershavebeenallocatedandtherearestillbasestationsremainingtobeallocated,Atollreuses
thegroupsofadjacentclustersatanotherbasestation.
Toautomaticallyallocatescramblingcodes:
3. SelectScramblingCodes>AutomaticAllocation.TheScramblingCodesandSYNC_DLCodesdialogueappears.
4. SetthefollowingparametersintheScramblingCodesandSYNC_DLCodesdialogue:
UnderConstraints,youcansettheconstraintsonautomaticscramblingcodeallocation.
Existingneighbours:SelecttheExistingneighbourscheckboxifyouwanttoconsiderneighbourrelationsand
thenchoosetheneighbourhoodleveltotakeintoaccount:
Neighboursofacellarereferredtoasfirstorderneighbours,neighboursneighboursarereferredtoassecond
orderneighboursandneighboursneighboursneighboursasthirdorderneighbours.
Firstorder:Nocellwillbeallocatedthesamescramblingcodeasitsneighbours.
Secondorder:Nocellwillbeallocatedthesamescramblingcodeasitsneighboursoritssecondorderneigh
bours.
Thirdorder:Nocellwillbeallocatedthesamescramblingcodeasitsneighboursoritssecondorderneigh
boursoritsthirdorderneighbours.
Atollcantakeintoaccountintertechnologyneighbourrelationsasconstraintstoallocate
differentscramblingcodestotheTDSCDMAneighboursofaGSMtransmitter.Inorderto
consider intertechnology neighbour relations in scrambling code allocation, you must
maketheTransmittersfolderoftheGSMAtolldocumentaccessibleintheTDSCDMAAtoll
document. For information on making links between GSM and TDSCDMA Atoll docu
ments, see "Creating a TDSCDMA Sector From a Sector in the Other Network" on
page1322.
Reusedistance:SelecttheReusedistancecheckbox,ifyouwanttotheautomaticallocationprocesstocon
cannothavethesamescramblingcode.
enteredhere.
Exceptionalpairs:SelecttheExceptionalpairscheckboxifyouwanttheautomaticallocationprocesstocon
sidertheexceptionalpairconstraints.
Closeneighbours:SelecttheCloseneighbourscheckboxifyouwanttotakeintoaccountthescramblingcode
relativity clusters in the automatic allocation. Enter the minimum Importance value and the maximum
Distancefordeterminingthecloseneighbours.
Closeneighboursarefirstorderneighbourswhoseimportanceishigherthantheminimumimportancevalue
andarelocatedwithinthemaximumdistancefromthestudiedcell.Atollwillassignscramblingcodesfrom
differentrelativityclusterstocloseneighbours.TheCloseneighboursconstraintcanbetakenintoaccountin
ClusteredandDistributedpercellallocationstrategies.Formoreinformationonscramblingcoderelativity
clusters,see"DefiningScramblingCodeRelativityClusters"onpage1261.
1262
AT320_UM_E0
Clustered
Distributedpercell
OneSYNC_DLcodepersite
Distributedpersite
Carrier:Selectthecarrieronwhichyouwanttoruntheallocation.Youmaychooseonecarrier(Atollwillassign
scramblingcodestotransmittersusingtheselectedcarrier)orallofthem.
No.ofcodesperSYNC_DL:Accordingto3GPPspecifications,thenumberofscramblingcodesperSYNC_DLis4.
Ifyouwant,youcanchangethenumberofcodesperSYNC_DL.
Whentheallocationisbasedonadistributedstrategy(distributedpercellordistributedpersite),thisparameter
canalsobeusedtodefinetheintervalbetweenthescramblingcodesassignedtocellsonasamesite.Thedefined
intervalisappliedbysettinganoptionintheatoll.inifile.Formoreinformationaboutsettingoptionsintheat
oll.inifile,seetheAdministratorManual.
Useamaxofcodes:SelecttheUseamaxofcodescheckboxtomakeAtollusethemaximumnumberofcodes.
For example, if there are two cells using the same domain with two scrambling codes, Atoll will assign the
remainingcodetothesecondcelleveniftherearenoconstraintsbetweenthesetwocells(forexample,neigh
bourrelations,reusedistance,etc.).Ifyoudonotselectthisoption,Atollonlycheckstheconstraints,andallocates
thefirstrankedcodeinthelist.
Deleteexistingcodes:SelecttheDeleteexistingcodescheckboxifyouwantAtolltodeletecurrentlyallocated
scramblingcodesandrecalculateallscramblingcodes.Ifyoudonotselectthisoption,Atollkeepsthecurrently
allocatedscramblingcodesandonlyallocatesscramblingcodestocellsthatdonotyethavecodesallocated.
5. ClickCalculate.Atollbeginstheprocessofallocatingscramblingcodes.
If you have selected the "Distributed per Site" allocation strategy, a Distributed per Site Allocation Parameters
dialogueappears.
a. IntheDistributedperSiteAllocationParametersdialogue,entertheMaxnumberoftransmitterspersite.
b. SelecttheNeighboursinotherSYNC_DLorSecondaryneighboursinotherSYNC_DLcheckboxesintheAddition
alconstraintssection,ifyouwanttheautomaticallocationtoconsiderconstraintsrelatedtofirstorderandsec
ondorderneighbours.
c. ClickOK.
OnceAtollhasfinishedallocatingscramblingcodes,thecodesarevisibleunderResults.Atollonlydisplaysnewlyallo
catedscramblingcodes.
Code:Thescramblingcodeallocatedtothecell.
SYNC_DL:TheSYNC_DLcodeallocatedtothecell.
Atollallocatesthesamescramblingcodetoeachcarrierofatransmitter.
6. ClickCommit.Thescramblingcodesarestoredinthecellproperties.
Youcansaveautomaticscramblingcodeallocationparametersinauserconfiguration.For
informationonsavingautomaticscramblingcodeallocationparametersinauserconfigu
ration,see"SavingaUserConfiguration"onpage98.
Ifyouneedtoallocatescramblingcodestothecellsonasingletransmitter,youcan
allocate them automatically by selecting Allocate Scrambling Codes from the
transmitterscontextmenu.
Ifyouneedtoallocatescramblingcodestoallthecellsinagroupoftransmitters,
youcanallocatethemautomaticallybyselectingScramblingCodes>Automatic
Allocationfromthetransmittergroupscontextmenu.
AllocatingScramblingCodestoTDSCDMACellsManually
Whenyouallocatescramblingcodestoalargenumberofcells,itiseasiesttoletAtollallocatescramblingcodesautomatically,
asdescribedin"AutomaticallyAllocatingScramblingCodestoTDSCDMACells"onpage1261.However,ifyouwanttoadda
scramblingcodetoonecellortomodifythescramblingcodeofacell,youcandoitbyaccessingthepropertiesofthecell.
1263
Forsk2013
Afterallocation,youcanusetheaudittooltocheckthereusescramblingcodedistancesbetweencellsandthecompatibility
ofthedomainsofthecellsforeachbasestation.
ToallocateascramblingcodetoaTDSCDMAcellmanually:
1. On the map, rightclick the transmitter to whose cell you want to allocate a scrambling code. The context menu
appears.
4. EnteraScramblingcodeinthecellscolumn.
5. ClickOK.
12.2.13.6 CheckingtheConsistencyoftheScramblingCodePlan
Onceyouhavecompletedallocatingscramblingcodes,youcanverifywhethertheallocatedscramblingcodesrespectthe
specifiedconstraintsbyperforminganauditoftheplan.Thescramblingcodeauditalsoenablesyoutocheckforinconsisten
ciesifyouhavemadesomemanualchangestotheallocationplan.
3. SelectScramblingCodes>Audit.TheCodeandSYNC_DLAuditdialogueappears.
4. IntheCodeandSYNC_DLAuditdialogue,selecttheallocationcriteriathatyouwanttocheck:
No.ofcodesperSYNC_DL:EnterthenumberofscramblingcodesperSYNC_DL.Thisnumberissetto4bydefault,
whichisthenumberofscramblingcodesattachedtoeachSYNC_DL.
Neighbours:SelectNeighboursinordertocheckscramblingcodeconstraintsbetweencellsandtheirneighbours
andthenchoosetheneighbourhoodleveltotakeintoaccount.
Firstorder:Atollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamescramblingcodeasanyofitsneighbours.
Secondorder:Atollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamescramblingcodeasanyofitsneighboursoranyofthe
neighboursofitsneighbours.
Thirdorder:Atollwillcheckthatnocellhasthesamescramblingcodeasanyofitsneighboursoranyoftheneigh
boursofitsneighboursoranyoftheneighboursofitssecondorderneighbours.
Thereportwilllistthecellsandtheneighboursthatdonotmeetoneoftheseconstraints.Inaddition,itwillindi
catetheallocatedprimaryscramblingcodeandtheneighbourhoodlevel.
NeighboursindifferentSYNC_DLs:IfyouselecttheNeighboursindifferentSYNC_DLscheckbox,Atollwillcheck
thatneighbourcellshavescramblingcodesfromdifferentSYNC_DLs.Thereportwilllistanyneighbourcellsthat
hasscramblingcodesfromthesameSYNC_DL.
Domaincompliance:IfyouselecttheDomaincompliancecheckbox,Atollwillcheckifallocatedscramblingcodes
belongtodomainsassignedtocells.Thereportwilllistanycellswithscramblingcodesthatdonotbelongto
domainsassignedtothecell.
Sitedomainsnotempty:IfyouselecttheSitedomainsnotemptycheckbox,Atollwillcheckforandlistbase
stationsforwhichtheallocationdomain(i.e.,thelistofpossiblescramblingcodes,withrespecttotheconfigured
allocationconstraints)isempty.
OneSYNC_DLpersite:IfyouselecttheOneSYNC_DLpersitecheckbox,Atollwillcheckforandlistbasestations
whosecellshavescramblingcodescomingfrommorethanoneSYNC_DL.
valuesamongtheonesdefinedforthetwocellsintheirpropertiesandthevaluethatyousetintheCodeand
SYNC_DLAuditdialogue.Cellpairsthatdonotrespectthereusedistanceconditionarelistedaccordingtothedis
tancebetweenthem,fromtheclosesttothefurthestaway.Thescramblingcodeandthereusedistancearealso
listedforeachcellpair.
Exceptionalpairs:IfyouselecttheExceptionalpairscheckbox,Atollwillcheckforanddisplaypairsofcellsthat
arelistedasexceptionalpairsbuthavethesamescramblingcodeallocated.
5. ClickOK.AtolldisplaystheresultsoftheauditinatextfilecalledCodeCheck.txt.Foreachselectedcriterion,Atollgives
thenumberofdetectedinconsistenciesandthedetailsofeach.
12.2.13.7 DisplayingtheAllocationofScramblingCodes
Onceyouhavecompletedallocatingscramblingcodes,youcanverifyseveralaspectsofscramblingcodeallocation.Youhave
severaloptionsfordisplayingscramblingcodes:
1264
"UsingFindonMaptoDisplayScramblingCodeAllocation"onpage1265.
AT320_UM_E0
"DisplayingScramblingCodeAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings"onpage1265.
"GroupingTransmittersbyScramblingCode"onpage1265.
"DisplayingtheScramblingCodeAllocationHistogram"onpage1266.
"StudyingScramblingCodeCollision"onpage1266.
UsingFindonMaptoDisplayScramblingCodeAllocation
InAtoll,youcansearchforscramblingcodesandscramblingcodegroupsusingtheFindonMaptool.Resultsaredisplayed
inthemapwindowinred.
IfyouhavealreadycalculatedanddisplayedacoveragepredictionbytransmitterbasedonthebestserverPCCPCH,withthe
resultsdisplayedbytransmitter,thesearchresultswillbedisplayedbytransmittercoverage.Forinformation,see"Makinga
CoveragePredictionbyPCCPCHBestServer"onpage1207.Scramblingcodesandscramblingcodegroupsandanypotential
problemswillthenbeclearlyvisible.
TofindscramblingcodesorscramblingcodegroupsusingtheFindonMaptool:
2. FromtheFindlist,select"ScramblingCode."
Scramblingcode:Ifyouwanttofindascramblingcode,selectScramblingcodeandselectitfromthelist.
SCgroup:Ifyouwanttofindascramblingcodegroup,selectSCgroupandselectitfromthelist.
DisplayingScramblingCodeAllocationUsingTransmitterDisplaySettings
Youcanusethedisplaycharacteristicsoftransmitterstodisplayscramblingcoderelatedinformation.
Todisplayscramblingcoderelatedinformationonthemap:
Scramblingcode:Select"Discretevalues"astheDisplaytypeand"Cells:Scramblingcode"astheField.
Rangesofscramblingcodes:Select"Valueintervals"astheDisplaytypeand"Cells:Scramblingcode"astheField.
Scramblingcodedomain:Select"Discretevalues"astheDisplaytypeand"Cells:Scramblingcodedomain"asthe
Field.
YoucandisplaythefollowinginformationinthetransmitterlabelortiptextbyclickingtheLabelorTiptextbrowse
button(
):
Scramblingcode:Select"Cells:ScramblingCode"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondialogue.
Scramblingcodedomain:Select"Cells:ScramblingCodeDomain"fromtheLabelorTipTextFieldDefinitiondia
logue.
5. ClickOK.
GroupingTransmittersbyScramblingCode
YoucangrouptransmittersintheNetworkexplorerbytheirscramblingcodeorscramblingcodedomain.
Togrouptransmittersbyscramblingcode:
5. UnderAvailablefields,scrolldowntotheCellsection.
1265
Forsk2013
Scramblingcodedomain
Scramblingcode
7. Click
toaddtheparametertotheGroupingfieldslist.Theselectedparameterisaddedtothelistofparameters
onwhichthetransmitterswillbegrouped.
8. Ifyoudonotwantthetransmitterstobesortedbyacertainparameter,selectitintheGroupingfieldslistandclick
.Theselectedparameterisremovedfromthelistofparametersonwhichthetransmitterswillbegrouped.
9. ArrangetheparametersintheGroupingfieldslistintheorderinwhichyouwantthetransmitterstobegrouped:
a. Selectaparameterandclick
tomoveituptothedesiredposition.
b. Selectaparameterandclick
tomoveitdowntothedesiredposition.
mittersfolder.
DisplayingtheScramblingCodeAllocationHistogram
Youcanuseahistogramtoanalysetheuseofallocatedscramblingcodesinanetwork.Thehistogramrepresentsthescram
blingcodesorSYNC_DLsasafunctionofthefrequencyoftheiruse.
Todisplaythescramblingcodehistogram:
3. SelectScramblingCodes>CodeDistribution.TheDistributionHistogramsdialogueappears.
EachbarrepresentsascramblingcodeoraSYNC_DLcode,itsheightdependingonthefrequencyofitsuse.
4. SelectScramblingcodestodisplayscramblingcodeuseandClusterstodisplaySYNC_DLcodeuse.
5. MovethepointeroverthehistogramtodisplaythefrequencyofuseofeachscramblingcodeorSYNC_DL.Theresults
arehighlightedsimultaneouslyintheZoomonselectedvalueslist.
selectedvalues.
StudyingScramblingCodeCollision
Youcanmakeascramblingcodecollisionzonescoveragepredictiontoviewareascoveredbycellsusingthesamescrambling
code.Atollchecksoneachpixelifthebestservingcellandthecellsthatfulfilallcriteriatoentertheactiveset(withoutany
activesetsizelimitation)havethesamescramblingcode.Ifso,Atollconsidersthatthereisascramblingcodecollision.
Tomakeascramblingcodecollisionzonecoverageprediction:
4. SelectScramblingCodeCollisionZones(DL)andclickOK.ThepredictionPropertiesdialogueappears.
tion).
1266
propertiesareused.
isused.
AT320_UM_E0
Mobility:Themobilitytypetobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.ThePCCPCHRSCPthresholddefinedin
themobilitypropertiesisusedastheminimumrequirementforthecoverageprediction.
Carrier:Thecarriertobeconsideredinthecoverageprediction.
mitter,therewillnotbeanypixelscoveredbythistransmitter.
Timeslot:ThescramblingcodecollisioncoveragepredictionisperformedforTS0.
clutterclass.
Pollutionmargin:Themarginfordeterminingwhichsignalstoconsider.Atollconsiderssignallevelswhichare
withinthedefinedmarginofthebestsignallevel.
Figure12.58:ConditionsettingsforaScramblingCodeCollisionZonescoverageprediction
Forascramblingcodecollisionanalysiscoverageprediction,theDisplaytype"Valueintervals"basedontheField
"Interferedscramblingcode"isavailable.Eachinterferencezonewillthenbedisplayedinacolourcorrespondingto
theinterferedscramblingcodeperpixel.Forinformationondefiningdisplayproperties,see"DisplayPropertiesof
Objects"onpage43.
)intheRadioPlanningtoolbartocalculatethescramblingcodecollisionzonecoverage
prediction.Theprogressofthecalculation,aswellasanyerrormessages,isdisplayedintheEventViewer.
Figure12.59:ConditionsettingsforaScramblingCodeCollisionZonescoverageprediction
Aspecificcolourisassignedtoareaswheremorethanonescramblingcodehasinterference.Youcananalysetheseareasin
moredetailusingtheFindonMaptool.FormoreinformationonusingtheFindonMaptoolforscramblingcodecollision
analysis,see"UsingFindonMaptoDisplayScramblingCodeAllocation"onpage1265.
1267
Forsk2013
ATDSCDMAnetworkautomaticallyregulatespoweronbothuplinkanddownlinkwiththeobjectiveofminimisinginterfer
enceandmaximisingnetworkcapacity.InthecaseofHSDPA,thenetworkusesfastlinkadaptation(inotherwords,theselec
tionofanHSDPAbearer)inthedownlink.Atollcansimulatethesenetworkregulationmechanisms,therebyenablingyouto
studythecapacityoftheTDSCDMAnetwork.
momentisreferredtoasasnapshot.Basedonthissnapshot,Atollcalculatesvariousnetworkparameterssuchastheactive
setforeachmobile,therequiredpowerofthemobile,thetotalDLpower,andtheULload.Simulationsarecalculatedinan
iterativefashion.
another.
thenetworktraffic.
"CalculatingTDSCDMANetworkCapacity"onpage1268.
"DefiningMultiserviceTrafficData"onpage1270.
"CreatingaTrafficMap"onpage1270.
"CalculatingandDisplayingTrafficSimulations"onpage1280.
12.3.1 CalculatingTDSCDMANetworkCapacity
TDSCDMAcellcapacityisthenumberofresourceunitsavailableontheuplinkanddownlink.Therecanbeamaximumof16
users(16OVSFcodes)pertimeslot.Thismeansthateachtimeslothas16resourceunits.With6timeslotspersubframe,which
canbeusedinuplinkordownlink,differentcombinationsofuplinkanddownlinktimeslotsarepossible.Thesecombinations
arereferredtoastimeslotconfigurationsthatcanbedefinedpercell.Thefollowingtableliststhecapacityofacellfordiffer
entpossibletimeslotconfigurations:
TimeslotConfiguration
ResourceUnitsinUplink
ResourceUnitsinDownlink
UDDDDD
16
80
UUDDDD
32
64
UUUDDD
48
48
UUUUDD
64
32
UUUUUD
80
16
UpUDDDD
16
64
UpUUDDD
32
48
TS0isnotusedfortraffic.TS1isnotusedfortrafficeitherincaseofUpPCHshifting.
Assumingidealdynamicchannelallocation(DCA),alltheresourceunitswithinasubframe,i.e.,6x16=96,canbeallocated
andused.Thetotalresourceunitsinanetwork,i.e.,thenetworkcapacity,isgivenby:
Network Capacity = Number of Timeslots per Subframe Number of Codes per Timeslot Number of Carriers
ResourceunitsfromdifferentcarrierscanbesharedandallocatedtothesamemobileconnectedtoanNfrequencymode
compatibletransmitter.
Thissectionexplainsthenetworkcapacityandnetworkdimensioninganalysistools:
1268
"CalculatingAvailableNetworkCapacity"onpage1269.
"CalculatingRequiredNetworkCapacity"onpage1269.
"DisplayingtheNetworkCapacityontheMap"onpage1269.
AT320_UM_E0
12.3.1.1 CalculatingAvailableNetworkCapacity
YoucancalculatetheavailablecapacityofyourTDSCDMAnetworkinAtollusingtheNetworkCapacityEstimationdialogue.
Tocalculatetheavailablenetworkcapacity:
3. SelectCalculations>NetworkCapacityfromthecontextmenu.TheNetworkCapacityEstimationdialogueappears.
Thedialogueliststhenumbersofuplinkanddownlinkresourceunitsforeachcell.Thelastrowinthisdialoguedisplays
thetotaluplinkanddownlinkresourceunits.Theuplinkanddownlinkresourceunitsoverheaddefinedforeachtimes
lotforeachcellisconsideredwhencalculatingthenumberofavailableresourceunits.
12.3.1.2 CalculatingRequiredNetworkCapacity
Youcancalculatethenumberofrequiredresourceunitsaccordingtoagiventrafficdemand,compareitwiththenetwork
capacity(see"CalculatingAvailableNetworkCapacity"onpage1269),andanalysehowmanyresourceunitseachcellrequires
usingthedimensioningtool.
Thedimensioningtooltakestrafficdatafromtheselectedtrafficmapsasinputbeforecalculatingthenumberofrequired
resources.
Tocalculatetherequirednetworkcapacity:
3. SelectCalculations>NetworkDimensioningfromthecontextmenu.TheDimensioningdialogueappears.
OntheSourceTraffictab,enter:
Forexample,settingtheglobalscalingfactorto2isthesameasdoublingtheinitialnumberofusers(forenviron
mentanduserprofiletrafficmaps)ortheratesperusers(forlivetrafficmapspersector).
Selecttrafficmapstobeused:Selectthetrafficmapsyouwanttousefordimensioning.
UnderCoverage,selectthePCCPCHbestservercoveragepredictiontobeusedtodistributethetrafficamongthe
cellsofthenetwork.
4. ClickCalculate.Atolldistributesthetrafficamongcellsusingtheinformationfromtrafficmapsandthecoveragepre
diction,calculatesthecapacityofeachcell,anddisplaystheresultsintheResultsperCelltab.
TheResultsperCelltabhasfivecolumnswhichlistthenamesofthecellsinthenetwork,an

Atoll 3.2.0 User Manual Radio

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Atoll 3.2.0 User Manual Radio

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

User Manual

AddingaSiteorTransmittertoaListfromtheMapWindow .............................................. 100

StartinganAtollProject ....................................................................... 115

BeforeStartingaRadioPlanningProject .................................................................. 115

CreatinganAtollDocument ............................................................................. 115

GeographicDataTypes ................................................................................. 133

SupportedGeographicDataFormats ..................................................................... 135

ImportingGeoDataFiles ............................................................................... 135

ClutterClasses ....................................................................................... 143

Contours,Lines,andPoints ............................................................................. 147

PopulationMaps ..................................................................................... 150

DisplayingOnlineMaps ................................................................................ 153

DisplayingInformationAboutGeoData .................................................................. 157

EditingGeographicData ............................................................................... 159

AntennasandEquipment .................................................................... 169

WorkingWithEquipment ............................................................................... 174

WorkingwithCalculationsinAtoll ......................................................... 181

WorkingwithPropagationModels ....................................................................... 181

PredictionsAvailableinAtoll ............................................................................ 212

AutomaticCellPlanning ...................................................................... 225

OptimisingCellPlanningwiththeACP .................................................................... 233

RunninganOptimisationSetup ......................................................................... 271

WorkingwithOptimisationsintheExplorerWindow ....................................................... 273

ViewingOptimisationResults ........................................................................... 275

3GPPMultiRATNetworks ................................................................... 293

Designinga3GPPMultiRATNetwork ..................................................................... 293

OptimisingNetworkParametersUsingtheACP ............................................................. 349

VerifyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................. 350

DisplayingElementsofOneAtollDocumentina3GPPMultiRATDocument .................................... 351

AdvancedConfiguration ................................................................................ 351

PlanningandOptimisingGSM/GPRS/EDGEBaseStations .................................................... 356

StudyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................. 429

CalculatingandDisplayingTrafficSimulations ............................................................ 449

AllocatingFrequencies,BSICs,HSNs,MALs,andMAIOs ...................................................... 458

AnalysingNetworkQuality .............................................................................. 548

AdvancedConfiguration ............................................................................... 600

UMTSHSPANetworks ........................................................................ 633

PlanningandOptimisingUMTSBaseStations .............................................................. 634

ExportingaTrafficMap .............................................................................. 743

CoplanningUMTSNetworkswithOtherNetworks ......................................................... 781

AdvancedConfiguration ............................................................................... 800

DesigninganLTENetwork .............................................................................. 819

StudyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................. 908

AdvancedConfiguration ................................................................................ 972

GlossaryofLTETerms .................................................................................. 995

TheCalculationProcess ........................................................................... 1034

StudyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................ 1092

VerifyingNetworkQuality ............................................................................. 1124

CreatingSeveralRemoteAntennas .................................................................. 1193

StudyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................ 1429

DefiningSmartAntennaEquipment ................................................................. 1504

TipsandTricks ...................................................................................... 1509

DesigningaWiFiNetwork ............................................................................ 1523

PlanningandOptimisingWiFiAccessPoints ............................................................. 1524

StudyingNetworkCapacity ............................................................................ 1571

Index ............................................................................................. 1619

), click the Autohide icon (

Click a button to set the Position of the legend. The buttons

nice1.tif 984660 995380 1860900 1872280 0

K 6 H Rxeff + K 7 Log H Rx eff + K clutter f clutter + K hill LOS

For detailedinformationon eachmethod, seetheTechnicalReference Guide.Themethodsforcalculatingdiffractionare

). For information on locking and unlocking coverage

). For information on locking and unlocking coverage

Youcanimportorcreatetrafficmaps( 5a )andusethemasabasisfordimensioning 5b )(see"StudyingNetwork